1340 files changed, 236878 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/.tx/config b/docs/docs/stable/installer/.tx/config
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28693ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/.tx/config
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+[main]
+host = https://www.transifex.com
+
+[mageia.doc_installer]
+file_filter = <lang>.po
+source_file = help.pot
+source_lang = en
+type = PO
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/README b/docs/docs/stable/installer/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b865911
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/README
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+1. Install po4a.
+2. Update POT: ./makepot.sh
+3. Update your translation: ./update.sh <your_locale> (Ex.: ./update.sh uk)
+4. Make your translated docs: ./makedoc.sh <your_locale> (Ex.: ./makedoc uk)
+5. Copy your docs through WebDAV or via Calenco web-interface into Calenco repository.
+
+  * Scripts in this folder are free software. They come without any warranty, to
+  * the extent permitted by applicable law. You can redistribute it
+  * and/or modify them under the terms of the Do What The Fuck You Want
+  * To Public License, Version 2, as published by Sam Hocevar. See
+  * http://sam.zoy.org/wtfpl/COPYING for more details.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3efda2ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4692 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Cristian Garde Zarza <cristian.garde@gmail.com>, 2015
+# Davidmp <medipas@gmail.com>, 2016
+# Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013-2015
+# Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2015
+# Davidmp <medipas@gmail.com>, 2016-2017
+# Robert Antoni Buj Gelonch <rbuj@fedoraproject.org>, 2015,2017-2018
+# Robert Antoni Buj Gelonch <rbuj@fedoraproject.org>, 2015
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-23 15:22+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Robert Antoni Buj Gelonch <rbuj@fedoraproject.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"ca/)\n"
+"Language: ca\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Acord de llicència"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els "
+"termes i les condicions de la llicència."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució "
+"<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Per acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després feu "
+"clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. "
+"Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Notes de la versió"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha informació important sobre aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</"
+"application> i és accessible clicant al botó de les <guibutton>Notes de la "
+"versió</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "ca"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr ""
+"Selecció dels mitjans (configura els mitjans d'instal·lació suplementaris)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu "
+"afegir altres orígens de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé un origen "
+"remot. La selecció de l'origen determina quins paquets estaran disponibles "
+"per a ser seleccionats en els següents passos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Per a un origen en xarxa cal seguir dos passos:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Tria i activació de la xarxa, si encara no està activa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'un URL (la primera entrada). En "
+"seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits "
+"gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb l'URL podeu "
+"designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esteu actualitzant una instal·lació de 64 bits que pot contenir alguns "
+"paquets de 32 bits, s'aconsella utilitzar aquesta finestra per afegir una "
+"rèplica en línia, marcant aquí un dels protocols de xarxa. L'ISO del DVD de "
+"64 bits només conté els paquets de 64 bits i els paquets noarch, no serà "
+"capaç d'actualitzar els paquets de 32 bits. No obstant això, després de "
+"l'addició d'una rèplica en línia, l'instal·lador trobarà els paquets de 32 "
+"bits necessaris."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és "
+"aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, "
+"normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A "
+"mesura que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut "
+"canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la "
+"contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de "
+"repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per "
+"comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És "
+"recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), "
+"nombres i altres caràcters."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Introduïu un usuari"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari "
+"(root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions "
+"ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb "
+"el seu ordinador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si feu clic en aquest botó, canviarà la icona "
+"d'usuari."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de "
+"l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. "
+"<emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: en aquesta casella hauríeu d'escriure la "
+"contrasenya de l'usuari. Hi ha un camp al final que indica la força de la "
+"contrasenya. (Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>.)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la "
+"contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les "
+"dues caselles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Els permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Gestió avançada d'usuaris"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "A més, podeu habilitar o inhabilitar un compte de convidat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Tot allò que un convidat, amb un compte predeterminat <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan tanqui la sessió. "
+"El convidat hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una memòria USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilita el compte de convidat</guilabel>: aquí podeu habilitar o "
+"inhabilitar el compte d'un convidat. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un "
+"convidat iniciar la sessió i utilitzar el PC, però té un accés més "
+"restringit que els usuaris normals."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell d'inici de sessió</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us "
+"permet canviar el shell d'inici de sessió utilitzat per a l'usuari que "
+"acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Id. d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'id. d'usuari per a "
+"l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo "
+"en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Id. de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'id. de grup. També "
+"és un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-ho en blanc "
+"excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Tria dels punts de muntatge"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no "
+"esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, "
+"podeu canviar els punts de muntatge."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició "
+"<literal>/</literal> (root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partició es mostra així: «Dispositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», "
+"«Tipus»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc "
+"dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el "
+"menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de "
+"muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu "
+"emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a "
+"la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del "
+"punt de muntatge en blanc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segur de què triar, i "
+"llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la "
+"següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la "
+"mida. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esteu segur que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a "
+"<guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions "
+"suggerides per DrakX, o bé més."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Paràmetres del rellotge"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"A la pestanya de paràmetres avançats trobareu més opcions sobre els "
+"paràmetres del rellotge."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Arrencada de Mageia com a sistema autònom"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Arrencada del mitjà"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Des d'un disc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Des d'un dispositiu USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "En mode BIOS/CSM/Legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "La primera pantalla de l'arrencada en mode BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "En mode UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "La primera pantalla de l'arrencada en un sistema UEFI des del disc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Selecció de l'escriptori"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles "
+"per a afinar la tria."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la "
+"instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives "
+"clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu si preferiu utilitzar l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</"
+"application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt "
+"complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</"
+"guilabel> si no en voleu utilitzar cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció "
+"de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns "
+"d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger "
+"que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a "
+"instal·lació predeterminada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Selecció de grups de paquets"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és "
+"força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el "
+"ratolí per sobre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Estació de treball."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Servidor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Entorn gràfic."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecció individual de paquets: podeu utilitzar aquesta opció per afegir o "
+"eliminar paquets individualment."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Tria de paquets individuals"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la "
+"instal·lació."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</"
+"guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets "
+"(també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu utilitzar aquest "
+"fitxer per instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu el "
+"mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Configuració dels serveis"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega "
+"l'ordinador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha quatre grups, feu clic sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup "
+"per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Generalment, la tria feta per DrakX és la bona."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Configuració de la zona horària"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu la zona horària escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera a la mateixa "
+"zona horària."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a "
+"l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots "
+"estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Tria del servidor de les X (configura la targeta gràfica)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment "
+"identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu "
+"quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "fabricant"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "llavors el nom de la targeta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "i el tipus de targeta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no "
+"és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un "
+"controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"El llistat de Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si "
+"tot i això encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer "
+"servir el controlador VESA, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible, potser "
+"només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de "
+"propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, "
+"en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per poder-hi accedir. Si "
+"encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després que reinicieu per primera vegada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat "
+"per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat "
+"en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X "
+"Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o "
+"qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents "
+"paràmetres de les <acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</"
+"application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha "
+"fet bé, corregiu-los."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu "
+"la vostra targeta de la llista."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor "
+"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</"
+"guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir "
+"manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Freqüències de refresc incorrectes poden fer malbé el monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la "
+"resolució i profunditat de color del monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no "
+"sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu "
+"controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són "
+"correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap "
+"pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar "
+"tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està "
+"disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar "
+"activar o desactivar diverses opcions."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Tria del monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment "
+"identificarà correctament el vostre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer "
+"malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar "
+"què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la "
+"documentació del monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Personalitzat</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de "
+"refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència "
+"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i "
+"la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es "
+"mostren les línies."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de "
+"monitor amb un interval de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre "
+"monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració "
+"conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Integració automàtica</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a "
+"partir de la base de dades."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Proveïdor</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el "
+"podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "el nom dels fabricants del monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "descripció del monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Genèric</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de "
+"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60 Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les "
+"dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas "
+"que feu servir VESA perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat "
+"automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Particions personalitzades del disc amb DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Si voleu utilitzar el xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal>, assegureu-"
+"vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que "
+"l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</"
+"literal>. Altrament, el sistema no arrencarà."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge "
+"detectats, com ara un llapis de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si "
+"n'hi ha tres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les "
+"particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Continueu fins que tot sigui del vostre grat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Fet</guibutton> quan estigueu a punt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Particions"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les "
+"propostes de l'auxiliar de particions de DrakX sobre on instal·lar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la "
+"disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions "
+"compatibles amb Linux i es podrien utilitzar per a la instal·lació."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la "
+"instal·lació de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que "
+"l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, "
+"però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segur d'haver fet "
+"una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu present que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La "
+"partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat "
+"correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi "
+"estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la "
+"partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer "
+"servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers "
+"personals."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Esborra i utilitza el disc sencer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja "
+"teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Particions personalitzades de disc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació "
+"al(s) disc(s) dur(s)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels "
+"sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. A causa de la manca de "
+"maquinari disponible, l'eina de particions utilitzada per l'instal·lador no "
+"s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, "
+"alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1 MB. "
+"Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer les particions del "
+"disc prèviament, utilitzant alguna eina de particions alternativa, com ara "
+"gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Alinea a\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre "
+"parell de megabytes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Instal·lació des d'un mitjà AUTÒNOM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Documentació oficial de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota "
+"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a "
+"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest "
+"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les "
+"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instal·lació amb DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Febrer del 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Enhorabona"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara "
+"és segur treure el mitjà d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del gestor d'arrencada podeu triar "
+"entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no heu ajustat els paràmetres del gestor d'arrencada, automàticament se "
+"seleccionarà i iniciarà la vostra instal·lació de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Gaudiu!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Tallafoc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatació"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les "
+"dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a "
+"formatar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on "
+"voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no esteu segur d'haver triat l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> "
+"i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla "
+"principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les "
+"particions."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Quan estigueu segur de la selecció feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> "
+"per continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, l'instal·lador de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, "
+"l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la "
+"instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció "
+"predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Pantalla de benvinguda de la instal·lació"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Ús d'un DVD de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilitzeu les tecles de les fletxes per a seleccionar l'idioma i premeu la "
+"tecla de retorn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Per defecte, no altera res en les opcions per defecte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Sense ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), no es té en "
+"compte la gestió del consum."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Sense APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), sobre "
+"interrupcions de la CPU, seleccioneu aquesta opció si us la demana."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Amb la tecla F2 l'ajuda es tradueix a l'idioma seleccionat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "La disposició del teclat és l'americana."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Passos de la instal·lació"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden "
+"veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir "
+"botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys "
+"habituals."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que "
+"dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar "
+"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un "
+"cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a "
+"instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo "
+"podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-"
+"lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de "
+"l'idioma. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. "
+"Proveu de fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la "
+"consola."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "La instal·lació es penja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser a causa "
+"d'un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas, podeu saltar la "
+"detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu "
+"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb "
+"d'altres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Problema en la RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de "
+"maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la "
+"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és "
+"la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> "
+"significaria 256 MB de RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Particions dinàmiques"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Actualitzacions"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> "
+"s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu baixar-los i instal·lar-los, trieu "
+"<guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a "
+"Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Els podeu trobar <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:"
+"Documentation\">aquí</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Selecció del mitjà (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits "
+"estan disponibles, depenent del mitjà que feu servir per a la instal·lació. "
+"La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a "
+"seleccionar durant els següents passos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"No es pot inhabilitar el dipòsit <emphasis>core</emphasis>, ja que conté la "
+"base de la instal·lació."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant "
+"Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom "
+"- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a "
+"targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes Wi-"
+"Fi, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una "
+"llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és "
+"que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. "
+"Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers d'àudio "
+"o de vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Instal·lació mínima"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de "
+"selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us "
+"proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en "
+"funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar "
+"aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</"
+"guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Paràmetres del sistema"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en l'idioma de preferència. Si "
+"cal, ho podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>País / Regió</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la "
+"configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gestor d'arrencada</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+"DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del gestor d'arrencada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi "
+"directori <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Serveis</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon "
+"pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o inhabilitar determinades "
+"tasques."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que "
+"l'ordinador no funcionés correctament."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Paràmetres del maquinari"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Teclat</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la "
+"vostra ubicació, idioma o tipus de teclat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ratolí</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, "
+"ratolins de bola, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. "
+"L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més "
+"d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Interfície gràfica</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Paràmetres de xarxa i Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Xarxa</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb "
+"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és "
+"millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de "
+"control de Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc "
+"perquè vigili també aquella interfície."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servidors intermediaris</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció "
+"us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor "
+"intermediari."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els "
+"paràmetres que cal posar aquí"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Seguretat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Nivell de seguretat</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de "
+"vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús "
+"general."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Trieu l'opció que millor s'adapta a la vostra utilització."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tallafoc</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els "
+"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-"
+"les."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu present que el fet de permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt "
+"arriscat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Reinicia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Nivell de seguretat"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Aquí podeu ajustar el nivell de seguretat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "Si no sabeu què triar, no toqueu les opcions predeterminades."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de "
+"seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del centre de control "
+"de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Selecció i utilització de les ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introducció"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Mitjà"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definició"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Els podeu trobar <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">aquí</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Mitjans d'instal·lació clàssics"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Característiques comunes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Aquestes ISO utilitzen l'instal·lador clàssic anomenat drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Poden fer una instal·lació neta o bé una actualització des de versions "
+"anteriors."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Mitjans diferents per a les arquitectures de 32 ó 64 bits."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada DVD conté diversos entorns d'escriptori disponible i diversos idiomes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Durant la instal·lació se us oferirà la possibilitat d'afegir programari de "
+"propietat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Mitjà autònom"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Es pot utilitzar per a la vista prèvia de la distribució sense instal·lar-la "
+"al disc dur, amb la possibilitat d'instal·lar Mageia al vostre disc dur si "
+"ho voleu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Contenen programari de propietat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "DVD autònom de Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Només entorn d'escriptori Plasma."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Conté tots els idiomes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Només l'arquitectura de 64 bits."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "DVD autònom de GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Només entorn d'escriptori GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Només l'arquitectura de 64 bits"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "DVD autònom de Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Només entorn d'escriptori Xfce."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Arquitectures de 32 ó 64 bits."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Mitjà de CD de només d'arrencada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Només en anglès."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Conté programari de propietat (principalment controladors, còdecs...) per a "
+"qui el necessiti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Baixada i comprovació del mitjà"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Baixada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Obriu una consola, no cal que sigueu root, i:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Per a fer servir md5sum, teclegeu: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum camí/"
+"cap/a/la/imatge/fitxer.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Per a fer servir sha1sum, teclegeu [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
+"camí/cap/a/la/imatge/fitxer.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Enregistrament o bolcat de l'ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Gravació de l'ISO a un CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Bolcat de l'ISO a un llapis de memòria USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Totes les ISO de Mageia són híbrides, que vol dir que les podeu «bolcar» a "
+"un llapis de memòria USB i després fer-lo servir per a arrencar i instal·lar "
+"el sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Per recuperar la capacitat original, heu de refer les particions i tornar a "
+"formatar la memòria USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Podeu provar:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "També podeu fer servir l'eina dd en una consola:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Obriu una consola"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Convertiu-vos en root amb l'ordre <userinput>su -</userinput> (no oblideu el "
+"«-» final)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Introduïu l'ordre <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Introduïu l'ordre: # <userinput>dd if=camí/al/fitxer/ISO of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "On X=nom del dispositiu, per exemple: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Introduïu l'ordre: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Desconnecteu el llapis de memòria USB, ja està"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Selecció de país / regió"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, feu clic a <guilabel>Altres "
+"països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres "
+"països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria "
+"semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu "
+"cas, DrakX respectarà la tria."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Mètode d'entrada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instal·lació o actualització"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instal·la"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualització"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el "
+"sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de "
+"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de "
+"publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués "
+"arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor "
+"fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar "
+"l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una "
+"partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador "
+"ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo "
+"podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i això, esteu "
+"molt segur del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar un idioma addicional, podeu "
+"tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de "
+"selecció d'idioma prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</"
+"emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Teclat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per al vostre idioma. Si no en troba cap, "
+"triarà la disposició de teclat US."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició "
+"de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les "
+"especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al "
+"proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que "
+"n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Mapes_de_teclats</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a "
+"<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-"
+"hi el teclat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al "
+"diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hàgiu triat un dels "
+"teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i "
+"continuar la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista "
+"completa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla de "
+"diàleg extra que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions "
+"de teclat llatines i no llatines."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Trieu l'idioma que voleu utilitzar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu l'idioma preferit, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al "
+"vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta "
+"selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si és probable que us calguin diversos idiomes instal·lats al sistema, tant "
+"per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu d'utilitzar el botó  <guibutton>Diversos "
+"idiomes</guibutton> i afegir-los ara. Serà difícil afegir els idiomes extres "
+"un cop feta la instal·lació."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Encara que trieu més d'un idioma, n'heu de triar un com a l'idioma de "
+"preferència a la pantalla de primer idioma. També es marcarà com a "
+"seleccionat a la pantalla de diversos idiomes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'idioma del vostre teclat no es correspon amb l'idioma preferit, llavors "
+"és recomanable instal·lar també l'idioma del vostre teclat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Selecció del ratolí"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 "
+"i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</"
+"guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis "
+"botons o més."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Addició o modificació d'una entrada al menú d'arrencada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Els menús gràfics de Mageia són bonics :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Ús del gestor d'arrencada de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Ús d'un gestor d'arrencada existent"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un gestor d'arrencada ja "
+"existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment "
+"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del gestor d'arrencada en "
+"qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació "
+"del sistema operatiu corresponent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opcions"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Configuració SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns "
+"controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els "
+"controladors que cal utilitzar, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuració del so"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha "
+"triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i "
+"això, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu "
+"<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (centre "
+"de control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i "
+"clicant a <guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta "
+"de la pantalla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», feu clic "
+"a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de "
+"problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el "
+"problema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avançat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la "
+"instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha "
+"diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un "
+"d'equivocat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic "
+"a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Confirmació del disc dur que es formatarà"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segur sobre la tria."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar "
+"totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Us surt aquesta pantalla si heu seleccionat \"Arrenca Mageia\". Si no, us "
+"surt el pas de les <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">particions</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Per llançar el CD o DVD autònom d'instal·lació de Mageia al disc dur o "
+"dispositiu SSD, només heu de clicar a la icona \"Instal·la al disc dur\". Us "
+"sortirà aquesta pantalla i després el pas de les <link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">particions</link> per a la instal·lació directa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Desinstal·lació de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95cd281f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instal·lació des d'un mitjà AUTÒNOM</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>January 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Documentació oficial de Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
+la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
+millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
+documentació</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Instal·lació des d'un mitjà AUTÒNOM</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest
+manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les
+decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf38602a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instal·lació des d'un mitjà AUTÒNOM</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest
+manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les
+decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
+la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
+millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
+documentació</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9574eea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instal·lació amb DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Febrer del 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Documentació oficial de Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
+la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
+millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
+documentació</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instal·lació amb DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest
+manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les
+decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20382cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instal·lació amb DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest
+manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les
+decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
+la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
+millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
+documentació</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..754eb170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Selecció i utilització de les ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Mitjà</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definició</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO
+file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>Els podeu trobar <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aquí</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mitjans d'instal·lació clàssics</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Característiques comunes</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Aquestes ISO utilitzen l'instal·lador clàssic anomenat drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Poden fer una instal·lació neta o bé una actualització des de versions
+anteriors.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Mitjans diferents per a les arquitectures de 32 ó 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test,
+Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cada DVD conté diversos entorns d'escriptori disponible i diversos idiomes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Durant la instal·lació se us oferirà la possibilitat d'afegir programari de
+propietat.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mitjà autònom</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Característiques comunes</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Es pot utilitzar per a la vista prèvia de la distribució sense instal·lar-la
+al disc dur, amb la possibilitat d'instal·lar Mageia al vostre disc dur si
+ho voleu.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Mitjans diferents per a les arquitectures de 32 ó 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean
+installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous
+releases.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contenen programari de propietat.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD autònom de Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Només entorn d'escriptori Plasma.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conté tots els idiomes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Només l'arquitectura de 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD autònom de GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Només entorn d'escriptori GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conté tots els idiomes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Només l'arquitectura de 64 bits</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD autònom de Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Només entorn d'escriptori Xfce.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conté tots els idiomes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Arquitectures de 32 ó 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mitjà de CD de només d'arrencada</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Característiques comunes</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to
+start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages
+that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be
+on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the
+Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when
+bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a
+PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Mitjans diferents per a les arquitectures de 32 ó 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Només en anglès.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conté programari de propietat (principalment controladors, còdecs...) per a
+qui el necessiti.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Baixada i comprovació del mitjà</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Baixada</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Obriu una consola, no cal que sigueu root, i:</para>
+      <para>- Per a fer servir md5sum, teclegeu: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+camí/cap/a/la/imatge/fitxer.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Per a fer servir sha1sum, teclegeu [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+camí/cap/a/la/imatge/fitxer.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a
+while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Enregistrament o bolcat de l'ISO</title>
+    <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB
+stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable
+medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Gravació de l'ISO a un CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly
+to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not
+correct. There is more information in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Bolcat de l'ISO a un llapis de memòria USB</title>
+      <para>Totes les ISO de Mageia són híbrides, que vol dir que les podeu «bolcar» a
+un llapis de memòria USB i després fer-lo servir per a arrencar i instal·lar
+el sistema.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on
+the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be
+reduced to the image size.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Per recuperar la capacitat original, heu de refer les particions i tornar a
+formatar la memòria USB.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>Podeu provar:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>També podeu fer servir l'eina dd en una consola:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Obriu una consola</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Convertiu-vos en root amb l'ordre <userinput>su -</userinput> (no oblideu el
+«-» final)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any
+application or file manager that could access or read it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduïu l'ordre <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduïu l'ordre: # <userinput>dd if=camí/al/fitxer/ISO of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>On X=nom del dispositiu, per exemple: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduïu l'ordre: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Desconnecteu el llapis de memòria USB, ja està</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6365e60b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Llicència i notes de la versió</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Acord de llicència</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els
+termes i les condicions de la llicència.</para>
+
+    <para>Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució
+<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar.</para>
+
+    <para>Per acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després feu
+clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre
+interès. Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Notes de la versió</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Hi ha informació important sobre aquesta versió de
+<application>Mageia</application> i és accessible clicant al botó de les
+<guibutton>Notes de la versió</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e7d9e02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és
+aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador,
+normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A
+mesura que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut
+canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la
+contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de
+repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per
+comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És
+recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules),
+nombres i altres caràcters.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Introduïu un usuari</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari
+(root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions
+ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb
+el seu ordinador.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si feu clic en aquest botó, canviarà la icona
+d'usuari.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de
+l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de
+l'usuari. <emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i
+minúscules</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: en aquesta casella hauríeu d'escriure la
+contrasenya de l'usuari. Hi ha un camp al final que indica la força de la
+contrasenya. (Vegeu també <xref linkend="givePassword"/>.)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la
+contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les
+dues caselles.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Els permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Gestió avançada d'usuaris</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a
+screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">A més, podeu habilitar o inhabilitar un compte de convidat.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Tot allò que un convidat, amb un compte predeterminat
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan
+tanqui la sessió. El convidat hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una
+memòria USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Habilita el compte de convidat</guilabel>: aquí podeu habilitar o
+inhabilitar el compte d'un convidat. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un
+convidat iniciar la sessió i utilitzar el PC, però té un accés més
+restringit que els usuaris normals.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell d'inici de sessió</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us
+permet canviar el shell d'inici de sessió utilitzat per a l'usuari que
+acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Id. d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'id. d'usuari per a
+l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo
+en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Id. de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'id. de grup. També
+és un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-ho en blanc
+excepte si sabeu què esteu fent.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37dd044a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Selecció dels mitjans (configura els mitjans d'instal·lació suplementaris)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu
+afegir altres orígens de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé un origen
+remot. La selecció de l'origen determina quins paquets estaran disponibles
+per a ser seleccionats en els següents passos.</para>
+
+  <para>Per a un origen en xarxa cal seguir dos passos:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Tria i activació de la xarxa, si encara no està activa. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'un URL (la primera entrada). En
+seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits
+gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb l'URL podeu
+designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Si esteu actualitzant una instal·lació de 64 bits que pot contenir alguns
+paquets de 32 bits, s'aconsella utilitzar aquesta finestra per afegir una
+rèplica en línia, marcant aquí un dels protocols de xarxa. L'ISO del DVD de
+64 bits només conté els paquets de 64 bits i els paquets noarch, no serà
+capaç d'actualitzar els paquets de 32 bits. No obstant això, després de
+l'addició d'una rèplica en línia, l'instal·lador trobarà els paquets de 32
+bits necessaris.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4efec803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Tria dels punts de muntatge</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no
+esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>,
+podeu canviar els punts de muntatge.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició
+<literal>/</literal> (root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Cada partició es mostra així: «Dispositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge»,
+«Tipus»).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc
+dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el
+menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i
+<literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de
+muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu
+emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a
+la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del
+punt de muntatge en blanc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segur de què triar, i
+llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la
+següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la
+mida. </para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Si esteu segur que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a
+<guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions
+suggerides per DrakX, o bé més.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41506677
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Paràmetres del rellotge</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set,
+either local time or UTC time.</para>
+
+  <para>A la pestanya de paràmetres avançats trobareu més opcions sobre els
+paràmetres del rellotge.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e099a0a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Arrencada de Mageia com a sistema autònom</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Arrencada del mitjà</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Des d'un disc</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM,
+DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the
+bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the
+computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or
+press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the
+computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get
+either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Des d'un dispositiu USB</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on
+the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may
+need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose
+the peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">En mode BIOS/CSM/Legacy</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>La primera pantalla de l'arrencada en mode BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD
+or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow
+system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard
+disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual,
+when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia
+5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Help. Explain the options "splash", "apm", "acpi" and "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from
+the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or
+NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP
+server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with
+this option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an
+optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during
+installation process.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your
+hardware and the drivers to use.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">En mode UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>La primera pantalla de l'arrencada en un sistema UEFI des del disc</para></caption></mediaobject><para>You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to
+process the installation (second choice).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a
+duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to choose
+them.</para><para>In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone
+and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link
+linkend="testing">additional steps in Live mode</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c2e548a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Selecció de l'escriptori</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles
+per a afinar la tria.</para>
+
+  <para>Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la
+instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives
+clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Trieu si preferiu utilitzar l'entorn d'escriptori
+<application>KDE</application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós
+porten un conjunt complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu
+<guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si no en voleu utilitzar cap dels dos, o
+bé si voleu una selecció de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada
+d'aquests entorns d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application>
+és més lleuger que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys
+paquets com a instal·lació predeterminada.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb211b45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Selecció de grups de paquets</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és
+força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el
+ratolí per sobre.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Estació de treball.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Servidor.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Entorn gràfic.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selecció individual de paquets: podeu utilitzar aquesta opció per afegir o
+eliminar paquets individualment.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a50fff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Tria de paquets individuals</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la
+instal·lació.</para>
+
+    <para>Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del
+disquet</guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de
+paquets (també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu utilitzar
+aquest fitxer per instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si
+premeu el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..462d93e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configuració dels serveis</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega
+l'ordinador.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Hi ha quatre grups, feu clic sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup
+per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Generalment, la tria feta per DrakX és la bona.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b2a73c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configuració de la zona horària</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Trieu la zona horària escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera a la mateixa
+zona horària.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a
+l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots
+estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd4e3b3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Tria del servidor de les X (configura la targeta gràfica)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment
+identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo.</para>
+
+  <para>Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu
+quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>fabricant</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>llavors el nom de la targeta</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>i el tipus de targeta</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no
+és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un
+controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg</para>
+
+  <para>El llistat de Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si
+tot i això encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer
+servir el controlador VESA, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques.</para>
+
+  <para>Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible, potser
+només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres.</para>
+
+  <para>Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de
+propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé,
+en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants.</para>
+
+  <para>Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per poder-hi accedir. Si
+encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després que reinicieu per primera
+vegada.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a63c3fd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat
+per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat
+en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X
+Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o
+qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents
+paràmetres de les <acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que
+<application>DrakX</application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si
+penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu
+la vostra targeta de la llista.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor
+de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de
+<guilabel>Genèric</guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si
+preferiu establir manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i
+vertical del monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Freqüències de refresc incorrectes poden fer malbé el monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la
+resolució i profunditat de color del monitor.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no
+sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu
+controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són
+correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap
+pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar
+tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està
+disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar
+activar o desactivar diverses opcions.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96a6feb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Tria del monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment
+identificarà correctament el vostre.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer
+malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar
+què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la
+documentació del monitor</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Personalitzat</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de
+refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència
+de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i
+la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es
+mostren les línies.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de
+monitor amb un interval de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre
+monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració
+conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Integració automàtica</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a
+partir de la base de dades.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Proveïdor</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el
+podeu seleccionar de l'arbre: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>fabricant</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>el nom dels fabricants del monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>descripció del monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Genèric</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de
+pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60 Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les
+dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas
+que feu servir VESA perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat
+automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3015f38d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Particions personalitzades del disc amb DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Si voleu utilitzar el xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal>,
+assegureu-vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal
+que l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició
+<literal>/boot</literal>. Altrament, el sistema no arrencarà.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create
+partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even
+view what is in them before you start.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge
+detectats, com ara un llapis de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si
+n'hi ha tres. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les
+particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it,
+or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe
+it. <guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert
+mode</guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a
+partition type. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continueu fins que tot sigui del vostre grat.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Feu clic a <guibutton>Fet</guibutton> quan estigueu a punt.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present and of the correct type</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d422c8f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Particions</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les
+propostes de l'auxiliar de particions de DrakX sobre on instal·lar
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la
+disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Utilitza les particions existents</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions
+compatibles amb Linux i es podrien utilitzar per a la instal·lació.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Utilitza l'espai lliure</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la
+instal·lació de Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que
+l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia,
+però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segur d'haver fet
+una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants.</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Tingueu present que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La
+partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat
+correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi
+estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la
+partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer
+servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers
+personals.</para><para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended
+sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking
+and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Esborra i utilitza el disc sencer.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja
+teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta
+opció.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Particions personalitzades de disc</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació
+al(s) disc(s) dur(s).</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partition sizing:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>The installer will share the available place out according to the following
+rules:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is
+created for /, there is no separate partition for /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are
+created</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will
+create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom disk partitioning" option is the only one that allows
+to check it has been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels
+sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. A causa de la manca de
+maquinari disponible, l'eina de particions utilitzada per l'instal·lador no
+s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més,
+alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1
+MB. Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer les particions
+del disc prèviament, utilitzant alguna eina de particions alternativa, com
+ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:</para>
+    <para>"Alinea a" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre
+parell de megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30a17d97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Enhorabona</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara
+és segur treure el mitjà d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del gestor d'arrencada podeu triar
+entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Si no heu ajustat els paràmetres del gestor d'arrencada, automàticament se
+seleccionarà i iniciarà la vostra instal·lació de Mageia.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Gaudiu!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c540ff8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Tallafoc</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine
+which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target
+system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be
+accessible from the Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is
+accessibly from the network. The "<emphasis>Everything (no
+firewall)</emphasis>" button has a particular role: it enables access to all
+services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the
+context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected
+system.  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center
+(which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of
+firewall rules for testing and debugging purposes.</para>
+
+  <para>All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you
+will check the "CUPS server" button if you want printers on your machine to
+be accessible from the network.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Advanced</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The
+"Advanced" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service for
+which no checkbutton exists. The "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" button
+opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a list of
+couples (blank separated)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to
+the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined
+in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the
+service.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore
+is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2
+couples for the same port.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23f68607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatació</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les
+dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a
+formatar.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on
+voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Si no esteu segur d'haver triat l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a
+<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>
+i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla
+principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les
+particions.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Quan estigueu segur de la selecció feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>
+per continuar.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64a82970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Actualitzacions</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application>
+s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu baixar-los i instal·lar-los, trieu
+<guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a
+Internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05fafde5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, l'instal·lador de Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència,
+l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la
+instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible.</para>
+
+  <para>La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció
+predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Pantalla de benvinguda de la instal·lació</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Ús d'un DVD de Mageia</title>
+
+      <para>Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one
+with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the "e" letter to
+enter the "edit mode". To come back to this screen, press either the key
+"esc" to quit without saving or press the key "Ctrl" or "F10" to quit with
+saving.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen
+language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Utilitzeu les tecles de les fletxes per a seleccionar l'idioma i premeu la
+tecla de retorn.</para>
+
+            <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live
+DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue
+System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware
+Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> key for
+the UEFI mode.</para>
+
+            <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one
+of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called
+<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para>
+
+            <para>- Per defecte, no altera res en les opcions per defecte.</para>
+
+            <para>- Per defecte, no altera res en les opcions per defecte.</para>
+
+            <para>- Sense ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), no es té en
+compte la gestió del consum.</para>
+
+            <para>- Sense APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), sobre
+interrupcions de la CPU, seleccioneu aquesta opció si us la demana.</para>
+
+            <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options
+displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the
+key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line,
+however, they are really taken into account.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+            <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with
+the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to
+go back to the welcome screen.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options
+list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Amb la tecla F2 l'ajuda es tradueix a l'idioma seleccionat.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Using a Wired Network</title>
+
+      <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based
+Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):</para>
+
+      <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are
+described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+Network-based Installation CD, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>La disposició del teclat és l'americana.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Passos de la instal·lació</title>
+
+    <para>El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden
+veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla.</para>
+
+    <para>Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir
+botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys
+habituals.</para>
+
+    <para>La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que
+dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar
+a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un
+cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a
+instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo
+podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de
+voler-lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres
+tecles <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Sense interfície gràfica</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de
+l'idioma. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes
+antics. Proveu de fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant
+<code>vgalo</code> a la consola.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use
+this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be
+presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit
+ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>La instal·lació es penja</title>
+
+      <para>Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser a causa
+d'un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas, podeu saltar la
+detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu
+<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb
+d'altres.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Problema en la RAM</title>
+
+      <para>Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de
+maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la
+manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és
+la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code>
+significaria 256 MB de RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Particions dinàmiques</title>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on
+Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on
+this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5356bd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Login screen</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM login screen</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium
+you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>Els podeu trobar <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">aquí</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b6ddd05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Selecció del mitjà (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits
+estan disponibles, depenent del mitjà que feu servir per a la
+instal·lació. La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es
+proposaran per a seleccionar durant els següents passos.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>No es pot inhabilitar el dipòsit <emphasis>core</emphasis>, ja que conté la
+base de la instal·lació.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant
+Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom
+- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a
+targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes
+Wi-Fi, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una
+llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és
+que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns
+països. Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers
+d'àudio o de vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials,
+etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b85b6d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instal·lació mínima</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de
+selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us
+proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8157643a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Resum dels paràmetres diversos</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en
+funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar
+aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó
+<guibutton>Configura</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Paràmetres del sistema</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en l'idioma de preferència. Si
+cal, ho podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>País / Regió</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la
+configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Gestor d'arrencada</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del gestor d'arrencada.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi
+directori <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Serveis</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon
+pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o inhabilitar determinades
+tasques.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que
+l'ordinador no funcionés correctament.</para>
+
+        <para>Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Paràmetres del maquinari</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Teclat</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la
+vostra ubicació, idioma o tipus de teclat.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Ratolí</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes,
+ratolins de bola, etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha
+un. L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha
+més d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Interfície gràfica</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Paràmetres de xarxa i Internet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Xarxa</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb
+controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és
+millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de
+control de Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc
+perquè vigili també aquella interfície.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Servidors intermediaris</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció
+us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor
+intermediari.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els
+paràmetres que cal posar aquí</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Seguretat</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Nivell de seguretat</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de
+vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús
+general.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Trieu l'opció que millor s'adapta a la vostra utilització.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Tallafoc</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els
+espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o
+robar-les.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Tingueu present que el fet de permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt
+arriscat.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10d1a2a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Reinicia</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f912b766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Redimensiona la partició
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Teniu més d'una partició
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Trieu quina
+cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2e66eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Nivell de seguretat</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Aquí podeu ajustar el nivell de seguretat.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Si no sabeu què triar, no toqueu les opcions predeterminades.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de
+seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del centre de control
+de Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f250ccdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Selecció de país / regió</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, feu clic a <guilabel>Altres
+països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres
+països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria
+semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu
+cas, DrakX respectarà la tria.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Mètode d'entrada</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9295034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instal·lació o actualització</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instal·la</para>
+
+      <para>Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Actualització</para>
+
+      <para>Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el
+sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de
+Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de
+publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués
+arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor
+fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar
+l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una
+partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador
+ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo
+podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i això, esteu
+molt segur del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar un idioma addicional, podeu
+tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de
+selecció d'idioma prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la
+instal·lació.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..618faeb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Teclat</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per al vostre idioma. Si no en troba cap,
+triarà la disposició de teclat US.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició
+de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les
+especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al
+proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que
+n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link
+xlink:href="http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats">
+ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a
+<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i
+seleccioneu-hi el teclat.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al
+diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hàgiu triat un dels
+teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i
+continuar la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista
+completa.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla de
+diàleg extra que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions
+de teclat llatines i no llatines.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..029ca70b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Select keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdec8475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Trieu l'idioma que voleu utilitzar</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Seleccioneu l'idioma preferit, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al
+vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta
+selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use
+this selection during the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Si és probable que us calguin diversos idiomes instal·lats al sistema, tant
+per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu d'utilitzar el botó  <guibutton>Diversos
+idiomes</guibutton> i afegir-los ara. Serà difícil afegir els idiomes extres
+un cop feta la instal·lació.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Encara que trieu més d'un idioma, n'heu de triar un com a l'idioma de
+preferència a la pantalla de primer idioma. També es marcarà com a
+seleccionat a la pantalla de diversos idiomes.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Si l'idioma del vostre teclat no es correspon amb l'idioma preferit, llavors
+és recomanable instal·lar també l'idioma del vostre teclat.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it
+is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed
+languages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia
+Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bce171f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Selecció del ratolí</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2
+i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força
+evdev</guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí
+de sis botons o més.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..048a2130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Els menús gràfics de Mageia són bonics :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Ús del gestor d'arrencada de Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ús d'un gestor d'arrencada existent</title>
+
+    <para>El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un gestor d'arrencada ja
+existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment
+implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del gestor d'arrencada en
+qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació
+del sistema operatiu corresponent.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Opcions</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54c586ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Addició o modificació d'una entrada al menú d'arrencada</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88e8332b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Configuració SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns
+controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els
+controladors que cal utilitzar, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0eeda23b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Configuració del so</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha
+triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un.</para>
+
+  <para>El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i
+això, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu
+<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (centre
+de control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i
+clicant a <guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta
+de la pantalla.</para>
+
+  <para>Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», feu clic
+a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de
+problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el
+problema.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avançat</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la
+instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha
+diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un
+d'equivocat.</para>
+
+    <para>En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic
+a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d831bae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirmació del disc dur que es formatarà</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Feu clic a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segur sobre la tria.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar
+totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del
+disc.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eaf3233a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live mode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Us surt aquesta pantalla si heu seleccionat "Arrenca Mageia". Si no, us surt
+el pas de les <link linkend="doPartitionDisks">particions</link></para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testing hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Launch installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Per llançar el CD o DVD autònom d'instal·lació de Mageia al disc dur o
+dispositiu SSD, només heu de clicar a la icona "Instal·la al disc dur". Us
+sortirà aquesta pantalla i després el pas de les <link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">particions</link> per a la instal·lació directa.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a981f026
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Desinstal·lació de Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Howto</title>
+
+    <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short
+you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the
+possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select
+Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will
+only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition
+management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the
+disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it
+(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both
+windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and
+make sure all important things have been backed up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59205b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ca/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to
+accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different
+hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/converter.sh b/docs/docs/stable/installer/converter.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..b0b78a12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/converter.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#!/bin/bash -e
+LANG=$1
+
+for doc in acceptLicense addUser ask_mntpoint_s installer selectInstallClass \
+  selectKeyboard configureServices selectLanguage takeOverHdChoose takeOverHdConfirm \
+  doPartitionDisks chooseDesktop choosePackageGroups choosePackagesTree diskdrake exitInstall formatPartitions \
+  installUpdates misc-params configureTimezoneUTC resizeFATChoose  setupBootloaderBeginner \
+  setupSCSI setupX selectMouse setupBootloaderExpert setupBootloader DrakX \
+  configureX_card_list configureX_monitor configureX_chooser \
+  setupBootloaderAddEntry minimal-install securityLevel selectCountry media_selection add_supplemental_media; do
+
+  sed -i -n '1h;1!H;${;g;s/<othercredit.*<\/othercredit>//g;p;}' $LANG/${doc}.xml
+  perl -i -p -e "s/version=\"5\.0\" xml:lang=\"en\"/version=\"5\.0\"/;" en/${doc}.xml
+  perl -i -p -e "s/xml:lang=\"$LANG\"//;" $LANG/${doc}.xml
+done
+
+po4a-gettextize --format docbook --master-charset utf-8 --localized-charset utf-8 \
+    --master en/acceptLicense.xml --master en/addUser.xml --master en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml \
+    --master en/installer.xml --master en/selectInstallClass.xml --master en/selectKeyboard.xml \
+    --master en/configureServices.xml --master en/selectLanguage.xml \
+    --master en/takeOverHdChoose.xml --master en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml --master en/doPartitionDisks.xml \
+    --master en/chooseDesktop.xml --master en/choosePackageGroups.xml \
+    --master en/choosePackagesTree.xml --master en/diskdrake.xml --master en/exitInstall.xml \
+    --master en/formatPartitions.xml --master en/installUpdates.xml --master en/misc-params.xml \
+    --master en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml --master en/resizeFATChoose.xml \
+    --master en/setupBootloaderBeginner.xml --master en/setupSCSI.xml --master en/setupX.xml \
+    --master en/selectMouse.xml --master en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml --master en/setupBootloader.xml \
+    --master en/DrakX.xml --master en/configureX_card_list.xml --master en/configureX_monitor.xml \
+    --master en/configureX_chooser.xml --master en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml \
+    --master en/minimal-install.xml --master en/securityLevel.xml --master en/selectCountry.xml \
+    --master en/media_selection.xml --master en/add_supplemental_media.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/acceptLicense.xml --localized $LANG/addUser.xml --localized $LANG/ask_mntpoint_s.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/installer.xml --localized $LANG/selectInstallClass.xml --localized $LANG/selectKeyboard.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/configureServices.xml --localized $LANG/selectLanguage.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/takeOverHdChoose.xml --localized $LANG/takeOverHdConfirm.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/doPartitionDisks.xml --localized $LANG/chooseDesktop.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/choosePackageGroups.xml --localized $LANG/choosePackagesTree.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/diskdrake.xml --localized $LANG/exitInstall.xml --localized $LANG/formatPartitions.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/installUpdates.xml --localized $LANG/misc-params.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/configureTimezoneUTC.xml --localized $LANG/resizeFATChoose.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/setupBootloaderBeginner.xml --localized $LANG/setupSCSI.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/setupX.xml --localized $LANG/selectMouse.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/setupBootloaderExpert.xml --localized $LANG/setupBootloader.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/DrakX.xml --localized $LANG/configureX_card_list.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/configureX_monitor.xml --localized $LANG/configureX_chooser.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml --localized $LANG/minimal-install.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/securityLevel.xml --localized $LANG/selectCountry.xml \
+    --localized $LANG/media_selection.xml --localized $LANG/add_supplemental_media.xml | \
+    msgattrib --clear-fuzzy > $LANG.po
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..286e86be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5095 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# fri, 2016
+# Jan <hlafek99@gmail.com>, 2016
+# Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
+# Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Luděk Janča <joelp@email.cz>, 2015-2018
+# fri, 2016
+# fri, 2016-2018
+# VlciStopa <vlcistopa.l@seznam.cz>, 2014
+# VlciStopa <vlcistopa.l@seznam.cz>, 2014
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-04 10:32+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: fri\n"
+"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"cs/)\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licence a poznámky k vydání"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licenční ujednání"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Před instalací <application>Mageii</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte "
+"licenční podmínky a ustanovení."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí "
+"být přijaty."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a "
+"poté klepněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za "
+"nahlédnutí. Klepnutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje "
+"počítač."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Poznámky k vydání"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Jsou dostupné důležité informace o tomto vydání <application>Mageia</"
+"application> a jsou dostupné klepnutím na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k "
+"vydání</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "cs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdrojů)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další "
+"zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje "
+"určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr "
+"balíčků."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Pro síťové zdroje, jsou zapotřebí dva nasáledijící kroky:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Výběr a aktivace sítě, není-li již spuštěna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze "
+"zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia, "
+"jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit "
+"konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud aktualizujete 64 bitovou instalaci, která může obsahovat některé 32 "
+"bitové balíčky, doporučuje se použít tuto obrazovku pro přidání "
+"internetového zrcadlového serveru zaškrtnutím jednoho ze zdejších síťových "
+"protokolů. 64-bitový DVD obraz obsahuje jen 64 bitové a nearchové balíčky, "
+"nebude možné aktualizovat 32 bitové balíčky. Avšak po přidání internetového "
+"zrcadlového serveru tam instalátor najde potřebné 32 bitové balíčky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Správa uživatele  a superuživatele"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Nastavení hesla správce (uživatele root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Pro všechny instalace <application>Mageii</application> se doporučuje "
+"nastavit heslo superuživatele anebo správce, které se v Linuxu obyčejně "
+"nazývá i <emphasis>heslo roota</emphasis>. Když zapisujete heslo do políčka "
+"nahoře, barva jeho štítu se změní z červené na žlutou a na zelenou, v "
+"závislosti na síle hesla. Zelený štít ukazuje, že používáte silné heslo. "
+"Potřebujete zopakovat stejné heslo v políčku umístěném hned pod políčkem "
+"prvního hesla, přičemž jejich porovnaním se ověří, zda jste v prvním políčku "
+"neudělali překlep."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Všechna hesla jsou závislá na velikosti písmen; nejlepší je použít kombinaci "
+"písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Zadejte uživatele"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Zde přidejte uživatele. Uživatel má méně oprávnění než superuživatel (root), "
+"ale dost na procházení internetu, používání kancelářskych aplikací anebo "
+"hraní her a pro cokoli jiného, co se svým počítačem provádí běžný uživatel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: Pokud klepnete na toto tlačítko, změní se "
+"ikona uživatele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Skutečné jméno</guilabel>: Vložte do tohoto textového pole "
+"skutečné jméno uživatele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Přihlašovací jméno</guilabel>: Zde můžete zadat uživatelské "
+"přihlašovací jméno, nebo nechat instalační program pokusit se použít "
+"skutečné jméno uživatele. <emphasis>Přihlašovací jméno je citlivé na "
+"velikost písmen.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: Do tohoto textového pole byste měli napsat heslo "
+"uživatele. Na konci textového políčka je štít, který naznačuje sílu heslu. "
+"(Podívejte se i na <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte do tohoto textového pole "
+"heslo uživatele a drakx zkontroluje, zda máte stejné heslo v každém z "
+"textových polí pro uživatelské heslo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Jakýkoliv uživatel přidaný v průběhu instalace Mageii bude mít chráněn "
+"domovský adresář proti čtení a zápisu (umask=0027)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Můžete přidat všechny další potřebné uživatele v kroku <emphasis>Nastavení - "
+"Souhrn</emphasis> během instalace. Vyberte si <emphasis>Správa uživatelů</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Přístupová oprávnění lze změnit také po instalaci."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Rozšířená správa uživatelů"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud klepnete na tlačítko <guibutton>pokročilé</guibutton>, bude vám "
+"nabídnuta obrazovka, která vám dovoluje upravovat nastavení pro uživatele, "
+"kterého přidáváte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Dodatečně můžete zakázat anebo povolit účet hosta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Cokoli, co si host s výchozím hostitelským účtem <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> "
+"uloží do svého /domovského (/home) adresáře, bude smazáno v okamžiku, kdy se "
+"odhlásí. Host by si měl uložit svoje důležité soubory na zařízení USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Povolit hostův účet</guilabel>: Zde můžete povolit anebo zakázat "
+"účet hosta. Hostův účet hostu dovoluje přihlásit se k vašemu počítači a "
+"používat jej, ale má více omezený přístup než normální uživatelé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Tento rozbalovací seznam vám umožňuje změnit "
+"shell (překladač příkazů) používaný uživatelem, kterého přidáváte na "
+"předchozí obrazovce, možnostmi jsou Bash, Dash a Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID uživatele</guilabel>: Zde můžete nastavit uživatelovo ID pro "
+"uživatele, kterého přidáváte na předchozí obrazovce. Je to číslo. Ponechejte "
+"je prázdné, pokud nevíte, co děláte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID skupiny</guilabel>: Toto vám umožňuje nastavit ID skupiny. Též "
+"je to číslo, obyčejně to samé jako pro uživatele. Ponechejte je prázdné, "
+"pokud nevíte, co děláte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Zvolte si přípojné body"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde vidíte Linuxové oddíly, které byly nalezeny na vašem počítači. Pokud "
+"nesouhlasíte s návrhem <application>DrakX</application>, můžete přípojné "
+"body změnit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Máte-li cokoliv ke změně, ujistěte se, že máte stále <literal>/</literal> "
+"kořenový oddíl (root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý oddíl je zobrazen takto: \"Zařízení\" (\"Kapacita\", \"Přípojný bod\", "
+"\"Typ\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Zařízení\", se skládá z \"pevného disku\", [\"číslo disku\" (písmeno)], "
+"\"číslo oddílu\" (například \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud máte hodně oddílů, můžete si vybrat mnoho různých přípojných bodů z "
+"rozbalovací nabídky, jako jsou <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</"
+"literal> a <literal>/var</literal>. Dokonce si můžete udělat vlastní "
+"přípojné body, například <literal>/video</literal> pro oddíl, kde si chcete "
+"ukládat své filmy, anebo <literal>/domov-kotel</literal> jako domovský oddíl "
+"instalace kotle (cauldron)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Pro oddíly, ke kterým nepotřebujete mít přístup, nemusíte vyplňovat přípojný "
+"bod."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte <guibutton>Předchozí</guibutton>, pokud si nejste jisti tím, co si "
+"máte zvolit, a potom zaškrtněte <guilabel>Vlastní rozdělení disku</"
+"guilabel>. V obrazovce, která následuje, můžete klepnout na oddíl, abyste "
+"viděli jeho typ a velikost."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste si jisti, že přípojné body jsou správně, klepněte na "
+"<guibutton>Další</guibutton> a vyberte si, zda chcete naformátovat jen ten "
+"oddíl (resp. oddíly), které DrakX navrhuje, anebo i další."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Nastavení času"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"V tomto kroku musíte vybrat, na který čas jsou vaše vnitřní hodiny nastaveny "
+"- buď na místní čas nebo na koordinovaný světový čas (UTC)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr "Na kartě pokročilé najdete víc voleb pro nastavení času."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Zavést Mageiu jako živý systém"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Zavedení z datového nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Z disku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Systém můžete zavést z nosiče, na který jste vypálili svůj obrazový soubor "
+"(CD, DVD...). Obyčejně jej stačí jen vložit do vaší CD/DVD mechaniky, aby "
+"zavaděč spustil instalaci automaticky po restartu počítače. pokud se to "
+"nestane, možná potřebujete přenastavit BIOS anebo stisknout jednu klávesu, "
+"která vám nabídne vybrat si zařízení, ze kterého se počítač zavede."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Podle toho, jaké máte vybavení počítače a jak je nastaveno, objeví se buď "
+"jedna anebo druhá ze dvou níže uvedených obrazovek."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Ze zařízení USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Počítač můžete spustit ze zařízení USB, na kterém je zaznamenán obraz ISO. "
+"Vzhledem k nastavení vašeho BIOSu se počítač možná už zavádí přímo ze "
+"zařízení USB zastrčeného v přípojném místě (portu) počítače. Pokud se tak "
+"neděje, možná potřebujete přenastavit BIOS anebo stisknout jednu klávesu, "
+"která vám nabídne výběr zařízení, z něhož se počítač spustí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "V zastaralém režimu BIOS/CSM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "První obrazovka během spouštění v režimu BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "V prostřední nabídce máte volbu mezi třemi činnostmi:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Zavést Mageiu: Toto znamená, že Mageia 5 se spustí z připojeného nosiče (CD/"
+"DVD anebo zařízení USB) bez jakéhokoli zapisování na disk, takže očekávejte "
+"velmi pomalý systém. Jakmile se zavádění dokončí, můžete přikročit i k "
+"instalací na pevný disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Nainstalovat Mageiu: Tato volba Mageiu přímo nainstaluje na pevný disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Spustit z pevného disku: Tato volba dovoluje systém zavést z pevného disku, "
+"tak jako obyčejně, když není připojen žádný datový nosič (CD/DVD anebo "
+"zařízení USB). (nepracuje s Mageiou 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Ve spodní nabídce jsou Volby zavedení systému:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Nápověda. Vysvětluje volby \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" a \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Jazyk. Vyberte si pro zobrazení jazyka obrazovek."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Rozlišení obrazovky. Volba mezi textem, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom anebo Další. Normálně se instalace vykoná z vloženého "
+"instalačního média. Zde si vybíráte jiné zdroje, jakými jsou FTP anebo "
+"servery NFS. Pokud se instalace vykonává v síti se serverem SLP, při této "
+"volbě si vyberte jeden z instalačních zdrojů dostupných na serveru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Ovladač. Ano nebo Ne. Systém si je vědom přítomnosti volitelného disku "
+"s aktualizací ovladače a bude požadovat jeho vložení během procesu instalace."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Volby jádra. Toto je cesta pro zadání voleb vztahujících se k vybavení "
+"počítače a ovladačům, které se použijí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "V režimu UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "První obrazovka během spuštění z disku na systémech UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde máte jen možnost spustit Mageiu v Živém režimu (první volba) nebo "
+"spustit instalaci (druhá volba)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste počítač spustili ze zařízení USB, dostanete dva doplňující řádky, "
+"které jsou duplikáty předchozích řádků zakončených zkratkou \"USB\". Máte je "
+"vybrat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"V každém případě budou první kroky stejné - vybrat si jazyk, časovou zónu a "
+"klávesnici; potom se postupy odlišují v <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">dodatečných krocích v Živém režimu</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Výběr pracovního prostředí"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky "
+"pro jemné doladění vaší volby."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Po kroku (resp. krocích) výběru uvidíte během instalace balíčků pohyblivou "
+"přehlídku snímků. Přehlídka může být vypnuta stisknutím tlačítka "
+"<guilabel>Podrobnosti</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Rozhodněte se, zda chcete používat prostředí <application>KDE</application> "
+"nebo <application>Gnome</application>. Obě prostředí jsou vybavená všemi "
+"užitečnými aplikacemi a nástroji. Zaškrtněte <guilabel>Vlastní</guilabel>, "
+"pokud chcete nainstalovat obě prostředí, nebo chcete použít jiné prostředí, "
+"než tato 2 výchozí. Prostředí <application>LXDE</application> je méně "
+"náročnější než předchozí 2 prostředí, zároveň však obsahuje méně efektů a "
+"předinstalovaného softwaru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Výběr skupiny balíčků"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Balíčky byly rozřazeny do skupin, aby vám byl ulehčen výběr toho, co vše "
+"potřebujete ve vašem systému. Názvy skupin odpovídají tomu, co se v nich "
+"nachází, pokud však chcete vědět více o obsahu v dané skupině, stačí najet "
+"myší na název skupiny."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Pracovní stanice."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafické prostředí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání "
+"nebo odebrání balíčků."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Přečtěte si <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> pro instrukce, jak provést "
+"minimální instalaci (bez nebo s X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Výběr jednotlivých balíčků"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde můžete přidávat nebo odebírat všechny doplňkové balíčky pro přizpůsobení "
+"instalace."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Po učinění výběru můžete klepnout na <guibutton>ikonu diskety</guibutton> ve "
+"spodní části stránky pro uložení vašeho výběru balíčků (funguje i uložení na "
+"zařízení USB). Potom tento soubor můžete použít k nainstalování stejných "
+"balíčků na jiném systému, stisknutím stejného tlačítka během instalace a "
+"zvolením jeho nahrání."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Nastavení služeb"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr "Zde si můžete nastavit, jaké služby (ne)spouštět při zavádění systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Jsou zde 4 skupiny. Klepnutím na šipku před skupinou danou skupinu rozbalíte "
+"a uvidíte služby, které obsahuje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Nastavení, která DrakX vybral, jsou obyčejně dobrá."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud zvýrazníte službu, některé informace o ní se ukážou v informačním poli "
+"níže."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Věci měňte jen tehdy, když velmi dobře víte, co děláte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Nastavení časového pásma"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si časové pásmo výběrem vaší zememě nebo nejbližší město ve stejném "
+"časovém pásmu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"V dalším okně si můžete vybrat nastavení hardwarových hodin na místní čas a "
+"GMT, také známý jako UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud máte na vašem počítači více než jeden operační systém, ujistěte se, že "
+"jsou všechny nastaveny na místní čas, nebo všichny na UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Výběr X Serveru (Konfigurace vaší grafické karty)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi grafických karet a obvykle video zařízení "
+"identifikuje správně."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud není vaše grafická karta rozpoznána instalačním programem správně a "
+"víte, jakou kartu máte, můžete ji vybrat ze stromu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "dodavatel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "pak název vaší karty"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "a typ vaší karty"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nemůžete najít svou kartu v seznamech dodavatelů (protože ještě není v "
+"databázi, nebo je to starší karta) můžete najít vhodný ovladač v kategorii "
+"Xorg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Seznam Xorg poskytuje více než 40 obecných a open source ovladačů grafických "
+"karet. Pokud stále nemůžete najít název ovladače pro kartu, existuje možnost "
+"použití VESA ovladač, který poskytuje základní možnosti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Uvědomte si, že pokud vyberete nekompatibilní ovladač, můžete mít přístup "
+"pouze k rozhhraní příkazové řádky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Někteří výrobci grafických karet poskytují proprietární ovladače pro Linux, "
+"které mohou být k dispozici v nonfree úložišti a v některých případech jen "
+"pouze z webových stránek výrobce karety."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Přístup k Nonfree úložišti musí být výslovně povolen. Pokud tomu tak není, "
+"nejdříve jej povolte, toto byste měli udělat po prvním restartu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Nastavení grafické karty a monitoru"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Bez ohledu na to, které grafické prostředí (známé i jako prostředí pracovní "
+"plochy) jste si vybrali pro tuto instalaci <application>Mageii</"
+"application>, všechna jsou založena na systému grafického uživatelského "
+"prostředí nazvanému <acronym>X Window Systém</acronym>, anebo jednoduše "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>. Takže k tomu, aby <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> nebo kterékoli další "
+"grafické prostředí pracovalo správně, následující nastavení systému "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> musí být správná. Vyberte si správné nastavení, pokud "
+"vidíte, že <application>DrakX</application> neprovedl volbu, nebo pokud si "
+"myslíte, že volba je nesprávná."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafická karta</guibutton></emphasis>: Vyberte ze "
+"seznamu vaši kartu, pokud je to třeba."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Máte na výběr možnost "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, pokud je použitelná, nebo si vybrat "
+"monitor v seznamu <guilabel>Dodavatelé</guilabel> nebo <guilabel>Všeobecné</"
+"guilabel> monitory. Vyberte <guilabel>Vlastní</guilabel>, pokud "
+"upřednostňujete ruční nastavení vodorovné a svislé obnovovací frekvence "
+"vašeho monitoru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Nesprávná obnovovací frekvence může poškodit váš monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rozlišení</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde nastavte "
+"požadované rozlišení a barevnou hloubku monitoru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Zkouška</guibutton></emphasis>: Ne vždy se během  "
+"instalace objeví testovací tlačítko. Pokud je tu toto tlačítko, můžete "
+"upravit nastavení jeho stisknutím. Pokud vidíte otázku ptající se vás, zda "
+"jsou vaše nastavení správná, můžete odpovědět \"ano\" a nastavení budou "
+"zachována. Pokud vůbec nic nevidíte, vraťte se na nastavovací obrazovku a "
+"budete moci přenastavit vše, dokud zkouška nedopadne dobře. "
+"<emphasis>Ujistěte se, že jsou vaše nastavení na bezpečné straně, pokud není "
+"testovací tlačítko dostupné.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde si můžete vybrat "
+"zda povolit nebo zakázat různé další možnosti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Výběr monitoru"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi monitorů a obyčejně správně rozpozná ten "
+"váš."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Vybrání monitoru s odlišnými charakteristikami může poškodit váš "
+"monitor nebo vybavení pro video. Nezkoušejte, prosím, nic bez toho, že byste "
+"nevěděl, co děláte.</emphasis> Pokud máte pochybnost, měl byste nahlédnout "
+"do dokumentace k vašemu monitoru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Vlastní</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Tato volba vám dovoluje nastavit dva kritické parametry, svislou obnovovací "
+"frekvenci a vodorovnou synchronizační frekvenci. Vertikální obnovování "
+"určuje, jak často je obrazovka obnovována a horizontální synchronizace je "
+"rychlost, kterou jsou zobrazovány skenované řádky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Je <emphasis>VELMI DŮLEŽITÉ</emphasis> abyste nezvolili typ monitoru s "
+"rozsahem synchronizace, který přesahuje schopnosti vašeho monitoru: mohli "
+"byste tím poškodit svůj monitor. Pokud jste na pochybách, vyberte si "
+"konzervativní nastavení a prověřte ho v dokumentaci k vašemu monitoru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto je výchozí volba a snaží se určit typ monitoru z databáze monitorů."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Dodavatel</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud instalátor správně nerozpoznal váš monitor a vy víte, který máte, "
+"můžete si ho zvolit ze stromu pomocí výběru:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "název výrobce monitoru"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "popis monitoru"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Všeobecný</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"výběr této skupiny zobrazí přibližně 30 nastavení obrazovky, jako jsou "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz zahrnuje i ploché panelové obrazovky, jaké jsou používány ve "
+"přenosných počítačích. Toto bývá často dobrou skupinou pro výběr monitoru, "
+"pokud potřebujete používat ovladač karty Vesa, když váš obrazový hardware "
+"nemůže být rozpoznán automaticky. I tady může být rozumné být při svém "
+"výběru konzervativní."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud si přejete použít šifrování na vašem <literal>/</literal> oddílu, "
+"musíte se ujistit, že máte samostatný  oddíl <literal>/boot</literal>. Volba "
+"pro zašifrování NESMÍ být nastavena pro zaváděcí oddíl <literal>/boot</"
+"literal>, jinak váš systém nebude možné zavést."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde upravíte rozložení disku (disků). Můžete odstraňovat nebo vytvářet "
+"oddíly, měnit souborový systém oddílu, anebo měnit jeho velikost a dokonce "
+"se podívat, co je na něm, předtím než začnete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Je tam karta pro každý nalezený pevný disk nebo jiné úložné zařízení, jako "
+"je zařízení USB. Například sda, sdb a sdc, pokud jsou připojena tři."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Stiskněte <guibutton>Vyčistit vše</guibutton> pro smazání všech oddílů na "
+"vybraném úložném zařízení."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Pro všechky ostatní činnosti: klepněte nejprve na požadovaný oddíl. Potom si "
+"jej prohlédněte, nebo si vyberte souborový systém a přípojný bod, změňte "
+"jeho velikost nebo jej vymažte. <guibutton>Přepnout do expertního režimu</"
+"guibutton> (nebo <guibutton>Expertní režim</guibutton>) dodá některé další "
+"nástroje jako je přidání štítku nebo vybrání typu oddílu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Pokračujte dokud jste nenastavil vše podle vašeho přání."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+"Klepněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Hotovo</guibutton>, když jste připraven."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud instalujete Mageiu na UEFI systému, zkontrolujte zda ESP (EFI System "
+"Partition) existuje a je připojen v /boot/EFI (více níže)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud instalujete Mageiu na systém Legacy/GPT, zkontrolujte, že je přítomen "
+"zaváděcí oddíl BIOS a že je správného typu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Rozdělení disku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"V této obrazovce můžete vidět obsah vašeho pevného disku (disků) a vidět "
+"nalezená řešení průvodce DrakX rozdělováním disku navrhujícího, kam "
+"nainstalovat <application>Mageiu</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Volby dostupné z níže uvedeného seznamu se budou lišit v závislosti na "
+"rozložení a obsahu vašeho konkrétního pevného disku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Použít existující oddíly"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud je dostupná tato volba, potom byly nalezeny stávající s Linuxem "
+"kompatibilní oddíly a tyto mohou být použity pro instalaci."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Použít volné místo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud máte nevyužité místo na vašem pevném disku, potom ho tato volba "
+"využije pro novou instalaci Mageii."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Použít volné místo na oddílu Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud máte nevyužité místo na stávajícím windowsovském oddíle, instalátor "
+"může nabídnout jeho použití."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Toto může být užitečná cesta vytvoření prostoru pro vaši novou instalaci "
+"Mageii, ale je to riziková operace, takže byste se měli ujistit, že máte "
+"zazálohovány všechny důležité soubory!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Pamatujte, že toto znamená zmenšení velikosti windowsovského oddílu. Oddíl "
+"musí být \"čistý\", to znamená, že Windows musely být správně vypnuty, když "
+"byly naposledy použity. Též musely být defragmentovány, ačkoli toto není "
+"zárukou, že všechny soubory na oddíle byly přesunuty z oblasti, která má být "
+"použita. Velice se doporučuje provedení zálohy vašich osobních souborů."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"U této volby instalátor zobrazí zůstávající windowsovský oddíl v světlemodré "
+"a budoucí oddíl Mageii v tmavomodré barvě spolu s jejich zamýšlenými "
+"velikostmi pod nimi. Máte možnost přizpůsobit tyto velikosti klepnutím a "
+"přesunutím mezery mezi oběma oddíly. Viz snímek obrazovky níže."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Smazat a použít celý disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Tato volba použije celé diskové zařízení pro Mageiu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr "Pozor, toto smaže všechna data na vybraném disku. Buďte opatrní!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud zamýšlíte použít část disku na něco jiného, nebo už máte data na onom "
+"disku, která nejste připraveni ztratit, potom tuto volbu nepoužívejte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Vlastní rozdělení disku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto vám dává úplnou kontrolu nad umístěním instalace na vašem pevném disku "
+"(resp. discích)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Měnění velikostí oddílu:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr "Instalátor rozdělí dostupné místo podle následujících pravidel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud je celkové dostupné místo menší než 50 GB, bude vytvořen jen jeden "
+"oddíl pro /, nebude tu žádný samostatný oddíl pro /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr "Pokud je celkové dostupné místo nad 50 GB, potom se vytvoří tři oddíly"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 z celkového dostupného místa je přideleno pro / , nanejvýš však 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 je přiděleno pro swap , nanejvýš však 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "zbytek (přinejmenším 12/19) je přiděleno pro /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"To znamená, že v případě 160 GB a víc z dostupného místa, instalátor vytvoří "
+"tři oddíly: 50 GB pro /, 4 GB pro swap a zbytek pro adresář /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud používáte systém UEFI, ESP (systémový oddíl EFI) bude automaticky "
+"rozpoznán, nebo vytvořen, pokud ještě neexistuje, a připojen na /boot/EFI. "
+"Volba \"Vlastní rozdělení disku\" je jediná, která vám dovoluje "
+"zkontrolovat, že toto bylo provedeno správně."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Některé novější mechaniky nyní používají 4096 bajtové logické sektory, "
+"namísto předchozího standardu 512 bajtových logických sektorů. Nástroj na "
+"dělení disku použitý v instalátoru nebyl kvůli nedostatku dostupného "
+"hardware testován s takovou mechanikou. Taktéž některé mechaniky ssd dnes "
+"používají velikost vymazávacího bloku nad 1 MB. Navrhuje se napřed rozdělit "
+"mechaniku, s použitím alternativních nástrojů na rozdělování disku, jakým je "
+"gparted, pokud vlastníte takové zařízení, a použít následující nastavení:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Zarovnat na\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Předcházející volné místo (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Též se ujistěte, že všechny oddíly jsou vytvořeny se sudým počtem megabajtů."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Instalace ze ŽIVÉHO datového nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Leden 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Oficiální dokumentace pro Mageiu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tato příručka byla vytvořena s pomocí <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>em."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Byl napsán dobrovolníky v jejich volném čase. Spojte se, prosím, s <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentačním týmem</"
+"link>, pokud byste chtěli pomoci tuto příručku vylepšit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Nikdo se nepotká se všemi instalačními obrazovkami, které vidíte v této "
+"příručce. Kterou obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašem vybavení počítače a na "
+"volbách, které učiníte během instalace."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalace pomocí DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Únor 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Gratulujeme"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokončili jste instalaci a nastavení <application>Mageii</application> a teď "
+"je bezpečné vyjmout instalační médium a restartovat počítač."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Po restartu, na obrazovce zavaděče, si můžete vybrat mezi operačními systémy "
+"ve vašem počítači (pokud jich máte víc než jeden)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste neupravovali nastavení pro zavaděč systému, automaticky bude "
+"vybrána a spuštěna vaše nainstalovaná Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Bavte se!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Navštivte www.mageia.org, pokud máte nějaké otázky nebo pokud chcete přispět "
+"do Mageii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Firewall"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pokročilé</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> je jedním z <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> "
+"nebo <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - internetový protokol, který je používán "
+"službou."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formátování"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde si můžete vybrat, který oddíl (nebo oddíly) si přejete naformátovat. "
+"Všechna data na oddílech <emphasis>neoznačených</emphasis> pro naformátování "
+"budou ušetřena."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Obyčejně potřebují být naformátovány přinejmenším oddíly, které DrakX vybral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klepněte na <guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> pro výběr oddílů, které chcete "
+"zkontrolovat na takzvané <emphasis>chybné bloky</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud si nejste jistí, zda jste vykonali správnou volbu, můžete klepnout na "
+"tlačítko <guibutton>Předchozí</guibutton>, opět na <guibutton>Předchozí</"
+"guibutton> a potom na <guibutton>Vlastní</guibutton>, abyste se vrátili na "
+"hlavní obrazovku. Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat pohled na to, co máte "
+"na vašich oddílech."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste spokojen s výběrem, klepněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton> pro "
+"pokračování."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, instalátor Mageii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Ať už jste v GNU-Linux začátečník nebo zkušený uživatel, instalátor Mageii "
+"je navržen tak, aby instalace nebo aktualizace byla tak jednoduchá, jak jen "
+"je to možné."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Počáteční nabídková obrazovka má různé možnosti, každopádně předvolená "
+"spustí instalátor, který bude obyčejně mít vše, co potřebujete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Uvítací instalační obrazovka"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Použití DVD Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Zde jsou výchozí uvítací obrazovky při používaní DVD Mageia. První je se "
+"systémem UEFI a druhá se zastaralým systémem:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Na této obrazovce je možné nastavit některá osobní nastavení:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Jazyk (jen pro instalaci, může se odlišovat od zvoleného systémového jazyka) "
+"stisknutím klávesy F2 (jen v zastaralém režimu)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Použijte šipkové klávesy pro výběr jazyka a stiskněte klávesu Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde je například francouzská uvítací obrazovka, když používáte živé DVD/CD. "
+"Pamatujte si, že nabídka na Live DVD/CD nepředkládá: <guilabel>Záchranný "
+"systém</guilabel>, <guilabel>Paměťový test</guilabel> a <guilabel>Nástroj na "
+"zjištění vybavení počítače</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Změňte rozlišení obrazovky stisknutím klávesy F3 (jen v zastaralém režimu)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Přidejte některé volby pro kernel stisknutím klávesy <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">F6</emphasis> v zastaralém režimu nebo klávesy <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> v režimu UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud instalace selhává, tehdy může být nutné vyzkoušet znovu jednu z "
+"možností navíc. Nabídka vyvolaná přes F6 zobrazuje nový řádek nazvaný "
+"<guilabel>Volby pro zavedení</guilabel> a nabízí čtyři položky:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Výchozí, tato nemění nic ve výchozích volbách."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Žádné ACPI (pokročilé rozhraní nastavení a napájení), správa napájení není "
+"brána do úvahy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Žádný místní APIC (lokální pokročilý programovatelný ovladač přerušení), "
+"jedná se o přerušení CPU, vyberte tuto volbu, pokud jste k tomu vyzváni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Když si vyberete jednu z těchto položek, tato změní výchozí volby zobrazené "
+"v řádku <guilabel>Volby zavádění systému</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"V některých vydáních Mageii se může stát, že se položky vybrané klávesou F6 "
+"neobjevují v řádku <guilabel>Volby zavádění systému</guilabel>, avšak ve "
+"skutečnosti jsou brány do úvahy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Přidejte více voleb pro kernel stisknutím klávesy F1 (jen v zastaralém "
+"režimu)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Stisknutí klávesy F1 otevře nové okno s dalšími dostupnými volbami. Vyberte "
+"jednu šipkovými klávesami a stiskněte klávesu Enter pro obdržení více "
+"podrobností nebo stiskněte klávesu Esc pro návrat na uvítací obrazovku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Podrobný přehled o rozsahu voleb. Stiskněte Esc nebo zvolte <guilabel>návrat "
+"k parametrům spuštění</guilabel> pro návrat zpět do seznamu voleb. Tyto "
+"volby mohou být přidány ručně v řádku <guilabel>Volby zavádění systému</"
+"guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Nápověda je přeložena ve zvoleném jazyku pomocí klávesy F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pro více informací o volbách pro kernel na zastaralých systémech a systémech "
+"UEFI se podívejte na: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Použití drátové sítě"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Zde je výchozí uvítací obrazovka při používání instalačního CD založeného na "
+"připojení k drátové síti (obrazy netinstall.iso nebo netinstall-nonfree.iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Nedovoluje změnit jazyk, dostupné možnosti jsou popsány na obrazovce. Pro "
+"více informací o používaní instalačního CD založeného na připojení k síti se "
+"podívejte na <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install"
+"\">Mageia Wiki</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Rozložení klávesnice je americké."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Instalační kroky"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Proces instalace je rozdělen do více kroků, které je možné sledovat na "
+"bočním panelu obrazovky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý krok má jednu nebo více obrazovek, které též můžou mít tlačítka "
+"<guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> s obyčejně méně žádanými možnostmi navíc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Většina obrazovek má tlačítka <guibutton>Nápověda</guibutton>, která dávají "
+"bližší vysvětlení aktuálního kroku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud se někde během instalace rozhodnete instalaci ukončit, je možný "
+"restart, ale promyslete si to, prosím, dvakrát, dříve než to uděláte. Když "
+"už byl oddíl jednou naformátován nebo se začaly instalovat aktualizace, váš "
+"počítač už nadále není ve stejném stavu a jeho opětovné spuštění by vás "
+"mohlo celkem snadno nechat s nepoužitelným systémem. Pokud jste si přesto "
+"velmi jistí, že chcete provést restart, jděte do textového terminálu za "
+"současného stisknutí tří kláves <guibutton>Alt+Ctrl+F2</guibutton>. Potom "
+"současně stiskněte <guibutton>Alt+Ctrl+Delete</guibutton> pro restart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problémy při instalaci a možné řešení"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Bez grafického rozhraní"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Po počáteční obrazovce vám nenaběhla obrazovka výběru jazyka. Toto se může "
+"stát s některými grafickými kartami a staršími systémy. Zkuste použít nízké "
+"rozlišení obrazovky napsáním <code>vgalo</code> v příkazovém řádku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud je vybavení počítače velmi staré, grafická instalace nemusí být možná. "
+"V tomto případě se oplatí vyzkoušet instalaci v textovém režimu. Pro její "
+"použití stiskněte ESC na první uvítací obrazovce a potvrďte klávesou ENTER. "
+"Bude vám nabídnuta černá obrazovka se slovem \"boot\". Napište \"text\" a "
+"stiskněte ENTER. Nyní pokračujte instalací v textovém režimu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Instalace zamrzne"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud sa zdá, že systém během instalace zamrzává, může to být problém se "
+"zjišťováním vybavení počítače součástkami. V tomto případě může být "
+"automatické zjišťování hardware obejito a vykonáno později. Pokud toto "
+"chcete vyzkoušet, napište <code>noauto</code> v příkazovém řádku. Tato volba "
+"může být, když je třeba, též spojena i s jinými volbami."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Problém paměti RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto bude potřebné zřídka, ale v některých případech může hardware nesprávně "
+"ohlásit dostupnou paměť RAM. Abyste ji zadali ručně, můžete použít parametr "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code>, kde xxx je správné množství paměti RAM, např. "
+"<code>mem=256M</code> by znamenalo 256 MB RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dynamické oddíly"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste váš pevný disk převedli ze \"základního\" formátu na \"dynamický"
+"\" formát v systému Microsoft Windows, musíte vědět, že je nemožné "
+"instalovat Mageiu na tento disk. Pro návrat zpět k základnímu disku se "
+"podívejte na dokumentaci Microsoftu: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft."
+"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Aktualizace"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Od té doby, co byla uvolněna tato verze operačního systému "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, byly některé balíčky aktualizovány nebo "
+"vylepšeny."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Zvolte <guilabel>ano</guilabel>, pokud si je přejete stáhnout a "
+"nainstalovat, vyberte <guilabel>ne</guilabel>, pokud to teď nechcete udělat, "
+"nebo pokud nejste připojeni k internetu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Potom stiskněte <guibutton>Další</guibutton> pro pokračování"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Přihlašovací obrazovka"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Přihlašovací obrazovka KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Nakonec se dostanete k přihlašovací obrazovce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Vložte své uživatelské jméno a uživatelské heslo a za pár sekund se, podle "
+"toho který živý datový nosič jste použili, ocitnete v nahraném prostředí KDE "
+"nebo GNOME. Nyní můžete začít používat vaši instalaci Mageii."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Další část naší dokumentace můžete najít na <link linkend=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Výběr zdrojů (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde máte seznam dostupných úložišť software. Ne všechny repozitáře jsou "
+"dostupné, podle toho které médium používáte pro instalaci. Výběr repozitářů "
+"určuje, které balíčky budou dostupné k vybrání během dalších kroků."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozitář pro <emphasis>Jádro</emphasis> nemůže být vypnut, protože obsahuje "
+"základ distribuce."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozitář pro <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> software obsahuje balíčky, které "
+"jsou volně bez poplatků, to znamená, že Mageia je může redistribuovat, ale "
+"ony obsahují software s neveřejným zdrojovým kódem (odtud pochází "
+"pojmenování Nonfree - nesvobodný). Například tento repozitář obsahuje "
+"soukromé ovladače pro grafické karty nVidia a ATI, firmware pro různé karty "
+"WiFi atd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozitář pro <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>, moravsky tedy poznamenaný "
+"software, obsahuje balíčky uvolněné pod svobodnou licencí. Hlavním hlediskem "
+"pro umístění balíčků do tohoto repozitáře je to, že v některých zemích mohou "
+"porušovat patenty a autorské zákony, např. multimediální kodeky potřebné na "
+"přehrávání rozličných audio/video souborů; balíčky potřebné na přehrávání "
+"komerčních video DVD, atd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimální instalace"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Můžete si zvolit Minimální instalaci odznačením všeho na obrazovce Výběru "
+"skupin balíčků. Podívejte se na <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud je žádána, můžete na téže obrazovce dodatečně zaškrtnout volbu pro "
+"\"výběr jednotlivých balíčků\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimální instalace je zamýšlena pro ty, kteří zamýšlejí zvláštní využití "
+"své <application>Mageii</application>, jakým je server nebo specializovaná "
+"pracovní stanice. Tuto volbu pravděpodobně použijete spojenu s možností "
+"\"výběru jednotlivých balíčků\" vzpomenutou výše, k doladění vaší instalace. "
+"Podívejte se na <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste si zvolili tuto instalační třídu, potom vám příslušná obrazovka "
+"nabídne několik užitečných věcí navíc k nainstalování, jakými jsou "
+"dokumentace a X server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud je vybráno, tehdy je \"Spolu s X\" zahrnuto i IceWM jako lehké "
+"pracovní prostředí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Základní dokumentace je poskytnuta v podobě manuálových a informačních "
+"stránek. Obsahuje manuálové stránky z <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linuxového dokumentačního projektu</link> a informační "
+"stránky o <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/"
+"\">jádrových programech GNU</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Souhrn různých parametrů"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX udělal chytré volby pro nastavení vašeho systému závisící na volbách, "
+"které jste udělal a na vybavení počítače, které DrakX zjistil. Nastavení "
+"můžete zhodnotit zde a změnit je, jak chcete, po stisknutí "
+"<guibutton>Nastavit</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "existují známé problémy s výchozím nastavením"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "výchozí nastavení bylo vyzkoušeno, ale selhalo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Systémové parametry"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Časové pásmo</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX pro vás vybral časové pásmo, vzhledem k vašemu oblíbenému jazyku. "
+"Můžete je změnit, pokud je to potřeba. Podívejte se také na <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Země/Oblast</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nejste ve vybrané zemi, je velmi důležité, abyste opravili toto "
+"nastavení. Podívejte se na <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zavaděč</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX udělal dobré výběry pro nastavení zavaděče systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Pokud nevíte jak nastavit Grub2, nic neměňte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Pro více informací se podívejte na <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Správa uživatelů</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde můžete přidat další uživatele. Každý z nich obdrží svůj vlastní "
+"<literal>/home</literal> t. j. domácí adresáře."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Služby</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Systémové služby označují tyto malé programy, které běží na pozadí (tzv. "
+"démoni, což je však zvrácené historické přirovnání). Tento nástroj vám "
+"umožňuje povolit nebo zakázat určité úlohy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde byste měli zaškrtávat opatrně, dříve než tu cokoli změníte - omyl může "
+"zabránit správnému běhu vašeho počítače."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pro více informací se podívejte na <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Hardwarové parametry"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Klávesnice</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde nastavujete nebo měníte rozložení vaší klávesnice, které bude záležet na "
+"vaší poloze, jazyku nebo typu klávesnice."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Myš</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde můžete přidávat nebo nastavovat další ukazovací zařízení, tablety, "
+"kulové ovladače atd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zvuková karta</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalátor používá výchozí ovladač, pokud nějaký výchozí existuje. Možnost "
+"výběru odlišného ovladače je dána jen tehdy, když je více než jeden ovladač "
+"pro vaši kartu, ale žádný z nich není výchozí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafické rozhraní</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Tento oddíl vám dovoluje nastavit vaši grafickou kartu (resp. karty) a "
+"obrazovky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pro více informací se podívejte na <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Parametry sítě a internetu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Síť</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde můžete nastavit vaši síť, ale pro síťové karty s nesvobodnými ovladači "
+"je lepší to vykonat po restartu v <application>Ovládacím centru Mageia</"
+"application>, pokud jste ještě nepovolili repozitáře Nesvobodných nosičů "
+"(Nonfree)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Když přidáváte síťovou kartu, nezapomeňte zároveň nastavit i váš firewall na "
+"sledování onoho rozhraní."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxy</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Proxy Server slouží jako zprostředkovatel mezi vaším počítačem a širším "
+"internetem. Tento oddíl vám dovoluje nastavit váš počítač pro využití "
+"některé proxy služby."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Možná se budete potřebovat poradit s vaším systémovým správcem pro získání "
+"parametrů, které sem potřebujete zadat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Bezpečnost"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Úroveň bezpečnosti</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde nastavujete Úroveň bezpečnosti pro váš počítač, ve většině případů je "
+"výchozí nastavení (standardní) pro běžné použití přiměřené."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Zaškrtněte volbu, která se nejlépe hodí k vašemu používání."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall, moravsky ohnivá zeď, má sloužit jako překážka mezi vašimi "
+"důležitými daty a ničemy venku na internetu, kteří by je chtěli vyzradit "
+"nebo ukradnout."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si služby, které si přejete, aby měly přístup k vašemu systému. Vaše "
+"výběry budou záležet na tom, k čemu používáte váš počítač. Další informace "
+"najdete na <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Mějte na paměti, že dovolení všeho (žádný firewall) může být velmi riskantní."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Restartovat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Když byl zavaděč nainstalován, budete vyzváni k pozastavení vašeho počítače, "
+"odstranění živého CD a restartování počítače. Klepněte na <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"><guibutton>Dokončit</guibutton></emphasis> a jednejte podle "
+"požadavků<emphasis role=\"bold\">, v tomto pořadí!</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Když restartujete, uvidíte následnost ukazovatelů postupu stahování. Tyto "
+"naznačují, že jsou stahovány seznamy nosičů software (viz Správa software)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Změnit velikost oddílu s <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Máte víc než jeden oddíl s <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>.  Vyberte si, který by měl být změněn, aby se udělalo místo pro "
+"instalaci <application>Mageii</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Úroveň zabezpečení"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Zde můžete upravit vaši úroveň bezpečnosti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Ponechejte výchozí nastavení jak jsou, pokud nevíte, co si máte vybrat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"I po instalaci bude vždy možné upravit vaše bezpečnostní nastavení v části "
+"<guilabel>Bezpečnost</guilabel> Ovládacího centra Mageii."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Vyberte a používejte ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Úvod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia je šířena cestou obrazů ISO. Tato stránka vám pomůže vybrat, který "
+"obraz vyhovuje vašim potřebám."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Jsou tu dvě rodiny nosičů:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Klasický instalátor: Po zavedení z nosiče bude následovat postup dovolující "
+"výběr toho, co chcete nainstalovat a jak nastavit váš cílový systém. Toto "
+"vám dává tu největší pružnost pro vašim potřebám přizpůsobenou instalaci. "
+"Přesně řečeno jde o možnost výběru, které prostředí pracovní plochy si "
+"nainstalujete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"ŽIVÝ nosič dat: Můžete zavést nosič ve skutečném systému Mageia bez jeho "
+"instalace, abyste viděli, co dostanete po instalaci. Proces instalace je "
+"jednodušší, ale dostanete méně možností výběru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Podrobnosti jsou uvedeny v dalších částech."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Média"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde je médiem (nosičem) obrazový soubor ISO, který vám umožňuje instalovat a/"
+"nebo aktualizovat Mageiu a při rozšíření jakoukoli fyzickou podporu, na "
+"kterou je soubor ISO zkopírován."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Můžete je najít <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">zde</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klasické instalační nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Běžné vlastnosti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Tyto soubory ISO používají tradiční instalátor nazvaný drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr "Dokáží udělat čistou instalaci nebo aktualizovat z předchozích vydání."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Různé nosiče pro 32 nebo 64 bitové architektury."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Některé nástroje jsou dostupné na uvítací obrazovce: Záchranný systém, "
+"paměťový test, nástroj na zjištění hardware."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Každé DVD obsahuje mnohá dostupná prostředí pracovní plochy a jazyky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr "Během instalace vám bude dána volba přidat si nesvobodný software."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Živé nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Mohou být použity na obhlídku distribuce bez jejího nainstalování na pevný "
+"disk i na volitelné nainstalování Mageii na váš pevný disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Každé ISO obsahuje pouze jedno grafické prostředí (KDE - Plasma, GNOME nebo "
+"Xfce)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Živé soubory ISO mohou být použity jen na vytvoření "
+"čistých instalací, nemohou být použity na aktualizaci z předchozích vydání.</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Obsahují nesvobodný software."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Živé DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Pouze KDE Plasma."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Všechny jazyky jsou přítomny."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Pouze 64 bitová architektura."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Jen prostředí pracovní plochy GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Pouze 64 bitová architektura"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Živé DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Pouze Xfce."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 nebo 64 bitová architektura."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Jen zaváděcí nosiče CD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý z nich je malý obraz, který neobsahuje víc než to, co je třeba pro "
+"nastartování drakx instalátoru a nalezení drakx-instalátoru-části2 a dalších "
+"balíčků, které jsou potřebné pro pokračování a dokončení instalace. Tyto "
+"balíčky mohou být na pevném disku v PC, na místním disku, na místní síti "
+"anebo na internetu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Tyto nosiče jsou velmi lehké (menší než 100 MB) a jsou vhodné, když je "
+"přenosové pásmo příliš malé na stáhnutí plného DVD, když PC nemá DVD "
+"mechaniku anebo když PC nedokáže nastartovat ze zařízení USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Jen anglický jazyk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Obsahuje jen svobodný software, pro ty lidi, kteří upřednostňují nepoužívat "
+"nesvobodný software."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Obsahuje nesvobodný software (většinou ovladače, kodeky...) pro lidi, kteří "
+"jej potřebují."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Stahování a zkontrolování nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Stažení"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste si už vybrali váš soubor ISO, můžete ho stáhnout buď pomocí http "
+"nebo BitTorrentu. V obou případech vám okno podává pár informací, jako jsou "
+"použitý zrcadlový server a příležitost ke změně, pokud je přenosová rychlost "
+"příliš nízká. Pokud je vybráno http, můžete uvidět i něco takového"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum a sha1sum jsou nástroje ke zkontrolování neporušenosti souboru ISO. "
+"Jeden z nich si ponechejte <link linkend=\"integrity\">pro budoucí použití</"
+"link>. Potom se objeví tomuto podobné okno:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Zaškrtněte přepínací tlačítko Uložit soubor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Ověřování neporušenosti stáhnutého nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Oba kontrolní součty jsou hexadecimální čísla vypočítaná algoritmem ze "
+"souboru, který má být stáhnut. Když tyto algoritmy požádáte o přepočítání "
+"tohoto čísla z vašeho stáhnutého souboru, buď dostanete stejné číslo a váš "
+"stáhnutý soubor je neporušený, nebo se číslo odlišuje a máte poškozený "
+"soubor. Poškození nabádá k tomu, že byste se měli pokusit stáhnout ISO znovu "
+"nebo pokusit o opravu pomocí BitTorrentu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Otevřete konzoli, netřeba být superuživatelem (root), a:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- pro použití md5sum, napište: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum cesta/k/"
+"obrazovému/souboru.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- pro použití sha1sum, napište: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum cesta/k/"
+"obrazovému/souboru.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"a porovnejte získané číslo z vašeho počítače (možná na ně budete muset "
+"chvilku počkat) s číslem daným Mageiou. Například:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Vypálení nebo vepsání souboru ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Zkontrolované ISO může být nyní vypáleno na CD nebo DVD anebo vepsané "
+"(zapsané) na zařízení USB. Tyto operace nejsou obyčejným kopírováním a cílí "
+"k vytvoření zaveditelného nosiče."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Vypálení souboru ISO na CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Použijte kterýkoli vypalovací program, který si přejete, ale ujistěte se, že "
+"vypalovací zařízení je správně nastaveno na <emphasis role=\"bold\">vypálit "
+"obraz</emphasis>, jelikož vypálit data anebo soubory není správné. Více "
+"informací je na <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Zapsat ISO na USB flash"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Všechny soubory ISO Mageii jsou hybridy, což znamená, že je můžete "
+"'vepsat' (zapsat) na zařízení USB, a potom je použít na zavedení a instalaci "
+"systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"\"vepsání\" (zapsání) obrazu na flashové zařízení zničí jakýkoli předešlý "
+"souborový systém na zařízení; všechna ostatní data budou ztracena a kapacita "
+"oddílu bude zmenšena na velikost obrazu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Pro obnovu původní kapacity, musíte znovu předělat oddíl zařízení USB a "
+"naformátovat ho."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Použitím grafického nástroje v Mageii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Můžete použít grafický nástroj, jakým je <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Použitím grafického nástroje ve Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Můžete vyzkoušet:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sk_SK\">Rufus</link> "
+"použitím volby \"obraz ISO\";"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Použitím příkazového řádku v systému GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Je potenciálně \"nebezpečné\"  dělat to ručně. Riskujete, že přepíšete "
+"diskový oddíl, zadáte-li nesprávně ID zařízení."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Též můžete použít nástroj dd v konzoli:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Otevřete konzoli"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Staňte se superuživatelem (rootem) použitím příkazu <userinput>su -</"
+"userinput> (nezapomeňte na koncovou pomlčku '-')"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Vsuňte vaše zařízení USB (nepřipojujte je příkazem mount, což znamená, "
+"neotevírejte žádný program nebo správce souborů, který by ho mohl "
+"zpřístupnit nebo z něho číst)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Použijte příkaz <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Případně můžete získat název zařízení příkazem <code>dmesg</code>: na konci, "
+"vidíte název zařízení začínající na <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, a "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> v tomto případě:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Najděte název zařízení pro vaše zařízení USB (podle jeho velikosti), "
+"například <code>/dev/sdb</code> na obrázku výše, je to zařízení 8GB USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Vložte příkaz: # <userinput>dd if=cesta/k/ISO/souboru of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "kde X=název vašeho zařízení, např. /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Příklad: # <userinput>dd if=/home/uživatel/Stahování/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Vložte příkaz: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Odpojte vaše zařízení USB. Je hotovo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Vyberte zemi"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte vaši zemi nebo oblast. Toto je důležité pro všechny druhy nastavení, "
+"jako jsou měna a bezdrátová regulační doména. Nastavení nesprávné země může "
+"vést k neschopnosti používání bezdrátové sítě."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud vaše země není v seznamu, klepněte na tlačítko <guilabel>Ostatní země</"
+"guilabel> a tam si vyberte vaši zemi/oblast."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud je vaše země jen v seznamu <guilabel>ostatních zemí</guilabel>, po "
+"klepnutí na <guibutton>OK</guibutton> se může zdát, že země byla vybrána ze "
+"seznamu. Tohoto si, prosím, nevšímejte, DrakX bude následovat vaši skutečnou "
+"volbu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Vstupní metoda"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Na obrazovce <guilabel>Ostatní země</guilabel> si též můžete zvolit vstupní "
+"metodu (v seznamu dole). Vstupní metody uživatelům dovolují vkládat "
+"vícejazyčné znaky (čínské, japonské, korejské atd.). IBus je výchozí vstupní "
+"metoda na Mageia DVDčkách, Afrika/Indie a Asie/ne-Indie na Živých-CDčkách. "
+"Pro asijské a africké místní nastavení, bude IBus nastavena jako výchozí "
+"vstupní metoda, takže uživatelé by neměli potřebovat ji nastavovat ručně. "
+"Jiné vstupní metody (SCIM, GCIN, HIME atd.) též poskytují podobné funkce a "
+"mohou být nainstalovány, pokud jste přidali HTTP/FTP nosič před výběrem "
+"balíčků."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste během instalace vynechali nastavení vstupní metody, můžete ji "
+"zpřístupnit po restartu vašeho nainstalovaného systému přes \"Nastavit váš "
+"počítač\"→ \"Systém\", anebo spuštěním localedrake jako superuživatel "
+"(správce root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instalace nebo aktualizace"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalace"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Použijte tuto volbu pro čerstvou instalaci <application>Mageii</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualizace"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud máte v systému jednu nebo více instalací <application>Mageii</"
+"application>, instalátor vám dovolí aktualizovat jednu z nich na nejnovější "
+"vydání."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Pouze aktualizování z předchozí verze Mageii, která byla <emphasis>ještě "
+"podporována</emphasis>, když byla vydána verze tohoto instalátoru, bylo "
+"důkladně odzkoušeno. Pokud chcete aktualizovat verzi Mageii, která už "
+"dosáhla svého konce životnosti, když byla vydána tato verze, potom je lepší "
+"udělat čistou instalaci, přičemž si ponecháte váš domovský oddíl <literal>/"
+"home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud se během instalace rozhodnete instalaci zastavit, je možné restartovat "
+"počítač, ale dříve než toto uděláte, si to prosím důkladně zvažte. Když už "
+"byl oddíl jednou naformátován nebo se začaly instalovat aktualizace, váš "
+"počítač už nadále není ve stejném stavu a jeho restartování by vás mohlo "
+"velmi lehce zanechat s nepoužitelným systémem. Pokud si jste přesto přese "
+"všechno velmi jistí, že restartování je to, co chcete, jděte do textového "
+"terminálu současným stisknutím tří kláves <guilabel>Alt+Ctrl+F2</guilabel>. "
+"Potom současně stiskněte <guilabel>Alt+Ctrl+Delete</guilabel> pro restart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste objevili, že jste zapomenuli vybrat nějaký doplňkový jazyk, "
+"můžete se vrátit z obrazovky \"Instalace a aktualizace\" k výběru jazyka "
+"současným stisknutím <guilabel>Alt+Ctrl+Home</guilabel>. Toto však už "
+"<emphasis>nedělejte</emphasis> později během instalace."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Vyberte si klávesnici"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Budete si muset vybrat rozložení klávesnice, které si přejete používat v "
+"Mageii. Výchozí je vybrána přiměřeně k vašemu jazyku a předchozí vybrané "
+"časové oblasti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Klávesnice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX vybere vhodnou klávesnici pro váš jazyk. Pokud není nalezena žádná "
+"vhodná klávesnice, bude jako výchozí použito rozložení klávesnice US."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ujistěte se, že výběr je správný nebo si vyberte jiné rozložení klávesnice. "
+"Pokud nevíte, které rozložení má vaše klávesnice, podívejte se na "
+"specifikace, které přišly s vaším systémem, anebo se zeptejte dodavatele "
+"počítače. Na klávesnici může být dokonce i štítek, který zná rozložení "
+"kláves. Též se můžete podívat sem: <link xlink:href=\"https://cs.wikipedia."
+"org/wiki/Rozlo%C5%BEen%C3%AD_kl%C3%A1ves\">cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Rozložení_kláves</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud vaše klávesnice není v zobrazeném seznamu, klepněte na "
+"<guibutton>Více</guibutton> pro získání úplného seznamu a vyberte klávesnici "
+"tam."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Po vybrání klávesnice z dialogu <guibutton>Více</guibutton> se vrátíte k "
+"prvnímu dialogu pro výběr klávesnice a bude se zdát, jakoby byla zvolena "
+"klávesnice z této obrazovky. Popsané odchylky si nemusíte všímat a můžete "
+"pokračovat v instalaci: Vaše klávesnice je ta, kterou jste si vybrali z "
+"plného seznamu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste si vybrali klávesnici založenou na nelatinských znacích, uvidíte "
+"další dialogovou obrazovku ptající se, jak byste chtěli přepínat mezi "
+"latinským a nelatinským rozložením klávesnice."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Zvolte si, prosím, jazyk, který chcete používat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si váš oblíbený jazyk, tím že nejprve rozbalíte seznam pro váš "
+"světadíl. <application>Mageia</application> použije tento výběr během "
+"instalace a pro váš instalovaný systém."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Je možné, že budete potřebovat mít ve vašem systému nainstalováno více "
+"jazyků, pro sebe nebo pro ostatní uživatele, potom byste měli použít "
+"tlačítko <guibutton>Více jazyků</guibutton> pro jejich přidání nyní. Bude "
+"náročné přidat další jazykovou podporu po instalaci."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jste si i zvolili více než jeden jazyk, musíte si nejprve vybrat jeden "
+"z nich jako váš upřednostňovaný jazyk na první jazykové obrazovce. Ten bude "
+"též označen jako vybraný na obrazovce s vícero jazyky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud jazyk vaší klávesnice není ten samý jako váš upřednostňovaný jazyk, "
+"potom se doporučuje nainstalovat stejně tak jazyk vaší klávesnice."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia používá jako výchozí podporu pro UTF-8 (Unicode)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Tato může být vypnuta na obrazovce \"více jazyků\", pokud víte, že je "
+"nevhodná pro váš jazyk. Zakázání UTF-8 se použije pro všechny nainstalované "
+"jazyky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Jazyk vašeho systému po instalaci můžete změnit v nabídce Ovládací centrum "
+"Mageia -> Systém -> Spravovat lokalizaci pro váš systém."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Výběr myši"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nejste spokojeni s tím, jak vaše myš reaguje, můžete zde vybrat jiný "
+"typ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Obyčejně je <guilabel>Univerzální</guilabel> - <guilabel>kterákoli PS/2</"
+"guilabel> a <guilabel>USB myš</guilabel> je dobrou volbou."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte <guilabel>Univerzální</guilabel> - <guilabel>Vynutit evdev</"
+"guilabel> pro nastavení tlačítek, která nefungují na myši mající šest nebo "
+"více tlačítek."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pro více informací se podívejte na naše stránky: <link ns2:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Základní nastavení zaváděcího programu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Rozhraní zavaděče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Ve výchozím stavu Mageia používá výhradně:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi pro UEFI systémy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Grafické nabídky Mageii jsou hezké :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 na systémech Legacy/MBR a Legacy/GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "Neupravujte \"Zaváděcí zařízení\", pokud s jistotou nevíte, co děláte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi na UEFI systémech"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Se systémem UEFI je uživatelské rozhraní trochu odlišné, protože si nemůžete "
+"volit postup s nebo bez grafické nabídky"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud je Mageia jediným systémem nainstalovaným na váš počítač, instalátor "
+"vytvořil ESP (systémový oddíl EFI) pro zapsání zavaděče (Grub2-efi). Pokud "
+"ve vašem počítači byly už předtím nainstalovány operační systémy UEFI "
+"(například Windows 8), instalátor Mageii zjistil stávající ESP vytvořený "
+"operačním systémem Windows a přidal grub2-efi. Ačkoli je možno mít více "
+"oddílů ESP, radí se mít a stačí jen jeden, bez ohledu na počet operačních "
+"systémů, které máte v počítači."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Použití zavaděče Mageii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Ve výchozím nastavení, podle systému, zapíše Mageia nový:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi zavaděč do ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Použití už existujícího zavaděče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Přesný postup pro přidání vašeho systému Mageia k existujícímu zavaděči "
+"přesahuje oblast této nápovědy, avšak ve většině případů bude zahrnovat "
+"spuštění příslušného programu na instalaci zavaděče, který by ho měl "
+"rozpoznat a přidat automaticky. Podívejte se na dokumentaci k operačnímu "
+"systému, o nějž jde."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dostanete varování, že chybí zavaděč. Nevšímejte si toho a klepněte na "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Volby"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "První strana"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: Do tohoto textového pole vložíte heslo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte heslo a drakx zkontroluje, "
+"zda odpovídá heslu zadanému výše."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Pokročilé</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Další strana"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Vyzkoušet cizí operační systém</guilabel>: viz výše <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Používat Mageiin zavaděč</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Nastavení SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX obvykle zjistí pevné disky správně. U některých starších řadičů SCSI "
+"může být schopen určit a použít správné ovladače, ale následně nedokáže "
+"rozpoznat disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud k tomuto dojde, budete muset ručně říci Drakx, jaký disk(y) SCSI máte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX by pak měl být schopen správně nastavit disk(y)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Nastavení zvuku"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Na této obrazovce je udán název ovladače, který zvolil instalátor pro vaši "
+"zvukovou kartu, což bude výchozí ovladač, pokud máte některý určen jako "
+"výchozí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Výchozí ovladač by měl pracovat bez problémů. Avšak, pokud se po instalaci "
+"střetáváte s problémy, potom spustěte příkaz <command>draksound</command> "
+"nebo spustěte tento nástroj přes nabídku MCC (Ovládací centrum Mageii), "
+"zvolením panelu <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> a klepnutím na "
+"<guilabel>Nastavení zvuku</guilabel> v horní pravé části obrazovky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Potom na obrazovce draksound nebo nástroje na \"Nastavení zvuku\", klepněte "
+"na <guibutton>Rozšíření</guibutton> a potom na <guibutton>Řešení problémů</"
+"guibutton>, abyste našli velmi užitečnou radu o tom, jak vyřešit problém."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Rozšíření"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Klepnutí na <guibutton>Rozšíření</guibutton> na této obrazovce, během "
+"instalace, je užitečné tehdy, pokud tu není žádný výchozí ovladač a je tu "
+"dostupných více ovládačů, ale vy si myslíte, že instalátor vybral nesprávný "
+"ovladač."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"V tom případě můžete zvolit odlišný ovladač po klepnutí na <guibutton>Nechat "
+"mě vybrat jiný ovladač</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Potvrzení naformátování pevného disku"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Klepněte na <guibutton>Předchozí</guibutton>, pokud si nejste jistí vaší "
+"volbou."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klepněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>, pokud si jste jistí a chcete "
+"smazat každý oddíl, každý operační systém a všechny údaje na onom pevném "
+"disku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Vyzkoušení Mageii jako Živého systému"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Živý režim"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Tuto obrazovku dostanete, pokud jste si vybrali \"Zavést Mageiu\". Pokud ne, "
+"tak dostanete krok \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Rozdělení disku</"
+"link>\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Zkoušení hardware"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeden z cílů Živého režimu je vyzkoušet, zda je hardware Mageiou správně "
+"spravován. Můžete zkontrolovat, zda všechna zařízení mají svůj ovladač v "
+"části Hardware Ovládacího centra Mageii. Můžete vyzkoušet většinu současných "
+"zařízení:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "síťové rozhraní: nastavte ho s net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+"grafická karta: pokud jste už viděli předešlou obrazovku, tak je už OK."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "webová kamera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "zvuk: znělka už byla zahrána"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "tiskárna: nastavte ji a vytiskněte zkušební stránku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "skener: nasnímejte dokument z ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud je to všechno pro vás v pořádku, můžete provést instalaci. Pokud ne, "
+"můžete odejít pomocí tlačítka pro skončení."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nastavení nastavení, která jste tu udělali, jsou zachována pro instalaci."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Spustit instalaci"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Pro spuštění instalace z Mageia LiveCD nebo Live DVD na pevný disk anebo "
+"mechaniku SSD, jednoduše klepněte na ikonu \"Instalovat na pevný disk\". "
+"Obdržíte tuto obrazovku, a potom krok pro \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks"
+"\">Rozdělení disku</link>\" jako u přímé instalace."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Odinstalování Mageii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Jak na to"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud vás Mageia nepřesvědčila, nebo ji nemůžete správně nainstalovat, "
+"zkrátka pokud se jí chcete zbavit. Je to vaše právo a Mageia vám dává i "
+"možnost odinstalování. Toto neplatí u každého operačního systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Po zazálohování si vašich dat, restartujte počítač s vaším instalačním DVD "
+"Mageii a vyberte Záchranný systém, potom, Obnovit zavaděč Windows. Při "
+"dalším zavedení budete mít jen Windows bez možnosti volby vašeho operačního "
+"systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Pro obnovu místa použitého oddíly neboli diskovými oddíly Mageii ve Windows, "
+"klepněte na <code>Start → Ovládací panely → Nástroje na správu → Správa "
+"počítače → Ukládací prostor → Správa disků</code> pro zpřístupnění "
+"spravování oddílů. Oddíly Mageii rozpoznáte, protože jsou označeny jako "
+"<guilabel>Neznámé</guilabel>, a též podle velikosti a umístění na disku. "
+"Klepněte pravým tlačítkem na tyto oddíly a zvolte <guibutton>Smazat</"
+"guibutton>. Prostor bude uvolněn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud používáte Windows XP, můžete vytvořit nový oddíl a naformátovat jej "
+"(FAT32 nebo NTFS). Bude mu přiřazeno písmeno oddílu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud máte Windows Vista nebo Windows 7, máte o jednu možnost víc, můžete "
+"rozšířit existující oddíl, který je vlevo od volného místa. Jsou i jiné "
+"nástroje na dělení disku, které můžou být použity, jako je gparted, dostupný "
+"jak pro Windows tak pro Linux. Jako obyčejně, při změnách oddílů buďte velmi "
+"opatrní a ujistěte se, že všechny důležité věci byly zazálohovány."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Ponechat nebo smazat nepoužitý materiál"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"V tomto kroku instalátor hledá nevyužité jazykové balíčky a nevyužité "
+"hardwarové balíčky. Potom vám navrhne jejich vymazání. Je dobrou myšlenkou "
+"přijmout to, kromě případu, že připravujete instalaci, která má běžet na "
+"odlišném počítačovém vybavení."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Dalším krokem je kopírování souborů na pevný disk. Toto zabere několik "
+"minut. Na konci dostanete na určitý čas prázdnou obrazovku. To je normální."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1557df2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalace ze ŽIVÉHO datového nosiče</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Leden 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Oficiální dokumentace pro Mageiu</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Tato příručka byla vytvořena s pomocí <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>em.
+            </para>
+            <para>Byl napsán dobrovolníky v jejich volném čase. Spojte se, prosím, s <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačním
+týmem</link>, pokud byste chtěli pomoci tuto příručku vylepšit.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Instalace ze ŽIVÉHO datového nosiče</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Nikdo se nepotká se všemi instalačními obrazovkami, které vidíte v této
+příručce. Kterou obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašem vybavení počítače a na
+volbách, které učiníte během instalace.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d874f7f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalace ze ŽIVÉHO datového nosiče</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Nikdo se nepotká se všemi instalačními obrazovkami, které vidíte v této
+příručce. Kterou obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašem vybavení počítače a na
+volbách, které učiníte během instalace.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Tato příručka byla vytvořena s pomocí <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>em.</para>
+
+      <para>Byl napsán dobrovolníky v jejich volném čase. Spojte se, prosím, s <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačním
+týmem</link>, pokud byste chtěli pomoci tuto příručku vylepšit.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14733037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalace pomocí DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Únor 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Oficiální dokumentace pro Mageiu</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Tato příručka byla vytvořena s pomocí <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>em.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Byl napsán dobrovolníky v jejich volném čase. Spojte se, prosím, s <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačním
+týmem</link>, pokud byste chtěli pomoci tuto příručku vylepšit.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalace pomocí DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Nikdo se nepotká se všemi instalačními obrazovkami, které vidíte v této
+příručce. Kterou obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašem vybavení počítače a na
+volbách, které učiníte během instalace.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1054132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalace pomocí DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Nikdo se nepotká se všemi instalačními obrazovkami, které vidíte v této
+příručce. Kterou obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašem vybavení počítače a na
+volbách, které učiníte během instalace.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Tato příručka byla vytvořena s pomocí <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>em.</para>
+
+      <para>Byl napsán dobrovolníky v jejich volném čase. Spojte se, prosím, s <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačním
+týmem</link>, pokud byste chtěli pomoci tuto příručku vylepšit.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6854ed3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Vyberte a používejte ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Úvod</title>
+    <para>Mageia je šířena cestou obrazů ISO. Tato stránka vám pomůže vybrat, který
+obraz vyhovuje vašim potřebám.</para>
+    <para>Jsou tu dvě rodiny nosičů:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Klasický instalátor: Po zavedení z nosiče bude následovat postup dovolující
+výběr toho, co chcete nainstalovat a jak nastavit váš cílový systém. Toto
+vám dává tu největší pružnost pro vašim potřebám přizpůsobenou
+instalaci. Přesně řečeno jde o možnost výběru, které prostředí pracovní
+plochy si nainstalujete.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ŽIVÝ nosič dat: Můžete zavést nosič ve skutečném systému Mageia bez jeho
+instalace, abyste viděli, co dostanete po instalaci. Proces instalace je
+jednodušší, ale dostanete méně možností výběru.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Podrobnosti jsou uvedeny v dalších částech.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Média</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definice</title>
+      <para>Zde je médiem (nosičem) obrazový soubor ISO, který vám umožňuje instalovat
+a/nebo aktualizovat Mageiu a při rozšíření jakoukoli fyzickou podporu, na
+kterou je soubor ISO zkopírován.</para>
+      <para>Můžete je najít <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">zde</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klasické instalační nosiče</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Běžné vlastnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tyto soubory ISO používají tradiční instalátor nazvaný drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Dokáží udělat čistou instalaci nebo aktualizovat z předchozích vydání.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Různé nosiče pro 32 nebo 64 bitové architektury.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Některé nástroje jsou dostupné na uvítací obrazovce: Záchranný systém,
+paměťový test, nástroj na zjištění hardware.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Každé DVD obsahuje mnohá dostupná prostředí pracovní plochy a jazyky.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Během instalace vám bude dána volba přidat si nesvobodný software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Živé nosiče</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Běžné vlastnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Mohou být použity na obhlídku distribuce bez jejího nainstalování na pevný
+disk i na volitelné nainstalování Mageii na váš pevný disk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Každé ISO obsahuje pouze jedno grafické prostředí (KDE - Plasma, GNOME nebo
+Xfce)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Různé nosiče pro 32 nebo 64 bitové architektury.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Živé soubory ISO mohou být použity jen na vytvoření
+čistých instalací, nemohou být použity na aktualizaci z předchozích
+vydání.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Obsahují nesvobodný software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Živé DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Pouze KDE Plasma.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Všechny jazyky jsou přítomny.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Pouze 64 bitová architektura.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Jen prostředí pracovní plochy GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Všechny jazyky jsou přítomny.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Pouze 64 bitová architektura</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Živé DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Pouze Xfce.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Všechny jazyky jsou přítomny.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 nebo 64 bitová architektura.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Jen zaváděcí nosiče CD</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Běžné vlastnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Každý z nich je malý obraz, který neobsahuje víc než to, co je třeba pro
+nastartování drakx instalátoru a nalezení drakx-instalátoru-části2 a dalších
+balíčků, které jsou potřebné pro pokračování a dokončení instalace. Tyto
+balíčky mohou být na pevném disku v PC, na místním disku, na místní síti
+anebo na internetu.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tyto nosiče jsou velmi lehké (menší než 100 MB) a jsou vhodné, když je
+přenosové pásmo příliš malé na stáhnutí plného DVD, když PC nemá DVD
+mechaniku anebo když PC nedokáže nastartovat ze zařízení USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Různé nosiče pro 32 nebo 64 bitové architektury.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Jen anglický jazyk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Obsahuje jen svobodný software, pro ty lidi, kteří upřednostňují nepoužívat
+nesvobodný software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Obsahuje nesvobodný software (většinou ovladače, kodeky...) pro lidi, kteří
+jej potřebují.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Stahování a zkontrolování nosiče</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Stažení</title>
+      <para>Pokud jste si už vybrali váš soubor ISO, můžete ho stáhnout buď pomocí http
+nebo BitTorrentu. V obou případech vám okno podává pár informací, jako jsou
+použitý zrcadlový server a příležitost ke změně, pokud je přenosová rychlost
+příliš nízká. Pokud je vybráno http, můžete uvidět i něco takového</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum a sha1sum jsou nástroje ke zkontrolování neporušenosti souboru
+ISO. Jeden z nich si ponechejte <link linkend="integrity">pro budoucí
+použití</link>. Potom se objeví tomuto podobné okno:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Zaškrtněte přepínací tlačítko Uložit soubor.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Ověřování neporušenosti stáhnutého nosiče</title>
+      <para>Oba kontrolní součty jsou hexadecimální čísla vypočítaná algoritmem ze
+souboru, který má být stáhnut. Když tyto algoritmy požádáte o přepočítání
+tohoto čísla z vašeho stáhnutého souboru, buď dostanete stejné číslo a váš
+stáhnutý soubor je neporušený, nebo se číslo odlišuje a máte poškozený
+soubor. Poškození nabádá k tomu, že byste se měli pokusit stáhnout ISO znovu
+nebo pokusit o opravu pomocí BitTorrentu.</para>
+      <para>Otevřete konzoli, netřeba být superuživatelem (root), a:</para>
+      <para>- pro použití md5sum, napište: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+cesta/k/obrazovému/souboru.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- pro použití sha1sum, napište: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+cesta/k/obrazovému/souboru.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>a porovnejte získané číslo z vašeho počítače (možná na ně budete muset
+chvilku počkat) s číslem daným Mageiou. Například:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Vypálení nebo vepsání souboru ISO</title>
+    <para>Zkontrolované ISO může být nyní vypáleno na CD nebo DVD anebo vepsané
+(zapsané) na zařízení USB. Tyto operace nejsou obyčejným kopírováním a cílí
+k vytvoření zaveditelného nosiče.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Vypálení souboru ISO na CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Použijte kterýkoli vypalovací program, který si přejete, ale ujistěte se, že
+vypalovací zařízení je správně nastaveno na <emphasis role="bold">vypálit
+obraz</emphasis>, jelikož vypálit data anebo soubory není správné. Více
+informací je na <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Zapsat ISO na USB flash</title>
+      <para>Všechny soubory ISO Mageii jsou hybridy, což znamená, že je můžete 'vepsat'
+(zapsat) na zařízení USB, a potom je použít na zavedení a instalaci systému.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"vepsání" (zapsání) obrazu na flashové zařízení zničí jakýkoli předešlý
+souborový systém na zařízení; všechna ostatní data budou ztracena a kapacita
+oddílu bude zmenšena na velikost obrazu.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Pro obnovu původní kapacity, musíte znovu předělat oddíl zařízení USB a
+naformátovat ho.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Použitím grafického nástroje v Mageii</title>
+        <para>Můžete použít grafický nástroj, jakým je <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Použitím grafického nástroje ve Windows</title>
+        <para>Můžete vyzkoušet:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sk_SK">Rufus</link> použitím
+volby "obraz ISO";</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Použitím příkazového řádku v systému GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Je potenciálně "nebezpečné"  dělat to ručně. Riskujete, že přepíšete diskový
+oddíl, zadáte-li nesprávně ID zařízení.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Též můžete použít nástroj dd v konzoli:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Otevřete konzoli</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Staňte se superuživatelem (rootem) použitím příkazu <userinput>su
+-</userinput> (nezapomeňte na koncovou pomlčku '-')</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vsuňte vaše zařízení USB (nepřipojujte je příkazem mount, což znamená,
+neotevírejte žádný program nebo správce souborů, který by ho mohl
+zpřístupnit nebo z něho číst)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Použijte příkaz <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Případně můžete získat název zařízení příkazem <code>dmesg</code>: na konci,
+vidíte název zařízení začínající na <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, a
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> v tomto případě:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Najděte název zařízení pro vaše zařízení USB (podle jeho velikosti),
+například <code>/dev/sdb</code> na obrázku výše, je to zařízení 8GB USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vložte příkaz: # <userinput>dd if=cesta/k/ISO/souboru of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>kde X=název vašeho zařízení, např. /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Příklad: # <userinput>dd if=/home/uživatel/Stahování/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vložte příkaz: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Odpojte vaše zařízení USB. Je hotovo.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99e534c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licence a poznámky k vydání</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenční ujednání</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Před instalací <application>Mageii</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte
+licenční podmínky a ustanovení.</para>
+
+    <para>Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci
+<application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí
+být přijaty.</para>
+
+    <para>Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a
+poté klepněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za
+nahlédnutí. Klepnutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje
+počítač.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Poznámky k vydání</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Jsou dostupné důležité informace o tomto vydání
+<application>Mageia</application> a jsou dostupné klepnutím na tlačítko
+<guibutton>Poznámky k vydání</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16f4e7b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Správa uživatele  a superuživatele</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Nastavení hesla správce (uživatele root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Pro všechny instalace <application>Mageii</application> se doporučuje
+nastavit heslo superuživatele anebo správce, které se v Linuxu obyčejně
+nazývá i <emphasis>heslo roota</emphasis>. Když zapisujete heslo do políčka
+nahoře, barva jeho štítu se změní z červené na žlutou a na zelenou, v
+závislosti na síle hesla. Zelený štít ukazuje, že používáte silné
+heslo. Potřebujete zopakovat stejné heslo v políčku umístěném hned pod
+políčkem prvního hesla, přičemž jejich porovnaním se ověří, zda jste v
+prvním políčku neudělali překlep.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Všechna hesla jsou závislá na velikosti písmen; nejlepší je použít kombinaci
+písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Zadejte uživatele</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Zde přidejte uživatele. Uživatel má méně oprávnění než superuživatel (root),
+ale dost na procházení internetu, používání kancelářskych aplikací anebo
+hraní her a pro cokoli jiného, co se svým počítačem provádí běžný uživatel.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: Pokud klepnete na toto tlačítko, změní se
+ikona uživatele.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Skutečné jméno</guilabel>: Vložte do tohoto textového pole
+skutečné jméno uživatele.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Přihlašovací jméno</guilabel>: Zde můžete zadat uživatelské
+přihlašovací jméno, nebo nechat instalační program pokusit se použít
+skutečné jméno uživatele. <emphasis>Přihlašovací jméno je citlivé na
+velikost písmen.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: Do tohoto textového pole byste měli napsat heslo
+uživatele. Na konci textového políčka je štít, který naznačuje sílu
+heslu. (Podívejte se i na <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte do tohoto textového pole
+heslo uživatele a drakx zkontroluje, zda máte stejné heslo v každém z
+textových polí pro uživatelské heslo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Jakýkoliv uživatel přidaný v průběhu instalace Mageii bude mít chráněn
+domovský adresář proti čtení a zápisu (umask=0027)</para>
+      <para>Můžete přidat všechny další potřebné uživatele v kroku <emphasis>Nastavení -
+Souhrn</emphasis> během instalace. Vyberte si <emphasis>Správa
+uživatelů</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Přístupová oprávnění lze změnit také po instalaci.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Rozšířená správa uživatelů</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Pokud klepnete na tlačítko <guibutton>pokročilé</guibutton>, bude vám
+nabídnuta obrazovka, která vám dovoluje upravovat nastavení pro uživatele,
+kterého přidáváte.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Dodatečně můžete zakázat anebo povolit účet hosta.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Cokoli, co si host s výchozím hostitelským účtem <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>
+uloží do svého /domovského (/home) adresáře, bude smazáno v okamžiku, kdy se
+odhlásí. Host by si měl uložit svoje důležité soubory na zařízení USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Povolit hostův účet</guilabel>: Zde můžete povolit anebo zakázat
+účet hosta. Hostův účet hostu dovoluje přihlásit se k vašemu počítači a
+používat jej, ale má více omezený přístup než normální uživatelé.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Tento rozbalovací seznam vám umožňuje změnit
+shell (překladač příkazů) používaný uživatelem, kterého přidáváte na
+předchozí obrazovce, možnostmi jsou Bash, Dash a Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID uživatele</guilabel>: Zde můžete nastavit uživatelovo ID pro
+uživatele, kterého přidáváte na předchozí obrazovce. Je to číslo. Ponechejte
+je prázdné, pokud nevíte, co děláte.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID skupiny</guilabel>: Toto vám umožňuje nastavit ID skupiny. Též
+je to číslo, obyčejně to samé jako pro uživatele. Ponechejte je prázdné,
+pokud nevíte, co děláte.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..223d857b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdrojů)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další
+zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje
+určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr
+balíčků.</para>
+
+  <para>Pro síťové zdroje, jsou zapotřebí dva nasáledijící kroky:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Výběr a aktivace sítě, není-li již spuštěna. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze
+zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia,
+jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit
+konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Pokud aktualizujete 64 bitovou instalaci, která může obsahovat některé 32
+bitové balíčky, doporučuje se použít tuto obrazovku pro přidání
+internetového zrcadlového serveru zaškrtnutím jednoho ze zdejších síťových
+protokolů. 64-bitový DVD obraz obsahuje jen 64 bitové a nearchové balíčky,
+nebude možné aktualizovat 32 bitové balíčky. Avšak po přidání internetového
+zrcadlového serveru tam instalátor najde potřebné 32 bitové balíčky.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6dd69485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Zvolte si přípojné body</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Zde vidíte Linuxové oddíly, které byly nalezeny na vašem počítači. Pokud
+nesouhlasíte s návrhem <application>DrakX</application>, můžete přípojné
+body změnit.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Máte-li cokoliv ke změně, ujistěte se, že máte stále <literal>/</literal>
+kořenový oddíl (root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Každý oddíl je zobrazen takto: "Zařízení" ("Kapacita", "Přípojný bod",
+"Typ").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Zařízení", se skládá z "pevného disku", ["číslo disku" (písmeno)], "číslo
+oddílu" (například "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pokud máte hodně oddílů, můžete si vybrat mnoho různých přípojných bodů z
+rozbalovací nabídky, jako jsou <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> a <literal>/var</literal>. Dokonce si můžete udělat
+vlastní přípojné body, například <literal>/video</literal> pro oddíl, kde si
+chcete ukládat své filmy, anebo <literal>/domov-kotel</literal> jako
+domovský oddíl instalace kotle (cauldron).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pro oddíly, ke kterým nepotřebujete mít přístup, nemusíte vyplňovat přípojný
+bod.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Vyberte <guibutton>Předchozí</guibutton>, pokud si nejste jisti tím, co si
+máte zvolit, a potom zaškrtněte <guilabel>Vlastní rozdělení
+disku</guilabel>. V obrazovce, která následuje, můžete klepnout na oddíl,
+abyste viděli jeho typ a velikost.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Pokud jste si jisti, že přípojné body jsou správně, klepněte na
+<guibutton>Další</guibutton> a vyberte si, zda chcete naformátovat jen ten
+oddíl (resp. oddíly), které DrakX navrhuje, anebo i další.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7486aec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Nastavení času</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>V tomto kroku musíte vybrat, na který čas jsou vaše vnitřní hodiny nastaveny
+- buď na místní čas nebo na koordinovaný světový čas (UTC).</para>
+
+  <para>Na kartě pokročilé najdete víc voleb pro nastavení času.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4eaf74e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Zavést Mageiu jako živý systém</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Zavedení z datového nosiče</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Z disku</title></info><para>Systém můžete zavést z nosiče, na který jste vypálili svůj obrazový soubor
+(CD, DVD...). Obyčejně jej stačí jen vložit do vaší CD/DVD mechaniky, aby
+zavaděč spustil instalaci automaticky po restartu počítače. pokud se to
+nestane, možná potřebujete přenastavit BIOS anebo stisknout jednu klávesu,
+která vám nabídne vybrat si zařízení, ze kterého se počítač zavede.</para><para>Podle toho, jaké máte vybavení počítače a jak je nastaveno, objeví se buď
+jedna anebo druhá ze dvou níže uvedených obrazovek.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Ze zařízení USB</title></info><para>Počítač můžete spustit ze zařízení USB, na kterém je zaznamenán obraz
+ISO. Vzhledem k nastavení vašeho BIOSu se počítač možná už zavádí přímo ze
+zařízení USB zastrčeného v přípojném místě (portu) počítače. Pokud se tak
+neděje, možná potřebujete přenastavit BIOS anebo stisknout jednu klávesu,
+která vám nabídne výběr zařízení, z něhož se počítač spustí.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">V zastaralém režimu BIOS/CSM</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>První obrazovka během spouštění v režimu BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>V prostřední nabídce máte volbu mezi třemi činnostmi:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Zavést Mageiu: Toto znamená, že Mageia 5 se spustí z připojeného nosiče
+(CD/DVD anebo zařízení USB) bez jakéhokoli zapisování na disk, takže
+očekávejte velmi pomalý systém. Jakmile se zavádění dokončí, můžete
+přikročit i k instalací na pevný disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Nainstalovat Mageiu: Tato volba Mageiu přímo nainstaluje na pevný disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Spustit z pevného disku: Tato volba dovoluje systém zavést z pevného disku,
+tak jako obyčejně, když není připojen žádný datový nosič (CD/DVD anebo
+zařízení USB). (nepracuje s Mageiou 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Ve spodní nabídce jsou Volby zavedení systému:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Nápověda. Vysvětluje volby "splash", "apm", "acpi" a "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Jazyk. Vyberte si pro zobrazení jazyka obrazovek.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Rozlišení obrazovky. Volba mezi textem, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom anebo Další. Normálně se instalace vykoná z vloženého
+instalačního média. Zde si vybíráte jiné zdroje, jakými jsou FTP anebo
+servery NFS. Pokud se instalace vykonává v síti se serverem SLP, při této
+volbě si vyberte jeden z instalačních zdrojů dostupných na serveru.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Ovladač. Ano nebo Ne. Systém si je vědom přítomnosti volitelného disku
+s aktualizací ovladače a bude požadovat jeho vložení během procesu
+instalace.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Volby jádra. Toto je cesta pro zadání voleb vztahujících se k vybavení
+počítače a ovladačům, které se použijí.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">V režimu UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>První obrazovka během spuštění z disku na systémech UEFI</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Zde máte jen možnost spustit Mageiu v Živém režimu (první volba) nebo
+spustit instalaci (druhá volba).</para><para>Pokud jste počítač spustili ze zařízení USB, dostanete dva doplňující řádky,
+které jsou duplikáty předchozích řádků zakončených zkratkou "USB". Máte je
+vybrat.</para><para>V každém případě budou první kroky stejné - vybrat si jazyk, časovou zónu a
+klávesnici; potom se postupy odlišují v <link linkend="testing">dodatečných
+krocích v Živém režimu</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1ce5b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Výběr pracovního prostředí</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky
+pro jemné doladění vaší volby.</para>
+
+  <para>Po kroku (resp. krocích) výběru uvidíte během instalace balíčků pohyblivou
+přehlídku snímků. Přehlídka může být vypnuta stisknutím tlačítka
+<guilabel>Podrobnosti</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Rozhodněte se, zda chcete používat prostředí <application>KDE</application>
+nebo <application>Gnome</application>. Obě prostředí jsou vybavená všemi
+užitečnými aplikacemi a nástroji. Zaškrtněte <guilabel>Vlastní</guilabel>,
+pokud chcete nainstalovat obě prostředí, nebo chcete použít jiné prostředí,
+než tato 2 výchozí. Prostředí <application>LXDE</application> je méně
+náročnější než předchozí 2 prostředí, zároveň však obsahuje méně efektů a
+předinstalovaného softwaru.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..afcfb663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Výběr skupiny balíčků</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Balíčky byly rozřazeny do skupin, aby vám byl ulehčen výběr toho, co vše
+potřebujete ve vašem systému. Názvy skupin odpovídají tomu, co se v nich
+nachází, pokud však chcete vědět více o obsahu v dané skupině, stačí najet
+myší na název skupiny.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pracovní stanice.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafické prostředí.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání
+nebo odebrání balíčků.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Přečtěte si <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> pro instrukce, jak provést
+minimální instalaci (bez nebo s X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d53c2eb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Výběr jednotlivých balíčků</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Zde můžete přidávat nebo odebírat všechny doplňkové balíčky pro přizpůsobení
+instalace.</para>
+
+    <para>Po učinění výběru můžete klepnout na <guibutton>ikonu diskety</guibutton> ve
+spodní části stránky pro uložení vašeho výběru balíčků (funguje i uložení na
+zařízení USB). Potom tento soubor můžete použít k nainstalování stejných
+balíčků na jiném systému, stisknutím stejného tlačítka během instalace a
+zvolením jeho nahrání.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15778744
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Nastavení služeb</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Zde si můžete nastavit, jaké služby (ne)spouštět při zavádění systému.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Jsou zde 4 skupiny. Klepnutím na šipku před skupinou danou skupinu rozbalíte
+a uvidíte služby, které obsahuje.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Nastavení, která DrakX vybral, jsou obyčejně dobrá.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Pokud zvýrazníte službu, některé informace o ní se ukážou v informačním poli
+níže.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Věci měňte jen tehdy, když velmi dobře víte, co děláte.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab8cfa01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Nastavení časového pásma</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Vyberte si časové pásmo výběrem vaší zememě nebo nejbližší město ve stejném
+časovém pásmu.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">V dalším okně si můžete vybrat nastavení hardwarových hodin na místní čas a
+GMT, také známý jako UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Pokud máte na vašem počítači více než jeden operační systém, ujistěte se, že
+jsou všechny nastaveny na místní čas, nebo všichny na UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1a481d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Výběr X Serveru (Konfigurace vaší grafické karty)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi grafických karet a obvykle video zařízení
+identifikuje správně.</para>
+
+  <para>Pokud není vaše grafická karta rozpoznána instalačním programem správně a
+víte, jakou kartu máte, můžete ji vybrat ze stromu: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dodavatel</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>pak název vaší karty</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>a typ vaší karty</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Pokud nemůžete najít svou kartu v seznamech dodavatelů (protože ještě není v
+databázi, nebo je to starší karta) můžete najít vhodný ovladač v kategorii
+Xorg</para>
+
+  <para>Seznam Xorg poskytuje více než 40 obecných a open source ovladačů grafických
+karet. Pokud stále nemůžete najít název ovladače pro kartu, existuje možnost
+použití VESA ovladač, který poskytuje základní možnosti.</para>
+
+  <para>Uvědomte si, že pokud vyberete nekompatibilní ovladač, můžete mít přístup
+pouze k rozhhraní příkazové řádky.</para>
+
+  <para>Někteří výrobci grafických karet poskytují proprietární ovladače pro Linux,
+které mohou být k dispozici v nonfree úložišti a v některých případech jen
+pouze z webových stránek výrobce karety.</para>
+
+  <para>Přístup k Nonfree úložišti musí být výslovně povolen. Pokud tomu tak není,
+nejdříve jej povolte, toto byste měli udělat po prvním restartu.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67ca769c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Nastavení grafické karty a monitoru</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Bez ohledu na to, které grafické prostředí (známé i jako prostředí pracovní
+plochy) jste si vybrali pro tuto instalaci
+<application>Mageii</application>, všechna jsou založena na systému
+grafického uživatelského prostředí nazvanému <acronym>X Window
+Systém</acronym>, anebo jednoduše <acronym>X</acronym>. Takže k tomu, aby
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym>
+nebo kterékoli další grafické prostředí pracovalo správně, následující
+nastavení systému <acronym>X</acronym> musí být správná. Vyberte si správné
+nastavení, pokud vidíte, že <application>DrakX</application> neprovedl
+volbu, nebo pokud si myslíte, že volba je nesprávná.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafická karta</guibutton></emphasis>: Vyberte ze
+seznamu vaši kartu, pokud je to třeba.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Máte na výběr možnost
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, pokud je použitelná, nebo si vybrat
+monitor v seznamu <guilabel>Dodavatelé</guilabel> nebo
+<guilabel>Všeobecné</guilabel> monitory. Vyberte
+<guilabel>Vlastní</guilabel>, pokud upřednostňujete ruční nastavení
+vodorovné a svislé obnovovací frekvence vašeho monitoru.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Nesprávná obnovovací frekvence může poškodit váš monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Rozlišení</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde nastavte
+požadované rozlišení a barevnou hloubku monitoru.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Zkouška</guibutton></emphasis>: Ne vždy se během
+instalace objeví testovací tlačítko. Pokud je tu toto tlačítko, můžete
+upravit nastavení jeho stisknutím. Pokud vidíte otázku ptající se vás, zda
+jsou vaše nastavení správná, můžete odpovědět "ano" a nastavení budou
+zachována. Pokud vůbec nic nevidíte, vraťte se na nastavovací obrazovku a
+budete moci přenastavit vše, dokud zkouška nedopadne
+dobře. <emphasis>Ujistěte se, že jsou vaše nastavení na bezpečné straně,
+pokud není testovací tlačítko dostupné.</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde si můžete vybrat
+zda povolit nebo zakázat různé další možnosti.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58be4212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Výběr monitoru</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi monitorů a obyčejně správně rozpozná ten
+váš.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Vybrání monitoru s odlišnými charakteristikami může poškodit váš
+monitor nebo vybavení pro video. Nezkoušejte, prosím, nic bez toho, že byste
+nevěděl, co děláte.</emphasis> Pokud máte pochybnost, měl byste nahlédnout
+do dokumentace k vašemu monitoru.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Vlastní</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Tato volba vám dovoluje nastavit dva kritické parametry, svislou obnovovací
+frekvenci a vodorovnou synchronizační frekvenci. Vertikální obnovování
+určuje, jak často je obrazovka obnovována a horizontální synchronizace je
+rychlost, kterou jsou zobrazovány skenované řádky.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Je <emphasis>VELMI DŮLEŽITÉ</emphasis> abyste nezvolili typ monitoru s
+rozsahem synchronizace, který přesahuje schopnosti vašeho monitoru: mohli
+byste tím poškodit svůj monitor. Pokud jste na pochybách, vyberte si
+konzervativní nastavení a prověřte ho v dokumentaci k vašemu monitoru.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Toto je výchozí volba a snaží se určit typ monitoru z databáze monitorů.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Dodavatel</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Pokud instalátor správně nerozpoznal váš monitor a vy víte, který máte,
+můžete si ho zvolit ze stromu pomocí výběru: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dodavatel</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>název výrobce monitoru</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>popis monitoru</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Všeobecný</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">výběr této skupiny zobrazí přibližně 30 nastavení obrazovky, jako jsou
+1024x768 @ 60Hz zahrnuje i ploché panelové obrazovky, jaké jsou používány ve
+přenosných počítačích. Toto bývá často dobrou skupinou pro výběr monitoru,
+pokud potřebujete používat ovladač karty Vesa, když váš obrazový hardware
+nemůže být rozpoznán automaticky. I tady může být rozumné být při svém
+výběru konzervativní.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e095e832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Pokud si přejete použít šifrování na vašem <literal>/</literal> oddílu,
+musíte se ujistit, že máte samostatný  oddíl <literal>/boot</literal>. Volba
+pro zašifrování NESMÍ být nastavena pro zaváděcí oddíl
+<literal>/boot</literal>, jinak váš systém nebude možné zavést.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Zde upravíte rozložení disku (disků). Můžete odstraňovat nebo vytvářet
+oddíly, měnit souborový systém oddílu, anebo měnit jeho velikost a dokonce
+se podívat, co je na něm, předtím než začnete.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Je tam karta pro každý nalezený pevný disk nebo jiné úložné zařízení, jako
+je zařízení USB. Například sda, sdb a sdc, pokud jsou připojena tři. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Stiskněte <guibutton>Vyčistit vše</guibutton> pro smazání všech oddílů na
+vybraném úložném zařízení.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Pro všechky ostatní činnosti: klepněte nejprve na požadovaný oddíl. Potom si
+jej prohlédněte, nebo si vyberte souborový systém a přípojný bod, změňte
+jeho velikost nebo jej vymažte. <guibutton>Přepnout do expertního
+režimu</guibutton> (nebo <guibutton>Expertní režim</guibutton>) dodá některé
+další nástroje jako je přidání štítku nebo vybrání typu oddílu. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Pokračujte dokud jste nenastavil vše podle vašeho přání.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Klepněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Hotovo</guibutton>, když jste připraven.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Pokud instalujete Mageiu na UEFI systému, zkontrolujte zda ESP (EFI System
+Partition) existuje a je připojen v /boot/EFI (více níže)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Pokud instalujete Mageiu na systém Legacy/GPT, zkontrolujte, že je přítomen
+zaváděcí oddíl BIOS a že je správného typu</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23557af4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Rozdělení disku</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">V této obrazovce můžete vidět obsah vašeho pevného disku (disků) a vidět
+nalezená řešení průvodce DrakX rozdělováním disku navrhujícího, kam
+nainstalovat <application>Mageiu</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Volby dostupné z níže uvedeného seznamu se budou lišit v závislosti na
+rozložení a obsahu vašeho konkrétního pevného disku.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Použít existující oddíly</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Pokud je dostupná tato volba, potom byly nalezeny stávající s Linuxem
+kompatibilní oddíly a tyto mohou být použity pro instalaci.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Použít volné místo</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Pokud máte nevyužité místo na vašem pevném disku, potom ho tato volba
+využije pro novou instalaci Mageii.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Použít volné místo na oddílu Windows</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Pokud máte nevyužité místo na stávajícím windowsovském oddíle, instalátor
+může nabídnout jeho použití.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Toto může být užitečná cesta vytvoření prostoru pro vaši novou instalaci
+Mageii, ale je to riziková operace, takže byste se měli ujistit, že máte
+zazálohovány všechny důležité soubory!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Pamatujte, že toto znamená zmenšení velikosti windowsovského oddílu. Oddíl
+musí být "čistý", to znamená, že Windows musely být správně vypnuty, když
+byly naposledy použity. Též musely být defragmentovány, ačkoli toto není
+zárukou, že všechny soubory na oddíle byly přesunuty z oblasti, která má být
+použita. Velice se doporučuje provedení zálohy vašich osobních souborů.</para><para>U této volby instalátor zobrazí zůstávající windowsovský oddíl v světlemodré
+a budoucí oddíl Mageii v tmavomodré barvě spolu s jejich zamýšlenými
+velikostmi pod nimi. Máte možnost přizpůsobit tyto velikosti klepnutím a
+přesunutím mezery mezi oběma oddíly. Viz snímek obrazovky níže.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Smazat a použít celý disk</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Tato volba použije celé diskové zařízení pro Mageiu.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Pozor, toto smaže všechna data na vybraném disku. Buďte opatrní!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Pokud zamýšlíte použít část disku na něco jiného, nebo už máte data na onom
+disku, která nejste připraveni ztratit, potom tuto volbu nepoužívejte.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Vlastní rozdělení disku</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Toto vám dává úplnou kontrolu nad umístěním instalace na vašem pevném disku
+(resp. discích).</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Měnění velikostí oddílu:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Instalátor rozdělí dostupné místo podle následujících pravidel:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Pokud je celkové dostupné místo menší než 50 GB, bude vytvořen jen jeden
+oddíl pro /, nebude tu žádný samostatný oddíl pro /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Pokud je celkové dostupné místo nad 50 GB, potom se vytvoří tři oddíly</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 z celkového dostupného místa je přideleno pro / , nanejvýš však 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 je přiděleno pro swap , nanejvýš však 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>zbytek (přinejmenším 12/19) je přiděleno pro /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>To znamená, že v případě 160 GB a víc z dostupného místa, instalátor vytvoří
+tři oddíly: 50 GB pro /, 4 GB pro swap a zbytek pro adresář /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Pokud používáte systém UEFI, ESP (systémový oddíl EFI) bude automaticky
+rozpoznán, nebo vytvořen, pokud ještě neexistuje, a připojen na
+/boot/EFI. Volba "Vlastní rozdělení disku" je jediná, která vám dovoluje
+zkontrolovat, že toto bylo provedeno správně.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Některé novější mechaniky nyní používají 4096 bajtové logické sektory,
+namísto předchozího standardu 512 bajtových logických sektorů. Nástroj na
+dělení disku použitý v instalátoru nebyl kvůli nedostatku dostupného
+hardware testován s takovou mechanikou. Taktéž některé mechaniky ssd dnes
+používají velikost vymazávacího bloku nad 1 MB. Navrhuje se napřed rozdělit
+mechaniku, s použitím alternativních nástrojů na rozdělování disku, jakým je
+gparted, pokud vlastníte takové zařízení, a použít následující nastavení:</para>
+    <para>"Zarovnat na" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Předcházející volné místo (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Též se ujistěte, že všechny oddíly jsou vytvořeny se sudým počtem megabajtů.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f403acd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Gratulujeme</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Dokončili jste instalaci a nastavení <application>Mageii</application> a teď
+je bezpečné vyjmout instalační médium a restartovat počítač.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Po restartu, na obrazovce zavaděče, si můžete vybrat mezi operačními systémy
+ve vašem počítači (pokud jich máte víc než jeden).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Pokud jste neupravovali nastavení pro zavaděč systému, automaticky bude
+vybrána a spuštěna vaše nainstalovaná Mageia.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Bavte se!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Navštivte www.mageia.org, pokud máte nějaké otázky nebo pokud chcete přispět
+do Mageii</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d25071f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formátování</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Zde si můžete vybrat, který oddíl (nebo oddíly) si přejete
+naformátovat. Všechna data na oddílech <emphasis>neoznačených</emphasis> pro
+naformátování budou ušetřena.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Obyčejně potřebují být naformátovány přinejmenším oddíly, které DrakX
+vybral.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Klepněte na <guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> pro výběr oddílů, které chcete
+zkontrolovat na takzvané <emphasis>chybné bloky</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Pokud si nejste jistí, zda jste vykonali správnou volbu, můžete klepnout na
+tlačítko <guibutton>Předchozí</guibutton>, opět na
+<guibutton>Předchozí</guibutton> a potom na <guibutton>Vlastní</guibutton>,
+abyste se vrátili na hlavní obrazovku. Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat
+pohled na to, co máte na vašich oddílech.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Pokud jste spokojen s výběrem, klepněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton> pro
+pokračování.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb3f26a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Aktualizace</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Od té doby, co byla uvolněna tato verze operačního systému
+<application>Mageia</application>, byly některé balíčky aktualizovány nebo
+vylepšeny.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Zvolte <guilabel>ano</guilabel>, pokud si je přejete stáhnout a
+nainstalovat, vyberte <guilabel>ne</guilabel>, pokud to teď nechcete udělat,
+nebo pokud nejste připojeni k internetu.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Potom stiskněte <guibutton>Další</guibutton> pro pokračování</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26fa1df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, instalátor Mageii</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Ať už jste v GNU-Linux začátečník nebo zkušený uživatel, instalátor Mageii
+je navržen tak, aby instalace nebo aktualizace byla tak jednoduchá, jak jen
+je to možné.</para>
+
+  <para>Počáteční nabídková obrazovka má různé možnosti, každopádně předvolená
+spustí instalátor, který bude obyčejně mít vše, co potřebujete.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Uvítací instalační obrazovka</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Použití DVD Mageia</title>
+
+      <para>Zde jsou výchozí uvítací obrazovky při používaní DVD Mageia. První je se
+systémem UEFI a druhá se zastaralým systémem:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the "e" letter to
+enter the "edit mode". To come back to this screen, press either the key
+"esc" to quit without saving or press the key "Ctrl" or "F10" to quit with
+saving.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Na této obrazovce je možné nastavit některá osobní nastavení:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Jazyk (jen pro instalaci, může se odlišovat od zvoleného systémového jazyka)
+stisknutím klávesy F2 (jen v zastaralém režimu)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Použijte šipkové klávesy pro výběr jazyka a stiskněte klávesu Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Zde je například francouzská uvítací obrazovka, když používáte živé
+DVD/CD. Pamatujte si, že nabídka na Live DVD/CD nepředkládá:
+<guilabel>Záchranný systém</guilabel>, <guilabel>Paměťový test</guilabel> a
+<guilabel>Nástroj na zjištění vybavení počítače</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Změňte rozlišení obrazovky stisknutím klávesy F3 (jen v zastaralém režimu).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Přidejte některé volby pro kernel stisknutím klávesy <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> v zastaralém režimu nebo klávesy <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> v režimu UEFI.</para>
+
+            <para>Pokud instalace selhává, tehdy může být nutné vyzkoušet znovu jednu z
+možností navíc. Nabídka vyvolaná přes F6 zobrazuje nový řádek nazvaný
+<guilabel>Volby pro zavedení</guilabel> a nabízí čtyři položky:</para>
+
+            <para>- Výchozí, tato nemění nic ve výchozích volbách.</para>
+
+            <para>- Výchozí, tato nemění nic ve výchozích volbách.</para>
+
+            <para>- Žádné ACPI (pokročilé rozhraní nastavení a napájení), správa napájení není
+brána do úvahy.</para>
+
+            <para>- Žádný místní APIC (lokální pokročilý programovatelný ovladač přerušení),
+jedná se o přerušení CPU, vyberte tuto volbu, pokud jste k tomu vyzváni.</para>
+
+            <para>Když si vyberete jednu z těchto položek, tato změní výchozí volby zobrazené
+v řádku <guilabel>Volby zavádění systému</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>V některých vydáních Mageii se může stát, že se položky vybrané klávesou F6
+neobjevují v řádku <guilabel>Volby zavádění systému</guilabel>, avšak ve
+skutečnosti jsou brány do úvahy.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Přidejte více voleb pro kernel stisknutím klávesy F1 (jen v zastaralém
+režimu).</para>
+
+            <para>Stisknutí klávesy F1 otevře nové okno s dalšími dostupnými volbami. Vyberte
+jednu šipkovými klávesami a stiskněte klávesu Enter pro obdržení více
+podrobností nebo stiskněte klávesu Esc pro návrat na uvítací obrazovku.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Podrobný přehled o rozsahu voleb. Stiskněte Esc nebo zvolte <guilabel>návrat
+k parametrům spuštění</guilabel> pro návrat zpět do seznamu voleb. Tyto
+volby mohou být přidány ručně v řádku <guilabel>Volby zavádění
+systému</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Nápověda je přeložena ve zvoleném jazyku pomocí klávesy F2.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Pro více informací o volbách pro kernel na zastaralých systémech a systémech
+UEFI se podívejte na: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Použití drátové sítě</title>
+
+      <para>Zde je výchozí uvítací obrazovka při používání instalačního CD založeného na
+připojení k drátové síti (obrazy netinstall.iso nebo
+netinstall-nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+      <para>Nedovoluje změnit jazyk, dostupné možnosti jsou popsány na obrazovce. Pro
+více informací o používaní instalačního CD založeného na připojení k síti se
+podívejte na <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Rozložení klávesnice je americké.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Instalační kroky</title>
+
+    <para>Proces instalace je rozdělen do více kroků, které je možné sledovat na
+bočním panelu obrazovky.</para>
+
+    <para>Každý krok má jednu nebo více obrazovek, které též můžou mít tlačítka
+<guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> s obyčejně méně žádanými možnostmi navíc.</para>
+
+    <para>Většina obrazovek má tlačítka <guibutton>Nápověda</guibutton>, která dávají
+bližší vysvětlení aktuálního kroku.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Pokud se někde během instalace rozhodnete instalaci ukončit, je možný
+restart, ale promyslete si to, prosím, dvakrát, dříve než to uděláte. Když
+už byl oddíl jednou naformátován nebo se začaly instalovat aktualizace, váš
+počítač už nadále není ve stejném stavu a jeho opětovné spuštění by vás
+mohlo celkem snadno nechat s nepoužitelným systémem. Pokud jste si přesto
+velmi jistí, že chcete provést restart, jděte do textového terminálu za
+současného stisknutí tří kláves <guibutton>Alt+Ctrl+F2</guibutton>. Potom
+současně stiskněte <guibutton>Alt+Ctrl+Delete</guibutton> pro restart.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Problémy při instalaci a možné řešení</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Bez grafického rozhraní</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Po počáteční obrazovce vám nenaběhla obrazovka výběru jazyka. Toto se může
+stát s některými grafickými kartami a staršími systémy. Zkuste použít nízké
+rozlišení obrazovky napsáním <code>vgalo</code> v příkazovém řádku.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Pokud je vybavení počítače velmi staré, grafická instalace nemusí být
+možná. V tomto případě se oplatí vyzkoušet instalaci v textovém režimu. Pro
+její použití stiskněte ESC na první uvítací obrazovce a potvrďte klávesou
+ENTER. Bude vám nabídnuta černá obrazovka se slovem "boot". Napište "text" a
+stiskněte ENTER. Nyní pokračujte instalací v textovém režimu.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Instalace zamrzne</title>
+
+      <para>Pokud sa zdá, že systém během instalace zamrzává, může to být problém se
+zjišťováním vybavení počítače součástkami. V tomto případě může být
+automatické zjišťování hardware obejito a vykonáno později. Pokud toto
+chcete vyzkoušet, napište <code>noauto</code> v příkazovém řádku. Tato volba
+může být, když je třeba, též spojena i s jinými volbami.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Problém paměti RAM</title>
+
+      <para>Toto bude potřebné zřídka, ale v některých případech může hardware nesprávně
+ohlásit dostupnou paměť RAM. Abyste ji zadali ručně, můžete použít parametr
+<code>mem=xxxM</code>, kde xxx je správné množství paměti RAM,
+např. <code>mem=256M</code> by znamenalo 256 MB RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dynamické oddíly</title>
+
+      <para>Pokud jste váš pevný disk převedli ze "základního" formátu na "dynamický"
+formát v systému Microsoft Windows, musíte vědět, že je nemožné instalovat
+Mageiu na tento disk. Pro návrat zpět k základnímu disku se podívejte na
+dokumentaci Microsoftu: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45ed736b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Přihlašovací obrazovka</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Přihlašovací obrazovka KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Nakonec se dostanete k přihlašovací obrazovce</para><para>Vložte své uživatelské jméno a uživatelské heslo a za pár sekund se, podle
+toho který živý datový nosič jste použili, ocitnete v nahraném prostředí KDE
+nebo GNOME. Nyní můžete začít používat vaši instalaci Mageii.</para><para>Další část naší dokumentace můžete najít na <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b698026b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Výběr zdrojů (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Zde máte seznam dostupných úložišť software. Ne všechny repozitáře jsou
+dostupné, podle toho které médium používáte pro instalaci. Výběr repozitářů
+určuje, které balíčky budou dostupné k vybrání během dalších kroků.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozitář pro <emphasis>Jádro</emphasis> nemůže být vypnut, protože obsahuje
+základ distribuce.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozitář pro <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> software obsahuje balíčky, které
+jsou volně bez poplatků, to znamená, že Mageia je může redistribuovat, ale
+ony obsahují software s neveřejným zdrojovým kódem (odtud pochází
+pojmenování Nonfree - nesvobodný). Například tento repozitář obsahuje
+soukromé ovladače pro grafické karty nVidia a ATI, firmware pro různé karty
+WiFi atd.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozitář pro <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>, moravsky tedy poznamenaný
+software, obsahuje balíčky uvolněné pod svobodnou licencí. Hlavním hlediskem
+pro umístění balíčků do tohoto repozitáře je to, že v některých zemích mohou
+porušovat patenty a autorské zákony, např. multimediální kodeky potřebné na
+přehrávání rozličných audio/video souborů; balíčky potřebné na přehrávání
+komerčních video DVD, atd.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4534cbf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimální instalace</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Můžete si zvolit Minimální instalaci odznačením všeho na obrazovce Výběru
+skupin balíčků. Podívejte se na <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Pokud je žádána, můžete na téže obrazovce dodatečně zaškrtnout volbu pro
+"výběr jednotlivých balíčků".</para>
+  <para>Minimální instalace je zamýšlena pro ty, kteří zamýšlejí zvláštní využití
+své <application>Mageii</application>, jakým je server nebo specializovaná
+pracovní stanice. Tuto volbu pravděpodobně použijete spojenu s možností
+"výběru jednotlivých balíčků" vzpomenutou výše, k doladění vaší
+instalace. Podívejte se na <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Pokud jste si zvolili tuto instalační třídu, potom vám příslušná obrazovka
+nabídne několik užitečných věcí navíc k nainstalování, jakými jsou
+dokumentace a X server.</para>
+  <para>Pokud je vybráno, tehdy je "Spolu s X" zahrnuto i IceWM jako lehké pracovní
+prostředí.</para>
+  <para>Základní dokumentace je poskytnuta v podobě manuálových a informačních
+stránek. Obsahuje manuálové stránky z <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linuxového dokumentačního
+projektu</link> a informační stránky o <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">jádrových
+programech GNU</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e1f6ccf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Souhrn různých parametrů</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX udělal chytré volby pro nastavení vašeho systému závisící na volbách,
+které jste udělal a na vybavení počítače, které DrakX zjistil. Nastavení
+můžete zhodnotit zde a změnit je, jak chcete, po stisknutí
+<guibutton>Nastavit</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>existují známé problémy s výchozím nastavením</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>výchozí nastavení bylo vyzkoušeno, ale selhalo</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Systémové parametry</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Časové pásmo</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX pro vás vybral časové pásmo, vzhledem k vašemu oblíbenému
+jazyku. Můžete je změnit, pokud je to potřeba. Podívejte se také na <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Země/Oblast</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Pokud nejste ve vybrané zemi, je velmi důležité, abyste opravili toto
+nastavení. Podívejte se na <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Zavaděč</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX udělal dobré výběry pro nastavení zavaděče systému.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Pokud nevíte jak nastavit Grub2, nic neměňte</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Pro více informací se podívejte na <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Správa uživatelů</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Zde můžete přidat další uživatele. Každý z nich obdrží svůj vlastní
+<literal>/home</literal> t. j. domácí adresáře.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Služby</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Systémové služby označují tyto malé programy, které běží na pozadí
+(tzv. démoni, což je však zvrácené historické přirovnání). Tento nástroj vám
+umožňuje povolit nebo zakázat určité úlohy.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Zde byste měli zaškrtávat opatrně, dříve než tu cokoli změníte - omyl může
+zabránit správnému běhu vašeho počítače.</para>
+
+        <para>Pro více informací se podívejte na <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardwarové parametry</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Klávesnice</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Zde nastavujete nebo měníte rozložení vaší klávesnice, které bude záležet na
+vaší poloze, jazyku nebo typu klávesnice.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Myš</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Zde můžete přidávat nebo nastavovat další ukazovací zařízení, tablety,
+kulové ovladače atd.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Zvuková karta</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Instalátor používá výchozí ovladač, pokud nějaký výchozí existuje. Možnost
+výběru odlišného ovladače je dána jen tehdy, když je více než jeden ovladač
+pro vaši kartu, ale žádný z nich není výchozí.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafické rozhraní</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Tento oddíl vám dovoluje nastavit vaši grafickou kartu (resp. karty) a
+obrazovky.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Pro více informací se podívejte na <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Parametry sítě a internetu</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Síť</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Zde můžete nastavit vaši síť, ale pro síťové karty s nesvobodnými ovladači
+je lepší to vykonat po restartu v <application>Ovládacím centru
+Mageia</application>, pokud jste ještě nepovolili repozitáře Nesvobodných
+nosičů (Nonfree).</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Když přidáváte síťovou kartu, nezapomeňte zároveň nastavit i váš firewall na
+sledování onoho rozhraní.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxy</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Proxy Server slouží jako zprostředkovatel mezi vaším počítačem a širším
+internetem. Tento oddíl vám dovoluje nastavit váš počítač pro využití
+některé proxy služby.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Možná se budete potřebovat poradit s vaším systémovým správcem pro získání
+parametrů, které sem potřebujete zadat</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Bezpečnost</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Úroveň bezpečnosti</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Zde nastavujete Úroveň bezpečnosti pro váš počítač, ve většině případů je
+výchozí nastavení (standardní) pro běžné použití přiměřené.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Zaškrtněte volbu, která se nejlépe hodí k vašemu používání.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Firewall, moravsky ohnivá zeď, má sloužit jako překážka mezi vašimi
+důležitými daty a ničemy venku na internetu, kteří by je chtěli vyzradit
+nebo ukradnout.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Vyberte si služby, které si přejete, aby měly přístup k vašemu systému. Vaše
+výběry budou záležet na tom, k čemu používáte váš počítač. Další informace
+najdete na <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Mějte na paměti, že dovolení všeho (žádný firewall) může být velmi
+riskantní.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e562f3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Restartovat</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Když byl zavaděč nainstalován, budete vyzváni k pozastavení vašeho počítače,
+odstranění živého CD a restartování počítače. Klepněte na <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Dokončit</guibutton></emphasis> a jednejte podle
+požadavků<emphasis role="bold">, v tomto pořadí!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Když restartujete, uvidíte následnost ukazovatelů postupu stahování. Tyto
+naznačují, že jsou stahovány seznamy nosičů software (viz Správa software).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01563184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Změnit velikost oddílu s
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Máte víc než jeden oddíl s
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>.  Vyberte si,
+který by měl být změněn, aby se udělalo místo pro instalaci
+<application>Mageii</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f35e3b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Úroveň zabezpečení</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Zde můžete upravit vaši úroveň bezpečnosti.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Ponechejte výchozí nastavení jak jsou, pokud nevíte, co si máte vybrat.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">I po instalaci bude vždy možné upravit vaše bezpečnostní nastavení v části
+<guilabel>Bezpečnost</guilabel> Ovládacího centra Mageii.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..401e156d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Vyberte zemi</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Vyberte vaši zemi nebo oblast. Toto je důležité pro všechny druhy nastavení,
+jako jsou měna a bezdrátová regulační doména. Nastavení nesprávné země může
+vést k neschopnosti používání bezdrátové sítě.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Pokud vaše země není v seznamu, klepněte na tlačítko <guilabel>Ostatní
+země</guilabel> a tam si vyberte vaši zemi/oblast.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Pokud je vaše země jen v seznamu <guilabel>ostatních zemí</guilabel>, po
+klepnutí na <guibutton>OK</guibutton> se může zdát, že země byla vybrána ze
+seznamu. Tohoto si, prosím, nevšímejte, DrakX bude následovat vaši skutečnou
+volbu.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Vstupní metoda</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">Na obrazovce <guilabel>Ostatní země</guilabel> si též můžete zvolit vstupní
+metodu (v seznamu dole). Vstupní metody uživatelům dovolují vkládat
+vícejazyčné znaky (čínské, japonské, korejské atd.). IBus je výchozí vstupní
+metoda na Mageia DVDčkách, Afrika/Indie a Asie/ne-Indie na
+Živých-CDčkách. Pro asijské a africké místní nastavení, bude IBus nastavena
+jako výchozí vstupní metoda, takže uživatelé by neměli potřebovat ji
+nastavovat ručně. Jiné vstupní metody (SCIM, GCIN, HIME atd.) též poskytují
+podobné funkce a mohou být nainstalovány, pokud jste přidali HTTP/FTP nosič
+před výběrem balíčků.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Pokud jste během instalace vynechali nastavení vstupní metody, můžete ji
+zpřístupnit po restartu vašeho nainstalovaného systému přes "Nastavit váš
+počítač"→ "Systém", anebo spuštěním localedrake jako superuživatel (správce
+root).</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e634e419
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalace nebo aktualizace</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instalace</para>
+
+      <para>Použijte tuto volbu pro čerstvou instalaci
+<application>Mageii</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Aktualizace</para>
+
+      <para>Pokud máte v systému jednu nebo více instalací
+<application>Mageii</application>, instalátor vám dovolí aktualizovat jednu
+z nich na nejnovější vydání.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Pouze aktualizování z předchozí verze Mageii, která byla <emphasis>ještě
+podporována</emphasis>, když byla vydána verze tohoto instalátoru, bylo
+důkladně odzkoušeno. Pokud chcete aktualizovat verzi Mageii, která už
+dosáhla svého konce životnosti, když byla vydána tato verze, potom je lepší
+udělat čistou instalaci, přičemž si ponecháte váš domovský oddíl
+<literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Pokud se během instalace rozhodnete instalaci zastavit, je možné restartovat
+počítač, ale dříve než toto uděláte, si to prosím důkladně zvažte. Když už
+byl oddíl jednou naformátován nebo se začaly instalovat aktualizace, váš
+počítač už nadále není ve stejném stavu a jeho restartování by vás mohlo
+velmi lehce zanechat s nepoužitelným systémem. Pokud si jste přesto přese
+všechno velmi jistí, že restartování je to, co chcete, jděte do textového
+terminálu současným stisknutím tří kláves
+<guilabel>Alt+Ctrl+F2</guilabel>. Potom současně stiskněte
+<guilabel>Alt+Ctrl+Delete</guilabel> pro restart.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Pokud jste objevili, že jste zapomenuli vybrat nějaký doplňkový jazyk,
+můžete se vrátit z obrazovky "Instalace a aktualizace" k výběru jazyka
+současným stisknutím <guilabel>Alt+Ctrl+Home</guilabel>. Toto však už
+<emphasis>nedělejte</emphasis> později během instalace.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..226df2bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Klávesnice</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX vybere vhodnou klávesnici pro váš jazyk. Pokud není nalezena žádná
+vhodná klávesnice, bude jako výchozí použito rozložení klávesnice US.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Ujistěte se, že výběr je správný nebo si vyberte jiné rozložení
+klávesnice. Pokud nevíte, které rozložení má vaše klávesnice, podívejte se
+na specifikace, které přišly s vaším systémem, anebo se zeptejte dodavatele
+počítače. Na klávesnici může být dokonce i štítek, který zná rozložení
+kláves. Též se můžete podívat sem: <link
+xlink:href="https://cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rozlo%C5%BEen%C3%AD_kl%C3%A1ves">cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rozložení_kláves</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Pokud vaše klávesnice není v zobrazeném seznamu, klepněte na
+<guibutton>Více</guibutton> pro získání úplného seznamu a vyberte klávesnici
+tam.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Po vybrání klávesnice z dialogu <guibutton>Více</guibutton> se vrátíte k
+prvnímu dialogu pro výběr klávesnice a bude se zdát, jakoby byla zvolena
+klávesnice z této obrazovky. Popsané odchylky si nemusíte všímat a můžete
+pokračovat v instalaci: Vaše klávesnice je ta, kterou jste si vybrali z
+plného seznamu.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Pokud jste si vybrali klávesnici založenou na nelatinských znacích, uvidíte
+další dialogovou obrazovku ptající se, jak byste chtěli přepínat mezi
+latinským a nelatinským rozložením klávesnice.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eafb17ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Vyberte si klávesnici</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Budete si muset vybrat rozložení klávesnice, které si přejete používat v
+Mageii. Výchozí je vybrána přiměřeně k vašemu jazyku a předchozí vybrané
+časové oblasti.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e92f9e7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Zvolte si, prosím, jazyk, který chcete používat</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Vyberte si váš oblíbený jazyk, tím že nejprve rozbalíte seznam pro váš
+světadíl. <application>Mageia</application> použije tento výběr během
+instalace a pro váš instalovaný systém.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use
+this selection during the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Je možné, že budete potřebovat mít ve vašem systému nainstalováno více
+jazyků, pro sebe nebo pro ostatní uživatele, potom byste měli použít
+tlačítko <guibutton>Více jazyků</guibutton> pro jejich přidání nyní. Bude
+náročné přidat další jazykovou podporu po instalaci.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Pokud jste si i zvolili více než jeden jazyk, musíte si nejprve vybrat jeden
+z nich jako váš upřednostňovaný jazyk na první jazykové obrazovce. Ten bude
+též označen jako vybraný na obrazovce s vícero jazyky.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Pokud jazyk vaší klávesnice není ten samý jako váš upřednostňovaný jazyk,
+potom se doporučuje nainstalovat stejně tak jazyk vaší klávesnice.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia používá jako výchozí podporu pro UTF-8 (Unicode).</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Tato může být vypnuta na obrazovce "více jazyků", pokud víte, že je nevhodná
+pro váš jazyk. Zakázání UTF-8 se použije pro všechny nainstalované jazyky.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Jazyk vašeho systému po instalaci můžete změnit v nabídce Ovládací centrum
+Mageia -> Systém -> Spravovat lokalizaci pro váš systém.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ec33c90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Výběr myši</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Pokud nejste spokojeni s tím, jak vaše myš reaguje, můžete zde vybrat jiný
+typ.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Obyčejně je <guilabel>Univerzální</guilabel> - <guilabel>kterákoli
+PS/2</guilabel> a <guilabel>USB myš</guilabel> je dobrou volbou.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Vyberte <guilabel>Univerzální</guilabel> - <guilabel>Vynutit
+evdev</guilabel> pro nastavení tlačítek, která nefungují na myši mající šest
+nebo více tlačítek.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd1da429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Základní nastavení zaváděcího programu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Rozhraní zavaděče</title>
+
+    <para>Ve výchozím stavu Mageia používá výhradně:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi pro UEFI systémy.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Grafické nabídky Mageii jsou hezké :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 na systémech Legacy/MBR a Legacy/GPT</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Neupravujte "Zaváděcí zařízení", pokud s jistotou nevíte, co děláte.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi na UEFI systémech</title>
+
+      <para>Se systémem UEFI je uživatelské rozhraní trochu odlišné, protože si nemůžete
+volit postup s nebo bez grafické nabídky</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Pokud je Mageia jediným systémem nainstalovaným na váš počítač, instalátor
+vytvořil ESP (systémový oddíl EFI) pro zapsání zavaděče (Grub2-efi). Pokud
+ve vašem počítači byly už předtím nainstalovány operační systémy UEFI
+(například Windows 8), instalátor Mageii zjistil stávající ESP vytvořený
+operačním systémem Windows a přidal grub2-efi. Ačkoli je možno mít více
+oddílů ESP, radí se mít a stačí jen jeden, bez ohledu na počet operačních
+systémů, které máte v počítači.</para>
+
+      <para>Neupravujte "Zaváděcí zařízení", pokud s jistotou nevíte, co děláte.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Použití zavaděče Mageii</title>
+
+    <para>Ve výchozím nastavení, podle systému, zapíše Mageia nový:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi zavaděč do ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Použití už existujícího zavaděče</title>
+
+    <para>Přesný postup pro přidání vašeho systému Mageia k existujícímu zavaděči
+přesahuje oblast této nápovědy, avšak ve většině případů bude zahrnovat
+spuštění příslušného programu na instalaci zavaděče, který by ho měl
+rozpoznat a přidat automaticky. Podívejte se na dokumentaci k operačnímu
+systému, o nějž jde.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Dostanete varování, že chybí zavaděč. Nevšímejte si toho a klepněte na
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Volby</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>První strana</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: Do tohoto textového pole vložíte heslo</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte heslo a drakx zkontroluje,
+zda odpovídá heslu zadanému výše.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Pokročilé</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Další strana</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Vyzkoušet cizí operační systém</guilabel>: viz výše <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Používat Mageiin zavaděč</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Pokročilé</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1d929e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Pro více informací se podívejte na naše stránky: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..213d7bb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Nastavení SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX obvykle zjistí pevné disky správně. U některých starších řadičů SCSI
+může být schopen určit a použít správné ovladače, ale následně nedokáže
+rozpoznat disk.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Pokud k tomuto dojde, budete muset ručně říci Drakx, jaký disk(y) SCSI máte.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX by pak měl být schopen správně nastavit disk(y).</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6af77f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Nastavení zvuku</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Na této obrazovce je udán název ovladače, který zvolil instalátor pro vaši
+zvukovou kartu, což bude výchozí ovladač, pokud máte některý určen jako
+výchozí.</para>
+
+  <para>Výchozí ovladač by měl pracovat bez problémů. Avšak, pokud se po instalaci
+střetáváte s problémy, potom spustěte příkaz <command>draksound</command>
+nebo spustěte tento nástroj přes nabídku MCC (Ovládací centrum Mageii),
+zvolením panelu <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> a klepnutím na
+<guilabel>Nastavení zvuku</guilabel> v horní pravé části obrazovky.</para>
+
+  <para>Potom na obrazovce draksound nebo nástroje na "Nastavení zvuku", klepněte na
+<guibutton>Rozšíření</guibutton> a potom na <guibutton>Řešení
+problémů</guibutton>, abyste našli velmi užitečnou radu o tom, jak vyřešit
+problém.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Rozšíření</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Klepnutí na <guibutton>Rozšíření</guibutton> na této obrazovce, během
+instalace, je užitečné tehdy, pokud tu není žádný výchozí ovladač a je tu
+dostupných více ovládačů, ale vy si myslíte, že instalátor vybral nesprávný
+ovladač.</para>
+
+    <para>V tom případě můžete zvolit odlišný ovladač po klepnutí na <guibutton>Nechat
+mě vybrat jiný ovladač</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5403c3de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Potvrzení naformátování pevného disku</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klepněte na <guibutton>Předchozí</guibutton>, pokud si nejste jistí vaší
+volbou.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klepněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>, pokud si jste jistí a chcete
+smazat každý oddíl, každý operační systém a všechny údaje na onom pevném
+disku.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1712a8b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Vyzkoušení Mageii jako Živého systému</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Živý režim</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Tuto obrazovku dostanete, pokud jste si vybrali "Zavést Mageiu". Pokud ne,
+tak dostanete krok "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Rozdělení disku</link>"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Zkoušení hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Jeden z cílů Živého režimu je vyzkoušet, zda je hardware Mageiou správně
+spravován. Můžete zkontrolovat, zda všechna zařízení mají svůj ovladač v
+části Hardware Ovládacího centra Mageii. Můžete vyzkoušet většinu současných
+zařízení:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>síťové rozhraní: nastavte ho s net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>grafická karta: pokud jste už viděli předešlou obrazovku, tak je už OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webová kamera:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>zvuk: znělka už byla zahrána</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>tiskárna: nastavte ji a vytiskněte zkušební stránku</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>skener: nasnímejte dokument z ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Pokud je to všechno pro vás v pořádku, můžete provést instalaci. Pokud ne,
+můžete odejít pomocí tlačítka pro skončení.</para>
+
+      <remark>Nastavení nastavení, která jste tu udělali, jsou zachována pro instalaci.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Spustit instalaci</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Pro spuštění instalace z Mageia LiveCD nebo Live DVD na pevný disk anebo
+mechaniku SSD, jednoduše klepněte na ikonu "Instalovat na pevný
+disk". Obdržíte tuto obrazovku, a potom krok pro "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Rozdělení disku</link>" jako u přímé instalace.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38953492
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Odinstalování Mageii</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Jak na to</title>
+
+    <para>Pokud vás Mageia nepřesvědčila, nebo ji nemůžete správně nainstalovat,
+zkrátka pokud se jí chcete zbavit. Je to vaše právo a Mageia vám dává i
+možnost odinstalování. Toto neplatí u každého operačního systému.</para>
+
+    <para>Po zazálohování si vašich dat, restartujte počítač s vaším instalačním DVD
+Mageii a vyberte Záchranný systém, potom, Obnovit zavaděč Windows. Při
+dalším zavedení budete mít jen Windows bez možnosti volby vašeho operačního
+systému.</para>
+
+    <para>Pro obnovu místa použitého oddíly neboli diskovými oddíly Mageii ve Windows,
+klepněte na <code>Start → Ovládací panely → Nástroje na správu → Správa
+počítače → Ukládací prostor → Správa disků</code> pro zpřístupnění
+spravování oddílů. Oddíly Mageii rozpoznáte, protože jsou označeny jako
+<guilabel>Neznámé</guilabel>, a též podle velikosti a umístění na
+disku. Klepněte pravým tlačítkem na tyto oddíly a zvolte
+<guibutton>Smazat</guibutton>. Prostor bude uvolněn.</para>
+
+    <para>Pokud používáte Windows XP, můžete vytvořit nový oddíl a naformátovat jej
+(FAT32 nebo NTFS). Bude mu přiřazeno písmeno oddílu.</para>
+
+    <para>Pokud máte Windows Vista nebo Windows 7, máte o jednu možnost víc, můžete
+rozšířit existující oddíl, který je vlevo od volného místa. Jsou i jiné
+nástroje na dělení disku, které můžou být použity, jako je gparted, dostupný
+jak pro Windows tak pro Linux. Jako obyčejně, při změnách oddílů buďte velmi
+opatrní a ujistěte se, že všechny důležité věci byly zazálohovány.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16b3d291
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/cs/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Ponechat nebo smazat nepoužitý materiál</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>V tomto kroku instalátor hledá nevyužité jazykové balíčky a nevyužité
+hardwarové balíčky. Potom vám navrhne jejich vymazání. Je dobrou myšlenkou
+přijmout to, kromě případu, že připravujete instalaci, která má běžet na
+odlišném počítačovém vybavení.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Dalším krokem je kopírování souborů na pevný disk. Toto zabere několik
+minut. Na konci dostanete na určitý čas prázdnou obrazovku. To je normální.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3584ebb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5365 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014-2016
+# Nicolas Peifer, 2016
+# Marc Lattemann, 2013
+# psyca, 2014-2017
+# Marc Lattemann, 2013
+# Marc Lattemann, 2013-2014
+# Nicolas Peifer, 2016
+# psyca, 2014
+# psyca, 2014
+# user7 <wassipaul@gmx.at>, 2014
+# valsu <valsu@hylia.de>, 2015
+# valsu <valsu@hylia.de>, 2015
+# Walter Marek <wm6369@gmx.net>, 2017
+# user7 <wassipaul@gmx.at>, 2014
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-28 12:21+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: psyca\n"
+"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"de/)\n"
+"Language: de\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Lizenzabkommen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte "
+"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution "
+"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie "
+"mit der Installation fortfahren können."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Weiter</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, "
+"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf "
+"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie erhalten dort wichtige Informationen über diese <application>Mageia</"
+"application> Veröffentlichung und dies lässt sich aufrufen, indem Sie auf "
+"die <guibutton>Versionshinweise</guibutton> Schaltfläche klicken."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "de"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Medienauswahl (konfigurieren von zusätzlichen Installationsmedien)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere "
+"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke "
+"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der "
+"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr ""
+"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht "
+"hergestellt ist"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch "
+"die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, "
+"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL "
+"können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie eine 64-Bit Installation aktualisieren welche womöglich einige 32-"
+"Bit Pakete enthält, wird empfohlen in diesem Bildschirm die Online-"
+"Spiegelserver durch drücken einer der Netzwerkprotokolle hinzuzufügen. Die "
+"64-Bit DVD ISO enthält nur 64-Bit und noarch Pakete und wird 32-Bit Pakete "
+"nicht aktualisieren können. Nachdem ein Online-Spiegelserver hinzugefügt "
+"wurde wird der Installer die benötigten 32-Bit Pakete finden und "
+"aktualisieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root)  Passworts:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> "
+"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, "
+"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root Passwort</emphasis> "
+"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich "
+"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit "
+"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie "
+"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden "
+"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu "
+"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht "
+"vertippt haben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten "
+"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und "
+"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Einen Benutzer eingeben"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der "
+"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen "
+"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit "
+"einem Computer macht."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert "
+"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den "
+"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des "
+"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</"
+"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der "
+"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für "
+"den Benutzer ein. Am Ende der Textbox zeigt ein Schild an, wie sicher das "
+"Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort "
+"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</"
+"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den "
+"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, erhält "
+"ein lese- und schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis (umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können zusätzliche Zugänge für weitere Benutzer im "
+"<emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> Bildschirm, während der "
+"Installation, hinzufügen. Wähle hierfür die <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</"
+"emphasis> aus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Benutzerverwaltung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn der Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> angeklickt wird, dann "
+"wird ein Fenster angezeigt, in welchem Einstellungen für den hinzuzufügenden "
+"Benutzer editiert werden können."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Zudem können Sie einen Gastzugang aktivieren oder deaktivieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert "
+"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine "
+"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-"
+"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt "
+"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser "
+"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein normaler Benutzer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die "
+"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor "
+"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer-ID "
+"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm "
+"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe "
+"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer "
+"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den "
+"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. "
+"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht "
+"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)-Partition haben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", "
+"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], "
+"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene "
+"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B.  <literal>/</"
+"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können "
+"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> "
+"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/"
+"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach "
+"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte "
+"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine "
+"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte "
+"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und gebe an, ob nur die von DrakX "
+"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Zeiteinstellungen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Schritt müssen Sie auswählen, auf welche Zeit die PC interne Uhr "
+"eingestellt ist, entweder lokale Zeit oder GMT Zeit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Im Tab Fortgeschrittene Optionen, erhalten Sie weitere Möglichkeiten "
+"bezüglich der Zeiteinstellungen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia als Live-System starten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Vom Medium starten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Von einem optischen Laufwerk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können direkt von dem Datenträger, auf dem Sie das Image gebrannt haben "
+"(CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...), starten. Sie müssen nur die CD/DVD in Ihr Laufwerk "
+"einlegen, damit der Bootloader die Installation automatisch nach dem "
+"Neustart Ihres Computers beginnt. Falls dies nicht funktioniert, müssen Sie "
+"womöglich die Bootreihenfolge der Laufwerke im BIOS umstellen oder beim "
+"Start eine Taste drücken, wodurch Sie eine Auswahl erhalten, von der Sie "
+"wählen können, von welchem Laufwerk Ihr Computer starten soll."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Abhängig davon, welche Hardware Sie besitzen und wie diese konfiguriert ist, "
+"erhalten Sie einen der beiden unten angezeigten Bildschirme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Von einem USB-Gerät"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können von dem USB-Gerät, auf welchem Sie das ISO Image übertragen "
+"haben, starten. Abhängig von den BIOS Einstellungen startet der Computer "
+"möglicherweise direkt von dem bereits eingesteckten USB-Gerät. Falls dies "
+"nicht geschieht, müssen Sie entweder in Ihren BIOS Einstellungen die "
+"Bootreihenfolge ändern, oder eine Taste während dem Startvorgang Ihres "
+"Computers drücken, damit eine Auswahl angezeigt wird, in der Sie auswählen "
+"können von welchem Laufwerk Sie ihren Computer starten möchten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "Im BIOS/CSM/Legacy Modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Der erste Bildschirm beim starten im BIOS Modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "Im mittleren Menü haben Sie die Auswahl zwischen drei Möglichkeiten:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia starten: Dies bedeutet, dass Mageia 5 vom verwendeten Medium (CD/DVD "
+"oder USB-Stick) gestartet wird, ohne dass etwas auf das Laufwerk geschrieben "
+"wird. Das System ist hierbei sehr langsam. Sobald der Startvorgang beendet "
+"ist können Sie mit der Installation auf der Festplatte fortfahren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia installieren: Diese Auswahl wird Mageia direkt auf eine Festplatte "
+"installieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Von der Festplatte starten: Diese Auswahl erlaubt Ihnen das System von der "
+"Festplatte zu starten, so als wäre kein Medium (CD/DVD oder USB-Stick) "
+"angeschlossen. (Funktioniert nicht mit Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Im unteren Menü sind die Startoptionen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Hilfe. Beschreibt die Optionen \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" und \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+"F2 - Sprache. Hier können Sie die angezeigte Sprache für den Bildschirm "
+"auswählen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Bildschirmauflösung. Wähle zwischen Text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom oder Other. Normalerweise wird die Installation vom "
+"eingelegten Installations-Datenträger durchgeführt. Hier können andere "
+"Quellen, wie FTP oder NFS Server ausgewählt werden. Falls die "
+"Installationsdaten von einem SLP Server im Netzwerk zur Verfügung gestellt "
+"werden, wähle eine der verfügbaren Installationsquellen auf dem Server, mit "
+"dieser Option aus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Treiber. Ja oder Nein. Dem System wird dadurch gemeldet, das ein "
+"weiterer, optionaler, Datenträger mit einer Treiberaktualisierung zur "
+"Verfügung steht und diese wird dann während dem Installationsvorgang "
+"verlangt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Kernel-Optionen. Auf diesem Weg können Sie Optionen, abhängig von Ihrer "
+"Hardware und die dafür zu verwendeten Treiber, festlegen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "Im UEFI-Modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+"Der erste Bildschirm beim starten auf einem UEFI System von einem Datenträger"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie haben nur die Auswahlmöglichkeit Mageia im Live Modus zu starten (erste "
+"Auswahl) oder die Installation zu beginnen (zweite Auswahl)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie von einem USB-Stick starten, werden Ihnen zwei zusätzliche Zeilen "
+"angezeigt, welche Duplikate der vorigen Zeilen sind, mit dem zusätzlichen "
+"Suffix \"USB\". Sie müssen diese Auswählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"In jedem Fall sind die ersten Schritte die gleichen, um die Sprache, "
+"Zeitzone und Tastatur auszuwählen. Danach unterscheiden diese sich durch "
+"<link linkend=\"testing\">zusätzliche Schritte im Live Modus</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Desktopauswahl"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster "
+"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine "
+"Präsentation angezeigt.  Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktop-Umgebung <application>KDE</"
+"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen "
+"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei "
+"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der "
+"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen "
+"wollen.  Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger "
+"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye "
+"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen "
+"sortiert.  Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber "
+"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die "
+"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die "
+"Gruppen fahren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Workstation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafische Umgebung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuelle Paketauswahl: Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu "
+"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lese <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> für eine Anleitung, wie man eine "
+"minimale Installation durchführt (ohne oder mit X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation "
+"anzupassen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das "
+"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um "
+"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen "
+"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die "
+"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies "
+"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann "
+"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht "
+"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, "
+"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende "
+"Einstellungen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox "
+"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine "
+"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale "
+"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass "
+"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist "
+"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht "
+"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum "
+"auswählen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "Hersteller"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "Der Name der Karte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "Der Typ der Karte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich "
+"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte "
+"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für "
+"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte "
+"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende "
+"Funktionalität bietet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers "
+"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine "
+"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, "
+"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über "
+"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie "
+"dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart "
+"tun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die "
+"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren "
+"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-"
+"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> "
+"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die "
+"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen "
+"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass "
+"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie "
+"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre "
+"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren "
+"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder "
+"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>)  wählen. Wählen Sie "
+"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die "
+"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell "
+"einzustellen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Falsche Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm beschädigen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die "
+"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während "
+"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie "
+"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine "
+"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie "
+"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts "
+"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück "
+"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test "
+"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich "
+"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres "
+"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie "
+"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt "
+"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann "
+"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, "
+"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun.</emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch "
+"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Benutzerdefiniert</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale "
+"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. "
+"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird "
+"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele "
+"Scanlinien dargestellt werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, "
+"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Ihres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu "
+"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine "
+"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der "
+"Datenbank zu bestimmen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Hersteller</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und "
+"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor "
+"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "Monitorbezeichnung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "Monitorbeschreibung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generisch</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ "
+"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die "
+"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber "
+"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. "
+"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine "
+"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/"
+"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die "
+"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</"
+"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Passen Sie hier das Layout ihres Datenträger an. Sie können Partitionen "
+"entfernen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition ändern oder die "
+"Größe ändern und sogar schauen, was sich in ihnen befindet, bevor Sie "
+"anfangen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie "
+"einem USB-Stick. So z.B.  <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> "
+"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des "
+"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Für alle anderen Aktivitäten: Klicken Sie zuerst auf die auszuwählende "
+"Partition. Sie können sich diese dann entweder nur ansehen, oder ein "
+"Filesystem und einen Einhängepunkt wählen, die Größe ändern oder die "
+"Partition löschen. <guibutton>Umschalten in den Expertenmodus</guibutton> "
+"(oder <guibutton>Expertenmodus</guibutton>) bietet mehr Möglichkeiten an, "
+"beispielsweise eine Bezeichnung einzugeben oder einen Partitionstyp "
+"festzulegen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen "
+"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Ist alles bereit, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fertig</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie Mageia auf einem UEFI System installieren, überprüfen Sie das eine "
+"ESP (EFI Systempartition) vorhanden und korrekt unter /boot/EFI eingebunden "
+"ist (siehe unten)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie Mageia auf einem Legacy/GPT System installieren, überprüfe, dass "
+"eine BIOS Bootpartition vorhanden ist und diese den richtigen Dateisystemtyp "
+"hat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partitionierung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die "
+"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von "
+"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten "
+"Festplatte(n)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible "
+"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, "
+"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-"
+"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-"
+"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also "
+"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen "
+"Datenträger gesichert sind."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-"
+"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" "
+"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt "
+"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden "
+"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem "
+"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, "
+"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Bei dieser Option stellt das Installationsprogramm die verbleibende Windows-"
+"Partition in einem hellen und die zukünftige Mageia-Partition in einem "
+"dunklen Blau dar, während die vorgesehenen Partitionsgrößen direkt darunter "
+"angezeigt werden. Die Größe der Partitionen kann angepasst werden, indem Sie "
+"die Grenze zwischen den beiden Partitionen anklicken und verschieben. Siehe "
+"dazu den Screenshot unten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Komplette Platte löschen und freien Platz benutzen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte "
+"Vorsicht walten lassen!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen "
+"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen "
+"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der "
+"Installation auf den Festplatten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitionsaufteilung:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Der Installer wird den verfügbaren Speicherplatz anhand der folgenden Regeln "
+"aufteilen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn der gesamte verfügbare Speicherplatz niedriger als 50 GB ist, wird nur "
+"eine Partition für / erstellt und keine separate Partition für /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn der gesamte verfügbare Speicherplatz über 50 GB ist, werden drei "
+"Partitionen erstellt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 des gesamten freien Speicherplatz wird / zugewiesen, mit einer "
+"maximalen Größe von 50 GB "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 wird swap zugewiesen mit einer maximalen Größe von 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "der Rest (die übrigen 12/19) wird /home zugewiesen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies bedeutet das bei einem freien Speicherplatz von 160 GB und mehr, der "
+"Installer drei Partitionen erstellen wird: 50 GB für /, 4 GB für swap und "
+"der Rest für /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie ein UEFI System nutzen, wird die ESP (EFI System Partition) "
+"automatisch erkannt oder erstellt, falls diese noch nicht vorhanden ist, und "
+"als /boot/EFI eingebunden. Die \"Benutzerdefinierte Paritionierung\" Option "
+"ist die einzige Möglichkeit um nachzuprüfen, ob dies erfolgreich "
+"durchgeführt wurde."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie ein Legacy System (bekannt als CSM oder BIOS) mit einem GPT-"
+"Laufwerk verwenden, müssen Sie eine BIOS Bootpartition erstellen, falls noch "
+"keine vorhanden ist. Es ist eine ungefähr 1 MiB große Partition ohne einen "
+"Einhängepunkt. Siehe <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> um zu erfahren wie man "
+"diese, sowie andere Partitionen erstellt. Wähle als Dateisystem einfach BIOS "
+"Bootpartition aus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle "
+"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das "
+"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. "
+"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. "
+"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit "
+"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit "
+"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Ausrichten an:\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Stellen Sie außerdem sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl "
+"an Megabytes erstellt werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Installation vom LIVE Medium"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Januar 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Die offizielle Mageia-Dokumentation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung stehen unter der CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 Lizenz <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Anleitung wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte "
+"kontaktieren Sie das <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">Dokumentationsteam</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen "
+"möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Bildschirmfotos, die Sie in dieser Anleitung vorfinden, weichen unter "
+"Umständen von dem ab, was Sie auf Ihrem Bildschirm sehen. Das ist ganz "
+"normal, denn was Ihnen angezeigt wird, ist abhängig von Ihrer Hardware und "
+"von den Entscheidungen, die Sie während der Installation treffen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Februar 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</"
+"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den "
+"Computer neu starten können."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den "
+"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden "
+"ist)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das "
+"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia "
+"mitarbeiten wollen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Firewall"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Abschnitt können einige einfache Firewall Regeln konfiguriert "
+"werden: diese legen fest, welche Art von Nachrichten aus dem Internet auf "
+"dem Zielsystem akzeptiert werden. Das erlaubt den Zugriff aus dem Internet "
+"auf die entsprechenden System-Services."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Als Voreinstellung ist keine Checkbox markiert - kein Systemdienst ist aus "
+"dem Netzwerk erreichbar. Die \"<emphasis>Alles (Keine Firewall)</emphasis>\" "
+"Checkbox hat eine bestimmte Rolle: Diese erlaubt den Zugriff auf alle "
+"Dienste die auf dem Computer laufen - eine Auswahl im Rahmen des "
+"Installationsprozesses ergibt nicht viel Sinn, da dadurch ein vollständig "
+"ungesichertes System erstellt wird. Diese Auswahl sollte nur im Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum (welches die selbe GUI nutzt) verwendet werden, um "
+"vorübergehend zu Testzwecken oder zur Fehlerbehebung, die gesamte Firewall "
+"zu deaktivieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle weitere Checkbuttons sind mehr oder weniger selbsterklärend. Als "
+"Beispiel wählen Sie den \"CUPS Server\" aus, falls Sie möchten, dass an "
+"Ihrem Computer angeschlossene Drucker über das Netzwerk erreichbar sein "
+"sollen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fortgeschritten</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"Die angebotenen Auswahl-Schaltflächen decken nur die am meisten verwendeten "
+"Dienste ab. Mit der Schaltfläche  \"Fortgeschritten\" können Nachrichten "
+"aktiviert werden, die einem Dienst entsprechen, für welchen keine Auswahl-"
+"Schaltfläche existiert. Die Schaltfläche \"<emphasis>Fortgeschritten</"
+"emphasis>\" öffnet ein Fenster, in dem eine Reihe von Diensten durch Eingabe "
+"mehrerer Einträge (getrennt durch Leerzeichen) aktiviert werden können.  "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> ist der Wert des vom Dienst "
+"verwendeten Ports, welchen Sie aktivieren möchten (z. B. 873 für den RSYNC "
+"Dienst), wie dieser von <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis> vorgegeben ist;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> ist entweder <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> "
+"oder <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - das Internetprotokoll welches von diesem "
+"Dienst verwendet wird."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Zum Beispiel ist der Eintrag um Zugriff auf den RSYNC Dienst zu erhalten "
+"dementsprechend <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls ein Dienst für die Nutzung beider Protokolle vorhanden ist, "
+"spezifizieren Sie 2 Einträge für den selben Port."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatieren"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). "
+"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für "
+"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die "
+"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</"
+"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf "
+"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen "
+"möchten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so "
+"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, "
+"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und "
+"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></"
+"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm "
+"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</"
+"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, das Mageia Installationsprogramm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das "
+"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die "
+"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene "
+"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was "
+"Sie tun müssen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Willkommensbildschirm der Installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Eine Mageia DVD verwenden"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hier sehen Sie die voreingestellten Willkommensbildschirme, wenn Sie eine "
+"Mageia DVD verwenden. Beim ersten wird ein System mit UEFI verwendet und "
+"beim zweiten ein System mit BIOS:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Bildschirm können Sie auf die Optionen zugreifen, indem Sie den "
+"Buchstaben \"e\" drücken, um in den \"Bearbeitungsmodus\" zu kommen. Um "
+"zurück auf diesen Bildschirm zu kommen, drücken Sie die \"ESC\" Taste um den "
+"Vorgang abzubrechen ohne eine Änderung zu speichern oder drücke die \"Strg\" "
+"oder \"F10\" Taste um die durchgeführten Änderungen zu speichern und den "
+"Vorgang zu beenden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+"Von diesem Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen "
+"vorzunehmen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann eine andere als die für "
+"das System sein) durch drücken der F2 Taste (nur im Legacy Modus)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die "
+"Enter Taste."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier sehen Sie z.B. den französischen Willkommensbildschirm wenn eine Live "
+"DVD/CD verwendet wird. Beachte dass das Live DVD/CD Menü nicht die Auswahl "
+"<guilabel>Rettungssystem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Speichertest</guilabel> und "
+"<guilabel>Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug</guilabel> enthält."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste (nur im Legacy "
+"Modus)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Fügen Sie durch Drücken der Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> im "
+"alten Modus oder der Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> im UEFI-"
+"Modus einige Kernel-Optionen hinzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut "
+"mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste "
+"eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier "
+"Einträge enthält:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die "
+"Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es "
+"geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt "
+"werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen "
+"in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge "
+"welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der "
+"<guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings "
+"trotzdem befolgt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Fügen Sie weitere Kerneloptionen hinzu indem Sie die F1 Taste drücken (nur "
+"im Legacy Modus)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren "
+"verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um "
+"mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm "
+"zurückzukehren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Die detailierte Ansicht über die splash Optionen. Drücke ESC oder wähle "
+"<guilabel>Zurück zu Boot-Optionen</guilabel> um zurück zur Optionsliste zu "
+"gelangen. Die dort aufgeführten Optionen können mit der Hand in die "
+"<guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> Zeile hinzugefügt werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Für mehr Informationen über Kernel-Optionen auf alten und UEFI-Systemen, "
+"siehe: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/de/"
+"Wie_man_Kerneloptionen_einstellt\">https://wiki.mageia.org/de/"
+"Wie_man_Kerneloptionen_einstellt</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Verwenden eines kabelgebundenen Netzwerks"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine Installations "
+"CD für kabelgebundene Netzwerke verwendet wird (netinstall.iso oder "
+"netinstall-nonfree.iso Abbilder):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen "
+"werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die "
+"Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, schau <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">ins Mageia Wiki</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Die Installationsschritte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der "
+"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen "
+"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren "
+"zusätzlichen Optionen haben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, "
+"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist "
+"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen.  Überlegen Sie sich dies aber "
+"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert "
+"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein "
+"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr "
+"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher "
+"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei "
+"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine "
+"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</"
+"code> eingeben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell "
+"nicht möglich. In diesem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus "
+"zu probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und "
+"bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort "
+"\"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die "
+"Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Die Installation friert ein"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise "
+"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem "
+"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später "
+"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm "
+"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und "
+"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese "
+"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig "
+"ist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM Problem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware "
+"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein "
+"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den "
+"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den "
+"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B.  <emphasis><code>mem=256M</"
+"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dynamische Partitionen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie unter Windows Ihre Festplatte vom \"einfachen\" auf das \"dynamische"
+"\" Format konvertiert haben, sollten Sie wissen, dass es unmöglich ist, "
+"Mageia auf diesem Laufwerk zu installieren. Um zu einem einfachen Laufwerk "
+"zurückzukehren, konsultieren Sie bitte Microsofts Hilfeseite:  <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn."
+"microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</"
+"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder "
+"erweitert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu "
+"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn "
+"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden "
+"sind."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der "
+"Installation fortzufahren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Anmeldebildschirm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM Anmeldebildschirm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Schließlich kommen Sie zum Anmeldebildschirm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Geben Sie Ihren Benutzernamen und das Benutzerpasswort ein und in wenigen "
+"Sekunden befinden Sie sich auf dem geladenen KDE oder GNOME Desktop, "
+"abhängig davon, welches Live Medium verwendet wurde. Nun können Sie Ihre "
+"Mageia Installation verwenden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können weitere Teile unserer Dokumentation im <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/de/Kategorie:Dokumentation\">Mageia Wiki</link> finden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Medienauswahl (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem "
+"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die "
+"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte "
+"zur Verfügung stehen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie "
+"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, "
+"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source "
+"Software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle "
+"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von NVIDIA und AMD/ATI, Firmware für "
+"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien "
+"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in "
+"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten "
+"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum "
+"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie "
+"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimale Installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine "
+"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn gewünscht, können Sie auf derselben Seite zusätzlich die Option für "
+"\"Individuelle Paketauswahl\" aktivieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Die minimale Installation ist für die Nutzer gedacht, die besondere "
+"Anwendungsmöglichkeiten für ihr <application>Mageia</application> im Sinn "
+"haben, wie z.B. einen Server oder einen spezialisierten Arbeitsplatzrechner. "
+"Sie werden diese Option vermutlich in Verbindung mit der zuvor erwähnten "
+"Option \"Individuelle Paketauswahl\" verwenden, um Feineinstellungen für "
+"Ihre Installation vorzunehmen. Siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine "
+"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, "
+"X, ...)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn ausgewählt, wird \"Mit X\" auch IceWM als eine leichtgewichtige Desktop-"
+"Umgebung beinhalten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Die grundlegenden Dokumente werden in Form von man- und info-Seiten "
+"bereitgestellt. Diese beinhalten die man-pages des <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> und die "
+"info-Seiten der <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/"
+"manual/\">GNU coreutils</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems "
+"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX "
+"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen "
+"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</"
+"guibutton> klicken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als Grundregel können die Standardeinstellungen als die empfohlenen "
+"betrachtet werden, die Sie beibehalten können, außer bei folgenden 3 "
+"Ausnahmen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "es gibt bekannte Probleme mit den Standardeinstellungen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+"die Standardeinstellungen wurden bereits ausprobiert, jedoch hat es nicht "
+"funktioniert"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+"etwas anderes wird weiter unten, in den detaillierten Abschnitten, genannt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Systemparameter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten "
+"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch "
+"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie "
+"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des "
+"Bootloaders."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie "
+"Grub2 zu konfigurieren ist"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></"
+"xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils "
+"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund "
+"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks "
+"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern "
+"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Hardwareparameter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von "
+"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie feststellen, dass ein falsches Tastaturlayout verwendet wird und "
+"Sie dieses ändern möchten, beachten Sie, das sich Ihr Passwort hierdurch "
+"auch ändert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen "
+"oder einstellen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die "
+"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es "
+"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige "
+"einzustellen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser"
+"\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Netzwerk- und Internetparameter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Netzwerk</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree "
+"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media "
+"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so "
+"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxys</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem "
+"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu "
+"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sicherheit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten "
+"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine "
+"Zwecke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am "
+"geeignetsten erscheint."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den "
+"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen "
+"wollen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. "
+"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren "
+"Computer verwenden wollen. Für weitere Informationen siehe <xref linkend="
+"\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles "
+"erlauben (Keine Firewall)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Neustart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sobald der Bootloader installiert wurde, werden Sie dazu aufgefordert die "
+"Live-CD zu entfernen und den Computer neu zu starten, indem Sie auf "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Fertig</guibutton></emphasis> klicken. "
+"Führen Sie diese Schritte <emphasis role=\"bold\">in der angegebenen "
+"Reihenfolge</emphasis> durch."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Sobald Sie neu starten werden Sie mehrere aufeinander folgende Download-"
+"Ladebalken sehen. Diese weisen darauf hin, das die Softwaremedien-Listen "
+"heruntergeladen werden (siehe Softwareverwaltung)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Verändern der  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> Partition"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> Partition. Bitte wählen Sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um "
+"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau "
+"wissen, was Sie auswählen sollen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen "
+"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt "
+"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Auswählen und verwenden der ISOs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Einleitung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia wird als ISO Images veröffentlicht. Diese Seite wird Ihnen bei der "
+"Wahl des zu Ihren Bedürfnissen passenden Images helfen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Es gibt zwei Arten von Medien:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Klassische Installationsroutine: Nachdem das Medium gebootet wurde, folgt "
+"ein Prozess, in dem ausgewählt werden kann, was installiert und wie das Ziel-"
+"System eingerichtet werden soll. Das gibt Ihnen die maximale Flexibilität "
+"für eine individuell angepasste Installation. Insbesondere können Sie die "
+"Desktop-Umgebung auswählen, die Sie nutzen möchten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"LIVE Medium: Sie können vom Medium ein echtes Mageia System starten, ohne "
+"dieses zu installieren, um zu sehen was Sie nach der Installation erhalten "
+"werden. Der Installationsvorgang ist einfacher, jedoch haben Sie weniger "
+"Auswahlmöglichkeiten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Näheres hierzu finden Sie in den nächsten Abschnitten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Medien"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definition"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier ist ein Medium (plural: Medien) eine ISO-Abbilddatei welche es Ihnen "
+"ermöglicht Mageia zu installieren und/oder zu aktualisieren. Die ISO kann "
+"auf verschiedene physische Datenträger übertragen werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können diese <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">hier</link> finden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klassische Installationsmedien"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer "
+"vorigen Veröffentlichung zu machen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, "
+"Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Desktop-Umgebungen und Sprachen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie erhalten während der Installation die Möglichkeit non-free Software "
+"hinzuzufügen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Live Medien"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Kann dazu verwendet werden um die Distribution zu testen ohne diese auf eine "
+"Festplatte zu installieren, kann jedoch optional auch auf eine Festplatte "
+"installiert werden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktop-Umgebung (Plasma, GNOME oder Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um "
+"frische Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden "
+"um vorige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Sie enthält unfreie Software."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Live-DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Nur Plasma Desktop-Umgebung."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Nur 64-Bit-Architektur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live-DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Nur 64-Bit-Architektur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Live-DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Nur Xfce Desktop-Umgebung."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 oder 64-Bit-Architektur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Boot-only CD Medien"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Jede einzelne ist ein kleines Abbild, welche nicht mehr als das Nötige "
+"enthält, um den drakx installer zu starten und die ISO Datei zu finden, um "
+"die Installation fortzusetzen und abzuschließen. Diese ISO Datei kann sich "
+"auf der Festplatte des Computers, einem lokalen Laufwerk, einem lokalen "
+"Netzwerk oder im Internet befinden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Medien sind sehr klein (unter 100 MB) und praktisch, wenn die "
+"Bandbreite zu gering ist, um die komplette DVD herunterzuladen, der PC über "
+"kein DVD-Laufwerk verfügt oder nicht von einem USB-Stick booten kann."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Nur englische Sprache."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die unfreie Software nicht benutzen "
+"möchten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die "
+"diese benötigen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Medien herunterladen und überprüfen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Herunterladen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Sobald Sie eine ISO-Datei ausgewählt haben, können Sie diese über http oder "
+"BitTorrent herunterladen. In beiden Fällen zeigt ein Fenster Informationen "
+"wie den Spiegelserver der verwendet wird sowie die Möglichkeit auf einen "
+"anderen zu wechseln, falls die Bandbreite zu niedrig ist. Wenn http "
+"ausgewählt wurde sehen Sie womöglich etwas wie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum und sha1sum sind Werkzeuge um die Integrität der ISO-Datei zu "
+"überprüfen. Verwenden sie nur eines der beiden. Behalte eines von diesen "
+"<link linkend=\"integrity\">für die spätere Nutzung</link> im Hinterkopf. "
+"Anschließend wird ein ähnliches Fenster wie dieses erscheinen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Wähle den Auswahlknopf \"Datei speichern\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Überprüfen der integrität der heruntergeladenen Datei"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Beide Prüfsummen sind hexadezimal Zahlen, welche durch einen Algorithmus von "
+"der Datei berechnet wurden, welche heruntergeladen werden soll. Wenn Sie den "
+"Algorithmus auffordern, die Prüfsumme der heruntergeladenen Datei erneut zu "
+"berechnen, erhalten Sie entweder die gleiche hexidezimal Zahl und Ihre "
+"heruntergeladene Datei ist vollständig oder die berechnete Zahl ist eine "
+"andere und es gab beim herunterladen einen Fehler. Ein Fehler bedeutet, dass "
+"Sie den Download erneut versuchen oder eine Reparatur der Datei durch "
+"Verwendung von BitTorrent durchführen sollten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
+"Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ "
+"<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf Ihrem Computer (Sie müssen "
+"wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia "
+"erhalten. Beispiel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Brennen oder übertragen der ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Die überprüfte ISO kann nun auf eine CD oder DVD gebrannt oder auf einen USB-"
+"Stick gedumpt werden. Diese Tätigkeit ist nicht ein einfaches kopieren und "
+"zielt darauf ab ein bootbares Medium zu erstellen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Verwenden Sie, welchen Brenner Sie möchten, aber stellen Sie sicher, dass "
+"dieser korrekt auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ein Abbild schreiben</emphasis> "
+"gestellt ist. Daten oder Dateien brennen ist nicht die richtige Auswahl. "
+"Mehr Informationen im <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/de/"
+"Images_auf_CD_und_DVD_brennen\">Mageia Wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Mageia ISOs sind hybrid, was bedeutet das Sie diese auf einen USB-Stick "
+"'dumpen' können um davon zu booten und das System zu installieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"\"dumpen\" eines Images auf ein Flash-Gerät zerstört alle Dateisysteme auf "
+"diesem Gerät; alle Dateien gehen verloren und die Partitionskapazität wird "
+"auf die Imagegröße reduziert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die ursprüngliche Kapazität wieder herzustellen, müssen Sie den USB-Stick "
+"neu partitionieren und formatieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Verwenden eines grafischen Werkzeugs in Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie  <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Verwenden eines grafischen Werkzeugs in Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Sie können versuchen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> mit "
+"Verwendung der Auswahl \"ISO-Abbild\";"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Verwenden der Befehlszeile in einem GNU/Linux System"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist möglicherweise *gefährlich*, dies manuell durchzuführen. Es besteht "
+"das Risiko, dass Sie die falsche Partition überschreiben, wenn Sie aus "
+"Versehen die falsche Geräte-ID verwenden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Öffnen Sie eine Konsole"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie "
+"nicht das '-' am Ende)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Schließen Sie Ihren USB-Stick an (hängen Sie diesen nicht ein, das bedeutet "
+"auch, das keine Anwendung oder Dateimanager geöffnet werden sollte, welche "
+"auf diesen zugreift oder liest)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativ können Sie auch den Gerätenamen mit dem Befehl <code>dmesg</code> "
+"anzeigen lassen: am Ende sehen Sie den Gerätenamen, welcher mit "
+"<emphasis>sd</emphasis> beginnt, welches im unteren Beispiel <emphasis>sdd</"
+"emphasis> ist:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Finden Sie den Namen Ihres USB-Sticks heraus (anhand der Speichergröße), zum "
+"Beispiel ist <code>/dev/sdb</code> in dem Screenshot oben, ein 8GB USB-Stick."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Geben den Befehl # <userinput>dd if=pfad/zu/der/ISO/dateiname of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput> ein"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Wobei X = der Name Ihres Gerätes ist, z.B. /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Beispiel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl # <userinput>sync</userinput> ein"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Entferne den USB-Stick, es ist fertig"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, "
+"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des "
+"Funknetzes. Wählen Sie das falsche Land aus, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion "
+"des WLAN führen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf "
+"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre "
+"Region."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, "
+"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den "
+"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte "
+"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Eingabemethode"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Im <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> Bildschirm können Sie weitere "
+"Eingabemethoden auswählen (am unteren Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden "
+"erlauben es den Benutzern, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, "
+"Koreanisch, usw.) einzugeben. IBus ist die voreingestellte Eingabemethode, "
+"wodurch die Benutzer es nicht manuell einrichten brauchen. Weitere "
+"Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GIN, HIME, usw.) bieten ähnliche Funktionen an und "
+"können installiert werden, wenn Sie die HTTP/FTP Medien hinzugefügt haben, "
+"bevor Sie diese Pakete auswählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie die Einrichtung der Eingabemethode während der Installation "
+"verpasst haben, können Sie auch darauf zugreifen, nachdem sie Ihr "
+"installiertes System über \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -&gt; \"System\" "
+"neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie localedrake als root ausführen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</"
+"application>-Installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualisiere Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen "
+"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können Sie mit Hilfe des Installers eine davon auf "
+"die neueste Version upgraden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der "
+"zuletzt <emphasis>unterstützten</emphasis> Mageia Version gründlich getestet "
+"worden. Wenn Sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende "
+"des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation "
+"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen "
+"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten.  Denken Sie aber "
+"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder "
+"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den "
+"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur "
+"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart "
+"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache "
+"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum "
+"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das "
+"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastatur auswählen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen das Tastaturlayout auswählen, welches Sie in Mageia verwenden "
+"möchten. Die Standardauswahl wird anhand der Sprache und der Zeitzone "
+"getroffen, welche Sie zuvor ausgewählt haben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastatur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. "
+"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-"
+"Tastatur verwendet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen Sie eine "
+"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre "
+"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem "
+"System mitgeliefert wurde oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. "
+"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, "
+"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Tastaturbelegung</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und "
+"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt "
+"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, "
+"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt "
+"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der "
+"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen "
+"Liste gewählt wurde."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so "
+"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den "
+"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie eine Sprache für die Installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für "
+"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen "
+"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> "
+"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte "
+"System."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache. <application>Mageia</"
+"application> wird diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das zu "
+"installierende System verwenden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem "
+"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></"
+"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas "
+"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten "
+"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese "
+"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte "
+"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung "
+"zu wählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia verwendet standardmäßig die UTF-8 (Unicode) Unterstützung."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies kann in der Ansicht \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert werden, wenn Sie "
+"wissen, dass es für Ihre Sprache notwendig ist. Das Deaktivieren von UTF-8 "
+"wirkt sich auf alle installierten Sprachen aus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können die Sprache Ihres Systems nach der Installation im Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und Sprache ändern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Maus auswählen"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine "
+"andere Konfiguration auswählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige "
+"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen"
+"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer "
+"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu tun, müssen Sie /boot/grub2/custom.cfg manuell editieren oder "
+"stattdessen die Software grub-customizer verwenden (Verfügbar in den Mageia "
+"Repositorys)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Für weitere Informationen schauen Sie in unser Wiki: <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Hauptoptionen des Bootloaders"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Bootloader Oberfläche"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Standardmäßig verwendet Mageia ausschließlich:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (mit oder ohne einem grafischen Menü) für ein Legacy/MBR oder Legacy/"
+"GPT System"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi für ein UEFI System."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Das grafische Menü von Mageia ist hübsch :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 auf Legacy/MBR und Legacy/GPT Systeme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "Ändern Sie nicht das Boot-Medium, außer Sie wissen genau, was Sie tun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi auf UEFI Systeme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Mit einem UEFI System ist die Benutzeroberfläche deutlich anders, da Sie "
+"nicht zwischen einer Oberfläche mit oder ohne grafischem Menü wählen können"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Mageia das einzige Betriebssystem ist, welches auf Ihrem Computer "
+"installiert ist, dann hat das Installationsprogramm eine ESP (EFI-"
+"Systempartition) erstellt, um dort den Bootloader (Grub2-efi) zu speichern. "
+"Falls bereits ein UEFI Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer vorhanden war (wie "
+"z.B. Windows 8), erkennt das Mageia Installationsprogramm die bestehende "
+"ESP, welche von Windows erstellt wurde und fügt grub2-efi hinzu. Es ist auch "
+"möglich mehrere ESPs zu haben, jedoch wird generell nur eine benötigt und "
+"diese ist auch ausreichend, egal wie viele Betriebssysteme Sie verwenden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+"Standardmäßig, entsprechend Ihres Systems, schreibt Mageia folgendes neu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 Bootloader, entweder in den MBR (Master Boot Record) auf Ihrer "
+"Festplatte oder in die BIOS Bootpartition."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi Bootloader in die ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert haben wird Mageia diese "
+"in Ihr neues Mageia Bootmenü hinzufügen. Falls Sie dies nicht haben möchten, "
+"klicke auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und entferne die Auswahl in der Box "
+"<guilabel>Fremdes OS testen</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden "
+"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten "
+"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das "
+"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen "
+"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen "
+"offen sind."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Verwenden des Chain-Loader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie kein bootbares Mageia haben möchten, dieses jedoch über den "
+"Chainloader eines anderen Betriebssystem starten möchten, klicke auf "
+"<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, anschließend auf <guilabel>Fortgeschritten</"
+"guilabel> und wähle die Box <guilabel>Verändere nichts an der ESP oder dem "
+"MBR</guilabel> aus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie werden eine Warnmeldung erhalten, dass der Bootloader fehlt. Ignorieren "
+"Sie diese Meldung indem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> drücken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Optionen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Erste Seite"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wartezeit vor dem Starten des Standard-Betriebssystems</guilabel>: "
+"Diese Textbox lässt Ihnen eine Wartezeit in Sekunden festlegen, bevor das "
+"Standard-Betriebssystem gestartet wird."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel>: Dies erlaubt Ihnen ein Passwort für den "
+"Bootloader festzulegen. Dies bedeutet, dass der Benutzername und das "
+"Passwort beim Startvorgang abfragt wird, wenn ein Booteintrag ausgewählt "
+"wird oder Einstellungen geändert werden. Der Benutzername ist \"root\" und "
+"das Passwort ist welches, dass Sie in diesem Abschnitt festlegen können."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das gewünschte "
+"Passwort ein"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passwort (erneut)</guilabel>: Geben Sie hier das Passwort erneut "
+"an und Drakx überprüft, ob dieses mit dem oben angegebenen übereinstimmt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ACPI aktivieren:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) ist ein Standard für die Energieverwaltung. Es kann durch das "
+"Abschalten von ungenutzten Geräten Strom sparen, was eine Methode ist, "
+"welche damals vor APM verwendet wurde. Diese Auswahl zu deaktivieren könnte "
+"nützlich sein wenn, zum Beispiel, Ihr Computer ACPI nicht unterstützt oder "
+"falls Sie finden, dass die ACPI Implementierung einige Probleme verursacht "
+"(als Beispiel wären zufällige Neustarts oder Systemhänger)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>SMP aktivieren</guilabel>: Diese Auswahl aktiviert / deaktiviert "
+"das symmetrische Multiprocessing für Multiprozessorsysteme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>APIC aktivieren</guilabel>: Aktivieren oder deaktivierten dieser "
+"Option erlaubt dem Betriebssystem Zugriff auf den Advanced Programmable "
+"Interrupt Controller. APIC Geräte erlauben ein weitaus komplexeres "
+"Prioritätenmodell und erweiterte IRC (Interrupt Request) Verwaltung."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lokales APIC aktivieren</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das lokale "
+"APIC auswählen, welches alle externen Interrupts (Unterbrechungen) für einen "
+"bestimmten Prozessor in einem SMP System verwaltet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Nächste Seite"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Standard:</guilabel> Das Betriebssystem das als Standardsystem "
+"voreingestellt werden soll"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hinzufügen/Erweitern:</guilabel> Mit dieser Option können Sie "
+"Kernel-Einstellungen einrichten oder dem Kernel die Anweisung geben, mehr "
+"Informationen beim Booten zu geben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Fremdes OS testen</guilabel>: siehe oben <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Video-Modus:</guilabel> Diese legt die Bildschirmauflösung und "
+"Farbtiefe des Bootmenüs fest. Wenn Sie auf das nach unten zeigende Dreieck "
+"klicken werden Ihnen weitere Auflösungen und Farbtiefen angezeigt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Verändere nichts an der ESP oder dem MBR</emphasis>: "
+"siehe oben, <link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Verwenden des Chain-Loader</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei "
+"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die "
+"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-"
+"Laufwerke Sie haben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Soundkonfiguration"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre "
+"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn Sie jedoch nach "
+"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten Sie entweder "
+"<command>draksound</command> oder starten das Werkzeug über das Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter dem <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> Tab und "
+"wählen <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster "
+"aus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf "
+"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</"
+"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Fortgeschritten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</"
+"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden "
+"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und Sie denken, dass der Installer "
+"den falschen ausgewählt hat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken Sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der "
+"Auswahl nicht sicher sind."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und "
+"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen "
+"wollen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia als Live-System testen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Live Modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Ihnen wird diese Ansicht angezeigt, falls Sie \"Mageia booten\" ausgewählt "
+"haben. Anderenfalls gelangen Sie zum Schritt \"<link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitionierung</link> step\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Hardware testen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Eines der Ziele des Live Modus ist es, zu überprüfen ob die Hardware korrekt "
+"von Mageia verwaltet wird. Sie können über die Hardware Sektion des Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum überprüfen, ob für alle Geräte Treiber vorhanden sind. Sie "
+"können dort die meisten Geräte überprüfen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "Netzwerk-Schnittstelle: Konfiguration mittels net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikkarte: Wenn Sie den Bildschirm wie im oberen Bild sehen, dann ist "
+"bereits alles in Ordnung."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "Webcam:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "Sound: Ein Sound wurde bereits abgespielt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "Drucker: Konfigurieren und Testseite drucken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "Scanner: Scanne ein Dokument von ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn alles so in Ordnung ist, können Sie mit der Installation fortfahren. "
+"Falls nicht, können Sie die Installation über den Beenden-Knopf abbrechen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Konfigurationseinstellungen, die Sie hier vorgenommen haben, werden für "
+"die Installation gespeichert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Installation beginnen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Mageia-Live-CD/-DVD auf der Festplatte zu installieren, klicken Sie "
+"einfach auf die Kachel \"Auf Festplatte installieren\". Daraufhin wird Ihnen "
+"dieses Fenster angezeigt und es folgt der Schritt \"<link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitionierung</link>\" wie bei der direkten "
+"Installation ohne Live-Medium."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia deinstallieren"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Kurzanleitung"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Mageia Sie nicht überzeugt hat oder Sie es nicht richtig installieren "
+"können, wollen Sie es, kurz gesagt, loswerden. Das ist Ihr gutes Recht, und "
+"Mageia gibt Ihnen auch die Möglichkeit, es zu deinstallieren. Das trifft "
+"nicht auf jedes Betriebssystem zu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach der Sicherung Ihrer Daten, starten Sie die Mageia DVD neu und wählen "
+"Systemrettung, dann, Windows Bootloader wiederherstellen. Beim nächsten Boot "
+"haben Sie dann nur noch Windows und keine Option mehr, Ihr Betriebssystem "
+"auszuwählen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Um in Windows den durch die Mageia-Partitionen genutzten Speicherplatz "
+"wiederzubekommen, klicken Sie auf <code>Start -> Systemsteuerung -> "
+"Verwaltung ->  Datenspeicher -> Datenträgerverwaltung</code>, um auf die "
+"Partitionsverwaltung zuzugreifen. Sie werden die Mageia-Partitionen "
+"erkennen, da Sie als <guilabel>Unbekannt</guilabel> markiert sind, wie auch "
+"an ihrer Größe und ihrer Position auf dem Laufwerk. Rechtsklicken Sie auf "
+"jede dieser Partitionen und wählen Sie <guibutton>Löschen</guibutton>. Der "
+"Speicherplatz wird freigegeben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie Windows XP verwenden können Sie eine neue Partition erstellen und "
+"diese formatieren (FAT32 oder NTFS). Diese wird einen Partitionsbuchstaben "
+"erhalten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie Windows Vista oder Windows 7 verwenden, haben Sie auch die "
+"Möglichkeit, die vorhandene Partition auf der linken Seite des "
+"freigewordenen Speicherplatzes zu erweitern. Dafür können andere "
+"Partitionswerkzeuge, wie gparted für Windows und Linux, genutzt werden. "
+"Seien Sie wie immer vorsichtig bei der Veränderung von Partitionen und "
+"stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie von allen wichtigen Dingen Sicherungskopien "
+"angefertigt haben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Behalten oder löschen von nicht benötigten Daten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Schritt überprüft der Installer, welche Sprach- und Hardwarepakete "
+"nicht benötigt werden. Anschließend schlägt er vor diese zu löschen. Es ist "
+"sinnvoll dies zu tun, außer Sie haben vor, die durchgeführte Installation "
+"auch auf anderer Hardware zu verwenden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Der nächste Schritt ist das kopieren der Dateien auf die Festplatte. Dies "
+"dauert einige Minuten. Am Ende erhalten Sie für eine gewisse Zeit einen "
+"leeren Bildschirm, was normal ist."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d22b9442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation vom LIVE Medium</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Januar 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Die offizielle Mageia-Dokumentation</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung stehen unter der CC BY-SA
+3.0 Lizenz <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt
+von <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Diese Anleitung wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte
+kontaktieren Sie das <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentationsteam</link>,
+wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation vom LIVE Medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Die Bildschirmfotos, die Sie in dieser Anleitung vorfinden, weichen unter
+Umständen von dem ab, was Sie auf Ihrem Bildschirm sehen. Das ist ganz
+normal, denn was Ihnen angezeigt wird, ist abhängig von Ihrer Hardware und
+von den Entscheidungen, die Sie während der Installation treffen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..218c1dcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation vom LIVE Medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Die Bildschirmfotos, die Sie in dieser Anleitung vorfinden, weichen unter
+Umständen von dem ab, was Sie auf Ihrem Bildschirm sehen. Das ist ganz
+normal, denn was Ihnen angezeigt wird, ist abhängig von Ihrer Hardware und
+von den Entscheidungen, die Sie während der Installation treffen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung stehen unter der CC BY-SA
+3.0 Lizenz <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt
+von <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Diese Anleitung wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte
+kontaktieren Sie das <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentationsteam</link>,
+wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..827d9ac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Februar 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Die offizielle Mageia-Dokumentation</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung stehen unter der CC BY-SA
+3.0 Lizenz <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt
+von <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>Diese Anleitung wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte
+kontaktieren Sie das <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentationsteam</link>,
+wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Die Bildschirmfotos, die Sie in dieser Anleitung vorfinden, weichen unter
+Umständen von dem ab, was Sie auf Ihrem Bildschirm sehen. Das ist ganz
+normal, denn was Ihnen angezeigt wird, ist abhängig von Ihrer Hardware und
+von den Entscheidungen, die Sie während der Installation treffen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..644fd4c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Die Bildschirmfotos, die Sie in dieser Anleitung vorfinden, weichen unter
+Umständen von dem ab, was Sie auf Ihrem Bildschirm sehen. Das ist ganz
+normal, denn was Ihnen angezeigt wird, ist abhängig von Ihrer Hardware und
+von den Entscheidungen, die Sie während der Installation treffen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung stehen unter der CC BY-SA
+3.0 Lizenz <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt
+von <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Diese Anleitung wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte
+kontaktieren Sie das <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentationsteam</link>,
+wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae89f2fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Auswählen und verwenden der ISOs</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Einleitung</title>
+    <para>Mageia wird als ISO Images veröffentlicht. Diese Seite wird Ihnen bei der
+Wahl des zu Ihren Bedürfnissen passenden Images helfen.</para>
+    <para>Es gibt zwei Arten von Medien:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Klassische Installationsroutine: Nachdem das Medium gebootet wurde, folgt
+ein Prozess, in dem ausgewählt werden kann, was installiert und wie das
+Ziel-System eingerichtet werden soll. Das gibt Ihnen die maximale
+Flexibilität für eine individuell angepasste Installation. Insbesondere
+können Sie die Desktop-Umgebung auswählen, die Sie nutzen möchten.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE Medium: Sie können vom Medium ein echtes Mageia System starten, ohne
+dieses zu installieren, um zu sehen was Sie nach der Installation erhalten
+werden. Der Installationsvorgang ist einfacher, jedoch haben Sie weniger
+Auswahlmöglichkeiten.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Näheres hierzu finden Sie in den nächsten Abschnitten.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Medien</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definition</title>
+      <para>Hier ist ein Medium (plural: Medien) eine ISO-Abbilddatei welche es Ihnen
+ermöglicht Mageia zu installieren und/oder zu aktualisieren. Die ISO kann
+auf verschiedene physische Datenträger übertragen werden.</para>
+      <para>Sie können diese <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">hier</link> finden.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klassische Installationsmedien</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer
+vorigen Veröffentlichung zu machen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem,
+Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Desktop-Umgebungen und Sprachen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sie erhalten während der Installation die Möglichkeit non-free Software
+hinzuzufügen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live Medien</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kann dazu verwendet werden um die Distribution zu testen ohne diese auf eine
+Festplatte zu installieren, kann jedoch optional auch auf eine Festplatte
+installiert werden.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktop-Umgebung (Plasma, GNOME oder Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um frische
+Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden um
+vorige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sie enthält unfreie Software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live-DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nur Plasma Desktop-Umgebung.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nur 64-Bit-Architektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live-DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nur 64-Bit-Architektur</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live-DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nur Xfce Desktop-Umgebung.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 oder 64-Bit-Architektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only CD Medien</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Jede einzelne ist ein kleines Abbild, welche nicht mehr als das Nötige
+enthält, um den drakx installer zu starten und die ISO Datei zu finden, um
+die Installation fortzusetzen und abzuschließen. Diese ISO Datei kann sich
+auf der Festplatte des Computers, einem lokalen Laufwerk, einem lokalen
+Netzwerk oder im Internet befinden.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diese Medien sind sehr klein (unter 100 MB) und praktisch, wenn die
+Bandbreite zu gering ist, um die komplette DVD herunterzuladen, der PC über
+kein DVD-Laufwerk verfügt oder nicht von einem USB-Stick booten kann.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nur englische Sprache.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die unfreie Software nicht benutzen
+möchten.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die
+diese benötigen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Medien herunterladen und überprüfen</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Herunterladen</title>
+      <para>Sobald Sie eine ISO-Datei ausgewählt haben, können Sie diese über http oder
+BitTorrent herunterladen. In beiden Fällen zeigt ein Fenster Informationen
+wie den Spiegelserver der verwendet wird sowie die Möglichkeit auf einen
+anderen zu wechseln, falls die Bandbreite zu niedrig ist. Wenn http
+ausgewählt wurde sehen Sie womöglich etwas wie</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum und sha1sum sind Werkzeuge um die Integrität der ISO-Datei zu
+überprüfen. Verwenden sie nur eines der beiden. Behalte eines von diesen
+<link linkend="integrity">für die spätere Nutzung</link> im
+Hinterkopf. Anschließend wird ein ähnliches Fenster wie dieses erscheinen:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Wähle den Auswahlknopf "Datei speichern".</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Überprüfen der integrität der heruntergeladenen Datei</title>
+      <para>Beide Prüfsummen sind hexadezimal Zahlen, welche durch einen Algorithmus von
+der Datei berechnet wurden, welche heruntergeladen werden soll. Wenn Sie den
+Algorithmus auffordern, die Prüfsumme der heruntergeladenen Datei erneut zu
+berechnen, erhalten Sie entweder die gleiche hexidezimal Zahl und Ihre
+heruntergeladene Datei ist vollständig oder die berechnete Zahl ist eine
+andere und es gab beim herunterladen einen Fehler. Ein Fehler bedeutet, dass
+Sie den Download erneut versuchen oder eine Reparatur der Datei durch
+Verwendung von BitTorrent durchführen sollten.</para>
+      <para>Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:</para>
+      <para>- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$
+<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf Ihrem Computer (Sie müssen
+wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia
+erhalten. Beispiel:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Brennen oder übertragen der ISO</title>
+    <para>Die überprüfte ISO kann nun auf eine CD oder DVD gebrannt oder auf einen
+USB-Stick gedumpt werden. Diese Tätigkeit ist nicht ein einfaches kopieren
+und zielt darauf ab ein bootbares Medium zu erstellen.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen</title>
+      <para>Verwenden Sie, welchen Brenner Sie möchten, aber stellen Sie sicher, dass
+dieser korrekt auf <emphasis role="bold">Ein Abbild schreiben</emphasis>
+gestellt ist. Daten oder Dateien brennen ist nicht die richtige
+Auswahl. Mehr Informationen im <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/de/Images_auf_CD_und_DVD_brennen">Mageia
+Wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen</title>
+      <para>Alle Mageia ISOs sind hybrid, was bedeutet das Sie diese auf einen USB-Stick
+'dumpen' können um davon zu booten und das System zu installieren.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"dumpen" eines Images auf ein Flash-Gerät zerstört alle Dateisysteme auf
+diesem Gerät; alle Dateien gehen verloren und die Partitionskapazität wird
+auf die Imagegröße reduziert.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Um die ursprüngliche Kapazität wieder herzustellen, müssen Sie den USB-Stick
+neu partitionieren und formatieren.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Verwenden eines grafischen Werkzeugs in Mageia</title>
+        <para>Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie  <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Verwenden eines grafischen Werkzeugs in Windows</title>
+        <para>Sie können versuchen:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> mit
+Verwendung der Auswahl "ISO-Abbild";</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Verwenden der Befehlszeile in einem GNU/Linux System</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Es ist möglicherweise *gefährlich*, dies manuell durchzuführen. Es besteht
+das Risiko, dass Sie die falsche Partition überschreiben, wenn Sie aus
+Versehen die falsche Geräte-ID verwenden.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Öffnen Sie eine Konsole</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie
+nicht das '-' am Ende)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Schließen Sie Ihren USB-Stick an (hängen Sie diesen nicht ein, das bedeutet
+auch, das keine Anwendung oder Dateimanager geöffnet werden sollte, welche
+auf diesen zugreift oder liest)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternativ können Sie auch den Gerätenamen mit dem Befehl <code>dmesg</code>
+anzeigen lassen: am Ende sehen Sie den Gerätenamen, welcher mit
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis> beginnt, welches im unteren Beispiel
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> ist:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Finden Sie den Namen Ihres USB-Sticks heraus (anhand der Speichergröße), zum
+Beispiel ist <code>/dev/sdb</code> in dem Screenshot oben, ein 8GB
+USB-Stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Geben den Befehl # <userinput>dd if=pfad/zu/der/ISO/dateiname of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput> ein</para>
+            <para>Wobei X = der Name Ihres Gerätes ist, z.B. /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Beispiel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Geben Sie den Befehl # <userinput>sync</userinput> ein</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Entferne den USB-Stick, es ist fertig</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2e02282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Lizenzabkommen</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte
+sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz.</para>
+
+    <para>Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution
+von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie
+mit der Installation fortfahren können.</para>
+
+    <para>Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis
+role="bold">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis
+role="bold">Weiter</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren,
+bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf
+<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Veröffentlichungshinweise</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Sie erhalten dort wichtige Informationen über diese
+<application>Mageia</application> Veröffentlichung und dies lässt sich
+aufrufen, indem Sie auf die <guibutton>Versionshinweise</guibutton>
+Schaltfläche klicken.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed41de97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Setzen des Administrator (root)  Passworts:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application>
+verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen,
+normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root Passwort</emphasis>
+genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich
+die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit
+des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie
+ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden
+Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu
+überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht
+vertippt haben.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten
+ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und
+Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Einen Benutzer eingeben</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der
+Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen
+zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit
+einem Computer macht.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert
+sich das Symbol für den Benutzer.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den
+wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des
+Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis
+role="bold">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen
+diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die
+Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für
+den Benutzer ein. Am Ende der Textbox zeigt ein Schild an, wie sicher das
+Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort
+des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis
+role="bold">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden
+Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, erhält
+ein lese- und schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>Sie können zusätzliche Zugänge für weitere Benutzer im
+<emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> Bildschirm, während der
+Installation, hinzufügen. Wähle hierfür die
+<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis> aus.</para>
+      <para>Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Fortgeschrittene Benutzerverwaltung</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Wenn der Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> angeklickt wird, dann
+wird ein Fenster angezeigt, in welchem Einstellungen für den hinzuzufügenden
+Benutzer editiert werden können.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Zudem können Sie einen Gastzugang aktivieren oder deaktivieren.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner
+<emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der
+Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen
+USB-Stick sichern.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das
+Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto
+erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu
+verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein normaler
+Benutzer.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die
+Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor
+hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer-ID
+(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm
+zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe
+solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer
+Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den
+Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a758cff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Medienauswahl (konfigurieren von zusätzlichen Installationsmedien)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere
+Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke
+oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der
+nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen.</para>
+
+  <para>Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht
+hergestellt ist </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch
+die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen,
+die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL
+können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation
+auswählen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Falls Sie eine 64-Bit Installation aktualisieren welche womöglich einige
+32-Bit Pakete enthält, wird empfohlen in diesem Bildschirm die
+Online-Spiegelserver durch drücken einer der Netzwerkprotokolle
+hinzuzufügen. Die 64-Bit DVD ISO enthält nur 64-Bit und noarch Pakete und
+wird 32-Bit Pakete nicht aktualisieren können. Nachdem ein
+Online-Spiegelserver hinzugefügt wurde wird der Installer die benötigten
+32-Bit Pakete finden und aktualisieren.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8e37233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Einhängepunkte wählen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer
+sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application>
+nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine
+<literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: "Gerät" ("Kapazität",
+"Einhängepunkt", "Typ").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Gerät", ist gegliedert in: "Festplatte", ["Festplattennummer"(Zahl)],
+"Partitionsnummer" (z.B. "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene
+Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B.
+<literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und
+<literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen,
+wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder
+<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition
+einer Cauldron-Installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach
+das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf
+<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte
+Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine
+Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte
+auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und gebe an, ob nur die von DrakX
+vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1bab3b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Zeiteinstellungen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In diesem Schritt müssen Sie auswählen, auf welche Zeit die PC interne Uhr
+eingestellt ist, entweder lokale Zeit oder GMT Zeit.</para>
+
+  <para>Im Tab Fortgeschrittene Optionen, erhalten Sie weitere Möglichkeiten
+bezüglich der Zeiteinstellungen.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f91182f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Mageia als Live-System starten</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Vom Medium starten</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Von einem optischen Laufwerk</title></info><para>Sie können direkt von dem Datenträger, auf dem Sie das Image gebrannt haben
+(CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...), starten. Sie müssen nur die CD/DVD in Ihr Laufwerk
+einlegen, damit der Bootloader die Installation automatisch nach dem
+Neustart Ihres Computers beginnt. Falls dies nicht funktioniert, müssen Sie
+womöglich die Bootreihenfolge der Laufwerke im BIOS umstellen oder beim
+Start eine Taste drücken, wodurch Sie eine Auswahl erhalten, von der Sie
+wählen können, von welchem Laufwerk Ihr Computer starten soll.</para><para>Abhängig davon, welche Hardware Sie besitzen und wie diese konfiguriert ist,
+erhalten Sie einen der beiden unten angezeigten Bildschirme.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Von einem USB-Gerät</title></info><para>Sie können von dem USB-Gerät, auf welchem Sie das ISO Image übertragen
+haben, starten. Abhängig von den BIOS Einstellungen startet der Computer
+möglicherweise direkt von dem bereits eingesteckten USB-Gerät. Falls dies
+nicht geschieht, müssen Sie entweder in Ihren BIOS Einstellungen die
+Bootreihenfolge ändern, oder eine Taste während dem Startvorgang Ihres
+Computers drücken, damit eine Auswahl angezeigt wird, in der Sie auswählen
+können von welchem Laufwerk Sie ihren Computer starten möchten.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">Im BIOS/CSM/Legacy Modus</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Der erste Bildschirm beim starten im BIOS Modus</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Im mittleren Menü haben Sie die Auswahl zwischen drei Möglichkeiten:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Mageia starten: Dies bedeutet, dass Mageia 5 vom verwendeten Medium (CD/DVD
+oder USB-Stick) gestartet wird, ohne dass etwas auf das Laufwerk geschrieben
+wird. Das System ist hierbei sehr langsam. Sobald der Startvorgang beendet
+ist können Sie mit der Installation auf der Festplatte fortfahren.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Mageia installieren: Diese Auswahl wird Mageia direkt auf eine Festplatte
+installieren.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Von der Festplatte starten: Diese Auswahl erlaubt Ihnen das System von der
+Festplatte zu starten, so als wäre kein Medium (CD/DVD oder USB-Stick)
+angeschlossen. (Funktioniert nicht mit Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Im unteren Menü sind die Startoptionen:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Hilfe. Beschreibt die Optionen "splash", "apm", "acpi" und "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Sprache. Hier können Sie die angezeigte Sprache für den Bildschirm
+auswählen</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Bildschirmauflösung. Wähle zwischen Text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom oder Other. Normalerweise wird die Installation vom
+eingelegten Installations-Datenträger durchgeführt. Hier können andere
+Quellen, wie FTP oder NFS Server ausgewählt werden. Falls die
+Installationsdaten von einem SLP Server im Netzwerk zur Verfügung gestellt
+werden, wähle eine der verfügbaren Installationsquellen auf dem Server, mit
+dieser Option aus.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Treiber. Ja oder Nein. Dem System wird dadurch gemeldet, das ein
+weiterer, optionaler, Datenträger mit einer Treiberaktualisierung zur
+Verfügung steht und diese wird dann während dem Installationsvorgang
+verlangt.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel-Optionen. Auf diesem Weg können Sie Optionen, abhängig von Ihrer
+Hardware und die dafür zu verwendeten Treiber, festlegen.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">Im UEFI-Modus</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Der erste Bildschirm beim starten auf einem UEFI System von einem
+Datenträger</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Sie haben nur die Auswahlmöglichkeit Mageia im Live Modus zu starten (erste
+Auswahl) oder die Installation zu beginnen (zweite Auswahl).</para><para>Falls Sie von einem USB-Stick starten, werden Ihnen zwei zusätzliche Zeilen
+angezeigt, welche Duplikate der vorigen Zeilen sind, mit dem zusätzlichen
+Suffix "USB". Sie müssen diese Auswählen.</para><para>In jedem Fall sind die ersten Schritte die gleichen, um die Sprache,
+Zeitzone und Tastatur auszuwählen. Danach unterscheiden diese sich durch
+<link linkend="testing">zusätzliche Schritte im Live Modus</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f49a85c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Desktopauswahl</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster
+angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten.</para>
+
+  <para>Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine
+Präsentation angezeigt.  Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des
+<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktop-Umgebung
+<application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide
+bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und
+Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>"Benutzerdefiniert"</guilabel> ein
+Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine
+eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen.  Der
+<application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die
+beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger "Eye Candy" und es werden
+standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90c4d350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Paketgruppenauswahl</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen
+sortiert.  Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber
+doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die
+Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die
+Gruppen fahren.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Workstation</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafische Umgebung</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individuelle Paketauswahl: Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu
+können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Lese <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> für eine Anleitung, wie man eine
+minimale Installation durchführt (ohne oder mit X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a185558
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation
+anzupassen.</para>
+
+    <para>Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das
+<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um
+die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen
+USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die
+gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies
+tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann
+diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de894ab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht
+ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe,
+um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role="bold">DrakX</emphasis> passende
+Einstellungen.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox
+einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f5a2937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfiguration der Zeitzone</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine
+Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale
+Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass
+alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..000fbd8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist
+Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen.</para>
+
+  <para>Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht
+wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum
+auswählen: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Hersteller</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Der Name der Karte</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Der Typ der Karte</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich
+nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte
+handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden.</para>
+
+  <para>Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für
+Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte
+finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende
+Funktionalität bietet.</para>
+
+  <para>Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers
+passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine
+Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten.</para>
+
+  <para>Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an,
+welche nur in den "Nonfree"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die
+Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind.</para>
+
+  <para>Die "Nonfree"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie
+dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart
+tun.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3045054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die
+Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren
+alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens
+<acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht
+<acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische
+Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von
+<acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen,
+wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl
+trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre
+Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren
+Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder
+<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>)  wählen. Wählen Sie
+<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die
+horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell
+einzustellen.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Falsche Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm beschädigen</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die
+entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während
+der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie
+Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine
+Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie
+mit "Ja" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts
+sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück
+und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test
+zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich
+mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres
+Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie
+verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3fcc4ed1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Auswahl des Monitors</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt
+normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann
+Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher,
+dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun.</emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch
+bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Benutzerdefiniert</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale
+Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen,
+einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu
+aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate
+fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen,
+dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Ihres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu
+Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine
+niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der
+Datenbank zu bestimmen</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Hersteller</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und
+Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor
+anhand folgender Optionen auswählen: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Hersteller</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Monitorbezeichnung</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Monitorbeschreibung</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generisch</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @
+60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die
+Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber
+benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt
+werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce206342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine
+Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene
+<literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für
+die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis
+role="bold">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht
+gebootet werden kann.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Passen Sie hier das Layout ihres Datenträger an. Sie können Partitionen
+entfernen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition ändern oder die
+Größe ändern und sogar schauen, was sich in ihnen befindet, bevor Sie
+anfangen.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie
+einem USB-Stick. So z.B.  <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis>
+und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des
+gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Für alle anderen Aktivitäten: Klicken Sie zuerst auf die auszuwählende
+Partition. Sie können sich diese dann entweder nur ansehen, oder ein
+Filesystem und einen Einhängepunkt wählen, die Größe ändern oder die
+Partition löschen. <guibutton>Umschalten in den Expertenmodus</guibutton>
+(oder <guibutton>Expertenmodus</guibutton>) bietet mehr Möglichkeiten an,
+beispielsweise eine Bezeichnung einzugeben oder einen Partitionstyp
+festzulegen. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen
+Ihren Wünschen entsprechen.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Ist alles bereit, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fertig</guibutton>.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Falls Sie Mageia auf einem UEFI System installieren, überprüfen Sie das eine
+ESP (EFI Systempartition) vorhanden und korrekt unter /boot/EFI eingebunden
+ist (siehe unten)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Falls Sie Mageia auf einem Legacy/GPT System installieren, überprüfe, dass
+eine BIOS Bootpartition vorhanden ist und diese den richtigen Dateisystemtyp
+hat</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47f68c72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partitionierung</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die
+Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von
+<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten
+Festplatte(n).</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Verwende vorhandene Partitionen</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible
+Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Nutze freien Speicherplatz</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben,
+dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden
+Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung
+vorschlagen.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue
+Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante
+Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem
+externen Datenträger gesichert sind.</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der
+Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend
+"sauber" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt
+heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden
+sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem
+zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen,
+die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern.</para><para>Bei dieser Option stellt das Installationsprogramm die verbleibende
+Windows-Partition in einem hellen und die zukünftige Mageia-Partition in
+einem dunklen Blau dar, während die vorgesehenen Partitionsgrößen direkt
+darunter angezeigt werden. Die Größe der Partitionen kann angepasst werden,
+indem Sie die Grenze zwischen den beiden Partitionen anklicken und
+verschieben. Siehe dazu den Screenshot unten.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Komplette Platte löschen und freien Platz benutzen</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte
+Vorsicht walten lassen!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen
+oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen
+dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der
+Installation auf den Festplatten.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partitionsaufteilung:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Der Installer wird den verfügbaren Speicherplatz anhand der folgenden Regeln
+aufteilen:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Wenn der gesamte verfügbare Speicherplatz niedriger als 50 GB ist, wird nur
+eine Partition für / erstellt und keine separate Partition für /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Wenn der gesamte verfügbare Speicherplatz über 50 GB ist, werden drei
+Partitionen erstellt</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 des gesamten freien Speicherplatz wird / zugewiesen, mit einer
+maximalen Größe von 50 GB </para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 wird swap zugewiesen mit einer maximalen Größe von 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>der Rest (die übrigen 12/19) wird /home zugewiesen.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Dies bedeutet das bei einem freien Speicherplatz von 160 GB und mehr, der
+Installer drei Partitionen erstellen wird: 50 GB für /, 4 GB für swap und
+der Rest für /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Wenn Sie ein UEFI System nutzen, wird die ESP (EFI System Partition)
+automatisch erkannt oder erstellt, falls diese noch nicht vorhanden ist, und
+als /boot/EFI eingebunden. Die "Benutzerdefinierte Paritionierung" Option
+ist die einzige Möglichkeit um nachzuprüfen, ob dies erfolgreich
+durchgeführt wurde.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Falls Sie ein Legacy System (bekannt als CSM oder BIOS) mit einem
+GPT-Laufwerk verwenden, müssen Sie eine BIOS Bootpartition erstellen, falls
+noch keine vorhanden ist. Es ist eine ungefähr 1 MiB große Partition ohne
+einen Einhängepunkt. Siehe <xref linkend="diskdrake"/> um zu erfahren wie
+man diese, sowie andere Partitionen erstellt. Wähle als Dateisystem einfach
+BIOS Bootpartition aus.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle
+der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das
+Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken
+getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe
+über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk
+vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie
+<application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu
+partitionieren:</para>
+    <para>"Ausrichten an:" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):" "2"</para>
+    <para>Stellen Sie außerdem sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl
+an Megabytes erstellt werden.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb42cff8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Herzlichen Glückwunsch!</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von
+<application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das
+Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den
+Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden
+ist).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das
+von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Viel Vergnügen!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia
+mitarbeiten wollen.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb1d0d4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Firewall</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">In diesem Abschnitt können einige einfache Firewall Regeln konfiguriert
+werden: diese legen fest, welche Art von Nachrichten aus dem Internet auf
+dem Zielsystem akzeptiert werden. Das erlaubt den Zugriff aus dem Internet
+auf die entsprechenden System-Services.</para>
+
+  <para>Als Voreinstellung ist keine Checkbox markiert - kein Systemdienst ist aus
+dem Netzwerk erreichbar. Die "<emphasis>Alles (Keine Firewall)</emphasis>"
+Checkbox hat eine bestimmte Rolle: Diese erlaubt den Zugriff auf alle
+Dienste die auf dem Computer laufen - eine Auswahl im Rahmen des
+Installationsprozesses ergibt nicht viel Sinn, da dadurch ein vollständig
+ungesichertes System erstellt wird. Diese Auswahl sollte nur im Mageia
+Kontrollzentrum (welches die selbe GUI nutzt) verwendet werden, um
+vorübergehend zu Testzwecken oder zur Fehlerbehebung, die gesamte Firewall
+zu deaktivieren.</para>
+
+  <para>Alle weitere Checkbuttons sind mehr oder weniger selbsterklärend. Als
+Beispiel wählen Sie den "CUPS Server" aus, falls Sie möchten, dass an Ihrem
+Computer angeschlossene Drucker über das Netzwerk erreichbar sein sollen.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Fortgeschritten</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Die angebotenen Auswahl-Schaltflächen decken nur die am meisten verwendeten
+Dienste ab. Mit der Schaltfläche  "Fortgeschritten" können Nachrichten
+aktiviert werden, die einem Dienst entsprechen, für welchen keine
+Auswahl-Schaltfläche existiert. Die Schaltfläche
+"<emphasis>Fortgeschritten</emphasis>" öffnet ein Fenster, in dem eine Reihe
+von Diensten durch Eingabe mehrerer Einträge (getrennt durch Leerzeichen)
+aktiviert werden können.  </para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> ist der Wert des vom Dienst
+verwendeten Ports, welchen Sie aktivieren möchten (z. B. 873 für den RSYNC
+Dienst), wie dieser von <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis> vorgegeben ist;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> ist entweder <emphasis>TCP</emphasis>
+oder <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - das Internetprotokoll welches von diesem
+Dienst verwendet wird.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Zum Beispiel ist der Eintrag um Zugriff auf den RSYNC Dienst zu erhalten
+dementsprechend <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Falls ein Dienst für die Nutzung beider Protokolle vorhanden ist,
+spezifizieren Sie 2 Einträge für den selben Port.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be94e05e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatieren</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden
+soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis
+role="bold">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht
+angetastet.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die
+notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene
+Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie
+auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke)
+überprüfen möchten.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so
+klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>,
+nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und
+dann auf <emphasis
+role="bold"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>,
+um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie
+sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf
+<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13c2cdc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Aktualisierungen (Updates)</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von
+<application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete
+überarbeitet oder erweitert.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Wählen Sie <guilabel>"Ja"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu
+laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>"Nein"</guilabel>, wenn Sie
+dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden
+sind.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>"Weiter"</guibutton>, um mit der
+Installation fortzufahren.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2889d589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, das Mageia Installationsprogramm</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das
+Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die
+Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht.</para>
+
+  <para>Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene
+Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was
+Sie tun müssen.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Willkommensbildschirm der Installation</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Eine Mageia DVD verwenden</title>
+
+      <para>Hier sehen Sie die voreingestellten Willkommensbildschirme, wenn Sie eine
+Mageia DVD verwenden. Beim ersten wird ein System mit UEFI verwendet und
+beim zweiten ein System mit BIOS:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>In diesem Bildschirm können Sie auf die Optionen zugreifen, indem Sie den
+Buchstaben "e" drücken, um in den "Bearbeitungsmodus" zu kommen. Um zurück
+auf diesen Bildschirm zu kommen, drücken Sie die "ESC" Taste um den Vorgang
+abzubrechen ohne eine Änderung zu speichern oder drücke die "Strg" oder
+"F10" Taste um die durchgeführten Änderungen zu speichern und den Vorgang zu
+beenden.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Von diesem Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen
+vorzunehmen:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann eine andere als die für
+das System sein) durch drücken der F2 Taste (nur im Legacy Modus)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die
+Enter Taste.</para>
+
+            <para>Hier sehen Sie z.B. den französischen Willkommensbildschirm wenn eine Live
+DVD/CD verwendet wird. Beachte dass das Live DVD/CD Menü nicht die Auswahl
+<guilabel>Rettungssystem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Speichertest</guilabel> und
+<guilabel>Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug</guilabel> enthält.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste (nur im Legacy
+Modus)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Fügen Sie durch Drücken der Taste <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis> im
+alten Modus oder der Taste <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> im UEFI-Modus
+einige Kernel-Optionen hinzu.</para>
+
+            <para>Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut
+mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste
+eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier
+Einträge enthält:</para>
+
+            <para>- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen.</para>
+
+            <para>- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen.</para>
+
+            <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die
+Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt.</para>
+
+            <para>- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es
+geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt
+werden.</para>
+
+            <para>Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen
+in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge
+welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der
+<guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings
+trotzdem befolgt.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Fügen Sie weitere Kerneloptionen hinzu indem Sie die F1 Taste drücken (nur
+im Legacy Modus)</para>
+
+            <para>Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren
+verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um
+mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm
+zurückzukehren.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Die detailierte Ansicht über die splash Optionen. Drücke ESC oder wähle
+<guilabel>Zurück zu Boot-Optionen</guilabel> um zurück zur Optionsliste zu
+gelangen. Die dort aufgeführten Optionen können mit der Hand in die
+<guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> Zeile hinzugefügt werden.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Für mehr Informationen über Kernel-Optionen auf alten und UEFI-Systemen,
+siehe: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/de/Wie_man_Kerneloptionen_einstellt">https://wiki.mageia.org/de/Wie_man_Kerneloptionen_einstellt</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Verwenden eines kabelgebundenen Netzwerks</title>
+
+      <para>Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine Installations
+CD für kabelgebundene Netzwerke verwendet wird (netinstall.iso oder
+netinstall-nonfree.iso Abbilder):</para>
+
+      <para>Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen
+werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die
+Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, schau <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">ins Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Die Installationsschritte</title>
+
+    <para>Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der
+linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können.</para>
+
+    <para>Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen
+Knopf <guibutton>"Fortgeschrittene Optionen"</guibutton> mit weiteren
+zusätzlichen Optionen haben.</para>
+
+    <para>Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf,
+über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist
+es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen.  Überlegen Sie sich dies aber
+zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert
+oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer
+<emphasis role="bold">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein
+Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role="bold">nicht mehr
+verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher
+sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis
+role="bold">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis
+role="bold">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Keine grafische Schnittstelle</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei
+einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine
+niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung
+<code>vgalo</code> eingeben.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell
+nicht möglich. In diesem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus
+zu probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und
+bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort
+"boot:" angezeigt. Gebe "text" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die
+Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Die Installation friert ein</title>
+
+      <para>Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise
+auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem
+Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später
+behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm
+die Taste <emphasis role="bold">"F6 Kernel Optionen"</emphasis> und tragen
+Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann
+auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM Problem</title>
+
+      <para>Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware
+einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein
+(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den
+Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den
+korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B.
+<emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB
+RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dynamische Partitionen</title>
+
+      <para>Wenn Sie unter Windows Ihre Festplatte vom "einfachen" auf das "dynamische"
+Format konvertiert haben, sollten Sie wissen, dass es unmöglich ist, Mageia
+auf diesem Laufwerk zu installieren. Um zu einem einfachen Laufwerk
+zurückzukehren, konsultieren Sie bitte Microsofts Hilfeseite:  <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64b04af2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Anmeldebildschirm</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM Anmeldebildschirm</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Schließlich kommen Sie zum Anmeldebildschirm.</para><para>Geben Sie Ihren Benutzernamen und das Benutzerpasswort ein und in wenigen
+Sekunden befinden Sie sich auf dem geladenen KDE oder GNOME Desktop,
+abhängig davon, welches Live Medium verwendet wurde. Nun können Sie Ihre
+Mageia Installation verwenden.</para><para>Sie können weitere Teile unserer Dokumentation im <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/de/Kategorie:Dokumentation">Mageia
+Wiki</link> finden.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f932209
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Medienauswahl (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem
+ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die
+Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte
+zur Verfügung stehen.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie
+die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind,
+d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source
+Software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle
+proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von NVIDIA und AMD/ATI, Firmware für
+verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien
+Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in
+diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten
+oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum
+Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie
+zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b475fce8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimale Installation</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine
+minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Wenn gewünscht, können Sie auf derselben Seite zusätzlich die Option für
+"Individuelle Paketauswahl" aktivieren.</para>
+  <para>Die minimale Installation ist für die Nutzer gedacht, die besondere
+Anwendungsmöglichkeiten für ihr <application>Mageia</application> im Sinn
+haben, wie z.B. einen Server oder einen spezialisierten
+Arbeitsplatzrechner. Sie werden diese Option vermutlich in Verbindung mit
+der zuvor erwähnten Option "Individuelle Paketauswahl" verwenden, um
+Feineinstellungen für Ihre Installation vorzunehmen. Siehe <xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine
+spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X,
+...).</para>
+  <para>Wenn ausgewählt, wird "Mit X" auch IceWM als eine leichtgewichtige
+Desktop-Umgebung beinhalten.</para>
+  <para>Die grundlegenden Dokumente werden in Form von man- und info-Seiten
+bereitgestellt. Diese beinhalten die man-pages des <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> und die info-Seiten der <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3d6e96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems
+durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX
+entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen
+und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf
+<guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Als Grundregel können die Standardeinstellungen als die empfohlenen
+betrachtet werden, die Sie beibehalten können, außer bei folgenden 3
+Ausnahmen:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>es gibt bekannte Probleme mit den Standardeinstellungen</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>die Standardeinstellungen wurden bereits ausprobiert, jedoch hat es nicht
+funktioniert</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>etwas anderes wird weiter unten, in den detaillierten Abschnitten, genannt</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Systemparameter</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten
+Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch
+unter <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie
+diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend="selectCountry"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des
+Bootloaders.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie
+Grub2 zu konfigurieren ist</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref
+linkend="setupBootloader"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils
+benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund
+laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks
+(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern
+- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren.</para>
+
+        <para>Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardwareparameter</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von
+Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Wenn Sie feststellen, dass ein falsches Tastaturlayout verwendet wird und
+Sie dieses ändern möchten, beachten Sie, das sich Ihr Passwort hierdurch
+auch ändert.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen
+oder einstellen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die
+Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es
+mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige
+einzustellen.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref
+linkend="configureX_chooser"></xref>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Netzwerk- und Internetparameter</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Netzwerk</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree
+Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia
+Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media
+Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so
+zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxys</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem
+eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu
+konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Sicherheit</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten
+Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine
+Zwecke.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am
+geeignetsten erscheint.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den
+Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen
+wollen.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten
+wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren
+Computer verwenden wollen. Für weitere Informationen siehe <xref
+linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles
+erlauben (Keine Firewall).</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5c96352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Neustart</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Sobald der Bootloader installiert wurde, werden Sie dazu aufgefordert die
+Live-CD zu entfernen und den Computer neu zu starten, indem Sie auf
+<emphasis role="bold"><guibutton>Fertig</guibutton></emphasis>
+klicken. Führen Sie diese Schritte <emphasis role="bold">in der angegebenen
+Reihenfolge</emphasis> durch.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Sobald Sie neu starten werden Sie mehrere aufeinander folgende
+Download-Ladebalken sehen. Diese weisen darauf hin, das die
+Softwaremedien-Listen heruntergeladen werden (siehe Softwareverwaltung).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dafad556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Verändern der
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Sie haben mehr als eine
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+Partition. Bitte wählen Sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für
+die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7094f3fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Sicherheitsstufe</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau
+wissen, was Sie auswählen sollen.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen
+zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt
+<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcad7a01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Wählen des Landes / der Region</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig,
+wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des
+Funknetzes. Wählen Sie das falsche Land aus, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion
+des WLAN führen.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf
+<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre
+Region.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>,
+nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den
+Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte
+ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Eingabemethode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">Im <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> Bildschirm können Sie weitere
+Eingabemethoden auswählen (am unteren Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden
+erlauben es den Benutzern, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch,
+Koreanisch, usw.) einzugeben. IBus ist die voreingestellte Eingabemethode,
+wodurch die Benutzer es nicht manuell einrichten brauchen. Weitere
+Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GIN, HIME, usw.) bieten ähnliche Funktionen an und
+können installiert werden, wenn Sie die HTTP/FTP Medien hinzugefügt haben,
+bevor Sie diese Pakete auswählen.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Falls Sie die Einrichtung der Eingabemethode während der Installation
+verpasst haben, können Sie auch darauf zugreifen, nachdem sie Ihr
+installiertes System über "Konfigurieren Ihres Computers" -&gt; "System" neu
+gestartet haben, oder indem Sie localedrake als root ausführen.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a1efa59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Installation oder Aktualisierung</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Installation</para>
+
+      <para>Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische
+<application>Mageia</application>-Installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Aktualisiere Mageia</para>
+
+      <para>Falls Sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen
+auf ihrem Rechner haben, können Sie mit Hilfe des Installers eine davon auf
+die neueste Version upgraden.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der
+zuletzt <emphasis>unterstützten</emphasis> Mageia Version gründlich getestet
+worden. Wenn Sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende
+des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation
+durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu
+lassen.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen
+wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten.  Denken Sie aber
+zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder
+Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den
+ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur
+Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart
+durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination
+<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte
+<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache
+hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom "Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster" zum
+Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination
+<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das
+<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90cb3741
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tastatur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache
+passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer
+US-Tastatur verwendet.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen Sie eine
+andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre
+Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem
+System mitgeliefert wurde oder fragen Sie den
+Computerhändler. Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der
+Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch
+hier nachsehen: <link
+xlink:href="http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf
+<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und
+wählen hier Ihre Tastatur.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt
+haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück,
+und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt
+wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der
+Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen
+Liste gewählt wurde.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so
+sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den
+lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91e283da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Tastatur auswählen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Sie müssen das Tastaturlayout auswählen, welches Sie in Mageia verwenden
+möchten. Die Standardauswahl wird anhand der Sprache und der Zeitzone
+getroffen, welche Sie zuvor ausgewählt haben.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5f39271
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Bitte wählen Sie eine Sprache für die Installation</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für
+Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen
+auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application>
+verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte
+System.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte
+Sprache. <application>Mageia</application> wird diese Auswahl für das
+Installationsprogramm und das zu installierende System verwenden.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem
+System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf
+<emphasis role="bold"><emphasis role="bold">Mehrere
+Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun
+hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere
+Sprachen hinzuzufügen.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten
+Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese
+wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte
+Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung
+zu wählen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia verwendet standardmäßig die UTF-8 (Unicode) Unterstützung.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Dies kann in der Ansicht "Mehrere Sprachen" deaktiviert werden, wenn Sie
+wissen, dass es für Ihre Sprache notwendig ist. Das Deaktivieren von UTF-8
+wirkt sich auf alle installierten Sprachen aus.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Sie können die Sprache Ihres Systems nach der Installation im Mageia
+Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und Sprache ändern.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16a01f6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Maus auswählen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="selectMouse-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine
+andere Konfiguration auswählen.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>"Universell"</guilabel> - <guilabel>"Einige PS/2
+und USB Mäuse"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Wählen Sie <guilabel>"Universell"</guilabel> - <guilabel>"Evdev
+erzwingen"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten
+einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5376992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Hauptoptionen des Bootloaders</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader Oberfläche</title>
+
+    <para>Standardmäßig verwendet Mageia ausschließlich:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (mit oder ohne einem grafischen Menü) für ein Legacy/MBR oder
+Legacy/GPT System</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi für ein UEFI System.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Das grafische Menü von Mageia ist hübsch :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 auf Legacy/MBR und Legacy/GPT Systeme</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Ändern Sie nicht das Boot-Medium, außer Sie wissen genau, was Sie tun.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi auf UEFI Systeme</title>
+
+      <para>Mit einem UEFI System ist die Benutzeroberfläche deutlich anders, da Sie
+nicht zwischen einer Oberfläche mit oder ohne grafischem Menü wählen können</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Wenn Mageia das einzige Betriebssystem ist, welches auf Ihrem Computer
+installiert ist, dann hat das Installationsprogramm eine ESP
+(EFI-Systempartition) erstellt, um dort den Bootloader (Grub2-efi) zu
+speichern. Falls bereits ein UEFI Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer
+vorhanden war (wie z.B. Windows 8), erkennt das Mageia Installationsprogramm
+die bestehende ESP, welche von Windows erstellt wurde und fügt grub2-efi
+hinzu. Es ist auch möglich mehrere ESPs zu haben, jedoch wird generell nur
+eine benötigt und diese ist auch ausreichend, egal wie viele Betriebssysteme
+Sie verwenden.</para>
+
+      <para>Ändern Sie nicht das Boot-Medium, außer Sie wissen genau, was Sie tun.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders</title>
+
+    <para>Standardmäßig, entsprechend Ihres Systems, schreibt Mageia folgendes neu:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 Bootloader, entweder in den MBR (Master Boot Record) auf Ihrer
+Festplatte oder in die BIOS Bootpartition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi Bootloader in die ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Falls Sie bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert haben wird Mageia diese
+in Ihr neues Mageia Bootmenü hinzufügen. Falls Sie dies nicht haben möchten,
+klicke auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und entferne die Auswahl in der Box
+<guilabel>Fremdes OS testen</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders</title>
+
+    <para>Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden
+Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten
+Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das
+dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen
+Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen
+offen sind.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Verwenden des Chain-Loader</title>
+
+    <para>Falls Sie kein bootbares Mageia haben möchten, dieses jedoch über den
+Chainloader eines anderen Betriebssystem starten möchten, klicke auf
+<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, anschließend auf
+<guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel> und wähle die Box <guilabel>Verändere
+nichts an der ESP oder dem MBR</guilabel> aus.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Sie werden eine Warnmeldung erhalten, dass der Bootloader fehlt. Ignorieren
+Sie diese Meldung indem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> drücken.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Optionen</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Erste Seite</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Wartezeit vor dem Starten des Standard-Betriebssystems</guilabel>:
+Diese Textbox lässt Ihnen eine Wartezeit in Sekunden festlegen, bevor das
+Standard-Betriebssystem gestartet wird.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel>: Dies erlaubt Ihnen ein Passwort für den
+Bootloader festzulegen. Dies bedeutet, dass der Benutzername und das
+Passwort beim Startvorgang abfragt wird, wenn ein Booteintrag ausgewählt
+wird oder Einstellungen geändert werden. Der Benutzername ist "root" und das
+Passwort ist welches, dass Sie in diesem Abschnitt festlegen können.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das gewünschte
+Passwort ein</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Passwort (erneut)</guilabel>: Geben Sie hier das Passwort erneut
+an und Drakx überprüft, ob dieses mit dem oben angegebenen übereinstimmt.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>ACPI aktivieren:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) ist ein Standard für die Energieverwaltung. Es kann durch das
+Abschalten von ungenutzten Geräten Strom sparen, was eine Methode ist,
+welche damals vor APM verwendet wurde. Diese Auswahl zu deaktivieren könnte
+nützlich sein wenn, zum Beispiel, Ihr Computer ACPI nicht unterstützt oder
+falls Sie finden, dass die ACPI Implementierung einige Probleme verursacht
+(als Beispiel wären zufällige Neustarts oder Systemhänger).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>SMP aktivieren</guilabel>: Diese Auswahl aktiviert / deaktiviert
+das symmetrische Multiprocessing für Multiprozessorsysteme.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>APIC aktivieren</guilabel>: Aktivieren oder deaktivierten dieser
+Option erlaubt dem Betriebssystem Zugriff auf den Advanced Programmable
+Interrupt Controller. APIC Geräte erlauben ein weitaus komplexeres
+Prioritätenmodell und erweiterte IRC (Interrupt Request) Verwaltung.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Lokales APIC aktivieren</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das lokale
+APIC auswählen, welches alle externen Interrupts (Unterbrechungen) für einen
+bestimmten Prozessor in einem SMP System verwaltet.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Nächste Seite</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Standard:</guilabel> Das Betriebssystem das als Standardsystem
+voreingestellt werden soll</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Hinzufügen/Erweitern:</guilabel> Mit dieser Option können Sie
+Kernel-Einstellungen einrichten oder dem Kernel die Anweisung geben, mehr
+Informationen beim Booten zu geben.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Fremdes OS testen</guilabel>: siehe oben <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video-Modus:</guilabel> Diese legt die Bildschirmauflösung und
+Farbtiefe des Bootmenüs fest. Wenn Sie auf das nach unten zeigende Dreieck
+klicken werden Ihnen weitere Auflösungen und Farbtiefen angezeigt.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Verändere nichts an der ESP oder dem MBR</emphasis>:
+siehe oben, <link linkend="setupChainLoading">Verwenden des
+Chain-Loader</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54ac36b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Um dies zu tun, müssen Sie /boot/grub2/custom.cfg manuell editieren oder
+stattdessen die Software grub-customizer verwenden (Verfügbar in den Mageia
+Repositorys).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Für weitere Informationen schauen Sie in unser Wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c50c8c91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei
+der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die
+Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche
+SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3cfef88f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Soundkonfiguration</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre
+Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist</para>
+
+  <para>Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn Sie jedoch nach
+der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten Sie entweder
+<command>draksound</command> oder starten das Werkzeug über das Mageia
+Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter dem <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> Tab und
+wählen <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster
+aus.</para>
+
+  <para>Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü "Soundkonfiguration" auf
+<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann
+<guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen,
+wie das Problem zu lösen ist.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Fortgeschritten</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von
+<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein
+Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und Sie
+denken, dass der Installer den falschen ausgewählt hat.</para>
+
+    <para>Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken Sie auf
+<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37fd129b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der
+Auswahl nicht sicher sind.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und
+jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen
+wollen.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0eab0d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Mageia als Live-System testen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live Modus</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Ihnen wird diese Ansicht angezeigt, falls Sie "Mageia booten" ausgewählt
+haben. Anderenfalls gelangen Sie zum Schritt "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitionierung</link> step".</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Hardware testen</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Eines der Ziele des Live Modus ist es, zu überprüfen ob die Hardware korrekt
+von Mageia verwaltet wird. Sie können über die Hardware Sektion des Mageia
+Kontrollzentrum überprüfen, ob für alle Geräte Treiber vorhanden sind. Sie
+können dort die meisten Geräte überprüfen:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Netzwerk-Schnittstelle: Konfiguration mittels net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Grafikkarte: Wenn Sie den Bildschirm wie im oberen Bild sehen, dann ist
+bereits alles in Ordnung.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sound: Ein Sound wurde bereits abgespielt</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Drucker: Konfigurieren und Testseite drucken</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Scanner: Scanne ein Dokument von ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Wenn alles so in Ordnung ist, können Sie mit der Installation
+fortfahren. Falls nicht, können Sie die Installation über den Beenden-Knopf
+abbrechen.</para>
+
+      <remark>Die Konfigurationseinstellungen, die Sie hier vorgenommen haben, werden für
+die Installation gespeichert.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Installation beginnen</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Um die Mageia-Live-CD/-DVD auf der Festplatte zu installieren, klicken Sie
+einfach auf die Kachel "Auf Festplatte installieren". Daraufhin wird Ihnen
+dieses Fenster angezeigt und es folgt der Schritt "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitionierung</link>" wie bei der direkten
+Installation ohne Live-Medium.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87bc7b35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia deinstallieren</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Kurzanleitung</title>
+
+    <para>Wenn Mageia Sie nicht überzeugt hat oder Sie es nicht richtig installieren
+können, wollen Sie es, kurz gesagt, loswerden. Das ist Ihr gutes Recht, und
+Mageia gibt Ihnen auch die Möglichkeit, es zu deinstallieren. Das trifft
+nicht auf jedes Betriebssystem zu.</para>
+
+    <para>Nach der Sicherung Ihrer Daten, starten Sie die Mageia DVD neu und wählen
+Systemrettung, dann, Windows Bootloader wiederherstellen. Beim nächsten Boot
+haben Sie dann nur noch Windows und keine Option mehr, Ihr Betriebssystem
+auszuwählen.</para>
+
+    <para>Um in Windows den durch die Mageia-Partitionen genutzten Speicherplatz
+wiederzubekommen, klicken Sie auf <code>Start -> Systemsteuerung ->
+Verwaltung ->  Datenspeicher -> Datenträgerverwaltung</code>, um auf die
+Partitionsverwaltung zuzugreifen. Sie werden die Mageia-Partitionen
+erkennen, da Sie als <guilabel>Unbekannt</guilabel> markiert sind, wie auch
+an ihrer Größe und ihrer Position auf dem Laufwerk. Rechtsklicken Sie auf
+jede dieser Partitionen und wählen Sie <guibutton>Löschen</guibutton>. Der
+Speicherplatz wird freigegeben.</para>
+
+    <para>Wenn Sie Windows XP verwenden können Sie eine neue Partition erstellen und
+diese formatieren (FAT32 oder NTFS). Diese wird einen Partitionsbuchstaben
+erhalten.</para>
+
+    <para>Wenn Sie Windows Vista oder Windows 7 verwenden, haben Sie auch die
+Möglichkeit, die vorhandene Partition auf der linken Seite des
+freigewordenen Speicherplatzes zu erweitern. Dafür können andere
+Partitionswerkzeuge, wie gparted für Windows und Linux, genutzt
+werden. Seien Sie wie immer vorsichtig bei der Veränderung von Partitionen
+und stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie von allen wichtigen Dingen Sicherungskopien
+angefertigt haben.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d204f19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/de/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Behalten oder löschen von nicht benötigten Daten</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In diesem Schritt überprüft der Installer, welche Sprach- und Hardwarepakete
+nicht benötigt werden. Anschließend schlägt er vor diese zu löschen. Es ist
+sinnvoll dies zu tun, außer Sie haben vor, die durchgeführte Installation
+auch auf anderer Hardware zu verwenden.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Der nächste Schritt ist das kopieren der Dateien auf die Festplatte. Dies
+dauert einige Minuten. Am Ende erhalten Sie für eine gewisse Zeit einen
+leeren Bildschirm, was normal ist.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12e61aeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5848 @@
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>, 2013-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017.
+# Efstathios Iosifidis <iefstathios@gmail.com>, 2014.
+# JimSp472000 <jimspentzos2000@gmail.com>, 2014.
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-07-05 19:09+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n"
+"Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n"
+"Language: el\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"el/)\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης και σημειώσεις έκδοσης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Πριν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, παρακαλώ "
+"διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή <application>Mageia</"
+"application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για να τους αποδεχτείτε, απλά επιλέξτε <guilabel>Αποδοχή</guilabel> και "
+"έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Σημειώσεις έκδοσης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάνοντας κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</guibutton>, θα "
+"βρείτε σημαντικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κυκλοφορία της "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "el"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. "
+"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια "
+"απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι "
+"διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Για μια δικτυακή πηγή, θα πρέπει να ακολουθήσετε δυο βήματα:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Επιλογή και ενεργοποίηση του δικτύου, αν δεν είναι ήδη ενεργοποιημένο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). "
+"Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των "
+"αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το nonfree , tainted και "
+"updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη "
+"δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάνετε ενημέρωση μιας 64 δυφίων εγκατάστασης η οποία μπορεί να περιέχει "
+"μερικά 32 δυφίων πακέτα, συνιστάται να χρησιμοποιήσετε την οθόνη προσθήκης "
+"ενός διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού επιλέγοντας ένα από τα παρόντα δικτυακά "
+"πρωτόκολλα. Το 64 δυφίων DVD iso περιέχει μόνο 64 δυφίων και noarch πακέτα, "
+"δεν θα είναι σε θέση να ενημερώσει τα 32 δυφίων πακέτα. Ωστόσο, μετά την "
+"προσθήκη ενός διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού, ο εγκαταστάτης θα εντοπίσει εκεί τα "
+"32 δυφίων πακέτα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Είναι ορθό για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις <application>Mageia</application> να "
+"ορίσετε έναν κωδικό υπερχρήστη ή διαχειριστή (στο Linux συνήθως λέγεται "
+"<emphasis>κωδικός πρόσβασης root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε έναν "
+"κωδικό στο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής το χρώμα της ασπίδας θα αλλάξει από κόκκινο "
+"προς το πράσινο ανάλογα με το πόσο ισχυρός είναι ο κωδικός σας. Η πράσινη "
+"ασπίδα σημαίνει ότι ο κωδικός σας είναι ισχυρός. Χρειάζεται να επαναλάβετε "
+"τον κωδικό ακόμα μια φορά στο αμέσως επόμενο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής, ώστε να "
+"ελεγχθεί αν τυχόν κάνατε λάθος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση του πρώτου κωδικού σας "
+"συγκρίνοντάς τους."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η "
+"χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων "
+"σε έναν κωδικό."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Εισαγωγή ενός χρήστη"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Προσθέστε έναν χρήστη εδώ. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα δικαιώματα από τον "
+"διαχειριστή (root), αλλά αρκετά από προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγηθεί στο "
+"διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιήσει εφαρμογές γραφείου ή να παίξει παιχνίδια και "
+"οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Εικονίδιο</guibutton>: Αν κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί θα "
+"αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Πραγματικό όνομα</guilabel>: Εισάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του "
+"χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Όνομα χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε ένα όνομα "
+"σύνδεσης χρήστη ή το drakx θα χρησιμοποιήσει μια μορφή του πραγματικού "
+"ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis>Το όνομα σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών "
+"και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα "
+"πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη.  Και εδώ, υπάρχει "
+"μια ασπίδα στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο "
+"κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε εδώ την "
+"πληκτρολόγηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη και το drakx θα ελέγξει ότι "
+"έχετε πληκτρολογήσει τον ίδιο κωδικό σε όλα τα πεδία εισαγωγής κωδικού "
+"πρόσβασης του χρήστη."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν "
+"κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και ανάγνωσης (umask=27)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε όλους τους απαραίτητους επιπλέον  χρήστες από το βήμα "
+"<emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε "
+"<emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Προχωρημένη διαχείριση χρήστη"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα "
+"εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις "
+"για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιπροσθέτως, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε ή να ενεργοποιήσετε ένα "
+"λογαριασμό επισκέπτη."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Οτιδήποτε αποθηκεύει ένας επισκέπτης με τον προκαθορισμένο λογαριασμό guest "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> στον προσωπικό του κατάλογό /home θα διαγράφεται. "
+"Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα stick USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση λογαριασμού guest</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να "
+"ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα λογαριασμό επισκέπτη. Ο λογαριασμός "
+"guest επιτρέπει σε έναν επισκέπτη να συνδεθεί και να χρησιμοποιήσει τον "
+"υπολογιστή, αλλά έχει περισσότερη περιορισμένη πρόσβαση σε σχέση με τους "
+"τυπικούς χρήστες."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κέλυφος</guilabel>: Αυτή η κυλιόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να "
+"αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην "
+"προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το ID του "
+"χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη.  Πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό. "
+"Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδας</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το ID "
+"της ομάδας. Επίσης πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό, συνήθως ο ίδιος με αυτόν του "
+"χρήστη."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν "
+"συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του <application>DrakX</application>, μπορείτε "
+"να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα μια "
+"κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε κατάτμηση εμφανίζεται ως ακολούθως: «Συσκευή» («Χωρητικότητα», «Σημείο "
+"προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Η «Συσκευή», συντελείται από: «σκληρός δίσκος», [«αριθμός σκληρού "
+"δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε πολλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλά διαφορετικά "
+"σημεία προσάρτησης από το κυλιόμενο μενού, όπως <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/home</literal> και <literal>/var</literal>. Μπορείτε ακόμα να "
+"δημιουργήσετε το δικό σας σημείο προσάρτησης, για παράδειγμα <literal>/"
+"video</literal> για μια κατάτμηση για την αποθήκευση των ταινιών σας, ή "
+"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> για την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal> "
+"μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν χρειάζεστε να έχετε πρόσβαση, μπορείτε να "
+"αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να "
+"επιλέξετε, και στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του "
+"δίσκου</guilabel>. Στην οθόνη που ακολουθεί, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια "
+"κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση "
+"(με διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες "
+"επιλογές."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις του ρολογιού"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτό το βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε σε ποια ώρα είναι συγχρονισμένο το "
+"εσωτερικό σας ρολόι, στην τοπική ώρα ή στην UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Στην καρτέλα των προηγμένων ρυθμίσεων θα βρείτε περισσότερες επιλογές για "
+"τις ρυθμίσεις του ρολογιού."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Εκκίνηση της Mageia ως σύστημα Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Εκκίνηση του μέσου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Από τον δίσκο"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε απευθείας από το μέσο που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για την "
+"εγγραφή της εικόνας (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Συνήθως χρειάζεται απλά να το "
+"εισαγάγετε στον οδηγό CD/DVD και το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης θα εκτελέσει την "
+"εγκατάσταση αυτόματα μετά την επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή. Αν αυτό δεν "
+"συμβεί θα πρέπει να διαμορφώσετε κατάλληλα το BIOS ή να πιέσετε ένα πλήκτρο "
+"που θα σας επιτρέψει να επιλέξετε το περιφερειακό που θα χρησιμοποιήσει ο "
+"υπολογιστής στην εκκίνηση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Αναλόγως το υλικό που διαθέτετε, και την διαμόρφωσή του, θα λάβετε μια εκ "
+"των δυο παρακάτω οθονών."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Από μια συσκευή USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε από την συσκευή USB στην οποία αποτυπώσατε την εικόνα "
+"ISO. Αναλόγως τις ρυθμίσεις του BIOS, ο υπολογιστής πιθανώς να εκκινήσει "
+"απευθείας από την συσκευή USB συνδεδεμένη σε μια θύρα. Αν αυτό δεν συμβεί "
+"ίσως θα πρέπει να διαμορφώσετε καταλλήλως το BIOS ή να πιέσετε σε ένα "
+"πλήκτρο που θα σας επιτρέψει να επιλέξετε το περιφερειακό από το οποίο θα "
+"εκκινηθεί ο υπολογιστής."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "Στο BIOS/CSM/Λειτουργία παλαιού τύπου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη εκκινώντας σε λειτουργία BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "Στο μεσαίο μενού, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ τριών ενεργειών:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Εκκίνηση της Mageia: Η Mageia 5 θα εκκινηθεί από το συνδεδεμένο μέσο (CD/DVD "
+"ή κλειδί USB) χωρίς καμιά εγγραφή στον δίσκο, που συνεπάγεται ότι θα πρέπει "
+"να αναμένετε ένα αργό σύστημα. Μετά το πέρας της εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να "
+"προχωρήσετε στην εγκατάσταση στον σκληρό δίσκο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Εγκατάσταση της Mageia: Απευθείας εγκατάσταση της Mageia στον σκληρό δίσκο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Εγκατάσταση από τον σκληρό δίσκο: Αυτή η επιλογή επιτρέπει την συνήθης "
+"εκκίνηση από τον σκληρό δίσκο, όταν δεν υπάρχει κάποιο συνδεδεμένο μέσο (CD/"
+"DVD ή ένα κλειδί USB) (δεν δουλεύει στην Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Στο μενού στην βάση υπάρχουν οι επιλογές εκκίνησης:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Βοήθεια. Επεξηγεί τις επιλογές \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" και \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Γλώσσα. Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα εμφάνισης της οθόνης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Ανάλυση της οθόνης. Επιλέξτε μεταξύ κειμένου, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom ή Άλλο. Κανονικά, η εγκατάσταση πραγματοποιείται από το "
+"εισηγμένο μέσο εγκατάστασης. Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε άλλες πηγές όπως "
+"διακομιστές FTP ή NFS. Αν η εγκατάσταση πραγματοποιήθηκε σε ένα δίκτυο με "
+"διακομιστή SLP, μέσω αυτής της επιλογής μπορείτε να επιλέξτε μια από τις "
+"διαθέσιμες πηγές στον διακομιστή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Οδηγός. Ναι ή Όχι. Το σύστημα λαμβάνει υπόψιν την ύπαρξη ενός "
+"προαιρετικού δίσκου με μια ενημέρωση ενός οδηγού και θα αιτήσει την εισαγωγή "
+"του κατά την διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Επιλογές του πυρήνα. Από εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τις επιλογές "
+"ανάλογα με το υλικό σας και τους οδηγούς προς χρήση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "Σε λειτουργία UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη εκκινώντας από τον δίσκο σε σύστημα UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Διαθέτετε μόνο την επιλογή να εκτελέσετε την Mageia σε λειτουργία Live "
+"(πρώτη επιλογή) ή την διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης (δεύτερη επιλογή)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η εκκίνηση έγινε από ένα κλειδί USB, θα λάβετε δυο επιπλέον γραμμές οι "
+"οποίες είναι διπλότυπες των προηγούμενων γραμμών με την κατάληξη «USB». Θα "
+"πρέπει να τις επιλέξετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε κάθε περίπτωση, τα πρώτα βήματα θα είναι τα ίδια με την επιλογή της "
+"γλώσσας, της ωρολογιακής ζώνης και του πληκτρολογίου. Στην συνέχεια η "
+"διαδικασία διαφέρει με <link linkend=\"testing\">επιπλέον βήματα της "
+"λειτουργίας Live</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη "
+"συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της "
+"εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί "
+"πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας "
+"<application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα "
+"δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε "
+"<guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε "
+"το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα "
+"προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα "
+"δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα "
+"εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή "
+"των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από "
+"τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο "
+"του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του "
+"ποντικιού από πάνω τους."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Σταθμός εργασίας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή "
+"για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> για οδηγίες σχετικά με το "
+"πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση (δίχως ή με X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε "
+"την εγκατάστασή σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας "
+"ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε "
+"την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο "
+"άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και "
+"επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά "
+"την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για "
+"την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις που επιλέγει το DrakX είναι συνήθως σωστές."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με "
+"σχετικές πληροφορίες."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλά τι κάνετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια "
+"ζώνη ώρας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS "
+"στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, "
+"σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο "
+"σύνολό τους."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση της κάρτας γραφικών)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και "
+"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και "
+"γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "κατασκευαστή"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "έπειτα το όνομα του μοντέλου της κάρτας"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "και τον τύπο της κάρτας"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν "
+"βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να "
+"βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού "
+"κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών.  Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό "
+"με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο "
+"οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη "
+"γραμμή εντολών."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux "
+"οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε "
+"ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε "
+"πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον "
+"εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window "
+"System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή "
+"οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω "
+"ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν "
+"μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε "
+"ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την "
+"κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε "
+"<guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή "
+"επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή "
+"<guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</"
+"guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες "
+"ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Μια εσφαλμένη συχνότητα ανανέωσης μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή "
+"ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν "
+"εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να "
+"ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι "
+"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις "
+"θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης "
+"ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής.  <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι "
+"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να "
+"επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Επιλογή της οθόνης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και "
+"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να "
+"καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να "
+"κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε.  </emphasis> Αν "
+"έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένο</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη "
+"συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου "
+"συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα "
+"ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην "
+"οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος "
+"συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε "
+"την οθόνη σας.  Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και "
+"συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του "
+"τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Κατασκευαστής</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται "
+"τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "το όνομα του μοντέλου της οθόνης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "την περιγραφή της οθόνης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Γενικού τύπου</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών "
+"όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών "
+"υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας "
+"γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα.  Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να "
+"είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις "
+"σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή "
+"κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά "
+"δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε "
+"ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας "
+"κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το "
+"περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή "
+"αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν "
+"τρία από αυτά."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες "
+"τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Για όλες τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. "
+"Στη συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο "
+"προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την. Τα κουμπιά "
+"<guibutton>Εναλλαγή σε λειτουργία ειδήμονα</guibutton> (ή "
+"<guibutton>Λειτουργία ειδήμονα</guibutton>) προσφέρουν κάποια επιπλέον "
+"εργαλεία όπως την προσθήκη μιας ετικέτας ή την επιλογή ενός τύπου κατάτμησης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Συνεχίστε έως ότου ρυθμίσετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton> όταν είστε έτοιμος-η."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάνετε εγκατάσταση της Mageia σε ένα σύστημα UEFI, ελέγξτε ότι μια "
+"κατάτμηση ESP (EFI System Partition) είναι παρούσα και προσαρτημένη σωστά "
+"στο /boot.EFI (δείτε κατωτέρω)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάνετε εγκατάσταση της Mageia σε ένα παλιό/GPT σύστημα, ελέγξτε ότι μια "
+"κατάτμηση εκκίνησης BIOS είναι παρούσα και ενός σωστού τύπου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Διαμερισμός"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να δείτε το περιεχόμενο των σκληρών σας δίσκων "
+"και να δείτε τις λύσεις που βρήκε ο οδηγός διαμερισμού DrakX για τα πιθανά "
+"μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές από την παρακάτω λίστα ποικίλουν ανάλογα με τις "
+"ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Χρήση των υπαρχουσών κατατμήσεων"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις "
+"συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή "
+"θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου σε μια κατάτμηση των Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν διαθέτετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο σε μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση Windows, ο "
+"οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο για την δημιουργία του κατάλληλου χώρου για την "
+"εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης "
+"των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση "
+"θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά "
+"την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν.  Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει "
+"αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση "
+"έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε "
+"περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας "
+"αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Με αυτήν την επιλογή, ο εγκαταστάτης εμφανίζει την υπολειπόμενη κατάτμηση "
+"των Windows με ανοιχτό κυανό και της επικείμενης κατάτμησης Mageia σε βαθύ "
+"κυανό με το προοριζόμενο μέγεθος να αναγράφεται στο κάτω μέρος. Έχετε τη "
+"δυνατότητα να προσαρμόσετε αυτά τα μεγέθη κάνοντας κλικ και σύρσιμο του "
+"διαστήματος μεταξύ των δυο κατατμήσεων. Δείτε στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Διαγραφή και χρήση ολόκληρου του δίσκου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή θα χρησιμοποιήσει ολόκληρο τον δίσκο για τη Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό "
+"δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα τμήμα του δίσκου για άλλον σκοπό, ή αν "
+"διαθέτετε ήδη κάποια δεδομένα στον δίσκο τα οποία δεν θα θέλατε να χάσετε, "
+"τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς "
+"σας δίσκους."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαμόρφωση του μεγέθους των κατατμήσεων:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης θα διαμοιράσει τον κοινόχρηστο χώρο βάσει των "
+"ακόλουθων κανόνων:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν ο συνολικός διαθέσιμος χώρος είναι λιγότερος από 50GB, θα δημιουργηθεί "
+"μόνο η ριζική κατάτμηση «/» και δεν θα"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν ο συνολικά διαθέσιμος χώρος είναι μεγαλύτερος από 50 GB, τότε "
+"δημιουργούνται τρεις κατατμήσεις"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 του συνολικού διαθέσιμου χώρου εκχωρούνται στην κατάτμηση «/» με "
+"μέγιστο χώρο 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"1/19 του συνολικού διαθέσιμου χώρου εκχωρούνται στην κατάτμηση «swap» με "
+"μέγιστο χώρο 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+"και το υπόλοιπο (τουλάχιστον 12/19) εκχωρείται στον προσωπικό κατάλογο «/"
+"home» "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό σημαίνει πως από τα 160 GB ελεύθερου χώρα και άνω, το πρόγραμμα "
+"εγκατάστασης δημιουργεί τρεις κατατμήσεις: 50 GB για το /, 4 GB για το swap "
+"και το υπόλοιπο για το /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε ένα σύστημα UEFI, το ESP (EFI System Partition) θα "
+"εντοπιστεί αυτομάτως, η αν δεν υπάρχει θα δημιουργηθεί, και θα προσαρτηθεί "
+"στο /boot/EFI. Η επιλογή «Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκου» είναι η μοναδική "
+"που επιτρέπει τον έλεγχο επικύρωσης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε ένα παλιό σύστημα (γνωστό και ως CSM ή BIOS) με δίσκο GPT, "
+"χρειάζεστε να δημιουργήσετε μια κατάτμηση εκκίνησης Bios αν δεν υφίσταται. "
+"Πρόκειται για μια κατάτμηση 1 MB χωρίς σημείο προσάρτησης. Επιλέξτε την "
+"επιλογή <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> ούτως ώστε να μπορέσετε να την "
+"δημιουργήσετε με τον εγκαταστάτη όπως κάθε άλλη κατάτμηση, απλά επιλέξτε την "
+"κατάτμηση εκκίνησης BIOS ως τύπο συστήματος αρχείων."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Μερικοί νέοι οδηγοί σκληρών δίσκων χρησιμοποιούν τώρα 4096 byte λογικούς "
+"τομείς, αντί του προηγούμενου στάνταρ των λογικών τομέων 512 byte. Εξαιτίας "
+"της έλλειψης διαθέσιμου υλικού, το εργαλείο κατατμήσεων που χρησιμοποιήθηκε "
+"στον εγκαταστάτη δεν δοκιμάστηκε σε τέτοιους οδηγούς. Επίσης μερικοί οδηγοί "
+"ssd χρησιμοποιούν τώρα τμήματα διαγραφής μεγαλύτερα τους 1 MB.  Σας "
+"συστήνουμε να πραγματοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον οδηγό σας εκ των προτέρων "
+"με τη βοήθεια ενός άλλου εργαλείου κατατμήσεων όπως το gparted, και να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Στοίχιση σε\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό "
+"Mb."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Εγκατάσταση από μέσο LIVE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Ιανουάριος 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την "
+"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:"
+"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν "
+"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ "
+"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το "
+"εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και "
+"τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε ολοκληρώσει την εγκατάσταση και διαμόρφωση της Mageia και μπορείτε "
+"τώρα να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας με ασφάλεια."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στην οθόνη του μενού εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε "
+"μεταξύ των λειτουργικών συστημάτων σας στον υπολογιστή σας (αν έχετε "
+"περισσότερα από ένα)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή "
+"σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Απολαύστε!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Μεταβείτε στο www.mageia.org αν έχετε διάφορες απορίες ή αν θέλετε να "
+"συνεισφέρετε στη Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Τείχος προστασίας"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή η ενότητα επιτρέπει την διαμόρφωση μερικών απλών κανόνων του τείχους "
+"προστασίας: καθορίζουν τον τύπο των επιτρεπόμενων μηνυμάτων από το διαδίκτυο "
+"στο σύστημα προορισμού. Αυτό επιτρέπει τανάπαλιν την πρόσβαση των "
+"αντίστοιχων υπηρεσιών από το διαδίκτυο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Στην εξ ορισμού ρύθμιση δεν υπάρχει κάποιο κουμπί επιλεγμένο. Οι υπηρεσίες "
+"συστήματος δεν είναι προσβάσιμες από το διαδίκτυο. Η επιλογή «<emphasis>Όλα "
+"(χωρίς τείχος προστασίας)</emphasis>» έχει μια ειδική λειτουργία: "
+"ενεργοποιεί την πρόσβαση σε όλες τις υπηρεσίες του μηχανήματος· αυτή η "
+"επιλογή δεν έχει νόημα στην περίπτωση του εγκαταστάτη αφού θα αφήσει το "
+"σύστημα εκτεθειμένο. Η ουσιαστική του χρήση προορίζεται για το Κέντρο "
+"Ελέγχου Mageia (όπου χρησιμοποιείται το ίδιο περιβάλλον χρήστη) και για την "
+"προσωρινή καθολική απενεργοποίηση των κανόνων του τείχους προστασίας για "
+"δοκιμές και αποσφαλμάτωση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Όλες οι άλλες επιλογές είναι αυτονόητες. Για παράδειγμα, επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο "
+"ελέγχου «Εξυπηρετητής CUPS» αν θέλετε οι εκτυπωτές σας να είναι "
+"προσπελάσιμοι από το δίκτυο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Προχωρημένες</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"Το σύνολο αυτό των πλαισίων ελέγχου αφορά μόνο τις βασικές υπηρεσίες. Το "
+"κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει πρόσβαση σε πιο υπηρεσίες που δεν καλύπτονται "
+"στη λίστα με τις βασικές. Από εκεί θα μπορείτε να να ενεργοποιείτε μια σειρά "
+"υπηρεσιών πληκτρολογώντας τες (αφήνοντας κενά μεταξύ τους)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;αριθμός-θύρας>/&lt;πρωτόκολλο></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;αριθμός-θύρας></emphasis>: πρόκειται για τον αριθμός της "
+"θύρας που έχει ανατεθεί στην υπηρεσία που θέλετε να ενεργοποιήσετε (π.χ. 873 "
+"για την υπηρεσία RSYNC) όπως καθορίζεται στο <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>·"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;πρωτόκολλο></emphasis> πρόκειται για το <emphasis>TCP</"
+"emphasis> ή το <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - το διαδικτυακό πρωτόκολλο της "
+"εκάστοτε υπηρεσίας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για παράδειγμα, η καταχώρηση για την ενεργοποίηση της πρόσβασης στην "
+"υπηρεσία RSYNC είναι η <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε περίπτωση που η υπηρεσία έχει ενσωματωθεί χρησιμοποιώντας και τα δυο "
+"πρωτόκολλα, θα πρέπει να καθορίσετε 2 ζεύγη για την ίδια θύρα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Μορφοποίηση"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα "
+"δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για "
+"μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να "
+"μορφοποιηθούν"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τις "
+"κατατμήσεις για τις οποίες επιθυμείτε να γίνει έλεγχος για "
+"<emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι έχετε κάνει την σωστή επιλογή, μπορείτε να "
+"κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>, ξανά στο "
+"<guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο "
+"<guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> για να επιστρέψετε στην κύρια οθόνη.  "
+"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να δείτε τι υπάρχει στις κατατμήσεις "
+"σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Όταν είστε βέβαιος-η για την επιλογή σας, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</"
+"guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός "
+"εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν "
+"ευκολότερα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα "
+"εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκατάσταση"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Χρήση ενός DVD Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτές είναι οι εξ ορισμού οθόνες καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia "
+"DVD· η πρώτη με ένα σύστημα UEFI και η δεύτερη με ένα παλαιό σύστημα:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να προσπελάσετε τις επιλογές από αυτήν την οθόνη πατώντας το «e» "
+"για να εισέλθετε στην λειτουργία επεξεργασίας. Για να επιστρέψετε, πιέστε "
+"είτε το πλήκτρο «esc» για εγκατάλειψη χωρίς αποθήκευση ή το πλήκτρο «CTRL» ή "
+"το «F10» για εγκατάλειψη με αποθήκευση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+"Από αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να ορίσετε μερικές προσωπικές προτιμήσεις:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Η γλώσσα (για την εγκατάσταση μόνο, μπορεί να είναι διαφορετική από τη "
+"γλώσσα του συστήματος) πατώντας το πλήκτρο F2 (μόνο σε λειτουργία παλαιού "
+"τύπου)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για να επιλέξετε τη γλώσσα και πιέστε Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ φαίνεται για παράδειγμα, η οθόνη υποδοχής στα γαλλικά με Live CD/DVD. "
+"Σημειώστε ότι το μενού του Live CD/DVD δεν προτείνει: <guilabel>Διάσωση του "
+"συστήματος</guilabel>, <guilabel>Έλεγχο μνήμης</guilabel> και το "
+"<guilabel>Εργαλείο εντοπισμού υλικού</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Αλλαγή της ανάλυσης της οθόνης πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F3 (μόνο σε λειτουργία "
+"παλαιού τύπου)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Προσθέστε μερικές επιλογές του πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">F6</emphasis> για τη λειτουργία παλαιού τύπου ή το πλήκτρο "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> για τη λειτουργία UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση, τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να δοκιμάσετε ξανά "
+"χρησιμοποιώντας μια από τις επιπλέον επιλογές. Το πάτημα του πλήκτρου F6 "
+"εμφανίζει μια νέα γραμμή με τις <guilabel>Επιλογές του πυρήνα</guilabel> και "
+"υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες τέσσερις επιλογές:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Προκαθορισμένη, δεν αλλάζει καμιά από τις εξ ορισμού επιλογές."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Χωρίς ACPI : Advanced Configuration and Power Interface, η εξελιγμένη "
+"διεπαφή ρύθμισης και διαχείρισης ενέργειας δεν θα ληφθεί υπόψη."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Χωρίς τοπικό APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), ο "
+"προηγμένος προγραμματιζόμενος ελεγκτής διακοπών συστήματος αφορά τις "
+"διακοπές της CPU, επιλέξτε αυτήν την επιλογή αν σας ζητηθεί."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Όταν επιλέγετε μια από αυτές τις καταχωρήσεις, τροποποιούνται οι εξ ορισμού "
+"ρυθμίσεις που εμφανίζονται στη γραμμή <guilabel>Επιλογές εκκίνησης</"
+"guilabel>. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε μερικές εκδόσεις της Mageia, μπορεί οι επιλογές με το πλήκτρο F6 να μην "
+"εμφανιστούν στην γραμμή <guilabel>Επιλογές εκκίνησης</guilabel>· ωστόσο, "
+"λαμβάνονται κανονικά υπόψη."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Προσθέστε περισσότερες επιλογές του πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F1 (μόνο σε "
+"λειτουργία παλαιού τύπου)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Πιέζοντας F1 ανοίγει ένα νέο παράθυρο με επιπλέον διαθέσιμες επιλογές. "
+"Επιλέξτε μια με τα βελάκια και πατήστε Enter για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες ή "
+"πιέστε Esc για να επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη υποδοχής."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Η προβολή λεπτομερειών για την εικόνα εκκίνησης. Πατήστε Esc ή επιλέξτε "
+"<guilabel>Επιστροφή στις επιλογές εκκίνησης</guilabel> για να επιστρέψετε "
+"στη λίστα επιλογών. Αυτές οι επιλογές μπορούν να προστεθούν και χειροκίνητα "
+"στη γραμμή <guilabel>Επιλογές εκκίνησης</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Βοήθεια εμφανίζεται μεταφρασμένη στην επιλεγμένη γλώσσα με το πλήκτρο F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις επιλογές του πυρήνα σε παλαιά "
+"και UEFI συστήματα, δείτε: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Χρήση ενός ενσύρματου δικτύου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή είναι η εξ ορισμού οθόνη καλωσορίσματος όταν χρησιμοποιείτε ένα CD "
+"εγκατάστασης ενσύρματου δικτύου (εικόνες netinstall.iso ή netinstall-nonfree."
+"iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Δεν επιτρέπει την αλλαγή της γλώσσας, οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές περιγράφονται "
+"στην οθόνη. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη χρήση ενός CD "
+"εγκατάστασης ενσύρματου δικτύου, ανατρέξτε στο <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Wiki της Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου είναι η αμερικανική."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα "
+"οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν "
+"κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες "
+"συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> "
+"όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την "
+"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το "
+"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η "
+"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια "
+"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας "
+"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος "
+"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα "
+"τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, "
+"πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε "
+"επανεκκίνηση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό "
+"μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα "
+"συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας "
+"<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν πρόκειται για πολύ παλιό υλικό, ίσως η εγκατάσταση σε γραφικό περιβάλλον "
+"να είναι αδύνατη. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε την "
+"εγκατάσταση χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον.  Για να το πραγματοποιήσετε, πατήστε "
+"ESC στην πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος και επιβεβαιώστε με ENTER. Θα φτάσετε σε "
+"μια μαύρη οθόνη με τη λέξη «boot:». Πληκτρολογήστε «text» και πατήστε ENTER. "
+"Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία κειμένου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται "
+"στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός "
+"υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να "
+"δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην "
+"προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν "
+"κριθεί απαραίτητο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Πρόβλημα RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό "
+"μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε "
+"χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</"
+"code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> "
+"καθορίζει 256MB RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Δυναμικές κατατμήσεις"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν μετατρέψατε τον σκληρό σας δίσκο από «βασική» σε «δυναμική» μορφή σε "
+"Microsoft Windows, θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε ότι είναι αδύνατο να εγκαταστήσετε "
+"τη Mageia σε αυτόν τον δίσκο. Για να επιστρέψετε στην «βασική» μορφή, "
+"ανατρέξτε στην τεκμηρίωση της Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn."
+"microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/"
+"library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Ενημερώσεις"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Από τη στιγμή που κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση της <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, μερικά πακέτα έχουν ενημερωθεί ή βελτιωθεί."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>ναι</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να κάνετε λήψη και να "
+"εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα, επιλέξτε <guilabel>όχι</guilabel> αν δεν "
+"επιθυμείτε να το πραγματοποιήσετε τώρα, ή αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένος-η στο "
+"διαδίκτυο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Οθόνη εισόδου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Οθόνη εισόδου KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Εν τέλει, θα βρεθείτε στην οθόνη εισόδου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Εισαγάγετε το όνομα του χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης, και σε μερικά "
+"δευτερόλεπτα θα βρεθείτε στο περιβάλλον εργασίας KDE ή GNOME ανάλογα με το "
+"μέσο που χρησιμοποιήσατε. Μπορείτε εφεξής να χρησιμοποιήσετε την Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να βρείτε ένα άλλο τμήμα της τεκμηρίωσης στο <link ns4:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που "
+"χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η "
+"επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα "
+"επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι "
+"περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι δωρεάν, "
+"η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που υπόκειται "
+"σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που σημαίνει μη "
+"ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι ιδιόκτητοι "
+"οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων καρτών WiFi "
+"κλπ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία "
+"διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται "
+"σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και "
+"πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων "
+"που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που "
+"απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην "
+"οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το επιθυμείτε μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την «επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων» "
+"στην ίδια οθόνη."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια "
+"ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό "
+"εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την "
+"«επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων», όπως αναφέρεται ανωτέρω, δείτε <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα "
+"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, "
+"όπως τεκμηρίωση και X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιλέξετε «με X» θα συμπεριληφθεί επίσης ο διαχειριστής παραθύρων IceWM "
+"ως ένα ελαφρύ περιβάλλον εργασίας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Η βασική τεκμηρίωση παρέχεται υπό τη μορφή σελίδων εγχειριδίου man και info. "
+"Περιέχει τις σελίδες man από τις σελίδες info των <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> και "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU "
+"coreutils</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX πραγματοποίησε έξυπνες επιλογές για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματός "
+"σας, ανάλογα με τις επιλογές που κάνατε προηγουμένως και το υλικό που "
+"εντοπίστηκε από το DrakX. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εδώ και αν "
+"θέλετε να τις αλλάξετε πατώντας <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ως γενικός κανόνας, συνιστώνται οι προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις και μπορείτε να "
+"τις διατηρήσετε με 3 εξαιρέσεις:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "υπάρχουν γνωστοποιημένα προβλήματα με τις εξ ορισμού ρυθμίσεις"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "η εξορισμού ρύθμιση έχει ήδη δοκιμαστεί και δεν λειτουργεί σωστά"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "κάποια άλλη πληροφορία υπάρχει στις αναλυτικές ενότητες κατωτέρω"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Παράμετροι του συστήματος"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ζώνη ώρας:</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX επέλεξε μια ζώνη ώρας για εσάς, ανάλογα με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα. "
+"Αν χρειάζεται μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε. Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Χώρα / Περιοχή:</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είσαστε στην επιλεγμένη χώρα, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη "
+"ρύθμιση.  Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης:</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX έχει πραγματοποιήσει καλές επιλογές για τη ρύθμιση του προγράμματος "
+"εκκίνησης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Μην αλλάξετε τίποτα, αν δεν γνωρίζετε πως να διαμορφώσετε το Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Διαχείριση χρηστών:</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον χρήστες. Καθένας θα αποκτήσει τον δικό "
+"του κατάλογο <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Υπηρεσίες</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο "
+"παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την "
+"απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων εργασιών."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν να αλλάξετε οτιδήποτε εδώ - ένα σφάλμα "
+"μπορεί να προκαλέσει τη δυσλειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Παράμετροι υλικού"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Πληκτρολόγιο:</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ είναι το μέρος που ρυθμίζετε ή αλλάζετε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή "
+"οποία εξαρτάται από την τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του "
+"πληκτρολογίου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν διαπιστώσετε μια λανθασμένη διάταξη πληκτρολογίου και επιθυμείτε να την "
+"αλλάξετε, λάβετε υπόψη ότι ο κωδικός πρόσβασης θα αλλάξει επίσης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ποντίκι</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, "
+"ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα ήχου</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει "
+"καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται "
+"μόνον όταν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι οδηγοί για την κάρτα σας, αλλά κανένας από "
+"αυτούς δεν είναι ο προκαθορισμένος."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα γραφικών</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε την κάρτα γραφικών σας και τις "
+"οθόνες σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Παράμετροι δικτύου και διαδικτύου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Δίκτυο</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς "
+"ελεύθερους οδηγούς είναι καλύτερα να το κάνετε μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στο "
+"<application>Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia</application>, αφού έχετε ενεργοποιήσει "
+"τα αποθετήρια «nonfree»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος "
+"προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Διαμεσολαβητές</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Ένας εξυπηρετητής διαμεσολαβητή δρα ως μεσάζοντας μεταξύ του υπολογιστή σας "
+"και το ευρύτερο διαδίκτυο. Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον "
+"υπολογιστή σας για την χρήση μιας υπηρεσίας διαμεσολαβητή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Ίσως χρειάζεται να συμβουλευτείτε τον διαχειριστή των συστημάτων σας για να "
+"λάβετε τις παραμέτρους που χρειάζεστε να εισάγετε εδώ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Ασφάλεια"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Επίπεδο ασφάλειας</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Επίπεδο ασφάλειας για τον υπολογιστή σας, στις "
+"περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή (Τυπικό) είναι το "
+"καταλληλότερο για γενική χρήση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Επιλέξτε την επιλογή που ταιριάζει περισσότερο με τη χρήση σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Τείχος προστασίας</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Το τείχος προστασίας έχει ως στόχο να είναι το τείχος μεταξύ των σημαντικών "
+"σας δεδομένων και τους κατεργάρηδες του διαδικτύου οι οποίοι θα ήθελαν να τα "
+"εκθέσουν ή να τα κλέψουν."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τις υπηρεσίες που επιθυμείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημά σας. Οι "
+"επιλογές σας θα εξαρτώνται με την χρήση για την οποία προορίζεται ο "
+"υπολογιστής σας. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend="
+"\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε υπόψη σας ότι επιτρέποντας τα πάντα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας) μπορεί "
+"να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά το πέρας της εγκατάστασης του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, θα σας προταθεί "
+"να κλείσετε τον υπολογιστή, να αφαιρέσετε το live CD και να κάνετε "
+"επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή, κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton></emphasis> και ακολουθήστε τις "
+"οδηγίες<emphasis role=\"bold\"> σε αυτήν την σειρά!</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Κατά την επανεκκίνηση θα παρατηρήσετε μια ακολουθία ράβδων προόδου λήψης."
+"Αυτό δείχνει ότι η τηλεφόρτωση των καταλόγων των μέσων λογισμικού είναι σε "
+"εξέλιξη (δείτε στην ενότητα Διαχείριση Λογισμικού)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε "
+"αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος "
+"χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το επίπεδο ασφαλείας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να "
+"επιλέξετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από "
+"την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Επιλογή και χρήση των ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Εισαγωγή"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Mageia διανέμεται μέσω εικόνων ISO. Αυτή η σελίδα θα σας βοηθήσει να "
+"επιλέξετε ποια εικόνα ταιριάζει στις ανάγκες σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Υπάρχουν δυο οικογένειες μέσων:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Κλασσικός εγκαταστάτης: Μετά την εκκίνηση του μέσου, ακολουθεί μια "
+"διαδικασία που επιτρέπει την προσαρμογή της εγκατάστασης  και τον τρόπο "
+"διαμόρφωσης του τελικού συστήματος. Αυτό σας δίνει την μέγιστη ευελιξία για "
+"μια προσαρμοσμένη εγκατάσταση, ειδικά στην επιλογή του περιβάλλοντος "
+"εργασίας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Μέσο LIVE: Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε το μέσο πάνω σε ένα πραγματικό σύστημα "
+"Mageia χωρίς να το εγκαταστήσετε ούτως ώστε να διαπιστώσετε τι θα έχετε μετά "
+"την ενδεχόμενη εγκατάσταση. Η διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης είναι ευκολότερη "
+"αλλά με λιγότερες επιλογές."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Στις επόμενες ενότητες δίνονται περισσότερες πληροφορίες."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Μέσα"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Ορισμός"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Μέσο αποκαλούμε εδώ ένα αρχείο εικόνας ISO το οποίο επιτρέπει την "
+"εγκατάσταση και/ή την ενημέρωση της Mageia και κατ' επέκταση κάθε φυσικό "
+"μέσο όπου το αρχείο ISO έχει αντιγραφεί."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να τα βρείτε <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">εδώ</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Μέσο κλασσικής εγκατάστασης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Κοινά χαρακτηριστικά"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Τα ISO χρησιμοποιούν το παραδοσιακό πρόγραμμα εγκαταστάτης drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορούν να πραγματοποιήσουν μια «καθαρή» εγκατάσταση ή να ενημερώσουν μια "
+"προηγούμενη έκδοση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 δυφίων."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"μερικά εργαλεία είναι διαθέσιμα στην οθόνη υποδοχής: Διάσωση του συστήματος, "
+"Έλεγχος της μνήμης, Εργαλείο εντοπισμού υλικού."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Κάθε DVD περιέχει πολλά διαθέσιμα γραφικά περιβάλλοντα και γλώσσες."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Κατά την εγκατάσταση θα ερωτηθείτε για την προσθήκη ιδιόκτητου λογισμικού."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Μέσο Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την προεπισκόπηση της διανομής χωρίς να γίνει "
+"εγκατάσταση στον σκληρό δίσκο, και προαιρετικά για τη μετέπειτα εγκατάσταση "
+"στον σκληρό δίσκο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "Κάθε ISO περιέχει μόνο ένα περιβάλλον εργασίας (Plasma, GNOME ή XFCE)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Το ISO Live μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο για μια "
+"«καθαρή» εγκατάσταση· δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την αναβάθμιση από "
+"προηγούμενη έκδοση.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Περιέχουν ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Ζωντανό DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας Plasma."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Μόνο 64 δυφίων αρχιτεκτονική."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Μόνο 64 δυφίων αρχιτεκτονική"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Ζωντανό DVD XFCE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας XFCE."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 δυφίων."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε ένα είναι μια μικρή εικόνα η οποία περιέχει τα απαραίτητα για την "
+"εκκίνηση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης drakx και την εύρεση του drakx-"
+"installer-stage2 και άλλων πακέτων που απαιτούνται για τη συνέχιση και την "
+"ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης. Αυτά τα πακέτα μπορεί να βρίσκονται στον σκληρό "
+"δίσκο του υπολογιστή, σε έναν τοπικό σκληρό δίσκο, στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή στο "
+"διαδίκτυο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτά τα μέσα είναι πολύ ελαφριά (μικρότερα από 100 MB) και εξυπηρετούν όταν "
+"το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό για τη λήψη ενός πλήρους DVD, όταν ο "
+"υπολογιστής δεν διαθέτει οδηγό DVD ή όταν ο υπολογιστής δεν υποστηρίζει την "
+"εκκίνηση από ένα κλειδί USB. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Περιέχει μόνο ελεύθερο λογισμικό, για αυτούς που προτιμούν να μην "
+"χρησιμοποιούν ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Περιέχει ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό (κυρίως οδηγούς συσκευών, αποκωδικοποιητές...) "
+"για αυτούς που το χρειάζονται."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Λήψη και έλεγχος των μέσων"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Λήψη"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Αφού έχετε επιλέξει το αρχείο ISO, μπορείτε να το λάβετε είτε μέσω http "
+"πρωτοκόλλου είτε μέσω BitTorrent. Και στις δυο περιπτώσεις, θα ανοίξει ένα "
+"παράθυρο με μερικές πληροφορίες, όπως ο καθρεφτισμός που χρησιμοποιείται και "
+"η επιλογή αλλαγής του αν το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό. Αν επιλέξετε http, "
+"μπορεί να δείτε επίσης κάτι σαν αυτό"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"Τα md5sum και sha1sum είναι εργαλεία ελέγχου της ακεραιότητας των ISO. Η "
+"χρήση ενός εκ των δυο αρκεί. Κρατήστε το για <link linkend=\"integrity"
+"\">μελλοντική χρήση</link>. Στη συνέχεια ανοίγει ένα παρεμφερές παράθυρο:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Επιλέξτε το κουμπί επιλογών Αποθήκευση του αρχείου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Έλεγχος της ακεραιότητας του ληφθέντος αρχείου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Και τα δυο εργαλεία ελέγχου της ακεραιότητας είναι δεκαεξαδικοί αριθμοί "
+"αποτέλεσμα υπολογισμού ενός αλγόριθμου από το αρχείο προς τηλεφόρτωση. Όταν "
+"ζητάτε από τους αλγόριθμους να επανυπολογίσουν τον αριθμό αυτόν από το "
+"αρχείο λήψης, είτε θα έχετε τον ίδιο αριθμό και το αρχείο σας είναι σωστό, "
+"είτε ο αριθμός είναι διαφορετικός και έχετε μια αποτυχία και θα πρέπει να "
+"προσπαθήσετε την εκ νέου λήψη του αρχείου ή την επισκευή μέσω Bittorrent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό －δεν χρειάζεται σύνδεση ως root － και:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Για χρήση του md5sum, πληκτρολογήστε: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
+"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Για χρήση του sha1sum, πληκτρολογήστε: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>mdsum "
+"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"και συγκρίνετε τον υπολογισμένο αριθμό στον υπολογιστή σας (ίσως χρειαστεί "
+"να περιμένετε λίγο) με τον αριθμό που δίνεται από τη Mageia. Για παράδειγμα:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Εγγραφή ή αποτύπωση του ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"To επιβεβαιωμένο ISO μπορεί να εγγραφεί σε ένα CD/DVD ή να αποτυπωθεί σε ένα "
+"κλειδί USB. Αυτές οι διεργασίες δεν πρόκειται για μια απλή αντιγραφή και "
+"σκοπεύουν στην δημιουργία ενός εκκινήσιμου μέσου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Εγγραφή του ISO σε ένα CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Χρησιμοποιήστε το πρόγραμμα εγγραφής που επιθυμείτε, αλλά θα πρέπει να "
+"σιγουρευτείτε ότι η συσκευή εγγραφής έχει διαμορφωθεί σωστά για την "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">εγγραφή μιας εικόνας</emphasis>· η εγγραφή δεδομένων "
+"ή αρχείων δεν είναι σωστή. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link "
+"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia "
+"wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Αποτύπωση του ISO σε ένα κλειδί USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Όλα τα Mageia ISO είναι υβριδικά. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να τα "
+"«αποτυπώσετε» σε ένα κλειδί USB και να το χρησιμοποιήσετε για την εκκίνηση "
+"και εγκατάσταση του συστήματος."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"Η «αποτύπωση» μιας εικόνας σε έναν οδηγό flash θα έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την "
+"διαγραφή των αρχείων και την καταστροφή οποιουδήποτε προηγούμενου συστήματος "
+"αρχείων στη συσκευή. Η χωρητικότητα του οδηγού θα συρρικνωθεί στο μέγεθος "
+"της εικόνας ISO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Για να ανακτήσετε την αρχική χωρητικότητα, θα πρέπει να πραγματοποιήσετε εκ "
+"νέου την κατάτμηση και την μορφοποίηση του κλειδιού USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Χρήση ενός εργαλείου γραφικού περιβάλλοντος στην Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα εργαλείο γραφικού περιβάλλοντος όπως το "
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Χρήση ενός εργαλείου γραφικού περιβάλλοντος στα Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- Το <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> "
+"χρησιμοποιώντας την επιλογή της «εικόνας ISO»·"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- Το <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager"
+"\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Χρήση της γραμμής εντολών σε ένα σύστημα GNU/Linux "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Είναι εν δυνάμει «επικίνδυνο» να το πραγματοποιήσετε χειροκίνητα. "
+"Διακινδυνεύετε να αντικαταστήσετε μια κατάτμηση του δίσκου αν λάβετε "
+"λανθασμένα το αναγνωριστικό της συσκευής."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε το εργαλείο dd σε ένα τερματικό:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Συνδεθείτε ως διαχειριστής με την εντολή <userinput>su -</userinput> (μην "
+"ξεχάσετε το τελικό «-» )"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Συνδέστε το κλειδί USB (μην το προσαρτήσετε, και μην ανοίξετε μια εφαρμογή ή "
+"διαχειριστή αρχείων που μπορεί να έχει πρόσβαση ή να κάνει ανάγνωση στο "
+"κλειδί)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Εναλλακτικά, μπορείτε να λάβετε το όνομα της συσκευής μέσω της εντολής "
+"<code>dmesg</code>: στο τέλος θα βρείτε το όνομα της συσκευής αρχίζοντας από "
+"<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, και <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> στην περίπτωσή μας:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Αναζητήστε το όνομα της συσκευής του κλειδιού USB (βάσει του μεγέθους του), "
+"για παράδειγμα <code>/dev/sdb</code> στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο· πρόκειται για "
+"ένα κλειδί USB 8GB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Όπου «X» = το όνομα της συσκευής, πχ: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Παράδειγμα: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Αποσυνδέστε το κλειδί USB, όλα ολοκληρώθηκαν"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών "
+"ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την "
+"περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες "
+"χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την "
+"πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την "
+"πραγματική σας επιλογή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Στην οθόνη <guilabel>Άλλες χώρες</guilabel> μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε μια "
+"μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι εισαγωγής "
+"επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες (Κινέζικα, "
+"Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής "
+"ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες "
+"μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες "
+"λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP "
+"πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, "
+"μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του "
+"εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -"
+"> «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Εγκατάσταση"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Αναβάθμιση"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</"
+"application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να "
+"αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχει δοκιμαστεί μόνο η αναβάθμιση από μια, <emphasis>ακόμα υποστηριζόμενη</"
+"emphasis>, προηγούμενη έκδοση της Mageia όταν κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη "
+"έκδοση του εγκαταστάτη. Αν θέλετε να αναβαθμίσετε από μια έκδοση της Mageia "
+"που έχει φτάσει στο τέλος του κύκλου ζωής της (EOL), τότε είναι καλύτερα να "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε μια καθαρή εγκατάσταση διαφυλάσσοντας την κατάτμηση "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την "
+"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το "
+"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η "
+"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια "
+"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας "
+"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος "
+"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα "
+"τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, "
+"πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε "
+"επανεκκίνηση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να "
+"επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής "
+"γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</"
+"emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Επιλογή του πληκτρολογίου"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Θα σας απαιτηθεί να καθορίσετε την διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας που "
+"επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε στην Mageia. Η εξ ορισμού επιλογή γίνεται "
+"βάσει της γλώσσας και της ωρολογιακής ζώνης που επιλέξατε προηγουμένως."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί "
+"ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η."
+"Π.Α."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη "
+"πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, "
+"δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του "
+"υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο "
+"αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και "
+"επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</"
+"guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα "
+"φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη.  Μπορείτε "
+"ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: "
+"Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα "
+"δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να "
+"κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και "
+"του μη λατινικού."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τη γλώσσα που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου "
+"σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή "
+"για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα της προτίμησής σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> "
+"θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το "
+"εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο "
+"σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να "
+"τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον "
+"γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από "
+"αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα "
+"σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την "
+"προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του "
+"πληκτρολογίου σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί εξ ορισμού την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε "
+"ότι δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης "
+"UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από "
+"το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -> Σύστημα -> Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα του "
+"συστήματός σας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από "
+"εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Συνήθως, <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 και USB "
+"ποντίκι</guilabel> είναι μια καλή επιλογή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός evdev</"
+"guilabel> για να διαμορφώσετε τα κουμπιά που δεν δουλεύουν σε ένα ποντίκι με "
+"έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Για να τοπ κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το /boot/"
+"grub2/custom.cfg ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε το λογισμικό grub-customizer "
+"(Διαθέσιμο στα αποθετήρια της Mageia)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο wiki μας <link ns2:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Διεπαφή του προγράμματος εκκίνησης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Εξ ορισμού η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί αποκλειστικά:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr "Grub2 (με ή χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον) για παλιά συστήματα MBR/GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi για ένα σύστημα UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Τα γραφικά μενού της Mageia είναι πολύ όμορφα:)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 σε παλιό σύστημα με MBR/GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Μην τροποποιήσετε το περιφερειακό εκκίνησης εκτός και αν γνωρίζεται τι "
+"ακριβώς πράττετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 σε συστήματα UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Με ένα σύστημα UEFI, το περιβάλλον χρήστη είναι ελαφρώς διαφορετικό όπως ότι "
+"δεν μπορείτε να επιλέξετε με ή χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η Mageia είναι το μοναδικό σύστημα εγκατεστημένο στον υπολογιστή σας, το "
+"πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δημιούργησε μια κατάτμηση ESP (EFI System Partition) "
+"για την υποδοχή του προγράμματος εκκίνησης (Grub2-efi). Αν είχατε ήδη "
+"εγκατεστημένα συστήματα UEFI (π.χ. Windows 8), το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης της "
+"Mageia εντόπισε τις υπάρχουσες κατατμήσεις ESP που έχουν δημιουργηθεί από τα "
+"Windows και θα προσθέσει το grub2-efi. Μολονότι είναι δυνατή η συνύπαρξη "
+"περισσοτέρων κατατμήσεων ESP, συνιστάται η χρήση μιας ανεξαρτήτου του "
+"αριθμού των λειτουργικών συστημάτων που διαθέτετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης της Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Εξ ορισμού, αναλόγως με το σύστημά σας, η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Ένα πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης GRUB2 είτε στο MBR (Master Boot Record) του πρώτου "
+"σκληρού δίσκου ή στην κατάτμηση εκκίνησης του BIOS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Ένα πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης Grub2-efi στο ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε και άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα εγκατεστημένα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να "
+"τα προσθέσει στο νέο μενού εκκίνησης Mageia. Αν δεν το επιθυμείτε, κάντε "
+"κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> και αποεπιλέξτε το πλαίσιο "
+"<guilabel>Εντοπισμός ξένου λειτουργικού</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Η ακριβής διαδικασία για να προσθέσετε το σύστημά σας Mageia σε ένα υπάρχον "
+"πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης δεν είναι το αντικείμενο σε αυτήν τη Βοήθεια, ωστόσο "
+"στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό θα επιφέρει την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος "
+"εγκατάστασης του εν λόγω μενού εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα πρέπει να εντοπίσει "
+"αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του "
+"εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Χρήση αλυσιδωτής φόρτωσης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν επιθυμείτε μια εκκινήσιμη Mageia, αλλά την αλυσιδωτή φόρτωση από άλλο "
+"λειτουργικό σύστημα, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και στο "
+"<guibutton>Προηγμένες</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Μην "
+"αγγίξεις το ESP ή το MBR</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Θα λάβετε μια προειδοποίηση ότι το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης θα αποτύχει, αγνοήστε "
+"το με κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Επιλογές"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Πρώτη σελίδα"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Καθυστέρηση πριν την εκκίνηση της προεπιλεγμένης εικόνας</"
+"guilabel>: Το πλαίσιο κειμένου σας επιτρέπει τον ορισμό μιας καθυστέρησης σε "
+"δευτερόλεπτα πριν την εκκίνηση του εξ ορισμού λειτουργικού συστήματος."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει τον ορισμό ενός κωδικού "
+"πρόσβασης για το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι κατά την εκκίνηση θα "
+"απαιτείται το όνομα χρήστη και ο κωδικός πρόσβασης για την αλλαγή μιας "
+"καταχώρησης εκκίνησης ή την αλλαγή μιας ρύθμισης. Το  όνομα χρήστη είναι "
+"«root»  και ο κωδικός πρόσβασης είναι αυτός που θα επιλέξετε εδώ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Εδώ εισαγάγετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε την πληκτρολόγηση "
+"του κωδικού πρόσβασης και το Drakx θα ελέγξει αν ο κωδικός πρόσβασης "
+"ταιριάζει με τον ανωτέρω."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Προηγμένες</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του ACPI:</guilabel> Το ACPI (Advanced Configuration "
+"and Power Interface - Εξελιγμένη διεπαφή ρύθμισης και διαχείρισης ενέργειας) "
+"είναι ένα πρότυπο διαχείρισης ενέργειας. Μπορεί να εξοικονομεί ενέργεια "
+"διακόπτοντας αχρησιμοποίητες συσκευές· αυτή ήταν η χρησιμοποιούμενη μέθοδος "
+"πριν το APM. Η αποεπιλογή του μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμη παραδείγματος χάριν αν "
+"ο υπολογιστής σας δεν υποστηρίζει το ACPI ή αν εκτιμάτε ότι η ενσωμάτωση του "
+"ACPI μπορεί να προκαλέσει κάποια προβλήματα (για παράδειγμα τυχαίες "
+"επανεκκινήσεις ή κωλύματα του συστήματος)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του SMP</guilabel>: Αυτή η επιλογή (απ)ενεργοποιεί "
+"την συμμετρική πολυδιεργασία για επεξεργαστές πολλαπλών πυρήνων. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του APIC</guilabel>: (απ)ενεργοποιώντας το δίνεται "
+"στο λειτουργικό σύστημα πρόσβαση στον προηγμένο προγραμματιζόμενο ελεγκτή "
+"διακοπών ( Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). Οι συσκευές APIC "
+"επιτρέπουν περισσότερο πολύπλοκα πρότυπα, και προηγμένη διαχείριση IRQ "
+"(Αιτήσεις διακοπτών)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση τοπικού APIC</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το "
+"τοπικό APIC, το οποίο διαχειρίζεται όλους τους εξωτερικούς διακόπτες για "
+"μερικούς εξειδικευμένους επεξεργαστές σε ένα σύστημα SMP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Επόμενη σελίδα"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Εξ ορισμού:</guilabel> Το λειτουργικό σύστημα που εκκινείται εξ "
+"ορισμού"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Προσάρτηση:</guilabel> Αυτή η επιλογή σας δίνει την δυνατότητα να "
+"προσαρτήσετε επιλογές στον πυρήνα ή να πείτε στον πυρήνα να σας εμφανίσει "
+"περισσότερες πληροφορίες κατά την εκκίνηση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Εντοπισμός ξένου λειτουργικού συστήματος</guilabel>: Δείτε "
+"παραπάνω <link linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Χρήση του προγράμματος "
+"εκκίνησης Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Λειτουργία βίντεο</guilabel>: Ορίζει το μέγεθος της οθόνης και το "
+"χρωματικό βάθος που θα χρησιμοποιεί το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης. Αν κάνετε κλικ "
+"στο κάτω τρίγωνο θα εμφανιστούν οι επιλογές μεγέθους και χρωματικού βάθους."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Μην αγγίξεις το ESP ή το MBR</emphasis>: δείτε "
+"παραπάνω <link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Χρήση της αλυσιδωτής φόρτωσης</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί "
+"να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με "
+"αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς "
+"SCSI που διαθέτετε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες "
+"παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε "
+"λειτουργία."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο "
+"εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός "
+"αν έχουμε έναν."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ο προκαθορισμένος οδηγός θα πρέπει να λειτουργεί χωρίς προβλήματα. Ωστόσο, "
+"αν μετά την εγκατάσταση αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα, τότε εκτελέστε "
+"<command>draksound</command> ή εκκινήστε το εργαλείο αυτό από το Κέντρο "
+"Ελέγχου Mageia (MCC), επιλέγοντας την καρτέλα <guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> και "
+"κάνοντας κλικ στο <guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του ήχου</guilabel> στο επάνω δεξί "
+"μέρος της οθόνης. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Στη συνέχεια, στην οθόνη του εργαλείου draksound ή «Διαμόρφωση του ήχου», "
+"κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο "
+"<guibutton>Επίλυση προβλημάτων</guibutton> για να βρείτε χρήσιμες "
+"πληροφορίες επίλυσης του προβλήματος."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Για προχωρημένους"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά "
+"την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν "
+"περισσότεροι διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί αλλά δεν έχει επιλεγεί ένας προκαθορισμένος "
+"οδηγός, ή πιστεύετε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης επέλεξε έναν λανθασμένα. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό οδηγό με κλικ "
+"στο <guibutton>Επιλογή οδηγού</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η "
+"για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και "
+"επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών "
+"συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Δοκιμάστε την Mageia ως σύστημα Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Λειτουργία Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Λαμβάνετε αυτήν την οθόνη αν επιλέξετε «Εκκίνηση της Mageia». Διαφορετικά "
+"λαμβάνετε το «βήμα της <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Κατάτμησης</link>»"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Έλεγχος του υλικού"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ένας από τους στόχους ενός συστήματος Live είναι ο έλεγχος της συμβατότητας "
+"και της σωστής διαχείρισής του από την Mageia. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε αν όλες "
+"οι συσκευές σας διαθέτουν έναν οδηγό στην ενότητα του «Υλικού» στο Κέντρο "
+"Ελέγχου Mageia. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις περισσότερες από τις τρέχουσες "
+"συσκευές:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "διεπαφή δικτύου: διαμόρφωση με το net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "κάρτα γραφικών: αν είδατε την προηγούμενη οθόνη, είναι εντάξει."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "ιστοκάμερα:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "ήχος: ένας κωδωνισμός εκτελέσθηκε ήδη"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "εκτυπωτής: διαμόρφωση και εκτύπωση μιας δοκιμαστικής σελίδας"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "σαρωτής: σάρωση ενός εγγράφου από την συσκευή..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν όλα είναι εντάξει για εσάς, μπορείτε να προχωρήσετε στην διαδικασία της "
+"εγκατάστασης. Διαφορετικά μπορείτε να εγκαταλείψετε μέσω του κουμπιού εξόδου."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Η διαμόρφωση που πραγματοποιήσατε εδώ θα διατηρηθεί για την εγκατάσταση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Για την εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης του CD Live Mageia ή του Live DVD στον "
+"σκληρό δίσκο ή τον οδηγό SSD, απλά κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο «Εγκατάσταση "
+"στον σκληρό δίσκο». Θα λάβετε αυτήν την οθόνη, και έπειτα το «βήμα της <link "
+"linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Κατάτμησης</link>» το αυτό με την απευθείας "
+"εγκατάσταση."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Απεγκατάσταση της Mageia "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Οδηγίες"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η Mageia δεν σας «έπεισε» ή αν δεν δεν μπορείτε να την απεγκαταστήσετε "
+"σωστά, με λίγα λόγια αν θέλετε να την «ξεφορτωθείτε». Είναι δικαίωμά σας και "
+"η Mageia σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα να το κάνετε εν αντιθέσει άλλων "
+"λειτουργικών συστημάτων."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε εφεδρικά αντίγραφα, επανεκκινήστε το DVD εγκατάστασης "
+"της Mageia και επιλέξτε Διάσωση του συστήματος. Στη συνέχεια, Επαναφορά του "
+"προγράμματος εκκίνησης των Windows. Στην επόμενη εκκίνηση, θα έχετε μόνο "
+"Windows ως επιλογή."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Για να ανάκτηση του χώρου που χρησιμοποιούσαν οι κατατμήσεις Mageia στα "
+"Windows, κάντε κλικ στο <code>Έναρξη -> Πίνακας ελέγχου -> Εργαλεία "
+"διαχείρισης -> Διαχείριση του υπολογιστή -> Αποθήκευση -> Διαχείριση δίσκων</"
+"code> για να μεταβείτε στην διαχείριση κατατμήσεων. Θα αναγνωρίσετε την "
+"κατάτμηση της Mageia από την ετικέτα <guilabel>Άγνωστο</guilabel>, αλλά και "
+"από το μέγεθος και την τοποθεσία στον δίσκο. Κάντε κλικ σε κάθε μια από τις "
+"κατατμήσεις και επιλέξτε <guibutton>Διαγραφή</guibutton>· ο χώρος θα "
+"απελευθερωθεί."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε Windows XP, μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα κατάτμηση "
+"και να την μορφοποιήσετε σε (FAT32 ή NTFS). Θα αποκτήσει ένα γράμμα "
+"κατάτμησης."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε Vista ή 7, έχετε ακόμα μια επιλογή, μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε την "
+"υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση που βρίσκεται στα αριστερά από τον απελευθερωμένο χώρο. "
+"Υπάρχουν και άλλα εργαλεία κατατμήσεων που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν, όπως "
+"το gparted, διαθέσιμο για windows και linux. Όπως πάντα, κατά την αλλαγή των "
+"κατατμήσεων, να είστε προσεκτικός-η και σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάρει "
+"αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Διατήρηση ή αφαίρεση των μη χρησιμοποιούμενων συσκευών "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτό το βήμα, το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης αναζητά τα μη χρησιμοποιούμενα "
+"πακέτα τοπικότητας και υλικού. Έπειτα σας προτείνεται η διαγραφή τους. "
+"Μπορείτε να τα διαγράψετε με ασφάλεια εκτός και αν προβλέπετε την χρήση ενός "
+"επιπλέον υλικού ή τοπικότητας."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Το επόμενο βήμα είναι η αντιγραφή των αρχείων στον σκληρό δίσκο. Αυτή η "
+"διεργασία θα διαρκέσει μερικά λεπτά. Στο τέλος θα λάβετε μια κενή οθόνη για "
+"λίγο, είναι κανονικό."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένο"
+
+#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment "
+#~ "of performances."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "- Ασφαλές ρυθμίσεις, δίνεται προτεραιότητα στις επισφαλές επιλογές σε "
+#~ "βάρος της απόδοσης."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
+#~ msgstr "Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 bit."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC "
+#~ "- System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory "
+#~ "that is both read and write protected."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ωστόσο, όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την νέα σας εγκατάσταση, κάθε χρήστη που "
+#~ "προσθέτετε από το <emphasis>MCC - Σύστημα - Διαχείριση χρηστών, στο "
+#~ "σύστημα</emphasis> θα έχει έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής "
+#~ "και ανάγνωσης."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is "
+#~ "advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s)  "
+#~ "after reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Αν δεν επιθυμείτε να έχετε έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο (/home) αναγνώσιμο από "
+#~ "όλους για κανέναν, συστήνεται να προσθέσετε μόνο έναν προσωρινό χρήστη "
+#~ "τώρα και να προσθέσετε τον πραγματικό(ούς) μετά την επανεκκίνηση."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD dual arch"
+#~ msgstr "DVD διπλής αρχιτεκτονικής"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made "
+#~ "automatically according to the detected CPU."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Και οι δυο αρχιτεκτονικές περιέχονται στο μέσο, η επιλογή γίνεται "
+#~ "αυτόματα βάσει τον εντοπισμό του επεξεργαστή."
+
+#~ msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only."
+#~ msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας Xfce."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+#~ "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Δεν είναι διαθέσιμες όλες οι γλώσσες. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, "
+#~ "mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) ΠΡΟΣ ΕΠΙΒΕΒΑΙΩΣΗ!"
+
+#~ msgid "It contains non free software."
+#~ msgstr "Περιέχει ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD KDE"
+#~ msgstr "Live CD KDE"
+
+#~ msgid "32 bit only."
+#~ msgstr "Μόνο 32-bit."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD GNOME"
+#~ msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
+
+#~ msgid "boot.iso"
+#~ msgstr "boot.iso"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "With a Bios system"
+#~ msgstr "Με ένα σύστημα Bios"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
+#~ "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> "
+#~ "screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που "
+#~ "επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του "
+#~ "προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον "
+#~ "αναδυόμενο διάλογο."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+#~ "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to "
+#~ "manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-"
+#~ "customizer</code> instead."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Αν έχετε επιλέξει <code>Grub 2</code> ως πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, δεν "
+#~ "μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία των "
+#~ "καταχωρήσεων σε αυτό το στάδιο. Πιέστε στο «Επόμενο». Θα χρειαστείτε να "
+#~ "επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ή "
+#~ "χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>grub-customizer</code>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of "
+#~ "an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της "
+#~ "ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την "
+#~ "προκαθορισμένη."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it "
+#~ "completely."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να "
+#~ "την μετονομάσετε πλήρως."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
+#~ "choice while booting up."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν "
+#~ "δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system.  Please "
+#~ "don't just try something without knowing what you are doing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία "
+#~ "εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν "
+#~ "γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit "
+#~ "entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/"
+#~ "grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All "
+#~ "you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση χρησιμοποιείτε Grub2-efi και δεν μπορείτε να "
+#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία των καταχωρήσεων σε "
+#~ "αυτό το στάδιο. Για να το κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε "
+#~ "χειροκίνητα το <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ή χρησιμοποιήστε το "
+#~ "<code>grub-customizer</code>. Όλα όσα μπορείτε να κάνετε εδώ είναι να "
+#~ "επιλέξετε την εξ ορισμού καταχώρηση από την αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop "
+#~ "down list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a "
+#~ "graphical boot loader."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Μετά το κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, μια άλλη "
+#~ "αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε την ανάλυση γραφικών για "
+#~ "το Grub2 οι οποίος είναι ένα πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης γραφικού περιβάλλοντος.  "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically "
+#~ "by the installer, you can change them here."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Αν δεν σας ικανοποιούν οι ρυθμίσεις που έχει κάνει το DrakX για το "
+#~ "πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which "
+#~ "case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing "
+#~ "bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ίσως να έχετε ήδη ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στον υπολογιστή σας, σε "
+#~ "αυτήν την περίπτωση θα πρέπει να αποφασίσετε αν θα γίνει προσθήκη της "
+#~ "Mageia στο υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή αν θα επιτρέψετε στη Mageia να "
+#~ "δημιουργήσει ένα νέο."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+#~ "(Master Boot Record)  of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+#~ "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new "
+#~ "Mageia boot menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Από προεπιλογή η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης GRUB "
+#~ "(legacy) στο MBR (Master Boot Record) του πρώτου σας σκληρού δίσκου. Αν "
+#~ "έχετε ήδη εγκατεστημένα άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να "
+#~ "τα συμπεριλάβει στο νέο μενού εκκίνησης της Mageia."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to "
+#~ "GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Η Mageia τώρα προσφέρει επίσης το GRUB2 ως προαιρετικό πρόγραμμα "
+#~ "εκκίνησης επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported "
+#~ "by GRUB (legacy)  and will not be recognized if the default GRUB "
+#~ "bootloader is used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Τα συστήματα Linux που χρησιμοποιούν GRUB2 δεν υποστηρίζονται αυτή τη "
+#~ "στιγμή από το GRUB (legacy) και δεν θα αναγνωριστούν αν χρησιμοποιείτε το "
+#~ "προκαθορισμένο GRUB."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available "
+#~ "at the Summary page during installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Η καλύτερη λύση για αυτό είναι η χρήση του GRUB2 που είναι διαθέσιμο από "
+#~ "τη σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to "
+#~ "remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click "
+#~ "the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow "
+#~ "you to change the bootloader install location."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Αν αποφασίσετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον μενού εκκίνησης τότε θα "
+#~ "πρέπει να θυμηθείτε να ΣΤΑΜΑΤΗΣΕΤΕ στη σελίδα σύνοψης κατά την "
+#~ "εγκατάσταση και να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωσης</"
+#~ "guibutton> του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα σας επιτρέψει να "
+#~ "αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία εγκατάστασης του προγράμματος εκκίνησης."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing "
+#~ "MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the "
+#~ "partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Μην επιλέξετε μια συσκευή π.χ. «sda», διαφορετικά θα αντικαταστήσετε το "
+#~ "υπάρχον σας MBR.  Πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση root που επιλέξατε "
+#~ "κατά τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7."
+
+#~ msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
+#~ msgstr "Δηλαδή, το sda είναι μια συσκευή, και το sda7 είναι μια κατάτμηση."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+#~ "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back "
+#~ "to the installer screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Μεταβείτε στο tty2 με Ctrl+Alt+F2 και πληκτρολογήστε <literal>df</"
+#~ "literal> για να ελέγξετε που βρίσκεται η κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "(root). Με Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης."
+
+#~ msgid "Bootloader advanced option"
+#~ msgstr "Προχωρημένη λειτουργία του προγράμματος εκκίνησης"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
+#~ "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /"
+#~ "tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Αν έχετε περιορισμένο χώρο στο δίσκο για την κατάτμηση <literal>/</"
+#~ "literal> που περιέχει <literal>/tmp</literal>, κάντε κλικ στο "
+#~ "<guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο για "
+#~ "<guilabel>Καθαρισμό του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη "
+#~ "διατήρηση κάποιου ελεύθερου χώρου."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></"
+#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></"
+#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Using Windows"
+#~ msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας Windows"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Αυτό το βήμα περιγράφεται αναλυτικά στην <link ns4:href=\"http://www."
+#~ "mageia.org/en/doc/\">τεκμηρίωση της</link>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format="
+#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format="
+#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia "
+#~ "DVD:"
+
+#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key."
+#~ msgstr "Προσθήκη μερικών επιλογών πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F6."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25f3f589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Εγκατάσταση από μέσο LIVE</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Ιανουάριος 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την
+άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από
+την <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν
+επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ
+επικοινωνήστε με την <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ομάδα της
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Εγκατάσταση από μέσο LIVE</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το
+εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και
+τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e201eb62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Εγκατάσταση από μέσο LIVE</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το
+εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και
+τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την
+άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link></para>
+
+      <para>Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από
+την <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν
+επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ
+επικοινωνήστε με την <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ομάδα της
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54918fb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Φεβρουάριος 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την
+άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από
+την <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν
+επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ
+επικοινωνήστε με την <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ομάδα της
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το
+εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και
+τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f4b2f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το
+εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και
+τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την
+άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link></para>
+
+      <para>Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από
+την <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν
+επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ
+επικοινωνήστε με την <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ομάδα της
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d28a3da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Επιλογή και χρήση των ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+    <para>Η Mageia διανέμεται μέσω εικόνων ISO. Αυτή η σελίδα θα σας βοηθήσει να
+επιλέξετε ποια εικόνα ταιριάζει στις ανάγκες σας.</para>
+    <para>Υπάρχουν δυο οικογένειες μέσων:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Κλασσικός εγκαταστάτης: Μετά την εκκίνηση του μέσου, ακολουθεί μια
+διαδικασία που επιτρέπει την προσαρμογή της εγκατάστασης  και τον τρόπο
+διαμόρφωσης του τελικού συστήματος. Αυτό σας δίνει την μέγιστη ευελιξία για
+μια προσαρμοσμένη εγκατάσταση, ειδικά στην επιλογή του περιβάλλοντος
+εργασίας.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Μέσο LIVE: Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε το μέσο πάνω σε ένα πραγματικό σύστημα
+Mageia χωρίς να το εγκαταστήσετε ούτως ώστε να διαπιστώσετε τι θα έχετε μετά
+την ενδεχόμενη εγκατάσταση. Η διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης είναι ευκολότερη
+αλλά με λιγότερες επιλογές.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Στις επόμενες ενότητες δίνονται περισσότερες πληροφορίες.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Μέσα</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Ορισμός</title>
+      <para>Μέσο αποκαλούμε εδώ ένα αρχείο εικόνας ISO το οποίο επιτρέπει την
+εγκατάσταση και/ή την ενημέρωση της Mageia και κατ' επέκταση κάθε φυσικό
+μέσο όπου το αρχείο ISO έχει αντιγραφεί.</para>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να τα βρείτε <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">εδώ</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Μέσο κλασσικής εγκατάστασης</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Κοινά χαρακτηριστικά</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Τα ISO χρησιμοποιούν το παραδοσιακό πρόγραμμα εγκαταστάτης drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μπορούν να πραγματοποιήσουν μια «καθαρή» εγκατάσταση ή να ενημερώσουν μια
+προηγούμενη έκδοση.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 δυφίων.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>μερικά εργαλεία είναι διαθέσιμα στην οθόνη υποδοχής: Διάσωση του συστήματος,
+Έλεγχος της μνήμης, Εργαλείο εντοπισμού υλικού.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Κάθε DVD περιέχει πολλά διαθέσιμα γραφικά περιβάλλοντα και γλώσσες.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Κατά την εγκατάσταση θα ερωτηθείτε για την προσθήκη ιδιόκτητου λογισμικού.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Μέσο Live</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Κοινά χαρακτηριστικά</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την προεπισκόπηση της διανομής χωρίς να γίνει
+εγκατάσταση στον σκληρό δίσκο, και προαιρετικά για τη μετέπειτα εγκατάσταση
+στον σκληρό δίσκο.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Κάθε ISO περιέχει μόνο ένα περιβάλλον εργασίας (Plasma, GNOME ή XFCE).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 δυφίων.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Το ISO Live μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο για μια
+«καθαρή» εγκατάσταση· δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την αναβάθμιση από
+προηγούμενη έκδοση.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Περιέχουν ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ζωντανό DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας Plasma.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μόνο 64 δυφίων αρχιτεκτονική.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μόνο 64 δυφίων αρχιτεκτονική</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ζωντανό DVD XFCE</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας XFCE.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 δυφίων.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Κοινά χαρακτηριστικά</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Κάθε ένα είναι μια μικρή εικόνα η οποία περιέχει τα απαραίτητα για την
+εκκίνηση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης drakx και την εύρεση του
+drakx-installer-stage2 και άλλων πακέτων που απαιτούνται για τη συνέχιση και
+την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης. Αυτά τα πακέτα μπορεί να βρίσκονται στον
+σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή, σε έναν τοπικό σκληρό δίσκο, στο τοπικό δίκτυο
+ή στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Αυτά τα μέσα είναι πολύ ελαφριά (μικρότερα από 100 MB) και εξυπηρετούν όταν
+το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό για τη λήψη ενός πλήρους DVD, όταν ο
+υπολογιστής δεν διαθέτει οδηγό DVD ή όταν ο υπολογιστής δεν υποστηρίζει την
+εκκίνηση από ένα κλειδί USB. </para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 δυφίων.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Περιέχει μόνο ελεύθερο λογισμικό, για αυτούς που προτιμούν να μην
+χρησιμοποιούν ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Περιέχει ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό (κυρίως οδηγούς συσκευών, αποκωδικοποιητές...)
+για αυτούς που το χρειάζονται.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Λήψη και έλεγχος των μέσων</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Λήψη</title>
+      <para>Αφού έχετε επιλέξει το αρχείο ISO, μπορείτε να το λάβετε είτε μέσω http
+πρωτοκόλλου είτε μέσω BitTorrent. Και στις δυο περιπτώσεις, θα ανοίξει ένα
+παράθυρο με μερικές πληροφορίες, όπως ο καθρεφτισμός που χρησιμοποιείται και
+η επιλογή αλλαγής του αν το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό. Αν επιλέξετε http,
+μπορεί να δείτε επίσης κάτι σαν αυτό</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Τα md5sum και sha1sum είναι εργαλεία ελέγχου της ακεραιότητας των ISO. Η
+χρήση ενός εκ των δυο αρκεί. Κρατήστε το για <link
+linkend="integrity">μελλοντική χρήση</link>. Στη συνέχεια ανοίγει ένα
+παρεμφερές παράθυρο:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Επιλέξτε το κουμπί επιλογών Αποθήκευση του αρχείου.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Έλεγχος της ακεραιότητας του ληφθέντος αρχείου</title>
+      <para>Και τα δυο εργαλεία ελέγχου της ακεραιότητας είναι δεκαεξαδικοί αριθμοί
+αποτέλεσμα υπολογισμού ενός αλγόριθμου από το αρχείο προς τηλεφόρτωση. Όταν
+ζητάτε από τους αλγόριθμους να επανυπολογίσουν τον αριθμό αυτόν από το
+αρχείο λήψης, είτε θα έχετε τον ίδιο αριθμό και το αρχείο σας είναι σωστό,
+είτε ο αριθμός είναι διαφορετικός και έχετε μια αποτυχία και θα πρέπει να
+προσπαθήσετε την εκ νέου λήψη του αρχείου ή την επισκευή μέσω Bittorrent.</para>
+      <para>Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό －δεν χρειάζεται σύνδεση ως root － και:</para>
+      <para>- Για χρήση του md5sum, πληκτρολογήστε: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Για χρήση του sha1sum, πληκτρολογήστε: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>mdsum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>και συγκρίνετε τον υπολογισμένο αριθμό στον υπολογιστή σας (ίσως χρειαστεί
+να περιμένετε λίγο) με τον αριθμό που δίνεται από τη Mageia. Για παράδειγμα:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Εγγραφή ή αποτύπωση του ISO</title>
+    <para>To επιβεβαιωμένο ISO μπορεί να εγγραφεί σε ένα CD/DVD ή να αποτυπωθεί σε ένα
+κλειδί USB. Αυτές οι διεργασίες δεν πρόκειται για μια απλή αντιγραφή και
+σκοπεύουν στην δημιουργία ενός εκκινήσιμου μέσου.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Εγγραφή του ISO σε ένα CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Χρησιμοποιήστε το πρόγραμμα εγγραφής που επιθυμείτε, αλλά θα πρέπει να
+σιγουρευτείτε ότι η συσκευή εγγραφής έχει διαμορφωθεί σωστά για την
+<emphasis role="bold">εγγραφή μιας εικόνας</emphasis>· η εγγραφή δεδομένων ή
+αρχείων δεν είναι σωστή. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Αποτύπωση του ISO σε ένα κλειδί USB</title>
+      <para>Όλα τα Mageia ISO είναι υβριδικά. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να τα
+«αποτυπώσετε» σε ένα κλειδί USB και να το χρησιμοποιήσετε για την εκκίνηση
+και εγκατάσταση του συστήματος.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>Η «αποτύπωση» μιας εικόνας σε έναν οδηγό flash θα έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την
+διαγραφή των αρχείων και την καταστροφή οποιουδήποτε προηγούμενου συστήματος
+αρχείων στη συσκευή. Η χωρητικότητα του οδηγού θα συρρικνωθεί στο μέγεθος
+της εικόνας ISO.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Για να ανακτήσετε την αρχική χωρητικότητα, θα πρέπει να πραγματοποιήσετε εκ
+νέου την κατάτμηση και την μορφοποίηση του κλειδιού USB.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Χρήση ενός εργαλείου γραφικού περιβάλλοντος στην Mageia</title>
+        <para>Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα εργαλείο γραφικού περιβάλλοντος όπως το
+<link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Χρήση ενός εργαλείου γραφικού περιβάλλοντος στα Windows</title>
+        <para>Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:</para>
+        <para>- Το <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link>
+χρησιμοποιώντας την επιλογή της «εικόνας ISO»·</para>
+        <para>- Το <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Χρήση της γραμμής εντολών σε ένα σύστημα GNU/Linux </title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Είναι εν δυνάμει «επικίνδυνο» να το πραγματοποιήσετε
+χειροκίνητα. Διακινδυνεύετε να αντικαταστήσετε μια κατάτμηση του δίσκου αν
+λάβετε λανθασμένα το αναγνωριστικό της συσκευής.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε το εργαλείο dd σε ένα τερματικό:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Συνδεθείτε ως διαχειριστής με την εντολή <userinput>su -</userinput> (μην
+ξεχάσετε το τελικό «-» )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Συνδέστε το κλειδί USB (μην το προσαρτήσετε, και μην ανοίξετε μια εφαρμογή ή
+διαχειριστή αρχείων που μπορεί να έχει πρόσβαση ή να κάνει ανάγνωση στο
+κλειδί)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Εισάγετε την εντολή <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Εναλλακτικά, μπορείτε να λάβετε το όνομα της συσκευής μέσω της εντολής
+<code>dmesg</code>: στο τέλος θα βρείτε το όνομα της συσκευής αρχίζοντας από
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, και <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> στην περίπτωσή μας:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Αναζητήστε το όνομα της συσκευής του κλειδιού USB (βάσει του μεγέθους του),
+για παράδειγμα <code>/dev/sdb</code> στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο· πρόκειται για
+ένα κλειδί USB 8GB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Όπου «X» = το όνομα της συσκευής, πχ: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Παράδειγμα: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Αποσυνδέστε το κλειδί USB, όλα ολοκληρώθηκαν</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a96fad47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Άδεια χρήσης και σημειώσεις έκδοσης</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Άδεια χρήσης</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Πριν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, παρακαλώ
+διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά.</para>
+
+    <para>Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή
+<application>Mageia</application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να
+συνεχίσετε.</para>
+
+    <para>Για να τους αποδεχτείτε, απλά επιλέξτε <guilabel>Αποδοχή</guilabel> και
+έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, κάντε κλικ στο
+<guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Κάνοντας κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</guibutton>, θα
+βρείτε σημαντικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κυκλοφορία της
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f26bf18e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Είναι ορθό για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις <application>Mageia</application> να
+ορίσετε έναν κωδικό υπερχρήστη ή διαχειριστή (στο Linux συνήθως λέγεται
+<emphasis>κωδικός πρόσβασης root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε έναν
+κωδικό στο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής το χρώμα της ασπίδας θα αλλάξει από κόκκινο
+προς το πράσινο ανάλογα με το πόσο ισχυρός είναι ο κωδικός σας. Η πράσινη
+ασπίδα σημαίνει ότι ο κωδικός σας είναι ισχυρός. Χρειάζεται να επαναλάβετε
+τον κωδικό ακόμα μια φορά στο αμέσως επόμενο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής, ώστε να
+ελεγχθεί αν τυχόν κάνατε λάθος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση του πρώτου κωδικού σας
+συγκρίνοντάς τους.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η
+χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων
+σε έναν κωδικό.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Εισαγωγή ενός χρήστη</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Προσθέστε έναν χρήστη εδώ. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα δικαιώματα από τον
+διαχειριστή (root), αλλά αρκετά από προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγηθεί στο
+διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιήσει εφαρμογές γραφείου ή να παίξει παιχνίδια και
+οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Εικονίδιο</guibutton>: Αν κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί θα
+αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Πραγματικό όνομα</guilabel>: Εισάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του
+χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Όνομα χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε ένα όνομα
+σύνδεσης χρήστη ή το drakx θα χρησιμοποιήσει μια μορφή του πραγματικού
+ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis>Το όνομα σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών
+και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα
+πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη.  Και εδώ, υπάρχει
+μια ασπίδα στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο
+κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε εδώ την
+πληκτρολόγηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη και το drakx θα ελέγξει ότι
+έχετε πληκτρολογήσει τον ίδιο κωδικό σε όλα τα πεδία εισαγωγής κωδικού
+πρόσβασης του χρήστη.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν
+κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και ανάγνωσης (umask=27).</para>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε όλους τους απαραίτητους επιπλέον  χρήστες από το βήμα
+<emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε
+<emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την
+εγκατάσταση.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Προχωρημένη διαχείριση χρήστη</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα
+εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις
+για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Επιπροσθέτως, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε ή να ενεργοποιήσετε ένα
+λογαριασμό επισκέπτη.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Οτιδήποτε αποθηκεύει ένας επισκέπτης με τον προκαθορισμένο λογαριασμό guest
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> στον προσωπικό του κατάλογό /home θα
+διαγράφεται. Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα
+stick USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση λογαριασμού guest</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να
+ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα λογαριασμό επισκέπτη. Ο λογαριασμός
+guest επιτρέπει σε έναν επισκέπτη να συνδεθεί και να χρησιμοποιήσει τον
+υπολογιστή, αλλά έχει περισσότερη περιορισμένη πρόσβαση σε σχέση με τους
+τυπικούς χρήστες.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Κέλυφος</guilabel>: Αυτή η κυλιόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να
+αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην
+προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το ID του
+χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη.  Πρόκειται για έναν
+αριθμό. Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδας</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το ID
+της ομάδας. Επίσης πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό, συνήθως ο ίδιος με αυτόν του
+χρήστη.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7e244c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων
+αποθετηρίων. Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν
+οπτικό οδηγό ή μια απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια
+πακέτα θα είναι διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα.</para>
+
+  <para>Για μια δικτυακή πηγή, θα πρέπει να ακολουθήσετε δυο βήματα:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Επιλογή και ενεργοποίηση του δικτύου, αν δεν είναι ήδη ενεργοποιημένο. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη
+καταχώρηση). Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε
+μεταξύ των αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το nonfree ,
+tainted και updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο
+αποθετήριο ή τη δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Αν κάνετε ενημέρωση μιας 64 δυφίων εγκατάστασης η οποία μπορεί να περιέχει
+μερικά 32 δυφίων πακέτα, συνιστάται να χρησιμοποιήσετε την οθόνη προσθήκης
+ενός διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού επιλέγοντας ένα από τα παρόντα δικτυακά
+πρωτόκολλα. Το 64 δυφίων DVD iso περιέχει μόνο 64 δυφίων και noarch πακέτα,
+δεν θα είναι σε θέση να ενημερώσει τα 32 δυφίων πακέτα. Ωστόσο, μετά την
+προσθήκη ενός διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού, ο εγκαταστάτης θα εντοπίσει εκεί τα
+32 δυφίων πακέτα.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcbcbf33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν
+συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του <application>DrakX</application>, μπορείτε
+να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα μια
+κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Κάθε κατάτμηση εμφανίζεται ως ακολούθως: «Συσκευή» («Χωρητικότητα», «Σημείο
+προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Η «Συσκευή», συντελείται από: «σκληρός δίσκος», [«αριθμός σκληρού
+δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Αν έχετε πολλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλά διαφορετικά
+σημεία προσάρτησης από το κυλιόμενο μενού, όπως <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> και <literal>/var</literal>. Μπορείτε ακόμα να
+δημιουργήσετε το δικό σας σημείο προσάρτησης, για παράδειγμα
+<literal>/video</literal> για μια κατάτμηση για την αποθήκευση των ταινιών
+σας, ή <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> για την κατάτμηση
+<literal>/home</literal> μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν χρειάζεστε να έχετε πρόσβαση, μπορείτε να
+αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να
+επιλέξετε, και στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του
+δίσκου</guilabel>. Στην οθόνη που ακολουθεί, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια
+κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο
+<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση
+(με διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες
+επιλογές.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a2a3de1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Ρυθμίσεις του ρολογιού</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Σε αυτό το βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε σε ποια ώρα είναι συγχρονισμένο το
+εσωτερικό σας ρολόι, στην τοπική ώρα ή στην UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>Στην καρτέλα των προηγμένων ρυθμίσεων θα βρείτε περισσότερες επιλογές για
+τις ρυθμίσεις του ρολογιού.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c656cfa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="el"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Εκκίνηση της Mageia ως σύστημα Live</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Εκκίνηση του μέσου</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Από τον δίσκο</title></info><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε απευθείας από το μέσο που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για την
+εγγραφή της εικόνας (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Συνήθως χρειάζεται απλά να το
+εισαγάγετε στον οδηγό CD/DVD και το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης θα εκτελέσει την
+εγκατάσταση αυτόματα μετά την επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή. Αν αυτό δεν
+συμβεί θα πρέπει να διαμορφώσετε κατάλληλα το BIOS ή να πιέσετε ένα πλήκτρο
+που θα σας επιτρέψει να επιλέξετε το περιφερειακό που θα χρησιμοποιήσει ο
+υπολογιστής στην εκκίνηση.</para><para>Αναλόγως το υλικό που διαθέτετε, και την διαμόρφωσή του, θα λάβετε μια εκ
+των δυο παρακάτω οθονών.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Από μια συσκευή USB</title></info><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε από την συσκευή USB στην οποία αποτυπώσατε την εικόνα
+ISO. Αναλόγως τις ρυθμίσεις του BIOS, ο υπολογιστής πιθανώς να εκκινήσει
+απευθείας από την συσκευή USB συνδεδεμένη σε μια θύρα. Αν αυτό δεν συμβεί
+ίσως θα πρέπει να διαμορφώσετε καταλλήλως το BIOS ή να πιέσετε σε ένα
+πλήκτρο που θα σας επιτρέψει να επιλέξετε το περιφερειακό από το οποίο θα
+εκκινηθεί ο υπολογιστής.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">Στο BIOS/CSM/Λειτουργία παλαιού τύπου</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Η πρώτη οθόνη εκκινώντας σε λειτουργία BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Στο μεσαίο μενού, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ τριών ενεργειών:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Εκκίνηση της Mageia: Η Mageia 5 θα εκκινηθεί από το συνδεδεμένο μέσο (CD/DVD
+ή κλειδί USB) χωρίς καμιά εγγραφή στον δίσκο, που συνεπάγεται ότι θα πρέπει
+να αναμένετε ένα αργό σύστημα. Μετά το πέρας της εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να
+προχωρήσετε στην εγκατάσταση στον σκληρό δίσκο.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Εγκατάσταση της Mageia: Απευθείας εγκατάσταση της Mageia στον σκληρό δίσκο.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Εγκατάσταση από τον σκληρό δίσκο: Αυτή η επιλογή επιτρέπει την συνήθης
+εκκίνηση από τον σκληρό δίσκο, όταν δεν υπάρχει κάποιο συνδεδεμένο μέσο
+(CD/DVD ή ένα κλειδί USB) (δεν δουλεύει στην Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Στο μενού στην βάση υπάρχουν οι επιλογές εκκίνησης:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Βοήθεια. Επεξηγεί τις επιλογές "splash", "apm", "acpi" και "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Γλώσσα. Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα εμφάνισης της οθόνης.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Ανάλυση της οθόνης. Επιλέξτε μεταξύ κειμένου, 640x400, 800x600,
+1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom ή Άλλο. Κανονικά, η εγκατάσταση πραγματοποιείται από το
+εισηγμένο μέσο εγκατάστασης. Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε άλλες πηγές όπως
+διακομιστές FTP ή NFS. Αν η εγκατάσταση πραγματοποιήθηκε σε ένα δίκτυο με
+διακομιστή SLP, μέσω αυτής της επιλογής μπορείτε να επιλέξτε μια από τις
+διαθέσιμες πηγές στον διακομιστή.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Οδηγός. Ναι ή Όχι. Το σύστημα λαμβάνει υπόψιν την ύπαρξη ενός
+προαιρετικού δίσκου με μια ενημέρωση ενός οδηγού και θα αιτήσει την εισαγωγή
+του κατά την διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Επιλογές του πυρήνα. Από εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τις επιλογές
+ανάλογα με το υλικό σας και τους οδηγούς προς χρήση.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">Σε λειτουργία UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Η πρώτη οθόνη εκκινώντας από τον δίσκο σε σύστημα UEFI</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Διαθέτετε μόνο την επιλογή να εκτελέσετε την Mageia σε λειτουργία Live
+(πρώτη επιλογή) ή την διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης (δεύτερη επιλογή).</para><para>Αν η εκκίνηση έγινε από ένα κλειδί USB, θα λάβετε δυο επιπλέον γραμμές οι
+οποίες είναι διπλότυπες των προηγούμενων γραμμών με την κατάληξη «USB». Θα
+πρέπει να τις επιλέξετε.</para><para>Σε κάθε περίπτωση, τα πρώτα βήματα θα είναι τα ίδια με την επιλογή της
+γλώσσας, της ωρολογιακής ζώνης και του πληκτρολογίου. Στην συνέχεια η
+διαδικασία διαφέρει με <link linkend="testing">επιπλέον βήματα της
+λειτουργίας Live</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34adc3ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη
+συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές.</para>
+
+  <para>Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της
+εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί
+πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel></para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας
+<application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα
+δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε
+<guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε
+το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα
+προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα
+δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα
+εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16d1bb6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή
+των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από
+τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο
+του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του
+ποντικιού από πάνω τους.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Σταθμός εργασίας.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Εξυπηρετητής.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Γραφικό περιβάλλον.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή
+για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> για οδηγίες σχετικά με το
+πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση (δίχως ή με X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b153a829
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε
+την εγκατάστασή σας.</para>
+
+    <para>Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο
+<guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας
+ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε
+την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να
+χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο
+άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και
+επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa004dd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά
+την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για
+την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Οι ρυθμίσεις που επιλέγει το DrakX είναι συνήθως σωστές.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με
+σχετικές πληροφορίες.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλά τι κάνετε.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..931dd294
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια
+ζώνη ώρας.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS
+στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας,
+σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο
+σύνολό τους.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aada1d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση της κάρτας γραφικών)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και
+συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας.</para>
+
+  <para>Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και
+γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>κατασκευαστή</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>έπειτα το όνομα του μοντέλου της κάρτας</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>και τον τύπο της κάρτας</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν
+βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να
+βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg</para>
+
+  <para>Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού
+κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών.  Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό
+με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο
+οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας.</para>
+
+  <para>Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη
+γραμμή εντολών.</para>
+
+  <para>Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux
+οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε
+ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας</para>
+
+  <para>Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε
+πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b65176d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον
+εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της
+<application>Mageia</application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική
+διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το
+KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά,
+οι παρακάτω ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές
+ρυθμίσεις αν μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν
+αμφιβάλλετε ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την
+κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε
+<guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή
+επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή
+<guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε
+<guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες
+και κάθετες συχνότητες ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Μια εσφαλμένη συχνότητα ανανέωσης μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή
+ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν
+εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να
+ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι
+ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις
+θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης
+ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα
+πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής.  <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι
+ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι
+διαθέσιμο</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να
+επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78db4574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Επιλογή της οθόνης</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και
+συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να
+καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να
+κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε.  </emphasis> Αν
+έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένο</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη
+συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου
+συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα
+ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην
+οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος
+συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε
+την οθόνη σας.  Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και
+συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του
+τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Κατασκευαστής</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται
+τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας
+ανά: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>κατασκευαστή</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>το όνομα του μοντέλου της οθόνης</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>την περιγραφή της οθόνης</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Γενικού τύπου</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών
+όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών
+υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να
+χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας
+γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα.  Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να
+είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d09e9da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις
+σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή
+κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά
+δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε
+ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας
+κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το
+περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή
+αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν
+τρία από αυτά. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες
+τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Για όλες τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση
+πρώτα. Στη συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο
+προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την. Τα κουμπιά
+<guibutton>Εναλλαγή σε λειτουργία ειδήμονα</guibutton> (ή
+<guibutton>Λειτουργία ειδήμονα</guibutton>) προσφέρουν κάποια επιπλέον
+εργαλεία όπως την προσθήκη μιας ετικέτας ή την επιλογή ενός τύπου
+κατάτμησης. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Συνεχίστε έως ότου ρυθμίσετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton> όταν είστε έτοιμος-η.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Αν κάνετε εγκατάσταση της Mageia σε ένα σύστημα UEFI, ελέγξτε ότι μια
+κατάτμηση ESP (EFI System Partition) είναι παρούσα και προσαρτημένη σωστά
+στο /boot.EFI (δείτε κατωτέρω)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Αν κάνετε εγκατάσταση της Mageia σε ένα παλιό/GPT σύστημα, ελέγξτε ότι μια
+κατάτμηση εκκίνησης BIOS είναι παρούσα και ενός σωστού τύπου</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..881e73f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Διαμερισμός</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να δείτε το περιεχόμενο των σκληρών σας δίσκων
+και να δείτε τις λύσεις που βρήκε ο οδηγός διαμερισμού DrakX για τα πιθανά
+μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές από την παρακάτω λίστα ποικίλουν ανάλογα με τις
+ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Χρήση των υπαρχουσών κατατμήσεων</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις
+συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή
+θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου σε μια κατάτμηση των Windows</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Αν διαθέτετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο σε μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση Windows, ο
+οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Αυτό μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο για την δημιουργία του κατάλληλου χώρου για την
+εγκατάσταση της Mageia.</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης
+των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση
+θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά
+την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν.  Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει
+αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση
+έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε
+περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας
+αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε.</para><para>Με αυτήν την επιλογή, ο εγκαταστάτης εμφανίζει την υπολειπόμενη κατάτμηση
+των Windows με ανοιχτό κυανό και της επικείμενης κατάτμησης Mageia σε βαθύ
+κυανό με το προοριζόμενο μέγεθος να αναγράφεται στο κάτω μέρος. Έχετε τη
+δυνατότητα να προσαρμόσετε αυτά τα μεγέθη κάνοντας κλικ και σύρσιμο του
+διαστήματος μεταξύ των δυο κατατμήσεων. Δείτε στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Διαγραφή και χρήση ολόκληρου του δίσκου.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Αυτή η επιλογή θα χρησιμοποιήσει ολόκληρο τον δίσκο για τη Mageia.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό
+δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα τμήμα του δίσκου για άλλον σκοπό, ή αν
+διαθέτετε ήδη κάποια δεδομένα στον δίσκο τα οποία δεν θα θέλατε να χάσετε,
+τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς
+σας δίσκους.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Διαμόρφωση του μεγέθους των κατατμήσεων:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης θα διαμοιράσει τον κοινόχρηστο χώρο βάσει των
+ακόλουθων κανόνων:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Αν ο συνολικός διαθέσιμος χώρος είναι λιγότερος από 50GB, θα δημιουργηθεί
+μόνο η ριζική κατάτμηση «/» και δεν θα</para></listitem><listitem><para>Αν ο συνολικά διαθέσιμος χώρος είναι μεγαλύτερος από 50 GB, τότε
+δημιουργούνται τρεις κατατμήσεις</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 του συνολικού διαθέσιμου χώρου εκχωρούνται στην κατάτμηση «/» με
+μέγιστο χώρο 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 του συνολικού διαθέσιμου χώρου εκχωρούνται στην κατάτμηση «swap» με
+μέγιστο χώρο 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>και το υπόλοιπο (τουλάχιστον 12/19) εκχωρείται στον προσωπικό κατάλογο
+«/home» </para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Αυτό σημαίνει πως από τα 160 GB ελεύθερου χώρα και άνω, το πρόγραμμα
+εγκατάστασης δημιουργεί τρεις κατατμήσεις: 50 GB για το /, 4 GB για το swap
+και το υπόλοιπο για το /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Αν χρησιμοποιείτε ένα σύστημα UEFI, το ESP (EFI System Partition) θα
+εντοπιστεί αυτομάτως, η αν δεν υπάρχει θα δημιουργηθεί, και θα προσαρτηθεί
+στο /boot/EFI. Η επιλογή «Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκου» είναι η μοναδική
+που επιτρέπει τον έλεγχο επικύρωσης.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Αν χρησιμοποιείτε ένα παλιό σύστημα (γνωστό και ως CSM ή BIOS) με δίσκο GPT,
+χρειάζεστε να δημιουργήσετε μια κατάτμηση εκκίνησης Bios αν δεν
+υφίσταται. Πρόκειται για μια κατάτμηση 1 MB χωρίς σημείο
+προσάρτησης. Επιλέξτε την επιλογή <xref linkend="diskdrake"/> ούτως ώστε να
+μπορέσετε να την δημιουργήσετε με τον εγκαταστάτη όπως κάθε άλλη κατάτμηση,
+απλά επιλέξτε την κατάτμηση εκκίνησης BIOS ως τύπο συστήματος αρχείων.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Μερικοί νέοι οδηγοί σκληρών δίσκων χρησιμοποιούν τώρα 4096 byte λογικούς
+τομείς, αντί του προηγούμενου στάνταρ των λογικών τομέων 512 byte. Εξαιτίας
+της έλλειψης διαθέσιμου υλικού, το εργαλείο κατατμήσεων που χρησιμοποιήθηκε
+στον εγκαταστάτη δεν δοκιμάστηκε σε τέτοιους οδηγούς. Επίσης μερικοί οδηγοί
+ssd χρησιμοποιούν τώρα τμήματα διαγραφής μεγαλύτερα τους 1 MB.  Σας
+συστήνουμε να πραγματοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον οδηγό σας εκ των προτέρων
+με τη βοήθεια ενός άλλου εργαλείου κατατμήσεων όπως το gparted, και να
+χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:</para>
+    <para>"Στοίχιση σε" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό
+Mb.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c811a7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Συγχαρητήρια</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Έχετε ολοκληρώσει την εγκατάσταση και διαμόρφωση της Mageia και μπορείτε
+τώρα να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας με ασφάλεια.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στην οθόνη του μενού εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε
+μεταξύ των λειτουργικών συστημάτων σας στον υπολογιστή σας (αν έχετε
+περισσότερα από ένα).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή
+σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Απολαύστε!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Μεταβείτε στο www.mageia.org αν έχετε διάφορες απορίες ή αν θέλετε να
+συνεισφέρετε στη Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aef1fccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Τείχος προστασίας</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">Αυτή η ενότητα επιτρέπει την διαμόρφωση μερικών απλών κανόνων του τείχους
+προστασίας: καθορίζουν τον τύπο των επιτρεπόμενων μηνυμάτων από το διαδίκτυο
+στο σύστημα προορισμού. Αυτό επιτρέπει τανάπαλιν την πρόσβαση των
+αντίστοιχων υπηρεσιών από το διαδίκτυο.</para>
+
+  <para>Στην εξ ορισμού ρύθμιση δεν υπάρχει κάποιο κουμπί επιλεγμένο. Οι υπηρεσίες
+συστήματος δεν είναι προσβάσιμες από το διαδίκτυο. Η επιλογή «<emphasis>Όλα
+(χωρίς τείχος προστασίας)</emphasis>» έχει μια ειδική λειτουργία:
+ενεργοποιεί την πρόσβαση σε όλες τις υπηρεσίες του μηχανήματος· αυτή η
+επιλογή δεν έχει νόημα στην περίπτωση του εγκαταστάτη αφού θα αφήσει το
+σύστημα εκτεθειμένο. Η ουσιαστική του χρήση προορίζεται για το Κέντρο
+Ελέγχου Mageia (όπου χρησιμοποιείται το ίδιο περιβάλλον χρήστη) και για την
+προσωρινή καθολική απενεργοποίηση των κανόνων του τείχους προστασίας για
+δοκιμές και αποσφαλμάτωση.</para>
+
+  <para>Όλες οι άλλες επιλογές είναι αυτονόητες. Για παράδειγμα, επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο
+ελέγχου «Εξυπηρετητής CUPS» αν θέλετε οι εκτυπωτές σας να είναι
+προσπελάσιμοι από το δίκτυο.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Προχωρημένες</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Το σύνολο αυτό των πλαισίων ελέγχου αφορά μόνο τις βασικές υπηρεσίες. Το
+κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει πρόσβαση σε πιο υπηρεσίες που δεν καλύπτονται
+στη λίστα με τις βασικές. Από εκεί θα μπορείτε να να ενεργοποιείτε μια σειρά
+υπηρεσιών πληκτρολογώντας τες (αφήνοντας κενά μεταξύ τους)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;αριθμός-θύρας>/&lt;πρωτόκολλο></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;αριθμός-θύρας></emphasis>: πρόκειται για τον αριθμός της
+θύρας που έχει ανατεθεί στην υπηρεσία που θέλετε να ενεργοποιήσετε (π.χ. 873
+για την υπηρεσία RSYNC) όπως καθορίζεται στο <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>·</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;πρωτόκολλο></emphasis> πρόκειται για το
+<emphasis>TCP</emphasis> ή το <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - το διαδικτυακό
+πρωτόκολλο της εκάστοτε υπηρεσίας.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Για παράδειγμα, η καταχώρηση για την ενεργοποίηση της πρόσβασης στην
+υπηρεσία RSYNC είναι η <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Σε περίπτωση που η υπηρεσία έχει ενσωματωθεί χρησιμοποιώντας και τα δυο
+πρωτόκολλα, θα πρέπει να καθορίσετε 2 ζεύγη για την ίδια θύρα.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a1990f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Μορφοποίηση</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα
+δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για
+μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να
+μορφοποιηθούν</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τις
+κατατμήσεις για τις οποίες επιθυμείτε να γίνει έλεγχος για
+<emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι έχετε κάνει την σωστή επιλογή, μπορείτε να
+κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>, ξανά στο
+<guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο
+<guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> για να επιστρέψετε στην κύρια οθόνη.
+Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να δείτε τι υπάρχει στις κατατμήσεις
+σας.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Όταν είστε βέβαιος-η για την επιλογή σας, κάντε κλικ στο
+<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..588914b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Ενημερώσεις</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Από τη στιγμή που κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση της
+<application>Mageia</application>, μερικά πακέτα έχουν ενημερωθεί ή
+βελτιωθεί.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Επιλέξτε <guilabel>ναι</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να κάνετε λήψη και να
+εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα, επιλέξτε <guilabel>όχι</guilabel> αν δεν
+επιθυμείτε να το πραγματοποιήσετε τώρα, ή αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένος-η στο
+διαδίκτυο.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5fef8245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός
+εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να
+πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν
+ευκολότερα.</para>
+
+  <para>Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα
+εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκατάσταση</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Χρήση ενός DVD Mageia</title>
+
+      <para>Αυτές είναι οι εξ ορισμού οθόνες καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia
+DVD· η πρώτη με ένα σύστημα UEFI και η δεύτερη με ένα παλαιό σύστημα:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Μπορείτε να προσπελάσετε τις επιλογές από αυτήν την οθόνη πατώντας το «e»
+για να εισέλθετε στην λειτουργία επεξεργασίας. Για να επιστρέψετε, πιέστε
+είτε το πλήκτρο «esc» για εγκατάλειψη χωρίς αποθήκευση ή το πλήκτρο «CTRL» ή
+το «F10» για εγκατάλειψη με αποθήκευση.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Από αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να ορίσετε μερικές προσωπικές προτιμήσεις:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Η γλώσσα (για την εγκατάσταση μόνο, μπορεί να είναι διαφορετική από τη
+γλώσσα του συστήματος) πατώντας το πλήκτρο F2 (μόνο σε λειτουργία παλαιού
+τύπου)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για να επιλέξετε τη γλώσσα και πιέστε Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Εδώ φαίνεται για παράδειγμα, η οθόνη υποδοχής στα γαλλικά με Live
+CD/DVD. Σημειώστε ότι το μενού του Live CD/DVD δεν προτείνει:
+<guilabel>Διάσωση του συστήματος</guilabel>, <guilabel>Έλεγχο
+μνήμης</guilabel> και το <guilabel>Εργαλείο εντοπισμού υλικού</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Αλλαγή της ανάλυσης της οθόνης πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F3 (μόνο σε λειτουργία
+παλαιού τύπου).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Προσθέστε μερικές επιλογές του πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> για τη λειτουργία παλαιού τύπου ή το πλήκτρο
+<emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> για τη λειτουργία UEFI.</para>
+
+            <para>Αν αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση, τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να δοκιμάσετε ξανά
+χρησιμοποιώντας μια από τις επιπλέον επιλογές. Το πάτημα του πλήκτρου F6
+εμφανίζει μια νέα γραμμή με τις <guilabel>Επιλογές του πυρήνα</guilabel> και
+υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες τέσσερις επιλογές:</para>
+
+            <para>- Προκαθορισμένη, δεν αλλάζει καμιά από τις εξ ορισμού επιλογές.</para>
+
+            <para>- Προκαθορισμένη, δεν αλλάζει καμιά από τις εξ ορισμού επιλογές.</para>
+
+            <para>- Χωρίς ACPI : Advanced Configuration and Power Interface, η εξελιγμένη
+διεπαφή ρύθμισης και διαχείρισης ενέργειας δεν θα ληφθεί υπόψη.</para>
+
+            <para>- Χωρίς τοπικό APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), ο
+προηγμένος προγραμματιζόμενος ελεγκτής διακοπών συστήματος αφορά τις
+διακοπές της CPU, επιλέξτε αυτήν την επιλογή αν σας ζητηθεί.</para>
+
+            <para>Όταν επιλέγετε μια από αυτές τις καταχωρήσεις, τροποποιούνται οι εξ ορισμού
+ρυθμίσεις που εμφανίζονται στη γραμμή <guilabel>Επιλογές
+εκκίνησης</guilabel>. </para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Σε μερικές εκδόσεις της Mageia, μπορεί οι επιλογές με το πλήκτρο F6 να μην
+εμφανιστούν στην γραμμή <guilabel>Επιλογές εκκίνησης</guilabel>· ωστόσο,
+λαμβάνονται κανονικά υπόψη.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Προσθέστε περισσότερες επιλογές του πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F1 (μόνο σε
+λειτουργία παλαιού τύπου).</para>
+
+            <para>Πιέζοντας F1 ανοίγει ένα νέο παράθυρο με επιπλέον διαθέσιμες
+επιλογές. Επιλέξτε μια με τα βελάκια και πατήστε Enter για περισσότερες
+λεπτομέρειες ή πιέστε Esc για να επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη υποδοχής.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Η προβολή λεπτομερειών για την εικόνα εκκίνησης. Πατήστε Esc ή επιλέξτε
+<guilabel>Επιστροφή στις επιλογές εκκίνησης</guilabel> για να επιστρέψετε
+στη λίστα επιλογών. Αυτές οι επιλογές μπορούν να προστεθούν και χειροκίνητα
+στη γραμμή <guilabel>Επιλογές εκκίνησης</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Η Βοήθεια εμφανίζεται μεταφρασμένη στην επιλεγμένη γλώσσα με το πλήκτρο F2.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις επιλογές του πυρήνα σε παλαιά
+και UEFI συστήματα, δείτε: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Χρήση ενός ενσύρματου δικτύου</title>
+
+      <para>Αυτή είναι η εξ ορισμού οθόνη καλωσορίσματος όταν χρησιμοποιείτε ένα CD
+εγκατάστασης ενσύρματου δικτύου (εικόνες netinstall.iso ή
+netinstall-nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+      <para>Δεν επιτρέπει την αλλαγή της γλώσσας, οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές περιγράφονται
+στην οθόνη. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη χρήση ενός CD
+εγκατάστασης ενσύρματου δικτύου, ανατρέξτε στο <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Wiki της
+Mageia</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου είναι η αμερικανική.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης</title>
+
+    <para>Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα
+οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης.</para>
+
+    <para>Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν
+κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες
+συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε.</para>
+
+    <para>Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton>
+όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την
+εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το
+κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η
+εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια
+κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας
+αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος
+ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα
+τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια,
+πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε
+επανεκκίνηση.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό
+μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα
+συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας
+<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Αν πρόκειται για πολύ παλιό υλικό, ίσως η εγκατάσταση σε γραφικό περιβάλλον
+να είναι αδύνατη. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε την
+εγκατάσταση χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον.  Για να το πραγματοποιήσετε, πατήστε
+ESC στην πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος και επιβεβαιώστε με ENTER. Θα φτάσετε σε
+μια μαύρη οθόνη με τη λέξη «boot:». Πληκτρολογήστε «text» και πατήστε
+ENTER. Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία κειμένου.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης</title>
+
+      <para>Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται
+στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός
+υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να
+δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην
+προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν
+κριθεί απαραίτητο.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Πρόβλημα RAM</title>
+
+      <para>Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό
+μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε
+χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο
+<code>mem=xxxM</code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της
+RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> καθορίζει 256MB RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Δυναμικές κατατμήσεις</title>
+
+      <para>Αν μετατρέψατε τον σκληρό σας δίσκο από «βασική» σε «δυναμική» μορφή σε
+Microsoft Windows, θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε ότι είναι αδύνατο να εγκαταστήσετε
+τη Mageia σε αυτόν τον δίσκο. Για να επιστρέψετε στην «βασική» μορφή,
+ανατρέξτε στην τεκμηρίωση της Microsoft: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e14de107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="el"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Οθόνη εισόδου</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Οθόνη εισόδου KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Εν τέλει, θα βρεθείτε στην οθόνη εισόδου.</para><para>Εισαγάγετε το όνομα του χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης, και σε μερικά
+δευτερόλεπτα θα βρεθείτε στο περιβάλλον εργασίας KDE ή GNOME ανάλογα με το
+μέσο που χρησιμοποιήσατε. Μπορείτε εφεξής να χρησιμοποιήσετε την Mageia.</para><para>Μπορείτε να βρείτε ένα άλλο τμήμα της τεκμηρίωσης στο <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a5a356d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που
+χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η
+επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα
+επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι
+περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι δωρεάν,
+η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που υπόκειται
+σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που σημαίνει μη
+ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι ιδιόκτητοι
+οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων καρτών WiFi
+κλπ.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία
+διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται
+σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και
+πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων
+που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που
+απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68af3c54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην
+οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Αν το επιθυμείτε μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την «επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων»
+στην ίδια οθόνη.</para>
+  <para>Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια
+ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό
+εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την
+«επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων», όπως αναφέρεται ανωτέρω, δείτε <xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα
+μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση,
+όπως τεκμηρίωση και X.</para>
+  <para>Αν επιλέξετε «με X» θα συμπεριληφθεί επίσης ο διαχειριστής παραθύρων IceWM
+ως ένα ελαφρύ περιβάλλον εργασίας.</para>
+  <para>Η βασική τεκμηρίωση παρέχεται υπό τη μορφή σελίδων εγχειριδίου man και
+info. Περιέχει τις σελίδες man από τις σελίδες info των <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> και <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07c8604e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">Το DrakX πραγματοποίησε έξυπνες επιλογές για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματός
+σας, ανάλογα με τις επιλογές που κάνατε προηγουμένως και το υλικό που
+εντοπίστηκε από το DrakX. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εδώ και αν
+θέλετε να τις αλλάξετε πατώντας <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Ως γενικός κανόνας, συνιστώνται οι προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις και μπορείτε να
+τις διατηρήσετε με 3 εξαιρέσεις:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>υπάρχουν γνωστοποιημένα προβλήματα με τις εξ ορισμού ρυθμίσεις</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>η εξορισμού ρύθμιση έχει ήδη δοκιμαστεί και δεν λειτουργεί σωστά</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>κάποια άλλη πληροφορία υπάρχει στις αναλυτικές ενότητες κατωτέρω</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Παράμετροι του συστήματος</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Ζώνη ώρας:</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">Το DrakX επέλεξε μια ζώνη ώρας για εσάς, ανάλογα με την προτιμώμενη
+γλώσσα. Αν χρειάζεται μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε. Δείτε επίσης <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Χώρα / Περιοχή:</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Αν δεν είσαστε στην επιλεγμένη χώρα, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη
+ρύθμιση.  Δείτε <xref linkend="selectCountry"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης:</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">Το DrakX έχει πραγματοποιήσει καλές επιλογές για τη ρύθμιση του προγράμματος
+εκκίνησης.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Μην αλλάξετε τίποτα, αν δεν γνωρίζετε πως να διαμορφώσετε το Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend="setupBootloader"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Διαχείριση χρηστών:</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον χρήστες. Καθένας θα αποκτήσει τον δικό
+του κατάλογο <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Υπηρεσίες</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο
+παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την
+απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων εργασιών.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν να αλλάξετε οτιδήποτε εδώ - ένα σφάλμα
+μπορεί να προκαλέσει τη δυσλειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας.</para>
+
+        <para>Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Παράμετροι υλικού</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Πληκτρολόγιο:</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Εδώ είναι το μέρος που ρυθμίζετε ή αλλάζετε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή
+οποία εξαρτάται από την τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του
+πληκτρολογίου.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Αν διαπιστώσετε μια λανθασμένη διάταξη πληκτρολογίου και επιθυμείτε να την
+αλλάξετε, λάβετε υπόψη ότι ο κωδικός πρόσβασης θα αλλάξει επίσης.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Ποντίκι</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης,
+ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Κάρτα ήχου</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει
+καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται
+μόνον όταν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι οδηγοί για την κάρτα σας, αλλά κανένας από
+αυτούς δεν είναι ο προκαθορισμένος.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Κάρτα γραφικών</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε την κάρτα γραφικών σας και τις
+οθόνες σας.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref
+linkend="configureX_chooser"></xref>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Παράμετροι δικτύου και διαδικτύου</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Δίκτυο</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς
+ελεύθερους οδηγούς είναι καλύτερα να το κάνετε μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στο
+<application>Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia</application>, αφού έχετε ενεργοποιήσει
+τα αποθετήρια «nonfree».</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος
+προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Διαμεσολαβητές</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Ένας εξυπηρετητής διαμεσολαβητή δρα ως μεσάζοντας μεταξύ του υπολογιστή σας
+και το ευρύτερο διαδίκτυο. Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον
+υπολογιστή σας για την χρήση μιας υπηρεσίας διαμεσολαβητή.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Ίσως χρειάζεται να συμβουλευτείτε τον διαχειριστή των συστημάτων σας για να
+λάβετε τις παραμέτρους που χρειάζεστε να εισάγετε εδώ</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Ασφάλεια</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Επίπεδο ασφάλειας</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Επίπεδο ασφάλειας για τον υπολογιστή σας, στις
+περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή (Τυπικό) είναι το
+καταλληλότερο για γενική χρήση.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Επιλέξτε την επιλογή που ταιριάζει περισσότερο με τη χρήση σας.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Τείχος προστασίας</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Το τείχος προστασίας έχει ως στόχο να είναι το τείχος μεταξύ των σημαντικών
+σας δεδομένων και τους κατεργάρηδες του διαδικτύου οι οποίοι θα ήθελαν να τα
+εκθέσουν ή να τα κλέψουν.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Επιλέξτε τις υπηρεσίες που επιθυμείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημά σας. Οι
+επιλογές σας θα εξαρτώνται με την χρήση για την οποία προορίζεται ο
+υπολογιστής σας. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <xref
+linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Έχετε υπόψη σας ότι επιτρέποντας τα πάντα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας) μπορεί
+να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0df98e33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Επανεκκίνηση</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Μετά το πέρας της εγκατάστασης του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, θα σας προταθεί
+να κλείσετε τον υπολογιστή, να αφαιρέσετε το live CD και να κάνετε
+επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή, κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton></emphasis> και ακολουθήστε
+τις οδηγίες<emphasis role="bold"> σε αυτήν την σειρά!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Κατά την επανεκκίνηση θα παρατηρήσετε μια ακολουθία ράβδων προόδου
+λήψης.Αυτό δείχνει ότι η τηλεφόρτωση των καταλόγων των μέσων λογισμικού
+είναι σε εξέλιξη (δείτε στην ενότητα Διαχείριση Λογισμικού).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6b05539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε
+αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος
+χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d27c2f30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Επίπεδο ασφάλειας</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το επίπεδο ασφαλείας.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να
+επιλέξετε.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από
+την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..414d503f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών
+ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis
+role="bold">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την
+περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel></para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role="bold">Άλλες
+χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis
+role="bold">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από
+την πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την
+πραγματική σας επιλογή.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Μέθοδος εισαγωγής</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">Στην οθόνη <guilabel>Άλλες χώρες</guilabel> μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε μια
+μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι εισαγωγής
+επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες (Κινέζικα,
+Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής
+ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες
+μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες
+λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP
+πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση,
+μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του
+εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας»
+-> «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b86dab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Εγκατάσταση</para>
+
+      <para>Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Αναβάθμιση</para>
+
+      <para>Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της
+<application>Mageia</application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα
+σας επιτρέψει να αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Έχει δοκιμαστεί μόνο η αναβάθμιση από μια, <emphasis>ακόμα
+υποστηριζόμενη</emphasis>, προηγούμενη έκδοση της Mageia όταν κυκλοφόρησε η
+συγκεκριμένη έκδοση του εγκαταστάτη. Αν θέλετε να αναβαθμίσετε από μια
+έκδοση της Mageia που έχει φτάσει στο τέλος του κύκλου ζωής της (EOL), τότε
+είναι καλύτερα να πραγματοποιήσετε μια καθαρή εγκατάσταση διαφυλάσσοντας την
+κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την
+εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το
+κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η
+εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια
+κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας
+αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος
+ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα
+τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια,
+πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε
+επανεκκίνηση.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να
+επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής
+γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα
+της εγκατάστασης.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f08fd0ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Πληκτρολόγιο</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί
+ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των
+Η.Π.Α.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη
+πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας,
+δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του
+υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο
+αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο
+<guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και
+επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο
+<guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο
+επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο
+από αυτή την οθόνη.  Μπορείτε ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και
+να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε
+από την πλήρη λίστα.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα
+δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να
+κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και
+του μη λατινικού.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e0946e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Επιλογή του πληκτρολογίου</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Θα σας απαιτηθεί να καθορίσετε την διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας που
+επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε στην Mageia. Η εξ ορισμού επιλογή γίνεται
+βάσει της γλώσσας και της ωρολογιακής ζώνης που επιλέξατε προηγουμένως.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9676fdcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τη γλώσσα που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου
+σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή
+για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα της προτίμησής σας. Η <application>Mageia</application>
+θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το
+εγκατεστημένο σύστημα.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο
+σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να
+χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να
+τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον
+γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από
+αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα
+σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών .</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την
+προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του
+πληκτρολογίου σας.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί εξ ορισμού την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode).</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Αυτό μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε
+ότι δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης
+UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από
+το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -> Σύστημα -> Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα του
+συστήματός σας.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04e2988a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Επιλογή ποντικιού</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από
+εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Συνήθως, <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 και USB
+ποντίκι</guilabel> είναι μια καλή επιλογή.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός
+evdev</guilabel> για να διαμορφώσετε τα κουμπιά που δεν δουλεύουν σε ένα
+ποντίκι με έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5ed91b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Διεπαφή του προγράμματος εκκίνησης</title>
+
+    <para>Εξ ορισμού η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί αποκλειστικά:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (με ή χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον) για παλιά συστήματα MBR/GPT</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi για ένα σύστημα UEFI</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Τα γραφικά μενού της Mageia είναι πολύ όμορφα:)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 σε παλιό σύστημα με MBR/GPT</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Μην τροποποιήσετε το περιφερειακό εκκίνησης εκτός και αν γνωρίζεται τι
+ακριβώς πράττετε.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 σε συστήματα UEFI</title>
+
+      <para>Με ένα σύστημα UEFI, το περιβάλλον χρήστη είναι ελαφρώς διαφορετικό όπως ότι
+δεν μπορείτε να επιλέξετε με ή χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Αν η Mageia είναι το μοναδικό σύστημα εγκατεστημένο στον υπολογιστή σας, το
+πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δημιούργησε μια κατάτμηση ESP (EFI System Partition)
+για την υποδοχή του προγράμματος εκκίνησης (Grub2-efi). Αν είχατε ήδη
+εγκατεστημένα συστήματα UEFI (π.χ. Windows 8), το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης της
+Mageia εντόπισε τις υπάρχουσες κατατμήσεις ESP που έχουν δημιουργηθεί από τα
+Windows και θα προσθέσει το grub2-efi. Μολονότι είναι δυνατή η συνύπαρξη
+περισσοτέρων κατατμήσεων ESP, συνιστάται η χρήση μιας ανεξαρτήτου του
+αριθμού των λειτουργικών συστημάτων που διαθέτετε.</para>
+
+      <para>Μην τροποποιήσετε το περιφερειακό εκκίνησης εκτός και αν γνωρίζεται τι
+ακριβώς πράττετε.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Χρησιμοποιώντας το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης της Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>Εξ ορισμού, αναλόγως με το σύστημά σας, η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Ένα πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης GRUB2 είτε στο MBR (Master Boot Record) του πρώτου
+σκληρού δίσκου ή στην κατάτμηση εκκίνησης του BIOS.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Ένα πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης Grub2-efi στο ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Αν έχετε και άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα εγκατεστημένα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να
+τα προσθέσει στο νέο μενού εκκίνησης Mageia. Αν δεν το επιθυμείτε, κάντε
+κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> και αποεπιλέξτε το πλαίσιο
+<guilabel>Εντοπισμός ξένου λειτουργικού</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης</title>
+
+    <para>Η ακριβής διαδικασία για να προσθέσετε το σύστημά σας Mageia σε ένα υπάρχον
+πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης δεν είναι το αντικείμενο σε αυτήν τη Βοήθεια, ωστόσο
+στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό θα επιφέρει την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος
+εγκατάστασης του εν λόγω μενού εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα πρέπει να εντοπίσει
+αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του
+εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Χρήση αλυσιδωτής φόρτωσης</title>
+
+    <para>Αν δεν επιθυμείτε μια εκκινήσιμη Mageia, αλλά την αλυσιδωτή φόρτωση από άλλο
+λειτουργικό σύστημα, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και στο
+<guibutton>Προηγμένες</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Μην
+αγγίξεις το ESP ή το MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Θα λάβετε μια προειδοποίηση ότι το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης θα αποτύχει, αγνοήστε
+το με κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Επιλογές</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Πρώτη σελίδα</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Καθυστέρηση πριν την εκκίνηση της προεπιλεγμένης
+εικόνας</guilabel>: Το πλαίσιο κειμένου σας επιτρέπει τον ορισμό μιας
+καθυστέρησης σε δευτερόλεπτα πριν την εκκίνηση του εξ ορισμού λειτουργικού
+συστήματος.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει τον ορισμό ενός κωδικού
+πρόσβασης για το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι κατά την εκκίνηση θα
+απαιτείται το όνομα χρήστη και ο κωδικός πρόσβασης για την αλλαγή μιας
+καταχώρησης εκκίνησης ή την αλλαγή μιας ρύθμισης. Το  όνομα χρήστη είναι
+«root»  και ο κωδικός πρόσβασης είναι αυτός που θα επιλέξετε εδώ.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Εδώ εισαγάγετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε την πληκτρολόγηση
+του κωδικού πρόσβασης και το Drakx θα ελέγξει αν ο κωδικός πρόσβασης
+ταιριάζει με τον ανωτέρω.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Προηγμένες</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του ACPI:</guilabel> Το ACPI (Advanced Configuration
+and Power Interface - Εξελιγμένη διεπαφή ρύθμισης και διαχείρισης ενέργειας)
+είναι ένα πρότυπο διαχείρισης ενέργειας. Μπορεί να εξοικονομεί ενέργεια
+διακόπτοντας αχρησιμοποίητες συσκευές· αυτή ήταν η χρησιμοποιούμενη μέθοδος
+πριν το APM. Η αποεπιλογή του μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμη παραδείγματος χάριν αν
+ο υπολογιστής σας δεν υποστηρίζει το ACPI ή αν εκτιμάτε ότι η ενσωμάτωση του
+ACPI μπορεί να προκαλέσει κάποια προβλήματα (για παράδειγμα τυχαίες
+επανεκκινήσεις ή κωλύματα του συστήματος).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του SMP</guilabel>: Αυτή η επιλογή (απ)ενεργοποιεί
+την συμμετρική πολυδιεργασία για επεξεργαστές πολλαπλών πυρήνων. </para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του APIC</guilabel>: (απ)ενεργοποιώντας το δίνεται
+στο λειτουργικό σύστημα πρόσβαση στον προηγμένο προγραμματιζόμενο ελεγκτή
+διακοπών ( Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). Οι συσκευές APIC
+επιτρέπουν περισσότερο πολύπλοκα πρότυπα, και προηγμένη διαχείριση IRQ
+(Αιτήσεις διακοπτών).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση τοπικού APIC</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το
+τοπικό APIC, το οποίο διαχειρίζεται όλους τους εξωτερικούς διακόπτες για
+μερικούς εξειδικευμένους επεξεργαστές σε ένα σύστημα SMP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Επόμενη σελίδα</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Εξ ορισμού:</guilabel> Το λειτουργικό σύστημα που εκκινείται εξ
+ορισμού</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Προσάρτηση:</guilabel> Αυτή η επιλογή σας δίνει την δυνατότητα να
+προσαρτήσετε επιλογές στον πυρήνα ή να πείτε στον πυρήνα να σας εμφανίσει
+περισσότερες πληροφορίες κατά την εκκίνηση.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Εντοπισμός ξένου λειτουργικού συστήματος</guilabel>: Δείτε
+παραπάνω <link linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Χρήση του προγράμματος
+εκκίνησης Mageia</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Προηγμένες</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Λειτουργία βίντεο</guilabel>: Ορίζει το μέγεθος της οθόνης και το
+χρωματικό βάθος που θα χρησιμοποιεί το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης. Αν κάνετε κλικ
+στο κάτω τρίγωνο θα εμφανιστούν οι επιλογές μεγέθους και χρωματικού βάθους.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Μην αγγίξεις το ESP ή το MBR</emphasis>: δείτε
+παραπάνω <link linkend="setupChainLoading">Χρήση της αλυσιδωτής
+φόρτωσης</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a30b59a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Για να τοπ κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το
+/boot/grub2/custom.cfg ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε το λογισμικό grub-customizer
+(Διαθέσιμο στα αποθετήρια της Mageia).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο wiki μας <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1259dd40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Διαμόρφωση SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί
+να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με
+αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς
+SCSI που διαθέτετε.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες
+παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε
+λειτουργία.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a13afd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Ρύθμιση του ήχου</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο
+εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός
+αν έχουμε έναν.</para>
+
+  <para>Ο προκαθορισμένος οδηγός θα πρέπει να λειτουργεί χωρίς προβλήματα. Ωστόσο,
+αν μετά την εγκατάσταση αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα, τότε εκτελέστε
+<command>draksound</command> ή εκκινήστε το εργαλείο αυτό από το Κέντρο
+Ελέγχου Mageia (MCC), επιλέγοντας την καρτέλα <guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> και
+κάνοντας κλικ στο <guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του ήχου</guilabel> στο επάνω δεξί
+μέρος της οθόνης. </para>
+
+  <para>Στη συνέχεια, στην οθόνη του εργαλείου draksound ή «Διαμόρφωση του ήχου»,
+κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο
+<guibutton>Επίλυση προβλημάτων</guibutton> για να βρείτε χρήσιμες
+πληροφορίες επίλυσης του προβλήματος.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Για προχωρημένους</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά
+την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν
+περισσότεροι διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί αλλά δεν έχει επιλεγεί ένας προκαθορισμένος
+οδηγός, ή πιστεύετε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης επέλεξε έναν λανθασμένα. </para>
+
+    <para>Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό οδηγό με κλικ
+στο <guibutton>Επιλογή οδηγού</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b4d6a318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η
+για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και
+επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών
+συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35cd6bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Δοκιμάστε την Mageia ως σύστημα Live</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Λειτουργία Live</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Λαμβάνετε αυτήν την οθόνη αν επιλέξετε «Εκκίνηση της Mageia». Διαφορετικά
+λαμβάνετε το «βήμα της <link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Κατάτμησης</link>»</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Έλεγχος του υλικού</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Ένας από τους στόχους ενός συστήματος Live είναι ο έλεγχος της συμβατότητας
+και της σωστής διαχείρισής του από την Mageia. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε αν όλες
+οι συσκευές σας διαθέτουν έναν οδηγό στην ενότητα του «Υλικού» στο Κέντρο
+Ελέγχου Mageia. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις περισσότερες από τις τρέχουσες
+συσκευές:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>διεπαφή δικτύου: διαμόρφωση με το net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>κάρτα γραφικών: αν είδατε την προηγούμενη οθόνη, είναι εντάξει.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ιστοκάμερα:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ήχος: ένας κωδωνισμός εκτελέσθηκε ήδη</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>εκτυπωτής: διαμόρφωση και εκτύπωση μιας δοκιμαστικής σελίδας</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>σαρωτής: σάρωση ενός εγγράφου από την συσκευή...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Αν όλα είναι εντάξει για εσάς, μπορείτε να προχωρήσετε στην διαδικασία της
+εγκατάστασης. Διαφορετικά μπορείτε να εγκαταλείψετε μέσω του κουμπιού
+εξόδου.</para>
+
+      <remark>Η διαμόρφωση που πραγματοποιήσατε εδώ θα διατηρηθεί για την εγκατάσταση.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Για την εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης του CD Live Mageia ή του Live DVD στον
+σκληρό δίσκο ή τον οδηγό SSD, απλά κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο «Εγκατάσταση
+στον σκληρό δίσκο». Θα λάβετε αυτήν την οθόνη, και έπειτα το «βήμα της <link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Κατάτμησης</link>» το αυτό με την απευθείας
+εγκατάσταση.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a0ba7ca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Απεγκατάσταση της Mageia </title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Οδηγίες</title>
+
+    <para>Αν η Mageia δεν σας «έπεισε» ή αν δεν δεν μπορείτε να την απεγκαταστήσετε
+σωστά, με λίγα λόγια αν θέλετε να την «ξεφορτωθείτε». Είναι δικαίωμά σας και
+η Mageia σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα να το κάνετε εν αντιθέσει άλλων
+λειτουργικών συστημάτων.</para>
+
+    <para>Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε εφεδρικά αντίγραφα, επανεκκινήστε το DVD εγκατάστασης
+της Mageia και επιλέξτε Διάσωση του συστήματος. Στη συνέχεια, Επαναφορά του
+προγράμματος εκκίνησης των Windows. Στην επόμενη εκκίνηση, θα έχετε μόνο
+Windows ως επιλογή.</para>
+
+    <para>Για να ανάκτηση του χώρου που χρησιμοποιούσαν οι κατατμήσεις Mageia στα
+Windows, κάντε κλικ στο <code>Έναρξη -> Πίνακας ελέγχου -> Εργαλεία
+διαχείρισης -> Διαχείριση του υπολογιστή -> Αποθήκευση -> Διαχείριση
+δίσκων</code> για να μεταβείτε στην διαχείριση κατατμήσεων. Θα αναγνωρίσετε
+την κατάτμηση της Mageia από την ετικέτα <guilabel>Άγνωστο</guilabel>, αλλά
+και από το μέγεθος και την τοποθεσία στον δίσκο. Κάντε κλικ σε κάθε μια από
+τις κατατμήσεις και επιλέξτε <guibutton>Διαγραφή</guibutton>· ο χώρος θα
+απελευθερωθεί.</para>
+
+    <para>Αν χρησιμοποιείτε Windows XP, μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα κατάτμηση
+και να την μορφοποιήσετε σε (FAT32 ή NTFS). Θα αποκτήσει ένα γράμμα
+κατάτμησης.</para>
+
+    <para>Αν έχετε Vista ή 7, έχετε ακόμα μια επιλογή, μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε την
+υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση που βρίσκεται στα αριστερά από τον απελευθερωμένο
+χώρο. Υπάρχουν και άλλα εργαλεία κατατμήσεων που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν,
+όπως το gparted, διαθέσιμο για windows και linux. Όπως πάντα, κατά την
+αλλαγή των κατατμήσεων, να είστε προσεκτικός-η και σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε
+πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7190e665
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/el/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Διατήρηση ή αφαίρεση των μη χρησιμοποιούμενων συσκευών </title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Σε αυτό το βήμα, το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης αναζητά τα μη χρησιμοποιούμενα
+πακέτα τοπικότητας και υλικού. Έπειτα σας προτείνεται η διαγραφή
+τους. Μπορείτε να τα διαγράψετε με ασφάλεια εκτός και αν προβλέπετε την
+χρήση ενός επιπλέον υλικού ή τοπικότητας.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Το επόμενο βήμα είναι η αντιγραφή των αρχείων στον σκληρό δίσκο. Αυτή η
+διεργασία θα διαρκέσει μερικά λεπτά. Στο τέλος θα λάβετε μια κενή οθόνη για
+λίγο, είναι κανονικό.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..733678c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+   <publisher>
+        <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername>
+   </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>January 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+            <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license
+                    <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this
+          manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the
+          choices you make while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2141248e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this
+          manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the
+          choices you make while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are
+      available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact
+      <link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+      Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c27ed61a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation with DrakX</title>
+   <publisher>
+        <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername>
+   </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>February 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license
+		    <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Installation with DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this
+          manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the
+          choices you make while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"></xi:include> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"></xi:include> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> -->
+  </article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..207771b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation with DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this
+          manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the
+          choices you make while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are
+      available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact
+      <link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+      Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+
+  <!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+
+  <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+
+  <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+
+  <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+
+  <!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"></xi:include> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"></xi:include> -->
+
+  <xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e2a618f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to
+    choose which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a
+        process allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your
+        target system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized
+        installation, in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you
+        will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system
+        without installing it, to see what you will get after installation.
+        The installation process is simpler, but you get lesser
+        choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definition</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows
+      you to install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical
+      support the ISO file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Classical installation media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called
+            drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from
+            previous releases.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue
+            System, Memory Test, Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and
+            languages.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add
+            non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing
+            it on a HDD, and optionally install Mageia on to your HDD.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma,
+            GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create
+            clean installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous
+            releases.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They contain non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only CD media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that
+            which is needed to start the drakx installer and find
+            drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages that are needed to
+            continue and complete the install. These packages may be on the PC
+            hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the
+            Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are
+            convenient when bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC
+            without a DVD drive or a PC that can't boot from a USB
+            stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>English language only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for
+            people who need it.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Downloading</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only
+      one of them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+      usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+      <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm
+      from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to
+      recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the
+      same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is
+      different and you have a failure. A failure infers that you should retry
+      the download or attempt a repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para>
+      <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+      path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+      path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to
+      wait for a while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title>
+    <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB
+    stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable
+    medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set
+      correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data
+      or files is not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the
+      Mageia wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title>
+      <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a
+      USB stick and then use it to boot and install the system.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous
+        file-system on the device; any other data will be lost and the
+        partition capacity will be reduced to the image size.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and
+      re-format the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>You could try:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+        "ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 Disk
+        Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to
+          overwrite a disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Open a console</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput>
+            (don't forget the final '-' )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do
+            not open any application or file manager that could access or read
+            it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+            <code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+            <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this
+            case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for
+            example <code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB
+            USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file
+            of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de2ee584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0">
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+
+  <!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+
+  <!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+
+  <!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+
+  <!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+
+  <!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+
+  <!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+
+  <!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+
+  <!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">License and Release Notes</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject condition="classical">
+      <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1" revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2" revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG" fileref="live-license.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">License Agreement</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the
+    license terms and conditions carefully.</para>
+
+    <para>These terms and conditions apply to the entire
+    <application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before
+    you can continue.</para>
+
+    <para>To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click
+    on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for
+    looking. Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your
+    computer.</para>
+
+    <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Release Notes</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <!--
+  <para>Release Notes</para>
+-->
+
+    <para>Important information are given about this release of
+    <application>Mageia</application> and are accessible clicking on the
+    <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb20c08e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">User and Superuser Management</title>
+  </info>
+  <!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject condition="classical">
+      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1" xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Set Administrator (root)
+      Password:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application>
+    installations to set a superuser or administrator's password, usually
+    called the <emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a
+    password into the top box the colour of its shield will change from red to
+    yellow to green depending on the strength of the password. A green shield
+    shows you are using a strong password. You need to repeat the same
+    password in the box just below the first password box, this checks that
+    you have not mistyped the first password by comparing them.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of
+      letters (upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a
+      password.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Enter a user</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything else the average user does with his computer</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the user's icon.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text box.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The
+        login name is case sensitive.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type
+        in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box
+        that indicates the strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password
+        into this text box and drakx will check you have the same password in
+        each of the user password text boxes.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read
+      and write protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration
+      - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+      management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>The access permissions can also be changed after the
+      install.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Advanced User Management</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are
+    offered a screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are
+    adding.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Additionally, you can disable or enable a
+    guest account.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest
+      account saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.
+      The guest should save his important files to a USB key.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable
+        or disable a guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log
+        into and use the PC, but he has more restricted access than normal
+        users.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to
+        change the shell used by the user you are adding in the previous
+        screen, options are Bash, Dash and Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for
+        the user you are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.
+        Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.
+        Also a number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank
+        unless you know what you are doing.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4d1194a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  <!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+  <!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+  <!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+
+<mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You
+  can add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote
+  source. The source selection determines which packages will be available for
+  selection during the next steps.</para>
+
+  <para>For a network source, there are two steps to follow:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By
+      selecting a mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories
+      managed by Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the
+      Updates. With the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your
+      own NFS installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32
+      bit packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by
+      ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only
+      contains 64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32
+      bit packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find
+      the needed 32 bit packages there.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39c064c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Choose the mount points</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+  <!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+  <!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+  <!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+  <!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+  <!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+  <!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+  <!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+  <!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+
+<mediaobject>
+    <imageobject condition='classical'>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" 
+       format="PNG"  xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+    <imageobject condition='live'>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" 
+       format="PNG"  xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your
+  computer. If you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application>
+  suggestions, you can change the mount points.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you change anything, make sure you still have a
+    <literal>/</literal> (root) partition.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Every partition is shown as follows: "Device" ("Capacity", "Mount
+      point", "Type").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Device", is made up of: "hard drive", ["hard drive
+      number"(letter)], "partition number" (for example, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount
+      points from the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>,
+      <literal>/home</literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make
+      your own mount points, for instance <literal>/video</literal> for a
+      partition where you want to store your films, or
+      <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</literal>
+      partition of a cauldron install.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the
+      mount point field blank.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to
+    choose, and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In
+    the screen that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type
+    and size.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on
+  <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the
+  partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e7227e6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Clock settings</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is
+  set, either local time or UTC time.</para>
+
+  <para>In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock
+  settings.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd74d9b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Boot Mageia as Live system</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Booting the medium</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">From a disc</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image
+      (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD
+      drive for the bootloader to launch the installation automatically after
+      rebooting the computer. If that does not happen you may need to
+      reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the
+      peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured,
+      you get either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">From a USB device</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+      ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps
+      directly on the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not
+      happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will
+      offer you to choose the peripheral from which the computer will
+      boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting in BIOS mode</para></caption></mediaobject><para>In the middle menu, you have the choice between three
+    actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected
+        media (CD/DVD or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so
+        expect a very slow system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to
+        the installation on a hard disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a
+        hard disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk,
+        as usual, when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not
+        working with Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Help. Explain the options "splash", "apm", "acpi" and
+        "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the
+        screens.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600,
+        1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is
+        performed from the inserted installation medium. Here, select other
+        sources, like FTP or NFS servers. If the installation is carried out
+        in a network with an SLP server, select one of the installation
+        sources available on the server with this option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence
+        of an optional disk with a driver update and will require its
+        insertion during installation process.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according
+        to your hardware and the drivers to use.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">In UEFI mode</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png" align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk</para></caption></mediaobject><para>You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)
+    or to process the installation (second choice).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which
+        are a duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to
+        choose them.</para><para>In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language,
+    timezone and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend="testing">additional steps in Live mode</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50edc24d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Desktop Selection</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+
+  <para>Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens
+  to fine tune your choice.</para>
+
+  <para>After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package
+  installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the
+  <guilabel>Details</guilabel> button</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png" align="center"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or
+  <application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full
+  set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if
+  you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the
+  default software choices for these desktop environments. The
+  <application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two,
+  sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65838436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Package Group Selection</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" align="center"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need
+  on your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however
+  more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which
+  become visible as the mouse is hovered over them.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Workstation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Graphical Environment.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually
+      add or remove packages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+  minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2bcfd6cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Choose Individual
+      Packages</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+
+<mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center" format="PNG" 
+         ></imagedata>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your
+    installation.</para>
+
+    <para>After having made your choice, you can click on the
+    <guibutton>floppy icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your
+    choice of packages (saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this
+    file to install the same packages on another system, by pressing the same
+    button during install and choosing to load it.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..236315b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configure your
+      Services</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+   <!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"  align="center" format="PNG"  xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Here you can set
+    which services should (not) start when you boot your system.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">There are four
+    groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and see all
+    services in it.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">The setting
+    DrakX chose are usually good.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">If you highlight
+    a service, some information about it is shown in the info box
+    below.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Only change
+    things when you know very well what you are doing.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7849edb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configure your Timezone</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+
+  <!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject condition="classical">
+      <imagedata xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png" condition="live" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Choose your time zone
+  by choosing your country or a city close to you in the same time
+  zone.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">In next screen you can
+  choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to GMT, also known as
+  UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">If you have more than
+    one operating system on your computer, make sure they are all set to local
+    time, or all to UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ffc88130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+
+  <!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+
+  <!-- tproof  -->
+
+  <!-- lproof  -->
+  <!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Choose an X Server (Configure
+    your Graphic Card)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will
+  usually correctly identify your video device.</para>
+
+  <para>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you
+  know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>vendor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>then the name of your card</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>and the type of card</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet
+  in the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the
+  Xorg category</para>
+
+  <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video
+  card drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is
+  the option of using the vesa driver which provides basic
+  capabilities.</para>
+
+  <para>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have
+  access to the Commandline Interface.</para>
+
+  <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux
+  which may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only
+  from the card manufacturers' websites.</para>
+
+  <para>The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.
+  If you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first
+  reboot.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b223e5d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Graphic Card and Monitor
+    Configuration</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"  align="center" 
+       format="PNG"  xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1">
+      </imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">No matter which graphical environment
+  (also known as desktop environment) you chose for this install of
+  <application>Mageia</application>, they are all based on a graphical user
+  interface system called <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, or simply
+  <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+  <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or any other graphical
+  environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</acronym> settings need
+  to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can see that
+  <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you think the
+  choice is incorrect.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Graphic
+      card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card from the list if
+      needed.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>:
+      You can choose <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or
+      choose your monitor from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or
+      <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if
+      you prefer to manually set the horizontal and vertical refresh rates of
+      your monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Incorrect refresh rates may
+		damage your monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>:
+      Set the desired resolution and color depth of your monitor here.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>:
+      The test button does not always appear during install. If the button is
+      there, you can control your settings by pressing it. If you see a
+      question asking you whether your settings are correct, you can answer
+      "yes", and the settings will be kept. If you don't see anything, you'll
+      return to the configuration screen and be able to reconfigure everything
+      until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure your settings are on the
+      safe side if the test button isn't available</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>:
+      Here you can choose to enable or disable various options.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbc3587e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+
+  <!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+
+  <!-- tproof -->
+
+  <!-- lproof -->
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Choosing your Monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX has a very
+  comprehensive database of monitors and will usually correctly identify
+  yours.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selecting a
+    monitor with different characteristics could damage your monitor or video
+    hardware. Please don't try something without knowing what you are
+    doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor
+    documentation</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" 
+                 fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1"  xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Custom</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">This option allows you to
+  set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh rate and the horizontal
+  sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the screen is refreshed and
+  horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are displayed.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY
+  IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor type with a sync
+  range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you may damage your
+  monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and consult your monitor
+  documentation.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n
+  Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">This is the default
+  option and tries to determine the monitor type from the monitor
+  database.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Vendor</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">If the installer has not
+  correctly detected your monitor and you know which one you have, you can
+  select it from the tree by selecting: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>vendor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>the monitor manufacturers name</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>the monitor description</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generic</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">selecting this group
+  displays nearly 30 display configurations such as 1024x768 @ 60Hz and
+  includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is often a good
+  monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver when your
+  video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it may be wise
+  to be conservative in your selections.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7dfa23b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Custom disk partitioning with
+    DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject condition="classical">
+      <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png" align="center"/>
+    </imageobject>
+    <imageobject condition="live">
+      <imagedata fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">If you wish to use encryption on
+    your <literal>/</literal> partition you must ensure that you have a
+    separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The encryption option for the
+    <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be set, otherwise your system
+    will be unbootable.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Adjust the layout of your disk(s)
+  here. You can remove or create partitions, change the filesystem of a
+  partition or change its size and even view what is in them before you
+  start.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">There is a tab for every detected
+  hard disk or other storage device, like an USB key. For example sda, sdb and
+  sdc if there are three of them. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Push <guibutton>Clear
+  all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">For all other actions: click on
+  the desired partition first. Then view it, or choose a filesystem and a
+  mount point, resize it or wipe it. <guibutton>Toggle to expert
+  mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</guibutton>) gives some more
+  tools like to add a label or to choose a partition type. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continue until you adjusted
+  everything to your wishes.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton>
+  when you're ready.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP
+    (EFI System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see
+    below)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot partition is present and of the correct type</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject condition="classical">
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+      <imageobject condition="live">
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..149e7082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  <!---->
+  <!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partitioning</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">In this screen you can see
+  the content of your hard drive(s) and see the solutions the DrakX
+  partitioning wizard found for where to install
+  <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">The options available from
+  the list below will vary depending on your particular hard drive(s) layout
+  and content.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject condition="classical">
+      <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/>
+    </imageobject>
+    <imageobject condition="live">
+      <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Use Existing
+        Partitions</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">If this option is
+        available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have been found
+        and may be used for the installation.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Use Free Space</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">If you have unused
+        space on your hard drive then this option will use it for your new
+        Mageia installation.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Use Free Space on a
+        Windows Partition</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">If you have unused
+        space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may offer to use
+        it.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">This can be a useful
+        way of making room for your new Mageia installation, but is a risky
+        operation so you should make sure you have backed up all important
+        files!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Note that this
+        involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The partition
+        must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down correctly
+        the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented,
+        although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have
+        been moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly
+        recommended to back up your personal files.</para><para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows
+        partition in light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue
+        with their intended sizes just under. You have the possibility to
+        adapt these sizes by clicking and dragging the gap between both
+        partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Erase and use Entire
+        Disk.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">This option will use
+        the complete drive for Mageia.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Note! This will
+        erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">If you intend to use
+        part of the disk for something else, or you already have data on the
+        drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this
+        option.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Custom disk
+        partitioning</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">This gives you
+        complete control over the placing of the installation on your hard
+        drive(s).</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partition sizing:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>The installer will share the available place out according to the
+  following rules:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one
+        partition is created for /, there is no separate partition for
+        /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three
+        partitions are created</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a
+            maximum of 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer
+  will create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for
+  /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will
+    be automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and
+    mounted on /boot/EFI. The "Custom disk partitioning" option is the only
+    one that allows to check it has been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a
+    GPT disk, you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already
+    existing. It is an about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend="diskdrake"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+    other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem
+    type.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject condition="classical">
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+      <imageobject condition="live">
+        <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead
+    of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of
+    available hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not
+    been tested with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block
+    size over 1 MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an
+    alternative partitioning tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and
+    to use the following settings:</para>
+    <para>"Align to" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of
+    megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff5d8d0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Congratulations</title>
+  </info>
+  <!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png" align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">You have finished installing and
+  configuring <application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove
+  the installation medium and reboot your computer.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">After reboot, in the bootloader
+  screen, you can choose between the operating systems on your computer (if
+  you have more than one).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">If you didn't adjust the
+  settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install will be automatically
+  selected and started.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Enjoy!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visit www.mageia.org if you have
+  any questions or want to contribute to Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d363e197
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Firewall</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">This section allows to configure
+  some simple firewall rules: they determine which type of message from the
+  Internet will be accepted by the target system. This, in turn, allows the
+  corresponding services on the system to be accessible from the
+  Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the
+  system is accessibly from the network. The "<emphasis>Everything (no
+  firewall)</emphasis>" button has a particular role: it enables access to all
+  services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the
+  context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.
+  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses
+  the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall
+  rules for testing and debugging purposes.</para>
+
+  <para>All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an
+  example, you will check the "CUPS server" button if you want printers on
+  your machine to be accessible from the network.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Advanced</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The
+  "Advanced" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service for
+  which no checkbutton exists. The "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" button
+  opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a list of
+  couples (blank separated)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the
+    port assigned to the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC
+    service) as defined in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of
+    <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet
+    protocol that is used by the service.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service
+  therefore is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2
+  couples for the same port.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e6f0897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatting</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+
+  <!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+  
+  <!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+  
+  <!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject condition='classical'>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png"  
+       format="PNG" align="center"   xml:id="formatPartitions-im1">
+      </imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+    <imageobject condition='live'>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="live-formatPartitions.png"  
+       format="PNG" align="center"   xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1">
+      </imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Here you can choose which
+    partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+    marked for formatting will be saved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Usually at least the
+    partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Click on
+    <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to check for
+    so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">If you're not sure you
+    have made the right choice, you can click on
+    <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>
+    and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.
+    In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">When you are confident
+  about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to
+  continue.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c96f841
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Updates</title></info>
+
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+
+ <!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+ 
+ <!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+
+   <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"  
+        format="PNG" align="center"   xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+      </imageobject>
+   </mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Since this version of
+  <application>Mageia</application> was released, some packages will have been
+  updated or improved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Choose
+  <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, select
+  <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you aren't
+  connected to the Internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Then press
+  <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b89e5d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, the Mageia
+    Installer</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia
+  Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as
+  possible.</para>
+
+  <para>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one
+  will start the installer, which will normally be all that you will
+  need.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installation Welcome Screen</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Using a Mageia DVD</title>
+
+      <para>Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The
+      first one with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy
+      system:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the "e"
+      letter to enter the "edit mode". To come back to this screen, press
+      either the key "esc" to quit without saving or press the key "Ctrl" or
+      "F10" to quit with saving.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, it is possible to set some personal
+      preferences:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different
+            that the chosen language for the system) by pressing the key F2
+            (Legacy mode only)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key
+            Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a
+            Live DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose:
+            <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory
+            test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection
+            Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy
+            mode only).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> key for the UEFI mode.</para>
+
+            <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try
+            again using one of the extra options. The menu called by F6
+            displays a new line called <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and
+            propose four entries:</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default
+            options.</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default
+            options.</para>
+
+            <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface),
+            power management isn't taken into account.</para>
+
+            <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+            Controller), it is about CPU interruptions, select this option if
+            you are asked for.</para>
+
+            <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the
+            default options displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>
+            line.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries
+              selected with the key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot
+              Options</guilabel> line, however, they are really taken into
+              account.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode
+            only).</para>
+
+            <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.
+            Select one with the arrow keys and press Enter to have more
+            details or press the Esc key to go back to the welcome
+            screen.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+
+            <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or
+            select <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to
+            the options list. These options can by added by hand in the
+            <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2
+              key.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI
+            systems, see: <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Using a Wired Network</title>
+
+      <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired
+      Network-based Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso
+      images):</para>
+
+      <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options
+      are described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+      Network-based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+      Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The installation steps</title>
+
+    <para>The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be
+    followed on the side panel of the screen.</para>
+
+    <para>Each step has one or more screens which may also have
+    <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly
+    required, options.</para>
+
+    <para>Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give
+    further explanations about the current step.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation,
+      it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.
+      Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be
+      installed, your computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it
+      could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this
+      you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by
+      pressing the three keys <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same
+      time. After that, press <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>
+      simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installation Problems and Possible Solutions</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>No Graphical Interface</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>After the initial screen you did not reach the language
+          selection screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older
+          systems. Try using low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at
+          the prompt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not
+          be possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode
+          installation. To use this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and
+          confirm with ENTER. You will be presented with a black screen with
+          the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit ENTER. Now continue with the
+          installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>The Install Freezes</title>
+
+      <para>If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may
+      be a problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic
+      detection of hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this,
+      type <code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined
+      with other options as necessary.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM problem</title>
+
+      <para>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may
+      report the available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can
+      use the <code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount
+      of RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dynamic partitions</title>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic"
+      format on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to
+      install Mageia on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the
+      Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be1a0f7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Login screen</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1" fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM login screen</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will
+  find yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live
+  medium you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4d943aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="en">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Media Selection (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+  <!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+  <!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+  <!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+
+<mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="media_selection-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories
+  are available, according to which media you use for installing. The
+  repositories selection determines which packages will be available for
+  selection during the next steps.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it
+      contains the base of the distribution.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages
+      that are free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they
+      contain closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example
+      this repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary
+      drivers, firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages
+      released under a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in
+      this repository is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws
+      in some countries, e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various
+      audio/video files; packages needed to play commercial video DVD,
+      etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e08ec07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimal Install</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+  <!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+
+  <para>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in
+  the Package Group Selection screen, see
+  <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package
+  selection" option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind
+  for their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a
+  specialised workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the
+  "Individual package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your
+  installation, see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will
+  offer you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+  environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.
+  It contains the man pages from the <link
+  xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+  Project</link> and the <link
+  xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU 
+  coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"  align="center"
+	      format="PNG"  xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbc50975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Summary of miscellaneous
+    parameters</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX made smart choices for the
+  configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the
+  hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if
+  you want after pressing <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep
+    them with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">System parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Timezone</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selected a
+        time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. You can
+        change it if needed. See also <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Country /
+        Region</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">If you are not in
+        the selected country, it is very important that you correct the
+        setting. See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX has made
+        good choices for the bootloader setting.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change
+        anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">For more
+        information, see <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>User
+        management</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">You can add extra
+        users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</literal>
+        directories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Services</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services
+        refer to those small programs which run the background (daemons). This
+        tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">You should check
+        carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may prevent your
+        computer from operating correctly.</para>
+
+        <para>For more information, see <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardware parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">This is where
+        you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your
+        location, language or type of keyboard.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it,
+          keep in mind that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Here you can add
+        or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Sound
+        card</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer
+        uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to
+        select a different driver is only given when there is more than one
+        driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Graphical
+        interface</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">This section
+        allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">For more
+        information, see <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1" align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Network and Internet
+      parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Network</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure
+        your network here, but for network cards with non-free drivers it is
+        better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia Control
+        Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media
+        repositories.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">When you add a
+          network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch that
+          interface as well.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server
+        acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider internet.
+        This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a proxy
+        service.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">You may need to
+        consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you need to
+        enter here</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Security</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Security
+        Level</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Here you set the
+        Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting
+        (Standard) is adequate for general use.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Check the option
+        which best suits your usage.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">A firewall is
+        intended to be a barrier between your important data and the rascals
+        out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the
+        services that you wish to have access to your system. Your selections
+        will depend on what you use your computer for. For more information,
+        see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Bear in mind
+          that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba527d96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="reboot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Reboot</title>
+  </info>
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt
+  your computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on
+  <emphasis role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+  asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1" fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa58cbbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+
+  <!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->  
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Resize
+    <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one
+  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.
+  Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing
+  <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  <!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+   
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..471b73cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Security Level</title>
+    </info>
+
+ <!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+ <!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+
+<mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"  align="center" format="PNG"  xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">You can adjust your
+    security level here.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Leave the default
+    settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">After install, it
+    will always be possible to adjust your security settings in the
+    <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a167abd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Select your Country / Region</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1" align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.
+  This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless
+  regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to
+  use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the
+  list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> button and choose your
+  country / region there.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in
+    the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, after clicking
+    <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the first list was
+    chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Input method</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other
+    Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an input method (at the
+    bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual
+    characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the default input
+    method, so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input
+    methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be
+    installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input
+      method setup during installation, you can access it after you boot your
+      installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> "System", or by
+      running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c3ada3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+
+  <!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+
+  <!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+
+  <!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+  <!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Install or Upgrade</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"  format="PNG"></imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Install</para>
+
+      <para>Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application>
+      installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Upgrade</para>
+
+      <para>If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on your
+      system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the latest release.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was 
+	<emphasis>still supported</emphasis> when this installer's version 
+	was released, has been thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a 
+	Mageia version that had already reached its End	Of Life when this 
+	one was released, then it is better to do a clean install while 
+	preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is
+    possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a
+    partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your
+    computer isn't in the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well
+    leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure
+    rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three
+    keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press
+    <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional
+    language, you can return from the "Install or Upgrade" screen to the
+    language choice screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do
+    <emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2420235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+
+  <!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selects an appropriate
+  keyboard for your language. If no suitable keyboard is found it will default
+  to a US keyboard layout.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+                 />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Make sure that the
+      selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. If you don't
+      know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications that
+      came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a
+      label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look
+      here: <link
+      xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">If your keyboard isn't in
+      the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list,
+      and select your keyboard there.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a
+          keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, you'll return
+          to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though a
+          keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this
+          anomaly and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you
+          chose from the full list.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard
+      based on non-Latin characters, you will see an extra dialog screen
+      asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin and non-Latin
+      keyboard layouts</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05243493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Select keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+  Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+  timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8469812c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+  <!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+  <!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+  <!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+  <!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Please choose a language to use</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Select your preferred language, by first
+  expanding the list for your continent. <application>Mageia</application>
+  will use this selection during the installation and for your installed
+  system.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Select your preferred language.
+  <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during the
+  installation and for your installed system.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">If it is likely that you will require several
+  languages installed on your system, for yourself or other users, then you
+  should use the <guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them
+  now. It will be difficult to add extra language support after
+  installation.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject condition="classical">
+      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/>
+    </imageobject>
+    <imageobject condition="live">
+      <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one
+    of them as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will
+    also be marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen .</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred
+      language, then it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard
+      as well.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">This may be disabled in the "multiple
+      languages" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your
+      language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in
+      the Mageia Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for
+      your system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab6becac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Select mouse</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+
+  <!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+  
+  <!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+  
+  <!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center" format="PNG" 
+          >
+        </imagedata>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a different one here.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</guilabel> is a good choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c52a88a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  <!---->
+
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Bootloader main options</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or
+        Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject condition="classical">
+          <imagedata fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/>
+        </imageobject>
+
+        <imageobject condition="live">
+          <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1" fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are
+      doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as
+      you cannot choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject condition="classical">
+          <imagedata fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/>
+        </imageobject>
+
+        <imageobject condition="live">
+          <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the
+      installer created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the
+      bootloader (Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems
+      installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer
+      detects the existing ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although
+      it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough
+      whatever the number of operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are
+      doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of
+        your first hard drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia
+    attempts to add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this
+    behaviour, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+    <guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject condition="classical">
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+
+      <imageobject condition="live">
+        <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png" align="center"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Using an existing bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing
+    bootloader is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will
+    involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should
+    detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating
+    system in question.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from
+    another OS, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+    <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch
+    ESP or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject condition="classical">
+        <imagedata fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/>
+      </imageobject>
+
+      <imageobject condition="live">
+        <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by
+    clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>:
+            This text box lets you set a delay in seconds before the default
+            operating system is started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a
+            password for the bootloader. This means a username and password
+            will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
+            settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one
+            chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you
+            actually put the password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password
+            and Drakx will check that it matches with the one set
+            above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced
+                Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the power
+                management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices,
+                this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it could be
+                useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or
+                if you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems
+                (for instance random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables /
+                disables symmetric multiprocessing for multi core
+                processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling
+                this gives the operating system access to the Advanced
+                Programmable Interrupt Controller. APIC devices permit more
+                complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ (Interrupt Request)
+                management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set
+                local APIC, which manages all external interrupts for a
+                specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by
+          default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the
+          kernel information or tell the kernel to give you more information
+          as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia
+          bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen
+                size and colour depth the boot menu will use. If you click the
+                down triangle you will be offered other size and colour depth
+                options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or
+                MBR</emphasis>: see above <link linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain
+                loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f30d553
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu
+    Entry</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+  software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia
+  repositories).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b89bcc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Setup SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+  <!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+  <!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+  <!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+  <!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. --> 
+  
+  <!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+  
+  <!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"  
+       format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some
+    older SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently
+    fail to recognise the drive.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">If this happens, you will need to
+  manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) you have.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX should then be able
+  to configure the drive(s) correctly.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9371cc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Sound Configuration</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for
+  your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a
+  default one.</para>
+
+  <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after
+  install you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or
+  start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the
+  <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound
+  Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen.</para>
+
+  <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on
+  <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on
+  <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how
+  to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Advanced</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during
+    install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several
+    drivers available, but you think the installer selected the wrong
+    one.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on
+    <guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00c520c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirm hard disk to be
+    formatted</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+
+  <!-- test comment - johnr -->
+  
+  <!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+
+  <!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+
+  <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject condition='live'>
+        <imagedata fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"  ></imagedata>
+      </imageobject>
+      <imageobject condition='classical'>
+        <imagedata fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"  ></imagedata>
+      </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Click on
+  <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Click on
+  <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every
+  partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7758747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live mode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get
+    the "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testing hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is
+      correctly managed by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in
+      the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most
+      current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already
+          OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not,
+      you can leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the
+      installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Launch installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+      SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+      this screen, and then the "<link
+      linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+      installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5c9b3b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstalling Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Howto</title>
+
+    <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in
+    short you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you
+    the possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating
+    system.</para>
+
+    <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and
+    select Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot,
+    you will only have Windows with no option to choose your operating
+    system.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+    <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer
+    Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the
+    partition management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they
+    are labeled <guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place
+    in the disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+    <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and
+    format it (FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can
+    extend the existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.
+    There are other partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted,
+    available for both windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions,
+    be very careful, and make sure all important things have been backed
+    up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51fb643a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/en/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and
+  unused hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good
+  idea to accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on
+  different hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+  minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's
+  normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c877ad2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5068 @@
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Anonymous, 2014.
+# Pablo Foche <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2012-2013.
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-17 11:38+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
+"Language: eo\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"language/eo/)\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licenco kaj publikig-notoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licenco"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antaŭ ol instali <application>Magejon</application>, bv. legi la licencon "
+"zorgeme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tiuj kondiĉoj aplikiĝas al la tuta distribuaĵo <application>Magejo</"
+"application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi la instaladon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por akcepti nur selektu <guilabel>Akceptu</guilabel> kaj klaku sur "
+"<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi decidas ne akcepti tiujn kondiĉojn, tiam ni dankas vin pro via "
+"rigardo. Klakante sur <guibutton>Ĉesu</guibutton> vi reŝarĝos vian "
+"komputilon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Publikig-notoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</"
+"application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes)</"
+"guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "eo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Selekto de datumportilo (Konfiguru aldonaj instal-datumportiloj)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Por interreta datumportilo sekvighos per du pashoj:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Selekti kaj aktivigi de retkonekto, se jam ne estas enshaltita"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Uzula kaj superuzula administrado"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Kreo de mastrumanta pasvorto (Set administrator (root) password):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de <application>Magejo</application> krei "
+"superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la <emphasis>mastrumanta (root) "
+"pasvorto</emphasis> en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo "
+"ĝia koloro ŝanĝiĝos el ruĝa al flava kaj verda dependante de la forto de la "
+"pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas "
+"retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne "
+"mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone "
+"utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj "
+"karaktroj en pasvorto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Enigo de uzulo (Enter a user)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root), "
+"sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn "
+"kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Piktogramo</guibutton>: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos "
+"la uzulan ikonon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Vera nomo</guilabel>: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta "
+"skatolo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Saluta nomo (login name)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan "
+"salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera nomo. "
+"<emphasis>La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj.</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la "
+"uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la "
+"forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi "
+"tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj "
+"uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
+"write protected) home directory."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
+"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
+"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Sperta uzulo-administrado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano "
+"ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan <emphasis>rbash-an</emphasis> "
+"gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto.  La "
+"gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie "
+"vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston "
+"ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de "
+"normalaj uzuloj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ŝelo</guilabel>: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la \"shell"
+"\"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti Bash-"
+"on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Uzula ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon "
+"por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro.  Lasu "
+"ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupa ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan "
+"identigilon.  Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la uzulo. "
+"Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Elekti surmetingojn"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi vidas la linuksajn subdiskojn kiuj estis trovitaj en via "
+"komputilo. Se vi ne akordas kun la sugestoj de <application>DrakX</"
+"application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ŝanĝas ion, certiĝu pri tio ke vi daŭre havas <literal>/</literal> "
+"(radikan) subdiskon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉiu subdisko estas montrita tiel: \"Aparato\" (\"Kapablo\", \"Surmetingo\", "
+"\"Speco\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Aparato\", konsistas el: \"fiksita disko\", [\"fiksita diska litero\"], "
+"\"subdiska nombro\" (ekzemple, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas multajn subdiskojn, vi povas elekti multajn malsamajn "
+"surmetingojn per la faldebla menuo, kiel <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"home</literal> kaj <literal>/var</literal>. Vi povas ankaŭ fari viajn "
+"proprajn surmetingojn kiel <literal>/video</literal> por subdisko kie vi "
+"volas konservi viajn filmojn, aŭ <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> por la "
+"<literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"En kazoj de subdiskoj al kiuj vi ne volas aliri vi povas lasi la surmetingan "
+"kampon malplena."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Klaku sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> se vi ne scias kion elekti, kaj tiam "
+"aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi subdiskon</guilabel>. En la aperonta ekrano, vi "
+"povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi certas pri tio ke la surmetingoj estas ĝustaj, klaku sur "
+"<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>, kaj elektu ĉu vi nur volas strukturi la "
+"subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Grafika medio"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr "Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo.  La "
+"glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</"
+"guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</"
+"application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun "
+"kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</"
+"guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la "
+"defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj.  La labortablo "
+"<application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj.  Ĝi "
+"havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Pakaĵaj grupoj"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi "
+"bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia "
+"informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la "
+"musan montrilon sur ili."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Laborstacio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Servilo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafika medio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ "
+"forigi permane pakaĵojn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Elekto de individuaj pakaĵoj"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian "
+"instalon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</"
+"guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-"
+"ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la "
+"samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la "
+"instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfiguru viajn Servojn"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de "
+"la sistemo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por "
+"etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "La elekto kiun faris DrakX estas kutime adekvata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr "Se vi elektas servon, iu informo pri ĝi montriĝos en la suba skatolo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Ŝanĝu aferojn nur se vi scias tre bone kion vi estas faranta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Konfiguru vian horzonon"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu "
+"en la sama tempo-zono."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo "
+"aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke "
+"ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguri X, grafik-karton kaj monitoron"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi "
+"elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj "
+"baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</"
+"acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ "
+"iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti "
+"ĝusta.  Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</"
+"application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian "
+"karton en la listo se bezonate."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti "
+"<guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la "
+"<guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu "
+"<guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la "
+"horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Malĝustaj refreŝ-datumoj povas damaĝi vian monitoron"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan "
+"distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam "
+"aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian "
+"konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via "
+"konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos "
+"konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos "
+"rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke "
+"via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi "
+"aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas "
+"havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>.  La ĉifrada elekto por la "
+"subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo "
+"ne startos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi "
+"la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en "
+"ĝi antaŭ ol komenci."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel "
+"USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la "
+"elektita stor-aparato"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, "
+"elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Daŭrigu ĝis kiam vi agordos ĉion laŭ via deziro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Finata</guibutton> kiam vi estos preta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Kreo de subdiskoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la "
+"loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj "
+"enhavo de via konkreta(j)  stor-aparato(j)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn "
+"kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Uzu liberan spacon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por "
+"nova Mageja instalo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Uzu la liberan spacon de vindoza subdisko"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo "
+"povas proponi utiligi ĝin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo, "
+"sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj "
+"dosieroj antaŭe!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko "
+"devas esti \"pura\", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan "
+"fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio "
+"ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el "
+"la areo uzota. Estas ege rekomendinde realigi sekurec-kopion de viaj "
+"personaj dosieroj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Forviŝu kaj uzu la tutan diskon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu "
+"zorgema!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la "
+"disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) "
+"fiksita(j)  disko(j)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Bonveniga instal-ekrano"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn "
+"vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalado per DrakX-o"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Gratulon"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de <application>Magejo</application> "
+"kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian "
+"sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita "
+"kaj ŝarĝita."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Ĝuu!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Strukturi subdiskojn"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti kiu(j)n subdisko(j)n vi ŝatus strukturi. Iu ajn "
+"datumo en subdisko(j) <emphasis>ne</emphasis> markita(j) por strukturado "
+"estos savita."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr "Kutime almenaŭ la subdiskoj elektitaj de DrakX bezonos strukturon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> por elekti subdiskojn kie vi "
+"ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne certas ĉu vi faris la ĝustan elekton, vi povas klaki sur "
+"<guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton>, denove sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> kaj "
+"tiam sur <guibutton>subdiskigo</guibutton> por reveni al la ĉefa ekrano.  En "
+"tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi estas certa pri la elekto, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> "
+"por daŭrigi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, la instalilo de Magejo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo "
+"estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la "
+"mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Bonveniga instal-ekrano"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "La instal-paŝoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per "
+"la flanka panelo de la ekrano."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi "
+"<guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte "
+"bezonataj elektoj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> "
+"havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, "
+"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post "
+"la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin "
+"povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke "
+"vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. "
+"Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu "
+"utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Instal-paneoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-"
+"detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti "
+"prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. "
+"Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la "
+"disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi "
+"la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple "
+"\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Ĝisdatigoj"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Ekde la publikigo de ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, "
+"pluraj pakaĵoj estis probable ĝisdatigitaj aŭ plibonigitaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu <guilabel>jes</guilabel> se vi deziras elŝuti kaj instali ilin, "
+"elektu <guilabel>ne</guilabel> se vi ne volas fari tion nun aŭ se vi ne "
+"havas retaliron"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimuma instalo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta "
+"ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ "
+"specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun "
+"Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali "
+"plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Diversaj parametroj"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo "
+"dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi "
+"povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur "
+"<guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Sistemaj parametroj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Horzono</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX elektis tempo-zonon por vi, dependante de via preferata lingvo. Vi "
+"povas ŝanĝi ĝin se bezonate. Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC"
+"\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Lando</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin.  "
+"Vidu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Startŝarĝilo</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX faris bonajn elektojn por la konfiguro de la sistema ŝarĝilo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Ŝanĝu nenion se vi ne scias kiel konfiguri Grub kaj/aŭ Lilo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Por plia informo vidu <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Uzula administrado (User management)</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servoj</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone "
+"(demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi devus kontroli zorgeme antaŭ ol ŝanĝi ion ĉi tie - eraro povus okazigi ke "
+"via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Aparatar-parametroj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Klavaro</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via "
+"lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Muso</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, "
+"mov-globojn, ktp."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Son-karto </guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafika interfaco</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Por plia informo vidu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Retaj parametroj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Reto</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj "
+"neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo "
+"per <application>Mageja Konfigurilo </application>. Por tio vi devos "
+"aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiam vi aldonas ret-karton ne forgesu konfiguri vian fajronŝirmilon por ke "
+"ĝi kontrolu ankaŭ tiun ret-interfacon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Prokuraj serviloj</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Prokura servilo funkcias kiel peranto inter via komputilo kaj interreto.  Ĉi "
+"tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran servon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn "
+"vi devas enigi ĉi tie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sekureco"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Sekurec-nivelo </guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el "
+"okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Aktivigu la elekton pli adekvatan laŭ viaj bezonoj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Fajroŝirmilo (Fajromuro)</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en "
+"la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu la servojn kiuj devas havi aliron al via sistemo. Viaj elektoj "
+"dependos de tio por kio vi utiligas la komputilon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr "Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> subdisko.  Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo "
+"de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Sekurec-nivelo"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Vi povas alĝustigi vian sekurec-nivelon ĉi tie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "Lasu la defaŭltan konfiguron senŝanĝe se vi ne scias kion elekti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako "
+"<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "La instal-paŝoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Elektu vian Landon / Regionon"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, "
+"kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus "
+"kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj "
+"Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post "
+"klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de "
+"la unua listo.  Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Enir-metodo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-"
+"metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn "
+"literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en "
+"Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj "
+"afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate "
+"tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj "
+"se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin "
+"post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> "
+"\"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instalado/ĝisdatigo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Ĝisdatigu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, "
+"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ "
+"post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi "
+"ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio "
+"ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la "
+"ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo "
+"de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion "
+"poste en la instalo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Klavaro"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Klavaro"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi "
+"aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. "
+"Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun "
+"via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu "
+"identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono "
+"<guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian "
+"klavaron tie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi "
+"revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu "
+"ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la "
+"instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan "
+"ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Bv. elekti la uzotan lingvon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta "
+"listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la "
+"instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta "
+"listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la "
+"instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj "
+"uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple "
+"languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian "
+"lingvan eltenon post la instalo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian "
+"preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la "
+"plurlingva ekrano ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas "
+"rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke "
+"ĝi estas neadekvata por via lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn "
+"sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo "
+"de Magejo -> Sistemo -> Agordi skrib-sistemojn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Selekti muson"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vin ne kontentigas la funkciado de via muso, vi povas elekti iun malsaman "
+"ĉi tie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ofte, <guilabel>Universala</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ajna PS/2- kaj USB-musoj</"
+"guilabel> estas bona elekto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu <guilabel>Universalan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Trudi evdev</guilabel> "
+"por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "La grafika menuo de Magejo estas bela :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-"
+"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata "
+"xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"1\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo "
+"estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj "
+"estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri "
+"ĝin aŭtomate.  Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi "
+"tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj "
+"uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servoj</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Konfiguri SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width="
+"\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi "
+"kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la "
+"bezonataj peliloj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX devus tiam esti kapabla konfiguri la aparato(j)n ĝuste."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Progresinta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "La instal-paŝoj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Subdiskigo"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC "
+#~ "- System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory "
+#~ "that is both read and write protected."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC "
+#~ "- System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory "
+#~ "that is both read and write protected."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is "
+#~ "advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s)  "
+#~ "after reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is "
+#~ "advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after "
+#~ "reboot."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically "
+#~ "by the installer, you can change them here."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare "
+#~ "de la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which "
+#~ "case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing "
+#~ "bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Eble vi havas jam alian operacian sistemon en via maŝino, tiukaze vi "
+#~ "devas decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ "
+#~ "ebligi al Magejo krei novan."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+#~ "(Master Boot Record)  of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+#~ "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new "
+#~ "Mageia boot menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Defaŭlte Magejo skribas novan GRUB-lanĉilon en la MBR de via unua fiksita "
+#~ "disko.  Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni "
+#~ "ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to "
+#~ "GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to "
+#~ "GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported "
+#~ "by GRUB (legacy)  and will not be recognized if the default GRUB "
+#~ "bootloader is used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported "
+#~ "by GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB "
+#~ "bootloader is used."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available "
+#~ "at the Summary page during installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available "
+#~ "at the Summary page during installation."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to "
+#~ "remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click "
+#~ "the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow "
+#~ "you to change the bootloader install location."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se vi decidas uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon tiam vi devos klaki sur la lanĉila "
+#~ "butono <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la instal-"
+#~ "lokon de la lanĉilo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing "
+#~ "MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the "
+#~ "partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ne selektu aparaton kiel \"sda\" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. "
+#~ "Vi devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la "
+#~ "subdiskigo, ekzemple sda7."
+
+#~ msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
+#~ msgstr "Klarigcele, sda estas aparato, sda7 subdisko."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+#~ "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back "
+#~ "to the installer screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Iru al tty2 per la premo de Ctrl+Alt+F2 kaj tajpu <literal>df</literal> "
+#~ "por vidi kie estas via radika subdisko <literal>/</literal>. Ctrl+Alt+F7 "
+#~ "venigos vin ree al la instal-ekrano."
+
+#~ msgid "Bootloader advanced option"
+#~ msgstr "Lanĉila sperta elekto"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
+#~ "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /"
+#~ "tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se vi havas tre limigitan spacon en via disko por subdisko <literal>/</"
+#~ "literal> enhavanta samtempe la dosierujon <literal>/tmp</literal>, klaku "
+#~ "sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> kaj aktivigu la skatolon dirantan "
+#~ "<guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom "
+#~ "da libera spaco."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></"
+#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+#~ "\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format="
+#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format="
+#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e5b555d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>January 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn
+vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46d59863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn
+vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0abbc6d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalado per DrakX-o</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>February 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalado per DrakX-o</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn
+vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df6650b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalado per DrakX-o</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn
+vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a25ee334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definition</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO
+file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>You can find them <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Classical installation media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test,
+Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and
+optionally install Mageia on to your HDD.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean
+installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous
+releases.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They contain non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only CD media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to
+start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages
+that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be
+on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the
+Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when
+bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a
+PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>English language only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need
+it.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Downloading</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para>
+      <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a
+while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title>
+    <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB
+stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable
+medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly
+to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not
+correct. There is more information in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title>
+      <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick
+and then use it to boot and install the system.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on
+the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be
+reduced to the image size.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format
+the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>You could try:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Open a console</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the
+final '-' )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any
+application or file manager that could access or read it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5783d56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licenco kaj publikig-notoj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenco</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Antaŭ ol instali <application>Magejon</application>, bv. legi la licencon
+zorgeme.</para>
+
+    <para>Ĉi tiuj kondiĉoj aplikiĝas al la tuta distribuaĵo
+<application>Magejo</application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi
+la instaladon.</para>
+
+    <para>Por akcepti nur selektu <guilabel>Akceptu</guilabel> kaj klaku sur
+<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Se vi decidas ne akcepti tiujn kondiĉojn, tiam ni dankas vin pro via
+rigardo. Klakante sur <guibutton>Ĉesu</guibutton> vi reŝarĝos vian
+komputilon.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Publikig-notoj</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de
+<application>Magejo</application>, klaku sur la butono
+<guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes)</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3ae4c7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Uzula kaj superuzula administrado</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Kreo de mastrumanta pasvorto (Set administrator (root) password):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de <application>Magejo</application> krei
+superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la <emphasis>mastrumanta (root)
+pasvorto</emphasis> en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo
+ĝia koloro ŝanĝiĝos el ruĝa al flava kaj verda dependante de la forto de la
+pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas
+retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne
+mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone
+utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj
+karaktroj en pasvorto.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Enigo de uzulo (Enter a user)</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root),
+sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn
+kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Piktogramo</guibutton>: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos
+la uzulan ikonon.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Vera nomo</guilabel>: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta
+skatolo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Saluta nomo (login name)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan
+salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera
+nomo. <emphasis>La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj
+minuskloj.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la
+uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la
+forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi
+tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj
+uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>The access permissions can also be changed after the install.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Sperta uzulo-administrado</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano
+ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan <emphasis>rbash-an</emphasis>
+gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto.  La
+gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie
+vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston
+ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de
+normalaj uzuloj.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Ŝelo</guilabel>: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la
+"shell"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti
+Bash-on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Uzula ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon
+por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro.  Lasu
+ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Grupa ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan
+identigilon.  Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la
+uzulo. Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..facf4f92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Selekto de datumportilo (Konfiguru aldonaj instal-datumportiloj)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can
+add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The
+source selection determines which packages will be available for selection
+during the next steps.</para>
+
+  <para>Por interreta datumportilo sekvighos per du pashoj:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selekti kaj aktivigi de retkonekto, se jam ne estas enshaltita </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a
+mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by
+Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With
+the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS
+installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit
+packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by
+ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains
+64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit
+packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the
+needed 32 bit packages there.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03c34df5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Elekti surmetingojn</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ĉi tie vi vidas la linuksajn subdiskojn kiuj estis trovitaj en via
+komputilo. Se vi ne akordas kun la sugestoj de
+<application>DrakX</application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Se vi ŝanĝas ion, certiĝu pri tio ke vi daŭre havas <literal>/</literal>
+(radikan) subdiskon.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ĉiu subdisko estas montrita tiel: "Aparato" ("Kapablo", "Surmetingo",
+"Speco").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Aparato", konsistas el: "fiksita disko", ["fiksita diska litero"],
+"subdiska nombro" (ekzemple, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Se vi havas multajn subdiskojn, vi povas elekti multajn malsamajn
+surmetingojn per la faldebla menuo, kiel <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> kaj <literal>/var</literal>. Vi povas ankaŭ fari
+viajn proprajn surmetingojn kiel <literal>/video</literal> por subdisko kie
+vi volas konservi viajn filmojn, aŭ <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> por la
+<literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>En kazoj de subdiskoj al kiuj vi ne volas aliri vi povas lasi la surmetingan
+kampon malplena.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Klaku sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> se vi ne scias kion elekti, kaj tiam
+aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi subdiskon</guilabel>. En la aperonta ekrano, vi
+povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Se vi certas pri tio ke la surmetingoj estas ĝustaj, klaku sur
+<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>, kaj elektu ĉu vi nur volas strukturi la
+subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf18e542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Clock settings</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set,
+either local time or UTC time.</para>
+
+  <para>In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cc964324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Boot Mageia as Live system</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Booting the medium</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">From a disc</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM,
+DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the
+bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the
+computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or
+press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the
+computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get
+either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">From a USB device</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on
+the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may
+need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose
+the peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting in BIOS mode</para></caption></mediaobject><para>In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD
+or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow
+system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard
+disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual,
+when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia
+5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Help. Explain the options "splash", "apm", "acpi" and "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from
+the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or
+NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP
+server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with
+this option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an
+optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during
+installation process.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your
+hardware and the drivers to use.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">In UEFI mode</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk</para></caption></mediaobject><para>You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to
+process the installation (second choice).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a
+duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to choose
+them.</para><para>In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone
+and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link
+linkend="testing">additional steps in Live mode</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2003ef97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Grafika medio</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj.</para>
+
+  <para>Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo.  La
+glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon
+<guilabel>Detaloj</guilabel></para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn
+<application>KDE-on</application> aŭ
+<application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun kompleta aro da utilaj
+aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</guilabel> se vi volas utiligi
+unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la defaŭltajn program-elektojn de
+tiuj labortablaj medioj.  La labortablo <application>LXDE-o</application>
+estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj.  Ĝi havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj
+interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea3fa589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Pakaĵaj grupoj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi
+bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia
+informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la
+musan montrilon sur ili.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Laborstacio.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Servilo.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafika medio.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ
+forigi permane pakaĵojn.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62d6611f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Elekto de individuaj pakaĵoj</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian
+instalon.</para>
+
+    <para>Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa
+ikono</guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi
+en USB-ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por
+instali la samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum
+la instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af564bfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfiguru viajn Servojn</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de
+la sistemo.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por
+etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">La elekto kiun faris DrakX estas kutime adekvata.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Se vi elektas servon, iu informo pri ĝi montriĝos en la suba skatolo.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Ŝanĝu aferojn nur se vi scias tre bone kion vi estas faranta.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6680322d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfiguru vian horzonon</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu
+en la sama tempo-zono.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo
+aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke
+ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f317a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually
+correctly identify your video device.</para>
+
+  <para>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know
+which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>vendor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>then the name of your card</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>and the type of card</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in
+the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the
+Xorg category</para>
+
+  <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card
+drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the
+option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities.</para>
+
+  <para>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access
+to the Commandline Interface.</para>
+
+  <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which
+may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from
+the card manufacturers' websites.</para>
+
+  <para>The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If
+you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a07631c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Konfiguri X, grafik-karton kaj monitoron</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi
+elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj
+baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado
+de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym>
+aŭ iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas
+esti ĝusta.  Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke
+<application>DrakX</application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu
+elekto estas malĝusta.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian
+karton en la listo se bezonate.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti
+<guilabel>"Plug'n Play"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la
+<guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu
+<guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la
+horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Malĝustaj refreŝ-datumoj povas damaĝi vian monitoron</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan
+distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam
+aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian
+konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via
+konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi "jes" kaj la konfiguro estos
+konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos
+rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke
+via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi
+aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ef4904a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Choosing your Monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually
+correctly identify yours.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage
+your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing
+what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor
+documentation</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Custom</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh
+rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the
+screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are
+displayed.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor
+type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you
+may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and
+consult your monitor documentation.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the
+monitor database.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Vendor</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which
+one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>vendor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>the monitor manufacturers name</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>the monitor description</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generic</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as
+1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is
+often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver
+when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it
+may be wise to be conservative in your selections.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..501e599b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas
+havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>.  La ĉifrada elekto por la
+subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo
+ne startos.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi
+la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en
+ĝi antaŭ ol komenci.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel
+USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la
+elektita stor-aparato</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin,
+elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Daŭrigu ĝis kiam vi agordos ĉion laŭ via deziro.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Klaku sur <guibutton>Finata</guibutton> kiam vi estos preta.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present with a correct type</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab042b66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Kreo de subdiskoj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la
+loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj
+enhavo de via konkreta(j)  stor-aparato(j).</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn
+kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Uzu liberan spacon</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por
+nova Mageja instalo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Uzu la liberan spacon de vindoza subdisko</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo
+povas proponi utiligi ĝin.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo,
+sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj
+dosieroj antaŭe!</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko
+devas esti "pura", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan
+fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio
+ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el
+la areo uzota. Estas ege rekomendinde realigi sekurec-kopion de viaj
+personaj dosieroj.</para>
+
+        <para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended
+sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking
+and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Forviŝu kaj uzu la tutan diskon.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu
+zorgema!</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la
+disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Subdiskigo</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j)
+fiksita(j)  disko(j).</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partitions sizing:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The installer will share the available place out according to the following
+rules:</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is
+created for /, there is no separate partition for /home.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are
+created</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will
+create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom" option is the only one that allows to check it has
+been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk
+partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the
+previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available
+hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested
+with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1
+MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning
+tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following
+settings:</para>
+
+    <para>"Align to" "MiB"</para>
+
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+
+    <para>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e8fd88f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Gratulon</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de <application>Magejo</application>
+kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian
+sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita
+kaj ŝarĝita.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Ĝuu!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..775dfa99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Strukturi subdiskojn</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Ĉi tie vi povas elekti kiu(j)n subdisko(j)n vi ŝatus strukturi. Iu ajn
+datumo en subdisko(j) <emphasis>ne</emphasis> markita(j) por strukturado
+estos savita.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Kutime almenaŭ la subdiskoj elektitaj de DrakX bezonos strukturon</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> por elekti subdiskojn kie vi
+ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Se vi ne certas ĉu vi faris la ĝustan elekton, vi povas klaki sur
+<guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton>, denove sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> kaj
+tiam sur <guibutton>subdiskigo</guibutton> por reveni al la ĉefa ekrano.  En
+tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Se vi estas certa pri la elekto, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>
+por daŭrigi.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7b8f9dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Ĝisdatigoj</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+width="800" depth="600" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Ekde la publikigo de ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>,
+pluraj pakaĵoj estis probable ĝisdatigitaj aŭ plibonigitaj.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Elektu <guilabel>jes</guilabel> se vi deziras elŝuti kaj instali ilin,
+elektu <guilabel>ne</guilabel> se vi ne volas fari tion nun aŭ se vi ne
+havas retaliron</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57a77d39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, la instalilo de Magejo</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo
+estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la
+mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas.</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Bonveniga instal-ekrano</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one
+with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen
+language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para>
+
+      <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live
+DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue
+System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware
+Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> key for
+the UEFI mode.</para>
+
+      <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one
+of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called
+<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para>
+
+      <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para>
+
+      <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of
+performances.</para>
+
+      <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management
+isn't taken into account.</para>
+
+      <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is
+about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para>
+
+      <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options
+displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the
+key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line,
+however, they are really taken into account.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+      <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with
+the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to
+go back to the welcome screen.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options
+list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+
+  <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based
+Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para>
+
+  <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are
+described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+Network-based Installation CD, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">La instal-paŝoj</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per
+la flanka panelo de la ekrano.</para>
+
+    <para>Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi
+<guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte
+bezonataj elektoj.</para>
+
+    <para>La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton>
+havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon,
+sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post
+la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin
+povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke
+vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt
+Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Sen grafika interfaco</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri
+lingvo-selekto. Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj
+maŝinoj. Provu utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de "vgalo" en la
+komand-linio.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use
+this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be
+presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit
+ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Instal-paneoj</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro
+aparatar-detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas
+esti prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la
+komando-linio. Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas
+necese.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la
+disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi
+la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple
+"mem=256M" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on
+Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on
+this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d47e4324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Login screen</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM login screen</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium
+you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>You can find another part of our documentation in <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3f9c82a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Media Selection (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are
+available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories
+selection determines which packages will be available for selection during
+the next steps.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains
+the base of the distribution.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are
+free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain
+closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this
+repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers,
+firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under
+a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is
+that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries,
+e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages
+needed to play commercial video DVD, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d3e128d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimuma instalo</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta
+ekrano, vidu <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali
+plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15c4b613
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Diversaj parametroj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo
+dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi
+povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur
+<guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Sistemaj parametroj</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Horzono</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX elektis tempo-zonon por vi, dependante de via preferata lingvo. Vi
+povas ŝanĝi ĝin se bezonate. Vidu ankaŭ <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Lando</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin.
+Vidu <xref linkend="selectCountry"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Startŝarĝilo</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX faris bonajn elektojn por la konfiguro de la sistema ŝarĝilo.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Por plia informo vidu <xref linkend="setupBootloader"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Uzula administrado (User management)</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon
+<literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Servoj</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone
+(demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Vi devus kontroli zorgeme antaŭ ol ŝanĝi ion ĉi tie - eraro povus okazigi ke
+via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste.</para>
+
+        <para>For more information, see <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Aparatar-parametroj</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Klavaro</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via
+lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Muso</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn,
+mov-globojn, ktp.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Son-karto </guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option
+to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one
+driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafika interfaco</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Por plia informo vidu <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"></xref>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Retaj parametroj</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Reto</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj
+neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo
+per <application>Mageja Konfigurilo </application>. Por tio vi devos
+aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Kiam vi aldonas ret-karton ne forgesu konfiguri vian fajronŝirmilon por ke
+ĝi kontrolu ankaŭ tiun ret-interfacon.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Prokuraj serviloj</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Prokura servilo funkcias kiel peranto inter via komputilo kaj interreto.  Ĉi
+tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran
+servon.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn
+vi devas enigi ĉi tie</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Sekureco</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Sekurec-nivelo </guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el
+okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Aktivigu la elekton pli adekvatan laŭ viaj bezonoj.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Fajroŝirmilo (Fajromuro)</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en
+la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ec576ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Reboot</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ee5a351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko
+<application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Vi havas pli ol unu
+<application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></application> subdisko.
+Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo de spaco por la instalo
+de <application>Magejo</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b4eba1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Sekurec-nivelo</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Vi povas alĝustigi vian sekurec-nivelon ĉi tie.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Lasu la defaŭltan konfiguron senŝanĝe se vi ne scias kion elekti.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako
+<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04c68b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Elektu vian Landon / Regionon</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj
+Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post
+klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de
+la unua listo.  Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Enir-metodo</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cea426e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalado/ĝisdatigo</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+width="800" format="PNG" depth="600"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instalado</para>
+
+      <para>Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> .</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ĝisdatigu</para>
+
+      <para>If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on
+your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the
+latest release.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still
+supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been
+thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already
+reached its End	Of Life when this one was released, then it is better to do
+a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon,
+sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ
+post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi
+ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio
+ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt
+Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la
+ekrano "Instalado/ĝisdatigo" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo de
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion poste
+en la instalo.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..856c287b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Klavaro</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi
+aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+align="center"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian
+klavaron. Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj
+venas kun via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la
+klavaro kiu identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link
+xlink:href="http://eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono
+<guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian
+klavaron tie.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi
+revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu
+ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la
+instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan
+ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b75d8d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Select keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26591366
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Bv. elekti la uzotan lingvon</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta
+listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la
+instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo.</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj
+uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple
+languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian
+lingvan eltenon post la instalo.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian
+preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la
+plurlingva ekrano .</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas
+rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke
+ĝi estas neadekvata por via lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn
+sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo
+de Magejo -> Sistemo -> Agordi skrib-sistemojn.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ae7ff9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Selekti muson</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png"
+width="800" depth="600" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="selectMouse-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Se vin ne kontentigas la funkciado de via muso, vi povas elekti iun malsaman
+ĉi tie.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Ofte, <guilabel>Universala</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ajna PS/2- kaj
+USB-musoj</guilabel> estas bona elekto.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Selektu <guilabel>Universalan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Trudi evdev</guilabel>
+por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8aeb08fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon</title>
+
+    <para>La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo
+estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj
+estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri
+ĝin aŭtomate.  Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..19c4c498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51a7f071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Konfiguri SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+width="800" depth="600" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi
+kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la
+bezonataj peliloj.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX devus tiam esti kapabla konfiguri la aparato(j)n ĝuste.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9eabb510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Sound Configuration</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your
+sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default
+one.</para>
+
+  <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install
+you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start
+this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the
+<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound
+Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen.</para>
+
+  <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on
+<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how
+to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Progresinta</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is
+useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers
+available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on
+<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6b70f35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirm hard disk to be formatted</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your
+choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every
+partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d098402e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live mode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get the
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testing hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Launch installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+this screen, and then the "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9774c8a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstalling Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Howto</title>
+
+    <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short
+you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the
+possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select
+Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will
+only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition
+management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the
+disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it
+(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both
+windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and
+make sure all important things have been backed up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87dee252
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eo/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to
+accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different
+hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02bef010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5209 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014
+# Miguel Ortega, 2013-2015
+# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014-2015
+# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Francisco B.G. <inactive+franchulo@transifex.com>, 2016
+# Francisco B.G. <inactive+franchulo@transifex.com>, 2016
+# jdru_drv <j.d.ramirez.u@gmail.com>, 2014
+# jdru_drv <j.d.ramirez.u@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Jose Manuel López <joselp@outlook.es>, 2016-2017
+# Jose Manuel López <inactive+rocholc@transifex.com>, 2014-2015
+# Miguel Ortega, 2013,2016
+# Miguel Ortega, 2016-2018
+# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014
+# seacat <seacat.linux@gmail.com>, 2016
+# seacat <seacat.linux@gmail.com>, 2016
+# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-01-07 09:03+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Miguel Ortega\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"es/)\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licencia y Notas de la Versión"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea "
+"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de "
+"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder "
+"continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego "
+"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya "
+"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su "
+"ordenador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Notas de la versión"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Se da información importante acerca de esta versión de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, la que se puede acceder haciendo click en el botón "
+"<guibutton>Notas de la Versión</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "es"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Selección de Medios (Configurar Medios de Instalación Complementarios)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar "
+"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La "
+"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los "
+"siguientes pasos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Para un repositorio por red, hay dos pasos a seguir:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Elección y activación de la red, si es que no está activada ya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). "
+"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los "
+"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, "
+"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su "
+"propia instalación NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si está actualizando a una instalación de 64 bits que puede contener algunos "
+"paquetes de 32 Bits, se aconseja utilizar esta pantalla para agregar un "
+"enlace en línea, marcando uno de los protocolos de red aquí. el iso DVD 64 "
+"bits sólo contiene paquetes de 64 bits y noarch, no será capaz de actualizar "
+"los paquetes de 32 bits. Sin embargo, después agregar un enlace en línea, el "
+"instalador encontrará los paquetes de 32 bits necesarios."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Establezca la Contraseña del Administrador (root)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, "
+"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas "
+"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya "
+"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando "
+"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la "
+"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita "
+"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido "
+"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una "
+"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y "
+"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Introduzca un usuario"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el "
+"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones "
+"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su "
+"ordenador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono "
+"del usuario."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del "
+"usuario en este recuadro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de "
+"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir "
+"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a "
+"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En esta caja de texto debería escribir la "
+"contraseña del usuario. Luego de la caja de texto, hay un escudo que indica "
+"la fortaleza de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña "
+"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el "
+"recuadro anterior."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cualquier usuario que agregue mientras instala Mageia, tendrá un directorio "
+"de inicio protegido tanto de lectura como de escritura (umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede agregar todos los usuarios adicionales necesarios en el paso "
+"<emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instalación. Elija "
+"<emphasis>Gestión de usuarios</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Los permisos de acceso se pueden cambiar también tras la instalación."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Administración Avanzada de Usuarios"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Si hace click en el botón \"avanzado\", aparecerá una pantalla que le "
+"permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Adicionalmente, puede activar o desactivar una cuenta de invitado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) "
+"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado "
+"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o "
+"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un "
+"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido "
+"que los usuarios normales."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por "
+"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de "
+"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació "
+"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de "
+"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que "
+"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su "
+"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de "
+"montaje\", \"Tipo\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro"
+"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje "
+"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, "
+"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde "
+"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la "
+"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de "
+"montaje vacío."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y "
+"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la "
+"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y "
+"tamaño."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en "
+"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien "
+"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Ajustes del Reloj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"En este paso, tiene que seleccionar en que hora está establecido su reloj, "
+"ya sea la hora local o UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"En la ficha Avanzada, encontrara más opciones de configuración del reloj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Iniciar Mageia en modo Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Arrancando el medio"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Desde un disco"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede arrancar directamente desde el CD o DVD en el que grabó la imagen ISO. "
+"Normalmente tiene que insertarlo en el lector de CD/DVD para que se lance el "
+"instalador automáticamente cuando reinicie su ordenador. Si eso no ocurre, "
+"tendrá que configurar la BIOS o pulsar una tecla durante el arranque, y que "
+"le ofrecerá un menú arranque donde escoger. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"De acuerdo al hardware que tiene, y cómo está configurado, se obtiene una de "
+"las dos pantallas siguientes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Desde un dispositivo USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede arrancar desde el dispositivo USB en el que volcó su imagen ISO. De "
+"acuerdo a la configuración de su BIOS, quizás la computadora arranque "
+"directamente en el dispositivo USB que ya está conectado al puerto. Si esto "
+"no ocurre, puede que tenga que volver a configurar su BIOS o presionar una "
+"tecla que le de la posibilidad de elegir el periférico desde el cual "
+"arrancará la computadora."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "En modo BIOS/CSM/Legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Primera pantalla al arrancar en modo BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "En el menú del medio, tiene que elegir entre tres acciones:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Arrancar Mageia: Esto significa que Mageia 5 arrancará desde el medio "
+"conectado (CD/DVD o memoria USB) sin escribir nada en el disco, por lo que "
+"se espera que el sistema sea muy lento. Una vez realizado el arranque, puede "
+"seguir con la instalación en el disco rígido."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalar Mageia: Esta opción instalará Mageia directamente en un disco "
+"rígido."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Arrancar desde el disco rígido: Esta opción permite arrancar desde el disco "
+"rígido, como de costumbre, cuando ningún medio (CD/DVD o memoria USB) está "
+"conectado (no funciona con Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "En el menú inferior, las Opciones de Inicio son:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Ayuda. Explicar las opciones \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" e \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Idioma. Elegir el idioma de visualización de las pantallas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Resolución de pantalla. Elegir entre texto, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom u otro. Normalmente, la instalación se realiza desde el "
+"medio de instalación insertado. Aquí seleccionar otras fuentes, como "
+"servidores de FTP o NFS. Si la instalación se lleva a cabo en una red con un "
+"servidor SLP, seleccione con esta opción una de las fuentes de instalación "
+"disponibles en el servidor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Controlador. Si o No. El sistema sabe de la presencia de un disco "
+"opcional con una actualización del controlador y requerirá su inserción "
+"durante el proceso de instalación."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Opciones del Kernel. Esta es la manera de especificar las opciones de "
+"acuerdo a su hardware y los controladores a usar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "En modo UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Primera pantalla durante el arranque del sistema UEFI desde el disco"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ud solamente tiene la opción de ejecutar Mageia en modo Live (primera "
+"opción) o procesar la instalación (segunda opción)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Si arrancó desde un pen-drive USB, obtendrá dos líneas suplementarias que "
+"son duplicados de líneas previas con un sufijo \"USB\". Ha de elegirlas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"En cada caso, los primeros pasos serán elegir idioma, zona horaria y "
+"teclado. Después, los procesos serán diferentes, con <link linked=\"testing"
+"\">pasos adicionales en modo Live</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para "
+"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la "
+"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando "
+"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> "
+"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de "
+"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</"
+"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el "
+"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio "
+"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, "
+"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de "
+"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si "
+"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada "
+"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Estación de trabajo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Servidor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Entorno gráfico."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o "
+"eliminar manualmente los paquetes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lea <xref linkend = \"minimal-install\" /> para obtener instrucciones sobre "
+"cómo realizar una instalación mínima (sin o con X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su "
+"instalación."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</"
+"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes "
+"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para "
+"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón "
+"durante la instalación para cargarlo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Configure sus Servicios"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando "
+"arranque su sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo "
+"y ver todos los servicios que contiene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de "
+"abajo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Configure su huso horario"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo "
+"huso horario."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora "
+"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos "
+"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y "
+"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted "
+"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "fabricante"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "el nombre de su tarjeta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "y el tipo de tarjeta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía "
+"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar "
+"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código "
+"abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un "
+"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador "
+"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso "
+"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios "
+"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En "
+"algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder "
+"acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de "
+"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de "
+"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione "
+"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. "
+"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> "
+"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su "
+"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de "
+"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. "
+"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las "
+"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución "
+"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no "
+"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su "
+"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la "
+"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se "
+"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá "
+"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que "
+"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está "
+"disponible</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el "
+"activar o desactivar varias opciones."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede "
+"identificar su monitor correctamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar "
+"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin "
+"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la "
+"documentacion de su monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco "
+"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical "
+"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion "
+"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con "
+"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que "
+"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y "
+"consulte la documentacion de su monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor "
+"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe "
+"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "el nombre del fabricante del monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "la descripción del monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en "
+"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si "
+"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no "
+"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una "
+"selección conservadora. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que "
+"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de "
+"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de "
+"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Administre los discos aquí. Puede crear o eliminar particiones, cambiar el "
+"sistema de ficheros de una partición, o su tamaño, o incluso ver lo que hay "
+"en ella antes de comenzar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, "
+"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones "
+"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Para todas las demás acciones: click en la partición adecuada primero. "
+"Entonces, véala o elija un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, o "
+"bórrela.<guibutton>Cambiar a modo experto</guibutton> (o <guibutton>Modo "
+"experto</guibutton>) proporciona algunas otras herramientas como añadir una "
+"etiqueta o escoger un tipo de partición."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Continue hasta que ajuste todo a su gusto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> cuando esté listo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Si está instalando Mageia en un ordenador con UEFI, compruebe que existe una "
+"partición ESP (EFI System Partition) correctamente montada en /boot/EFI (ver "
+"más abajo)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Si está instalando Mageia en un sistema Legacy / GPT, compruebe que hay una "
+"partición de arranque del BIOS y del tipo correcto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Particionando"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el "
+"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del "
+"contenido de su(s) disco(s)  duro(s)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Usar la partición existente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones "
+"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Usar el espacio libre"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su "
+"nueva instalación de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador "
+"puede ofrecer usarlo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación "
+"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia "
+"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la "
+"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, "
+"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. "
+"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que "
+"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se "
+"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad "
+"de sus archivos personales."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Con esta opción, el instalador muestra la partición Windows restante en azul "
+"claro y la futura partición Mageia en azul oscuro con sus tamaños "
+"aproximados justo debajo. Existe la posibilidad de adaptar estos tamaños "
+"haciendo click y arrastrando la parte libre entre ambas particiones. Vea la "
+"imagen siguiente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Borrar y usar el disco entero"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. "
+"¡Tenga cuidado!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información "
+"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Particionamiento de disco personalizado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación "
+"en su(s)  disco(s) duro(s)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tamaño de partición:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"El instalador compartirá el espacio disponible de acuerdo con las siguientes "
+"reglas:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el espacio total disponibles es menor que 50 GB, se crea una sola "
+"partición para /, y no hay una partición separada para /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Si el espacio total disponible supera los 50 GB, entonces se crean tres "
+"particiones"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr "6/19 del espacio total disponible se asigna a / con un máximo de 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 se asigna a swap con un máximo de 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "el resto (por lo menos 12/19) se asigna a /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Esto significa que a partir de 160 GB de espacio disponible, el instalador "
+"creará tres particiones: 50 GB para /, 4 GB para swap y el resto para /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Si está utilizando un sistema UEFI, la ESP (EFI System Partition) se "
+"detectará automáticamente o se creará si aún no existe y se montará en / "
+"boot / EFI. La opción \"Partición de disco personalizada\" es la única que "
+"permite comprobar que se ha realizado correctamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Si está utilizando un sistema heredado (conocido como CSM o BIOS) con un "
+"disco GPT, debe crear una partición de arranque Bios si aún no existe. Se "
+"trata de una partición de alrededor de 1 MiB sin punto de montaje. Escoger "
+"<xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> Si está utilizando un sistema heredado "
+"(conocido como CSM o BIOS) con un disco GPT, debe crear una partición de "
+"arranque Bios si aún no existe. Se trata de una partición de alrededor de 1 "
+"MiB sin punto de montaje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez "
+"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware "
+"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales "
+"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB."
+"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como "
+"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las "
+"siguientes configuraciones:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Alinear a\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de "
+"megabytes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Instalación desde un medio LIVE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Enero de 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Documentación Oficial para Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la "
+"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
+"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de "
+"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá "
+"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalación con DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Febrero 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Felicitaciones"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y "
+"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los "
+"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de "
+"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Cortafuegos"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta sección permite configurar algunas reglas de firewall simples: "
+"determinan qué tipo de mensaje de Internet será aceptado por el sistema de "
+"destino. Esto, a su vez, permite que los servicios correspondientes del "
+"sistema sean accesibles desde Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"En el ajuste predeterminado, no se comprueba ningún botón - ningún servicio "
+"del sistema es accesible desde la red. La opción \"<emphasis>Toco (sin "
+"cortafuegos)</emphasis>\" tiene un rol particular: permite acceder a todos "
+"los servicios de la máquina - una opción que no tiene mucho sentido en el "
+"contexto del instalador ya que crearía un sistema totalmente desprotegido. "
+"El contexto del Centro de control Mageia (que utiliza el mismo diseño GUI) "
+"para deshabilitar temporalmente todo el conjunto de reglas de firewall para "
+"fines de pruebas y depuración."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Todos los demás botones son más o menos auto-explicativos. Por ejemplo, "
+"puede comprobar el botón \"servidor CUPS\" si quiere que las impresoras de "
+"su máquina estén accesibles en red."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avanzado</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"El conjunto de botones sólo hace referencia a los servicios más comunes. El "
+"botón \"Avanzado\" permite activar mensajes que corresponden a un servicio "
+"para el que no existe un tal botón. El botón \"<emphasis>Avanzado</emphasis>"
+"\" abre una ventana donde se pueden activar una serie de servicios "
+"escribieno una lista de parejas (separadas por espacios en blanco)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocolo></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> es el valor del puerto asignado al "
+"servicio que quiere activar (por ejemplo, 873 para el servicio RSYNC) "
+"definido como <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocolo></emphasis> es uno de <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> o "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - el protocolo de internet que usa el servicio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por ejemplo, la entrada que activa el acceso al servicio RSYNC es por lo "
+"tanto <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"En caso de que un servicio se implemente usando ambos protocolos, debe "
+"añadir dos parejas para el mismo puerto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formateo"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier "
+"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para "
+"formatear."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan "
+"formatearse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que "
+"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> "
+"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla "
+"principal.  En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</"
+"guibutton> para continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, el instalador de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está "
+"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil "
+"posible."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto "
+"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Usando un DVD Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí está la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD Mageia. "
+"La primera con un sistema UEFI y la segunda para sistemas antiguos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde esta pantalla, se puede acceder a las opciones presionando la tecla \"e"
+"\" para entrar en el \"modo de edición\". Para volver a la pantalla, pulse o "
+"bien \"esc\" para salir sin grabar o bien \"Ctrl\" o \"F10\" para grabar y "
+"salir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Desde esta pantalla, se pueden concretar algunas preferencias."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"El idioma (para la instalación solamente, puede ser diferente al lenguaje "
+"elegido para el sistema) pulsando la tecla F2 (modo heredado solamente)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/"
+"DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: "
+"<guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</"
+"guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cambie la resolución de pantalla pulsando la tecla F3 (modo heredado "
+"solamente)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Añadir algunas opciones del núcle presionando \"F6\"  para el modo heredado, "
+"o \"e\" para el modo UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo "
+"usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 "
+"muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone "
+"cuatro opciones:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración "
+"de energía no se tiene en cuenta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se "
+"refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por "
+"defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas "
+"con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</"
+"guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Añadir más opciones de kernel pulsando la tecla F1 (sólo modo Legacy)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"La techa F1 abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. Seleccione "
+"una con las techas de cursor y pulse Enter para ver más detalles, o pulse la "
+"tecla Esc para regresar a la pantalla de bienvenida."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione "
+"<guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la "
+"lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de "
+"<guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para más información acerca de las opciones del kernel en sistemas antiguos "
+"y UEFI, ver <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Usando una red por cable"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí está la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se una una intalación "
+"por CD a través de una red por cable (imágenes netinstall.iso o netinstall-"
+"nonfree.iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la "
+"pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de "
+"instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser "
+"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones "
+"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> "
+"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es "
+"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha "
+"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su "
+"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un "
+"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal "
+"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del "
+"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas "
+"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</"
+"code> en la terminal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación "
+"gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para "
+"llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de "
+"bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la "
+"palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la "
+"instalación en modo texto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "La Instalación se congela"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un "
+"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática "
+"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, "
+"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal.  Esta opción puede ser combinada "
+"con otras si es necesario."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Problema de RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar "
+"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla "
+"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la "
+"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría "
+"256MB de RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Particiones dinámicas"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en "
+"Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este "
+"disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Actualizaciones"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates."
+"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se "
+"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</"
+"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Pantalla de inicio de sesión"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Pantalla de inicio de sesión de KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Por último, se llega a la pantalla de inicio de sesión."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ingrese su nombre de usuario y contraseña, y en pocos segundos se encontrará "
+"con un escritorio KDE o GNOME cargado, dependiendo del medio live que usó. "
+"Ahora puede comenzar a utilizar la instalación de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede encontrar otra parte de nuestra documentación en <link linkend="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">la wiki de Mageia</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los "
+"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la "
+"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser "
+"elegidos en los próximos pasos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que "
+"contiene la base de la distribución."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, "
+"es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de "
+"código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio "
+"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, "
+"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo "
+"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este "
+"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en "
+"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para "
+"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para "
+"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Instalación mínima."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de "
+"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Si lo desea, puede adicionalmente marcar la opción \"selección individual de "
+"paquetes\" en la misma pantalla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"La instalación mínima está pensada para usos muy concretos de "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, como pueden ser un servidor o una "
+"estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente use esta opción junto con "
+"la \"selección individual de paquetes\" mencionada antes, para afinar su "
+"instalación, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá "
+"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Si se selecciona, \"Con X\" también incluirá el entorno de escritorio ligero "
+"IceWM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"La documentación básica aparece en la forma de páginas man e info. Contiene "
+"las páginas de manuales del <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/"
+"man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> y las páginas de información "
+"de <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU "
+"coreutils</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo "
+"del hardware que ha detectado.  Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y "
+"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Como regla general, se recomienda la configuración por defecto, que se puede "
+"manterner salvo 3 excepciones:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "se conocen algunos problemas en la configuración por defecto"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "la configuración por defecto se ha probado ya y falla"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "se da más información en las secciones siguientes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Configuraciones del sistema"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede "
+"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref "
+"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Cargador de arranque</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX ha hecho una buena elección para el cargador del arranque."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "No cambie nada, a menos que sepa como configurar Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que "
+"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta "
+"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una "
+"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Configuraciones de hardware"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que "
+"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Si nota una configuración errónea de teclado y quiere cambiarla, tenga en "
+"cuenta que las contraseñas cambiarán también."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, "
+"trackballs, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger "
+"uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta "
+"pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Configuraciones de redes e Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Red</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores "
+"libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el "
+"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener "
+"activados los repositorios non-free."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para "
+"que también la controle."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servidores proxy</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. "
+"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de "
+"proxy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los "
+"parámetros que debe poner aquí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Seguridad"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en "
+"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada "
+"para un uso general."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Marque la opción que se ajuste mejor al uso que le dé a su ordenador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos "
+"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes "
+"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione los servicios que desea tener acceso a su sistema. Sus "
+"selecciones dependerán de lo que utilice su computadora. Para obtener más "
+"información, consulte <xref linkend=\"firewall\" />."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy "
+"peligroso!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que se haya instalado el gestor de arranque, se le pedirá que "
+"detenga su ordenador, retire el CD en vivo y reinicie el ordenador, haga "
+"clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\"> <guibutton>Terminar</guibutton> </emphasis> "
+"y actúe como pidió <emphasis role=\"bold\"> en este orden! </emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando reinicie, verá una sucesión de barras de progreso de descarga. Estas "
+"indican que se están descargando las listas de medios de software (consulte "
+"Gestión de software)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer "
+"espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Nivel de seguridad"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Aquí puede ajustar su nivel de seguridad."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad "
+"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de "
+"Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Seleccione y use una ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introducción"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia se distribuye mediante imágenes ISO. Esta página lo ayudará a elegir "
+"que imagen se ajusta a sus necesidades."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Hay dos familias de medios:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalador clásico: Tras el arranque, seguirá un proceso que permite elegir "
+"qué instalar y cómo configurar su sistema. Esto le da la máxima flexibilidad "
+"a la hora de personalizar su instalación. En particular, podrá escoger qué "
+"escritorio quiere instalar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistema LIVE: puede iniciar su ordenador en un sistema real Mageia sin "
+"instalarlo, para ver lo que obtendría tras una instalación. El proceso de "
+"instalación es más sencillo, pero tiene menos opciones."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "En las siguientes secciones se dan los detalles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Medio"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definicion"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o "
+"actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el "
+"archivo ISO sea copiado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">aquí</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Medio de instalación clásico."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Caracterśticas comunes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Estas ISOs utilizan el instalador tradicional llamado drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de "
+"lanzamientos previos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema "
+"de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no "
+"libre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Medio Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado "
+"previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su "
+"disco rígido."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada ISO contiene sólo un entorno de escritorio (Plasma, GNOME o Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas "
+"para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde "
+"versiones previas.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "DVD Live Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Solo entorno de escritorio Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Todos los idiomas presentes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Arquitectura de 64 bits solamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Arquitectura de 64 bits solamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "DVD Live Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Solo entorno de escritorio Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar "
+"el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar drakx-installer-stage2 y otros "
+"paquetes para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos paquetes pueden "
+"estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en "
+"Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Estos medios son muy livianos (menos de 100 MB) y son convenientes cuando el "
+"ancho de banda es demasiado bajo para descargar un DVD completo, o para PC "
+"sin una unidad de DVD o PC que no pueden arrancar desde USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Sólo idioma Inglés."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Contiene sólo software gratuito, para aquellas personas que prefieren no "
+"usar software no libre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para "
+"aquellos que lo necesiten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Descargando y verificando medios."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Descargando"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que haya elegido su archivo ISO, puede descargarlo utilizando http o "
+"BitTorrent. En ambos casos, una ventana le da alguna información, como el "
+"espejo en uso y la oportunidad de cambiar si el ancho de banda es bajo. Si "
+"se elige http, también puede ver algo como"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"Md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para comprobar la integridad ISO. Utilice "
+"sólo una de ellas. Mantenga una de ellas <link linkend=\"integrity\">para "
+"uso posterior</link>. A continuación, aparece una ventana similar a ésta:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Marque el botón Guardar Archivo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Comprobando la integridad de los medios descargados"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambas sumas de comprobación son números hexadecimales calculados mediante un "
+"algoritmo del archivo que se va a descargar. Cuando solicita que estos "
+"algoritmos recalculen este número desde su archivo descargado, tiene el "
+"mismo número y el archivo descargado es correcto o el número es diferente y "
+"tiene un error. Un error indica que debe volver a intentar la descarga o "
+"intentar una reparación utilizando BitTorrent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Abra una consola, no es necesario ser root, y:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Para usar md5sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>md5sum ruta/a/la/imagen/"
+"archivo.iso</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"-Para usar sha1sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>sha1sum ruta/a/la/imágen/"
+"archivo.iso</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"y compare el número obtenido en su computadora (puede tener que esperar un "
+"poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Grabar o volcar el ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"La ISO ahora se puede grabar en un CD o DVD o descargarse en una memoria "
+"USB. Estas operaciones no son una simple copia y tienen como objetivo crear "
+"un medio arrancable."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Use cualquier quemador que desee, pero asegúrese de que el dispositivo "
+"grabador está establecido correctamente para <emphasis role=\"bold\"> quemar "
+"una imagen</emphasis>, grabar archivos o datos no es correcto. Hay más "
+"información en <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">la wiki de Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Volvar el ISO en un USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas las ISOs de Mageia son híbridas, lo que significa que se pueden volcar "
+"en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"\\\"Montar\\\" una imagen en un dispositivo flash, destruye cualquier "
+"sistema de archivos antes de la partición; todos los datos se perderán y la "
+"capacidad de la partición se reducirá al tamaño de la imagen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Para recuperar la capacidad original, ha de reparticionar y reformatear el "
+"dispositivo USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Puede usar una herramienta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Usted puede probar:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> usando "
+"la opción \"imagen ISO\";"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disco de Imagenes</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Usando la Línea de comandos dentro de un sistema GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Es potencialmente *peligroso* hacer esto a mano. Se arriesga a sobrescribir "
+"una partición del disco si obtiene un identificador de dispositivo erróneo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "También puede utilizar el comando \"dd\" en una consola:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Abrir consola"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr "Conviértase en root con el comando su - (no se olvide del - al final)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Conecte su memoria USB (no montar, no habrá cualquier aplicación o gestor de "
+"archivos que pueda leerlo)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Introduzca el comando \"fdisk-l\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"También se puede obtener el nombre del dispositivo mediante el comando "
+"<code>dmesg</code>: al final, puede ver el nombre del dispositivo con "
+"<emphasis>sd</emphasis> y <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in este caso:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: Nuevo dispositivo USB de alta velocidad número 27 utilizando xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: Nuevo dispositivo USB encontrado, idVendedor=8564, idProducto=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: Nuevas cadenas de dispositivos USB: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Producto: Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Fabricante: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: Número de serie: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - Intervalo de redondeo a 128 microframes, ep desc dice 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - Intervalo de redondeo a 128 microframes, ep desc dice 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] almacenamiento-usb 1-1:1.0: Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo USB detectado\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: almacenamiento-usb 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Acceso-directo JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte bloques lógicos: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] La protección contra escritura está desactivada\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No se encontró la página de modo de caché\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Asumiendo la memoria caché de la unidad: escriba por medio de\n"
+"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Disco extraíble SCSI adjunto"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Busca el nombre del dispositivo USB (por su tamaño). Por ejemplo, <code>/dev/"
+"sdb/</code> in la imagen siguiente es un dispositivo USB de 8GB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr "Introduzca el comando: # dd if=/ruta al archivo ISO of=/dev/sdX bs=1M"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Donde X=nombre de tu dispositivo ej:/dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ejemplo: # <userinput> dd if=/home/user/Descargas/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija su país o región. Esto es importante para todo tipo de "
+"configuraciones, como la moneda o la red wifi. Elegir el país incorrecto "
+"puede hacer que no pueda usar una red inalámbrica."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros "
+"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, "
+"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la "
+"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX "
+"seguirá su elección real."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Método de entrada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"En la pantalla <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar "
+"un método de entrada (en la parte inferior de la lista). Los métodos de "
+"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir caracteres multilingües (chino, "
+"japonés, coreano, etc). IBus es el método de entrada predeterminado, por lo "
+"que los usuarios no deben configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada "
+"(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proporcionan funciones similares y se pueden "
+"instalar si agregó medios HTTP / FTP antes de la selección de paquetes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Si se perdió la configuración del método de entrada durante la instalación, "
+"puede acceder a ella después de arrancar el sistema instalado a través de "
+"\"Configurar su computadora\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localedrake como "
+"root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instalar o actualizar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalación"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualización"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas "
+"en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la "
+"última versión."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia "
+"anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión "
+"del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya "
+"ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación "
+"limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es "
+"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha "
+"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su "
+"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un "
+"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal "
+"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede "
+"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de "
+"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>.  <emphasis>NO</"
+"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Seleccionar teclado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Se le pedirá que defina el teclado que quiere usar en Mageia. Por defecto "
+"aparece el correspondiente al idioma y la zona horaria previamente "
+"seleccionados."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Teclado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún "
+"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del "
+"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire "
+"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor.  "
+"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También "
+"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Distribución_del_teclado</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</"
+"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</"
+"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de "
+"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar "
+"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la "
+"lista completa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una "
+"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas "
+"y no latinas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Por favor elija un idioma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente.  "
+"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la "
+"instalación y para su sistema instalado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione su idioma preferido.  <application>Mageia</application> lo usará "
+"durante la instalación y en su sistema instalado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, "
+"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos "
+"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la "
+"instalación."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la "
+"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección "
+"de múltiples idiomas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale "
+"también el idioma de su teclado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia usa soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Esto se puede desactivar en la pantalla \"múltiples idiomas\" si sabe que no "
+"es lo más apropiado para su idioma. Desactivar UFT-8 afecta a todos los "
+"idiomas instalados."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Se puede cambiar el idioma del sistema tras la instalación en Centro de "
+"Control de Mageia > Sistema > Administrar la localizacón para su sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Elección del ratón"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 "
+"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</"
+"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o "
+"más botones."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Para ello, necesita editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o usar el "
+"software grub-customizer (Disponible en los repositorios Mageia)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para más información, vea nuestro wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Interfaz del cargador de arranque"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia usa exclusivamente:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr "Grub2 (con o sin menú gráfico) para sistemas Legacy/MBR o Legacy/GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi para un sistema UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Los menús gráficos de Mageia son buenos y bonitos :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 en sistemas Legacy/MBR y Legacy/GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"No modifique el \"Dispositivo de Arranque\" a menos que sepa realmente qué "
+"está hace."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi en sistemas UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Con un sistema UEFI, la interfaz de usuario es ligeramente diferente ya que "
+"no se puede elegir entre con o sin menú gráfico"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Si Mageia es el único sistema instalado en su computadora, el instalador "
+"creará una ESP (EFI System Partition) para instalar el gestor de arranque "
+"(Grub2-efi). Si ya hay sistemas operativos UEFI instalados en su computadora "
+"(Windows 8 por ejemplo), el instalador de Mageia detecta el ESP existente "
+"creado por Windows y agrega grub2-efi. Aunque es posible tener varios ESP, "
+"solo uno es aconsejable y suficiente sea cual sea el número de sistemas "
+"operativos que tenga."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Por defecto, según su sistema, Mageia escribe un nuevo:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro o en la "
+"partición de arranque del BIOS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Cargador de arranque Grub2-efi en el ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si ya tiene instalados otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará "
+"agregarlos al nuevo menú de inicio de Mageia. Si no desea este "
+"comportamiento, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> y, a "
+"continuación, desmarque la casilla <guilabel>Sondear otros sistemas "
+"operativos</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de "
+"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente "
+"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que "
+"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del "
+"sistema operativo en cuestión."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Carga en uso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no desea un arranque de Mageia, sino que inicie desde otro SO, haga clic "
+"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, luego en <guibutton>Avanzado</"
+"guibutton> y marque la casilla <guilabel>No toque ESP o MBR</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Obtendrá una advertencia de que falta el cargador de arranque, ignórelo "
+"haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opciones"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Primera página"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen predeterminada</guilabel>: "
+"Este cuadro de texto le permite establecer un retraso en segundos antes de "
+"que se inicie el sistema operativo predeterminado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel>: Permite establecer una contraseña para el "
+"gestor de arranque. Esto significa que se le pedirá un nombre de usuario y "
+"una contraseña durante el arranque para seleccionar una entrada de inicio o "
+"cambiar la configuración. El nombre de usuario es \"root\" y la contraseña "
+"es la elegida aquí después."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: este cuadro de texto es donde se pone la "
+"contraseña"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: vuelva a escribir la contraseña "
+"y Drakx comprobará que coincide con la que se ha definido anteriormente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilitar ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) es un estándar para la administración de energía. Se puede "
+"ahorrar energía al detener los dispositivos no utilizados, este fue el "
+"método utilizado antes de APM. Desmarcarlo podría ser útil si, por ejemplo, "
+"su equipo no admite ACPI o si cree que la implementación de ACPI podría "
+"causar algunos problemas (por ejemplo, reinicios aleatorios o bloqueos del "
+"sistema)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilitar SMP</guilabel>: esta opción habilita / deshabilita el "
+"multiprocesamiento simétrico para procesadores multi-núcleo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilitar APIC</guilabel>: Activar o desactivar esta opción le "
+"permite al sistema operativo acceder al Controlador de interrupción "
+"programable avanzado. Los dispositivos APIC permiten modelos de prioridad "
+"más complejos y la gestión avanzada de IRQ (Solicitud de interrupción)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilitar APIC local</guilabel>: Aquí puede establecer APIC local, "
+"que administra todas las interrupciones externas para un procesador "
+"específico en un sistema SMP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Página siguiente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Predeterminado:</guilabel> Sistema operativo iniciado de forma "
+"predeterminada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Añadir:</guilabel> Esta opción le permite pasar la información del "
+"kernel o decirle al núcleo que le proporcione más información a medida que "
+"arranca."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Detección de otros sistemas operativos</guilabel>: ver arriba "
+"<link linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader\"> Utilizar un gestor de arranque "
+"Mageia </link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Modo de video:</guilabel> Define el tamaño de la pantalla y la "
+"profundidad de color que utilizará el menú de arranque. Si hace clic en el "
+"triángulo hacia abajo, se le ofrecerán otras opciones de tamaño y "
+"profundidad de color."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">No toque ESP o MBR</emphasis>: ver arriba <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Uso de la cadena de arranque</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Configurando SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos "
+"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los "
+"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco "
+"duro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que "
+"tenga."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Configurar el sonido"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido "
+"para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras "
+"la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie "
+"esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la "
+"etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en "
+"<guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la "
+"pantalla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de "
+"draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en "
+"<guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil "
+"sobre cómo resolver el problema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avanzado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la "
+"instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios "
+"disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en "
+"<guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar "
+"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Probar Mageia como sistema Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Modo Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Obtiene esta pantalla si seleccionó \"Arrancar Mageia\". Si no, obtiene el "
+"\"paso de <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">particionado</link>\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Probar hardware"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Uno de los objetivos del modo Live es probar si Mageia administra "
+"correctamente el hardware. Ud puede verificar si todos los dispositivos "
+"tienen un controlador en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de "
+"Mageia. Puede probar los dispositivos más actuales:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "interfaz de red: configurarla con net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "tarjeta gráfica: si ve la pantalla anterior, ya está OK."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "cámara web:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "sonido: ya se ejecutó un jingle."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "impresora: configúrela e imprima una página de prueba"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "escáner: escanee un documento desde..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Si todo está bien, puede procesar la instalación. Si no, puede cancelar con "
+"el botón abandonar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Los valores de configuración que Ud estableció aquí, se mantienen durante la "
+"instalación."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Iniciar la instalación"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Para iniciar la instalación del LiveCD o LiveDVD de Mageia en en disco duro "
+"o unidad SSD, simplemente haga click en el icono \"Instalar en Disco Duro\". "
+"Obtendrá la pantalla correspondiente y a continuación el \"paso de <link "
+"linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Particionar</link>\" a la instalación directa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Desinstalando Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Guias"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Si Mageia no le convence a usted o no puede instalar correctamente, en breve "
+"desea deshacerse de él. Ese es su derecho y Mageia también te da la "
+"posibilidad de desinstalar. Esto no es cierto para todos los sistemas "
+"operativos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de la copia de seguridad de datos, reiniciar en su Mageia DVD y "
+"seleccione Sistema de Rescate, a continuación, en Restaurar el gestor de "
+"arranque de Windows. En el siguiente inicio, sólo tendrá Windows sin ningún "
+"menú para elegir el sistema operativo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Para recuperar el espacio utilizado por las particiones de Mageia en "
+"Windows, haga clic en <code>Inicio -> Panel de control -> Herramientas "
+"administrativas -> Administración de equipos -> Almacenamiento -> "
+"Administración de discos</code> para acceder a la gestión de particiones. "
+"Usted reconocerá la partición Mageia porque está etiquetado "
+"<guilabel>Desconocido</guilabel>, y también por el tamaño y el lugar en el "
+"disco. Haga clic derecho sobre una de estas particiones y seleccione "
+"<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tienes XP, puedes crear una nueva partición y darle formato (FAT32 o "
+"NTFS). Se obtendrá una letra de partición."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tienes Vista o 7, tienes más de una posibilidad, se puede extender la "
+"partición existente que está a la izquierda del espacio libre. Hay otras "
+"herramientas de partición que se pueden utilizar, como gparted, disponible "
+"para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho "
+"cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Mantener o eliminar el material no usado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"En este paso, el instalador busca paquetes de idioma y paquetes de hardware "
+"no utilizados. A continuación, le proponer eliminarlos. Es aconsejable "
+"aceptar, excepto si prepara una instalación que tiene que ejecutarse en "
+"hardware diferente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"El siguiente paso es copiar los archivos al disco rígido. Esto toma algunos "
+"minutos. Al final se obtiene una pantalla en blanco durante algún tiempo. Es "
+"normal."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb33bd33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalación desde un medio LIVE</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Enero de 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Documentación Oficial para Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la
+licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipo de
+Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Instalación desde un medio LIVE</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá
+dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69485176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalación desde un medio LIVE</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá
+dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la
+licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipo de
+Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f08818d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalación con DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Febrero 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Documentación Oficial para Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la
+licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipo de
+Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalación con DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá
+dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac0b8ec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalación con DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá
+dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la
+licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipo de
+Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de40dcf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Seleccione y use una ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+    <para>Mageia se distribuye mediante imágenes ISO. Esta página lo ayudará a elegir
+que imagen se ajusta a sus necesidades.</para>
+    <para>Hay dos familias de medios:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Instalador clásico: Tras el arranque, seguirá un proceso que permite elegir
+qué instalar y cómo configurar su sistema. Esto le da la máxima flexibilidad
+a la hora de personalizar su instalación. En particular, podrá escoger qué
+escritorio quiere instalar.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Sistema LIVE: puede iniciar su ordenador en un sistema real Mageia sin
+instalarlo, para ver lo que obtendría tras una instalación. El proceso de
+instalación es más sencillo, pero tiene menos opciones.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>En las siguientes secciones se dan los detalles.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Medio</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definicion</title>
+      <para>Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o
+actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el
+archivo ISO sea copiado.</para>
+      <para>Los puede encontar<link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aquí</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Medio de instalación clásico.</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caracterśticas comunes.</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Estas ISOs utilizan el instalador tradicional llamado drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de
+lanzamientos previos.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema
+de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no
+libre.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Medio Live</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caracterśticas comunes.</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado
+previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su
+disco rígido.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cada ISO contiene sólo un entorno de escritorio (Plasma, GNOME o Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas para
+crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde
+versiones previas.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ellos contienen software no libre.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD Live Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Solo entorno de escritorio Plasma</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Todos los idiomas presentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Arquitectura de 64 bits solamente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Todos los idiomas presentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Arquitectura de 64 bits solamente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD Live Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Solo entorno de escritorio Xfce</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Todos los idiomas presentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Medio CD sólo de arranque</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caracterśticas comunes.</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar
+el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar drakx-installer-stage2 y otros
+paquetes para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos paquetes pueden
+estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en
+Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Estos medios son muy livianos (menos de 100 MB) y son convenientes cuando el
+ancho de banda es demasiado bajo para descargar un DVD completo, o para PC
+sin una unidad de DVD o PC que no pueden arrancar desde USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sólo idioma Inglés.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contiene sólo software gratuito, para aquellas personas que prefieren no
+usar software no libre.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para
+aquellos que lo necesiten.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Descargando y verificando medios.</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Descargando</title>
+      <para>Una vez que haya elegido su archivo ISO, puede descargarlo utilizando http o
+BitTorrent. En ambos casos, una ventana le da alguna información, como el
+espejo en uso y la oportunidad de cambiar si el ancho de banda es bajo. Si
+se elige http, también puede ver algo como</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para comprobar la integridad ISO. Utilice
+sólo una de ellas. Mantenga una de ellas <link linkend="integrity">para uso
+posterior</link>. A continuación, aparece una ventana similar a ésta:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Marque el botón Guardar Archivo.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Comprobando la integridad de los medios descargados</title>
+      <para>Ambas sumas de comprobación son números hexadecimales calculados mediante un
+algoritmo del archivo que se va a descargar. Cuando solicita que estos
+algoritmos recalculen este número desde su archivo descargado, tiene el
+mismo número y el archivo descargado es correcto o el número es diferente y
+tiene un error. Un error indica que debe volver a intentar la descarga o
+intentar una reparación utilizando BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Abra una consola, no es necesario ser root, y:</para>
+      <para>- Para usar md5sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>md5sum
+ruta/a/la/imagen/archivo.iso</userinput></para>
+      <para>-Para usar sha1sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>sha1sum
+ruta/a/la/imágen/archivo.iso</userinput></para>
+      <para>y compare el número obtenido en su computadora (puede tener que esperar un
+poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Grabar o volcar el ISO</title>
+    <para>La ISO ahora se puede grabar en un CD o DVD o descargarse en una memoria
+USB. Estas operaciones no son una simple copia y tienen como objetivo crear
+un medio arrancable.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use cualquier quemador que desee, pero asegúrese de que el dispositivo
+grabador está establecido correctamente para <emphasis role="bold"> quemar
+una imagen</emphasis>, grabar archivos o datos no es correcto. Hay más
+información en <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">la wiki de
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Volvar el ISO en un USB</title>
+      <para>Todas las ISOs de Mageia son híbridas, lo que significa que se pueden volcar
+en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>\"Montar\" una imagen en un dispositivo flash, destruye cualquier sistema de
+archivos antes de la partición; todos los datos se perderán y la capacidad
+de la partición se reducirá al tamaño de la imagen.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Para recuperar la capacidad original, ha de reparticionar y reformatear el
+dispositivo USB.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Mageia</title>
+        <para>Puede usar una herramienta gráfica como <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Windows</title>
+        <para>Usted puede probar:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> usando la
+opción "imagen ISO";</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disco de Imagenes</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Usando la Línea de comandos dentro de un sistema GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Es potencialmente *peligroso* hacer esto a mano. Se arriesga a sobrescribir
+una partición del disco si obtiene un identificador de dispositivo erróneo.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>También puede utilizar el comando "dd" en una consola:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Abrir consola</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conviértase en root con el comando su - (no se olvide del - al final)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conecte su memoria USB (no montar, no habrá cualquier aplicación o gestor de
+archivos que pueda leerlo).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduzca el comando "fdisk-l".</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>También se puede obtener el nombre del dispositivo mediante el comando
+<code>dmesg</code>: al final, puede ver el nombre del dispositivo con
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis> y <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in este caso:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: Nuevo dispositivo USB de alta velocidad número 27 utilizando xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: Nuevo dispositivo USB encontrado, idVendedor=8564, idProducto=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: Nuevas cadenas de dispositivos USB: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Producto: Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Fabricante: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: Número de serie: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - Intervalo de redondeo a 128 microframes, ep desc dice 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - Intervalo de redondeo a 128 microframes, ep desc dice 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] almacenamiento-usb 1-1:1.0: Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo USB detectado
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: almacenamiento-usb 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Acceso-directo JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte bloques lógicos: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] La protección contra escritura está desactivada
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No se encontró la página de modo de caché
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Asumiendo la memoria caché de la unidad: escriba por medio de
+[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Disco extraíble SCSI adjunto</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Busca el nombre del dispositivo USB (por su tamaño). Por ejemplo,
+<code>/dev/sdb/</code> in la imagen siguiente es un dispositivo USB de 8GB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduzca el comando: # dd if=/ruta al archivo ISO of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</para>
+            <para>Donde X=nombre de tu dispositivo ej:/dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Ejemplo: # <userinput> dd if=/home/user/Descargas/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..925beaf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licencia y Notas de la Versión</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Acuerdo de licencia</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea
+cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia.</para>
+
+    <para>Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de
+<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder
+continuar.</para>
+
+    <para>Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego
+haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya
+leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su
+ordenador.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Notas de la versión</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Se da información importante acerca de esta versión de
+<application>Mageia</application>, la que se puede acceder haciendo click en
+el botón <guibutton>Notas de la Versión</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1a5e7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Administración de usuarios y del administrador</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Establezca la Contraseña del Administrador (root)</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario,
+conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas
+las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya
+escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando
+desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la
+contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita
+repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido
+ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una
+contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y
+minúsculas), números y otros símbolos.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Introduzca un usuario</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el
+administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones
+ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su
+ordenador.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono
+del usuario.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del
+usuario en este recuadro.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de
+conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir
+del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a
+las mayúsculas.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En esta caja de texto debería escribir la
+contraseña del usuario. Luego de la caja de texto, hay un escudo que indica
+la fortaleza de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña
+en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el
+recuadro anterior.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Cualquier usuario que agregue mientras instala Mageia, tendrá un directorio
+de inicio protegido tanto de lectura como de escritura (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>Puede agregar todos los usuarios adicionales necesarios en el paso
+<emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instalación. Elija
+<emphasis>Gestión de usuarios</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Los permisos de acceso se pueden cambiar también tras la instalación.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Administración Avanzada de Usuarios</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Si hace click en el botón "avanzado", aparecerá una pantalla que le permite
+editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. </para>
+    <para condition="classical">Adicionalmente, puede activar o desactivar una cuenta de invitado.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>)
+guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado
+debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o
+inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un
+usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido
+que los usuarios normales.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por
+el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de
+identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació
+salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de
+identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que
+para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a36b0a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Selección de Medios (Configurar Medios de Instalación Complementarios)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar
+otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La
+selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los
+siguientes pasos.</para>
+
+  <para>Para un repositorio por red, hay dos pasos a seguir:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Elección y activación de la red, si es que no está activada ya. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera
+entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de
+todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios
+nonfree, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio
+específico o su propia instalación NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Si está actualizando a una instalación de 64 bits que puede contener algunos
+paquetes de 32 Bits, se aconseja utilizar esta pantalla para agregar un
+enlace en línea, marcando uno de los protocolos de red aquí. el iso DVD 64
+bits sólo contiene paquetes de 64 bits y noarch, no será capaz de actualizar
+los paquetes de 32 bits. Sin embargo, después agregar un enlace en línea, el
+instalador encontrará los paquetes de 32 bits necesarios.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..457b0b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Elija los puntos de montaje</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su
+ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de
+<application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal>
+(root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Cada partición se muestra así: "Dispositivo" ("Capacidad", "Punto de
+montaje", "Tipo").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Dispositivo", está compuesto por: "disco duro", ["número del disco
+duro"(letra)], "número de partición" (por ejemplo, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje
+desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y
+<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje,
+por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde
+quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la
+partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de
+montaje vacío.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y
+luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la
+siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y
+tamaño.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en
+<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien
+solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b145bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Ajustes del Reloj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En este paso, tiene que seleccionar en que hora está establecido su reloj,
+ya sea la hora local o UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>En la ficha Avanzada, encontrara más opciones de configuración del reloj.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..119f51d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="es"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Iniciar Mageia en modo Live</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Arrancando el medio</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Desde un disco</title></info><para>Puede arrancar directamente desde el CD o DVD en el que grabó la imagen
+ISO. Normalmente tiene que insertarlo en el lector de CD/DVD para que se
+lance el instalador automáticamente cuando reinicie su ordenador. Si eso no
+ocurre, tendrá que configurar la BIOS o pulsar una tecla durante el
+arranque, y que le ofrecerá un menú arranque donde escoger. </para><para>De acuerdo al hardware que tiene, y cómo está configurado, se obtiene una de
+las dos pantallas siguientes.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Desde un dispositivo USB</title></info><para>Puede arrancar desde el dispositivo USB en el que volcó su imagen ISO. De
+acuerdo a la configuración de su BIOS, quizás la computadora arranque
+directamente en el dispositivo USB que ya está conectado al puerto. Si esto
+no ocurre, puede que tenga que volver a configurar su BIOS o presionar una
+tecla que le de la posibilidad de elegir el periférico desde el cual
+arrancará la computadora.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">En modo BIOS/CSM/Legacy</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Primera pantalla al arrancar en modo BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>En el menú del medio, tiene que elegir entre tres acciones:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Arrancar Mageia: Esto significa que Mageia 5 arrancará desde el medio
+conectado (CD/DVD o memoria USB) sin escribir nada en el disco, por lo que
+se espera que el sistema sea muy lento. Una vez realizado el arranque, puede
+seguir con la instalación en el disco rígido.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Instalar Mageia: Esta opción instalará Mageia directamente en un disco
+rígido.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Arrancar desde el disco rígido: Esta opción permite arrancar desde el disco
+rígido, como de costumbre, cuando ningún medio (CD/DVD o memoria USB) está
+conectado (no funciona con Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>En el menú inferior, las Opciones de Inicio son:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Ayuda. Explicar las opciones "splash", "apm", "acpi" e "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Idioma. Elegir el idioma de visualización de las pantallas.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Resolución de pantalla. Elegir entre texto, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom u otro. Normalmente, la instalación se realiza desde el
+medio de instalación insertado. Aquí seleccionar otras fuentes, como
+servidores de FTP o NFS. Si la instalación se lleva a cabo en una red con un
+servidor SLP, seleccione con esta opción una de las fuentes de instalación
+disponibles en el servidor.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Controlador. Si o No. El sistema sabe de la presencia de un disco
+opcional con una actualización del controlador y requerirá su inserción
+durante el proceso de instalación.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Opciones del Kernel. Esta es la manera de especificar las opciones de
+acuerdo a su hardware y los controladores a usar.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">En modo UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Primera pantalla durante el arranque del sistema UEFI desde el disco</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Ud solamente tiene la opción de ejecutar Mageia en modo Live (primera
+opción) o procesar la instalación (segunda opción).</para><para>Si arrancó desde un pen-drive USB, obtendrá dos líneas suplementarias que
+son duplicados de líneas previas con un sufijo "USB". Ha de elegirlas.</para><para>En cada caso, los primeros pasos serán elegir idioma, zona horaria y
+teclado. Después, los procesos serán diferentes, con <link
+linked="testing">pasos adicionales en modo Live</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbc559fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Selección de escritorio</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para
+ajustar su elección de manera más precisa.</para>
+
+  <para>Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la
+instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando
+<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application>
+o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de
+útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque
+<guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si
+quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de
+escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que
+los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos
+paquetes instalados por defecto.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..73812d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Selección de Grupo de Paquetes</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de
+lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si
+necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada
+grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Estación de trabajo.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Servidor.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Entorno gráfico.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o
+eliminar manualmente los paquetes.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Lea <xref linkend = "minimal-install" /> para obtener instrucciones sobre
+cómo realizar una instalación mínima (sin o con X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b12e2bf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Elegir paquetes detalladamente</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su
+instalación.</para>
+
+    <para>Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del
+disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de
+paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este
+archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo
+botón durante la instalación para cargarlo.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ec305ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configure sus Servicios</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando
+arranque su sistema.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo
+y ver todos los servicios que contiene.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de
+abajo.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d70b05bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configure su huso horario</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo
+huso horario.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora
+local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos
+están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f499e225
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y
+usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente.</para>
+
+  <para>Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted
+sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>fabricante</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>el nombre de su tarjeta</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>y el tipo de tarjeta</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía
+no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar
+un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg.</para>
+
+  <para>El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código
+abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un
+controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador
+vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo.</para>
+
+  <para>Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso
+solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos.</para>
+
+  <para>Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios
+para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En
+algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante.</para>
+
+  <para>Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder
+acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d21f1f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+  <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de
+escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de
+<application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de
+interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o
+simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno
+gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym>
+debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que
+<application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su
+tarjeta de la lista si es necesario.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de
+la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o
+<guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si
+prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su
+monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución
+deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no
+siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su
+configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la
+configuración es correcta, puede responder "sí", y la configuración se
+guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá
+reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que
+la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está
+disponible</emphasis>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el
+activar o desactivar varias opciones.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5eb5f2f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Escogiendo su monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede
+identificar su monitor correctamente.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar
+su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin
+saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la
+documentacion de su monitor.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco
+vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical
+determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion
+horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con
+un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que
+puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y
+consulte la documentacion de su monitor.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor
+que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe
+cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>fabricante</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>el nombre del fabricante del monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>la descripción del monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Genérico</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como
+1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en
+portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si
+necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no
+se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una
+selección conservadora. </para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..167684e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que
+tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de
+encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de
+lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Administre los discos aquí. Puede crear o eliminar particiones, cambiar el
+sistema de ficheros de una partición, o su tamaño, o incluso ver lo que hay
+en ella antes de comenzar.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados,
+como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones
+del disco de almacenaje seleccionado.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Para todas las demás acciones: click en la partición adecuada
+primero. Entonces, véala o elija un sistema de ficheros y un punto de
+montaje, o bórrela.<guibutton>Cambiar a modo experto</guibutton> (o
+<guibutton>Modo experto</guibutton>) proporciona algunas otras herramientas
+como añadir una etiqueta o escoger un tipo de partición. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continue hasta que ajuste todo a su gusto.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Haga click en <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> cuando esté listo.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Si está instalando Mageia en un ordenador con UEFI, compruebe que existe una
+partición ESP (EFI System Partition) correctamente montada en /boot/EFI (ver
+más abajo)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Si está instalando Mageia en un sistema Legacy / GPT, compruebe que hay una
+partición de arranque del BIOS y del tipo correcto.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..602e3d6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Particionando</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el
+sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del
+contenido de su(s) disco(s)  duro(s).</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Usar la partición existente</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones
+compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Usar el espacio libre</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su
+nueva instalación de Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador
+puede ofrecer usarlo.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación
+de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia
+de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la
+partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar "limpia", es decir,
+Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue
+usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza
+que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que
+se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de
+seguridad de sus archivos personales.</para><para>Con esta opción, el instalador muestra la partición Windows restante en azul
+claro y la futura partición Mageia en azul oscuro con sus tamaños
+aproximados justo debajo. Existe la posibilidad de adaptar estos tamaños
+haciendo click y arrastrando la parte libre entre ambas particiones. Vea la
+imagen siguiente.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Borrar y usar el disco entero</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro
+seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información
+en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Particionamiento de disco personalizado</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación
+en su(s)  disco(s) duro(s).</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Tamaño de partición:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>El instalador compartirá el espacio disponible de acuerdo con las siguientes
+reglas:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Si el espacio total disponibles es menor que 50 GB, se crea una sola
+partición para /, y no hay una partición separada para /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Si el espacio total disponible supera los 50 GB, entonces se crean tres
+particiones</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 del espacio total disponible se asigna a / con un máximo de 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 se asigna a swap con un máximo de 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>el resto (por lo menos 12/19) se asigna a /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Esto significa que a partir de 160 GB de espacio disponible, el instalador
+creará tres particiones: 50 GB para /, 4 GB para swap y el resto para /home</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Si está utilizando un sistema UEFI, la ESP (EFI System Partition) se
+detectará automáticamente o se creará si aún no existe y se montará en /
+boot / EFI. La opción "Partición de disco personalizada" es la única que
+permite comprobar que se ha realizado correctamente.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Si está utilizando un sistema heredado (conocido como CSM o BIOS) con un
+disco GPT, debe crear una partición de arranque Bios si aún no existe. Se
+trata de una partición de alrededor de 1 MiB sin punto de montaje. Escoger
+<xref linkend="diskdrake"/> Si está utilizando un sistema heredado (conocido
+como CSM o BIOS) con un disco GPT, debe crear una partición de arranque Bios
+si aún no existe. Se trata de una partición de alrededor de 1 MiB sin punto
+de montaje.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez
+de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware
+disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales
+discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de
+1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como
+gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las
+siguientes configuraciones:</para>
+    <para>"Alinear a" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de
+megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8cf507db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Felicitaciones</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y
+ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los
+sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de
+Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">¡Que lo disfrute!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45e74d55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Cortafuegos</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">Esta sección permite configurar algunas reglas de firewall simples:
+determinan qué tipo de mensaje de Internet será aceptado por el sistema de
+destino. Esto, a su vez, permite que los servicios correspondientes del
+sistema sean accesibles desde Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>En el ajuste predeterminado, no se comprueba ningún botón - ningún servicio
+del sistema es accesible desde la red. La opción "<emphasis>Toco (sin
+cortafuegos)</emphasis>" tiene un rol particular: permite acceder a todos
+los servicios de la máquina - una opción que no tiene mucho sentido en el
+contexto del instalador ya que crearía un sistema totalmente
+desprotegido. El contexto del Centro de control Mageia (que utiliza el mismo
+diseño GUI) para deshabilitar temporalmente todo el conjunto de reglas de
+firewall para fines de pruebas y depuración.</para>
+
+  <para>Todos los demás botones son más o menos auto-explicativos. Por ejemplo,
+puede comprobar el botón "servidor CUPS" si quiere que las impresoras de su
+máquina estén accesibles en red.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Avanzado</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>El conjunto de botones sólo hace referencia a los servicios más comunes. El
+botón "Avanzado" permite activar mensajes que corresponden a un servicio
+para el que no existe un tal botón. El botón "<emphasis>Avanzado</emphasis>"
+abre una ventana donde se pueden activar una serie de servicios escribieno
+una lista de parejas (separadas por espacios en blanco).</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocolo></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> es el valor del puerto asignado al
+servicio que quiere activar (por ejemplo, 873 para el servicio RSYNC)
+definido como <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocolo></emphasis> es uno de <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> o
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - el protocolo de internet que usa el servicio.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Por ejemplo, la entrada que activa el acceso al servicio RSYNC es por lo
+tanto <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>En caso de que un servicio se implemente usando ambos protocolos, debe
+añadir dos parejas para el mismo puerto.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d08258fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formateo</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier
+información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para
+formatear.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan
+formatearse.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que
+quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en
+<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>
+y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla
+principal.  En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en
+<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f4d5cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Actualizaciones</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../es/dx2-installUpdates.png"
+align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se
+han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija
+<guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a
+Internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..deaa289d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, el instalador de Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está
+diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil
+posible.</para>
+
+  <para>El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto
+iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Usando un DVD Mageia</title>
+
+      <para>Aquí está la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD
+Mageia. La primera con un sistema UEFI y la segunda para sistemas antiguos.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Desde esta pantalla, se puede acceder a las opciones presionando la tecla
+"e" para entrar en el "modo de edición". Para volver a la pantalla, pulse o
+bien "esc" para salir sin grabar o bien "Ctrl" o "F10" para grabar y salir.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Desde esta pantalla, se pueden concretar algunas preferencias.<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>El idioma (para la instalación solamente, puede ser diferente al lenguaje
+elegido para el sistema) pulsando la tecla F2 (modo heredado solamente).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un
+CD/DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone:
+<guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de
+Memoria</guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de
+Hardware</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cambie la resolución de pantalla pulsando la tecla F3 (modo heredado
+solamente).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Añadir algunas opciones del núcle presionando "F6"  para el modo heredado, o
+"e" para el modo UEFI.</para>
+
+            <para>Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo
+usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6
+muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone
+cuatro opciones:</para>
+
+            <para>- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto.</para>
+
+            <para>- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto.</para>
+
+            <para>- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración
+de energía no se tiene en cuenta.</para>
+
+            <para>- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se
+refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le
+pide.</para>
+
+            <para>Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por
+defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas
+con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de
+Arranque</guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Añadir más opciones de kernel pulsando la tecla F1 (sólo modo Legacy).</para>
+
+            <para>La techa F1 abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. Seleccione
+una con las techas de cursor y pulse Enter para ver más detalles, o pulse la
+tecla Esc para regresar a la pantalla de bienvenida.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione
+<guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la
+lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de
+<guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla
+F2</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Para más información acerca de las opciones del kernel en sistemas antiguos
+y UEFI, ver <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Usando una red por cable</title>
+
+      <para>Aquí está la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se una una intalación
+por CD a través de una red por cable (imágenes netinstall.iso o
+netinstall-nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+      <para>No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la
+pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de
+instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">el Wiki de
+Mageia</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Los pasos de la instalación</title>
+
+    <para>El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser
+seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla.</para>
+
+    <para>Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones
+<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco
+usadas.</para>
+
+    <para>La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton>
+que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es
+posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha
+sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su
+ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un
+sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal
+pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones.</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>No hay Interfaz Gráfica</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del
+idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas
+antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo
+<code>vgalo</code> en la terminal.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación
+gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para
+llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de
+bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la
+palabra "boot". Escriba "text" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la
+instalación en modo texto.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>La Instalación se congela</title>
+
+      <para>Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un
+problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática
+de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto,
+escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal.  Esta opción puede ser combinada
+con otras si es necesario.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Problema de RAM</title>
+
+      <para>Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar
+erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla
+manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la
+cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría
+256MB de RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Particiones dinámicas</title>
+
+      <para>Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato "básico" a "dinámico" en
+Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este
+disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7cc6ba6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="es"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Pantalla de inicio de sesión</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Pantalla de inicio de sesión de KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Por último, se llega a la pantalla de inicio de sesión.</para><para>Ingrese su nombre de usuario y contraseña, y en pocos segundos se encontrará
+con un escritorio KDE o GNOME cargado, dependiendo del medio live que
+usó. Ahora puede comenzar a utilizar la instalación de Mageia.</para><para>Puede encontrar otra parte de nuestra documentación en <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">la wiki de
+Mageia</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8a7c5ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Selección de medio (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los
+repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la
+instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser
+elegidos en los próximos pasos.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que
+contiene la base de la distribución.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis,
+es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de
+código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio
+incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI,
+firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo
+una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este
+repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en
+algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para
+reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para
+reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..859331a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instalación mínima.</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de
+Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Si lo desea, puede adicionalmente marcar la opción "selección individual de
+paquetes" en la misma pantalla.</para>
+  <para>La instalación mínima está pensada para usos muy concretos de
+<application>Mageia</application>, como pueden ser un servidor o una
+estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente use esta opción junto con
+la "selección individual de paquetes" mencionada antes, para afinar su
+instalación, ver <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá
+algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X.</para>
+  <para>Si se selecciona, "Con X" también incluirá el entorno de escritorio ligero
+IceWM.</para>
+  <para>La documentación básica aparece en la forma de páginas man e info. Contiene
+las páginas de manuales del <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> y las páginas de información de <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1556139d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Resumen de la Configuración</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo
+del hardware que ha detectado.  Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y
+cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Como regla general, se recomienda la configuración por defecto, que se puede
+manterner salvo 3 excepciones:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>se conocen algunos problemas en la configuración por defecto</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>la configuración por defecto se ha probado ya y falla</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>se da más información en las secciones siguientes</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Configuraciones del sistema</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede
+cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref
+linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Cargador de arranque</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX ha hecho una buena elección para el cargador del arranque.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">No cambie nada, a menos que sepa como configurar Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Para más información, vea <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio
+<literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que
+funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como "demonios"). Esta herramienta le
+permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una
+equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente.</para>
+
+        <para>Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Configuraciones de hardware</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que
+dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Si nota una configuración errónea de teclado y quiere cambiarla, tenga en
+cuenta que las contraseñas cambiarán también.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets,
+trackballs, etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger
+uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta
+pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Para más información, vea <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Configuraciones de redes e Internet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Red</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores
+libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el
+<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener
+activados los repositorios non-free.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para
+que también la controle.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Servidores proxy</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e
+Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un
+servicio de proxy.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los
+parámetros que debe poner aquí.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Seguridad</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en
+la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada
+para un uso general.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Marque la opción que se ajuste mejor al uso que le dé a su ordenador.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos
+importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes
+pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Seleccione los servicios que desea tener acceso a su sistema. Sus
+selecciones dependerán de lo que utilice su computadora. Para obtener más
+información, consulte <xref linkend="firewall" />.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy
+peligroso!</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d70d557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Reiniciar</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Una vez que se haya instalado el gestor de arranque, se le pedirá que
+detenga su ordenador, retire el CD en vivo y reinicie el ordenador, haga
+clic en <emphasis role="bold"> <guibutton>Terminar</guibutton> </emphasis> y
+actúe como pidió <emphasis role="bold"> en este orden! </emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Cuando reinicie, verá una sucesión de barras de progreso de descarga. Estas
+indican que se están descargando las listas de medios de software (consulte
+Gestión de software).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52f57c11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Cambiando el tamaño de la partición
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Si tiene más de una partición de
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál
+quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dce1f0d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Nivel de seguridad</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Aquí puede ajustar su nivel de seguridad.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad
+en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de
+Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f961a11d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Seleccione su país / Región</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Elija su país o región. Esto es importante para todo tipo de
+configuraciones, como la moneda o la red wifi. Elegir el país incorrecto
+puede hacer que no pueda usar una red inalámbrica.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros
+Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>,
+después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la
+primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX
+seguirá su elección real.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Método de entrada</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">En la pantalla <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar
+un método de entrada (en la parte inferior de la lista). Los métodos de
+entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir caracteres multilingües (chino,
+japonés, coreano, etc). IBus es el método de entrada predeterminado, por lo
+que los usuarios no deben configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada
+(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proporcionan funciones similares y se pueden
+instalar si agregó medios HTTP / FTP antes de la selección de paquetes.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Si se perdió la configuración del método de entrada durante la instalación,
+puede acceder a ella después de arrancar el sistema instalado a través de
+"Configurar su computadora" -> "Sistema" o ejecutando localedrake como root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8bf6c702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalar o actualizar</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instalación</para>
+
+      <para>Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Actualización</para>
+
+      <para>Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas
+en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la
+última versión.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia
+anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión
+del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya
+ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación
+limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es
+posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha
+sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su
+ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un
+sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal
+pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede
+volver desde la pantalla de "Instalar o Actualizar" a la de selección de
+Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>.
+<emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f9748e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Teclado</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún
+teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" align="center" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del
+teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire
+en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor.
+Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También
+puede mirarlo aquí: <link
+xlink:href="http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en
+<guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí
+su teclado.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de
+<guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de
+selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la
+lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es
+el que eligió en la lista completa.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una
+pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas
+y no latinas.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5534841
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Seleccionar teclado</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Se le pedirá que defina el teclado que quiere usar en Mageia. Por defecto
+aparece el correspondiente al idioma y la zona horaria previamente
+seleccionados.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff253378
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Por favor elija un idioma</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente.
+<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la
+instalación y para su sistema instalado.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Seleccione su idioma preferido.  <application>Mageia</application> lo usará
+durante la instalación y en su sistema instalado.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios,
+usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos
+ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la
+instalación.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la
+primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección
+de múltiples idiomas.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale
+también el idioma de su teclado.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia usa soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Esto se puede desactivar en la pantalla "múltiples idiomas" si sabe que no
+es lo más apropiado para su idioma. Desactivar UFT-8 afecta a todos los
+idiomas instalados.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Se puede cambiar el idioma del sistema tras la instalación en Centro de
+Control de Mageia > Sistema > Administrar la localizacón para su sistema.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33d1fee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Elección del ratón</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="../es/dx2-selectMouse.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2
+y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar
+evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de
+seis o más botones.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dade6dfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Opciones principales del cargador de arranque</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Interfaz del cargador de arranque</title>
+
+    <para>Por defecto, Mageia usa exclusivamente:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (con o sin menú gráfico) para sistemas Legacy/MBR o Legacy/GPT</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi para un sistema UEFI.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Los menús gráficos de Mageia son buenos y bonitos :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 en sistemas Legacy/MBR y Legacy/GPT</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>No modifique el "Dispositivo de Arranque" a menos que sepa realmente qué
+está hace.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi en sistemas UEFI</title>
+
+      <para>Con un sistema UEFI, la interfaz de usuario es ligeramente diferente ya que
+no se puede elegir entre con o sin menú gráfico</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Si Mageia es el único sistema instalado en su computadora, el instalador
+creará una ESP (EFI System Partition) para instalar el gestor de arranque
+(Grub2-efi). Si ya hay sistemas operativos UEFI instalados en su computadora
+(Windows 8 por ejemplo), el instalador de Mageia detecta el ESP existente
+creado por Windows y agrega grub2-efi. Aunque es posible tener varios ESP,
+solo uno es aconsejable y suficiente sea cual sea el número de sistemas
+operativos que tenga.</para>
+
+      <para>No modifique el "Dispositivo de Arranque" a menos que sepa realmente qué
+está hace.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>Por defecto, según su sistema, Mageia escribe un nuevo:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro o en la
+partición de arranque del BIOS.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Cargador de arranque Grub2-efi en el ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Si ya tiene instalados otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará
+agregarlos al nuevo menú de inicio de Mageia. Si no desea este
+comportamiento, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> y, a
+continuación, desmarque la casilla <guilabel>Sondear otros sistemas
+operativos</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Usando un cargador de arranque existente</title>
+
+    <para>El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de
+arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente
+consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que
+debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del
+sistema operativo en cuestión.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Carga en uso</title>
+
+    <para>Si no desea un arranque de Mageia, sino que inicie desde otro SO, haga clic
+en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, luego en
+<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla <guilabel>No toque ESP o
+MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Obtendrá una advertencia de que falta el cargador de arranque, ignórelo
+haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Opciones</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Primera página</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen predeterminada</guilabel>:
+Este cuadro de texto le permite establecer un retraso en segundos antes de
+que se inicie el sistema operativo predeterminado.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel>: Permite establecer una contraseña para el
+gestor de arranque. Esto significa que se le pedirá un nombre de usuario y
+una contraseña durante el arranque para seleccionar una entrada de inicio o
+cambiar la configuración. El nombre de usuario es "root" y la contraseña es
+la elegida aquí después.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: este cuadro de texto es donde se pone la
+contraseña</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: vuelva a escribir la contraseña
+y Drakx comprobará que coincide con la que se ha definido anteriormente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Habilitar ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) es un estándar para la administración de energía. Se puede
+ahorrar energía al detener los dispositivos no utilizados, este fue el
+método utilizado antes de APM. Desmarcarlo podría ser útil si, por ejemplo,
+su equipo no admite ACPI o si cree que la implementación de ACPI podría
+causar algunos problemas (por ejemplo, reinicios aleatorios o bloqueos del
+sistema).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Habilitar SMP</guilabel>: esta opción habilita / deshabilita el
+multiprocesamiento simétrico para procesadores multi-núcleo.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Habilitar APIC</guilabel>: Activar o desactivar esta opción le
+permite al sistema operativo acceder al Controlador de interrupción
+programable avanzado. Los dispositivos APIC permiten modelos de prioridad
+más complejos y la gestión avanzada de IRQ (Solicitud de interrupción).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Habilitar APIC local</guilabel>: Aquí puede establecer APIC local,
+que administra todas las interrupciones externas para un procesador
+específico en un sistema SMP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Página siguiente</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Predeterminado:</guilabel> Sistema operativo iniciado de forma
+predeterminada</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Añadir:</guilabel> Esta opción le permite pasar la información del
+kernel o decirle al núcleo que le proporcione más información a medida que
+arranca.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Detección de otros sistemas operativos</guilabel>: ver arriba
+<link linkend="setupMageiaBootloader"> Utilizar un gestor de arranque Mageia
+</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Modo de video:</guilabel> Define el tamaño de la pantalla y la
+profundidad de color que utilizará el menú de arranque. Si hace clic en el
+triángulo hacia abajo, se le ofrecerán otras opciones de tamaño y
+profundidad de color.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">No toque ESP o MBR</emphasis>: ver arriba <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Uso de la cadena de arranque</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82d67576
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Para ello, necesita editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o usar el
+software grub-customizer (Disponible en los repositorios Mageia).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Para más información, vea nuestro wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba369c19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Configurando SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos
+controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los
+controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco
+duro.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Si pasa esto, necesitará "mostrarle" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que
+tenga.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebf09b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Configurar el sonido</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido
+para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay
+alguno.</para>
+
+  <para>El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras
+la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie
+esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la
+etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en
+<guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la
+pantalla.</para>
+
+  <para>Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de "Configurar sonido" de
+draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en
+<guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil
+sobre cómo resolver el problema.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avanzado</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la
+instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios
+disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado.</para>
+
+    <para>In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en
+<guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9be6b1b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirme el disco que va a formatear</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su
+elección.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar
+todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f569096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Probar Mageia como sistema Live</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Modo Live</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Obtiene esta pantalla si seleccionó "Arrancar Mageia". Si no, obtiene el
+"paso de <link linkend="doPartitionDisks">particionado</link>"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Probar hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Uno de los objetivos del modo Live es probar si Mageia administra
+correctamente el hardware. Ud puede verificar si todos los dispositivos
+tienen un controlador en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de
+Mageia. Puede probar los dispositivos más actuales:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>interfaz de red: configurarla con net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>tarjeta gráfica: si ve la pantalla anterior, ya está OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>cámara web:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sonido: ya se ejecutó un jingle.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>impresora: configúrela e imprima una página de prueba</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>escáner: escanee un documento desde...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Si todo está bien, puede procesar la instalación. Si no, puede cancelar con
+el botón abandonar.</para>
+
+      <remark>Los valores de configuración que Ud estableció aquí, se mantienen durante la
+instalación.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Iniciar la instalación</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Para iniciar la instalación del LiveCD o LiveDVD de Mageia en en disco duro
+o unidad SSD, simplemente haga click en el icono "Instalar en Disco
+Duro". Obtendrá la pantalla correspondiente y a continuación el "paso de
+<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Particionar</link>" a la instalación
+directa.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80dbbf24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Desinstalando Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Guias</title>
+
+    <para>Si Mageia no le convence a usted o no puede instalar correctamente, en breve
+desea deshacerse de él. Ese es su derecho y Mageia también te da la
+posibilidad de desinstalar. Esto no es cierto para todos los sistemas
+operativos.</para>
+
+    <para>Después de la copia de seguridad de datos, reiniciar en su Mageia DVD y
+seleccione Sistema de Rescate, a continuación, en Restaurar el gestor de
+arranque de Windows. En el siguiente inicio, sólo tendrá Windows sin ningún
+menú para elegir el sistema operativo.</para>
+
+    <para>Para recuperar el espacio utilizado por las particiones de Mageia en
+Windows, haga clic en <code>Inicio -> Panel de control -> Herramientas
+administrativas -> Administración de equipos -> Almacenamiento ->
+Administración de discos</code> para acceder a la gestión de
+particiones. Usted reconocerá la partición Mageia porque está etiquetado
+<guilabel>Desconocido</guilabel>, y también por el tamaño y el lugar en el
+disco. Haga clic derecho sobre una de estas particiones y seleccione
+<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Si tienes XP, puedes crear una nueva partición y darle formato (FAT32 o
+NTFS). Se obtendrá una letra de partición.</para>
+
+    <para>Si tienes Vista o 7, tienes más de una posibilidad, se puede extender la
+partición existente que está a la izquierda del espacio libre. Hay otras
+herramientas de partición que se pueden utilizar, como gparted, disponible
+para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho
+cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46cdce3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/es/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Mantener o eliminar el material no usado</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En este paso, el instalador busca paquetes de idioma y paquetes de hardware
+no utilizados. A continuación, le proponer eliminarlos. Es aconsejable
+aceptar, excepto si prepara una instalación que tiene que ejecutarse en
+hardware diferente.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>El siguiente paso es copiar los archivos al disco rígido. Esto toma algunos
+minutos. Al final se obtiene una pantalla en blanco durante algún tiempo. Es
+normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00a47b52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5148 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Marek Laane <qiilaq69@gmail.com>, 2012-2016
+# Marek Laane <qiilaq69@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2015
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-25 20:24+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Marek Laane <qiilaq69@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/et/)\n"
+"Language: et\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Litsentsileping"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt "
+"läbi litsentsi tingimused."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> "
+"distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis "
+"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest.  Klõps "
+"nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Väljalaskemärkmed"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas "
+"väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Väljalaskemärkmed</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "et"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud andmekandjad ehk tarkvarahoidlad. Võite lisada "
+"ka teisi allikaid, kust tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või "
+"internetist. Allikate valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab "
+"järgmistel etappidel kasutada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Võrguallika korral tuleb lisaks ette võtta järgmised sammud:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Valida ja aktiveerida võrk, kui see veel ei tööta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab "
+"kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja "
+"piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i "
+"määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui uuendate 64-bitist paigaldust, milles võib leiduda mõningaid 32-bitiseid "
+"rakendusi, on soovitatav sellel ekraanil lisada võrgupeegel, märkides "
+"selleks ära mõni pakutud võrguprotokoll. 64-bitise DVD ISO-tõmmis sisaldab "
+"ainult 64-bitiseid ja arhitektuurist sõltumatuid tarkvarapakette, mistõttu "
+"selle abil ei saa uuendada 32-bitiseid rakendusi. Kuid pärast võrgupeegli "
+"lisamist leiab paigaldusprogramm ise sealt üles vajalikud 32-bitised "
+"tarkvarapaketid."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Administraatori (root) parooli määramine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav "
+"määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt "
+"väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti "
+"kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt "
+"sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool "
+"on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool "
+"olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti "
+"kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja "
+"suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja "
+"väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Kasutaja lisamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril "
+"(root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste "
+"kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma "
+"arvutis teeb"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja "
+"ikooni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või "
+"lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi.  "
+"<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. "
+"Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda "
+"kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati "
+"ülal asuvasse kasti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on nii "
+"lugemis- kui ka kirjutuskaitstud (umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik vajalikud kasutajad saab lisada juba paigaldamise ajal "
+"<emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate "
+"haldamine</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Ligipääsuõigusi saab mõistagi muuta ka pärast paigaldamist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Põhjalikum kasutajate haldamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab "
+"muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr " Samuti saab siin lubada või keelata külaliskonto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto "
+"all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad "
+"failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või "
+"keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat "
+"loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise "
+"kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida "
+"kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil "
+"lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge "
+"siia midagi kirjutage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti "
+"arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge "
+"siia midagi kirjutage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole "
+"<application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte "
+"muuta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles "
+"juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", "
+"\"Tüüp\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber"
+"\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst "
+"(näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</"
+"literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> "
+"partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</"
+"literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata "
+"jätta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning "
+"märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval "
+"ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida "
+"DrakX soovitab, või rohkem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Kellaaja seadistamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin tuleb valida, kas arvuti sisemine kell on seatud kohalikule ajale või "
+"UTC ehk standardajale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Muude valikute kaadril leiab rohkem võimalusi kellaaega täpsemalt seadistada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia laadimine Live-süsteemina"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Käivitamine andmekandjalt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Kettalt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Algkäivituse võib teha otse andmekandjalt, millele olete kirjutanud oma "
+"tõmmise (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM vms). Tavaliselt tuleb andmekandja lihtsalt asetada "
+"CD/DVD-seadmesse ning alglaadur käivitab arvuti taaskäivitamise järel "
+"paigaldamise automaatselt. Kui seda ei juhtu, võib olla vajalik BIOS ümber "
+"seadistada või vajutada vastavat klahvi, mis võimaldab valida lisaseadme, "
+"millest arvuti käivitada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltuvalt teie riistvarast ja selle kehtivast seadistusest näete üht kahest "
+"alltoodud ekraanist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "USB-pulgalt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Algkäivituse saab teha USB-pulgalt, millele kirjutasite ISO-tõmmise. "
+"Sõltuvalt BIOS-e seadistusest võib arvuti otse käivituda USB-pulgalt, mis on "
+"masinaga ühendatud. Kui seda ei juhtu, võib olla vajalik BIOS ümber "
+"seadistada või vajutada vastavat klahvi, mis võimaldab valida lisaseadme, "
+"millest arvuti käivitada. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "BIOS-e/CSM-i/Pärandrežiimis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Esimene ekraan BIOS-e režiimis algkäivitusel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "Keskel asuvas menüüs saab valida kolme võimaluse vahel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia laadimine: see tähendab, et Mageia 5 käivitatakse ühendatud "
+"andmekandjalt (CD/DVD või USB-pulk) ilma midagi kettale kirjutamata, mis "
+"ühtlasi tähendab, et kõik võib olla väga aeglane. Kui käivitamine on läbi, "
+"võite ka süsteemi kõvakettale paigaldada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr "Mageia paigaldamine: sel juhul paigaldatakse Mageia kohe kõvakettale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Alglaadimine kõvakettalt: sel juhul käivitatakse süsteem kõvakettal, nagu "
+"seda tehakse ka siis, kui andmekandjat (CD/DVD või USB-pulk) pole masinaga "
+"ühendatud (Mageia 5 puhul see ei toimi)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Allservas asuvas menüüs leiab alglaadimisvalikud:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - Abi. Selgitab valikuid \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" ja \"Ide\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - keel. Ekraanil nähtava keele valimine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr "F3 - ekraanilahutus. Valida on tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom või Muu. Tavaliselt sooritatakse paigaldamine ühendatud "
+"paigaldusandmekandjalt. Siin saab valida ka muu allika, näiteks FTP- või NFS-"
+"serveri. Kui paigaldus sooritatakse SLP-serveriga võrgus, tuleb selle korral "
+"valida serveril saada olev paigaldusandmekandja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - draiver. Jah või Ei. Süsteem on teadlik draiveriuuendusega lisaketta "
+"olemasolust ning nõuab selle paigaldamise käigus selle ühendamist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - kerneli võtmed. Siin saab määrata konkreetseid võtmeid, mida vajavad "
+"teie riistvara ja kasutatavad draiverid."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "UEFI režiimis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Esimene ekraan UEFI süsteemi käivitamisel kettalt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin on ainult kaks valikut: Mageia käivitamine live-režiimis (esimene "
+"valik) või paigaldamine (teine valik)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete süsteemi laadinud USB-pulgalt, näeb veel kaht rida, mis on muidu "
+"samasugused nagu kaks esimest, ainult et lisatud on \"USB\". Siis tuleb "
+"valida üks neist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigil juhtudel on esimesteks sammudeks ühtmoodi keele, ajavööndi ja "
+"klaviatuuri valimine, seejärel aga lähevad asjad lahku <link linkend="
+"\"testing\">Live-režiimi lisasammude</link> tõttu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Töölaua valimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus "
+"saab valikut täpsustada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal "
+"slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule "
+"<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või "
+"<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja "
+"tööriistu igale maitsele.  Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile "
+"ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis "
+"paigaldatakse vaikimisi.  <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks "
+"väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Paketigruppide valimine"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi "
+"tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende "
+"kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Tööjaam."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Graafiline keskkond."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või "
+"eemaldada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks (nii X'i ja IceWM'iga kui ka ilma "
+"nendeta) annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Üksikpakettide valimine"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas "
+"<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku "
+"(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili "
+"kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates "
+"paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos "
+"süsteemi alglaadimisega."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi "
+"avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse "
+"kohta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas "
+"ajavööndis teie lähedal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule "
+"ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik "
+"oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt "
+"teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja "
+"te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste "
+"parameetrite alusel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "tootja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "seejärel kaardi nimi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "ja lõpuks kaardi tüüp"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel "
+"andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva "
+"draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi "
+"draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, "
+"võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada "
+"ainult käsurida."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis "
+"võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi "
+"kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada.  Seda saab teha "
+"pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete "
+"otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, "
+"kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad "
+"selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</"
+"acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui "
+"näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui "
+"arvate, et valik ei ole õige."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse "
+"korral loetelust oma kaart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori "
+"nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</"
+"guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi "
+"paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab "
+"määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise "
+"ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida "
+"määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, "
+"võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, "
+"saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, "
+"kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, "
+"kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab "
+"mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Monitori valimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt "
+"teie monitori õigesti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada "
+"monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast "
+"midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> "
+"Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: "
+"realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise "
+"sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel "
+"moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem "
+"tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride "
+"andmebaasi põhjal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Tootja</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te "
+"teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste "
+"parameetrite alusel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "monitori nimi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "monitori kirjeldus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ "
+"60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. "
+"See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei "
+"suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin "
+"tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil "
+"kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/"
+"boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei "
+"ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua "
+"partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne "
+"alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, "
+"on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub "
+"olema kolm salvestusseadet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige "
+"<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. "
+"Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta "
+"või ka kustutada. <guibutton>Lülitu ekspertrežiimi</guibutton> (või "
+"<guibutton>Ekspertrežiim</guibutton>) pakub rohkem võimalusi, näiteks nime "
+"lisamine või partitsiooni tüübi valimine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Jätkake, kuni kõik on nii, nagu soovite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Kui kõik on valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldate Mageia UEFI süsteemi, kontrollige, kas ESP (EFI süsteemne "
+"partitsioon) on ikka olemas ja korrektselt haagitud asukohta /boot/EFI (vt "
+"tagapool)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldate Mageia pärand/GPT süsteemi, kontrollige, kas korrektse "
+"tüübiga BIOS-e alglaadimispartitsioon on ikka olemas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partitsioneerimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida "
+"DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> "
+"paigaldamiseks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja "
+"sisust."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning "
+"neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada "
+"uuele Mageia paigaldusele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib "
+"paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi "
+"leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha "
+"kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. "
+"Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel "
+"korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, "
+"ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia "
+"paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi "
+"äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle valiku korral näitab paigaldusprogramm alles jäävat Windowsi "
+"partitsiooni helesinisena ja tulevast Mageia partitsiooni tumesinisena ning "
+"nende all näeb kavandatud suurusi. Ühtlasi on teil võimalus neid suurusi "
+"muuta, klõpsates partitsioonide vahel asuvale tühialale ja seda lohistades. "
+"Seda näitab allolev pilt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Kogu ketta tühjendamine ja kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge "
+"ettevaatlik!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba "
+"kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal "
+"või -ketastel paigaldatakse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitsiooni suurus:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldusprogramm jagab saadaoleva ruumi ära järgmiste reeglite kohaselt:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kokku on saadaval alla 50 GB, luuakse ainult üks partitsioon / jaoks "
+"ning /home jaoks eraldi partitsiooni ei looda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr "Kui kokku on saadaval üle 50 GB, luuakse kolm partitsiooni"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 saadaolevast koguruumist eraldatakse / jaoks maksimaalse suurusega 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 eraldatakse saalealaks maksimaalse suurusega 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "ülejäänu (vähemalt 12/19) eraldatakse /home jaoks"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"See tähendab, et kui ruumi on 160 GB või rohkem, loob paigaldusprogramm kolm "
+"partitsiooni: 50 GB / jaoks, 4 GB saaleala jaoks ja ülejäänu /home jaoks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kasutate UEFI süsteemi, tuvastatakse automaatselt ESP (EFI süsteemne "
+"partitsioon) või see luuakse, kui seda pole, ja haagitakse asukohas /boot/"
+"EFI. Valik \"Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda\" on ainuke, mis lubab "
+"kontrollida, kas seda on õigesti tehtud."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kasutate pärandsüsteemi (tuntud ka kui CSM või BIOS) GPT-kettaga, tuleb "
+"luua BIOS-e alglaadimispartitsioon, kui seda veel ei ole. See on umbes 1 MiB "
+"suurune partitsioon ilma haakepunktita. Selle loomiseks valige \"<xref "
+"linkend=\"diskdrake\"/>\" ja looge see nagu iga teine partitsioon, ainult et "
+"valige failisüsteemiks BIOS boot partition."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid "
+"varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara "
+"puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat "
+"partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast "
+"soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt "
+"partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks "
+"gparted."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks "
+"paarisarv."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Paigaldamine Live-andmekandjalt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Jaanuar 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia ametlik dokumentatsioon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 "
+"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
+"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui "
+"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See, "
+"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus "
+"langetatud valikutest."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Veebruar 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Õnnitleme!"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja "
+"seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti "
+"taaskäivitada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava "
+"operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse "
+"automaatselt teie uus Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Tundke rõõmu ja nautige!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite "
+"anda oma panuse Mageia edusse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Tulemüür"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab paika panna mõned lihtsad tulemüüri reeglid, mis määravad kndlaks, "
+"millist laadi teavet internetist sihtsüsteem vastu võtab. See omakorda "
+"võimaldab süsteemi vastavatele teenustele ligi pääseda ka internetist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi ei ole ükski nupp märgitud, mis tähendab, et võrgust ei ole "
+"kättesaadav ükski süsteemi teenus. Nupul <emphasis>Kõik (tulemüür puudub)</"
+"emphasis> on eriline tähendus: see võimaldab ligipääsu masina kõigile "
+"teenustele. Paigaldamise ajal ei ole seda küll väga mõtet valida, sest nii "
+"on tulemuseks täiesti kaitsmata süsteem. Seda võimalust on mõnikord mõistlik "
+"valida juba töötavas süsteemis Mageia juhtimiskeskuses (kus kasutatakse "
+"graafiliselt samasugust liidest) kõigi tulemüüri reeglite ajutiseks "
+"tühistamiseks näiteks testimise või silumise eesmärgil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi muude märkekastide juures olev tekst peaks enda eest rääkima. Näiteks "
+"on mõtet märkida \"CUPS-i server\", kui soovite, et masinaga ühendatud "
+"printerid oleksid kättesaadavad ka võrgust."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Muud valikud</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"Märkekastid võimaldavad sisse või välja lülitada ainult kõige levinumaid "
+"teenuseid. Nupuga \"Muud valikud\" saab lubada või keelata ka neid "
+"teenuseid, mille jaoks eraldi märkekasti ei ole. Nupule <emphasis>Muud "
+"valikud</emphasis> klõpsates avaneb aken, kus saab lubada terve rea "
+"teenuseid, kui kirjutada need tühikutega eraldatult järgmiselt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;pordi-number>/&lt;protokoll></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;pordi-number></emphasis> on sisselülitatavale teenusele "
+"omistatud pordi väärtus (nt. 873 RSYNC-i teenuse puhul), nagu seda määratleb "
+"<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protokoll></emphasis> on kas <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> või "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - teenuse kasutatav internetiprotokoll."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Näiteks RSYNC-i teenuse kasutamiseks peab kirje niisiis olema kujul "
+"<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teenus võib kasutada mõlemat protokolli, tuleb samale pordile ka mõlemad "
+"2 määrata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Vormindamine"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed "
+"partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, "
+"säilivad."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, "
+"millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake "
+"<guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja "
+"siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal "
+"saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "Mageia paigaldusprogramm DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud "
+"kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või "
+"uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab "
+"paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Paigaldusprogrammi avaekraan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Mageia DVD kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Siin on näha Mageia DVD vaikimisi tervitusekraanid: esimest näeb UEFI "
+"süsteemi, teist pärandsüsteemi korral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel ekraanil pääseb valikute juurde, kui vajutada tähte \"e\", mis avab "
+"redigeerimisrežiimi. Nähtavale ekraanile tagasipääsemiseks vajutage klahvi "
+"\"Esc\", et väljuda salvestamata, või klahvi \"Ctrl\" või \"F10\", et "
+"väljuda tehtud valikuid salvestades."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Sellel ekraanil on võimalik määrata mõned isiklikud eelistused:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Keel (ainult paigaldamiseks, võib erineda süsteemile valitavast keelest) "
+"klahvile F2 vajutades (ainult tavapärases süsteemis)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Valige nooleklahvidega liikudes keel ja vajutage klahvile Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin on näiteks LiveDVD/CD eestikeelne tervitusekraan. Pange tähele, et "
+"LiveDVD/CD menüüs ei ole kirjeid, nagu <guilabel>Päästesüsteem</guilabel>, "
+"<guilabel>Mälu testimine</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Riistvara tuvastamise "
+"tööriist</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Muuta ekraanilahutust klahvile F3 vajutades (ainult tavapärases süsteemis)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Lisada mõningaid kerneli võtmeid, vajutades klahvile <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">F6</emphasis> tavapärase süsteemi ja klahvile <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> UEFI süsteemi korral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, "
+"kasutades mõnda lisavõtit. Klahviga F6 avatav menüü toob nähtavale tekstirea "
+"<guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel> ja pakub nelja valikut:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Vaikimisi, mille korral vaikimisi võtmeid ei muudeta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr "- Ilma ACPI-ta, mille korral toitehalduse valikuid ei arvestata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ilma kohaliku APIC-ta, mis puudutab CPU katkestusi. Valige see siis, kui "
+"seda nõutakse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõnda neist valikutest valides muutuvad vaikimisi võtmed, mida näeb real "
+"<guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõne Mageia väljalaske puhul võib juhtuda, et klahviga F6 valitud kirjeid ei "
+"näe real <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>, aga neid siiski "
+"arvestatakse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lisada veel rohkem kerneli võtmeid klahvile F1 vajutades (ainult tavapärases "
+"süsteemis)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Klahvile F1 vajutades ilmub uus aken saadaolevate võtmetega. Valige neist "
+"vajalik nooleklahvidega ja vajutage klahvile Enter üksikasjade nägemiseks "
+"või klahvile Esc tervitusekraani juurde naasmiseks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin on näidatud võtme splash üksikasjaliku kirjelduse aken. Vajutage "
+"klahvile Esc või valige <guilabel>Tagasi alglaadimise sätete juurde</"
+"guilabel>, et minna tagasi võtmete loendisse. Võtmeid saab lisada käsitsi "
+"reale <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Abi tõlgitakse keelde, mis on valitud klahviga F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Täpsemat teavet kerneli võtmete kohta tavapärases ja UEFI süsteemis leiab "
+"meie Wiki-lehelt <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Juhtmega võrgu kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Selline on vaikimisi tervitusekraan juhtmega võrgu põhise paigalduse CD "
+"(netinstall.iso või netinstall-nonfree.iso tõmmis) kasutamisel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"See ei võimalda muuta keelt ning saadaolevad võtmed on loetletud ekraanil. "
+"Rohkem teavet juhtmega võrgu põhise paigaldamise CD kasutamise kohta leiab "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia "
+"Wikist</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Klaviatuuripaigutus on Ameerika-pärane."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani "
+"külgpaneelil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp "
+"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini "
+"vajalikud valikud."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud "
+"etappi põhjalikumalt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile "
+"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon "
+"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam "
+"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. "
+"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge "
+"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne "
+"graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral.  Proovige kasutada madalamat "
+"ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik "
+"olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage "
+"avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER "
+"vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga \"boot:\".  Kirjutage \"text"
+"\" ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Paigaldamine hangub"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi "
+"riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise "
+"vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale "
+"<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste "
+"võtmetega."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM-i probleem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti "
+"saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada "
+"parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks "
+"<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dünaamilised partitsioonid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete valinud oma kõvaketta vorminguks Microsoft Windowsi all \"dynamic"
+"\" tavalise \"basic\" asemel, siis arvestage, et Mageiat ei saa sellisele "
+"kettale paigaldada. Kuidas tavalisele kettavormingule tagasi minna, saab "
+"lugeda Microsofti dokumentatsioonist: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft."
+"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Uuendused"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on "
+"mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida "
+"ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või "
+"kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Sisselogimisekraan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM-i sisselogimisekraan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Lõpuks ilmub sisselogimisekraan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kirjutage oma kasutajanimi ja parool ning mõne hetke pärast ilmub teie ette "
+"juba KDE või GNOME töölaud vastavalt sellele, millist live-andmekandjat te "
+"kasutate. Nüüd võite oma vastset Mageiat kasutama hakata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Rohkem teavet leiab <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:"
+"Documentation\">Mageia wikist</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks "
+"valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. "
+"Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel "
+"etappidel võimalik paigaldada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest "
+"see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, "
+"mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise "
+"lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). "
+"Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke "
+"draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab "
+"pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa "
+"tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need "
+"võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. "
+"Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud "
+"multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset "
+"paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Soovi korral võite samal ekraanil ära märkida valiku \"Valik paketthaaval\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimaalne paigaldus on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</"
+"application> jaoks meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne "
+"tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval "
+"valimisega, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist "
+"täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui märkida \"X'iga\", paigaldatakse ka kergekaaluline töökeskkond IceWM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Baasdokumentatsioon tähendab man- ja info-lehekülgi. See sisaldab <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation "
+"Projecti</link> manuaalilehekülgi ja paketi <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
+"gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info-lehekülgi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie "
+"valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata "
+"ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Rusikareeglina on soovitatav kasutada vaikimisi seadistusi - välja arvatud "
+"kolmel erandjuhul:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "on teada, et vaikeseadistused tekitavad probleeme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "vaikeseadistusi on juba proovitud ja need ei andnud soovitud tulemust"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "veel midagi, millest on üksikasjalikumalt juttu allpool"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Süsteemi parameetrid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ajavöönd</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda "
+"muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Riik / Piirkond</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. "
+"Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX langetab tavaliselt alglaaduri osas hea ja õige valiku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grub2 seadistada, ei tasu siin "
+"midagi muuta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajate haldamine</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/"
+"home</literal> kataloogi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Teenused</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal "
+"(deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi "
+"arvuti enam korralikult töötada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Riistvara parameetrid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Klaviatuur</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud "
+"asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui panete tähele, et klaviatuuripaigutus on vale ja tahate seda muuta, "
+"pidage meeles, et muutuvad ka paroolid."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Hiir</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, "
+"puuteplaate jms."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus "
+"valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu "
+"draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Graafiline kasutajaliides</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr "Siin saab seadistada graafikakaarte ja monitore."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Võrgu- ja internetiparameetrid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Võrk</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad "
+"mittevabu draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust "
+"<application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud "
+"mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud "
+"kaarti jälgitaks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Puhverserverid</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab "
+"panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma "
+"süsteemiadministraatoriga."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Turvalisus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Turbetase</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks "
+"kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Valige tase, mis paistab Teie vajadusi kõige paremini rahuldavat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tulemüür</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate "
+"röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub "
+"mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite. Täpsemat teavet "
+"vt <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Taaskäivitamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui alglaadur on paigaldatud, palutakse teil arvuti seisata, Live-CD "
+"eemaldada ja arvuti taaskäivitada. Klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton></emphasis> ja talitage, nagu nõutud - ning "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">just sellises järjekorras!</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Taaskäivitamise järel näete allalaadimise edenemisribasid. Need annavad "
+"märku, et parajasti laaditakse alla tarkvaraallikaid (vt täpsemalt "
+"tarkvarahalduse osast)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni "
+"suuruse muutmine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partitsiooni.  Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi "
+"<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Turbetase"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima "
+"vaikimisi määratu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta "
+"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "ISO-tõmmise valimine ja kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Sissejuhatus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageiat levitatakse ISO-tõmmiste kaudu. Siin leiab abi valimaks just sellist "
+"tõmmist, mis vastab teie vajadustele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Andmekandjaid on kaht tüüpi:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Klassikaline paigaldusandmekandja. Selle käivitamise järel asutakse kohe "
+"paigaldamise juurde ning te saate valida, mida paigaldada ja kuidas süsteemi "
+"vastavalt seadistada. See annab maksimaalse paindlikkuse ja lubab luua "
+"kohandatud paigalduse, eriti just valida, millist töökeskkonda kasutama "
+"hakata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Live-andmekandja: sel juhul saab andmekandja pealt käivitada toimiva Mageia "
+"süsteemi ilma seda paigaldamata, et näiteks näha, mida üldse pakutakse. "
+"Paigaldamine on lihtsam, aga ka valikuid on vähem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Üksikasjadest kõneldakse järgmistes osades."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Andmekandjad"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Määratlus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Me nimetame siinkohal andmekandjaks ISO-tõmmisefaili, mis võimaldab "
+"paigaldada ja/või uuendada Mageiat, ning ühtlasi ka igasugust füüsilist "
+"seadet, millele ISO-tõmmis on kopeeritud."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"ISO-tõmmised leiab <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">siit</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klassikalised paigaldusandmekandjad"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Ühised omadused"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Kasutavad traditsioonilist paigaldusprogrammi drakx"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Saab teha nii puhta paigalduse kui ka uuendada varasematelt väljalasetelt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Tervitusekraanil on saada mõned tööriistad: päästesüsteem, mälu testimine, "
+"riistvara tuvastamise tööriist"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Iga DVD sisaldab paljusid saadaolevaid töökeskkondi ja keeli"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldamise käigus lastakse valida, kas kasutada mittevaba tarkvara või "
+"mitte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Live-andmekandjad"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Saab tarvitada distributsiooni tundmaõppimiseks ilma seda kohe kõvakettale "
+"paigaldamata, aga soovi korral siiski ka Mageia paigaldamiseks"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "Iga ISO sisaldab ainult üht töökeskkonda (Plasma, GNOME või Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LiveISO-sid saab kasutada ainult puhta paigalduse, "
+"mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Sisaldavad mittevaba tarkvara"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Plasma LiveDVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Ainult Plasma töökeskkond."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Sisaldab kõiki keeli"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Ainult 64-bitine arhitektuur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "GNOME LiveDVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Ainult GNOME töökeskkond"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Ainult 64-bitine arhitektuur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Xfce LiveDVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Ainult Xfce töökeskkond."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32- või 64-bitine arhitektuur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "CD-d ainult alglaadimiseks"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Need on väikesed tõmmised, mis sisaldavad vaid tarkvara, mida on vaja "
+"paigaldusprogrammi drakx käivitamiseks ning ISO-faili leidmiseks, et siis "
+"jätkata paigaldamisega. ISO-failid võivad asuda arvuti kõvakettal, mõnel "
+"muul kohalikul kettal, kohalikus võrgus või internetis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Need andmekandjad on väga väikesed (alla 100 MB) ja abiks siis, kui "
+"internetiühenduse maht on liiga väike terve DVD allalaadimiseks, arvuti on "
+"ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Ainult inglise keeles"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisaldab ainult vaba tarkvara neile, kes ei ole nõus mittevaba tarkvara "
+"kasutama"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisaldab mittevaba tarkvara (peamiselt draiverid, koodekid jms.) neile, kes "
+"seda vajavad"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Andmekandja allalaadimine ja kontrollimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Allalaadimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete sobiva ISO-faili valinud, saab selle alla laadida kas HTTP või "
+"BitTorrenti vahendusel. Mõlemal juhul annab aken mõningat teavet, näiteks "
+"kasutatava peegelsaidi ja võimaluse kohta seda vahetada, kui ribalaius on "
+"liiga väike. HTTP valimise korral peaks pilt olema umbes selline:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum ja sha1sum on tööriistad ISO terviklikkuse kontrollimiseks. Kasutada "
+"tuleks ainult üht neist. Hoidke üks neist varuks <link linkend=\"integrity"
+"\">edasiseks kasutamiseks</link>. Seejärel ilmub selline aken:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Märkige raadionupp Salvestama."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Allalaaditud andmekandja terviklikkuse kontrollimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõlemad kontrollsummad on kuueteistkümnendarvud, mis arvutatakse kindla "
+"algoritmiga allalaaditava faili põhjal. Kui paluda algoritmil arv uuesti "
+"leida allalaaditud faili põhjal, saab tulemuseks kas sama arvu, mis "
+"tähendab, et allalaaditud fail on korras, või siis mõne muu arvu, mis "
+"tähendab, et see ei ole korras. Viimasel juhul tuleks fail uuesti alla "
+"laadida või püüda see BitTorrenti abil parandada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Avage konsool (selleks ei pea olema administraator) ja kirjutage:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- md5sum kasutamiseks: [minukonto@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum tõmmisefail."
+"iso/asukoht</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- sha1sum kasutamiseks: [minukonto@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
+"tõmmisefail.iso/asukoht</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"ja võrrelge arvutis saadud arvu (võimalik, et peate natuke ootama) Mageia "
+"allalaadimissaidil näidatuga:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "ISO kirjutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollitud ISO võib nüüd kirjutada CD-le, DVD-le või USB-pulgale. See ei "
+"ole tavaline kopeerimine, vaid eesmärk on luua käivitatav andmekandja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "ISO kirjutamine CD-le või DVD-le"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kasutage soovikohast kirjutamisprogrammi, aga kontrollige kindlasti, et "
+"seade oleks määratud <emphasis role=\"bold\">kirjutama tõmmist</emphasis>, "
+"mitte aga andmeid või faile. Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wikist</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "ISO kirjutamine USB-pulgale"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik Mageia ISO-d on hübriidsed, mis tähendab, et neid saab kirjutada ka USB-"
+"pulgale, mis on käivitatav ja mille pealt saab süsteemi paigaldada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"Tõmmise kirjutamine USB-pulgale hävitab kõik varasemad failisüsteemid "
+"seadmes, kõik andmed lähevad kaotsi ja partitsiooni suurus väheneb tõmmise "
+"suurusele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Algse mahu taastamiseks tuleb USB-pulk uuesti partitsioneerida ja vormindada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Graafilise tööriista kasutamine Mageias"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kasutada võib mõnda graafilist tööriista, näiteks <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Graafilise tööriista kasutamine Windowsis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Võite proovida järgmisi programme:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> "
+"valikuga \"ISO image\";"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Käsurea kasutamine GNU/Linuxi süsteemis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsitsi toimetamine on potentsiaalselt *ohtlik*. Kui seadme ID valesti anda, "
+"võib ketta partitsiooni sootuks üle kirjutada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Samuti võib kasutada konsoolis tööriista dd:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Avage konsool"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Võtke administraatori õigused käsuga <userinput>su -</userinput> (ärge "
+"unustage kriipsukest lõpus)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ühendage USB-pulk (ärge haakige seda, see tähendab ärge avage ühtegi "
+"rakendust või failihaldurit, mis seda lugeda võiks)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Sisestage käsk <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Teine võimalus on leida seadme nimi käsuga <code>dmesg</code>: lõpus näeb "
+"seadme nime, mille alguses seisab <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, antud juhul "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Leidke oma USB-pulga seadmenimi (suuruse järgi); näiteks toodud pildil on "
+"selleks <code>/dev/sdb</code>, mis on 8 GB suurune USB-pulk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sisestage käsk # <userinput>dd if=ISO-faili/asukoht of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "kus X on teie seadme nimi, nt: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Näide: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Sisestage käsk: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Eemaldage USB-pulk, kõik on valmis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele "
+"seadistustele, näiteks vääring või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale "
+"riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et te ei saagi juhtmeta võrku kasutada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</"
+"guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, "
+"siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks "
+"valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX "
+"arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Sisestusmeetod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi "
+"(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate "
+"märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi "
+"sisestusmeetod, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama.  Teised "
+"sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning "
+"neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha "
+"pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -> "
+"\"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Paigaldamine või uuendamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Paigaldamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> "
+"paigaldamise."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uuendamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele "
+"uuendada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia "
+"versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus "
+"praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia "
+"versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse "
+"paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus "
+"paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</"
+"literal>-partitsioon)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile "
+"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon "
+"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam "
+"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. "
+"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge "
+"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või "
+"uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda "
+"hilisema paigalduse käigus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Klaviatuuri valimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Teil palutakse määrata klaviatuuripaigutus, mida soovite Mageias kasutada. "
+"Vaikimisi valitu vastab keelele ja ajavööndile, mille varem valisite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Klaviatuur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei "
+"leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu "
+"klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, "
+"uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri "
+"küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti "
+"võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks "
+"<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> "
+"klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud "
+"mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse "
+"ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis "
+"palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina "
+"klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Kasutatava keele valimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi.  "
+"<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii "
+"paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige vajalik keel.  <application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud "
+"valikut nii paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste "
+"kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</"
+"guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute "
+"keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil "
+"eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik "
+"paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et "
+"see teie keelele kohe üldse ei sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile "
+"paigaldatavatele keeltele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Hiire valimine"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr "Kui te ei ole rahul oma hiire tööga, saate siit valida mõne teise."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, "
+"et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Selleks tuleb käsitsi muuta faili /boot/grub2/custom.cfg või kasutada "
+"rakendust grub-customizer (selle leiab Mageia tarkvarahoidlast)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Täpsemat teavet annab meie wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Alglaaduri liides"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Vaikimisi kasutab Mageia üht kahest võimalusest:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (graafilise menüüga või ilma selleta) pärand/MBR või pärand/GPT "
+"süsteemi korral"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi UEFI süsteemi korral"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Mageia graafiline menüü näeb kena välja :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 pärand/MBR ja pärand/GPT süsteemis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ärge muutke \"Alglaadimisseadet\", kui te pole täiesti kindel, et teate, "
+"mida teete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi UEFI süsteemis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"UEFI süsteemi korral on kasutajaliides pisut teistsugune, sest te ei saa "
+"valida graafilise menüü kasutamist või kasutamata jätmist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Mageia on ainuke süsteem, mis on teie arvutisse paigaldatud, loob "
+"paigaldusprogramm ESP (EFI süsteemse partitsiooni) alglaaduri (Grub2-efi) "
+"tarbeks. Kui arvutisse on juba paigaldatud UEFI operatsioonisüsteeme "
+"(näiteks Windows 8), tuvastab Mageia paigaldusprogramm Windowsi loodud ESP "
+"ja lisab sellele Grub2-efi. ESP-sid võib küll põhimõtteliselt olla ka mitu, "
+"aga väga soovitatav on siiski kasutada ainult üht sõltumata sellest, kui "
+"palju on arvutis operatsioonisüsteeme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia sõltuvalt süsteemist uue:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 alglaaduri kas Teie esimese kõvaketta MBR-i (Master Boot Record) või "
+"BIOS-e alglaadepartisioonile"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi alglaaduri ESP-le"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui arvutisse peaks olema paigaldatud teisigi operatsioonisüsteeme, püüab "
+"Mageia lisada need oma alglaadimismenüüsse. Kui Te seda ei soovi, klõpsake "
+"<guibutton>Järgmine</guibutton> ja eemaldage märge kastikesest "
+"<guilabel>Võõraste operatsioonisüsteemide otsimine</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, "
+"väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase "
+"alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle "
+"automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi "
+"dokumentatsiooni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Ahellaadimise kasutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te ei soovi alglaaditavat Mageiat, vaid tahate seda laadida mõnest "
+"teisest operatsioonisüsteemist, siis klõpsake <guibutton>Järgmine</"
+"guibutton>, seejärel <guibutton>Muu</guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike "
+"<guilabel>ESP-i ega MBR-i ei puudutata</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Näete hoiatust, et alglaadur puudub. Eirake seda ja klõpsake "
+"<guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Valikud"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Esimene kaart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ooteaeg alglaadimisel</guilabel>: selles kastis saab panna paika, "
+"kui mitu sekundit oodatakse, enne kui käivitatakse vaikimisi "
+"operatsioonisüsteem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>: siin saab määrata alglaaduri parooli. "
+"Sellisel juhul küsitakse alglaadimise ajal kasutajanime ja parooli, kui "
+"soovite valida mõnda alglaadimiskirjet või seadistusi muuta. Kasutajanimeks "
+"on \"root\", parooli saate siin ise määrata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: selles kastis saab parooli kindlaks määrata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb parool teist korda "
+"kirjutada, mille järel Drakx kontrollib, kas see ikka sobib kokku sellega, "
+"mille sisestasid esimesel korral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ACPI lubamine:</guilabel> ACPI (täiustatud konfiguratsiooni- ja "
+"toiteliides) on toitehalduse standard. See võib säästa energiat, lülitades "
+"välja kasutamata seadmed. Sama meetodit kasutas varem APM. Selle valimata "
+"jätmine võib aga olla kasulik, kui Teie arvuti ei toeta ACPI-t või Te "
+"arvate, et ACPI võib põhjustada mingeid probleeme (näiteks suvalisi\n"
+"taaskäivitusi või süsteemi hangumisi)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>SMP lubamine</guilabel>: see valik lülitab sisse või välja "
+"sümmeetrilise mitmiktöötluse mitme tuumaga protsessorite korral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>APIC lubamine</guilabel>: selle lubamine või keelamine annab "
+"operatsioonisüsteemile või võtab sellelt ligipääsu täiustatud "
+"programmeeritavale katkestuste kontrollerile. APIC-seadmed võimaldavad "
+"keerulisemaid prioriteedi määramise mudeleid ja täiustatud IRQ "
+"(katkestusnõuded) haldamist."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kohaliku APIC lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või keelata "
+"kohaliku APIC, mis haldab kõiki konkreetse protsessori väliseid katkestusi "
+"SMP-süsteemis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Järgmine kaart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Vaikimisi:</guilabel> vaikimisi käivitatav operatsioonisüsteem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lisaargumendid:</guilabel> siin saab edastada kernelile vajalikku "
+"teavet või lasta kernelil alglaadimise ajal anda rohkem teavet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Võõraste operatsioonisüsteemide otsimine</guilabel>: vt eespool "
+"osa <link linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Videorežiim:</guilabel> siin saab määrata ekraani suuruse ja "
+"värvisügavuse, mida alglaadur kasutab. Allapoole kolmnurgale klõpsates saab "
+"vaiida muute suuruse ja värvisügavuse valikute seast."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ESP-i ega MBR-i ei puudutata</emphasis>: vt eespool "
+"osa <link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Ahellaadimise kasutamine</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "SCSI seadistamine"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI "
+"kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit "
+"ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI "
+"seadmed teil on."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Heli seadistamine"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie "
+"helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast "
+"paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või "
+"käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil "
+"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal "
+"asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule "
+"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule <guibutton>Probleemi "
+"otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle "
+"saada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Muud valikud"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> võib paigaldamise "
+"ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu "
+"draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule "
+"<guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite "
+"kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse "
+"kõik andmed."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia proovimine Live-süsteemina"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Live-režiim"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"See ekraan ilmub, kui valida \"Mageia laadimine\". Kui seda ei juhtu, jõuate "
+"sammu <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitsioneerimine</link> juurde."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Riistvara järeleproovimine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Üks Live-režiimi eesmärke on järele proovida, kas Mageia suudab riistvara "
+"korrektselt hallata. Sel juhul saab näiteks Mageia juhtimiskeskuse riistvara "
+"sektsioonis kontrollida, kas ikka kõigil seadmetel on draiver olemas. Järele "
+"saab proovida enamiku seadmeid:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "võrguliides: seda aitab seadistada net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "videokaart: kui nägite eelmist ekraani, on sellega kõik korras"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "veebikaamera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "helikaart: mingi kõll on juba kõlanud"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "printer: seda saab seadistada ja testlehekülje välja trükkida"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "skanner: võimalik on dokument skannida"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kõik on korras, võib paigaldamisega jätkata. Kui mitte, siis saab "
+"lihtsalt väljuda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin langetatud seadistamisvalikud jäetakse paigaldamise käigus meelde."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Paigaldamise käivitamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia LiveCD või LiveDVD paigaldamiseks kõvakettale või SSD-kettale "
+"klõpsake lihtsalt ikoonile \"Paigaldamine kõvakettale\". Ilmub näidatav "
+"ekraan ja seejärel samm <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks"
+"\">Partitsioneerimine</link>, nagu ka otsepaigalduse korral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia eemaldamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Õpetus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Mageia ei võida teie poolehoidu või paigaldamine ei kulge korralikult, "
+"võib tekkida soov sellest üldse lahti saada. Erinevalt mõnestki "
+"operatsioonisüsteemist Mageia arvestab teie sooviga ja võimaldab soovi "
+"korral ka endale täielikult selja keerata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete oma andmed varundanud, taaskäivitage Mageia DVD ja valige "
+"Päästesüsteem ning seejärel käsk Restore Windows boot loader. Järgmisel "
+"arvuti käivitamisel ongi teie käsutuses ainult Windows, mitte enam võimalus "
+"operatsioonisüsteemi valida."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ruumi tagasisaamiseks Windowsis, mida Mageia oma partitsioonide alla võttis, "
+"valige <code>Start -&gt; Control Panel -&gt; Administrative Tools -&gt; "
+"Computer Management -&gt; Storage -&gt; Disk Management</code>, mis avab "
+"partitsioonide haldamise tööriista. Mageia partitsiooni tunneb ära kirje "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel> ning samuti suuruse ja asukoha järgi kettal. "
+"Klõpsake mõnele Mageia partitsioonile hiire parema nupuga ja valige "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. Ruum vabanebki."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teil on XP, saate luua uue partitsiooni ja selle vormindada (kas FAT32 "
+"või NTFS-vormingusse). Uuele partitsioonile antakse oma täht."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Vista või 7 korral on veel üks võimalus: saab laiendada olemasolevat "
+"partitsiooni, mis asub vabanenud ruumist vasakul. Leidub ka teisi "
+"partitsioneerimistööriistu, mida saab kasutada, näiteks nii Windowsis kui ka "
+"Linuxis kättesaadav gparted. Nagu ikka partitsioonide muutmise korral, olge "
+"väga ettevaatlik ja kindlasti varundage eelnevalt kõik oma vähegi olulisemad "
+"andmed."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Kasutuseta materjali säilitamine või kustutamine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel sammul otsib paigaldusprogramm tarbetuid lokaadi- ja "
+"riistvarapakette. Seejärel tehakse ettepanek need kustutada. See on üldiselt "
+"hea mõte, kui te just ei valmistu paigalduseks sootuks teistsugusel "
+"riistvaral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Järgmisel sammul kopeeritakse failid kõvakettale. See võtab mõne minuti "
+"aega. Lõpus näeb mõnda aega tühja ekraani, millest ei tasu end heidutada "
+"lasta."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12834226
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Paigaldamine Live-andmekandjalt</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Jaanuar 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia ametlik dokumentatsioon</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0
+litsentsile <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
+CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui
+soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Paigaldamine Live-andmekandjalt</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See,
+millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus
+langetatud valikutest.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15ab000b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Paigaldamine Live-andmekandjalt</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See,
+millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus
+langetatud valikutest.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0
+litsentsile <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
+CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui
+soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7634fb50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Veebruar 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia ametlik dokumentatsioon</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0
+litsentsile <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
+CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui
+soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See,
+millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus
+langetatud valikutest.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63041419
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See,
+millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus
+langetatud valikutest.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0
+litsentsile <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
+CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui
+soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09e03b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">ISO-tõmmise valimine ja kasutamine</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
+    <para>Mageiat levitatakse ISO-tõmmiste kaudu. Siin leiab abi valimaks just sellist
+tõmmist, mis vastab teie vajadustele.</para>
+    <para>Andmekandjaid on kaht tüüpi:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Klassikaline paigaldusandmekandja. Selle käivitamise järel asutakse kohe
+paigaldamise juurde ning te saate valida, mida paigaldada ja kuidas süsteemi
+vastavalt seadistada. See annab maksimaalse paindlikkuse ja lubab luua
+kohandatud paigalduse, eriti just valida, millist töökeskkonda kasutama
+hakata.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Live-andmekandja: sel juhul saab andmekandja pealt käivitada toimiva Mageia
+süsteemi ilma seda paigaldamata, et näiteks näha, mida üldse
+pakutakse. Paigaldamine on lihtsam, aga ka valikuid on vähem.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Üksikasjadest kõneldakse järgmistes osades.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Andmekandjad</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Määratlus</title>
+      <para>Me nimetame siinkohal andmekandjaks ISO-tõmmisefaili, mis võimaldab
+paigaldada ja/või uuendada Mageiat, ning ühtlasi ka igasugust füüsilist
+seadet, millele ISO-tõmmis on kopeeritud.</para>
+      <para>ISO-tõmmised leiab <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">siit</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klassikalised paigaldusandmekandjad</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ühised omadused</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kasutavad traditsioonilist paigaldusprogrammi drakx</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Saab teha nii puhta paigalduse kui ka uuendada varasematelt väljalasetelt</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tervitusekraanil on saada mõned tööriistad: päästesüsteem, mälu testimine,
+riistvara tuvastamise tööriist</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Iga DVD sisaldab paljusid saadaolevaid töökeskkondi ja keeli</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Paigaldamise käigus lastakse valida, kas kasutada mittevaba tarkvara või
+mitte</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live-andmekandjad</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ühised omadused</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Saab tarvitada distributsiooni tundmaõppimiseks ilma seda kohe kõvakettale
+paigaldamata, aga soovi korral siiski ka Mageia paigaldamiseks</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Iga ISO sisaldab ainult üht töökeskkonda (Plasma, GNOME või Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">LiveISO-sid saab kasutada ainult puhta paigalduse,
+mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisaldavad mittevaba tarkvara</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Plasma LiveDVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ainult Plasma töökeskkond.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisaldab kõiki keeli</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ainult 64-bitine arhitektuur</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>GNOME LiveDVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ainult GNOME töökeskkond</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisaldab kõiki keeli</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ainult 64-bitine arhitektuur</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Xfce LiveDVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ainult Xfce töökeskkond.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisaldab kõiki keeli</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32- või 64-bitine arhitektuur</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>CD-d ainult alglaadimiseks</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ühised omadused</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Need on väikesed tõmmised, mis sisaldavad vaid tarkvara, mida on vaja
+paigaldusprogrammi drakx käivitamiseks ning ISO-faili leidmiseks, et siis
+jätkata paigaldamisega. ISO-failid võivad asuda arvuti kõvakettal, mõnel
+muul kohalikul kettal, kohalikus võrgus või internetis.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Need andmekandjad on väga väikesed (alla 100 MB) ja abiks siis, kui
+internetiühenduse maht on liiga väike terve DVD allalaadimiseks, arvuti on
+ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ainult inglise keeles</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisaldab ainult vaba tarkvara neile, kes ei ole nõus mittevaba tarkvara
+kasutama</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisaldab mittevaba tarkvara (peamiselt draiverid, koodekid jms.) neile, kes
+seda vajavad</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Andmekandja allalaadimine ja kontrollimine</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Allalaadimine</title>
+      <para>Kui olete sobiva ISO-faili valinud, saab selle alla laadida kas HTTP või
+BitTorrenti vahendusel. Mõlemal juhul annab aken mõningat teavet, näiteks
+kasutatava peegelsaidi ja võimaluse kohta seda vahetada, kui ribalaius on
+liiga väike. HTTP valimise korral peaks pilt olema umbes selline:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum ja sha1sum on tööriistad ISO terviklikkuse kontrollimiseks. Kasutada
+tuleks ainult üht neist. Hoidke üks neist varuks <link
+linkend="integrity">edasiseks kasutamiseks</link>. Seejärel ilmub selline
+aken:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Märkige raadionupp Salvestama.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Allalaaditud andmekandja terviklikkuse kontrollimine</title>
+      <para>Mõlemad kontrollsummad on kuueteistkümnendarvud, mis arvutatakse kindla
+algoritmiga allalaaditava faili põhjal. Kui paluda algoritmil arv uuesti
+leida allalaaditud faili põhjal, saab tulemuseks kas sama arvu, mis
+tähendab, et allalaaditud fail on korras, või siis mõne muu arvu, mis
+tähendab, et see ei ole korras. Viimasel juhul tuleks fail uuesti alla
+laadida või püüda see BitTorrenti abil parandada.</para>
+      <para>Avage konsool (selleks ei pea olema administraator) ja kirjutage:</para>
+      <para>- md5sum kasutamiseks: [minukonto@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+tõmmisefail.iso/asukoht</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- sha1sum kasutamiseks: [minukonto@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+tõmmisefail.iso/asukoht</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>ja võrrelge arvutis saadud arvu (võimalik, et peate natuke ootama) Mageia
+allalaadimissaidil näidatuga:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>ISO kirjutamine</title>
+    <para>Kontrollitud ISO võib nüüd kirjutada CD-le, DVD-le või USB-pulgale. See ei
+ole tavaline kopeerimine, vaid eesmärk on luua käivitatav andmekandja.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>ISO kirjutamine CD-le või DVD-le</title>
+      <para>Kasutage soovikohast kirjutamisprogrammi, aga kontrollige kindlasti, et
+seade oleks määratud <emphasis role="bold">kirjutama tõmmist</emphasis>,
+mitte aga andmeid või faile. Rohkem teavet leiab <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wikist</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>ISO kirjutamine USB-pulgale</title>
+      <para>Kõik Mageia ISO-d on hübriidsed, mis tähendab, et neid saab kirjutada ka
+USB-pulgale, mis on käivitatav ja mille pealt saab süsteemi paigaldada.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>Tõmmise kirjutamine USB-pulgale hävitab kõik varasemad failisüsteemid
+seadmes, kõik andmed lähevad kaotsi ja partitsiooni suurus väheneb tõmmise
+suurusele.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Algse mahu taastamiseks tuleb USB-pulk uuesti partitsioneerida ja
+vormindada.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Graafilise tööriista kasutamine Mageias</title>
+        <para>Kasutada võib mõnda graafilist tööriista, näiteks <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link>.</para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Graafilise tööriista kasutamine Windowsis</title>
+        <para>Võite proovida järgmisi programme:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> valikuga
+"ISO image";</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Käsurea kasutamine GNU/Linuxi süsteemis</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Käsitsi toimetamine on potentsiaalselt *ohtlik*. Kui seadme ID valesti anda,
+võib ketta partitsiooni sootuks üle kirjutada.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Samuti võib kasutada konsoolis tööriista dd:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Avage konsool</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Võtke administraatori õigused käsuga <userinput>su -</userinput> (ärge
+unustage kriipsukest lõpus)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ühendage USB-pulk (ärge haakige seda, see tähendab ärge avage ühtegi
+rakendust või failihaldurit, mis seda lugeda võiks)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisestage käsk <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Teine võimalus on leida seadme nimi käsuga <code>dmesg</code>: lõpus näeb
+seadme nime, mille alguses seisab <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, antud juhul
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis>:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Leidke oma USB-pulga seadmenimi (suuruse järgi); näiteks toodud pildil on
+selleks <code>/dev/sdb</code>, mis on 8 GB suurune USB-pulk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisestage käsk # <userinput>dd if=ISO-faili/asukoht of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>kus X on teie seadme nimi, nt: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Näide: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sisestage käsk: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Eemaldage USB-pulk, kõik on valmis</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b503fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Litsentsileping</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt
+läbi litsentsi tingimused.</para>
+
+    <para>Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application>
+distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda.</para>
+
+    <para>Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis
+<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest.  Klõps
+nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Väljalaskemärkmed</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas
+väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Väljalaskemärkmed</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8eaab6b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Administraatori (root) parooli määramine</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav
+määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt
+väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti
+kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt
+sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool
+on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool
+olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti
+kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja
+suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja
+väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Kasutaja lisamine</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril
+(root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste
+kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma
+arvutis teeb</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja
+ikooni.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku
+nime.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või
+lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi.
+<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja
+parooli. Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref
+linkend="givePassword"/>).</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda
+kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati
+ülal asuvasse kasti.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on nii
+lugemis- kui ka kirjutuskaitstud (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>Kõik vajalikud kasutajad saab lisada juba paigaldamise ajal
+<emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate
+haldamine</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Ligipääsuõigusi saab mõistagi muuta ka pärast paigaldamist.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Põhjalikum kasutajate haldamine</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab
+muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi.</para>
+    <para condition="classical"> Samuti saab siin lubada või keelata külaliskonto.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto
+all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad
+failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või
+keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat
+loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise
+kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida
+kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil
+lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge
+siia midagi kirjutage.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti
+arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge
+siia midagi kirjutage.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a55e325d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Siin on näha juba tuvastatud andmekandjad ehk tarkvarahoidlad. Võite lisada
+ka teisi allikaid, kust tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või
+internetist. Allikate valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab
+järgmistel etappidel kasutada.</para>
+
+  <para>Võrguallika korral tuleb lisaks ette võtta järgmised sammud:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Valida ja aktiveerida võrk, kui see veel ei tööta. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab
+kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja
+piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i
+määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Kui uuendate 64-bitist paigaldust, milles võib leiduda mõningaid 32-bitiseid
+rakendusi, on soovitatav sellel ekraanil lisada võrgupeegel, märkides
+selleks ära mõni pakutud võrguprotokoll. 64-bitise DVD ISO-tõmmis sisaldab
+ainult 64-bitiseid ja arhitektuurist sõltumatuid tarkvarapakette, mistõttu
+selle abil ei saa uuendada 32-bitiseid rakendusi. Kuid pärast võrgupeegli
+lisamist leiab paigaldusprogramm ise sealt üles vajalikud 32-bitised
+tarkvarapaketid.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36690764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Haakepunktide valimine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole
+<application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte
+muuta.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles
+juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul "Seade" ("Suurus", "Haakepunkt",
+"Tüüp").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Seade" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: "kõvaketas",
+["kõvakettanumber"(täht)], "partitsiooninumber" (näiteks "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst
+(näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja
+<literal>/var)</literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks
+<literal>/video</literal> partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või
+<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> cauldroni paigalduse
+<literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata
+jätta.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning
+märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval
+ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake
+<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult
+partitsioonid, mida DrakX soovitab, või rohkem.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a43b2f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Kellaaja seadistamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Siin tuleb valida, kas arvuti sisemine kell on seatud kohalikule ajale või
+UTC ehk standardajale.</para>
+
+  <para>Muude valikute kaadril leiab rohkem võimalusi kellaaega täpsemalt
+seadistada.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce9ec21b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Mageia laadimine Live-süsteemina</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Käivitamine andmekandjalt</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Kettalt</title></info><para>Algkäivituse võib teha otse andmekandjalt, millele olete kirjutanud oma
+tõmmise (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM vms). Tavaliselt tuleb andmekandja lihtsalt asetada
+CD/DVD-seadmesse ning alglaadur käivitab arvuti taaskäivitamise järel
+paigaldamise automaatselt. Kui seda ei juhtu, võib olla vajalik BIOS ümber
+seadistada või vajutada vastavat klahvi, mis võimaldab valida lisaseadme,
+millest arvuti käivitada.</para><para>Sõltuvalt teie riistvarast ja selle kehtivast seadistusest näete üht kahest
+alltoodud ekraanist.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">USB-pulgalt</title></info><para>Algkäivituse saab teha USB-pulgalt, millele kirjutasite
+ISO-tõmmise. Sõltuvalt BIOS-e seadistusest võib arvuti otse käivituda
+USB-pulgalt, mis on masinaga ühendatud. Kui seda ei juhtu, võib olla vajalik
+BIOS ümber seadistada või vajutada vastavat klahvi, mis võimaldab valida
+lisaseadme, millest arvuti käivitada. </para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">BIOS-e/CSM-i/Pärandrežiimis</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Esimene ekraan BIOS-e režiimis algkäivitusel</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Keskel asuvas menüüs saab valida kolme võimaluse vahel:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Mageia laadimine: see tähendab, et Mageia 5 käivitatakse ühendatud
+andmekandjalt (CD/DVD või USB-pulk) ilma midagi kettale kirjutamata, mis
+ühtlasi tähendab, et kõik võib olla väga aeglane. Kui käivitamine on läbi,
+võite ka süsteemi kõvakettale paigaldada.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Mageia paigaldamine: sel juhul paigaldatakse Mageia kohe kõvakettale.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Alglaadimine kõvakettalt: sel juhul käivitatakse süsteem kõvakettal, nagu
+seda tehakse ka siis, kui andmekandjat (CD/DVD või USB-pulk) pole masinaga
+ühendatud (Mageia 5 puhul see ei toimi).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Allservas asuvas menüüs leiab alglaadimisvalikud:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Abi. Selgitab valikuid "splash", "apm", "acpi" ja "Ide".</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - keel. Ekraanil nähtava keele valimine.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - ekraanilahutus. Valida on tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom või Muu. Tavaliselt sooritatakse paigaldamine ühendatud
+paigaldusandmekandjalt. Siin saab valida ka muu allika, näiteks FTP- või
+NFS-serveri. Kui paigaldus sooritatakse SLP-serveriga võrgus, tuleb selle
+korral valida serveril saada olev paigaldusandmekandja.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - draiver. Jah või Ei. Süsteem on teadlik draiveriuuendusega lisaketta
+olemasolust ning nõuab selle paigaldamise käigus selle ühendamist.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - kerneli võtmed. Siin saab määrata konkreetseid võtmeid, mida vajavad
+teie riistvara ja kasutatavad draiverid.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">UEFI režiimis</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Esimene ekraan UEFI süsteemi käivitamisel kettalt</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Siin on ainult kaks valikut: Mageia käivitamine live-režiimis (esimene
+valik) või paigaldamine (teine valik).</para><para>Kui olete süsteemi laadinud USB-pulgalt, näeb veel kaht rida, mis on muidu
+samasugused nagu kaks esimest, ainult et lisatud on "USB". Siis tuleb valida
+üks neist.</para><para>Kõigil juhtudel on esimesteks sammudeks ühtmoodi keele, ajavööndi ja
+klaviatuuri valimine, seejärel aga lähevad asjad lahku <link
+linkend="testing">Live-režiimi lisasammude</link> tõttu.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7002ebdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Töölaua valimine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus
+saab valikut täpsustada.</para>
+
+  <para>Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal
+slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule
+<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või
+<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja
+tööriistu igale maitsele.  Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile
+ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis
+paigaldatakse vaikimisi.  <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks
+väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu
+pakette.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b692f285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Paketigruppide valimine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi
+tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende
+kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Tööjaam.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Graafiline keskkond.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või
+eemaldada.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks (nii X'i ja IceWM'iga kui ka ilma
+nendeta) annab <xref linkend="minimal-install"/>.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e9cfbd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Üksikpakettide valimine</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette.</para>
+
+    <para>Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas
+<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku
+(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili
+kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates
+paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6428f84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Teenuste seadistamine</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos
+süsteemi alglaadimisega.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi
+avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse
+kohta.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c915405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Ajavööndi seadistamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas
+ajavööndis teie lähedal.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule
+ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik
+oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e45b7940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt
+teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada.</para>
+
+  <para>Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja
+te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste
+parameetrite alusel: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>tootja</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>seejärel kaardi nimi</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ja lõpuks kaardi tüüp</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel
+andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva
+draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias.</para>
+
+  <para>Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi
+draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida,
+võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi.</para>
+
+  <para>Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada
+ainult käsurida.</para>
+
+  <para>Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis
+võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi
+kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel.</para>
+
+  <para>Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada.  Seda saab teha
+pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f9ed61c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete
+otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida,
+kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad
+selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>,
+<acronym>LXDE</acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema
+järgmised <acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged
+seadistused, kui näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi
+valinud, või kui arvate, et valik ei ole õige.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse
+korral loetelust oma kaart.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori
+nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või
+<guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>,
+kui eelistate käsitsi paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja
+ekraaniuuendussageduse.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada.</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab
+määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise
+ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida
+määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged,
+võite vastata "jah" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi,
+saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta,
+kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole,
+kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab
+mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bac057d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Monitori valimine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt
+teie monitori õigesti.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada
+monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast
+midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis>
+Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit:
+realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise
+sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel
+moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem
+tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride
+andmebaasi põhjal.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Tootja</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te
+teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste
+parameetrite alusel: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>tootja</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>monitori nimi</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>monitori kirjeldus</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @
+60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti
+sülearvutid. See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie
+videoriistvara ei suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa
+draiverit. Ka siin tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2c808fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil
+kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal>
+partitsioon. <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata
+krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua
+partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne
+alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale,
+on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub
+olema kolm salvestusseadet. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige
+<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul
+partitsioonil. Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti,
+suurust muuta või ka kustutada. <guibutton>Lülitu ekspertrežiimi</guibutton>
+(või <guibutton>Ekspertrežiim</guibutton>) pakub rohkem võimalusi, näiteks
+nime lisamine või partitsiooni tüübi valimine. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Jätkake, kuni kõik on nii, nagu soovite.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Kui kõik on valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Kui paigaldate Mageia UEFI süsteemi, kontrollige, kas ESP (EFI süsteemne
+partitsioon) on ikka olemas ja korrektselt haagitud asukohta /boot/EFI (vt
+tagapool).</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Kui paigaldate Mageia pärand/GPT süsteemi, kontrollige, kas korrektse
+tüübiga BIOS-e alglaadimispartitsioon on ikka olemas.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5c0130e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partitsioneerimine</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida
+DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application>
+paigaldamiseks.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja
+sisust.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning
+neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Vaba ruumi kasutamine</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada
+uuele Mageia paigaldusele.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib
+paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi
+leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha
+kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse
+vähendamine. Partitsioon peab olema "puhas", see tähendab Windows peab olema
+viimasel korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema
+defragmenteeritud, ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt,
+mida Mageia paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast
+ongi äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada.</para><para>Selle valiku korral näitab paigaldusprogramm alles jäävat Windowsi
+partitsiooni helesinisena ja tulevast Mageia partitsiooni tumesinisena ning
+nende all näeb kavandatud suurusi. Ühtlasi on teil võimalus neid suurusi
+muuta, klõpsates partitsioonide vahel asuvale tühialale ja seda
+lohistades. Seda näitab allolev pilt.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Kogu ketta tühjendamine ja kasutamine</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge
+ettevaatlik!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba
+kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal
+või -ketastel paigaldatakse.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partitsiooni suurus:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Paigaldusprogramm jagab saadaoleva ruumi ära järgmiste reeglite kohaselt:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Kui kokku on saadaval alla 50 GB, luuakse ainult üks partitsioon / jaoks
+ning /home jaoks eraldi partitsiooni ei looda.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Kui kokku on saadaval üle 50 GB, luuakse kolm partitsiooni</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 saadaolevast koguruumist eraldatakse / jaoks maksimaalse suurusega 50
+GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 eraldatakse saalealaks maksimaalse suurusega 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>ülejäänu (vähemalt 12/19) eraldatakse /home jaoks</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>See tähendab, et kui ruumi on 160 GB või rohkem, loob paigaldusprogramm kolm
+partitsiooni: 50 GB / jaoks, 4 GB saaleala jaoks ja ülejäänu /home jaoks.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Kui kasutate UEFI süsteemi, tuvastatakse automaatselt ESP (EFI süsteemne
+partitsioon) või see luuakse, kui seda pole, ja haagitakse asukohas
+/boot/EFI. Valik "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda" on ainuke, mis lubab
+kontrollida, kas seda on õigesti tehtud.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Kui kasutate pärandsüsteemi (tuntud ka kui CSM või BIOS) GPT-kettaga, tuleb
+luua BIOS-e alglaadimispartitsioon, kui seda veel ei ole. See on umbes 1 MiB
+suurune partitsioon ilma haakepunktita. Selle loomiseks valige "<xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/>" ja looge see nagu iga teine partitsioon, ainult et
+valige failisüsteemiks BIOS boot partition.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid
+varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara
+puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat
+partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast
+soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt
+partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks
+gparted.</para>
+    <para>"Align to" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks
+paarisarv.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5414c7e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Õnnitleme!</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja
+seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti
+taaskäivitada.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava
+operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse
+automaatselt teie uus Mageia.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Tundke rõõmu ja nautige!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite
+anda oma panuse Mageia edusse.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ee0453a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Tulemüür</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">Siin saab paika panna mõned lihtsad tulemüüri reeglid, mis määravad kndlaks,
+millist laadi teavet internetist sihtsüsteem vastu võtab. See omakorda
+võimaldab süsteemi vastavatele teenustele ligi pääseda ka internetist.</para>
+
+  <para>Vaikimisi ei ole ükski nupp märgitud, mis tähendab, et võrgust ei ole
+kättesaadav ükski süsteemi teenus. Nupul <emphasis>Kõik (tulemüür
+puudub)</emphasis> on eriline tähendus: see võimaldab ligipääsu masina
+kõigile teenustele. Paigaldamise ajal ei ole seda küll väga mõtet valida,
+sest nii on tulemuseks täiesti kaitsmata süsteem. Seda võimalust on mõnikord
+mõistlik valida juba töötavas süsteemis Mageia juhtimiskeskuses (kus
+kasutatakse graafiliselt samasugust liidest) kõigi tulemüüri reeglite
+ajutiseks tühistamiseks näiteks testimise või silumise eesmärgil.</para>
+
+  <para>Kõigi muude märkekastide juures olev tekst peaks enda eest rääkima. Näiteks
+on mõtet märkida "CUPS-i server", kui soovite, et masinaga ühendatud
+printerid oleksid kättesaadavad ka võrgust.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Muud valikud</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Märkekastid võimaldavad sisse või välja lülitada ainult kõige levinumaid
+teenuseid. Nupuga "Muud valikud" saab lubada või keelata ka neid teenuseid,
+mille jaoks eraldi märkekasti ei ole. Nupule <emphasis>Muud
+valikud</emphasis> klõpsates avaneb aken, kus saab lubada terve rea
+teenuseid, kui kirjutada need tühikutega eraldatult järgmiselt</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;pordi-number>/&lt;protokoll></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;pordi-number></emphasis> on sisselülitatavale teenusele
+omistatud pordi väärtus (nt. 873 RSYNC-i teenuse puhul), nagu seda määratleb
+<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protokoll></emphasis> on kas <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> või
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - teenuse kasutatav internetiprotokoll.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Näiteks RSYNC-i teenuse kasutamiseks peab kirje niisiis olema kujul
+<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Kui teenus võib kasutada mõlemat protokolli, tuleb samale pordile ka mõlemad
+2 määrata.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff4333c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Vormindamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed
+partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud,
+säilivad.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid,
+millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake
+<guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja
+siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal
+saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks
+<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25a2d1dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Uuendused</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on
+mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida
+ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või
+kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8599b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Mageia paigaldusprogramm DrakX</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud
+kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või
+uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne.</para>
+
+  <para>Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab
+paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Paigaldusprogrammi avaekraan</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Mageia DVD kasutamine</title>
+
+      <para>Siin on näha Mageia DVD vaikimisi tervitusekraanid: esimest näeb UEFI
+süsteemi, teist pärandsüsteemi korral.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Sellel ekraanil pääseb valikute juurde, kui vajutada tähte "e", mis avab
+redigeerimisrežiimi. Nähtavale ekraanile tagasipääsemiseks vajutage klahvi
+"Esc", et väljuda salvestamata, või klahvi "Ctrl" või "F10", et väljuda
+tehtud valikuid salvestades.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Sellel ekraanil on võimalik määrata mõned isiklikud eelistused:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Keel (ainult paigaldamiseks, võib erineda süsteemile valitavast keelest)
+klahvile F2 vajutades (ainult tavapärases süsteemis)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Valige nooleklahvidega liikudes keel ja vajutage klahvile Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Siin on näiteks LiveDVD/CD eestikeelne tervitusekraan. Pange tähele, et
+LiveDVD/CD menüüs ei ole kirjeid, nagu <guilabel>Päästesüsteem</guilabel>,
+<guilabel>Mälu testimine</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Riistvara tuvastamise
+tööriist</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Muuta ekraanilahutust klahvile F3 vajutades (ainult tavapärases süsteemis)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Lisada mõningaid kerneli võtmeid, vajutades klahvile <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> tavapärase süsteemi ja klahvile <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> UEFI süsteemi korral.</para>
+
+            <para>Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida,
+kasutades mõnda lisavõtit. Klahviga F6 avatav menüü toob nähtavale tekstirea
+<guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel> ja pakub nelja valikut:</para>
+
+            <para>- Vaikimisi, mille korral vaikimisi võtmeid ei muudeta.</para>
+
+            <para>- Vaikimisi, mille korral vaikimisi võtmeid ei muudeta.</para>
+
+            <para>- Ilma ACPI-ta, mille korral toitehalduse valikuid ei arvestata.</para>
+
+            <para>- Ilma kohaliku APIC-ta, mis puudutab CPU katkestusi. Valige see siis, kui
+seda nõutakse.</para>
+
+            <para>Mõnda neist valikutest valides muutuvad vaikimisi võtmed, mida näeb real
+<guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Mõne Mageia väljalaske puhul võib juhtuda, et klahviga F6 valitud kirjeid ei
+näe real <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>, aga neid siiski
+arvestatakse.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Lisada veel rohkem kerneli võtmeid klahvile F1 vajutades (ainult tavapärases
+süsteemis)</para>
+
+            <para>Klahvile F1 vajutades ilmub uus aken saadaolevate võtmetega. Valige neist
+vajalik nooleklahvidega ja vajutage klahvile Enter üksikasjade nägemiseks
+või klahvile Esc tervitusekraani juurde naasmiseks.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Siin on näidatud võtme splash üksikasjaliku kirjelduse aken. Vajutage
+klahvile Esc või valige <guilabel>Tagasi alglaadimise sätete
+juurde</guilabel>, et minna tagasi võtmete loendisse. Võtmeid saab lisada
+käsitsi reale <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Abi tõlgitakse keelde, mis on valitud klahviga F2.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Täpsemat teavet kerneli võtmete kohta tavapärases ja UEFI süsteemis leiab
+meie Wiki-lehelt <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Juhtmega võrgu kasutamine</title>
+
+      <para>Selline on vaikimisi tervitusekraan juhtmega võrgu põhise paigalduse CD
+(netinstall.iso või netinstall-nonfree.iso tõmmis) kasutamisel:</para>
+
+      <para>See ei võimalda muuta keelt ning saadaolevad võtmed on loetletud
+ekraanil. Rohkem teavet juhtmega võrgu põhise paigaldamise CD kasutamise
+kohta leiab <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia Wikist</link>.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Klaviatuuripaigutus on Ameerika-pärane.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Paigaldamise etapid</title>
+
+    <para>Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani
+külgpaneelil.</para>
+
+    <para>Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp
+<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini
+vajalikud valikud.</para>
+
+    <para>Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud
+etappi põhjalikumalt.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile
+taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon
+on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam
+varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav
+masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge
+tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Graafiline liides puudub</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne
+graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral.  Proovige kasutada madalamat
+ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik
+olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage
+avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER
+vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga "boot:".  Kirjutage "text"
+ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Paigaldamine hangub</title>
+
+      <para>Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi
+riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise
+vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale
+<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste
+võtmetega.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM-i probleem</title>
+
+      <para>Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti
+saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada
+parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks
+<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dünaamilised partitsioonid</title>
+
+      <para>Kui olete valinud oma kõvaketta vorminguks Microsoft Windowsi all "dynamic"
+tavalise "basic" asemel, siis arvestage, et Mageiat ei saa sellisele kettale
+paigaldada. Kuidas tavalisele kettavormingule tagasi minna, saab lugeda
+Microsofti dokumentatsioonist: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4cc6632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Sisselogimisekraan</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM-i sisselogimisekraan</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Lõpuks ilmub sisselogimisekraan.</para><para>Kirjutage oma kasutajanimi ja parool ning mõne hetke pärast ilmub teie ette
+juba KDE või GNOME töölaud vastavalt sellele, millist live-andmekandjat te
+kasutate. Nüüd võite oma vastset Mageiat kasutama hakata.</para><para>Rohkem teavet leiab <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia
+wikist</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2cec57fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks
+valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke
+hoidlaid. Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on
+järgmistel etappidel võimalik paigaldada.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest
+see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette,
+mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise
+lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi "mittevaba" ehk "non-free"). Näiteks
+sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke draivereid,
+mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab
+pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa
+tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need
+võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja
+autoriõiguseseadusi. Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide
+esitamiseks vajalikud multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks
+vajalikud paketid jms.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..554ab5d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimaalne paigaldus</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset
+paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Soovi korral võite samal ekraanil ära märkida valiku "Valik paketthaaval".</para>
+  <para>Minimaalne paigaldus on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub
+<application>Mageia</application> jaoks meeles midagi erilist, näiteks
+server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt oleks seda mõttekas kasutada
+koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist
+täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X.</para>
+  <para>Kui märkida "X'iga", paigaldatakse ka kergekaaluline töökeskkond IceWM.</para>
+  <para>Baasdokumentatsioon tähendab man- ja info-lehekülgi. See sisaldab <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Projecti</link> manuaalilehekülgi ja paketi <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info-lehekülgi.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83783dfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Seadistuste kokkuvõte</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie
+valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata
+ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Rusikareeglina on soovitatav kasutada vaikimisi seadistusi - välja arvatud
+kolmel erandjuhul:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>on teada, et vaikeseadistused tekitavad probleeme</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>vaikeseadistusi on juba proovitud ja need ei andnud soovitud tulemust</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>veel midagi, millest on üksikasjalikumalt juttu allpool</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Süsteemi parameetrid</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Ajavöönd</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda
+muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Riik / Piirkond</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks
+parandada. Vt <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX langetab tavaliselt alglaaduri osas hea ja õige valiku.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grub2 seadistada, ei tasu siin
+midagi muuta.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Kasutajate haldamine</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku
+<literal>/home</literal> kataloogi.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Teenused</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal
+(deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi
+arvuti enam korralikult töötada.</para>
+
+        <para>Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Riistvara parameetrid</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Klaviatuur</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud
+asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Kui panete tähele, et klaviatuuripaigutus on vale ja tahate seda muuta,
+pidage meeles, et muutuvad ka paroolid.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Hiir</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri,
+puuteplaate jms.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus
+valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu
+draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Graafiline kasutajaliides</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Siin saab seadistada graafikakaarte ja monitore.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Võrgu- ja internetiparameetrid</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Võrk</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad
+mittevabu draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust
+<application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud
+mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud
+kaarti jälgitaks.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Puhverserverid</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab
+panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma
+süsteemiadministraatoriga.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Turvalisus</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Turbetase</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks
+kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne).</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Valige tase, mis paistab Teie vajadusi kõige paremini rahuldavat.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Tulemüür</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate
+röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub
+mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite. Täpsemat teavet
+vt <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f4828839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Taaskäivitamine</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Kui alglaadur on paigaldatud, palutakse teil arvuti seisata, Live-CD
+eemaldada ja arvuti taaskäivitada. Klõpsake nupule <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton></emphasis> ja talitage, nagu
+nõutud - ning <emphasis role="bold">just sellises järjekorras!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Taaskäivitamise järel näete allalaadimise edenemisribasid. Need annavad
+märku, et parajasti laaditakse alla tarkvaraallikaid (vt täpsemalt
+tarkvarahalduse osast).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cedd60fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1"><application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni
+suuruse muutmine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+partitsiooni.  Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi
+<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..baab2bd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Turbetase</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima
+vaikimisi määratu.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta
+Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9269be1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Riigi / piirkonna valimine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele
+seadistustele, näiteks vääring või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale
+riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et te ei saagi juhtmeta võrku kasutada.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud
+valikud</guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas,
+siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks
+valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX
+arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Sisestusmeetod</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi
+(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate
+märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi
+sisestusmeetod, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama.  Teised
+sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning
+neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP
+andmekandja.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha
+pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides "Arvuti seadistamine" ->
+"Süsteem" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d062109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Paigaldamine või uuendamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Paigaldamine</para>
+
+      <para>Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application>
+paigaldamise.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Uuendamine</para>
+
+      <para>Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud
+<application>Mageia</application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale
+väljalaskele uuendada.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia
+versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus
+praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia
+versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse
+paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus
+paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma
+<literal>home</literal>-partitsioon).</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile
+taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon
+on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam
+varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav
+masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge
+tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab "Paigaldamise või
+uuendamise" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda
+hilisema paigalduse käigus.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc8f20b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Klaviatuur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei
+leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu
+klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on,
+uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri
+küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti
+võib uurida veebilehekülge <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks
+<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton>
+klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud
+mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse
+ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis
+palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina
+klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75cbb2c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Klaviatuuri valimine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Teil palutakse määrata klaviatuuripaigutus, mida soovite Mageias
+kasutada. Vaikimisi valitu vastab keelele ja ajavööndile, mille varem
+valisite.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6c00c137
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Kasutatava keele valimine</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi.
+<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii
+paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Valige vajalik keel.  <application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud
+valikut nii paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste
+kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele
+valimine</guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on
+uute keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil
+eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik
+paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode).</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Selle võib keelata "mitme keele valimise" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see
+teie keelele kohe üldse ei sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile
+paigaldatavatele keeltele.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia
+juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6fe43ba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Hiire valimine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Kui te ei ole rahul oma hiire tööga, saate siit valida mõne teise.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> -
+<guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>,
+et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb61bd3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Alglaaduri põhiseadistused</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Alglaaduri liides</title>
+
+    <para>Vaikimisi kasutab Mageia üht kahest võimalusest:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (graafilise menüüga või ilma selleta) pärand/MBR või pärand/GPT
+süsteemi korral</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi UEFI süsteemi korral</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Mageia graafiline menüü näeb kena välja :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 pärand/MBR ja pärand/GPT süsteemis</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Ärge muutke "Alglaadimisseadet", kui te pole täiesti kindel, et teate, mida
+teete.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi UEFI süsteemis</title>
+
+      <para>UEFI süsteemi korral on kasutajaliides pisut teistsugune, sest te ei saa
+valida graafilise menüü kasutamist või kasutamata jätmist.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Kui Mageia on ainuke süsteem, mis on teie arvutisse paigaldatud, loob
+paigaldusprogramm ESP (EFI süsteemse partitsiooni) alglaaduri (Grub2-efi)
+tarbeks. Kui arvutisse on juba paigaldatud UEFI operatsioonisüsteeme
+(näiteks Windows 8), tuvastab Mageia paigaldusprogramm Windowsi loodud ESP
+ja lisab sellele Grub2-efi. ESP-sid võib küll põhimõtteliselt olla ka mitu,
+aga väga soovitatav on siiski kasutada ainult üht sõltumata sellest, kui
+palju on arvutis operatsioonisüsteeme.</para>
+
+      <para>Ärge muutke "Alglaadimisseadet", kui te pole täiesti kindel, et teate, mida
+teete.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine</title>
+
+    <para>Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia sõltuvalt süsteemist uue:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 alglaaduri kas Teie esimese kõvaketta MBR-i (Master Boot Record) või
+BIOS-e alglaadepartisioonile</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi alglaaduri ESP-le</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Kui arvutisse peaks olema paigaldatud teisigi operatsioonisüsteeme, püüab
+Mageia lisada need oma alglaadimismenüüsse. Kui Te seda ei soovi, klõpsake
+<guibutton>Järgmine</guibutton> ja eemaldage märge kastikesest
+<guilabel>Võõraste operatsioonisüsteemide otsimine</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine</title>
+
+    <para>Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile,
+väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase
+alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle
+automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi
+dokumentatsiooni.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Ahellaadimise kasutamine</title>
+
+    <para>Kui Te ei soovi alglaaditavat Mageiat, vaid tahate seda laadida mõnest
+teisest operatsioonisüsteemist, siis klõpsake
+<guibutton>Järgmine</guibutton>, seejärel <guibutton>Muu</guibutton> ja
+märkige ära kastike <guilabel>ESP-i ega MBR-i ei puudutata</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Näete hoiatust, et alglaadur puudub. Eirake seda ja klõpsake
+<guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Valikud</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Esimene kaart</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Ooteaeg alglaadimisel</guilabel>: selles kastis saab panna paika,
+kui mitu sekundit oodatakse, enne kui käivitatakse vaikimisi
+operatsioonisüsteem.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>: siin saab määrata alglaaduri
+parooli. Sellisel juhul küsitakse alglaadimise ajal kasutajanime ja parooli,
+kui soovite valida mõnda alglaadimiskirjet või seadistusi
+muuta. Kasutajanimeks on "root", parooli saate siin ise määrata.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: selles kastis saab parooli kindlaks määrata.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb parool teist korda
+kirjutada, mille järel Drakx kontrollib, kas see ikka sobib kokku sellega,
+mille sisestasid esimesel korral.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>ACPI lubamine:</guilabel> ACPI (täiustatud konfiguratsiooni- ja
+toiteliides) on toitehalduse standard. See võib säästa energiat, lülitades
+välja kasutamata seadmed. Sama meetodit kasutas varem APM. Selle valimata
+jätmine võib aga olla kasulik, kui Teie arvuti ei toeta ACPI-t või Te
+arvate, et ACPI võib põhjustada mingeid probleeme (näiteks suvalisi
+taaskäivitusi või süsteemi hangumisi).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>SMP lubamine</guilabel>: see valik lülitab sisse või välja
+sümmeetrilise mitmiktöötluse mitme tuumaga protsessorite korral.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>APIC lubamine</guilabel>: selle lubamine või keelamine annab
+operatsioonisüsteemile või võtab sellelt ligipääsu täiustatud
+programmeeritavale katkestuste kontrollerile. APIC-seadmed võimaldavad
+keerulisemaid prioriteedi määramise mudeleid ja täiustatud IRQ
+(katkestusnõuded) haldamist.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Kohaliku APIC lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või keelata
+kohaliku APIC, mis haldab kõiki konkreetse protsessori väliseid katkestusi
+SMP-süsteemis.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Järgmine kaart</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Vaikimisi:</guilabel> vaikimisi käivitatav operatsioonisüsteem.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Lisaargumendid:</guilabel> siin saab edastada kernelile vajalikku
+teavet või lasta kernelil alglaadimise ajal anda rohkem teavet.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Võõraste operatsioonisüsteemide otsimine</guilabel>: vt eespool
+osa <link linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Mageia alglaaduri
+kasutamine</link>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Videorežiim:</guilabel> siin saab määrata ekraani suuruse ja
+värvisügavuse, mida alglaadur kasutab. Allapoole kolmnurgale klõpsates saab
+vaiida muute suuruse ja värvisügavuse valikute seast.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">ESP-i ega MBR-i ei puudutata</emphasis>: vt eespool
+osa <link linkend="setupChainLoading">Ahellaadimise kasutamine</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..819d295e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Selleks tuleb käsitsi muuta faili /boot/grub2/custom.cfg või kasutada
+rakendust grub-customizer (selle leiab Mageia tarkvarahoidlast).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Täpsemat teavet annab meie wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ed58bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">SCSI seadistamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI
+kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit
+ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI
+seadmed teil on.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43bb72f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Heli seadistamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie
+helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver.</para>
+
+  <para>Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast
+paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või
+käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil
+<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal
+asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <para>Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk "Heli seadistamise" tööriistas nupule
+<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule <guibutton>Probleemi
+otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle
+saada.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Muud valikud</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> võib paigaldamise
+ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu
+draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale.</para>
+
+    <para>Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule
+<guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2cac76a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite
+kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse
+kõik andmed.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c500c65d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Mageia proovimine Live-süsteemina</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live-režiim</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>See ekraan ilmub, kui valida "Mageia laadimine". Kui seda ei juhtu, jõuate
+sammu <link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitsioneerimine</link> juurde.</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Riistvara järeleproovimine</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Üks Live-režiimi eesmärke on järele proovida, kas Mageia suudab riistvara
+korrektselt hallata. Sel juhul saab näiteks Mageia juhtimiskeskuse riistvara
+sektsioonis kontrollida, kas ikka kõigil seadmetel on draiver olemas. Järele
+saab proovida enamiku seadmeid:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>võrguliides: seda aitab seadistada net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>videokaart: kui nägite eelmist ekraani, on sellega kõik korras</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>veebikaamera</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>helikaart: mingi kõll on juba kõlanud</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: seda saab seadistada ja testlehekülje välja trükkida</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>skanner: võimalik on dokument skannida</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Kui kõik on korras, võib paigaldamisega jätkata. Kui mitte, siis saab
+lihtsalt väljuda.</para>
+
+      <remark>Siin langetatud seadistamisvalikud jäetakse paigaldamise käigus meelde.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Paigaldamise käivitamine</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Mageia LiveCD või LiveDVD paigaldamiseks kõvakettale või SSD-kettale
+klõpsake lihtsalt ikoonile "Paigaldamine kõvakettale". Ilmub näidatav ekraan
+ja seejärel samm <link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitsioneerimine</link>,
+nagu ka otsepaigalduse korral.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69a66f9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia eemaldamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Õpetus</title>
+
+    <para>Kui Mageia ei võida teie poolehoidu või paigaldamine ei kulge korralikult,
+võib tekkida soov sellest üldse lahti saada. Erinevalt mõnestki
+operatsioonisüsteemist Mageia arvestab teie sooviga ja võimaldab soovi
+korral ka endale täielikult selja keerata.</para>
+
+    <para>Kui olete oma andmed varundanud, taaskäivitage Mageia DVD ja valige
+Päästesüsteem ning seejärel käsk Restore Windows boot loader. Järgmisel
+arvuti käivitamisel ongi teie käsutuses ainult Windows, mitte enam võimalus
+operatsioonisüsteemi valida.</para>
+
+    <para>Ruumi tagasisaamiseks Windowsis, mida Mageia oma partitsioonide alla võttis,
+valige <code>Start -&gt; Control Panel -&gt; Administrative Tools -&gt;
+Computer Management -&gt; Storage -&gt; Disk Management</code>, mis avab
+partitsioonide haldamise tööriista. Mageia partitsiooni tunneb ära kirje
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel> ning samuti suuruse ja asukoha järgi
+kettal. Klõpsake mõnele Mageia partitsioonile hiire parema nupuga ja valige
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. Ruum vabanebki.</para>
+
+    <para>Kui teil on XP, saate luua uue partitsiooni ja selle vormindada (kas FAT32
+või NTFS-vormingusse). Uuele partitsioonile antakse oma täht.</para>
+
+    <para>Vista või 7 korral on veel üks võimalus: saab laiendada olemasolevat
+partitsiooni, mis asub vabanenud ruumist vasakul. Leidub ka teisi
+partitsioneerimistööriistu, mida saab kasutada, näiteks nii Windowsis kui ka
+Linuxis kättesaadav gparted. Nagu ikka partitsioonide muutmise korral, olge
+väga ettevaatlik ja kindlasti varundage eelnevalt kõik oma vähegi olulisemad
+andmed.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf075f8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/et/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Kasutuseta materjali säilitamine või kustutamine</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Sellel sammul otsib paigaldusprogramm tarbetuid lokaadi- ja
+riistvarapakette. Seejärel tehakse ettepanek need kustutada. See on üldiselt
+hea mõte, kui te just ei valmistu paigalduseks sootuks teistsugusel
+riistvaral.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Järgmisel sammul kopeeritakse failid kõvakettale. See võtab mõne minuti
+aega. Lõpus näeb mõnda aega tühja ekraani, millest ei tasu end heidutada
+lasta.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63ba0f8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5114 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>, 2014
+# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014-2017
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-08-18 17:14+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"eu/)\n"
+"Language: eu\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Lizentzia Kontratua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz "
+"baldintzak eta lizentzia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari "
+"aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik "
+"<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko "
+"dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua "
+"berrabiaraziko da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Askapen Oharrak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Informazio garrantzitsua <application>Mageia</application> oharra honi buruz "
+"ematen da eta <guibutton>argitalpen oharrak</guibutton> botoian klik eginez "
+"daude eskuragarri."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "eu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete "
+"iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. "
+"Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek "
+"zehazten dute."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Sare iturri batentzat, bi pausu jarraitu beharko ditugu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Sarea aukeratzea eta aktibatzea, dagoeneko ez baldin badago."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratu ispilu bat, edo URL bat (lehen sarrera) zehaztu. Noiz ispilu "
+"zerbitzari bat hautatuta mageia biltegi administratze guztien aukeraketa "
+"sarbidea, hala nola nonfree, kutsatu eta eguneraketa biltegiak bezala. URL "
+"batekin, biltegi-zehatzak edo zure NFS instalazioa izenda dezakezu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"64 biteko instalazio bat eguneratzen ari bazara 32 biteko pakete batzuk izan "
+"ditzake, pantaila hau erabiltzea gomendatzen da online ispilu bat gehitzeko, "
+"hemengo Sare protokoloak bat markatuz. 64 biteko DVD ISOak 64 bit eta noarch "
+"paketeak soilik dauzka, ezin izango da 32 biteko paketerik eguneratzea. Hala "
+"eta guztiz ere, online ispilu bat gehitu ondoren, instalatzaileak beharrezko "
+"32 biteko paketeak han topatuko ditu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Administratzaile / supererabiltzaile pasahitz bat konfiguratzea "
+"gomendagarria da, Linux-en <emphasis>root pasahitz</emphasis> bezala "
+"ezagutzen den <application>Mageia</application> instalazio guztietarako . "
+"Pasahitz bat idazten duzun bitartean koadroan kolorez  gorritik horira eta "
+"berderaino pasahitzaren segurtasun mailaren arabera aldatuko den armarria "
+"agertuko da. Ezkutu berde bat erakusten segurtasun maila altua. Beheko "
+"koadroan errepikatu behar duzu, lehengo pasahitzean akatsik ez duzula egin "
+"egiaztatzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Pasahitz guztiak kasu sentikorrak dira, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta "
+"minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahastea pasahitz batean."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Sartu erabiltzaile bat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen erabiltzaile bat gehi daiteke. Erabiltzaile batek administratzaileak "
+"baino baimen gutxiago ditu, baina nahikoak Interneten nabigatzeko, aplikazio "
+"ofimatikoak erabiltzeko, jokatzeko eta erabiltzaile ertainak bere "
+"ordenagailuarekin edozer egiteko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, "
+"erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>:  Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu "
+"ezazu testu-kutxa honetan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako "
+"izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsioari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen "
+"benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena maiuskula eta "
+"minuskulei sentibera da.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza "
+"idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra "
+"adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere  <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko "
+"duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen "
+"pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, bai "
+"irakur eta idazteko babestutako etxe direktorioa izango du (umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Behar diren gehigarri guztiak gehitu ditzakezu <emphasis>Ezarpen - Laburpen</"
+"emphasis>step during the install. Aukeratu <emphasis>Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Sarbide baimena instalatu ondoren ere aldatu egin daiteke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Erabiltzailearen Kudeaketa Aurreratua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Botoi <guibutton>aurreratua</guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa gehitzen "
+"duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila eskaintzen zaio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Gainera, baliogabetu edo gaitu ahal izango duzu gonbidatu kontu bat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. "
+"Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat "
+"gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta "
+"erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino "
+"murritzagoak izaten dira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio "
+"erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-"
+"a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu "
+"aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik "
+"utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki "
+"bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez "
+"badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. "
+"Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze "
+"puntu alda ditzake."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) "
+"partizioa duzual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Gailua\" (\"Tamaina\", \"Muntatze "
+"puntua\", \"Mota\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko gogor zenbakia"
+"\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Partizio batzuk badituzu, muntai puntu ezberdinak aukera ditzakezu zerrenda "
+"zabaltzen, <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> eta <literal>/var</"
+"literal> bezalakoak. Zure muntatze puntuak ere egin ditzakezu, adibidez "
+"<literal>/video</literal> zure pelikulak gordetzeko partizio bezala, edo "
+"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> <literal>/home</literal> Cauldron "
+"instalazioko home partiziorako."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk sartu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi "
+"dezakezu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> zein aukeratu seguru ez bazau, eta "
+"ondoren markatu <guilabel>Partizio pertsonalizatua</guilabel>. Hurrengo "
+"pantailan, partizio batean klik egin dezakezu bere tamaina eta mota ikusteko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Muntatze puntu zuzenak direla ziur bazaude, egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</"
+"guibutton>, eta aukeratu formatua eman edo DrakX iradokitutako partizioa(k) "
+"gobernatu soilik edo baita batzuk gehiago nahi dituzun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Erlojuaren ezarpenak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Urrats honetan, zein ordutan dagoen zure barneko erloju ezarrita hautatu "
+"behar duzu, bai tokiko ordua edo UTC denbora."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Fitxa aurreratuan, erloju ezarpenei buruzko aukera gehiago aurkituko duzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Abiatu Mageia Zuzeneko sistema bezala"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Euskarria abiarazten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Diskotik"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuzenean abiarazi dezakezu irudia erre duzun (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM ...) "
+"baliabidetik. Normalean zure CD/DVD unitatean txertatzea besterik ez da "
+"behar instalazioa automatikoki abiarazteko ordenagailua berrabiarazi "
+"ondoren. Hori gertatzen ez bada BIOS-a konfiguratu beharko zenuke edo "
+"zeinetatik ordenagailua martxan jarriko den periferikoa aukeratzea eskainiko "
+"zaituen tekla bati zapaldu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Hardwarea eta konfiguratuta arabera nola dagoen, hurrengo bat edo bi "
+"pantailetako beste bat lortzen da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "USB gailu batetik"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure irudia ISO irauli duzun USB gailu horretatik abia dezakezu. Zure BIOS "
+"ezarpenen arabera, abiarazketa agian zuzenean USB gailua dagoeneko portu "
+"batean sartuta dagoela. Hori gertatzen ez bada BIOS-a konfiguratu beharko "
+"zenuke edo zeinetatik ordenagailua martxan jarriko den periferikoa "
+"aukeratzea eskainiko zaituen tekla bati zapaldu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "BIOS/CSM/Legacy moduan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Lehen pantaila BIOS moduan abiarazten den bitartean"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "Erdiko menuan, hiru ekintzen artean erabaki behar duzu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia Abiarazi: Horrek 5 Mageia konektatutako baliabidetik hasiko dela esan "
+"nahi du (CD / DVDa edo USB memoria) diskoan ezer idatzi gabe , beraz, "
+"sistema oso geldoa espero da. Behin abiatuta, instalazioa jarrai dezakezu "
+"disko gogor batean."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia Instalatu: aukera hau zuzenean instalatu egingo da Mageia disko "
+"gogorrean."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Disko gogorretik abiarazi: aukera honek aukera ematen du disko gogorretik "
+"abiarazteko, ohikoa den bezala, (CD/DVD edo USB) baliabidea konektatuta ez "
+"dagoenean. (Mageia 5-ean ez du funtzionatzen)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Menuaren azpikaldean, Abio Aukerak daude:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Laguntza. Azaldu aukerak \"splash\", \"APM\", \"acpi\" eta \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Hizkuntza. Aukeratu pantailen hizkuntza."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Pantailaren bereizmena. Aukeratu testua, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728 "
+"artean"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom edo besteak. Normalean, instalazioa txertatuko "
+"instalazio euskarri batetik egiten da. Hemen, hautatu beste iturri bat, FTP "
+"edo NFS zerbitzariak bezalakoa. Instalazioa zabaltzen baditu SLP zerbitzari "
+"batekin sare batean, hautatu instalazio iturria aukera honekin zerbitzarian "
+"eskuragarri."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Driver. Bai edo Ez. Sistemak disko optikoak ontrolatzailea "
+"eguneraketarik duen jakitun da eta instalazio prozesuan zehar txertatzeko "
+"eskatzen du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Kernel aukera. Hau zure hardware eta gidarien erabileraren araberako "
+"aukerak zehazteko modu bat da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "UEFI moduan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Lehen pantaila diskotik UEFI sistema abiaraztean"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera bakarra duzu Mageia Live moduan exekutatzeko (lehenengo aukera) edo "
+"instalazioa prozesatzeko (bigarren aukera)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"USB batetik abiarazi baduzu, hau da, aurreko lerroetako kopia bat bi lerro "
+"osagarrirekin lortzen dira \"USB\" atzizkiarekin. Haiek aukeratu behar "
+"dituzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kasu bakoitzean, lehen urrats bera aukeratu hizkuntza, ordu-eremua\n"
+"eta teklatua, ondoren, prozesu ezberina da, <link linkend=\"testing\">Live "
+"moduan urrats osagarriekin</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Idaztegi hautaketa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure "
+"aukera doitzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeraketa pusuen ondoren, paketeen instalazioan zehar aurkezpen bat ikusiko "
+"duzu. Aurkezpen hau <guilabel>Xehetasunak</guilabel> sakatuz desaktiba "
+"daiteke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Nahiago duzun idazmahaiko ingurunea, <application>KDE</application> edo "
+"<application>Gnome</application> aukera itzazu. Biek aplikazio erabilgarri "
+"eta tresna joko osoa dute. Pertsonalizatuta marka ezazu haietako bat edo "
+"biak erabili nahi ez badituzu, edo lehenetsi idazmahai ingurune bakoitzerako "
+"aukeratutako softwarea baino gehiago nahi baduzu. <application>LXDE</"
+"application> idazmahaia, gutxiago deitzen duen itxurakoa eta lehenetsi "
+"instalatutako pakete gutxiagorekin, aurreko beste biak baino arinagoa da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Pakete-taldearen hautapena"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketeak batera jarri dira zure beharren araberako aukeraketa asko "
+"errazteko. Taldeak intuizioz definitzen dira. Hala ere, informazio gehiago "
+"behar baduzu, besterik gabe, haiei buruzko informazio gehiago bistaratzen da "
+"talde bakoitzaren gainetik sagua pasatzean."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Lanpostua."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Zerbitzaria."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Ingurumen Grafikoa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu "
+"edo kentzeko paketeak."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> instalazio minimo bat egiteko "
+"argibideak (X &amp; IceWM -ekin edo gabe)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa "
+"pertsonalizatzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratu ondoren, orrialde amaierako <guibutton>diskete ikono</guibutton>an "
+"klikatu dezakezu zure pakete aukera gordetzeko (baita USB unitate batean "
+"gorde ditzake). Artxibo hau erabil dezakezu beste sistema batean pakete "
+"berak instalatzeko, kargatzeko instalazioan zehar botoi bera sakatuz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Zerbitzuak"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan "
+"ezar dezakezu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Badira lau talde, sakatu talde bateko aurreko triangeluan zabaltzeko eta "
+"zerbitzuak ikusteko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Aukeratutako DrakX ezarpenak onak izaten dira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info "
+"koadroan erakusten da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera ezazu zure ordu-eremua zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu "
+"zona berekoa aukeratuz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa "
+"ezagutzen dena ezartzeko aukera daukazu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Ordenagailuan sistema eragileren bat baino gehiago baduzu, ziurtatu guztiak "
+"bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Aukeratu X zerbitzari bat (Konfiguratu Txartel Grafikoa)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua  "
+"behar bezala identifikatuko du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein "
+"duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "hornitzailea"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "ondoren zure txartela izena"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "eta txartel mota"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Zure txartela ezin baduzu fabrikatzaile zerrendan aurkitu (oraindik datu-"
+"basean ez delako sartu edo txartela zaharra delako) kontrolatzaile egokia "
+"aurki dezakezu Xorg-en kategorian."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg-eko zerrendak generiko eta kode irekiko 40 kontrolatzaile baino gehiago "
+"hornitzen ditu bideo-txartelerako. Oraindik zure txartelerako kontrolatzaile "
+"egokia ez baduzu aurkitu, vesa kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko aukera duzu. "
+"Kontrolatzaile honek zure bideo-txartelerako oinarrizko ahalmena hornitzen "
+"du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontutan izan bateraezina kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte "
+"Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Bideo-txartel fabrikatzaile batzuek Nonfree biltegietan soilik aurkitzen "
+"diren jabedun kontrolatzaileak hornitzen dituzte Linux-erako. Kasu "
+"batzuetan, fabrikatzailearen webgunean aurkitzen dira soilik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura "
+"aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk Mageia-ren instalazio honetarako aukeratu duzun ingurune grafikoarekiko "
+"(idazmahai-ingurune bezala ere ezagututa) independenteki, guztiak "
+"erabiltzaile interfaze-sistema grafikoan oinarrituta daude<acronym>X Window "
+"Sistema</acronym> , edo  <acronym>X</acronym> soilik deitutakoa. Horrela, "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> "
+"edo beste edozein ingurune grafiko ondo funtzionatzeko, <acronym>X</acronym>-"
+"en hurrengo ezarpena egokia izan behar da. Aukeratu ezarpen egokia "
+"<application>DrakX</application>-ek ez duela ezer aukeratzen edo ez duela "
+"egoki aukeratu ikusten baduzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure "
+"txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Pantaila</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukera dezakezu "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> posible denean, edo <guilabel>Hornitzaile</"
+"guilabel> edo <guilabel>Generiko</guilabel> zerrendako zure pantaila "
+"aukeratu. Aukeratu <guilabel>pertsonalizatua</guilabel> pantailaren "
+"freskatze horizontaleko eta bertikaleko tasak eskuz jartzea nahiago baduzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Freskatze tasa okerra zure pantaila kaltetu dezake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan "
+"ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Froga</guibutton></emphasis>: Froga botoia ez da beti "
+"agertzen instalazioan zehar. Botoia baldin badago, bere ezarpenak kontrola "
+"ditzakezu hura sakatzen. Ezarpena egokia den galdera agertzen bada, \"bai\" "
+"erantzun dezakezu, eta ezarpenak gordeko dira. Ezer ikusten ez baduzu, "
+"ezarpenetako pantailara itzuli eta dena berriz konfiguratu ahal izango duzu "
+"proba baliozkoa izan arte. <emphasis>Ziurta ezazu konfigurazioa toki "
+"seguruan dagoela froga botoia eskuragarri ez badago</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera "
+"aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Aukeratu zure Pantaila"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala "
+"identifika dezake."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pantaila ezaugarri ezberdinak dituen bat aukeratzea zure pantaila "
+"edo bideo osagaiak kaltetu dezakete. Mesedez, ez zaitez saiatu ezer egiten "
+"zer egiten duzun jakin gabe.</emphasis> Zalantzarik izanez gero, kontsultatu "
+"zure pantailaren dokumentazioa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pertsonalizatua</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta "
+"sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala "
+"nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo "
+"horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure "
+"benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu "
+"baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta "
+"ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten "
+"saiatzen da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Hornitzailea</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun "
+"baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "pantailaren fabrikatzailearen izena"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "pantailaren deskribapena"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generikoa</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak "
+"eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila "
+"aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den "
+"bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa "
+"kontserbadorea izan behar da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure <literal>/</literal> partizioa enkriptatu nahi baduzu, bereiztutako  "
+"<literal>/boot</literal> partizio bat duzula ziurtatu behar duzu. <literal>/"
+"boot</literal> partizioaren enkriptatzea ez da erabili behar, bestela, zure "
+"sistema ez izango da abiarazi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen zure disko gogor(ren) egitura estutu. Partizioak gehitu eta kendu "
+"daitezke, partizio bateko sistema edo tamaina alda daiteke, eta \n"
+"haietan hasi baino lehen dagoena arren ikusi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Erlaitz bat dago disko gogor bakoitzerako edo antzemandako biltegiratze-"
+"sistemarako, USB unitatea bezala. Adibidez, sda, sdb eta sdc hiru aurkitzen "
+"badira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu "
+"partizio guztiak garbitzeko"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo "
+"aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo "
+"garbitu.  <guibutton>Aldatu aditu modura</guibutton> (edo <guibutton>Aditu "
+"modua</guibutton>) etiketa bat gehitu edo partizio-mota bat aukeratzeko "
+"bezalako tresna gehiago batzuk ematen ditu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Jarraitu dena zure nahiei egokitu arte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> prest zaudenean."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia instalatzen ari bazara UEFI sistema baten, egiaztatu ESP (EFI Sistema "
+"Partizioa) presente dagoela, eta behar bezala /boot/EFI-n muntatuta (ikus "
+"goian)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia Legacy/GPT sisteman instalatzen ari bazara, egiaztatu BIOSen abioko "
+"partizioa dagoela eta mota zuzena duela"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partizioa egiten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila honetan zure disko gogor(ren) edukia ikus dezakezu eta DrakX "
+"partizio morroiak <application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko aurkitu "
+"duen tokia ikusi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Beheko zerrendatik erabilgarri dauden aukerak bereziki aldatuko dira zure "
+"disko gogor(rren) diseinu eta edukien arabera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Lehendik dauden Partizioak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu "
+"egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Erabili Espazio Hutsa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau "
+"erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, "
+"instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hau zure Mageia-ren instalazio berrirarentzako lekua uzteko modu "
+"erabilgarria izan daiteke, baina eragiketa arriskutsua da, beraz, fitxategi "
+"garrantzitsuen babeskopia egin behar duzu!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontutan prozedura hori dakar Windows partizioaren tamaina murrizteko. "
+"Partizio honek \"garbi \" egon beharko du, hau da, Windows azken aldiz "
+"erabili denean ondo itxita egon behar du. Halaber desfragmentatuta egon "
+"behar du, baina horrek ez du bermatzen partizioko fitxategi guztiak mugitu "
+"egin direla erabiliko den eremutik kanpo. Hori dela eta, Guztiz "
+"gomendagarria da zure fitxategi pertsonalaren babeskopia bat egitea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera honekin instalatzailea gainerako Windows-en partizioa  urdin argiz "
+"eta etorkizuneko Mageia partizioa urdin ilunez euren xede tamainekin "
+"erakusten ditu. Tamaina hauek egokitzeko aukera duzu klik eginez eta "
+"partizioen arteko hutsunea arrastatuz. Ikusi beheko pantaila."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Ezabatu eta erabili disko osoa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz "
+"ibili!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Diskoko zati bat beste zerbaitetan erabili edo jada galdu nahi ez duzun "
+"informazioa baduzu,, ez ezazu aukera hau erabili."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Disko-partizio pertsonalizatua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko "
+"gogorrean."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partizioaren tamaina:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak eskuragarri dauden leku partekatuko ditu honako arauen "
+"arabera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Eskuragarri dagoen leku guztia 50GB baino gutxiago bada, partizio bat baino "
+"ez da sortuko /, ez baitago /home partizioa bereizita ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Eskuragarri dagoen leku guztia 50GB baino gehiago baldin bada, orduan, hiru "
+"partizio sortuko dira"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 erabateko espazio libretik /-ra esleitzen da 50 GB-ko gehiengoarekin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 4 GB gehienez trukatzeko esleitzen da"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "gainerakoa (gutxienez 12/19) da / home-ra esleitzen da"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Horrek esan nahi du 160 GB-tik eta gehiago eskuragarri, instalatzaileak hiru "
+"partizio sortuko dituela: 50GB /-rako , 4 GB swap-rako eta gainontzekoa /"
+"home-entzako."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"UEFI sistema bat erabiltzen ari bazara, ESP (EFI sistema partizioa) "
+"automatikoki detektatu egingo da, edo sortu ez bada existitzen oraindik, "
+"eta /boot/EFI-n muntatu. \"Disko partizio pertsonalizatua\" aukerak "
+"arrakastaz bete dela frogatzen du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Zenbait disko gogor berri 4096-byteko sektore logikoak erabilitzen dituzte, "
+"512 byte estandarraren ordez. Hardware librerik ezagatik partizio tresna ez "
+"da egiztatu halako diskoetan. Gainera, SSD disko batzuek 1MB baino gehiagoko "
+"ezabatze bloke bat darabilte. Iradokitzen dugu aurrez partiziorako beste "
+"tresna mota bart erabiltzea gparted bezala, mota honetako disko bat izanez "
+"gero, eta hurrengo konfigurazioak erabil ditzala:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"lerrokatu\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Aurreko espazio librea (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr "Ziurtatzen partizio guztiak sortzen diturela megabyte kopuru batekin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "LIVE euskarriko instalazioa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "2015eko Urtarrila"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>-ren "
+"laguntzarekin egin da eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>ra bada "
+"eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko "
+"dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien "
+"araberakoa izango da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "DrakX-rekin Instalazioa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "2014ko Otsaila"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Zorionak"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> instalatzen eta konfiguratzen amaitu duzu "
+"eta orain segurua da instalazio baliabidea kentzea, eta zure ordenagailua "
+"berrabiaraztea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Berrezarri ondoren, abioko kargatzailea, zure ordenagailuko sistema "
+"eragileen artean aukera dezakezu (bat baino gehiago izanez gero)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa "
+"automatikoki hautatu eta hasiko da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Gozatu!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi "
+"izanez"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Suhesia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Atal honek suhesi arau sinple batzuk konfiguratzeko aukera ematen du: "
+"helburuko sistemak interneten bidez zein motatako mezuak onartuko diren "
+"zehaztuko du. Berriz, honek, sistemaren zerbitzu egokiak Internetetik "
+"sartzeko errazak izan daitezela baimentzen du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Gainontzeko checkbutton guztiak gutxi gorabehera azaleratzen dira. Adibidez, "
+"\"CUPS zerbitzaria\" botoia egiaztatuko duzu zure makinako inprimagailuak "
+"sarean eskuragarri nahi badituzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aurreratua</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Adibidez, RSYNC zerbitzurako sarbidea gaitzeko sarrera <emphasis>873/tcp</"
+"emphasis> da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Bi protokoloak erabiltzeko zerbitzu bat martxan jartzen denean, 2 bikote "
+"zehazten dira portu bererako."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formateatzen"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen aukera dezakezu zer partizio formateatu nahi. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> "
+"formateatzeko markatutako partizioetako edozein datu gordeko dira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten "
+"dira"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> hautatzeko partizioko "
+"<emphasis>Bloke okerrak</emphasis> egiaztatzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez bazaude ziur aukeraketa egokia egin duzula,  <guibutton>Atzera</"
+"guibutton>, eta berriro <guibutton>Atzera</guibutton> eta gero "
+"<guibutton>Pertsonalizatuan</guibutton> klik egin dezakezu hasierako "
+"pantailara itzultzeko. Pantaila honetan zure partizioek dutena ikus dezakzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure aukeretaz ziur zaudenean, <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia "
+"klikatu jarraitzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, Mageia Instalatzilea"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU-Linux-eko erabiltzaile berri edo aurreratu bat bazara, Mageia-ren "
+"instalatzailea diseinatuta dago zure instalazioa edo eguneratzea posible "
+"bezain erraz egiten laguntzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Hasierako menuak hainbat aukera ditu, baina aukera lehenetsia instalatzailea "
+"da, normalean, behar duzun guztia dela."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Instalazio Ongi etorri Pantaila"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Mageia DVDa erabiliz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila, Lehenean UEFI sistema batekin eta "
+"bigarrenean Legacy sistema duen Mageia DVD bat erabiliz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila honetan, aukerak sartzeko sakatu \"e\" letra \"editatzeko moduan\" "
+"sartzeko. Pantaila honetara itzultzeko, sakatu \"esc\" tekla irten eta gorde "
+"gabe edo sakatu \"Ktrl\" edo \"F10\" tekla gorde eta irtetzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Pantaila honetatik, posiblea da hobespen pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Hizkuntza (instalaziorako soilik, sisteman aukeratutako hizkuntzaren "
+"desberdinak izan daitezke) F2 gakoa sakatuz (Ondare moduan soilik)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen adibide bat dago, CD/DVD Live mota erabiltzean agertutako Frantsesezko "
+"ongietorri pantaila. Nabaritu aipaturiko CD/DVDaren menuak ez duela "
+"proposatzen: <guilabel>Berreskuratze Sistema</guilabel>, "
+"<guilabel>Memoriaren Frogapena</guilabel> ezta <guilabel>Hardwarea "
+"antzemateko tresnarik</guilabel> ere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla (Ondare moduan soilik) sakatuz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Gehitu kernel aukera batzuk <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> ondare "
+"moduan edo <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> sakatuz  UEFI modurako."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalazioak huts egiten badu, orduan berriro beste aukera osagarri "
+"batzuekin saiatzea beharrezkoa izan daiteke. F6 sakatzen duzunean agertzen "
+"den menuak lerro <guilabel>Abio aukarak</guilabel> berri bat erakusten du "
+"eta lau aukera proposatzen ditu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- ACPI-rik gabe (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), energia-"
+"administrazioa ez da kontuan hartzen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- APIC-a Lokalik (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) gabe, "
+"CPU-aren etenez dihardu. Aukera hau aukeratu ezazu eskatzen bazaizu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Sarrera horietako bat hautatzean, <guilabel>Abio aukera</guilabel> lerroan "
+"erakutsitako jatorrizko aukerak aldatzen dira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Maegia bertsio batzuetan, hautatutako F6 gakoarekin hautatutako aukerak ez "
+"direla <guilabel>Abio aukerak</guilabel> lerroan agertzen gerta daiteke. "
+"Hala ere, kontuan izango dira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Gehitu kernel aukera gehiago F1 tekla (Ondare moduan soilik) sakatuz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-"
+"teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka "
+"ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeren pantailaren ikuspegi zehatza. Sakatu Esc edo hautatu "
+"<guilabel>Abioko aukeretara Itzultzea</guilabel> aukeren zerrendara "
+"itzultzeko. Aukera hauek eskuz gehitu daitezke <guilabel>Abioko Aukera</"
+"guilabel> lerroan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Laguntzak F2 teklaz aukeratutako hizkuntza emaitza du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kernel ondare eta UEFI sistemtako aukerei buruzko informazio gehiago "
+"lortzeko, ikus:<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Kabledun sarea erabiltzen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Hona hemen hasierako pantaila kable sare instalazioan oinarritzen CD bat "
+"erabiltzen denean (netinstall.iso edo netinstall-nonfree.iso imajinak)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ezin duzu hizkuntza aldatu, aukerak pantailan azaltzen dira. Haridun Sarean "
+"oinarritutako instalazio CDa  nola erabiltzeari buruzko informazio gehiago "
+"lortzeko, bisitatu <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">Mageiaren Wiki-a</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Instalazio urratsak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalazio prozesuko hainbat urrats pantailaren alboko panelean jarraitu "
+"daitezke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Urrats bakoitzak pantailetan bat edo gehiago ditu aukera osagarrietarako "
+"botoiak <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> izan dezakeena, normalean gutxi "
+"erabiltzen dira ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantailak gehienek <guibutton>Laguntza</guibutton> botoiak dituzte, zienek "
+"pausuei buruzko azalpenak emango dizute."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalazioan zehar nonbait instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, "
+"berrastea posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat "
+"formateatu denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure "
+"ordenagailua ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema "
+"erabilezinarekin utz dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, "
+"terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. "
+"Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaze Grafikorik gabe"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Hasierako pantailaren ondoren, ez du hizkuntzako aukeraketa pantaila "
+"kargatzen. Hau gerta daiteke txartel grafiko batzuekin eta sistema "
+"zaharrekin. Saiatu bereizmen bajuago bat erabiltzea, <code>vgalo</code> "
+"terminalean idatziz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Hardwarea zaharra bada, Beharbada ez da posible instalazio grafikoa egitea. "
+"Aipaturiko kasuan, testu modu instalazio bat saia liteke. Aipaturiko modua "
+"burutzeko, ESC sakatu ezazu lehen ongietorri-pantailan zehar eta ENTER "
+"sakatuz egiazta ezazu. Pantaila beltza agertuko da \"boot\" hitzarekin. "
+"\"text\" idatz ezazu eta ENTER sakatu ezazu. Orain testu moduko "
+"instalazioarekin jarrai ezazu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Instalatu Osagaiak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistemak instalazioan zehar izoztu egiten dela badirudi, hardware "
+"detekzioekin arazoa izan daiteke. Kasu honetan, hardwareko detekzio "
+"automatikoa desaktiba daiteke eta gero ezarri daiteke. Hau probatzeko, "
+"<code>noauto</code> idatz ezazu terminalean. Beharrezkoa bada aukera hau "
+"beste batzuekin konbina daiteke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM arazoak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Hura behar izatea arraroa da, baina kasu batzuetan, hardwareak RAM-aren "
+"kantitate libreari buruz oker informa dezake. Hura eskuz zehazteko, "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametroa erabil dezake, xxx RAM-aren kantitate "
+"zuzena den, adibidez: <code>mem=256M</code>-ak RAM 256MB esan nahi izango "
+"lituzke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Partizio dinamikoak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk \"oinarrizko\" formatutik zure disko gogorra \"dinamiko\"-ra bihurtu "
+"bazenuen Microsoft Windows-en, Mageia disko honetan jartzea ezinezkoa izango "
+"dela jakin behar duzu. Oinarrizko diskora itzultzeko Microsoft-eko "
+"dokumentazioa ikus ezazu:  <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/"
+"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Eguneraketak"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application>-ko bertsio hau askatu zenetik, pakete "
+"batzuk eguneratu edo hobetu dira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Bai</guilabel> aukeratu instalatu nahi baduzu, <guilabel>Ez</"
+"guilabel> aukeratu orain egin nahi ez baduzu, edo Internetera konektaturik "
+"ez bazaude"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Sarrera pantaila"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM sarrera pantaila"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Azkenik, saio hasiera pantailara zatoz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Idatzi zure erabiltzaile izena eta erbiltzaile pasahitza, eta segundo "
+"batzuen buruan aurkituko zara KDE edo GNOME mahaigain batekin, bertan "
+"erbiltzen ari zaren live baliabearen arabera. Orain hasi zaitezke zure "
+"Mageia instalazioa erabiliz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aurki ditzakezu <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:"
+"Documentation\">hemen</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen eskuragarri dauden biltegien zerrenda bat. Biltegi guztiak ez daude "
+"eskuragarri, instalaziorako erabilitako baliabidearen arabera. Biltegien "
+"aukeraketa hurrengo urratsetan hautagai izagon diren paketeak zehaztuko ditu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren "
+"oinarria daukanez gero."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> biltegiak doakoak diren paketeak ditu, hau da, "
+"mageia birbana ditzake, baina softwarea kode itxiko paketeak, eta hortik "
+"datorkio nonfree izena. Adibidez, biltegiak barnean nVidia eta ATI txartel "
+"grafiko, hainbat WiFi txartelentzako firmware, gidariak jabedun, ea hartzen "
+"ditu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> biltegiak barne hartzen ditu doako "
+"lizentziapean argitaratutako paketeak. Paketeak biltegi honetan jartzeko "
+"irizpide nagusia patenteak eta copyright herri batzuetako legeak hauts "
+"daitezkeela da, hala nola, zenbait audio/bideo,  DVD komertzial bideo, etab  "
+"erreproduzitzeko beharrezkoak diren multimedia codec batzuk bezalako "
+"paketeak, etab."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Instalazio Minimoa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalazio txikiena aukeratu dezakezu pakete taldeen pantailan dena "
+"desautatuz, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Nahi izanez gero, halaber \"banakako pakete aukeraketa\" egiaztatu dezakezu "
+"pantaila berean."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageiaren</application> erabilera espezifikoak buruan "
+"dutenentzat dago zuzenduta instalazio minimoa, zerbitzari edo lanpostu "
+"espezialitatua bezala. Seguruenik aukera hau \"Banakako pakete aukeraketa\" "
+"aipatutako aukera konbinatuta erabili ahal izango duzu,  instalazioa "
+"fintzeko, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalazio mota hau aukeratuz gero, ondoko pantailan osagarri erabilgarri "
+"batzuk eskainiko ditu, hala nola, dokumentazioa eta X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr "\"X-ekin\" hautatzen bada, IceWM idazmahai arin gisa egongo da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Oinarrizko dokumentazioa man edo info orri forman ematen da. Batetik man "
+"orriak <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux "
+"Documentation Project</link> eta bestetik <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu."
+"org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info orriak biltzen "
+"ditu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Hainbat parametroen laburpena"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX adimentasunez hautatzen ditu ezarpenak zure sistemaren detektatutako "
+"hardwarearen arabera. Ezarpenak egiaztatu ahal izango dituzu hemen eta "
+"<guibutton>Ezarri</guibutton> sakatu aldatu nahi baduzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Arau orokor gisa, ezarpen lehenetsiak gomendatzen dira eta 3 salbuespen "
+"gorde ditzakezu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "Badago arazo ezagun bat ezarpen lehenetsiarekin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "Dagoeneko ezarpen lehenetsia probatu dae eta porrot egin du"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "Beste zerbait esaten da beheko atal zehatzetan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Sistema parametroak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Denbora-Eremua</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ordu eremua hautatutako hizkuntzaren arabera aukeratzen du. Aldatu "
+"nahi baduzu, behar izanez gero, Ikusi ere <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Herrialde/Eskualde</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratutako herrian ez bazaude, zuk hura zuzentzea garrantzitsua da.  Ikus "
+"<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Abio kargatzailea</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX aukera onak egin ditu abio kargatzailearen ezarpenekin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Ezer ez aldatu, Grub2 konfiguratzeaz jakin ezean"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile kudeaketa</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</"
+"literal> direktorioa izango du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zerbitzuak</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistema Zerbitzuak atzeko aldean abian dauden programa txikiak aipatzeko "
+"(deabru) bezala ezagutzen da. Tresna honek horietako batzuk gaitu edo "
+"desgaitzeko aukera ematen dizu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Arretaz pentsatu behar duzu hemen ezer aldatu aurretik, hutsegite batek "
+"ordenagailuak gaizki funtzionatzea eragin dezake."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Hardware parametroak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Teklatua</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen da non teklatuaren antolamendua ezarri edo aldatu ditzakezun  zure "
+"kokapen, hizkuntza edo teklatu motaren arabera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Teklatuaren diseinu oker bat nabaritzen baduzu eta aldatu nahi baduzu, "
+"kontuan izan zure pasahitzak ere aldatu egingo direla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Sagua</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, "
+"trackballs, etab "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Soinu txartela</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak gidari lehenetsia erabiltzen du, baldin badago. Gidari bat "
+"baino gehiago dagoenean agertzen da beste bat aukeratzeko aukera soilik, "
+"baina bat ere ez dator lehenetsita."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaze grafikoa</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura "
+"dezakezu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Sare eta Internet parametroak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Sarea</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure sarea hemen ezarri ditzakezu, baina gidari libre gabeko txartelentzat "
+"(nonfree), berrabiarazi ostean egite hobea da, <application>Mageiaren "
+"Kontrol Gunean</application>, non-free biltegiak gaituta eduki ondoren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena "
+"ezartzen, ikusteko ere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxiak</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Proxy-zerbitzari batek zure ordenagailuaren eta Interneten arteko "
+"bitartekari bat bezala jokatzen du. Sail honek proxy-zerbitzua zure "
+"ordenagailuak erabiltzeko ezarpenak jartzeko baimentzen dizu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen "
+"sartu beharreko parametroak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Segurtasuna"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Segurtasun Maila</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen ezarri daiteke zure ordenagailurako desiratzen duzun segurtasun maila, "
+"gehienetan, lehenetsitako ezarpena (Estandarra) egokitzen du erabilera "
+"orokorrerako."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Begiratu zure erabilerara hoberen egokitzen den aukera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Suebakia</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Suebaki baten asmoa, zure artxibo garrantzitsuen eta Internetetik dabiltzan "
+"asmo txarreko jende ugariren, lapurtzen saia daitezkeen edo zure artxiboak "
+"arriskuan jarri dezaketenen artean hesi bat jartzea da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera itzazu zure sisteman sartu nahi dituzun zerbitzuak. Zure aukeraketa "
+"zure ordenagailuan egiten duzun erabileraren mende egongo da. Informazio "
+"gehiago lortzeko, ikus<xref linkend=\"firewall\"/> ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan "
+"daitekeela."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Berrabiarazi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Behin kargatzailea instalatuta, eskatuko dizu zure ordenagailua gelditzeko, "
+"zuzeneko CD-a kendu eta ordenagailua berrabiarazteko. klikatu<emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"><guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton></emphasis> eta egin ezazu  <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> agindu honetan eskatutakoa!</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Abiaraztean, deskarga aurrerapen barra segida bat ikusiko duzu. Hornek "
+"adierazten du software baliabide zerrendak deskargatzen ari direla (ikus "
+"Software kudeaketa). "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>  Partizioaren "
+"tamaina aldatu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows-en<superscript>®</superscript> </application> partizio "
+"bat baino gehiago baduzu, aukeratu zein txikiago egin nahi duzun "
+"<application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko tokia egiteko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Segurtasun-maila"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Zure segurtasun maila egokitu dezakezu hemen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "Zuk zer aukeratu ez badakizu, lehenetsitako konfigurazioa utz ezazu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatu ondoren, beti posible da <guilabel>Segurtasuna</guilabel> Mageia "
+"Kontrol Gunean segurtasun ezarpenak aldatzea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Aukeratu eta erabili ISOa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Sarrera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia ISO irudi bidez banatzen da. Orri honek, irudia zure beharren arabera "
+"aukeratzen lagunduko dizu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Bi media famili daude:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaile Klasikoa: baliabidea abiarazi ondoren, aukera baimentzen duen "
+"prozesua jarraituko duela zer jarri eta sistema nola itxuratu.. Honek emango "
+"dizu instalazio bat egiteko malgutasun maximoa, bereziki, bertan jarriko den "
+"Idazmahaiko Ingurunea aukeratzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"LIVE media: benetako Mageia sistema bat abiarazi dezakezu instalatu gabe, "
+"instalazioa egin ondoren zer egin ikusteko. Instalazio prozesua errazagoa "
+"da, baina aukera txikiagoak lortuko dituzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Xehetasunak ematen dira hurrengo ataletan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Baliabidea"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definizioa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen, baliabide bat (plurala: baliabideak) da ISO fitxategi bat Mageia "
+"instalatzeko eta/edo eguneratzeko eta hedaduratik onartzen da ISO fitxategia "
+"kopiatzen den edozein fisiko sostengatzen du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">hemen</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+"ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio "
+"batetatik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Tresna batzuk Ongi etorri pantailan eskuragarri daude: Berreskuratze "
+"Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "DVD bakoitzak mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntza asko dauka."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr "Instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzeko aukera izango duzue."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Live baliabidea"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Distribuzioa aurreikusteko HDD baten instalatu gabe, eta aukeran Mageia zure "
+"HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "ISO bakoitzak mahaigain ingurune bakarra (Plasma, GNOME edo Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOak instalazio garbiak sortzeko soilik "
+"erabiliko dira, ezin dira aurreko bertsioetatik eguneratzeko erabili.</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Software ez librea dute."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Plasma Live DVDa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Plasma mahaigain ingurunea soilik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "64 bit arkitektura soilik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "64 bit arkitektura soilik"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Xfce Live DVDa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Xfce mahaigain ingurunea soilik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 edo 64 bit arkitektura"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Bakoitza irudi txiki bat da eta hori drakx instalatzailea abiarazteko "
+"beharrezkoa dena baino ez dauke eta drakx-installer-Stage2 eta beharrezkoak "
+"diren beste pakete batzuk instalazioa jarraitu eta burutzeko. Pakete hauek "
+"PC disko gogorrean egon daiteke, tokiko drive baten, sare lokalean zein "
+"Interneten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Media hauek oso arinak dira (100 MB baino gutxiago), eta komenigarria denean "
+"banda zabalera oso baxua denean DVD oso bat jaisteko, PC bat DVD unitate "
+"gabea edo USB batetik ezin abiarazi dezakeen PC bat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Software librea dauka soilik, software ez-librea erabiltzeari uko egiten "
+"dutenentzat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Software ez-librea (batez gidariak, kodek...) behar duten pertsonentzat "
+"dauzka."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Media Deskargatu eta Egiaztatzen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Deskargatzen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Behin zuk zure ISO fitxategia aukeratuta, deskargatu dezakezu http edo "
+"BitTorrent-a erabiliz. Bi kasuetan, leiho batek informazioren bat ematen "
+"dizu zuri, erbilitako ispilua adibidez eta banda-zabalera bada aldatzeko "
+"aukera baxu bada. Http aukeratzen baduzu, zuk onen antzeko zerbait ikusi "
+"ahal izango duzu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Erabili "
+"horietako bat bakarrik. Gorde bat <link linkend=\"integrity\">geroago "
+"erabiltzeko</link>. Ondoren leiho hau agertuko da:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Egiaztatu Fitxategia Gorde botoia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Deskargatutako baliabide osotasunaren egiaztapena"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Checksum zenbaki biak deskargaturiko fitxategitik algoritmo batek "
+"kalkulatzen hamaseitarrak dira. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki "
+"hau deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta "
+"deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta "
+"porrota duzu. Porrot batek ondorioztatzen du deskarga birprobatu behar "
+"izango zenukeela edo konponketa bat egin BitTorrent erabiliz. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/"
+"the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako "
+"zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Grabatu edo irauli ISOa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Hautatutako ISOa orain CD edo DVD batean erre daiteke edo USB baten irauli. "
+"Eragiketa hauek ez dira kopia sinple bat eta helburua abiatzeko gai den "
+"baliabide bat egitea da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "ISOa CD/DVDan grabatzen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabil ezazu nahiago duzun edozein erregailua baina ziurta ezazu grabatzeko "
+"gailuak ondo dagoela <emphasis role=\"bold\">irudi bat grabatzeko</"
+"emphasis>, datuak edo fitxategiak erretzea ez da zuzena. Informazio gehiago "
+"dago <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images"
+"\">Mageia wikia</link>n."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Irauli ISOa USB baten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia ISO guztiak hibridoak dira, horrek esan dezake horiekn USB baten "
+"\"isuri\" ditzakezula eta, ondoren, erabili sistema abiarazi eta "
+"instalatzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"Irudi \"isurketa\" bat flash gailu baten gainean aldez aurreko partizio "
+"fitxategi-sistema suntsitzen du; edozein datu galduko dira eta partizio "
+"ahalmena irudiaren tamainara murriztuko da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu eta zatitu behar "
+"duzu USB makila."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Tresna grafiko bat  erabiliz Mageia-ren barnean"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> bezalako "
+"tresna grafiko bat erabil dezakezu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Tresna grafiko bat  erabiliz Windows-en barnean"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Zu saiatuko zinateke:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> \"ISO "
+"irudia\" aukera erabiliz;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Komando lerroa erabiliz GNU/Linux sistema barnean"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"potentzialki *arriskutsua* da hau eskuz egitea. Disko partizioa gainidatziz "
+"okerreko identifikatzailea lortzeko arriskua dago."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Entxufatu zure USBa (ez muntatu, hau ere esan dezake edozein aplikazio edo "
+"fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki  hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Bestela, gailuaren izena lor dezakezu <code>dmesg</code> komandoarekin: "
+"amaieran, gailuaren izena <emphasis>sd</emphasis> hasita ikusiko duzu, eta "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> honetan kasu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1-a: 27 zenbakia xhci_hcd erabiliz abiadura handiko USB-tresna berria\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1-a: Aurkitutako USB-tresna berria, idVendor=8564, idProduktua=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1-a: USB-etako tresnako kate berriak: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerieZenbakia=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1-a: Produktua: Gailu biltegiratze masiboa\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1-a: Fabrikatzailea: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1-a: SerieZenbakia: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1-a: ep 0x81-a - tartea 128 mikromarkotara inguratu, ep desc-ak 255 esaten ditu microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1-a: ep 0x2-a - tartea 128 mikromarkotara inguratu, ep desc-ak 255 esaten ditu microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] 1-1:1.0 usb-storage-a: USB-a Mass detected Biltegiratze-Gailua\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8-a: 1-1:1.0 usb-storage\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0-a: JetFlash-a zuzeneko Sarrera gainekoa izan 1100 PQ 2 gigabyte: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] 4194304 512 byteko bloke logikoak: (2.14 GiB) GB/2.00\n"
+"[72595,964104] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Idatzi Babestu izan da off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Modu|Moda-Zentzua|Sentimendua: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Cache found modu|moda-orri bat ere\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Uste Izan|Hartu bidaia|bultzada-cachea: idatz ezazu through\n"
+"[72595.967251] sdd-a: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Attached SCSI-ren desmuntagarri|ateratzeko moduko diskoa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> goiko irudian, 8GB USB-makila."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Non X=zure dispositiboaren izena adibidez: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Adibidea: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratu herrialdea edo lurraldea. Ezarpen guztientzako garrantzitzua da, "
+"hala nola moneta eta haririk gabeko erregulazioa. Okerreko herrialdea "
+"ezartzen baduzu, hari gabeko konexioa ezingo duzu erabili."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure herrialdea zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guilabel>Beste Herrialdeak</"
+"guilabel> eta aukeratu zure herrialde / eskualdea han."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure herrialdea <guilabel>Beste Herrialde</guilabel> zerrendan soilik "
+"badago, <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren lehen zerrendako beste "
+"bat hautatuta bezala agertu daiteke. Mesedez, ez egin jaramonik honi, DrakX "
+"zure benetako aukera jarraituko du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Sarrera metodoa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Beste herrialde</guilabel> pantailan metodoa aukera dezakezu "
+"lehenik (zerrendaren amaieran) ere. Sarrera-metodoek erabiltzaileei "
+"baimentzen diete hizkuntza anizkuneko karaktereak (Txinatar, Japoniar, "
+"Korearra, etab.) sartzea. IBus metodoa lehenetsita dago Mageiaren DVD-etan, "
+"Afrika/India eta Asia/ez-India Live-CDa. Asiar eta Afrikar kokapenetarako, "
+"IBus metodoa sarrera bezala ezarriko da lehenik, erabiltzaileek ez dute "
+"eskuz itxuratu behar izango. Beste sarrera metodo batzuk lehenik (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etab.) antzeko funtzioak ere hornitzen dute eta HTTP/FTP "
+"baliabideak pakete-aukeraketa baino lehen gehitu bazenituen instalatu "
+"daitezke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahaztu duzu instalazioan zehar sarrera metodoa konfiguratzea, zure sistema "
+"instalatutakoan egin dezakezu, sartu \"Zure Ordenagailua konfiguratu\" -> "
+"\"Sistema\" edo localdrake root gisa exekutatuz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instalatu edo Berritu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalatu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko "
+"baterako."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Berritu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> bertsio bat edo gehiago instalaturik "
+"baduzu zure siteman, instalatzaileak haietako bat azken bertiora eguneratzea "
+"utziko dizu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Gaurkotzearen testatzea soilik egin da oraindik instalatzailearen bertsio "
+"hau bota <emphasis>zenean jasanda zegoen</emphasis> Mageia-ko aurreko "
+"bertsiotik. Mageia-ko euskarri-amaierara jada heldu den bertsioa eguneratu "
+"nahi baduzu, zure <literal>/home</literal> partizioa babestuz instalazio "
+"garbia egitea hobea da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalazioan zehar instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, berrastea "
+"posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat formateatu "
+"denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure ordenagailua "
+"ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema erabilezinarekin utz "
+"dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, terminalera sar zaitez "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk konturatu bazara hizkuntza gehigarri bat aukeratzea ahaztu duzula, "
+"\"Instalatu edo Eguneratu\" pantailatik itzuli zaitezke hizkuntza aukeretara "
+"<guilabel>Ctrl Alt Hasi</guilabel> sakatuz. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> egin hau "
+"instalazioan zehar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Aukeratu teklatua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Beharrezkoa izango da Mageian erabili nahi duzun teklatu-diseinua ezartzea. "
+"Lehenetsi bat zuk aurretik aukeratutako hizkuntzaren eta ordu-eremuaren "
+"arabera hautatzen da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Teklatua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX zure hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia hautatuko du. Teklatu bateragarria "
+"ez bada aurkitzen, Amerikar teklatua aukeratuko da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ziurtatu aukeraketa zuzena edo hautatu beste teklatu diseinu bat. Ez "
+"badakizu zein den zure teklatuaren diseinu zuzena, zure sistemarekin batera "
+"datozen zehaztapenak begiratu edo zure saltokian galdetu. Bada, beharbada, "
+"zure teklatua identifikatzen duen etiketa bat izango du. Hemen ere begiratu "
+"dezakezu: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci"
+"%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure teklatua zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> "
+"zerrenda bat bistaratzeko, eta ondoren hautatu zure teklatua."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> Leihotik teklatu bat hautatu ondoren, "
+"instalatzailea lehenengo teklatu hautapen leihora itzuliko da, eta "
+"zerrendatik teklatu bat aukeratu duzula irudituko da. Anomalia hau alde "
+"batera utzi dezakezu, eta instalazioarekin jarraitu, zure teklatua zerrenda "
+"osotik aukeratutakoa da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Ez-Latin karakteretan oinarritutako teklatua hautatzen baduzu, pantaila "
+"gehigarri bat agertuko da eskatuz nola nahiago duzu Latin eta Latin ez diren "
+"xedapen artean aldatzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Aukeratu erabiltzeko hizkuntza bat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure hizkuntza gogokoena aukeratu zure kontinenteko zerrenda luzatzen. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> aukeraketa hori erabiliko da instalazioan "
+"zehar eta instalatutako sisteman."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuretzat edo beste erabiltzaile batzuentzat hainbat hizkuntza instalaturik "
+"behar izanez gero <guibutton>Hizkuntza anitzeko</guibutton> botoia erabili "
+"orain gehitzeko. Instalakuntza amaitutakoan hizkuntzak gehitzea zailagoa "
+"izan daiteke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Hizkuntza bat baino gehiago aukeratzen bada ere, lehen pantailan nahiago "
+"izandako zure hizkuntza lehena aukeratu behar duzu. Gainera, hainbat "
+"hizkuntzatako aukera pantailan markatuta egongo da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, "
+"komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia UTF-8 (Unicode) laguntza erabiltzen du lehenespenez."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Hainbat hizkuntza\" pantailan ezgaitu daiteke zure hizkuntzarekin "
+"funtzionatzen ez duela baldin badakizu. UTF-8 Ezgaitzen baduzu, ez da "
+"eskuragarri egongo instalatutako inongo hizkuntzatarako."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure sistemako hizkuntza alda dezakezu Mageia Kontrol Gunean instalazioa "
+"egin ondoren --> Sistema --> kudeatu zure sistemaren kokalekua."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Aukeratu sagua"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez bazaude pozik  zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu "
+"ahal izango duzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB "
+"sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratu <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Behartu evdev</"
+"guilabel> lan egiten ez duten sei botoi edo gehiagoko saguaren botoiak "
+"konfiguratzen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Horretarako, editatu /boot/grub2/custom.cfg eskuz edo erabili grub-"
+"customizer softwarea (eskuragarri Mageia biltegietan)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikus gure wikia: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Abio kargatzailearen aukera nagusiak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Abioko kargatzailearen interfazea"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Lehenespenez, Mageia-k soilik darabil:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (enu grafikoarekin edo gabe) Legacy/MBR edo Legacy/GPT sistemarako"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi UEFI sistementzat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "The mageia menuak grafikoa politak ditu :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 Legacy/MBR eta Legacy/GPT sistemetan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "Ez aldatu \"Abio Gailua\" zer egiten duzun benetan jakin gabe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi UEFI sistemetan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"UEFI sistema batekin, erabiltzaile interfazearen zertxobait ezberdinak dira, "
+"ezin duzu abioko kargatzailea aukeratu, Grub2-efi soilik dagoelako"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia zure ordenagailuan instalatutako sistema bakarra bada, "
+"instalatzaileak ESP (EFI sistema partizioa) sortuko du (Grub2-EFI) "
+"kargatzaileak jasotzeko. Zure ordenagailuan UEFI sistema eragile bat "
+"bazegoen aldez aurretik  (Windows 8 adibidez), Mageia instalatzaileak "
+"detektatuko ditu dauden Windows-ek sortutako ESP eta grub2-EFI-ra gehituko "
+"ditu. Hainbat ESP izatea posiblea izan arren, soilik bat izatea aholkatzen "
+"da eta aski dituzun sistema eragileetako kopurua edozein izanik ere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Mageia abio kargatzailea erabiliz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Lehenespenez, zure sistemaren arabera, Mageia-k berri bat idazten du:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 abiarazlea MBR (Master Boot Record) zure lehen disko gogorrean edo "
+"BIOSen abioko partizioan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure Mageia sistema erabilea existitzen den abiarazlera gehitzeko prozedura "
+"zehatza eskuliburu honen esparrutik kanpo dago, baina normalean abio "
+"kargatzaile instalazioak antzeman eta gehitu beharko luke. Ikusi kasuko "
+"sistema eragilearen dokumentazioa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Katearen karga erabiltzen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Aukerak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Lehen orria"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-koadro honetan benetako pasahitza "
+"jartzen  da"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Idatzi berriro pasahitza eta DrakX "
+"lehen ezarritakoarekin bat etortzea egiaztatuko du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Aurreratu</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>SMP gaitu</guilabel>: Aukera honek prozesu anitzeko prozesadore "
+"simetrikoak gaitzen / desgaitzen ditu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Hurrengo orria"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lehenetsia:</guilabel> Sistema eragilea modu lehenetsian hasi da"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Erantsi:</guilabel> Aukera honek kernelaren informazioa pasatzera "
+"edo kernelak informazio gehiago emateko esaten dio abioan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ez ikutu ESP edo MBR</emphasis>: ikus goian <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Katearen karga erabiliz</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "SCSI konfiguratu"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX normalean zuzentasunez atzematen ditu disko gogorrak. SCSI "
+"kontrolagailu zahar batzuekin ezin izango du gidari zuzenak erabiltzeko "
+"detektatu eta huts egin dezake disko gogorra aitortu nahian."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI "
+"disko(ak)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila honetan zure soinu txarteleko gidari Instalatzailearen izena ematen "
+"da, eta hau kontrolatzaile lehenetsia izango da lehenetsitako bat baduzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Gidari lehenetsia ongi ibili beharko luke. Hala ere, instalazioa egin "
+"ondoren arazoak badaude, exekutatu <command>draksound</command> edo tresna "
+"hau abiarazi MCC-tik (Mageia Kontrol Gunea), <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
+"etiketea auketatzen eta <guilabel>Soinua Konfiguratu</guilabel>n klik egiten "
+"pantailaren goiko eskuineko izkinan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Orduan, draksound-en  \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik "
+"<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</"
+"guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Aurreratua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila honetan, instalazioan "
+"zehar, oso erabilgarria da han gidari lehenetsia ez bada, eta hainbat gidari "
+"eskuragarri badira, edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu "
+"duela uste baduzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</"
+"guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton> ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak, "
+"sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu guztiak ezabatu nahi "
+"dituzula."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia Live sistema gisa probatzen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Live modua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila hau lortuko duzu  \"Mageia Abiarazi\" hautatu baduzu. Ezezkoa bada, "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partizio</link> urratsa\" lortuko duzu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Hardwarea probatzen "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Live moduaren helburuetako bat Mageian hardware-a ondo kudeatuko dela "
+"probatzea da. Gailu guztiak gidari bat dutela egiazta dezakezu Mageia "
+"Kontrol Guneko Hardware atalean. Gailurik gaurkoagoak proba ditzakezu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "sareko interfazea: konfiguratu net_applet-ekin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+"txartel grafikoa: aurreko pantaila ikusten baduzu, dagoeneko dena ongi dago."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "Web kamera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "Soinua: doinu bat dagoeneko jokatu da"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "inprimagailua: konfiguratu eta probako orria inprimatu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "eskaner: dokumentu bat eskaneatu ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Guztia da zuretzat ona bada, instalaziora prozesa dezakezu. Hala ez bada, "
+"irten botoia sakatu dezakezu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen egin dituzun konfigurazio ezarpenak instalaziorako mantenduko dira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Instalaketa abiarazi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia LiveCD edo Live disko gogorrean edo SSD disko DVD instalazioa "
+"abiarazteko, egin klik ikonoan \"Hard Disk instalatu\" on. Pantaila honetan, "
+"eta, ondoren, \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partizio</link> urratsa\" "
+"zuzeneko instalatzeko gisa jasoko duzu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia desinstalatzen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Jarraibideak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia konbentzituko ez balizu edo ezin baduzu behar bezala instalatu, azken "
+"finean kendu nahi baduzu. Hori zure eskubidea da eta Mageiak ere aukera "
+"ematen dizu ezabatzeko. Hau ez da egia sistema eragile guztietan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Datuen babeskopiaren ondoren, berrabiatu zure Mageia DVD instalazioa eta "
+"hautatu Erreskate sistema, orduan, Leheneratu Windows abioko kargatzailea. "
+"Hurrengo abioan, zuk soilik Windows aukerarik gabe izango duzu zure sistema "
+"eragilea aukeratzeko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows-en Mageiak erabilitako partizio espazioa berreskuratzeko, sakatu "
+"<code>Hasi -> Kontrol-panela -> Administrazio-tresnak -> Ordenagailu "
+"Kudeaketa -> Biltegiratzea -> Disko Kudeaketa</code> partizio kudeaketan "
+"sartzeko. Mageiaren partizioa ezagutu egingo duzu <guilabel>ezezaguna</"
+"guilabel> etiketatu delako , eta, gainera, bere tamaina eta diskoan duen "
+"lekuaren arabera. Eskuinez klikatu partizio horietako bakoitzaren gainean "
+"eta hautatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton>. Espazioa libratuko da."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows XP erabiltzen ari bazara, partizio berri bat sor dezakezu eta (FAT32 "
+"edo NTFS)  formatua eman. Partizioa letra bat jasoko du."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Vista edo 7 badaukazu, aukera bat gehiago duzu, liberatutako espazioaren "
+"ezkerretara dagoen partizio existentea heda dezake. Beste partizio tresnak "
+"erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en "
+"eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz "
+"ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Gorde edo ezabatu erabiltzen ez den materiala"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Urrats honetan, instalatzailearekin tokiko erabili gabeko paketeak eta "
+"erabili gabeko hardware paketeak bilatzen ditu. Gero proposatzen dizu "
+"ezabatzeko. Ideia ona da onartzeko, hardware ezberdinean instalazio bat "
+"exekutatzea pentsatu ezik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Hurrengo pausoa disko gogorrean fitxategiak kopiatzea da. Honek minutu "
+"batzuk hartzen ditu. Bukaeran, pantaila huts bat daukazu aldi baterako, "
+"normala da."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d0e1c774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>LIVE euskarriko instalazioa</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>2015eko Urtarrila</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para><link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>-ren laguntzarekin
+egin da eskuliburu hau <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta.
+            </para>
+            <para>Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentazio
+Talde</link>ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>LIVE euskarriko instalazioa</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko
+dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien
+araberakoa izango da.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecdba25b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>LIVE euskarriko instalazioa</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko
+dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien
+araberakoa izango da.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para><link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>-ren laguntzarekin
+egin da eskuliburu hau <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta.</para>
+
+      <para>Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentazio
+Talde</link>ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2fd67d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>DrakX-rekin Instalazioa</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>2014ko Otsaila</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para><link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>-ren laguntzarekin
+egin da eskuliburu hau <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentazio
+Talde</link>ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>DrakX-rekin Instalazioa</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko
+dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien
+araberakoa izango da.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7ce5cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>DrakX-rekin Instalazioa</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko
+dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien
+araberakoa izango da.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para><link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>-ren laguntzarekin
+egin da eskuliburu hau <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta.</para>
+
+      <para>Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentazio
+Talde</link>ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e3a9861
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Aukeratu eta erabili ISOa</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+    <para>Mageia ISO irudi bidez banatzen da. Orri honek, irudia zure beharren arabera
+aukeratzen lagunduko dizu.</para>
+    <para>Bi media famili daude:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Instalatzaile Klasikoa: baliabidea abiarazi ondoren, aukera baimentzen duen
+prozesua jarraituko duela zer jarri eta sistema nola itxuratu.. Honek emango
+dizu instalazio bat egiteko malgutasun maximoa, bereziki, bertan jarriko den
+Idazmahaiko Ingurunea aukeratzeko.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: benetako Mageia sistema bat abiarazi dezakezu instalatu gabe,
+instalazioa egin ondoren zer egin ikusteko. Instalazio prozesua errazagoa
+da, baina aukera txikiagoak lortuko dituzu.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Xehetasunak ematen dira hurrengo ataletan.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Baliabidea</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definizioa</title>
+      <para>Hemen, baliabide bat (plurala: baliabideak) da ISO fitxategi bat Mageia
+instalatzeko eta/edo eguneratzeko eta hedaduratik onartzen da ISO fitxategia
+kopiatzen den edozein fisiko sostengatzen du.</para>
+      <para>Aurki ditzakezu <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">hemen</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ezaugarri komunak</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio
+batetatik.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tresna batzuk Ongi etorri pantailan eskuragarri daude: Berreskuratze
+Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>DVD bakoitzak mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntza asko dauka.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzeko aukera izango duzue.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live baliabidea</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ezaugarri komunak</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Distribuzioa aurreikusteko HDD baten instalatu gabe, eta aukeran Mageia zure
+HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>ISO bakoitzak mahaigain ingurune bakarra (Plasma, GNOME edo Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOak instalazio garbiak sortzeko soilik
+erabiliko dira, ezin dira aurreko bertsioetatik eguneratzeko
+erabili.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Software ez librea dute.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Plasma Live DVDa</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma mahaigain ingurunea soilik.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit arkitektura soilik.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>GNOME-ren Live DVD-a</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit arkitektura soilik</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Xfce Live DVDa</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce mahaigain ingurunea soilik.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 edo 64 bit arkitektura</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Abioko CD baliabidea soilik</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ezaugarri komunak</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bakoitza irudi txiki bat da eta hori drakx instalatzailea abiarazteko
+beharrezkoa dena baino ez dauke eta drakx-installer-Stage2 eta beharrezkoak
+diren beste pakete batzuk instalazioa jarraitu eta burutzeko. Pakete hauek
+PC disko gogorrean egon daiteke, tokiko drive baten, sare lokalean zein
+Interneten.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Media hauek oso arinak dira (100 MB baino gutxiago), eta komenigarria denean
+banda zabalera oso baxua denean DVD oso bat jaisteko, PC bat DVD unitate
+gabea edo USB batetik ezin abiarazi dezakeen PC bat.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ingelera hizkuntza soilik</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Software librea dauka soilik, software ez-librea erabiltzeari uko egiten
+dutenentzat.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Software ez-librea (batez gidariak, kodek...) behar duten pertsonentzat
+dauzka.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media Deskargatu eta Egiaztatzen</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Deskargatzen</title>
+      <para>Behin zuk zure ISO fitxategia aukeratuta, deskargatu dezakezu http edo
+BitTorrent-a erabiliz. Bi kasuetan, leiho batek informazioren bat ematen
+dizu zuri, erbilitako ispilua adibidez eta banda-zabalera bada aldatzeko
+aukera baxu bada. Http aukeratzen baduzu, zuk onen antzeko zerbait ikusi
+ahal izango duzu</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Erabili
+horietako bat bakarrik. Gorde bat <link linkend="integrity">geroago
+erabiltzeko</link>. Ondoren leiho hau agertuko da:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Egiaztatu Fitxategia Gorde botoia.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Deskargatutako baliabide osotasunaren egiaztapena</title>
+      <para>Checksum zenbaki biak deskargaturiko fitxategitik algoritmo batek
+kalkulatzen hamaseitarrak dira. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki
+hau deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta
+deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta
+porrota duzu. Porrot batek ondorioztatzen du deskarga birprobatu behar
+izango zenukeela edo konponketa bat egin BitTorrent erabiliz. </para>
+      <para>Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:</para>
+      <para>- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako
+zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Grabatu edo irauli ISOa</title>
+    <para>Hautatutako ISOa orain CD edo DVD batean erre daiteke edo USB baten
+irauli. Eragiketa hauek ez dira kopia sinple bat eta helburua abiatzeko gai
+den baliabide bat egitea da.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>ISOa CD/DVDan grabatzen</title>
+      <para>Erabil ezazu nahiago duzun edozein erregailua baina ziurta ezazu grabatzeko
+gailuak ondo dagoela <emphasis role="bold">irudi bat grabatzeko</emphasis>,
+datuak edo fitxategiak erretzea ez da zuzena. Informazio gehiago dago <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wikia</link>n.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Irauli ISOa USB baten</title>
+      <para>Mageia ISO guztiak hibridoak dira, horrek esan dezake horiekn USB baten
+"isuri" ditzakezula eta, ondoren, erabili sistema abiarazi eta instalatzeko.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>Irudi "isurketa" bat flash gailu baten gainean aldez aurreko partizio
+fitxategi-sistema suntsitzen du; edozein datu galduko dira eta partizio
+ahalmena irudiaren tamainara murriztuko da.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu eta zatitu behar
+duzu USB makila.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Tresna grafiko bat  erabiliz Mageia-ren barnean</title>
+        <para><link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link>
+bezalako tresna grafiko bat erabil dezakezu</para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Tresna grafiko bat  erabiliz Windows-en barnean</title>
+        <para>Zu saiatuko zinateke:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> "ISO
+irudia" aukera erabiliz;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Komando lerroa erabiliz GNU/Linux sistema barnean</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>potentzialki *arriskutsua* da hau eskuz egitea. Disko partizioa gainidatziz
+okerreko identifikatzailea lortzeko arriskua dago.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kontsola bat ireki</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Entxufatu zure USBa (ez muntatu, hau ere esan dezake edozein aplikazio edo
+fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki  hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Bestela, gailuaren izena lor dezakezu <code>dmesg</code> komandoarekin:
+amaieran, gailuaren izena <emphasis>sd</emphasis> hasita ikusiko duzu, eta
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> honetan kasu:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1-a: 27 zenbakia xhci_hcd erabiliz abiadura handiko USB-tresna berria
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1-a: Aurkitutako USB-tresna berria, idVendor=8564, idProduktua=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1-a: USB-etako tresnako kate berriak: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerieZenbakia=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1-a: Produktua: Gailu biltegiratze masiboa
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1-a: Fabrikatzailea: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1-a: SerieZenbakia: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1-a: ep 0x81-a - tartea 128 mikromarkotara inguratu, ep desc-ak 255 esaten ditu microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1-a: ep 0x2-a - tartea 128 mikromarkotara inguratu, ep desc-ak 255 esaten ditu microframes
+[72594.771122] 1-1:1.0 usb-storage-a: USB-a Mass detected Biltegiratze-Gailua
+[72594.772447] scsi host8-a: 1-1:1.0 usb-storage
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0-a: JetFlash-a zuzeneko Sarrera gainekoa izan 1100 PQ 2 gigabyte: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] 4194304 512 byteko bloke logikoak: (2.14 GiB) GB/2.00
+[72595,964104] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Idatzi Babestu izan da off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Modu|Moda-Zentzua|Sentimendua: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Cache found modu|moda-orri bat ere
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Uste Izan|Hartu bidaia|bultzada-cachea: idatz ezazu through
+[72595.967251] sdd-a: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Attached SCSI-ren desmuntagarri|ateratzeko moduko diskoa</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> goiko irudian, 8GB USB-makila.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Non X=zure dispositiboaren izena adibidez: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Adibidea: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..292e4006
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Lizentzia Kontratua</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para><application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz
+baldintzak eta lizentzia.</para>
+
+    <para>Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari
+aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu.</para>
+
+    <para>Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik
+<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko
+dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua
+berrabiaraziko da.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Askapen Oharrak</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Informazio garrantzitsua <application>Mageia</application> oharra honi buruz
+ematen da eta <guibutton>argitalpen oharrak</guibutton> botoian klik eginez
+daude eskuragarri.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e924da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Administratzaile / supererabiltzaile pasahitz bat konfiguratzea
+gomendagarria da, Linux-en <emphasis>root pasahitz</emphasis> bezala
+ezagutzen den <application>Mageia</application> instalazio guztietarako
+. Pasahitz bat idazten duzun bitartean koadroan kolorez  gorritik horira eta
+berderaino pasahitzaren segurtasun mailaren arabera aldatuko den armarria
+agertuko da. Ezkutu berde bat erakusten segurtasun maila altua. Beheko
+koadroan errepikatu behar duzu, lehengo pasahitzean akatsik ez duzula egin
+egiaztatzeko.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Pasahitz guztiak kasu sentikorrak dira, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta
+minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahastea pasahitz batean.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Sartu erabiltzaile bat</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Hemen erabiltzaile bat gehi daiteke. Erabiltzaile batek administratzaileak
+baino baimen gutxiago ditu, baina nahikoak Interneten nabigatzeko, aplikazio
+ofimatikoak erabiltzeko, jokatzeko eta erabiltzaile ertainak bere
+ordenagailuarekin edozer egiteko.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu,
+erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>:  Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu
+ezazu testu-kutxa honetan.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako
+izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsioari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen
+benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena maiuskula eta
+minuskulei sentibera da.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza
+idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra
+adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere  <xref
+linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko
+duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen
+pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, bai
+irakur eta idazteko babestutako etxe direktorioa izango du (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>Behar diren gehigarri guztiak gehitu ditzakezu <emphasis>Ezarpen -
+Laburpen</emphasis>step during the install. Aukeratu
+<emphasis>Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Sarbide baimena instalatu ondoren ere aldatu egin daiteke.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Erabiltzailearen Kudeaketa Aurreratua</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Botoi <guibutton>aurreratua</guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa gehitzen
+duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila eskaintzen
+zaio.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Gainera, baliogabetu edo gaitu ahal izango duzu gonbidatu kontu bat.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer
+gauza(<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo
+da saioa amaitzean. Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko
+baten gorde behar ditu.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat
+gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta
+erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino
+murritzagoak izaten dira.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio
+erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako
+shell-a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu
+aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik
+utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki
+bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez
+badakizu zer egiten ari zaren.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12702afa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete
+iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri
+gisa. Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako
+iturriek zehazten dute.</para>
+
+  <para>Sare iturri batentzat, bi pausu jarraitu beharko ditugu:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Sarea aukeratzea eta aktibatzea, dagoeneko ez baldin badago. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Aukeratu ispilu bat, edo URL bat (lehen sarrera) zehaztu. Noiz ispilu
+zerbitzari bat hautatuta mageia biltegi administratze guztien aukeraketa
+sarbidea, hala nola nonfree, kutsatu eta eguneraketa biltegiak bezala. URL
+batekin, biltegi-zehatzak edo zure NFS instalazioa izenda dezakezu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>64 biteko instalazio bat eguneratzen ari bazara 32 biteko pakete batzuk izan
+ditzake, pantaila hau erabiltzea gomendatzen da online ispilu bat gehitzeko,
+hemengo Sare protokoloak bat markatuz. 64 biteko DVD ISOak 64 bit eta noarch
+paketeak soilik dauzka, ezin izango da 32 biteko paketerik eguneratzea. Hala
+eta guztiz ere, online ispilu bat gehitu ondoren, instalatzaileak beharrezko
+32 biteko paketeak han topatuko ditu.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8909c9c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango
+dituzu. Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>,
+muntatze puntu alda ditzake.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root)
+partizioa duzual.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: "Gailua" ("Tamaina", "Muntatze
+puntua", "Mota").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Gailua", honako hauek osatzen dute: "disko", ["Disko gogor zenbakia"
+(letra)], "partizio-zenbakia" (adibidez, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Partizio batzuk badituzu, muntai puntu ezberdinak aukera ditzakezu zerrenda
+zabaltzen, <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> eta
+<literal>/var</literal> bezalakoak. Zure muntatze puntuak ere egin
+ditzakezu, adibidez <literal>/video</literal> zure pelikulak gordetzeko
+partizio bezala, edo <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>
+<literal>/home</literal> Cauldron instalazioko home partiziorako.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Zuk sartu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi
+dezakezu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Aukeratu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> zein aukeratu seguru ez bazau, eta
+ondoren markatu <guilabel>Partizio pertsonalizatua</guilabel>. Hurrengo
+pantailan, partizio batean klik egin dezakezu bere tamaina eta mota
+ikusteko.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Muntatze puntu zuzenak direla ziur bazaude, egin klik
+<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>, eta aukeratu formatua eman edo DrakX
+iradokitutako partizioa(k) gobernatu soilik edo baita batzuk gehiago nahi
+dituzun.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46061562
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Erlojuaren ezarpenak</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Urrats honetan, zein ordutan dagoen zure barneko erloju ezarrita hautatu
+behar duzu, bai tokiko ordua edo UTC denbora.</para>
+
+  <para>Fitxa aurreratuan, erloju ezarpenei buruzko aukera gehiago aurkituko duzu.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..563ae642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Abiatu Mageia Zuzeneko sistema bezala</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Euskarria abiarazten</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Diskotik</title></info><para>Zuzenean abiarazi dezakezu irudia erre duzun (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM ...)
+baliabidetik. Normalean zure CD/DVD unitatean txertatzea besterik ez da
+behar instalazioa automatikoki abiarazteko ordenagailua berrabiarazi
+ondoren. Hori gertatzen ez bada BIOS-a konfiguratu beharko zenuke edo
+zeinetatik ordenagailua martxan jarriko den periferikoa aukeratzea eskainiko
+zaituen tekla bati zapaldu.</para><para>Hardwarea eta konfiguratuta arabera nola dagoen, hurrengo bat edo bi
+pantailetako beste bat lortzen da.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">USB gailu batetik</title></info><para>Zure irudia ISO irauli duzun USB gailu horretatik abia dezakezu. Zure BIOS
+ezarpenen arabera, abiarazketa agian zuzenean USB gailua dagoeneko portu
+batean sartuta dagoela. Hori gertatzen ez bada BIOS-a konfiguratu beharko
+zenuke edo zeinetatik ordenagailua martxan jarriko den periferikoa
+aukeratzea eskainiko zaituen tekla bati zapaldu.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">BIOS/CSM/Legacy moduan</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Lehen pantaila BIOS moduan abiarazten den bitartean</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Erdiko menuan, hiru ekintzen artean erabaki behar duzu:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Mageia Abiarazi: Horrek 5 Mageia konektatutako baliabidetik hasiko dela esan
+nahi du (CD / DVDa edo USB memoria) diskoan ezer idatzi gabe , beraz,
+sistema oso geldoa espero da. Behin abiatuta, instalazioa jarrai dezakezu
+disko gogor batean.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Mageia Instalatu: aukera hau zuzenean instalatu egingo da Mageia disko
+gogorrean.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Disko gogorretik abiarazi: aukera honek aukera ematen du disko gogorretik
+abiarazteko, ohikoa den bezala, (CD/DVD edo USB) baliabidea konektatuta ez
+dagoenean. (Mageia 5-ean ez du funtzionatzen).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Menuaren azpikaldean, Abio Aukerak daude:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Laguntza. Azaldu aukerak "splash", "APM", "acpi" eta "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Hizkuntza. Aukeratu pantailen hizkuntza.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Pantailaren bereizmena. Aukeratu testua, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728
+artean</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom edo besteak. Normalean, instalazioa txertatuko
+instalazio euskarri batetik egiten da. Hemen, hautatu beste iturri bat, FTP
+edo NFS zerbitzariak bezalakoa. Instalazioa zabaltzen baditu SLP zerbitzari
+batekin sare batean, hautatu instalazio iturria aukera honekin zerbitzarian
+eskuragarri.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Bai edo Ez. Sistemak disko optikoak ontrolatzailea
+eguneraketarik duen jakitun da eta instalazio prozesuan zehar txertatzeko
+eskatzen du.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel aukera. Hau zure hardware eta gidarien erabileraren araberako
+aukerak zehazteko modu bat da.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">UEFI moduan</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Lehen pantaila diskotik UEFI sistema abiaraztean</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Aukera bakarra duzu Mageia Live moduan exekutatzeko (lehenengo aukera) edo
+instalazioa prozesatzeko (bigarren aukera).</para><para>USB batetik abiarazi baduzu, hau da, aurreko lerroetako kopia bat bi lerro
+osagarrirekin lortzen dira "USB" atzizkiarekin. Haiek aukeratu behar dituzu.</para><para>Kasu bakoitzean, lehen urrats bera aukeratu hizkuntza, ordu-eremua
+eta teklatua, ondoren, prozesu ezberina da, <link linkend="testing">Live
+moduan urrats osagarriekin</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d391d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Idaztegi hautaketa</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure
+aukera doitzeko.</para>
+
+  <para>Aukeraketa pusuen ondoren, paketeen instalazioan zehar aurkezpen bat ikusiko
+duzu. Aurkezpen hau <guilabel>Xehetasunak</guilabel> sakatuz desaktiba
+daiteke.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Nahiago duzun idazmahaiko ingurunea, <application>KDE</application> edo
+<application>Gnome</application> aukera itzazu. Biek aplikazio erabilgarri
+eta tresna joko osoa dute. Pertsonalizatuta marka ezazu haietako bat edo
+biak erabili nahi ez badituzu, edo lehenetsi idazmahai ingurune bakoitzerako
+aukeratutako softwarea baino gehiago nahi
+baduzu. <application>LXDE</application> idazmahaia, gutxiago deitzen duen
+itxurakoa eta lehenetsi instalatutako pakete gutxiagorekin, aurreko beste
+biak baino arinagoa da.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d8c5ad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Pakete-taldearen hautapena</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Paketeak batera jarri dira zure beharren araberako aukeraketa asko
+errazteko. Taldeak intuizioz definitzen dira. Hala ere, informazio gehiago
+behar baduzu, besterik gabe, haiei buruzko informazio gehiago bistaratzen da
+talde bakoitzaren gainetik sagua pasatzean.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Lanpostua.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Zerbitzaria.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ingurumen Grafikoa.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu
+edo kentzeko paketeak.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Irakur <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> instalazio minimo bat egiteko
+argibideak (X &amp; IceWM -ekin edo gabe).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbca01ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa
+pertsonalizatzeko.</para>
+
+    <para>Aukeratu ondoren, orrialde amaierako <guibutton>diskete ikono</guibutton>an
+klikatu dezakezu zure pakete aukera gordetzeko (baita USB unitate batean
+gorde ditzake). Artxibo hau erabil dezakezu beste sistema batean pakete
+berak instalatzeko, kargatzeko instalazioan zehar botoi bera sakatuz.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a0d028b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfiguratu zure Zerbitzuak</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan
+ezar dezakezu.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Badira lau talde, sakatu talde bateko aurreko triangeluan zabaltzeko eta
+zerbitzuak ikusteko.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Aukeratutako DrakX ezarpenak onak izaten dira.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info
+koadroan erakusten da.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f913733f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Aukera ezazu zure ordu-eremua zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu
+zona berekoa aukeratuz.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa
+ezagutzen dena ezartzeko aukera daukazu.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Ordenagailuan sistema eragileren bat baino gehiago baduzu, ziurtatu guztiak
+bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4edd74b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Aukeratu X zerbitzari bat (Konfiguratu Txartel Grafikoa)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua
+behar bezala identifikatuko du.</para>
+
+  <para>Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein
+duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>hornitzailea</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ondoren zure txartela izena</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>eta txartel mota</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Zure txartela ezin baduzu fabrikatzaile zerrendan aurkitu (oraindik
+datu-basean ez delako sartu edo txartela zaharra delako) kontrolatzaile
+egokia aurki dezakezu Xorg-en kategorian.</para>
+
+  <para>Xorg-eko zerrendak generiko eta kode irekiko 40 kontrolatzaile baino gehiago
+hornitzen ditu bideo-txartelerako. Oraindik zure txartelerako kontrolatzaile
+egokia ez baduzu aurkitu, vesa kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko aukera
+duzu. Kontrolatzaile honek zure bideo-txartelerako oinarrizko ahalmena
+hornitzen du.</para>
+
+  <para>Kontutan izan bateraezina kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte
+Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula.</para>
+
+  <para>Bideo-txartel fabrikatzaile batzuek Nonfree biltegietan soilik aurkitzen
+diren jabedun kontrolatzaileak hornitzen dituzte Linux-erako. Kasu
+batzuetan, fabrikatzailearen webgunean aurkitzen dira soilik.</para>
+
+  <para>Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura
+aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96713282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Zuk Mageia-ren instalazio honetarako aukeratu duzun ingurune grafikoarekiko
+(idazmahai-ingurune bezala ere ezagututa) independenteki, guztiak
+erabiltzaile interfaze-sistema grafikoan oinarrituta daude<acronym>X Window
+Sistema</acronym> , edo  <acronym>X</acronym> soilik deitutakoa. Horrela,
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym>
+edo beste edozein ingurune grafiko ondo funtzionatzeko,
+<acronym>X</acronym>-en hurrengo ezarpena egokia izan behar da. Aukeratu
+ezarpen egokia <application>DrakX</application>-ek ez duela ezer aukeratzen
+edo ez duela egoki aukeratu ikusten baduzu.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure
+txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Pantaila</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukera dezakezu
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> posible denean, edo
+<guilabel>Hornitzaile</guilabel> edo <guilabel>Generiko</guilabel>
+zerrendako zure pantaila aukeratu. Aukeratu
+<guilabel>pertsonalizatua</guilabel> pantailaren freskatze horizontaleko eta
+bertikaleko tasak eskuz jartzea nahiago baduzu.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Freskatze tasa okerra zure pantaila kaltetu dezake</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan
+ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Froga</guibutton></emphasis>: Froga botoia ez da beti
+agertzen instalazioan zehar. Botoia baldin badago, bere ezarpenak kontrola
+ditzakezu hura sakatzen. Ezarpena egokia den galdera agertzen bada, "bai"
+erantzun dezakezu, eta ezarpenak gordeko dira. Ezer ikusten ez baduzu,
+ezarpenetako pantailara itzuli eta dena berriz konfiguratu ahal izango duzu
+proba baliozkoa izan arte. <emphasis>Ziurta ezazu konfigurazioa toki
+seguruan dagoela froga botoia eskuragarri ez badago</emphasis>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera
+aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ff9da4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Aukeratu zure Pantaila</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala
+identifika dezake.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Pantaila ezaugarri ezberdinak dituen bat aukeratzea zure pantaila
+edo bideo osagaiak kaltetu dezakete. Mesedez, ez zaitez saiatu ezer egiten
+zer egiten duzun jakin gabe.</emphasis> Zalantzarik izanez gero, kontsultatu
+zure pantailaren dokumentazioa.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Pertsonalizatua</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta
+sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala
+nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo
+horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4"><emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure
+benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu
+baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta
+ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten
+saiatzen da.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Hornitzailea</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun
+baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>hornitzailea</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>pantailaren fabrikatzailearen izena</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>pantailaren deskribapena</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generikoa</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak
+eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila
+aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den
+bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa
+kontserbadorea izan behar da.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd93050c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Zure <literal>/</literal> partizioa enkriptatu nahi baduzu, bereiztutako
+<literal>/boot</literal> partizio bat duzula ziurtatu behar
+duzu. <literal>/boot</literal> partizioaren enkriptatzea ez da erabili
+behar, bestela, zure sistema ez izango da abiarazi.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Hemen zure disko gogor(ren) egitura estutu. Partizioak gehitu eta kendu
+daitezke, partizio bateko sistema edo tamaina alda daiteke, eta
+haietan hasi baino lehen dagoena arren ikusi.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Erlaitz bat dago disko gogor bakoitzerako edo antzemandako
+biltegiratze-sistemarako, USB unitatea bezala. Adibidez, sda, sdb eta sdc
+hiru aurkitzen badira. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu
+partizio guztiak garbitzeko</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo
+aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo
+garbitu.  <guibutton>Aldatu aditu modura</guibutton> (edo <guibutton>Aditu
+modua</guibutton>) etiketa bat gehitu edo partizio-mota bat aukeratzeko
+bezalako tresna gehiago batzuk ematen ditu. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Jarraitu dena zure nahiei egokitu arte.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Klik <guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> prest zaudenean.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Mageia instalatzen ari bazara UEFI sistema baten, egiaztatu ESP (EFI Sistema
+Partizioa) presente dagoela, eta behar bezala /boot/EFI-n muntatuta (ikus
+goian)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Mageia Legacy/GPT sisteman instalatzen ari bazara, egiaztatu BIOSen abioko
+partizioa dagoela eta mota zuzena duela</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09091ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partizioa egiten</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Pantaila honetan zure disko gogor(ren) edukia ikus dezakezu eta DrakX
+partizio morroiak <application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko aurkitu
+duen tokia ikusi.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Beheko zerrendatik erabilgarri dauden aukerak bereziki aldatuko dira zure
+disko gogor(rren) diseinu eta edukien arabera.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Lehendik dauden Partizioak</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu
+egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Erabili Espazio Hutsa</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau
+erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu,
+instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Hau zure Mageia-ren instalazio berrirarentzako lekua uzteko modu
+erabilgarria izan daiteke, baina eragiketa arriskutsua da, beraz, fitxategi
+garrantzitsuen babeskopia egin behar duzu!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Kontutan prozedura hori dakar Windows partizioaren tamaina
+murrizteko. Partizio honek "garbi " egon beharko du, hau da, Windows azken
+aldiz erabili denean ondo itxita egon behar du. Halaber desfragmentatuta
+egon behar du, baina horrek ez du bermatzen partizioko fitxategi guztiak
+mugitu egin direla erabiliko den eremutik kanpo. Hori dela eta, Guztiz
+gomendagarria da zure fitxategi pertsonalaren babeskopia bat egitea.</para><para>Aukera honekin instalatzailea gainerako Windows-en partizioa  urdin argiz
+eta etorkizuneko Mageia partizioa urdin ilunez euren xede tamainekin
+erakusten ditu. Tamaina hauek egokitzeko aukera duzu klik eginez eta
+partizioen arteko hutsunea arrastatuz. Ikusi beheko pantaila.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Ezabatu eta erabili disko osoa.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz
+ibili!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Diskoko zati bat beste zerbaitetan erabili edo jada galdu nahi ez duzun
+informazioa baduzu,, ez ezazu aukera hau erabili.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Disko-partizio pertsonalizatua</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko
+gogorrean.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partizioaren tamaina:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Instalatzaileak eskuragarri dauden leku partekatuko ditu honako arauen
+arabera:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Eskuragarri dagoen leku guztia 50GB baino gutxiago bada, partizio bat baino
+ez da sortuko /, ez baitago /home partizioa bereizita .</para></listitem><listitem><para>Eskuragarri dagoen leku guztia 50GB baino gehiago baldin bada, orduan, hiru
+partizio sortuko dira</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 erabateko espazio libretik /-ra esleitzen da 50 GB-ko gehiengoarekin</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 4 GB gehienez trukatzeko esleitzen da</para></listitem><listitem><para>gainerakoa (gutxienez 12/19) da / home-ra esleitzen da</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Horrek esan nahi du 160 GB-tik eta gehiago eskuragarri, instalatzaileak hiru
+partizio sortuko dituela: 50GB /-rako , 4 GB swap-rako eta gainontzekoa
+/home-entzako.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>UEFI sistema bat erabiltzen ari bazara, ESP (EFI sistema partizioa)
+automatikoki detektatu egingo da, edo sortu ez bada existitzen oraindik, eta
+/boot/EFI-n muntatu. "Disko partizio pertsonalizatua" aukerak arrakastaz
+bete dela frogatzen du.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Zenbait disko gogor berri 4096-byteko sektore logikoak erabilitzen dituzte,
+512 byte estandarraren ordez. Hardware librerik ezagatik partizio tresna ez
+da egiztatu halako diskoetan. Gainera, SSD disko batzuek 1MB baino gehiagoko
+ezabatze bloke bat darabilte. Iradokitzen dugu aurrez partiziorako beste
+tresna mota bart erabiltzea gparted bezala, mota honetako disko bat izanez
+gero, eta hurrengo konfigurazioak erabil ditzala:</para>
+    <para>"lerrokatu" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Aurreko espazio librea (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Ziurtatzen partizio guztiak sortzen diturela megabyte kopuru batekin.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8590c437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Zorionak</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2"><application>Mageia</application> instalatzen eta konfiguratzen amaitu duzu
+eta orain segurua da instalazio baliabidea kentzea, eta zure ordenagailua
+berrabiaraztea.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Berrezarri ondoren, abioko kargatzailea, zure ordenagailuko sistema
+eragileen artean aukera dezakezu (bat baino gehiago izanez gero).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa
+automatikoki hautatu eta hasiko da.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Gozatu!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi
+izanez</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f62c93cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Suhesia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">Atal honek suhesi arau sinple batzuk konfiguratzeko aukera ematen du:
+helburuko sistemak interneten bidez zein motatako mezuak onartuko diren
+zehaztuko du. Berriz, honek, sistemaren zerbitzu egokiak Internetetik
+sartzeko errazak izan daitezela baimentzen du.</para>
+
+  <para>In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is
+accessibly from the network. The "<emphasis>Everything (no
+firewall)</emphasis>" button has a particular role: it enables access to all
+services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the
+context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected
+system.  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center
+(which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of
+firewall rules for testing and debugging purposes.</para>
+
+  <para>Gainontzeko checkbutton guztiak gutxi gorabehera azaleratzen dira. Adibidez,
+"CUPS zerbitzaria" botoia egiaztatuko duzu zure makinako inprimagailuak
+sarean eskuragarri nahi badituzu.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Aurreratua</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The
+"Advanced" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service for
+which no checkbutton exists. The "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" button
+opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a list of
+couples (blank separated)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to
+the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined
+in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the
+service.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Adibidez, RSYNC zerbitzurako sarbidea gaitzeko sarrera
+<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis> da.</para>
+
+  <para>Bi protokoloak erabiltzeko zerbitzu bat martxan jartzen denean, 2 bikote
+zehazten dira portu bererako.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2cd3c180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formateatzen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Hemen aukera dezakezu zer partizio formateatu nahi. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis>
+formateatzeko markatutako partizioetako edozein datu gordeko dira.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten
+dira</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> hautatzeko partizioko
+<emphasis>Bloke okerrak</emphasis> egiaztatzeko.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Ez bazaude ziur aukeraketa egokia egin duzula,
+<guibutton>Atzera</guibutton>, eta berriro <guibutton>Atzera</guibutton> eta
+gero <guibutton>Pertsonalizatuan</guibutton> klik egin dezakezu hasierako
+pantailara itzultzeko. Pantaila honetan zure partizioek dutena ikus dezakzu.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Zure aukeretaz ziur zaudenean, <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia
+klikatu jarraitzeko.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c53f496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Eguneraketak</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1"><application>Mageia</application>-ko bertsio hau askatu zenetik, pakete
+batzuk eguneratu edo hobetu dira.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2"><guilabel>Bai</guilabel> aukeratu instalatu nahi baduzu,
+<guilabel>Ez</guilabel> aukeratu orain egin nahi ez baduzu, edo Internetera
+konektaturik ez bazaude</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8e64302
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, Mageia Instalatzilea</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>GNU-Linux-eko erabiltzaile berri edo aurreratu bat bazara, Mageia-ren
+instalatzailea diseinatuta dago zure instalazioa edo eguneratzea posible
+bezain erraz egiten laguntzeko.</para>
+
+  <para>Hasierako menuak hainbat aukera ditu, baina aukera lehenetsia instalatzailea
+da, normalean, behar duzun guztia dela.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Instalazio Ongi etorri Pantaila</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Mageia DVDa erabiliz</title>
+
+      <para>Hemen lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila, Lehenean UEFI sistema batekin eta
+bigarrenean Legacy sistema duen Mageia DVD bat erabiliz:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Pantaila honetan, aukerak sartzeko sakatu "e" letra "editatzeko moduan"
+sartzeko. Pantaila honetara itzultzeko, sakatu "esc" tekla irten eta gorde
+gabe edo sakatu "Ktrl" edo "F10" tekla gorde eta irtetzeko.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Pantaila honetatik, posiblea da hobespen pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hizkuntza (instalaziorako soilik, sisteman aukeratutako hizkuntzaren
+desberdinak izan daitezke) F2 gakoa sakatuz (Ondare moduan soilik)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu.</para>
+
+            <para>Hemen adibide bat dago, CD/DVD Live mota erabiltzean agertutako Frantsesezko
+ongietorri pantaila. Nabaritu aipaturiko CD/DVDaren menuak ez duela
+proposatzen: <guilabel>Berreskuratze Sistema</guilabel>,
+<guilabel>Memoriaren Frogapena</guilabel> ezta <guilabel>Hardwarea
+antzemateko tresnarik</guilabel> ere.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla (Ondare moduan soilik) sakatuz.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Gehitu kernel aukera batzuk <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis> ondare
+moduan edo <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> sakatuz  UEFI modurako.</para>
+
+            <para>Instalazioak huts egiten badu, orduan berriro beste aukera osagarri
+batzuekin saiatzea beharrezkoa izan daiteke. F6 sakatzen duzunean agertzen
+den menuak lerro <guilabel>Abio aukarak</guilabel> berri bat erakusten du
+eta lau aukera proposatzen ditu:</para>
+
+            <para>- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen.</para>
+
+            <para>- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen.</para>
+
+            <para>- ACPI-rik gabe (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface),
+energia-administrazioa ez da kontuan hartzen.</para>
+
+            <para>- APIC-a Lokalik (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) gabe,
+CPU-aren etenez dihardu. Aukera hau aukeratu ezazu eskatzen bazaizu.</para>
+
+            <para>Sarrera horietako bat hautatzean, <guilabel>Abio aukera</guilabel> lerroan
+erakutsitako jatorrizko aukerak aldatzen dira.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Maegia bertsio batzuetan, hautatutako F6 gakoarekin hautatutako aukerak ez
+direla <guilabel>Abio aukerak</guilabel> lerroan agertzen gerta
+daiteke. Hala ere, kontuan izango dira.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Gehitu kernel aukera gehiago F1 tekla (Ondare moduan soilik) sakatuz.</para>
+
+            <para>F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu
+gezi-teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla
+saka ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Aukeren pantailaren ikuspegi zehatza. Sakatu Esc edo hautatu
+<guilabel>Abioko aukeretara Itzultzea</guilabel> aukeren zerrendara
+itzultzeko. Aukera hauek eskuz gehitu daitezke <guilabel>Abioko
+Aukera</guilabel> lerroan.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Laguntzak F2 teklaz aukeratutako hizkuntza emaitza du.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Kernel ondare eta UEFI sistemtako aukerei buruzko informazio gehiago
+lortzeko, ikus:<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Kabledun sarea erabiltzen</title>
+
+      <para>Hona hemen hasierako pantaila kable sare instalazioan oinarritzen CD bat
+erabiltzen denean (netinstall.iso edo netinstall-nonfree.iso imajinak)</para>
+
+      <para>Ezin duzu hizkuntza aldatu, aukerak pantailan azaltzen dira. Haridun Sarean
+oinarritutako instalazio CDa  nola erabiltzeari buruzko informazio gehiago
+lortzeko, bisitatu <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageiaren
+Wiki-a</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Instalazio urratsak</title>
+
+    <para>Instalazio prozesuko hainbat urrats pantailaren alboko panelean jarraitu
+daitezke.</para>
+
+    <para>Urrats bakoitzak pantailetan bat edo gehiago ditu aukera osagarrietarako
+botoiak <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> izan dezakeena, normalean gutxi
+erabiltzen dira .</para>
+
+    <para>Pantailak gehienek <guibutton>Laguntza</guibutton> botoiak dituzte, zienek
+pausuei buruzko azalpenak emango dizute.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Instalazioan zehar nonbait instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu,
+berrastea posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat
+formateatu denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure
+ordenagailua ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema
+erabilezinarekin utz dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu,
+terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean
+sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean
+berrasteko.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Interfaze Grafikorik gabe</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Hasierako pantailaren ondoren, ez du hizkuntzako aukeraketa pantaila
+kargatzen. Hau gerta daiteke txartel grafiko batzuekin eta sistema
+zaharrekin. Saiatu bereizmen bajuago bat erabiltzea, <code>vgalo</code>
+terminalean idatziz.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Hardwarea zaharra bada, Beharbada ez da posible instalazio grafikoa
+egitea. Aipaturiko kasuan, testu modu instalazio bat saia liteke. Aipaturiko
+modua burutzeko, ESC sakatu ezazu lehen ongietorri-pantailan zehar eta ENTER
+sakatuz egiazta ezazu. Pantaila beltza agertuko da "boot" hitzarekin. "text"
+idatz ezazu eta ENTER sakatu ezazu. Orain testu moduko instalazioarekin
+jarrai ezazu.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Instalatu Osagaiak</title>
+
+      <para>Sistemak instalazioan zehar izoztu egiten dela badirudi, hardware
+detekzioekin arazoa izan daiteke. Kasu honetan, hardwareko detekzio
+automatikoa desaktiba daiteke eta gero ezarri daiteke. Hau probatzeko,
+<code>noauto</code> idatz ezazu terminalean. Beharrezkoa bada aukera hau
+beste batzuekin konbina daiteke.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM arazoak</title>
+
+      <para>Hura behar izatea arraroa da, baina kasu batzuetan, hardwareak RAM-aren
+kantitate libreari buruz oker informa dezake. Hura eskuz zehazteko,
+<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametroa erabil dezake, xxx RAM-aren kantitate
+zuzena den, adibidez: <code>mem=256M</code>-ak RAM 256MB esan nahi izango
+lituzke.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Partizio dinamikoak</title>
+
+      <para>Zuk "oinarrizko" formatutik zure disko gogorra "dinamiko"-ra bihurtu
+bazenuen Microsoft Windows-en, Mageia disko honetan jartzea ezinezkoa izango
+dela jakin behar duzu. Oinarrizko diskora itzultzeko Microsoft-eko
+dokumentazioa ikus ezazu:  <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..19ce8bf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Sarrera pantaila</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM sarrera pantaila</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Azkenik, saio hasiera pantailara zatoz.</para><para>Idatzi zure erabiltzaile izena eta erbiltzaile pasahitza, eta segundo
+batzuen buruan aurkituko zara KDE edo GNOME mahaigain batekin, bertan
+erbiltzen ari zaren live baliabearen arabera. Orain hasi zaitezke zure
+Mageia instalazioa erabiliz.</para><para>Aurki ditzakezu <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">hemen</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d560287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hemen eskuragarri dauden biltegien zerrenda bat. Biltegi guztiak ez daude
+eskuragarri, instalaziorako erabilitako baliabidearen arabera. Biltegien
+aukeraketa hurrengo urratsetan hautagai izagon diren paketeak zehaztuko
+ditu.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren
+oinarria daukanez gero.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> biltegiak doakoak diren paketeak ditu, hau da,
+mageia birbana ditzake, baina softwarea kode itxiko paketeak, eta hortik
+datorkio nonfree izena. Adibidez, biltegiak barnean nVidia eta ATI txartel
+grafiko, hainbat WiFi txartelentzako firmware, gidariak jabedun, ea hartzen
+ditu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> biltegiak barne hartzen ditu doako
+lizentziapean argitaratutako paketeak. Paketeak biltegi honetan jartzeko
+irizpide nagusia patenteak eta copyright herri batzuetako legeak hauts
+daitezkeela da, hala nola, zenbait audio/bideo,  DVD komertzial bideo, etab
+erreproduzitzeko beharrezkoak diren multimedia codec batzuk bezalako
+paketeak, etab.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..479dcf3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instalazio Minimoa</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Instalazio txikiena aukeratu dezakezu pakete taldeen pantailan dena
+desautatuz, ikus <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Nahi izanez gero, halaber "banakako pakete aukeraketa" egiaztatu dezakezu
+pantaila berean.</para>
+  <para><application>Mageiaren</application> erabilera espezifikoak buruan
+dutenentzat dago zuzenduta instalazio minimoa, zerbitzari edo lanpostu
+espezialitatua bezala. Seguruenik aukera hau "Banakako pakete aukeraketa"
+aipatutako aukera konbinatuta erabili ahal izango duzu,  instalazioa
+fintzeko, ikus <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Instalazio mota hau aukeratuz gero, ondoko pantailan osagarri erabilgarri
+batzuk eskainiko ditu, hala nola, dokumentazioa eta X.</para>
+  <para>"X-ekin" hautatzen bada, IceWM idazmahai arin gisa egongo da.</para>
+  <para>Oinarrizko dokumentazioa man edo info orri forman ematen da. Batetik man
+orriak <link xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux
+Documentation Project</link> eta bestetik <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info orriak biltzen ditu.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbdc3683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Hainbat parametroen laburpena</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX adimentasunez hautatzen ditu ezarpenak zure sistemaren detektatutako
+hardwarearen arabera. Ezarpenak egiaztatu ahal izango dituzu hemen eta
+<guibutton>Ezarri</guibutton> sakatu aldatu nahi baduzu.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Arau orokor gisa, ezarpen lehenetsiak gomendatzen dira eta 3 salbuespen
+gorde ditzakezu:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Badago arazo ezagun bat ezarpen lehenetsiarekin</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Dagoeneko ezarpen lehenetsia probatu dae eta porrot egin du</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Beste zerbait esaten da beheko atal zehatzetan</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Sistema parametroak</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Denbora-Eremua</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX ordu eremua hautatutako hizkuntzaren arabera aukeratzen du. Aldatu
+nahi baduzu, behar izanez gero, Ikusi ere <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Herrialde/Eskualde</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Aukeratutako herrian ez bazaude, zuk hura zuzentzea garrantzitsua da.  Ikus
+<xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Abio kargatzailea</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX aukera onak egin ditu abio kargatzailearen ezarpenekin.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Ezer ez aldatu, Grub2 konfiguratzeaz jakin ezean</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Erabiltzaile kudeaketa</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere
+<literal>/home</literal> direktorioa izango du.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Zerbitzuak</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Sistema Zerbitzuak atzeko aldean abian dauden programa txikiak aipatzeko
+(deabru) bezala ezagutzen da. Tresna honek horietako batzuk gaitu edo
+desgaitzeko aukera ematen dizu.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Arretaz pentsatu behar duzu hemen ezer aldatu aurretik, hutsegite batek
+ordenagailuak gaizki funtzionatzea eragin dezake.</para>
+
+        <para>For more information, see <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardware parametroak</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Teklatua</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Hemen da non teklatuaren antolamendua ezarri edo aldatu ditzakezun  zure
+kokapen, hizkuntza edo teklatu motaren arabera.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Teklatuaren diseinu oker bat nabaritzen baduzu eta aldatu nahi baduzu,
+kontuan izan zure pasahitzak ere aldatu egingo direla.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Sagua</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak,
+trackballs, etab </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Soinu txartela</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Instalatzaileak gidari lehenetsia erabiltzen du, baldin badago. Gidari bat
+baino gehiago dagoenean agertzen da beste bat aukeratzeko aukera soilik,
+baina bat ere ez dator lehenetsita.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Interfaze grafikoa</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura
+dezakezu.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Sare eta Internet parametroak</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Sarea</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Zure sarea hemen ezarri ditzakezu, baina gidari libre gabeko txartelentzat
+(nonfree), berrabiarazi ostean egite hobea da, <application>Mageiaren
+Kontrol Gunean</application>, non-free biltegiak gaituta eduki ondoren.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena
+ezartzen, ikusteko ere.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxiak</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Proxy-zerbitzari batek zure ordenagailuaren eta Interneten arteko
+bitartekari bat bezala jokatzen du. Sail honek proxy-zerbitzua zure
+ordenagailuak erabiltzeko ezarpenak jartzeko baimentzen dizu.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen
+sartu beharreko parametroak</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Segurtasuna</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Segurtasun Maila</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Hemen ezarri daiteke zure ordenagailurako desiratzen duzun segurtasun maila,
+gehienetan, lehenetsitako ezarpena (Estandarra) egokitzen du erabilera
+orokorrerako.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Begiratu zure erabilerara hoberen egokitzen den aukera.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Suebakia</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Suebaki baten asmoa, zure artxibo garrantzitsuen eta Internetetik dabiltzan
+asmo txarreko jende ugariren, lapurtzen saia daitezkeen edo zure artxiboak
+arriskuan jarri dezaketenen artean hesi bat jartzea da.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Aukera itzazu zure sisteman sartu nahi dituzun zerbitzuak. Zure aukeraketa
+zure ordenagailuan egiten duzun erabileraren mende egongo da. Informazio
+gehiago lortzeko, ikus<xref linkend="firewall"/> .</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan
+daitekeela.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90ec5831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Berrabiarazi</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Behin kargatzailea instalatuta, eskatuko dizu zure ordenagailua gelditzeko,
+zuzeneko CD-a kendu eta ordenagailua berrabiarazteko. klikatu<emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton></emphasis> eta egin ezazu
+<emphasis role="bold"> agindu honetan eskatutakoa!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Abiaraztean, deskarga aurrerapen barra segida bat ikusiko duzu. Hornek
+adierazten du software baliabide zerrendak deskargatzen ari direla (ikus
+Software kudeaketa). </para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c42df8da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1"><application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>  Partizioaren
+tamaina aldatu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1"><application>Windows-en<superscript>®</superscript> </application> partizio
+bat baino gehiago baduzu, aukeratu zein txikiago egin nahi duzun
+<application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko tokia egiteko.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2c579bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Segurtasun-maila</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Zure segurtasun maila egokitu dezakezu hemen.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Zuk zer aukeratu ez badakizu, lehenetsitako konfigurazioa utz ezazu.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Instalatu ondoren, beti posible da <guilabel>Segurtasuna</guilabel> Mageia
+Kontrol Gunean segurtasun ezarpenak aldatzea.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4868fc02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Aukeratu herrialdea edo lurraldea. Ezarpen guztientzako garrantzitzua da,
+hala nola moneta eta haririk gabeko erregulazioa. Okerreko herrialdea
+ezartzen baduzu, hari gabeko konexioa ezingo duzu erabili.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Zure herrialdea zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guilabel>Beste
+Herrialdeak</guilabel> eta aukeratu zure herrialde / eskualdea han.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Zure herrialdea <guilabel>Beste Herrialde</guilabel> zerrendan soilik
+badago, <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren lehen zerrendako beste
+bat hautatuta bezala agertu daiteke. Mesedez, ez egin jaramonik honi, DrakX
+zure benetako aukera jarraituko du.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Sarrera metodoa</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Beste herrialde</guilabel> pantailan metodoa aukera dezakezu
+lehenik (zerrendaren amaieran) ere. Sarrera-metodoek erabiltzaileei
+baimentzen diete hizkuntza anizkuneko karaktereak (Txinatar, Japoniar,
+Korearra, etab.) sartzea. IBus metodoa lehenetsita dago Mageiaren DVD-etan,
+Afrika/India eta Asia/ez-India Live-CDa. Asiar eta Afrikar kokapenetarako,
+IBus metodoa sarrera bezala ezarriko da lehenik, erabiltzaileek ez dute
+eskuz itxuratu behar izango. Beste sarrera metodo batzuk lehenik (SCIM,
+GCIN, HIME, etab.) antzeko funtzioak ere hornitzen dute eta HTTP/FTP
+baliabideak pakete-aukeraketa baino lehen gehitu bazenituen instalatu
+daitezke.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Ahaztu duzu instalazioan zehar sarrera metodoa konfiguratzea, zure sistema
+instalatutakoan egin dezakezu, sartu "Zure Ordenagailua konfiguratu" ->
+"Sistema" edo localdrake root gisa exekutatuz.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b293ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalatu edo Berritu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instalatu</para>
+
+      <para>Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko
+baterako.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Berritu</para>
+
+      <para><application>Mageia</application> bertsio bat edo gehiago instalaturik
+baduzu zure siteman, instalatzaileak haietako bat azken bertiora eguneratzea
+utziko dizu.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Gaurkotzearen testatzea soilik egin da oraindik instalatzailearen bertsio
+hau bota <emphasis>zenean jasanda zegoen</emphasis> Mageia-ko aurreko
+bertsiotik. Mageia-ko euskarri-amaierara jada heldu den bertsioa eguneratu
+nahi baduzu, zure <literal>/home</literal> partizioa babestuz instalazio
+garbia egitea hobea da.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Instalazioan zehar instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, berrastea
+posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat formateatu
+denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure ordenagailua
+ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema erabilezinarekin utz
+dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, terminalera sar zaitez
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt
+Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Zuk konturatu bazara hizkuntza gehigarri bat aukeratzea ahaztu duzula,
+"Instalatu edo Eguneratu" pantailatik itzuli zaitezke hizkuntza aukeretara
+<guilabel>Ctrl Alt Hasi</guilabel> sakatuz. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> egin hau
+instalazioan zehar.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ff02d30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Teklatua</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX zure hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia hautatuko du. Teklatu bateragarria
+ez bada aurkitzen, Amerikar teklatua aukeratuko da.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Ziurtatu aukeraketa zuzena edo hautatu beste teklatu diseinu bat. Ez
+badakizu zein den zure teklatuaren diseinu zuzena, zure sistemarekin batera
+datozen zehaztapenak begiratu edo zure saltokian galdetu. Bada, beharbada,
+zure teklatua identifikatzen duen etiketa bat izango du. Hemen ere begiratu
+dezakezu: <link
+xlink:href="http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Zure teklatua zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton>
+zerrenda bat bistaratzeko, eta ondoren hautatu zure teklatua.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5"><guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> Leihotik teklatu bat hautatu ondoren,
+instalatzailea lehenengo teklatu hautapen leihora itzuliko da, eta
+zerrendatik teklatu bat aukeratu duzula irudituko da. Anomalia hau alde
+batera utzi dezakezu, eta instalazioarekin jarraitu, zure teklatua zerrenda
+osotik aukeratutakoa da.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Ez-Latin karakteretan oinarritutako teklatua hautatzen baduzu, pantaila
+gehigarri bat agertuko da eskatuz nola nahiago duzu Latin eta Latin ez diren
+xedapen artean aldatzeko.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c7f01a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Aukeratu teklatua</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Beharrezkoa izango da Mageian erabili nahi duzun teklatu-diseinua
+ezartzea. Lehenetsi bat zuk aurretik aukeratutako hizkuntzaren eta
+ordu-eremuaren arabera hautatzen da.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..182426b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Aukeratu erabiltzeko hizkuntza bat</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Zure hizkuntza gogokoena aukeratu zure kontinenteko zerrenda
+luzatzen. <application>Mageia</application> aukeraketa hori erabiliko da
+instalazioan zehar eta instalatutako sisteman.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use
+this selection during the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Zuretzat edo beste erabiltzaile batzuentzat hainbat hizkuntza instalaturik
+behar izanez gero <guibutton>Hizkuntza anitzeko</guibutton> botoia erabili
+orain gehitzeko. Instalakuntza amaitutakoan hizkuntzak gehitzea zailagoa
+izan daiteke.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Hizkuntza bat baino gehiago aukeratzen bada ere, lehen pantailan nahiago
+izandako zure hizkuntza lehena aukeratu behar duzu. Gainera, hainbat
+hizkuntzatako aukera pantailan markatuta egongo da.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan,
+komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia UTF-8 (Unicode) laguntza erabiltzen du lehenespenez.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">"Hainbat hizkuntza" pantailan ezgaitu daiteke zure hizkuntzarekin
+funtzionatzen ez duela baldin badakizu. UTF-8 Ezgaitzen baduzu, ez da
+eskuragarri egongo instalatutako inongo hizkuntzatarako.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Zure sistemako hizkuntza alda dezakezu Mageia Kontrol Gunean instalazioa
+egin ondoren --> Sistema --> kudeatu zure sistemaren kokalekua.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c62bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Aukeratu sagua</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Ez bazaude pozik  zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu
+ahal izango duzu.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB
+sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Aukeratu <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Behartu
+evdev</guilabel> lan egiten ez duten sei botoi edo gehiagoko saguaren
+botoiak konfiguratzen.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac884d3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Abio kargatzailearen aukera nagusiak</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Abioko kargatzailearen interfazea</title>
+
+    <para>Lehenespenez, Mageia-k soilik darabil:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (enu grafikoarekin edo gabe) Legacy/MBR edo Legacy/GPT sistemarako</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi UEFI sistementzat.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The mageia menuak grafikoa politak ditu :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 Legacy/MBR eta Legacy/GPT sistemetan</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Ez aldatu "Abio Gailua" zer egiten duzun benetan jakin gabe.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi UEFI sistemetan</title>
+
+      <para>UEFI sistema batekin, erabiltzaile interfazearen zertxobait ezberdinak dira,
+ezin duzu abioko kargatzailea aukeratu, Grub2-efi soilik dagoelako</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Mageia zure ordenagailuan instalatutako sistema bakarra bada,
+instalatzaileak ESP (EFI sistema partizioa) sortuko du (Grub2-EFI)
+kargatzaileak jasotzeko. Zure ordenagailuan UEFI sistema eragile bat
+bazegoen aldez aurretik  (Windows 8 adibidez), Mageia instalatzaileak
+detektatuko ditu dauden Windows-ek sortutako ESP eta grub2-EFI-ra gehituko
+ditu. Hainbat ESP izatea posiblea izan arren, soilik bat izatea aholkatzen
+da eta aski dituzun sistema eragileetako kopurua edozein izanik ere.</para>
+
+      <para>Ez aldatu "Abio Gailua" zer egiten duzun benetan jakin gabe.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Mageia abio kargatzailea erabiliz</title>
+
+    <para>Lehenespenez, zure sistemaren arabera, Mageia-k berri bat idazten du:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 abiarazlea MBR (Master Boot Record) zure lehen disko gogorrean edo
+BIOSen abioko partizioan.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz</title>
+
+    <para>Zure Mageia sistema erabilea existitzen den abiarazlera gehitzeko prozedura
+zehatza eskuliburu honen esparrutik kanpo dago, baina normalean abio
+kargatzaile instalazioak antzeman eta gehitu beharko luke. Ikusi kasuko
+sistema eragilearen dokumentazioa.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Katearen karga erabiltzen</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Aukerak</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Lehen orria</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-koadro honetan benetako pasahitza
+jartzen  da</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Idatzi berriro pasahitza eta DrakX
+lehen ezarritakoarekin bat etortzea egiaztatuko du.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Aurreratu</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>SMP gaitu</guilabel>: Aukera honek prozesu anitzeko prozesadore
+simetrikoak gaitzen / desgaitzen ditu.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Hurrengo orria</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Lehenetsia:</guilabel> Sistema eragilea modu lehenetsian hasi da</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Erantsi:</guilabel> Aukera honek kernelaren informazioa pasatzera
+edo kernelak informazio gehiago emateko esaten dio abioan.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Aurreratu</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Ez ikutu ESP edo MBR</emphasis>: ikus goian <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Katearen karga erabiliz</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b0a87dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Horretarako, editatu /boot/grub2/custom.cfg eskuz edo erabili
+grub-customizer softwarea (eskuragarri Mageia biltegietan).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikus gure wikia: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67bdb514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">SCSI konfiguratu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX normalean zuzentasunez atzematen ditu disko gogorrak. SCSI
+kontrolagailu zahar batzuekin ezin izango du gidari zuzenak erabiltzeko
+detektatu eta huts egin dezake disko gogorra aitortu nahian.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI
+disko(ak).</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..916ab09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Soinu Konfiguraketa</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Pantaila honetan zure soinu txarteleko gidari Instalatzailearen izena ematen
+da, eta hau kontrolatzaile lehenetsia izango da lehenetsitako bat baduzu.</para>
+
+  <para>Gidari lehenetsia ongi ibili beharko luke. Hala ere, instalazioa egin
+ondoren arazoak badaude, exekutatu <command>draksound</command> edo tresna
+hau abiarazi MCC-tik (Mageia Kontrol Gunea), <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
+etiketea auketatzen eta <guilabel>Soinua Konfiguratu</guilabel>n klik egiten
+pantailaren goiko eskuineko izkinan.</para>
+
+  <para>Orduan, draksound-en  "Soinua Konfiguratu" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik
+<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen
+konponketa</guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria
+aurkitzeko.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Aurreratua</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila honetan, instalazioan
+zehar, oso erabilgarria da han gidari lehenetsia ez bada, eta hainbat gidari
+eskuragarri badira, edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu
+duela uste baduzu.</para>
+
+    <para>Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari
+hautatu</guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b6295fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton> ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak,
+sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu guztiak ezabatu nahi
+dituzula.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..499c9667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Mageia Live sistema gisa probatzen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live modua</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Pantaila hau lortuko duzu  "Mageia Abiarazi" hautatu baduzu. Ezezkoa bada,
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partizio</link> urratsa" lortuko duzu</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Hardwarea probatzen </title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Live moduaren helburuetako bat Mageian hardware-a ondo kudeatuko dela
+probatzea da. Gailu guztiak gidari bat dutela egiazta dezakezu Mageia
+Kontrol Guneko Hardware atalean. Gailurik gaurkoagoak proba ditzakezu:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sareko interfazea: konfiguratu net_applet-ekin</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>txartel grafikoa: aurreko pantaila ikusten baduzu, dagoeneko dena ongi dago.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Web kamera:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Soinua: doinu bat dagoeneko jokatu da</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>inprimagailua: konfiguratu eta probako orria inprimatu</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>eskaner: dokumentu bat eskaneatu ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Guztia da zuretzat ona bada, instalaziora prozesa dezakezu. Hala ez bada,
+irten botoia sakatu dezakezu.</para>
+
+      <remark>Hemen egin dituzun konfigurazio ezarpenak instalaziorako mantenduko dira.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Instalaketa abiarazi</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Mageia LiveCD edo Live disko gogorrean edo SSD disko DVD instalazioa
+abiarazteko, egin klik ikonoan "Hard Disk instalatu" on. Pantaila honetan,
+eta, ondoren, "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partizio</link> urratsa"
+zuzeneko instalatzeko gisa jasoko duzu.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6a1cb8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia desinstalatzen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Jarraibideak</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia konbentzituko ez balizu edo ezin baduzu behar bezala instalatu, azken
+finean kendu nahi baduzu. Hori zure eskubidea da eta Mageiak ere aukera
+ematen dizu ezabatzeko. Hau ez da egia sistema eragile guztietan.</para>
+
+    <para>Datuen babeskopiaren ondoren, berrabiatu zure Mageia DVD instalazioa eta
+hautatu Erreskate sistema, orduan, Leheneratu Windows abioko
+kargatzailea. Hurrengo abioan, zuk soilik Windows aukerarik gabe izango duzu
+zure sistema eragilea aukeratzeko.</para>
+
+    <para>Windows-en Mageiak erabilitako partizio espazioa berreskuratzeko, sakatu
+<code>Hasi -> Kontrol-panela -> Administrazio-tresnak -> Ordenagailu
+Kudeaketa -> Biltegiratzea -> Disko Kudeaketa</code> partizio kudeaketan
+sartzeko. Mageiaren partizioa ezagutu egingo duzu
+<guilabel>ezezaguna</guilabel> etiketatu delako , eta, gainera, bere tamaina
+eta diskoan duen lekuaren arabera. Eskuinez klikatu partizio horietako
+bakoitzaren gainean eta hautatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton>. Espazioa
+libratuko da.</para>
+
+    <para>Windows XP erabiltzen ari bazara, partizio berri bat sor dezakezu eta (FAT32
+edo NTFS)  formatua eman. Partizioa letra bat jasoko du.</para>
+
+    <para>Vista edo 7 badaukazu, aukera bat gehiago duzu, liberatutako espazioaren
+ezkerretara dagoen partizio existentea heda dezake. Beste partizio tresnak
+erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en
+eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz
+ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ccd6a26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/eu/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Gorde edo ezabatu erabiltzen ez den materiala</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Urrats honetan, instalatzailearekin tokiko erabili gabeko paketeak eta
+erabili gabeko hardware paketeak bilatzen ditu. Gero proposatzen dizu
+ezabatzeko. Ideia ona da onartzeko, hardware ezberdinean instalazio bat
+exekutatzea pentsatu ezik.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hurrengo pausoa disko gogorrean fitxategiak kopiatzea da. Honek minutu
+batzuk hartzen ditu. Bukaeran, pantaila huts bat daukazu aldi baterako,
+normala da.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2d1cd7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5294 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014
+# Antoine Dumondel, 2015
+# Antoine DUMONDEL, 2015
+# Antoine DUMONDEL, 2015
+# Charles Monzat <superboa@hotmail.fr>, 2016-2017
+# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013
+# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013-2016
+# Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2015,2017
+# Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013
+# Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013,2015,2017
+# papoteur, 2013
+# Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014
+# Samir Mdr <t411samir2@gmail.com>, 2016
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+# Yves Brungard, 2013,2015
+# Yves Brungard, 2013,2015-2017
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-26 20:58+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yves Brungard\n"
+"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"fr/)\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licence et Notes de version"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Contrat de Licence"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les "
+"termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution "
+"<application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir "
+"continuer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis "
+"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous "
+"remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> "
+"redémarrera votre ordinateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Notes de version"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Des informations importantes sur cette version de <application>Mageia</"
+"application> peuvent être obtenues en cliquant sur le bouton "
+"<guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "fr"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr ""
+"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-"
+"im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible "
+"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique "
+"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages "
+"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Pour une source sur le réseau, deux étapes sont nécessaires :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Choix et activation du réseau, s'il ne l'est pas déjà."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). "
+"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les "
+"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update.  Avec "
+"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous mettez à jour un système 64 bits susceptible de contenir des "
+"paquetages 32 bits, il est recommandé d'utiliser cet écran pour ajouter un "
+"miroir en ligne, en cochant l'un des protocoles Réseau ci-dessous. L'image "
+"ISO du DVD 64 bits contient uniquement des paquetages 64 bits et \"noarch\", "
+"il ne pourra pas mettre à jour des paquetages 32 bits. Cependant, après "
+"avoir ajouté un miroir en ligne, l'installeur y trouvera les paquetages 32 "
+"bits nécessaires."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de "
+"passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de "
+"passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, "
+"le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en "
+"fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de "
+"passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-"
+"dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez "
+"fait une erreur de saisie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé "
+"d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et "
+"autres caractères."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Indiquer un utilisateur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur "
+"(root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser "
+"les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses "
+"habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez "
+"l'icône de l'utilisateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de "
+"l'utilisateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant "
+"de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. "
+"<emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel> : dans ce champ vous devez saisir le mot de "
+"passe utilisateur. Un pictogramme à côté du champ indique la \"force\" du "
+"mot de passe (voir également <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: inscrire à nouveau le mot "
+"de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi "
+"dans les deux champs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia disposera d'un "
+"répertoire /home protégé en lecture et en écriture (umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ajouter, pendant l'installation, tous les utilisateurs "
+"supplémentaires jugés nécessaires à l'étape <emphasis>Résumé - Configurer</"
+"emphasis>. Choisir <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis> "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Gestion avancée de l'Utilisateur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton>, un écran vous "
+"permet de modifier les réglages pour l'utilisateur que vous avez ajouté."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "En complément, vous pouvez activer ou désactiver un compte invité."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la "
+"déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé "
+"USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: il est possible ici "
+"d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un "
+"invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus "
+"restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de "
+"choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les "
+"choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de "
+"l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien "
+"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe.  Il s'agit "
+"encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien "
+"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Choix des points de montage"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre "
+"ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de "
+"<application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de "
+"montage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Quoi que vous changiez, assurez-vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE "
+"partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", "
+"\"Point de montage\", \"Type\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du "
+"disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points "
+"de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses "
+"propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une "
+"partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour "
+"la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le "
+"champ point de montage en blanc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</"
+"guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</"
+"guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son "
+"type et sa taille."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur "
+"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement "
+"formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Réglages de l'heure"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans cette étape, vous devez choisir sur quelle heure l'horloge interne doit "
+"être reglée, l'heure locale ou l'heure UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'onglet Avancé, vous trouverez plus d'options sur le réglage de "
+"l'heure."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Démarrer Mageia comme système Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Démarrer le médium"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "A partir d'un disque dur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez démarrer directement depuis le média habituellement utilisé pour "
+"graver vos images (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Vous avez juste besoin de l'insérer "
+"dans votre lecteur CD/DVD pour que le chargeur d'amorçage démarre "
+"l'installation automatiquement après le redémarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela "
+"n'arrive pas, vous devrez peut-être reconfigurer votre BIOS ou appuyer sur "
+"une touche (ex : F8) afin de choisir le périphérique sur lequel l'ordinateur "
+"devra démarrer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"En fonction du matériel dont vous disposez, et de la manière dont il est "
+"configuré, vous obtenez l'un ou l'autre des deux écrans ci-dessous."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "A partir d'un périphérique USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez démarrer depuis le périphérique USB sur lequel se trouve votre "
+"image ISO. Selon les paramètres de votre BIOS, l'ordinateur démarrera peut-"
+"être directement sur le périphérique USB déjà inséré dans le port. Si cela "
+"n'arrive pas, vous devrez peut-être reconfigurer votre BIOS ou appuyer sur "
+"une touche (ex : F8) afin de choisir le périphérique sur lequel l'ordinateur "
+"devra démarrer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "Dans le mode Bios, csm ou legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Premier écran lors du démarrage en mode BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "Dans le menu du milieu, vous avez le choix entre trois actions : "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Démarrer Mageia : cela signifie que Mageia 5 se lancera à partir du media "
+"connecté (CD/DVD ou clé USB), sans copier quoi que ce soit sur le disque "
+"dur, ce qui se traduira par un système très lent. Une fois le démarrage "
+"réalisé, vous pourrez procéder à l'installation sur le disque dur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Installer Mageia : ce choix installera Mageia directement sur votre disque "
+"dur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Démarrer à partir du disque dur : ce choix vous permet de démarrer sur le "
+"disque dur, comme habituellement, lorsque aucun media (CD/DVD ou clé USB) "
+"n'est connecté. (Ne fonctionne pas avec Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Dans le menu inférieur, vous disposez des options de démarrage :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Aide. Explique les options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" et \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Langue. Sélectionner la langue à afficher sur les écrans."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Résolution de l'écran. Sélectionner entre texte, 640x400, 800x600, "
+"1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom ou autre. Normalement, l'installation se déroule à "
+"partir du medium inséré. Vous pouvez sélectionner d'autres sources "
+"d'installation, telles que les serveurs FTP ou NFS. Si l'installation est "
+"réalisée sur le réseau avec un serveur SLP, sélectionner l'une des sources "
+"disponible sur le serveur avec cette option."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Pilote. Oui ou Non. Le système sait si un disque supplémentaire "
+"contient une mise à jour de pilote et demandera son insertion lors du "
+"processus d'installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Options du Noyau. C'est un moyen pour préciser les options liées à "
+"votre matériel et aux pilotes à utiliser."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "En mode UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+"Premier écran lors du démarrage à partir du disque dur sur les systèmes UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous avez le choix entre lancer Mageia en mode Live (premier choix) ou "
+"effectuer son installation (second choix)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez démarré à partrir d'une clé USB, vous disposez de deux lignes "
+"supplémentaires qui sont des copies des lignes précédentes, suffixées par "
+"\"USB\". Vous devez les sélectionner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans chaque cas, les premières étapes seront les mêmes pour sélectionner la "
+"langue, le fuseau horaire et le clavier, puis le processus diffère ensuite, "
+"avec <link linkend=\"testing\">des étapes complémentaires en mode Live</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Sélection du bureau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent "
+"apparaître pour préciser les choix."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant "
+"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton "
+"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou "
+"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent "
+"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher "
+"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les "
+"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut "
+"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger "
+"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de "
+"paquetages installés par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est "
+"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, "
+"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans "
+"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Poste de travail."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Serveur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Environnement graphique"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter "
+"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Voir <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> pour obtenir des instructions sur "
+"comment réaliser une installation minimale (avec ou sans X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour "
+"personnaliser l'installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</"
+"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il "
+"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB).  Utiliser alors ce "
+"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre "
+"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en "
+"choisissant de charger le fichier."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Configurer les Services"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage "
+"du système."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le "
+"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont "
+"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche "
+"dans le même fuseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure "
+"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent "
+"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes "
+"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si "
+"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "le vendeur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "nom de la carte graphique"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "et le type de carte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle "
+"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez "
+"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes "
+"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à "
+"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> "
+"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le "
+"pilote sélectionné est inadapté."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte "
+"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"."
+"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites "
+"Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y "
+"accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) "
+"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est "
+"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</"
+"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le "
+"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les "
+"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir "
+"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine "
+"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, "
+"choisir la carte dans la liste."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le "
+"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des "
+"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> "
+"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de "
+"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la "
+"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît "
+"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de "
+"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question "
+"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils "
+"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va "
+"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le "
+"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, "
+"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider "
+"ou d'invalider différentes options."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, "
+"votre matériel est bien identifié."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au "
+"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier "
+"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En "
+"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la "
+"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation "
+"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle "
+"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation "
+"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les "
+"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre "
+"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous "
+"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation "
+"de votre matériel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de "
+"moniteur à partir de la base de données."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous "
+"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence "
+"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "le nom du fabricant du moniteur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "la description du moniteur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations "
+"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels "
+"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous "
+"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique "
+"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être "
+"prudent dans vos choix."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord "
+"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. "
+"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le "
+"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajuster la structure de votre disque dur ici. Vous pouvez supprimer ou créer "
+"des partitions, modifier le système de fichiers d'une partition, sa taille "
+"et même visualiser ce qu'il y a à l'intérieur avant de commencer les "
+"modifications."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre "
+"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc "
+"s'ils sont trois."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour "
+"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition "
+"souhaitée.. Ensuite, l'explorer, choisir un type de système de fichiers et "
+"un point de montage, la redimensionner ou la supprimer.<guibutton>Passer en "
+"mode expert</guibutton> (ou <guibutton>Mode expert</guibutton>) fournit "
+"d'autres outils tels l'ajout d'une étiquette ou le choix d'un type de "
+"partition."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Continuer jusqu'à ce que tout soit conforme aux désirs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> quand tout est correct.."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous installez Mageia sur un système UEFI, vérifiez qu'une partition "
+"système EFI  (ESP pour EFI System Partition) est présente et correctement "
+"montée sur /boot/EFI (voir ci-dessous) "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous installez Mageia sur un système Legacy/GPT, vérifiez qu'une "
+"partition d'amorçage en mode BIOS (BIOS boot partition) est présente et "
+"possède le type requis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partitionnement"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions "
+"faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où "
+"installer <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du "
+"contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Utiliser les partitions existantes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux "
+"ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option "
+"l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, "
+"l'installateur propose de l'utiliser."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation "
+"de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous "
+"assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit "
+"être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté "
+"lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée "
+"également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la "
+"partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est "
+"fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au "
+"préalable."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Avec cette option, l'installateur affiche la partition Windows restante en "
+"bleu clair et la future partition Mageia en bleu foncé, avec leurs tailles "
+"prévues juste en dessous. Vous avez la possibilité d'adapter ces tailles en "
+"cliquant et en déplaçant la limite entre les deux partitions. Voir la "
+"capture d'écran ci-dessous."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Effacer et utiliser le disque tout entier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. "
+"Faites attention !"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, "
+"ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être "
+"perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre "
+"installation sur le(s)  disque(s)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dimensionnement de partition :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"L'installeur partagera l'espace disponible selon les règles suivantes :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'espace total disponible est inférieur à 50 Go, une seule partition est "
+"créée pour le répertoire racine /, il n'y a aucune partition distincte pour /"
+"home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'espace total disponible est supérieur à 50 Go, alors trois partitions "
+"sont créées. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19ème de l'espace total disponible est alloué à la racine principale des "
+"répertoires /, jusqu'à un maximum de 50 Go."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19ème est alloué au SWAP avec un maximum de 4 Go."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+"Le reste (à minima 12/19ème) est alloué au répertoire utilisateur /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Cela signifie que pour un espace disponible de 160 Go et plus, l'installeur "
+"créera trois partitions : 50 Go pour /, 4 Go pour le SWAP et le reste pour /"
+"home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez un système UEFI, l'ESP (partition système EFI) sera "
+"détectée automatiquement, ou créée si elle n'existe pas encore, et montée "
+"sur /boot/EFI. L'option \"Partitionnement de disque personnalisé\" est la "
+"seule qui permet de vérifier si l'opération a été effectuée correctement "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez un système en mode Legacy (parfois nommé CSM ou BIOS) avec "
+"un disque GPT, vous devez créer une partition d'amorçage BIOS (Bios boot "
+"partition) si elle n'existe pas déjà. C'est une partition d'environ 1 Mo "
+"sans point de montage. Choisir <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/>pour pouvoir la "
+"créer avec l'installeur, comme n'importe quelle autre partition, simplement "
+"sélectionner \"BIOS boot partition\" comme type de système de fichiers."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 "
+"octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets.  En raison d'un manque de "
+"matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur "
+"n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques.  Des disques SSD utilisent aussi "
+"maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo.  Nous vous suggérons de "
+"partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de "
+"partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration "
+"suivante :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair "
+"de Mo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Installation à partir du médium LIVE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Janvier 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "La documentation officielle de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la "
+"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider "
+"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après "
+"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que "
+"vous faites."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Installation avec DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Février 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Félicitations"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont "
+"terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation "
+"et de redémarrer l'ordinateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation "
+"présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans "
+"l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, "
+"l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Prenez plaisir !"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à "
+"Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Pare-feu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette section vous permet de configurer quelques règles simples de pare-"
+"feu : elles déterminent quel type de message en provenance d'Internet seront "
+"acceptés par le système cible. Ceci autorise, en somme, les services "
+"correspondant d'être accessibles depuis Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans la configuration par défaut, aucune case n'est cochée - aucun service "
+"n'est accessible de l'extérieur. Le bouton <emphasis>Tout (pas de pare-feu)</"
+"emphasis> a un rôle particulier: il autorise l'accès à tous les services de "
+"la machine - une option qui n'a beaucoup de sens dans le contexte de "
+"l'installateur puisque le système n'est plus protégé. Sa véritable "
+"utilisation dans le contexte du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (qui utilise la "
+"même interface) pour désactiver de manière temporaire l'ensemble des règles "
+"du pare-feu à des fins de test et de débogage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Toutes les autres cases à cocher se comprennent directement. Comme exemple, "
+"vous cocherez \"Serveur CUPS\" si vous souhaitez que les imprimantes de "
+"votre machine soient accessible depuis le réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avancé</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"La liste des cases à cocher comprend uniquement les services les plus "
+"courants. Le bouton <emphasis>Avancé</emphasis> ouvre une fenêtre où vous "
+"pouvez activer une série de services en saisissant une liste de couples, "
+"séparés par des espaces "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> est la valeur du port affecté au "
+"service vous voulez autoriser (par exemple 873pour le service RSYNC) tel que "
+"défini dans la spécification <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocole></emphasis> est soit <emphasis>TCP</emphasis>, "
+"soit <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - le protocole internet qui est utilisé par le "
+"service."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Par exemple, l'entrée pour activer l'accès au service RSYNC est "
+"<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans le cas d'un service prévu pour utiliser les deux protocoles, il faut "
+"indiquer deux couples pour le même port."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatage"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir ici quelle(s)  partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données "
+"présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront "
+"préservées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être "
+"formatées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où "
+"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</"
+"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à "
+"l'écran principal.  Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu "
+"des partitions."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, l'installateur de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, "
+"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la "
+"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par "
+"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la "
+"plupart du temps ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Ecran d'accueil de l'installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Utilisation d'un DVD Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Voici les écrans d'accueil par défaut lors de l'utilisation du DVD Mageia, "
+"le premier pour un système UEFI, le second pour un système avec avec le mode "
+"Legacy :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"A partir de cet écran, vous pouvez accéder à des options en pressant la "
+"lettre \"e\" pour entrer dans le mode d'édition. Pour revenir à cet écran, "
+"presser soit la touche \"Echap\" pour quitter sans sauvegarder ou presser "
+"\"Ctrl\" ou \"F10\" pour quitter en sauvegardant. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+"A partir de cet écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences "
+"personnelles :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner la langue en pressant la touche F2 (en mode Grub Legacy "
+"uniquement). Il s'agit seulement de la langue pour l'installation (elle peut "
+"être différente de la langue sélectionnée pour le système)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur "
+"la touche Entrée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD "
+"\"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le "
+"<guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</"
+"guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Modifier la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3 (en mode Grub "
+"Legacy uniquement)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajouter certaines options du noyau en pressant la touche <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">F6</emphasis> en mode Grub Legacy ou la touche <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">e</emphasis> en mode UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en "
+"utilisant l'une des options  spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 "
+"affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée  <guilabel>Options de démarrage</"
+"guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de "
+"l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne "
+"concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez "
+"cette option uniquement si on vous le demande."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par "
+"défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées "
+"sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne "
+"<guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises "
+"en compte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajouter plus d'options du noyau en pressant la touche F1 (en mode Grub "
+"Legacy uniquement)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options "
+"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis "
+"pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement "
+"Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou "
+"sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> "
+"pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées "
+"manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+"L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour plus d'information sur les options du noyau sur les systèmes en mode "
+"Legacy ou avec UEFI, consulter : <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Utilisation d'un réseau filaire"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par "
+"le Réseau (les images netinstall.iso ou netinstall-nonfree.iso) :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont "
+"décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD "
+"d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Le clavier est Américain."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être "
+"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour "
+"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options "
+"supplémentaires moins communes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui "
+"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son "
+"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. "
+"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé "
+"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage "
+"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes "
+"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur "
+"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer "
+"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> "
+"pour redémarrer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. "
+"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. "
+"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à "
+"l'invite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être "
+"impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode "
+"texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier "
+"écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le "
+"mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez "
+"l'installation en mode texte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "L'installation se fige"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir "
+"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection "
+"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement.  Pour tenter "
+"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée "
+"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut "
+"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la "
+"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx "
+"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple  <code>mem=256M</code> pour "
+"spécifier 256Mo de RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Partitions dynamiques"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un "
+"format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est "
+"impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format "
+"primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/"
+"en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Mises à jour"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les "
+"installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez "
+"pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Ecran de connexion"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Ecran de connexion KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Au final, vous arrivez sur l'écran de connexion."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Entrer votre nom d'utilisateur ainsi que votre mot de passe utilisateur, et "
+"dans quelques secondes, vous vous trouverez face à un environnement de "
+"bureau GNOME ou KDE (suivant le média live que vous utilisez). Vous pouvez "
+"dès maintenant commencer à utiliser votre installation de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez trouver une autre partie de notre documentation dans <link "
+"linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation-fr\">le wiki Mageia</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du "
+"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine "
+"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes "
+"suivantes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base "
+"de la distribution."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont "
+"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel "
+"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par "
+"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes "
+"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous "
+"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce "
+"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans "
+"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution "
+"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour "
+"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Installation minimale"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant "
+"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous le souhaitez, vous pouvez également cocher l'option \"Sélection "
+"individuelle des paquetages\" dans le même écran."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui utilisent "
+"<application>Mageia</application> pour des cas spécifiques, tels qu'un "
+"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Vous utiliserez probablement "
+"cette option en combinaison avec la \"sélection individuelle des paquetages"
+"\" mentionnée ci-dessus, pour régler finement votre installation. Pour plus "
+"de détails, consultez <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose "
+"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez sélectionné \"Avec X\", il incluera également IceWM en tant "
+"qu'environnement de bureau léger."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"La documentation de base est fournie sous la forme de pages man ou de pages "
+"info. Elle contient les pages man du <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Projet de Documentation Linux</link> et les pages info "
+"des <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/"
+"\">utilitaires GNU</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant "
+"compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible "
+"ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur "
+"<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"En régle générale, les paramètres par défaut sont recommandés et vous pouvez "
+"les garder, sauf trois exceptions :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "Il existe un problème connu avec le paramètre par défault"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "le paramètre par défault a déjà été essayé avec échec"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+"Une recommandation contraire est donnée dans les sections détaillées ci-"
+"dessous"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Paramètres du système"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Fuseau horaire :</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le "
+"modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Pays / Région :</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de "
+"rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Chargeur de démarrage : </guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Ne changez rien à moins de bien savoir comment configurer Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Pour plus d'informations, voir <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gestion de l'utilisateur :</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se "
+"verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Services :</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond "
+"(démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines "
+"tâches."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une "
+"erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Pour plus d'informations, voir <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Paramètres du matériel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Clavier </guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du "
+"pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous remarquez un clavier innadapté et que vous souhaitez le changer, ne "
+"perdez pas de vue que vos mots de passe changeront aussi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Souris :</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, "
+"trackballs etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option "
+"de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un "
+"pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Interface graphique : </guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de "
+"l'affichage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Pour plus d'informations voir <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Paramètres réseau et internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Réseau :</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau "
+"exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le "
+"redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</"
+"application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non "
+"libres (nonfree)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu "
+"pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en "
+"intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de "
+"configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir "
+"les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sécurité"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Niveau de sécurité</guilabel> :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent "
+"les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Pare-feu</guilabel> :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes "
+"sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui "
+"cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectionnez les services que vous souhaitez voir accéder à votre système. "
+"Votre choix dépend de l'utilisation envisagée de l'ordinateur. Pour plus "
+"d'informations, voir <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Redémarrage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois le chargeur de boot installé, vous serez invité à arrêter votre "
+"ordinateur, enlever le Live CD et redémarrer l'ordinateur, cliquez sur "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Terminé</guibutton></emphasis> et faites "
+"ce qui est demandé<emphasis role=\"bold\"> dans cet ordre !</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le redémarrage, vous verrez une succession de barres de progression du "
+"téléchargement. Elles indiquent que les listes des media logiciels sont en "
+"cours de téléchargement (voir Gestion des logiciels)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la "
+"taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Choisir ici le niveau de sécurité souhaité."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de "
+"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de "
+"Contrôle de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Sélectionner et utiliser les ISOs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introduction"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia est distribuée via des images ISO. Cette page vous aidera à choisir "
+"quelle image correspond à vos besoins."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Il existe deux familles de media :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Installation classique : Après le démarrage du média, suivra un processus "
+"vous autorisant à choisir quoi installer et comment configurer votre système "
+"cible. Cela vous donne un maximum de souplesse pour une installation "
+"personnalisée, en particulier pour choisir quel environnement de bureau vous "
+"souhaitez installer. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Media LIVE : vous pouvez démarrer les media avec un vrai système Mageia sans "
+"l'installer, pour découvrir ce que vous obtiendrez après installation. Le "
+"processus d'installation est plus simple, mais vous aurez moins de choix."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Des précisions sont fournies dans les sections suivantes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Média"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Définition"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Ici, un médium (pluriel : média) est un fichier image ISO qui vous permet "
+"d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia, et par extension tout support "
+"physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/"
+"\">ici</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Média d'installation classique"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Caractéristiques communes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Ces images ISOs utilisent l'installeur classique appelé Drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir "
+"de versions précédentes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de "
+"secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous aurez la possibilité durant l'installation d'ajouter des logiciels non-"
+"libres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Média \"Live\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution Mageia sans l'installer sur le "
+"disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (Plasma, GNOME ou "
+"Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour "
+"des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à "
+"niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non-libres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "DVD Live Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Environnement de bureau Plasma uniquement"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Toutes les langues sont présentes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Architecture 64 bits uniquement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "DVD Live GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Architecture 64 bits uniquement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "DVD Live Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Environnement de bureau Xfce uniquement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Architecture 32 bits et 64 bits."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Média de simple démarrage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Chacune d'elle est une petite image ne contenant que ce qui est nécessaire "
+"pour démarrer l'installeur drakx, trouver drakx-installer-stage2 et d'autres "
+"paquets indispensables pour continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces "
+"paquets peuvent se trouver sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un "
+"périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le "
+"débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, si l'ordinateur n'a "
+"pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "En anglais uniquement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui préfèrent "
+"ne pas utiliser de logiciels non-libres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Contient des logiciels non-libres (essentiellement des pilotes, des "
+"codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Télécharger et vérifier les média"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Téléchargement"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant "
+"un lien direct HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous "
+"fournira des informations, comme le miroir utilisé et une opportunité de le "
+"modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez le lien direct "
+"HTTP, vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum, sha1sum et sha512 sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité des "
+"images ISO. Utiliser uniquement l'un de ces outils. Conserver l'un d'entre "
+"eux <link linkend=\"integrity\">pour un usage à venir</link>. La fenêtre "
+"suivante apparaît alors :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Cochez le bouton radio \"Sauvegarder un fichier\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Vérification de l'intégrité du média téléchargé"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Les deux sommes de contrôle sont des nombres hexadécimaux calculés par un "
+"algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Lorsque l'on demande à ces "
+"algorithmes de recalculer ce nombre à partir du fichier que vous avez "
+"téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et le fichier téléchargé est "
+"correcte, soit vous obtenez un nombre différent et le fichier est corrompu.  "
+"Dans ce cas, vous devez recommencer le téléchargement ou tenter une "
+"réparation avec BitTorrent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/"
+"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/"
+"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un "
+"certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Graver ou copier l'ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD, un DVD ou copiée sur une clé "
+"USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas de simples copies et sont destinées à créer "
+"un moyen de démarrage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Graver l'image ISO sur un CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilisez le logiciel de gravure de votre choix mais assurez-vous que le "
+"périphérique de gravure est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">graver une image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers est "
+"erroné. Plus d'information est disponible dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Copier l'image ISO sur une clé USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Toutes les images ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez "
+"les copier sur une clé USB puis utiliser celle-ci pour démarrer et installer "
+"le système."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système "
+"de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront "
+"perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Afin de récupérer la capacité originelle de la clé USB, vous devez supprimer "
+"le partitionnement et reformater la clé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Utiliser un outil graphique dans Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Utiliser un outil graphique dans Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> en "
+"utilisant l'option \"image ISO\" ;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Utiliser la ligne de commande avec le système GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est potentiellement très dangereux de le faire manuellement. Vous risquez "
+"d'écrire par-dessus une partition du disque si vous saisissez le mauvais ID."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Ouvrir une console"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Devenir administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (ne pas "
+"oublier le '-' final)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Brancher votre clé USB (ne pas la monter, ce qui veut également dire ne pas "
+"ouvrir une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui pourrait y accéder "
+"ou la lire)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"D'une autre manière, vous pouvez récupérer le nom du périphérique avec la "
+"commande <code>dmesg</code> ; à la fin de l'affichage, vous visualisez le "
+"nom du périphérique commençant par <emphasis>sd</emphasis> et <emphasis>sdd</"
+"emphasis> comme dans ce cas :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Trouver le nom du périphérique de votre clé USB (par sa taille), par exemple "
+"dans la capture d'écran ci-dessus le nom est <code>/dev/sdb</code>, pour une "
+"clé USB de 8 Go."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Où X=le nom de votre périphérique, par exemple : /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez votre pays ou région. Cela impacte toutes sortes de "
+"paramétrages importants, comme la monnaie et le domaine réglementaire du wi-"
+"fi.  Choisir un pays erroné peut conduire à ne pas pouvoir utiliser un "
+"réseau sans fil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton "
+"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</"
+"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler "
+"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, "
+"DrakX respectera votre choix."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Méthode de saisie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> vous pouvez aussi choisir une  "
+"méthode de saisie des caractères. Les méthodes de saisie permettent "
+"d'utiliser des caractères plurilingues (chinois, japonais, coréens, etc.). "
+"IBus est la méthode de saisie par défaut, il ne devrait donc pas être "
+"nécessaire de la configurer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires et peuvent être "
+"installées si vous avez ajouté le média  HTTP/FTP avant la sélection du "
+"paquetage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase "
+"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par "
+"\"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant "
+"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Mise à jour"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</"
+"application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à "
+"niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore "
+"supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à "
+"niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de "
+"réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son "
+"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. "
+"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé "
+"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage "
+"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes "
+"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur "
+"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer "
+"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> "
+"pour redémarrer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de "
+"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix "
+"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel>  ou "
+"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</"
+"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Sélectionner le clavier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"On vous demandera de régler le clavier que vous désirez utiliser dans "
+"Mageia. Celui par défaut est sélectionné en fonction de votre langue et de "
+"votre fuseau hoaraire précédemment choisis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Clavier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si "
+"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le "
+"clavier US."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre "
+"disposition de clavier.  Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se "
+"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au "
+"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier "
+"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y "
+"sélectionner le bon clavier."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur "
+"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à "
+"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi.  Ignorer cette "
+"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé "
+"sera bien celui de la liste complète."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran "
+"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le "
+"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Veuillez choisir la langue à utiliser"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant "
+"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner la langue désirée. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera "
+"cette sélection pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le "
+"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable "
+"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les "
+"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de "
+"langues supplémentaires après l'installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en "
+"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera "
+"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est "
+"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia utilise par défaut le codage UTF-8 (Unicode)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Ceci peut être désactivé dans l'écran \"langues multiples\" si vous savez "
+"que c'est contre-indiqué pour votre langue. Désactiver UTF-8 s'applique à "
+"toutes les langues installées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez modifier la langue de votre système après l'installation dans le "
+"Centre de Contrôle Mageia > Système > Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre "
+"système."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Sélection de la souris"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre "
+"ici."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe "
+"quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</"
+"guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris "
+"à six boutons ou plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour cela, vous devez éditer manuellement /boot/grub2/custom.cfg ou bien "
+"utiliser le logiciel grub-customizer (disponible dans les dépots Mageia)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour en savoir plus, voir notre wiki <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia-fr\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia-fr</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Interface du programme d'amorçage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Par défaut, Mageia utilise exclusivement :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (avec ou sans menu graphique) pour un système MBR/Legacy ou GPT/Legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi pour un système UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Les menus graphiques de Mageia sont superbes :) "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 sur des systèmes MBR/Legacy et GPT/Legacy "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne modifiez pas le \"Périphérique de démarrage\", à moins que vous ne "
+"sachiez réellement ce que vous faites."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi sur des systèmes UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Avec un système UEFI, l'interface utilisateur est légèrement différente en "
+"raison de l'impossibilité de choisir entre avec ou sans menu graphique."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Si Mageia est le seul système installé sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur "
+"crée une partition ESP (EFI System Partition) pour recevoir le chargeur de "
+"boot (Grub2-efi). S'il y a déjà des systèmes d'exploitation UEFI d'installés "
+"(Windows 8 par exemple), l'installeur Mageia détecte l'ESP existant créé par "
+"Windows et y ajoute grub2-efi. Bien qu'il soit possible d'avoir plusieurs "
+"ESP, un seul est suffisant et conseillé quelque soit le nombre de systémes "
+"d'exploitation que vous ayez."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Par défaut, selon votre système, Mageia écrit un nouveau :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Chargeur de boot GRUB2 soit dans le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier "
+"disque dur ou bien dans la \"BIOS boot partition\" (partition BIOS "
+"d'amorçage)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Chargeur de boot Grub2-efi dans l'ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"S'il y a déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de "
+"les ajouter à votre nouveau menu d'amorçage Mageia. Si vous ne le voulez "
+"pas, cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> puis décochez la case  "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant.  "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de "
+"démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du "
+"temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de "
+"démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. "
+"Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Utilisation du chargement en chaîne"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne désirez pas avoir Mageia bootable, mais la chaîner depuis un "
+"autre SE, cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, puis sur "
+"<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Ne pas toucher à "
+"l'ESP ou au MBR</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous allez avoir un avertissement disant que le chargeur de boot est "
+"manquant, ignorez le en cliquant sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Options"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Première page"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Délai avant l'activation du choix par défaut</guilabel> : Cette "
+"entrée vous permet de définir le délai, en secondes, avant le démarrage du "
+"système d'exploitation par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sécurité</guilabel> : Il est possible ici d'établir un mot de "
+"passe pour le chargeur d'amorçage. Dans ce cas, un nom d'utilisateur "
+"(unername) et un mot de passe (password) seront demandés au cours de "
+"l'amorçage pour sélectionner une entrée ou modifier sa configuration. Le nom "
+"d’utilisateur est \"root\" et le mot de passe est celui défini ci-après."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Mot de passe</guilabel> : Indiquer le mot de passe dans ce champ "
+"de saisie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification)</guilabel> : Entrer à nouveau le mot "
+"de passe et Drakx va vérifier qu'il est bien identique au précédent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Avancé</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activer l'ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) est un standard de gestion de l'énergie. Il permet de réaliser "
+"des économies en arrêtant des périphériques inutilisés, c'était la méthode "
+"utilisée auparavant par l'APM. Ne pas cocher cette case peut être avantageux "
+"si, par exemple, votre matériel n'est pas compatible ACPI ou si vous pensez "
+"que l'ACPI peut être source de problèmes (tels que redémarrages aléatoires "
+"ou blocages)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activer le SMP</guilabel> : SMP signifie Symmetric Multi "
+"Processors, c'est une architecture pour les processeurs multicores."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel> : Activer ou désactiver cela donne ou "
+"refuse au système d'exploitation l'accès au Contrôleur Programmable Avancé "
+"des interruptions (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller).  Les "
+"périphériques APIC autorisent des modèles prioritaires plus complexes et la "
+"gestion des IRQ (Interrupt Request, Requête d'interruption) avancés."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel> : Il est possible ici de valider "
+"l'APIC local, qui gère toutes les interruptions externes pour un processeur "
+"spécifique d'un système SMP. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Page suivante"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Choix par défaut</guilabel> Système d'exploitation démarré par "
+"défaut. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Options passées au noyau</guilabel> Cette option permet de passer "
+"des informations au noyau ou de lui demander plus d'informations lors du "
+"démarrage. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Détecter les autres OS</guilabel> : Voir ci-dessus  <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Mode vidéo</guilabel> Définir ici la taille de l'écran et la "
+"profondeur de couleurs qui seront utilisés par le menu de démarrage. Si vous "
+"cliquez le triangle, des options supplémentaires de taille d'écran et de "
+"profondeur de couleurs vous seront proposées"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ne pas toucher à l'ESP ni au MBR</emphasis> :  Voir "
+"ci-dessus <link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Utilisation du chargement en "
+"chaîne</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Configuration du SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut "
+"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et "
+"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) "
+"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration du son"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre "
+"carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après "
+"l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande "
+"<command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre "
+"de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</"
+"guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en "
+"haut à droite de l'écran."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</"
+"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des "
+"conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avancé"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de "
+"l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun "
+"par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais "
+"pilote."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué "
+"sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la "
+"sélection du bon disque dur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la "
+"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et "
+"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Tester Mageia comme système \"Live\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Mode LIVE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Vous obtenez cet écran si vous sélectionnez \"Démarrer Mageia\". Sinon, vous "
+"obtenez l'étape de \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitionnement</"
+"link>\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Contrôle du matériel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"L'un des objectifs du mode Live est de tester le matériel afin de savoir si "
+"Mageia le gère correctement. Vous pouvez vérifier si tous les périphériques "
+"ont un pilote dans la section Matériel du centre de contrôle de Mageia. Vous "
+"pouvez tester la plupart des périphériques actuels :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "interface réseau : configurez-la avec net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "carte grahique : si vous voyez l'écran précédent, c'est déjà correct."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "webcam :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "son : un jingle a déjà été joué"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "imprimante : la configuer et imprimer une page de test"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "scanner : numériser un document à partir de ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tout vous semble correct, vous pouvez lancer l'installation. Sinon, vous "
+"pouvez sortir du programme avec le bouton Quitter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"La configuration que vous avez réalisée est conservée pour l'installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Lancer l'installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour lancer l'installation de Mageia LiveCD ou LiveDVD sur le disque dur "
+"(mécanique ou SSD), cliquez simplement sur l'icône \"Installer sur le disque "
+"dur\". Vous obtiendrez cet écran, et ensuite l'étape \"<link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link>\" pour l'installation directe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Désinstaller Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Guide"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, "
+"en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous "
+"donne la possibilité de le désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les "
+"systèmes d'exploitation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD de "
+"Mageia et sélectionnez \"Système de secours\", puis restaurez le chargeur "
+"d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows "
+"sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour récupérer l'espace utilisé par les partitions Mageia avec Windows, "
+"cliquez sur <code>Démarrer -> Panneau de configuration -> Outils "
+"administratifs -> Gestion de l'ordinateur -> Stockage -> Gestion des "
+"disques</code> pour accéder à la gestion des partitions. Vous reconnaîtrez "
+"les partitions Mageia par leur appellation <guilabel>Inconnu</guilabel>, "
+"mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-"
+"droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</"
+"guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et la "
+"formater (en FAT32 ou en NTFS). Vous obtiendrez alors une lettre de "
+"partition."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité "
+"supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de "
+"l'espace libre. D'autres outils de partitionnement peuvent être utilisés, "
+"tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque "
+"vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes "
+"vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Conserver ou supprimer le matériel inutilisé"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Pendant cette étape, l'installateur recherche les paquetages inutilisés "
+"(matériel, langues). Il vous propose ensuite de les supprimer. Il est "
+"judicieux d'accepter, excepté si vous préparez une installation s'exécutant "
+"sur des configurations matériel différentes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"La prochaine étape consistera à copier les fichiers sur le disque dur. Ceci "
+"peut prendre quelques minutes. A la fin, vous verrez s'afficher un écran "
+"vide pendant un certain temps, c'est normal."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b70e1697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation à partir du médium LIVE</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Janvier 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">La documentation officielle de Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la
+licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider
+à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'Equipe de
+documentation</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation à partir du médium LIVE</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après
+apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que
+vous faites.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bc92659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation à partir du médium LIVE</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après
+apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que
+vous faites.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la
+licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider
+à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'Equipe de
+documentation</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20e644b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation avec DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Février 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">La documentation officielle de Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la
+licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider
+à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'Equipe de
+documentation</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Installation avec DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après
+apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que
+vous faites.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62e61839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Installation avec DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après
+apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que
+vous faites.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la
+licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider
+à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'Equipe de
+documentation</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7410adcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Sélectionner et utiliser les ISOs</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <para>Mageia est distribuée via des images ISO. Cette page vous aidera à choisir
+quelle image correspond à vos besoins.</para>
+    <para>Il existe deux familles de media :</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Installation classique : Après le démarrage du média, suivra un processus
+vous autorisant à choisir quoi installer et comment configurer votre système
+cible. Cela vous donne un maximum de souplesse pour une installation
+personnalisée, en particulier pour choisir quel environnement de bureau vous
+souhaitez installer. </para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Media LIVE : vous pouvez démarrer les media avec un vrai système Mageia sans
+l'installer, pour découvrir ce que vous obtiendrez après installation. Le
+processus d'installation est plus simple, mais vous aurez moins de choix.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Des précisions sont fournies dans les sections suivantes.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Média</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Définition</title>
+      <para>Ici, un médium (pluriel : média) est un fichier image ISO qui vous permet
+d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia, et par extension tout support
+physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié.</para>
+      <para>Vous pouvez les trouver <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/">ici</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Média d'installation classique</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caractéristiques communes</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ces images ISOs utilisent l'installeur classique appelé Drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir
+de versions précédentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de
+secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vous aurez la possibilité durant l'installation d'ajouter des logiciels
+non-libres.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Média "Live"</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caractéristiques communes</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution Mageia sans l'installer sur le
+disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (Plasma, GNOME ou
+Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour
+des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à
+niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ils contiennent des logiciels non-libres.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD Live Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Environnement de bureau Plasma uniquement</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Toutes les langues sont présentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Architecture 64 bits uniquement.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD Live GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Toutes les langues sont présentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Architecture 64 bits uniquement.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD Live Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Environnement de bureau Xfce uniquement.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Toutes les langues sont présentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Architecture 32 bits et 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Média de simple démarrage</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caractéristiques communes</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Chacune d'elle est une petite image ne contenant que ce qui est nécessaire
+pour démarrer l'installeur drakx, trouver drakx-installer-stage2 et d'autres
+paquets indispensables pour continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces
+paquets peuvent se trouver sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un
+périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. </para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le
+débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, si l'ordinateur n'a
+pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>En anglais uniquement.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui préfèrent
+ne pas utiliser de logiciels non-libres.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contient des logiciels non-libres (essentiellement des pilotes, des
+codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Télécharger et vérifier les média</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Téléchargement</title>
+      <para>Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant
+un lien direct HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous
+fournira des informations, comme le miroir utilisé et une opportunité de le
+modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez le lien direct
+HTTP, vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum, sha1sum et sha512 sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité des
+images ISO. Utiliser uniquement l'un de ces outils. Conserver l'un d'entre
+eux <link linkend="integrity">pour un usage à venir</link>. La fenêtre
+suivante apparaît alors :</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Cochez le bouton radio "Sauvegarder un fichier"</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Vérification de l'intégrité du média téléchargé</title>
+      <para>Les deux sommes de contrôle sont des nombres hexadécimaux calculés par un
+algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Lorsque l'on demande à ces
+algorithmes de recalculer ce nombre à partir du fichier que vous avez
+téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et le fichier téléchargé est
+correcte, soit vous obtenez un nombre différent et le fichier est corrompu.
+Dans ce cas, vous devez recommencer le téléchargement ou tenter une
+réparation avec BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :</para>
+      <para>- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un
+certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Graver ou copier l'ISO</title>
+    <para>L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD, un DVD ou copiée sur une clé
+USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas de simples copies et sont destinées à créer
+un moyen de démarrage.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Graver l'image ISO sur un CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Utilisez le logiciel de gravure de votre choix mais assurez-vous que le
+périphérique de gravure est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role="bold">graver
+une image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers est
+erroné. Plus d'information est disponible dans <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">le wiki
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Copier l'image ISO sur une clé USB</title>
+      <para>Toutes les images ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez
+les copier sur une clé USB puis utiliser celle-ci pour démarrer et installer
+le système.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Copier" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système
+de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront
+perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Afin de récupérer la capacité originelle de la clé USB, vous devez supprimer
+le partitionnement et reformater la clé.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Utiliser un outil graphique dans Mageia</title>
+        <para>Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Utiliser un outil graphique dans Windows</title>
+        <para>Vous pouvez essayer :</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> en
+utilisant l'option "image ISO" ;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Utiliser la ligne de commande avec le système GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Il est potentiellement très dangereux de le faire manuellement. Vous risquez
+d'écrire par-dessus une partition du disque si vous saisissez le mauvais ID.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ouvrir une console</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Devenir administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (ne pas
+oublier le '-' final)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Brancher votre clé USB (ne pas la monter, ce qui veut également dire ne pas
+ouvrir une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui pourrait y accéder
+ou la lire).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>D'une autre manière, vous pouvez récupérer le nom du périphérique avec la
+commande <code>dmesg</code> ; à la fin de l'affichage, vous visualisez le
+nom du périphérique commençant par <emphasis>sd</emphasis> et
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> comme dans ce cas :</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Trouver le nom du périphérique de votre clé USB (par sa taille), par exemple
+dans la capture d'écran ci-dessus le nom est <code>/dev/sdb</code>, pour une
+clé USB de 8 Go.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Où X=le nom de votre périphérique, par exemple : /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d97aa1b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licence et Notes de version</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Contrat de Licence</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les
+termes et conditions de la licence avec
+attention.<application></application></para>
+
+    <para>Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution
+<application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir
+continuer.</para>
+
+    <para>Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis
+cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous
+remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton>
+redémarrera votre ordinateur.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Notes de version</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Des informations importantes sur cette version de
+<application>Mageia</application> peuvent être obtenues en cliquant sur le
+bouton <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3210d3ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de
+passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de
+passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe,
+le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en
+fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de
+passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste
+en-dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez
+fait une erreur de saisie.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé
+d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et
+autres caractères.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Indiquer un utilisateur</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur
+(root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser
+les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses
+habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez
+l'icône de l'utilisateur.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de
+l'utilisateur.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant
+de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer
+un. <emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel> : dans ce champ vous devez saisir le mot de
+passe utilisateur. Un pictogramme à côté du champ indique la "force" du mot
+de passe (voir également <xref linkend="givePassword"/>).</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: inscrire à nouveau le mot
+de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi
+dans les deux champs.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia disposera d'un
+répertoire /home protégé en lecture et en écriture (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>Vous pouvez ajouter, pendant l'installation, tous les utilisateurs
+supplémentaires jugés nécessaires à l'étape <emphasis>Résumé -
+Configurer</emphasis>. Choisir <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis> </para>
+      <para>Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Gestion avancée de l'Utilisateur</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Si vous cliquez sur le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton>, un écran vous
+permet de modifier les réglages pour l'utilisateur que vous avez ajouté.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">En complément, vous pouvez activer ou désactiver un compte invité.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé
+lors de la déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants
+sur une clé USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: il est possible ici
+d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un
+invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus
+restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de
+choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les
+choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de
+l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien
+entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe.  Il s'agit
+encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien
+entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9093ca1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="add_supplemental_media.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible
+d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique
+ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages
+seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes.</para>
+
+  <para>Pour une source sur le réseau, deux étapes sont nécessaires :</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Choix et activation du réseau, s'il ne l'est pas déjà. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première
+entrée). Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi
+tous les dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le
+Update.  Avec l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre
+propre réseau NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Si vous mettez à jour un système 64 bits susceptible de contenir des
+paquetages 32 bits, il est recommandé d'utiliser cet écran pour ajouter un
+miroir en ligne, en cochant l'un des protocoles Réseau ci-dessous. L'image
+ISO du DVD 64 bits contient uniquement des paquetages 64 bits et "noarch",
+il ne pourra pas mettre à jour des paquetages 32 bits. Cependant, après
+avoir ajouté un miroir en ligne, l'installeur y trouvera les paquetages 32
+bits nécessaires.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a08a679f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Choix des points de montage</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre
+ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de
+<application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de
+montage.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Quoi que vous changiez, assurez-vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE
+partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : "Périphérique" ("Capacité",
+"Point de montage", "Type").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Périphérique", est composé de : "type disque dur", "lettre d'ordre du
+disque dur ", "numéro de partition" (exemple, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points
+de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de
+créer ses propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal>
+pour une partition de stockage des films, ou
+<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour la partition <literal>/home</literal>
+d'une installation de cauldron.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le
+champ point de montage en blanc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur
+<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement
+personnalisé du disque</guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un
+partition pour connaître son type et sa taille.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur
+<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement
+formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d4347cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Réglages de l'heure</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Dans cette étape, vous devez choisir sur quelle heure l'horloge interne doit
+être reglée, l'heure locale ou l'heure UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>Dans l'onglet Avancé, vous trouverez plus d'options sur le réglage de
+l'heure.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..625d8ab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Démarrer Mageia comme système Live</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Démarrer le médium</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">A partir d'un disque dur</title></info><para>Vous pouvez démarrer directement depuis le média habituellement utilisé pour
+graver vos images (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Vous avez juste besoin de l'insérer
+dans votre lecteur CD/DVD pour que le chargeur d'amorçage démarre
+l'installation automatiquement après le redémarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela
+n'arrive pas, vous devrez peut-être reconfigurer votre BIOS ou appuyer sur
+une touche (ex : F8) afin de choisir le périphérique sur lequel l'ordinateur
+devra démarrer.</para><para>En fonction du matériel dont vous disposez, et de la manière dont il est
+configuré, vous obtenez l'un ou l'autre des deux écrans ci-dessous.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">A partir d'un périphérique USB</title></info><para>Vous pouvez démarrer depuis le périphérique USB sur lequel se trouve votre
+image ISO. Selon les paramètres de votre BIOS, l'ordinateur démarrera
+peut-être directement sur le périphérique USB déjà inséré dans le port. Si
+cela n'arrive pas, vous devrez peut-être reconfigurer votre BIOS ou appuyer
+sur une touche (ex : F8) afin de choisir le périphérique sur lequel
+l'ordinateur devra démarrer.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">Dans le mode Bios, csm ou legacy</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Premier écran lors du démarrage en mode BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Dans le menu du milieu, vous avez le choix entre trois actions : </para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Démarrer Mageia : cela signifie que Mageia 5 se lancera à partir du media
+connecté (CD/DVD ou clé USB), sans copier quoi que ce soit sur le disque
+dur, ce qui se traduira par un système très lent. Une fois le démarrage
+réalisé, vous pourrez procéder à l'installation sur le disque dur.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Installer Mageia : ce choix installera Mageia directement sur votre disque
+dur.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Démarrer à partir du disque dur : ce choix vous permet de démarrer sur le
+disque dur, comme habituellement, lorsque aucun media (CD/DVD ou clé USB)
+n'est connecté. (Ne fonctionne pas avec Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Dans le menu inférieur, vous disposez des options de démarrage :</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Aide. Explique les options "splash", "apm", "acpi" et "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Langue. Sélectionner la langue à afficher sur les écrans.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Résolution de l'écran. Sélectionner entre texte, 640x400, 800x600,
+1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom ou autre. Normalement, l'installation se déroule à
+partir du medium inséré. Vous pouvez sélectionner d'autres sources
+d'installation, telles que les serveurs FTP ou NFS. Si l'installation est
+réalisée sur le réseau avec un serveur SLP, sélectionner l'une des sources
+disponible sur le serveur avec cette option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Pilote. Oui ou Non. Le système sait si un disque supplémentaire
+contient une mise à jour de pilote et demandera son insertion lors du
+processus d'installation.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Options du Noyau. C'est un moyen pour préciser les options liées à
+votre matériel et aux pilotes à utiliser.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">En mode UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Premier écran lors du démarrage à partir du disque dur sur les systèmes UEFI</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Vous avez le choix entre lancer Mageia en mode Live (premier choix) ou
+effectuer son installation (second choix).</para><para>Si vous avez démarré à partrir d'une clé USB, vous disposez de deux lignes
+supplémentaires qui sont des copies des lignes précédentes, suffixées par
+"USB". Vous devez les sélectionner.</para><para>Dans chaque cas, les premières étapes seront les mêmes pour sélectionner la
+langue, le fuseau horaire et le clavier, puis le processus diffère ensuite,
+avec <link linkend="testing">des étapes complémentaires en mode Live</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4fea6b8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Sélection du bureau</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent
+apparaître pour préciser les choix.</para>
+
+  <para>Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant
+l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton
+<guilabel>Détails</guilabel></para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou
+<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent
+un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher
+<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les
+deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut
+pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger
+que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de
+paquetages installés par défaut.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..867519bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Sélection du groupe de paquetages</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est
+nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant,
+des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans
+l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Poste de travail.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Serveur.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Environnement graphique</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter
+ou retirer manuellement des paquetages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Voir <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> pour obtenir des instructions sur
+comment réaliser une installation minimale (avec ou sans X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e6a671c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Choisir individuellement des paquetages</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour
+personnaliser l'installation.</para>
+
+    <para>Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la
+disquette</guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des
+paquetages (il est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB).
+Utiliser alors ce fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages
+sur un autre système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation
+et en choisissant de charger le fichier.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33eb3b1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configurer les Services</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage
+du système.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le
+déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont
+disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dee9214c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configurer le fuseau horaire</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche
+dans le même fuseau.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure
+locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent
+tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC).</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7afa1f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes
+graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel.</para>
+
+  <para>Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si
+vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence : <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>le vendeur</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>nom de la carte graphique</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>et le type de carte.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle
+n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez
+espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie
+<emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes
+génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à
+votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis>
+qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes.</para>
+
+  <para>Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le
+pilote sélectionné est inadapté.</para>
+
+  <para>Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte
+et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt
+"Nonfree".Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des
+sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de
+Mageia.</para>
+
+  <para>Les dépôts "Nonfree" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y accéder,
+il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebfff4c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-setupX.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau)
+choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est
+basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée
+<acronym>X-Window</acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour
+assurer le fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre
+environnement graphique, les paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym>
+doivent être corrects. Choisir les paramètres corrects si
+<application>DrakX</application> ne détermine rien ou bien si les choix
+réalisés ne semblent pas corrects.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin,
+choisir la carte dans la liste.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le
+moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des
+<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel>
+en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de
+rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects.</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la
+résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît
+pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de
+cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question
+apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre "oui" et ils
+seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va
+réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le
+test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible,
+redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider
+ou d'invalider différentes options.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f23493a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Choisissez un moniteur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général,
+votre matériel est bien identifié.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au
+matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier
+les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En
+cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la
+fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation
+horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle
+fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation
+horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Il est <emphasis role="bold">très important</emphasis> que les
+spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre
+moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous
+devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation
+de votre matériel.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de
+moniteur à partir de la base de données.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous
+connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence
+en sélectionnant dans l'ordre : <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>le vendeur</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>le nom du fabricant du moniteur</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>la description du moniteur.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Générique</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations
+d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels
+qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous
+utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique
+ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être
+prudent dans vos choix.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5247a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord
+s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des
+autres. La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée,
+sinon le système ne pourra pas s'amorcer.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Ajuster la structure de votre disque dur ici. Vous pouvez supprimer ou créer
+des partitions, modifier le système de fichiers d'une partition, sa taille
+et même visualiser ce qu'il y a à l'intérieur avant de commencer les
+modifications.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre
+périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc
+s'ils sont trois. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour
+supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition
+souhaitée.. Ensuite, l'explorer, choisir un type de système de fichiers et
+un point de montage, la redimensionner ou la supprimer.<guibutton>Passer en
+mode expert</guibutton> (ou <guibutton>Mode expert</guibutton>) fournit
+d'autres outils tels l'ajout d'une étiquette ou le choix d'un type de
+partition. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continuer jusqu'à ce que tout soit conforme aux désirs.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> quand tout est correct..</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Si vous installez Mageia sur un système UEFI, vérifiez qu'une partition
+système EFI  (ESP pour EFI System Partition) est présente et correctement
+montée sur /boot/EFI (voir ci-dessous) </para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Si vous installez Mageia sur un système Legacy/GPT, vérifiez qu'une
+partition d'amorçage en mode BIOS (BIOS boot partition) est présente et
+possède le type requis.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7df5fdc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partitionnement</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions
+faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où
+installer <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du
+contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Utiliser les partitions existantes</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux
+ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Utiliser l'espace libre</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option
+l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé,
+l'installateur propose de l'utiliser.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation
+de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous
+assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants.</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit
+être "intègre", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté lors
+de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée
+également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la
+partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est
+fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au
+préalable.</para><para>Avec cette option, l'installateur affiche la partition Windows restante en
+bleu clair et la future partition Mageia en bleu foncé, avec leurs tailles
+prévues juste en dessous. Vous avez la possibilité d'adapter ces tailles en
+cliquant et en déplaçant la limite entre les deux partitions. Voir la
+capture d'écran ci-dessous.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Effacer et utiliser le disque tout entier</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque
+sélectionné. Faites attention !</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose,
+ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être
+perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Partitionnement de disque personnalisé</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre
+installation sur le(s)  disque(s).</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Dimensionnement de partition :</emphasis></para>
+  <para>L'installeur partagera l'espace disponible selon les règles suivantes :</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Si l'espace total disponible est inférieur à 50 Go, une seule partition est
+créée pour le répertoire racine /, il n'y a aucune partition distincte pour
+/home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Si l'espace total disponible est supérieur à 50 Go, alors trois partitions
+sont créées. </para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19ème de l'espace total disponible est alloué à la racine principale des
+répertoires /, jusqu'à un maximum de 50 Go.</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19ème est alloué au SWAP avec un maximum de 4 Go.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Le reste (à minima 12/19ème) est alloué au répertoire utilisateur /home.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Cela signifie que pour un espace disponible de 160 Go et plus, l'installeur
+créera trois partitions : 50 Go pour /, 4 Go pour le SWAP et le reste pour
+/home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Si vous utilisez un système UEFI, l'ESP (partition système EFI) sera
+détectée automatiquement, ou créée si elle n'existe pas encore, et montée
+sur /boot/EFI. L'option "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé" est la
+seule qui permet de vérifier si l'opération a été effectuée correctement </para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Si vous utilisez un système en mode Legacy (parfois nommé CSM ou BIOS) avec
+un disque GPT, vous devez créer une partition d'amorçage BIOS (Bios boot
+partition) si elle n'existe pas déjà. C'est une partition d'environ 1 Mo
+sans point de montage. Choisir <xref linkend="diskdrake"/>pour pouvoir la
+créer avec l'installeur, comme n'importe quelle autre partition, simplement
+sélectionner "BIOS boot partition" comme type de système de fichiers.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096
+octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets.  En raison d'un manque de
+matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur
+n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques.  Des disques SSD utilisent aussi
+maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo.  Nous vous suggérons de
+partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de
+partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration
+suivante :</para>
+    <para>"Align to" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair
+de Mo.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88935590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Félicitations</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont
+terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation
+et de redémarrer l'ordinateur.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation
+présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans
+l'écran du chargeur de démarrage .</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés,
+l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Prenez plaisir !</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à
+Mageia.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a9221dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Pare-feu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">Cette section vous permet de configurer quelques règles simples de pare-feu
+: elles déterminent quel type de message en provenance d'Internet seront
+acceptés par le système cible. Ceci autorise, en somme, les services
+correspondant d'être accessibles depuis Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>Dans la configuration par défaut, aucune case n'est cochée - aucun service
+n'est accessible de l'extérieur. Le bouton <emphasis>Tout (pas de
+pare-feu)</emphasis> a un rôle particulier: il autorise l'accès à tous les
+services de la machine - une option qui n'a beaucoup de sens dans le
+contexte de l'installateur puisque le système n'est plus protégé. Sa
+véritable utilisation dans le contexte du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (qui
+utilise la même interface) pour désactiver de manière temporaire l'ensemble
+des règles du pare-feu à des fins de test et de débogage.</para>
+
+  <para>Toutes les autres cases à cocher se comprennent directement. Comme exemple,
+vous cocherez "Serveur CUPS" si vous souhaitez que les imprimantes de votre
+machine soient accessible depuis le réseau.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Avancé</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>La liste des cases à cocher comprend uniquement les services les plus
+courants. Le bouton <emphasis>Avancé</emphasis> ouvre une fenêtre où vous
+pouvez activer une série de services en saisissant une liste de couples,
+séparés par des espaces </para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> est la valeur du port affecté au
+service vous voulez autoriser (par exemple 873pour le service RSYNC) tel que
+défini dans la spécification <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocole></emphasis> est soit <emphasis>TCP</emphasis>,
+soit <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - le protocole internet qui est utilisé par le
+service.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Par exemple, l'entrée pour activer l'accès au service RSYNC est
+<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Dans le cas d'un service prévu pour utiliser les deux protocoles, il faut
+indiquer deux couples pour le même port.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd524882
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatage</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Choisir ici quelle(s)  partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données
+présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront
+préservées.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être
+formatées.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où
+l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs
+défectueux.</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur
+<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur
+<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> puis sur
+<guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à l'écran principal.  Dans
+cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu des partitions.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur
+<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d912afbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Mises à jour</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>,
+un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les
+installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez
+pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49c1b3f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, l'installateur de Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté,
+l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la
+mise à jour aussi aisée que possible.</para>
+
+  <para>L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par
+défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la
+plupart du temps .</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ecran d'accueil de l'installation</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Utilisation d'un DVD Mageia</title>
+
+      <para>Voici les écrans d'accueil par défaut lors de l'utilisation du DVD Mageia,
+le premier pour un système UEFI, le second pour un système avec avec le mode
+Legacy :</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>A partir de cet écran, vous pouvez accéder à des options en pressant la
+lettre "e" pour entrer dans le mode d'édition. Pour revenir à cet écran,
+presser soit la touche "Echap" pour quitter sans sauvegarder ou presser
+"Ctrl" ou "F10" pour quitter en sauvegardant. </para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>A partir de cet écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences
+personnelles :<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sélectionner la langue en pressant la touche F2 (en mode Grub Legacy
+uniquement). Il s'agit seulement de la langue pour l'installation (elle peut
+être différente de la langue sélectionnée pour le système).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur
+la touche Entrée.</para>
+
+            <para>Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD
+"live". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD "live" ne propose pas : le
+<guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de
+mémoire</guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Modifier la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3 (en mode Grub
+Legacy uniquement).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ajouter certaines options du noyau en pressant la touche <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> en mode Grub Legacy ou la touche <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> en mode UEFI.</para>
+
+            <para>Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en
+utilisant l'une des options  spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6
+affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée  <guilabel>Options de
+démarrage</guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :</para>
+
+            <para>- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut.</para>
+
+            <para>- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut.</para>
+
+            <para>- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de
+l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte.</para>
+
+            <para>- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne
+concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez
+cette option uniquement si on vous le demande.</para>
+
+            <para>Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par
+défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées
+sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne
+<guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises
+en compte.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ajouter plus d'options du noyau en pressant la touche F1 (en mode Grub
+Legacy uniquement).</para>
+
+            <para>Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options
+disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis
+pressez "Entrée" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement Esc
+pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou
+sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel>
+pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées
+manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Pour plus d'information sur les options du noyau sur les systèmes en mode
+Legacy ou avec UEFI, consulter : <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Utilisation d'un réseau filaire</title>
+
+      <para>Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par
+le Réseau (les images netinstall.iso ou netinstall-nonfree.iso) :</para>
+
+      <para>Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont
+décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD
+d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">le Wiki Mageia</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Le clavier est Américain.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Les étapes de l'installation</title>
+
+    <para>Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être
+suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran.</para>
+
+    <para>Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour
+présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options
+supplémentaires moins communes.</para>
+
+    <para>La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui
+apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son
+déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir
+avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont
+commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le
+redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout,
+vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant
+simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl
+F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches
+<guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Pas d'interface graphique</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la
+langue. Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux
+systèmes. Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant
+<code>vgalo</code> à l'invite.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être
+impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode
+texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier
+écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le
+mot "boot:". Tapez "text" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez
+l'installation en mode texte.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>L'installation se fige</title>
+
+      <para>Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir
+d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection
+automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement.  Pour tenter
+cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée
+avec les précédentes si nécessaire..</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Problème de mémoire vive</title>
+
+      <para>Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut
+détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la
+spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx
+est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple  <code>mem=256M</code> pour
+spécifier 256Mo de RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Partitions dynamiques</title>
+
+      <para>Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format "primaire" vers un format
+"dynamique" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est impossible
+d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format primaire,
+consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3d8f89b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Ecran de connexion</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Ecran de connexion KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Au final, vous arrivez sur l'écran de connexion.</para><para>Entrer votre nom d'utilisateur ainsi que votre mot de passe utilisateur, et
+dans quelques secondes, vous vous trouverez face à un environnement de
+bureau GNOME ou KDE (suivant le média live que vous utilisez). Vous pouvez
+dès maintenant commencer à utiliser votre installation de Mageia.</para><para>Vous pouvez trouver une autre partie de notre documentation dans <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation-fr">le wiki Mageia</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ffca3f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Sélection des média (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du
+média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine
+quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes
+suivantes.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base
+de la distribution.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont
+gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel
+soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par
+exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes
+graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous
+licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce
+dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans
+certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution
+de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour
+jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..739032ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Installation minimale</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant
+tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Si vous le souhaitez, vous pouvez également cocher l'option "Sélection
+individuelle des paquetages" dans le même écran.</para>
+  <para>L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui utilisent
+<application>Mageia</application> pour des cas spécifiques, tels qu'un
+serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Vous utiliserez probablement
+cette option en combinaison avec la "sélection individuelle des paquetages"
+mentionnée ci-dessus, pour régler finement votre installation. Pour plus de
+détails, consultez <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose
+d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X.</para>
+  <para>Si vous avez sélectionné "Avec X", il incluera également IceWM en tant
+qu'environnement de bureau léger.</para>
+  <para>La documentation de base est fournie sous la forme de pages man ou de pages
+info. Elle contient les pages man du <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Projet de Documentation
+Linux</link> et les pages info des <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">utilitaires
+GNU</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..150af4c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Résumé des différents paramètres</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant
+compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible
+ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur
+<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>En régle générale, les paramètres par défaut sont recommandés et vous pouvez
+les garder, sauf trois exceptions :<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Il existe un problème connu avec le paramètre par défault</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>le paramètre par défault a déjà été essayé avec échec</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Une recommandation contraire est donnée dans les sections détaillées
+ci-dessous</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Paramètres du système</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Fuseau horaire :</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le
+modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Pays / Région :</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de
+rectifier. Voir <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Chargeur de démarrage : </guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Ne changez rien à moins de bien savoir comment configurer Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Pour plus d'informations, voir <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Gestion de l'utilisateur :</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se
+verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Services :</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond
+(démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines
+tâches.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une
+erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur.</para>
+
+        <para>Pour plus d'informations, voir <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Paramètres du matériel</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Clavier </guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du
+pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Si vous remarquez un clavier innadapté et que vous souhaitez le changer, ne
+perdez pas de vue que vos mots de passe changeront aussi.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Souris :</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes,
+trackballs etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option
+de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un
+pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Interface graphique : </guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de
+l'affichage.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Pour plus d'informations voir <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Paramètres réseau et internet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Réseau :</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau
+exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le
+redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de
+Mageia</application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média
+non libres (nonfree).</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu
+pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en
+intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de
+configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir
+les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Sécurité</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Niveau de sécurité</guilabel> :</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent
+les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Pare-feu</guilabel> :</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes
+sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui
+cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Selectionnez les services que vous souhaitez voir accéder à votre
+système. Votre choix dépend de l'utilisation envisagée de l'ordinateur. Pour
+plus d'informations, voir <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c707fb68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Redémarrage</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Une fois le chargeur de boot installé, vous serez invité à arrêter votre
+ordinateur, enlever le Live CD et redémarrer l'ordinateur, cliquez sur
+<emphasis role="bold"><guibutton>Terminé</guibutton></emphasis> et faites ce
+qui est demandé<emphasis role="bold"> dans cet ordre !</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Après le redémarrage, vous verrez une succession de barres de progression du
+téléchargement. Elles indiquent que les listes des media logiciels sont en
+cours de téléchargement (voir Gestion des logiciels).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8c2f6f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Redimensionner la partition
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Vous disposez de plus d'une partition
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Sélectionnez
+celle dont vous voulez diminuer la taille afin de pouvoir installer
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b3204f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Niveau de Sécurité</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Choisir ici le niveau de sécurité souhaité.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de
+sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de
+Contrôle de Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..18d2d976
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Sélection du Pays / Région</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Sélectionnez votre pays ou région. Cela impacte toutes sortes de
+paramétrages importants, comme la monnaie et le domaine réglementaire du
+wi-fi.  Choisir un pays erroné peut conduire à ne pas pouvoir utiliser un
+réseau sans fil.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton
+<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres
+pays</guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut
+sembler qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer
+cela, DrakX respectera votre choix.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Méthode de saisie</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> vous pouvez aussi choisir une
+méthode de saisie des caractères. Les méthodes de saisie permettent
+d'utiliser des caractères plurilingues (chinois, japonais, coréens,
+etc.). IBus est la méthode de saisie par défaut, il ne devrait donc pas être
+nécessaire de la configurer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM,
+GCIN, HIME, etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires et peuvent être
+installées si vous avez ajouté le média  HTTP/FTP avant la sélection du
+paquetage.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase
+d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par
+"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia" -> "Système", ou en exécutant "localedrake"
+en tant que super-utilisateur.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a20deefb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Installation ou Mise à jour</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectinstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Installation</para>
+
+      <para>Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mise à jour</para>
+
+      <para>Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation
+<application>Mageia</application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous
+permettra de mettre à niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version
+Mageia.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore
+supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à
+niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de
+réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition
+<literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son
+déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir
+avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont
+commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le
+redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout,
+vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant
+simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl
+F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches
+<guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de
+revenir depuis l'écran "Installation ou mise à jour" à l'écran de choix des
+langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel>  ou
+<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne
+pas</emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab519a2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Clavier</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si
+aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le
+clavier US.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre
+disposition de clavier.  Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se
+référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au
+vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier
+qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link
+xlink:href="http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur
+<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y
+sélectionner le bon clavier.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur
+<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à
+l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi.  Ignorer cette
+anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé
+sera bien celui de la liste complète.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran
+supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le
+passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4918095e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Sélectionner le clavier</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>On vous demandera de régler le clavier que vous désirez utiliser dans
+Mageia. Celui par défaut est sélectionné en fonction de votre langue et de
+votre fuseau hoaraire précédemment choisis.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af44362c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Veuillez choisir la langue à utiliser</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent
+concerné. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection
+pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Sélectionner la langue désirée. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera
+cette sélection pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le
+système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable
+alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les
+ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de
+langues supplémentaires après l'installation.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en
+choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera
+aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est
+conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia utilise par défaut le codage UTF-8 (Unicode)</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Ceci peut être désactivé dans l'écran "langues multiples" si vous savez que
+c'est contre-indiqué pour votre langue. Désactiver UTF-8 s'applique à toutes
+les langues installées.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Vous pouvez modifier la langue de votre système après l'installation dans le
+Centre de Contrôle Mageia > Système > Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre
+système.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..faeb8921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Sélection de la souris</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="selectMouse-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre
+ici.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe
+quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force
+evdev</guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une
+souris à six boutons ou plus.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3271344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Principales options du chargeur de démarrage</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Interface du programme d'amorçage</title>
+
+    <para>Par défaut, Mageia utilise exclusivement :</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (avec ou sans menu graphique) pour un système MBR/Legacy ou GPT/Legacy</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi pour un système UEFI.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Les menus graphiques de Mageia sont superbes :) </para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 sur des systèmes MBR/Legacy et GPT/Legacy </title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Ne modifiez pas le "Périphérique de démarrage", à moins que vous ne sachiez
+réellement ce que vous faites.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi sur des systèmes UEFI</title>
+
+      <para>Avec un système UEFI, l'interface utilisateur est légèrement différente en
+raison de l'impossibilité de choisir entre avec ou sans menu graphique.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Si Mageia est le seul système installé sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur
+crée une partition ESP (EFI System Partition) pour recevoir le chargeur de
+boot (Grub2-efi). S'il y a déjà des systèmes d'exploitation UEFI d'installés
+(Windows 8 par exemple), l'installeur Mageia détecte l'ESP existant créé par
+Windows et y ajoute grub2-efi. Bien qu'il soit possible d'avoir plusieurs
+ESP, un seul est suffisant et conseillé quelque soit le nombre de systémes
+d'exploitation que vous ayez.</para>
+
+      <para>Ne modifiez pas le "Périphérique de démarrage", à moins que vous ne sachiez
+réellement ce que vous faites.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>Par défaut, selon votre système, Mageia écrit un nouveau :</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Chargeur de boot GRUB2 soit dans le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier
+disque dur ou bien dans la "BIOS boot partition" (partition BIOS
+d'amorçage).</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Chargeur de boot Grub2-efi dans l'ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>S'il y a déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de
+les ajouter à votre nouveau menu d'amorçage Mageia. Si vous ne le voulez
+pas, cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> puis décochez la case
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant.  </title>
+
+    <para>La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de
+démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du
+temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de
+démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer
+automatiquement. Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en
+question.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Utilisation du chargement en chaîne</title>
+
+    <para>Si vous ne désirez pas avoir Mageia bootable, mais la chaîner depuis un
+autre SE, cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, puis sur
+<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Ne pas toucher à
+l'ESP ou au MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Vous allez avoir un avertissement disant que le chargeur de boot est
+manquant, ignorez le en cliquant sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Première page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Délai avant l'activation du choix par défaut</guilabel> : Cette
+entrée vous permet de définir le délai, en secondes, avant le démarrage du
+système d'exploitation par défaut.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Sécurité</guilabel> : Il est possible ici d'établir un mot de
+passe pour le chargeur d'amorçage. Dans ce cas, un nom d'utilisateur
+(unername) et un mot de passe (password) seront demandés au cours de
+l'amorçage pour sélectionner une entrée ou modifier sa configuration. Le nom
+d’utilisateur est "root" et le mot de passe est celui défini ci-après.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Mot de passe</guilabel> : Indiquer le mot de passe dans ce champ
+de saisie.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification)</guilabel> : Entrer à nouveau le mot
+de passe et Drakx va vérifier qu'il est bien identique au précédent.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Avancé</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Activer l'ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) est un standard de gestion de l'énergie. Il permet de réaliser
+des économies en arrêtant des périphériques inutilisés, c'était la méthode
+utilisée auparavant par l'APM. Ne pas cocher cette case peut être avantageux
+si, par exemple, votre matériel n'est pas compatible ACPI ou si vous pensez
+que l'ACPI peut être source de problèmes (tels que redémarrages aléatoires
+ou blocages).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Activer le SMP</guilabel> : SMP signifie Symmetric Multi
+Processors, c'est une architecture pour les processeurs multicores.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel> : Activer ou désactiver cela donne ou
+refuse au système d'exploitation l'accès au Contrôleur Programmable Avancé
+des interruptions (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller).  Les
+périphériques APIC autorisent des modèles prioritaires plus complexes et la
+gestion des IRQ (Interrupt Request, Requête d'interruption) avancés.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel> : Il est possible ici de valider
+l'APIC local, qui gère toutes les interruptions externes pour un processeur
+spécifique d'un système SMP. </para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Page suivante</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Choix par défaut</guilabel> Système d'exploitation démarré par
+défaut. </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Options passées au noyau</guilabel> Cette option permet de passer
+des informations au noyau ou de lui demander plus d'informations lors du
+démarrage. </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Détecter les autres OS</guilabel> : Voir ci-dessus  <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage
+Mageia</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Avancé</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Mode vidéo</guilabel> Définir ici la taille de l'écran et la
+profondeur de couleurs qui seront utilisés par le menu de démarrage. Si vous
+cliquez le triangle, des options supplémentaires de taille d'écran et de
+profondeur de couleurs vous seront proposées</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Ne pas toucher à l'ESP ni au MBR</emphasis> :  Voir
+ci-dessus <link linkend="setupChainLoading">Utilisation du chargement en
+chaîne</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2277fdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Pour cela, vous devez éditer manuellement /boot/grub2/custom.cfg ou bien
+utiliser le logiciel grub-customizer (disponible dans les dépots Mageia).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Pour en savoir plus, voir notre wiki <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia-fr">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia-fr</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6f0bf69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Configuration du SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut
+cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et
+en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s)
+périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2dbc1932
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Configuration du son</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre
+carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un.</para>
+
+  <para>Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après
+l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande
+<command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre
+de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet
+<guilabel>Matériel</guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration
+du son</guilabel> en haut à droite de l'écran.</para>
+
+  <para>Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur
+<guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour
+obtenir des conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avancé</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de
+l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun
+par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais
+pilote.</para>
+
+    <para>Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué
+sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fda5531e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirmer le disque dur à formater</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la
+sélection du bon disque dur.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la
+volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et
+toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d94c787f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Tester Mageia comme système "Live"</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Mode LIVE</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Vous obtenez cet écran si vous sélectionnez "Démarrer Mageia". Sinon, vous
+obtenez l'étape de "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitionnement</link>"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Contrôle du matériel</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>L'un des objectifs du mode Live est de tester le matériel afin de savoir si
+Mageia le gère correctement. Vous pouvez vérifier si tous les périphériques
+ont un pilote dans la section Matériel du centre de contrôle de Mageia. Vous
+pouvez tester la plupart des périphériques actuels :</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>interface réseau : configurez-la avec net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>carte grahique : si vous voyez l'écran précédent, c'est déjà correct.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam :</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>son : un jingle a déjà été joué</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>imprimante : la configuer et imprimer une page de test</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner : numériser un document à partir de ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Si tout vous semble correct, vous pouvez lancer l'installation. Sinon, vous
+pouvez sortir du programme avec le bouton Quitter.</para>
+
+      <remark>La configuration que vous avez réalisée est conservée pour l'installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Lancer l'installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Pour lancer l'installation de Mageia LiveCD ou LiveDVD sur le disque dur
+(mécanique ou SSD), cliquez simplement sur l'icône "Installer sur le disque
+dur". Vous obtiendrez cet écran, et ensuite l'étape "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link>" pour l'installation directe.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8869385a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Désinstaller Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Guide</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement,
+en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous
+donne la possibilité de le désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les
+systèmes d'exploitation.</para>
+
+    <para>Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD de
+Mageia et sélectionnez "Système de secours", puis restaurez le chargeur
+d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows
+sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation.</para>
+
+    <para>Pour récupérer l'espace utilisé par les partitions Mageia avec Windows,
+cliquez sur <code>Démarrer -> Panneau de configuration -> Outils
+administratifs -> Gestion de l'ordinateur -> Stockage -> Gestion des
+disques</code> pour accéder à la gestion des partitions. Vous reconnaîtrez
+les partitions Mageia par leur appellation <guilabel>Inconnu</guilabel>,
+mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un
+clic-droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez
+<guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré.</para>
+
+    <para>Si vous utilisez Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et la
+formater (en FAT32 ou en NTFS). Vous obtiendrez alors une lettre de
+partition.</para>
+
+    <para>Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité
+supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de
+l'espace libre. D'autres outils de partitionnement peuvent être utilisés,
+tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque
+vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes
+vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e34df99e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/fr/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Conserver ou supprimer le matériel inutilisé</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Pendant cette étape, l'installateur recherche les paquetages inutilisés
+(matériel, langues). Il vous propose ensuite de les supprimer. Il est
+judicieux d'accepter, excepté si vous préparez une installation s'exécutant
+sur des configurations matériel différentes.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>La prochaine étape consistera à copier les fichiers sur le disque dur. Ceci
+peut prendre quelques minutes. A la fin, vous verrez s'afficher un écran
+vide pendant un certain temps, c'est normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/help.pot b/docs/docs/stable/installer/help.pot
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a615dc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/help.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,4098 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 6.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-license.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata "
+"xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" "
+"condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-license.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
+"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
+"you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for "
+"looking. Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of "
+"<application>Mageia</application> and are accessible clicking on the "
+"<guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata "
+"format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - "
+"Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User "
+"management</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
+"point\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
+"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
+"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image "
+"ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on "
+"the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may "
+"need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose "
+"the peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid "Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link "
+"linkend=\"testing\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
+"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
+"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
+"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
+"and choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" "
+"condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
+"xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
+"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
+"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> "
+"list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be "
+"kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen "
+"and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make "
+"sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
+"available</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe "
+"it. <guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert "
+"mode</guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live\"><imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are "
+"created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid "6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on "
+"/boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref "
+"linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any "
+"other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring "
+"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
+"installation medium and reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no "
+"firewall)</emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to "
+"all services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the "
+"context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected "
+"system.  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center "
+"(which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of "
+"firewall rules for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the "
+"service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
+"xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"live-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
+"xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live "
+"DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
+"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
+"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options "
+"list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot "
+"options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired "
+"Network-based Installation CD, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
+"Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection "
+"screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using "
+"low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be "
+"possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use "
+"this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of "
+"RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"live-login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link "
+"linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
+"wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are "
+"free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain "
+"closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this "
+"repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, "
+"firmware for various WiFi cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, "
+"e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages "
+"needed to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation "
+"Project</link> and the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU "
+"coreutils</link> info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred "
+"language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
+"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
+"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" "
+"align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
+"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target "
+"system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, "
+"in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link "
+"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
+"releases.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the "
+"Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further "
+"usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
+"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
+"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB "
+"stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable "
+"medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link "
+"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia "
+"wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
+"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command "
+"<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with "
+"<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, "
+"idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, "
+"SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep "
+"desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep "
+"desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    "
+"1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 "
+"GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example "
+"<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" "
+"align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
+"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it "
+"manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar "
+"functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package "
+"selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in "
+"Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and "
+"timezone previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" "
+"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard "
+"layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the "
+"specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There "
+"may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also "
+"look here: <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
+"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
+"there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" "
+"format=\"\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
+"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid "Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader "
+"(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your "
+"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing "
+"ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP "
+"or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt "
+"Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced "
+"IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" "
+"xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
+"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
+"to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
+"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
+"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link "
+"linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\" as for the direct "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management "
+"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition "
+"management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the "
+"disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some "
+"minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b15c9b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4567 @@
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Ivica  Kolić <ikoli@yahoo.com>, 2014-2016.
+# Romero, 2015.
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016, 2017.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-24 09:34+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
+"Language: hr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"language/hr/)\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licenca i bilješka o izdanju"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Ugovor o licenci"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Prijew instalacije <application>Mageie</application>, molim pročitajte "
+"pažljivo uvjete licence."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovi se uvjeti primjenjuju na cijelu <application>Mageia</application> "
+"distribuciju i moraju biti prihvaćeni prije nego što nastavite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Za prihvaćanje jednostavno odaberite <guilabel>Prihvaćam</guilabel> i zatim "
+"kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako odlučite ne prihvatiti ove uvjete, zahvaljujemo vam pto ste pogledali. "
+"Klikom na  <guibutton>Isključi</guibutton> ponovno ćete pokrenuti vaše "
+"računalo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Bilješke o izdanju"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Da biste vidjeli što je novo u <application>Mageii</application>, kliknite "
+"na <guibutton>Bilješka o izdanju</guibutton> dugme."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "hr"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Odabir Medija (Konfiguracija dopunskog instalacijskog medija)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovaj zaslon daje vam listu već prepoznatih repozitorija. MOžewte dodati "
+"ostale izvore za pakete, poput optičkoga diska ili udaljenog izvora. Odabir "
+"izvora određuje koji paketi će biti dostupni za odabir tijekom idućih koraka."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Za mrežni izvor, postoje dva koraka koja trba slijediti:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Odabir aktivacije mreže, ako već nije aktivna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Odabir ogledala ili određenog URL (prvi unos). Odabirom ogledala imate "
+"pristup odabiru svih repozitorija uprave Mageia, poput Nonfree, sa Tainted "
+"spremištem i ažuriranjem. Sa URL možete odrediti određeni repozitorij ili "
+"vlastitu NFS instalaciju."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako ažurirate 64 bitnu instalaciju koja može sadržavati 32 bitne pakete, "
+"preporučuje se da koristite ovaj zaslon za dodavanje mrežnog zrcala "
+"označavajuć jedan od prisutnig mrežnih protokola. DVD iso 64 bita sadrži "
+"samo 64 bitne i pakete bez određene arhitekture i neće moći ažurirati 32 "
+"bitne pakete. Međutim, nakon dodavanja mrežnog zrcala instaler će prnaći "
+"potrebne 32 bitne pakete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Upravljanje korisnikom i superkorisnikom"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Poostavi administratorsku (root) lozinku:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Preporučljivo je za sve <application>Mageia</application> instalacije "
+"postavit isuperkorisničku ili administrativnu lozinku, koju obično nazivamo "
+"<emphasis>root lozinka</emphasis> u linuxu. dok upisujete lozinku u gornje "
+"polje boja štita će se mijenjati od crvene preko žute do zelene ovisno o "
+"jačini lozinke. Zeleni štit pokazuje da koristite jaku lozinku. Morate "
+"ponoviti lozinku u donjem polju, što provjerava da niste krivo napisali prvu "
+"lozinku uspoređujući ih."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Sve su lozinke osjetljive n avelika i mala slova, pa je najbolje koristiti "
+"mješavinu slova (velikih i malih), brojeva i ostalih znakova u lozinki."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Unesite korisnika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Dodajte korisnika ovdje. korisnik ima manje ovlasti od superkorisnika "
+"(root), ali dovoljno da koristi internet,uredske programe ili igra igre i "
+"sve ostalo što prosječan korisnik radi sa svojim računalom."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: ako kliknete na ovo dugme promjeniti će ikonu "
+"korisnika."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pravo ime</guilabel>: Umetni korisničko pravo ime u ovo tekstualno "
+"polje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ime prijave</guilabel>: Ovdje unesite korisnikovo ie prijave ili "
+"dopustite da drakx koristi verziju korisničkih pravih imena. <emphasis>Ime "
+"prijave je osjetljivo na mala i velika slova.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lozinka</guilabel>: U tekstualno polje trebate uppisati korisničku "
+"lozinku. Na kraju tekstualnog polja nalazi se štit koji pokazuje snagu "
+"lozinke.(Također vidi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lozinka (ponovno)</guilabel>: Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u "
+"ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom "
+"tekstualnom polju."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Svaki korisnik kojeg dodate tijekom instalacije Mageie, će imati čitljiv "
+"( ali zaštićen za pisanje) osobni direktorij."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Dozvole pristupa također se mogu promjeniti nakon instlacije."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Napredno korisničko upravljanje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako je  kliknuto na <guibutton>napredno</guibutton> dugme nudi vam se zaslon "
+"gdje možete urediti postavke korisnika kojega dodajete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Dodatno, možete onemogućiti ili omogućiti račun gosta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Omogući račun gosta</guilabel>: Ovdje možete omogućiti ili "
+"onemogućiti račun gosta. Račun gosta dopušta gostu prijavu i korištenje PC-"
+"ja, ali ima ograničeniji pristup od normalnih korisnika."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Odaberite mjesta montiranja"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovdje možete vidjeti linux particije kje su nađene na vašem računalu. Ako se "
+"ne slažete sa <application>DrakX</application> sugerstijama, možete "
+"promjeniti točke montiranja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako išta promjenite, budite sigurni da još uvijek imate <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) particiju."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Svaka particija je prikazana kao što slijedi:\n"
+"\"Uređaj\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Točka montiranja\", \"Vrsta\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako imate puno particija, možete izabrati mnogo različitih točaka montiranja "
+"iz padajućeg izbornika, kao što su  <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</"
+"literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. Možete čak napraviti vlastite točke "
+"montiranja, na primjer <literal>/video</literal> za particiju gdje želite "
+"pohraniti filmove, ili <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> za<literal>/home</"
+"literal> particiju cauldron instalacije."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Za particije kojima nemate pristup, možete ostaviti prazno polje točke "
+"montiranja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite  <guibutton>Prethodno</guibutton> ako niste sigurni što odabrati, "
+"i zatim označite <guilabel>Prilagođeno particioniranje diska</guilabel>. Na "
+"zalonu koji će uslijediti, kliknite na particiju da vidite vrstu i veličinu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako ste sigurni da su točke montiranja ispravne, kliknite na "
+"<guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>, i izaberite želite li formatirati samo "
+"particiju(e) koje sugerira DrakX, ili više."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Postavke sata"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"U ovom koraku morate odrediti na koje će vrijeme vaš interni sat biti "
+"postavljen. Lokalno iti UTC vrijeme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr "U naprednoj kartici naći ćete još opcija o postavkama sata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Podigni Mageia kao živi sustav"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Podižem medij"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Sa diska"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Sa USB uređaja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr "F3 - Razlučivost zaslona. Birajte između, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Odabir radnog okruženja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovisno o vašem odabiru, možda vam budu ponuđeni daljnji zasloni za fino "
+"ugađanje vašega izbora."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Odabir grupe paketa"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Radna stanica"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Poslužitelj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafičko okruženje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Odabir pojedinačnih paketa: Možete koristiti ovu opciju za ručno dodavanje "
+"ili uklanajnje paketa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Izaberi pojedinačne pakete"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovdje možete dodati ili ukloniti dodatne pakete za prilagodbu vaše "
+"instalacije."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfigurirajte vaše servise"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovdje možete postaviti koje servise (ne) pokrenuti kada podignete vaš sustav."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Postoje četiri grupe, kliknite na trokut ispred grupe za proširenje i vidite "
+"sve servise u grupi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Konfigurirajte vremensku zonu"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Odaberite vašu vremensku zonu birajući vašu državu ili grad blizu vas u "
+"istoj vremenskoj zoni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Na slijedećem zaslonu moći ćete postaviti sat vašega sklopovlja na lokalno "
+"vrijeme ili na GMT, također poznat kao UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako imate više operativinih sustava na vašem računalu, budite sigurni da su "
+"svi postavljeni na lokalno vrijeme ili na "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "proizvođač"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "ime vaše kartice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "vrsta kartice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguracija grafičke kartice i monitora"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Izaberite vaš monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX  ima vrlo opsežnu bazu podataka monitora i obično će točno "
+"identificirati vaš."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Odabirom monitora drugih karakteristika možete oštetiti vaš "
+"monitor i video sklopovlje. Molim ne pokušavajte tako nešto ukoliko ne znate "
+"što radite.</emphasis> Ako imate sumnji savjetujte se sa dokumentacijom "
+"svoga monitora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Prilagođeno</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovo je zadana opcija i pokušava odrediti vrstu monitora iz baze podataka "
+"monitora."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Proizvođač</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "ime proizvođača monitora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "opis monitora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generički</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Particioniranje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Koristi postojeće particije"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Koristi slobodni prostor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Izbriši i koristi cijeli disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Ova će opcija koristiti cijeli pogon za Mageiu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Particioniranje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Veljača 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Službena dokumentacija za Mageiu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalacija pomoću "
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Veljača 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Čestitamo"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje <application>Mageie</application> "
+"i sada je sigurno ukloniti instalcijski medij i napraviti reboot računala."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Uživajte!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Proizvođač</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generički</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatiram"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Uobičajeno je da barem particije koje je odabrao DrakX moraju biti "
+"formatirane."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, Mageia instalacijski program"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Instalacijski zaslon dobrodošlice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Nadogradnje"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sigurnost"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Ponovno pokretanje sustava"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Sigurnosna Razina"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Uvod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instaliraj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tipkovnica"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Molim izaberite jezik koji želite koristiti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje <application>Mageie</application> "
+"i sada je sigurno ukloniti instalcijski medij i napraviti reboot računala."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Glavne postavke bootloadera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Sučelje bootloadera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lozinka (ponovno)</guilabel>: Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u "
+"ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom "
+"tekstualnom polju."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguracija zvuka"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Napredno"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Prilagođeno"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+#~ "im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" "
+#~ "revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d55906d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Veljača 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Službena dokumentacija za Mageiu</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ad57446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce126fbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalacija pomoću </title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Veljača 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Službena dokumentacija za Mageiu</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalacija pomoću </title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83fc8f9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalacija pomoću </title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c50d904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Uvod</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definition</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO
+file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>You can find them <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Classical installation media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test,
+Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and
+optionally install Mageia on to your HDD.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean
+installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous
+releases.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They contain non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only CD media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to
+start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages
+that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be
+on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the
+Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when
+bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a
+PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>English language only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need
+it.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Downloading</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para>
+      <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a
+while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title>
+    <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB
+stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable
+medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly
+to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not
+correct. There is more information in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title>
+      <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick
+and then use it to boot and install the system.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on
+the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be
+reduced to the image size.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format
+the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>You could try:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Open a console</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the
+final '-' )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any
+application or file manager that could access or read it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..415d8d38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licenca i bilješka o izdanju</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Ugovor o licenci</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Prijew instalacije <application>Mageie</application>, molim pročitajte
+pažljivo uvjete licence.</para>
+
+    <para>Ovi se uvjeti primjenjuju na cijelu <application>Mageia</application>
+distribuciju i moraju biti prihvaćeni prije nego što nastavite.</para>
+
+    <para>Za prihvaćanje jednostavno odaberite <guilabel>Prihvaćam</guilabel> i zatim
+kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Ako odlučite ne prihvatiti ove uvjete, zahvaljujemo vam pto ste
+pogledali. Klikom na  <guibutton>Isključi</guibutton> ponovno ćete pokrenuti
+vaše računalo.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Bilješke o izdanju</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Da biste vidjeli što je novo u <application>Mageii</application>, kliknite
+na <guibutton>Bilješka o izdanju</guibutton> dugme.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3df333d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Upravljanje korisnikom i superkorisnikom</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Poostavi administratorsku (root) lozinku:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Preporučljivo je za sve <application>Mageia</application> instalacije
+postavit isuperkorisničku ili administrativnu lozinku, koju obično nazivamo
+<emphasis>root lozinka</emphasis> u linuxu. dok upisujete lozinku u gornje
+polje boja štita će se mijenjati od crvene preko žute do zelene ovisno o
+jačini lozinke. Zeleni štit pokazuje da koristite jaku lozinku. Morate
+ponoviti lozinku u donjem polju, što provjerava da niste krivo napisali prvu
+lozinku uspoređujući ih.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Sve su lozinke osjetljive n avelika i mala slova, pa je najbolje koristiti
+mješavinu slova (velikih i malih), brojeva i ostalih znakova u lozinki.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Unesite korisnika</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Dodajte korisnika ovdje. korisnik ima manje ovlasti od superkorisnika
+(root), ali dovoljno da koristi internet,uredske programe ili igra igre i
+sve ostalo što prosječan korisnik radi sa svojim računalom.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: ako kliknete na ovo dugme promjeniti će ikonu
+korisnika.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Pravo ime</guilabel>: Umetni korisničko pravo ime u ovo tekstualno
+polje.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Ime prijave</guilabel>: Ovdje unesite korisnikovo ie prijave ili
+dopustite da drakx koristi verziju korisničkih pravih imena. <emphasis>Ime
+prijave je osjetljivo na mala i velika slova.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Lozinka</guilabel>: U tekstualno polje trebate uppisati korisničku
+lozinku. Na kraju tekstualnog polja nalazi se štit koji pokazuje snagu
+lozinke.(Također vidi <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Lozinka (ponovno)</guilabel>: Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u
+ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom
+tekstualnom polju.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Dozvole pristupa također se mogu promjeniti nakon instlacije.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Napredno korisničko upravljanje</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Ako je  kliknuto na <guibutton>napredno</guibutton> dugme nudi vam se zaslon
+gdje možete urediti postavke korisnika kojega dodajete.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Dodatno, možete onemogućiti ili omogućiti račun gosta.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account
+saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest
+should save his important files to a USB key.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Omogući račun gosta</guilabel>: Ovdje možete omogućiti ili
+onemogućiti račun gosta. Račun gosta dopušta gostu prijavu i korištenje
+PC-ja, ali ima ograničeniji pristup od normalnih korisnika.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the
+shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you
+are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless
+you know what you are doing.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a
+number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know
+what you are doing.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6c7a1567
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Odabir Medija (Konfiguracija dopunskog instalacijskog medija)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ovaj zaslon daje vam listu već prepoznatih repozitorija. MOžewte dodati
+ostale izvore za pakete, poput optičkoga diska ili udaljenog izvora. Odabir
+izvora određuje koji paketi će biti dostupni za odabir tijekom idućih
+koraka.</para>
+
+  <para>Za mrežni izvor, postoje dva koraka koja trba slijediti:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Odabir aktivacije mreže, ako već nije aktivna. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Odabir ogledala ili određenog URL (prvi unos). Odabirom ogledala imate
+pristup odabiru svih repozitorija uprave Mageia, poput Nonfree, sa Tainted
+spremištem i ažuriranjem. Sa URL možete odrediti određeni repozitorij ili
+vlastitu NFS instalaciju.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Ako ažurirate 64 bitnu instalaciju koja može sadržavati 32 bitne pakete,
+preporučuje se da koristite ovaj zaslon za dodavanje mrežnog zrcala
+označavajuć jedan od prisutnig mrežnih protokola. DVD iso 64 bita sadrži
+samo 64 bitne i pakete bez određene arhitekture i neće moći ažurirati 32
+bitne pakete. Međutim, nakon dodavanja mrežnog zrcala instaler će prnaći
+potrebne 32 bitne pakete.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..baef4ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Odaberite mjesta montiranja</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ovdje možete vidjeti linux particije kje su nađene na vašem računalu. Ako se
+ne slažete sa <application>DrakX</application> sugerstijama, možete
+promjeniti točke montiranja.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Ako išta promjenite, budite sigurni da još uvijek imate <literal>/</literal>
+(root) particiju.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Svaka particija je prikazana kao što slijedi:
+"Uređaj" ("Kapacitet", "Točka montiranja", "Vrsta").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Device", is made up of: "hard drive", ["hard drive number"(letter)],
+"partition number" (for example, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ako imate puno particija, možete izabrati mnogo različitih točaka montiranja
+iz padajućeg izbornika, kao što su  <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. Možete čak napraviti
+vlastite točke montiranja, na primjer <literal>/video</literal> za particiju
+gdje želite pohraniti filmove, ili <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>
+za<literal>/home</literal> particiju cauldron instalacije.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Za particije kojima nemate pristup, možete ostaviti prazno polje točke
+montiranja.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Izaberite  <guibutton>Prethodno</guibutton> ako niste sigurni što odabrati,
+i zatim označite <guilabel>Prilagođeno particioniranje diska</guilabel>. Na
+zalonu koji će uslijediti, kliknite na particiju da vidite vrstu i veličinu.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Ako ste sigurni da su točke montiranja ispravne, kliknite na
+<guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>, i izaberite želite li formatirati samo
+particiju(e) koje sugerira DrakX, ili više.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3f414b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Postavke sata</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>U ovom koraku morate odrediti na koje će vrijeme vaš interni sat biti
+postavljen. Lokalno iti UTC vrijeme.</para>
+
+  <para>U naprednoj kartici naći ćete još opcija o postavkama sata.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f3bbeeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Podigni Mageia kao živi sustav</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Podižem medij</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Sa diska</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM,
+DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the
+bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the
+computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or
+press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the
+computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get
+either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Sa USB uređaja</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on
+the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may
+need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose
+the peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting in BIOS mode</para></caption></mediaobject><para>In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD
+or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow
+system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard
+disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual,
+when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia
+5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Help. Explain the options "splash", "apm", "acpi" and "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Razlučivost zaslona. Birajte između, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from
+the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or
+NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP
+server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with
+this option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an
+optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during
+installation process.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your
+hardware and the drivers to use.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">In UEFI mode</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk</para></caption></mediaobject><para>You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to
+process the installation (second choice).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a
+duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to choose
+them.</para><para>In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone
+and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link
+linkend="testing">additional steps in Live mode</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6cf0db8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Odabir radnog okruženja</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Ovisno o vašem odabiru, možda vam budu ponuđeni daljnji zasloni za fino
+ugađanje vašega izbora.</para>
+
+  <para>After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package
+installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the
+<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or
+<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full
+set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if
+you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the
+default software choices for these desktop environments. The
+<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two,
+sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ae081fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Odabir grupe paketa</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on
+your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however
+more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which
+become visible as the mouse is hovered over them.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Radna stanica</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Poslužitelj</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafičko okruženje</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Odabir pojedinačnih paketa: Možete koristiti ovu opciju za ručno dodavanje
+ili uklanajnje paketa.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a18e9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Izaberi pojedinačne pakete</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Ovdje možete dodati ili ukloniti dodatne pakete za prilagodbu vaše
+instalacije.</para>
+
+    <para>After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy
+icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages
+(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the
+same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install
+and choosing to load it.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95b5db54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfigurirajte vaše servise</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Ovdje možete postaviti koje servise (ne) pokrenuti kada podignete vaš
+sustav.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Postoje četiri grupe, kliknite na trokut ispred grupe za proširenje i vidite
+sve servise u grupi.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">The setting DrakX chose are usually good.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info
+box below.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Only change things when you know very well what you are doing.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07cca07f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfigurirajte vremensku zonu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Odaberite vašu vremensku zonu birajući vašu državu ili grad blizu vas u
+istoj vremenskoj zoni.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Na slijedećem zaslonu moći ćete postaviti sat vašega sklopovlja na lokalno
+vrijeme ili na GMT, također poznat kao UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Ako imate više operativinih sustava na vašem računalu, budite sigurni da su
+svi postavljeni na lokalno vrijeme ili na </para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c91f3944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually
+correctly identify your video device.</para>
+
+  <para>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know
+which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>proizvođač</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ime vaše kartice</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>vrsta kartice</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in
+the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the
+Xorg category</para>
+
+  <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card
+drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the
+option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities.</para>
+
+  <para>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access
+to the Commandline Interface.</para>
+
+  <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which
+may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from
+the card manufacturers' websites.</para>
+
+  <para>The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If
+you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d249349f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Konfiguracija grafičke kartice i monitora</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment)
+you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are
+all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or
+any other graphical environment to work well, the following
+<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct
+settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a
+choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card
+from the list if needed.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor
+from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel>
+list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the
+horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired
+resolution and color depth of your monitor here.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not
+always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your
+settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your
+settings are correct, you can answer "yes", and the settings will be
+kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen
+and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make
+sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't
+available</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to
+enable or disable various options.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c89f1db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Izaberite vaš monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX  ima vrlo opsežnu bazu podataka monitora i obično će točno
+identificirati vaš.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Odabirom monitora drugih karakteristika možete oštetiti vaš
+monitor i video sklopovlje. Molim ne pokušavajte tako nešto ukoliko ne znate
+što radite.</emphasis> Ako imate sumnji savjetujte se sa dokumentacijom
+svoga monitora</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Prilagođeno</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh
+rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the
+screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are
+displayed.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor
+type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you
+may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and
+consult your monitor documentation.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Ovo je zadana opcija i pokušava odrediti vrstu monitora iz baze podataka
+monitora.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Proizvođač</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which
+one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>proizvođač</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ime proizvođača monitora</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>opis monitora</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generički</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as
+1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is
+often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver
+when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it
+may be wise to be conservative in your selections.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d4ae5d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you
+must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The
+encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be
+set, otherwise your system will be unbootable.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create
+partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even
+view what is in them before you start.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an
+USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected
+storage device</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it,
+or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present with a correct type</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0b580c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Particioniranje</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the
+solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">The options available from the list below will vary depending on your
+particular hard drive(s) layout and content.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Koristi postojeće particije</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have
+been found and may be used for the installation.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Koristi slobodni prostor</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for
+your new Mageia installation.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Use Free Space on a Windows Partition</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may
+offer to use it.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation,
+but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all
+important files!</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The
+partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down
+correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented,
+although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been
+moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to
+back up your personal files.</para>
+
+        <para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended
+sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking
+and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Izbriši i koristi cijeli disk.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Ova će opcija koristiti cijeli pogon za Mageiu.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already
+have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use
+this option.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Prilagođeno</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your
+hard drive(s).</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partitions sizing:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The installer will share the available place out according to the following
+rules:</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is
+created for /, there is no separate partition for /home.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are
+created</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will
+create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom" option is the only one that allows to check it has
+been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk
+partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the
+previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available
+hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested
+with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1
+MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning
+tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following
+settings:</para>
+
+    <para>"Align to" "MiB"</para>
+
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+
+    <para>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bad339a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Čestitamo</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje <application>Mageie</application>
+i sada je sigurno ukloniti instalcijski medij i napraviti reboot računala.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating
+systems on your computer (if you have more than one).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install
+will be automatically selected and started.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Uživajte!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to
+Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1a295b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatiram</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on
+partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Uobičajeno je da barem particije koje je odabrao DrakX moraju biti
+formatirane.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to
+check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on
+<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>
+and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.
+In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">When you are confident about the selection, click on
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..782ffdc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Nadogradnje</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some
+packages will have been updated or improved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them,
+select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you
+aren't connected to the Internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b714899c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, Mageia instalacijski program</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia
+Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as
+possible.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will
+start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need.</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Instalacijski zaslon dobrodošlice</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one
+with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen
+language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para>
+
+      <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live
+DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue
+System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware
+Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> key for
+the UEFI mode.</para>
+
+      <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one
+of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called
+<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para>
+
+      <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para>
+
+      <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of
+performances.</para>
+
+      <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management
+isn't taken into account.</para>
+
+      <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is
+about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para>
+
+      <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options
+displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the
+key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line,
+however, they are really taken into account.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+      <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with
+the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to
+go back to the welcome screen.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options
+list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+
+  <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based
+Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para>
+
+  <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are
+described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+Network-based Installation CD, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">The installation steps</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed
+on the side panel of the screen.</para>
+
+    <para>Each step has one or more screens which may also have
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required,
+options.</para>
+
+    <para>Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further
+explanations about the current step.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is
+possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a
+partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your
+computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well
+leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure
+rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Installation Problems and Possible Solutions</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">No Graphical Interface</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection
+screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using
+low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use
+this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be
+presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit
+ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">The Install Freezes</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a
+problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of
+hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type
+<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with
+other options as necessary.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the
+available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the
+<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of
+RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on
+Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on
+this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d0b3564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Login screen</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM login screen</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium
+you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>You can find another part of our documentation in <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8c5044b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Media Selection (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are
+available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories
+selection determines which packages will be available for selection during
+the next steps.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains
+the base of the distribution.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are
+free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain
+closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this
+repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers,
+firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under
+a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is
+that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries,
+e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages
+needed to play commercial video DVD, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38181b50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimal Install</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the
+Package Group Selection screen, see <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer
+you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b387065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on
+the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the
+settings here and change them if you want after pressing
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">System parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Timezone</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred
+language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you
+correct the setting. See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">For more information, see <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>User management</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">You can add extra users here. They will each get their own
+<literal>/home</literal> directories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Services</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services refer to those small programs which run the background
+(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may
+prevent your computer from operating correctly.</para>
+
+        <para>For more information, see <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardware parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on
+your location, language or type of keyboard.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs
+etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option
+to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one
+driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">For more information, see <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Network and Internet parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Network</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free
+drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia
+Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media
+repositories.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch
+that interface as well.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider
+internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a
+proxy service.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you
+need to enter here</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Sigurnost</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default
+setting (Standard) is adequate for general use.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Check the option which best suits your usage.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the
+rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2810240e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Ponovno pokretanje sustava</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6063f86a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+partition</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.
+Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2e089a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Sigurnosna Razina</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">You can adjust your security level here.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings
+in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2dfdeed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Select your Country / Region</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other
+Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list,
+after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the
+first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real
+choice.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Input method</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e032775
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Install or Upgrade</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instaliraj</para>
+
+      <para>Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Upgrade</para>
+
+      <para>If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on
+your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the
+latest release.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still
+supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been
+thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already
+reached its End	Of Life when this one was released, then it is better to do
+a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to
+reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been
+formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in
+the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an
+unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you
+want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you
+can return from the "Install or Upgrade" screen to the language choice
+screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..116e578a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tipkovnica</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable
+keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard
+layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the
+specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There
+may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also
+look here: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on
+<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard
+there.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog,
+you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though
+a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly
+and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the
+full list.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an
+extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin
+and non-Latin keyboard layouts</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eee27122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Select keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..706ca912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Molim izaberite jezik koji želite koristiti</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your
+continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during
+the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your
+system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the
+<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be
+difficult to add extra language support after installation.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them
+as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be
+marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen .</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then
+it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it
+is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed
+languages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia
+Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b1965c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Select mouse</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a
+different one here.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB
+mice</guilabel> is a good choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to
+configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60bd399f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Glavne postavke bootloadera</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sučelje bootloadera</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Using an existing bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader
+is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve
+running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and
+add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in
+question.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Lozinka (ponovno)</guilabel>: Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u
+ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom
+tekstualnom polju.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b52133a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16f935b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Setup SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers
+it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently
+fail to recognise the drive.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s)
+you have.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d56914fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Konfiguracija zvuka</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your
+sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default
+one.</para>
+
+  <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install
+you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start
+this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the
+<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound
+Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen.</para>
+
+  <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on
+<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how
+to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Napredno</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is
+useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers
+available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on
+<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44997be9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirm hard disk to be formatted</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your
+choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every
+partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdf017c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live mode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get the
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testing hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Launch installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+this screen, and then the "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e0c7a3a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstalling Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Howto</title>
+
+    <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short
+you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the
+possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select
+Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will
+only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition
+management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the
+disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it
+(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both
+windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and
+make sure all important things have been backed up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2d6b2e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hr/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to
+accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different
+hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4569f9bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4389 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Balázs Meskó <meskobalazs@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Balzamon, 2015,2017
+# Balzamon, 2015,2017
+# Egy G <takacsgergely.soundman@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Ferenc Teknős <teknos.ferenc@gmail.com>, 2017-2018
+# gergo huba <hubasetech@gmail.com>, 2016
+# István Norbert Péter <peter.norbert.istvan@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Laszlo Espadas, 2017
+# Laszlo Espadas, 2017
+# Laszlo Espadas, 2017
+# Laszlo Espadas, 2017
+# Laszlo Espadas, 2017
+# Márton Fazekas <zseliakiraly@gmail.com>, 2017
+# István Norbert Péter <peter.norbert.istvan@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Zsolt Bölöny <bolony.zsolt@gmail.com>, 2013
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-01-06 13:51+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ferenc Teknős <teknos.ferenc@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hungarian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/hu/)\n"
+"Language: hu\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licenc és kiadási megjegyzések"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licencmegállapodás"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr "Mielőtt telepítené a Mageiát kérjük olvassa el a licencfeltételeket."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"A feltételek a <application>Mageia</application> rendszerre vonatkoznak "
+"folytatás előtt kattintson az alkalmaz gombra."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Az elfogadáshoz válassza az <guilabel>elfogadom</guilabel> lehetőséget és "
+"kattintson a <guibutton>tovább</guibutton> gombra. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha még is úgy dönt, hogy ezeket a feltételeket nem fogadja el  akkor "
+"kattintson a <guibutton>kilépés</guibutton> gombra és a számítógép újraindul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Kiadási megjegyzések"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"A <application>Mageiáról</application> Fontos információk érhetők el ha "
+"rákattint a <guibutton>megjegyzések</guibutton> gombra."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "hu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr ""
+"Média kiválasztás (Kiegészítő media csomagok telepítése és konfigurálása)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez az ablak megjeleníti a mostani szoftvercomagokat mutatja. Ha hozzá kíván "
+"adni szoftvercsomagokat más forrásból akkor megteheti lemezről vagy más "
+"egyébb forrásból. A forrás kiválasztása határozza meg, hogy későbbiekben "
+"milyen csomagok állnak a rendelkezésére."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Hálózati forrás esetén két lépésre lesz szükség."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Először is a hálózati kapcsolat kiválasztása és aktiválása."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Válasszuk ki a nekünk megfelelő tükört vagy a kívánt URL -t (első "
+"bejegyzésként).  A tükör kiválasztásásval hozzáférhet a Mageia összes "
+"csomagjához és forrásához. Ilyen forrás lehet a nonfree és egyébb más "
+"források. Egy URL címmel kiválaszthatunk egy adott szofver forrást vagy "
+"saját NFS -t telepíthetünk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha frissít egy 64 bites csomagot akkor a frissítés tartalmazhat 32 bites "
+"csomagokat is. Ezért javasoljuk, hogy online tükörhozzá adásával frissítsen, "
+"Itt választhat a hálózati protokolok közül. A 64 bites DVD ISO -val csak 64 "
+"bites és noarch csomagokat tudd frissíteni. De a kiválasztott internetes "
+"tükörrel 32 bites csomagokat is tudd telepíteni,"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Felhasználó és rendszergazda útmutató."
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "A rendszergazdai (root) jelszó beállítása"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Fontos, hogy a <application>Mageiánkba</application>magasabb szintű  "
+"felhasználó vagy egy rendszergazda legyen. A Mageiában telepítéskor "
+"<emphasis>root jelszót</emphasis> kell megadni. Root jelszót a Linuxnál "
+"rendszergazdai jelszónak nevezik. A root jelszó beírásakor a pajzs szine "
+"piros, sárga és zöld  színüre változik ez a jelszó erősségétől függ. A zöld "
+"pajsz azt jelenti, hogy a jelszó erős. Ezt a jelszót mégegyszer be kell írni "
+"az alsó mezőbe azért, hogy biztossan nem tévesztettünk el egy karaktert se."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Minden jelszónál megkülönbözteti a kis és nagybetűket, a legjobb, ha a  "
+"betűk (kis- és nagybetűk), számok és egyéb karakterek keverednek a jelszóban."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Adjon meg egy felhasználót"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Adjon hozzá egy felhasználót itt. A felhasználó kevesebb joggal rendelkezik, "
+"mint a rendszergazdai  felhasználó (root), de elég ahhoz, hogy az "
+"internetet, irodai alkalmazásokat vagy játékokat használjon, és bármi mást, "
+"amit az átlagos felhasználó a számítógépével használ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: Ha erre a gombra kattint akkor a felhasználók "
+"ikonja megváltozik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Igazi Név</guilabel>: Adja meg a felhasználó igazi nevét."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Bejelentkezési név</guilabel>: Itt adja meg a felhasználói "
+"bejelentkezési nevet, vagy hagyja, hogy a drakx használja a felhasználó "
+"valódi nevének verzióját. <emphasis>A bejelentkezési név kis- és nagybetűkre "
+"érzékeny.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Jelszó</guilabel>: Ebben a szövegmezőben írja be a felhasználói "
+"jelszót. A szöveg doboz végén van egy pajzs, amely jelzi a jelszó erejét. "
+"(Lásd még <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Jelszó (újra)</guilabel>: Írja be újra a felhasználói jelszót erre "
+"a szövegmezőbe, és a drakx ellenőrzi, hogy ugyanaz a jelszó van-e a "
+"felhasználói jelszó szövegdobozaiban."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bármely felhasználó, akinek a Mageia telepítése közben hozzá van rendelve, "
+"rendelkezni fog olvasási és írási védett könyvtárral (umask = 0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minden szükséges extra felhasználót hozzáadhat a <emphasis> Konfiguráció - "
+"Összegzés </emphasis> lépéshez a telepítés során. Válassza a <emphasis> "
+"Felhasználó kezelés </emphasis> lehetőséget."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "A hozzáférési jogosultságok a telepítés után is módosíthatók."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Speciális Felhasználókezelés"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha a <guibutton>haladó</guibutton> gombra rákattintva megjelenik egy "
+"képernyő, amely lehetővé teszi a hozzáadni kívánt felhasználó beállításainak "
+"módosítását"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Ezenkívül letilthatja vagy engedélyezheti a vendégfiókot."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Bármit, amire a vendég az alapértelmezett <emphasis> rbash </emphasis> "
+"vendégfiókkal elmentheti a saját könyvtárát, és akkor törlődik, amikor ki "
+"jelentkezik. A vendégnek  a fontos fájlokat  le kell mentenie egy USB-s "
+"kulcsra."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel> Vendégfiók engedélyezése </guilabel>: Itt engedélyezheti vagy "
+"letilthatja a vendégfiókot.A vendégfióknak köszönhetően a vendég "
+"bejelentkezhet és használhatja a számítógépet, de korlátozottabb "
+"hozzáféréssel rendelkezik, mint a normál felhasználók."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parancssor </guilabel>: Ez a legördülő lista lehetővé teszi az "
+"előző képernyőhöz hozzáadott felhasználó által használt héj módosítását, a "
+"Bash, Dash és Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Felhasználó azonosító</guilabel>:Itt állíthatja be a felhasználói "
+"azonosítót a felhasználót hozzá adva, hogy  vissza térjen az előző "
+"képernyőre.Ez egy szám. Hagyja üresen, hacsak nem tudja, mit csinál."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Csoport azonosító</guilabel>:Ezzel beállíthatja a csoport "
+"azonosítóját.Szintén egy szám, általában ugyanaz, mint a felhasználó száma."
+"Hagyja üresen, hacsak nem tudja, mit csinál."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Válassza ki a csatolási pontokat"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt láthatja a számítógépen talált Linux partíciókat.Ha nem ért egyet a "
+"<application>DrakX</application>  javaslataival, megváltoztathatja a "
+"csatolási pontokat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Az \"eszköz\" a következőket tartalmazza: [\"merevlemez\", \"merevlemez-szám"
+"\" (betű)], \"partíciószám\" (például \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"A partíciókhoz, amelyekhez nem kell hozzáférnie, a csatolási pont mezőt "
+"üresen hagyhatja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Az óra beállítása"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Ebben a lépésben be kell állítania, hogy a belső óra milyen időpontban "
+"legyen, akár helyi idő, akár UTC idő."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"A Speciális lapon további lehetőségek találhatók az órabeállításokkal "
+"kapcsolatban."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia indítása mint Live rendszer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Betöltés az adathordozóról"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Betöltés lemezről"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Betöltés USB eszközről"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "BIOS/CSM/Legacy módban"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Az első képernyő a BIOS módban történő indítás során"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "A középső menüben három művelet közül választhat:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Boot Mageia: Ez azt jelenti, hogy a Mageia 5 a csatlakoztatott "
+"adathordozóról (CD / DVD vagy Pendriverról) elindul anélkül, hogy bármit "
+"írna a lemezre, ezért nagyon lassú rendszerre számíthat. A rendszerindítás "
+"után a merevlemezre telepíthető."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia telepítése: Közvetlenül telepíti a Mageia rendszert a merevlemezre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Az alsó menü a Boot lehetőségek"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Segítés. Magyarázat a lehetőségekhez \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" és "
+"\"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Nyelvek. Válasszon megjelenítési nyelvet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Képernyő felbontás. Válasszon a szöveges, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728 "
+"megjelenítések között."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom vagy Más. Általában a telepítés a behelyezett telepítő médiumról "
+"hajtódík végbe. Itt ki lehet választani más forrásokat is, mint FTP vagy NFS "
+"szerver. Ha a telepítést SLP szerverrel rendelkező hálózaton végzik, "
+"válasszon egyet a kiszolgálón elérhető telepítési forrásokból."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Illesztőprogram. Igen vagy Nem. A rendszer tisztában van egy opcionális "
+"lemez jelenlétével az illesztőprogram frissítésével, és a telepítés során be "
+"kell helyezni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Kernel beállítások. Ez a lehetőség a hardver és a használni kívánt "
+"illesztőprogramok opcióinak megadása."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "UEFI módal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Az első képernyő az UEFI rendszerről történő indításkor a lemezről"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Munkaasztal kiválasztása"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Munkaállomás."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Kiszolgáló."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafikus környezet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Egyedi csomag választás: kézzel kiválaszthatja a telepítendő vagy "
+"eltávolítandó csomagokat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Válasszon ki egy egyedi csomagot"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Szolgáltatások beállítása"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Időzóna beállítása"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "gyártó"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "és a kártya típusa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Videó-kártya és Monitor beállítások"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Videókártya</guibutton></emphasis>: Ha szükséges, "
+"válassza ki a kártyát a listából."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Monitor kiválasztása"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Egyéni</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Gyártó</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "a monitor gyártó neve"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "a monitor leírása"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Általános</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Egyedi lemezparticionálás a DiskDrake segítségével"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partícionálás"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Létező partíciók használata"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Szabad hely használata"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Szabad hely használata a Windows Partíción"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Az egész lemez törlése és használata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Egyéni lemezpartícionálás"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partíció méret:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Telepítés a LIVE médiumról"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "2015 Január"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia Hivatalos dokumentáció"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"A kézikönyvben szereplő szövegek és képernyőképek  a CC BY-SA 3.0 licenc "
+"alatt érhetők el <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez a kézikönyv a<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\"> NeoDoc</link> "
+"által kifejlesztett <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</"
+"link> segítségével készült."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Az önkéntesek szabadidejükben írták. Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentációs "
+"csapattal</link>, ha segíteni szeretné a kézikönyv javítását."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Senki nem fogja látni az összes olyan telepítő képernyőt, amely ebben a "
+"kézikönyvben látható. Mely képernyők láthatók, a hardvertől és a telepítés "
+"során végrehajtott döntéstől függ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Telepítés a DarkX használatával"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "2014 Február"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Gratulálunk"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Tűzfal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, a Mageia telepítő"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Vezetékes hálózat használata"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Telepítési lépések"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Nincs grafikus felület"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "A telepítés lefagy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM hiba"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dinamikus partíciók"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Frissítések"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Bejelentkező képernyő"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM bejelentkező képernyő"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Média kiválasztása (Zárt csomagok)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimális telepítő"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Rendszer paraméterek"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Időzóna</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ország / Régió</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Rendszerbetöltő</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Felhasználókezelő</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Szolgálatások</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Billentyűzet</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Egér</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Hangkártya</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Hálózat</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Biztonság"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Biztonsági szint</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tűzfal</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Újraindítás"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partíciók "
+"átméretezése"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Biztonsági szint"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "ISO kiválasztás és használat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Bevezetés"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klasszikus telepítőmédia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Élő lemezkép"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Élő Plasma DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Csak 64 bites architektúra"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Élő GNOME DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Csak GNOME ablakkezelő."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Csak 64 bites architektúra"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Élő Xfce DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Csak Xfce ablakkezelő."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 vagy 64 bites architektúrák."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Csak Angol nyelv."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Mageia letöltése és ellenőrzése"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Letöltés"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Ország / Régió kiválasztása"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Beviteli mód"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Telepítés vagy Frissítés"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Telepítés"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Frissítés"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Billentyűzet kiválasztás"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Billentyűzet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Válasszon nyelvet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Egér kiválasztás"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Rendszerindítási beállítások"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Beállítások"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Előző oldal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Következő oldal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "SCSI beállítás"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Hang beállítása"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Speciális"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Élő mód"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Hardver tesztelése"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "webkamera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Telepítés indítása"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia eltávolítás"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Hogyan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Nem használt fájlok megtartása vagy törlése"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Ebben a lépésben a Telepítő nem használt nyelvi fájlokat és hardver "
+"csomagokat keres. Ezután felajánlja a törlésüket. Jó ötlet elfogadni a "
+"törlést, kivéve, ha olyan telepítést készít, amelyet másik hardveren tervez "
+"használni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"A következő lépés a fájlok lemezre másolása. Ez több percet vehet igénybe. A "
+"végén a képernyő rövid időre elsötétülhet, ez normális."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4cf00f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Telepítés a LIVE médiumról</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>2015 Január</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia Hivatalos dokumentáció</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>A kézikönyvben szereplő szövegek és képernyőképek  a CC BY-SA 3.0 licenc
+alatt érhetők el <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Ez a kézikönyv a<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz"> NeoDoc</link> által
+kifejlesztett <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
+segítségével készült.
+            </para>
+            <para>Az önkéntesek szabadidejükben írták. Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentációs
+csapattal</link>, ha segíteni szeretné a kézikönyv javítását.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Telepítés a LIVE médiumról</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Senki nem fogja látni az összes olyan telepítő képernyőt, amely ebben a
+kézikönyvben látható. Mely képernyők láthatók, a hardvertől és a telepítés
+során végrehajtott döntéstől függ.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df0ff1bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Telepítés a LIVE médiumról</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Senki nem fogja látni az összes olyan telepítő képernyőt, amely ebben a
+kézikönyvben látható. Mely képernyők láthatók, a hardvertől és a telepítés
+során végrehajtott döntéstől függ.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">A kézikönyvben szereplő szövegek és képernyőképek  a CC BY-SA 3.0 licenc
+alatt érhetők el <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ez a kézikönyv a<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz"> NeoDoc</link> által
+kifejlesztett <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
+segítségével készült.</para>
+
+      <para>Az önkéntesek szabadidejükben írták. Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentációs
+csapattal</link>, ha segíteni szeretné a kézikönyv javítását.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..344bb212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Telepítés a DarkX használatával</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>2014 Február</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia Hivatalos dokumentáció</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>A kézikönyvben szereplő szövegek és képernyőképek  a CC BY-SA 3.0 licenc
+alatt érhetők el <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Ez a kézikönyv a<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz"> NeoDoc</link> által
+kifejlesztett <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
+segítségével készült.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Az önkéntesek szabadidejükben írták. Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentációs
+csapattal</link>, ha segíteni szeretné a kézikönyv javítását.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Telepítés a DarkX használatával</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Senki nem fogja látni az összes olyan telepítő képernyőt, amely ebben a
+kézikönyvben látható. Mely képernyők láthatók, a hardvertől és a telepítés
+során végrehajtott döntéstől függ.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df53696d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Telepítés a DarkX használatával</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Senki nem fogja látni az összes olyan telepítő képernyőt, amely ebben a
+kézikönyvben látható. Mely képernyők láthatók, a hardvertől és a telepítés
+során végrehajtott döntéstől függ.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">A kézikönyvben szereplő szövegek és képernyőképek  a CC BY-SA 3.0 licenc
+alatt érhetők el <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ez a kézikönyv a<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz"> NeoDoc</link> által
+kifejlesztett <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
+segítségével készült.</para>
+
+      <para>Az önkéntesek szabadidejükben írták. Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentációs
+csapattal</link>, ha segíteni szeretné a kézikönyv javítását.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..454cec6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">ISO kiválasztás és használat</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Bevezetés</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definition</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO
+file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>You can find them <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klasszikus telepítőmédia</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test,
+Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Élő lemezkép</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and
+optionally install Mageia on to your HDD.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean
+installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous
+releases.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They contain non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Élő Plasma DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Csak 64 bites architektúra</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Élő GNOME DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Csak GNOME ablakkezelő.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Csak 64 bites architektúra</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Élő Xfce DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Csak Xfce ablakkezelő.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All languages are present.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 vagy 64 bites architektúrák.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only CD media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to
+start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages
+that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be
+on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the
+Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when
+bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a
+PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Csak Angol nyelv.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need
+it.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Mageia letöltése és ellenőrzése</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Letöltés</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para>
+      <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a
+while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title>
+    <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB
+stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable
+medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly
+to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not
+correct. There is more information in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title>
+      <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick
+and then use it to boot and install the system.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on
+the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be
+reduced to the image size.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format
+the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>You could try:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Open a console</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the
+final '-' )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any
+application or file manager that could access or read it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..922138c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licenc és kiadási megjegyzések</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licencmegállapodás</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Mielőtt telepítené a Mageiát kérjük olvassa el a licencfeltételeket.</para>
+
+    <para>A feltételek a <application>Mageia</application> rendszerre vonatkoznak
+folytatás előtt kattintson az alkalmaz gombra.</para>
+
+    <para>Az elfogadáshoz válassza az <guilabel>elfogadom</guilabel> lehetőséget és
+kattintson a <guibutton>tovább</guibutton> gombra. </para>
+
+    <para>Ha még is úgy dönt, hogy ezeket a feltételeket nem fogadja el  akkor
+kattintson a <guibutton>kilépés</guibutton> gombra és a számítógép
+újraindul.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Kiadási megjegyzések</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>A <application>Mageiáról</application> Fontos információk érhetők el ha
+rákattint a <guibutton>megjegyzések</guibutton> gombra.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fac49bf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Felhasználó és rendszergazda útmutató.</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">A rendszergazdai (root) jelszó beállítása</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Fontos, hogy a <application>Mageiánkba</application>magasabb szintű
+felhasználó vagy egy rendszergazda legyen. A Mageiában telepítéskor
+<emphasis>root jelszót</emphasis> kell megadni. Root jelszót a Linuxnál
+rendszergazdai jelszónak nevezik. A root jelszó beírásakor a pajzs szine
+piros, sárga és zöld  színüre változik ez a jelszó erősségétől függ. A zöld
+pajsz azt jelenti, hogy a jelszó erős. Ezt a jelszót mégegyszer be kell írni
+az alsó mezőbe azért, hogy biztossan nem tévesztettünk el egy karaktert se.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Minden jelszónál megkülönbözteti a kis és nagybetűket, a legjobb, ha a
+betűk (kis- és nagybetűk), számok és egyéb karakterek keverednek a
+jelszóban.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Adjon meg egy felhasználót</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Adjon hozzá egy felhasználót itt. A felhasználó kevesebb joggal rendelkezik,
+mint a rendszergazdai  felhasználó (root), de elég ahhoz, hogy az
+internetet, irodai alkalmazásokat vagy játékokat használjon, és bármi mást,
+amit az átlagos felhasználó a számítógépével használ</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: Ha erre a gombra kattint akkor a felhasználók
+ikonja megváltozik.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Igazi Név</guilabel>: Adja meg a felhasználó igazi nevét.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Bejelentkezési név</guilabel>: Itt adja meg a felhasználói
+bejelentkezési nevet, vagy hagyja, hogy a drakx használja a felhasználó
+valódi nevének verzióját. <emphasis>A bejelentkezési név kis- és nagybetűkre
+érzékeny.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Jelszó</guilabel>: Ebben a szövegmezőben írja be a felhasználói
+jelszót. A szöveg doboz végén van egy pajzs, amely jelzi a jelszó
+erejét. (Lásd még <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Jelszó (újra)</guilabel>: Írja be újra a felhasználói jelszót erre
+a szövegmezőbe, és a drakx ellenőrzi, hogy ugyanaz a jelszó van-e a
+felhasználói jelszó szövegdobozaiban.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Bármely felhasználó, akinek a Mageia telepítése közben hozzá van rendelve,
+rendelkezni fog olvasási és írási védett könyvtárral (umask = 0027).</para>
+      <para>Minden szükséges extra felhasználót hozzáadhat a <emphasis> Konfiguráció -
+Összegzés </emphasis> lépéshez a telepítés során. Válassza a <emphasis>
+Felhasználó kezelés </emphasis> lehetőséget.</para>
+      <para>A hozzáférési jogosultságok a telepítés után is módosíthatók.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Speciális Felhasználókezelés</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Ha a <guibutton>haladó</guibutton> gombra rákattintva megjelenik egy
+képernyő, amely lehetővé teszi a hozzáadni kívánt felhasználó beállításainak
+módosítását</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Ezenkívül letilthatja vagy engedélyezheti a vendégfiókot.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Bármit, amire a vendég az alapértelmezett <emphasis> rbash </emphasis>
+vendégfiókkal elmentheti a saját könyvtárát, és akkor törlődik, amikor ki
+jelentkezik. A vendégnek  a fontos fájlokat  le kell mentenie egy USB-s
+kulcsra.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel> Vendégfiók engedélyezése </guilabel>: Itt engedélyezheti vagy
+letilthatja a vendégfiókot.A vendégfióknak köszönhetően a vendég
+bejelentkezhet és használhatja a számítógépet, de korlátozottabb
+hozzáféréssel rendelkezik, mint a normál felhasználók.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Parancssor </guilabel>: Ez a legördülő lista lehetővé teszi az
+előző képernyőhöz hozzáadott felhasználó által használt héj módosítását, a
+Bash, Dash és Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Felhasználó azonosító</guilabel>:Itt állíthatja be a felhasználói
+azonosítót a felhasználót hozzá adva, hogy  vissza térjen az előző
+képernyőre.Ez egy szám. Hagyja üresen, hacsak nem tudja, mit csinál.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Csoport azonosító</guilabel>:Ezzel beállíthatja a csoport
+azonosítóját.Szintén egy szám, általában ugyanaz, mint a felhasználó
+száma.Hagyja üresen, hacsak nem tudja, mit csinál.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eefe89da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Média kiválasztás (Kiegészítő media csomagok telepítése és konfigurálása)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ez az ablak megjeleníti a mostani szoftvercomagokat mutatja. Ha hozzá kíván
+adni szoftvercsomagokat más forrásból akkor megteheti lemezről vagy más
+egyébb forrásból. A forrás kiválasztása határozza meg, hogy későbbiekben
+milyen csomagok állnak a rendelkezésére.</para>
+
+  <para>Hálózati forrás esetén két lépésre lesz szükség.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Először is a hálózati kapcsolat kiválasztása és aktiválása. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Válasszuk ki a nekünk megfelelő tükört vagy a kívánt URL -t (első
+bejegyzésként).  A tükör kiválasztásásval hozzáférhet a Mageia összes
+csomagjához és forrásához. Ilyen forrás lehet a nonfree és egyébb más
+források. Egy URL címmel kiválaszthatunk egy adott szofver forrást vagy
+saját NFS -t telepíthetünk.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Ha frissít egy 64 bites csomagot akkor a frissítés tartalmazhat 32 bites
+csomagokat is. Ezért javasoljuk, hogy online tükörhozzá adásával frissítsen,
+Itt választhat a hálózati protokolok közül. A 64 bites DVD ISO -val csak 64
+bites és noarch csomagokat tudd frissíteni. De a kiválasztott internetes
+tükörrel 32 bites csomagokat is tudd telepíteni,</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6694374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Válassza ki a csatolási pontokat</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Itt láthatja a számítógépen talált Linux partíciókat.Ha nem ért egyet a
+<application>DrakX</application>  javaslataival, megváltoztathatja a
+csatolási pontokat.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal>
+(root) partition.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Every partition is shown as follows: "Device" ("Capacity", "Mount point",
+"Type").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Az "eszköz" a következőket tartalmazza: ["merevlemez", "merevlemez-szám"
+(betű)], "partíciószám" (például "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from
+the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal>
+and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for
+instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store
+your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the
+<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>A partíciókhoz, amelyekhez nem kell hozzáférnie, a csatolási pont mezőt
+üresen hagyhatja.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose,
+and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen
+that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the
+partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d875b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Az óra beállítása</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ebben a lépésben be kell állítania, hogy a belső óra milyen időpontban
+legyen, akár helyi idő, akár UTC idő.</para>
+
+  <para>A Speciális lapon további lehetőségek találhatók az órabeállításokkal
+kapcsolatban.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71a66b40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Mageia indítása mint Live rendszer</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Betöltés az adathordozóról</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Betöltés lemezről</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM,
+DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the
+bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the
+computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or
+press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the
+computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get
+either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Betöltés USB eszközről</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on
+the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may
+need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose
+the peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">BIOS/CSM/Legacy módban</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Az első képernyő a BIOS módban történő indítás során</para></caption></mediaobject><para>A középső menüben három művelet közül választhat:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: Ez azt jelenti, hogy a Mageia 5 a csatlakoztatott
+adathordozóról (CD / DVD vagy Pendriverról) elindul anélkül, hogy bármit
+írna a lemezre, ezért nagyon lassú rendszerre számíthat. A rendszerindítás
+után a merevlemezre telepíthető.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Mageia telepítése: Közvetlenül telepíti a Mageia rendszert a merevlemezre.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual,
+when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia
+5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Az alsó menü a Boot lehetőségek</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Segítés. Magyarázat a lehetőségekhez "splash", "apm", "acpi" és "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Nyelvek. Válasszon megjelenítési nyelvet.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Képernyő felbontás. Válasszon a szöveges, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728
+megjelenítések között.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom vagy Más. Általában a telepítés a behelyezett telepítő médiumról
+hajtódík végbe. Itt ki lehet választani más forrásokat is, mint FTP vagy NFS
+szerver. Ha a telepítést SLP szerverrel rendelkező hálózaton végzik,
+válasszon egyet a kiszolgálón elérhető telepítési forrásokból.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Illesztőprogram. Igen vagy Nem. A rendszer tisztában van egy opcionális
+lemez jelenlétével az illesztőprogram frissítésével, és a telepítés során be
+kell helyezni.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel beállítások. Ez a lehetőség a hardver és a használni kívánt
+illesztőprogramok opcióinak megadása.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">UEFI módal</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Az első képernyő az UEFI rendszerről történő indításkor a lemezről</para></caption></mediaobject><para>You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to
+process the installation (second choice).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a
+duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to choose
+them.</para><para>In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone
+and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link
+linkend="testing">additional steps in Live mode</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db44e34c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Munkaasztal kiválasztása</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine
+tune your choice.</para>
+
+  <para>After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package
+installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the
+<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or
+<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full
+set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if
+you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the
+default software choices for these desktop environments. The
+<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two,
+sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dff30889
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on
+your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however
+more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which
+become visible as the mouse is hovered over them.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Munkaállomás.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Kiszolgáló.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafikus környezet</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Egyedi csomag választás: kézzel kiválaszthatja a telepítendő vagy
+eltávolítandó csomagokat.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd8cf2bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Válasszon ki egy egyedi csomagot</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your
+installation.</para>
+
+    <para>After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy
+icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages
+(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the
+same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install
+and choosing to load it.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..714c7ca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Szolgáltatások beállítása</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your
+system.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and
+see all services in it.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">The setting DrakX chose are usually good.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info
+box below.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Only change things when you know very well what you are doing.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04a9c8c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Időzóna beállítása</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the
+same time zone.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to
+GMT, also known as UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they
+are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e657c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually
+correctly identify your video device.</para>
+
+  <para>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know
+which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>gyártó</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>then the name of your card</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>és a kártya típusa</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in
+the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the
+Xorg category</para>
+
+  <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card
+drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the
+option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities.</para>
+
+  <para>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access
+to the Commandline Interface.</para>
+
+  <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which
+may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from
+the card manufacturers' websites.</para>
+
+  <para>The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If
+you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c702380f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Videó-kártya és Monitor beállítások</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment)
+you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are
+all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or
+any other graphical environment to work well, the following
+<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct
+settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a
+choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Videókártya</guibutton></emphasis>: Ha szükséges,
+válassza ki a kártyát a listából.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor
+from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel>
+list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the
+horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired
+resolution and color depth of your monitor here.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not
+always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your
+settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your
+settings are correct, you can answer "yes", and the settings will be
+kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen
+and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make
+sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't
+available</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to
+enable or disable various options.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e6c9286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Monitor kiválasztása</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually
+correctly identify yours.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage
+your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing
+what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor
+documentation</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Egyéni</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh
+rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the
+screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are
+displayed.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor
+type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you
+may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and
+consult your monitor documentation.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the
+monitor database.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Gyártó</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which
+one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>gyártó</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>a monitor gyártó neve</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>a monitor leírása</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Általános</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as
+1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is
+often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver
+when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it
+may be wise to be conservative in your selections.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..365ffa67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Egyedi lemezparticionálás a DiskDrake segítségével</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you
+must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The
+encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be
+set, otherwise your system will be unbootable.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create
+partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even
+view what is in them before you start.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an
+USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected
+storage device</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it,
+or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe
+it. <guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert
+mode</guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a
+partition type. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present and of the correct type</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15d41a13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partícionálás</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the
+solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">The options available from the list below will vary depending on your
+particular hard drive(s) layout and content.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Létező partíciók használata</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have
+been found and may be used for the installation.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Szabad hely használata</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for
+your new Mageia installation.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Szabad hely használata a Windows Partíción</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may
+offer to use it.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation,
+but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all
+important files!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The
+partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down
+correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented,
+although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been
+moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to
+back up your personal files.</para><para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended
+sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking
+and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Az egész lemez törlése és használata.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">This option will use the complete drive for Mageia.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already
+have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use
+this option.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Egyéni lemezpartícionálás</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your
+hard drive(s).</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partíció méret:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>The installer will share the available place out according to the following
+rules:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is
+created for /, there is no separate partition for /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are
+created</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will
+create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom disk partitioning" option is the only one that allows
+to check it has been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the
+previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available
+hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested
+with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1
+MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning
+tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following
+settings:</para>
+    <para>"Align to" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ced46109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Gratulálunk</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">You have finished installing and configuring
+<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the
+installation medium and reboot your computer.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating
+systems on your computer (if you have more than one).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install
+will be automatically selected and started.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Enjoy!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to
+Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe2953f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Tűzfal</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine
+which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target
+system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be
+accessible from the Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is
+accessibly from the network. The "<emphasis>Everything (no
+firewall)</emphasis>" button has a particular role: it enables access to all
+services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the
+context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected
+system.  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center
+(which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of
+firewall rules for testing and debugging purposes.</para>
+
+  <para>All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you
+will check the "CUPS server" button if you want printers on your machine to
+be accessible from the network.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Advanced</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The
+"Advanced" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service for
+which no checkbutton exists. The "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" button
+opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a list of
+couples (blank separated)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to
+the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined
+in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the
+service.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore
+is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2
+couples for the same port.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6aa1d25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatting</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on
+partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to
+check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on
+<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>
+and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.
+In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">When you are confident about the selection, click on
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a58c0e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Frissítések</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some
+packages will have been updated or improved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them,
+select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you
+aren't connected to the Internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a095eef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, a Mageia telepítő</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia
+Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as
+possible.</para>
+
+  <para>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will
+start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installation Welcome Screen</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Using a Mageia DVD</title>
+
+      <para>Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one
+with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the "e" letter to
+enter the "edit mode". To come back to this screen, press either the key
+"esc" to quit without saving or press the key "Ctrl" or "F10" to quit with
+saving.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen
+language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live
+DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue
+System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware
+Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> key for
+the UEFI mode.</para>
+
+            <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one
+of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called
+<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para>
+
+            <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management
+isn't taken into account.</para>
+
+            <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is
+about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para>
+
+            <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options
+displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the
+key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line,
+however, they are really taken into account.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+            <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with
+the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to
+go back to the welcome screen.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options
+list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Vezetékes hálózat használata</title>
+
+      <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based
+Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):</para>
+
+      <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are
+described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+Network-based Installation CD, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Telepítési lépések</title>
+
+    <para>The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed
+on the side panel of the screen.</para>
+
+    <para>Each step has one or more screens which may also have
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required,
+options.</para>
+
+    <para>Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further
+explanations about the current step.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is
+possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a
+partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your
+computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well
+leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure
+rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installation Problems and Possible Solutions</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Nincs grafikus felület</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection
+screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using
+low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use
+this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be
+presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit
+ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>A telepítés lefagy</title>
+
+      <para>If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a
+problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of
+hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type
+<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with
+other options as necessary.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM hiba</title>
+
+      <para>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the
+available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the
+<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of
+RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dinamikus partíciók</title>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on
+Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on
+this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5da5c2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Bejelentkező képernyő</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM bejelentkező képernyő</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium
+you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>You can find another part of our documentation in <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db0c1c26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Média kiválasztása (Zárt csomagok)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are
+available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories
+selection determines which packages will be available for selection during
+the next steps.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains
+the base of the distribution.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are
+free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain
+closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this
+repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers,
+firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under
+a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is
+that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries,
+e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages
+needed to play commercial video DVD, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e55a822f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimális telepítő</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the
+Package Group Selection screen, see <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer
+you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba2acb12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on
+the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the
+settings here and change them if you want after pressing
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Rendszer paraméterek</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Időzóna</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred
+language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Ország / Régió</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you
+correct the setting. See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Rendszerbetöltő</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">For more information, see <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Felhasználókezelő</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">You can add extra users here. They will each get their own
+<literal>/home</literal> directories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Szolgálatások</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services refer to those small programs which run the background
+(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may
+prevent your computer from operating correctly.</para>
+
+        <para>For more information, see <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardware parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Billentyűzet</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on
+your location, language or type of keyboard.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Egér</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs
+etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Hangkártya</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option
+to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one
+driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">For more information, see <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Network and Internet parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Hálózat</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free
+drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia
+Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media
+repositories.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch
+that interface as well.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider
+internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a
+proxy service.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you
+need to enter here</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Biztonság</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Biztonsági szint</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default
+setting (Standard) is adequate for general use.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Check the option which best suits your usage.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Tűzfal</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the
+rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8dba95eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Újraindítás</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a95a6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1"><application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partíciók
+átméretezése</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.
+Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79579193
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Biztonsági szint</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">You can adjust your security level here.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings
+in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0cbb25fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Ország / Régió kiválasztása</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other
+Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list,
+after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the
+first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real
+choice.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Beviteli mód</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec8212a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Telepítés vagy Frissítés</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Telepítés</para>
+
+      <para>Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Frissítés</para>
+
+      <para>If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on
+your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the
+latest release.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still
+supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been
+thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already
+reached its End	Of Life when this one was released, then it is better to do
+a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to
+reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been
+formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in
+the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an
+unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you
+want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you
+can return from the "Install or Upgrade" screen to the language choice
+screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..582f900e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Billentyűzet</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable
+keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard
+layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the
+specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There
+may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also
+look here: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on
+<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard
+there.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog,
+you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though
+a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly
+and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the
+full list.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an
+extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin
+and non-Latin keyboard layouts</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..738c5fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Billentyűzet kiválasztás</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7575436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Válasszon nyelvet</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your
+continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during
+the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use
+this selection during the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your
+system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the
+<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be
+difficult to add extra language support after installation.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them
+as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be
+marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen .</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then
+it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it
+is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed
+languages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia
+Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a74221f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Egér kiválasztás</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a
+different one here.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB
+mice</guilabel> is a good choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to
+configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..561d11aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Rendszerindítási beállítások</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Using an existing bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader
+is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve
+running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and
+add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in
+question.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Beállítások</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Előző oldal</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Következő oldal</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1edc5da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1dc20a79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">SCSI beállítás</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers
+it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently
+fail to recognise the drive.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s)
+you have.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..979e5e2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Hang beállítása</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your
+sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default
+one.</para>
+
+  <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install
+you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start
+this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the
+<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound
+Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen.</para>
+
+  <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on
+<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how
+to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Speciális</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is
+useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers
+available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on
+<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ec75e28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirm hard disk to be formatted</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your
+choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every
+partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c65b9d0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Élő mód</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get the
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Hardver tesztelése</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webkamera:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Telepítés indítása</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+this screen, and then the "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b57d0c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia eltávolítás</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Hogyan</title>
+
+    <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short
+you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the
+possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select
+Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will
+only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition
+management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the
+disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it
+(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both
+windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and
+make sure all important things have been backed up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee9bf187
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/hu/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Nem használt fájlok megtartása vagy törlése</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ebben a lépésben a Telepítő nem használt nyelvi fájlokat és hardver
+csomagokat keres. Ezután felajánlja a törlésüket. Jó ötlet elfogadni a
+törlést, kivéve, ha olyan telepítést készít, amelyet másik hardveren tervez
+használni.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>A következő lépés a fájlok lemezre másolása. Ez több percet vehet igénybe. A
+végén a képernyő rövid időre elsötétülhet, ez normális.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52849d55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5419 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013,2015
+# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013
+# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013,2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-17 09:04+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/id/)\n"
+"Language: id\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Lisensi dan Catatan Rilis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Perjanjian Lisensi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Sebelum menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, silakan baca syarat "
+"dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Syarat dan ketentuan ini berlaku ke seluruh distribusi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda melanjutkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk menerima, pilih <guilabel>Terima</guilabel> lalu klik "
+"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memutuskan untuk tidak menerima ketentuan ini, maka terima kasih "
+"karena telah melihat-lihat. Mengklik <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton> akan "
+"menyalakan ulang komputer Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Catatan Rilis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini, "
+"klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "id"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Konfigurasi Media Instalasi Pelengkap)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar ini memberi Anda daftar repositori yang telah dikenali. Anda bisa "
+"menambahkan sumber lain, seperti disk optik atau sumber remote. Pemilihan "
+"sumber menentukan paket-paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih selama "
+"langkah-langkah berikutnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Untuk sumber jaringan, ada dua langkah yang harus diikuti:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Memilih dan mengaktifkan jaringan, jika belum terhubung."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Memilih mirror atau menentukan URL (entri paling awal). Dengan memilih "
+"mirror,  Anda memiliki akses ke semua repositori terpilih yang dikelola oleh "
+"Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda "
+"bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda mengupdate instalasi 64 bit yang mungkin berisi beberapa paket 32 "
+"bit, maka disarankan untuk menggunakan layar ini untuk menambahkan mirror "
+"online dengan memilih satu dari protokol jaringan di sini. Iso DVD 64 bit "
+"hanya berisi paket-paket 64 bit dan noarch, dia tidak akan bisa mengupdate "
+"paket-paket 32 bit. Tapi, setelah menambahkan mirror online, installer akan "
+"menemukan paket-paket 32 bit di sana."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna dan Pengguna Super"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Atur Sandi Administrator (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Disarankan untuk semua instalasi <application>Mageia</application> agar "
+"mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut "
+"<emphasis>sandi root</emphasis>. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas, "
+"warna kotak pinggirnya akan berubah dari merah menjadi kuning atau hijau "
+"tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda "
+"menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak "
+"di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik "
+"sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan "
+"penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Masukkan pengguna"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit "
+"dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet, "
+"menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang "
+"biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah "
+"ikon pengguna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nama Asli</guilabel>: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks "
+"ini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nama Login</guilabel>: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna "
+"atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. <emphasis>Nama "
+"login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi "
+"pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan "
+"kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak "
+"teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-"
+"tiap kotak teks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan saat menginstall Mageia akan memiliki "
+"direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda lebih suka direktori home bisa dilihat semua orang, Anda mungkin "
+"ingin menambahkan pengguna tambahan pada langkah <emphasis>Konfigurasi - "
+"Ringkasan</emphasis> saat instalasi. Pilih <emphasis>Pengelolaan pengguna</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Perizinan hak akses juga bisa diubah setelah instalasi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna Lanjutan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah "
+"layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda "
+"tambahkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> bawaan "
+"yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar.  Tamu harus "
+"menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hidupkan akun tamu</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau "
+"mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan "
+"komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna "
+"normal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah "
+"shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar "
+"sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID pengguna</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk "
+"pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor.  "
+"Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di "
+"sini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID grup</guilabel>: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup.  Nomor juga, "
+"biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui "
+"apa yang harus diisikan di sini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Pilih titik kait"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda melihat partisi Linux yang ditemukan di komputer. Jika Anda "
+"tidak setuju dengan saran <application>DrakX</application>, Anda bisa "
+"mengubah titik kaitnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda mengubah apapun, pastikan Anda tetap memiliki partisi <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap partisi ditampilkan sebagai berikut: \"Perangkat\" (\"Kapasitas\", "
+"\"Titik kait\", \"Tipe\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Perangkat\", terdiri dari: \"harddisk\", [\"nomor harddisk\"(huruf)], "
+"\"nomor partisi\" (contohnya, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki banyak partisi, Anda bisa memilih banyak titik kait yang "
+"berbeda dari menu drop down, seperti <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</"
+"literal> dan <literal>/var</literal>. Anda juga bisa membuat titik kait "
+"sendiri, contohnya <literal>/video</literal> untuk partisi di mana Anda "
+"ingin menyimpan film, atau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> untuk partisi "
+"<literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk partisi yang tidak akan Anda akses, Anda bisa membiarkan kolom titik "
+"kait kosong."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin akan memilih "
+"apa, lalu pilih <guilabel>Pemartisian disk sesuaian</guilabel>. Di layar "
+"berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda yakin titik kait sudah benar, klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
+"guibutton>, lalu pilih apakah Anda hanya akan memformat partisi yang "
+"disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar "
+"lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi "
+"paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol "
+"<guilabel>Rincian</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop "
+"<application>KDE</application> atau <application>Gnome</application>. "
+"Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. "
+"Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda tidak ingin memilih keduanya "
+"atau memilih keduanya, atau jika Anda menginginkan yang selain pilihan "
+"software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop tersebut. Desktop <application>LXDE</"
+"application> lebih ringan dari kedua lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang "
+"terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit paket bawaan yang diinstall."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Grup Paket"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk "
+"sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi "
+"lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat "
+"saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Lingkungan kerja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Lingkungan Grafis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah "
+"atau menghapus paket secara manual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Pilih Paket Individual"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau menghapus paket tambahan apapun untuk "
+"menyesuaikan instalasi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah selesai memilih, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>ikon floppy</"
+"guibutton> di bawah halaman untuk menyimpan pilihan paket (bisa juga "
+"disimpan ke flashdisk). Anda bisa menggunakan file ini untuk menginstall "
+"paket yang sama pada komputer lain, dengan menekan tombol yang sama saat "
+"instalasi dan memuatnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfigurasikan Layanan Anda"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa mengatur layanan mana yang (tidak) harus dijalankan saat "
+"komputer dinyalakan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ada empat grup, klik pada segitiga sebelum grup untuk membentangkan dan "
+"melihat layanan yang ada di dalamnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Pengaturan pilihan DrakX biasanya sudah bagus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menyorot sebuah layanan, informasi tentangnya akan ditampilkan "
+"dalam kotak informasi di bawah."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Hanya ubah sesuatu jika Anda sangat mengetahui hal tersebut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi Zona Waktu Anda"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih zona waktu Anda dengan memilih negara Anda atau sebuah kota yang dekat "
+"dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada layar berikutnya Anda bisa memilih untuk mengatur jam hardware Anda ke "
+"waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu sistem operasi pada komputer, pastikan "
+"semua diatur ke waktu lokal, atau semua ke UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Pilih Server X (Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis Anda)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memiliki basis data perangkat video yang lengkap dan biasanya akan "
+"mengidentifikasi perangkat video Anda dengan benar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika installer tidak mendeteksi perangkat grafis Anda dengan benar dan Anda "
+"mengetahui mana yang Anda punya, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "pabrikan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "lalu nama perangkat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "dan tipe perangkat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika tidak menemukan perangkat Anda di daftar pabrikan (karena belum masuk "
+"basis data atau perangkat lawas) Anda mungkin bisa menemukan driver yang "
+"cocok di kategori Xorg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Daftaran Xorg menyediakan lebih dari 40 driver perangkat video umum dan open "
+"source. Jika masih tidak menemukan driver untuk perangkat Anda, masih ada "
+"pilihan untuk menggunakan driver vesa yang menyediakan kemampuan dasar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan bahwa jika Anda memilih driver yang tidak cocok, Anda mungkin "
+"hanya akan bisa mengakses Antarmuka Baris Perintah."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa pabrikan perangkat video menyediakan driver proprietary untuk Linux "
+"yang mungkin hanya tersedia dalam repository Nonfree dan mungkin juga hanya "
+"tersedia di website mereka."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository Nonfree harus dihidupkan secara eksplisit untuk mengaksesnya. "
+"Jika Anda tidak memilih itu sebelumnya, Anda harus melakukan ini setelah "
+"komputer dinyalakan ulang."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis dan Monitor"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Apapun lingkungan grafis (disebut juga lingkungan desktop) yang Anda pilih "
+"dalam menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, semua bersandar pada "
+"sistem antarmuka pengguna grafis yang disebut <acronym>Sistem Window X</"
+"acronym>, atau hanya <acronym>X</acronym>. Agar <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> atau yang lainnya bisa "
+"bekerja dengan baik, pengaturan <acronym>X</acronym> berikut harus tepat. "
+"Pilih pengaturan yang tepat jika <application>DrakX</application> tidak "
+"membuat pilihan, atau jika pilihan salah."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Perangkat Grafis</guibutton></emphasis>: Pilih "
+"perangkat Anda dari daftar berikut jika diperlukan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Anda bisa memilih "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> jika bisa diterapkan, atau pilih monitor "
+"dari daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Umum</guilabel>. "
+"Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda lebih suka untuk mengatur "
+"refresh rate monitor horisontal dan vertikal secara manual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Refresh rate yang tidak tepat bisa merusak monitor Anda"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolusi</guibutton></emphasis>: Atur resolusi dan "
+"kedalaman warna monitor yang diinginkan di sini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Coba</guibutton></emphasis>: Tombol untuk mencoba tidak "
+"selalu muncul saat instalasi. Jika tombolnya ada, Anda bisa mengendalikan "
+"pengaturan dengan menekannya. Jika Anda melihat pertanyaan apakah pengaturan "
+"sudah tepat, Anda bisa menjawab \"ya\", dan pengaturan akan dipertahankan. "
+"Jika Anda tidak melihat apapun, Anda akan kembali ke layar konfigurasi dan "
+"bisa mengkonfigurasi ulang semua sampai hasilnya bagus. <emphasis>Pastikan "
+"pengaturan Anda adalah yang teraman jika tombol untuk mencoba tidak "
+"tersedia</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton></emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa "
+"memilih untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan berbagai pilihan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memiliki basis data monitor yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengenali "
+"monitor Anda dengan tepat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Memilih monitor dengan karakteristik yang berbeda bisa merusak "
+"monitor atau perangkat video Anda. Jangan mencoba sesuatu jika Anda tidak "
+"mengetahuinya.</emphasis> Jika ragu, sebaiknya Anda membaca dokumentasi "
+"monitor yang Anda miliki"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Sesuaian</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan ini memungkinkan Anda mengatur dua parameter penting, refresh rate "
+"vertikal dan sync rate horisontal. Refresh vertikal menentukan seberapa "
+"sering layar disegarkan dan sync horisontal adalah kecepatan di mana scan "
+"line ditampilkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>SANGAT PENTING</emphasis> untuk tidak menentukan tipe monitor "
+"dengan jarak sync diluar kemampuan monitor: Anda bisa merusak monitor. Jika "
+"ragu, pilih pengaturan sederhana dan baca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda "
+"miliki."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah pilihan bawaan dan mencoba untuk menentukan tipe monitor dari "
+"basis data."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pabrikan</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika installer tidak mendeteksi monitor Anda dengan benar dan Anda "
+"mengetahui jenis monitor yang Anda miliki, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon "
+"dengan memilih:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "nama pembuat monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "keterangan monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Umum</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"memilih grup ini menampilkan hampir 30 konfigurasi seperti 1024x768 @ 60 Hz "
+"dan termasuk layar datar seperti yang digunakan pada laptop. Ini seringkali "
+"bagus digunakan untuk memilih monitor jika Anda menggunakan driver Vesa "
+"ketika perangkat video Anda tidak bisa ditentukan secara otomatis. Akan "
+"sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika ingin menggunakan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> Anda, "
+"pastikan Anda memiliki partisi <literal>/boot</literal> terpisah. Pilihan "
+"enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/boot</literal> JANGAT diatur, atau sistem "
+"Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Sesuaikan layout diks Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat "
+"partisi, mengubah sistem file partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan bahkan "
+"melihat apa di dalamnya sebelum Anda memulai."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan "
+"lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Tekan <guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton> untuk membersihkan semua "
+"partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu "
+"tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Lanjutkan hingga Anda mengatur semua yang Anda inginkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton> jika sudah siap."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menginstall Mageia pada sistem UEFI, periksa bahwa ESP (EFI System "
+"Partition) tersedia dan dimount dengan benar pada /boot/EFI (lihat di atas)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menginstall Mageia pada sistem UEFI, periksa bahwa ESP (EFI System "
+"Partition) tersedia dan dimount dengan benar pada /boot/EFI (lihat di atas)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Pemartisian"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang "
+"ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana <application>Mageia</"
+"application> akan diinstall."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada "
+"tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Gunakan Partisi yang Tersedia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah "
+"ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan "
+"ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong pada Partisi Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, "
+"installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi "
+"beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi "
+"harus \"bersih\", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat "
+"terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada "
+"jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan digunakan. "
+"Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Dengan opsi ini, installer menampilkan partisi Windows yang tersisa dalam "
+"warna biru cerah dan partisi Mageia nantinya dalam warna biru gelap dengan "
+"ukuran yang diharapkan tepat di bawahnya. Anda memiliki kemungkinan untuk "
+"menyesuaikan ukuran ini dengan mengklik dan menyeret pada jarak di antara "
+"kedua partisi. Lihat gambar di bawah."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Hapus dan gunakan Seluruh Disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-"
+"hati!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, "
+"atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan "
+"gunakan pilihan ini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada "
+"standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian "
+"yang digunakan pada installer belum teruji pada perangkat tersebut. Beberapa "
+"perangkat ssd juga menggunakan ukuran blok penghapusan melebihi 1 MB. "
+"Disarankan untuk melakukan pemartisian awal menggunakan alat pemartisian "
+"alternatif seperti gparted jika Anda memilikinya, dan menggunakan pengaturan "
+"berikut:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Selaraskan ke\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Ruang kosong di awal (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr "Juga pastikan semua partisi dibuat dengan penomoran megabite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "January 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Dokumentasi Resmi Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">CMS Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
+"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</"
+"link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam "
+"manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan "
+"pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalasi dengan DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Februari 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Selamat"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media instalasi dan "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih "
+"sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan "
+"otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Nikmatilah!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin "
+"berkontribusi untuk Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pabrikan</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Umum</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Pemformatan"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa memilih partisi mana yang ingin Anda format. Semua data "
+"pada partisi yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> ditandai untuk diformat akan "
+"tetap tersimpan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr "Biasanya, setidaknya partisi yang dipilih oleh DrakX perlu diformat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> untuk memilih partisi yang ingin "
+"Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak yakin telah membuat pilihan yang benar, Anda bisa mengklik "
+"<guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>, lalu <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> "
+"lagi, lalu <guibutton>Sesuaian</guibutton> untuk kembali ke layar utama.  "
+"Pada layar tersebut, Anda bisa memilih untuk melihat apa yang ada dalam "
+"partisi Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda cukup yakin dengan pilihan Anda, klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
+"guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, Installer Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Tidak peduli Anda baru mengenal GNU-Linux atau yang telah berpengalaman, "
+"Installer Mageia dibuat untuk membantu instalasi atau upgrade semudah "
+"mungkin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar menu awal memiliki berbagai pilihan, akan tetapi bawaannya akan "
+"memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Layar Selamat Datang untuk Instalasi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Gunakan bootloader Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah layar sambutan baku ketika menggunakan DVD Mageia, yang pertama "
+"dengan sistem legacy dan yang kedua dengan sistem UEFI:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dari layar awal ini dimungkinkan untuk mengatur beberapa pengaturan pribadi:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bahasa (untuk instalasi saja, mungkin berbeda dengan bahasa yang dipilih "
+"untuk sistem) dengan menekan tombol F2 (hanya mode Legacy)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Gunakan tombol panah untuk memilih bahasa, lalu tekan tombol Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Seperti ini contohnya, layar sambutan bahasa Perancis ketika menggunakan "
+"Live DVD/CD. Ingat bahwa menu Live DVD/CD tidak disodorkan: <guilabel>Sistem "
+"Penyelamat</guilabel>, <guilabel>Pengujian memori</guilabel> dan "
+"<guilabel>Peralatan Pendeteksian Perangkat Keras</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Ubah resolusi layar dengan menekan tombol F3 (hanya mode Legacy)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Tambahkan beberapa opsi kernel dengan menekan tombol <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">F6</emphasis> untuk mode legacy atau tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> untuk mode UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika instalasi gagal, mungkin penting untuk mencoba kembali menggunakan "
+"salah satu opsi tambahan. Menu yang dipanggil dengan F6 menampilkan baris "
+"baru yang disebut <guilabel>Opsi boot</guilabel> dan menawarkan empat entri:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Baku, dia tidak mengubah apapun dalam opsi baku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Tanpa ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), manajemen daya "
+"tidak diterapkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Tanpa APIC Lokal (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), ini "
+"untuk interupsi CPU, pilih opsi ini jika diminta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika Anda memilih salah satu entri ini, dia akan mengubah opsi baku yang "
+"ditampilkan pada <guilabel>Opsi Boot</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada beberapa rilis Mageia, mungkin entri yang dipilih dengan tombol F6 "
+"tidak muncul pada baris <guilabel>Opsi Boot</guilabel>, tetapi, sebenarnya "
+"mereka telah diterapkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tambahkan lebih banyak opsi kernel dengan menekan tombol F1 (hanya mode "
+"Legacy)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Menekan F1 membukan jendela baru dengan lebih banyak opsi yang tersedia. "
+"Pilih dengan tombol panah, lalu tekan Enter untuk melihat detil, atau tekan "
+"tombol Esc untuk kembali ke layar sambutan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Tampilan detil tentang pilihan splash. Tekan Esc atau pilih "
+"<guilabel>Kembali ke Opsi Boot</guilabel> untuk kembali ke daftar pilihan. "
+"Pilihan ini bisa ditambahkan secara manual di baris <guilabel>Opsi boot</"
+"guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Bantuan diterjemahkan ke dalam bahasa yang dipilih dengan tombol F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk informasi lebih banyak tentang opsi kernel pada sistem legacy dan "
+"UEFI, lihat: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah layar sambutan baku ketika menggunakan CD Instalasi Jaringan "
+"Kabel (image Boot.iso atau Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ini tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah bahasa, pilihan yang tersedia "
+"dijelaskan pada layar. Untuk informasi tentang menggunakan CD Instalasi "
+"Jaringan Kabel, lihat <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">Wiki Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Layout keyboard adalah layout Amerika."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Proses instalasi terbagi ke dalam beberapa langkah, yang bisa diikuti pada "
+"panel samping dari layar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap langkah memiliki satu layar atau lebih yang mungkin juga memiliki "
+"tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> dengan pilihan tambahan yang tidak "
+"terlalu dibutuhkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Kebanyakan layar memiliki tombol <guibutton>Bantuan</guibutton> yang memberi "
+"penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika di manapun saat menginstall Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikan "
+"instalasi, komputer bisa dijalankan ulang, tapi harap dipikir dua kali "
+"sebelum melakukannya.  Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah dijalankan "
+"atau diinstall, komputer Anda sudah tidak lagi dalam kondisi yang sama dan "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat sistem komputer Anda tidak stabil. "
+"Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal "
+"teks dengan menekan tiga tombol <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> secara "
+"bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> secara "
+"bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Tidak Ada Antarmuka Grafis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah layar awal, Anda tidak pernah sampai pada layar pemilihan bahasa. "
+"Ini bisa terjadi dengan beberapa perangkat grafis dan komputer lama. Coba "
+"menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan <code>vgalo</code> "
+"pada baris perintah."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika perangkat keras sudah tua, instalasi grafis mungkin tidak bisa. Jika "
+"demikian, akan lebih baik untuk mencoba instalasi dengan mode teks. Untuk "
+"menggunakannya, tekan ESC pada layar sambutan pertama, lalu konfirmasi "
+"dengan ENTER. Anda akan diberikan layar hitam dengan kata \"boot:\". Ketik "
+"\"text\" lalu tekan ENTER. Lalu lanjutkan dengan instalasi dalam mode teks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Instalasi Membeku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika sistem membeku saat instalasi, mungkin ada masalah dengan pendeteksian "
+"hardware. Pada kasus seperti ini, pendeteksian otomatis mungkin perlu "
+"dilewati untuk ditangani kemudian. Untuk mencobanya, ketik <code>noauto</"
+"code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa dikombinasikan dengan "
+"pilihan lain seperlunya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Masalah RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan "
+"RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa "
+"menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM "
+"yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Partisi dinamis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda mengubah harddisk dari format \"basic\" ke format \"dynamic\" pada "
+"Microsoft Windows, Anda harus tahu bahwa tidak mungkin menginstall Mageia "
+"pada disk tersebut. Untuk kembali ke disk basic, lihat dokumentasi "
+"Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Update"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Mulai sejak dirilis <application>Mageia</application> versi ini, beberapa "
+"paket akan terus diupdate atau ditingkatkan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guilabel>ya</guilabel> jika Anda ingin mendownload dan "
+"menginstallnya, pilih <guilabel>tidak</guilabel> jika tidak ingin "
+"melakukannya sekarang, atau jika Anda tidak terhubung ke internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Lalu tekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Informasi lebih lengkap ada di <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Category:Documentation\">wiki Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda memiliki daftar repository yang tersedia. Tidak semua "
+"repository tersedia, mengikuti pada media mana yang digunakan untuk "
+"instalasi. Pemilihan repository akan menentukan paket mana yang akan "
+"tersedia untuk dipilih pada langkah selanjutnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Core</emphasis> tidak bisa dimatikan karena berisi "
+"dasar dari distribusi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> menyediakan paket-paket yang gratis, "
+"misalnya Mageia mungkin menyediakannya, tapi mungkin berisi software dengan "
+"sumber tertutup (karenanya dinamakan - Nonfree). Sebagai contoh, repository "
+"ini menyediakan driver proprietary untuk perangkat grafis nVidia dan ATI, "
+"firmware untuk berbagai perangkat WiFi, dsb."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> menyertakan paket-paket yang "
+"dikeluarkan di bawah lisensi bebas. Kriteria utama menempatkan paket-paket "
+"ke dalam repository ini adalah karena paket-paket ini mungkin akan melanggar "
+"hak cipta dan hak paten di beberapa negara, misalnya codec Multimedia yang "
+"diperlukan untuk memainkan beragam file audio/video; paket-paket yang "
+"diperlukan untuk memainkan video DVD komersial, dsb."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Instalasi Minimal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa memilih Instalasi Minimal dengan tidak memilih semua pada layar "
+"Pemilihan Grup Paket, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih instalasi ini, maka layar yang berhubungan akan menawarkan "
+"Anda sedikit tambahan untuk diinstall, seperti dokumentasi dan X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Ringkasan dari berbagai parameter"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada "
+"pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh DrakX. "
+"Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah menekan "
+"<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Parameter sistem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zona Waktu</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memilih zona waktu tergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa "
+"mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Negara / Wilayah</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk "
+"memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX telah membuat pilihan yang bagus untuk pengaturan bootloader."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+"Jangan mengubah apapun, kecuali Anda mengetahui bagaimana cara "
+"mengkonfigurasi Grub dan/atau Lilo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Untuk informasi lebih, lihat <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Pengelolaan pengguna</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan "
+"direktori <literal>/home</literal> masing-masing."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Layanan</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang "
+"layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan "
+"tugas-tugas tertentu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda harus memeriksa dengan hati-hati sebelum mengubah apapun di sini - "
+"sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Untuk informasi lebih, lihat <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Parameter hardware"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan "
+"tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, "
+"tablet, trackball, dsb."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Perangkat suara</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver "
+"berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat "
+"Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Antarmuka grafis</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Untuk informasi lebih, lebih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Parameter Jaringan dan Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Jaringan</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan "
+"dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan "
+"ulang komputer, di <application>Pusat Kendali Mageia</application>, jika "
+"Anda belum menghidupkan reporitory media Nonfree."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menambahkan perangkat jaringan, jangan lupa untuk mengatur "
+"firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxy</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Server Proxy berfungsi sebagai perantara antara komputer Anda dengan "
+"internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi "
+"komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan "
+"parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Keamanan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tingkat Keamanan</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan "
+"(Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Lihat pilihan yang sesuai dengan penggunaan komputer Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan "
+"para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih layanan yang ingin bisa diakses ke sistem komputer Anda. Pilihan akan "
+"tergantung pada komputer Anda akan digunakan untuk apa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr "Ingat bahwa membiarkan semua (tanpa firewall) akan sangat beresiko."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Boot Ulang"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Ubah ukuran partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda memiliki lebih dari satu partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Pilih yang akan diperkecil untuk digunakan "
+"menginstall <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Tingkat Keamanan"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Anda bisa mengatur penyesuaian tingkat keamanan di sini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Biarkan tetap pada pengaturan bawaan jika Anda tidak mengerti apa yang harus "
+"dipilih."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah instalasi, mengatur penyesuaian keamanan tetap bisa dilakukan di "
+"bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Pilih dan gunakan ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Pengantar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definisi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini, medium (jamak: media) adalah berkas image ISO yang memungkinkan "
+"Anda menginstall dan/atau mengupdate Mageia dan dengan perluasan dukungan "
+"fisik ke mana berkas ISO disalin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menemukannya <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/id/downloads/"
+"\">di sini</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Media instalasi klasik"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Fitur umum"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "ISO ini menggunakan installer tradisional yang disebut drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr "Mereka bisa membuat instalasi baru atau update dari rilis sebelumnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa peralatan tersedia pada Layar sambutan: Sistem Penyelamat, "
+"Pengujian Memori, Peralatan Pendeteksi Perangkat Keras."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Setiap DVD berisi banyak lingkungan desktop dan bahasa yang tersedia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda akan diberikan untuk memilih perangkat lunak non free saat instalasi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Media live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Bisa digunakan untuk melihat distribusi tanpa menginstallnya pada HDD, dan "
+"opsi untuk menginstall Mageia pada HDD Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "Setiap ISO hanya berisi satu lingkungan desktop (KDE atau GNOME)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ISO Live hanya bisa digunakan untuk membuat "
+"instalasi baru, mereka tidak bisa digunakan untuk upgrade dari rilis "
+"sebelumnya.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Mereka berisi perangkat lunak non free."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Hanya lingkungan desktop KDE."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Menyediakan semua bahasa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Hanya lingkungan desktop GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Hanya lingkungan desktop KDE."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Media CD hanya-boot"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Masing-masing adalah image kecil yang berisi tidak lebih dari apa yang "
+"diperlukan untuk menjalankan installer drakx dan menemukan drakx-installer-"
+"stage2 dan paket-paket lain yang dibutuhkan untuk melanjutkan dan "
+"menyelesaikan instalasi. Paket-paket ini mungkin berada dalam harddisk PC, "
+"drive lokal, jaringan lokal atau Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Media ini sangat ringan (kurang dari 100 MB) dan cocok ketika bandwidth "
+"sangat lambat untuk mendownload DVD, PC tanpa drive DVD atau PC yang tidak "
+"bisa boot dari USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Hanya bahasa Inggris."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Hanya berisi perangkat lunak bebas, untuk orang-orang yang tidak ingin "
+"menggunakan perangkat lunak tidak bebas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Berisi perangkat lunak tidak bebas (kebanyakan adalah driver, kodek...) "
+"untuk orang-orang yang membutuhkannya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Mengunduh dan Memeriksa Media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Mengunduh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah Anda memilih berkas ISO, Anda bisa mengunduhnya menggunakan http "
+"atau BitTorrent. Pada keduanya, sebuah jendela memberi Anda informasi, "
+"seperti mirror yang digunakan dan kemungkinan untuk mengubah jika bandwidth "
+"terlalu lambat. Jika http dipilih, Anda juga mungkin melihat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Centang tombol Simpan Berkas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Memeriksa keabsahan media yang diunduh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Buka konsol, tidak perlu menjadi root, dan:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Untuk menggunakan md5sum, ketik: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/"
+"to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Untuk menggunakan sha1sum, ketik: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/"
+"to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"lalu bandingkan nomor yang diperoleh dari komputer (Anda mungkin harus "
+"menunggu beberapa saat) dengan nomor yang diberikan oleh Mageia. Contoh:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Bakar atau salin ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"ISO yang telah diperiksa sekarang bisa dibakar ke sebuah CD atau DVD atau "
+"disalin ke sebuah flashdisk. Pekerjaan ini bukan penyalinan sederhana dan "
+"bertujuan untuk membuat media yang dapat diboot."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Membakar ISO ke CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Gunakan burner apapun yang Anda inginkan tapi pastikan perangkat burning "
+"diatur dengan benar ke <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn image</emphasis>, burn "
+"data atau berkas adalah salah. Informasi lebih lengkap ada di <link ns4:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">wiki Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Salin ISO ke flashdisk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Semua ISO Mageia adalah hibrid, yang berarti bisa Anda bisa 'menyalin' ke "
+"flashdisk lalu menggunakannya untuk memboot dan menginstall sistem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"\"menyalin\" image ke dalam flashdisk akan merusak sistem file pada "
+"perangkat; data apapun akan hilang dan kapasitas partisi akan berkurang "
+"menjadi sebesar ukuran image."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menggunakan peralatan seperti <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Anda bisa mencoba:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Anda juga bisa menggunakan dd dari konsol:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Buka konsol"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Menjadi root dengan perintah <userinput>su -</userinput> (jangan lupa tanda "
+"'-' di akhir)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Pasang flashdisk (jangan dimount, artinya juga jangan buka aplikasi atau "
+"manajer berkas apapun yang bisa membuka atau membacanya)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Masukkan perintah <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Masukkan perintah: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Dimana X=nama perangkat Anda misal: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Contoh: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Masukkan perintah: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Lepas flashdisk, selesai"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Pilih Negara / Wilayah Anda"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih negara atau wilayah Anda. Ini akan penting untuk semua jenis "
+"pengaturan, seperti mata uang dan regulasi domain nirkabel. Mengatur negara "
+"yang salah akan membawa pada tidak bisa digunakannya jaringan Nirkabel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol <guilabel>Negara "
+"Lainnya</guilabel> lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel>, "
+"setelah mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar "
+"pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang "
+"sebenarnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Metode masukan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode "
+"input (di bagian bawah dari daftar). Metode input memungkinkan pengguna "
+"memasukkan karakter berbagai bahasa (Cina, Jepang, Korea, dsb). IBus adalah "
+"metode input bawaan DVD Mageia, LiveCD Afrika/India dan Asia/tanpa-India. "
+"Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode input "
+"bawaan sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual. "
+"Metode input lain (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dsb) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa "
+"yang bisa diinstall jika Anda menambahkan media HTTP/FTP sebelum pemilihan "
+"paket."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda melewatkan pengaturan metode input saat instalasi, Anda bisa "
+"mengaksesnya setelah menjalankan ulang komputer melalui \"Konfigurasi "
+"Komputer Anda\" -&gt; \"Sistem\", atau dengan menjalankan localedrake "
+"sebagai root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Install atau Upgrade"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Install"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Gunakan pilihan ini untuk instalasi <application>Mageia</application> baru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Upgrade"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilihi satu atau lebih instalasi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> pada sistem, installer akan memberi pilihan untuk upgrade salah "
+"satunya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Hanya upgrade dari versi Mageia yang <emphasis>masih didukung</emphasis> "
+"saat versi installer ini dirilis, yang telah sepenuhnya diuji. Jika Anda "
+"ingin melakukan upgrade versi Mageia yang telah mencapai akhir\tdukungan "
+"ketika yang ini dirilis, akan lebih baik untuk melakukan instalasi baru dan "
+"membiarkan partisi <literal>/home</literal> Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika selama instalasi Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikannya, Anda bisa "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer, tapi pikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya. "
+"Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah mulai diinstall, kondisi komputer "
+"Anda sudah tidak sama lagi dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat "
+"komputer Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal dengan menekan tiga tombol "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> secara bersamaan. Lalu tekan <guilabel>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda terlupa untuk memilih bahasa tambahan, Anda bisa kembali dari "
+"layar \"Install atau Upgrade\" ke layar pemilihan bahasa dengan menekan "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Jangan</emphasis> melakukan "
+"ini saat sedang menginstall."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Keyboard"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX akan memilih keyboard yang sesuai untuk bahasa Anda. Jika tidak ada "
+"yang cocok maka layout keyboard US akan digunakan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pastikan yang dipilih benar atau pilih layout keyboard lain. Jika Anda tidak "
+"mengetahui layout yang dimiliki keyboard Anda, lihat spesifikasi komputer, "
+"atau tanya pembuat komputer. Mungkin juga ada label pada keyboard Anda yang "
+"mengidentifikasi layout. Anda juga bisa melihat ini: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika keyboard Anda tidak ada di daftar yang ditampilkan, klik pada "
+"<guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton> untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap, lalu pilih "
+"keyboard Anda di sana."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah memilih keyboard dari dialog <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton>, Anda "
+"akan kembali ke dialog pilihan keyboard pertama dan walaupun sepertinya "
+"sebuah keyboard pada layar tersebut terpilih. Anda bisa mengabaikannya dan "
+"melanjutkan instalasi: Keyboar Anda adalah yang dipilih dari yang ada di "
+"daftar lengkap."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih keyboard yang berbasis karakter bukan latin, Anda akan "
+"melihat layar dialog tambahan yang menanyakan bagaimana Anda akan melakukan "
+"pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Silakan pilih bahasa yang akan digunakan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua Anda. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama "
+"instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua Anda. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama "
+"instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika sepertinya Anda akan memerlukan beberapa bahasa untuk komputer Anda, "
+"untuk Anda sendiri atau orang lain, maka gunakanlah tombol <guibutton>Banyak "
+"bahasa</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sekarang. Akan sulit untuk "
+"menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Bahkan jika Anda akan memilih lebih dari satu bahasa, Anda harus memilih "
+"salah satu sebagai bahasa yang lebih disukai di layar bahasa pertama. Bahasa "
+"tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika bahasa keyboard tidak sama dengan bahasa yang akan dipilih, maka "
+"disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini bisa dimatikan di layar \"banyak bahasa\" jika tidak sesuai dengan "
+"bahasa Anda. Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang "
+"diinstall."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat "
+"Kendali Mageia -> Sistem -> Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Pilih mouse"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak senang dengan respon mouse Anda, Anda bisa memilih mouse "
+"yang berbeda di sini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Biasanya, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Semua mouse PS/2 dan "
+"USB</guilabel> adalah pilihan bagus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Paksa evdev</guilabel> "
+"untuk mengkonfigurasi tombol yang tidak bekerja pada mouse dengan enam "
+"tombol atau lebih."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk informasi lebih banyak tentang opsi kernel pada sistem legacy dan "
+"UEFI, lihat: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Pilihan utama Bootloader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Pilihan utama Bootloader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Menu grafis Mageia sangat cantik :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-"
+"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata "
+"xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"1\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Gunakan bootloader Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Gunakan bootloader yang ada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah "
+"ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus "
+"menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan "
+"menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak "
+"teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-"
+"tiap kotak teks."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Layanan</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Pengaturan SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX biasanya mendeteksi harddisk dengan benar. Dengan kontroler SCSI lama "
+"mungkin tidak akan bisa menentukan driver yang tepat untuk digunakan dan "
+"menyebabkan gagal mengenali perangkat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika ini terjadi, Anda harus menentukan secara manual perangkat SCSI mana "
+"yang Anda miliki pada Drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX lalu akan bisa mengkonfigurasi perangkat yang tepat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi Suara"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara "
+"Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi "
+"Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan  <command>draksound</command> atau jalankan "
+"alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> lalu mengklik <guilabel>Konfigurasi Suara</"
+"guilabel> di kanan atas layar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat \"Konfigurasi Suara\", klik "
+"<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu <guibutton>Pemecahan masalah</"
+"guibutton> untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara mengatasi "
+"masalah."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Lanjutan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi, "
+"berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, "
+"tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik "
+"<guibutton>Biarkan saya memilih driver</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Konfirmasi harddisk yang akan diformat"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin dengan pilihan "
+"Anda."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> jika Anda yakin dan ingin "
+"menghapus semua partisi, semua sistem operasi dan semua data pada harddisk "
+"tersebut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Uninstall Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Tata cara"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Mageia tidak meyakinkan Anda atau Anda tidak bisa menginstallnya dengan "
+"sempurna, pendeknya Anda ingin membuangnya. Itu adalah hak Anda dan Mageia "
+"memberikan kemungkinan untuk melakukan uninstall. Ini tidak ada di semua "
+"sistem operasi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah backup data Anda, jalankan ulang DVD instalasi Mageia, lalu pilih "
+"sistem Penyelamat, lalu, Kembalikan boot loader Windows. Pada boot "
+"berikutnya, Anda hanya akan punya Windows tanpa pilihan untuk memilih sistem "
+"operasi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk mengembalikan ruang yang digunakan oleh Mageia pada Windows, klik pada "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> untuk mengakses manajemen partisi. Anda "
+"akan mengenali partisi Mageia karena mereka akan bernama <guilabel>Unknown</"
+"guilabel>, dan juga berdasarkan ukurannya dan tempatnya pada disk. Klik "
+"kanan pada setiap partisi tersebut lalu pilih <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. "
+"Ruang akan dibebaskan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menggunakan Windows XP, Anda bisa membuat partisi baru lalu format "
+"(FAT32 atau NTFS). Dia akan mendapatkan huruf partisi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menggunakan Vista atau 7, Anda punya kemungkinan lainnya, Anda "
+"bisa memperluas partisi yang ada di sisi kiri dari ruang bebas. Ada juga "
+"alat pemartisi lain yang bisa digunakan, seperti gparted, tersedia untuk "
+"windows dan linux. Seperti biasa, ketika mengubah partisi, sangat hati-hati, "
+"dan pastikan semua yang penting telah dibackup."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Sesuaian"
+
+#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment "
+#~ "of performances."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "- Pengaturan Aman, prioritas diberikan pada opsi aman untuk mengorbankan "
+#~ "kinerja."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
+#~ msgstr "Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+#~ "im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" "
+#~ "revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC "
+#~ "- System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory "
+#~ "that is both read and write protected."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Akan tetapi, saat menggunakan instalasi baru, setiap pengguna yang Anda "
+#~ "tambahkan di <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Kelola pengguna pada sistem</"
+#~ "emphasis> akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan "
+#~ "penulisan."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is "
+#~ "advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s)  "
+#~ "after reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan "
+#~ "untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang "
+#~ "sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD dual arch"
+#~ msgstr "DVD dual arch"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made "
+#~ "automatically according to the detected CPU."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Kedua arsitektur tersedia dalam media yang sama, pilihan dibuat otomatis "
+#~ "berdasarkan CPU yang terdeteksi."
+
+#~ msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only."
+#~ msgstr "Hanya menggunakan desktop Xfce."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+#~ "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Tidak semua bahasa tersedia. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, "
+#~ "ru, sv, uk) UNTUK DIPILIH!"
+
+#~ msgid "It contains non free software."
+#~ msgstr "Ini berisi perangkat lunak non free."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD KDE"
+#~ msgstr "Live CD KDE"
+
+#~ msgid "32 bit only."
+#~ msgstr "Hanya 32 bit."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD GNOME"
+#~ msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
+
+#~ msgid "boot.iso"
+#~ msgstr "boot.iso"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
+#~ "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> "
+#~ "screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan "
+#~ "menekan tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</"
+#~ "emphasis> dan mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+#~ "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to "
+#~ "manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-"
+#~ "customizer</code> instead."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jika Anda telah memilih <code>Grub 2</code> sebagai bootloader Anda tidak "
+#~ "bisa menggunakan alat ini untuk mengedit daftar pada langkah ini, tekan "
+#~ "'Berikutnya'. Anda perlu mengedit secara manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom."
+#~ "cfg</code> atau menggunakan <code>grub-customizer</code> saja."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of "
+#~ "an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri "
+#~ "dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it "
+#~ "completely."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
+#~ "choice while booting up."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda "
+#~ "tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically "
+#~ "by the installer, you can change them here."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih "
+#~ "secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which "
+#~ "case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing "
+#~ "bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Anda mungkin sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain pada komputer, yang mana "
+#~ "Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, "
+#~ "atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+#~ "(Master Boot Record)  of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+#~ "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new "
+#~ "Mageia boot menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bawaannya, Mageia membuat bootloader GRUB (legacy) baru ke MBR (Master "
+#~ "Boot Record) dari harddisk pertama. Jika Anda sudah memiliki sistem "
+#~ "operasi lain yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu "
+#~ "boot Mageia baru."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to "
+#~ "GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai "
+#~ "tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported "
+#~ "by GRUB (legacy)  and will not be recognized if the default GRUB "
+#~ "bootloader is used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB "
+#~ "(legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available "
+#~ "at the Summary page during installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di "
+#~ "halaman Ringkasan selama instalasi."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to "
+#~ "remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click "
+#~ "the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow "
+#~ "you to change the bootloader install location."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jika Anda memutuskan untuk menggunakan bootloader yang sudah ada maka "
+#~ "Anda harus BERHENTI di halaman ringkasan, lalu klik tombol "
+#~ "<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda "
+#~ "mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing "
+#~ "MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the "
+#~ "partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jangan memilih perangkat seperti \"sda\", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR "
+#~ "yang sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian "
+#~ "pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7."
+
+#~ msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat "
+#~ "tersebut."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+#~ "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back "
+#~ "to the installer screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jalankan tty2 dengan Ctrl+Alt+F2 lalu ketik <literal>df</literal> untuk "
+#~ "memeriksa di mana partisi <literal>/</literal> (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 "
+#~ "akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer."
+
+#~ msgid "Bootloader advanced option"
+#~ msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan bootloader"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
+#~ "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /"
+#~ "tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jika Anda memiliki ruang disk terbatas untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "yang berisi <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</"
+#~ "guibutton> lalu centang kotak <guilabel>Bersihkan /tmp setiap komputer "
+#~ "dijalankan ulang</guilabel>. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang kosong."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1772aa63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>January 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Dokumentasi Resmi Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">CMS
+Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Tim
+Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam
+manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan
+pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e79ead5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam
+manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan
+pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">CMS
+Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Tim
+Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f36e51a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalasi dengan DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Februari 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Dokumentasi Resmi Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">CMS
+Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Tim
+Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalasi dengan DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam
+manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan
+pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3dbdfcb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalasi dengan DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam
+manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan
+pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">CMS
+Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Tim
+Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b218ffa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Pilih dan gunakan ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Pengantar</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definisi</title>
+      <para>Di sini, medium (jamak: media) adalah berkas image ISO yang memungkinkan
+Anda menginstall dan/atau mengupdate Mageia dan dengan perluasan dukungan
+fisik ke mana berkas ISO disalin.</para>
+      <para>Anda bisa menemukannya <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/id/downloads/">di sini</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Media instalasi klasik</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Fitur umum</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>ISO ini menggunakan installer tradisional yang disebut drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Mereka bisa membuat instalasi baru atau update dari rilis sebelumnya.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Beberapa peralatan tersedia pada Layar sambutan: Sistem Penyelamat,
+Pengujian Memori, Peralatan Pendeteksi Perangkat Keras.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Setiap DVD berisi banyak lingkungan desktop dan bahasa yang tersedia.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Anda akan diberikan untuk memilih perangkat lunak non free saat instalasi.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Media live</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Fitur umum</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bisa digunakan untuk melihat distribusi tanpa menginstallnya pada HDD, dan
+opsi untuk menginstall Mageia pada HDD Anda.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">ISO Live hanya bisa digunakan untuk membuat instalasi
+baru, mereka tidak bisa digunakan untuk upgrade dari rilis
+sebelumnya.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Mereka berisi perangkat lunak non free.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Menyediakan semua bahasa.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hanya lingkungan desktop GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Menyediakan semua bahasa.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Menyediakan semua bahasa.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Media CD hanya-boot</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Fitur umum</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Masing-masing adalah image kecil yang berisi tidak lebih dari apa yang
+diperlukan untuk menjalankan installer drakx dan menemukan
+drakx-installer-stage2 dan paket-paket lain yang dibutuhkan untuk
+melanjutkan dan menyelesaikan instalasi. Paket-paket ini mungkin berada
+dalam harddisk PC, drive lokal, jaringan lokal atau Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Media ini sangat ringan (kurang dari 100 MB) dan cocok ketika bandwidth
+sangat lambat untuk mendownload DVD, PC tanpa drive DVD atau PC yang tidak
+bisa boot dari USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hanya bahasa Inggris.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Berisi perangkat lunak tidak bebas (kebanyakan adalah driver, kodek...)
+untuk orang-orang yang membutuhkannya.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Mengunduh dan Memeriksa Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mengunduh</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Centang tombol Simpan Berkas.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Buka konsol, tidak perlu menjadi root, dan:</para>
+      <para>- Untuk menggunakan md5sum, ketik: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Untuk menggunakan sha1sum, ketik: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>lalu bandingkan nomor yang diperoleh dari komputer (Anda mungkin harus
+menunggu beberapa saat) dengan nomor yang diberikan oleh Mageia. Contoh:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Bakar atau salin ISO</title>
+    <para>ISO yang telah diperiksa sekarang bisa dibakar ke sebuah CD atau DVD atau
+disalin ke sebuah flashdisk. Pekerjaan ini bukan penyalinan sederhana dan
+bertujuan untuk membuat media yang dapat diboot.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Membakar ISO ke CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Gunakan burner apapun yang Anda inginkan tapi pastikan perangkat burning
+diatur dengan benar ke <emphasis role="bold">burn image</emphasis>, burn
+data atau berkas adalah salah. Informasi lebih lengkap ada di <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">wiki
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Salin ISO ke flashdisk</title>
+      <para>Semua ISO Mageia adalah hibrid, yang berarti bisa Anda bisa 'menyalin' ke
+flashdisk lalu menggunakannya untuk memboot dan menginstall sistem.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"menyalin" image ke dalam flashdisk akan merusak sistem file pada perangkat;
+data apapun akan hilang dan kapasitas partisi akan berkurang menjadi sebesar
+ukuran image.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format
+the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>Anda bisa menggunakan peralatan seperti <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>Anda bisa mencoba:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Anda juga bisa menggunakan dd dari konsol:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Buka konsol</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Menjadi root dengan perintah <userinput>su -</userinput> (jangan lupa tanda
+'-' di akhir)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Pasang flashdisk (jangan dimount, artinya juga jangan buka aplikasi atau
+manajer berkas apapun yang bisa membuka atau membacanya)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Masukkan perintah <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Masukkan perintah: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Dimana X=nama perangkat Anda misal: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Masukkan perintah: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Lepas flashdisk, selesai</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41e329dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Lisensi dan Catatan Rilis</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Perjanjian Lisensi</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Sebelum menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, silakan baca syarat
+dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama.</para>
+
+    <para>Syarat dan ketentuan ini berlaku ke seluruh distribusi
+<application>Mageia</application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda
+melanjutkan.</para>
+
+    <para>Untuk menerima, pilih <guilabel>Terima</guilabel> lalu klik
+<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Jika Anda memutuskan untuk tidak menerima ketentuan ini, maka terima kasih
+karena telah melihat-lihat. Mengklik <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton> akan
+menyalakan ulang komputer Anda.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Catatan Rilis</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini,
+klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a901a74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Pengelolaan Pengguna dan Pengguna Super</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Atur Sandi Administrator (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Disarankan untuk semua instalasi <application>Mageia</application> agar
+mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut
+<emphasis>sandi root</emphasis>. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas,
+warna kotak pinggirnya akan berubah dari merah menjadi kuning atau hijau
+tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda
+menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak
+di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik
+sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan
+penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Masukkan pengguna</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit
+dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet,
+menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang
+biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah
+ikon pengguna.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nama Asli</guilabel>: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks
+ini.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nama Login</guilabel>: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna
+atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. <emphasis>Nama
+login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi
+pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan
+kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak
+teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada
+tiap-tiap kotak teks.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Perizinan hak akses juga bisa diubah setelah instalasi.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Pengelolaan Pengguna Lanjutan</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah
+layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda
+tambahkan.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> bawaan
+yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar.  Tamu harus
+menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Hidupkan akun tamu</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau
+mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan
+komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna
+normal.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah
+shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar
+sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID pengguna</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk
+pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor.
+Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di
+sini.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID grup</guilabel>: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup.  Nomor juga,
+biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui
+apa yang harus diisikan di sini.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7200af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Pemilihan Media (Konfigurasi Media Instalasi Pelengkap)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Layar ini memberi Anda daftar repositori yang telah dikenali. Anda bisa
+menambahkan sumber lain, seperti disk optik atau sumber remote. Pemilihan
+sumber menentukan paket-paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih selama
+langkah-langkah berikutnya.</para>
+
+  <para>Untuk sumber jaringan, ada dua langkah yang harus diikuti:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Memilih dan mengaktifkan jaringan, jika belum terhubung. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Memilih mirror atau menentukan URL (entri paling awal). Dengan memilih
+mirror,  Anda memiliki akses ke semua repositori terpilih yang dikelola oleh
+Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda
+bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Jika Anda mengupdate instalasi 64 bit yang mungkin berisi beberapa paket 32
+bit, maka disarankan untuk menggunakan layar ini untuk menambahkan mirror
+online dengan memilih satu dari protokol jaringan di sini. Iso DVD 64 bit
+hanya berisi paket-paket 64 bit dan noarch, dia tidak akan bisa mengupdate
+paket-paket 32 bit. Tapi, setelah menambahkan mirror online, installer akan
+menemukan paket-paket 32 bit di sana.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fab478ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Pilih titik kait</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Di sini Anda melihat partisi Linux yang ditemukan di komputer. Jika Anda
+tidak setuju dengan saran <application>DrakX</application>, Anda bisa
+mengubah titik kaitnya.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Jika Anda mengubah apapun, pastikan Anda tetap memiliki partisi
+<literal>/</literal> (root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Setiap partisi ditampilkan sebagai berikut: "Perangkat" ("Kapasitas", "Titik
+kait", "Tipe").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Perangkat", terdiri dari: "harddisk", ["nomor harddisk"(huruf)], "nomor
+partisi" (contohnya, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Jika Anda memiliki banyak partisi, Anda bisa memilih banyak titik kait yang
+berbeda dari menu drop down, seperti <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> dan <literal>/var</literal>. Anda juga bisa membuat
+titik kait sendiri, contohnya <literal>/video</literal> untuk partisi di
+mana Anda ingin menyimpan film, atau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> untuk
+partisi <literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Untuk partisi yang tidak akan Anda akses, Anda bisa membiarkan kolom titik
+kait kosong.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Pilih <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin akan memilih
+apa, lalu pilih <guilabel>Pemartisian disk sesuaian</guilabel>. Di layar
+berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Jika Anda yakin titik kait sudah benar, klik
+<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, lalu pilih apakah Anda hanya akan
+memformat partisi yang disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a23da28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Clock settings</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set,
+either local time or UTC time.</para>
+
+  <para>In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e7f0647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="id"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Boot Mageia as Live system</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Booting the medium</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">From a disc</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM,
+DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the
+bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the
+computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or
+press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the
+computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get
+either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">From a USB device</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on
+the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may
+need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose
+the peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting in BIOS mode</para></caption></mediaobject><para>In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD
+or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow
+system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard
+disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual,
+when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia
+5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Help. Explain the options "splash", "apm", "acpi" and "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from
+the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or
+NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP
+server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with
+this option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an
+optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during
+installation process.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your
+hardware and the drivers to use.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">In UEFI mode</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk</para></caption></mediaobject><para>You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to
+process the installation (second choice).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a
+duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to choose
+them.</para><para>In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone
+and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link
+linkend="testing">additional steps in Live mode</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef36bd82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Pemilihan Desktop</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar
+lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan.</para>
+
+  <para>Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi
+paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol
+<guilabel>Rincian</guilabel></para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop
+<application>KDE</application> atau
+<application>Gnome</application>. Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat
+aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel>
+jika Anda tidak ingin memilih keduanya atau memilih keduanya, atau jika Anda
+menginginkan yang selain pilihan software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop
+tersebut. Desktop <application>LXDE</application> lebih ringan dari kedua
+lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit
+paket bawaan yang diinstall.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b08c05ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Pemilihan Grup Paket</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk
+sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi
+lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat
+saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Lingkungan kerja.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Lingkungan Grafis</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah
+atau menghapus paket secara manual.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d4ceb79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Pilih Paket Individual</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau menghapus paket tambahan apapun untuk
+menyesuaikan instalasi.</para>
+
+    <para>Setelah selesai memilih, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>ikon
+floppy</guibutton> di bawah halaman untuk menyimpan pilihan paket (bisa juga
+disimpan ke flashdisk). Anda bisa menggunakan file ini untuk menginstall
+paket yang sama pada komputer lain, dengan menekan tombol yang sama saat
+instalasi dan memuatnya.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fded0a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfigurasikan Layanan Anda</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Di sini Anda bisa mengatur layanan mana yang (tidak) harus dijalankan saat
+komputer dinyalakan.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Ada empat grup, klik pada segitiga sebelum grup untuk membentangkan dan
+melihat layanan yang ada di dalamnya.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Pengaturan pilihan DrakX biasanya sudah bagus.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Jika Anda menyorot sebuah layanan, informasi tentangnya akan ditampilkan
+dalam kotak informasi di bawah.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Hanya ubah sesuatu jika Anda sangat mengetahui hal tersebut.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac5801fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfigurasi Zona Waktu Anda</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Pilih zona waktu Anda dengan memilih negara Anda atau sebuah kota yang dekat
+dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Pada layar berikutnya Anda bisa memilih untuk mengatur jam hardware Anda ke
+waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu sistem operasi pada komputer, pastikan
+semua diatur ke waktu lokal, atau semua ke UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75a61019
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Pilih Server X (Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis Anda)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX memiliki basis data perangkat video yang lengkap dan biasanya akan
+mengidentifikasi perangkat video Anda dengan benar.</para>
+
+  <para>Jika installer tidak mendeteksi perangkat grafis Anda dengan benar dan Anda
+mengetahui mana yang Anda punya, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>pabrikan</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>lalu nama perangkat</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dan tipe perangkat</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Jika tidak menemukan perangkat Anda di daftar pabrikan (karena belum masuk
+basis data atau perangkat lawas) Anda mungkin bisa menemukan driver yang
+cocok di kategori Xorg</para>
+
+  <para>Daftaran Xorg menyediakan lebih dari 40 driver perangkat video umum dan open
+source. Jika masih tidak menemukan driver untuk perangkat Anda, masih ada
+pilihan untuk menggunakan driver vesa yang menyediakan kemampuan dasar.</para>
+
+  <para>Perhatikan bahwa jika Anda memilih driver yang tidak cocok, Anda mungkin
+hanya akan bisa mengakses Antarmuka Baris Perintah.</para>
+
+  <para>Beberapa pabrikan perangkat video menyediakan driver proprietary untuk Linux
+yang mungkin hanya tersedia dalam repository Nonfree dan mungkin juga hanya
+tersedia di website mereka.</para>
+
+  <para>Repository Nonfree harus dihidupkan secara eksplisit untuk
+mengaksesnya. Jika Anda tidak memilih itu sebelumnya, Anda harus melakukan
+ini setelah komputer dinyalakan ulang.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a2b9e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis dan Monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Apapun lingkungan grafis (disebut juga lingkungan desktop) yang Anda pilih
+dalam menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, semua bersandar pada
+sistem antarmuka pengguna grafis yang disebut <acronym>Sistem Window
+X</acronym>, atau hanya <acronym>X</acronym>. Agar <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> atau yang lainnya bisa
+bekerja dengan baik, pengaturan <acronym>X</acronym> berikut harus
+tepat. Pilih pengaturan yang tepat jika <application>DrakX</application>
+tidak membuat pilihan, atau jika pilihan salah.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Perangkat Grafis</guibutton></emphasis>: Pilih
+perangkat Anda dari daftar berikut jika diperlukan.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Anda bisa memilih
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> jika bisa diterapkan, atau pilih monitor
+dari daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> atau
+<guilabel>Umum</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda
+lebih suka untuk mengatur refresh rate monitor horisontal dan vertikal
+secara manual.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Refresh rate yang tidak tepat bisa merusak monitor Anda</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolusi</guibutton></emphasis>: Atur resolusi dan
+kedalaman warna monitor yang diinginkan di sini.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Coba</guibutton></emphasis>: Tombol untuk mencoba tidak
+selalu muncul saat instalasi. Jika tombolnya ada, Anda bisa mengendalikan
+pengaturan dengan menekannya. Jika Anda melihat pertanyaan apakah pengaturan
+sudah tepat, Anda bisa menjawab "ya", dan pengaturan akan
+dipertahankan. Jika Anda tidak melihat apapun, Anda akan kembali ke layar
+konfigurasi dan bisa mengkonfigurasi ulang semua sampai hasilnya
+bagus. <emphasis>Pastikan pengaturan Anda adalah yang teraman jika tombol
+untuk mencoba tidak tersedia</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton></emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa
+memilih untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan berbagai pilihan.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e97323b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Pemilihan Monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX memiliki basis data monitor yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengenali
+monitor Anda dengan tepat.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Memilih monitor dengan karakteristik yang berbeda bisa merusak
+monitor atau perangkat video Anda. Jangan mencoba sesuatu jika Anda tidak
+mengetahuinya.</emphasis> Jika ragu, sebaiknya Anda membaca dokumentasi
+monitor yang Anda miliki</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Sesuaian</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Pilihan ini memungkinkan Anda mengatur dua parameter penting, refresh rate
+vertikal dan sync rate horisontal. Refresh vertikal menentukan seberapa
+sering layar disegarkan dan sync horisontal adalah kecepatan di mana scan
+line ditampilkan.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4"><emphasis>SANGAT PENTING</emphasis> untuk tidak menentukan tipe monitor
+dengan jarak sync diluar kemampuan monitor: Anda bisa merusak monitor. Jika
+ragu, pilih pengaturan sederhana dan baca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda
+miliki.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Ini adalah pilihan bawaan dan mencoba untuk menentukan tipe monitor dari
+basis data.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Pabrikan</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Jika installer tidak mendeteksi monitor Anda dengan benar dan Anda
+mengetahui jenis monitor yang Anda miliki, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon
+dengan memilih: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>pabrikan</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>nama pembuat monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>keterangan monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Umum</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">memilih grup ini menampilkan hampir 30 konfigurasi seperti 1024x768 @ 60 Hz
+dan termasuk layar datar seperti yang digunakan pada laptop. Ini seringkali
+bagus digunakan untuk memilih monitor jika Anda menggunakan driver Vesa
+ketika perangkat video Anda tidak bisa ditentukan secara otomatis. Akan
+sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdc85499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Jika ingin menggunakan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> Anda,
+pastikan Anda memiliki partisi <literal>/boot</literal> terpisah. Pilihan
+enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/boot</literal> JANGAT diatur, atau sistem
+Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Sesuaikan layout diks Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat
+partisi, mengubah sistem file partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan bahkan
+melihat apa di dalamnya sebelum Anda memulai.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan
+lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Tekan <guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton> untuk membersihkan semua
+partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu
+tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Lanjutkan hingga Anda mengatur semua yang Anda inginkan.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton> jika sudah siap.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present with a correct type</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..625528f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Pemartisian</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang
+ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana
+<application>Mageia</application> akan diinstall.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada
+tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Gunakan Partisi yang Tersedia</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah
+ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Gunakan Ruang Kosong</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan
+ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Gunakan Ruang Kosong pada Partisi Windows</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada,
+installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi
+beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi
+harus "bersih", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat
+terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada
+jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan
+digunakan. Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi.</para>
+
+        <para>Dengan opsi ini, installer menampilkan partisi Windows yang tersisa dalam
+warna biru cerah dan partisi Mageia nantinya dalam warna biru gelap dengan
+ukuran yang diharapkan tepat di bawahnya. Anda memiliki kemungkinan untuk
+menyesuaikan ukuran ini dengan mengklik dan menyeret pada jarak di antara
+kedua partisi. Lihat gambar di bawah.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Hapus dan gunakan Seluruh Disk.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang
+dipilih. Hati-hati!</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain,
+atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan
+gunakan pilihan ini.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Sesuaian</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partitions sizing:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The installer will share the available place out according to the following
+rules:</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is
+created for /, there is no separate partition for /home.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are
+created</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will
+create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom" option is the only one that allows to check it has
+been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk
+partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada
+standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian
+yang digunakan pada installer belum teruji pada perangkat tersebut. Beberapa
+perangkat ssd juga menggunakan ukuran blok penghapusan melebihi 1
+MB. Disarankan untuk melakukan pemartisian awal menggunakan alat pemartisian
+alternatif seperti gparted jika Anda memilikinya, dan menggunakan pengaturan
+berikut:</para>
+
+    <para>"Selaraskan ke" "MiB"</para>
+
+    <para>"Ruang kosong di awal (MiB)" "2"</para>
+
+    <para>Juga pastikan semua partisi dibuat dengan penomoran megabite.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9205f1b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Selamat</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi
+<application>Mageia</application> dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media
+instalasi dan menjalankan ulang komputer.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih
+sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan
+otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Nikmatilah!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin
+berkontribusi untuk Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e73477ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Pemformatan</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Di sini Anda bisa memilih partisi mana yang ingin Anda format. Semua data
+pada partisi yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> ditandai untuk diformat akan
+tetap tersimpan.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Biasanya, setidaknya partisi yang dipilih oleh DrakX perlu diformat</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> untuk memilih partisi yang ingin
+Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Jika Anda tidak yakin telah membuat pilihan yang benar, Anda bisa mengklik
+<guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>, lalu <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>
+lagi, lalu <guibutton>Sesuaian</guibutton> untuk kembali ke layar utama.
+Pada layar tersebut, Anda bisa memilih untuk melihat apa yang ada dalam
+partisi Anda.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Jika Anda cukup yakin dengan pilihan Anda, klik pada
+<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2196fae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Update</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Mulai sejak dirilis <application>Mageia</application> versi ini, beberapa
+paket akan terus diupdate atau ditingkatkan.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Pilih <guilabel>ya</guilabel> jika Anda ingin mendownload dan
+menginstallnya, pilih <guilabel>tidak</guilabel> jika tidak ingin
+melakukannya sekarang, atau jika Anda tidak terhubung ke internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Lalu tekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b939baae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, Installer Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Tidak peduli Anda baru mengenal GNU-Linux atau yang telah berpengalaman,
+Installer Mageia dibuat untuk membantu instalasi atau upgrade semudah
+mungkin.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>Layar menu awal memiliki berbagai pilihan, akan tetapi bawaannya akan
+memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan.</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Layar Selamat Datang untuk Instalasi</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Ini adalah layar sambutan baku ketika menggunakan DVD Mageia, yang pertama
+dengan sistem legacy dan yang kedua dengan sistem UEFI:
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Dari layar awal ini dimungkinkan untuk mengatur beberapa pengaturan pribadi:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Bahasa (untuk instalasi saja, mungkin berbeda dengan bahasa yang dipilih
+untuk sistem) dengan menekan tombol F2 (hanya mode Legacy)</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Gunakan tombol panah untuk memilih bahasa, lalu tekan tombol Enter.</para>
+
+      <para>Seperti ini contohnya, layar sambutan bahasa Perancis ketika menggunakan
+Live DVD/CD. Ingat bahwa menu Live DVD/CD tidak disodorkan: <guilabel>Sistem
+Penyelamat</guilabel>, <guilabel>Pengujian memori</guilabel> dan
+<guilabel>Peralatan Pendeteksian Perangkat Keras</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ubah resolusi layar dengan menekan tombol F3 (hanya mode Legacy).</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Tambahkan beberapa opsi kernel dengan menekan tombol <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> untuk mode legacy atau tombol <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> untuk mode UEFI.</para>
+
+      <para>Jika instalasi gagal, mungkin penting untuk mencoba kembali menggunakan
+salah satu opsi tambahan. Menu yang dipanggil dengan F6 menampilkan baris
+baru yang disebut <guilabel>Opsi boot</guilabel> dan menawarkan empat entri:</para>
+
+      <para>- Baku, dia tidak mengubah apapun dalam opsi baku.</para>
+
+      <para>- Pengaturan Aman, prioritas diberikan pada opsi aman untuk mengorbankan
+kinerja.</para>
+
+      <para>- Tanpa ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), manajemen daya
+tidak diterapkan.</para>
+
+      <para>- Tanpa APIC Lokal (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), ini
+untuk interupsi CPU, pilih opsi ini jika diminta.</para>
+
+      <para>Ketika Anda memilih salah satu entri ini, dia akan mengubah opsi baku yang
+ditampilkan pada <guilabel>Opsi Boot</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>Pada beberapa rilis Mageia, mungkin entri yang dipilih dengan tombol F6
+tidak muncul pada baris <guilabel>Opsi Boot</guilabel>, tetapi, sebenarnya
+mereka telah diterapkan.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Tambahkan lebih banyak opsi kernel dengan menekan tombol F1 (hanya mode
+Legacy).</para>
+
+      <para>Menekan F1 membukan jendela baru dengan lebih banyak opsi yang
+tersedia. Pilih dengan tombol panah, lalu tekan Enter untuk melihat detil,
+atau tekan tombol Esc untuk kembali ke layar sambutan.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>Tampilan detil tentang pilihan splash. Tekan Esc atau pilih
+<guilabel>Kembali ke Opsi Boot</guilabel> untuk kembali ke daftar
+pilihan. Pilihan ini bisa ditambahkan secara manual di baris <guilabel>Opsi
+boot</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>Bantuan diterjemahkan ke dalam bahasa yang dipilih dengan tombol F2.</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Untuk informasi lebih banyak tentang opsi kernel pada sistem legacy dan
+UEFI, lihat: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+
+  <para>Ini adalah layar sambutan baku ketika menggunakan CD Instalasi Jaringan
+Kabel (image Boot.iso atau Boot-Nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+  <para>Ini tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah bahasa, pilihan yang tersedia
+dijelaskan pada layar. Untuk informasi tentang menggunakan CD Instalasi
+Jaringan Kabel, lihat <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Wiki Mageia</link></para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Layout keyboard adalah layout Amerika.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">Langkah-langkah instalasi</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Proses instalasi terbagi ke dalam beberapa langkah, yang bisa diikuti pada
+panel samping dari layar.</para>
+
+    <para>Setiap langkah memiliki satu layar atau lebih yang mungkin juga memiliki
+tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> dengan pilihan tambahan yang tidak
+terlalu dibutuhkan.</para>
+
+    <para>Kebanyakan layar memiliki tombol <guibutton>Bantuan</guibutton> yang memberi
+penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Jika di manapun saat menginstall Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikan
+instalasi, komputer bisa dijalankan ulang, tapi harap dipikir dua kali
+sebelum melakukannya.  Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah dijalankan
+atau diinstall, komputer Anda sudah tidak lagi dalam kondisi yang sama dan
+menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat sistem komputer Anda tidak
+stabil. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan
+terminal teks dengan menekan tiga tombol <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>
+secara bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>
+secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Tidak Ada Antarmuka Grafis</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setelah layar awal, Anda tidak pernah sampai pada layar pemilihan
+bahasa. Ini bisa terjadi dengan beberapa perangkat grafis dan komputer
+lama. Coba menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan
+<code>vgalo</code> pada baris perintah.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">Jika perangkat keras sudah tua, instalasi grafis mungkin tidak bisa. Jika
+demikian, akan lebih baik untuk mencoba instalasi dengan mode teks. Untuk
+menggunakannya, tekan ESC pada layar sambutan pertama, lalu konfirmasi
+dengan ENTER. Anda akan diberikan layar hitam dengan kata "boot:". Ketik
+"text" lalu tekan ENTER. Lalu lanjutkan dengan instalasi dalam mode teks.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Instalasi Membeku</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Jika sistem membeku saat instalasi, mungkin ada masalah dengan pendeteksian
+hardware. Pada kasus seperti ini, pendeteksian otomatis mungkin perlu
+dilewati untuk ditangani kemudian. Untuk mencobanya, ketik
+<code>noauto</code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa
+dikombinasikan dengan pilihan lain seperlunya.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Masalah RAM</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan
+RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa
+menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM
+yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Partisi dinamis</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Jika Anda mengubah harddisk dari format "basic" ke format "dynamic" pada
+Microsoft Windows, Anda harus tahu bahwa tidak mungkin menginstall Mageia
+pada disk tersebut. Untuk kembali ke disk basic, lihat dokumentasi
+Microsoft: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7e60cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="id"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Login screen</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM login screen</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium
+you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>Informasi lebih lengkap ada di <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">wiki
+Mageia</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..559e5b43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Pemilihan Media (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Di sini Anda memiliki daftar repository yang tersedia. Tidak semua
+repository tersedia, mengikuti pada media mana yang digunakan untuk
+instalasi. Pemilihan repository akan menentukan paket mana yang akan
+tersedia untuk dipilih pada langkah selanjutnya.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repository <emphasis>Core</emphasis> tidak bisa dimatikan karena berisi
+dasar dari distribusi.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repository <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> menyediakan paket-paket yang gratis,
+misalnya Mageia mungkin menyediakannya, tapi mungkin berisi software dengan
+sumber tertutup (karenanya dinamakan - Nonfree). Sebagai contoh, repository
+ini menyediakan driver proprietary untuk perangkat grafis nVidia dan ATI,
+firmware untuk berbagai perangkat WiFi, dsb.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repository <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> menyertakan paket-paket yang
+dikeluarkan di bawah lisensi bebas. Kriteria utama menempatkan paket-paket
+ke dalam repository ini adalah karena paket-paket ini mungkin akan melanggar
+hak cipta dan hak paten di beberapa negara, misalnya codec Multimedia yang
+diperlukan untuk memainkan beragam file audio/video; paket-paket yang
+diperlukan untuk memainkan video DVD komersial, dsb.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0fa086e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instalasi Minimal</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Anda bisa memilih Instalasi Minimal dengan tidak memilih semua pada layar
+Pemilihan Grup Paket, lihat <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Jika Anda memilih instalasi ini, maka layar yang berhubungan akan menawarkan
+Anda sedikit tambahan untuk diinstall, seperti dokumentasi dan X.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a438155c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Ringkasan dari berbagai parameter</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada
+pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh
+DrakX. Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah
+menekan <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Parameter sistem</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Zona Waktu</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX memilih zona waktu tergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa
+mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Negara / Wilayah</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk
+memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX telah membuat pilihan yang bagus untuk pengaturan bootloader.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Untuk informasi lebih, lihat <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Pengelolaan pengguna</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan
+direktori <literal>/home</literal> masing-masing.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Layanan</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang
+layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan
+tugas-tugas tertentu.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Anda harus memeriksa dengan hati-hati sebelum mengubah apapun di sini -
+sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya.</para>
+
+        <para>Untuk informasi lebih, lihat <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Parameter hardware</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan
+tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya,
+tablet, trackball, dsb.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Perangkat suara</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver
+berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat
+Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Antarmuka grafis</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Untuk informasi lebih, lebih <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Parameter Jaringan dan Internet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Jaringan</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan
+dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan
+ulang komputer, di <application>Pusat Kendali Mageia</application>, jika
+Anda belum menghidupkan reporitory media Nonfree.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Jika Anda menambahkan perangkat jaringan, jangan lupa untuk mengatur
+firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxy</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Server Proxy berfungsi sebagai perantara antara komputer Anda dengan
+internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi
+komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan
+parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Keamanan</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Tingkat Keamanan</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan
+(Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Lihat pilihan yang sesuai dengan penggunaan komputer Anda.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan
+para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Ingat bahwa membiarkan semua (tanpa firewall) akan sangat beresiko.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5bdf55c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Boot Ulang</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e67ec444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Ubah ukuran partisi
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Anda memiliki lebih dari satu partisi
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Pilih yang
+akan diperkecil untuk digunakan menginstall
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0497da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Tingkat Keamanan</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Anda bisa mengatur penyesuaian tingkat keamanan di sini.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Biarkan tetap pada pengaturan bawaan jika Anda tidak mengerti apa yang harus
+dipilih.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Setelah instalasi, mengatur penyesuaian keamanan tetap bisa dilakukan di
+bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..705bcdf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Pilih Negara / Wilayah Anda</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol <guilabel>Negara
+Lainnya</guilabel> lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel>,
+setelah mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar
+pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang
+sebenarnya.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Metode masukan</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65ba24df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Install atau Upgrade</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Install</para>
+
+      <para>Gunakan pilihan ini untuk instalasi <application>Mageia</application> baru.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Upgrade</para>
+
+      <para>Jika Anda memilihi satu atau lebih instalasi
+<application>Mageia</application> pada sistem, installer akan memberi
+pilihan untuk upgrade salah satunya.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Hanya upgrade dari versi Mageia yang <emphasis>masih didukung</emphasis>
+saat versi installer ini dirilis, yang telah sepenuhnya diuji. Jika Anda
+ingin melakukan upgrade versi Mageia yang telah mencapai akhir	dukungan
+ketika yang ini dirilis, akan lebih baik untuk melakukan instalasi baru dan
+membiarkan partisi <literal>/home</literal> Anda.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Jika selama instalasi Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikannya, Anda bisa
+menjalankan ulang komputer, tapi pikir dua kali sebelum
+melakukannya. Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah mulai diinstall,
+kondisi komputer Anda sudah tidak sama lagi dan menjalankan ulang komputer
+bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi. Jika Anda benar-benar
+ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal dengan menekan tiga
+tombol <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> secara bersamaan. Lalu tekan
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan
+ulang.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Jika Anda terlupa untuk memilih bahasa tambahan, Anda bisa kembali dari
+layar "Install atau Upgrade" ke layar pemilihan bahasa dengan menekan
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Jangan</emphasis> melakukan
+ini saat sedang menginstall.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8524000
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX akan memilih keyboard yang sesuai untuk bahasa Anda. Jika tidak ada
+yang cocok maka layout keyboard US akan digunakan.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Pastikan yang dipilih benar atau pilih layout keyboard lain. Jika Anda tidak
+mengetahui layout yang dimiliki keyboard Anda, lihat spesifikasi komputer,
+atau tanya pembuat komputer. Mungkin juga ada label pada keyboard Anda yang
+mengidentifikasi layout. Anda juga bisa melihat ini: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Jika keyboard Anda tidak ada di daftar yang ditampilkan, klik pada
+<guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton> untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap, lalu pilih
+keyboard Anda di sana.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Setelah memilih keyboard dari dialog <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton>, Anda
+akan kembali ke dialog pilihan keyboard pertama dan walaupun sepertinya
+sebuah keyboard pada layar tersebut terpilih. Anda bisa mengabaikannya dan
+melanjutkan instalasi: Keyboar Anda adalah yang dipilih dari yang ada di
+daftar lengkap.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Jika Anda memilih keyboard yang berbasis karakter bukan latin, Anda akan
+melihat layar dialog tambahan yang menanyakan bagaimana Anda akan melakukan
+pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87161835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Select keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b06b8ed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Silakan pilih bahasa yang akan digunakan</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua
+Anda. <application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama
+instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall.</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">Jika sepertinya Anda akan memerlukan beberapa bahasa untuk komputer Anda,
+untuk Anda sendiri atau orang lain, maka gunakanlah tombol <guibutton>Banyak
+bahasa</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sekarang. Akan sulit untuk
+menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Bahkan jika Anda akan memilih lebih dari satu bahasa, Anda harus memilih
+salah satu sebagai bahasa yang lebih disukai di layar bahasa pertama. Bahasa
+tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Jika bahasa keyboard tidak sama dengan bahasa yang akan dipilih, maka
+disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">Ini bisa dimatikan di layar "banyak bahasa" jika tidak sesuai dengan bahasa
+Anda. Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang diinstall.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat
+Kendali Mageia -> Sistem -> Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b42e62d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Pilih mouse</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Jika Anda tidak senang dengan respon mouse Anda, Anda bisa memilih mouse
+yang berbeda di sini.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Biasanya, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Semua mouse PS/2 dan
+USB</guilabel> adalah pilihan bagus.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Pilih <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Paksa evdev</guilabel>
+untuk mengkonfigurasi tombol yang tidak bekerja pada mouse dengan enam
+tombol atau lebih.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec3a7b1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Pilihan utama Bootloader</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Gunakan bootloader Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Gunakan bootloader yang ada</title>
+
+    <para>Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah
+ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus
+menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan
+menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5b840cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa3a2382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Pengaturan SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX biasanya mendeteksi harddisk dengan benar. Dengan kontroler SCSI lama
+mungkin tidak akan bisa menentukan driver yang tepat untuk digunakan dan
+menyebabkan gagal mengenali perangkat.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Jika ini terjadi, Anda harus menentukan secara manual perangkat SCSI mana
+yang Anda miliki pada Drakx.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX lalu akan bisa mengkonfigurasi perangkat yang tepat.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcb34f1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Konfigurasi Suara</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara
+Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada.</para>
+
+  <para>Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi
+Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan  <command>draksound</command> atau jalankan
+alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab
+<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> lalu mengklik <guilabel>Konfigurasi
+Suara</guilabel> di kanan atas layar.</para>
+
+  <para>Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat "Konfigurasi Suara", klik
+<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu <guibutton>Pemecahan
+masalah</guibutton> untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara
+mengatasi masalah.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Lanjutan</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi,
+berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia,
+tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah.</para>
+
+    <para>Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik
+<guibutton>Biarkan saya memilih driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..477e5f31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Konfirmasi harddisk yang akan diformat</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin dengan pilihan
+Anda.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> jika Anda yakin dan ingin
+menghapus semua partisi, semua sistem operasi dan semua data pada harddisk
+tersebut.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..017a0b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live mode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get the
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testing hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Launch installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+this screen, and then the "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bfb7390d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstall Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Tata cara</title>
+
+    <para>Jika Mageia tidak meyakinkan Anda atau Anda tidak bisa menginstallnya dengan
+sempurna, pendeknya Anda ingin membuangnya. Itu adalah hak Anda dan Mageia
+memberikan kemungkinan untuk melakukan uninstall. Ini tidak ada di semua
+sistem operasi.</para>
+
+    <para>Setelah backup data Anda, jalankan ulang DVD instalasi Mageia, lalu pilih
+sistem Penyelamat, lalu, Kembalikan boot loader Windows. Pada boot
+berikutnya, Anda hanya akan punya Windows tanpa pilihan untuk memilih sistem
+operasi.</para>
+
+    <para>Untuk mengembalikan ruang yang digunakan oleh Mageia pada Windows, klik pada
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> untuk mengakses manajemen partisi. Anda
+akan mengenali partisi Mageia karena mereka akan bernama
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, dan juga berdasarkan ukurannya dan tempatnya
+pada disk. Klik kanan pada setiap partisi tersebut lalu pilih
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. Ruang akan dibebaskan.</para>
+
+    <para>Jika Anda menggunakan Windows XP, Anda bisa membuat partisi baru lalu format
+(FAT32 atau NTFS). Dia akan mendapatkan huruf partisi.</para>
+
+    <para>Jika Anda menggunakan Vista atau 7, Anda punya kemungkinan lainnya, Anda
+bisa memperluas partisi yang ada di sisi kiri dari ruang bebas. Ada juga
+alat pemartisi lain yang bisa digunakan, seperti gparted, tersedia untuk
+windows dan linux. Seperti biasa, ketika mengubah partisi, sangat hati-hati,
+dan pastikan semua yang penting telah dibackup.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3428486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/id/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to
+accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different
+hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c369fcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4858 @@
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014.
+# Federico <federico.paletta88@gmail.com>, 2014.
+# ghina90 <inactive+ghina90@transifex.com>, 2014.
+# Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>, 2014-2015.
+# _pmat_ <matteo.pasotti@gmail.com>, 2015.
+# Roberto91 <robh91@hotmail.it>, 2014.
+# Roberto Albano <randyichinose@gmail.com>, 2015.
+# Simona Busalacchi <simobusalacchi.sb@gmail.com>, 2016.
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-17 11:45+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
+"Language: it\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"it/)\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Note di rilascio"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Accordo di licenza"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Prima di installare <application>Mageia</application>, per favore leggi con "
+"cautela i termini e le condizioni della licenza."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Questi termini e condizioni si applicano all'intera distribuzione "
+"<application>Mageia</application> e devono essere accettati per poter "
+"proseguire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Per accettare, seleziona semplicemente <guilabel>Accetta</guilabel> e quindi "
+"clicca su <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Se decidi di non accettare queste condizioni, ti ringraziamo per averci "
+"provato. Cliccando <guibutton>Esci</guibutton> riavvierà il tuo computer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Note di rilascio"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Vengono date informazioni importanti riguardo al rilascio di "
+"<application>Mageia</application> e sono accessibili cliccando sul bottone "
+"<guibutton>Rilascia Note</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "it"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Selezione dei Media (Configura Media di Installazione Supplementari)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Questa schermata vi dà la lista degli archivi già riconosciuti. È possibile "
+"aggiungere altre fonti per i pacchetti, come un disco ottico o una sorgente "
+"remota. La selezione della sorgente determina quali pacchetti saranno "
+"disponibili per la selezione durante i passaggi successivi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Per le risorse di rete, ci sono due passi da seguire:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Scelta e attivazione della rete, in caso non sia già attiva."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleziona uno specchio o specifica un URL (il primo ingresso). Selezionando "
+"uno specchio, hai accesso alla selezione di tutti i depositi gestiti da "
+"Mageia, come quelli di Nonfree, Tainted e gli Aggiornamenti. Con l'URL, puoi "
+"designare un deposito specifico o la tua stessa installazione NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Gestione dell'utente e del superuser"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Imposta la password dell'amministratore (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutte le passwords sono sensibili alle maiuscole, la cosa migliore in una "
+"password è usare una combinazione di lettere (maiuscole e minuscole), numeri "
+"e altri caratteri."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Inserisci un utente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: se premi su questo bottone cambierà l'icona "
+"utente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Vero nome</guilabel>: Inserisci il vero nome dell'utente in questo "
+"spazio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"I permessi di accesso possono anche essere cambiati dopo l'installazione."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Gestione Avanzata Utenti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Inoltre, puoi disattivare o attivare un account speciale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Abilita guest account</guilabel>: Qua puoi abilitare o "
+"disabilitare un guest account. Un guest account permette a degli ospiti di "
+"eseguire il log in e utilizzare il PC, ma con un accesso molto limitato "
+"rispetto a un utente normale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Qua puoi impostare l'user ID per gli utenti "
+"che hai aggiunto nella schermata precedente. Questo è un numero. Lasciarlo "
+"vuoto nel caso in cui tu non sappia cosa fare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: Questo ti permette di impostare il group ID. "
+"Anche questo un numero, di solito lo stesso dell'utente. Lasciare vuoto nel "
+"caso in cui tu non sappia cosa fare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Scegli i punti di mount"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Se cambi qualcosa assicurati di avere ancora una partizione <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Ogni partizione è mostrata come segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacità\", "
+"\"Mount point\", \"Tipo\")"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Per le partizioni a cui non necessiti avere accesso puoi lasciare uno spazio "
+"vuoto nel punto di mount."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Selezione Desktop"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Selezione per gruppi di pacchetti"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Stazione di lavoro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Ambiente grafico."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Scegli dei pacchetti individuali"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Qui tu puoi aggiungere o rimuovere ogni pacchetto aggiuntivo per "
+"personalizzare la tua installazione"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Configura i tuoi servizi"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Qua puoi scegliere quali servizi (non) devono essere avviati al boot del "
+"sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Le impostazioni che sceglie DrakX sono generalmente buone."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Cambia le cose solo quando sai veramente bene cosa stai facendo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Configura il tuo fuso orario"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Scegli la tua time zone selezionando il tuo Paese o una città vicino alla "
+"tua nella stessa zone."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Nella prossima schermata potrai scegliere di impostare il tuo orologio "
+"hardware con l'ora locale o GMT (anche conosciuto come UTC)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Se hai più di un sistema operativo sul tuo computer assicurati che siano "
+"tutti impostati sull'ora locale o tutti con UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Scegli un server X (configura la tua scheda video)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX possiede un vasto database di schede video e di solito identifica "
+"correttamente il dispositivo video."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se l'installer non ha identificato correttamente la tua scheda video e tu "
+"sai di quale si trtta puoi selezionarla dall'elenco:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "venditore"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "poi il nome della tua scheda"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "e il tipo di scheda"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Attento che selezionando un driver incompatibile potresti avere accesso alla "
+"sola interfaccia da linea di comando."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Scheda video e configurazione del monitor"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Scheda video</guibutton></emphasis>: Scegli la tua "
+"scheda video dalla lista se necessario."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Una refresh rate scorretta potrebbe danneggiare il monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Risoluzione</guibutton></emphasis>: Imposta la "
+"risoluzione desiderata e la profondità di colore."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Scegliere proprio monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ha un database molto grande di monitor e molto probabilmente "
+"identificherà correttamente il tuo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizzatp</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Questa è l'opzione di default e prova a determinare il monitor in base al "
+"database dei monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Venditore</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "Il nome del produttore del monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "la descrizione del monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generico</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Partizionamento personalizzato con DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Se desideri utilizzare una criptazione per la tua partizione <literal>/</"
+"literal> devi prima assicurarti di avere una partizione <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> separata. L'opzione di criptazione per la partizion <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> NON deve essere impostata, altrimenti il sistema non sarà avviabile."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"C'è una tab per ogni hard disk individuato o altro dispositivo di storage "
+"(come, per esempio, una chiavetta usb). Per esempio sda, sdb e sdc se ce ne "
+"sono tre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Premi <guibutton>Cancella tutto</guibutton> per cancellare tutte le "
+"partizioni sul dispositivo di storage selezionato."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Per tutte le altre azioni: premere anzitutto sulla partizione desiderata. "
+"Quindi visualizza o scegli il filesystem e il punto di mount, ridimensionala "
+"oppure cancellala."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Continua sino a quando non avrai impostato tutto come desideri."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Quando hai completato premi <guibutton>Finito</guibutton> "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partizionamento"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Utilizza le partizioni esistenti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se questa opzione è disponibile allora saranno trovate partizioni esistenti "
+"Linux compatibili e potrebbero essere usate per l'installazione."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Utilizza lo spazio libero"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se hai dello spazio libero sul tuo hard drive questa opzione lo utilizzerà "
+"per la tua nuova installazione di Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Usa lo spazio libero di una partizione Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Se hai dello spazio libero su di una partizione Windows esistente "
+"l'installer potrebbe offrirti di utilizzarla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Formatta e utilizza tutto il disco"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Questa opzione userà l'intero disco per Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nota bene! Questo cancellerà TUTTI i dati sull'hard drive selezionato. Fai "
+"attenzione!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Partizionamento personalizzato con DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Assicurati anche che tutte le partizioni siano create con un numero pari di "
+"megabytes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "La documentazione ufficiale di Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 "
+"license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</"
+"link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Installazione con DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Febbraio 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Complimenti"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dopo il riavvio, nella schermata del bootloader, potrai scegliere fra i "
+"diversi sistemi operativi del tuo computer (se ne possiedi più di uno)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Se non modifichi le impostazioni del tuo bootloader la tua installazione di "
+"Mageia verrà automaticamente selezionata e avviata."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Divertiti!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Visita www.mageia.org se hai delle domande o se vuoi contribuire a Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Venditore</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generico</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formattazione in corso"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Qua puoi scegliere quale/i partizione/i desideri formattare. Ogni dato nelle "
+"partizioni <emphasis>non</emphasis> contrassegnate per la formattazione "
+"verrà salvato."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Clicca su <guibutton>Avanzato</guibutton> per scegliere le partizioni che "
+"desideri controllare per i cosiddetti <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando sei sicuro di ciò che hai selezionato clicca su <guibutton>Avanti</"
+"guibutton> per proseguire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, l'assistente all'installazione di Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Che tu sia un nuovo utente GNU-Linux o un esperto, l'installer di Mageia è "
+"studiato per rendere la tua installazione o aggiornamento il più semplice "
+"possibile."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Il menù iniziale ha diverse opzioni, in ogni caso quella di default avvierà "
+"l'installer che è normalmente tutto ciò di cui hai bisogno."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Schermata di benvenuto dell'installazione"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Disinstallare Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ecco le schermate di benvenuto quanddo si utilizza una DVD di Mageia. La "
+"prima è con un sistema legacy, la seconda con un sistema UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per la prima schermata è possibile impostare qualche preferenza personale:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"La lingua (per la sola installazione, può essere diversa da quella scelta "
+"per il sistema) premendo il tasto F2 (solo nella modalità Legacy)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Usa le frecce per scegliere la lingua e premi il tasto Invio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Cambia la risoluzione premendo F3 (solo nella modalità Legacy)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Default, non cambia niente nelle opzioni di default."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aggiungi ulteriori opzioni kernel premendo il tasto F1 (solo nella modalità "
+"Legacy)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Premendo F1 si aprirà una finestra con ulteriori opzioni disponibili. "
+"Selezionarne una con le frecce e premere Invio per avere maggiori dettagli o "
+"premere Esc per tornare indietro alla schermata di benvenuto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "L'aiuto viene tradotto nella lingua scelta con il tasto F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Per maggiori informazioni riguardo le opzioni del kernel su sistemi legacy e "
+"UEFI visitare: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Questo è la schermata di benvenuto di default quando si usa un'installazione "
+"CD Wired Network-based (immagini Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree.iso:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "La mappatura della tastiera è quella americana."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "I passi dell'installazione"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Il processo di installazione è diviso in step che possono essere seguiti sul "
+"pannello a lato dello schermo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Ogni step ha una o più schermate e può anche avere un pulsate "
+"<guibutton>Avanzate</guibutton>  con degli extra con le opzioni meno "
+"richieste."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Molte schermate hanno un bottone di <guilabel>Aiuto</guilabel> per darti "
+"ulteriori spiegazioni riguardo lo step corrente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problemi relativi all'installazione e soluzioni possibili"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Nessuna interfaccia grafica"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "L'installazione si blocca"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Problema relativo alla RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Partizioni dinamiche"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Aggiornamenti"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Poi premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per continuare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puoi trovarli <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:"
+"Documentation\">qui</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Selezione media (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Installazione minimale"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Sommario di vari parametri"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX fa scelte intelligenti per la configurazione del tuo sistema in base "
+"alle scelte da te fatte e dall'hardware che DrakX ha individuto. Puoi "
+"controllare le impostazioni e cambiarle se lo desideri premendo "
+"<guibutton>Configura</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Parametri del sistema"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso orario</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ha automaticamente selezionato una time zone in base alla tua lingua. "
+"Puoi effettuare dei cambiamenti se lo desideri. Guarda anche <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Paese / Regione</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se non ti trovi nel Paese selezionato è molto importante che tu corregga le "
+"impostazioni. Guarda <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX ha fatto buone scelte per le impostazioni del bootloader."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+"Non cambiare nulla, a meno che tu non sappia come configurare Grub e/o Lilo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gestione dell'utente</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Puoi aggiungere ulteriori utenti qua. Ognuno di loro avrà una sua cartella "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servizi</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"I servizi di sistema sono quei piccoli programmi che lavorano in background "
+"(demoni). Questo strumentio ti permette di abilitare o disabilitare certi "
+"task."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Dovresti controllare bene prima di cambiare qualcosa qua - un errore "
+"potrebbe impedire al tuo computer di lavorare correttamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Parametri dell'hardware"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tastiera</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Scheda audio</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaccia grafica</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Parametri di rete e di Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Rete</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Puoi configurare la tua rete qua, ma per le schede di rete con driver "
+"proprietari è meglio farlo dopo il riavvio. Nel <application>Mageia Control "
+"Center</application> se non hai abilitato i repository Nonfree."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxy</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Un Proxy Server si comporta come un intermediario fra il tuo computer e il "
+"vasto internet. Questa sezione ti permette di configurare il tuo computer "
+"per utilizzare un servizio proxy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Potrebbe essere necessario consultare l'amministratore di sistema per "
+"ottenere i parametri che necessiti inserire qua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sicurezza"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Livello di sicurezza</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Qua puoi impostare il livello di sicurezza per il tuo computer. Nella "
+"maggior parte dei casi l'impostazione di default (Standard) è adeguata per "
+"un uso generale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Spunta l'opzione che meglio si combina al tuo utilizzo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Un firewall è inteso come una barriera fra i tuoi dati importanti e i "
+"mascalzoni in internet che potrebbero comprometterli o rubarli."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleziona i servizi che desideri abbiano accesso al tuo sistema. Le tue "
+"selezioni dipendono dall'uso che fai del tuo computer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Riavvia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Ridimensionare la partizione <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hai più di una partizione <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>. Selezione quale ridimensionare per creare spazio per "
+"installare <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Livello di sicurezza"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Puoi impostare il tuo livello di sicurezza qua."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "Lascia le impostazioni di default come sono se non sai cosa scegliere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Dopo aver installato sarà sempre possibile modificare le tue impostazioni di "
+"sicurezza nella sezione <guilabel>Sicurezza</guilabel> del Mageia Control "
+"Center."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Seleziona e utilizza dei file ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introduzione"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definizione"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puoi trovarli <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">qui</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Media di installazione classico"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Funzioni comuni"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Queste ISO usano l'installer tradizionale chiamato drakx"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Possono fare sia un'installazione pulita o un update da una release "
+"precedente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Alcuni strumenti sono disponibili nella schermata di benvenuto: Recupero di "
+"Sistema, Test della Memoria, Strumento di Identificazione Hardware."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Ogni DVD contiene diversi desktop environments e lingue."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Ti sarà data la possibilità, durante l'installazione, di aggiungere software "
+"non free."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Media live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Può essere utilizzato per avere un'anteprima della distribuzione senza "
+"installarla su di un HDD avendo comunque la possibilità di farlo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "Ogni ISO contiene un solo desktop environment (KDE o GNOME)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Le Live ISO possono solo essere utilizzate per "
+"un'installazione da zero. Non possono essere usate per aggiornare una "
+"precedente release.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Contengono del software non libero."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "DVD Live con KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente KDE."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Sono presenti tutte le lingue."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "DVD Live con GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "DVD Live con KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente KDE."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Boot-only CD media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Ognuna è una piccola immagine che contiene non più del necessario per "
+"avviare l'installer Drakx e trovare drakx-installer-stage2 e altri pacchetti "
+"che sono necessari per continuare e completare l'installazione. Questi "
+"pacchetti possono essere nell'hard disk del pc, su di un disco locale, su un "
+"network locale o su internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Questi media sono davvero leggeri (meno di 100 MB) e convenienti quando la "
+"connessione è troppo lenta per scaricare un intero DVD, quando si ha un PC "
+"senza DVD o un PC che non può eseguire il boot da una chiavetta USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Solamente la lingua inglese."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Contiene solo software libero per quelle persone che non vogliono usare "
+"software proprietario."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Contiene software proprietario (in gran parte driver, codec...) per le "
+"persone che ne hanno bisogno."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Scaricando e controllando il media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Download in corso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Una volta che hai selezionato il file ISO puoi scaricarlo usando sia http "
+"che BitTorrent. In entrambi i casi una finestra vi darà le informazioni come "
+"il mirror in uso e la possibilità di cambiarlo se la velocità è troppo "
+"bassa. Se è stato scelto http potreste inoltre vedere qualcosa come"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Controllando l'integrità del media scaricato."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Aprire la console, senza obbligo di essere root, e:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Per usare md5sum digitare: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Per usare sha1susm digitare: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/"
+"the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"e comparate il numero ottenuto a computer (potrebbe essere necessario "
+"attendere un poco) a quello dato da Mageia. Per esempio:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Masterizza o esegui un dump dell'ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"L'ISO controllata può essere masterizzata su un CD o un DVD o dumpata su di "
+"una chiavetta USB. Queste operazioni non sono una semplice copia e puntano e "
+"creare un media avviabile."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Masterizzando la ISO su di un CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usa qualsiasi programma di masterizzazione che desideri, ma assicurati che "
+"il dispositivo sia correttamente impostato in <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">masterizza un immagine</emphasis>, masterizza data o files non va bene. "
+"Maggiori informazioni sul <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">wiki di Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Esegui il dump di una ISO su di una chiavetta USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutte le ISO di Mageia sono ibride il che significa che puoi 'dumparle' in "
+"una chiavetta USB e usarle per avviare e installare il sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"\"dumpare\" un'immagine in un flash drive distrugge ogni precedente file-"
+"system su quel dispositivo; ogni altro dato verrà perso e la capacità della "
+"partizione ridotta alla grandezza dell'immagine del disco."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Puoi usare uno strumento grafico come <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Potresti provare:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Puoi anche usare il tool dd in una console:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Apri una console"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Diventa root con il comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (non dimenticare la "
+"'-' finale)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Collega la tua chiavetta USB (non montarla, questo significa anche non "
+"aprire alcuna applicazione o file manager che può averne accesso o leggerla)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Inserisci il comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Inserisci il comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Dove X = nome del tuo dispositivo esempio: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esempio: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Inserire il comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Togli la tua chiavetta USB, hai concluso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Seleziona il tuo paese/regione"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se il tuo Paese non è nella lista premi sul pulsante <guilabel>Altri Paesi</"
+"guilabel> e seleziona il tuo Stato / Regione."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Se il tuo Paese si trova solo nella lista <guilabel>Altri Paesi</guilabel> "
+"dopo aver cliccato <guilabel>OK</guilabel> potrebbe sembrare che sia stato "
+"scelto il Paese dalla prima lista. Per favore ignorate, DrakX seguirà la "
+"scelta reale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Metodo di input"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Installa o aggiorna"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Installa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Usa questa opzione per un'installazione pulita di <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aggiorna"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Se hai una o più installazioni di <application>Mageia</application> sul tuo "
+"sistema questo installer ti permetterà di aggiornare una di queste "
+"all'ultima release."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Solo l'aggiornamento da versioni precedenti di Mageia che erano "
+"<emphasis>ancora supportate</emphasis> quando la versione dell'installer è "
+"stato rilasciato sono state ben testate.\n"
+"Se puoi eseguire un upgrade da una versione di Mageia che non era supportata "
+"al momento del rilascio è meglio eseguire una nuova installazione "
+"preservando la partizione <literal>/home</literal>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se durante l'installazione decidi di terminarla è possibile eseguire un "
+"reboot, ma per favore pensaci due volte prima di farlo. Una volta che una "
+"partizione è stata formattata o l'update ha iniziato a installare il tuo "
+"computer non è più nello stesso stato e riavviarlo può condurre con buone "
+"probabilità ad un sistema inutilizzabile. Nel caso in cui tu sia davvero "
+"sicuro che il riavvio sia ciò che desideri apri un terminale premendo i tre "
+"tasti <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> contemporaneamente. Dopo, premere "
+"insieme <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> per riavviare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se hai scoperto di aver dimenticato di selezionare una lingua addizionale "
+"puoi tornare dalla schermata \"Installa o aggiorna\" alla scelta della "
+"lingua premendo <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>NON</emphasis> "
+"farlo successivamente durante l'installazione."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastiera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ha selezionato una tastiera appropriata alla tua lingua. Se una "
+"tastiera adatta non viene trovata verrà impostato di default il layout US."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Assicurati che la selezione sia corretta o scegli un altro layout. Se non "
+"conosci il layout della tua tastiera guarda nelle specifiche o chiedi al "
+"venditore. Può anche esserci un'etichetta sulla tastiera che ne identifica "
+"il layout.\n"
+"Puoi anche controllare qua: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se la tua tastiera non è nella lista mostrata premi su <guibutton>Altro</"
+"guibutton> per avere una lista completa e seleziona quindi il tuo layout."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Dopo aver scelto un layout dalla schermata <guibutton>Altro</guibutton> "
+"tornerai alla prima schermata di dialogo e sembrerà che la tastiera "
+"selezionata sia quella. Puoi tranquillamente ignorare questa anomalia e "
+"continuare l'installazione: la tua tastiera è quella scelta dalla lista "
+"completa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Se scegli una tastiera con caratteri non-latini vedrai un'ulteriore "
+"schermata di dialogo che ti chiederà come preferisci cambiare fra layout a "
+"caratteri latini e non-latini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Scegli una lingua da utilizzare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Seleziona il mouse"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Se non sei felice di come il tuo mouse risponde puoi selezionarne uno "
+"diverso qua."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Di solito, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ogni PS/2 e USB mouse</"
+"guilabel> è una buona scelta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleziona <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> "
+"per configurare i pulsanti che non funzionano su un mouse con sei o più "
+"pulsanti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Aggiungi o modifica una Boot Menu Entry"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Per maggiori informazioni riguardo le opzioni del kernel su sistemi legacy e "
+"UEFI visitare: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Opzioni principali del bootloader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Opzioni principali del bootloader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Usare un bootloader esistente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servizi</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Installa SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX solitamente determina gli hard disks correttamente. Con qualche "
+"vecchio controller SCSI potrebbe non essere in grado di determinare "
+"correttamente i driver da usare e di conseguenza, fallire ad individuare "
+"l'hard disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Se dovesse accadere, dovrai dire manualmente a Drakx quale SCSI drive "
+"possiedi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX dovrebbe essere in grado di configurare il drive correttamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Configurazione audio"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avanzato"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Conferma l'hard disk per essere formattato."
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicca su <guibutton>Precedente</guibutton> se non sei sicuro della tua "
+"scelta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicca su <guibutton>Sucessivo</guibutton> se sei sicuro e vuoi cancellare "
+"ogni partizione, ogni sistema operativo e ogni file da quell'hard disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Disinstallare Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Come fare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Se Mageia non ti convince o non riesci ad installarlo correttamente, in "
+"breve, vuoi sbarazzartene.\n"
+"Questo è un tuo diritto e Mageia ti permette di disinstallarla. Questo non "
+"accade per ogni sistema operativo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Dopo aver eseguito un backup dei tuoi dati, riavvia il tuo DVD di Mageia e "
+"seleziona Recupero sistema, quindi, Recupera boot loader di Windows. Al "
+"prossimo boot, avrai solo Windows senza alcuna opzione di scegliere il tuo "
+"sistema operativo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Personalizzato"
+
+#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/"
+#~ "> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
+#~ msgstr "Media diversi per le architetture a 32 o 64 bits."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+#~ "im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" "
+#~ "revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD dual arch"
+#~ msgstr "DVD dual arch"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made "
+#~ "automatically according to the detected CPU."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Entrambe le architetture sono presenti sul media, la scelta verrà fatta "
+#~ "in automatico in base alla CPU identificata."
+
+#~ msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only."
+#~ msgstr "Usa solo Xfce."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+#~ "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Non tutte le lingue sono disponibili. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, "
+#~ "mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DA ESSERE CONTROLLATE."
+
+#~ msgid "It contains non free software."
+#~ msgstr "Contiene del software non libero"
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD KDE"
+#~ msgstr "CD Live con KDE"
+
+#~ msgid "32 bit only."
+#~ msgstr "solo 32 bit."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD GNOME"
+#~ msgstr "CD Live con GNOME"
+
+#~ msgid "boot.iso"
+#~ msgstr "boot.iso"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically "
+#~ "by the installer, you can change them here."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se preferisci impostazioni del bootloader diverse da quelle scelte in "
+#~ "automatico dall'installer puoi modificare da qua."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which "
+#~ "case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing "
+#~ "bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Potresti già avere altri sistemi su questa macchina. In tal caso puoi "
+#~ "decidere se aggiungere Mageia al tuo bootloader esistente o permettere a "
+#~ "Mageia di crearne uno nuovo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to "
+#~ "GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mageia adesso offre GRUB2 come bootloader opzionale oltre a GRUB legacy e "
+#~ "Lilo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available "
+#~ "at the Summary page during installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La migliore soluzione è utilizzare GRUB 2 che è disponibile durante "
+#~ "l'installazione."
+
+#~ msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Per essere chiari, sda è il dispositivo, sda7 la partizione su quel "
+#~ "dispositivo."
+
+#~ msgid "Bootloader advanced option"
+#~ msgstr "Opzioni avanzate del Bootloader"
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..479eaea7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>January 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">La documentazione ufficiale di Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0
+license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Team
+Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dbf7a031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0
+license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Team
+Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af28402e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installazione con DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Febbraio 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">La documentazione ufficiale di Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0
+license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Team
+Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Installazione con DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7219bf1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Installazione con DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0
+license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Team
+Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08bd9bdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Seleziona e utilizza dei file ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definizione</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO
+file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>Puoi trovarli <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">qui</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Media di installazione classico</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Funzioni comuni</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Queste ISO usano l'installer tradizionale chiamato drakx</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Possono fare sia un'installazione pulita o un update da una release
+precedente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alcuni strumenti sono disponibili nella schermata di benvenuto: Recupero di
+Sistema, Test della Memoria, Strumento di Identificazione Hardware.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ogni DVD contiene diversi desktop environments e lingue.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ti sarà data la possibilità, durante l'installazione, di aggiungere software
+non free.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Media live</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Funzioni comuni</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Può essere utilizzato per avere un'anteprima della distribuzione senza
+installarla su di un HDD avendo comunque la possibilità di farlo.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Le Live ISO possono solo essere utilizzate per
+un'installazione da zero. Non possono essere usate per aggiornare una
+precedente release.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contengono del software non libero.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sono presenti tutte le lingue.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>DVD Live con GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Solamente l'ambiente GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sono presenti tutte le lingue.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sono presenti tutte le lingue.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only CD media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Funzioni comuni</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ognuna è una piccola immagine che contiene non più del necessario per
+avviare l'installer Drakx e trovare drakx-installer-stage2 e altri pacchetti
+che sono necessari per continuare e completare l'installazione. Questi
+pacchetti possono essere nell'hard disk del pc, su di un disco locale, su un
+network locale o su internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Questi media sono davvero leggeri (meno di 100 MB) e convenienti quando la
+connessione è troppo lenta per scaricare un intero DVD, quando si ha un PC
+senza DVD o un PC che non può eseguire il boot da una chiavetta USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Solamente la lingua inglese.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contiene software proprietario (in gran parte driver, codec...) per le
+persone che ne hanno bisogno.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Scaricando e controllando il media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Download in corso</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Aprire la console, senza obbligo di essere root, e:</para>
+      <para>- Per usare md5sum digitare: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Per usare sha1susm digitare: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>e comparate il numero ottenuto a computer (potrebbe essere necessario
+attendere un poco) a quello dato da Mageia. Per esempio:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Masterizza o esegui un dump dell'ISO</title>
+    <para>L'ISO controllata può essere masterizzata su un CD o un DVD o dumpata su di
+una chiavetta USB. Queste operazioni non sono una semplice copia e puntano e
+creare un media avviabile.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Masterizzando la ISO su di un CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Usa qualsiasi programma di masterizzazione che desideri, ma assicurati che
+il dispositivo sia correttamente impostato in <emphasis
+role="bold">masterizza un immagine</emphasis>, masterizza data o files non
+va bene. Maggiori informazioni sul <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">wiki di
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Esegui il dump di una ISO su di una chiavetta USB.</title>
+      <para>Tutte le ISO di Mageia sono ibride il che significa che puoi 'dumparle' in
+una chiavetta USB e usarle per avviare e installare il sistema.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"dumpare" un'immagine in un flash drive distrugge ogni precedente
+file-system su quel dispositivo; ogni altro dato verrà perso e la capacità
+della partizione ridotta alla grandezza dell'immagine del disco.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format
+the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>Puoi usare uno strumento grafico come <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>Potresti provare:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Puoi anche usare il tool dd in una console:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Apri una console</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diventa root con il comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (non dimenticare la
+'-' finale)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Collega la tua chiavetta USB (non montarla, questo significa anche non
+aprire alcuna applicazione o file manager che può averne accesso o
+leggerla).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Inserisci il comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Inserisci il comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Dove X = nome del tuo dispositivo esempio: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Inserire il comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Togli la tua chiavetta USB, hai concluso</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6602c1d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Note di rilascio</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Accordo di licenza</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Prima di installare <application>Mageia</application>, per favore leggi con
+cautela i termini e le condizioni della licenza.</para>
+
+    <para>Questi termini e condizioni si applicano all'intera distribuzione
+<application>Mageia</application> e devono essere accettati per poter
+proseguire.</para>
+
+    <para>Per accettare, seleziona semplicemente <guilabel>Accetta</guilabel> e quindi
+clicca su <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Se decidi di non accettare queste condizioni, ti ringraziamo per averci
+provato. Cliccando <guibutton>Esci</guibutton> riavvierà il tuo computer.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Note di rilascio</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Vengono date informazioni importanti riguardo al rilascio di
+<application>Mageia</application> e sono accessibili cliccando sul bottone
+<guibutton>Rilascia Note</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8340e6d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Gestione dell'utente e del superuser</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Imposta la password dell'amministratore (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to
+set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the
+<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the
+top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green
+depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are
+using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box
+just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped
+the first password by comparing them.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Tutte le passwords sono sensibili alle maiuscole, la cosa migliore in una
+password è usare una combinazione di lettere (maiuscole e minuscole), numeri
+e altri caratteri.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Inserisci un utente</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but
+enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything
+else the average user does with his computer</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: se premi su questo bottone cambierà l'icona
+utente.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Vero nome</guilabel>: Inserisci il vero nome dell'utente in questo
+spazio.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let
+drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is
+case sensitive.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user
+password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the
+strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this
+text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user
+password text boxes.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>I permessi di accesso possono anche essere cambiati dopo l'installazione.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Gestione Avanzata Utenti</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a
+screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Inoltre, puoi disattivare o attivare un account speciale.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account
+saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest
+should save his important files to a USB key.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Abilita guest account</guilabel>: Qua puoi abilitare o
+disabilitare un guest account. Un guest account permette a degli ospiti di
+eseguire il log in e utilizzare il PC, ma con un accesso molto limitato
+rispetto a un utente normale.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the
+shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Qua puoi impostare l'user ID per gli utenti
+che hai aggiunto nella schermata precedente. Questo è un numero. Lasciarlo
+vuoto nel caso in cui tu non sappia cosa fare.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: Questo ti permette di impostare il group
+ID. Anche questo un numero, di solito lo stesso dell'utente. Lasciare vuoto
+nel caso in cui tu non sappia cosa fare.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83268135
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Selezione dei Media (Configura Media di Installazione Supplementari)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Questa schermata vi dà la lista degli archivi già riconosciuti. È possibile
+aggiungere altre fonti per i pacchetti, come un disco ottico o una sorgente
+remota. La selezione della sorgente determina quali pacchetti saranno
+disponibili per la selezione durante i passaggi successivi.</para>
+
+  <para>Per le risorse di rete, ci sono due passi da seguire:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Scelta e attivazione della rete, in caso non sia già attiva. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Seleziona uno specchio o specifica un URL (il primo ingresso). Selezionando
+uno specchio, hai accesso alla selezione di tutti i depositi gestiti da
+Mageia, come quelli di Nonfree, Tainted e gli Aggiornamenti. Con l'URL, puoi
+designare un deposito specifico o la tua stessa installazione NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit
+packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by
+ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains
+64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit
+packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the
+needed 32 bit packages there.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b21570f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Scegli i punti di mount</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If
+you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you
+can change the mount points.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Se cambi qualcosa assicurati di avere ancora una partizione
+<literal>/</literal> (root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ogni partizione è mostrata come segue: "Dispositivo" ("Capacità", "Mount
+point", "Tipo")</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Device", is made up of: "hard drive", ["hard drive number"(letter)],
+"partition number" (for example, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from
+the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal>
+and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for
+instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store
+your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the
+<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Per le partizioni a cui non necessiti avere accesso puoi lasciare uno spazio
+vuoto nel punto di mount.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose,
+and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen
+that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the
+partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd53a011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Clock settings</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set,
+either local time or UTC time.</para>
+
+  <para>In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1789e53e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="it"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Boot Mageia as Live system</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Booting the medium</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">From a disc</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM,
+DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the
+bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the
+computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or
+press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the
+computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get
+either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">From a USB device</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on
+the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may
+need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose
+the peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting in BIOS mode</para></caption></mediaobject><para>In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD
+or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow
+system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard
+disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual,
+when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia
+5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Help. Explain the options "splash", "apm", "acpi" and "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from
+the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or
+NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP
+server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with
+this option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an
+optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during
+installation process.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your
+hardware and the drivers to use.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">In UEFI mode</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk</para></caption></mediaobject><para>You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to
+process the installation (second choice).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a
+duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to choose
+them.</para><para>In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone
+and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link
+linkend="testing">additional steps in Live mode</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2c08e8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Selezione Desktop</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine
+tune your choice.</para>
+
+  <para>After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package
+installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the
+<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or
+<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full
+set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if
+you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the
+default software choices for these desktop environments. The
+<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two,
+sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91ae4330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Selezione per gruppi di pacchetti</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on
+your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however
+more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which
+become visible as the mouse is hovered over them.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Stazione di lavoro.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ambiente grafico.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or
+remove packages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85daf22d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Scegli dei pacchetti individuali</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Qui tu puoi aggiungere o rimuovere ogni pacchetto aggiuntivo per
+personalizzare la tua installazione</para>
+
+    <para>After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy
+icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages
+(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the
+same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install
+and choosing to load it.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdb80053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configura i tuoi servizi</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Qua puoi scegliere quali servizi (non) devono essere avviati al boot del
+sistema.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and
+see all services in it.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Le impostazioni che sceglie DrakX sono generalmente buone.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info
+box below.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Cambia le cose solo quando sai veramente bene cosa stai facendo.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e1e4848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configura il tuo fuso orario</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Scegli la tua time zone selezionando il tuo Paese o una città vicino alla
+tua nella stessa zone.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Nella prossima schermata potrai scegliere di impostare il tuo orologio
+hardware con l'ora locale o GMT (anche conosciuto come UTC).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Se hai più di un sistema operativo sul tuo computer assicurati che siano
+tutti impostati sull'ora locale o tutti con UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b21672d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Scegli un server X (configura la tua scheda video)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX possiede un vasto database di schede video e di solito identifica
+correttamente il dispositivo video.</para>
+
+  <para>Se l'installer non ha identificato correttamente la tua scheda video e tu
+sai di quale si trtta puoi selezionarla dall'elenco: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>venditore</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>poi il nome della tua scheda</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>e il tipo di scheda</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in
+the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the
+Xorg category</para>
+
+  <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card
+drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the
+option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities.</para>
+
+  <para>Attento che selezionando un driver incompatibile potresti avere accesso alla
+sola interfaccia da linea di comando.</para>
+
+  <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which
+may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from
+the card manufacturers' websites.</para>
+
+  <para>The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If
+you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3badec78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Scheda video e configurazione del monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment)
+you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are
+all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or
+any other graphical environment to work well, the following
+<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct
+settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a
+choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Scheda video</guibutton></emphasis>: Scegli la tua
+scheda video dalla lista se necessario.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor
+from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel>
+list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the
+horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Una refresh rate scorretta potrebbe danneggiare il monitor.</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Risoluzione</guibutton></emphasis>: Imposta la
+risoluzione desiderata e la profondità di colore.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not
+always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your
+settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your
+settings are correct, you can answer "yes", and the settings will be
+kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen
+and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make
+sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't
+available</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to
+enable or disable various options.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11fe7c34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Scegliere proprio monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX ha un database molto grande di monitor e molto probabilmente
+identificherà correttamente il tuo.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage
+your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing
+what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor
+documentation</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Personalizzatp</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh
+rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the
+screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are
+displayed.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor
+type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you
+may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and
+consult your monitor documentation.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Questa è l'opzione di default e prova a determinare il monitor in base al
+database dei monitor.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Venditore</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which
+one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>venditore</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Il nome del produttore del monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>la descrizione del monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generico</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as
+1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is
+often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver
+when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it
+may be wise to be conservative in your selections.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb72101c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Partizionamento personalizzato con DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Se desideri utilizzare una criptazione per la tua partizione
+<literal>/</literal> devi prima assicurarti di avere una partizione
+<literal>/boot</literal> separata. L'opzione di criptazione per la partizion
+<literal>/boot</literal> NON deve essere impostata, altrimenti il sistema
+non sarà avviabile.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create
+partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even
+view what is in them before you start.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">C'è una tab per ogni hard disk individuato o altro dispositivo di storage
+(come, per esempio, una chiavetta usb). Per esempio sda, sdb e sdc se ce ne
+sono tre.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Premi <guibutton>Cancella tutto</guibutton> per cancellare tutte le
+partizioni sul dispositivo di storage selezionato.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Per tutte le altre azioni: premere anzitutto sulla partizione
+desiderata. Quindi visualizza o scegli il filesystem e il punto di mount,
+ridimensionala oppure cancellala.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continua sino a quando non avrai impostato tutto come desideri.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Quando hai completato premi <guibutton>Finito</guibutton> </para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present with a correct type</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53b615c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partizionamento</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the
+solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">The options available from the list below will vary depending on your
+particular hard drive(s) layout and content.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Utilizza le partizioni esistenti</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Se questa opzione è disponibile allora saranno trovate partizioni esistenti
+Linux compatibili e potrebbero essere usate per l'installazione.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Utilizza lo spazio libero</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Se hai dello spazio libero sul tuo hard drive questa opzione lo utilizzerà
+per la tua nuova installazione di Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Usa lo spazio libero di una partizione Windows</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Se hai dello spazio libero su di una partizione Windows esistente
+l'installer potrebbe offrirti di utilizzarla.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation,
+but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all
+important files!</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The
+partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down
+correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented,
+although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been
+moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to
+back up your personal files.</para>
+
+        <para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended
+sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking
+and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Formatta e utilizza tutto il disco</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Questa opzione userà l'intero disco per Mageia.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Nota bene! Questo cancellerà TUTTI i dati sull'hard drive selezionato. Fai
+attenzione!</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already
+have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use
+this option.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Personalizzato</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your
+hard drive(s).</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partitions sizing:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The installer will share the available place out according to the following
+rules:</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is
+created for /, there is no separate partition for /home.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are
+created</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will
+create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom" option is the only one that allows to check it has
+been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk
+partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the
+previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available
+hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested
+with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1
+MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning
+tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following
+settings:</para>
+
+    <para>"Align to" "MiB"</para>
+
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+
+    <para>Assicurati anche che tutte le partizioni siano create con un numero pari di
+megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4cce97aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Complimenti</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">You have finished installing and configuring
+<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the
+installation medium and reboot your computer.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Dopo il riavvio, nella schermata del bootloader, potrai scegliere fra i
+diversi sistemi operativi del tuo computer (se ne possiedi più di uno).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Se non modifichi le impostazioni del tuo bootloader la tua installazione di
+Mageia verrà automaticamente selezionata e avviata.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Divertiti!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visita www.mageia.org se hai delle domande o se vuoi contribuire a Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ada15d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formattazione in corso</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Qua puoi scegliere quale/i partizione/i desideri formattare. Ogni dato nelle
+partizioni <emphasis>non</emphasis> contrassegnate per la formattazione
+verrà salvato.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Clicca su <guibutton>Avanzato</guibutton> per scegliere le partizioni che
+desideri controllare per i cosiddetti <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on
+<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>
+and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.
+In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Quando sei sicuro di ciò che hai selezionato clicca su
+<guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per proseguire.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2e577c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Aggiornamenti</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some
+packages will have been updated or improved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them,
+select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you
+aren't connected to the Internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Poi premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per continuare</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..258305d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, l'assistente all'installazione di Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Che tu sia un nuovo utente GNU-Linux o un esperto, l'installer di Mageia è
+studiato per rendere la tua installazione o aggiornamento il più semplice
+possibile.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>Il menù iniziale ha diverse opzioni, in ogni caso quella di default avvierà
+l'installer che è normalmente tutto ciò di cui hai bisogno.</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Schermata di benvenuto dell'installazione</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Ecco le schermate di benvenuto quanddo si utilizza una DVD di Mageia. La
+prima è con un sistema legacy, la seconda con un sistema UEFI.
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Per la prima schermata è possibile impostare qualche preferenza personale:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>La lingua (per la sola installazione, può essere diversa da quella scelta
+per il sistema) premendo il tasto F2 (solo nella modalità Legacy).</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Usa le frecce per scegliere la lingua e premi il tasto Invio.</para>
+
+      <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live
+DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue
+System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware
+Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Cambia la risoluzione premendo F3 (solo nella modalità Legacy).</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> key for
+the UEFI mode.</para>
+
+      <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one
+of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called
+<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para>
+
+      <para>- Default, non cambia niente nelle opzioni di default.</para>
+
+      <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of
+performances.</para>
+
+      <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management
+isn't taken into account.</para>
+
+      <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is
+about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para>
+
+      <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options
+displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the
+key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line,
+however, they are really taken into account.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Aggiungi ulteriori opzioni kernel premendo il tasto F1 (solo nella modalità
+Legacy).</para>
+
+      <para>Premendo F1 si aprirà una finestra con ulteriori opzioni
+disponibili. Selezionarne una con le frecce e premere Invio per avere
+maggiori dettagli o premere Esc per tornare indietro alla schermata di
+benvenuto.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options
+list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>L'aiuto viene tradotto nella lingua scelta con il tasto F2.</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Per maggiori informazioni riguardo le opzioni del kernel su sistemi legacy e
+UEFI visitare: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+
+  <para>Questo è la schermata di benvenuto di default quando si usa un'installazione
+CD Wired Network-based (immagini Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree.iso:</para>
+
+  <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are
+described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+Network-based Installation CD, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>La mappatura della tastiera è quella americana.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">I passi dell'installazione</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Il processo di installazione è diviso in step che possono essere seguiti sul
+pannello a lato dello schermo.</para>
+
+    <para>Ogni step ha una o più schermate e può anche avere un pulsate
+<guibutton>Avanzate</guibutton>  con degli extra con le opzioni meno
+richieste.</para>
+
+    <para>Molte schermate hanno un bottone di <guilabel>Aiuto</guilabel> per darti
+ulteriori spiegazioni riguardo lo step corrente.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is
+possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a
+partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your
+computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well
+leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure
+rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Problemi relativi all'installazione e soluzioni possibili</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Nessuna interfaccia grafica</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection
+screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using
+low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use
+this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be
+presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit
+ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">L'installazione si blocca</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a
+problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of
+hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type
+<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with
+other options as necessary.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Problema relativo alla RAM</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the
+available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the
+<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of
+RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Partizioni dinamiche</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on
+Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on
+this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aaeb54f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="it"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Login screen</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM login screen</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium
+you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>Puoi trovarli <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">qui</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db6ba655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Selezione media (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are
+available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories
+selection determines which packages will be available for selection during
+the next steps.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains
+the base of the distribution.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are
+free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain
+closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this
+repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers,
+firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under
+a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is
+that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries,
+e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages
+needed to play commercial video DVD, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef3b478b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Installazione minimale</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the
+Package Group Selection screen, see <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer
+you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47b33cc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Sommario di vari parametri</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX fa scelte intelligenti per la configurazione del tuo sistema in base
+alle scelte da te fatte e dall'hardware che DrakX ha individuto. Puoi
+controllare le impostazioni e cambiarle se lo desideri premendo
+<guibutton>Configura</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Parametri del sistema</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Fuso orario</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX ha automaticamente selezionato una time zone in base alla tua
+lingua. Puoi effettuare dei cambiamenti se lo desideri. Guarda anche <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Paese / Regione</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Se non ti trovi nel Paese selezionato è molto importante che tu corregga le
+impostazioni. Guarda <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX ha fatto buone scelte per le impostazioni del bootloader.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Gestione dell'utente</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Puoi aggiungere ulteriori utenti qua. Ognuno di loro avrà una sua cartella
+<literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Servizi</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">I servizi di sistema sono quei piccoli programmi che lavorano in background
+(demoni). Questo strumentio ti permette di abilitare o disabilitare certi
+task.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Dovresti controllare bene prima di cambiare qualcosa qua - un errore
+potrebbe impedire al tuo computer di lavorare correttamente.</para>
+
+        <para>Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Parametri dell'hardware</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Tastiera</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on
+your location, language or type of keyboard.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs
+etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Scheda audio</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option
+to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one
+driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Interfaccia grafica</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Parametri di rete e di Internet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Rete</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Puoi configurare la tua rete qua, ma per le schede di rete con driver
+proprietari è meglio farlo dopo il riavvio. Nel <application>Mageia Control
+Center</application> se non hai abilitato i repository Nonfree.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch
+that interface as well.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxy</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Un Proxy Server si comporta come un intermediario fra il tuo computer e il
+vasto internet. Questa sezione ti permette di configurare il tuo computer
+per utilizzare un servizio proxy.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Potrebbe essere necessario consultare l'amministratore di sistema per
+ottenere i parametri che necessiti inserire qua</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Sicurezza</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Livello di sicurezza</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Qua puoi impostare il livello di sicurezza per il tuo computer. Nella
+maggior parte dei casi l'impostazione di default (Standard) è adeguata per
+un uso generale.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Spunta l'opzione che meglio si combina al tuo utilizzo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Un firewall è inteso come una barriera fra i tuoi dati importanti e i
+mascalzoni in internet che potrebbero comprometterli o rubarli.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f64e34d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Riavvia</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b6b6204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Ridimensionare la partizione
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Hai più di una partizione
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Selezione
+quale ridimensionare per creare spazio per installare
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0d8c04d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Livello di sicurezza</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Puoi impostare il tuo livello di sicurezza qua.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Lascia le impostazioni di default come sono se non sai cosa scegliere.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Dopo aver installato sarà sempre possibile modificare le tue impostazioni di
+sicurezza nella sezione <guilabel>Sicurezza</guilabel> del Mageia Control
+Center.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58beae2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Seleziona il tuo paese/regione</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Se il tuo Paese non è nella lista premi sul pulsante <guilabel>Altri
+Paesi</guilabel> e seleziona il tuo Stato / Regione.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Se il tuo Paese si trova solo nella lista <guilabel>Altri Paesi</guilabel>
+dopo aver cliccato <guilabel>OK</guilabel> potrebbe sembrare che sia stato
+scelto il Paese dalla prima lista. Per favore ignorate, DrakX seguirà la
+scelta reale.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Metodo di input</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b2328ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Installa o aggiorna</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Installa</para>
+
+      <para>Usa questa opzione per un'installazione pulita di
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Aggiorna</para>
+
+      <para>Se hai una o più installazioni di <application>Mageia</application> sul tuo
+sistema questo installer ti permetterà di aggiornare una di queste
+all'ultima release.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Solo l'aggiornamento da versioni precedenti di Mageia che erano
+<emphasis>ancora supportate</emphasis> quando la versione dell'installer è
+stato rilasciato sono state ben testate.
+Se puoi eseguire un upgrade da una versione di Mageia che non era supportata
+al momento del rilascio è meglio eseguire una nuova installazione
+preservando la partizione <literal>/home</literal></para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Se durante l'installazione decidi di terminarla è possibile eseguire un
+reboot, ma per favore pensaci due volte prima di farlo. Una volta che una
+partizione è stata formattata o l'update ha iniziato a installare il tuo
+computer non è più nello stesso stato e riavviarlo può condurre con buone
+probabilità ad un sistema inutilizzabile. Nel caso in cui tu sia davvero
+sicuro che il riavvio sia ciò che desideri apri un terminale premendo i tre
+tasti <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> contemporaneamente. Dopo, premere
+insieme <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> per riavviare.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Se hai scoperto di aver dimenticato di selezionare una lingua addizionale
+puoi tornare dalla schermata "Installa o aggiorna" alla scelta della lingua
+premendo <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>NON</emphasis> farlo
+successivamente durante l'installazione.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6430a132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tastiera</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX ha selezionato una tastiera appropriata alla tua lingua. Se una
+tastiera adatta non viene trovata verrà impostato di default il layout US.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Assicurati che la selezione sia corretta o scegli un altro layout. Se non
+conosci il layout della tua tastiera guarda nelle specifiche o chiedi al
+venditore. Può anche esserci un'etichetta sulla tastiera che ne identifica
+il layout.
+Puoi anche controllare qua: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Se la tua tastiera non è nella lista mostrata premi su
+<guibutton>Altro</guibutton> per avere una lista completa e seleziona quindi
+il tuo layout.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Dopo aver scelto un layout dalla schermata <guibutton>Altro</guibutton>
+tornerai alla prima schermata di dialogo e sembrerà che la tastiera
+selezionata sia quella. Puoi tranquillamente ignorare questa anomalia e
+continuare l'installazione: la tua tastiera è quella scelta dalla lista
+completa.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Se scegli una tastiera con caratteri non-latini vedrai un'ulteriore
+schermata di dialogo che ti chiederà come preferisci cambiare fra layout a
+caratteri latini e non-latini.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69195817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Select keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6cd102ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Scegli una lingua da utilizzare</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your
+continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during
+the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your
+system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the
+<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be
+difficult to add extra language support after installation.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them
+as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be
+marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen .</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then
+it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it
+is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed
+languages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia
+Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01683fbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Seleziona il mouse</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Se non sei felice di come il tuo mouse risponde puoi selezionarne uno
+diverso qua.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Di solito, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ogni PS/2 e USB
+mouse</guilabel> è una buona scelta.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Seleziona <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel>
+per configurare i pulsanti che non funzionano su un mouse con sei o più
+pulsanti.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea51a776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Opzioni principali del bootloader</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Usare un bootloader esistente</title>
+
+    <para>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader
+is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve
+running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and
+add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in
+question.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3725e91e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Aggiungi o modifica una Boot Menu Entry</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd32f96e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Installa SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX solitamente determina gli hard disks correttamente. Con qualche
+vecchio controller SCSI potrebbe non essere in grado di determinare
+correttamente i driver da usare e di conseguenza, fallire ad individuare
+l'hard disk.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Se dovesse accadere, dovrai dire manualmente a Drakx quale SCSI drive
+possiedi.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX dovrebbe essere in grado di configurare il drive correttamente.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7bf8a9ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Configurazione audio</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your
+sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default
+one.</para>
+
+  <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install
+you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start
+this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the
+<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound
+Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen.</para>
+
+  <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on
+<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how
+to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avanzato</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is
+useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers
+available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on
+<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b9954c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Conferma l'hard disk per essere formattato.</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Clicca su <guibutton>Precedente</guibutton> se non sei sicuro della tua
+scelta.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Clicca su <guibutton>Sucessivo</guibutton> se sei sicuro e vuoi cancellare
+ogni partizione, ogni sistema operativo e ogni file da quell'hard disk.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d17fb38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live mode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get the
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testing hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Launch installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+this screen, and then the "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4b20280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Disinstallare Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Come fare</title>
+
+    <para>Se Mageia non ti convince o non riesci ad installarlo correttamente, in
+breve, vuoi sbarazzartene.
+Questo è un tuo diritto e Mageia ti permette di disinstallarla. Questo non
+accade per ogni sistema operativo.</para>
+
+    <para>Dopo aver eseguito un backup dei tuoi dati, riavvia il tuo DVD di Mageia e
+seleziona Recupero sistema, quindi, Recupera boot loader di Windows. Al
+prossimo boot, avrai solo Windows senza alcuna opzione di scegliere il tuo
+sistema operativo.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition
+management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the
+disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it
+(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both
+windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and
+make sure all important things have been backed up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5f196ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/it/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to
+accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different
+hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..443bdcf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5149 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Masanori Kakura <kakurasan@gmail.com>, 2017
+# ook rio <riokoko5@gmail.com>, 2016
+# ook rio <riokoko5@gmail.com>, 2016
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-01-14 07:55+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Masanori Kakura <kakurasan@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Japanese (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/ja/)\n"
+"Language: ja\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "使用許諾契約とリリース ノート"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "使用許諾契約の同意"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> をインストールする前に使用許諾契約の内容を"
+"よくお読みください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"これらの使用許諾契約の内容は、<application>Mageia</application> ディストリ"
+"ビューション全体に適用され、あなたは続行する前にこれらに同意しなくてはなりま"
+"せん。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"承諾するには、単純に<guilabel>承諾する</guilabel>を選択して<guibutton>次へ</"
+"guibutton>をクリックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたがこれらの条件を承諾しないと決めた場合、私たちはご覧いただいたことに感"
+"謝します。<guibutton>終了</guibutton>をクリックするとコンピュータは再起動しま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "リリース ノート"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"このリリースの <application>Mageia</application> についての重要な情報が提供さ"
+"れており、<guibutton>リリース ノート</guibutton>ボタンをクリックすることでこ"
+"れを参照できます。"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "ja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "メディアの選択 (追加のインストール メディアを設定する)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"この画面は認識済みのリポジトリの一覧を示しています。あなたは光学ディスクやリ"
+"モート ソースのように他のパッケージ入手先を追加できます。この入手先の選択は、"
+"以降のステップにおける利用可能パッケージに影響します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "ネットワーク ソースでは、以下の 2 つのステップが続きます:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "ネットワークが有効化されていなければ、選択および有効化を行います。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"ミラーを選択するか、URL (一覧の一番上の項目) を指定します。ミラーを選択するこ"
+"とで Mageia に管理されているすべてのリポジトリを自由に選択できるようになり、"
+"Nonfree, Tainted といったリポジトリと、それぞれに更新を提供する Updates があ"
+"ります。URL を指定することで、特定のリポジトリやあなたの NFS インストールを指"
+"し示すことができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"幾つかの 32 ビットのパッケージを含む可能性のある 64 ビット OS を更新する場"
+"合、この画面でいずれかのネットワーク プロトコルを選択してオンライン ミラーを"
+"追加するとよいでしょう。64 ビットの DVD iso には 64 ビットと noarch のパッ"
+"ケージしか含まれず、32 ビットのパッケージは更新できないでしょう。一方、オンラ"
+"イン ミラーを追加した後では、インストーラは必要な 32 ビットのパッケージを見つ"
+"けることができるでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "ユーザとスーパ ユーザの管理"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "管理者 (root) のパスワードを設定する:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> のインストールされたすべての環境でスーパ "
+"ユーザもしくは管理者のパスワードを設定することが望ましいです。これは通常、"
+"Linux の <emphasis>root パスワード</emphasis>と呼ばれます。一番上の入力欄にパ"
+"スワードを入力すると、キーが押されるごとに盾の色がパスワードの強度によって赤"
+"から黄色そして緑へと変化します。緑色の盾は強固なパスワードを使用していること"
+"を示します。最初のパスワード入力欄のすぐ下の欄には同じパスワードを繰り返し入"
+"力する必要があり、これは最初のパスワードをタイプ ミスしていないかを比較によっ"
+"てチェックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"すべてのパスワードは大文字と小文字を区別し、パスワードの中でアルファベット "
+"(大文字と小文字), 数字, 他の文字を混在させて使うのが最適です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "ユーザを入力する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"ここでユーザを追加します。ユーザはスーパ ユーザ (root) よりも権限が少ないです"
+"が、インターネットやオフィス アプリケーションを使用したりゲームで遊んだり普通"
+"のユーザが自分のコンピュータで何か他のことを行ったりするのには十分です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>アイコン</guibutton>: このボタンをクリックすると、このユーザのアイ"
+"コンを変更します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>本名</guilabel>: このテキスト ボックスにこのユーザの本名を入力しま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ログイン名</guilabel>: このユーザのログイン名をここに入力します。も"
+"しくは drakx がユーザの本名をもとにログイン名を決定します。<emphasis>このログ"
+"イン名は大文字と小文字を区別します。</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>パスワード</guilabel>: このテキスト ボックスにユーザのパスワードを"
+"入力するべきです。テキスト ボックスの右端にはパスワードの強度を示す盾が表示さ"
+"れます。(<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>も参照)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>パスワード (再入力)</guilabel>: 再びユーザのパスワードをこのテキス"
+"ト ボックスに入力します。drakx はユーザ パスワードの両方のテキスト ボックスに"
+"同じパスワードを入力したかをチェックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia のインストール時に追加したユーザには、読み書きの両方で保護されたホー"
+"ム ディレクトリ (umask=0027) が用意されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"更に必要なユーザがあれば、インストールの<emphasis>設定 - まとめ</emphasis>の"
+"ステップで追加できます。<emphasis>ユーザの管理</emphasis>を選択してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "アクセス権はインストール後に変更することもできます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "ユーザの高度な管理"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンをクリックすると、追加中のユーザ向けの設定を"
+"編集する画面が表示されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "更に、ゲスト アカウントを無効化もしくは有効化することが可能です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"既定のゲスト アカウント <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> が自分の /home ディレクト"
+"リ内に保存したものはログアウト時に削除されます。このゲストは大事なファイルを "
+"USB キーに保存するのがよいでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ゲスト アカウントを有効にする</guilabel>: ここでゲスト アカウントを"
+"有効化もしくは無効化することができます。このゲスト アカウントは来客をこの PC "
+"にログインして使用できるようにしますが、通常のユーザよりも権限が限られていま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>シェル</guilabel>: このドロップ ダウン リストでは前の画面で追加中の"
+"ユーザが使用するシェルを Bash, Dash, Sh から選択して変更できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ユーザ ID</guilabel>: ここでは前の画面で追加中のユーザのユーザ ID "
+"を設定できます。これは数字です。何をしているのか分かっているのでなければ空欄"
+"のままにしてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>グループ ID</guilabel>: グループ ID が設定できます。これも数字で、"
+"通常はユーザ ID と同じ値です。何をしているのか分かっているのでなければ空欄の"
+"ままにしてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "マウント ポイントを選択する"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでお使いのコンピュータ上で見つかった Linux パーティションが見られます。"
+"<application>DrakX</application> が提案する内容を承諾しないのであれば、マウン"
+"ト ポイントを変更することができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"変更を行った場合、<literal>/</literal> (ルート) パーティションがまだ存在して"
+"いるかを確認してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"各パーティションは以下のように表示されます: \"デバイス\" (\"容量\", \"マウン"
+"ト ポイント\", \"種類\")"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"デバイス\" は以下で構成されます: \"ハード ドライブ\", [\"ハード ドライブ番"
+"号\"(文字)], \"パーティション番号\" (例 \"sda5\")"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"たくさんのパーティションがある場合、たくさんのマウント ポイントをドロップ ダ"
+"ウン メニューから <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal>, <literal>/"
+"var</literal> のように選択できます。自分でマウント ポイントを入力することも可"
+"能です。例 動画を保存したいパーティション用の <literal>/video</literal>, "
+"cauldron (開発版 OS) の <literal>/home</literal> パーティション用の "
+"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"アクセスする必要のないパーティションに対しては、マウント ポイントの欄を空白に"
+"することができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"どれを選択するか分からない場合は<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>を選択し、"
+"<guilabel>パーティションを手動で設定</guilabel>を選択してください。続いて表示"
+"される画面では、パーティションをクリックするとその種類とサイズが参照できま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"マウント ポイントが正しいことが確認できたら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をク"
+"リックし、DrakX が提案するパーティションのみをフォーマットするか他のパーティ"
+"ションもフォーマットするかを選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "時計の設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"このステップでは、内部の時計をどの時間に設定するかと、ローカル時間と UTC 時間"
+"のどちらを使用するかを選択する必要があります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr "上級タブでは、時刻設定についての更なるオプションが見つかります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia をライブ システムとしてブートする"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "メディアをブートする"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "ディスクから"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"イメージを焼くのに用いたメディア (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...) から直接ブートすること"
+"ができます。通常はこれを CD/DVD ドライブに挿入するだけで再起動後にブート ロー"
+"ダが自動的にインストールを開始します。開始しなければ BIOS の設定を変更するか"
+"キーを一つ押してからコンピュータをブートする周辺機器を選択する必要があるかも"
+"しれません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"所有するハードウェアやその設定により、下の二つの画面のいずれかが表示されま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "USB デバイスから"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"ISO イメージを書き込んだ USB デバイスからブートすることができます。BIOS の設"
+"定によっては、コンピュータはポートに接続済みの USB デバイスから直接ブートする"
+"かもしれません。ブートしなければ BIOS の設定を変更するかキーを一つ押してから"
+"コンピュータをブートする周辺機器を選択する必要があるかもしれません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "BIOS/CSM/レガシー モード"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "BIOS モードにおけるブート時の最初の画面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "中央のメニューで三つの操作から選択を行います:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Boot Mageia: これは Mageia 5 を接続されたメディア (CD/DVD もしくは USB ス"
+"ティック) から開始することを意味します。ディスクには何も書き込まれないため、"
+"システムが非常に遅いということを予期してください。いったんブートが完了すれ"
+"ば、ハード ディスクへのインストールに進むことができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Install Mageia: この選択肢は Mageia のハード ディスクへのインストールを直接行"
+"います。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Boot from hard disk: この選択肢ではメディア (CD/DVD もしくは USB スティック) "
+"が接続されていないときに通常通りにハード ディスクからブートできます (Mageia "
+"5 では動作しません)。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "下部のメニューはブート オプションです:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - ヘルプです。オプション \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\", \"Ide\" の説明を表"
+"示します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - 言語です。画面に表示される言語を選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - 画面の解像度です。text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728 から選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom です。CD-Rom もしくは Other を選択します。通常は、インストールは"
+"挿入されたインストール メディアから行われます。ここでは、FTP や NFS サーバの"
+"ような他のソースも選択できます。インストールが SLP サーバのあるネットワークで"
+"行われる場合、このオプションでサーバ上の利用可能なインストール ソースを選択し"
+"ます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - ドライバです。Yes もしくは No を選択します。システムはドライバ更新のある"
+"光学ディスクがあれば認識し、ディスクはインストールの間は挿入されている必要が"
+"あります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - カーネルのオプションです。これは使用するハードウェアやドライバに応じた特"
+"定のオプションを指定する方法です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "UEFI モード"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "UEFI システムでディスクからブートしたときの最初の画面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia をライブ モード (最初の選択肢) で実行するかインストールを行う (二つめ"
+"の選択肢) かのみが選択できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"USB スティックからブートした場合、二つの \"USB\" で終わる同様の行が追加されま"
+"す。これらから選択を行う必要があります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"いずれの場合も、最初のステップは言語, タイム ゾーン, キーボードの選択で、"
+"<link linkend=\"testing\">ライブ モードには追加のステップがあります</link>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "デスクトップの選択"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでの選択内容により、細かい設定を行う追加の画面に進む場合があります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"選択のステップの後、パッケージのインストール中にスライド ショーが流れます。こ"
+"のスライド ショーは<guilabel>詳細</guilabel>ボタンを押すことで無効にできま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>KDE</application> か <application>Gnome</application> デスクトッ"
+"プ環境のどちらがお好みかを選択します。いずれも有用なアプリケーションとツール"
+"の一式が付属します。いずれも使用しないか両方使用することを望む場合、もしくは"
+"これらのデスクトップ環境の既定のソフトウェア以外にインストールしたいものがあ"
+"る場合は<guilabel>カスタム</guilabel>を選択します。<application>LXDE</"
+"application> デスクトップは前の二つより軽量で、見た目は控えめでインストールさ"
+"れる既定のパッケージも少ないです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "パッケージ グループの選択"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"パッケージはグループの中に並んでおり、システムで必要なパッケージはとても選び"
+"やすくなっています。グループは明白で分かりやすいですが、マウスを各項目の上に"
+"乗せたときに表示されるツール チップにはより詳しい情報が表示されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "ワークステーション"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "サーバ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "グラフィカル環境"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"パッケージを個別に選択: 手動でパッケージの追加や削除をするためにこの項目を使"
+"用することができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"最小構成インストールを行う方法の説明 (X や IceWM を含まない場合と含む場合) に"
+"ついては <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> をお読みください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "パッケージを個別に選択する"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでインストールをカスタマイズするために追加でパッケージを追加したり削除し"
+"たりすることができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"選択を終えた後、ページ下部にある<guibutton>フロッピーのアイコン</guibutton>を"
+"クリックすることで選択したパッケージを保存することができます (USB キーに保存"
+"することもできます)。別のシステムでこのファイルを使用して同一のパッケージをイ"
+"ンストールすることができ、インストール時に同じボタンを押してこれを読み込みま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "サービスを設定する"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでシステムのブート時に開始する (しない) サービスを設定することができま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"四つのグループがあり、グループの前にある三角形をクリックすると展開され、その"
+"中のすべてのサービスが見えるようになります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "DrakX が選択した設定は通常は適しています。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"サービスを選択して強調表示すると、下部の情報ボックスにこれについての幾らかの"
+"情報が表示されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "何をしているのかよく分かっている場合にだけ変更を行ってください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "タイム ゾーンを設定する"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたのいる国と同一タイム ゾーン内の近い都市を選択することでタイム ゾーンを"
+"選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"次の画面では、お使いのハードウェア時計をローカル時間と GMT (別名 UTC) のどち"
+"らに設定するかを選択できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"コンピュータに複数のオペレーティング システムがある場合、すべてをローカル時間"
+"に設定するか、もしくはすべてが UTC/GMT になるようにしてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "X サーバを選択する (グラフィック カードを設定する)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX は非常に広い範囲にわたるビデオ カードのデータベースを持っており、通常は"
+"お使いのビデオ デバイスを正しく識別します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"もしお使いのグラフィック カードをインストーラが正しく検出せず、かつあなたがお"
+"使いのカードを把握しているのであれば、以下によりツリーの一覧から選択すること"
+"ができます:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "ベンダ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "カードの名前"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "カードの種類"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"お使いのカードがベンダ一覧にない場合 (データベースに未登録か古いカード) は "
+"Xorg カテゴリから適したドライバが見つかるかもしれません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg の一覧は 40 を超える汎用かつオープン ソースのビデオ カード ドライバを提"
+"供しています。お使いのカード向けの名前の付いたドライバが見つからない場合は基"
+"本的な機能を提供する vesa ドライバを使用するという選択肢があります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"非互換なドライバを選択した場合はコマンド ライン インターフェースに対してしか"
+"アクセスできない点に留意してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"幾つかのビデオ カードのメーカーは Nonfree リポジトリでのみ利用可能な Linux ド"
+"ライバを提供しており、場合によってはメーカーの Web サイトからしか入手できませ"
+"ん。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"これらにアクセスするには、Nonfree リポジトリを明示的に有効にする必要がありま"
+"す。以前にこれを選択したのでなければ、最初の再起動後にこれを行うのがよいで"
+"しょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "グラフィック カードとモニタを設定する"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"どのグラフィカル環境 (またはデスクトップ環境) をこの <application>Mageia</"
+"application> のインストールで選択したとしても、これらはすべて <acronym>X "
+"Window System</acronym> もしくは単に <acronym>X</acronym> と呼ばれるグラフィ"
+"カル ユーザ インターフェース システムに基づいています。そのため、"
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> も"
+"しくは他の任意のグラフィカル環境が良好に動作するためには、以下の <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> の設定は正しいものである必要があります。<application>DrakX</"
+"application> が選択を行わなかったり、選択が正しくないと思った場合は、正しい設"
+"定を選択してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>グラフィック カード</guibutton></emphasis>: 必要があれば"
+"お使いのカードを一覧から選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>モニタ</guibutton></emphasis>: お使いのモニタが対応して"
+"いれば<guilabel>プラグ アンド プレイ</guilabel>を選択でき、そうでなければ"
+"<guilabel>ベンダ</guilabel>もしくは<guilabel>一般</guilabel>の一覧からお使い"
+"のモニタを選択します。お使いのモニタの水平走査周波数と垂直走査周波数を手動で"
+"設定したいのであれば、<guilabel>カスタム</guilabel>を選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+"不正なリフレッシュ レートを指定するとモニタを破損する可能性があります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>解像度</guibutton></emphasis>: お使いのモニタで使用した"
+"い解像度と色深度を設定します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>テスト</guibutton></emphasis>: このテスト ボタンはインス"
+"トール時に必ず現れるものではありません。もしボタンがあれば、これを押すことで"
+"設定をコントロールできます。設定が正しいかどうかの質問が見えた場合は、\"はい"
+"\" と答えることができ、設定は保持されます。何も見えない場合は設定画面に戻さ"
+"れ、テストに成功するまで設定をやり直すことができます。<emphasis>テスト ボタン"
+"がない場合はあなたの設定が安全かを確認してください。</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>オプション</guibutton></emphasis>: ここで色々な項目を有"
+"効にしたり無効にしたりできます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "モニタを選択する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX は非常に広い範囲にわたるモニタのデータベースを持っており、通常はお使い"
+"のモニタを正しく識別します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>異なる特性のモニタを選択するとお使いのモニタやビデオ ハードウェアに"
+"損害を与える可能性があります。何をしているのか分かっている場合以外はいじらな"
+"いでください。</emphasis>不明な点があれば、モニタの説明書をご覧ください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>カスタム</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"この項目では垂直走査周波数と水平走査周波数という二つの重要なパラメータの設定"
+"が行えます。垂直走査周波数は画面の更新頻度を決定し、水平走査周波数は走査線が"
+"表示される速度となります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"お使いのモニタの許容範囲を超えた周波数になるモニタの種類を指定しないことは"
+"<emphasis>非常に重要です</emphasis>: モニタを破損する可能性があります。不明な"
+"点があれば、控えめな設定を選択した上でモニタの説明書をご覧ください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>プラグ アンド プレイ</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"これは既定の選択肢で、モニタのデータベースからモニタの種類の決定を試みます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>ベンダ</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"もしインストーラがお使いのモニタを正しく検出せず、かつあなたがお使いのモニタ"
+"を把握しているのであれば、以下を選択することでツリーの一覧から選択することが"
+"できます:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "モニタのメーカー名"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "モニタの説明"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>一般</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"このグループを選択すると 1024x768 @ 60Hz のような約 30 のディスプレイ設定が表"
+"示され、ラップトップで使用されるフラット パネル ディスプレイも含まれます。こ"
+"れはお使いのビデオ ハードウェアが自動的に決定できない Vesa カード ドライバを"
+"用いる必要がある場合に有用なグループです。繰り返しますが、設定は控えめにする"
+"のが賢明でしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "DiskDrake によるパーティションのカスタム設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>/</literal> パーティションを暗号化したい場合、これとは別に "
+"<literal>/boot</literal> パーティションがなければなりません。<literal>/boot</"
+"literal> パーティションに対する暗号化オプションは設定してはならず、設定した場"
+"合はお使いのシステムは起動不能になります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでお使いのディスクのレイアウトを調整します。パーティションを削除もしくは"
+"作成したり、ファイル システムを変更したりそのサイズを変更したり、開始前に中身"
+"を見ることさえできます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"検出されたハード ディスクや他の USB キーのようなストレージ デバイスごとにタブ"
+"が存在します。例えば三つのデバイスがある場合は sda, sdb, sdc となります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"選択されたストレージ デバイス上のすべてのパーティションを削除するには"
+"<guibutton>すべてをクリア</guibutton>を押します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"他のすべての操作: はじめにお好きなパーティションをクリックします。次に表示, "
+"ファイル システムやマウント ポイントの選択, サイズ変更, 削除を行います。"
+"<guibutton>上級者モードに切り替え</guibutton> (もしくは<guibutton>上級者モー"
+"ド</guibutton>) ではラベルの追加やパーティションの種類の選択のような幾つかの"
+"追加のツールが利用できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "すべてを望み通りに調整し終えるまで続けます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "準備ができたら<guibutton>完了</guibutton>をクリックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia を UEFI システムにインストールしている場合、ESP (EFI システム パーティ"
+"ション) が存在し、/boot/EFI に正しくマウントされているかをチェックしてくださ"
+"い。(下記参照)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia を Legacy/GPT システムにインストールしている場合、BIOS ブート パーティ"
+"ションが存在し、種類が正しいことをチェックしてください"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "パーティションの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"この画面ではお使いのハード ドライブの内容とともに <application>Mageia</"
+"application> をインストールする場所のために DrakX パーティション設定ウィザー"
+"ドが導き出した結果を見ることができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"下の一覧から利用可能なオプションは特定のハード ドライブのレイアウトや内容に"
+"よって変化します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "既存のパーティションを使う"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"この選択肢が利用できる場合、既存の Linux 互換のパーティションが見つかってお"
+"り、インストールに使用できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "空き領域を使う"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"お使いのハード ドライブに未使用の領域がある場合にこの選択肢はそこを新しい "
+"Mageia のインストールに使用します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Windows パーティションの空き領域を使う"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"既存の Windows パーティションに空き領域がある場合、インストーラはそれを使用す"
+"ることを提案するかもしれません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"これは新しく Mageia をインストールする領域を作成するための有用な方法になりえ"
+"ますが、リスクのある操作となるため、大事なファイルは事前にバックアップしてお"
+"くのがよいでしょう!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"これは Windows のパーティションのサイズを縮めることを伴います。パーティション"
+"は \"クリーン\" でなければならず、これは Windows を前回使用したときに正常に終"
+"了していなければならないことを意味します。また、このパーティション内のすべて"
+"のファイルがこれから使用される領域から出ていくという保証ではないもののデフラ"
+"グもされている必要があります。個人的なファイルはバックアップすることを強く推"
+"奨します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"このオプションでは、インストーラは残っている Windows パーティションを明るい青"
+"色で、Mageia のパーティションとなる領域は暗い青色で、それぞれサイズも反映して"
+"表示します。これらのサイズは両方のパーティションの隙間のクリックとドラッグで"
+"調節することが可能です。下のスクリーンショットをご覧ください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "ディスク全体を消去して使用"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "この選択肢ではドライブの全体を Mageia 用に使用します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"注意! これは選択されたハード ドライブ上のすべてのデータを削除します。気をつけ"
+"てください!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"ディスクの一部を他の用途で使用するつもりであるか、もしくは既にドライブ上に"
+"データがあってそれが削除されることに備えていない場合、このオプションは使用し"
+"ないでください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "パーティションを手動で設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"これはお使いのハード ドライブ上のインストール場所を完全にコントロールすること"
+"ができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">パーティションの自動分割:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr "インストーラは利用可能な場所を以下のルールに従って分割します:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"合計空き領域が 50 GB 未満の場合、/ 用の一つのパーティションだけが作られ、/"
+"home パーティションは分割されません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr "合計空き領域が 50 GB を超える場合、三つのパーティションが作成されます"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr "合計空き領域の 6/19 が / に最大で 50 GB 割り当てられます"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 がスワップに最大で 4 GB 割り当てられます"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "残り (最低でも 12/19) が /home に割り当てられます"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"これは 160 GB を超える空き領域がある場合にインストーラが三つのパーティション"
+"を作成することを意味します: / 用に 50 GB, スワップ用に 4 GB, /home 用に残りす"
+"べて"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"UEFI システムをお使いの場合、ESP (EFI システム パーティション) が自動的に検出"
+"され、なければ作成されて /boot/EFI にマウントされます。これが正常に行われたか"
+"をチェックするには \"パーティションを手動で設定\" オプションが唯一の方法で"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"GPT ディスクを用いた Legacy (CSM もしくは BIOS) システムをお使いの場合、Bios "
+"ブート パーティションが存在しなければこれを作成する必要があります。これはマウ"
+"ント ポイントのない約 1 MiB のパーティションです。<xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> を選択してファイル システムの種類を BIOS ブート パーティションにすると、"
+"インストーラが他のパーティションのようにこれを作成することができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"幾つかの新しいドライブは従来の標準である 512 バイトの論理セクタの代わりに "
+"4096 バイトの論理セクタを現在使用しています。利用可能なハードウェアが不足して"
+"いるため、インストーラで用いられるパーティション管理ツールはこのようなドライ"
+"ブをテストしていません。また、幾つかの ssd ドライブは現在 1 MB より大きな削除"
+"ブロック サイズを使用しています。そのようなデバイスをお持ちで以下の設定をお使"
+"いであれば、私たちは gparted のような代替のパーティション管理ツールを用いて事"
+"前にドライブのパーティションを設定しておくことを提案します:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"アラインメント\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"前方の空き領域 (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"すべてのパーティションが偶数のメガバイト単位で作成されていることも確認してく"
+"ださい。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "ライブ メディアからのインストール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "2015 年 1 月"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia の公式ドキュメント"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継"
+"承 3.0 ライセンス <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> のもとで利用"
+"可能です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"本マニュアルは <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> によっ"
+"て開発された <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> の"
+"助けを借りて作られました。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュ"
+"アルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\">Documentation チーム</link>までご連絡をお願いします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたが本マニュアル内で目にしたすべてのインストーラの画面を目にする人はいな"
+"いでしょう。どの画面を見ることになるのかは、あなたのハードウェアとインストー"
+"ル時の選択内容によって変わります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "DrakX を用いたインストール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "2014 年 2 月"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "おめでとうございます"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> のインストールと設定は完了し、インストール "
+"メディアを取り除いてコンピュータを再起動しても安全です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"再起動後にブート ローダの画面でお使いのコンピュータ上のオペレーティング シス"
+"テムを選択することができます (複数ある場合)。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"ブート ローダの設定を調整していなければ、インストールした Mageia が自動的に選"
+"択されて開始します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "お楽しみください!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"何か質問があるか、もしくは Mageia に貢献したいのであれば www.mageia.org にア"
+"クセスしてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "ファイアウォール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"このセクションでは幾つかのシンプルなファイアウォール ルールを設定可能にしま"
+"す: これらはインターネットからどの種類のメッセージを対象システムを通して受け"
+"入れるかを決定します。これは、その後で、システム上の対応するサービスをイン"
+"ターネットからアクセス可能にします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"既定の設定では、どのボタンもチェックされません - システムのどのサービスもネッ"
+"トワークからアクセスできません。\"<emphasis>すべて (ファイアウォールなし)</"
+"emphasis>\" ボタンには特別な役割があります: マシンのすべてのサービスを有効に"
+"します - 完全に無防備なシステムを作るだけなのでインストーラの中では大きな意味"
+"のない選択肢です。これの本来の用途は Mageia コントロール センター (同一の "
+"GUI レイアウトを使用しています) の中でテストやデバッグの目的で一時的にファイ"
+"アウォールのすべてのルールを無効化することです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"他のすべてのチェック ボタンは多かれ少なかれ分かりやすいものです。例えば、マシ"
+"ン上のプリンタをネットワークからアクセス可能にしたい場合は \"CUPS サーバ\" ボ"
+"タンをチェックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">上級</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"チェック ボタンの集まりは最も一般的なサービスのみを含んでいます。\"上級\" ボ"
+"タンにより、チェック ボタンのないサービスに対応するメッセージを有効にできま"
+"す。\"<emphasis>上級</emphasis>\" ボタンはウィンドウを開き、そこでは対の一覧 "
+"(空白区切り) を入力することで複数のサービスを有効にできます"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;ポート番号>/&lt;プロトコル></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;ポート番号></emphasis>は有効にしたいサービスに割り当てられる"
+"ポートの値 (例 RSYNC サービスの場合 873) で、<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis> で"
+"定められています;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;プロトコル></emphasis> は <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> もしくは "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> のいずれかです - そのサービスによって用いられるイン"
+"ターネット プロトコルです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"したがって、例えば、RSYNC サービスへのアクセスを有効にするための記述は "
+"<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis> となります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"サービスが両方のプロトコルで実装されている場合においては、同一ポートに対する "
+"2 組を指定します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "フォーマット"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"ここではフォーマットしたいパーティションを選択できます。フォーマット指定をし"
+"て<emphasis>いない</emphasis>パーティション内のデータは残ります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"通常は少なくとも DrakX が選択したパーティションはフォーマットする必要がありま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をクリックすると、いわゆる<emphasis>不良ブロック</"
+"emphasis>のチェックをしたいパーティションを選択できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"正しい選択をしたか自信がない場合、<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>をクリックして再"
+"度<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>をクリックし、次に<guibutton>カスタム</"
+"guibutton>をクリックするとメイン画面に戻ります。この画面ではパーティションの"
+"内容を見ることができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"選択に自信があれば、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックして先に進みます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, Mageia インストーラ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたが GNU-Linux に不慣れであっても熟練ユーザであっても、Mageia インストー"
+"ラは可能な限りインストールやアップグレードを容易に行えるよう手助けをするよう"
+"に設計されています。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"最初のメニュー画面には様々な選択肢がありますが、既定の項目はインストールを開"
+"始するもので、通常必要になるのはこれです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "インストールのようこそ画面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Mageia の DVD を使用する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"以下は Mageia の DVD を使用した場合の既定のようこそ画面となり、一つめが UEFI "
+"システムで二つめが Legacy システムのものとなります:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"この画面から、\"e\" の文字を押すと \"編集モード\" に入ってオプションを編集す"
+"ることができます。この画面に戻るには、\"esc\" キーを押して保存せずに終了する"
+"か、\"Ctrl\" もしくは \"F10\" を押して設定を保存して終了します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "この画面から、幾つかの個人設定を行うことが可能です:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"F2 (Legacy モードのみ) を押すと言語を選択できます (インストール時用で、システ"
+"ム用に選択した言語と異なる可能性があります)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "矢印キーを使用して言語を選択し、Enter キーを押します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"これは例で、フランスのライブ DVD/CD 使用時のようこそ画面です。ライブ DVD/CD "
+"のメニューは以下を提供しないのでご注意ください: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel>, <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "F3 キー (Legacy モードのみ) を押すと画面解像度を変更します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"legacy モードでは <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> キーを、UEFI モードで"
+"は <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> キーをそれぞれ押すことで、幾つかの"
+"カーネル オプションを追加します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"インストールに失敗した場合、追加のオプションのいずれかを追加して再試行する必"
+"要があるかもしれません。このメニューは F6 で呼び出され、<guilabel>Boot "
+"options</guilabel> と呼ばれる新しい行を表示して四つのエントリを提供します:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Default, 既定のオプションのまま変更を行いません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), 電源管理を無効にしま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), CPU の割"
+"り込みについて、必要であればこのオプションを選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"いずれかのエントリを選択すると、<guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> の行に表示"
+"される既定のオプションを変更します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"幾つかの Mageia のリリースにおいて、F6 キーで選択されたエントリが "
+"<guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> の行に現れないことがありますが、実際は反映"
+"されています。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 キーを押すと更にカーネル オプションを追加します (Legacy モードのみ)。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 を押すと新しいウィンドウを開き、追加のオプションが利用できます。矢印キーで"
+"項目を選択して Enter を押すと詳細を参照でき、Esc キーを押すとようこそ画面に戻"
+"ります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"オプション splash についての詳細表示です。Esc を押すか <guilabel>Return to "
+"Boot Options</guilabel> を選択するとオプション一覧に戻ります。これらのオプ"
+"ションは <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> の行に手動で追加することができま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "ヘルプは F2 キーで選択された言語に翻訳されています。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"legacy および UEFI システムにおけるカーネル オプションについての詳しい情報"
+"は、以下を参照してください: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "有線ネットワークを使用する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"下は有線ネットワークを用いたインストール CD (netinstall.iso もしくは "
+"netinstall-nonfree.iso イメージ) 使用時の既定のようこそ画面です:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"言語の選択はできず、利用可能なオプションは画面に表示されています。有線ネット"
+"ワークを用いたインストール CD の使用についての詳しい情報は <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link> を参照して"
+"ください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "キーボード レイアウトはアメリカ式となります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "インストールのステップ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"インストール手順は幾つかのステップに分かれており、これらは画面のサイド パネル"
+"上で追うことができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"各ステップには一つ以上の画面があり、画面によっては<guibutton>上級</guibutton>"
+"ボタンもあり、これは特別な、あまり使われない項目のためのものです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"ほとんどの画面には<guibutton>ヘルプ</guibutton>ボタンがあり、現在のステップに"
+"ついての追加の説明を見ることができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"インストールのどこかでインストールを中止しようと決めた場合、再起動してもかま"
+"いませんが、その前に二度考えてください。いったんパーティションがフォーマット"
+"されたりインストールのための更新処理が始まったりした場合、お使いのコンピュー"
+"タはもはや同じ状態ではなく、再起動を行うことはシステムを使用不能にするおそれ"
+"が大きいです。それでも再起動を強く望むのであれば、<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton> の三つのキーを同時に押してテキスト端末に移動します。その後、"
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> を同時に押すと再起動します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "インストールの問題と解決法"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "グラフィカル インターフェースが表示されない"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"最初の画面の後に言語選択画面にたどり着きませんでした。これは幾つかのグラ"
+"フィック カードや古いシステムで起こりえます。プロンプトで <code>vgalo</code> "
+"と入力して低い解像度を試してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"ハードウェアが非常に古い場合、グラフィカルなインストールはできない可能性があ"
+"ります。この場合テキスト モード インストールを試してみる価値があります。これ"
+"を使用するには最初のようこそ画面で ESC を押して ENTER で確認します。\"boot:"
+"\" とだけ表示された黒い画面に移ります。\"text\" と入力して ENTER を押します。"
+"それからテキスト モードでインストールを続行します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "インストール時にフリーズする"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"インストールの間にシステムがフリーズしたように思われる場合、ハードウェアの検"
+"出の問題の可能性があります。この場合、ハードウェアの自動検出を避けて後で行う"
+"ことができます。これを試すには、プロンプトで <code>noauto</code> を入力しま"
+"す。このオプションは必要に応じて他のオプションと組み合わせて用いることができ"
+"ます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM の問題"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"滅多に必要にはなりませんが、場合によってはハードウェアが利用可能な RAM を間"
+"違って報告する可能性があります。これを手動で指定するには、<code>mem=xxxM</"
+"code> パラメータを使用することができ、xxx には正しい RAM の量を指定します。例"
+"えば <code>mem=256M</code> は 256MB の RAM を指定します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "ダイナミック パーティション"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Microsoft Windows 上でハード ディスクを \"ベーシック\" 形式から \"ダイナミッ"
+"ク\" 形式に変換済みの場合、このディスクには Mageia をインストールすることはで"
+"きないということを知らなければなりません。ベーシック ディスクに戻すには、"
+"Microsoft のドキュメントを参照してください: <link ns2:href=\"https://web."
+"archive.org/web/http://technet.microsoft.com/ja-jp/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">https://web.archive.org/web/http://technet.microsoft.com/ja-jp/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "更新"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"このバージョンの <application>Mageia</application> が公開されたので、幾つかの"
+"パッケージは更新もしくは改善されているでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"これらをダウンロードおよびインストールしたい場合は<guilabel>はい</guilabel>"
+"を、すぐにこれを行いたくないか、もしくはインターネットに接続していない場合は"
+"<guilabel>いいえ</guilabel>を選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "その後で<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>を押すと続行します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "ログイン画面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM のログイン画面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "最後に、ログイン画面が表示されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたのユーザ名とユーザ パスワードを入力し、数秒間の内に KDE もしくは GNOME "
+"デスクトップが読み込まれます。これはどのライブ メディアを使用しているかによっ"
+"て異なります。これで、インストールした Mageia を使い始めることができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"私たちの他のドキュメントは <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link> で見つけることができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "メディアの選択 (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは利用可能なリポジトリの一覧が表示されます。すべてのリポジトリが利用で"
+"きるわけではなく、インストールに使用したメディアによります。リポジトリの選択"
+"は次のステップからどのパッケージが選択可能となるかに影響します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> リポジトリはディストリビューションの基本部分を含ん"
+"でいるため、無効化できません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> リポジトリは無料のパッケージを含んでおり、言い換"
+"えると Mageia はこれらを再頒布しているのですが、これらはクローズド ソースのソ"
+"フトウェアを含んでいます (なので名前が Nonfree なのです)。例えばこのリポジト"
+"リは nVidia や ATI のグラフィックス カード用のプロプライエタリ ドライバや、"
+"色々な WiFi カードなどのファームウェアを含んでいます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> リポジトリは自由なライセンスで公開されているパッ"
+"ケージを含んでいます。このリポジトリにパッケージを配置する主な基準は幾つかの"
+"国で特許や著作権を侵害する可能性があることで、例えば色々な音声/動画ファイルを"
+"再生するのに必要なマルチメディア コーデックです; これは商用のビデオ DVD など"
+"です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "最小構成インストール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"パッケージ グループの選択画面ですべてを選択解除することで最小構成インストール"
+"を選択できます。<xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref> をご覧くださ"
+"い。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"お望みであれば、同画面の \"パッケージを個別に選択\" を追加でチェックすること"
+"ができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"最小構成のインストールは <application>Mageia</application> をサーバや専門の"
+"ワークステーションといった特定の用途を念頭に置いて使用することが意図されま"
+"す。この選択はおそらくは上でふれた \"パッケージを個別に選択\" オプションと組"
+"み合わせて行うことになるでしょう。インストールを細かく調整するには、<xref "
+"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref> を参照してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"このインストール クラスを選択した場合、関連する画面でドキュメントや X のよう"
+"な有用な追加パッケージを少しインストールすることになるでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"選択された場合、\"X を使う\" は軽量なデスクトップ環境として IceWM も含むで"
+"しょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"基本的なドキュメントは man と info のページとして提供されます。これは <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation "
+"Project</link> の man ページと <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/"
+"software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> の info ページを含みます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "雑多なパラメータの概要"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX はあなたの選択と DrakX が検出したハードウェアからお使いのシステムの設定"
+"に対して賢い選択を行いました。その設定はここでチェックすることができ、これら"
+"は<guibutton>設定</guibutton>を押すことで変更することができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"原則として、既定の設定は推奨され、以下の 3 つの例外を除いて保持することができ"
+"ます:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "既定の設定において既知の問題がある場合"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "既定の設定を既に試しているが失敗する場合"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "以下の詳細なセクションで何か他のことが述べられている場合"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "システムのパラメータ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>タイム ゾーン</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX は指定された言語からタイム ゾーンを選択しています。必要があれば変更する"
+"ことができます。<xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/> も参照してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>国 / 地域</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"選択されている国にあなたがいない場合、この設定を修正することは非常に重要で"
+"す。<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/> を参照してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>ブート ローダ</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX はブート ローダの設定に対してよい選択をしました。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Grub2 の設定方法をご存知でなければ、何も変更しないでください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "詳しい情報は、<xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/> を参照してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>ユーザの管理</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでユーザを追加することができます。各ユーザには自分の <literal>/home</"
+"literal> ディレクトリが用意されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>サービス</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"システム サービスとはバックグラウンドで動作するプログラム (デーモン) のことで"
+"す。このツールでは特定のタスクを有効化もしくは無効化できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"ここにあるどれを変更するとしても、その前に慎重に確認してください - 間違えると"
+"コンピュータが正しく動作しなくなるかもしれません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"詳しい情報は、<xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/> を参照してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "ハードウェアのパラメータ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>キーボード</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"ここではあなたの場所, 言語, キーボード種別に合わせたキーボード配列の設定や変"
+"更を行います。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"キーボード配列が間違っているのに気づいてこれを変更したい場合、あなたのパス"
+"ワードも変更されることになるということを心に留めておいてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>マウス</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"ここで他のポインティング デバイス, タブレット, トラック ボールなどを追加した"
+"り設定したりできます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>サウンド カード</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"インストーラは既定のドライバが存在する場合にこれを使用します。異なるドライバ"
+"を選択するための項目は、お使いのカードに対して複数のドライバが存在する場合に"
+"のみ利用できますが、いずれも既定のドライバとはなりません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>グラフィカル インターフェース</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"このセクションではお使いのグラフィック カードとディスプレイの設定が可能です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"詳しい情報は、<xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/> を参照してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "ネットワークとインターネットのパラメータ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>ネットワーク</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"ここであなたのネットワークを設定できますが、非フリーなドライバを使用するネッ"
+"トワーク カードに対しては Nonfree のメディア リポジトリをまだ有効にしていない"
+"場合は再起動後に <application>Mageia コントロール センター</application>内で"
+"設定したほうがよいでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"ネットワーク カードを追加する際には、忘れずに同様にファイアウォールを設定して"
+"インターフェースを監視するようにしてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>プロキシ</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"プロキシ サーバはあなたのコンピュータとより広いインターネットとの間の仲介者の"
+"ように振る舞います。このセクションではコンピュータでプロキシ サービスを利用す"
+"るように設定することができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"ここで入力する必要のあるパラメータを得るためにシステム管理者に相談する必要が"
+"あるかもしれません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "セキュリティ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>セキュリティ レベル</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"ここではコンピュータのセキュリティ レベルを設定し、ほとんどの場合において既定"
+"の設定 (Standard) が一般的な用途で適切です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "どの選択肢が最もあなたの用途に適しているかを確認してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>ファイアウォール</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイアウォールはあなたの大事なデータとこれを危険に晒したり盗んだりするよう"
+"なインターネット上の悪い人たちとの間の防壁であると意図されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"システムへのアクセスを許可したいサービスを選択します。どれを選択するかはお使"
+"いのコンピュータの用途次第です。詳しい情報は、<xref linkend=\"firewall\"/> を"
+"参照してください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"すべてを許可すること (ファイアウォールなし) はとても危険になりうるということ"
+"を心に留めておいてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "再起動"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"ブート ローダがインストールされ次第、コンピュータを停止するように促され、ライ"
+"ブ CD を取り除いてコンピュータを再起動します。<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><guibutton>完了</guibutton></emphasis>をクリックし、指示通りに<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">この順番で作業してください!</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"再起動の際、ダウンロードのプログレス バーが連続して表示されます。これはソフト"
+"ウェア メディアの一覧がダウンロード中であることを示しています (ソフトウェアの"
+"管理を参照してください)。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> のパーティショ"
+"ンのサイズを変更する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"複数の <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> パー"
+"ティションがあります。<application>Mageia</application> をインストールするた"
+"めの領域を確保するためにどのパーティションを小さくするかを選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "セキュリティ レベル"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "ここでセキュリティ レベルを調節できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "どれを選択するか分からない場合、既定の設定のままにしておいてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"セキュリティ設定の調整は、インストール後にいつでも Mageia コントロール セン"
+"ターの<guilabel>セキュリティ</guilabel>で行うことができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "ISO の選択と使用"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "はじめに"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia は ISO イメージで配布されています。このページはあなたに合っているイ"
+"メージの選択を手助けします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "メディアには二つのグループがあります:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"クラシック インストーラ: メディアの起動後に、何をインストールするかや対象シス"
+"テムをどう設定するかを選択できる一連のステップが続きます。これはインストール"
+"をカスタマイズするための最大限の柔軟性、特にどのデスクトップ環境をインストー"
+"ルするかの選択を提供します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"ライブ メディア: インストールすることなく実際の Mageia システムでメディアを"
+"ブートすることができ、インストール後の環境を見ることができます。インストール"
+"の過程はよりシンプルですが、選択の幅はより狭くなります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "詳細は次のセクションで説明します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "メディア"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "定義"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"ここで、メディアとは Mageia のインストールや更新を行うことを可能にする ISO イ"
+"メージ ファイルのことで、延長線上で考えると ISO ファイルから複製された物理的"
+"なディスクです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"これらは<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ja/downloads/\">こちら</link>"
+"で見つかります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "クラシック インストール メディア"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "共通の機能"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "これらの ISO は drakx と呼ばれる伝統的なインストーラを使用します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"これらはクリーン インストールもしくは以前のリリースからの更新を行うことができ"
+"ます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 ビットと 64 ビットのアーキテクチャでメディアは異なります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"ようこそ画面で幾つかのツールが利用できます: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "各 DVD はたくさんの利用可能なデスクトップ環境や言語を含んでいます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"インストール時に非フリーのソフトウェアを追加するか選択することになります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "ライブ メディア"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"HDD にインストールすることなくこのディストリビューションをプレビューするため"
+"に使用でき、任意でお使いの HDD にインストールすることができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"各 ISO は一つのデスクトップ環境 (Plasma, GNOME, Xfce) しか含んでいません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ライブ ISO はクリーン インストールの際にのみ使用で"
+"き、以前のリリースからのアップグレードに用いることはできません。</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "これらは非フリーのソフトウェアを含んでいます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "ライブ DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Plasma デスクトップ環境のみとなります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "すべての言語が利用できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "64 ビット アーキテクチャ専用です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "ライブ DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "GNOME デスクトップ環境のみとなります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "64 ビット アーキテクチャ専用です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "ライブ DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Xfce デスクトップ環境のみとなります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 ビットと 64 ビットのアーキテクチャに対応しています。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "起動のみの CD メディア"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"各メディアは小さなイメージで、drakx インストーラを開始したり、drakx-"
+"installer-stage2 とインストールの続行および完了に必要な他のパッケージを見つけ"
+"たりするのに必要なもの以外を含みません。これらのパッケージは PC のハード ディ"
+"スク, ローカル ドライブ, ローカル ネットワーク, インターネットにあってもかま"
+"いません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"これらのメディアは非常に軽量 (100 MB 未満) で、DVD 全体をダウンロードするのに"
+"帯域幅が狭すぎる場合, DVD ドライブのない PC, USB スティックからブートできな"
+"い PC に便利です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "英語のみとなります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"フリー ソフトウェアのみを含んでおり、非フリーのソフトウェアを使用しないことを"
+"好む方々に向けたものとなります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"非フリーのソフトウェア (大部分はドライバやコーデックなど) を含んでおり、これ"
+"を必要とする方々に向けたものです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "メディアのダウンロードとチェック"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "ダウンロード"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"ISO ファイルを選択したら、いつでも http もしくは BitTorrent でダウンロードす"
+"ることができます。いずれの場合においても、使用しているミラーや帯域幅が狭すぎ"
+"る場合の変更の機会のような幾つかの情報をウィンドウが提供します。http が選択さ"
+"れた場合、下のようなものを見るかもしれません"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum と sha1sum は ISO の完全性をチェックするツールです。これらのいずれか一"
+"つだけを使用してください。いずれかを<link linkend=\"integrity\">後で使用する"
+"ために</link>控えておいてください。次に、これと似たようなウィンドウが現れま"
+"す:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "ラジオ ボタンを ファイルを保存する にチェックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "ダウンロードしたメディアの完全性をチェックする"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"いずれのチェックサムも、ダウンロードしたファイルからアルゴリズムにより計算さ"
+"れた 16 進の数字です。これらのアルゴリズムにあなたがダウンロードしたファイル"
+"から数字を再計算させると、同じ数字が得られてダウンロードしたファイルが正しい"
+"か、もしくは異なる数字が得られて失敗ということになります。失敗は、ダウンロー"
+"ドをやり直すか BitTorrent で修復を試みたほうがよいということを意味します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "端末を開きます。root である必要はありません:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- md5sum を使用するには、以下を入力します: [sam@localhost]$ "
+"<userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- sha1sum を使用するには、以下を入力します: [sam@localhost]$ "
+"<userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"その後、お使いのコンピュータで得られた数字と Mageia により提供される数字とを"
+"比較します (しばらく待つ必要があるかもしれません)。例:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "ISO を焼くか書き込む"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"チェック済みの ISO は CD や DVD に焼くか、もしくは USB スティックに書き込むこ"
+"とができます。これらの操作は単純なコピーではなく、ブート可能なメディアを作成"
+"しようとするものです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "ISO を CD/DVD に焼く"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"お好きなソフトウェアで焼いてください。ただし書き込み先デバイスが<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">イメージを焼く</emphasis>ように正しく設定されていることを確認し"
+"てください。データやファイルを焼くのは正しくありません。<link ns4:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link> "
+"に詳しい情報があります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "ISO を USB スティックに書き込む"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"すべての Mageia の ISO はハイブリッドです。これはこれらを USB スティックに "
+"'書き込む' ことができ、かつブートしてシステムをインストールするのに使用できる"
+"ことを意味します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"フラッシュ デバイスへのイメージの \"書き込み\" はデバイス上のすべての既存の"
+"ファイル システムを破壊します; すべての他のデータは失われ、パーティションの容"
+"量はイメージのサイズに縮小されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"元の容量に戻すには、パーティション設定をやり直して USB スティックを再フォー"
+"マットしなければなりません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia 内でグラフィカル ツールを使用する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> のようなグラ"
+"フィカル ツールを使用できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Windows 内でグラフィカル ツールを使用する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "以下を試すことができます:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> では "
+"\"ISO image\" オプションを使用します;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "GNU/Linux システム内でコマンド ラインを使用する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"これを手動で行うことは潜在的に *危険* です。デバイス ID を間違えるとディスク"
+"のパーティションを上書きするおそれがあります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "端末で dd ツールを使用することもできます:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "端末を開きます"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"<userinput>su -</userinput> コマンドで root になります (最後の '-' を忘れない"
+"でください)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"USB スティックを挿入します (マウントはしないでください、これはアクセスしたり"
+"読み込んだりする可能性のあるアプリケーションやファイル マネージャを開かないと"
+"いうことも意味します)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "コマンド <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> を入力します"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"代わりに、<code>dmesg</code> コマンドでデバイス名を取得することができます: 末"
+"尾に <emphasis>sd</emphasis> で始まるデバイス名が見え、この場合は "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> です:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"お使いの USB スティックのデバイス名を探します (サイズを参考にします)。例えば"
+"上のスクリーンショットでは <code>/dev/sdb</code> で、8GB の USB スティックで"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"コマンドを入力します: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "X はお使いのデバイス名で、例えば: /dev/sdc です"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"例: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/"
+"sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "コマンドを入力します: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "USB スティックを抜きます、これで完了です"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "国や地域を選択する"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"国や地域を選択します。これは通貨や無線の規制ドメインのような様々な設定に対し"
+"て重要です。国の設定を間違えると無線ネットワークが使えなくなる可能性がありま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたのいる国が一覧にない場合、<guilabel>他の国</guilabel>ボタンをクリックし"
+"てそこで国や地域を選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたのいる国が<guilabel>他の国</guilabel>の一覧にしかない場合、"
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックした後で最初の一覧の中から国が選択された"
+"ように見えるかもしれません。これは無視してください、DrakX はあなたの実際の選"
+"択に従うでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "入力メソッド"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>他の国</guilabel>画面では入力メソッドも選択できます (一覧の下)。入"
+"力メソッドは複数言語 (中国語, 日本語, 韓国語など) の文字の入力を可能にしま"
+"す。IBus は既定の入力メソッドで、このユーザは手動で設定する必要はありません。"
+"他の入力メソッド (SCIM, GCIN, HIME など) も同様の機能を提供し、パッケージ選択"
+"の前に HTTP/FTP のメディアを追加した場合にインストールできます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"入力メソッドの設定をインストール時にし損ねた場合、インストール済みのシステム"
+"をブート後に \"コンピュータを設定\" -> \"システム\" を通じて、もしくは root "
+"として localedrake を実行することでアクセスできます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "インストールもしくはアップグレードを行う"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "インストール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> を一からインストールするにはこのオプション"
+"を使用します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "アップグレード"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> が一つ以上インストールされている場合、イン"
+"ストーラはそのいずれかを最新のリリースにアップグレードすることができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"このインストーラのバージョンが公開された時点で<emphasis>サポートが継続してい"
+"る</emphasis>過去の Mageia のバージョンからのアップグレードのみが十分にテスト"
+"されています。これが公開された時点で既にサポートが終了しているバージョンの "
+"Mageia からアップグレードしたい場合は、<literal>/home</literal> パーティショ"
+"ンを保持しつつクリーン インストールを行うのがよりよいでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"インストール中にこれを中止しようと決めた場合、再起動してもかまいませんが、そ"
+"の前に二度考えてください。いったんパーティションがフォーマットされたりインス"
+"トールのための更新処理が始まったりした場合、お使いのコンピュータはもはや同じ"
+"状態ではなく、再起動を行うことはシステムを使用不能にするおそれが大きいです。"
+"それでも再起動を強く望むのであれば、<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> の三つ"
+"のキーを同時に押してテキスト端末に移動します。その後、<guibutton>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guibutton> を同時に押すと再起動します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"追加の言語を選択し忘れたことに気づいた場合、<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</"
+"guilabel> を押すことで \"インストールもしくはアップグレードを行う\" の画面か"
+"ら言語選択画面に戻ることができます。インストールの後のステップになってからは"
+"これを行わ<emphasis>ない</emphasis>でください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "キーボードを選択する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia​​ で使用したいキーボード配列を設定するように求められるでしょう。既定の配"
+"列はあなたが以前選択した言語やタイム ゾーンによって選択されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "キーボード"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX はあなたの使用する言語向けに適切なキーボードを選択します。適したキー"
+"ボードが見つからない場合はアメリカ式のキーボード配列が既定になります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"選択が正しいかを確認し、間違っていれば別のキーボード配列を選択します。お使い"
+"のキーボードがどの配列か分からない場合、お使いのシステムに付属した仕様を見る"
+"か、コンピュータのベンダに確認してください。配列を識別するラベルがキーボード"
+"に貼ってある場合もあります。こちらも参照できます: <link xlink:href=\"https://"
+"ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E3%82%AD%E3%83%BC%E9%85%8D%E5%88%97\">ja.wikipedia."
+"org/wiki/キー配列</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"表示される一覧にお使いのキーボードがない場合、<guibutton>詳細</guibutton>をク"
+"リックして完全な一覧を表示し、そこでお使いのキーボードを選択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>詳細</guibutton>ダイアログからキーボードを選択した後、最初のキー"
+"ボード選択に戻り、その画面からキーボードが選択されたように見えます。このおか"
+"しな現象は安全に無視してインストールを進めることができます: あなたのキーボー"
+"ドは完全な一覧から選択されたものです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"非ラテン文字に基づくキーボードを選択した場合、ラテンと非ラテンのキーボード配"
+"列をどのように切り替えたいかを質問する追加のダイアログが表示されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "使用する言語を選択する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"はじめに、あなたのいる大陸についての一覧を展開して言語を選択します。"
+"<application>Mageia</application> はインストールの間とインストール後のシステ"
+"ムにこの選択を適用します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"お好みの言語を選択します。<application>Mageia</application> はインストールの"
+"間とインストール後のシステムにこの選択を適用します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"幾つかの言語がインストールされている必要がありそうな場合、あなた自身と他の"
+"ユーザのために、<guibutton>複数の言語</guibutton>ボタンを使用してここでそれら"
+"を追加するのがよいでしょう。インストール後に言語サポートを追加するのは困難で"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"複数の言語を選択した場合であっても、はじめに最初の言語の画面でいずれかの言語"
+"をお好みの言語として選ばなければなりません。これは複数の言語の画面でも選択済"
+"みとマークされるでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"お使いのキーボードの言語が選択言語と同じでない場合、キーボードの言語も同様に"
+"インストールするのが望ましいです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia は既定で UTF-8 (Unicode) をサポートしています。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"これはあなたの言語で適切でないと分かっている場合に \"複数の言語\" 画面で無効"
+"にすることができます。UTF-8 を無効にするとすべてのインストール済みパッケージ"
+"に適用されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"お使いのシステムの言語はインストール後に Mageia コントロール センター -> シス"
+"テム -> システムの言語を設定 で変更できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "マウスを選択する"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"お使いのマウスの反応に満足していない場合、ここで異なるマウスを選択できます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"通常は、<guilabel>ユニバーサル</guilabel> - <guilabel>PS/2 &amp; USB マウス</"
+"guilabel>がよい選択です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ユニバーサル</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev の使用を強制</guilabel>を"
+"選択すると、六つ以上のボタンのあるマウスで動作しないボタンを設定します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "ブート メニュー項目を追加もしくは変更する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"これを行うためには、/boot/grub2/custom.cfg を手動で編集する必要があります。も"
+"しくはソフトウェア grub-customizer (Mageia のリポジトリで利用できます) を代わ"
+"りに使用します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"詳しい情報は、私たちの wiki を参照してください: <link ns2:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "ブート ローダの主な設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "ブート ローダのインターフェース"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "既定では、Mageia は以下のいずれかを排他的に使用します:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Legacy/MBR もしくは Legacy/GPT システム用の Grub2 (グラフィカル メニューあり"
+"となし)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "UEFI システム用の Grub2-efi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Mageia のグラフィカル メニューは良いですね :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Legacy/MBR と Legacy/GPT システム上の Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"\"起動デバイス\" は何をしているのか本当に分かっているのでなければ変更しないで"
+"ください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "UEFI システム上の Grub2-efi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"UEFI システムでは、ユーザ インターフェースはわずかに異なり、グラフィカル メ"
+"ニューのありとなしを選択することはできません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"お使いのコンピュータにインストールされているシステムが Mageia のみとなる場"
+"合、インストーラはブート ローダ (Grub2-efi) を入れるために ESP (EFI システム "
+"パーティション) を作成します。既に UEFI オペレーティング システムがお使いのコ"
+"ンピュータにインストールされている場合 (例えば Windows 8)、Mageia インストー"
+"ラは Windows が作成済みの既存の ESP を検出して grub2-efi を追加します。ESP は"
+"複数持つこともできますが、オペレーティング システムの数が幾つあっても一つで十"
+"分なので、一つにすることをおすすめします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Mageia のブート ローダを使用する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+"既定では、お使いのシステムによって、Mageia は新しいブート ローダを書き込みま"
+"す:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 ブート ローダを最初のハード ドライブの MBR (マスタ ブート レコード) も"
+"しくは BIOS ブート パーティション内に書き込みます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi ブート ローダを ESP に書き込みます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"既に他のオペレーティング システムがインストールされている場合、Mageia はこれ"
+"らを新しい Mageia のブート メニューに追加しようとします。この動作を希望しない"
+"場合、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックして<guilabel>他の OS がないか調べ"
+"る</guilabel>のチェックを外します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "既存のブート ローダを使用する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"お使いの Mageia システムを既存のブート ローダに追加する正確な手順はこのヘルプ"
+"で扱う範囲外ですが、これはほとんどの場合においてそれの検出と追加を自動的に"
+"行ってブート ローダをインストールする適切なプログラムを実行することになるで"
+"しょう。問題になっているオペレーティング システムのドキュメントを参照してくだ"
+"さい。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "チェイン ロードを使用する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia をブート可能にせず、他の OS からチェイン ロードしたい場合、<guibutton>"
+"次へ</guibutton>をクリックし、次に<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をクリックして "
+"<guilabel>ESP や MBR に書き込まない</guilabel>にチェックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"ブート ローダがないと警告が表示されますが、無視して <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton> をクリックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "オプション"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "最初のページ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>既定のイメージが起動するまでの秒数</guilabel>: このテキスト ボック"
+"スは既定のオペレーティング システムが開始する前に空ける秒数を設定するもので"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>セキュリティ</guilabel>: これはブート ローダ用のパスワードを設定で"
+"きるようにします。これはブート時に項目を選択したり設定を変更したりするために"
+"ユーザ名とパスワードを訊かれることを意味します。ユーザ名は \"root\" でパス"
+"ワードは後でここで選択したものです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>パスワード</guilabel>: このテキスト ボックスは実際にパスワードを入"
+"力する場所です"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>パスワード (再入力)</guilabel>: パスワードを再入力し、Drakx は上の"
+"パスワードと一致するかをチェックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>上級</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ACPI を有効にする</guilabel>: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and "
+"Power Interface) は電源管理の標準です。これは使用されていないデバイスを停止す"
+"ることでエネルギーを節約でき、これは APM より前に使用されていた方式でした。"
+"チェックを外すことは有用になる可能性があり、例えば、お使いのコンピュータが "
+"ACPI をサポートしていないか、ACPI の実装が幾つかの問題を引き起こすとお考えの"
+"場合です (例えばランダムに再起動が起こったりシステムが固まったりする場合)。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>SMP を有効にする</guilabel>: このオプションはマルチ コア プロセッサ"
+"で対称型マルチ プロセッシングを有効化 / 無効化します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>APIC を有効にする</guilabel>: これを有効化もしくは無効化すると "
+"Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller へのオペレーティング システムのア"
+"クセスを提供します。APIC デバイスはより複雑な優先度モデルや高度な IRQ (割り込"
+"み要求) の管理を可能にします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ローカル APIC を有効にする</guilabel>: ここでローカル APIC を設定で"
+"き、これは SMP システムにおいて特定のプロセッサに対するすべての外部割り込みを"
+"管理します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "次のページ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>既定値</guilabel>: 開始する既定のオペレーティング システムです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>追加</guilabel>: この項目は起動の際にカーネルに情報を渡したり、あな"
+"たにより多くの情報を渡すようにカーネルに伝えたりします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>他の OS がないか調べる</guilabel>: 上の <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Mageia のブート ローダを使用する</link>を参照してく"
+"ださい。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ビデオ モード</guilabel>: これはブート メニューが用いる画面のサイズ"
+"と色深度を設定します。下向きの三角形をクリックするとサイズと色深度の他の項目"
+"が表示されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ESP や MBR に書き込まない</emphasis>: 上の<link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">チェイン ロードを使用する</link>を参照してくだ"
+"さい。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "SCSI を設定する"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX は通常正しくハード ディスクを検出します。幾つかの古い SCSI コントローラ"
+"では正しいドライバを特定することができずにその後ドライブの認識に失敗するかも"
+"しれません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"そうなった場合、手動で Drakx にどの SCSI ドライブをお使いかを手動で知らせる必"
+"要があるでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "そうすれば DrakX はドライブを正しく設定できるはずです。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "サウンドの設定"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"この画面ではお使いのサウンド カード向けにインストーラが選択したドライバの名前"
+"が表示され、これは既定のドライバがある場合にはそのドライバとなるでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"既定のドライバは問題なく動作するはずです。しかしながら、インストール後に問題"
+"に出くわした場合、<command>draksound</command> を実行するか、このツールを "
+"MCC (Mageia コントロール センター) を通して開始し、後者は<guilabel>ハードウェ"
+"ア</guilabel> タブを選択後に画面右上の<guilabel>サウンドの設定</guilabel>を選"
+"択します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"次に、draksound もしくは \"サウンドの設定\" ツールの画面で、<guibutton>上級</"
+"guibutton>をクリックして次に<guibutton>トラブルシューティング</guibutton>をク"
+"リックすると、問題を解決するための非常に有用なアドバイスが見つかります。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "上級"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"この画面で<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をクリックすると、インストール時には、既"
+"定のドライバがなく利用可能なドライバが複数存在する場合に有用ですが、インス"
+"トーラが間違ったドライバを選択したと考えられる場合は除きます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"その場合、<guibutton>任意のドライバを選択</guibutton>をクリック後に異なるドラ"
+"イバを選択することができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "ハード ディスクをフォーマットするか確認する"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr "選択に自信がなければ<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>をクリックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"選択に自信があり、ハード ディスク上のすべてのパーティション, すべてのオペレー"
+"ティング システム, すべてのデータを削除したいのであれば<guibutton>次へ</"
+"guibutton>をクリックします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia をライブ システムとしてテストする"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "ライブ モード"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"\"Boot Mageia\" を選択するとこの画面が表示されます。そうでなければ、\"<link "
+"linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">パーティションの設定</link>\" のステップに進みま"
+"す。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "ハードウェアをテストする"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"ライブ モードの目的の一つはハードウェアが正しく Mageia によって管理されるかど"
+"うかをテストすることです。すべてのデバイスが Mageia コントロール センターの"
+"ハードウェア セクションにドライバを持っているかをチェックすることができます。"
+"最も最近のデバイスもテストすることができます:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "ネットワーク インターフェース: net_applet で設定します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "グラフィック カード: 前の画面が見えていれば、既に OK です。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "ウェブ カメラ:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "サウンド: ジングルが既に再生されています。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "プリンタ: 設定した上でテスト ページを印刷します。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "スキャナ: ドキュメントをスキャンします。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたにとってすべて OK であれば、インストールに進むことができます。そうでな"
+"ければ、終了ボタンで終了することができます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr "ここであなたが行った設定はインストールに進んだ後も保持されます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "インストールを実行する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia の ライブ CD やライブ DVD をハード ディスクや SSD ドライブにインストー"
+"ルするには、単純に \"Install on Hard Disk\" のアイコンをクリックします。そし"
+"て次に直接インストールする場合の \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">パー"
+"ティションの設定</link>\" のステップに続きます。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia をアンインストールする"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "方法"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia があなたを納得させなかったか、もしくはあなたがこれを正しくインストール"
+"できなかった場合、手短に言えば、あなたはこれを削除したいはずです。これはあな"
+"たの権利であり、Mageia はアンインストールの可能性の提供も行います。これはすべ"
+"てのオペレーティング システムには当てはまりません。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"データをバックアップした後、インストール メディア DVD を再起動して Rescue "
+"system を選択し、次に、Restore Windows boot loader を選択します。次のブート"
+"時、オペレーティング システムの選択を行うオプションはなくなって Windows だけ"
+"になっているでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia のパーティションとして使用されていた領域を Windows 上で復旧するには、"
+"<code>スタート -> コントロール パネル -> 管理ツール -> コンピューターの管理 -"
+"> 記憶域 -> ディスクの管理</code>をクリックしてパーティションの管理にアクセス"
+"します。Mageia のパーティションは<guilabel>不明</guilabel>と表示され、そのサ"
+"イズやディスク内の位置からも、あなたはこのパーティションが認識できるでしょ"
+"う。各パーティションで右クリックして<guibutton>削除</guibutton>を選択します。"
+"この領域は解放されるでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows XP をお使いの場合、新しいパーティションを作成してそれをフォーマットで"
+"きます (FAT32 もしくは NTFS)。パーティションのドライブ文字が付くでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Vista もしくは 7 をお持ちの場合、もう一つの可能性があり、解放された領域の左に"
+"ある既存のパーティションを拡張することができます。gparted のような、windows "
+"と linux の両方で使用可能な他のパーティション管理ツールもあります。いつものよ"
+"うに、パーティションを変更する際には、十分注意し、大事なものはすべて事前に"
+"バックアップしておくようにしてください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "使用されていないものを残すか削除する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"この段階では、インストーラは使用されていないロケール パッケージと使用されてい"
+"ないハードウェア パッケージを探します。そしてこれらの削除を提案します。これは"
+"他のハードウェアで動かす必要のあるシステムを準備している場合を除いて受け入れ"
+"るのがよいでしょう。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"次の段階はハード ディスク上のファイルのコピーです。これには数分かかります。最"
+"後に、少しだけ画面が黒くなりますが、これは正常です。"
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef7c31e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>ライブ メディアからのインストール</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>2015 年 1 月</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia の公式ドキュメント</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継承 3.0 ライセンス <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+のもとで利用可能です。
+            </para>
+            <para>本マニュアルは <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> によって開発された <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> の助けを借りて作られました。
+            </para>
+            <para>これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュアルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+チーム</link>までご連絡をお願いします。</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>ライブ メディアからのインストール</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>あなたが本マニュアル内で目にしたすべてのインストーラの画面を目にする人はいないでしょう。どの画面を見ることになるのかは、あなたのハードウェアとインストール時の選択内容によって変わります。</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..530175f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>ライブ メディアからのインストール</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>あなたが本マニュアル内で目にしたすべてのインストーラの画面を目にする人はいないでしょう。どの画面を見ることになるのかは、あなたのハードウェアとインストール時の選択内容によって変わります。</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継承 3.0 ライセンス <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+のもとで利用可能です。</para>
+
+      <para>本マニュアルは <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> によって開発された <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> の助けを借りて作られました。</para>
+
+      <para>これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュアルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+チーム</link>までご連絡をお願いします。</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94b3640e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>DrakX を用いたインストール</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>2014 年 2 月</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia の公式ドキュメント</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継承 3.0 ライセンス <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+のもとで利用可能です。
+	    </para>
+	    <para>本マニュアルは <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> によって開発された <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> の助けを借りて作られました。
+	    </para>
+            <para>これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュアルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+チーム</link>までご連絡をお願いします。</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>DrakX を用いたインストール</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>あなたが本マニュアル内で目にしたすべてのインストーラの画面を目にする人はいないでしょう。どの画面を見ることになるのかは、あなたのハードウェアとインストール時の選択内容によって変わります。</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3894b904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>DrakX を用いたインストール</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>あなたが本マニュアル内で目にしたすべてのインストーラの画面を目にする人はいないでしょう。どの画面を見ることになるのかは、あなたのハードウェアとインストール時の選択内容によって変わります。</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継承 3.0 ライセンス <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+のもとで利用可能です。</para>
+
+      <para>本マニュアルは <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> によって開発された <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> の助けを借りて作られました。</para>
+
+      <para>これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュアルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+チーム</link>までご連絡をお願いします。</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e79afd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">ISO の選択と使用</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>はじめに</title>
+    <para>Mageia は ISO イメージで配布されています。このページはあなたに合っているイメージの選択を手助けします。</para>
+    <para>メディアには二つのグループがあります:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>クラシック インストーラ:
+メディアの起動後に、何をインストールするかや対象システムをどう設定するかを選択できる一連のステップが続きます。これはインストールをカスタマイズするための最大限の柔軟性、特にどのデスクトップ環境をインストールするかの選択を提供します。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ライブ メディア: インストールすることなく実際の Mageia
+システムでメディアをブートすることができ、インストール後の環境を見ることができます。インストールの過程はよりシンプルですが、選択の幅はより狭くなります。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>詳細は次のセクションで説明します。</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>メディア</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>定義</title>
+      <para>ここで、メディアとは Mageia のインストールや更新を行うことを可能にする ISO イメージ ファイルのことで、延長線上で考えると ISO
+ファイルから複製された物理的なディスクです。</para>
+      <para>これらは<link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/ja/downloads/">こちら</link>で見つかります。</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>クラシック インストール メディア</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>共通の機能</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>これらの ISO は drakx と呼ばれる伝統的なインストーラを使用します。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>これらはクリーン インストールもしくは以前のリリースからの更新を行うことができます。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 ビットと 64 ビットのアーキテクチャでメディアは異なります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>ようこそ画面で幾つかのツールが利用できます: Rescue System, Memory Test, Hardware Detection Tool</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>各 DVD はたくさんの利用可能なデスクトップ環境や言語を含んでいます。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>インストール時に非フリーのソフトウェアを追加するか選択することになります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>ライブ メディア</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>共通の機能</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>HDD にインストールすることなくこのディストリビューションをプレビューするために使用でき、任意でお使いの HDD にインストールすることができます。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>各 ISO は一つのデスクトップ環境 (Plasma, GNOME, Xfce) しか含んでいません。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 ビットと 64 ビットのアーキテクチャでメディアは異なります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">ライブ ISO はクリーン
+インストールの際にのみ使用でき、以前のリリースからのアップグレードに用いることはできません。</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>これらは非フリーのソフトウェアを含んでいます。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>ライブ DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma デスクトップ環境のみとなります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>すべての言語が利用できます。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 ビット アーキテクチャ専用です。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>ライブ DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>GNOME デスクトップ環境のみとなります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>すべての言語が利用できます。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 ビット アーキテクチャ専用です。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>ライブ DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce デスクトップ環境のみとなります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>すべての言語が利用できます。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 ビットと 64 ビットのアーキテクチャに対応しています。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>起動のみの CD メディア</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>共通の機能</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>各メディアは小さなイメージで、drakx インストーラを開始したり、drakx-installer-stage2
+とインストールの続行および完了に必要な他のパッケージを見つけたりするのに必要なもの以外を含みません。これらのパッケージは PC のハード ディスク,
+ローカル ドライブ, ローカル ネットワーク, インターネットにあってもかまいません。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>これらのメディアは非常に軽量 (100 MB 未満) で、DVD 全体をダウンロードするのに帯域幅が狭すぎる場合, DVD ドライブのない PC,
+USB スティックからブートできない PC に便利です。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 ビットと 64 ビットのアーキテクチャでメディアは異なります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>英語のみとなります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>フリー ソフトウェアのみを含んでおり、非フリーのソフトウェアを使用しないことを好む方々に向けたものとなります。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>非フリーのソフトウェア (大部分はドライバやコーデックなど) を含んでおり、これを必要とする方々に向けたものです。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>メディアのダウンロードとチェック</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>ダウンロード</title>
+      <para>ISO ファイルを選択したら、いつでも http もしくは BitTorrent
+でダウンロードすることができます。いずれの場合においても、使用しているミラーや帯域幅が狭すぎる場合の変更の機会のような幾つかの情報をウィンドウが提供します。http
+が選択された場合、下のようなものを見るかもしれません</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum と sha1sum は ISO の完全性をチェックするツールです。これらのいずれか一つだけを使用してください。いずれかを<link
+linkend="integrity">後で使用するために</link>控えておいてください。次に、これと似たようなウィンドウが現れます:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>ラジオ ボタンを ファイルを保存する にチェックします。</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">ダウンロードしたメディアの完全性をチェックする</title>
+      <para>いずれのチェックサムも、ダウンロードしたファイルからアルゴリズムにより計算された 16
+進の数字です。これらのアルゴリズムにあなたがダウンロードしたファイルから数字を再計算させると、同じ数字が得られてダウンロードしたファイルが正しいか、もしくは異なる数字が得られて失敗ということになります。失敗は、ダウンロードをやり直すか
+BitTorrent で修復を試みたほうがよいということを意味します。</para>
+      <para>端末を開きます。root である必要はありません:</para>
+      <para>- md5sum を使用するには、以下を入力します: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput></para>
+      <para>- sha1sum を使用するには、以下を入力します: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput></para>
+      <para>その後、お使いのコンピュータで得られた数字と Mageia により提供される数字とを比較します (しばらく待つ必要があるかもしれません)。例:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>ISO を焼くか書き込む</title>
+    <para>チェック済みの ISO は CD や DVD に焼くか、もしくは USB
+スティックに書き込むことができます。これらの操作は単純なコピーではなく、ブート可能なメディアを作成しようとするものです。</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>ISO を CD/DVD に焼く</title>
+      <para>お好きなソフトウェアで焼いてください。ただし書き込み先デバイスが<emphasis
+role="bold">イメージを焼く</emphasis>ように正しく設定されていることを確認してください。データやファイルを焼くのは正しくありません。<link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wiki</link> に詳しい情報があります。</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>ISO を USB スティックに書き込む</title>
+      <para>すべての Mageia の ISO はハイブリッドです。これはこれらを USB スティックに '書き込む'
+ことができ、かつブートしてシステムをインストールするのに使用できることを意味します。</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>フラッシュ デバイスへのイメージの "書き込み" はデバイス上のすべての既存のファイル システムを破壊します;
+すべての他のデータは失われ、パーティションの容量はイメージのサイズに縮小されます。</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>元の容量に戻すには、パーティション設定をやり直して USB スティックを再フォーマットしなければなりません。</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Mageia 内でグラフィカル ツールを使用する</title>
+        <para><link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link>
+のようなグラフィカル ツールを使用できます。</para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Windows 内でグラフィカル ツールを使用する</title>
+        <para>以下を試すことができます:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> では "ISO
+image" オプションを使用します;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>GNU/Linux システム内でコマンド ラインを使用する</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>これを手動で行うことは潜在的に *危険* です。デバイス ID を間違えるとディスクのパーティションを上書きするおそれがあります。</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>端末で dd ツールを使用することもできます:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>端末を開きます</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><userinput>su -</userinput> コマンドで root になります (最後の '-' を忘れないでください)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>USB スティックを挿入します (マウントはしないでください、これはアクセスしたり読み込んだりする可能性のあるアプリケーションやファイル
+マネージャを開かないということも意味します)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>コマンド <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> を入力します</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>代わりに、<code>dmesg</code> コマンドでデバイス名を取得することができます: 末尾に <emphasis>sd</emphasis>
+で始まるデバイス名が見え、この場合は <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> です:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>お使いの USB スティックのデバイス名を探します (サイズを参考にします)。例えば上のスクリーンショットでは
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> で、8GB の USB スティックです。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>コマンドを入力します: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>X はお使いのデバイス名で、例えば: /dev/sdc です</para>
+            <para>例: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>コマンドを入力します: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>USB スティックを抜きます、これで完了です</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bab8d5c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">使用許諾契約とリリース ノート</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">使用許諾契約の同意</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para><application>Mageia</application> をインストールする前に使用許諾契約の内容をよくお読みください。</para>
+
+    <para>これらの使用許諾契約の内容は、<application>Mageia</application>
+ディストリビューション全体に適用され、あなたは続行する前にこれらに同意しなくてはなりません。</para>
+
+    <para>承諾するには、単純に<guilabel>承諾する</guilabel>を選択して<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
+
+    <para>あなたがこれらの条件を承諾しないと決めた場合、私たちはご覧いただいたことに感謝します。<guibutton>終了</guibutton>をクリックするとコンピュータは再起動します。</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">リリース ノート</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>このリリースの <application>Mageia</application> についての重要な情報が提供されており、<guibutton>リリース
+ノート</guibutton>ボタンをクリックすることでこれを参照できます。</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd8d3d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">ユーザとスーパ ユーザの管理</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">管理者 (root) のパスワードを設定する:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para><application>Mageia</application> のインストールされたすべての環境でスーパ
+ユーザもしくは管理者のパスワードを設定することが望ましいです。これは通常、Linux の <emphasis>root
+パスワード</emphasis>と呼ばれます。一番上の入力欄にパスワードを入力すると、キーが押されるごとに盾の色がパスワードの強度によって赤から黄色そして緑へと変化します。緑色の盾は強固なパスワードを使用していることを示します。最初のパスワード入力欄のすぐ下の欄には同じパスワードを繰り返し入力する必要があり、これは最初のパスワードをタイプ
+ミスしていないかを比較によってチェックします。</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>すべてのパスワードは大文字と小文字を区別し、パスワードの中でアルファベット (大文字と小文字), 数字, 他の文字を混在させて使うのが最適です。</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">ユーザを入力する</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>ここでユーザを追加します。ユーザはスーパ ユーザ (root) よりも権限が少ないですが、インターネットやオフィス
+アプリケーションを使用したりゲームで遊んだり普通のユーザが自分のコンピュータで何か他のことを行ったりするのには十分です。</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>アイコン</guibutton>: このボタンをクリックすると、このユーザのアイコンを変更します。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>本名</guilabel>: このテキスト ボックスにこのユーザの本名を入力します。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ログイン名</guilabel>: このユーザのログイン名をここに入力します。もしくは drakx
+がユーザの本名をもとにログイン名を決定します。<emphasis>このログイン名は大文字と小文字を区別します。</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>パスワード</guilabel>: このテキスト ボックスにユーザのパスワードを入力するべきです。テキスト
+ボックスの右端にはパスワードの強度を示す盾が表示されます。(<xref linkend="givePassword"/>も参照)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>パスワード (再入力)</guilabel>: 再びユーザのパスワードをこのテキスト ボックスに入力します。drakx はユーザ
+パスワードの両方のテキスト ボックスに同じパスワードを入力したかをチェックします。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Mageia のインストール時に追加したユーザには、読み書きの両方で保護されたホーム ディレクトリ (umask=0027) が用意されます。</para>
+      <para>更に必要なユーザがあれば、インストールの<emphasis>設定 -
+まとめ</emphasis>のステップで追加できます。<emphasis>ユーザの管理</emphasis>を選択してください。</para>
+      <para>アクセス権はインストール後に変更することもできます。</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">ユーザの高度な管理</title>
+    </info>
+    <para><guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンをクリックすると、追加中のユーザ向けの設定を編集する画面が表示されます。</para>
+    <para condition="classical">更に、ゲスト アカウントを無効化もしくは有効化することが可能です。</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>既定のゲスト アカウント <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> が自分の /home
+ディレクトリ内に保存したものはログアウト時に削除されます。このゲストは大事なファイルを USB キーに保存するのがよいでしょう。</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>ゲスト アカウントを有効にする</guilabel>: ここでゲスト アカウントを有効化もしくは無効化することができます。このゲスト
+アカウントは来客をこの PC にログインして使用できるようにしますが、通常のユーザよりも権限が限られています。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>シェル</guilabel>: このドロップ ダウン リストでは前の画面で追加中のユーザが使用するシェルを Bash, Dash,
+Sh から選択して変更できます。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ユーザ ID</guilabel>: ここでは前の画面で追加中のユーザのユーザ ID
+を設定できます。これは数字です。何をしているのか分かっているのでなければ空欄のままにしてください。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>グループ ID</guilabel>: グループ ID が設定できます。これも数字で、通常はユーザ ID
+と同じ値です。何をしているのか分かっているのでなければ空欄のままにしてください。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db654e19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">メディアの選択 (追加のインストール メディアを設定する)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>この画面は認識済みのリポジトリの一覧を示しています。あなたは光学ディスクやリモート
+ソースのように他のパッケージ入手先を追加できます。この入手先の選択は、以降のステップにおける利用可能パッケージに影響します。</para>
+
+  <para>ネットワーク ソースでは、以下の 2 つのステップが続きます:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>ネットワークが有効化されていなければ、選択および有効化を行います。 </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>ミラーを選択するか、URL (一覧の一番上の項目) を指定します。ミラーを選択することで Mageia
+に管理されているすべてのリポジトリを自由に選択できるようになり、Nonfree, Tainted といったリポジトリと、それぞれに更新を提供する
+Updates があります。URL を指定することで、特定のリポジトリやあなたの NFS インストールを指し示すことができます。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>幾つかの 32 ビットのパッケージを含む可能性のある 64 ビット OS を更新する場合、この画面でいずれかのネットワーク
+プロトコルを選択してオンライン ミラーを追加するとよいでしょう。64 ビットの DVD iso には 64 ビットと noarch
+のパッケージしか含まれず、32 ビットのパッケージは更新できないでしょう。一方、オンライン ミラーを追加した後では、インストーラは必要な 32
+ビットのパッケージを見つけることができるでしょう。</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5bed784f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">マウント ポイントを選択する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>ここでお使いのコンピュータ上で見つかった Linux パーティションが見られます。<application>DrakX</application>
+が提案する内容を承諾しないのであれば、マウント ポイントを変更することができます。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>変更を行った場合、<literal>/</literal> (ルート) パーティションがまだ存在しているかを確認してください。</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>各パーティションは以下のように表示されます: "デバイス" ("容量", "マウント ポイント", "種類")</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"デバイス" は以下で構成されます: "ハード ドライブ", ["ハード ドライブ番号"(文字)], "パーティション番号" (例 "sda5")</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>たくさんのパーティションがある場合、たくさんのマウント ポイントをドロップ ダウン メニューから <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal>, <literal>/var</literal> のように選択できます。自分でマウント
+ポイントを入力することも可能です。例 動画を保存したいパーティション用の <literal>/video</literal>, cauldron
+(開発版 OS) の <literal>/home</literal> パーティション用の
+<literal>/cauldron-home</literal></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>アクセスする必要のないパーティションに対しては、マウント ポイントの欄を空白にすることができます。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>どれを選択するか分からない場合は<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>を選択し、<guilabel>パーティションを手動で設定</guilabel>を選択してください。続いて表示される画面では、パーティションをクリックするとその種類とサイズが参照できます。</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>マウント ポイントが正しいことが確認できたら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックし、DrakX
+が提案するパーティションのみをフォーマットするか他のパーティションもフォーマットするかを選択します。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b801e557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">時計の設定</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>このステップでは、内部の時計をどの時間に設定するかと、ローカル時間と UTC 時間のどちらを使用するかを選択する必要があります。</para>
+
+  <para>上級タブでは、時刻設定についての更なるオプションが見つかります。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25572f8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Mageia をライブ システムとしてブートする</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">メディアをブートする</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">ディスクから</title></info><para>イメージを焼くのに用いたメディア (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...) から直接ブートすることができます。通常はこれを CD/DVD
+ドライブに挿入するだけで再起動後にブート ローダが自動的にインストールを開始します。開始しなければ BIOS
+の設定を変更するかキーを一つ押してからコンピュータをブートする周辺機器を選択する必要があるかもしれません。</para><para>所有するハードウェアやその設定により、下の二つの画面のいずれかが表示されます。</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">USB デバイスから</title></info><para>ISO イメージを書き込んだ USB デバイスからブートすることができます。BIOS の設定によっては、コンピュータはポートに接続済みの USB
+デバイスから直接ブートするかもしれません。ブートしなければ BIOS
+の設定を変更するかキーを一つ押してからコンピュータをブートする周辺機器を選択する必要があるかもしれません。</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">BIOS/CSM/レガシー モード</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>BIOS モードにおけるブート時の最初の画面</para></caption></mediaobject><para>中央のメニューで三つの操作から選択を行います:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: これは Mageia 5 を接続されたメディア (CD/DVD もしくは USB スティック)
+から開始することを意味します。ディスクには何も書き込まれないため、システムが非常に遅いということを予期してください。いったんブートが完了すれば、ハード
+ディスクへのインストールに進むことができます。</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia: この選択肢は Mageia のハード ディスクへのインストールを直接行います。</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: この選択肢ではメディア (CD/DVD もしくは USB スティック)
+が接続されていないときに通常通りにハード ディスクからブートできます (Mageia 5 では動作しません)。</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>下部のメニューはブート オプションです:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - ヘルプです。オプション "splash", "apm", "acpi", "Ide" の説明を表示します。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - 言語です。画面に表示される言語を選択します。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - 画面の解像度です。text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728 から選択します。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom です。CD-Rom もしくは Other を選択します。通常は、インストールは挿入されたインストール
+メディアから行われます。ここでは、FTP や NFS サーバのような他のソースも選択できます。インストールが SLP
+サーバのあるネットワークで行われる場合、このオプションでサーバ上の利用可能なインストール ソースを選択します。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - ドライバです。Yes もしくは No
+を選択します。システムはドライバ更新のある光学ディスクがあれば認識し、ディスクはインストールの間は挿入されている必要があります。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - カーネルのオプションです。これは使用するハードウェアやドライバに応じた特定のオプションを指定する方法です。</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">UEFI モード</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>UEFI システムでディスクからブートしたときの最初の画面</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Mageia をライブ モード (最初の選択肢) で実行するかインストールを行う (二つめの選択肢) かのみが選択できます。</para><para>USB スティックからブートした場合、二つの "USB" で終わる同様の行が追加されます。これらから選択を行う必要があります。</para><para>いずれの場合も、最初のステップは言語, タイム ゾーン, キーボードの選択で、<link linkend="testing">ライブ
+モードには追加のステップがあります</link>。</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ce623f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">デスクトップの選択</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>ここでの選択内容により、細かい設定を行う追加の画面に進む場合があります。</para>
+
+  <para>選択のステップの後、パッケージのインストール中にスライド ショーが流れます。このスライド
+ショーは<guilabel>詳細</guilabel>ボタンを押すことで無効にできます。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para><application>KDE</application> か <application>Gnome</application>
+デスクトップ環境のどちらがお好みかを選択します。いずれも有用なアプリケーションとツールの一式が付属します。いずれも使用しないか両方使用することを望む場合、もしくはこれらのデスクトップ環境の既定のソフトウェア以外にインストールしたいものがある場合は<guilabel>カスタム</guilabel>を選択します。<application>LXDE</application>
+デスクトップは前の二つより軽量で、見た目は控えめでインストールされる既定のパッケージも少ないです。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbc568fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">パッケージ グループの選択</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>パッケージはグループの中に並んでおり、システムで必要なパッケージはとても選びやすくなっています。グループは明白で分かりやすいですが、マウスを各項目の上に乗せたときに表示されるツール
+チップにはより詳しい情報が表示されます。</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>ワークステーション</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>サーバ</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>グラフィカル環境</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>パッケージを個別に選択: 手動でパッケージの追加や削除をするためにこの項目を使用することができます。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>最小構成インストールを行う方法の説明 (X や IceWM を含まない場合と含む場合) については <xref
+linkend="minimal-install"/> をお読みください。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef85c912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">パッケージを個別に選択する</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>ここでインストールをカスタマイズするために追加でパッケージを追加したり削除したりすることができます。</para>
+
+    <para>選択を終えた後、ページ下部にある<guibutton>フロッピーのアイコン</guibutton>をクリックすることで選択したパッケージを保存することができます
+(USB
+キーに保存することもできます)。別のシステムでこのファイルを使用して同一のパッケージをインストールすることができ、インストール時に同じボタンを押してこれを読み込みます。</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3cbe8a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">サービスを設定する</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">ここでシステムのブート時に開始する (しない) サービスを設定することができます。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">四つのグループがあり、グループの前にある三角形をクリックすると展開され、その中のすべてのサービスが見えるようになります。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">DrakX が選択した設定は通常は適しています。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">サービスを選択して強調表示すると、下部の情報ボックスにこれについての幾らかの情報が表示されます。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">何をしているのかよく分かっている場合にだけ変更を行ってください。</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d292ae3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">タイム ゾーンを設定する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">あなたのいる国と同一タイム ゾーン内の近い都市を選択することでタイム ゾーンを選択します。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">次の画面では、お使いのハードウェア時計をローカル時間と GMT (別名 UTC) のどちらに設定するかを選択できます。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">コンピュータに複数のオペレーティング システムがある場合、すべてをローカル時間に設定するか、もしくはすべてが UTC/GMT になるようにしてください。</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29a9f8d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">X サーバを選択する (グラフィック カードを設定する)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX は非常に広い範囲にわたるビデオ カードのデータベースを持っており、通常はお使いのビデオ デバイスを正しく識別します。</para>
+
+  <para>もしお使いのグラフィック
+カードをインストーラが正しく検出せず、かつあなたがお使いのカードを把握しているのであれば、以下によりツリーの一覧から選択することができます: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ベンダ</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>カードの名前</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>カードの種類</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>お使いのカードがベンダ一覧にない場合 (データベースに未登録か古いカード) は Xorg カテゴリから適したドライバが見つかるかもしれません。</para>
+
+  <para>Xorg の一覧は 40 を超える汎用かつオープン ソースのビデオ カード
+ドライバを提供しています。お使いのカード向けの名前の付いたドライバが見つからない場合は基本的な機能を提供する vesa
+ドライバを使用するという選択肢があります。</para>
+
+  <para>非互換なドライバを選択した場合はコマンド ライン インターフェースに対してしかアクセスできない点に留意してください。</para>
+
+  <para>幾つかのビデオ カードのメーカーは Nonfree リポジトリでのみ利用可能な Linux ドライバを提供しており、場合によってはメーカーの Web
+サイトからしか入手できません。</para>
+
+  <para>これらにアクセスするには、Nonfree
+リポジトリを明示的に有効にする必要があります。以前にこれを選択したのでなければ、最初の再起動後にこれを行うのがよいでしょう。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e39f86b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">グラフィック カードとモニタを設定する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">どのグラフィカル環境 (またはデスクトップ環境) をこの <application>Mageia</application>
+のインストールで選択したとしても、これらはすべて <acronym>X Window System</acronym> もしくは単に
+<acronym>X</acronym> と呼ばれるグラフィカル ユーザ インターフェース
+システムに基づいています。そのため、<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>,
+<acronym>LXDE</acronym> もしくは他の任意のグラフィカル環境が良好に動作するためには、以下の
+<acronym>X</acronym> の設定は正しいものである必要があります。<application>DrakX</application>
+が選択を行わなかったり、選択が正しくないと思った場合は、正しい設定を選択してください。</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>グラフィック カード</guibutton></emphasis>:
+必要があればお使いのカードを一覧から選択します。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>モニタ</guibutton></emphasis>:
+お使いのモニタが対応していれば<guilabel>プラグ アンド
+プレイ</guilabel>を選択でき、そうでなければ<guilabel>ベンダ</guilabel>もしくは<guilabel>一般</guilabel>の一覧からお使いのモニタを選択します。お使いのモニタの水平走査周波数と垂直走査周波数を手動で設定したいのであれば、<guilabel>カスタム</guilabel>を選択します。</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">不正なリフレッシュ レートを指定するとモニタを破損する可能性があります。</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>解像度</guibutton></emphasis>: お使いのモニタで使用したい解像度と色深度を設定します。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>テスト</guibutton></emphasis>: このテスト
+ボタンはインストール時に必ず現れるものではありません。もしボタンがあれば、これを押すことで設定をコントロールできます。設定が正しいかどうかの質問が見えた場合は、"はい"
+と答えることができ、設定は保持されます。何も見えない場合は設定画面に戻され、テストに成功するまで設定をやり直すことができます。<emphasis>テスト
+ボタンがない場合はあなたの設定が安全かを確認してください。</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>オプション</guibutton></emphasis>:
+ここで色々な項目を有効にしたり無効にしたりできます。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d751830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">モニタを選択する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX は非常に広い範囲にわたるモニタのデータベースを持っており、通常はお使いのモニタを正しく識別します。</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>異なる特性のモニタを選択するとお使いのモニタやビデオ
+ハードウェアに損害を与える可能性があります。何をしているのか分かっている場合以外はいじらないでください。</emphasis>不明な点があれば、モニタの説明書をご覧ください。</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>カスタム</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">この項目では垂直走査周波数と水平走査周波数という二つの重要なパラメータの設定が行えます。垂直走査周波数は画面の更新頻度を決定し、水平走査周波数は走査線が表示される速度となります。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">お使いのモニタの許容範囲を超えた周波数になるモニタの種類を指定しないことは<emphasis>非常に重要です</emphasis>:
+モニタを破損する可能性があります。不明な点があれば、控えめな設定を選択した上でモニタの説明書をご覧ください。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>プラグ アンド プレイ</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">これは既定の選択肢で、モニタのデータベースからモニタの種類の決定を試みます。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>ベンダ</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">もしインストーラがお使いのモニタを正しく検出せず、かつあなたがお使いのモニタを把握しているのであれば、以下を選択することでツリーの一覧から選択することができます: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ベンダ</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>モニタのメーカー名</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>モニタの説明</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>一般</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">このグループを選択すると 1024x768 @ 60Hz のような約 30 のディスプレイ設定が表示され、ラップトップで使用されるフラット パネル
+ディスプレイも含まれます。これはお使いのビデオ ハードウェアが自動的に決定できない Vesa カード
+ドライバを用いる必要がある場合に有用なグループです。繰り返しますが、設定は控えめにするのが賢明でしょう。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94e2b4db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">DiskDrake によるパーティションのカスタム設定</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1"><literal>/</literal> パーティションを暗号化したい場合、これとは別に <literal>/boot</literal>
+パーティションがなければなりません。<literal>/boot</literal>
+パーティションに対する暗号化オプションは設定してはならず、設定した場合はお使いのシステムは起動不能になります。</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">ここでお使いのディスクのレイアウトを調整します。パーティションを削除もしくは作成したり、ファイル
+システムを変更したりそのサイズを変更したり、開始前に中身を見ることさえできます。</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">検出されたハード ディスクや他の USB キーのようなストレージ デバイスごとにタブが存在します。例えば三つのデバイスがある場合は sda, sdb,
+sdc となります。 </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">選択されたストレージ デバイス上のすべてのパーティションを削除するには<guibutton>すべてをクリア</guibutton>を押します。</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">他のすべての操作: はじめにお好きなパーティションをクリックします。次に表示, ファイル システムやマウント ポイントの選択, サイズ変更,
+削除を行います。<guibutton>上級者モードに切り替え</guibutton>
+(もしくは<guibutton>上級者モード</guibutton>)
+ではラベルの追加やパーティションの種類の選択のような幾つかの追加のツールが利用できます。 </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">すべてを望み通りに調整し終えるまで続けます。</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">準備ができたら<guibutton>完了</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Mageia を UEFI システムにインストールしている場合、ESP (EFI システム パーティション) が存在し、/boot/EFI
+に正しくマウントされているかをチェックしてください。(下記参照)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Mageia を Legacy/GPT システムにインストールしている場合、BIOS ブート
+パーティションが存在し、種類が正しいことをチェックしてください</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f5d9226e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">パーティションの設定</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">この画面ではお使いのハード ドライブの内容とともに <application>Mageia</application> をインストールする場所のために
+DrakX パーティション設定ウィザードが導き出した結果を見ることができます。</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">下の一覧から利用可能なオプションは特定のハード ドライブのレイアウトや内容によって変化します。</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">既存のパーティションを使う</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">この選択肢が利用できる場合、既存の Linux 互換のパーティションが見つかっており、インストールに使用できます。</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">空き領域を使う</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">お使いのハード ドライブに未使用の領域がある場合にこの選択肢はそこを新しい Mageia のインストールに使用します。</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Windows パーティションの空き領域を使う</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">既存の Windows パーティションに空き領域がある場合、インストーラはそれを使用することを提案するかもしれません。</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">これは新しく Mageia
+をインストールする領域を作成するための有用な方法になりえますが、リスクのある操作となるため、大事なファイルは事前にバックアップしておくのがよいでしょう!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">これは Windows のパーティションのサイズを縮めることを伴います。パーティションは "クリーン" でなければならず、これは Windows
+を前回使用したときに正常に終了していなければならないことを意味します。また、このパーティション内のすべてのファイルがこれから使用される領域から出ていくという保証ではないもののデフラグもされている必要があります。個人的なファイルはバックアップすることを強く推奨します。</para><para>このオプションでは、インストーラは残っている Windows パーティションを明るい青色で、Mageia
+のパーティションとなる領域は暗い青色で、それぞれサイズも反映して表示します。これらのサイズは両方のパーティションの隙間のクリックとドラッグで調節することが可能です。下のスクリーンショットをご覧ください。</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">ディスク全体を消去して使用</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">この選択肢ではドライブの全体を Mageia 用に使用します。</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">注意! これは選択されたハード ドライブ上のすべてのデータを削除します。気をつけてください!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">ディスクの一部を他の用途で使用するつもりであるか、もしくは既にドライブ上にデータがあってそれが削除されることに備えていない場合、このオプションは使用しないでください。</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">パーティションを手動で設定</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">これはお使いのハード ドライブ上のインストール場所を完全にコントロールすることができます。</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">パーティションの自動分割:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>インストーラは利用可能な場所を以下のルールに従って分割します:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>合計空き領域が 50 GB 未満の場合、/ 用の一つのパーティションだけが作られ、/home パーティションは分割されません。</para></listitem><listitem><para>合計空き領域が 50 GB を超える場合、三つのパーティションが作成されます</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>合計空き領域の 6/19 が / に最大で 50 GB 割り当てられます</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 がスワップに最大で 4 GB 割り当てられます</para></listitem><listitem><para>残り (最低でも 12/19) が /home に割り当てられます</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>これは 160 GB を超える空き領域がある場合にインストーラが三つのパーティションを作成することを意味します: / 用に 50 GB, スワップ用に
+4 GB, /home 用に残りすべて</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>UEFI システムをお使いの場合、ESP (EFI システム パーティション) が自動的に検出され、なければ作成されて /boot/EFI
+にマウントされます。これが正常に行われたかをチェックするには "パーティションを手動で設定" オプションが唯一の方法です。</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>GPT ディスクを用いた Legacy (CSM もしくは BIOS) システムをお使いの場合、Bios ブート
+パーティションが存在しなければこれを作成する必要があります。これはマウント ポイントのない約 1 MiB のパーティションです。<xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> を選択してファイル システムの種類を BIOS ブート
+パーティションにすると、インストーラが他のパーティションのようにこれを作成することができます。</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>幾つかの新しいドライブは従来の標準である 512 バイトの論理セクタの代わりに 4096
+バイトの論理セクタを現在使用しています。利用可能なハードウェアが不足しているため、インストーラで用いられるパーティション管理ツールはこのようなドライブをテストしていません。また、幾つかの
+ssd ドライブは現在 1 MB より大きな削除ブロック サイズを使用しています。そのようなデバイスをお持ちで以下の設定をお使いであれば、私たちは
+gparted のような代替のパーティション管理ツールを用いて事前にドライブのパーティションを設定しておくことを提案します:</para>
+    <para>"アラインメント" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"前方の空き領域 (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>すべてのパーティションが偶数のメガバイト単位で作成されていることも確認してください。</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44a8229b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">おめでとうございます</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2"><application>Mageia</application> のインストールと設定は完了し、インストール
+メディアを取り除いてコンピュータを再起動しても安全です。</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">再起動後にブート ローダの画面でお使いのコンピュータ上のオペレーティング システムを選択することができます (複数ある場合)。</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">ブート ローダの設定を調整していなければ、インストールした Mageia が自動的に選択されて開始します。</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">お楽しみください!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">何か質問があるか、もしくは Mageia に貢献したいのであれば www.mageia.org にアクセスしてください。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..681cec35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">ファイアウォール</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">このセクションでは幾つかのシンプルなファイアウォール ルールを設定可能にします:
+これらはインターネットからどの種類のメッセージを対象システムを通して受け入れるかを決定します。これは、その後で、システム上の対応するサービスをインターネットからアクセス可能にします。</para>
+
+  <para>既定の設定では、どのボタンもチェックされません - システムのどのサービスもネットワークからアクセスできません。"<emphasis>すべて
+(ファイアウォールなし)</emphasis>" ボタンには特別な役割があります: マシンのすべてのサービスを有効にします -
+完全に無防備なシステムを作るだけなのでインストーラの中では大きな意味のない選択肢です。これの本来の用途は Mageia コントロール センター (同一の
+GUI レイアウトを使用しています) の中でテストやデバッグの目的で一時的にファイアウォールのすべてのルールを無効化することです。</para>
+
+  <para>他のすべてのチェック ボタンは多かれ少なかれ分かりやすいものです。例えば、マシン上のプリンタをネットワークからアクセス可能にしたい場合は "CUPS
+サーバ" ボタンをチェックします。</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">上級</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>チェック ボタンの集まりは最も一般的なサービスのみを含んでいます。"上級" ボタンにより、チェック
+ボタンのないサービスに対応するメッセージを有効にできます。"<emphasis>上級</emphasis>" ボタンはウィンドウを開き、そこでは対の一覧
+(空白区切り) を入力することで複数のサービスを有効にできます</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;ポート番号>/&lt;プロトコル></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;ポート番号></emphasis>は有効にしたいサービスに割り当てられるポートの値 (例 RSYNC サービスの場合
+873) で、<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis> で定められています;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;プロトコル></emphasis> は <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> もしくは
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> のいずれかです - そのサービスによって用いられるインターネット プロトコルです。</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>したがって、例えば、RSYNC サービスへのアクセスを有効にするための記述は <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis> となります。</para>
+
+  <para>サービスが両方のプロトコルで実装されている場合においては、同一ポートに対する 2 組を指定します。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f70e51ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">フォーマット</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">ここではフォーマットしたいパーティションを選択できます。フォーマット指定をして<emphasis>いない</emphasis>パーティション内のデータは残ります。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">通常は少なくとも DrakX が選択したパーティションはフォーマットする必要があります。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3"><guibutton>上級</guibutton>をクリックすると、いわゆる<emphasis>不良ブロック</emphasis>のチェックをしたいパーティションを選択できます。</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">正しい選択をしたか自信がない場合、<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>をクリックして再度<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>をクリックし、次に<guibutton>カスタム</guibutton>をクリックするとメイン画面に戻ります。この画面ではパーティションの内容を見ることができます。</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">選択に自信があれば、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックして先に進みます。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c461cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">更新</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">このバージョンの <application>Mageia</application>
+が公開されたので、幾つかのパッケージは更新もしくは改善されているでしょう。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">これらをダウンロードおよびインストールしたい場合は<guilabel>はい</guilabel>を、すぐにこれを行いたくないか、もしくはインターネットに接続していない場合は<guilabel>いいえ</guilabel>を選択します。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">その後で<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>を押すと続行します。</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d0d666b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, Mageia インストーラ</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>あなたが GNU-Linux に不慣れであっても熟練ユーザであっても、Mageia
+インストーラは可能な限りインストールやアップグレードを容易に行えるよう手助けをするように設計されています。</para>
+
+  <para>最初のメニュー画面には様々な選択肢がありますが、既定の項目はインストールを開始するもので、通常必要になるのはこれです。</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>インストールのようこそ画面</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Mageia の DVD を使用する</title>
+
+      <para>以下は Mageia の DVD を使用した場合の既定のようこそ画面となり、一つめが UEFI システムで二つめが Legacy
+システムのものとなります:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>この画面から、"e" の文字を押すと "編集モード" に入ってオプションを編集することができます。この画面に戻るには、"esc"
+キーを押して保存せずに終了するか、"Ctrl" もしくは "F10" を押して設定を保存して終了します。</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>この画面から、幾つかの個人設定を行うことが可能です:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>F2 (Legacy モードのみ) を押すと言語を選択できます (インストール時用で、システム用に選択した言語と異なる可能性があります)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>矢印キーを使用して言語を選択し、Enter キーを押します。</para>
+
+            <para>これは例で、フランスのライブ DVD/CD 使用時のようこそ画面です。ライブ DVD/CD のメニューは以下を提供しないのでご注意ください:
+<guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel>,
+<guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel></para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>F3 キー (Legacy モードのみ) を押すと画面解像度を変更します。</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>legacy モードでは <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis> キーを、UEFI モードでは <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> キーをそれぞれ押すことで、幾つかのカーネル オプションを追加します。</para>
+
+            <para>インストールに失敗した場合、追加のオプションのいずれかを追加して再試行する必要があるかもしれません。このメニューは F6
+で呼び出され、<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> と呼ばれる新しい行を表示して四つのエントリを提供します:</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, 既定のオプションのまま変更を行いません。</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, 既定のオプションのまま変更を行いません。</para>
+
+            <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), 電源管理を無効にします。</para>
+
+            <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), CPU
+の割り込みについて、必要であればこのオプションを選択します。</para>
+
+            <para>いずれかのエントリを選択すると、<guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> の行に表示される既定のオプションを変更します。</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>幾つかの Mageia のリリースにおいて、F6 キーで選択されたエントリが <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>
+の行に現れないことがありますが、実際は反映されています。</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>F1 キーを押すと更にカーネル オプションを追加します (Legacy モードのみ)。</para>
+
+            <para>F1 を押すと新しいウィンドウを開き、追加のオプションが利用できます。矢印キーで項目を選択して Enter を押すと詳細を参照でき、Esc
+キーを押すとようこそ画面に戻ります。</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>オプション splash についての詳細表示です。Esc を押すか <guilabel>Return to Boot
+Options</guilabel> を選択するとオプション一覧に戻ります。これらのオプションは <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> の行に手動で追加することができます。</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>ヘルプは F2 キーで選択された言語に翻訳されています。</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>legacy および UEFI システムにおけるカーネル オプションについての詳しい情報は、以下を参照してください: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>有線ネットワークを使用する</title>
+
+      <para>下は有線ネットワークを用いたインストール CD (netinstall.iso もしくは netinstall-nonfree.iso イメージ)
+使用時の既定のようこそ画面です:</para>
+
+      <para>言語の選択はできず、利用可能なオプションは画面に表示されています。有線ネットワークを用いたインストール CD の使用についての詳しい情報は <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia Wiki</link>
+を参照してください。</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>キーボード レイアウトはアメリカ式となります。</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>インストールのステップ</title>
+
+    <para>インストール手順は幾つかのステップに分かれており、これらは画面のサイド パネル上で追うことができます。</para>
+
+    <para>各ステップには一つ以上の画面があり、画面によっては<guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンもあり、これは特別な、あまり使われない項目のためのものです。</para>
+
+    <para>ほとんどの画面には<guibutton>ヘルプ</guibutton>ボタンがあり、現在のステップについての追加の説明を見ることができます。</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>インストールのどこかでインストールを中止しようと決めた場合、再起動してもかまいませんが、その前に二度考えてください。いったんパーティションがフォーマットされたりインストールのための更新処理が始まったりした場合、お使いのコンピュータはもはや同じ状態ではなく、再起動を行うことはシステムを使用不能にするおそれが大きいです。それでも再起動を強く望むのであれば、<guibutton>Alt
+Ctrl F2</guibutton> の三つのキーを同時に押してテキスト端末に移動します。その後、<guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guibutton> を同時に押すと再起動します。</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>インストールの問題と解決法</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>グラフィカル インターフェースが表示されない</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>最初の画面の後に言語選択画面にたどり着きませんでした。これは幾つかのグラフィック カードや古いシステムで起こりえます。プロンプトで
+<code>vgalo</code> と入力して低い解像度を試してください。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ハードウェアが非常に古い場合、グラフィカルなインストールはできない可能性があります。この場合テキスト モード
+インストールを試してみる価値があります。これを使用するには最初のようこそ画面で ESC を押して ENTER で確認します。"boot:"
+とだけ表示された黒い画面に移ります。"text" と入力して ENTER を押します。それからテキスト モードでインストールを続行します。</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>インストール時にフリーズする</title>
+
+      <para>インストールの間にシステムがフリーズしたように思われる場合、ハードウェアの検出の問題の可能性があります。この場合、ハードウェアの自動検出を避けて後で行うことができます。これを試すには、プロンプトで
+<code>noauto</code> を入力します。このオプションは必要に応じて他のオプションと組み合わせて用いることができます。</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM の問題</title>
+
+      <para>滅多に必要にはなりませんが、場合によってはハードウェアが利用可能な RAM
+を間違って報告する可能性があります。これを手動で指定するには、<code>mem=xxxM</code> パラメータを使用することができ、xxx
+には正しい RAM の量を指定します。例えば <code>mem=256M</code> は 256MB の RAM を指定します。</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>ダイナミック パーティション</title>
+
+      <para>Microsoft Windows 上でハード ディスクを "ベーシック" 形式から "ダイナミック" 形式に変換済みの場合、このディスクには
+Mageia をインストールすることはできないということを知らなければなりません。ベーシック ディスクに戻すには、Microsoft
+のドキュメントを参照してください: <link
+ns2:href="https://web.archive.org/web/http://technet.microsoft.com/ja-jp/library/cc776315.aspx">https://web.archive.org/web/http://technet.microsoft.com/ja-jp/library/cc776315.aspx</link></para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0dfab752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">ログイン画面</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM のログイン画面</para></caption></mediaobject><para>最後に、ログイン画面が表示されます。</para><para>あなたのユーザ名とユーザ パスワードを入力し、数秒間の内に KDE もしくは GNOME デスクトップが読み込まれます。これはどのライブ
+メディアを使用しているかによって異なります。これで、インストールした Mageia を使い始めることができます。</para><para>私たちの他のドキュメントは <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia
+wiki</link> で見つけることができます。</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34e2261a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">メディアの選択 (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>ここでは利用可能なリポジトリの一覧が表示されます。すべてのリポジトリが利用できるわけではなく、インストールに使用したメディアによります。リポジトリの選択は次のステップからどのパッケージが選択可能となるかに影響します。</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Core</emphasis> リポジトリはディストリビューションの基本部分を含んでいるため、無効化できません。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> リポジトリは無料のパッケージを含んでおり、言い換えると Mageia
+はこれらを再頒布しているのですが、これらはクローズド ソースのソフトウェアを含んでいます (なので名前が Nonfree
+なのです)。例えばこのリポジトリは nVidia や ATI のグラフィックス カード用のプロプライエタリ ドライバや、色々な WiFi
+カードなどのファームウェアを含んでいます。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>
+リポジトリは自由なライセンスで公開されているパッケージを含んでいます。このリポジトリにパッケージを配置する主な基準は幾つかの国で特許や著作権を侵害する可能性があることで、例えば色々な音声/動画ファイルを再生するのに必要なマルチメディア
+コーデックです; これは商用のビデオ DVD などです。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b642117d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">最小構成インストール</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>パッケージ グループの選択画面ですべてを選択解除することで最小構成インストールを選択できます。<xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref> をご覧ください。</para>
+  <para>お望みであれば、同画面の "パッケージを個別に選択" を追加でチェックすることができます。</para>
+  <para>最小構成のインストールは <application>Mageia</application>
+をサーバや専門のワークステーションといった特定の用途を念頭に置いて使用することが意図されます。この選択はおそらくは上でふれた "パッケージを個別に選択"
+オプションと組み合わせて行うことになるでしょう。インストールを細かく調整するには、<xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref> を参照してください。</para>
+  <para>このインストール クラスを選択した場合、関連する画面でドキュメントや X のような有用な追加パッケージを少しインストールすることになるでしょう。</para>
+  <para>選択された場合、"X を使う" は軽量なデスクトップ環境として IceWM も含むでしょう。</para>
+  <para>基本的なドキュメントは man と info のページとして提供されます。これは <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> の man ページと <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> の info ページを含みます。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a842acd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">雑多なパラメータの概要</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX はあなたの選択と DrakX
+が検出したハードウェアからお使いのシステムの設定に対して賢い選択を行いました。その設定はここでチェックすることができ、これらは<guibutton>設定</guibutton>を押すことで変更することができます。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>原則として、既定の設定は推奨され、以下の 3 つの例外を除いて保持することができます:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>既定の設定において既知の問題がある場合</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>既定の設定を既に試しているが失敗する場合</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>以下の詳細なセクションで何か他のことが述べられている場合</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">システムのパラメータ</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>タイム ゾーン</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX は指定された言語からタイム ゾーンを選択しています。必要があれば変更することができます。<xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/> も参照してください。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>国 / 地域</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">選択されている国にあなたがいない場合、この設定を修正することは非常に重要です。<xref linkend="selectCountry"/>
+を参照してください。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>ブート ローダ</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX はブート ローダの設定に対してよい選択をしました。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Grub2 の設定方法をご存知でなければ、何も変更しないでください。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">詳しい情報は、<xref linkend="setupBootloader"/> を参照してください。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>ユーザの管理</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">ここでユーザを追加することができます。各ユーザには自分の <literal>/home</literal> ディレクトリが用意されます。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>サービス</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">システム サービスとはバックグラウンドで動作するプログラム (デーモン) のことです。このツールでは特定のタスクを有効化もしくは無効化できます。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">ここにあるどれを変更するとしても、その前に慎重に確認してください - 間違えるとコンピュータが正しく動作しなくなるかもしれません。</para>
+
+        <para>詳しい情報は、<xref linkend="configureServices"/> を参照してください。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">ハードウェアのパラメータ</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>キーボード</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">ここではあなたの場所, 言語, キーボード種別に合わせたキーボード配列の設定や変更を行います。</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>キーボード配列が間違っているのに気づいてこれを変更したい場合、あなたのパスワードも変更されることになるということを心に留めておいてください。</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>マウス</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">ここで他のポインティング デバイス, タブレット, トラック ボールなどを追加したり設定したりできます。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>サウンド カード</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">インストーラは既定のドライバが存在する場合にこれを使用します。異なるドライバを選択するための項目は、お使いのカードに対して複数のドライバが存在する場合にのみ利用できますが、いずれも既定のドライバとはなりません。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>グラフィカル インターフェース</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">このセクションではお使いのグラフィック カードとディスプレイの設定が可能です。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">詳しい情報は、<xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/> を参照してください。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">ネットワークとインターネットのパラメータ</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>ネットワーク</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">ここであなたのネットワークを設定できますが、非フリーなドライバを使用するネットワーク カードに対しては Nonfree のメディア
+リポジトリをまだ有効にしていない場合は再起動後に <application>Mageia コントロール
+センター</application>内で設定したほうがよいでしょう。</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">ネットワーク カードを追加する際には、忘れずに同様にファイアウォールを設定してインターフェースを監視するようにしてください。</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>プロキシ</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">プロキシ サーバはあなたのコンピュータとより広いインターネットとの間の仲介者のように振る舞います。このセクションではコンピュータでプロキシ
+サービスを利用するように設定することができます。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">ここで入力する必要のあるパラメータを得るためにシステム管理者に相談する必要があるかもしれません。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">セキュリティ</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>セキュリティ レベル</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">ここではコンピュータのセキュリティ レベルを設定し、ほとんどの場合において既定の設定 (Standard) が一般的な用途で適切です。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">どの選択肢が最もあなたの用途に適しているかを確認してください。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>ファイアウォール</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">ファイアウォールはあなたの大事なデータとこれを危険に晒したり盗んだりするようなインターネット上の悪い人たちとの間の防壁であると意図されます。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">システムへのアクセスを許可したいサービスを選択します。どれを選択するかはお使いのコンピュータの用途次第です。詳しい情報は、<xref
+linkend="firewall"/> を参照してください。</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">すべてを許可すること (ファイアウォールなし) はとても危険になりうるということを心に留めておいてください。</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52e41d96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">再起動</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>ブート ローダがインストールされ次第、コンピュータを停止するように促され、ライブ CD を取り除いてコンピュータを再起動します。<emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>完了</guibutton></emphasis>をクリックし、指示通りに<emphasis
+role="bold">この順番で作業してください!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>再起動の際、ダウンロードのプログレス バーが連続して表示されます。これはソフトウェア メディアの一覧がダウンロード中であることを示しています
+(ソフトウェアの管理を参照してください)。</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67d8f47f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1"><application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+のパーティションのサイズを変更する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">複数の <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+パーティションがあります。<application>Mageia</application>
+をインストールするための領域を確保するためにどのパーティションを小さくするかを選択します。</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..40a2021e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">セキュリティ レベル</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">ここでセキュリティ レベルを調節できます。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">どれを選択するか分からない場合、既定の設定のままにしておいてください。</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">セキュリティ設定の調整は、インストール後にいつでも Mageia コントロール
+センターの<guilabel>セキュリティ</guilabel>で行うことができます。</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d898416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">国や地域を選択する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">国や地域を選択します。これは通貨や無線の規制ドメインのような様々な設定に対して重要です。国の設定を間違えると無線ネットワークが使えなくなる可能性があります。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">あなたのいる国が一覧にない場合、<guilabel>他の国</guilabel>ボタンをクリックしてそこで国や地域を選択します。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">あなたのいる国が<guilabel>他の国</guilabel>の一覧にしかない場合、<guibutton>OK</guibutton>
+をクリックした後で最初の一覧の中から国が選択されたように見えるかもしれません。これは無視してください、DrakX はあなたの実際の選択に従うでしょう。</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">入力メソッド</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>他の国</guilabel>画面では入力メソッドも選択できます (一覧の下)。入力メソッドは複数言語 (中国語, 日本語,
+韓国語など) の文字の入力を可能にします。IBus は既定の入力メソッドで、このユーザは手動で設定する必要はありません。他の入力メソッド (SCIM,
+GCIN, HIME など) も同様の機能を提供し、パッケージ選択の前に HTTP/FTP のメディアを追加した場合にインストールできます。</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">入力メソッドの設定をインストール時にし損ねた場合、インストール済みのシステムをブート後に "コンピュータを設定" -> "システム" を通じて、もしくは
+root として localedrake を実行することでアクセスできます。</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9031d14c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">インストールもしくはアップグレードを行う</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>インストール</para>
+
+      <para><application>Mageia</application> を一からインストールするにはこのオプションを使用します。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>アップグレード</para>
+
+      <para><application>Mageia</application>
+が一つ以上インストールされている場合、インストーラはそのいずれかを最新のリリースにアップグレードすることができます。</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>このインストーラのバージョンが公開された時点で<emphasis>サポートが継続している</emphasis>過去の Mageia
+のバージョンからのアップグレードのみが十分にテストされています。これが公開された時点で既にサポートが終了しているバージョンの Mageia
+からアップグレードしたい場合は、<literal>/home</literal> パーティションを保持しつつクリーン
+インストールを行うのがよりよいでしょう。</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>インストール中にこれを中止しようと決めた場合、再起動してもかまいませんが、その前に二度考えてください。いったんパーティションがフォーマットされたりインストールのための更新処理が始まったりした場合、お使いのコンピュータはもはや同じ状態ではなく、再起動を行うことはシステムを使用不能にするおそれが大きいです。それでも再起動を強く望むのであれば、<guibutton>Alt
+Ctrl F2</guibutton> の三つのキーを同時に押してテキスト端末に移動します。その後、<guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guibutton> を同時に押すと再起動します。</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>追加の言語を選択し忘れたことに気づいた場合、<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> を押すことで
+"インストールもしくはアップグレードを行う"
+の画面から言語選択画面に戻ることができます。インストールの後のステップになってからはこれを行わ<emphasis>ない</emphasis>でください。</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89c2d92f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">キーボード</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX はあなたの使用する言語向けに適切なキーボードを選択します。適したキーボードが見つからない場合はアメリカ式のキーボード配列が既定になります。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">選択が正しいかを確認し、間違っていれば別のキーボード配列を選択します。お使いのキーボードがどの配列か分からない場合、お使いのシステムに付属した仕様を見るか、コンピュータのベンダに確認してください。配列を識別するラベルがキーボードに貼ってある場合もあります。こちらも参照できます:
+<link
+xlink:href="https://ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E3%82%AD%E3%83%BC%E9%85%8D%E5%88%97">ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/キー配列</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">表示される一覧にお使いのキーボードがない場合、<guibutton>詳細</guibutton>をクリックして完全な一覧を表示し、そこでお使いのキーボードを選択します。</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5"><guibutton>詳細</guibutton>ダイアログからキーボードを選択した後、最初のキーボード選択に戻り、その画面からキーボードが選択されたように見えます。このおかしな現象は安全に無視してインストールを進めることができます:
+あなたのキーボードは完全な一覧から選択されたものです。</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">非ラテン文字に基づくキーボードを選択した場合、ラテンと非ラテンのキーボード配列をどのように切り替えたいかを質問する追加のダイアログが表示されます。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b33cbd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">キーボードを選択する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Mageia​​ で使用したいキーボード配列を設定するように求められるでしょう。既定の配列はあなたが以前選択した言語やタイム
+ゾーンによって選択されます。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f82dd22d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">使用する言語を選択する</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">はじめに、あなたのいる大陸についての一覧を展開して言語を選択します。<application>Mageia</application>
+はインストールの間とインストール後のシステムにこの選択を適用します。</para>
+  <para condition="live">お好みの言語を選択します。<application>Mageia</application>
+はインストールの間とインストール後のシステムにこの選択を適用します。</para>
+  <para condition="classical">幾つかの言語がインストールされている必要がありそうな場合、あなた自身と他のユーザのために、<guibutton>複数の言語</guibutton>ボタンを使用してここでそれらを追加するのがよいでしょう。インストール後に言語サポートを追加するのは困難です。</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>複数の言語を選択した場合であっても、はじめに最初の言語の画面でいずれかの言語をお好みの言語として選ばなければなりません。これは複数の言語の画面でも選択済みとマークされるでしょう。</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>お使いのキーボードの言語が選択言語と同じでない場合、キーボードの言語も同様にインストールするのが望ましいです。</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia は既定で UTF-8 (Unicode) をサポートしています。</para>
+      <para condition="classical">これはあなたの言語で適切でないと分かっている場合に "複数の言語" 画面で無効にすることができます。UTF-8
+を無効にするとすべてのインストール済みパッケージに適用されます。</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>お使いのシステムの言語はインストール後に Mageia コントロール センター -> システム -> システムの言語を設定 で変更できます。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1a6dbb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">マウスを選択する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">お使いのマウスの反応に満足していない場合、ここで異なるマウスを選択できます。</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">通常は、<guilabel>ユニバーサル</guilabel> - <guilabel>PS/2 &amp; USB
+マウス</guilabel>がよい選択です。</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3"><guilabel>ユニバーサル</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev
+の使用を強制</guilabel>を選択すると、六つ以上のボタンのあるマウスで動作しないボタンを設定します。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2063dba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">ブート ローダの主な設定</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>ブート ローダのインターフェース</title>
+
+    <para>既定では、Mageia は以下のいずれかを排他的に使用します:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Legacy/MBR もしくは Legacy/GPT システム用の Grub2 (グラフィカル メニューありとなし)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>UEFI システム用の Grub2-efi</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Mageia のグラフィカル メニューは良いですね :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Legacy/MBR と Legacy/GPT システム上の Grub2</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>"起動デバイス" は何をしているのか本当に分かっているのでなければ変更しないでください。</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>UEFI システム上の Grub2-efi</title>
+
+      <para>UEFI システムでは、ユーザ インターフェースはわずかに異なり、グラフィカル メニューのありとなしを選択することはできません。</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>お使いのコンピュータにインストールされているシステムが Mageia のみとなる場合、インストーラはブート ローダ (Grub2-efi)
+を入れるために ESP (EFI システム パーティション) を作成します。既に UEFI オペレーティング
+システムがお使いのコンピュータにインストールされている場合 (例えば Windows 8)、Mageia インストーラは Windows
+が作成済みの既存の ESP を検出して grub2-efi を追加します。ESP は複数持つこともできますが、オペレーティング
+システムの数が幾つあっても一つで十分なので、一つにすることをおすすめします。</para>
+
+      <para>"起動デバイス" は何をしているのか本当に分かっているのでなければ変更しないでください。</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Mageia のブート ローダを使用する</title>
+
+    <para>既定では、お使いのシステムによって、Mageia は新しいブート ローダを書き込みます:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 ブート ローダを最初のハード ドライブの MBR (マスタ ブート レコード) もしくは BIOS ブート パーティション内に書き込みます。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi ブート ローダを ESP に書き込みます。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>既に他のオペレーティング システムがインストールされている場合、Mageia はこれらを新しい Mageia のブート
+メニューに追加しようとします。この動作を希望しない場合、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックして<guilabel>他の OS
+がないか調べる</guilabel>のチェックを外します。</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>既存のブート ローダを使用する</title>
+
+    <para>お使いの Mageia システムを既存のブート
+ローダに追加する正確な手順はこのヘルプで扱う範囲外ですが、これはほとんどの場合においてそれの検出と追加を自動的に行ってブート
+ローダをインストールする適切なプログラムを実行することになるでしょう。問題になっているオペレーティング システムのドキュメントを参照してください。</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">チェイン ロードを使用する</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia をブート可能にせず、他の OS からチェイン
+ロードしたい場合、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックし、次に<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をクリックして
+<guilabel>ESP や MBR に書き込まない</guilabel>にチェックします。</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>ブート ローダがないと警告が表示されますが、無視して <guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>オプション</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>最初のページ</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>既定のイメージが起動するまでの秒数</guilabel>: このテキスト ボックスは既定のオペレーティング
+システムが開始する前に空ける秒数を設定するものです。</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>セキュリティ</guilabel>: これはブート
+ローダ用のパスワードを設定できるようにします。これはブート時に項目を選択したり設定を変更したりするためにユーザ名とパスワードを訊かれることを意味します。ユーザ名は
+"root" でパスワードは後でここで選択したものです。</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>パスワード</guilabel>: このテキスト ボックスは実際にパスワードを入力する場所です</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>パスワード (再入力)</guilabel>: パスワードを再入力し、Drakx は上のパスワードと一致するかをチェックします。</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>上級</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>ACPI を有効にする</guilabel>: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) は電源管理の標準です。これは使用されていないデバイスを停止することでエネルギーを節約でき、これは APM
+より前に使用されていた方式でした。チェックを外すことは有用になる可能性があり、例えば、お使いのコンピュータが ACPI をサポートしていないか、ACPI
+の実装が幾つかの問題を引き起こすとお考えの場合です (例えばランダムに再起動が起こったりシステムが固まったりする場合)。</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>SMP を有効にする</guilabel>: このオプションはマルチ コア プロセッサで対称型マルチ プロセッシングを有効化 /
+無効化します。</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>APIC を有効にする</guilabel>: これを有効化もしくは無効化すると Advanced Programmable
+Interrupt Controller へのオペレーティング システムのアクセスを提供します。APIC デバイスはより複雑な優先度モデルや高度な
+IRQ (割り込み要求) の管理を可能にします。</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>ローカル APIC を有効にする</guilabel>: ここでローカル APIC を設定でき、これは SMP
+システムにおいて特定のプロセッサに対するすべての外部割り込みを管理します。</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>次のページ</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>既定値</guilabel>: 開始する既定のオペレーティング システムです。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>追加</guilabel>:
+この項目は起動の際にカーネルに情報を渡したり、あなたにより多くの情報を渡すようにカーネルに伝えたりします。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>他の OS がないか調べる</guilabel>: 上の <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Mageia のブート ローダを使用する</link>を参照してください。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>上級</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>ビデオ モード</guilabel>: これはブート
+メニューが用いる画面のサイズと色深度を設定します。下向きの三角形をクリックするとサイズと色深度の他の項目が表示されます。</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">ESP や MBR に書き込まない</emphasis>: 上の<link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">チェイン ロードを使用する</link>を参照してください。</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..734641aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">ブート メニュー項目を追加もしくは変更する</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>これを行うためには、/boot/grub2/custom.cfg を手動で編集する必要があります。もしくはソフトウェア grub-customizer
+(Mageia のリポジトリで利用できます) を代わりに使用します。</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>詳しい情報は、私たちの wiki を参照してください: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62f4dca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">SCSI を設定する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX は通常正しくハード ディスクを検出します。幾つかの古い SCSI
+コントローラでは正しいドライバを特定することができずにその後ドライブの認識に失敗するかもしれません。</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">そうなった場合、手動で Drakx にどの SCSI ドライブをお使いかを手動で知らせる必要があるでしょう。</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">そうすれば DrakX はドライブを正しく設定できるはずです。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e2d17fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">サウンドの設定</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>この画面ではお使いのサウンド カード向けにインストーラが選択したドライバの名前が表示され、これは既定のドライバがある場合にはそのドライバとなるでしょう。</para>
+
+  <para>既定のドライバは問題なく動作するはずです。しかしながら、インストール後に問題に出くわした場合、<command>draksound</command>
+を実行するか、このツールを MCC (Mageia コントロール センター)
+を通して開始し、後者は<guilabel>ハードウェア</guilabel>
+タブを選択後に画面右上の<guilabel>サウンドの設定</guilabel>を選択します。</para>
+
+  <para>次に、draksound もしくは "サウンドの設定"
+ツールの画面で、<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をクリックして次に<guibutton>トラブルシューティング</guibutton>をクリックすると、問題を解決するための非常に有用なアドバイスが見つかります。</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">上級</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>この画面で<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をクリックすると、インストール時には、既定のドライバがなく利用可能なドライバが複数存在する場合に有用ですが、インストーラが間違ったドライバを選択したと考えられる場合は除きます。</para>
+
+    <para>その場合、<guibutton>任意のドライバを選択</guibutton>をクリック後に異なるドライバを選択することができます。</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2cb3093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">ハード ディスクをフォーマットするか確認する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">選択に自信がなければ<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">選択に自信があり、ハード ディスク上のすべてのパーティション, すべてのオペレーティング システム,
+すべてのデータを削除したいのであれば<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b272a749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Mageia をライブ システムとしてテストする</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">ライブ モード</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>"Boot Mageia" を選択するとこの画面が表示されます。そうでなければ、"<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">パーティションの設定</link>" のステップに進みます。</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">ハードウェアをテストする</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>ライブ モードの目的の一つはハードウェアが正しく Mageia によって管理されるかどうかをテストすることです。すべてのデバイスが Mageia
+コントロール センターのハードウェア セクションにドライバを持っているかをチェックすることができます。最も最近のデバイスもテストすることができます:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ネットワーク インターフェース: net_applet で設定します。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>グラフィック カード: 前の画面が見えていれば、既に OK です。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ウェブ カメラ:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>サウンド: ジングルが既に再生されています。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>プリンタ: 設定した上でテスト ページを印刷します。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>スキャナ: ドキュメントをスキャンします。</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>あなたにとってすべて OK であれば、インストールに進むことができます。そうでなければ、終了ボタンで終了することができます。</para>
+
+      <remark>ここであなたが行った設定はインストールに進んだ後も保持されます。</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">インストールを実行する</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Mageia の ライブ CD やライブ DVD をハード ディスクや SSD ドライブにインストールするには、単純に "Install on Hard
+Disk" のアイコンをクリックします。そして次に直接インストールする場合の "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">パーティションの設定</link>" のステップに続きます。</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb38f202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia をアンインストールする</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">方法</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia
+があなたを納得させなかったか、もしくはあなたがこれを正しくインストールできなかった場合、手短に言えば、あなたはこれを削除したいはずです。これはあなたの権利であり、Mageia
+はアンインストールの可能性の提供も行います。これはすべてのオペレーティング システムには当てはまりません。</para>
+
+    <para>データをバックアップした後、インストール メディア DVD を再起動して Rescue system を選択し、次に、Restore Windows
+boot loader を選択します。次のブート時、オペレーティング システムの選択を行うオプションはなくなって Windows
+だけになっているでしょう。</para>
+
+    <para>Mageia のパーティションとして使用されていた領域を Windows 上で復旧するには、<code>スタート -> コントロール パネル ->
+管理ツール -> コンピューターの管理 -> 記憶域 -> ディスクの管理</code>をクリックしてパーティションの管理にアクセスします。Mageia
+のパーティションは<guilabel>不明</guilabel>と表示され、そのサイズやディスク内の位置からも、あなたはこのパーティションが認識できるでしょう。各パーティションで右クリックして<guibutton>削除</guibutton>を選択します。この領域は解放されるでしょう。</para>
+
+    <para>Windows XP をお使いの場合、新しいパーティションを作成してそれをフォーマットできます (FAT32 もしくは
+NTFS)。パーティションのドライブ文字が付くでしょう。</para>
+
+    <para>Vista もしくは 7 をお持ちの場合、もう一つの可能性があり、解放された領域の左にある既存のパーティションを拡張することができます。gparted
+のような、windows と linux
+の両方で使用可能な他のパーティション管理ツールもあります。いつものように、パーティションを変更する際には、十分注意し、大事なものはすべて事前にバックアップしておくようにしてください。</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06b647e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ja/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">使用されていないものを残すか削除する</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>この段階では、インストーラは使用されていないロケール パッケージと使用されていないハードウェア
+パッケージを探します。そしてこれらの削除を提案します。これは他のハードウェアで動かす必要のあるシステムを準備している場合を除いて受け入れるのがよいでしょう。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>次の段階はハード ディスク上のファイルのコピーです。これには数分かかります。最後に、少しだけ画面が黒くなりますが、これは正常です。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/makedoc.sh b/docs/docs/stable/installer/makedoc.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..6c8d9ccc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/makedoc.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#!/bin/bash -e
+LANG=$1
+
+for doci in en/*.xml; do
+  docfilename=${doci#*/}
+  doc=${docfilename%.*}
+  if [[ $LANG == "" ]]; then
+    for i in *.po
+    do
+       ILANG=${i%.*}
+       echo "Producing XML "$doc" for locale "$ILANG
+       po4a-translate -k 0 --format docbook --master-charset utf-8 --localized-charset utf-8 \
+         --master en/${doc}.xml \
+         --po $ILANG.po --localized $ILANG/${doc}.xml
+       perl -i -p -e "s/version=\"5\.0\"/version=\"5\.0\" xml:lang=\"$ILANG\"/;" $ILANG/${doc}.xml
+       perl -i -p -e "s/xml\:lang=\"$ILANG\"\ xml\:lang=\"$ILANG\"/xml\:lang=\"$ILANG\"/;" $ILANG/${doc}.xml
+    done
+  else
+    echo "Producing XML of "$doc" for locale "$LANG
+    po4a-translate -k 0 --format docbook --master-charset utf-8 --localized-charset utf-8 \
+      --master en/${doc}.xml \
+      --po $LANG.po --localized $LANG/${doc}.xml
+    perl -i -p -e "s/version=\"5\.0\"/version=\"5\.0\" xml:lang=\"$LANG\"/;" $LANG/${doc}.xml
+    perl -i -p -e "s/xml\:lang=\"$LANG\"\ xml\:lang=\"$LANG\"/xml\:lang=\"$LANG\"/;" $LANG/${doc}.xml
+  fi
+done
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/makepot.sh b/docs/docs/stable/installer/makepot.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..2aaf6e1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/makepot.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+  po4a-gettextize --format docbook --master-charset UTF-8 --po help.pot \
+   --msgid-bugs-address "doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org" --copyright-holder "Mageia" \
+   --package-name "Mageia Installer Help" --package-version "6.0" \
+   $(
+for doc in en/*.xml; do
+  echo --master $doc
+done
+  )
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1ed6092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5142 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Karl Morten Ramberg <karl.m.ramberg@gmail.com>, 2017-2018
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-14 13:18+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Karl Morten Ramberg <karl.m.ramberg@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/nb/)\n"
+"Language: nb\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Lisens og utgivelsesmerknader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Lisensavtale"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Før installasjonen av <application>Mageia</application> les grundig igjennom "
+"lisensvillkårene. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Disse villkårene gjelder for hele <application>Mageia</application> "
+"distribusjonenog må aksepteres før du fortsetter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"For å akseptere, velg <guilabel>Aksepter</guilabel>  og klikk på "
+"<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du velger å ikke akseptere villkårene, takker vi deg for å ha tatt en "
+"kikk. Klikker du på <guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton> vil Pc'en din startes om."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Utgivelsesmerknader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Viktig informasjon finnes for denen utgivelsen av <application>Mageia</"
+"application> og kan nås gjennom å klikke på <guibutton>Utgivelsenotater</"
+"guibutton> knappen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "nb"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Mediumvalg (sett opp supplerende installasjonsmedia)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Denne skjermen viser deg en liste over alle brønner som er funnet. Du kan "
+"legge til andrepakke kilder, som feks en optisk disk eller en fjernkilde."
+"Valget av kilder avgør hvilke pakker som vil være tilgjengelige i de neste "
+"stegene"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "For en nettverkskilde følger det to steg:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Valg av og aktivering av nettverket hvis det ikke allerede er oppe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Veg et speil eller spesifiser en URL. Ved å velge et speil fra listen over "
+"tilgjengelige speil, som feks Nonfree (inneholder proprietær programvare) "
+"Tainted (kan inneholde proprietær programvare) og oppdateringer. Ved hjelp "
+"av URLen, kan du sette opp et spesifikt kildespeil eller din egen NFS "
+"installasjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du oppdaterer en 64-biters installasjon som kan inneholde noen 32-"
+"biters pakker, anbefales det å bruke dette skjermbildet for å legge til et "
+"online-speil ved å teste en av nettverksprotokollene her. 64-biters DVD-iso "
+"inneholder bare 64-biters og noarch-pakker, det vil ikke kunne oppdatere 32-"
+"bits pakker. Men etter at du har lagt til et online speil, vil installatøren "
+"finne de nødvendige 32-biters pakkene der."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Administrasjon av Brukere og superbrukere"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Angi Adminstrasjons (root) Passord:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Det anbefales at alle Mageia-installasjoner angir en superbruker eller "
+"administratorens passord, vanligvis kalt rotpassordet i Linux. Når du "
+"skriver inn et passord i toppboksen, vil fargen på skjoldet skifte fra rød "
+"til gul til grønn, avhengig av styrken på passordet. En grønn skjerm viser "
+"at du bruker et sterkt passord. Du må gjenta det samme passordet i boksen "
+"rett under den første passordboksen. Dette kontrollerer at du ikke har "
+"mistypet det første passordet ved å sammenligne dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle passord er tegnfølsomme, det er best å bruke en blanding av bokstaver "
+"(store og små bokstaver), tall og andre tegn i et passord."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Angi en bruker"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Legg til en bruker her. En bruker har færre rettigheter enn superbrukeren "
+"(rot), men nok til å bruke internett, kontorapplikasjoner eller spill og alt "
+"annet som den gjennomsnittlige brukeren gjør med sin datamaskin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: Hvis du klikker på denne knappen vil "
+"brukerikonet endres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Virkelig navn</guilabel>: Skriv inn brukerens virkelige navn i "
+"tekstboksen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Login Navn</guilabel>: Her skriver du inn brukernavnet eller lar "
+"drakx bruke en versjon av brukerens virkelige navn<emphasis>Login navnet er "
+"case sensitiv.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passord</guilabel>: I denen tekstboksen skriver du inn brukerens "
+"passord. Det er et skjold som viser styrken på passordet ved siden av "
+"tekstsfeltet. (Se også <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passord (igjen)</guilabel>: Skriv inn brukerpassordet på nytt i "
+"denne tekstboksen, og drakx vil kontrollere at du har samme passord i hver "
+"av tekstboksene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Enhver bruker du legger til mens du installerer Mageia, vil ha en både lese "
+"og skrivebeskyttet hjemmekatalog (umask = 0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan legge til alle brukerne du ønsker i <emphasis>Konfigurasjon - "
+"Sammendrag</emphasis> steget under installasjonen. "
+"Velg<emphasis>Brukerhåndtering</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Tilgangstillatelsene kan også endres etter installasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Avansert brukeradministrasjon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis <guibutton>avansert</guibutton> knappen er trykket, vises et "
+"skjermbilde der du kan endre dataene for brukeren du legger til."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "I tillegg kan du deaktivere eller aktivere en gjestekonto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Alt som en bruker med en standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gjestekonto "
+"lagrer til sitt hjemmeområde vil bli automatisk slettet ved utlogging. "
+"Gjestebrukeren bør lagre sine viktige filer på en USB pinne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktiver gjestekonto</guilabel>: Her kan du aktivere eller "
+"deaktivere en gjestekonto. Gjestekontoen lar en gjest logge inn og bruke "
+"PCen med mindre rettigheter en normale brukere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Skall</guilabel>: I nedtrekslisten kan du endre skallet som brukes "
+"av  brukeren. Tilgjengelige skall er, Bash, Dash og Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Bruker ID</guilabel>: Her kan du angi bruker ID for den brukeren "
+"du legger til. Dette er et nummer. La det stå tomt dersom du ikke vet hva du "
+"gjør."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gruppe ID</guilabel>: Her angir du gruppe id, som også er et "
+"nummer. Normalt er dette det samme som bruker ID. La det stå tomt om du ikke "
+"vet hva du gjør."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Velg monteringspunktene"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Her ser du Linux partisjonene som har blitt funnet på din PC. Hvis du ikke "
+"vil bruke de foreslåtte av <application>DrakX</application> , kan du endre "
+"monterings punktene"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du endrer noe, pass på at du fortsatt har en <literal>/</literal> (rot) "
+"partisjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle partisjoner vises slik: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapasitet\", \"Monteringspunkt\", "
+"\"Type\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Enhet\", består av: \"disk\", [\"disk nummer\"(bokstav)], "
+"\"partisjonsnummer\" (f.eks,\"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har flere partisjoner, kan du sette opp flere monteringspunkter fra "
+"nedtrekksmenyen, som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> og "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan til og med skape dine egne "
+"monteringspunkter, som for eksempel <literal>/video</literal> for en "
+"partisjon der du vil lagre filmene dine eller <literal>/cauldron-home</"
+"literal> for  <literal>/home</literal> partisjonen for en cauldron "
+"installasjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"For partisjoner trenger som du ikke  behøver å ha tilgang til, du kan la "
+"feltet for monteringspunkt være tomt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton> hvis du ikke vet hva du skal velge og "
+"marker for Egendefinert diskpartisjonering.<guilabel>Egendefinert disk "
+"partisjonering</guilabel>. I det påfølgende skjermbildet kan du klikke på en "
+"partisjon og se størrelse og type."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du er sikker på at monteringspunktene er korrekte klikk  "
+"<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>, og velg om du bare vil formatere den/de "
+"partisjonen(e) DrakX foreslår eller flere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Klokkeparametre"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"På dette trinnet må du velge hvilken tid din interne klokke er satt, enten "
+"lokal tid eller UTC-tid."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"I det avanserte fanebladet finner du flere alternativer for "
+"klokkeinnstillinger."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Start Mageia som et Live system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Start mediet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Fra en disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starte opp direkte fra mediet du brukte til å brenne bildet ditt (CD-"
+"ROM, DVD-ROM ...). Du trenger vanligvis bare å sette den inn i CD / DVD-"
+"stasjonen for at bootloaderen starter installasjonen automatisk etter at du "
+"har startet datamaskinen på nytt. Hvis det ikke skjer, må du kanskje "
+"konfigurere BIOS-en eller trykke på en tast som vil gi deg mulighet til å "
+"velge den perifere som datamaskinen vil starte opp fra."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Avhengig av hvilken maskinvare du har, og hvordan den er konfigurert, får du "
+"opp en av de to skjermene nedenfor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Fra en USB disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starte opp fra USB-enheten som du dumpet ISO bildet på. I henhold til "
+"BIOS-innstillingene, kan datamaskinen oppstart skje direkte fra USB-enheten. "
+"Hvis det ikke skjer, må du kanskje konfigurere BIOS eller trykke på en tast "
+"som vil gi deg mulighet til å velge oppstartsmedium."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "I BIOS/CSM/historisk modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Første skjermbilde mens systemet starter i BIOS modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "I midtmenyen har du tre valgmuligheter:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Boot Mageia: Det betyr at Mageia starter fra det tilkoblede media (CD / DVD "
+"eller USB-pinne) uten å skrive noe på disken, så forvent et veldig tregt "
+"system. Når oppstarten er ferdig, kan du fortsette til installasjonen på en "
+"harddisk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Installer Mageia: Dette valget installerer Mage umiddelbart på harddisken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Boot fra harddisk: Dette valget lar deg starte opp fra harddisken, som "
+"vanlig, når det ikke er koblet til noe medie (CD / DVD eller USB-pinne). "
+"(Virker ikke med Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "I menyen nederst finns Oppstartsalternativene:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Hjelp. Forklarer alternativene \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" og \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Språk. Velg visningsspråket på skjermbildene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr "F3 - Skjermoppløsning. Velg mellom tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-ROM eller annet. Vanligvis utføres installasjonen fra det "
+"installerte installasjonsmediet. Her kan du velge andre kilder, som FTP- "
+"eller NFS-servere. Hvis installasjonen utføres i et nettverk med en SLP-"
+"server, velger du en av installasjonskildene som er tilgjengelige på "
+"serveren med dette alternativet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Driver. Ja eller Nei. Systemet er kjenner igjen en CD/DVD disk med en "
+"driveroppdatering, og vil be om at den blir tilgjengelig under "
+"installasjonsprosessen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Kjerne alternativer. Dette er en måte å spesifisere alternativer i "
+"henhold til din maskinvare og hvilke drivere som skal brukes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "I UEFI modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Første skjermbilde mens systemet starter fra UEFI på disken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har bare vlgene mellom å kjøre Mageia i Live modus (første valget) eller "
+"å fortsette installasjonen (andre valget)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du starter opp fra en USB-pinne, får du to tilleggslinjer som er en "
+"duplikat av de forrige linjene med med \"USB\" på slutten. Du må velge dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"I hvert tilfelle vil de første trinnene være de samme for å velge språk, "
+"tidssone og tastatur. Prosessene er forskjellige, med <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">ytterligere trinn i Live-modus</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Skrivebordsvalg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Avhengig av ditt valg her, kan du få opp ytterligere skjermbilder for å "
+"finjustere valgene dine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Etter valg (ene) vises et lysbildefremvisning under pakkeinstallasjonen. "
+"Lysbildefremvisningen kan deaktiveres ved å trykke på<guilabel>Detalj</"
+"guilabel> knappen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg om du foretrekker å bruke <application>KDE</application> eller "
+"<application>Gnome</application> skrivebordsmiljø. Begge kommer med en "
+"mengde anvendelige applikasjoner og verktøy. Klikk <guilabel>Tilpasset</"
+"guilabel> Hvis du ikke vil bruke noen av de eller begge, eller hvis du vil "
+"bruke annet enn standard programvare for skrivebordsmiljøene. "
+"<application>LXDE</application> skrivebordsmiljøet er lettere en de to "
+"andre, færre pakker installeres som standard og færre skrivebordsefekter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Valg pakkegruppe"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakker er sortert i grupper, for å gjøre det enklere å velge hva du trenger "
+"på systemet. Gruppene er ganske selvforklarende, men mer informasjon om "
+"innholdet av hver er tilgjengelig i verktøytips som blir synlige ettersom "
+"musen er beveges over dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Arbeidsstasjon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafisk miljø"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuelt pakkevalg. Du kan bruke dette alternativet for manuelt å legge "
+"till eller fjerne pakker."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Les <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instruksjoner om hvordan du kan "
+"gjøre en minimum installasjon (uten eller med X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Individuelt pakkevalg"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Her kan du legge til eller fjerne tilleggspakker for å tilpasse "
+"installasjonen din."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Etter at du har gjort ditt valg, kan du klikke på <guibutton>diskettikon</"
+"guibutton> nederst på siden for å lagre dine pakkevalg (lagring til en USB-"
+"pinne fungerer også). Du kan deretter bruke denne filen til å installere de "
+"samme pakkene på et annet system, ved å trykke på samme knapp under "
+"installasjonen og velge å laste inn den."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfigurer tjenestene dine"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"her kan du angi hvilke tjenester som skal (eller skal ikke) når du starter "
+"systemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er fire grupper, klikk på trekanten foran en gruppe for å ekspandere "
+"gruppen slik at alle inngående tjenester vises."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Parametrene som DrakX velger er som regel gode."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du markerer en tjeneste, vil det vises mer informasjon  i boksen under."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Du bør bare endre ting når vet veldig godt hva du gjør."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Sett opp tidssonen din"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg din tidssone gjennom å velge landet ditt eller en by nære deg i den "
+"samme tidssonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"I det neste skjermbildet kan du velge å sette maskinvareklokken til lokal "
+"tid eller GMT, også kjent som UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har mer enn ett operativsystem installert, se til at de alle er satt "
+"til samme lokaltid eller UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Velg en X-tjener (Konfigurer grafikk kortet ditt)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har en meget omfattende database med skjermkort og vil vanligvis "
+"identifisere videoenheten riktig."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis installatsjonen ikke har registrert ditt grafikkort på riktig måte, og "
+"du vet hvilket du har, kan du velge det fra treet ved å:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "Leverandør"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "angi så navnet på kortet ditt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "og korttypen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke finner kortet ditt i leverandørlisten (fordi det ikke er i "
+"databasen eller det er et eldre kort), kan du finne en passende driver i "
+"kategorien Xorg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg-oppføringen har mer enn 40 generiske og åpen kildekode-kortdrivere. "
+"Hvis du fremdeles ikke kan finne en navngitt driver for kortet ditt, er det "
+"mulig å bruke vesa-driveren som gir grunnleggende funksjoner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Vær oppmerksom på at hvis du velger en inkompatibel driver, kan du kanskje "
+"bare få tilgang til kommandolinjegrensesnittet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Enkelte skjermkortprodusenter tilbyr proprietære drivere for Linux, som bare "
+"kan være tilgjengelige i Nonfree-depotet og i enkelte tilfeller bare fra "
+"kortprodusenteres nettsteder."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree-depotet må eksplisitt aktiveres for å få tilgang til det. Hvis du "
+"ikke valgte det tidligere, bør du gjøre dette etter første omstart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Grafikk kort og Skjerm konfigurasjon"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Uansett hvilket grafisk miljø (også kjent som skrivebordsmiljø) du valgte "
+"for denne installasjonen av<application>Mageia</application>, de er alle "
+"basert på et grafisk brukergrensesystem som kalles <acronym>X Window System</"
+"acronym>, eller kun <acronym>X</acronym>. Så for at <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> eller et annet miljø skal "
+"virke bra,må de følgende <acronym>X</acronym> parametrene være korrekte. "
+"Angi de korrekte parametrene hvis du ser at <application>DrakX</application> "
+"ikke satte verdiene korrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikk kort</guibutton></emphasis>: Velg kortet ditt "
+"fra listen om nødvendig."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Skjerm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan velge "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> når det passer eller velg skjermen fra "
+"<guilabel>Produsent</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Generisk</guilabel> listen. "
+"Velg <guilabel>Egendefinert</guilabel> hvis du foretrekker å angi horisontal "
+"og vertikal oppdateringshastighet på skjermen manuelt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Feil oppdateringsfrekvens kan skade skjermen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Oppløsning</guibutton></emphasis>: Still inn ønsket "
+"oppløsning og fargedybde på skjermen din her."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Testknappen vises ikke "
+"alltid under installasjonen. Hvis knappen er der, kan du kontrollere "
+"innstillingene dine ved å trykke på den. Hvis du ser et spørsmål om "
+"innstillingene dine er riktige, kan du svare \"ja\", og innstillingene blir "
+"holdt. Hvis du ikke ser noe, går du tilbake til konfigurasjonsskjermen og "
+"kan omkonfigurere alt til testen er godkjent. <emphasis>Kontroller at "
+"innstillingene er korrekte hvis testknappen ikke er tilgjengelig</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Alternativer</guibutton></emphasis>: Her kan du velge å "
+"aktivere eller deaktivere ulike alternativer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Velg en monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har en meget omfattende database med skjermer og vil som regel "
+"identifisere dine korrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Å velge en skjerm med forskjellige egenskaper kan skade skjermen "
+"eller videomaskinvaren. Vennligst ikke prøv noe uten å vite hva du gjør.</"
+"emphasis> Hvis du er i tvil, bør du konsultere skjermdokumentasjonen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Tilpasset</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette alternativet lar deg sette to kritiske parametere, den vertikale "
+"oppdateringshastigheten og den horisontale synkroniseringshastigheten. "
+"Vertikal oppdatering bestemmer hvor ofte skjermen oppdateres, og horisontal "
+"synkronisering er frekvensen der skannelinjer vises."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er <emphasis>VELDIG VIKTIG</emphasis> at du ikke angir en skjermtype med "
+"synkroniseringsområde som er utenfor skjermens egenskaper: Det kan skade "
+"skjermen. Hvis du er i tvil, velg en konservativ innstilling og konsulter "
+"skjermdokumentasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er standardalternativet og prøver å finne skjermtype fra "
+"skjermdatabasen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Leverandør</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis installasjonen ikke har registrert skjermen riktig og du vet hvilken du "
+"har, kan du velge den fra treet ved å velge:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "skjermens produsent"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "skjermbeskrivelse"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generisk</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du velger denne gruppen, vises nesten 30 visningskonfigurasjoner som "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz og inkluderer flatskjerm-skjermer som brukes i bærbare "
+"datamaskiner. Dette er ofte en god skjermvalgsgruppe hvis du trenger å bruke "
+"Vesa-kortdriveren når videomaskinvaren ikke kan bestemmes automatisk. Igjen "
+"kan det være lurt å være konservativ i valgene dine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Egendefinert partisjonering med DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ønsker å kryptere <literal>/</literal> partisjonen din, må du "
+"forsikre deg om at du har en separat <literal>/boot</literal> partisjon. "
+"Kryptering for  <literal>/boot</literal> partisjonen må IKKE bli aktivert. "
+"Systemet vil i så fall  ikke bli mulig å starte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Juster utformingen av disken din her. Du kan fjerne eller opprette "
+"partisjoner, endre filsystemet til en partisjon eller endre størrelsen og "
+"til og med se hva som er i dem før du starter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finnes en fane for hver oppdaget harddisk eller annen lagringsenhet, som "
+"en USB-nøkkel. For eksempel sda, sdb og sdc hvis det er tre av dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Trykk <guibutton>Fjern alle</guibutton>  for å slette alle partisjonen på "
+"disken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"For alle andre handlinger: Klikk først på ønsket partisjon. Deretter ser du "
+"det, eller velg et filsystem og et monteringspunkt, endre størrelsen på det "
+"eller tørk det.<guibutton>Skift til ekspert modus</guibutton> (eller "
+"<guibutton>Ekspert modus</guibutton>) gir deg noen flere verktøy som å kunne "
+"lage en etikett eller velge en partisjonstype."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Fortsett til du har justerert alt etter dine ønsker."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Klikk<guibutton>Ferdig</guibutton> når du er klar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du installerer Mageia på et UEFI-system, må du kontrollere at en ESP "
+"(EFI System Partition) er tilstede og riktig montert på / boot / EFI (se "
+"nedenfor)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du installerer Mageia på et Legacy / GPT-system, må du kontrollere at "
+"en BIOS-oppstartspartisjon er tilstede og av riktig type"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partisjonering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"På denne skjermen kan du se innholdet på harddisken din og se løsningene som "
+"DrakX partisjoneringsveiviseren fant for å installere<application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativene som er tilgjengelige fra listen nedenfor, vil variere avhengig "
+"av hvilken type harddisk (er) og innhold."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Bruk gamle partisjoner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis dette alternativet er tilgjengelig, har eksisterende Linux-kompatible "
+"partisjoner blitt funnet og kan brukes til installasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Bruk ledig plass"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har ubrukt plass på harddisken, vil dette alternativet bruke det til "
+"din nye Mageia-installasjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Bruk ledig plass på Microsoft Windows®-partisjonen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har ubrukt plass på en eksisterende Windows-partisjon, kan "
+"installasjonen tilby å bruke den."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dette kan være en nyttig måte å gjøre plass til din nye Mageia-installasjon, "
+"men det er en risikofylt operasjon, så du bør sørge for at du har "
+"sikkerhetskopiert alle viktige filer!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Merk at dette innebærer å krympe størrelsen på Windows-partisjonen. "
+"Partisjonen må være \"ren\", noe som betyr at Windows må ha stengt riktig "
+"sist den ble brukt. Det må også være defragmentert, selv om dette ikke er en "
+"garanti for at alle filer i partisjonen er flyttet ut av området som skal "
+"brukes. Det anbefales å sikkerhetskopiere dine personlige filer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Med dette alternativet viser installasjonen den gjenværende Windows-"
+"partisjonen i lyseblå og den fremtidige Mageia-partisjonen i mørkeblå med de "
+"tilsiktede størrelsene like under. Du har mulighet til å tilpasse disse "
+"størrelsene ved å klikke og dra mellomrummet mellom begge partisjonene. Se "
+"skjermbildet nedenfor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Slett og bruk hele disken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Dette alternativet vil bruke hele disken for Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Merk! Dette vil slette ALLE data på den valgte harddisken. Vær forsiktig!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har tenkt å bruke en del av disken til noe annet, eller hvis du "
+"allerede har data på stasjonen du ikke er villig til å miste, bruk ikke "
+"dette alternativet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Egendefinert partisjonering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette gir deg full kontroll over plasseringen av installasjonen på "
+"harddisken(e) din."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sett opp partisjonsstørrelser:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr "Installasjonen vil dele tilgjengelig plass etter følgende regler:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis det totale tilgjengelige stedet er mindre enn 50 GB, opprettes kun en "
+"partisjon for /, det er ingen separat partisjon for / hjemme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis den totale tilgjengelige plassen er over 50 GB, blir tre partisjoner "
+"opprettet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 av den totale tilgjengelige plassen er tildelt / med maksimalt 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 er allokert til vekslingspartisjon med maksimalt 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "resten (minst 12/19) er tildelt / home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Det betyr at fra 160 GB og over tilgjengelig plass, vil installasjonen "
+"opprette tre partisjoner: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for bytte og resten for / home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du bruker et UEFI-system, vil ESP (EFI System Partition) automatisk bli "
+"oppdaget, eller opprettet hvis den ikke eksisterer ennå, og montert på / "
+"boot / EFI. \"Tilpasset diskpartisjonering\" -alternativet er det eneste som "
+"gjør det mulig å sjekke at det er gjort riktig"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du bruker et Legacy-system (kjent som CSM eller BIOS) med en GPT-disk, "
+"må du opprette en Bios-oppstartspartisjon hvis den ikke allerede eksisterer. "
+"Det er en ca. 1 MB-partisjon uten monteringspunkt. Velg <xref linkend="
+"\"diskdrake\"/> for å kunne opprette det ved installasjonen som alle andre "
+"partisjoner, velg bare BIOS boot partisjon som filsystemtype."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Noen nyere disker bruker nå 4096 byte logiske sektorer, i stedet for den "
+"forrige standarden på 512 byte logiske sektorer. På grunn av mangel på "
+"tilgjengelig maskinvare, har partisjoneringsverktøyet som ble brukt i "
+"installasjonsprogrammet ikke blitt testet med en slik disk. Også noen ssd-"
+"stasjoner bruker nå en sletteblokkstørrelse over 1 MB. Vi foreslår at du "
+"forhåndsdeler stasjonen, ved hjelp av et alternativt partisjoneringsverktøy "
+"som gparted, hvis du har en slik enhet, og bruker følgende innstillinger:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Juster til\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Fri plass foran (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Pass også på at alle partisjoner er opprettet med et jevnt antall megabyte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Installerer fra LIVE medium"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Januar 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageias Offisielle dokumentasjon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0 "
+"lisensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Denne manualen ble produsert med hjelp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utviklet av <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ingen vil se alle installasjonsskjermbildene du ser i denne manualen. Hvilke "
+"skjermbilder du kommer til å se er avhengig av  din maskinvare og de valg du "
+"gjør under installasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Installasjon med DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Februar 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Gratulerer"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Du er ferdig med å installere og konfigurere <application>Mageia</"
+"application> og det er nå trygt å fjerne installasjonsmediet og starte "
+"datamaskinen på nytt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Etter at du har startet på nytt, kan du velge mellom operativsystemene på "
+"datamaskinen din (hvis du har mer enn én) ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke justerte innstillingene for opplstartslasteren, blir Mageia-"
+"installasjonen automatisk valgt og startet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Nyt!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr "Gå til www.mageia.org hvs du har spørsmål eller vil bidra til Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Brannmur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Denne delen gjør det mulig å konfigurere noen enkle brannmurregler: de "
+"bestemmer hvilken type melding fra Internett som skal aksepteres av "
+"målsystemet. Dette tillater at de tilsvarende tjenestene på systemet er "
+"tilgjengelige fra Internett."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"I standardinnstillingen er ingen knapp aktivert - ingen tjeneste av systemet "
+"er tilgjengelig fra nettverket. \"<emphasis>Alt (ingen brannmur)</emphasis>"
+"\" knappen har en spesiell rolle: den gir aksess til alle tjenestene på "
+"maskinen - et alternativ som ikke gir mye mening i samband med ettersom det "
+"ville skape  et totaslt ubeskyttet system.  Dens hensikt er i sammenheng med "
+"Mageia Control Center (som bruker samme GUI-oppsett) for midlertidig "
+"deaktivering av hele settet av brannmurregler for testing og feilsøking."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle de andre boksene er mer eller mindre selvforklarende. Som et eksempel, "
+"vil du sjekke \"CUPS server\" -knappen hvis du vil at skrivere på maskinen "
+"skal være tilgjengelige fra nettverket."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"Settet med sjekkknapper består bare av de vanligste tjenestene. Med "
+"\"Avansert\" -knappen kan du aktivere meldinger som samsvarer med en "
+"tjeneste som ingen knapp finnes for. \"Avansert\" -knappen åpner et vindu "
+"der du kan aktivere en rekke tjenester ved å skrive en liste over par (tomt "
+"skilt)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-nummer>/&lt;protokoll></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-nummer></emphasis> er verdien til porten som er tildelt "
+"tjenesten du vil sette opp ( 873 for RSYNC tjenesten) som definert i "
+"<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> er en av <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> "
+"ellerr <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - internett protokolenl that isom er brukt "
+"av tjenesten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"For eksempel, angivelsen for å gi tilgang til RSYNC tjenestener således "
+"<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis en tjeneste er implementert for å bruke begge protokollene, angir du 2 "
+"par for samme port."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formater"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Her kan du velge hvilken partisjon (er) du ønsker å formatere. Eventuelle "
+"data på partisjoner <emphasis>som ikke er</emphasis>merket for formatering, "
+"blir lagret."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr "Vanligvis må minst partisjonene DrakX valgte, formateres"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klikk på <guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> for å velgede partisjonenedo ønsker "
+"å kontrollere for så kallede <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke er sikker på at du har gjort det riktige valget, kan du klikke "
+"på <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton>, igjen på <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton> "
+"og så på <guibutton>Egendefinert</guibutton> tfor å komme tilbake til "
+"hovedskjermbildet. I det kan du velge om du vil se hva som er i partisjonene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du er fornøyd med valgene, klikk på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> for å "
+"fortsette."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX er Mageia installereren"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Enten du er ny for GNU-Linux eller en erfaren bruker, er Mageia Installer "
+"designet for å gjøre installasjonen din eller oppgradering så enkel som "
+"mulig."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Det første menyskjermbildet har forskjellige alternativer, men "
+"standardinnstillingen starter installasjonen, som normalt vil være alt du "
+"trenger."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Installasjons velkomstskjermen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Bruker en Mageia DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Her er standard velkomstskjermer når du bruker en Mageia DVD, den første med "
+"et UEFI-system og det andre med et Legacy-system:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"Fra denne skjermen kan du få tilgang til alternativer ved å trykke på \"e\" -"
+"bokstaven for å gå inn i \"redigeringsmodus\". For å komme tilbake til denne "
+"skjermen, trykk enten på tasten \"esc\" for å avslutte uten å lagre eller "
+"trykk på \"Ctrl\" eller \"F10\" for å avslutte med lagring."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Fra denne skjermen er det mulig å angi noen personlige preferanser:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Språket (kun for installasjonen kan være annerledes enn det valgte språket "
+"for systemet) ved å trykke på tasten F2 (bare Legacy modus)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Bruk piltastene til å velge språk og trykk på tasten Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Her er for eksempel den franske velkomstskjermen når du bruker en Live DVD / "
+"CD. Merk at Live DVD / CD-menyen ikke foreslår:<guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Minnetest</guilabel> og <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Endre skjermoppløsningen ved å trykke F3-tasten (bare legemodus)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Legg til noen alternativer ved å trykke <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> tasten for legacy modus eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> "
+"tasten for  UEFI modus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis installasjonen mislykkes, kan det være nødvendig å prøve igjen ved "
+"hjelp av ett av de ekstra alternativene. Menyen som kalles av F6 viser en ny "
+"linje som heter <guilabel>Oppstarts alternativer</guilabel> og foreslå fire "
+"oppføringer:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Standard, det endrer ikke noe i standardvalgene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strømstyring blir "
+"ikke tatt i betraktning."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det "
+"handler om CPU-forstyrrelser, velg dette alternativet hvis du blir bedt om "
+"det."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du velger en av disse oppføringene, endrer den standardalternativene som "
+"vises i<guilabel>Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"I enkelte Mageia utgivelser kan det hende at oppføringene som er valgt med "
+"nøkkelen F6, ikke vises i<guilabel>Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel> , men de "
+"bli virkelig brukt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Legg til flere alternativer for kjernen ved å trykke F1 (Kun i Legacy modus)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ved å trykke F1 åpnes et nytt vindu med flere tilgjengelige alternativer. "
+"Velg en med piltastene og trykk Enter for å få flere detaljer, eller trykk "
+"på Esc-tasten for å gå tilbake til velkomstskjermbildet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Den detaljerte visningen om alternativet splash. Trykk på Esc eller velg "
+"<guilabel>Gå tilbake til Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel> for å gå tilbake "
+"til alternativlisten. Disse alternativene kan legges for hånd i "
+"<guilabel>Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Hjelpen er oversatt til det valgte språket med F2-tasten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"For mer informasjon om kjernevalg på eldre og UEFI-systemer, se:<link ns2:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Bruke et kablet nettverk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Her er standard velkomstskjermen når du bruker en kablet nettverksbasert "
+"installasjons-CD (netinstall.iso eller netinstall-nonfree.iso-bilder):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det tillater ikke å endre språket, de tilgjengelige alternativene er "
+"beskrevet på skjermen. For mer informasjon om bruk av en kablet "
+"nettverksbasert installasjons-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Tastaturoppsettet er det amerikanske."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Installasjonsfasene"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Installasjonsprosessen er delt inn i en rekke trinn, som kan følges på "
+"skjermens sidepanelet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvert trinn har en eller flere skjermer som også kan ha <guibutton>Avansert</"
+"guibutton> knapper med ekstra og mindre vanlige alternativer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste skjermbildene har <guibutton>Hjelp</guibutton> knapper som gir "
+"ytterligere forklaringer om det aktuelle steget."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis det et sted under installasjonen bestemmer deg for å stoppe "
+"installasjonen, er det mulig å starte om igjen, men vær så snill å tenke to "
+"ganger før du gjør dette. Når en partisjon er formatert eller oppdateringer "
+"har begynt å bli installert, er datamaskinen din ikke lenger i samme "
+"tilstand, og omstart kan godt gi deg et ubrukbart system. Hvis du til tross "
+"for dette er veldig sikker på omstart, gå til en tekstterminal ved å trykke "
+"på de tre tastene<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidige. Etter det, "
+"trykk <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtidige for omstart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Installasjonsproblem og mulige løsninger"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Ikke Grafisk grensesnitt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke  kom til språkvalgsskjermen startskjermbildet noe som kan skje "
+"med noen grafikkort og eldre systemer. Prøv å bruke lav oppløsning ved å "
+"skrive <code>vgalo</code> ved prompten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis maskinvaren er svært gammel, kan det hende at det ikke er mulig å "
+"installere en grafisk installasjon. I dette tilfellet er det verdt å prøve "
+"en tekstmodusinstallasjon. For å bruke denne treff ESC på første "
+"velkomstskjerm og bekreft med ENTER. Du vil bli presentert med en svart "
+"skjerm med ordet \"boot:\". Skriv \"text\" og trykk ENTER. Fortsett nå med "
+"installasjonen i tekstmodus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Installasjonen fryser"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis systemet syntes å fryse under installasjonen, kan dette være et problem "
+"med maskinvaredeteksjon. I dette tilfellet kan automatisk deteksjon av "
+"maskinvare omgås og håndteres senere. For å prøve dette, skriv "
+"inn<code>noauto</code> ved prompten. Dette alternativet kan også kombineres "
+"med andre alternativer etter behov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM problem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Disse vil sjelden være nødvendig, men i noen tilfeller kan maskinvaren "
+"rapportere tilgjengelig RAM ukorrekt. For å spesifisere dette manuelt, kan "
+"du bruke <code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, hvor xxx er det korrekte RAM. e.g. "
+"<code>mem=256M</code> vil gi 256MB RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dynamiske partisjoner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du konverterte harddisken fra \"grunnleggende\" format til \"dynamisk\" "
+"format på Microsoft Windows, må du vite at det er umulig å installere Mageia "
+"på denne disken. For å gå tilbake til en grunnleggende disk, se Microsoft-"
+"dokumentasjonen: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Oppdateringer"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Siden denne versjonen av <application>Mageia</application> ble utgitt, noen "
+"pakker vil ha blitt oppdatert eller forbedret."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Velg <guilabel>ja</guilabel> hvis du ønsker å laste ned og installere de, "
+"Velg <guilabel>nei</guilabel> i hvis du ikke vil gjøre dette nå eller hvis "
+"du ikke er koblet til internett."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Press<guibutton>Neste</guibutton> for å fortsette."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Logg inn skjermbilde"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM logg inn skjermbilde"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Til slutt kommer du til loginn skjermbildet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv inn brukernavnet og passordet ditt, og om noen sekunder har du et "
+"lastet KDE- eller GNOME-skrivebord, avhengig av hvilket livemedium du "
+"brukte. Du kan nå begynne å bruke Mageia-installasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du finner en annen del av dokumentasjonen på<link linkend=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\"> Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Mediumvalg (Ikke fri)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Her har du listen over tilgjengelige pakkebrønner. Ikke alle pakkebrønner er "
+"tilgjengelige, i henhold til hvilke medier du bruker til å installere. "
+"Valget av pakkebrønner bestemmer hvilke pakker som er tilgjengelige for valg "
+"i de neste trinnene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+" <emphasis>Kjerne</emphasis> pakkebrønnen kan ikke deaktiveres da den "
+"inneholder kjernedistribusjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> pakkebrønnen Inkluderer pakker som er gratis, "
+"det vil si at Mageia kan distribuere dem, men de inneholder lukket "
+"programvare (dermed navnet - Nonfree). For eksempel inneholder denne "
+"pakkebrønnen nVidia og ATI grafikkort proprietære drivere, fastvare for "
+"forskjellige WiFi-kort, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+" <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> pakkebrønnen inneholder pakker utgitt under en "
+"fri lisens. Hovedkriteriene for å plassere pakker i dette depotet er at de "
+"kan krenke patenter og opphavsrettigheter i enkelte land, f.eks. "
+"Multimediekodekoller trengte å spille av ulike lyd- / videofiler; pakker som "
+"trengs for å spille kommersiell video-DVD, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimal Installasjon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan velge en minimal installasjon ved å de-velge alt på skjermbildet for "
+"valg av pakkegruppe, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis ønskelig, kan du også krysse alternativet \"Individuell pakkevalg\" på "
+"samme skjerm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimal installasjon er beregnet for de med spesifikke anvendelser i tankene "
+"for deres <application>Mageia</application>, for eksempel en server eller en "
+"spesialisert arbeidsstasjon. Du vil nok bruke dette alternativet kombinert "
+"med alternativet \"Individuelle pakkevalg\" nevnt ovenfor, for å finjustere "
+"installasjonen din, se<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du velger denne installasjonsklassen, vil det relaterte skjermbildet gi "
+"deg noen nyttige ekstraelementer å installere, for eksempel dokumentasjon og "
+"X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis valgt, \"Med X\" vil det også inkludere IceWM somert lett "
+"skrivebordsmiljø."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Den grunnleggende dokumentasjonen er gitt i form av \"man\" og info sider. "
+"Den inneholder \"man\" sider fra <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> og <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info "
+"sider."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Sammendrag av diverse parametere"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX gjorde smarte valg for konfigurasjonen av systemet ditt, avhengig av "
+"hvilke valg du har gjort,  og på maskinvaren DrakX oppdaget. Du kan sjekke "
+"innstillingene her og endre dem hvis du vil ha det etter å trykke "
+"<guibutton>Konfigurer</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Som hovedregel anbefales standardinnstillinger, og du kan beholde dem med 3 "
+"unntak:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "det er kjente problemer med en standardinnstilling"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "standardinnstillingen er allerede prøvd, og den mislykktes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "noe annet er sagt i de detaljerte delene nedenfor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Systemparametere"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tidssone</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX valgte en tidssone for deg, avhengig av ditt foretrukne språk. Du kan "
+"endre det om nødvendig. Se også<xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Land/ Region</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke er i det valgte landet, er det svært viktig at du korrigerer "
+"innstillingen. Se <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Oppstartslaster</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX har gjort bra valg for oppstartslaster parametrene"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Ikke gjør endringer hvis du ikke vet hvordan du konfigurerer Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Brukeradministrasjon</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Her kan du kan legge til flere brukere. De vil få sine egne <literal>/home, "
+"hjemme</literal> områder."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tjenester</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemtjenester refererer til de små programmene som kjører bakgrunnen "
+"(daemoner). Dette verktøyet lar deg aktivere eller deaktivere bestemte "
+"oppgaver."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Du bør sjekke nøye før du endrer noe her - en feil kan forhindre at "
+"datamaskinen din fungerer som den skal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Maskinvare-parametre"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er hvor du konfigurerer eller endrer tastaturoppsettet ditt, som "
+"avhenger av plasseringen, språket eller typen tastatur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er hvor du konfigurerer eller endrer tastaturoppsettet ditt, som "
+"avhenger av plassering, språk eller tastaturtype."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr "Her kan du legge til, konfigurere andre pekenheter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>lydkort</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Installasjonsprogrammet bruker en standarddriverdersom en slik finnes. "
+"Alternativet for å velge en annen driver blir bare gitt når det er mer enn "
+"én driver for kortet ditt, men ingen av dem er satt som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafisk grensesnitt</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr "Denne seksjonen lar deg konfigurere grafikkkort og skjermer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Nettverk og internettparametre"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Nettverk</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan konfigurere nettverket ditt her, men for nettverkskort med non-free "
+"drivere er det bedre å gjøre det etter omstart, i <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, hvis du ikke allerede har aktivert Nonfree "
+"media pakkebrønnene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du legger til et nettverkskort, ikke glem å sette opp dette "
+"grensesnittet i brannmuren også."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxier</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"En proxy-server fungerer som mellomledd mellom datamaskinen og det bredere "
+"internett. Denne delen lar deg konfigurere datamaskinen for å bruke en proxy-"
+"tjeneste."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Du må kanskje konsultere systemadministratoren for å få parameterne du skal "
+"skrive inn her"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sikkerhet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Sikkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Her angir du sikkerhetsnivået for datamaskinen, i de fleste tilfeller er "
+"standardinnstillingen (Standard) tilstrekkelig til generell bruk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Marker det alternativet som best passer dine behov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Brannmur</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"En brannmur er ment å være en barriere mellom viktige data og kjeltringer "
+"der ute på internett som ville kompromittere eller stjele dine data."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg de tjenestene du vil ha på systemet ditt. Dine valg vil avhenge av hva "
+"du bruker datamaskinen til. For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"firewall"
+"\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr "Husk at å tillate alt (ingen brannmur) kan være veldig risikabelt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Start på nytt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Når oppstartslasteren er installert, blir du bedt om å stoppe datamaskinen, "
+"fjerne live-CDen og starte datamaskinen på nytt, klikk på <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"><guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton></emphasis> og gjør som du blir bedt "
+"om<emphasis role=\"bold\"> i denne rekkefølgen</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du starter på nytt, ser du en rekke nedlastingsfremdriftsfelt. Disse "
+"indikerer at programvarelistelistene lastes ned (se "
+"Programvareadministrasjon)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Endre størrelse på  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partisjonen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har mer enn en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partisjon.  Velg hvilken som som skal reduseres for å lage "
+"plass for å installere. <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Sikkerhetsnivå"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Du kan justere sikkerhetsnivået ditt her."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "La det stå tomt hvis du ikke vet hva du bør gjøre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Etter installasjonen vil det alltid være mulig å justere "
+"sikkerhetsinnstillingene i <guilabel>Sikkerhet</guilabel> som er en del av  "
+"Mageia Control Center."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Velg og bruk ISOer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introduksjon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia distribueres som ISO bilder. Denne siden vil hjelpe deg til å velge "
+"hvilket bilde som passer dine behov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Det er to typer media:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Klassisk installasjon: Etter å ha startet mediet, følger det en prosess som "
+"gjør det mulig å velge hva du skal installere og hvordan du konfigurerer "
+"målsystemet. Dette gir deg maksimal fleksibilitet for en tilpasset "
+"installasjon, spesielt for å velge hvilket skrivebordsmiljø du vil "
+"installere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"LIVE media: du kan starte mediet i et ekte Mageia-system uten å installere "
+"det, for å se hva du får etter installasjonen. Installasjonsprosessen er "
+"enklere, men du får mindre valg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Detaljer finnes i de neste seksjonene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definisjon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Her er et medium (flertall: media) en ISO-bildefil som gjør at du kan "
+"installere og / eller oppdatere Mageia, og i tillegg til enhver fysisk "
+"støtte som ISO-filen er kopiert til."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan finne dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">her</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klassisk installasjonsmedia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Felles egenskaper"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Disse ISOene bruker den tradisjonelle installereren, DrakX."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"De kan enten gjøre en ren installasjon eller oppgrader fra en tidligere "
+"versjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Noen verktøy er tilgjengelige på velkomstskjermen: Rescue System, Minne "
+"Test, Hardware Detection Tool."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Hver DVD inneholder mange tilgjengelige skrivebordsmiljøer og språk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr "Under installasjonen kan du velge å legge til ikke fri programvare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Live media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan brukes til å forhåndsvise distribusjonen uten å installere den på en "
+"HDD, og eventuelt installere Mageia på HDD."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hver ISO inneholder kune et skrivebordsmiljø (Plasma, GNOME eller Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-er kan bare brukes til å lage rene "
+"installasjoner, de kan ikke brukes til å oppgradere fra tidligere utgivelser."
+"</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "De inneholder ikke fri programvare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Live DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Kun Plasma desktop."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Alle språk er tilgjengelige"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Kun 64 bits arkitektur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Kun GNOME desktop."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Kun 64 bits arkitektur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Live DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Kun Xfce desktop."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 eller 64 bits arkitektur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Kun oppstarts CD media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvert er et lite bilde som ikke inneholder mer enn det som trengs for å "
+"starte drakxinstallatøren og finne drakx-installer-scene2 og andre pakker "
+"som trengs for å fortsette og fullføre installasjonen. Disse pakkene kan "
+"være på PC-harddisken, på en lokal stasjon, på et lokalt nettverk eller på "
+"Internett."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Disse mediene er svært lyse (mindre enn 100 MB) og er praktisk når "
+"båndbredden er for lav til å laste ned en full DVD, en PC uten DVD-stasjon "
+"eller en PC som ikke kan starte fra en USB-pinne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Kun Engelsk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Inneholder bare fri programvare for de som ikke vil bruke ikke fri "
+"programvare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Inneholder ikke-fri programvare (mest drivere og multimedia kodekser) for de "
+"som har behov for det."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Laster ned og kontrollerer media."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Laster ned"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Når du har valgt din ISO-fil, kan du laste den ned med enten http eller "
+"BitTorrent. I begge tilfeller gis det noe informasjon i et vindu , for "
+"eksempel speilet i bruk og en mulighet til å endre hvis båndbredden er lav. "
+"Hvis http er valgt, kan du også se noe lignende"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum og sha1sum er verktøy for å kontrollere ISO-integriteten. Bruk bare "
+"en av dem. Behold en av dem <link linkend=\"integrity\">for ytterligere "
+"bruk</link>. Så åpnes et vindu likt dette:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Klikk radioknappen Lagre Fil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Kontrollerer integriteten til det nedlastede mediet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Begge kontrollsummene er heksadesimale tall beregnet av en algoritme fra "
+"filen som skal lastes ned. Når du spør disse algoritmene om å beregne dette "
+"nummeret fra den nedlastede filen, har du enten samme nummer og den "
+"nedlastede filen er riktig, eller nummeret er annerledes og du har en feil. "
+"En feil fører til at du bør forsøke å laste ned eller prøve en reparasjon "
+"ved hjelp av BitTorrent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Åpne et konsollvindu, du trenger ikke være rot og:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- For å bruke md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- For å bruke sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"og sammenlign det oppnådde nummeret på datamaskinen din (du må kanskje vente "
+"en stund) med nummeret gitt av Mageia. Eksempel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Brenn eller dump ISOen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Den sjekket ISO kan nå brennes til en CD eller DVD eller dumpes til en USB-"
+"pinne. Disse operasjonene er ikke en filkopiering, men tar sikte på å lage "
+"et oppstartbart medium."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Brenner ISO til en CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bruk hvilken brenner du ønsker, men vær sikker på at brenneverktøyet er satt "
+"opp korrekt for å  <emphasis role=\"bold\">brenne et bilde</emphasis>, "
+"brenne data eller filene er ikke korrekte. Det finnes mer informasjon i "
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images"
+"\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Dumper ISOen til en USB disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Mageia ISO-er er hybrider, noe som betyr at du kan \"dumpe\" dem til en "
+"USB-pinne og deretter bruke den til å starte og installere systemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Dumping\" et bilde på en flash-enhet ødelegger det tidligere filsystemet "
+"på enheten; eventuelle andre data vil gå tapt og partisjonskapasiteten blir "
+"redusert til bildestørrelsen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"For å gjenopprette den opprinnelige kapasiteten, må du gjenta partisjonering "
+"og omformater USB-pinnen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Bruker et grafisk verktøy inne i Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruke et grafisk verktøy som <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Bruker et grafisk verktøy i Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Du kan prøve:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> bruke "
+"\"ISO bildet\" alternativet;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Å bruke kommandolinje i et GNU/Linux system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er potensielt * farlig * å gjøre dette for hånd. Du risikerer å "
+"overskrive en diskpartisjon hvis du får enhets-ID feil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Du kan også bruke dd verktøyet i en konsoll:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Åpne et konsollsvindu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Bli root med kommandoen  <userinput>su -</userinput> (ikke glem '-' på "
+"slutten)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Plugg inn USB-pinnen din (ikke monter den, det betyr også ikke å åpne et "
+"program eller en filbehandling som kan få tilgang til eller lese den)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Skriv inn komandoen <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativt kan du hente enhetsnavnet med kommandoen <code>dmesg</code>: til "
+"slutt ser du enhetsnavnet som starter med <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, og "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> i dette tilfellet:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Finn enhetsnavnet til USB-pinnen (fra størrelsen), for eksempel <code>/dev/"
+"sdb</code> i skjermebildet ovenfor er det en 8GB USB pinne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv inn kommandoen: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Hvor X=enhetsnavnet feks: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Eksempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Skriv inn kommandoen: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Ferdig, ta ut USB disken. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Velg Land/Region"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg ditt land eller din region. Dette er viktig for alle typer "
+"innstillinger, som valuta og trådløst regulatorisk domene. Hvis du angir "
+"feil land, kan det føre til at du ikke kan bruke et trådløst nettverk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis lan det ditt ikke er listet, klikk på <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> "
+"knappen og velg landet ditt eller regionen der."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis landet ditt bare er i  <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> listen, etter at "
+"du har klikket <guibutton>OK</guibutton> kan det se ut som om et land fra "
+"den første listen ble valgt. Vennligst ignorer dette.  DrakX vil bruke dine "
+"valg.."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Innput metode"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"I <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> skjermbildet kan du også velge en "
+"innmatningssmetode (nederst på listen). Innmatningsmetoder lar brukerne "
+"legge inn flerspråklige tegn (kinesisk, japansk, koreansk, etc). IBus er "
+"standard innput metode, slik at brukerne ikke trenger å konfigurere den "
+"manuelt. Andre Innmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME osv.) Gir også lignende "
+"funksjoner og kan installeres hvis du har lagt til HTTP / FTP-medier før "
+"pakkevalg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du savner in-put oppsettet under installasjonen, kan du få tilgang til "
+"den etter at du har startet opp det installerte systemet via \"Konfigurer "
+"datamaskinen\" -> \"System\", eller ved å kjøre localedrake som rot."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Installer eller Oppgrader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Installer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Bruk dette alternativet for en nyinstallasjon av <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Oppgrader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har en eller flere <application>Mageia</application> installasjoner "
+"på systemet ditt, vil installasjonen tillate at du oppgraderer fra en av de "
+"til siste utgivelse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Bare oppgradering fra en tidligere Mageia-versjon som var <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> da denne installatørens versjon ble utgitt, har blitt "
+"grundig testet. Hvis du vil oppgradere en Mageia-versjon som allerede hadde "
+"nådd \tEndOf Life når denne ble utgitt, er det bedre å gjøre en ren "
+"installasjon mens du beholder din <literal>/home</literal> partisjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du under installasjonen bestemmer deg for å stoppe installasjonen, er "
+"det mulig å starte på nytt, men vær så snill å tenke to ganger før du gjør "
+"dette. Når en partisjon er formatert eller oppdateringer har begynt å bli "
+"installert, er ikke datamaskinen din i samme tilstand lenger, og omstart av "
+"det kan gi deg et ubrukbart system. Hvis du til tross for det er veldig "
+"sikker på omstart, er det du vil, gå til en tekstterminal ved å trykke på de "
+"tre tastene <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> samtidig. Etter det "
+"trykk<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> samtidig for omstart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har oppdaget at du har glemt å velge et ekstra språk, kan du gå "
+"tilbake fra skjermbildet \"Installere eller oppgradere\" til skjermbildet "
+"for språkvalg ved å trykke <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gjør "
+"<emphasis>ikke</emphasis> dette senere under installasjonsprosessen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Velg tastatur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Du må sette tastaturoppsettet du vil bruke i Mageia. Standardinnstillingen "
+"er valgt i henhold til ditt valgte språk og tidssone."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastatur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX velger et passende tastatur for språket ditt. Hvis det ikke finnes noe "
+"passende tastatur, vil amerikansk tastaturlayout bli satt som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kontroller at valget er riktig eller velg et annet tastaturlayout. Hvis du "
+"ikke vet hvilket layout tastaturet ditt har, se i spesifikasjonene som "
+"fulgte med systemet, eller spør datamaskinleverandøren. Det kan til og med "
+"være en etikett på tastaturet som identifiserer oppsettet. Du kan også se "
+"her: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis tastaturet  ikke vises i listen, klikk<guibutton>Mer</guibutton> for å "
+"få en komplett liste og velg tastaturet ditt fra denne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Etter å ha valgt  <guibutton>Mer</guibutton> dialogen, vil du bli sendt "
+"tilbake til det første tastaturvalgetl rog det vil virke som om et tastatur "
+"fra den skjermen ble valgt. Du kan trygt ignorere denne anomali og fortsette "
+"installasjonen: Ditt tastatur er det du valgte fra den hele listen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du velger et tastatur basert på ikke-latinske tegn, vil du se en ekstra "
+"dialogskjerm som spør hvordan du foretrekker å bytte mellom latinske og ikke-"
+"latinske tastaturoppsett"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Velg språk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg ditt foretrukne språk ved å først utvide listen for kontinentet ditt.. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> vil bruke dette valget under "
+"installasjonen og for det installerte systemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg ditt foretrukne språk.  <application>Mageia</application> vil bruke "
+"dette valget under  installasjonen og for det installerte systemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis det er sannsynlig at du vil kreve flere språk installert på systemet "
+"ditt, for deg selv eller andre brukere, bør du bruke <guibutton>Flere språk</"
+"guibutton> knappen for å legge dem til nå. Det vil være vanskelig å legge "
+"til ekstra språkstøtte etter installasjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Selv om du velger mer enn ett språk, må du først velge en av dem som ditt "
+"foretrukne språk på førstespråk skjermen. Det vil også bli merket som valgt "
+"på skjermbildet for flere språk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis tastaturspråket ikke er det samme som ditt foretrukne språk, er det "
+"tilrådelig å installere språket til tastaturet ditt også."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia bruker UTF-8 (Unicode) som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette kan være deaktivert på skjermen \"flere språk\" hvis du vet at det er "
+"upassende for språket ditt. Deaktivering av UTF-8 gjelder for alle "
+"installerte språk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan endre språket i systemet ditt etter installasjon i Mageia Control "
+"Center -> System -> Behandle lokalisering for systemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Velg mus"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke er fornøyd med hvordan musa virker, kan du velge en annen her."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalt er, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Enhver PS/2 og USB "
+"mus</guilabel> et godt valg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg <guilabel>Universell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tving evdev</guilabel> tfor "
+"å konfigurere knappene som ikke virker på en mus med 6 eller flere knapper."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Legg til eller endre et oppstartsmenypunkt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"For å gjøre det må du manuelt redigere /boot/grub2/custom.cfg eller bruke "
+"programvaren grub-tilpasser i stedet (Tilgjengelig i Mageia-pakkebrønnene)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"For mer informasjon, se vår wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Hovedvalg for oppstartslaster"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Oppstartslaster grensesnitt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Mageia bruker som standard kun:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (med eller uten en grafisk meny) for et eledre/MBR eller eldre GPT "
+"system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi for et UEFI system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Mageias grafiske menyer er fine :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 på et eldre/MBR og eldre/GPT system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "Ikke endre \"Boot Device\", med mindre du virkelig vet hva du gjør."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi på UEFI systemer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Med et UEFI-system er brukergrensesnittet litt annerledes da du ikke kan "
+"velge mellom med eller uten grafisk meny"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis Mageia er det eneste systemet som er installert på datamaskinen, "
+"opprettet installasjonen en ESP (EFI System Partition) for å motta "
+"oppstartslederen (Grub2-efi). Hvis det allerede er installert et UEFI-"
+"operativsystemer på datamaskinen din (Windows 8 for eksempel), oppdager "
+"Mageia-installasjonen den eksisterende ESP laget av Windows og legger til "
+"grub2-efi. Selv om det er mulig å ha flere ESPer, er det bare en som er "
+"anbefalt og nok uansett antall operativsystemer du har."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Bruker en Mageia oppstartslaster"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Som standard i henhold til systemet ditt, skriver Mageia en ny:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 oppstartslaster, enten til MBR (Master Boot Record)  på den første "
+"harddisken eller til  BIOS oppstartspartisjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi oppstartslaster til ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du allerede har andre operativsystemer installert, forsøker Mageia å "
+"legge dem til din nye Mageia oppstartsmeny. Hvis du ikke vil ha denne "
+"oppførselen, klikker du på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> og avmarker boksen "
+"<guilabel>Teste Fremmed OS</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Bruker en eksisterende oppstartslaster"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Den nøyaktige prosedyren for å legge Mageia-systemet til en eksisterende "
+"oppstartslaster er utenfor rammen av denne hjelpen, men i de fleste "
+"tilfeller vil det innebære å kjøre det aktuelle startprogrammet for "
+"opplastingsprogrammer, som skal oppdage og legge det til automatisk. Se "
+"dokumentasjonen for det aktuelle operativsystemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Bruker kjedelasting"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke vil ha en oppstartbar Mageia, men laste den fra et annet "
+"operativsystem, klikker du på<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>, så på "
+"<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> og marker boksen <guilabel>Rør ikke ESP "
+"eller MBR</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du vil få en advarsel om at oppstartslasteren mangler. Ignorer den ved å "
+"klikke på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Valg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Første side"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Forsinkelse før oppstart av standardbildet</guilabel>: Denne "
+"tekstboksen lar deg angi en forsinkelse i sekunder før standard "
+"operativsystemet er startet opp."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sikkerhet</guilabel>: Dette lar deg sette et passord for "
+"oppstartslasteren. Dette betyr at brukernavn og passord må oppgis ved "
+"oppstartstidspunkt for å velge en oppstartspost eller endre innstillinger. "
+"Brukernavnet er \"root\" og passordet er det som er valgt her etter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passord</guilabel>: Denne tekstboksen er hvor du faktisk skriver "
+"inn passordet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passord (igjen)</guilabel>: Skriv inn passordet igjen, og Drakx "
+"vil kontrollere at det samsvarer med det som er angitt ovenfor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Avansert</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktiver ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) er en standard for strømstyring. Det kan spare energi ved å "
+"stoppe ubrukte enheter, dette var metoden som ble brukt før APM. Hvis du "
+"fjerner avmerkningen, kan det være nyttig hvis datamaskinen din ikke støtter "
+"ACPI, eller hvis du tror at implementeringen av ACPI kan forårsake noen "
+"problemer (for eksempel tilfeldige omstart eller systemlåser)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktiver SMP</guilabel>: Dette alternativet aktiverer / deaktiverer "
+"symmetrisk multiprosessering  for fler-kjærne prosessorer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktiver APIC</guilabel>: Aktivering eller deaktivering av dette "
+"gir operativsystemet tilgang til den avanserte programmerbare "
+"avbruddskontrollen. APIC-enheter tillater mer komplekse prioritetsmodeller, "
+"og Avansert IRQ (Interrupt Request) -administrasjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktiver Lokal APIC</guilabel>: Her kan du angi lokale APIC, som "
+"administrerer alle eksterne avbrudd for en bestemt prosessor i et SMP-system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Neste side"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Standard:</guilabel> Operatsystemet startet opp av standard"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Legg til:</guilabel> Dette alternativet lar deg sende "
+"kjernedataene eller fortelle kjernen for å gi deg mer informasjon når den "
+"starter opp."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Test fremmed OS</guilabel>: se ovenfor <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Bruker en Mageia oppstartslaster</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Video modus:</guilabel> Dette setter skjermstørrelsen og "
+"fargedybden som startmenyen vil bruke. Hvis du klikker på nedre trekant, vil "
+"du bli tilbudt andre størrelses- og fargedybdealternativer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ikke rør ESP eller MBR</emphasis>: se ovenfor <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Bruker kjedelasting</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Set opp SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX oppdager vanligvis harddisker på riktig måte. Med noen eldre SCSI-"
+"kontrollere kan det hende at det ikke er mulig å bestemme de riktige "
+"driverne som skal brukes, og deretter mislykkes det å gjenkjenne stasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis dette skjer, må du manuelt fortelle Drakx hvilken SCSI-stasjon (er) du "
+"har."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX skal da kunne konfigurere stasjonen (e) riktig."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Sett opp lyd"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"I denne skjermen er navnet på driveren som installasjonen valgte for "
+"lydkortet ditt gitt, denne vil være standarddriveren, dersom vi har en "
+"standard driver."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Standard driveren skal fungere uten problemer. Men hvis du etter "
+"installasjon støter på problemer, kjør dar <command>draksound</command> "
+"eller start dette verktøyetvia MCC (Mageia Control Center), gjennom å velge "
+"<guilabel>Maskinvare</guilabel> fliken og klikk på <guilabel>Lyd "
+"Konfigurasjon</guilabel> på  skjermens høyre topp."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Deretter klikker du på Draksound eller \"Sound Configuration\" -verktøyet "
+"<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> og så <guibutton>Feilsøking</guibutton> for "
+"å finne svært nyttige råd om hvordan du løser problemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avansert"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Å klikke <guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> i denne skjermen, under "
+"installasjon, kan  være nyttig hvis det ikke er noen standarddriver, og det "
+"finnes flere drivere tilgjengelig, dersom du tror installasjonen valgte feil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"I så fall kan du velge en annen driver etter å ha klikket på <guibutton>La "
+"meg plukke en driver</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Bekreft hvilken hard disk som skal formateres."
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Klikk <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton> hvis du ikke er sikker på valgene dine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klikk <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> hvis du er sikker og vil slette alle "
+"partisjoner, alle operativsystemer og alle dataene på harddisken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Tester Mageia som et Live system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Live modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Du får denne skjermen hvis du valgte \"Boot Mageia\". Hvis ikke, får du "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partisjonering</link> \""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Tester maskinvare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Et av målene for Live-modus er å teste om maskinvaren er riktig administrert "
+"av Mageia. Du kan kontrollere om alle enhetene har en driver i Maskinvare-"
+"delen av Mageia Control Center. Du kan teste de nyeste enhetene:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "nettverksgrensesnitt: konfigurer det med net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "grafikkort: hvis du ser forrige skjermbilde er det allerede OK."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "webcam:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "lyd: en melodi er allerede blitt spilt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "skriver: konfigurer den og skriv ut en testside:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "skanner: skann et dokument fra ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis alt er OK for deg, kan du fortsette innstallasjonen. Hvis ikke kan du "
+"vlutte med avslutt knappen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurasjonsparametrerne du har satt her, er lagret for bruk i "
+"installasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Start installassjonen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"For å starte installasjonen av Mageia LiveCD eller Live DVD til harddisken "
+"eller SSD-stasjonen, klikker du bare på ikonet \"Installer på harddisk\". Du "
+"får denne skjermen, og deretter \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks"
+"\">Partisjonering</link> \" slik som for den direkte installasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Avinstaller Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Hvordan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis Mageia ikke overbeviste deg eller du ikke kan installere den riktig, "
+"kort sagt, du vil bli kvitt den. Det kan du gjører.  Mageia gir deg også "
+"muligheten til å avinstallere. Dette gjelder ikke for alle operativsystemer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Etter sikkerhetskopiering av data, start på nytt Mageia DVD og velg Rescue "
+"system, og gjenopprett Windows oppstartslasteren. Ved neste oppstart vil du "
+"bare ha Windows uten valg for å velge operativsystem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"For å gjenopprette plassen som brukes av Mageia partisjonene på Windows, "
+"klikk på <code>Start -> Kontroll Panel -> Administrative Verktøy -> "
+"Maskinhåndtering -> Lagring -> Disk håndtering</code> for å få tilgang til "
+"partisjonsadministrasjonen. Du vil gjenkjenne Mageia-partisjonen fordi de er "
+"merket <guilabel>Ukjent</guilabel>, og også av deres størrelse og plass i "
+"disken. Høyreklikk på hver av disse partisjonene og velg <guibutton>Slett</"
+"guibutton>. Plassen vil bli frigjort."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du bruker Windows XP, kan du skape en ny partisjon in (FAT 32 eller "
+"NTFS) med en partisjonsbokstav."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har Vista elelr Win 7, har du en mulighet til. Du kan utvide den "
+"eksisterende partisjonen, som er til venstre fra den ledige plassen. Det "
+"finnes andre partsjoneringssverktøy som kan brukes som feks Gparted (finnes "
+"også for Windows). Når du endrer partisjoner forsikre deg om at du har tatt "
+"back up."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Behold eller slett ubrukt materiale"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"I dette steget ser installererrtinen for ubrukte lokaliseringspakker  og "
+"maskinvarepakker. Deretter fåreslår den å slette de. Det er en god ide å "
+"akseptere, hvis du da ikke lager en isntalalsjon som skal kjøres på ulik "
+"maskinvare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste steg er kopiering av filene til disken. Dette tar noen minutter. Til "
+"slutt får du en tom skjerm for en stund, noe som er normalt."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..556cc1cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installerer fra LIVE medium</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Januar 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageias Offisielle dokumentasjon</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0
+lisensen <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Denne manualen ble produsert med hjelp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utviklet av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installerer fra LIVE medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Ingen vil se alle installasjonsskjermbildene du ser i denne manualen. Hvilke
+skjermbilder du kommer til å se er avhengig av  din maskinvare og de valg du
+gjør under installasjonen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..032b67be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installerer fra LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Ingen vil se alle installasjonsskjermbildene du ser i denne manualen. Hvilke
+skjermbilder du kommer til å se er avhengig av  din maskinvare og de valg du
+gjør under installasjonen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0
+lisensen <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Denne manualen ble produsert med hjelp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utviklet av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53b12abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installasjon med DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Februar 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageias Offisielle dokumentasjon</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0
+lisensen <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Denne manualen ble produsert med hjelp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utviklet av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Installasjon med DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Ingen vil se alle installasjonsskjermbildene du ser i denne manualen. Hvilke
+skjermbilder du kommer til å se er avhengig av  din maskinvare og de valg du
+gjør under installasjonen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..436d4c84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Installasjon med DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Ingen vil se alle installasjonsskjermbildene du ser i denne manualen. Hvilke
+skjermbilder du kommer til å se er avhengig av  din maskinvare og de valg du
+gjør under installasjonen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0
+lisensen <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Denne manualen ble produsert med hjelp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utviklet av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eaa2d3e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Velg og bruk ISOer</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduksjon</title>
+    <para>Mageia distribueres som ISO bilder. Denne siden vil hjelpe deg til å velge
+hvilket bilde som passer dine behov.</para>
+    <para>Det er to typer media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Klassisk installasjon: Etter å ha startet mediet, følger det en prosess som
+gjør det mulig å velge hva du skal installere og hvordan du konfigurerer
+målsystemet. Dette gir deg maksimal fleksibilitet for en tilpasset
+installasjon, spesielt for å velge hvilket skrivebordsmiljø du vil
+installere.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: du kan starte mediet i et ekte Mageia-system uten å installere
+det, for å se hva du får etter installasjonen. Installasjonsprosessen er
+enklere, men du får mindre valg.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Detaljer finnes i de neste seksjonene.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definisjon</title>
+      <para>Her er et medium (flertall: media) en ISO-bildefil som gjør at du kan
+installere og / eller oppdatere Mageia, og i tillegg til enhver fysisk
+støtte som ISO-filen er kopiert til.</para>
+      <para>Du kan finne dem <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">her</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klassisk installasjonsmedia</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Felles egenskaper</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Disse ISOene bruker den tradisjonelle installereren, DrakX.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>De kan enten gjøre en ren installasjon eller oppgrader fra en tidligere
+versjon.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Noen verktøy er tilgjengelige på velkomstskjermen: Rescue System, Minne
+Test, Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hver DVD inneholder mange tilgjengelige skrivebordsmiljøer og språk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Under installasjonen kan du velge å legge til ikke fri programvare</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Felles egenskaper</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kan brukes til å forhåndsvise distribusjonen uten å installere den på en
+HDD, og eventuelt installere Mageia på HDD.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hver ISO inneholder kune et skrivebordsmiljø (Plasma, GNOME eller Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISO-er kan bare brukes til å lage rene
+installasjoner, de kan ikke brukes til å oppgradere fra tidligere
+utgivelser.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>De inneholder ikke fri programvare</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kun Plasma desktop.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle språk er tilgjengelige</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kun 64 bits arkitektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kun GNOME desktop.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle språk er tilgjengelige</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kun 64 bits arkitektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kun Xfce desktop.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle språk er tilgjengelige</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 eller 64 bits arkitektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Kun oppstarts CD media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Felles egenskaper</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hvert er et lite bilde som ikke inneholder mer enn det som trengs for å
+starte drakxinstallatøren og finne drakx-installer-scene2 og andre pakker
+som trengs for å fortsette og fullføre installasjonen. Disse pakkene kan
+være på PC-harddisken, på en lokal stasjon, på et lokalt nettverk eller på
+Internett.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Disse mediene er svært lyse (mindre enn 100 MB) og er praktisk når
+båndbredden er for lav til å laste ned en full DVD, en PC uten DVD-stasjon
+eller en PC som ikke kan starte fra en USB-pinne.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kun Engelsk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Inneholder bare fri programvare for de som ikke vil bruke ikke fri
+programvare</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Inneholder ikke-fri programvare (mest drivere og multimedia kodekser) for de
+som har behov for det.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Laster ned og kontrollerer media.</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Laster ned</title>
+      <para>Når du har valgt din ISO-fil, kan du laste den ned med enten http eller
+BitTorrent. I begge tilfeller gis det noe informasjon i et vindu , for
+eksempel speilet i bruk og en mulighet til å endre hvis båndbredden er
+lav. Hvis http er valgt, kan du også se noe lignende</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum og sha1sum er verktøy for å kontrollere ISO-integriteten. Bruk bare
+en av dem. Behold en av dem <link linkend="integrity">for ytterligere
+bruk</link>. Så åpnes et vindu likt dette:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Klikk radioknappen Lagre Fil.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Kontrollerer integriteten til det nedlastede mediet</title>
+      <para>Begge kontrollsummene er heksadesimale tall beregnet av en algoritme fra
+filen som skal lastes ned. Når du spør disse algoritmene om å beregne dette
+nummeret fra den nedlastede filen, har du enten samme nummer og den
+nedlastede filen er riktig, eller nummeret er annerledes og du har en
+feil. En feil fører til at du bør forsøke å laste ned eller prøve en
+reparasjon ved hjelp av BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Åpne et konsollvindu, du trenger ikke være rot og:</para>
+      <para>- For å bruke md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- For å bruke sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>og sammenlign det oppnådde nummeret på datamaskinen din (du må kanskje vente
+en stund) med nummeret gitt av Mageia. Eksempel:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Brenn eller dump ISOen</title>
+    <para>Den sjekket ISO kan nå brennes til en CD eller DVD eller dumpes til en
+USB-pinne. Disse operasjonene er ikke en filkopiering, men tar sikte på å
+lage et oppstartbart medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Brenner ISO til en CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Bruk hvilken brenner du ønsker, men vær sikker på at brenneverktøyet er satt
+opp korrekt for å  <emphasis role="bold">brenne et bilde</emphasis>, brenne
+data eller filene er ikke korrekte. Det finnes mer informasjon i <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dumper ISOen til en USB disk</title>
+      <para>Alle Mageia ISO-er er hybrider, noe som betyr at du kan "dumpe" dem til en
+USB-pinne og deretter bruke den til å starte og installere systemet.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Dumping" et bilde på en flash-enhet ødelegger det tidligere filsystemet på
+enheten; eventuelle andre data vil gå tapt og partisjonskapasiteten blir
+redusert til bildestørrelsen.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>For å gjenopprette den opprinnelige kapasiteten, må du gjenta partisjonering
+og omformater USB-pinnen.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Bruker et grafisk verktøy inne i Mageia</title>
+        <para>Du kan bruke et grafisk verktøy som <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Bruker et grafisk verktøy i Windows</title>
+        <para>Du kan prøve:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> bruke
+"ISO bildet" alternativet;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Å bruke kommandolinje i et GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Det er potensielt * farlig * å gjøre dette for hånd. Du risikerer å
+overskrive en diskpartisjon hvis du får enhets-ID feil.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Du kan også bruke dd verktøyet i en konsoll:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Åpne et konsollsvindu</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bli root med kommandoen  <userinput>su -</userinput> (ikke glem '-' på
+slutten)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plugg inn USB-pinnen din (ikke monter den, det betyr også ikke å åpne et
+program eller en filbehandling som kan få tilgang til eller lese den)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skriv inn komandoen <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternativt kan du hente enhetsnavnet med kommandoen <code>dmesg</code>: til
+slutt ser du enhetsnavnet som starter med <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, og
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> i dette tilfellet:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Finn enhetsnavnet til USB-pinnen (fra størrelsen), for eksempel
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> i skjermebildet ovenfor er det en 8GB USB pinne.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skriv inn kommandoen: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Hvor X=enhetsnavnet feks: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Eksempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skriv inn kommandoen: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ferdig, ta ut USB disken. </para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d0b049de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Lisens og utgivelsesmerknader</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Lisensavtale</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Før installasjonen av <application>Mageia</application> les grundig igjennom
+lisensvillkårene. </para>
+
+    <para>Disse villkårene gjelder for hele <application>Mageia</application>
+distribusjonenog må aksepteres før du fortsetter.</para>
+
+    <para>For å akseptere, velg <guilabel>Aksepter</guilabel>  og klikk på
+<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Hvis du velger å ikke akseptere villkårene, takker vi deg for å ha tatt en
+kikk. Klikker du på <guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton> vil Pc'en din startes om.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Utgivelsesmerknader</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Viktig informasjon finnes for denen utgivelsen av
+<application>Mageia</application> og kan nås gjennom å klikke på
+<guibutton>Utgivelsenotater</guibutton> knappen.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a13fb96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Administrasjon av Brukere og superbrukere</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Angi Adminstrasjons (root) Passord:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Det anbefales at alle Mageia-installasjoner angir en superbruker eller
+administratorens passord, vanligvis kalt rotpassordet i Linux. Når du
+skriver inn et passord i toppboksen, vil fargen på skjoldet skifte fra rød
+til gul til grønn, avhengig av styrken på passordet. En grønn skjerm viser
+at du bruker et sterkt passord. Du må gjenta det samme passordet i boksen
+rett under den første passordboksen. Dette kontrollerer at du ikke har
+mistypet det første passordet ved å sammenligne dem.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Alle passord er tegnfølsomme, det er best å bruke en blanding av bokstaver
+(store og små bokstaver), tall og andre tegn i et passord.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Angi en bruker</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Legg til en bruker her. En bruker har færre rettigheter enn superbrukeren
+(rot), men nok til å bruke internett, kontorapplikasjoner eller spill og alt
+annet som den gjennomsnittlige brukeren gjør med sin datamaskin</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: Hvis du klikker på denne knappen vil
+brukerikonet endres.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Virkelig navn</guilabel>: Skriv inn brukerens virkelige navn i
+tekstboksen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Login Navn</guilabel>: Her skriver du inn brukernavnet eller lar
+drakx bruke en versjon av brukerens virkelige navn<emphasis>Login navnet er
+case sensitiv.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Passord</guilabel>: I denen tekstboksen skriver du inn brukerens
+passord. Det er et skjold som viser styrken på passordet ved siden av
+tekstsfeltet. (Se også <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Passord (igjen)</guilabel>: Skriv inn brukerpassordet på nytt i
+denne tekstboksen, og drakx vil kontrollere at du har samme passord i hver
+av tekstboksene.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Enhver bruker du legger til mens du installerer Mageia, vil ha en både lese
+og skrivebeskyttet hjemmekatalog (umask = 0027).</para>
+      <para>Du kan legge til alle brukerne du ønsker i <emphasis>Konfigurasjon -
+Sammendrag</emphasis> steget under
+installasjonen. Velg<emphasis>Brukerhåndtering</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Tilgangstillatelsene kan også endres etter installasjonen.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Avansert brukeradministrasjon</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Hvis <guibutton>avansert</guibutton> knappen er trykket, vises et
+skjermbilde der du kan endre dataene for brukeren du legger til.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">I tillegg kan du deaktivere eller aktivere en gjestekonto.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Alt som en bruker med en standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gjestekonto
+lagrer til sitt hjemmeområde vil bli automatisk slettet ved
+utlogging. Gjestebrukeren bør lagre sine viktige filer på en USB pinne.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Aktiver gjestekonto</guilabel>: Her kan du aktivere eller
+deaktivere en gjestekonto. Gjestekontoen lar en gjest logge inn og bruke
+PCen med mindre rettigheter en normale brukere.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Skall</guilabel>: I nedtrekslisten kan du endre skallet som brukes
+av  brukeren. Tilgjengelige skall er, Bash, Dash og Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Bruker ID</guilabel>: Her kan du angi bruker ID for den brukeren
+du legger til. Dette er et nummer. La det stå tomt dersom du ikke vet hva du
+gjør.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Gruppe ID</guilabel>: Her angir du gruppe id, som også er et
+nummer. Normalt er dette det samme som bruker ID. La det stå tomt om du ikke
+vet hva du gjør.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1fdbb7f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Mediumvalg (sett opp supplerende installasjonsmedia)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Denne skjermen viser deg en liste over alle brønner som er funnet. Du kan
+legge til andrepakke kilder, som feks en optisk disk eller en
+fjernkilde.Valget av kilder avgør hvilke pakker som vil være tilgjengelige i
+de neste stegene</para>
+
+  <para>For en nettverkskilde følger det to steg:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Valg av og aktivering av nettverket hvis det ikke allerede er oppe. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Veg et speil eller spesifiser en URL. Ved å velge et speil fra listen over
+tilgjengelige speil, som feks Nonfree (inneholder proprietær programvare)
+Tainted (kan inneholde proprietær programvare) og oppdateringer. Ved hjelp
+av URLen, kan du sette opp et spesifikt kildespeil eller din egen NFS
+installasjon.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Hvis du oppdaterer en 64-biters installasjon som kan inneholde noen
+32-biters pakker, anbefales det å bruke dette skjermbildet for å legge til
+et online-speil ved å teste en av nettverksprotokollene her. 64-biters
+DVD-iso inneholder bare 64-biters og noarch-pakker, det vil ikke kunne
+oppdatere 32-bits pakker. Men etter at du har lagt til et online speil, vil
+installatøren finne de nødvendige 32-biters pakkene der.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..393c0ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Velg monteringspunktene</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Her ser du Linux partisjonene som har blitt funnet på din PC. Hvis du ikke
+vil bruke de foreslåtte av <application>DrakX</application> , kan du endre
+monterings punktene</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Hvis du endrer noe, pass på at du fortsatt har en <literal>/</literal> (rot)
+partisjon.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Alle partisjoner vises slik: "Enhet" ("Kapasitet", "Monteringspunkt",
+"Type").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Enhet", består av: "disk", ["disk nummer"(bokstav)], "partisjonsnummer"
+(f.eks,"sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Hvis du har flere partisjoner, kan du sette opp flere monteringspunkter fra
+nedtrekksmenyen, som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> og
+<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan til og med skape dine egne
+monteringspunkter, som for eksempel <literal>/video</literal> for en
+partisjon der du vil lagre filmene dine eller
+<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for  <literal>/home</literal> partisjonen
+for en cauldron installasjon.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>For partisjoner trenger som du ikke  behøver å ha tilgang til, du kan la
+feltet for monteringspunkt være tomt.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Velg <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton> hvis du ikke vet hva du skal velge og
+marker for Egendefinert diskpartisjonering.<guilabel>Egendefinert disk
+partisjonering</guilabel>. I det påfølgende skjermbildet kan du klikke på en
+partisjon og se størrelse og type.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Når du er sikker på at monteringspunktene er korrekte klikk
+<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>, og velg om du bare vil formatere den/de
+partisjonen(e) DrakX foreslår eller flere.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f76e61d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Klokkeparametre</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>På dette trinnet må du velge hvilken tid din interne klokke er satt, enten
+lokal tid eller UTC-tid.</para>
+
+  <para>I det avanserte fanebladet finner du flere alternativer for
+klokkeinnstillinger.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ddedaee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Start Mageia som et Live system</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Start mediet</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Fra en disk</title></info><para>Du kan starte opp direkte fra mediet du brukte til å brenne bildet ditt
+(CD-ROM, DVD-ROM ...). Du trenger vanligvis bare å sette den inn i CD /
+DVD-stasjonen for at bootloaderen starter installasjonen automatisk etter at
+du har startet datamaskinen på nytt. Hvis det ikke skjer, må du kanskje
+konfigurere BIOS-en eller trykke på en tast som vil gi deg mulighet til å
+velge den perifere som datamaskinen vil starte opp fra.</para><para>Avhengig av hvilken maskinvare du har, og hvordan den er konfigurert, får du
+opp en av de to skjermene nedenfor.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Fra en USB disk</title></info><para>Du kan starte opp fra USB-enheten som du dumpet ISO bildet på. I henhold til
+BIOS-innstillingene, kan datamaskinen oppstart skje direkte fra
+USB-enheten. Hvis det ikke skjer, må du kanskje konfigurere BIOS eller
+trykke på en tast som vil gi deg mulighet til å velge oppstartsmedium.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">I BIOS/CSM/historisk modus</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Første skjermbilde mens systemet starter i BIOS modus</para></caption></mediaobject><para>I midtmenyen har du tre valgmuligheter:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: Det betyr at Mageia starter fra det tilkoblede media (CD / DVD
+eller USB-pinne) uten å skrive noe på disken, så forvent et veldig tregt
+system. Når oppstarten er ferdig, kan du fortsette til installasjonen på en
+harddisk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Installer Mageia: Dette valget installerer Mage umiddelbart på harddisken.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot fra harddisk: Dette valget lar deg starte opp fra harddisken, som
+vanlig, når det ikke er koblet til noe medie (CD / DVD eller
+USB-pinne). (Virker ikke med Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>I menyen nederst finns Oppstartsalternativene:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Hjelp. Forklarer alternativene "splash", "apm", "acpi" og "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Språk. Velg visningsspråket på skjermbildene.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Skjermoppløsning. Velg mellom tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-ROM eller annet. Vanligvis utføres installasjonen fra det
+installerte installasjonsmediet. Her kan du velge andre kilder, som FTP-
+eller NFS-servere. Hvis installasjonen utføres i et nettverk med en
+SLP-server, velger du en av installasjonskildene som er tilgjengelige på
+serveren med dette alternativet.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Ja eller Nei. Systemet er kjenner igjen en CD/DVD disk med en
+driveroppdatering, og vil be om at den blir tilgjengelig under
+installasjonsprosessen.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kjerne alternativer. Dette er en måte å spesifisere alternativer i
+henhold til din maskinvare og hvilke drivere som skal brukes.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">I UEFI modus</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Første skjermbilde mens systemet starter fra UEFI på disken</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Du har bare vlgene mellom å kjøre Mageia i Live modus (første valget) eller
+å fortsette installasjonen (andre valget).</para><para>Hvis du starter opp fra en USB-pinne, får du to tilleggslinjer som er en
+duplikat av de forrige linjene med med "USB" på slutten. Du må velge dem.</para><para>I hvert tilfelle vil de første trinnene være de samme for å velge språk,
+tidssone og tastatur. Prosessene er forskjellige, med <link
+linkend="testing">ytterligere trinn i Live-modus</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93bad3ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Skrivebordsvalg</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Avhengig av ditt valg her, kan du få opp ytterligere skjermbilder for å
+finjustere valgene dine.</para>
+
+  <para>Etter valg (ene) vises et lysbildefremvisning under
+pakkeinstallasjonen. Lysbildefremvisningen kan deaktiveres ved å trykke
+på<guilabel>Detalj</guilabel> knappen.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Velg om du foretrekker å bruke <application>KDE</application> eller
+<application>Gnome</application> skrivebordsmiljø. Begge kommer med en
+mengde anvendelige applikasjoner og verktøy. Klikk
+<guilabel>Tilpasset</guilabel> Hvis du ikke vil bruke noen av de eller
+begge, eller hvis du vil bruke annet enn standard programvare for
+skrivebordsmiljøene. <application>LXDE</application> skrivebordsmiljøet er
+lettere en de to andre, færre pakker installeres som standard og færre
+skrivebordsefekter.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a14b356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Valg pakkegruppe</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Pakker er sortert i grupper, for å gjøre det enklere å velge hva du trenger
+på systemet. Gruppene er ganske selvforklarende, men mer informasjon om
+innholdet av hver er tilgjengelig i verktøytips som blir synlige ettersom
+musen er beveges over dem.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Arbeidsstasjon</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafisk miljø</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individuelt pakkevalg. Du kan bruke dette alternativet for manuelt å legge
+till eller fjerne pakker.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Les <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instruksjoner om hvordan du kan
+gjøre en minimum installasjon (uten eller med X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a13a7b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Individuelt pakkevalg</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Her kan du legge til eller fjerne tilleggspakker for å tilpasse
+installasjonen din.</para>
+
+    <para>Etter at du har gjort ditt valg, kan du klikke på
+<guibutton>diskettikon</guibutton> nederst på siden for å lagre dine
+pakkevalg (lagring til en USB-pinne fungerer også). Du kan deretter bruke
+denne filen til å installere de samme pakkene på et annet system, ved å
+trykke på samme knapp under installasjonen og velge å laste inn den.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89c82388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfigurer tjenestene dine</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">her kan du angi hvilke tjenester som skal (eller skal ikke) når du starter
+systemet.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Det er fire grupper, klikk på trekanten foran en gruppe for å ekspandere
+gruppen slik at alle inngående tjenester vises.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Parametrene som DrakX velger er som regel gode.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Når du markerer en tjeneste, vil det vises mer informasjon  i boksen under.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Du bør bare endre ting når vet veldig godt hva du gjør.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..19016f3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Sett opp tidssonen din</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Velg din tidssone gjennom å velge landet ditt eller en by nære deg i den
+samme tidssonen.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">I det neste skjermbildet kan du velge å sette maskinvareklokken til lokal
+tid eller GMT, også kjent som UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Hvis du har mer enn ett operativsystem installert, se til at de alle er satt
+til samme lokaltid eller UTC.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bff368d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Velg en X-tjener (Konfigurer grafikk kortet ditt)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX har en meget omfattende database med skjermkort og vil vanligvis
+identifisere videoenheten riktig.</para>
+
+  <para>Hvis installatsjonen ikke har registrert ditt grafikkort på riktig måte, og
+du vet hvilket du har, kan du velge det fra treet ved å: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Leverandør</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>angi så navnet på kortet ditt</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>og korttypen</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Hvis du ikke finner kortet ditt i leverandørlisten (fordi det ikke er i
+databasen eller det er et eldre kort), kan du finne en passende driver i
+kategorien Xorg.</para>
+
+  <para>Xorg-oppføringen har mer enn 40 generiske og åpen
+kildekode-kortdrivere. Hvis du fremdeles ikke kan finne en navngitt driver
+for kortet ditt, er det mulig å bruke vesa-driveren som gir grunnleggende
+funksjoner.</para>
+
+  <para>Vær oppmerksom på at hvis du velger en inkompatibel driver, kan du kanskje
+bare få tilgang til kommandolinjegrensesnittet.</para>
+
+  <para>Enkelte skjermkortprodusenter tilbyr proprietære drivere for Linux, som bare
+kan være tilgjengelige i Nonfree-depotet og i enkelte tilfeller bare fra
+kortprodusenteres nettsteder.</para>
+
+  <para>Nonfree-depotet må eksplisitt aktiveres for å få tilgang til det. Hvis du
+ikke valgte det tidligere, bør du gjøre dette etter første omstart.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f8a70f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Grafikk kort og Skjerm konfigurasjon</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Uansett hvilket grafisk miljø (også kjent som skrivebordsmiljø) du valgte
+for denne installasjonen av<application>Mageia</application>, de er alle
+basert på et grafisk brukergrensesystem som kalles <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym>, eller kun <acronym>X</acronym>. Så for at
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym>
+eller et annet miljø skal virke bra,må de følgende <acronym>X</acronym>
+parametrene være korrekte. Angi de korrekte parametrene hvis du ser at
+<application>DrakX</application> ikke satte verdiene korrekt.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafikk kort</guibutton></emphasis>: Velg kortet ditt
+fra listen om nødvendig.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Skjerm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan velge
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> når det passer eller velg skjermen fra
+<guilabel>Produsent</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Generisk</guilabel>
+listen. Velg <guilabel>Egendefinert</guilabel> hvis du foretrekker å angi
+horisontal og vertikal oppdateringshastighet på skjermen manuelt.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Feil oppdateringsfrekvens kan skade skjermen</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Oppløsning</guibutton></emphasis>: Still inn ønsket
+oppløsning og fargedybde på skjermen din her.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Testknappen vises ikke
+alltid under installasjonen. Hvis knappen er der, kan du kontrollere
+innstillingene dine ved å trykke på den. Hvis du ser et spørsmål om
+innstillingene dine er riktige, kan du svare "ja", og innstillingene blir
+holdt. Hvis du ikke ser noe, går du tilbake til konfigurasjonsskjermen og
+kan omkonfigurere alt til testen er godkjent. <emphasis>Kontroller at
+innstillingene er korrekte hvis testknappen ikke er tilgjengelig</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Alternativer</guibutton></emphasis>: Her kan du velge å
+aktivere eller deaktivere ulike alternativer.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b03260c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Velg en monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX har en meget omfattende database med skjermer og vil som regel
+identifisere dine korrekt.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Å velge en skjerm med forskjellige egenskaper kan skade skjermen
+eller videomaskinvaren. Vennligst ikke prøv noe uten å vite hva du
+gjør.</emphasis> Hvis du er i tvil, bør du konsultere skjermdokumentasjonen</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Tilpasset</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Dette alternativet lar deg sette to kritiske parametere, den vertikale
+oppdateringshastigheten og den horisontale
+synkroniseringshastigheten. Vertikal oppdatering bestemmer hvor ofte
+skjermen oppdateres, og horisontal synkronisering er frekvensen der
+skannelinjer vises.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Det er <emphasis>VELDIG VIKTIG</emphasis> at du ikke angir en skjermtype med
+synkroniseringsområde som er utenfor skjermens egenskaper: Det kan skade
+skjermen. Hvis du er i tvil, velg en konservativ innstilling og konsulter
+skjermdokumentasjonen.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Dette er standardalternativet og prøver å finne skjermtype fra
+skjermdatabasen.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Leverandør</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Hvis installasjonen ikke har registrert skjermen riktig og du vet hvilken du
+har, kan du velge den fra treet ved å velge: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Leverandør</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>skjermens produsent</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>skjermbeskrivelse</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generisk</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Hvis du velger denne gruppen, vises nesten 30 visningskonfigurasjoner som
+1024x768 @ 60Hz og inkluderer flatskjerm-skjermer som brukes i bærbare
+datamaskiner. Dette er ofte en god skjermvalgsgruppe hvis du trenger å bruke
+Vesa-kortdriveren når videomaskinvaren ikke kan bestemmes automatisk. Igjen
+kan det være lurt å være konservativ i valgene dine.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f7899c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Egendefinert partisjonering med DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Hvis du ønsker å kryptere <literal>/</literal> partisjonen din, må du
+forsikre deg om at du har en separat <literal>/boot</literal>
+partisjon. Kryptering for  <literal>/boot</literal> partisjonen må IKKE bli
+aktivert. Systemet vil i så fall  ikke bli mulig å starte.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Juster utformingen av disken din her. Du kan fjerne eller opprette
+partisjoner, endre filsystemet til en partisjon eller endre størrelsen og
+til og med se hva som er i dem før du starter.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Det finnes en fane for hver oppdaget harddisk eller annen lagringsenhet, som
+en USB-nøkkel. For eksempel sda, sdb og sdc hvis det er tre av dem. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Trykk <guibutton>Fjern alle</guibutton>  for å slette alle partisjonen på
+disken.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">For alle andre handlinger: Klikk først på ønsket partisjon. Deretter ser du
+det, eller velg et filsystem og et monteringspunkt, endre størrelsen på det
+eller tørk det.<guibutton>Skift til ekspert modus</guibutton> (eller
+<guibutton>Ekspert modus</guibutton>) gir deg noen flere verktøy som å kunne
+lage en etikett eller velge en partisjonstype. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Fortsett til du har justerert alt etter dine ønsker.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Klikk<guibutton>Ferdig</guibutton> når du er klar.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Hvis du installerer Mageia på et UEFI-system, må du kontrollere at en ESP
+(EFI System Partition) er tilstede og riktig montert på / boot / EFI (se
+nedenfor)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Hvis du installerer Mageia på et Legacy / GPT-system, må du kontrollere at
+en BIOS-oppstartspartisjon er tilstede og av riktig type</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51ed23d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partisjonering</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">På denne skjermen kan du se innholdet på harddisken din og se løsningene som
+DrakX partisjoneringsveiviseren fant for å
+installere<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Alternativene som er tilgjengelige fra listen nedenfor, vil variere avhengig
+av hvilken type harddisk (er) og innhold.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Bruk gamle partisjoner</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Hvis dette alternativet er tilgjengelig, har eksisterende Linux-kompatible
+partisjoner blitt funnet og kan brukes til installasjonen.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Bruk ledig plass</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Hvis du har ubrukt plass på harddisken, vil dette alternativet bruke det til
+din nye Mageia-installasjon.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Bruk ledig plass på Microsoft Windows®-partisjonen</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Hvis du har ubrukt plass på en eksisterende Windows-partisjon, kan
+installasjonen tilby å bruke den.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Dette kan være en nyttig måte å gjøre plass til din nye Mageia-installasjon,
+men det er en risikofylt operasjon, så du bør sørge for at du har
+sikkerhetskopiert alle viktige filer!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Merk at dette innebærer å krympe størrelsen på
+Windows-partisjonen. Partisjonen må være "ren", noe som betyr at Windows må
+ha stengt riktig sist den ble brukt. Det må også være defragmentert, selv om
+dette ikke er en garanti for at alle filer i partisjonen er flyttet ut av
+området som skal brukes. Det anbefales å sikkerhetskopiere dine personlige
+filer.</para><para>Med dette alternativet viser installasjonen den gjenværende
+Windows-partisjonen i lyseblå og den fremtidige Mageia-partisjonen i
+mørkeblå med de tilsiktede størrelsene like under. Du har mulighet til å
+tilpasse disse størrelsene ved å klikke og dra mellomrummet mellom begge
+partisjonene. Se skjermbildet nedenfor.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Slett og bruk hele disken</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Dette alternativet vil bruke hele disken for Mageia</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Merk! Dette vil slette ALLE data på den valgte harddisken. Vær forsiktig!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Hvis du har tenkt å bruke en del av disken til noe annet, eller hvis du
+allerede har data på stasjonen du ikke er villig til å miste, bruk ikke
+dette alternativet.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Egendefinert partisjonering</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Dette gir deg full kontroll over plasseringen av installasjonen på
+harddisken(e) din.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Sett opp partisjonsstørrelser:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Installasjonen vil dele tilgjengelig plass etter følgende regler:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Hvis det totale tilgjengelige stedet er mindre enn 50 GB, opprettes kun en
+partisjon for /, det er ingen separat partisjon for / hjemme.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Hvis den totale tilgjengelige plassen er over 50 GB, blir tre partisjoner
+opprettet</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 av den totale tilgjengelige plassen er tildelt / med maksimalt 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 er allokert til vekslingspartisjon med maksimalt 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>resten (minst 12/19) er tildelt / home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Det betyr at fra 160 GB og over tilgjengelig plass, vil installasjonen
+opprette tre partisjoner: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for bytte og resten for / home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Hvis du bruker et UEFI-system, vil ESP (EFI System Partition) automatisk bli
+oppdaget, eller opprettet hvis den ikke eksisterer ennå, og montert på /
+boot / EFI. "Tilpasset diskpartisjonering" -alternativet er det eneste som
+gjør det mulig å sjekke at det er gjort riktig</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Hvis du bruker et Legacy-system (kjent som CSM eller BIOS) med en GPT-disk,
+må du opprette en Bios-oppstartspartisjon hvis den ikke allerede
+eksisterer. Det er en ca. 1 MB-partisjon uten monteringspunkt. Velg <xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> for å kunne opprette det ved installasjonen som alle
+andre partisjoner, velg bare BIOS boot partisjon som filsystemtype.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Noen nyere disker bruker nå 4096 byte logiske sektorer, i stedet for den
+forrige standarden på 512 byte logiske sektorer. På grunn av mangel på
+tilgjengelig maskinvare, har partisjoneringsverktøyet som ble brukt i
+installasjonsprogrammet ikke blitt testet med en slik disk. Også noen
+ssd-stasjoner bruker nå en sletteblokkstørrelse over 1 MB. Vi foreslår at du
+forhåndsdeler stasjonen, ved hjelp av et alternativt partisjoneringsverktøy
+som gparted, hvis du har en slik enhet, og bruker følgende innstillinger:</para>
+    <para>"Juster til" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Fri plass foran (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Pass også på at alle partisjoner er opprettet med et jevnt antall megabyte.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5582fd59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Gratulerer</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Du er ferdig med å installere og konfigurere
+<application>Mageia</application> og det er nå trygt å fjerne
+installasjonsmediet og starte datamaskinen på nytt.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Etter at du har startet på nytt, kan du velge mellom operativsystemene på
+datamaskinen din (hvis du har mer enn én) .</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Hvis du ikke justerte innstillingene for opplstartslasteren, blir
+Mageia-installasjonen automatisk valgt og startet.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Nyt!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Gå til www.mageia.org hvs du har spørsmål eller vil bidra til Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..575face1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Brannmur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">Denne delen gjør det mulig å konfigurere noen enkle brannmurregler: de
+bestemmer hvilken type melding fra Internett som skal aksepteres av
+målsystemet. Dette tillater at de tilsvarende tjenestene på systemet er
+tilgjengelige fra Internett.</para>
+
+  <para>I standardinnstillingen er ingen knapp aktivert - ingen tjeneste av systemet
+er tilgjengelig fra nettverket. "<emphasis>Alt (ingen brannmur)</emphasis>"
+knappen har en spesiell rolle: den gir aksess til alle tjenestene på
+maskinen - et alternativ som ikke gir mye mening i samband med ettersom det
+ville skape  et totaslt ubeskyttet system.  Dens hensikt er i sammenheng med
+Mageia Control Center (som bruker samme GUI-oppsett) for midlertidig
+deaktivering av hele settet av brannmurregler for testing og feilsøking.</para>
+
+  <para>Alle de andre boksene er mer eller mindre selvforklarende. Som et eksempel,
+vil du sjekke "CUPS server" -knappen hvis du vil at skrivere på maskinen
+skal være tilgjengelige fra nettverket.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Avansert</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Settet med sjekkknapper består bare av de vanligste tjenestene. Med
+"Avansert" -knappen kan du aktivere meldinger som samsvarer med en tjeneste
+som ingen knapp finnes for. "Avansert" -knappen åpner et vindu der du kan
+aktivere en rekke tjenester ved å skrive en liste over par (tomt skilt)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-nummer>/&lt;protokoll></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-nummer></emphasis> er verdien til porten som er tildelt
+tjenesten du vil sette opp ( 873 for RSYNC tjenesten) som definert i
+<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> er en av <emphasis>TCP</emphasis>
+ellerr <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - internett protokolenl that isom er brukt
+av tjenesten.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>For eksempel, angivelsen for å gi tilgang til RSYNC tjenestener således
+<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Hvis en tjeneste er implementert for å bruke begge protokollene, angir du 2
+par for samme port.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ae6255a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formater</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Her kan du velge hvilken partisjon (er) du ønsker å formatere. Eventuelle
+data på partisjoner <emphasis>som ikke er</emphasis>merket for formatering,
+blir lagret.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Vanligvis må minst partisjonene DrakX valgte, formateres</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Klikk på <guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> for å velgede partisjonenedo ønsker
+å kontrollere for så kallede <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Hvis du ikke er sikker på at du har gjort det riktige valget, kan du klikke
+på <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton>, igjen på <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton>
+og så på <guibutton>Egendefinert</guibutton> tfor å komme tilbake til
+hovedskjermbildet. I det kan du velge om du vil se hva som er i
+partisjonene.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Når du er fornøyd med valgene, klikk på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> for å
+fortsette.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..516f5b91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Oppdateringer</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Siden denne versjonen av <application>Mageia</application> ble utgitt, noen
+pakker vil ha blitt oppdatert eller forbedret.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Velg <guilabel>ja</guilabel> hvis du ønsker å laste ned og installere de,
+Velg <guilabel>nei</guilabel> i hvis du ikke vil gjøre dette nå eller hvis
+du ikke er koblet til internett.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Press<guibutton>Neste</guibutton> for å fortsette.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e99f844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX er Mageia installereren</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Enten du er ny for GNU-Linux eller en erfaren bruker, er Mageia Installer
+designet for å gjøre installasjonen din eller oppgradering så enkel som
+mulig.</para>
+
+  <para>Det første menyskjermbildet har forskjellige alternativer, men
+standardinnstillingen starter installasjonen, som normalt vil være alt du
+trenger.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installasjons velkomstskjermen</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Bruker en Mageia DVD</title>
+
+      <para>Her er standard velkomstskjermer når du bruker en Mageia DVD, den første med
+et UEFI-system og det andre med et Legacy-system:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Fra denne skjermen kan du få tilgang til alternativer ved å trykke på "e"
+-bokstaven for å gå inn i "redigeringsmodus". For å komme tilbake til denne
+skjermen, trykk enten på tasten "esc" for å avslutte uten å lagre eller
+trykk på "Ctrl" eller "F10" for å avslutte med lagring.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Fra denne skjermen er det mulig å angi noen personlige preferanser:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Språket (kun for installasjonen kan være annerledes enn det valgte språket
+for systemet) ved å trykke på tasten F2 (bare Legacy modus).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Bruk piltastene til å velge språk og trykk på tasten Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Her er for eksempel den franske velkomstskjermen når du bruker en Live DVD /
+CD. Merk at Live DVD / CD-menyen ikke foreslår:<guilabel>Rescue
+System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Minnetest</guilabel> og <guilabel>Hardware
+Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Endre skjermoppløsningen ved å trykke F3-tasten (bare legemodus).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Legg til noen alternativer ved å trykke <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+tasten for legacy modus eller <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> tasten for
+UEFI modus.</para>
+
+            <para>Hvis installasjonen mislykkes, kan det være nødvendig å prøve igjen ved
+hjelp av ett av de ekstra alternativene. Menyen som kalles av F6 viser en ny
+linje som heter <guilabel>Oppstarts alternativer</guilabel> og foreslå fire
+oppføringer:</para>
+
+            <para>- Standard, det endrer ikke noe i standardvalgene.</para>
+
+            <para>- Standard, det endrer ikke noe i standardvalgene.</para>
+
+            <para>- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strømstyring blir
+ikke tatt i betraktning.</para>
+
+            <para>- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det
+handler om CPU-forstyrrelser, velg dette alternativet hvis du blir bedt om
+det.</para>
+
+            <para>Når du velger en av disse oppføringene, endrer den standardalternativene som
+vises i<guilabel>Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>I enkelte Mageia utgivelser kan det hende at oppføringene som er valgt med
+nøkkelen F6, ikke vises i<guilabel>Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel> , men de
+bli virkelig brukt.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Legg til flere alternativer for kjernen ved å trykke F1 (Kun i Legacy
+modus).</para>
+
+            <para>Ved å trykke F1 åpnes et nytt vindu med flere tilgjengelige
+alternativer. Velg en med piltastene og trykk Enter for å få flere detaljer,
+eller trykk på Esc-tasten for å gå tilbake til velkomstskjermbildet.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Den detaljerte visningen om alternativet splash. Trykk på Esc eller velg
+<guilabel>Gå tilbake til Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel> for å gå tilbake
+til alternativlisten. Disse alternativene kan legges for hånd i
+<guilabel>Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Hjelpen er oversatt til det valgte språket med F2-tasten.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>For mer informasjon om kjernevalg på eldre og UEFI-systemer, se:<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Bruke et kablet nettverk.</title>
+
+      <para>Her er standard velkomstskjermen når du bruker en kablet nettverksbasert
+installasjons-CD (netinstall.iso eller netinstall-nonfree.iso-bilder):</para>
+
+      <para>Det tillater ikke å endre språket, de tilgjengelige alternativene er
+beskrevet på skjermen. For mer informasjon om bruk av en kablet
+nettverksbasert installasjons-CD, se <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Tastaturoppsettet er det amerikanske.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installasjonsfasene</title>
+
+    <para>Installasjonsprosessen er delt inn i en rekke trinn, som kan følges på
+skjermens sidepanelet.</para>
+
+    <para>Hvert trinn har en eller flere skjermer som også kan ha
+<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> knapper med ekstra og mindre vanlige
+alternativer.</para>
+
+    <para>De fleste skjermbildene har <guibutton>Hjelp</guibutton> knapper som gir
+ytterligere forklaringer om det aktuelle steget.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Hvis det et sted under installasjonen bestemmer deg for å stoppe
+installasjonen, er det mulig å starte om igjen, men vær så snill å tenke to
+ganger før du gjør dette. Når en partisjon er formatert eller oppdateringer
+har begynt å bli installert, er datamaskinen din ikke lenger i samme
+tilstand, og omstart kan godt gi deg et ubrukbart system. Hvis du til tross
+for dette er veldig sikker på omstart, gå til en tekstterminal ved å trykke
+på de tre tastene<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidige. Etter det,
+trykk <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtidige for omstart.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installasjonsproblem og mulige løsninger</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Ikke Grafisk grensesnitt</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Hvis du ikke  kom til språkvalgsskjermen startskjermbildet noe som kan skje
+med noen grafikkort og eldre systemer. Prøv å bruke lav oppløsning ved å
+skrive <code>vgalo</code> ved prompten.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Hvis maskinvaren er svært gammel, kan det hende at det ikke er mulig å
+installere en grafisk installasjon. I dette tilfellet er det verdt å prøve
+en tekstmodusinstallasjon. For å bruke denne treff ESC på første
+velkomstskjerm og bekreft med ENTER. Du vil bli presentert med en svart
+skjerm med ordet "boot:". Skriv "text" og trykk ENTER. Fortsett nå med
+installasjonen i tekstmodus.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Installasjonen fryser</title>
+
+      <para>Hvis systemet syntes å fryse under installasjonen, kan dette være et problem
+med maskinvaredeteksjon. I dette tilfellet kan automatisk deteksjon av
+maskinvare omgås og håndteres senere. For å prøve dette, skriv
+inn<code>noauto</code> ved prompten. Dette alternativet kan også kombineres
+med andre alternativer etter behov.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM problem</title>
+
+      <para>Disse vil sjelden være nødvendig, men i noen tilfeller kan maskinvaren
+rapportere tilgjengelig RAM ukorrekt. For å spesifisere dette manuelt, kan
+du bruke <code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, hvor xxx er det korrekte
+RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> vil gi 256MB RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dynamiske partisjoner</title>
+
+      <para>Hvis du konverterte harddisken fra "grunnleggende" format til "dynamisk"
+format på Microsoft Windows, må du vite at det er umulig å installere Mageia
+på denne disken. For å gå tilbake til en grunnleggende disk, se
+Microsoft-dokumentasjonen: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69fdbfe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Logg inn skjermbilde</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM logg inn skjermbilde</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Til slutt kommer du til loginn skjermbildet.</para><para>Skriv inn brukernavnet og passordet ditt, og om noen sekunder har du et
+lastet KDE- eller GNOME-skrivebord, avhengig av hvilket livemedium du
+brukte. Du kan nå begynne å bruke Mageia-installasjonen.</para><para>Du finner en annen del av dokumentasjonen på<link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation"> Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb46954d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Mediumvalg (Ikke fri)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Her har du listen over tilgjengelige pakkebrønner. Ikke alle pakkebrønner er
+tilgjengelige, i henhold til hvilke medier du bruker til å
+installere. Valget av pakkebrønner bestemmer hvilke pakker som er
+tilgjengelige for valg i de neste trinnene.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para> <emphasis>Kjerne</emphasis> pakkebrønnen kan ikke deaktiveres da den
+inneholder kjernedistribusjonen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> pakkebrønnen Inkluderer pakker som er gratis,
+det vil si at Mageia kan distribuere dem, men de inneholder lukket
+programvare (dermed navnet - Nonfree). For eksempel inneholder denne
+pakkebrønnen nVidia og ATI grafikkort proprietære drivere, fastvare for
+forskjellige WiFi-kort, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para> <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> pakkebrønnen inneholder pakker utgitt under en
+fri lisens. Hovedkriteriene for å plassere pakker i dette depotet er at de
+kan krenke patenter og opphavsrettigheter i enkelte land,
+f.eks. Multimediekodekoller trengte å spille av ulike lyd- / videofiler;
+pakker som trengs for å spille kommersiell video-DVD, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd58571d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimal Installasjon</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Du kan velge en minimal installasjon ved å de-velge alt på skjermbildet for
+valg av pakkegruppe, se <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Hvis ønskelig, kan du også krysse alternativet "Individuell pakkevalg" på
+samme skjerm.</para>
+  <para>Minimal installasjon er beregnet for de med spesifikke anvendelser i tankene
+for deres <application>Mageia</application>, for eksempel en server eller en
+spesialisert arbeidsstasjon. Du vil nok bruke dette alternativet kombinert
+med alternativet "Individuelle pakkevalg" nevnt ovenfor, for å finjustere
+installasjonen din, se<xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Hvis du velger denne installasjonsklassen, vil det relaterte skjermbildet gi
+deg noen nyttige ekstraelementer å installere, for eksempel dokumentasjon og
+X.</para>
+  <para>Hvis valgt, "Med X" vil det også inkludere IceWM somert lett
+skrivebordsmiljø.</para>
+  <para>Den grunnleggende dokumentasjonen er gitt i form av "man" og info sider. Den
+inneholder "man" sider fra <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> og <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info sider.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c8b3ff2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Sammendrag av diverse parametere</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX gjorde smarte valg for konfigurasjonen av systemet ditt, avhengig av
+hvilke valg du har gjort,  og på maskinvaren DrakX oppdaget. Du kan sjekke
+innstillingene her og endre dem hvis du vil ha det etter å trykke
+<guibutton>Konfigurer</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Som hovedregel anbefales standardinnstillinger, og du kan beholde dem med 3
+unntak:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>det er kjente problemer med en standardinnstilling</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>standardinnstillingen er allerede prøvd, og den mislykktes</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>noe annet er sagt i de detaljerte delene nedenfor</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Systemparametere</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Tidssone</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX valgte en tidssone for deg, avhengig av ditt foretrukne språk. Du kan
+endre det om nødvendig. Se også<xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Land/ Region</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Hvis du ikke er i det valgte landet, er det svært viktig at du korrigerer
+innstillingen. Se <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Oppstartslaster</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX har gjort bra valg for oppstartslaster parametrene</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Ikke gjør endringer hvis du ikke vet hvordan du konfigurerer Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Brukeradministrasjon</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Her kan du kan legge til flere brukere. De vil få sine egne <literal>/home,
+hjemme</literal> områder.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Tjenester</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Systemtjenester refererer til de små programmene som kjører bakgrunnen
+(daemoner). Dette verktøyet lar deg aktivere eller deaktivere bestemte
+oppgaver.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Du bør sjekke nøye før du endrer noe her - en feil kan forhindre at
+datamaskinen din fungerer som den skal.</para>
+
+        <para>For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Maskinvare-parametre</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Dette er hvor du konfigurerer eller endrer tastaturoppsettet ditt, som
+avhenger av plasseringen, språket eller typen tastatur.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Dette er hvor du konfigurerer eller endrer tastaturoppsettet ditt, som
+avhenger av plassering, språk eller tastaturtype.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Her kan du legge til, konfigurere andre pekenheter.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>lydkort</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Installasjonsprogrammet bruker en standarddriverdersom en slik
+finnes. Alternativet for å velge en annen driver blir bare gitt når det er
+mer enn én driver for kortet ditt, men ingen av dem er satt som standard.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafisk grensesnitt</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Denne seksjonen lar deg konfigurere grafikkkort og skjermer.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Nettverk og internettparametre</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Nettverk</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Du kan konfigurere nettverket ditt her, men for nettverkskort med non-free
+drivere er det bedre å gjøre det etter omstart, i <application>Mageia
+Control Center</application>, hvis du ikke allerede har aktivert Nonfree
+media pakkebrønnene.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Når du legger til et nettverkskort, ikke glem å sette opp dette
+grensesnittet i brannmuren også.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxier</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">En proxy-server fungerer som mellomledd mellom datamaskinen og det bredere
+internett. Denne delen lar deg konfigurere datamaskinen for å bruke en
+proxy-tjeneste.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Du må kanskje konsultere systemadministratoren for å få parameterne du skal
+skrive inn her</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Sikkerhet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Sikkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Her angir du sikkerhetsnivået for datamaskinen, i de fleste tilfeller er
+standardinnstillingen (Standard) tilstrekkelig til generell bruk.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Marker det alternativet som best passer dine behov.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Brannmur</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">En brannmur er ment å være en barriere mellom viktige data og kjeltringer
+der ute på internett som ville kompromittere eller stjele dine data.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Velg de tjenestene du vil ha på systemet ditt. Dine valg vil avhenge av hva
+du bruker datamaskinen til. For mer informasjon, se <xref
+linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Husk at å tillate alt (ingen brannmur) kan være veldig risikabelt.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8e7efb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Start på nytt</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Når oppstartslasteren er installert, blir du bedt om å stoppe datamaskinen,
+fjerne live-CDen og starte datamaskinen på nytt, klikk på <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton></emphasis> og gjør som du blir
+bedt om<emphasis role="bold"> i denne rekkefølgen</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Når du starter på nytt, ser du en rekke nedlastingsfremdriftsfelt. Disse
+indikerer at programvarelistelistene lastes ned (se
+Programvareadministrasjon).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ddb86430
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Endre størrelse på
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partisjonen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Du har mer enn en
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partisjon.
+Velg hvilken som som skal reduseres for å lage plass for å
+installere. <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f7f4220c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Sikkerhetsnivå</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Du kan justere sikkerhetsnivået ditt her.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">La det stå tomt hvis du ikke vet hva du bør gjøre.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Etter installasjonen vil det alltid være mulig å justere
+sikkerhetsinnstillingene i <guilabel>Sikkerhet</guilabel> som er en del av
+Mageia Control Center.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24848444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Velg Land/Region</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Velg ditt land eller din region. Dette er viktig for alle typer
+innstillinger, som valuta og trådløst regulatorisk domene. Hvis du angir
+feil land, kan det føre til at du ikke kan bruke et trådløst nettverk.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Hvis lan det ditt ikke er listet, klikk på <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel>
+knappen og velg landet ditt eller regionen der.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Hvis landet ditt bare er i  <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> listen, etter at
+du har klikket <guibutton>OK</guibutton> kan det se ut som om et land fra
+den første listen ble valgt. Vennligst ignorer dette.  DrakX vil bruke dine
+valg..</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Innput metode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">I <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> skjermbildet kan du også velge en
+innmatningssmetode (nederst på listen). Innmatningsmetoder lar brukerne
+legge inn flerspråklige tegn (kinesisk, japansk, koreansk, etc). IBus er
+standard innput metode, slik at brukerne ikke trenger å konfigurere den
+manuelt. Andre Innmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME osv.) Gir også lignende
+funksjoner og kan installeres hvis du har lagt til HTTP / FTP-medier før
+pakkevalg.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Hvis du savner in-put oppsettet under installasjonen, kan du få tilgang til
+den etter at du har startet opp det installerte systemet via "Konfigurer
+datamaskinen" -> "System", eller ved å kjøre localedrake som rot.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1626ba87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Installer eller Oppgrader</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Installer</para>
+
+      <para>Bruk dette alternativet for en nyinstallasjon av
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Oppgrader</para>
+
+      <para>Hvis du har en eller flere <application>Mageia</application> installasjoner
+på systemet ditt, vil installasjonen tillate at du oppgraderer fra en av de
+til siste utgivelse.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Bare oppgradering fra en tidligere Mageia-versjon som var <emphasis>still
+supported</emphasis> da denne installatørens versjon ble utgitt, har blitt
+grundig testet. Hvis du vil oppgradere en Mageia-versjon som allerede hadde
+nådd 	EndOf Life når denne ble utgitt, er det bedre å gjøre en ren
+installasjon mens du beholder din <literal>/home</literal> partisjon.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Hvis du under installasjonen bestemmer deg for å stoppe installasjonen, er
+det mulig å starte på nytt, men vær så snill å tenke to ganger før du gjør
+dette. Når en partisjon er formatert eller oppdateringer har begynt å bli
+installert, er ikke datamaskinen din i samme tilstand lenger, og omstart av
+det kan gi deg et ubrukbart system. Hvis du til tross for det er veldig
+sikker på omstart, er det du vil, gå til en tekstterminal ved å trykke på de
+tre tastene <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> samtidig. Etter det
+trykk<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> samtidig for omstart</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Hvis du har oppdaget at du har glemt å velge et ekstra språk, kan du gå
+tilbake fra skjermbildet "Installere eller oppgradere" til skjermbildet for
+språkvalg ved å trykke <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gjør
+<emphasis>ikke</emphasis> dette senere under installasjonsprosessen.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4708d7ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tastatur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX velger et passende tastatur for språket ditt. Hvis det ikke finnes noe
+passende tastatur, vil amerikansk tastaturlayout bli satt som standard.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Kontroller at valget er riktig eller velg et annet tastaturlayout. Hvis du
+ikke vet hvilket layout tastaturet ditt har, se i spesifikasjonene som
+fulgte med systemet, eller spør datamaskinleverandøren. Det kan til og med
+være en etikett på tastaturet som identifiserer oppsettet. Du kan også se
+her: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Hvis tastaturet  ikke vises i listen, klikk<guibutton>Mer</guibutton> for å
+få en komplett liste og velg tastaturet ditt fra denne.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Etter å ha valgt  <guibutton>Mer</guibutton> dialogen, vil du bli sendt
+tilbake til det første tastaturvalgetl rog det vil virke som om et tastatur
+fra den skjermen ble valgt. Du kan trygt ignorere denne anomali og fortsette
+installasjonen: Ditt tastatur er det du valgte fra den hele listen.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Hvis du velger et tastatur basert på ikke-latinske tegn, vil du se en ekstra
+dialogskjerm som spør hvordan du foretrekker å bytte mellom latinske og
+ikke-latinske tastaturoppsett</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22d2e672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Velg tastatur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Du må sette tastaturoppsettet du vil bruke i Mageia. Standardinnstillingen
+er valgt i henhold til ditt valgte språk og tidssone.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa7def2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Velg språk</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Velg ditt foretrukne språk ved å først utvide listen for kontinentet
+ditt.. <application>Mageia</application> vil bruke dette valget under
+installasjonen og for det installerte systemet.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Velg ditt foretrukne språk.  <application>Mageia</application> vil bruke
+dette valget under  installasjonen og for det installerte systemet.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Hvis det er sannsynlig at du vil kreve flere språk installert på systemet
+ditt, for deg selv eller andre brukere, bør du bruke <guibutton>Flere
+språk</guibutton> knappen for å legge dem til nå. Det vil være vanskelig å
+legge til ekstra språkstøtte etter installasjon.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Selv om du velger mer enn ett språk, må du først velge en av dem som ditt
+foretrukne språk på førstespråk skjermen. Det vil også bli merket som valgt
+på skjermbildet for flere språk.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Hvis tastaturspråket ikke er det samme som ditt foretrukne språk, er det
+tilrådelig å installere språket til tastaturet ditt også.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia bruker UTF-8 (Unicode) som standard.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Dette kan være deaktivert på skjermen "flere språk" hvis du vet at det er
+upassende for språket ditt. Deaktivering av UTF-8 gjelder for alle
+installerte språk.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Du kan endre språket i systemet ditt etter installasjon i Mageia Control
+Center -> System -> Behandle lokalisering for systemet.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77120f3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Velg mus</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Hvis du ikke er fornøyd med hvordan musa virker, kan du velge en annen her.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Normalt er, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Enhver PS/2 og USB
+mus</guilabel> et godt valg.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Velg <guilabel>Universell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tving evdev</guilabel> tfor
+å konfigurere knappene som ikke virker på en mus med 6 eller flere knapper.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd8c253f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Hovedvalg for oppstartslaster</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Oppstartslaster grensesnitt</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia bruker som standard kun:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (med eller uten en grafisk meny) for et eledre/MBR eller eldre GPT
+system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for et UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Mageias grafiske menyer er fine :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 på et eldre/MBR og eldre/GPT system</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Ikke endre "Boot Device", med mindre du virkelig vet hva du gjør.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi på UEFI systemer</title>
+
+      <para>Med et UEFI-system er brukergrensesnittet litt annerledes da du ikke kan
+velge mellom med eller uten grafisk meny</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Hvis Mageia er det eneste systemet som er installert på datamaskinen,
+opprettet installasjonen en ESP (EFI System Partition) for å motta
+oppstartslederen (Grub2-efi). Hvis det allerede er installert et
+UEFI-operativsystemer på datamaskinen din (Windows 8 for eksempel), oppdager
+Mageia-installasjonen den eksisterende ESP laget av Windows og legger til
+grub2-efi. Selv om det er mulig å ha flere ESPer, er det bare en som er
+anbefalt og nok uansett antall operativsystemer du har.</para>
+
+      <para>Ikke endre "Boot Device", med mindre du virkelig vet hva du gjør.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Bruker en Mageia oppstartslaster</title>
+
+    <para>Som standard i henhold til systemet ditt, skriver Mageia en ny:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 oppstartslaster, enten til MBR (Master Boot Record)  på den første
+harddisken eller til  BIOS oppstartspartisjonen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi oppstartslaster til ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Hvis du allerede har andre operativsystemer installert, forsøker Mageia å
+legge dem til din nye Mageia oppstartsmeny. Hvis du ikke vil ha denne
+oppførselen, klikker du på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> og avmarker boksen
+<guilabel>Teste Fremmed OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bruker en eksisterende oppstartslaster</title>
+
+    <para>Den nøyaktige prosedyren for å legge Mageia-systemet til en eksisterende
+oppstartslaster er utenfor rammen av denne hjelpen, men i de fleste
+tilfeller vil det innebære å kjøre det aktuelle startprogrammet for
+opplastingsprogrammer, som skal oppdage og legge det til automatisk. Se
+dokumentasjonen for det aktuelle operativsystemet.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Bruker kjedelasting</title>
+
+    <para>Hvis du ikke vil ha en oppstartbar Mageia, men laste den fra et annet
+operativsystem, klikker du på<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>, så på
+<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> og marker boksen <guilabel>Rør ikke ESP
+eller MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Du vil få en advarsel om at oppstartslasteren mangler. Ignorer den ved å
+klikke på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Valg</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Første side</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Forsinkelse før oppstart av standardbildet</guilabel>: Denne
+tekstboksen lar deg angi en forsinkelse i sekunder før standard
+operativsystemet er startet opp.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Sikkerhet</guilabel>: Dette lar deg sette et passord for
+oppstartslasteren. Dette betyr at brukernavn og passord må oppgis ved
+oppstartstidspunkt for å velge en oppstartspost eller endre
+innstillinger. Brukernavnet er "root" og passordet er det som er valgt her
+etter.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Passord</guilabel>: Denne tekstboksen er hvor du faktisk skriver
+inn passordet</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Passord (igjen)</guilabel>: Skriv inn passordet igjen, og Drakx
+vil kontrollere at det samsvarer med det som er angitt ovenfor.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Avansert</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Aktiver ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) er en standard for strømstyring. Det kan spare energi ved å
+stoppe ubrukte enheter, dette var metoden som ble brukt før APM. Hvis du
+fjerner avmerkningen, kan det være nyttig hvis datamaskinen din ikke støtter
+ACPI, eller hvis du tror at implementeringen av ACPI kan forårsake noen
+problemer (for eksempel tilfeldige omstart eller systemlåser).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Aktiver SMP</guilabel>: Dette alternativet aktiverer / deaktiverer
+symmetrisk multiprosessering  for fler-kjærne prosessorer.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Aktiver APIC</guilabel>: Aktivering eller deaktivering av dette
+gir operativsystemet tilgang til den avanserte programmerbare
+avbruddskontrollen. APIC-enheter tillater mer komplekse prioritetsmodeller,
+og Avansert IRQ (Interrupt Request) -administrasjon.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Aktiver Lokal APIC</guilabel>: Her kan du angi lokale APIC, som
+administrerer alle eksterne avbrudd for en bestemt prosessor i et
+SMP-system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Neste side</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Standard:</guilabel> Operatsystemet startet opp av standard</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Legg til:</guilabel> Dette alternativet lar deg sende
+kjernedataene eller fortelle kjernen for å gi deg mer informasjon når den
+starter opp.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Test fremmed OS</guilabel>: se ovenfor <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Bruker en Mageia oppstartslaster</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Avansert</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video modus:</guilabel> Dette setter skjermstørrelsen og
+fargedybden som startmenyen vil bruke. Hvis du klikker på nedre trekant, vil
+du bli tilbudt andre størrelses- og fargedybdealternativer.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Ikke rør ESP eller MBR</emphasis>: se ovenfor <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Bruker kjedelasting</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01acf152
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Legg til eller endre et oppstartsmenypunkt</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>For å gjøre det må du manuelt redigere /boot/grub2/custom.cfg eller bruke
+programvaren grub-tilpasser i stedet (Tilgjengelig i Mageia-pakkebrønnene).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>For mer informasjon, se vår wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3e53448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Set opp SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX oppdager vanligvis harddisker på riktig måte. Med noen eldre
+SCSI-kontrollere kan det hende at det ikke er mulig å bestemme de riktige
+driverne som skal brukes, og deretter mislykkes det å gjenkjenne stasjonen.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Hvis dette skjer, må du manuelt fortelle Drakx hvilken SCSI-stasjon (er) du
+har.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX skal da kunne konfigurere stasjonen (e) riktig.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3caa8ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Sett opp lyd</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>I denne skjermen er navnet på driveren som installasjonen valgte for
+lydkortet ditt gitt, denne vil være standarddriveren, dersom vi har en
+standard driver.</para>
+
+  <para>Standard driveren skal fungere uten problemer. Men hvis du etter
+installasjon støter på problemer, kjør dar <command>draksound</command>
+eller start dette verktøyetvia MCC (Mageia Control Center), gjennom å velge
+<guilabel>Maskinvare</guilabel> fliken og klikk på <guilabel>Lyd
+Konfigurasjon</guilabel> på  skjermens høyre topp.</para>
+
+  <para>Deretter klikker du på Draksound eller "Sound Configuration" -verktøyet
+<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> og så <guibutton>Feilsøking</guibutton> for
+å finne svært nyttige råd om hvordan du løser problemet.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avansert</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Å klikke <guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> i denne skjermen, under
+installasjon, kan  være nyttig hvis det ikke er noen standarddriver, og det
+finnes flere drivere tilgjengelig, dersom du tror installasjonen valgte
+feil.</para>
+
+    <para>I så fall kan du velge en annen driver etter å ha klikket på <guibutton>La
+meg plukke en driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7061aafb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Bekreft hvilken hard disk som skal formateres.</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klikk <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton> hvis du ikke er sikker på valgene dine.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klikk <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> hvis du er sikker og vil slette alle
+partisjoner, alle operativsystemer og alle dataene på harddisken.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0af84b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Tester Mageia som et Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live modus</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Du får denne skjermen hvis du valgte "Boot Mageia". Hvis ikke, får du "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partisjonering</link> "</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Tester maskinvare</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Et av målene for Live-modus er å teste om maskinvaren er riktig administrert
+av Mageia. Du kan kontrollere om alle enhetene har en driver i
+Maskinvare-delen av Mageia Control Center. Du kan teste de nyeste enhetene:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>nettverksgrensesnitt: konfigurer det med net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>grafikkort: hvis du ser forrige skjermbilde er det allerede OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>lyd: en melodi er allerede blitt spilt</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>skriver: konfigurer den og skriv ut en testside:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>skanner: skann et dokument fra ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Hvis alt er OK for deg, kan du fortsette innstallasjonen. Hvis ikke kan du
+vlutte med avslutt knappen.</para>
+
+      <remark>Konfigurasjonsparametrerne du har satt her, er lagret for bruk i
+installasjonen.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Start installassjonen</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>For å starte installasjonen av Mageia LiveCD eller Live DVD til harddisken
+eller SSD-stasjonen, klikker du bare på ikonet "Installer på harddisk". Du
+får denne skjermen, og deretter "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partisjonering</link> " slik som for den direkte
+installasjonen.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1da7f1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Avinstaller Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Hvordan</title>
+
+    <para>Hvis Mageia ikke overbeviste deg eller du ikke kan installere den riktig,
+kort sagt, du vil bli kvitt den. Det kan du gjører.  Mageia gir deg også
+muligheten til å avinstallere. Dette gjelder ikke for alle operativsystemer.</para>
+
+    <para>Etter sikkerhetskopiering av data, start på nytt Mageia DVD og velg Rescue
+system, og gjenopprett Windows oppstartslasteren. Ved neste oppstart vil du
+bare ha Windows uten valg for å velge operativsystem.</para>
+
+    <para>For å gjenopprette plassen som brukes av Mageia partisjonene på Windows,
+klikk på <code>Start -> Kontroll Panel -> Administrative Verktøy ->
+Maskinhåndtering -> Lagring -> Disk håndtering</code> for å få tilgang til
+partisjonsadministrasjonen. Du vil gjenkjenne Mageia-partisjonen fordi de er
+merket <guilabel>Ukjent</guilabel>, og også av deres størrelse og plass i
+disken. Høyreklikk på hver av disse partisjonene og velg
+<guibutton>Slett</guibutton>. Plassen vil bli frigjort.</para>
+
+    <para>Hvis du bruker Windows XP, kan du skape en ny partisjon in (FAT 32 eller
+NTFS) med en partisjonsbokstav.</para>
+
+    <para>Hvis du har Vista elelr Win 7, har du en mulighet til. Du kan utvide den
+eksisterende partisjonen, som er til venstre fra den ledige plassen. Det
+finnes andre partsjoneringssverktøy som kan brukes som feks Gparted (finnes
+også for Windows). Når du endrer partisjoner forsikre deg om at du har tatt
+back up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5616f47a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Behold eller slett ubrukt materiale</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>I dette steget ser installererrtinen for ubrukte lokaliseringspakker  og
+maskinvarepakker. Deretter fåreslår den å slette de. Det er en god ide å
+akseptere, hvis du da ikke lager en isntalalsjon som skal kjøres på ulik
+maskinvare.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Neste steg er kopiering av filene til disken. Dette tar noen minutter. Til
+slutt får du en tom skjerm for en stund, noe som er normalt.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a3503e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5177 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Dennis Holierhoek <dennis.hh@hotmail.com>, 2016-2017
+# dragnadh <dragnadh@gmail.com>, 2017
+# HanMi, 2014
+# HanMi, 2014
+# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2013,2015
+# Rodolfo_Jadon, 2014
+# Rodolfo_Jadon, 2014
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013,2016-2017
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-07-14 16:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: dragnadh <dragnadh@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"nl/)\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licentie en uitgave-opmerkingen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licentie-overeenkomst"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u "
+"<application>Mageia</application> installeert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden voordat u verder kunt "
+"gaan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor "
+"uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt "
+"zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Uitgave-opmerkingen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om belangrijke "
+"informatie te zien over deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "nl"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere "
+"bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand.  De keuze "
+"van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen "
+"beschikbaar zullen zijn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Voor een netwerkbron dienen twee stappen gevolgd te worden:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Kiezen en activeren van een netwerk, tenzij al actief."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze).  Door "
+"een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die "
+"beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates.  Met deze URL "
+"kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een 64-bitsinstallatie die mogelijk enige 32-bitspakketten bevat, "
+"opwaardeert, voeg dan hier een online spiegelserver toe door een van de "
+"netwerkprotocollen aan te vinken. De 64-bits-dvd bevat enkel 64-bits- en "
+"noarch-pakketten, hij kan geen 32-bitspakketten opwaarderen. Dat kan echter "
+"wel als u een online spiegelserver toevoegt, de 32-bitspakketten worden dan "
+"daar opgehaald."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord (root)  instellen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een "
+"superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het "
+"<emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux.  Terwijl u een wachtwoord in "
+"het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in "
+"groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen "
+"schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in "
+"het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te "
+"sluiten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het "
+"beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers "
+"en andere tekens."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Voer een gebruiker in"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de "
+"superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, "
+"kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een "
+"normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de "
+"gebruiker in."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de "
+"gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde "
+"volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Typ hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. "
+"Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het "
+"wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook  <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord "
+"in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia zal een "
+"thuismap hebben die zowel beschermd is tegen lezen als schrijven "
+"(umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt meerdere gebruikers toevoegen tijdens de installatie stap "
+"<emphasis>Configuratie - Samenvatting</emphasis>. Dit kunt u doen door "
+"<emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis> te kiezen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "De toegangsrechten kunnen na het installeren ook nog veranderd worden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Geavanceerd gebruikersbeheer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een "
+"scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd "
+"wordt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount "
+"opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn "
+"belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een "
+"gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt "
+"op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone "
+"gebruiker."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell "
+"veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd "
+"wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de "
+"gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat "
+"dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook "
+"een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker.  Laat dit vak leeg, "
+"tenzij u weet wat u doet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Kies de koppelpunten"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het "
+"niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die <application>DrakX</"
+"application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root) partitie heeft."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: \"Apparaat\" (\"Grootte\", "
+"\"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Apparaat\" is samengesteld uit: \"harde schijf\", [\"harde schijf nummer"
+"\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen "
+"van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, "
+"bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films "
+"wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor "
+"nodig hebt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en "
+"kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het "
+"scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op "
+"<guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie "
+"staat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt "
+"formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Klok-instellingen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier dient u te selecteren welke tijd uw interne klok heeft, lokale tijd of "
+"UTC-tijd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr "In het geavanceerd-tabblad vind u meer klokinstellingsopties."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Start Mageia als Live-systeem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Het medium opstarten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Van een DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt opstarten vanaf de DVD waarop u uw beeldbestand brandde. Vaak gebeurt "
+"dat vanzelf als de DVD in het DVD-station zit. Anders kunt u in uw BIOS "
+"instellen vanaf welk apparaat opgestart moet worden. Soms is het mogelijk "
+"éénmalig van opstartapparaat te wisselen, raadpleeg uw pc-handleiding."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhankelijk van de hardware die u heeft en van hoe die geconfigureerd is, "
+"krijgt u één van de twee onderstaande schermen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Van een USB-apparaat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt booten vanaf het USB-apparaat waar u uw ISO-image op zette. "
+"Afhankelijk van uw BIOS-instellingen, start de computer mogelijk al meteen "
+"op van de ingeplugde USB-key. Als dat niet gebeurt, dient u uw BIOS-"
+"instellingen te wijzigen, of een toets in te drukken die u een keuzescherm "
+"geeft vanaf welk apparaat u de computer wilt booten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy-modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Eerste scherm na starten in BIOS-modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "In het middelste menu, heeft u de keuze tussen drie acties:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia opstarten: dat betekent dat Mageia 5 van het verbonden medium (cd / "
+"dvd of usb-stick) zal opstarten zonder iets op de schijf te schrijven, dus "
+"verwacht een erg langzaam systeem. Als het opstarten eenmaal klaar is, kunt "
+"u verdergaan naar de installatie op een harde schijf"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia installeren: Deze keuze zal Mageia direct op een harde schijf "
+"installeren"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Opstarten vanaf harde schijf: Met deze optie kunt u opstarten vanaf de harde "
+"schijf, zoals gebruikelijk als er geen medium (cd / dvd of usb-stick) is "
+"aangesloten. (werkt niet met Mageia 5)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "In het onderste menu, zijn de opstartopties:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - Hulp. Leg de opties \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" en \"lde\" uit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Taal. Kies de weergegeven taal van de schermen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr "F3 - Schermresolutie. Kies tussen tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - Cd-rom. Cd-rom of Overig. Normaal gesproken wordt de installatie "
+"uitgevoerd vanaf het aangesloten installatiemedium. Hier kunt u andere "
+"bronnen selecteren, zoals FTP- of NFS-servers. Als de installatie in een "
+"netwerk met een SLP-server wordt uitgevoerd, selecteer dan één van de "
+"installatiebronnen beschikbaar op de server met deze optie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Driver. Ja of Nee. Het systeem heeft het door als er een optionele "
+"schijf met een driver-update bestaat en zal het aansluiten hiervan vereisen "
+"gedurende het installatieproces."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Kernelopties. Dit is een manier om opties op basis van uw hardware en "
+"de drivers die u gebruikt te kiezen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "In UEFI-modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+"Eerste scherm tijdens het opstarten op een UEFI-systeem vanaf een schijf"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Je hebt alleen de keuze om Mageia in live-modus (eerste keuze) te draaien of "
+"om het installatieproces te starten (tweede keuze)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u van een USB-stick heeft opgestart, krijgt u twee aanvullende regels "
+"die dezelfde zijn als de vorige regels, met \"USB\" erachter gevoegd. U moet "
+"ze kiezen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"In ieder geval zullen de eerste stappen hetzelfde zijn om taal, tijdzone en "
+"toetsenbord te kiezen, dan verschilt het proces, met <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">extra stappen in live-modus</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Werkomgevingselectie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om "
+"uw keuze te verfijnen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie "
+"zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die "
+"geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</"
+"application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set "
+"toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</"
+"guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets "
+"anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De "
+"<application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, "
+"is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan "
+"de twee eerder genoemde."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Pakketgroepselectie"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem "
+"nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, "
+"maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen "
+"beweegt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Werkstation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafische omgeving."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig "
+"pakketten toe te voegen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> voor instructies over hoe u een "
+"minimale installatie (zonder of met X &amp; IceWM) kunt uitvoeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Softwarebeheer"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan "
+"uw wensen aan te passen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de "
+"<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een "
+"USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om "
+"dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de "
+"installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te "
+"laden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Configureer uw diensten"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem "
+"opstart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te "
+"vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak "
+"beneden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Configureer uw tijdzone"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in "
+"dezelfde tijdzone bevindt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te "
+"stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze "
+"allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw "
+"grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft "
+"en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "Vendor (producent)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "dan de naam van uw kaart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "en het type"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet "
+"in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u "
+"mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor "
+"videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart "
+"kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire "
+"mogelijkheden biedt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang "
+"tot de opdrachtregel-interface."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's "
+"voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in "
+"sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze "
+"uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia "
+"voor het eerst start."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze "
+"installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een "
+"grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, "
+"of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische "
+"omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt "
+"zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt "
+"dat de keuze verkeerd is."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw "
+"kaart uit de lijst."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van "
+"toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders "
+"uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</"
+"guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de "
+"horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste "
+"resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt "
+"niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen "
+"controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling "
+"correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard "
+"worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt "
+"u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw "
+"instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u "
+"verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe "
+"gewoonlijk correct identificeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw "
+"beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u "
+"doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en "
+"vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de "
+"beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele "
+"beeld wordt ververst."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt "
+"met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw "
+"monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees "
+"terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die "
+"uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, "
+"kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "naam van de fabrikant"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "naam en type nummer van het beeldscherm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, "
+"zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte "
+"schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om "
+"van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw "
+"videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend "
+"te zijn met uw keuze."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u "
+"er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De "
+"<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u "
+"uw systeem niet opstarten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt "
+"partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een "
+"partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals "
+"een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" "
+"als er drie zijn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het "
+"geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk het "
+"vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte "
+"aan of verwijder de partitie. <guibutton>Overschakelen naar de expert modus</"
+"guibutton>(of <guibutton>Expert modus</guibutton>) geeft een aantal "
+"gereedschappen zoals het toevoegen van een label of het kiezen van een "
+"partitie type."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Ga verder totdat alles naar uw wensen is aangepast."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Klik dan op <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u Mageia op een UEFI-systeem installeert, zorg dan dat een ESP (EFI-"
+"Systeem-Partitie) beschikbaar is en aangekoppeld op /boot/EFI (zie hieronder)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u Mageia op een Legacy/GPT-systeem installeert, zorg dan dat een BIOS-"
+"opstart-partitie beschikbaar is en daarnaast ook van het juiste type is"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partitionering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de "
+"ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om "
+"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af "
+"van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Huidige partities gebruiken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities "
+"gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Vrije ruimte gebruiken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe "
+"Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Gebruik vrije ruimte op een Windows Partitie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te "
+"gebruiken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia "
+"installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u "
+"van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat "
+"niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet \"schoon\" zijn, wat inhoudt "
+"dat Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt "
+"werd en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat "
+"alle bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt "
+"staat gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van "
+"uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Bij deze optie is de resterende Windowspartitie lichtblauw en de nieuwe "
+"Mageiapartitie donkerblauw. Eronder ziet u hun voorgestelde groottes. U kunt "
+"die wijzigen door op de spleet tussen deze partities te klikken, en naar "
+"links of rechts te slepen. Zie de schermafbeelding hieronder."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Volledige harde schijf wissen en gebruiken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf "
+"gewist worden. Wees voorzichtig!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor "
+"iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt "
+"verliezen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op "
+"uw harde schijf of schijven."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitie grootte:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u dit niet zelf regelt via \"Aangepaste schijfpartitionering\", dan zal "
+"de beschikbare ruimte volgens onderstaande regels gebruikt worden:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Als de totaal beschikbare ruimte kleiner is dan 50 GB, dan wordt slechts één "
+"partitie aangemaakt, voor /, er is geen aparte partitie  voor /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Als er meer dan 50 GB beschikbaar is, dan worden drie partities aangemaakt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr "6/19e van de beschikbare ruimte gaat naar /, tot een maximum van 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19e gaat naar de swap-partitie, tot een maximum van 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "de rest (minimaal 12/19e) gaat naar /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Dat betekent dat vanaf 160 GB aan beschikbare ruimte de volgende partities "
+"gemaakt worden: 50 GB /, 4 GB swap en alle overige ruimte gaat naar /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een UEFI-systeem gebruikt, zal het ESP (EFI-systeempartitie) "
+"automatisch gevonden worden, of aangemaakt worden als het nog niet bestaat, "
+"en gekoppeld zijn aan /boot/EFI. De optie \"Aangepaste schijfpartitie\" is "
+"de enige waarmee kan worden gecontroleerd of het juist gedaan is"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, "
+"in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare "
+"hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt "
+"wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een "
+"erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, "
+"bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld "
+"gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Uitlijnen met\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even "
+"aantal megabytes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Installatie vanaf een Live-medium"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Januari 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de "
+"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
+"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href="
+"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:"
+"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact "
+"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te "
+"verbeteren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken "
+"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die "
+"u tijdens het installeren maakt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Installeren met DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Februari 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Gefeliciteerd"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van <application>Mageia</"
+"application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het installatiemedium "
+"verwijderen en uw computer herstarten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de "
+"besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt "
+"Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Veel plezier!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Firewall"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Geavanceerd</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;poort-nummer>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;poort-nummer></emphasis>Is de waarde van\n"
+" de poort die is toegewezen aan de dienst die u wilt inschakelen \n"
+"(bijvoorbeeld 873 voor de RSYNC-service) zoals gedefinieerd in "
+"<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis>is één van <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> of "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - Het internetprotocol dat door de dienst wordt "
+"gebruikt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bijvoorbeeld, de vermelding voor het verlenen van toegang tot de RSYNC-"
+"dienst is dus <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Als een dienst is geïmplementeerd om beide protocollen te gebruiken, dan "
+"specificeert u 2 koppels voor dezelfde poort."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatteren"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op "
+"partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, "
+"geformatteerd worden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u "
+"wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op "
+"<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste "
+"Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</"
+"guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie aanklikken en dan in "
+"de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van "
+"uw keus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, het Mageia-installatieprogramma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk "
+"mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een "
+"ervaren gebruiker bent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets "
+"verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u "
+"nodig heeft."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Een Mageia DVD gebruiken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"De standaard welkomsschermen van de Mageia-DVD's ziet u hieronder. De eerste "
+"is voor UEFI systemen, de tweede voor oudere (Legacy) systemen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"Vanuit dit scherm kunt u toegang krijgen tot verschillende opties door op de "
+"letter \"e\" te drukken, waarna u de\"bewerkingsmodus\" betreed. Om\n"
+"terug te keren naar dit scherm, kunt u of op de toets \"esc\" drukken om "
+"terug te keren zonder op te \n"
+"slaan of op de toets \"Ctrl\" of \"F10\" drukken om terug te keren en "
+"tegelijkertijd uw veranderingen op te slaan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+"Vanuit dit scherm is het mogelijk om enkele persoonlijke voorkeuren in te "
+"stellen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal "
+"voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken (niet in UEFI modus)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Selecteer een taal met de pijltoetsen en druk Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier is, als voorbeeld, het Franse welkomsscherm van een LiveDVD/CD. Merk op "
+"dat de Live DVD/CD niet de keuzes <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, "
+"<guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> en <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</"
+"guilabel> heeft."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Wijzig de schermresolutie door op F3 te klikken (niet in UEFI-modus)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Voeg kernel opties toe door op de <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis>-knop "
+"te klikken in legacymodus of <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> te typen "
+"in UEFI-modus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als de installatie faalt, kan het nodig zijn het opnieuw te proberen met een "
+"van de extra opties. Het F6-menu laat een nieuwe regel zien, genaamd "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> en heeft vier mogelijkheden:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Default, het verandert niets aan de standaard opties."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), met energiebeheer "
+"wordt geen rekening gehouden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), betreft "
+"CPU-onderbrekingen, selecteer deze optie als u dat gevraagd wordt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien u een van deze mogelijkheden selecteert, worden de standaard opties "
+"aangepast, die zichtbaar zijn in de <guilabel>Bootopties</guilabel>regel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"In sommige Mageia uitgaves verschijnen de mogelijkheden die via F6 gekozen "
+"kunnen worden, niet in de <guilabel>Bootopties</guilabel>regel, maar worden "
+"dan toch echt gebruikt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Leer meer kernelopties via F1 (niet in UEFI modus)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Via F1 krijgt u een scherm met meer beschikbare opties. Kies er een met de "
+"pijltjestoetsen en druk op Enter om meer details te krijgen, of klik op de "
+"Esc toets om terug te gaan naar het welkomsscherm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Het gedetailleerde scherm voor de splash opties. Klik op Esc of kies "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> om weer naar de optieslijst te "
+"gaan. Deze opties kunnen handmatig aan de <guilabel>Bootopties</"
+"guilabel>regel worden toegevoegd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "De hulp wordt in de gekozen taal vertaald met de F2 toets."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Voor meer informatie over kernelopties in legacy- en UEFI-sytemen, zie: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link> (Engels)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Een Bedraad Netwerk gebruiken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Hier is het standaard welkomsscherm van een kabelnetwerkgebaseerde "
+"Installatie CD (netinstall.iso of netinstall-nonfree.iso "
+"opstartafbeeldingen):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Het staat niet toe de taal hier te wijzigen, de beschikbare opties worden in "
+"het scherm uitgelegd. Zie voor meer informatie over kabelnetwerkgebaseerd "
+"installeren met boot.iso: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">de Mageia Wiki</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling is de Amerikaanse."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "De Installatiestappen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van "
+"de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label "
+"\"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder "
+"gebruikelijke opties."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer "
+"uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het "
+"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. "
+"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is "
+"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. "
+"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een "
+"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt "
+"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan "
+"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Geen grafische interface"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm.  Dit kan gebeuren "
+"bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen.  Probeer een lagere "
+"resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Als de hardware erg oud is, kan het zijn dat een grafische installatie niet "
+"mogelijk is. In dit geval is het de moeite waard een tekstmodusinstallatie "
+"te proberen. Klik daartoe op ESC als u bij het eerste welkomsscherm bent en "
+"bevestig met ENTER. U zult een zwart schrem zien met het woord \"boot:\". "
+"Typ \"text\" en druk op ENTER. Ga nu verder met installeren in tekstmodus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Installatieblokkades"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn "
+"met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van "
+"hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</"
+"literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met "
+"beide vorige gecombineerd worden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM-probleem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare "
+"hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door "
+"de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste "
+"hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan "
+"RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dynamische partities"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u uw harde schijf van \"basic\" naar \"dynamic\" formaat geconverteerd "
+"heeft in Microsoft Windows, weet dan dat het onmogelijk is Mageia op deze "
+"schijf te installeren. Zie de Microsoft documentatie om terug te gaan naar "
+"een basic schijf: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Updates"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, "
+"kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies "
+"<guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met "
+"internet verbonden bent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Aanmeldscherm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM-aanmeldscherm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Tenslotte komt u bij het aanmeldscherm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Voer uw gebruikersnaam en gebruikerswachtwoord in, en binnen een paar "
+"seconden bevindt u zich in een opgestartte KDE- of GNOME-desktopomgeving, "
+"afhankelijk van welk medium u gebruikt heeft. U kunt nu beginnen met uw "
+"Mageia-installatie te gebruiken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Meer documentatie vindt u in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation\">de Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Mediaselectie (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen.  Niet alle bronnen zijn "
+"beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. "
+"De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze "
+"in de volgende stappen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze "
+"bevat de basis van de distributie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling "
+"zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-"
+"software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat "
+"bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, "
+"fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven "
+"onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze "
+"bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in "
+"sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse "
+"audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. "
+"af te spelen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimale installatie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het "
+"Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien gewenst, kunt u vervolgens ook \"Individuele pakketselectie\" "
+"aanvinken in hetzelfde scherm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</"
+"application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of "
+"gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met "
+"voornoemde \"Individuele-pakketselectie\"-optie om uw installatie naar wens "
+"aan te passen, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal "
+"bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Door \"Met X\" te kiezen, krijgt u tevens IceWM als lichtgewicht "
+"werkomgeving."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"De basisdocumentatie wordt geleverd in de vorm van man- en info-pagina's. Ze "
+"bevat de manpagina's van het <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/"
+"man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> en de <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info-"
+"pagina's."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Overzicht van diverse instellingen"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk "
+"van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de "
+"instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op "
+"<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als algemene regel worden de standaardinstellingen aanbevolen en kunt u ze "
+"blijven gebruiken met 3 uitzonderingen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+"Het is bekend dat problemen kunnen optreden als u gebruikt maakt van de "
+"standaardinstelling"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "de standaardinstelling is al geprobeerd en mislukt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "iets anders wordt gezegd in de gedetailleerde secties hieronder"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Systeeminstellingen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tijdzone</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref "
+"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Land</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat "
+"u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u Grub2 dient in te stellen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Zie voor meer infomatie <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gebruikersbeheer</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen <literal>/home</"
+"literal> mappen krijgen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Diensten</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien "
+"(daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat "
+"uw computer goed werkt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Apparatuurinstellingen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Toetsenbord</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het "
+"toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen "
+"werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u merkt dat de toetsenbordindeling verkeerd is en u wilt dit veranderen, "
+"hou dan in gedachten dat uw wachtwoorden ook veranderen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Muis</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals "
+"trackballs and touchpads."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Geluidskaart</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. "
+"De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er "
+"meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen daarvan het "
+"standaardstuurprogramma is."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafische interface</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr "Hier kunt u uw grafische kaart(en) en beelscherm(en) instellen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Netwerk en internetinstellingen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Netwerk</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de niet-vrije bronnen nu niet "
+"ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire "
+"stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <application>Mageia-"
+"configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te "
+"stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het "
+"verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij "
+"een proxy service gebruikt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier "
+"moet invullen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Beveiliging"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Beveiligingsniveau</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen "
+"is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Controleer welke optie het beste bij uw gebruik past."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de "
+"boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie "
+"hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt, voor meer informatie zie "
+"<xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr "Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Herstarten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Als de bootloader (opstartlader) eenmaal is geïnstalleerd, wordt u gevraagd "
+"om uw computer te \"halten\" (stoppen), de live-cd te verwijderen en de "
+"computer te herstarten. klik op <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton></emphasis> en handel zoals "
+"gevraagd<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in deze volgorde!</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de computer opnieuw opstart, zult u meerdere downloadvoortgangsbalken "
+"zien die elkaar opvolgen. Dit geeft aan dat de softwaremedialijsten worden "
+"gedownload (zie Softwarebeheer)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partitie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partitie.  Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om "
+"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen "
+"moet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in "
+"het <guilabel>Beveiliging</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-"
+"configuratiecentrum (MCC)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Selecteer en gebruik ISO's"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introductie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia is verspreid doormiddel van ISO-afbeeldingen. Deze pagina zult u "
+"helpen bij het kiezen van een afbeelding die aan uw wensen voldoet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Er zijn twee mediafamilies:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Klassieke installateur: Nadat het medium is opgestart, zal het een proces "
+"beginnen waarmee u kunt kiezen wat er wordt geïnstalleerd en hoe uw "
+"doelsysteem wordt geconfigureerd. Dit geeft u maximale flexibiliteit voor "
+"een aangepaste installatie, zeker om te kiezen welke desktopomgeving u zult "
+"installeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"LIVE-medium: bij het opstarten van dit medium verschijnt er een echt Mageia-"
+"systeem zonder dat het wordt geïnstalleerd, zodat u kunt kijken wat u krijgt "
+"nadat u het installeert. Het installatieproces is eenvoudiger, maar u krijgt "
+"minder keuzes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Details worden gegeven in de volgende secties."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definitie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier is een medium (mv: media) een ISO-imagebestand, dat het installeren en/"
+"of updaten van Mageia mogelijk maakt, en voorts elk fysiek medium waar het "
+"ISO-bestand op gekopieerd is."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt ze <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/nl/downloads/\">hier</link> "
+"vinden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klassieke installatiemedia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Algemene eigenschappen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Deze ISO's gebruiken het traditionele installatieprogramma, drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt er een schone installatie mee doen of een oudere installatie mee "
+"actualiseren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Vershillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Sommige tools zijn beschikbaar in het Welkomsscherm: Rescue System, Memory "
+"Test, Hardware Detection Tool."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Elke DVD bevat veel beschikbare bureaubladomgevingen en talen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"U zult tijdens de installatie de keuze krijgen om nonfree software toe te "
+"voegen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Live media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Kunnen gebruikt worden om de distributie te testen zonder die op een harde "
+"schijf te installeren. Indien gewenst is installeren wel mogelijk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "Elke ISO bevat slechts één werkomgeving (Plasma, GNOME of Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO's kunnen enkel voor schone installaties "
+"gebruikt worden, ze kunnen niet worden gebruikt om een oudere installatie "
+"mee bij te werken.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Ze bevatten niet-vrije software."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "PLASMA Live DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Enkel PLASMA-werkomgeving."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Alle talen zijn aanwezig."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Alleen 64-bits architectuur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "GNOME Live DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Enkel GNOME werkomgeving."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Alleen 64-bits architectuur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Xfce Live DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Enkel Xfce-werkomgeving."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32- en 64-bits architectuur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Enkel-opstart CD-media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Elk is een klein beeldbestand, dat alleen het hoognodige bevat om het drakx-"
+"installatieprogramma te starten en drakx-installer-stage2 en andere "
+"pakketten te vinden die nodig zijn om de installatie voort te zetten en te "
+"voltooien. Deze bestanden kunnen op de harde schijf staan of op een lokaal "
+"station, lokaal netwerk of op internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze media zijn erg licht (minder dan 100 MB) en handig bij te geringe "
+"bandbreedte om een volledige DVD te downloaden, een pc zonder DVD-station of "
+"een pc die niet van een USB-stick kan booten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Enkel de Engelse taal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevat enkel vrije software, voor degenen die geen gebruik willen maken van "
+"niet-vrije software."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevat non-free software (vooral drivers, codecs...) voor degenen die dit "
+"nodig hebben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Een medium downloaden en checken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Downloaden"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Zodra u uw ISO-bestand heeft gekozen, kunt u deze downloaden via http of "
+"BitTorrent. In beide gevallen geeft een venster u enige informatie, zoals de "
+"gebruikte spiegelserver en een mogelijkheid te wisselen als de bandbreedte "
+"te laag is. Als http gekozen werd, kunt u ook iets zien zoals:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum en sha1sum zijn hulpmiddelen om de integriteit van de ISO te "
+"controleren. Gebruik er maar één van. Bewaar één van hen <link linkend="
+"\"integrity\">voor verder gebruik</link>. Er verschijnt dan een venster dat "
+"lijkt op deze:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Vink het selectierondje 'Bestand opslaan' aan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "De integriteit van het gedownloade medium controleren"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Beide checksums zijn hexadecimale getallen die door een algoritme voor het "
+"te downloaden bestand berekend zijn. Als u deze checksums opnieuw laat "
+"berekenen voor het gedownloade bestand en de uitkomst is gelijk, dan is het "
+"bestand in orde. Als de uitkomst niet overeenkomt, kunt u de download beter "
+"overdoen of een reparatie proberen met behulp van BitTorrent. ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Open een terminal (niet als root), en:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Om md5sum te gebruiken, typ: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum pad/naar/"
+"het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Om sha1sum te gebruiken, typ: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum pad/naar/"
+"het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"en vergelijk het verkregen getal op uw computer (het kan een tijdje duren "
+"voor het verschijnt) met het getal dat door Mageia gegeven werd. Voorbeeld:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Brand of dump het ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"De gecontroleerde ISO can nu op een CD of DVD gebrand worden, of worden "
+"gedumpt op een USB-stick. Dit is niet hetzelfde als gewoon kopiëren, maar "
+"zorgt wel dat een opstartbaar medium gemaakt wordt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "De ISO op een CD/DVD branden"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik de brander die u wilt, maar verzeker u ervan dat hij correct is "
+"ingesteld op <emphasis role=\"bold\">een image branden</emphasis>, gegevens "
+"of bestanden branden is onjuist. Er is meer informatie in <link ns4:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia's wiki</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Dump de ISO op een USB-stick"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Mageia ISO's zijn hybride, dat betekent dat u ze op een USB-stick kunt "
+"'dumpen' en dan van die USB-stick op kunt starten en installeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"door een beeldbestand op een flash-apparaat te 'dumpen', wist u elk eerder "
+"bestandssysteem; alle aanwezige gegevens zullen verloren gaan en de "
+"capaciteit zal worden gereduceerd tot de grootte van het beeldbestand."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Om de oorspronkelijke capaciteit te herstellen, moet u de USB-stick opnieuw "
+"partitioneren en formatteren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt een grafische tool gebruiken, zoals <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Probeer bijv.:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> met de "
+"\"ISO-image\"-optie;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Gebruik de commandoregel binnen een GNU/Linux-systeem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is potentieel *gevaarlijk* om dit handmatig te doen. Je riskeert het "
+"overschrijven van een schijfpartitie als je het apparaat-ID verkeerd krijgt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "U kunt ook de dd tool gebruiken in een terminal:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Open een terminal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Wordt root met het commando <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergeet de '-' aan "
+"het eind niet)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Plug uw USB-stick in (koppel hem niet, dat betekent ook geen applicatie of "
+"bestandsmanager openen die hem zou kunnen bekijken of lezen)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Voer het commando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> in"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt ook apparaatnamen met het commando <code>dmesg</code> verkrijgen: aan "
+"het eind zult u de apparaatnaam dat begint met <emphasis>sd</emphasis> en "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> als volgt zien:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Vind de naam van uw USB-stick (d.m.v. zijn grootte), bijv. <code>/dev/sdb</"
+"code> in bovenstaande schermafbeelding. Het is een 8GB USB-stick."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Geef het commando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Waar X=apparaatnaam, bijv: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Bijvoorbeeld: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD."
+"iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Geef het commando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Verwijder uw USB-stick, hij is gereed"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Selecteer uw land"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer uw land.  Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de "
+"muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land "
+"instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</"
+"guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan "
+"het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van "
+"de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze "
+"volgen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Invoermethode"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een "
+"invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen "
+"gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, enz.). "
+"IBus is de standaard invoermethode, het is dus niet nodig om het handmatig "
+"te configureren. Andere invoermethodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben "
+"soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP "
+"media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt "
+"u dat, als u uw geïnstalleerde systeem gestart heeft, alsnog doen via "
+"\"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door localedrake als "
+"beheerder te starten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Installeren of opwaarderen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Installeren"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr "Kies dit voor een verse <application>Mageia</application>-installatie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Opwaarderen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u één of meer <application>Mageia</application>-installaties heeft op uw "
+"systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste uitgave."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog "
+"ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma "
+"werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt "
+"opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan "
+"is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partitie bewaart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het "
+"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. "
+"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is "
+"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. "
+"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een "
+"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt "
+"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan "
+"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het "
+"\"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door "
+"gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. "
+"Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Toetsenbord kiezen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"U zult een toetsenbordindeling moeten kiezen dat u in Mageia wilt gebruiken. "
+"De standaard indeling (deze wordt, met behulp van de taal en tijdzone die u "
+"zojuist geselecteerd heeft, bepaald) is al geselecteerd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Toetsenbord"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als "
+"dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet "
+"wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die "
+"meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label "
+"aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier "
+"kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer "
+"uw toetsenbord daar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, "
+"keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof "
+"een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een "
+"gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling "
+"is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, "
+"krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen "
+"de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Taalkeuze"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te "
+"vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken "
+"tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw "
+"computer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies hier uw taalvoorkeur. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze "
+"selectie gebruiken tijdens de installatie en voor het straks geïnstalleerde "
+"systeem op uw computer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor "
+"andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om "
+"ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra "
+"talen toe te voegen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="
+"\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal "
+"gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het "
+"\"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring "
+"later tijdens de installatie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia gebruikt standaard UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij "
+"onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude "
+"compatibiliteit te kiezen. Die is dan van toepassing op al uw talen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in het Mageia-"
+"configuratiecentrum -> Systeem -> Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Muiskeuze"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere "
+"kiezen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB "
+"muis</guilabel> een goede keuze."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev afdwingen</"
+"guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een muis met zes "
+"of meer knoppen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Om dat te doen moet u handmatig /boot/grub2/custom.cfg bewerken of  in "
+"plaats van dat de software grub-customizer gebruiken (Verkrijgbaar in de "
+"bronnen van Mageia)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Voor meer informatie, zie onze wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Opstartlader Interface"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Mageia gebruikt standaard uitsluitend:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (met of zonder grafische menu) voor een Legacy/MBR of Legacy/GPT-"
+"systeem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi voor een UEFI systeem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "De Mageia grafische menu's zijn mooi :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 op Legacy/MBR en Legacy/GPT systemen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "Wijzig het \"Opstartapparaat\" niet, tenzij u weet wat u doet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi op UEFI systemen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Bij een UEFI-systeem is de gebruikersinterface iets anders, u kunt namelijk "
+"niet kiezen of u wel of niet een grafische menu wilt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Als uw computer naast Mageia geen ander besturingssysteem had, dan heeft het "
+"Mageia-installatieprogramma een ESP (EFI-SysteemPartitie) voor de "
+"opstartlader (Grub2-efi) gemaakt. Stond er echter al eerder een UEFI-"
+"besturingssysteem op (bijv. Windows 8), dan detecteert Mageia de bestaande "
+"ESP die door Windows is gecreëerd en wordt de grub2-efi-opstartlader daaraan "
+"toevoegd. Alhoewel het mogelijk is verscheidene ESP's te hebben, wordt "
+"aanbevolen het bij één te laten. Één is genoeg, ongeacht het aantal "
+"besturingssystemen dat u heeft."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Afhankelijk van uw systeem schrijft Mageia standaard een nieuw:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 opstartlader ofwel in de MBR (Master Boot Record) van uw eerste harde "
+"schijf of in de BIOS-opstart-partitie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi opstartlader in de ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u al andere besturingssystemen heeft geïnstalleerd, zal Mageia proberen "
+"om ze toe te voegen aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu. Als u dit niet wilt, "
+"klikt u op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en verwijderd u hierna het vinkje "
+"bij het vakje <guilabel>Peil Onbekend OS</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te "
+"voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is "
+"het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te "
+"gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de "
+"documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Met behulp van opeenvolgend laden"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u niet wilt dat een uw computer direct Mageia opstart, maar via een "
+"keten laad van een ander OS, klik dan <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en "
+"hierna op <guibutton>Gevorderd</guibutton>, vink vervolgens het vakje "
+"<guilabel>ESP of MBR niet aanraken</guilabel> aan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"U zal een waarschuwing krijgen dat de opstartlader ontbreekt, negeer het "
+"door te klikken op <guibutton>Oke</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opties"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Eerste pagina"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Vertraging voordat de beeldkopie (image) standaard wordt "
+"opgestart</guilabel>: In dit tekstvak kunt u de vertraging in seconden "
+"instellen voordat het standaard besturingssysteem wordt opgestart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Beveiliging</guilabel>: Hiermee kunt u een wachtwoord instellen "
+"voor de opstartlader. Dit betekent dat een gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord "
+"tijdens de opstarttijd zal worden gevraagd waarna u een opstartinvoer kunt "
+"selecteren of instellingen kan wijzigen. De gebruikersnaam is 'root' en "
+"hierna wordt het wachtwoord gekozen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Dit is het tekstvak waar u uw wachtwoord "
+"invoert"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het wachtwoord en DrakX "
+"zal controleren of het overeenkomt met het wachtwoord dat hierboven is "
+"ingevoerd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gevorderd</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ACPI Inschakelen:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and "
+"Power Interface) is een standaard voor energiebeheer. Het kan energie "
+"besparen door ongebruikte apparaten uit te schakelen. Dit was de methode die "
+"gebruikt werd voor APM. Verwijder het vinkje als u dit nuttig acht, "
+"bijvoorbeeld als uw computer niet ACPI ondersteunt of als u denkt dat de "
+"ACPI-implementatie kan leiden tot een aantal problemen (bijvoorbeeld dat het "
+"systeem willekeurige opnieuw opstart of vastloopt)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>SMP Inschakelen</guilabel>: Deze optie maakt het mogelijk om "
+"symmetrische multiprocessing voor multi-core processors in te schakelen of "
+"juist uit te schakelen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>APIC Inschakelen</guilabel>: Het In- of uitschakelen van dit geeft "
+"het besturingssysteem toegang tot de Advanced Programmable Interrupt "
+"Controller (APIC). APIC apparaten laten complexere prioriteit modellen, en "
+"Geavanceerde IRQ (Verzoek voor Onderbreking) beheer toe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lokale APIC Inschakelen</guilabel>: Hiermee kunt u de lokale APIC "
+"instellen, dit beheert alle externe onderbrekingen voor een aantal "
+"specifieke processoren in een SMP-systeem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Volgende pagina"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Standaard:</guilabel> Besturingssysteem standaard opgestart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Toevoegen:</guilabel> Met deze optie kunt u de kernel informatie "
+"overslaan of de kernel vertellen om u meer informatie omtrent het opstarten "
+"te geven."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Peil vreemd OS</guilabel>: zie hierboven <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Met behulp van de Mageia opstartlader</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Video modus:</guilabel> Dit stelt de grootte van het scherm en de "
+"kleurdiepte in die het opstartmenu zal gebruiken. Als u klikt op de "
+"hieronder aangeboden driehoek kunt u aan de hand van de opties andere "
+"grootte en kleurdiepte kiezen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Raak zowel ESP als MBR niet aan</emphasis>: zie "
+"hierboven <link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">met behulp van de keten lader</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Harde schijf detectie"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij "
+"sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de "
+"benodigde drivers te installeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Geluidsconfiguratie"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw "
+"geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de "
+"installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <command>draksound</command> of "
+"start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de <guilabel>Apparatuur</"
+"guilabel> tab en dan op <guilabel>Audioconfiguratie</guilabel> rechts boven "
+"in het scherm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of \"Audioconfiguratie\"-scherm op "
+"<guibutton>Gevanceerd</guibutton> en dan op <guibutton>Probleemaanpak</"
+"guibutton> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het probleem op te lossen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Geavanceerd"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> "
+"klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere "
+"stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op "
+"<guibutton>Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke "
+"partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt "
+"wissen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia als Live-systeem testen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Live-modus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"U krijgt dit scherm als u \"Mageia starten\" koos. Anders krijgt u de "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitionering</link>-stap\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Hardware testen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Een van de doelen van de Live-modus, is testen of Mageia de hardware correct "
+"beheert. U kunt zien of alle apparaten een driver hebben in het Mageia-"
+"configuratiecentrum -> Apparatuur. U kunt veel apparaten testen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "netwerkinterface: configureren met net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "grafische kaart: als u het bovenstaande scherm ziet, is het al goed."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "webcam:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "geluid: een paar tonen werden reeds afgespeeld"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "printer: configureren en een testpagina printen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "scanner: scan een document van ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Als alles naar wens is, kunt u verder gaan met installeren. En anders kunt u "
+"met de \"Verlaten\"-knop de test beëindigen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr "Uw geconfigureerde instellingen worden bewaard voor de installatie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Start de installatie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om de installatie van de Mageia live-cd of live-dvd naar de harde schijf of "
+"SSD te activeren, klikt u gewoon op het icoon \"Installeer op harde schijf"
+"\". U krijgt dit scherm, en vervolgens de <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks"
+"\">Partitioneren</link>-stap als voor de directe installatie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia deïnstalleren"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Howto"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia bevalt u niet of het lukte niet het correct te installeren, kortom: u "
+"wil er vanaf. Dat is uw recht en Mageia geeft u ook de mogelijkheid om de "
+"installatie ongedaan te maken. Dat geldt niet voor elk besturingssysteem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Maak eerst een backup van uw gegevens. Start daarna op vanaf uw Mageia "
+"installatie DVD en selecteer Rescue system, dan, Restore Windows boot "
+"loader. Voortaan heeft u enkel Windows bij het opstarten, zonder optie om uw "
+"besturingssysteem te kiezen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Om de ruimte terug te krijgen die door de Mageia partities werd gebruikt, "
+"klik op <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer "
+"Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> om de partitiemanager te "
+"starten. U zult de Mageia partities herkennen aan het label "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, en ook door hun grootte en plaats op de "
+"schijf. Rechtsklik op elk van deze partities en kies <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. De ruimte komt beschikbaar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Bij XP kon u een nieuwe partitie maken en die formatteren (FAT32 of NTFS). "
+"De partitie kreeg een partitie letter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u Vista or 7 heeft, heeft u nog een mogelijkheid: u kunt de partitie "
+"links van de vrije ruimte vergroten.  Er zijn andere partitioneringstools "
+"die gebruikt kunnen worden, zoals gparted, beschikbaar voor zowel windows "
+"als Linux. Zoals altijd, wees zeer voorzichtig bij het wijzigen van "
+"partities en zorg dat alle belangrijke dingen een backup hebben."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Ongebruikt materiaal behouden of verwijderen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"In deze stap zal het installatieprogramma naar ongebruikte lokalen pakketten "
+"en ongebruikte hardwarepakketten zoeken. Dan biedt het u aan om ze te "
+"verwijderen. Het is een goed idee om dat goed te keuren, behalve als u een "
+"installatie voorbereidt die op andere hardware moet draaien."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"De volgende stap is het kopiëren van bestanden naar de harde schijf. Dit "
+"duurt enige minuten. Dan ziet u een poos een blanco scherm, dat is normaal."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc6c8f61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installatie vanaf een Live-medium</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Januari 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de
+CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact
+op met het <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentatie
+Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installatie vanaf een Live-medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken
+worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die
+u tijdens het installeren maakt.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46116386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installatie vanaf een Live-medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken
+worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die
+u tijdens het installeren maakt.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de
+CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact
+op met het <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentatie
+Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..337fc829
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installeren met DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Februari 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de
+CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact
+op met het <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentatie
+Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Installeren met DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken
+worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die
+u tijdens het installeren maakt.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8cbe616e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Installeren met DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken
+worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die
+u tijdens het installeren maakt.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de
+CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact
+op met het <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentatie
+Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae3b459e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Selecteer en gebruik ISO's</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introductie</title>
+    <para>Mageia is verspreid doormiddel van ISO-afbeeldingen. Deze pagina zult u
+helpen bij het kiezen van een afbeelding die aan uw wensen voldoet.</para>
+    <para>Er zijn twee mediafamilies:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Klassieke installateur: Nadat het medium is opgestart, zal het een proces
+beginnen waarmee u kunt kiezen wat er wordt geïnstalleerd en hoe uw
+doelsysteem wordt geconfigureerd. Dit geeft u maximale flexibiliteit voor
+een aangepaste installatie, zeker om te kiezen welke desktopomgeving u zult
+installeren.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE-medium: bij het opstarten van dit medium verschijnt er een echt
+Mageia-systeem zonder dat het wordt geïnstalleerd, zodat u kunt kijken wat u
+krijgt nadat u het installeert. Het installatieproces is eenvoudiger, maar u
+krijgt minder keuzes.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details worden gegeven in de volgende secties.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definitie</title>
+      <para>Hier is een medium (mv: media) een ISO-imagebestand, dat het installeren
+en/of updaten van Mageia mogelijk maakt, en voorts elk fysiek medium waar
+het ISO-bestand op gekopieerd is.</para>
+      <para>U kunt ze <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/nl/downloads/">hier</link>
+vinden.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klassieke installatiemedia</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Algemene eigenschappen</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Deze ISO's gebruiken het traditionele installatieprogramma, drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>U kunt er een schone installatie mee doen of een oudere installatie mee
+actualiseren.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vershillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sommige tools zijn beschikbaar in het Welkomsscherm: Rescue System, Memory
+Test, Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Elke DVD bevat veel beschikbare bureaubladomgevingen en talen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>U zult tijdens de installatie de keuze krijgen om nonfree software toe te
+voegen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Algemene eigenschappen</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kunnen gebruikt worden om de distributie te testen zonder die op een harde
+schijf te installeren. Indien gewenst is installeren wel mogelijk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Elke ISO bevat slechts één werkomgeving (Plasma, GNOME of Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vershillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISO's kunnen enkel voor schone installaties
+gebruikt worden, ze kunnen niet worden gebruikt om een oudere installatie
+mee bij te werken.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ze bevatten niet-vrije software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>PLASMA Live DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enkel PLASMA-werkomgeving.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle talen zijn aanwezig.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alleen 64-bits architectuur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>GNOME Live DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enkel GNOME werkomgeving.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle talen zijn aanwezig.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alleen 64-bits architectuur</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Xfce Live DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enkel Xfce-werkomgeving.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alle talen zijn aanwezig.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32- en 64-bits architectuur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Enkel-opstart CD-media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Algemene eigenschappen</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Elk is een klein beeldbestand, dat alleen het hoognodige bevat om het
+drakx-installatieprogramma te starten en drakx-installer-stage2 en andere
+pakketten te vinden die nodig zijn om de installatie voort te zetten en te
+voltooien. Deze bestanden kunnen op de harde schijf staan of op een lokaal
+station, lokaal netwerk of op internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Deze media zijn erg licht (minder dan 100 MB) en handig bij te geringe
+bandbreedte om een volledige DVD te downloaden, een pc zonder DVD-station of
+een pc die niet van een USB-stick kan booten.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vershillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enkel de Engelse taal.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bevat enkel vrije software, voor degenen die geen gebruik willen maken van
+niet-vrije software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bevat non-free software (vooral drivers, codecs...) voor degenen die dit
+nodig hebben.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Een medium downloaden en checken</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Downloaden</title>
+      <para>Zodra u uw ISO-bestand heeft gekozen, kunt u deze downloaden via http of
+BitTorrent. In beide gevallen geeft een venster u enige informatie, zoals de
+gebruikte spiegelserver en een mogelijkheid te wisselen als de bandbreedte
+te laag is. Als http gekozen werd, kunt u ook iets zien zoals:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum en sha1sum zijn hulpmiddelen om de integriteit van de ISO te
+controleren. Gebruik er maar één van. Bewaar één van hen <link
+linkend="integrity">voor verder gebruik</link>. Er verschijnt dan een
+venster dat lijkt op deze:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Vink het selectierondje 'Bestand opslaan' aan.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">De integriteit van het gedownloade medium controleren</title>
+      <para>Beide checksums zijn hexadecimale getallen die door een algoritme voor het
+te downloaden bestand berekend zijn. Als u deze checksums opnieuw laat
+berekenen voor het gedownloade bestand en de uitkomst is gelijk, dan is het
+bestand in orde. Als de uitkomst niet overeenkomt, kunt u de download beter
+overdoen of een reparatie proberen met behulp van BitTorrent. .</para>
+      <para>Open een terminal (niet als root), en:</para>
+      <para>- Om md5sum te gebruiken, typ: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+pad/naar/het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Om sha1sum te gebruiken, typ: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+pad/naar/het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>en vergelijk het verkregen getal op uw computer (het kan een tijdje duren
+voor het verschijnt) met het getal dat door Mageia gegeven werd. Voorbeeld:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Brand of dump het ISO</title>
+    <para>De gecontroleerde ISO can nu op een CD of DVD gebrand worden, of worden
+gedumpt op een USB-stick. Dit is niet hetzelfde als gewoon kopiëren, maar
+zorgt wel dat een opstartbaar medium gemaakt wordt.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>De ISO op een CD/DVD branden</title>
+      <para>Gebruik de brander die u wilt, maar verzeker u ervan dat hij correct is
+ingesteld op <emphasis role="bold">een image branden</emphasis>, gegevens of
+bestanden branden is onjuist. Er is meer informatie in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia's
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dump de ISO op een USB-stick</title>
+      <para>Alle Mageia ISO's zijn hybride, dat betekent dat u ze op een USB-stick kunt
+'dumpen' en dan van die USB-stick op kunt starten en installeren.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>door een beeldbestand op een flash-apparaat te 'dumpen', wist u elk eerder
+bestandssysteem; alle aanwezige gegevens zullen verloren gaan en de
+capaciteit zal worden gereduceerd tot de grootte van het beeldbestand.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Om de oorspronkelijke capaciteit te herstellen, moet u de USB-stick opnieuw
+partitioneren en formatteren.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Mageia</title>
+        <para>U kunt een grafische tool gebruiken, zoals <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Windows</title>
+        <para>Probeer bijv.:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> met de
+"ISO-image"-optie;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Gebruik de commandoregel binnen een GNU/Linux-systeem</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Het is potentieel *gevaarlijk* om dit handmatig te doen. Je riskeert het
+overschrijven van een schijfpartitie als je het apparaat-ID verkeerd krijgt.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>U kunt ook de dd tool gebruiken in een terminal:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Open een terminal</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Wordt root met het commando <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergeet de '-' aan
+het eind niet)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug uw USB-stick in (koppel hem niet, dat betekent ook geen applicatie of
+bestandsmanager openen die hem zou kunnen bekijken of lezen)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Voer het commando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> in</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>U kunt ook apparaatnamen met het commando <code>dmesg</code> verkrijgen: aan
+het eind zult u de apparaatnaam dat begint met <emphasis>sd</emphasis> en
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> als volgt zien:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vind de naam van uw USB-stick (d.m.v. zijn grootte),
+bijv. <code>/dev/sdb</code> in bovenstaande schermafbeelding. Het is een 8GB
+USB-stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Geef het commando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Waar X=apparaatnaam, bijv: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Bijvoorbeeld: # <userinput>dd
+if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Geef het commando: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Verwijder uw USB-stick, hij is gereed</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55488b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licentie en uitgave-opmerkingen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licentie-overeenkomst</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u
+<application>Mageia</application> installeert.</para>
+
+    <para>Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele
+<application>Mageia</application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden
+voordat u verder kunt gaan.</para>
+
+    <para>Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op
+<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden.</para>
+
+    <para>Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor
+uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt
+zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Uitgave-opmerkingen</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om belangrijke
+informatie te zien over deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..955cc7c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Gebruikersbeheer</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Beheerderswachtwoord (root)  instellen:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een
+superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het
+<emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux.  Terwijl u een wachtwoord in
+het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in
+groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen
+schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in
+het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te
+sluiten.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het
+beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers
+en andere tekens.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Voer een gebruiker in</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de
+superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen,
+kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een
+normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te
+veranderen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de
+gebruiker in.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de
+gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde
+volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Typ hier het wachtwoord van de
+gebruiker. Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van
+het wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook  <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord
+in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia zal een
+thuismap hebben die zowel beschermd is tegen lezen als schrijven
+(umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>U kunt meerdere gebruikers toevoegen tijdens de installatie stap
+<emphasis>Configuratie - Samenvatting</emphasis>. Dit kunt u doen door
+<emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis> te kiezen.</para>
+      <para>De toegangsrechten kunnen na het installeren ook nog veranderd worden.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Geavanceerd gebruikersbeheer</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een
+scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd
+wordt.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount
+opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn
+belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een
+gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt
+op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone
+gebruiker.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell
+veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd
+wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de
+gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat
+dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook
+een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker.  Laat dit vak leeg,
+tenzij u weet wat u doet.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5b8bc55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere
+bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand.  De keuze
+van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen
+beschikbaar zullen zijn.</para>
+
+  <para>Voor een netwerkbron dienen twee stappen gevolgd te worden:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Kiezen en activeren van een netwerk, tenzij al actief. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze).  Door
+een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die
+beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates.  Met deze URL
+kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Als u een 64-bitsinstallatie die mogelijk enige 32-bitspakketten bevat,
+opwaardeert, voeg dan hier een online spiegelserver toe door een van de
+netwerkprotocollen aan te vinken. De 64-bits-dvd bevat enkel 64-bits- en
+noarch-pakketten, hij kan geen 32-bitspakketten opwaarderen. Dat kan echter
+wel als u een online spiegelserver toevoegt, de 32-bitspakketten worden dan
+daar opgehaald.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba791671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Kies de koppelpunten</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het
+niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die
+<application>DrakX</application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een
+<literal>/</literal> (root) partitie heeft.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: "Apparaat" ("Grootte",
+"Koppelpunt", "Type").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Apparaat" is samengesteld uit: "harde schijf", ["harde schijf
+nummer"(letter)], "partitienummer" (bijvoorbeeld, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen
+van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en
+<literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken,
+bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films
+wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de
+<literal>/home</literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor
+nodig hebt.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en
+kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het
+scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op
+<guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie
+staat.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op
+<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt
+formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e207753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Klok-instellingen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hier dient u te selecteren welke tijd uw interne klok heeft, lokale tijd of
+UTC-tijd.</para>
+
+  <para>In het geavanceerd-tabblad vind u meer klokinstellingsopties.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2decdcdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Start Mageia als Live-systeem</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Het medium opstarten</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Van een DVD</title></info><para>U kunt opstarten vanaf de DVD waarop u uw beeldbestand brandde. Vaak gebeurt
+dat vanzelf als de DVD in het DVD-station zit. Anders kunt u in uw BIOS
+instellen vanaf welk apparaat opgestart moet worden. Soms is het mogelijk
+éénmalig van opstartapparaat te wisselen, raadpleeg uw pc-handleiding.</para><para>Afhankelijk van de hardware die u heeft en van hoe die geconfigureerd is,
+krijgt u één van de twee onderstaande schermen.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Van een USB-apparaat</title></info><para>U kunt booten vanaf het USB-apparaat waar u uw ISO-image op
+zette. Afhankelijk van uw BIOS-instellingen, start de computer mogelijk al
+meteen op van de ingeplugde USB-key. Als dat niet gebeurt, dient u uw
+BIOS-instellingen te wijzigen, of een toets in te drukken die u een
+keuzescherm geeft vanaf welk apparaat u de computer wilt booten.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">In BIOS/CSM/Legacy-modus</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Eerste scherm na starten in BIOS-modus</para></caption></mediaobject><para>In het middelste menu, heeft u de keuze tussen drie acties:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Mageia opstarten: dat betekent dat Mageia 5 van het verbonden medium (cd /
+dvd of usb-stick) zal opstarten zonder iets op de schijf te schrijven, dus
+verwacht een erg langzaam systeem. Als het opstarten eenmaal klaar is, kunt
+u verdergaan naar de installatie op een harde schijf</para></listitem><listitem><para>Mageia installeren: Deze keuze zal Mageia direct op een harde schijf
+installeren</para></listitem><listitem><para>Opstarten vanaf harde schijf: Met deze optie kunt u opstarten vanaf de harde
+schijf, zoals gebruikelijk als er geen medium (cd / dvd of usb-stick) is
+aangesloten. (werkt niet met Mageia 5)</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>In het onderste menu, zijn de opstartopties:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Hulp. Leg de opties "splash", "apm", "acpi" en "lde" uit</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Taal. Kies de weergegeven taal van de schermen</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Schermresolutie. Kies tussen tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - Cd-rom. Cd-rom of Overig. Normaal gesproken wordt de installatie
+uitgevoerd vanaf het aangesloten installatiemedium. Hier kunt u andere
+bronnen selecteren, zoals FTP- of NFS-servers. Als de installatie in een
+netwerk met een SLP-server wordt uitgevoerd, selecteer dan één van de
+installatiebronnen beschikbaar op de server met deze optie.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Ja of Nee. Het systeem heeft het door als er een optionele
+schijf met een driver-update bestaat en zal het aansluiten hiervan vereisen
+gedurende het installatieproces.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernelopties. Dit is een manier om opties op basis van uw hardware en
+de drivers die u gebruikt te kiezen.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">In UEFI-modus</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Eerste scherm tijdens het opstarten op een UEFI-systeem vanaf een schijf</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Je hebt alleen de keuze om Mageia in live-modus (eerste keuze) te draaien of
+om het installatieproces te starten (tweede keuze).</para><para>Als u van een USB-stick heeft opgestart, krijgt u twee aanvullende regels
+die dezelfde zijn als de vorige regels, met "USB" erachter gevoegd. U moet
+ze kiezen.</para><para>In ieder geval zullen de eerste stappen hetzelfde zijn om taal, tijdzone en
+toetsenbord te kiezen, dan verschilt het proces, met <link
+linkend="testing">extra stappen in live-modus</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60ca4756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Werkomgevingselectie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om
+uw keuze te verfijnen.</para>
+
+  <para>Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie
+zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die
+geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de
+<application>Gnome</application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een
+volledige set toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies
+<guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of
+allebei, of als u iets anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor
+deze werkomgevingen. De <application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt
+minder van de computer, is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere
+standaard software selectie dan de twee eerder genoemde.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39aed56b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Pakketgroepselectie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem
+nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend,
+maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen
+beweegt.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Werkstation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafische omgeving.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig
+pakketten toe te voegen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Lees <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> voor instructies over hoe u een
+minimale installatie (zonder of met X &amp; IceWM) kunt uitvoeren.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bf4bc88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Softwarebeheer</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan
+uw wensen aan te passen.</para>
+
+    <para>Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de
+<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een
+USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om
+dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de
+installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te
+laden.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e1786c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configureer uw diensten</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem
+opstart.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te
+vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak
+beneden.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e7e64ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configureer uw tijdzone</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in
+dezelfde tijdzone bevindt.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te
+stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze
+allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c82d808e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw
+grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren.</para>
+
+  <para>Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft
+en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Vendor (producent)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dan de naam van uw kaart</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>en het type</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet
+in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u
+mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie.</para>
+
+  <para>De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor
+videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart
+kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire
+mogelijkheden biedt.</para>
+
+  <para>Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang
+tot de opdrachtregel-interface.</para>
+
+  <para>Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's
+voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in
+sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant.</para>
+
+  <para>Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze
+uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia
+voor het eerst start.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ea41c5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze
+installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een
+grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>,
+of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische
+omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van
+<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt
+zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt
+dat de keuze verkeerd is.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw
+kaart uit de lijst.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van
+toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders
+uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of
+<guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als
+u liever zelf de horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw
+beeldscherm kiest.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen.</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste
+resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt
+niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen
+controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling
+correct is, kunt u met "ja" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard
+worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt
+u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw
+instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig
+is</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u
+verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d32bdeb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe
+gewoonlijk correct identificeren.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw
+beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u
+doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en
+vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de
+beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele
+beeld wordt ververst.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt
+met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw
+monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees
+terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die
+uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft,
+kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Vendor (producent)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>naam van de fabrikant</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>naam en type nummer van het beeldscherm</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele,
+zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte
+schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om
+van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw
+videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend
+te zijn met uw keuze.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a814c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u
+er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De
+<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u
+uw systeem niet opstarten.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt
+partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een
+partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals
+een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd "sda", "sdb" en "sdc" als er
+drie zijn. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het
+geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk het
+vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte
+aan of verwijder de partitie. <guibutton>Overschakelen naar de expert
+modus</guibutton>(of <guibutton>Expert modus</guibutton>) geeft een aantal
+gereedschappen zoals het toevoegen van een label of het kiezen van een
+partitie type. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Ga verder totdat alles naar uw wensen is aangepast.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Klik dan op <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Als u Mageia op een UEFI-systeem installeert, zorg dan dat een ESP
+(EFI-Systeem-Partitie) beschikbaar is en aangekoppeld op /boot/EFI (zie
+hieronder)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Als u Mageia op een Legacy/GPT-systeem installeert, zorg dan dat een
+BIOS-opstart-partitie beschikbaar is en daarnaast ook van het juiste type is</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/></imageobject><imageobject
+condition="live"><imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b431738c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partitionering</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de
+ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om
+<application>Mageia</application> te installeren.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af
+van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven).</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Huidige partities gebruiken</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities
+gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Vrije ruimte gebruiken</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe
+Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Gebruik vrije ruimte op een Windows Partitie</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te
+gebruiken.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia
+installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u
+van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat
+niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet "schoon" zijn, wat inhoudt dat
+Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt werd
+en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat alle
+bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt staat
+gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van uw
+persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie.</para><para>Bij deze optie is de resterende Windowspartitie lichtblauw en de nieuwe
+Mageiapartitie donkerblauw. Eronder ziet u hun voorgestelde groottes. U kunt
+die wijzigen door op de spleet tussen deze partities te klikken, en naar
+links of rechts te slepen. Zie de schermafbeelding hieronder.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Volledige harde schijf wissen en gebruiken.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf
+gewist worden. Wees voorzichtig!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor
+iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt
+verliezen.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op
+uw harde schijf of schijven.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partitie grootte:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Als u dit niet zelf regelt via "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering", dan zal de
+beschikbare ruimte volgens onderstaande regels gebruikt worden:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Als de totaal beschikbare ruimte kleiner is dan 50 GB, dan wordt slechts één
+partitie aangemaakt, voor /, er is geen aparte partitie  voor /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Als er meer dan 50 GB beschikbaar is, dan worden drie partities aangemaakt</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19e van de beschikbare ruimte gaat naar /, tot een maximum van 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19e gaat naar de swap-partitie, tot een maximum van 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>de rest (minimaal 12/19e) gaat naar /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Dat betekent dat vanaf 160 GB aan beschikbare ruimte de volgende partities
+gemaakt worden: 50 GB /, 4 GB swap en alle overige ruimte gaat naar /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Als u een UEFI-systeem gebruikt, zal het ESP (EFI-systeempartitie)
+automatisch gevonden worden, of aangemaakt worden als het nog niet bestaat,
+en gekoppeld zijn aan /boot/EFI. De optie "Aangepaste schijfpartitie" is de
+enige waarmee kan worden gecontroleerd of het juist gedaan is</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/></imageobject><imageobject
+condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte,
+in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare
+hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt
+wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een
+erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft,
+bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld
+gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:</para>
+    <para>"Uitlijnen met" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even
+aantal megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..872ea77a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Gefeliciteerd</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van
+<application>Mageia</application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het
+installatiemedium verwijderen en uw computer herstarten.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de
+besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt
+Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Veel plezier!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22b57fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Firewall</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine
+which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target
+system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be
+accessible from the Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is
+accessibly from the network. The "<emphasis>Everything (no
+firewall)</emphasis>" button has a particular role: it enables access to all
+services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the
+context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected
+system.  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center
+(which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of
+firewall rules for testing and debugging purposes.</para>
+
+  <para>All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you
+will check the "CUPS server" button if you want printers on your machine to
+be accessible from the network.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Geavanceerd</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The
+"Advanced" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service for
+which no checkbutton exists. The "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" button
+opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a list of
+couples (blank separated)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;poort-nummer>/&lt;protocol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;poort-nummer></emphasis>Is de waarde van
+ de poort die is toegewezen aan de dienst die u wilt inschakelen
+(bijvoorbeeld 873 voor de RSYNC-service) zoals gedefinieerd in
+<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis>is één van <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> of
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - Het internetprotocol dat door de dienst wordt
+gebruikt.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Bijvoorbeeld, de vermelding voor het verlenen van toegang tot de
+RSYNC-dienst is dus <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Als een dienst is geïmplementeerd om beide protocollen te gebruiken, dan
+specificeert u 2 koppels voor dezelfde poort.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a30238dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatteren</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op
+partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard
+blijven.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde,
+geformatteerd worden.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u
+wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op
+<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste
+Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste
+schijfpartitionering</guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie
+aanklikken en dan in de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van
+uw keus.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24078e70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Updates</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven,
+kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies
+<guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met
+internet verbonden bent.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..430a1bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, het Mageia-installatieprogramma</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk
+mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een
+ervaren gebruiker bent.</para>
+
+  <para>Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets
+verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u
+nodig heeft.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Een Mageia DVD gebruiken</title>
+
+      <para>De standaard welkomsschermen van de Mageia-DVD's ziet u hieronder. De eerste
+is voor UEFI systemen, de tweede voor oudere (Legacy) systemen:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject><imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Vanuit dit scherm kunt u toegang krijgen tot verschillende opties door op de
+letter "e" te drukken, waarna u de"bewerkingsmodus" betreed. Om
+terug te keren naar dit scherm, kunt u of op de toets "esc" drukken om terug
+te keren zonder op te
+slaan of op de toets "Ctrl" of "F10" drukken om terug te keren en
+tegelijkertijd uw veranderingen op te slaan.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject><imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Vanuit dit scherm is het mogelijk om enkele persoonlijke voorkeuren in te
+stellen:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal
+voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken (niet in UEFI modus)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Selecteer een taal met de pijltoetsen en druk Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Hier is, als voorbeeld, het Franse welkomsscherm van een LiveDVD/CD. Merk op
+dat de Live DVD/CD niet de keuzes <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>,
+<guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> en <guilabel>Hardware Detection
+Tool</guilabel> heeft.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Wijzig de schermresolutie door op F3 te klikken (niet in UEFI-modus).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Voeg kernel opties toe door op de <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>-knop
+te klikken in legacymodus of <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> te typen in
+UEFI-modus.</para>
+
+            <para>Als de installatie faalt, kan het nodig zijn het opnieuw te proberen met een
+van de extra opties. Het F6-menu laat een nieuwe regel zien, genaamd
+<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> en heeft vier mogelijkheden:</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, het verandert niets aan de standaard opties.</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, het verandert niets aan de standaard opties.</para>
+
+            <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), met energiebeheer
+wordt geen rekening gehouden.</para>
+
+            <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), betreft
+CPU-onderbrekingen, selecteer deze optie als u dat gevraagd wordt.</para>
+
+            <para>Indien u een van deze mogelijkheden selecteert, worden de standaard opties
+aangepast, die zichtbaar zijn in de <guilabel>Bootopties</guilabel>regel.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>In sommige Mageia uitgaves verschijnen de mogelijkheden die via F6 gekozen
+kunnen worden, niet in de <guilabel>Bootopties</guilabel>regel, maar worden
+dan toch echt gebruikt.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Leer meer kernelopties via F1 (niet in UEFI modus)</para>
+
+            <para>Via F1 krijgt u een scherm met meer beschikbare opties. Kies er een met de
+pijltjestoetsen en druk op Enter om meer details te krijgen, of klik op de
+Esc toets om terug te gaan naar het welkomsscherm.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Het gedetailleerde scherm voor de splash opties. Klik op Esc of kies
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> om weer naar de optieslijst te
+gaan. Deze opties kunnen handmatig aan de
+<guilabel>Bootopties</guilabel>regel worden toegevoegd.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>De hulp wordt in de gekozen taal vertaald met de F2 toets.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Voor meer informatie over kernelopties in legacy- en UEFI-sytemen, zie:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>
+(Engels).</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Een Bedraad Netwerk gebruiken</title>
+
+      <para>Hier is het standaard welkomsscherm van een kabelnetwerkgebaseerde
+Installatie CD (netinstall.iso of netinstall-nonfree.iso
+opstartafbeeldingen):</para>
+
+      <para>Het staat niet toe de taal hier te wijzigen, de beschikbare opties worden in
+het scherm uitgelegd. Zie voor meer informatie over kabelnetwerkgebaseerd
+installeren met boot.iso: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">de Mageia Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>De toetsenbordindeling is de Amerikaanse.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject><imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>De Installatiestappen</title>
+
+    <para>Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van
+de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn.</para>
+
+    <para>Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label
+"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>" kunnen hebben met extra of minder
+gebruikelijke opties.</para>
+
+    <para>De meeste schermen hebben "<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>" knoppen die meer
+uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het
+mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit
+doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates
+is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als
+voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met
+een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt
+opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan
+op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Geen grafische interface</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm.  Dit kan gebeuren
+bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen.  Probeer een lagere
+resolutie te gebruiken door "vgalo" te typen bij de "boot:"-prompt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Als de hardware erg oud is, kan het zijn dat een grafische installatie niet
+mogelijk is. In dit geval is het de moeite waard een tekstmodusinstallatie
+te proberen. Klik daartoe op ESC als u bij het eerste welkomsscherm bent en
+bevestig met ENTER. U zult een zwart schrem zien met het woord "boot:". Typ
+"text" en druk op ENTER. Ga nu verder met installeren in tekstmodus.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Installatieblokkades</title>
+
+      <para>Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn
+met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van
+hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type
+"<literal>noauto</literal>" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag
+zonodig met beide vorige gecombineerd worden.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM-probleem</title>
+
+      <para>Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare
+hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door
+de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste
+hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. "<literal>mem=256M</literal>" betekent 256MB aan
+RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dynamische partities</title>
+
+      <para>Als u uw harde schijf van "basic" naar "dynamic" formaat geconverteerd heeft
+in Microsoft Windows, weet dan dat het onmogelijk is Mageia op deze schijf
+te installeren. Zie de Microsoft documentatie om terug te gaan naar een
+basic schijf: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb057e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Aanmeldscherm</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM-aanmeldscherm</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Tenslotte komt u bij het aanmeldscherm</para><para>Voer uw gebruikersnaam en gebruikerswachtwoord in, en binnen een paar
+seconden bevindt u zich in een opgestartte KDE- of GNOME-desktopomgeving,
+afhankelijk van welk medium u gebruikt heeft. U kunt nu beginnen met uw
+Mageia-installatie te gebruiken.</para><para>Meer documentatie vindt u in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation">de Mageia wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3278cfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Mediaselectie (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen.  Niet alle bronnen zijn
+beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te
+installeren. De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar
+zijn ter keuze in de volgende stappen.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze
+bevat de basis van de distributie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling
+zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten
+gesloten-bron-software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze
+bron bevat bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische
+kaarten, fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven
+onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze
+bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in
+sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse
+audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd
+e.d. af te spelen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02b28233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimale installatie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het
+Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Indien gewenst, kunt u vervolgens ook "Individuele pakketselectie" aanvinken
+in hetzelfde scherm.</para>
+  <para>Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die
+<application>Mageia</application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken,
+zoals als server of gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u
+deze optie samen met voornoemde "Individuele-pakketselectie"-optie om uw
+installatie naar wens aan te passen, zie <xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal
+bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X.</para>
+  <para>Door "Met X" te kiezen, krijgt u tevens IceWM als lichtgewicht werkomgeving.</para>
+  <para>De basisdocumentatie wordt geleverd in de vorm van man- en info-pagina's. Ze
+bevat de manpagina's van het <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> en de <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info-pagina's.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c2c378a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Overzicht van diverse instellingen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk
+van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de
+instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op
+<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Als algemene regel worden de standaardinstellingen aanbevolen en kunt u ze
+blijven gebruiken met 3 uitzonderingen:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Het is bekend dat problemen kunnen optreden als u gebruikt maakt van de
+standaardinstelling</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>de standaardinstelling is al geprobeerd en mislukt</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>iets anders wordt gezegd in de gedetailleerde secties hieronder</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Systeeminstellingen</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Tijdzone</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Land</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat
+u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend="selectCountry"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u Grub2 dient in te stellen</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Zie voor meer infomatie <xref linkend="setupBootloader"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Gebruikersbeheer</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen
+<literal>/home</literal> mappen krijgen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Diensten</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien
+(daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat
+uw computer goed werkt.</para>
+
+        <para>Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Apparatuurinstellingen</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Toetsenbord</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het
+toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen
+werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Als u merkt dat de toetsenbordindeling verkeerd is en u wilt dit veranderen,
+hou dan in gedachten dat uw wachtwoorden ook veranderen.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Muis</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals
+trackballs and touchpads.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Geluidskaart</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat
+bestaat. De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen
+gegeven als er meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen
+daarvan het standaardstuurprogramma is.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafische interface</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Hier kunt u uw grafische kaart(en) en beelscherm(en) instellen.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"></xref>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Netwerk en internetinstellingen</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Netwerk</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de niet-vrije bronnen nu niet
+ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire
+stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het
+<application>Mageia-configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC).</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te
+stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het
+verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij
+een proxy service gebruikt.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier
+moet invullen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Beveiliging</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Beveiligingsniveau</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen
+is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Controleer welke optie het beste bij uw gebruik past.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de
+boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie
+hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt, voor meer informatie zie
+<xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6223c1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Herstarten</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Als de bootloader (opstartlader) eenmaal is geïnstalleerd, wordt u gevraagd
+om uw computer te "halten" (stoppen), de live-cd te verwijderen en de
+computer te herstarten. klik op <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton></emphasis> en handel zoals
+gevraagd<emphasis role="bold"> in deze volgorde!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Als u de computer opnieuw opstart, zult u meerdere downloadvoortgangsbalken
+zien die elkaar opvolgen. Dit geeft aan dat de softwaremedialijsten worden
+gedownload (zie Softwarebeheer).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0740a168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Grootte aanpassen van een
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">U heeft meer dan één
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie.
+Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om <application>Mageia</application>
+te installeren.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..288dac4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Beveiligingsniveau</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen
+moet.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in
+het <guilabel>Beveiliging</guilabel>sgedeelte van het
+Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC).</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd1c8596
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Selecteer uw land</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Selecteer uw land.  Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de
+muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land
+instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige
+landen</guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan
+het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van
+de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze
+volgen.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Invoermethode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een
+invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen
+gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans,
+enz.). IBus is de standaard invoermethode, het is dus niet nodig om het
+handmatig te configureren. Andere invoermethodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.)
+hebben soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u
+HTTP/FTP media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt
+u dat, als u uw geïnstalleerde systeem gestart heeft, alsnog doen via
+"Configureer uw Computer" -> "Systeem", of door localedrake als beheerder te
+starten.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..652bb70c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Installeren of opwaarderen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Installeren</para>
+
+      <para>Kies dit voor een verse <application>Mageia</application>-installatie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Opwaarderen</para>
+
+      <para>Als u één of meer <application>Mageia</application>-installaties heeft op uw
+systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste
+uitgave.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog
+ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma
+werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt
+opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan
+is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw
+<literal>/home</literal> partitie bewaart.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het
+mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit
+doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates
+is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als
+voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met
+een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt
+opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan
+op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het
+"installeren of opwaarderen" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door
+gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te
+drukken. Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f40a59da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Toetsenbord</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als
+dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY).</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet
+wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die
+meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label
+aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier
+kijken: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>
+(Engelstalig)</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op
+<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer
+uw toetsenbord daar.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest,
+keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof
+een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een
+gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling
+is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens,
+krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen
+de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..312d412e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Toetsenbord kiezen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>U zult een toetsenbordindeling moeten kiezen dat u in Mageia wilt
+gebruiken. De standaard indeling (deze wordt, met behulp van de taal en
+tijdzone die u zojuist geselecteerd heeft, bepaald) is al geselecteerd.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..018675f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Taalkeuze</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te
+vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken
+tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw
+computer.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Kies hier uw taalvoorkeur. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze
+selectie gebruiken tijdens de installatie en voor het straks geïnstalleerde
+systeem op uw computer.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor
+andere gebruikers, klik dan op "<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>" om ze
+nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra talen
+toe te voegen.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject
+condition="live"><imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal
+gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het
+"Meerdere talen" scherm. .</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Als u de "taal" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring
+later tijdens de installatie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia gebruikt standaard UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij
+onderdrukt worden in het "Meerdere talen" scherm, door voor de oude
+compatibiliteit te kiezen. Die is dan van toepassing op al uw talen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in het
+Mageia-configuratiecentrum -> Systeem -> Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem
+beheren.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d620c8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Muiskeuze</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere
+kiezen.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB
+muis</guilabel> een goede keuze.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev
+afdwingen</guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een
+muis met zes of meer knoppen.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c313fd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Algemene opties voor de opstartlader</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Opstartlader Interface</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia gebruikt standaard uitsluitend:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (met of zonder grafische menu) voor een Legacy/MBR of
+Legacy/GPT-systeem</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi voor een UEFI systeem.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>De Mageia grafische menu's zijn mooi :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 op Legacy/MBR en Legacy/GPT systemen</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Wijzig het "Opstartapparaat" niet, tenzij u weet wat u doet.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi op UEFI systemen</title>
+
+      <para>Bij een UEFI-systeem is de gebruikersinterface iets anders, u kunt namelijk
+niet kiezen of u wel of niet een grafische menu wilt</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Als uw computer naast Mageia geen ander besturingssysteem had, dan heeft het
+Mageia-installatieprogramma een ESP (EFI-SysteemPartitie) voor de
+opstartlader (Grub2-efi) gemaakt. Stond er echter al eerder een
+UEFI-besturingssysteem op (bijv. Windows 8), dan detecteert Mageia de
+bestaande ESP die door Windows is gecreëerd en wordt de
+grub2-efi-opstartlader daaraan toevoegd. Alhoewel het mogelijk is
+verscheidene ESP's te hebben, wordt aanbevolen het bij één te laten. Één is
+genoeg, ongeacht het aantal besturingssystemen dat u heeft.</para>
+
+      <para>Wijzig het "Opstartapparaat" niet, tenzij u weet wat u doet.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken</title>
+
+    <para>Afhankelijk van uw systeem schrijft Mageia standaard een nieuw:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 opstartlader ofwel in de MBR (Master Boot Record) van uw eerste harde
+schijf of in de BIOS-opstart-partitie.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi opstartlader in de ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Als u al andere besturingssystemen heeft geïnstalleerd, zal Mageia proberen
+om ze toe te voegen aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu. Als u dit niet wilt,
+klikt u op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en verwijderd u hierna het vinkje
+bij het vakje <guilabel>Peil Onbekend OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken</title>
+
+    <para>De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te
+voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is
+het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te
+gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de
+documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Met behulp van opeenvolgend laden</title>
+
+    <para>Als u niet wilt dat een uw computer direct Mageia opstart, maar via een
+keten laad van een ander OS, klik dan <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en
+hierna op <guibutton>Gevorderd</guibutton>, vink vervolgens het vakje
+<guilabel>ESP of MBR niet aanraken</guilabel> aan.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>U zal een waarschuwing krijgen dat de opstartlader ontbreekt, negeer het
+door te klikken op <guibutton>Oke</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Opties</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Eerste pagina</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Vertraging voordat de beeldkopie (image) standaard wordt
+opgestart</guilabel>: In dit tekstvak kunt u de vertraging in seconden
+instellen voordat het standaard besturingssysteem wordt opgestart.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Beveiliging</guilabel>: Hiermee kunt u een wachtwoord instellen
+voor de opstartlader. Dit betekent dat een gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord
+tijdens de opstarttijd zal worden gevraagd waarna u een opstartinvoer kunt
+selecteren of instellingen kan wijzigen. De gebruikersnaam is 'root' en
+hierna wordt het wachtwoord gekozen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Dit is het tekstvak waar u uw wachtwoord
+invoert</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het wachtwoord en DrakX
+zal controleren of het overeenkomt met het wachtwoord dat hierboven is
+ingevoerd.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Gevorderd</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>ACPI Inschakelen:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and
+Power Interface) is een standaard voor energiebeheer. Het kan energie
+besparen door ongebruikte apparaten uit te schakelen. Dit was de methode die
+gebruikt werd voor APM. Verwijder het vinkje als u dit nuttig acht,
+bijvoorbeeld als uw computer niet ACPI ondersteunt of als u denkt dat de
+ACPI-implementatie kan leiden tot een aantal problemen (bijvoorbeeld dat het
+systeem willekeurige opnieuw opstart of vastloopt).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>SMP Inschakelen</guilabel>: Deze optie maakt het mogelijk om
+symmetrische multiprocessing voor multi-core processors in te schakelen of
+juist uit te schakelen.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>APIC Inschakelen</guilabel>: Het In- of uitschakelen van dit geeft
+het besturingssysteem toegang tot de Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller (APIC). APIC apparaten laten complexere prioriteit modellen, en
+Geavanceerde IRQ (Verzoek voor Onderbreking) beheer toe.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Lokale APIC Inschakelen</guilabel>: Hiermee kunt u de lokale APIC
+instellen, dit beheert alle externe onderbrekingen voor een aantal
+specifieke processoren in een SMP-systeem.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Volgende pagina</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Standaard:</guilabel> Besturingssysteem standaard opgestart</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Toevoegen:</guilabel> Met deze optie kunt u de kernel informatie
+overslaan of de kernel vertellen om u meer informatie omtrent het opstarten
+te geven.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Peil vreemd OS</guilabel>: zie hierboven <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Met behulp van de Mageia opstartlader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Gevorderd</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video modus:</guilabel> Dit stelt de grootte van het scherm en de
+kleurdiepte in die het opstartmenu zal gebruiken. Als u klikt op de
+hieronder aangeboden driehoek kunt u aan de hand van de opties andere
+grootte en kleurdiepte kiezen.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Raak zowel ESP als MBR niet aan</emphasis>: zie
+hierboven <link linkend="setupChainLoading">met behulp van de keten
+lader</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a200d686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Om dat te doen moet u handmatig /boot/grub2/custom.cfg bewerken of  in
+plaats van dat de software grub-customizer gebruiken (Verkrijgbaar in de
+bronnen van Mageia).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Voor meer informatie, zie onze wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e02f6eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Harde schijf detectie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij
+sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de
+benodigde drivers te installeren.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31338229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Geluidsconfiguratie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw
+geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben.</para>
+
+  <para>Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de
+installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <command>draksound</command> of
+start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de
+<guilabel>Apparatuur</guilabel> tab en dan op
+<guilabel>Audioconfiguratie</guilabel> rechts boven in het scherm.</para>
+
+  <para>Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of "Audioconfiguratie"-scherm op
+<guibutton>Gevanceerd</guibutton> en dan op
+<guibutton>Probleemaanpak</guibutton> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het
+probleem op te lossen.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Geavanceerd</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>
+klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere
+stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is.</para>
+
+    <para>In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op
+<guibutton>Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f2dfb2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke
+partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt
+wissen.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3f1768f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Mageia als Live-systeem testen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live-modus</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>U krijgt dit scherm als u "Mageia starten" koos. Anders krijgt u de "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitionering</link>-stap"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Hardware testen</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Een van de doelen van de Live-modus, is testen of Mageia de hardware correct
+beheert. U kunt zien of alle apparaten een driver hebben in het
+Mageia-configuratiecentrum -> Apparatuur. U kunt veel apparaten testen:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>netwerkinterface: configureren met net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>grafische kaart: als u het bovenstaande scherm ziet, is het al goed.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>geluid: een paar tonen werden reeds afgespeeld</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configureren en een testpagina printen</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan een document van ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Als alles naar wens is, kunt u verder gaan met installeren. En anders kunt u
+met de "Verlaten"-knop de test beëindigen.</para>
+
+      <remark>Uw geconfigureerde instellingen worden bewaard voor de installatie.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Start de installatie</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Om de installatie van de Mageia live-cd of live-dvd naar de harde schijf of
+SSD te activeren, klikt u gewoon op het icoon "Installeer op harde
+schijf". U krijgt dit scherm, en vervolgens de <link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioneren</link>-stap als voor de directe
+installatie.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a82ebc76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia deïnstalleren</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Howto</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia bevalt u niet of het lukte niet het correct te installeren, kortom: u
+wil er vanaf. Dat is uw recht en Mageia geeft u ook de mogelijkheid om de
+installatie ongedaan te maken. Dat geldt niet voor elk besturingssysteem.</para>
+
+    <para>Maak eerst een backup van uw gegevens. Start daarna op vanaf uw Mageia
+installatie DVD en selecteer Rescue system, dan, Restore Windows boot
+loader. Voortaan heeft u enkel Windows bij het opstarten, zonder optie om uw
+besturingssysteem te kiezen.</para>
+
+    <para>Om de ruimte terug te krijgen die door de Mageia partities werd gebruikt,
+klik op <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer
+Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> om de partitiemanager te
+starten. U zult de Mageia partities herkennen aan het label
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, en ook door hun grootte en plaats op de
+schijf. Rechtsklik op elk van deze partities en kies
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. De ruimte komt beschikbaar.</para>
+
+    <para>Bij XP kon u een nieuwe partitie maken en die formatteren (FAT32 of
+NTFS). De partitie kreeg een partitie letter.</para>
+
+    <para>Als u Vista or 7 heeft, heeft u nog een mogelijkheid: u kunt de partitie
+links van de vrije ruimte vergroten.  Er zijn andere partitioneringstools
+die gebruikt kunnen worden, zoals gparted, beschikbaar voor zowel windows
+als Linux. Zoals altijd, wees zeer voorzichtig bij het wijzigen van
+partities en zorg dat alle belangrijke dingen een backup hebben.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9fde024e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nl/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Ongebruikt materiaal behouden of verwijderen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In deze stap zal het installatieprogramma naar ongebruikte lokalen pakketten
+en ongebruikte hardwarepakketten zoeken. Dan biedt het u aan om ze te
+verwijderen. Het is een goed idee om dat goed te keuren, behalve als u een
+installatie voorbereidt die op andere hardware moet draaien.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>De volgende stap is het kopiëren van bestanden naar de harde schijf. Dit
+duurt enige minuten. Dan ziet u een poos een blanco scherm, dat is normaal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e3ab8a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4710 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Daniel Krawczyk <daniekonepl@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013,2015
+# Marcin Wyka <padocholik@protonmail.com>, 2016
+# mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014
+# mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Szymon Scholz <szymonscholz@gmail.com>, 2016
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-10 17:18+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"pl/)\n"
+"Language: pl\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 "
+"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Umowa Licencyjna"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać "
+"uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji "
+"<application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed "
+"kontynuacją instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij "
+"<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za "
+"zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne "
+"uruchomienie komputera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Informacje o Wydaniu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "pl"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki "
+"instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł "
+"(nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas "
+"następnych kroków."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Dla nośników sieciowych, wymagane są dwa kroki:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało "
+"ustanowione."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do "
+"wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted "
+"oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub "
+"swój własny mirror np. NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli aktualizujesz 64-bitową instalację która może zawierać 32-bitowe "
+"paczki, zaleca się w tym kroku dodać serwer lustrzany online poprzez "
+"zaznaczenie jednego z internetowych protokołów. 64-bitowa płyta DVD zawiera "
+"jedynie 64-bitowe paczki i te bez przypisanej architektury, nie będzie mogła "
+"zaktualizować 32-bitowych paczek. Jakkolwiek, po dodaniu serwera online, "
+"instalator powinien znaleźć w nim 32-bitowe paczki."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Wskazane jest, aby ustawić hasło administratora (root) w każdej instalacji "
+"<application>Magei</application>.  Gdy wpisujesz hasło zmienia się kolor "
+"tarczy - z czerwonego poprzez żółty do zielonego - w zależności od siły "
+"hasła. Zielona tarcza sygnalizuje że używasz silnego hasła. Aby upewnić się, "
+"że nie popełniłeś literówki w haśle, musisz wpisać je po raz drugi w polu "
+"poniżej."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"We wszystkich hasłach rozróżniane są duże i małe litery, najlepiej użyć "
+"hasła zawierającego litery (duże i małe), numery oraz inne znaki."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Dodaj użytkownika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj dodajemy użytkownika. Użytkownik ma mniejsze uprawnienia od "
+"administratora (root), ale wystarczające, aby przeglądać Internet, używać "
+"pakietów biurowych lub grać w gry czy wykonywać wszystkie inne czynności, "
+"które wykonuje na swoim komputerze przeciętny użytkownik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego "
+"pola tekstowego"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - "
+"będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator "
+"wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter "
+"ma znaczenie.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w "
+"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w "
+"tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Ustawienia dostępu mogą być również zmienione po instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Po kliknięciu na przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton> będziesz miał "
+"możliwość edycji ustawień dla użytkownika którego dodajesz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Dodatkowo, możesz włączyć lub wyłączyć konto gościa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Wszystkie dane, które zapisze w swoim katalogu domowym gość zostaną "
+"wykasowane po jego wylogowaniu. Gość musi zapisywać ważne pliki na USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktywuj konto gościa</guilabel>: Tutaj aktywujesz lub deaktywujesz "
+"konto gościa. Konto gościa pozwala na zalogowanie się i używanie komputera "
+"przez gości, ale posiada mniejsze uprawnienia niż zwykły użytkownik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Powłoka</guilabel>: Ta lista pozwala na zmianę powłoki używanej "
+"przez użytkownika, którego dodajesz, do wyboru Bash, Dash oraz Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Tutaj możesz ustawić ID dla użytkownika "
+"którego dodałeś w poprzednim ekranie. Jest to numer. Zostaw puste, chyba że "
+"wiesz, co robisz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: Pozwala to ustawić ID grupy. Także numer, "
+"zwykle taki sam jak dla użytkownika. Zostaw puste, chyba że wiesz, co robisz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj zobaczysz partycje Linux, które zostały znalezione na Twoim "
+"komputerze. Jeśli nie zgadzasz się z sugestiami <application>instalatora "
+"DrakX</application>, możesz zmienić punkty montowania."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli cokolwiek zmienisz, upewnij się że wciąż masz partycję <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Każda partycja jest ukazana jako: \"Urządzenie\" (\"Pojemność\", \"Punkt "
+"montowania\", \"Typ\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Urządzenie\" jest przedstawione jako: \"dysk twardy\", [\"litera dysku\"], "
+"\"numer partycji\" (dla przykładu: \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli masz wiele partycji, możesz wybrać wiele różnych punktów montowania z "
+"listy rozwijalnej, takich jak <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"oraz <literal>/var</literal>. \n"
+"Możesz także tworzyć własne punkty montowania, na przykład <literal>/video</"
+"literal> dla partycji na której chcesz przechowywać swoje filmy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Możesz pozostawić punkt montowania pusty dla partycji, do których nie chcesz "
+"mieć dostępu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli jesteś pewny że punkty montowania są dobrze ustawione, kliknij "
+"<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>, by zdecydować które partycje sformatować."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Ustawienia zegara"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"W tym kroku, musisz wybrać w jakim czasie jest ustawiony twój zegar, czas "
+"lokalny czy czas UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr "W sekcji zaawansowane znajdziesz więcej opcji o ustawieniach zegara."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Uruchom Mageia jako wersję Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Uruchamianie medium"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Z płyty"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Możesz uruchomić prosto z urządznia, którego użyłeś do wypalenia obrazu (CD-"
+"ROM, DVD-ROM...). Zwykle musisz tylko włożyć płytę aby uruchomić instalację "
+"automatycznie po zresetowaniu komputera. Jeżeli to nie następuje musisz "
+"zmodyfikować ustawienia w BIOSie, lub kliknąć klawisz pozwalajcy ci na wybór "
+"urządzenia, z którego komputer uruchomi się."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Odnosząc się do posiadanego przez ciebie sprzętu oraz tego, jak jest "
+"skonfigurowany, otrzymasz pierwszy albo drugi z ekranów poniżej."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Z urządzenia USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Możesz uruchomić z urządzenia USB, na który wypaliłeś obraz ISO. Odnosząc "
+"się do twoich ustawień BIOS komputer może uruchomić się prosto z urządzenia "
+"USB podłączonego do portu. Jeżeli to nie następuje powinieneś zmodyfikować "
+"ustawienia w BIOS lub kliknąć klawisz pozwalający ci na wybór urządzenia, z "
+"którego komputer się uruchomi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "W trybie BIOS/CSM/Legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Pierwszy ekran podczas uruchamiania w trybie BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "W środkowym menu, masz wybór pomiędzy trzema akcjami:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Uruchom Mageia: Mageia 5 uruchomi się z podłączonego medium (CD/DVD lub "
+"urządzenia USB) bez interwencji na twardym dysku, więc spodziewaj się "
+"wolnego działania systemu. Po uruchomieniu, możesz przejść do instalacji na "
+"dysku twardym."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Zainstaluj Mageia: Ten wybór zainstaluje Mageia bezpośrednio na dysku "
+"twardym."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Uruchomienie z dysku twardego: Ten wybór pozwoli ci uruchomić system z dysku "
+"twardego, jak zwykle, gdy żadne media (CD/DVD lub urządzenie USB) nie są "
+"podłączone. (nie działa z mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "W dolnym menu, są Opcje Bootowania:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - Pomoc. Wyjaśnij opcje \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" i \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Język. Wybierz język wyświetlany na ekranach."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Rozdzielczość obrazu. Wybierz z pośród tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-ROM. CD-ROM lub Inny. Normalnie instalacja odbywa się z "
+"zamontowanego medium instalacyjnego. Tutaj wybierz inne źródła, takie jak "
+"serwer FTP lub NFS. Jeżeli instalacja odbywa się w sieci z serwerem SLP "
+"wybierz jedno ze źródeł instalacyjnych dostępnych na serwerze za pomocą tej "
+"opcji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Sterownik. Tak lub Nie. System jest świadomy dostępności dysku "
+"opcjonalnego z aktualizacją sterownika i będzie wymagał jego zamontowania "
+"podczas procesu instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Opcje jądra. Jest to możliwość wybrania opcji według twojego sprzętu "
+"oraz sterowniki do użycia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "W trybie UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Pierwszy ekran podczas uruchamiania w systemie UEFI z dysku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Masz tylko opcje do uruchomienia Magei w trybie Live (pierwszy wybór), lub "
+"proces instalacji (drugi wybór)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli uruchomiłeś z urządzenia USB, otrzymasz dwie dodatkowe linie będące "
+"duplikatem poprzednich z dopiskiem \"USB\". Musisz wybrać którąś z nich."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"W każdym przypadku, pierwsze kroki będą takie same aby wybrać język, strefę "
+"czasową oraz klawiaturę, później proces różni się, z <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\"> dodatkowych kroków w trybie Live</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Wybór pulpitu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"W zależności  od wyboru którego tutaj dokonasz, możesz zobaczyć dalsze "
+"ekrany, aby dokonać dalszych ustawień instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Po wyborze pulpitu, podczas instalacji pakietów zobaczysz pokaz slajdów. "
+"Może on być wyłączony poprzez kliknięcie przycisku <guilabel>Szczegóły</"
+"guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz środowisko graficzne <application>KDE</application> lub "
+"<application>Gnome</application>.  Oba z nich zawierają pełny zestaw "
+"użytecznych programów i narzędzi. Wybierz <guilabel>Własne</guilabel> jeśli "
+"nie chcesz żadnego z nich lub chcesz wybrać oba, lub jeśli chcesz wybrać "
+"inne środowisko. <application>LXDE</application> jest zdecydowanie lżejsze, "
+"lecz oferuje także mniejszą funkcjonalność oraz mniej domyślnie "
+"zainstalowanych programów."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Wybór grup pakietów"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby ułatwić ci wybór, pakiety zostały podzielone na grupy. Nazwy grup nie "
+"wymagają objaśnień, jednak więcej informacji o każdej z nich możesz uzyskać "
+"najeżdżając na nie myszą."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Stacja robocza"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Serwer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Środowisko graficzne"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Samodzielny wybór pakietów: możesz zaznaczyć tą opcję jeśli chcesz "
+"samodzielnie dodawać lub usuwać pakiety."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Samodzielny wybór pakietów"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj możesz dodawać lub usuwać jakie tylko chcesz pakiety, aby dostosować "
+"instalację do swoich potrzeb."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Po dokonaniu wyboru, możesz kliknąć na <guibutton>ikonę dyskietki</"
+"guibutton> na dole okna, aby zachować swój wybór pakietów (zapisywanie na "
+"dysku USB także działa). Możesz użyć tego pliku do instalacji tych samych "
+"pakietów na innym komputerze, naciskając tą samą ikonę i wybierając "
+"wczytanie pliku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfiguracja usług"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj możesz ustawić które usługi powinny (nie) włączać się kiedy "
+"uruchamiasz system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Są tutaj cztery grupy, kliknij na trójkąt przed grupą aby rozszerzyć ją i "
+"zobaczyć wszystkie usługi wchodzące w jej skład."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Ustawienia, które wybierze DrakX zwykle są dobre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli zaznaczysz usługę, niektóre informacje o niej pokażą w okienku "
+"poniżej."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Zmień to tylko i wyłącznie wtedy, kiedy wiesz co robisz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w "
+"pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"W następnym kroku możesz wybrać ustawienie zegara sprzętowego, na czas "
+"lokalny lub UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli posiadasz więcej niż jeden system operacyjny na swoim komputerze "
+"upewnij się, że wszystkie mają ustawiony czas lokalny, albo UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Wybierz System Graficzny (Skonfiguruj swoją Kartę Graficzną)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX posiada bardzo szeroką bazę danych kart wideo, oraz zwykle "
+"zidentyfikuje twoje urządzenie wideo poprawnie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli instalator nie wykrył twojej karty graficznej poprawnie i wiesz, jaką "
+"kartę posiadasz, możesz wybrać jedną za pomocą:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "dostawca"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "następnie nazwa karty"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "oraz typ karty"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli nie potrafisz znaleźć swojej karty graficznej na liście (ponieważ "
+"jeszcze nie ma jej w bazie danych lub jest starszą kartą) możesz znaleźć "
+"działający sterownik w katalogu Xorg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Listing Xorg dostarcza więcej jak 40 zamkniętych oraz otwartych sterowników "
+"do kart graficznych. Jeżeli wciąż nie potrafisz znaleźć nazwanego sterownika "
+"dla twojej karty istnieje jeszcze opcja użycia sterownika vesa, który "
+"dostarcza podstawowe funkcje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Bądź ostrożny, ponieważ jeśli wybierzesz niekompatybilny sterownik możesz "
+"posiadać dostęp tylko do interfejsu tekstowego."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki "
+"dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w "
+"niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie "
+"włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym "
+"uruchomieniu komputera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją "
+"kartę graficzną z listy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Niepoprawna wartość odświeżania może uszkodzić monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Wybór monitora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Własny</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Dostawca</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "nazwa producenta monitora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "Opis monitora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli chcesz zaszyfrować swoją partycję <literal>/</literal> musisz się "
+"upewnić że posiadasz oddzielną partycję <literal>/boot</literal>. Partycja "
+"<literal>/boot</literal> nie może być zaszyfrowana, ponieważ uniemożliwiłoby "
+"to uruchomienie systemu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Dla każdego wykrytego dysku lub innego urządzenia, jak USB, prezentowana "
+"jest oddzielna karta. Na przykład sda, sdb i sdc jeśli zostały wykryte trzy "
+"urządzenia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknij <guibutton>Wyczyść wszystko</guibutton>, aby usunąć wszystkie "
+"partycje znajdujące się na wybranym dysku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Dla wszystkich innych działań: najpierw kliknij na wybraną partycję. "
+"Następnie możesz wybrać system plików, punkt montowania, zmienić rozmiar lub "
+"ją usunąć."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontynuuj aż do momentu gdy skonfigurujesz wszystko zgodnie ze swoimi "
+"preferencjami."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli wszystko zostało już ustawione kliknij <guibutton>Gotowe</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partycjonowanie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Na tym ekranie możesz zobaczyć zawartość twoich twardych dysków oraz "
+"propozycje instalatora dotyczące instalacji <application>Magei</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcje dostępne na liście poniżej są zależne od podziału twojego dysku "
+"twardego oraz jego zawartości."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Użyj istniejących partycji"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli dostępna jest ta opcja, oznacza to że zostały znalezione partycje "
+"linuksowe i mogą być użyte do instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli posiadasz nieużywane miejsce na dysku (niesformatowane), może być ono "
+"wykorzystane do instalacji Magei."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli masz niewykorzystane miejsce na partycji Windows, instalator "
+"zaproponuje, aby je wykorzystać."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"To może być użyteczne rozwiązanie, aby przygotować miejsce na instalację "
+"Magei, jest to jednak ryzykowna operacja więc powinieneś się upewnić że masz "
+"kopię zapasową ważnych plików!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Zauważ, że ta metoda spowoduje zmniejszenie rozmiaru partycji Windows. "
+"Partycja musi być \"czysta\", co oznacza, że Windows musi być poprawnie "
+"zamknięty za ostatnim razem gdy był używany. Musi być także "
+"zdefragmentowany, choć to nie daje pewności że wszystkie pliki zostały "
+"przesunięte poza obszar dysku, który zostanie użyty. Dlatego też bardzo "
+"wskazane jest zrobienie kopii zapasowej ważnych plików."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Wymaż i wykorzystaj cały dysk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Ta opcja użyje całego dysku dla Magei."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr "Zauważ! WSZYSTKIE dane z wybranego dysku zostaną wymazane. Uważaj!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli chcesz używać części tego dysku do czegoś innego, albo już masz na "
+"dysku dane, których nie chcesz stracić, nie używaj tej opcji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ta opcja daje Ci całkowitą kontrolę nad sposobem przeprowadzenia instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalator podzieli obecną przestrzeń odnosząc się do następujących zasad:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli całkowita dostępna przestrzeń jest mniejsza niż 50GB, to tylko jedna "
+"partycja zostanie utworzona dla /, nie ma oddzielnej partycji dla /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli całkowita dostępna przestrzeń wynosi więcej niż 50GB, to zostaną "
+"utworzone trzy partycje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 całkowitej dostępnej przestrzeni zostaje przydzielona do /, jednak "
+"maksimum wynosi 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"1/19 przestrzeni zostanie przydzielona jako swap, jednak maksimum wynosi 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "Cała reszta (conajmniej 12/19) zostanie przydzielone dla /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Oznacza to, że z 160 GB lub więcej dostępnej przestrzeni instalator utworzy "
+"trzy partycje: 50GB dla /, 4GB dla swap i całą resztę dla /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Niektóre nowe dysku używają 4096 bitowych sektorów logicznych, zamiast "
+"wcześniej standardowych 512 bitowych. Z powodu braku takiego sprzętu, "
+"narzędzie do partycjonowania użyte w instalatorze nie zostało przetestowane "
+"z takim dyskiem. Sugerujemy wcześniejsze przygotowanie takiego dysku, za "
+"pomocą innego narzędzia jak np. gparted. przy użyciu następujących ustawień:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Należy się także upewnić, aby wszystkie utworzone partycje miały parzystą "
+"liczbę megabajtów."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Instalacja z trybu Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Styczeń 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Oficjalna Dokumentacja dla Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="
+"\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons."
+"org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ten dokument został stworzony przy pomocy <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> rozwijanego przez <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokumentacja została napisana przez wolontariuszy w ich wolnym czasie. Jeśli "
+"chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Zespołem Dokumentacji</link>, "
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Nikt nie zobaczy wszystkich zrzutów ekranu zaprezentowanych w tym manualu. "
+"To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz jakich "
+"wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Luty 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Gratulacje"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została "
+"zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić "
+"komputer ponownie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - "
+"odwiedź www.mageia.org"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Dostawca</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Własny</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatowanie"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na "
+"partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną "
+"zachowane."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Zazwyczaj przynajmniej te partycje, które zaznaczył instalator, powinny być "
+"sformatowane"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknij na <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton> aby wybrać, które partycje "
+"mają zostać sprawdzone na obecnoś tzw. <emphasis>bad bloków</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli nie jesteś pewien swojego wyboru, możesz kliknąć <guibutton>Wstecz</"
+"guibutton>, jeszcze raz <guibutton>Wstecz</guibutton>, a następnie "
+"<guibutton>Zaawansowany podział na partycje</guibutton>, aby dostać się do "
+"głównego okna.  Na tym ekranie możesz sprawdzić co znajduje się na Twoich "
+"partycjach."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli jesteś zadowolony ze swojego wyboru, kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</"
+"guibutton> aby kontynuować."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX instalator Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-"
+"Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub "
+"aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona "
+"domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego "
+"potrzebujesz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Ekran powitalny instalatora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Używanie bootloader'a Magei"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+"Już na pierwszym ekranie instalatora można ustawić niektóre parametry "
+"instalacji:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Język (tylko dla procesu instalacji, może być inny niż ten, który wybierzesz "
+"dla zainstalowanego systemu) poprzez wciśnięcie klawisza F2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Użyj strzałek aby wybrać język i naciśnij ENTER."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dla przykładu zaprezentowany jest ekran powitalny w języku francuskim, "
+"pochądzący z wersji LiveDVD. Zauważ, że menu LiveCD/DVD nie zawiera pozycji:"
+"<guilabel>System ratunkowy</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test pamięci</guilabel> "
+"oraz <guilabel>Program do detekcji sprzętu</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr " Aby zmienić rozdzielczość ekranu wciśnij F3."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Możesz dodać parametry dla jądra za pomocą klawisza<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">F6</emphasis> lub klawisza <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> w trybie "
+"UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli instalacja się nie powiedzie, może zajść potrzeba uruchomienia jej z "
+"jedną z tych dodatkowych opcji. Menu wywoływane klawiszem F6 wyświetli nam "
+"nową linię <guilabel>Opcje uruchamiania</guilabel> oraz zaproponuje cztery "
+"opcje:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Domyślne - nie zmienia żadnej z domyślnych opcji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr "- Bez ACPI - bez zarządzania energią."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr "- Bez lokalnego APIC - ma związek z przerwaniami procesora."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Etapy instalacji"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po "
+"lewej stronie ekranu instalatora."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk "
+"<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej "
+"używanych opcji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który "
+"pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu "
+"instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje "
+"możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie "
+"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła "
+"się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak "
+"wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, "
+"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz "
+"ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego "
+"wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie "
+"zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się "
+"zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj "
+"użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Zawieszenie się instalacji"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z "
+"detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać "
+"pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być "
+"łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Problem z pamięcią RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza "
+"niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz "
+"parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej "
+"pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dynamiczne partycje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Aktualizacje"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została "
+"udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, "
+"wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli "
+"nie masz połączenia z Internetem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Ekran logowania"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Ekran logowania KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wprowadź twoją nazwę użytkownika oraz hasło, i w ciągu kilku sekund "
+"powinieneś znaleźć się na załadowanym pulpicie KDE lub GNOME, w zależności "
+"od tego, które medium live zostało użyte. Możesz teraz zacząć używać twojej "
+"instalacji Magei."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są "
+"dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór "
+"repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w "
+"następnych krokach."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ "
+"zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, "
+"które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do "
+"którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium "
+"zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, "
+"firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych "
+"licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium "
+"jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. "
+"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt "
+"DVD, itp."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimalna instalacja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Możesz przeprowadzić Minimalną instalację poprzez odznaczenie wszystkich "
+"grup pakietów na ekranie Wybór grup pakietów, zobacz <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli wybierzesz ten typ instalacji, zostanie ci zaprezentowanych kilka "
+"użytecznych opcji, jak dokumentacja czy X Window."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Parametry systemu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Strefa czasowa</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Kraj / Region</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>System rozruchowy</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Usługi</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Parametry sprzętu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Klawiatura</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Mysz</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Sieć</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Bezpieczeństwo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Poziom Bezpieczeństwa</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Uruchom ponownie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Poziom bezpieczeństwa"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Wprowadzenie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Nośnik"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definicja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klasyczne medium instalacji"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Powszechne możliwości"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr "Dostaniesz wybór podczas instalacji aby dodać niewolne oprogramowanie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Nośniki live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Zawierają one niewolne oprogramowanie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Wszystkie języki są obecne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Tylko środowisko graficzne GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Boot-only urządzenia CD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Tylko język angielski."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Zawiera tylko wolne oprogramowanie, dla ludzi odmawiającyh z wykorzystania "
+"niewolnego oprogramowania."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Pobieranie i Sprawdzanie Mediów"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Pobieranie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Sprawdź przycisk Save File."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Sprawdzanie integralności pobranych mediów"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Otwórz konsolę, root nie wymagany i:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Wypal lub zrzuć obraz ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Wypalenie obrazu ISO na CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Zrzuć obraz ISO na pamięci USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Magei"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Powinieneś spróbować:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Użycie linii poleceń w systemie GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Możesz także użyć narzędzia dd w konsoli:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Otwórz konsolę"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Wpisz polecenie <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Wpisz polecenie: # <userinput>dd if=ścieżka/do/obrazu/ISO.iso of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Gdzie X=twoje urządzenie nazwane np. /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Przykład: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Wpisz polecenie: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Odepnij swoją pamięć USB, skończone"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Wybierz twój Kraj / Region"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Metoda wejścia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instalacja czy uaktualnienie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Zainstaluj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Użyj tej opcji dla świeżej instalacji <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uaktualnienie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli masz jedną lub więcej instalacji <application>Magei</application> w "
+"swoim komputerze, instalator pozwala na uaktualnienie jednej z nich do "
+"najnowszej wersji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Tylko uaktualnienie z poprzedniej wersji Magei, która była <emphasis>nadal "
+"wspierana</emphasis>, w momencie ukazania się wersji którą chcesz "
+"instalować, została gruntownie przetestowana. Jeśli chcesz aktualizować "
+"starszą wersję Magei, zalecamy przeprowadzenie świeżej instalacji bez "
+"formatowania partycji <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli podczas instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, jest taka możliwość, "
+"należy to jednak dobrze przemyśleć. Gdy są już sformatowane partycje lub gdy "
+"zaczęły już się instalować pakiety, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym "
+"stanie jak przed instalacją, ponowne uruchomienie go w tej chwili może "
+"spowodować, że system będzie nieużywalny. Jeśli jesteś pewien, że przerwanie "
+"instalacji to dobry pomysł, przejdź do terminala za pomocą <guilabel>Alt "
+"Ctrl F2</guilabel>. Następnie wciśnij <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>, "
+"aby zrestartować komputer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli zorientujesz się, że zapomniałeś wybrać dodatkowy język, możesz cofnąć "
+"się  z ekranu \"Instalacja/Uaktualnienie do ekranu wyboru języka za pomocą "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nie </emphasis> próbuj tego "
+"podczas dalszych etapów instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Wybierz klawiaturę"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Klawiatura"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX wybiera odpowiedni układ klawiatury do twojego języka. Jeśli nie "
+"znaleziono odpowiedniego układu klawiatury, wybrany będzie domyślny układ "
+"klawiatury US."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Upewnij się, że zaproponowany wybór jest odpowiedni lub wybierz inny układ "
+"klawiatury. Jeśli nie wiesz jaki układ jest odpowiedni dla twojej "
+"klawiatury, sprawdź dokumentację lub zapytaj dostawcę sprzętu. Może się "
+"zdarzyć że na klawiaturze znajdziesz etykietę z potrzebną informacją. Możesz "
+"także sprawdzić: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli twoja klawiatura nie znajduje się na pokazanej liście, kliknij na "
+"<guibutton>More</guibutton>, aby zobaczyć pełną listę i wybrać z niej swoją "
+"klawiaturę."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Wybór języka"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno "
+"podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno "
+"podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie "
+"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</"
+"guibutton> aby je teraz dodać.  "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw "
+"wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on "
+"również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz "
+"jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej "
+"klawiatury."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia używa wsparcia UTF-8 (Unicode) domyślnie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz "
+"wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć "
+"wszystkich zainstalowanych języków."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą "
+"Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Wybierz mysz"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli nie jesteś zadowolony z tego, jak mysz reaguje, możesz wybrać inną "
+"tutaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Dodaj lub zmodyfikuj wpis Boot Menu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Graficzne menu Magei są niezłe:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "Nie modyfikuj \"Boot Device\", chyba że masz pojęcie, co robisz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Używanie bootloader'a Magei"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Użyj istniejącego bootloader'a."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opcje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Wykrywanie SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Zazwyczaj DrakX wykrywa twarde dyski poprawnie. Jednak w przypadku "
+"niektórych starszych kontrolerów SCSI może nie być w stanie wykryć "
+"odpowiedniego sterownika i w efekcie nie rozpoznać dysku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli zaistnieje taka sytuacja,  zostaniesz poproszony, aby ręcznie wskazać, "
+"który dysk SCSI posiadasz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX powinien być wtedy w stanie odpowiednio skonfigurować  dysk(i)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Zaawansowane"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Formatowanie twardego dysku"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknij <guibutton>Wstecz</guibutton> jeśli nie jesteś pewien swojego wyboru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> jeśli jesteś pewien że chcesz wymazać "
+"każdą partycję, każdy system operacyjny oraz wszystkie dane z twardego dysku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Testowanie Magei w systemie Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Tryb Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Testowanie sprzętu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "interfejs sieciowy: skonfiguruj za pomocą net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "karta graficzna: jeżeli widzisz poprzedni ekran, wszystko jest OK"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "kamera internetowa:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "dźwięk: dżingiel został już odtworzony"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "drukarka: skonfiguruj ją oraz wydrukuj stronę testową"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "skaner: skanuj dokument z..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ustawienia konfiguracyjny, które dokonałeś tutaj pozostają dla instalacji."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Uruchom instalację"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Usuwanie Magei"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Co i jak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Zostaw lub usuń nieużywany materiał"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+#~ "\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/"
+#~ "> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Własne"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment "
+#~ "of performances."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "- Bezpieczne ustawienia - nadaje priorytet opcjom bezpiecznym kosztem "
+#~ "wydajności."
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#~ msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
+#~ msgstr "Różne media dla architektur 32 i 64 bitowych."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21b6f203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalacja z trybu Live</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Styczeń 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Oficjalna Dokumentacja dla Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Ten dokument został stworzony przy pomocy <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> rozwijanego przez <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Dokumentacja została napisana przez wolontariuszy w ich wolnym czasie. Jeśli
+chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Zespołem
+Dokumentacji</link>, </para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Instalacja z trybu Live</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Nikt nie zobaczy wszystkich zrzutów ekranu zaprezentowanych w tym
+manualu. To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz
+jakich wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b4fdde6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalacja z trybu Live</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Nikt nie zobaczy wszystkich zrzutów ekranu zaprezentowanych w tym
+manualu. To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz
+jakich wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ten dokument został stworzony przy pomocy <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> rozwijanego przez <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Dokumentacja została napisana przez wolontariuszy w ich wolnym czasie. Jeśli
+chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Zespołem
+Dokumentacji</link>, </para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e92d7fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalacja za pomocą DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Luty 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Oficjalna Dokumentacja dla Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Ten dokument został stworzony przy pomocy <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> rozwijanego przez <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Dokumentacja została napisana przez wolontariuszy w ich wolnym czasie. Jeśli
+chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Zespołem
+Dokumentacji</link>, </para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalacja za pomocą DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Nikt nie zobaczy wszystkich zrzutów ekranu zaprezentowanych w tym
+manualu. To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz
+jakich wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0a7f2d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalacja za pomocą DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Nikt nie zobaczy wszystkich zrzutów ekranu zaprezentowanych w tym
+manualu. To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz
+jakich wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ten dokument został stworzony przy pomocy <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> rozwijanego przez <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Dokumentacja została napisana przez wolontariuszy w ich wolnym czasie. Jeśli
+chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Zespołem
+Dokumentacji</link>, </para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49b6e871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Nośnik</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definicja</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO
+file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>You can find them <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klasyczne medium instalacji</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Powszechne możliwości</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test,
+Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Dostaniesz wybór podczas instalacji aby dodać niewolne oprogramowanie.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Nośniki live</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Powszechne możliwości</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and
+optionally install Mageia on to your HDD.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean
+installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous
+releases.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Zawierają one niewolne oprogramowanie.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Wszystkie języki są obecne.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tylko środowisko graficzne GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Wszystkie języki są obecne.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Wszystkie języki są obecne.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only urządzenia CD</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Powszechne możliwości</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to
+start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages
+that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be
+on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the
+Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when
+bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a
+PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tylko język angielski.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need
+it.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Pobieranie i Sprawdzanie Mediów</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Pobieranie</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Sprawdź przycisk Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Otwórz konsolę, root nie wymagany i:</para>
+      <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a
+while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Wypal lub zrzuć obraz ISO</title>
+    <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB
+stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable
+medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Wypalenie obrazu ISO na CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly
+to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not
+correct. There is more information in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Zrzuć obraz ISO na pamięci USB</title>
+      <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick
+and then use it to boot and install the system.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on
+the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be
+reduced to the image size.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format
+the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Magei</title>
+        <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Windows</title>
+        <para>Powinieneś spróbować:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Użycie linii poleceń w systemie GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Możesz także użyć narzędzia dd w konsoli:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Otwórz konsolę</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the
+final '-' )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any
+application or file manager that could access or read it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Wpisz polecenie <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Wpisz polecenie: # <userinput>dd if=ścieżka/do/obrazu/ISO.iso of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Gdzie X=twoje urządzenie nazwane np. /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Wpisz polecenie: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Odepnij swoją pamięć USB, skończone</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d15d4448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Umowa Licencyjna</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać
+uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej.</para>
+
+    <para>Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji
+<application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed
+kontynuacją instalacji.</para>
+
+    <para>Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij
+<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za
+zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne
+uruchomienie komputera.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Informacje o Wydaniu</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>,
+Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d8064a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Zarządzanie użytkownikami</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Wskazane jest, aby ustawić hasło administratora (root) w każdej instalacji
+<application>Magei</application>.  Gdy wpisujesz hasło zmienia się kolor
+tarczy - z czerwonego poprzez żółty do zielonego - w zależności od siły
+hasła. Zielona tarcza sygnalizuje że używasz silnego hasła. Aby upewnić się,
+że nie popełniłeś literówki w haśle, musisz wpisać je po raz drugi w polu
+poniżej.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>We wszystkich hasłach rozróżniane są duże i małe litery, najlepiej użyć
+hasła zawierającego litery (duże i małe), numery oraz inne znaki.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Dodaj użytkownika</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Tutaj dodajemy użytkownika. Użytkownik ma mniejsze uprawnienia od
+administratora (root), ale wystarczające, aby przeglądać Internet, używać
+pakietów biurowych lub grać w gry czy wykonywać wszystkie inne czynności,
+które wykonuje na swoim komputerze przeciętny użytkownik.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę
+użytkownika.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego
+pola tekstowego</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika -
+będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator
+wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter
+ma znaczenie.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w
+nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref
+linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w
+tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Ustawienia dostępu mogą być również zmienione po instalacji.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Po kliknięciu na przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton> będziesz miał
+możliwość edycji ustawień dla użytkownika którego dodajesz.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Dodatkowo, możesz włączyć lub wyłączyć konto gościa</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Wszystkie dane, które zapisze w swoim katalogu domowym gość zostaną
+wykasowane po jego wylogowaniu. Gość musi zapisywać ważne pliki na USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Aktywuj konto gościa</guilabel>: Tutaj aktywujesz lub deaktywujesz
+konto gościa. Konto gościa pozwala na zalogowanie się i używanie komputera
+przez gości, ale posiada mniejsze uprawnienia niż zwykły użytkownik.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Powłoka</guilabel>: Ta lista pozwala na zmianę powłoki używanej
+przez użytkownika, którego dodajesz, do wyboru Bash, Dash oraz Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Tutaj możesz ustawić ID dla użytkownika
+którego dodałeś w poprzednim ekranie. Jest to numer. Zostaw puste, chyba że
+wiesz, co robisz.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: Pozwala to ustawić ID grupy. Także numer,
+zwykle taki sam jak dla użytkownika. Zostaw puste, chyba że wiesz, co
+robisz.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2887a8ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki
+instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł
+(nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas
+następnych kroków.</para>
+
+  <para>Dla nośników sieciowych, wymagane są dwa kroki:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało
+ustanowione. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do
+wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted
+oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub
+swój własny mirror np. NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Jeśli aktualizujesz 64-bitową instalację która może zawierać 32-bitowe
+paczki, zaleca się w tym kroku dodać serwer lustrzany online poprzez
+zaznaczenie jednego z internetowych protokołów. 64-bitowa płyta DVD zawiera
+jedynie 64-bitowe paczki i te bez przypisanej architektury, nie będzie mogła
+zaktualizować 32-bitowych paczek. Jakkolwiek, po dodaniu serwera online,
+instalator powinien znaleźć w nim 32-bitowe paczki.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96481152
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Wybierz punkty montowania</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Tutaj zobaczysz partycje Linux, które zostały znalezione na Twoim
+komputerze. Jeśli nie zgadzasz się z sugestiami <application>instalatora
+DrakX</application>, możesz zmienić punkty montowania.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Jeśli cokolwiek zmienisz, upewnij się że wciąż masz partycję
+<literal>/</literal> (root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Każda partycja jest ukazana jako: "Urządzenie" ("Pojemność", "Punkt
+montowania", "Typ").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Urządzenie" jest przedstawione jako: "dysk twardy", ["litera dysku"],
+"numer partycji" (dla przykładu: "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Jeśli masz wiele partycji, możesz wybrać wiele różnych punktów montowania z
+listy rozwijalnej, takich jak <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal>
+oraz <literal>/var</literal>.
+Możesz także tworzyć własne punkty montowania, na przykład
+<literal>/video</literal> dla partycji na której chcesz przechowywać swoje
+filmy.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Możesz pozostawić punkt montowania pusty dla partycji, do których nie chcesz
+mieć dostępu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose,
+and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen
+that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Jeśli jesteś pewny że punkty montowania są dobrze ustawione, kliknij
+<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>, by zdecydować które partycje sformatować.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f46792d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Ustawienia zegara</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>W tym kroku, musisz wybrać w jakim czasie jest ustawiony twój zegar, czas
+lokalny czy czas UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>W sekcji zaawansowane znajdziesz więcej opcji o ustawieniach zegara.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..335f02d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Uruchom Mageia jako wersję Live</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Uruchamianie medium</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Z płyty</title></info><para>Możesz uruchomić prosto z urządznia, którego użyłeś do wypalenia obrazu
+(CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Zwykle musisz tylko włożyć płytę aby uruchomić
+instalację automatycznie po zresetowaniu komputera. Jeżeli to nie następuje
+musisz zmodyfikować ustawienia w BIOSie, lub kliknąć klawisz pozwalajcy ci
+na wybór urządzenia, z którego komputer uruchomi się.</para><para>Odnosząc się do posiadanego przez ciebie sprzętu oraz tego, jak jest
+skonfigurowany, otrzymasz pierwszy albo drugi z ekranów poniżej.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Z urządzenia USB</title></info><para>Możesz uruchomić z urządzenia USB, na który wypaliłeś obraz ISO. Odnosząc
+się do twoich ustawień BIOS komputer może uruchomić się prosto z urządzenia
+USB podłączonego do portu. Jeżeli to nie następuje powinieneś zmodyfikować
+ustawienia w BIOS lub kliknąć klawisz pozwalający ci na wybór urządzenia, z
+którego komputer się uruchomi.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">W trybie BIOS/CSM/Legacy</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Pierwszy ekran podczas uruchamiania w trybie BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>W środkowym menu, masz wybór pomiędzy trzema akcjami:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Uruchom Mageia: Mageia 5 uruchomi się z podłączonego medium (CD/DVD lub
+urządzenia USB) bez interwencji na twardym dysku, więc spodziewaj się
+wolnego działania systemu. Po uruchomieniu, możesz przejść do instalacji na
+dysku twardym.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Zainstaluj Mageia: Ten wybór zainstaluje Mageia bezpośrednio na dysku
+twardym.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Uruchomienie z dysku twardego: Ten wybór pozwoli ci uruchomić system z dysku
+twardego, jak zwykle, gdy żadne media (CD/DVD lub urządzenie USB) nie są
+podłączone. (nie działa z mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>W dolnym menu, są Opcje Bootowania:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Pomoc. Wyjaśnij opcje "splash", "apm", "acpi" i "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Język. Wybierz język wyświetlany na ekranach.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Rozdzielczość obrazu. Wybierz z pośród tekst, 640x400, 800x600,
+1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-ROM. CD-ROM lub Inny. Normalnie instalacja odbywa się z
+zamontowanego medium instalacyjnego. Tutaj wybierz inne źródła, takie jak
+serwer FTP lub NFS. Jeżeli instalacja odbywa się w sieci z serwerem SLP
+wybierz jedno ze źródeł instalacyjnych dostępnych na serwerze za pomocą tej
+opcji.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Sterownik. Tak lub Nie. System jest świadomy dostępności dysku
+opcjonalnego z aktualizacją sterownika i będzie wymagał jego zamontowania
+podczas procesu instalacji.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Opcje jądra. Jest to możliwość wybrania opcji według twojego sprzętu
+oraz sterowniki do użycia.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">W trybie UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Pierwszy ekran podczas uruchamiania w systemie UEFI z dysku</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Masz tylko opcje do uruchomienia Magei w trybie Live (pierwszy wybór), lub
+proces instalacji (drugi wybór).</para><para>Jeżeli uruchomiłeś z urządzenia USB, otrzymasz dwie dodatkowe linie będące
+duplikatem poprzednich z dopiskiem "USB". Musisz wybrać którąś z nich.</para><para>W każdym przypadku, pierwsze kroki będą takie same aby wybrać język, strefę
+czasową oraz klawiaturę, później proces różni się, z <link
+linkend="testing"> dodatkowych kroków w trybie Live</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ecd9749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Wybór pulpitu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>W zależności  od wyboru którego tutaj dokonasz, możesz zobaczyć dalsze
+ekrany, aby dokonać dalszych ustawień instalacji.</para>
+
+  <para>Po wyborze pulpitu, podczas instalacji pakietów zobaczysz pokaz
+slajdów. Może on być wyłączony poprzez kliknięcie przycisku
+<guilabel>Szczegóły</guilabel></para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Wybierz środowisko graficzne <application>KDE</application> lub
+<application>Gnome</application>.  Oba z nich zawierają pełny zestaw
+użytecznych programów i narzędzi. Wybierz <guilabel>Własne</guilabel> jeśli
+nie chcesz żadnego z nich lub chcesz wybrać oba, lub jeśli chcesz wybrać
+inne środowisko. <application>LXDE</application> jest zdecydowanie lżejsze,
+lecz oferuje także mniejszą funkcjonalność oraz mniej domyślnie
+zainstalowanych programów.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05a7e5ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Wybór grup pakietów</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aby ułatwić ci wybór, pakiety zostały podzielone na grupy. Nazwy grup nie
+wymagają objaśnień, jednak więcej informacji o każdej z nich możesz uzyskać
+najeżdżając na nie myszą.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Stacja robocza</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Serwer</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Środowisko graficzne</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Samodzielny wybór pakietów: możesz zaznaczyć tą opcję jeśli chcesz
+samodzielnie dodawać lub usuwać pakiety.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e59fae40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Samodzielny wybór pakietów</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Tutaj możesz dodawać lub usuwać jakie tylko chcesz pakiety, aby dostosować
+instalację do swoich potrzeb.</para>
+
+    <para>Po dokonaniu wyboru, możesz kliknąć na <guibutton>ikonę
+dyskietki</guibutton> na dole okna, aby zachować swój wybór pakietów
+(zapisywanie na dysku USB także działa). Możesz użyć tego pliku do
+instalacji tych samych pakietów na innym komputerze, naciskając tą samą
+ikonę i wybierając wczytanie pliku.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d583567a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfiguracja usług</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Tutaj możesz ustawić które usługi powinny (nie) włączać się kiedy
+uruchamiasz system.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Są tutaj cztery grupy, kliknij na trójkąt przed grupą aby rozszerzyć ją i
+zobaczyć wszystkie usługi wchodzące w jej skład.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Ustawienia, które wybierze DrakX zwykle są dobre.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Jeżeli zaznaczysz usługę, niektóre informacje o niej pokażą w okienku
+poniżej.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Zmień to tylko i wyłącznie wtedy, kiedy wiesz co robisz.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7d29112
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfiguruj strefę czasową</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w
+pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">W następnym kroku możesz wybrać ustawienie zegara sprzętowego, na czas
+lokalny lub UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Jeżeli posiadasz więcej niż jeden system operacyjny na swoim komputerze
+upewnij się, że wszystkie mają ustawiony czas lokalny, albo UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..356b67c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Wybierz System Graficzny (Skonfiguruj swoją Kartę Graficzną)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX posiada bardzo szeroką bazę danych kart wideo, oraz zwykle
+zidentyfikuje twoje urządzenie wideo poprawnie.</para>
+
+  <para>Jeżeli instalator nie wykrył twojej karty graficznej poprawnie i wiesz, jaką
+kartę posiadasz, możesz wybrać jedną za pomocą: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dostawca</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>następnie nazwa karty</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>oraz typ karty</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Jeżeli nie potrafisz znaleźć swojej karty graficznej na liście (ponieważ
+jeszcze nie ma jej w bazie danych lub jest starszą kartą) możesz znaleźć
+działający sterownik w katalogu Xorg.</para>
+
+  <para>Listing Xorg dostarcza więcej jak 40 zamkniętych oraz otwartych sterowników
+do kart graficznych. Jeżeli wciąż nie potrafisz znaleźć nazwanego sterownika
+dla twojej karty istnieje jeszcze opcja użycia sterownika vesa, który
+dostarcza podstawowe funkcje.</para>
+
+  <para>Bądź ostrożny, ponieważ jeśli wybierzesz niekompatybilny sterownik możesz
+posiadać dostęp tylko do interfejsu tekstowego.</para>
+
+  <para>Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki
+dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w
+niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta.</para>
+
+  <para>Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie
+włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym
+uruchomieniu komputera.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29b23ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment)
+you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are
+all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or
+any other graphical environment to work well, the following
+<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct
+settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a
+choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją
+kartę graficzną z listy.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor
+from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel>
+list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the
+horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Niepoprawna wartość odświeżania może uszkodzić monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired
+resolution and color depth of your monitor here.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not
+always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your
+settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your
+settings are correct, you can answer "yes", and the settings will be
+kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen
+and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make
+sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't
+available</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to
+enable or disable various options.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae2bf770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Wybór monitora</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually
+correctly identify yours.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage
+your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing
+what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor
+documentation</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Własny</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh
+rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the
+screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are
+displayed.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor
+type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you
+may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and
+consult your monitor documentation.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the
+monitor database.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Dostawca</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which
+one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dostawca</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>nazwa producenta monitora</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Opis monitora</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generic</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as
+1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is
+often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver
+when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it
+may be wise to be conservative in your selections.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..498a2d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Jeśli chcesz zaszyfrować swoją partycję <literal>/</literal> musisz się
+upewnić że posiadasz oddzielną partycję <literal>/boot</literal>. Partycja
+<literal>/boot</literal> nie może być zaszyfrowana, ponieważ uniemożliwiłoby
+to uruchomienie systemu.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create
+partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even
+view what is in them before you start.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Dla każdego wykrytego dysku lub innego urządzenia, jak USB, prezentowana
+jest oddzielna karta. Na przykład sda, sdb i sdc jeśli zostały wykryte trzy
+urządzenia.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Kliknij <guibutton>Wyczyść wszystko</guibutton>, aby usunąć wszystkie
+partycje znajdujące się na wybranym dysku.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Dla wszystkich innych działań: najpierw kliknij na wybraną
+partycję. Następnie możesz wybrać system plików, punkt montowania, zmienić
+rozmiar lub ją usunąć.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Kontynuuj aż do momentu gdy skonfigurujesz wszystko zgodnie ze swoimi
+preferencjami.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Jeśli wszystko zostało już ustawione kliknij <guibutton>Gotowe</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present with a correct type</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28605b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partycjonowanie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Na tym ekranie możesz zobaczyć zawartość twoich twardych dysków oraz
+propozycje instalatora dotyczące instalacji
+<application>Magei</application>.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Opcje dostępne na liście poniżej są zależne od podziału twojego dysku
+twardego oraz jego zawartości.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Użyj istniejących partycji</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Jeśli dostępna jest ta opcja, oznacza to że zostały znalezione partycje
+linuksowe i mogą być użyte do instalacji.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Jeśli posiadasz nieużywane miejsce na dysku (niesformatowane), może być ono
+wykorzystane do instalacji Magei.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Jeśli masz niewykorzystane miejsce na partycji Windows, instalator
+zaproponuje, aby je wykorzystać.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">To może być użyteczne rozwiązanie, aby przygotować miejsce na instalację
+Magei, jest to jednak ryzykowna operacja więc powinieneś się upewnić że masz
+kopię zapasową ważnych plików!</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Zauważ, że ta metoda spowoduje zmniejszenie rozmiaru partycji
+Windows. Partycja musi być "czysta", co oznacza, że Windows musi być
+poprawnie zamknięty za ostatnim razem gdy był używany. Musi być także
+zdefragmentowany, choć to nie daje pewności że wszystkie pliki zostały
+przesunięte poza obszar dysku, który zostanie użyty. Dlatego też bardzo
+wskazane jest zrobienie kopii zapasowej ważnych plików.</para>
+
+        <para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended
+sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking
+and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Wymaż i wykorzystaj cały dysk</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Ta opcja użyje całego dysku dla Magei.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Zauważ! WSZYSTKIE dane z wybranego dysku zostaną wymazane. Uważaj!</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Jeśli chcesz używać części tego dysku do czegoś innego, albo już masz na
+dysku dane, których nie chcesz stracić, nie używaj tej opcji.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Własne</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Ta opcja daje Ci całkowitą kontrolę nad sposobem przeprowadzenia instalacji.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Partitions sizing:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Instalator podzieli obecną przestrzeń odnosząc się do następujących zasad:</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Jeżeli całkowita dostępna przestrzeń jest mniejsza niż 50GB, to tylko jedna
+partycja zostanie utworzona dla /, nie ma oddzielnej partycji dla /home.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Jeżeli całkowita dostępna przestrzeń wynosi więcej niż 50GB, to zostaną
+utworzone trzy partycje</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>6/19 całkowitej dostępnej przestrzeni zostaje przydzielona do /, jednak
+maksimum wynosi 50 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 przestrzeni zostanie przydzielona jako swap, jednak maksimum wynosi 4
+GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cała reszta (conajmniej 12/19) zostanie przydzielone dla /home</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Oznacza to, że z 160 GB lub więcej dostępnej przestrzeni instalator utworzy
+trzy partycje: 50GB dla /, 4GB dla swap i całą resztę dla /home.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom" option is the only one that allows to check it has
+been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk
+partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Niektóre nowe dysku używają 4096 bitowych sektorów logicznych, zamiast
+wcześniej standardowych 512 bitowych. Z powodu braku takiego sprzętu,
+narzędzie do partycjonowania użyte w instalatorze nie zostało przetestowane
+z takim dyskiem. Sugerujemy wcześniejsze przygotowanie takiego dysku, za
+pomocą innego narzędzia jak np. gparted. przy użyciu następujących ustawień:</para>
+
+    <para>"Align to" "MiB"</para>
+
+    <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</para>
+
+    <para>Należy się także upewnić, aby wszystkie utworzone partycje miały parzystą
+liczbę megabajtów.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11b746be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Gratulacje</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została
+zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić
+komputer ponownie.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating
+systems on your computer (if you have more than one).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install
+will be automatically selected and started.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Enjoy!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia -
+odwiedź www.mageia.org</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9317850d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatowanie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na
+partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną
+zachowane.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Zazwyczaj przynajmniej te partycje, które zaznaczył instalator, powinny być
+sformatowane</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Kliknij na <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton> aby wybrać, które partycje
+mają zostać sprawdzone na obecnoś tzw. <emphasis>bad bloków</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Jeśli nie jesteś pewien swojego wyboru, możesz kliknąć
+<guibutton>Wstecz</guibutton>, jeszcze raz <guibutton>Wstecz</guibutton>, a
+następnie <guibutton>Zaawansowany podział na partycje</guibutton>, aby
+dostać się do głównego okna.  Na tym ekranie możesz sprawdzić co znajduje
+się na Twoich partycjach.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Jeśli jesteś zadowolony ze swojego wyboru, kliknij
+<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..246f2d66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Aktualizacje</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została
+udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować,
+wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli
+nie masz połączenia z Internetem</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69755977
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX instalator Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem
+GNU-Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację
+lub aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. </para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona
+domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego
+potrzebujesz.</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Ekran powitalny instalatora</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one
+with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Już na pierwszym ekranie instalatora można ustawić niektóre parametry
+instalacji:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Język (tylko dla procesu instalacji, może być inny niż ten, który wybierzesz
+dla zainstalowanego systemu) poprzez wciśnięcie klawisza F2</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Użyj strzałek aby wybrać język i naciśnij ENTER.</para>
+
+      <para>Dla przykładu zaprezentowany jest ekran powitalny w języku francuskim,
+pochądzący z wersji LiveDVD. Zauważ, że menu LiveCD/DVD nie zawiera
+pozycji:<guilabel>System ratunkowy</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test
+pamięci</guilabel> oraz <guilabel>Program do detekcji sprzętu</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para> Aby zmienić rozdzielczość ekranu wciśnij F3.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Możesz dodać parametry dla jądra za pomocą klawisza<emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> lub klawisza <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> w
+trybie UEFI.</para>
+
+      <para>Jeśli instalacja się nie powiedzie, może zajść potrzeba uruchomienia jej z
+jedną z tych dodatkowych opcji. Menu wywoływane klawiszem F6 wyświetli nam
+nową linię <guilabel>Opcje uruchamiania</guilabel> oraz zaproponuje cztery
+opcje:</para>
+
+      <para>- Domyślne - nie zmienia żadnej z domyślnych opcji.</para>
+
+      <para>- Bezpieczne ustawienia - nadaje priorytet opcjom bezpiecznym kosztem
+wydajności.</para>
+
+      <para>- Bez ACPI - bez zarządzania energią.</para>
+
+      <para>- Bez lokalnego APIC - ma związek z przerwaniami procesora.</para>
+
+      <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options
+displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the
+key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line,
+however, they are really taken into account.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+      <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with
+the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to
+go back to the welcome screen.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options
+list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+
+  <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based
+Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para>
+
+  <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are
+described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+Network-based Installation CD, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">Etapy instalacji</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po
+lewej stronie ekranu instalatora.</para>
+
+    <para>Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk
+<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej
+używanych opcji.</para>
+
+    <para>Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który
+pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu
+instalacji.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje
+możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie
+zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła
+się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak
+wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje,
+że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz
+ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego
+wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie
+zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guibutton>.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Brak graficznego interfejsu</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się
+zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj
+użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use
+this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be
+presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit
+ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Zawieszenie się instalacji</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z
+detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać
+pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być
+łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Problem z pamięcią RAM</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza
+niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz
+parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej
+pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamiczne partycje</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on
+Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on
+this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbdb44f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Ekran logowania</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Ekran logowania KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Wprowadź twoją nazwę użytkownika oraz hasło, i w ciągu kilku sekund
+powinieneś znaleźć się na załadowanym pulpicie KDE lub GNOME, w zależności
+od tego, które medium live zostało użyte. Możesz teraz zacząć używać twojej
+instalacji Magei.</para><para>You can find another part of our documentation in <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dcbd19ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Wybór nośników (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są
+dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór
+repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w
+następnych krokach.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ
+zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat,
+które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do
+którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium
+zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI,
+firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych
+licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium
+jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach,
+np. kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt
+DVD, itp.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41d264c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimalna instalacja</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Możesz przeprowadzić Minimalną instalację poprzez odznaczenie wszystkich
+grup pakietów na ekranie Wybór grup pakietów, zobacz <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Jeśli wybierzesz ten typ instalacji, zostanie ci zaprezentowanych kilka
+użytecznych opcji, jak dokumentacja czy X Window.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1f3f90c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on
+the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the
+settings here and change them if you want after pressing
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Parametry systemu</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Strefa czasowa</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred
+language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Kraj / Region</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you
+correct the setting. See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>System rozruchowy</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">For more information, see <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>User management</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">You can add extra users here. They will each get their own
+<literal>/home</literal> directories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Usługi</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services refer to those small programs which run the background
+(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may
+prevent your computer from operating correctly.</para>
+
+        <para>For more information, see <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Parametry sprzętu</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Klawiatura</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on
+your location, language or type of keyboard.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Mysz</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs
+etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option
+to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one
+driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">For more information, see <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Network and Internet parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Sieć</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free
+drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia
+Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media
+repositories.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch
+that interface as well.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider
+internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a
+proxy service.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you
+need to enter here</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Bezpieczeństwo</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Poziom Bezpieczeństwa</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default
+setting (Standard) is adequate for general use.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Check the option which best suits your usage.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the
+rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5f8593b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Uruchom ponownie</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53eff5c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+partition</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.
+Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf04fc9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Poziom bezpieczeństwa</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">You can adjust your security level here.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings
+in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26272592
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Wybierz twój Kraj / Region</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other
+Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list,
+after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the
+first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real
+choice.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Metoda wejścia</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a99a7e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalacja czy uaktualnienie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Zainstaluj</para>
+
+      <para>Użyj tej opcji dla świeżej instalacji <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Uaktualnienie</para>
+
+      <para>Jeśli masz jedną lub więcej instalacji <application>Magei</application> w
+swoim komputerze, instalator pozwala na uaktualnienie jednej z nich do
+najnowszej wersji.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Tylko uaktualnienie z poprzedniej wersji Magei, która była <emphasis>nadal
+wspierana</emphasis>, w momencie ukazania się wersji którą chcesz
+instalować, została gruntownie przetestowana. Jeśli chcesz aktualizować
+starszą wersję Magei, zalecamy przeprowadzenie świeżej instalacji bez
+formatowania partycji <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Jeśli podczas instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, jest taka możliwość,
+należy to jednak dobrze przemyśleć. Gdy są już sformatowane partycje lub gdy
+zaczęły już się instalować pakiety, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym
+stanie jak przed instalacją, ponowne uruchomienie go w tej chwili może
+spowodować, że system będzie nieużywalny. Jeśli jesteś pewien, że przerwanie
+instalacji to dobry pomysł, przejdź do terminala za pomocą <guilabel>Alt
+Ctrl F2</guilabel>. Następnie wciśnij <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>,
+aby zrestartować komputer.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Jeśli zorientujesz się, że zapomniałeś wybrać dodatkowy język, możesz cofnąć
+się  z ekranu "Instalacja/Uaktualnienie do ekranu wyboru języka za pomocą
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nie </emphasis> próbuj tego
+podczas dalszych etapów instalacji.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ccd8df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Klawiatura</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX wybiera odpowiedni układ klawiatury do twojego języka. Jeśli nie
+znaleziono odpowiedniego układu klawiatury, wybrany będzie domyślny układ
+klawiatury US.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Upewnij się, że zaproponowany wybór jest odpowiedni lub wybierz inny układ
+klawiatury. Jeśli nie wiesz jaki układ jest odpowiedni dla twojej
+klawiatury, sprawdź dokumentację lub zapytaj dostawcę sprzętu. Może się
+zdarzyć że na klawiaturze znajdziesz etykietę z potrzebną informacją. Możesz
+także sprawdzić: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Jeśli twoja klawiatura nie znajduje się na pokazanej liście, kliknij na
+<guibutton>More</guibutton>, aby zobaczyć pełną listę i wybrać z niej swoją
+klawiaturę.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog,
+you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though
+a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly
+and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the
+full list.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an
+extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin
+and non-Latin keyboard layouts</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae6ed61e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Wybierz klawiaturę</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f7757e36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Wybór języka</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego
+kontynentu. <application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka
+zarówno podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie.</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie
+lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej
+języków</guibutton> aby je teraz dodać.  </para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw
+wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on
+również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz
+jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej
+klawiatury.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia używa wsparcia UTF-8 (Unicode) domyślnie.</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz
+wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w oknie "więcej języków". Będzie to dotyczyć
+wszystkich zainstalowanych języków.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą
+Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7fb2a1d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Wybierz mysz</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Jeżeli nie jesteś zadowolony z tego, jak mysz reaguje, możesz wybrać inną
+tutaj.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB
+mice</guilabel> is a good choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to
+configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2cf4ce4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Nie modyfikuj "Boot Device", chyba że masz pojęcie, co robisz.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Nie modyfikuj "Boot Device", chyba że masz pojęcie, co robisz.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Używanie bootloader'a Magei</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Użyj istniejącego bootloader'a.</title>
+
+    <para>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader
+is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve
+running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and
+add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in
+question.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Opcje</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3e4a9ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Dodaj lub zmodyfikuj wpis Boot Menu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68df6c66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Wykrywanie SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">Zazwyczaj DrakX wykrywa twarde dyski poprawnie. Jednak w przypadku
+niektórych starszych kontrolerów SCSI może nie być w stanie wykryć
+odpowiedniego sterownika i w efekcie nie rozpoznać dysku.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Jeśli zaistnieje taka sytuacja,  zostaniesz poproszony, aby ręcznie wskazać,
+który dysk SCSI posiadasz.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX powinien być wtedy w stanie odpowiednio skonfigurować  dysk(i).</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b37df75a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Konfiguracja dźwięku</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your
+sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default
+one.</para>
+
+  <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install
+you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start
+this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the
+<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound
+Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen.</para>
+
+  <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on
+<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how
+to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Zaawansowane</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is
+useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers
+available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on
+<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d73d9ea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Formatowanie twardego dysku</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Kliknij <guibutton>Wstecz</guibutton> jeśli nie jesteś pewien swojego
+wyboru.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> jeśli jesteś pewien że chcesz wymazać
+każdą partycję, każdy system operacyjny oraz wszystkie dane z twardego
+dysku.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7956d601
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testowanie Magei w systemie Live</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Tryb Live</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get the
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testowanie sprzętu</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>interfejs sieciowy: skonfiguruj za pomocą net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>karta graficzna: jeżeli widzisz poprzedni ekran, wszystko jest OK</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>kamera internetowa:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>dźwięk: dżingiel został już odtworzony</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>drukarka: skonfiguruj ją oraz wydrukuj stronę testową</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>skaner: skanuj dokument z...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>Ustawienia konfiguracyjny, które dokonałeś tutaj pozostają dla instalacji.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Uruchom instalację</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+this screen, and then the "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..487d10c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Usuwanie Magei</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Co i jak</title>
+
+    <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short
+you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the
+possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select
+Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will
+only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition
+management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the
+disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it
+(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both
+windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and
+make sure all important things have been backed up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a72f5ac1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pl/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Zostaw lub usuń nieużywany materiał</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to
+accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different
+hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38823c30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5230 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Andre Arruda dos Santos Silva <kazzttor@gmail.com>, 2015
+# Carlos Filho <caffilhobr@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2017
+# Michael Ferreira Martins <michaelfm21@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Paulo Henrique de Sousa <simbios.devs@gmail.com>, 2016
+# Rodrigo Piñero <rodrigo.pinero@yahoo.com.br>, 2016
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-30 04:22+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Michael Ferreira Martins <michaelfm21@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/"
+"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Acordo de Licença"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os "
+"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</"
+"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, "
+"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. "
+"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Notas de Lançamento"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Informações importantes são fornecidas sobre esta versão do "
+"<application>Mageia</application> e são acessíveis clicando no botão "
+"<guibutton>Notas da versão</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "pt_BR"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode "
+"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota.  A "
+"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção "
+"durante os próximos passos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Para instalação via rede, siga os seguintes passos:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Escolha e ativação da rede, caso não esteja disponível."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando "
+"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, "
+"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates.  Informando uma URL, você "
+"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento "
+"NFS de instalação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você estiver atualizando uma instalação de 64 bits que pode conter alguns "
+"pacotes de 32 bits, é aconselhável usar esta tela para adicionar uma midia "
+"on-line marcando um dos protocolos de rede aqui. A Iso de 64 bits do DVD "
+"contém somente pacotes de 64 bits e noarch, não será capaz de atualizar os "
+"pacotes de 32 bits. No entanto, depois de adicionar uma midia on-line, o "
+"instalador encontrará os pacotes de 32 bits necessários lá."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> "
+"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a "
+"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma "
+"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para "
+"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que "
+"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na "
+"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver "
+"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas "
+"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e "
+"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Digite um usuário"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o "
+"superusuário (raiz), mas o suficiente para usar a internet, aplicativos de "
+"escritório ou jogar jogos e tudo o que o usuário médio faz com seu computador"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão, ele irá mudar o "
+"ícone do usuário."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nome Real</guilabel>: Insira o nome real do usuário nesta caixa de "
+"texto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do "
+"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de "
+"login é \"case sensitive\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto, você deve digitar a senha "
+"do usuário. Há uma blindagem na extremidade da caixa de texto que indica a "
+"força da senha. (Veja também o <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa "
+"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das "
+"caixas de texto de senha do usuário."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualquer usuário que você adicionar ao instalar Mageia, terá um diretório "
+"home protegido tanto de leitura quanto de escrita (umask = 0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar todos os usuários extras necessários na etapa <emphasis> "
+"Configuração - Resumo </emphasis> durante a instalação. Escolha <emphasis> "
+"Gerenciamento de usuários </emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Gerenciamento Avançado de Usuários"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Se teclar em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> você é direcionado a uma tela "
+"que permite que você edite as configurações para o usuário que você está "
+"adicionando."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Além disso, você pode desativar ou ativar uma conta de convidado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> "
+"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos "
+"importantes em um pendrive USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou "
+"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um "
+"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os "
+"usuários normais."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o "
+"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as "
+"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário "
+"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. "
+"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do "
+"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em "
+"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se "
+"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você "
+"pode alterar os pontos de montagem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição "
+"<literal>/</literal> (root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", "
+"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido"
+"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem "
+"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</"
+"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo "
+"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</"
+"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou "
+"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> "
+"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do "
+"ponto de montagem em branco."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do "
+"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do "
+"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em "
+"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) "
+"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Configurações do relógio"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta etapa, você tem que escolher em que momento o seu relógio interno está "
+"definido, a hora local ou UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Na opção Avançado, você vai encontrar mais opções sobre definições do "
+"relógio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Boot para  Mageia com sistema Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Inicializando o ambiente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "A partir de um disco"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar diretamente a partir da mídia que usou para queimar sua "
+"imagem (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM ...). Você normalmente só precisa inseri-lo na "
+"unidade de CD/DVD para o bootloader para iniciar a instalação "
+"automaticamente após a reinicialização do computador. Se isso não acontecer "
+"pode ser necessário reconfigurar o sua BIOS ou pressionar uma chave que irá "
+"oferecer-lhe para escolher o periférico a partir do qual o computador irá "
+"arrancar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"De acordo com o hardware que você tem, e como ele está configurado, você "
+"verá uma das duas telas abaixo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "A partir de um dispositivo USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar a partir do dispositivo USB no qual você colocou sua "
+"imagem ISO. De acordo com as definições da BIOS, o computador provavelmente "
+"inicializará diretamente pelo dispositivo USB já conectado em uma porta. Se "
+"isso não acontecer pode ser necessário reconfigurar a sua BIOS ou pressionar "
+"uma tecla que irá oferecer-lhe opções para escolher o dispositivo a partir "
+"do qual o computador irá iniciar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "No modo BIOS/CSM/Legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Primeira tela durante a inicialização no modo BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "No menu central, você tem a escolha entre três ações:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Inicialização Mageia: Isso significa que Mageia 5 vai começar a partir da "
+"mídia conectada (CD/ DVD ou dispositivo USB) sem gravar nada no disco, por "
+"isso esperamos um sistema muito lento. Uma vez que a inicialização for "
+"feita, você pode ir para a instalação em um disco rígido."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalar Mageia: Esta opção irá instalar Mageia diretamente  em um disco "
+"rígido."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Inicialização do disco rígido: Esta opção permite inicializar a partir de "
+"disco rígido, como de costume, quando não há mídia (CD/DVD ou dispositivo "
+"USB) ligado. (Não funciona com Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "No menu inferior estão as opções de inicialização:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - Ajuda. Explicar as opções \"splash\", \"APM\", \"ACPI\" e \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Linguagem. Escolha o idioma das telas de exibição."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Resolução da tela. Escolha entre texto, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-ROM ou outro. Normalmente, a instalação é executada a partir "
+"da mídia de instalação inserida. Aqui, selecione outras fontes, como "
+"servidores FTP ou NFS. Se a instalação for realizada em uma rede com um "
+"servidor SLP, selecione uma das fontes de instalação disponíveis no servidor "
+"com esta opção."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Driver. Sim ou Não. O sistema tem conhecimento sobre a presença de um "
+"disco óptico com uma atualização do driver e irá requerer a sua inserção "
+"durante o processo de instalação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - opções de kernel. Esta é uma maneira para especificar as opções de "
+"acordo com o seu hardware e os drivers para usar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "modo UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+"Primeira tela durante a inicialização do sistema UEFI a partir do disco"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Você só tem a opção de executar Mageia no modo Live (primeira escolha) ou "
+"para processar a instalação (segunda opção)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você inicializou a partir de um pen drive USB, você tem duas linhas "
+"complementares que são uma cópia das linhas anteriores seguido de \"USB\". "
+"Você tem que escolhê-los."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Em cada caso, os primeiros passos serão os mesmos para escolher o idioma, "
+"fuso horário e teclado, em seguida, os processos diferem, com <link linkend="
+"\"testing\"> passos adicionais no modo Live </link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais "
+"para ajustar as suas escolhas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides "
+"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser "
+"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</"
+"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto "
+"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</"
+"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do "
+"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O "
+"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, "
+"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você "
+"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante "
+"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um "
+"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o "
+"mouse é passado sobre eles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Estação de trabalho."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Servidor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou "
+"remover pacotes manualmente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Leia <xref linkend = \"minimal-install\" /> para obter instruções sobre como "
+"fazer uma instalação mínima (sem ou com X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para "
+"personalizar a instalação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do "
+"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a "
+"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então "
+"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, "
+"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você "
+"inicializar seu sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e "
+"ver todos os serviços nele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas "
+"na caixa de informações abaixo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você "
+"no mesmo fuso horário."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local "
+"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-"
+"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/"
+"GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente "
+"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe "
+"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "fabricante"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "em seguida, o nome de sua placa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "e o tipo de placa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque "
+"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar "
+"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de "
+"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua "
+"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode "
+"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para "
+"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns "
+"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. "
+"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os "
+"seus primeiros reiniciam."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de "
+"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de "
+"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico "
+"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam "
+"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o "
+"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que "
+"a escolha é incorreta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua "
+"placa da lista, se necessário.."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor "
+"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou "
+"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se "
+"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e "
+"vertical do seu monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a "
+"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem "
+"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar "
+"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se "
+"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as "
+"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a "
+"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. "
+"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais "
+"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por "
+"ativar ou desativar várias opções."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente "
+"identificará corretamente o seu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode "
+"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem "
+"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, "
+"consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de "
+"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização "
+"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização "
+"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de "
+"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu "
+"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma "
+"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe "
+"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "o nome do fabricante do monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "a descrição do monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é "
+"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o "
+"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado "
+"automaticamente.  Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas "
+"seleções."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> "
+"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajuste o layout do seu disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, "
+"alterar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até "
+"mesmo ver o que está neles antes de começar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento "
+"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três "
+"deles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições "
+"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Para todas as outras ações: clique primeiro na partição desejada. Em "
+"seguida, visualize-o, ou escolha um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de "
+"montagem, redimensione-o ou limpe-o. <guibutton>Alternar para o modo "
+"especialista</guibutton> (ou <guibutton>modo Especialista </guibutton>) "
+"oferece mais algumas ferramentas para adicionar um rótulo ou para escolher "
+"um tipo de partição."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Continue até que você ajustar tudo como desejar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Click <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> quando estiver pronto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você estiver instalando o Mageia em um sistema UEFI, verifique se um ESP "
+"(EFI System Partition) está presente e montado corretamente em / boot / EFI "
+"(veja abaixo)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você estiver instalando o Mageia em um sistema Legacy / GPT, verifique se "
+"uma partição de inicialização do BIOS está presente com um tipo correto"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Particionamento"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as "
+"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde "
+"instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do "
+"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com "
+"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Usar o espaço livre"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá "
+"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o "
+"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da "
+"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de "
+"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A "
+"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado "
+"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido "
+"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos "
+"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É "
+"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Com esta opção, o instalador exibe a partição restante do Windows em azul "
+"claro e a futura partição Mageia em azul escuro com seus tamanhos destinados "
+"logo abaixo. Você tem a possibilidade de adaptar esses tamanhos, clicando e "
+"arrastando a lacuna entre as duas partições. Veja a captura de tela abaixo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Apagar e utilizar o Disco Inteiro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. "
+"Tenha cuidado!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já "
+"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta "
+"opção."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Personalizar Particionamento"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) "
+"rígido(s)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dimensionamento de partição:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"O instalador irá compartilhar o local disponível de acordo com as seguintes "
+"regras:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o local total disponível é menor do que 50 GB, apenas uma partição é "
+"criada para /, não haverá nenhuma partição separada para /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Se o local total disponível é de mais de 50GB, então três partições são "
+"criadas"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr "6/19 do espaço total disponível é atribuída a / com um máximo de 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 é alocado para área de troca com um máximo de 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "o restante (pelo menos 12/19) é atribuído ao /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso significa que a partir de 160 GB ou mais de espaço disponível, o "
+"instalador irá criar três partições: 50 GB para /, 4 GB de swap e o resto "
+"para /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você estiver usando um sistema UEFI, o ESP (EFI partição do sistema) será "
+"detectada automaticamente, ou criada se ela não existir ainda, e montada em /"
+"boot/EFI. A opção \"Custom\" é a única que permite verificar caso tenha sido "
+"feita corretamente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você estiver usando um sistema Legacy (como conhecido como CSM ou BIOS) "
+"com um disco GPT, você precisará criar uma partição de inicialização do Bios "
+"se não já existir. É uma cerca de 1 partição MiB sem ponto de montagem. "
+"Escolha <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/>a opção \"Particionamento de disco "
+"personalizado\" para poder criá-lo com o Instalador como qualquer outra "
+"partição, basta selecionar a partição de inicialização do BIOS como tipo de "
+"sistema de arquivos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao "
+"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de "
+"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi "
+"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um "
+"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos "
+"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento "
+"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Arredondar para\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um "
+"número par de megabytes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Instalação do LIVE CD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Janeiro 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "A documentação oficial para Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
+"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de "
+"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As "
+"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz "
+"durante a instalação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalando com DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Fevereiro 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Parabéns"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e "
+"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de "
+"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador "
+"(se você tiver mais de um)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua "
+"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Divirta-se!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para "
+"a Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Firewall"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta seção permite configurar algumas regras de firewall simples: eles "
+"determinam qual tipo de mensagem da Internet será aceita pelo sistema alvo. "
+"Isso, por sua vez, permite que os serviços correspondentes do sistema sejam "
+"acessíveis pela Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Na configuração padrão, nenhum botão está marcado - nenhum serviço do "
+"sistema é acessível da rede. O botão \"<emphasis>Tudo (sem firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" tem uma função específica: ele permite o acesso a todos os "
+"serviços da máquina - uma opção que não faz muito sentido no contexto do "
+"instalador, pois criaria um sistema totalmente desprotegido. O seu "
+"verdadeiro uso é o contexto do Mageia Control Center (que usa o mesmo layout "
+"GUI) para desabilitar temporariamente todo o conjunto de regras de firewall "
+"para fins de teste e depuração."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Todos os outros botões de verificação são mais ou menos auto-explicativos. "
+"Por exemplo, você verificará o botão \"servidor CUPS\" se desejar que as "
+"impressoras em sua máquina sejam acessíveis a partir da rede."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avançado</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"O conjunto de botões de verificação apenas compreende os serviços mais "
+"comuns. O botão \"Avançado\" permite habilitar mensagens que correspondem a "
+"um serviço para o qual não existe um botão de verificação. O botão "
+"\"<emphasis>Avançado</emphasis>\" abre uma janela onde você pode habilitar "
+"uma série de serviços digitando uma lista de casais (em branco)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> é o valor da porta atribuída ao "
+"serviço que você deseja habilitar (por exemplo, 873 para o serviço RSYNC) "
+"conforme definido no <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> é um do <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> ou "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - o protocolo de internet que é usado pelo serviço."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por exemplo, a entrada para permitir o acesso ao serviço RSYNC é, portanto, "
+"de <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Caso um serviço seja implementado para usar ambos os protocolos, você "
+"especifica 2 casais para a mesma porta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatação"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer "
+"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão "
+"salvos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser "
+"formatadas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que "
+"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</"
+"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à "
+"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas "
+"partições."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, o Instalador da Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia "
+"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando "
+"possível."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o "
+"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Primeira Tela da Instalação"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Usando um DVD Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui estão as telas de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia, o primeiro "
+"com um sistema legado e a segunda com um sistema UEFI:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela, você pode acessar as opções pressionando a letra \"e\" para "
+"entrar no \"modo de edição\". Para voltar a esta tela, pressione a tecla "
+"\"esc\" para sair sem salvar ou pressione a tecla \"Ctrl\" ou \"F10\" para "
+"sair com a gravação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Desta tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"A língua (para a instalação só, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida "
+"para o sistema), pressionar a tecla F2 (para modo herdado único)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/"
+"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de "
+"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> "
+"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3 (modo herdado apenas)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione algumas opções de kernel, pressionando o <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">F6</emphasis> chave para o modo de legado <emphasis role = \"bold\">ou</"
+"emphasis> a chave para o modo de UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando "
+"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha "
+"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro "
+"entradas:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de "
+"energia não é levado em conta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), "
+"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão "
+"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas "
+"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas  <guilabel>opções de inicialização</"
+"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicionar mais opções de kernel, pressionando a tecla F1 (apenas modo "
+"Legado)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um "
+"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione "
+"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione  "
+"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista "
+"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas  <guilabel>opções de "
+"inicialização</guilabel> linha."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para obter mais informações sobre as opções de kernel em sistemas legados e "
+"UEFI, consulte: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Usando uma Rede Cabeada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui está a tela padrão de boas-vindas quando se usa o CD de Instalação "
+"baseado em Rede Cabeada (imagens netinstall.iso ou netinstall-nonfree.iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos "
+"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em "
+"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "As etapas de instalação"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser "
+"seguido no painel lateral da tela."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões "
+"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente "
+"necessárias."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém "
+"explicações sobre a etapa atual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a "
+"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de "
+"fazer isso.  Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações "
+"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e "
+"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, "
+"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um "
+"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </"
+"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt "
+"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma.  Isto "
+"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar "
+"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-"
+"texto)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. "
+"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar "
+"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você "
+"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto"
+"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "A Instalação Congela"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema "
+"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware "
+"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle "
+"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser "
+"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "problema RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode "
+"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso "
+"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o "
+"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá "
+"especificar 256MB de RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "partições dinâmicas"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para "
+"formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível "
+"instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a "
+"documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/"
+"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Atualizações"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, "
+"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-"
+"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, "
+"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Tela de Login"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM login screen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Finalmente, você chegará à tela de login."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Digite seu nome de usuário e senha, e em poucos segundos você estará com o "
+"ambiente de trabalho KDE ou GNOME  carregado, dependendo de qual  Mídia você "
+"usou. Agora você pode começar a usar a sua instalação Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode encontrar outra parte de nossa documentação em <link linkend="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">o wiki Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os "
+"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você "
+"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais "
+"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez "
+"que ele contém a base da distribuição."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>  inclui pacotes que são "
+"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software "
+"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório "
+"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware "
+"de vários cartões WiFi, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob "
+"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é "
+"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns "
+"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários "
+"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo "
+"comercial, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Instalação Mínima"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na "
+"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups"
+"\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Se desejar, você também poderá marcar a opção \"seleção de pacotes "
+"individuais\" na mesma tela."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalação mínima é destinada para aqueles com usos específicos em mente "
+"para o seu <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou uma "
+"estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente vai usar esta opção "
+"combinada com a opção \"seleção de pacotes Individual\" mencionado acima, "
+"para afinar sua instalação, veja <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá "
+"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a "
+"documentação e o X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Se selecionado, \"Com X\" também incluirá IceWM como ambiente de trabalho "
+"leve."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"A documentação básica é fornecida sob a forma de páginas man e info. Nela "
+"contém as páginas man do <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man."
+"html\"> Projeto de Documentação do Linux </link> e  <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils </link> "
+"páginas info."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, "
+"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo "
+"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você "
+"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Como regra geral, as configurações padrão são recomendadas e você pode mantê-"
+"las com 3 exceções:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "há problemas conhecidos com uma configuração padrão"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "a configuração padrão já foi testada e falha"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "algo mais é informado nas seções detalhadas abaixo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Parâmetros do Sistema"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma "
+"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a "
+"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que saiba como configurar o Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus "
+"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no "
+"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar "
+"certas tarefas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um "
+"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Parâmetro de Hardware"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender "
+"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você notar um layout de teclado errado e quiser alterá-lo, lembre-se de "
+"que suas senhas também vão mudar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, "
+"tablets, trackballs, etc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar "
+"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, "
+"mas nenhum deles é o padrão."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Parâmetros de rede e internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Rede</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias "
+"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de "
+"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os "
+"repositórios de mídia Nonfree."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu "
+"firewall para ver aquela interface também."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a "
+"Internet.  Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um "
+"serviço proxy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os "
+"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Segurança"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos "
+"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Verifique a opção que melhor se adapta ao seu uso."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os "
+"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione os serviços que você deseja ter acesso ao seu sistema. Suas "
+"seleções dependerão do uso do computador. Para obter mais informações, "
+"consulte <xref linkend = \"firewall\" />."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Reboot"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uma vez instalado o bootloader, você será solicitado a interromper o "
+"computador, remover o CD ao vivo e reiniciar o computador, clicar em "
+"<emphasis role = \"bold\"> <guibutton> Concluir </guibutton> </emphasis> e "
+"agir como <emphasis role = \"bold\">nesta ordem!</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você reiniciar, você verá uma sucessão de barras de progresso de "
+"download. Isso indica que as listas de mídia de software estão sendo "
+"baixadas (consulte Gerenciamento de software)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionar  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partição"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar "
+"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Nível de Segurança"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de "
+"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Selecionar e usar ISOs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introdução"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia é distribuído através de imagens ISO. Esta página irá ajudá-lo a "
+"escolher qual imagem corresponde às suas necessidades."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Há duas famílias de mídia:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"instalador clássico: Depois de iniciar a mídia, ele irá seguir um processo "
+"que permite escolher o que instalar e como configurar o seu sistema de "
+"destino. Isto lhe dará máxima flexibilidade para uma instalação "
+"personalizada, em particular para escolher qual Ambiente de Trabalho irá "
+"instalar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Mídia Live: você pode inicializar a mídia em um sistema Mageia real sem "
+"instalá-lo, para ver o que você terá após a instalação. O processo de "
+"instalação é semelhante, mas você fará menos escolhas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Detalhes são fornecidos nas próximas seções."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Mídia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definição"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que "
+"você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte "
+"físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">aqui</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Classical installation media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "características comuns"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões "
+"anteriores."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Meios diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bits."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar "
+"Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non "
+"free."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Mídia Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalar em um disco "
+"rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu Disco Rígido."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de trabalho (Plasma, GNOME ou Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ISOs Live só pode ser usado para criar instalações "
+"limpas, eles não podem ser usados para atualizar a partir de versões "
+"anteriores.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Contêm software não livre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Live DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Ambiente de trabalho de plasma apenas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presentes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Arquitetura de 64 bits somente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Ambiente Desktop GNOME somente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Arquitetura de 64 bits somente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Live DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Xfce apenas ambiente de trabalho."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Mídia de CD somente de Inicialização"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é "
+"necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar DrakX-installer-"
+"stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e concluir a "
+"instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma unidade "
+"local, em uma rede local ou na Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a "
+"largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um "
+"drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Somente linguagem Inglês. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Contém apenas software livre, para aquelas pessoas que preferem não usar "
+"software não-livre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem "
+"precisa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Baixando e checando Mídia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Baixando"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de ter escolhido o sua ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou "
+"BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela fornece algumas informações, como "
+"o espelho em uso e uma oportunidade para alterar se a largura de banda é "
+"baixa. Se http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"Md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Use "
+"apenas um deles. Mantenha um deles <link linkend=\"integrity\">para uso "
+"posterior</link>. Em seguida, aparece uma janela semelhante a esta:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Verifique a de opção Salvar arquivo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Verificar a integridade da mídia baixada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambas as somas de verificação são números hexadecimais calculados por um "
+"algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pede a esses algoritmos para "
+"recalcular este número do seu arquivo baixado, você tem o mesmo número e seu "
+"arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você tem uma falha. "
+"Uma falha indica que você deve tentar novamente o download ou tentar fazer "
+"um reparo usando o BitTorrent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum caminho/"
+"para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum caminho/"
+"para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por "
+"um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Queimar ou despejar a ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um "
+"stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio "
+"de inicialização-poder."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Use o queimador que você desejar, mas assegure que o dispositivo de gravação "
+"está configurado corretamente para <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gravar Imagem</"
+"emphasis>, gravar dados ou arquivos não é correto. Há mais informações em "
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Wiki "
+"da Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' "
+"los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"o \"Dumping\" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de "
+"arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a "
+"capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve refazer partição e "
+"reformatar o dispositivo USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Usando uma ferramenta gráfica do Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Usando uma ferramenta gráfica do Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Você poderia tentar:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> usando "
+"a opção \"ISO image\" ;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Imagem "
+"do Disco Win32</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Usando linha de comando dentro de um sistema GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"É potencialmente *perigoso* fazer isso manualmente. Você corre o risco de "
+"sobrepor uma partição do disco se você iniciar o dispositivo de "
+"identificação errado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Abra um console"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a "
+"final '-')"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir "
+"qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativamente, você pode obter o nome do dispositivo com o comando "
+"<code>dmesg</code>: no final, você vê o nome do dispositivo que começa com "
+"<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, e <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> neste caso:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pen drive USB (pelo seu tamanho), "
+"por exemplo <code>/dev/sdb</code> na imagem acima, é um pen drive USB 8GB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Onde X=o nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Desligue o seu dispositivo USB, e pronto"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Selecione seu país / região"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de "
+"configurações, como a moeda e o domínio de regulamentação sem fio. Definir o "
+"país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</"
+"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, "
+"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma "
+"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua "
+"escolha real."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Método de entrada"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Na tela <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel>, você também pode selecionar um "
+"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem "
+"aos usuários inserir caracteres multilíngües (chinês, japonês, coreano, "
+"etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão, portanto, os usuários não precisam "
+"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) "
+"também fornecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou "
+"mídia HTTP / FTP antes da seleção do pacote."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, "
+"você pode acessá-la depois de inicializar o sistema instalado através de "
+"\"Configurar seu computador\" -> \"Sistema\" ou executando o localedrake "
+"como root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</"
+"application>.  ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Atualizar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em "
+"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a "
+"versão mais recente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda "
+"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi "
+"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já "
+"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da  vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor "
+"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</"
+"literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível "
+"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que "
+"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, "
+"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito "
+"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito "
+"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as "
+"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, "
+"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para "
+"reiniciar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você "
+"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de "
+"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Escolha um teclado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Você será solicitado à definir o layout de teclado que você deseja usar no "
+"Mageia. Um único padrão será selecionado de acordo com o idioma e fuso "
+"horário selecionados anteriormente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Teclado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado "
+"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. "
+"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas "
+"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. "
+"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também "
+"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</"
+"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</"
+"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do "
+"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode "
+"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você "
+"escolheu da lista completa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma "
+"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os "
+"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Por favor, escolha um idioma para usar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o "
+"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa "
+"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o "
+"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa "
+"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, "
+"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão "
+"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser "
+"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um "
+"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será "
+"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é "
+"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia usa o suporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"vários idiomas\" se você sabe que não é "
+"apropriado para seu idioma. Exibindo UTF-8 aplica-se a todos os idiomas "
+"instalados."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"É possível alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação em Centro de "
+"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar localização para seu sistema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Selecione o mouse"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode "
+"selecionar um diferente aqui."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 "
+"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> "
+"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais "
+"botões."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Para fazer isso, você precisa editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg ou "
+"usar o software grub-customizer (disponível nos repositórios Mageia)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informações, consulte o nosso wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/pt/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia </link >"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Interface do Bootloader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Por padrão, o Mageia usa exclusivamente:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (com ou sem menu gráfico) para um sistema Legacy / MBR ou Legacy / GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi para um sistema UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "O menu gráfico da Mageia é ótimo :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 em sistemas Legacy / MBR e Legacy / GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Não modifica o \"Boot Device\", a menos que realmente saber o que fazer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi nos sistemas UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Com um sistema UEFI, a interface do usuário é ligeiramente diferente, pois "
+"você não pode escolher entre com ou sem menu gráfico"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o Mageia é o único sistema instalado no seu computador, o instalador "
+"criou uma ESP (EFI System Partition) para receber o bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"Se já houver sistemas operacionais UEFI instalados no seu computador "
+"(Windows 8, por exemplo), o instalador Mageia detecta o ESP existente criado "
+"pelo Windows e adiciona o grub2-efi. Embora seja possível ter vários ESPs, "
+"apenas um é aconselhado e o suficiente, independentemente do número de "
+"sistemas operacionais que você tem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Usando o Gerenciador de Inicialização da Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Por padrão, de acordo com seu sistema, Mageia escreve um novo:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido ou na "
+"partição de boot do BIOS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi bootloader para o ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você já tiver outros sistemas operacionais instalados, o Mageia tentará "
+"adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização do Mageia. Se você não quiser "
+"este comportamento, clique em <guibutton>Next</guibutton> e desmarque a "
+"caixa <guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de "
+"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na "
+"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de "
+"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-"
+"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em "
+"questão."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Usando o carregamento de corrente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não quiser um Mageia inicializável, mas carregá-lo de outro sistema "
+"operacional, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>, em "
+"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Não toque ESP ou "
+"MBR</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Segurança</guilabel>: Permite-lhe definir uma palavra-passe para o "
+"gestor de arranque. Isso significa que outras pessoas não podem entrar no "
+"modo de usuário único ou alterar as configurações no momento da "
+"inicialização."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opções"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Primeira pagina"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Atraso antes de inicializar a imagem padrão</guilabel>: Esta caixa "
+"de texto permite definir um atraso em segundos antes que o sistema "
+"operacional padrão seja iniciado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Segurança</guilabel>: isso permite que você defina uma senha para "
+"o gerenciador de inicialização. Isso significa que um usuário e uma senha "
+"serão solicitados no momento de boot para selecionar uma entrada de "
+"inicialização ou alterar as configurações. O nome de usuário é \"root\" e a "
+"senha é escolhida aqui depois."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Esta caixa de texto é onde você realmente coloca "
+"a senha"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Digite novamente a senha e Drakx "
+"verificará se ela coincide com a definida acima."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilitar ACPI:</guilabel> A ACPI (Advanced Configuration and "
+"Power Interface) é um padrão para o gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode "
+"economizar energia por parar dispositivos não utilizados, este era o método "
+"usado antes APM. Desmarcar pode ser útil se, por exemplo, o computador não "
+"suportar ACPI ou se você acha que a implementação ACPI pode causar alguns "
+"problemas (por exemplo, reinicializações aleatórias ou travamentos do "
+"sistema)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ativar SMP</guilabel>: esta opção ativa / desativa o "
+"multiprocessamento simétrico para processadores multi-núcleo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ativar APIC</guilabel>: Ativar ou desativar o acesso do sistema "
+"operacional ao Controlador Avançado de Interrupção Programável. Os "
+"dispositivos APIC permitem modelos de prioridade mais complexos e "
+"gerenciamento de IRQ (Interrupt Request) avançado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ativar Local APIC</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir APIC local, "
+"que gerencia todas as interrupções externas para um processador específico "
+"em um sistema SMP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Próxima Pagina"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Padrão:</guilabel> Sistema operacional iniciado por padrão"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Anexar:</guilabel> Esta opção permite que você transmita as "
+"informações do kernel ou informe o kernel para fornecer mais informações à "
+"medida que inicia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Probe OS estrangeiros</guilabel>: veja acima <link linkend = "
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\"> Usando um gerenciador de boot Mageia </link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel> Modo de vídeo:</guilabel> Define o tamanho da tela ea "
+"profundidade de cor que o menu de inicialização usará. Se você clicar no "
+"triângulo para baixo, será oferecido outro tamanho e opções de profundidade "
+"de cor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role = \"bold\"> Não toque em ESP ou MBR </emphasis>: veja acima "
+"<link linkend = \"setupChainLoading\"> Usando o carregamento de corrente </"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não "
+"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de "
+"instalar os drivers necessários."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o "
+"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuração de Som"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som "
+"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a "
+"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar "
+"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de "
+"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar "
+"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da "
+"tela."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de "
+"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como "
+"resolver o problema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avançado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é "
+"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers "
+"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no "
+"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua "
+"escolha."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar "
+"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco "
+"rígido."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Teste Mageia com o sistema Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Modo Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Se você selecionou esta tela \"Boot Mageia\". Se não, você começa o passo da "
+"\" <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Etapa de particionamento</link>\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "testando hardware"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um dos objetivos do modo Live é testar se o hardware é gerenciado "
+"corretamente pelo Mageia. Você pode verificar se todos os dispositivos tem "
+"um driver na seção Hardware do centro de Controlo Mageia. Você pode testar "
+"os dispositivos mais atuais:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "interface de rede: configurar com net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "placa gráfica: se você viu a tela anterior, ela já está OK."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "webcam:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "Som: um jingle já foi reproduzido"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "Impressora: configurar e imprimir uma página de teste"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "Scanner: Digitalizar um documento a partir de..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Se tudo estiver OK, você pode processar para a instalação. Se não, você pode "
+"sair com a opção parar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"As definições de configuração que você fez aqui são mantidos na instalação."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Iniciar a instalação"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Para iniciar a instalação do Mageia LiveCD ou DVD Live para o disco rígido "
+"ou unidade SSD, basta clicar no ícone \"Instalar no Disco Rígido\". Você "
+"receberá esta tela, e em seguida as \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks"
+"\">etapa de particionamento</link>\", para a instalação direta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Desinstalando o Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Como"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Se Mageia não convencê-lo ou você não pode instalá-lo corretamente, em suma, "
+"você quer se livrar dele. Esse é o seu direito e Mageia também lhe dá a "
+"possibilidade de desinstalar. Isso não é verdade para cada sistema "
+"operacional."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Após o backup de dados, reinicie sua instalação Mageia DVD e selecione "
+"sistema de Resgate, então, a restauração do gerenciador de inicialização. Na "
+"próxima inicialização, você só vai ter o Windows sem opção de escolher o seu "
+"sistema operacional."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Para recuperar o espaço usado por divisórias Mageia no Windows, clique em "
+"<code>Iniciar -> Painel de Controle -> Ferramentas Administrativas -> "
+"Gerenciamento do Computador -> Armazenamento -> Gerenciamento de disco</"
+"code> para aceder à gestão partição. Você vai reconhecer a partição Mageia, "
+"porque eles são rotulados <guilabel>Desconhecido</guilabel>, e também pelo "
+"seu tamanho e lugar no disco. Botão direito do mouse sobre cada uma dessas "
+"partições e selecione <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton>. O espaço será liberado."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você estiver usando o Windows XP, você pode criar uma nova partição e "
+"formatá-lo (FAT32 ou NTFS). Ele vai receber uma carta de partição."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver Vista ou 7, você tem mais uma possibilidade, você pode "
+"estender a partição existente que está à esquerda do espaço libertado. Há "
+"outras ferramentas de particionamento que podem ser usados, como o GParted, "
+"disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha "
+"muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram "
+"incluídos no backup."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Manter ou apagar material não utilizado"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta etapa, o instalador procura os pacotes de localidades não utilizadas e "
+"os pacotes de hardware não utilizados. Em seguida, propõe-lhe para eliminá-"
+"los. É recomendável aceitar, exceto se você preparar uma instalação que tem "
+"de ser executado em hardware diferente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"O próximo passo é a cópia de arquivos no disco rígido. Isso leva alguns "
+"minutos. No final, você recebe uma tela em branco por algum tempo, isso é "
+"normal."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83f6c6c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalação do LIVE CD</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Janeiro 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">A documentação oficial para Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipe de
+Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Instalação do LIVE CD</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As
+telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz
+durante a instalação.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31afc404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalação do LIVE CD</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As
+telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz
+durante a instalação.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipe de
+Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4bf5d20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalando com DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Fevereiro 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">A documentação oficial para Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipe de
+Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalando com DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As
+telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz
+durante a instalação.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e69e317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalando com DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As
+telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz
+durante a instalação.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipe de
+Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bfe199da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Selecionar e usar ISOs</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introdução</title>
+    <para>Mageia é distribuído através de imagens ISO. Esta página irá ajudá-lo a
+escolher qual imagem corresponde às suas necessidades.</para>
+    <para>Há duas famílias de mídia:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>instalador clássico: Depois de iniciar a mídia, ele irá seguir um processo
+que permite escolher o que instalar e como configurar o seu sistema de
+destino. Isto lhe dará máxima flexibilidade para uma instalação
+personalizada, em particular para escolher qual Ambiente de Trabalho irá
+instalar.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Mídia Live: você pode inicializar a mídia em um sistema Mageia real sem
+instalá-lo, para ver o que você terá após a instalação. O processo de
+instalação é semelhante, mas você fará menos escolhas.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Detalhes são fornecidos nas próximas seções.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Mídia</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definição</title>
+      <para>Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que
+você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte
+físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para.</para>
+      <para>Você pode encontrá-los <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aqui</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Classical installation media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>características comuns</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões
+anteriores.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Meios diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar
+Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non
+free.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mídia Live</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>características comuns</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalar em um disco
+rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu Disco Rígido.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de trabalho (Plasma, GNOME ou Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Meios diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">ISOs Live só pode ser usado para criar instalações
+limpas, eles não podem ser usados para atualizar a partir de versões
+anteriores.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contêm software não livre.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ambiente de trabalho de plasma apenas.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Todas as línguas estão presentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Arquitetura de 64 bits somente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ambiente Desktop GNOME somente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Todas as línguas estão presentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Arquitetura de 64 bits somente</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce apenas ambiente de trabalho.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Todas as línguas estão presentes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bit</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mídia de CD somente de Inicialização</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>características comuns</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é
+necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar
+DrakX-installer-stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e
+concluir a instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma
+unidade local, em uma rede local ou na Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a
+largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um
+drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Meios diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bits.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Somente linguagem Inglês. </para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contém apenas software livre, para aquelas pessoas que preferem não usar
+software não-livre.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem
+precisa.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Baixando e checando Mídia</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Baixando</title>
+      <para>Depois de ter escolhido o sua ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou
+BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela fornece algumas informações, como
+o espelho em uso e uma oportunidade para alterar se a largura de banda é
+baixa. Se http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Use
+apenas um deles. Mantenha um deles <link linkend="integrity">para uso
+posterior</link>. Em seguida, aparece uma janela semelhante a esta:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Verifique a de opção Salvar arquivo.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Verificar a integridade da mídia baixada</title>
+      <para>Ambas as somas de verificação são números hexadecimais calculados por um
+algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pede a esses algoritmos para
+recalcular este número do seu arquivo baixado, você tem o mesmo número e seu
+arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você tem uma
+falha. Uma falha indica que você deve tentar novamente o download ou tentar
+fazer um reparo usando o BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:</para>
+      <para>- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum
+caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por
+um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Queimar ou despejar a ISO</title>
+    <para>A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um
+stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio
+de inicialização-poder.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use o queimador que você desejar, mas assegure que o dispositivo de gravação
+está configurado corretamente para <emphasis role="bold">Gravar
+Imagem</emphasis>, gravar dados ou arquivos não é correto. Há mais
+informações em <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Wiki da
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB </title>
+      <para>Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar'
+los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>o "Dumping" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de
+arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a
+capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve refazer partição e
+reformatar o dispositivo USB.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Usando uma ferramenta gráfica do Mageia</title>
+        <para>Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Usando uma ferramenta gráfica do Windows</title>
+        <para>Você poderia tentar:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> usando a
+opção "ISO image" ;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Imagem do
+Disco Win32</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Usando linha de comando dentro de um sistema GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>É potencialmente *perigoso* fazer isso manualmente. Você corre o risco de
+sobrepor uma partição do disco se você iniciar o dispositivo de
+identificação errado.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Abra um console</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a
+final '-')</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir
+qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternativamente, você pode obter o nome do dispositivo com o comando
+<code>dmesg</code>: no final, você vê o nome do dispositivo que começa com
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, e <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> neste caso:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pen drive USB (pelo seu tamanho),
+por exemplo <code>/dev/sdb</code> na imagem acima, é um pen drive USB 8GB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Onde X=o nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Desligue o seu dispositivo USB, e pronto</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f5d03efb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licenças e Notas de Lançamento</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Acordo de Licença</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os
+termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente.</para>
+
+    <para>Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição
+<application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você
+possa continuar.</para>
+
+    <para>Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida,
+clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a
+procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Notas de Lançamento</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Informações importantes são fornecidas sobre esta versão do
+<application>Mageia</application> e são acessíveis clicando no botão
+<guibutton>Notas da versão</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf357961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Definir senha do administrador (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application>
+definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a
+<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma
+senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para
+amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que
+você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na
+caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver
+digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Todas as senhas são "case sensitive" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e
+minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e
+minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Digite um usuário</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Adicione um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o
+superusuário (raiz), mas o suficiente para usar a internet, aplicativos de
+escritório ou jogar jogos e tudo o que o usuário médio faz com seu
+computador</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão, ele irá mudar o
+ícone do usuário.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nome Real</guilabel>: Insira o nome real do usuário nesta caixa de
+texto.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do
+usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de
+login é "case sensitive".</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto, você deve digitar a senha
+do usuário. Há uma blindagem na extremidade da caixa de texto que indica a
+força da senha. (Veja também o <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa
+de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das
+caixas de texto de senha do usuário.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Qualquer usuário que você adicionar ao instalar Mageia, terá um diretório
+home protegido tanto de leitura quanto de escrita (umask = 0027).</para>
+      <para>Você pode adicionar todos os usuários extras necessários na etapa <emphasis>
+Configuração - Resumo </emphasis> durante a instalação. Escolha <emphasis>
+Gerenciamento de usuários </emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Gerenciamento Avançado de Usuários</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Se teclar em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> você é direcionado a uma tela
+que permite que você edite as configurações para o usuário que você está
+adicionando.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Além disso, você pode desativar ou ativar uma conta de convidado.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal>
+será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos
+importantes em um pendrive USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou
+desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um
+convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os
+usuários normais.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o
+shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as
+opções são Bash, Dash e Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário
+para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um
+número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do
+grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em
+branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de68e76b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode
+adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota.  A
+fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção
+durante os próximos passos.</para>
+
+  <para>Para instalação via rede, siga os seguintes passos:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Escolha e ativação da rede, caso não esteja disponível. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando
+um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia,
+como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates.  Informando uma URL, você
+pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento
+NFS de instalação.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Se você estiver atualizando uma instalação de 64 bits que pode conter alguns
+pacotes de 32 bits, é aconselhável usar esta tela para adicionar uma midia
+on-line marcando um dos protocolos de rede aqui. A Iso de 64 bits do DVD
+contém somente pacotes de 64 bits e noarch, não será capaz de atualizar os
+pacotes de 32 bits. No entanto, depois de adicionar uma midia on-line, o
+instalador encontrará os pacotes de 32 bits necessários lá.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa8e0be7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Escolha os pontos de montagem</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se
+você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você
+pode alterar os pontos de montagem.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição
+<literal>/</literal> (root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Cada partição é mostrada como segue: "Dispositivo" ("Capacidade", "Ponto de
+montagem", "Tipo").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Dispositivo", é composto de: "disco rígido", ["número do disco rígido"
+(letra)], "número da partição" (por exemplo, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem
+diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como
+<literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e
+<literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de
+montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você
+deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a
+partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da
+Mageia em desenvolvimento).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do
+ponto de montagem em branco.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do
+que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do
+particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em
+uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em
+<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s)
+partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..649ec670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Configurações do relógio</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Nesta etapa, você tem que escolher em que momento o seu relógio interno está
+definido, a hora local ou UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>Na opção Avançado, você vai encontrar mais opções sobre definições do
+relógio.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f4bf7aac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Boot para  Mageia com sistema Live</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Inicializando o ambiente</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">A partir de um disco</title></info><para>Você pode iniciar diretamente a partir da mídia que usou para queimar sua
+imagem (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM ...). Você normalmente só precisa inseri-lo na
+unidade de CD/DVD para o bootloader para iniciar a instalação
+automaticamente após a reinicialização do computador. Se isso não acontecer
+pode ser necessário reconfigurar o sua BIOS ou pressionar uma chave que irá
+oferecer-lhe para escolher o periférico a partir do qual o computador irá
+arrancar.</para><para>De acordo com o hardware que você tem, e como ele está configurado, você
+verá uma das duas telas abaixo.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">A partir de um dispositivo USB</title></info><para>Você pode iniciar a partir do dispositivo USB no qual você colocou sua
+imagem ISO. De acordo com as definições da BIOS, o computador provavelmente
+inicializará diretamente pelo dispositivo USB já conectado em uma porta. Se
+isso não acontecer pode ser necessário reconfigurar a sua BIOS ou pressionar
+uma tecla que irá oferecer-lhe opções para escolher o dispositivo a partir
+do qual o computador irá iniciar.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">No modo BIOS/CSM/Legacy</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Primeira tela durante a inicialização no modo BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>No menu central, você tem a escolha entre três ações:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Inicialização Mageia: Isso significa que Mageia 5 vai começar a partir da
+mídia conectada (CD/ DVD ou dispositivo USB) sem gravar nada no disco, por
+isso esperamos um sistema muito lento. Uma vez que a inicialização for
+feita, você pode ir para a instalação em um disco rígido.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Instalar Mageia: Esta opção irá instalar Mageia diretamente  em um disco
+rígido.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Inicialização do disco rígido: Esta opção permite inicializar a partir de
+disco rígido, como de costume, quando não há mídia (CD/DVD ou dispositivo
+USB) ligado. (Não funciona com Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>No menu inferior estão as opções de inicialização:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Ajuda. Explicar as opções "splash", "APM", "ACPI" e "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Linguagem. Escolha o idioma das telas de exibição.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Resolução da tela. Escolha entre texto, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-ROM ou outro. Normalmente, a instalação é executada a partir
+da mídia de instalação inserida. Aqui, selecione outras fontes, como
+servidores FTP ou NFS. Se a instalação for realizada em uma rede com um
+servidor SLP, selecione uma das fontes de instalação disponíveis no servidor
+com esta opção.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Sim ou Não. O sistema tem conhecimento sobre a presença de um
+disco óptico com uma atualização do driver e irá requerer a sua inserção
+durante o processo de instalação.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - opções de kernel. Esta é uma maneira para especificar as opções de
+acordo com o seu hardware e os drivers para usar.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">modo UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Primeira tela durante a inicialização do sistema UEFI a partir do disco</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Você só tem a opção de executar Mageia no modo Live (primeira escolha) ou
+para processar a instalação (segunda opção).</para><para>Se você inicializou a partir de um pen drive USB, você tem duas linhas
+complementares que são uma cópia das linhas anteriores seguido de
+"USB". Você tem que escolhê-los.</para><para>Em cada caso, os primeiros passos serão os mesmos para escolher o idioma,
+fuso horário e teclado, em seguida, os processos diferem, com <link
+linkend="testing"> passos adicionais no modo Live </link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ddbd5516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Seleção de Área de Trabalho</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais
+para ajustar as suas escolhas.</para>
+
+  <para>Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides
+durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser
+desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho
+<application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos
+vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque
+<guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se
+você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes
+ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve
+que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes
+instalado por padrão.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..763ec6fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você
+precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante
+autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um
+está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o
+mouse é passado sobre eles.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Estação de trabalho.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Servidor.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ambiente Gráfico.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou
+remover pacotes manualmente.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Leia <xref linkend = "minimal-install" /> para obter instruções sobre como
+fazer uma instalação mínima (sem ou com X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e77d0bf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Escolha Pacotes Individuais</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para
+personalizar a instalação.</para>
+
+    <para>Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do
+<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a
+sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então
+usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema,
+pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8a1691a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configurar os seus serviços</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você
+inicializar seu sistema.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e
+ver todos os serviços nele.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas
+na caixa de informações abaixo.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a91645d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configure o seu fuso horário</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você
+no mesmo fuso horário.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local
+ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador,
+certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos
+para a UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1e7aa08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente
+identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo.</para>
+
+  <para>Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe
+identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>fabricante</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>em seguida, o nome de sua placa</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>e o tipo de placa</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque
+ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar
+um driver adequado na categoria Xorg</para>
+
+  <para>A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de
+código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua
+placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos.</para>
+
+  <para>Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode
+ter acesso à interface de linha de comando.</para>
+
+  <para>Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para
+Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns
+casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas.</para>
+
+  <para>O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para
+acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto
+depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51984553
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de
+desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da
+<application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de
+interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou
+simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente
+gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir
+precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver
+que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você
+acha que a escolha é incorreta.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua
+placa da lista, se necessário..</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor
+a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou
+<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se
+você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e
+vertical do seu monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a
+resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem
+sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar
+suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se
+suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder "sim", e as
+configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a
+tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar
+bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais
+segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por
+ativar ou desativar várias opções.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46c02add
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Escolhendo seu Monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente
+identificará corretamente o seu.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode
+danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem
+conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas,
+consulte a documentação de seu monitor.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de
+atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização
+vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização
+horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de
+monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu
+equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma
+configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe
+identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>fabricante</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>o nome do fabricante do monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>a descrição do monitor</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generic</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como
+1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é
+frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o
+driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado
+automaticamente.  Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas
+seleções.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a9b9fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal>
+(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição
+<literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição
+<literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não
+inicializará.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Ajuste o layout do seu disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições,
+alterar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até
+mesmo ver o que está neles antes de começar.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento
+detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três
+deles. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições
+no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Para todas as outras ações: clique primeiro na partição desejada. Em
+seguida, visualize-o, ou escolha um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de
+montagem, redimensione-o ou limpe-o. <guibutton>Alternar para o modo
+especialista</guibutton> (ou <guibutton>modo Especialista </guibutton>)
+oferece mais algumas ferramentas para adicionar um rótulo ou para escolher
+um tipo de partição. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continue até que você ajustar tudo como desejar.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Click <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> quando estiver pronto.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Se você estiver instalando o Mageia em um sistema UEFI, verifique se um ESP
+(EFI System Partition) está presente e montado corretamente em / boot / EFI
+(veja abaixo)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Se você estiver instalando o Mageia em um sistema Legacy / GPT, verifique se
+uma partição de inicialização do BIOS está presente com um tipo correto</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9965f65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Particionamento</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as
+soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde
+instalar <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do
+conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s).</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Utilizar as partições existentes</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com
+o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Usar o espaço livre</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá
+usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o
+instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da
+Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de
+ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A
+partição deve ser "limpa", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado
+corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido
+desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos
+da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É
+altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais.</para><para>Com esta opção, o instalador exibe a partição restante do Windows em azul
+claro e a futura partição Mageia em azul escuro com seus tamanhos destinados
+logo abaixo. Você tem a possibilidade de adaptar esses tamanhos, clicando e
+arrastando a lacuna entre as duas partições. Veja a captura de tela abaixo.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Apagar e utilizar o Disco Inteiro.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido
+selecionado. Tenha cuidado!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já
+tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta
+opção.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Personalizar Particionamento</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s)
+rígido(s).</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Dimensionamento de partição:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>O instalador irá compartilhar o local disponível de acordo com as seguintes
+regras:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Se o local total disponível é menor do que 50 GB, apenas uma partição é
+criada para /, não haverá nenhuma partição separada para /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Se o local total disponível é de mais de 50GB, então três partições são
+criadas</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 do espaço total disponível é atribuída a / com um máximo de 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 é alocado para área de troca com um máximo de 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>o restante (pelo menos 12/19) é atribuído ao /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Isso significa que a partir de 160 GB ou mais de espaço disponível, o
+instalador irá criar três partições: 50 GB para /, 4 GB de swap e o resto
+para /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Se você estiver usando um sistema UEFI, o ESP (EFI partição do sistema) será
+detectada automaticamente, ou criada se ela não existir ainda, e montada em
+/boot/EFI. A opção "Custom" é a única que permite verificar caso tenha sido
+feita corretamente</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Se você estiver usando um sistema Legacy (como conhecido como CSM ou BIOS)
+com um disco GPT, você precisará criar uma partição de inicialização do Bios
+se não já existir. É uma cerca de 1 partição MiB sem ponto de
+montagem. Escolha <xref linkend="diskdrake"/>a opção "Particionamento de
+disco personalizado" para poder criá-lo com o Instalador como qualquer outra
+partição, basta selecionar a partição de inicialização do BIOS como tipo de
+sistema de arquivos.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao
+invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de
+hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi
+testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um
+erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos
+o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento
+alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:</para>
+    <para>"Arredondar para" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um
+número par de megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d560daf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Parabéns</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e
+agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de
+inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador
+(se você tiver mais de um).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua
+instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Divirta-se!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para
+a Mageia.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16bb918a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Firewall</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">Esta seção permite configurar algumas regras de firewall simples: eles
+determinam qual tipo de mensagem da Internet será aceita pelo sistema
+alvo. Isso, por sua vez, permite que os serviços correspondentes do sistema
+sejam acessíveis pela Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>Na configuração padrão, nenhum botão está marcado - nenhum serviço do
+sistema é acessível da rede. O botão "<emphasis>Tudo (sem
+firewall)</emphasis>" tem uma função específica: ele permite o acesso a
+todos os serviços da máquina - uma opção que não faz muito sentido no
+contexto do instalador, pois criaria um sistema totalmente desprotegido. O
+seu verdadeiro uso é o contexto do Mageia Control Center (que usa o mesmo
+layout GUI) para desabilitar temporariamente todo o conjunto de regras de
+firewall para fins de teste e depuração.</para>
+
+  <para>Todos os outros botões de verificação são mais ou menos
+auto-explicativos. Por exemplo, você verificará o botão "servidor CUPS" se
+desejar que as impressoras em sua máquina sejam acessíveis a partir da rede.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Avançado</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>O conjunto de botões de verificação apenas compreende os serviços mais
+comuns. O botão "Avançado" permite habilitar mensagens que correspondem a um
+serviço para o qual não existe um botão de verificação. O botão
+"<emphasis>Avançado</emphasis>" abre uma janela onde você pode habilitar uma
+série de serviços digitando uma lista de casais (em branco)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt; port-number></emphasis> é o valor da porta atribuída ao
+serviço que você deseja habilitar (por exemplo, 873 para o serviço RSYNC)
+conforme definido no <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt; protocol></emphasis> é um do <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> ou
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - o protocolo de internet que é usado pelo serviço.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Por exemplo, a entrada para permitir o acesso ao serviço RSYNC é, portanto,
+de <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Caso um serviço seja implementado para usar ambos os protocolos, você
+especifica 2 casais para a mesma porta.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..140ddf24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatação</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer
+dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão
+salvos.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser
+formatadas.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que
+você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em
+<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em
+<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida,
+<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela
+você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em
+<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8960f47a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Atualizações</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada,
+alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e
+instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso
+agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..817506f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, o Instalador da Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia
+foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando
+possível.</para>
+
+  <para>A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o
+instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Primeira Tela da Instalação</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Usando um DVD Mageia</title>
+
+      <para>Aqui estão as telas de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia, o primeiro
+com um sistema legado e a segunda com um sistema UEFI:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Nesta tela, você pode acessar as opções pressionando a letra "e" para entrar
+no "modo de edição". Para voltar a esta tela, pressione a tecla "esc" para
+sair sem salvar ou pressione a tecla "Ctrl" ou "F10" para sair com a
+gravação.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Desta tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>A língua (para a instalação só, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida
+para o sistema), pressionar a tecla F2 (para modo herdado único)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD
+Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de
+Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel>
+ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3 (modo herdado apenas).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Adicione algumas opções de kernel, pressionando o <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> chave para o modo de legado <emphasis role =
+"bold">ou</emphasis> a chave para o modo de UEFI.</para>
+
+            <para>Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando
+uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha
+chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro
+entradas:</para>
+
+            <para>- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão.</para>
+
+            <para>- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão.</para>
+
+            <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de
+energia não é levado em conta.</para>
+
+            <para>- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável),
+trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu.</para>
+
+            <para>Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão
+exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas
+com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas  <guilabel>opções de
+inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em
+conta.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Adicionar mais opções de kernel, pressionando a tecla F1 (apenas modo
+Legado).</para>
+
+            <para>Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um
+com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione
+a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione
+<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista
+de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas  <guilabel>opções de
+inicialização</guilabel> linha.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Para obter mais informações sobre as opções de kernel em sistemas legados e
+UEFI, consulte: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Usando uma Rede Cabeada</title>
+
+      <para>Aqui está a tela padrão de boas-vindas quando se usa o CD de Instalação
+baseado em Rede Cabeada (imagens netinstall.iso ou netinstall-nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+      <para>Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos
+na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em
+rede com fio, consulte <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install"> o Mageia Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>O layout do teclado é o americano.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>As etapas de instalação</title>
+
+    <para>O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser
+seguido no painel lateral da tela.</para>
+
+    <para>Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões
+<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente
+necessárias.</para>
+
+    <para>A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém
+explicações sobre a etapa atual.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a
+instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de
+fazer isso.  Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações
+começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e
+reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto,
+você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um
+terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2
+</guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt
+Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Sem Interface Gráfica</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma.  Isto
+pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar
+uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt
+(modo-texto).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser
+possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para
+utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com
+ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra
+"boot:". Digite "texto" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação
+em modo texto.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>A Instalação Congela</title>
+
+      <para>Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema
+com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware
+pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle
+<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser
+combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>problema RAM</title>
+
+      <para>Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode
+relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso
+manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o
+a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá
+especificar 256MB de RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>partições dinâmicas</title>
+
+      <para>Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato "básico" para formato
+"dinâmico" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar
+Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a
+documentação da Microsoft: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2815f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Tela de Login</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM login screen</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finalmente, você chegará à tela de login.</para><para>Digite seu nome de usuário e senha, e em poucos segundos você estará com o
+ambiente de trabalho KDE ou GNOME  carregado, dependendo de qual  Mídia você
+usou. Agora você pode começar a usar a sua instalação Mageia.</para><para>Você pode encontrar outra parte de nossa documentação em <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">o wiki
+Mageia</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cc8e2e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os
+repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você
+estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais
+pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez
+que ele contém a base da distribuição.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>  inclui pacotes que são
+gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software
+de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório
+inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware
+de vários cartões WiFi, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob
+licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é
+que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns
+países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários
+arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo
+comercial, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..295114dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instalação Mínima</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na
+tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Se desejar, você também poderá marcar a opção "seleção de pacotes
+individuais" na mesma tela.</para>
+  <para>Instalação mínima é destinada para aqueles com usos específicos em mente
+para o seu <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou uma
+estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente vai usar esta opção
+combinada com a opção "seleção de pacotes Individual" mencionado acima, para
+afinar sua instalação, veja <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá
+oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a
+documentação e o X.</para>
+  <para>Se selecionado, "Com X" também incluirá IceWM como ambiente de trabalho
+leve.</para>
+  <para>A documentação básica é fornecida sob a forma de páginas man e info. Nela
+contém as páginas man do <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html"> Projeto de Documentação
+do Linux </link> e  <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU coreutils
+</link> páginas info.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a376d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Resumo de diversos parâmetros</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema,
+dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo
+DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você
+quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Como regra geral, as configurações padrão são recomendadas e você pode
+mantê-las com 3 exceções:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>há problemas conhecidos com uma configuração padrão</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>a configuração padrão já foi testada e falha</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>algo mais é informado nas seções detalhadas abaixo</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Parâmetros do Sistema</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma
+preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>País / Região</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a
+configuração. Ver <xref linkend="selectCountry"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Não altere nada, a menos que saiba como configurar o Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend="setupBootloader"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus
+próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no
+background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar
+certas tarefas.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um
+erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente.</para>
+
+        <para>Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Parâmetro de Hardware</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender
+do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Se você notar um layout de teclado errado e quiser alterá-lo, lembre-se de
+que suas senhas também vão mudar.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores,
+tablets, trackballs, etc</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar
+um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa,
+mas nenhum deles é o padrão.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"></xref>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Parâmetros de rede e internet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Rede</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias
+non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de
+Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os
+repositórios de mídia Nonfree.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu
+firewall para ver aquela interface também.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a
+Internet.  Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um
+serviço proxy.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os
+parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Segurança</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos
+casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Verifique a opção que melhor se adapta ao seu uso.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os
+patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Selecione os serviços que você deseja ter acesso ao seu sistema. Suas
+seleções dependerão do uso do computador. Para obter mais informações,
+consulte <xref linkend = "firewall" />.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b107a4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Reboot</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Uma vez instalado o bootloader, você será solicitado a interromper o
+computador, remover o CD ao vivo e reiniciar o computador, clicar em
+<emphasis role = "bold"> <guibutton> Concluir </guibutton> </emphasis> e
+agir como <emphasis role = "bold">nesta ordem!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Quando você reiniciar, você verá uma sucessão de barras de progresso de
+download. Isso indica que as listas de mídia de software estão sendo
+baixadas (consulte Gerenciamento de software).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a353158a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Redimensionar
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Você tem mais de uma partição
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual
+deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6416f26d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Nível de Segurança</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de
+segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle
+Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..acbd4692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Selecione seu país / região</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de
+configurações, como a moeda e o domínio de regulamentação sem fio. Definir o
+país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros
+Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>,
+depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma
+primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua
+escolha real.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Método de entrada</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">Na tela <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel>, você também pode selecionar um
+método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem
+aos usuários inserir caracteres multilíngües (chinês, japonês, coreano,
+etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão, portanto, os usuários não precisam
+configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc)
+também fornecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou
+mídia HTTP / FTP antes da seleção do pacote.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação,
+você pode acessá-la depois de inicializar o sistema instalado através de
+"Configurar seu computador" -> "Sistema" ou executando o localedrake como
+root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87a6560e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalar ou atualizar</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instalar</para>
+
+      <para>Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação
+<application>Mageia</application>.  .</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Atualizar</para>
+
+      <para>Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em
+seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a
+versão mais recente.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda
+suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi
+exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já
+tinha chegado ao fim	of da  vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor
+fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição
+<literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível
+reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que
+a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas,
+o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito
+bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito
+certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as
+três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso,
+pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para
+reiniciar.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você
+pode retornar a partir da tela "Instalar ou Atualizar" para a tela de
+escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na
+instalação.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a1716d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Teclado</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado
+adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos
+EUA.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" align="center" >
+</imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de
+teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas
+especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do
+computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o
+layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em
+<guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o
+seu teclado lá.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo
+<guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de
+diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi
+escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O
+teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma
+tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os
+layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6924aba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Escolha um teclado</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Você será solicitado à definir o layout de teclado que você deseja usar no
+Mageia. Um único padrão será selecionado de acordo com o idioma e fuso
+horário selecionados anteriormente.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79df0c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Por favor, escolha um idioma para usar</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o
+seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa
+seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o
+seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa
+seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema,
+para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão
+<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser
+difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um
+deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será
+marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é
+aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia usa o suporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Isso pode ser desativado na tela "vários idiomas" se você sabe que não é
+apropriado para seu idioma. Exibindo UTF-8 aplica-se a todos os idiomas
+instalados.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>É possível alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação em Centro de
+Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar localização para seu sistema.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a11575f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Selecione o mouse</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="selectMouse-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode
+selecionar um diferente aqui.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2
+ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel>
+para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais
+botões.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c905d082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Interface do Bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>Por padrão, o Mageia usa exclusivamente:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (com ou sem menu gráfico) para um sistema Legacy / MBR ou Legacy / GPT</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi para um sistema UEFI.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>O menu gráfico da Mageia é ótimo :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 em sistemas Legacy / MBR e Legacy / GPT</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Não modifica o "Boot Device", a menos que realmente saber o que fazer.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi nos sistemas UEFI</title>
+
+      <para>Com um sistema UEFI, a interface do usuário é ligeiramente diferente, pois
+você não pode escolher entre com ou sem menu gráfico</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Se o Mageia é o único sistema instalado no seu computador, o instalador
+criou uma ESP (EFI System Partition) para receber o bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). Se já houver sistemas operacionais UEFI instalados no seu
+computador (Windows 8, por exemplo), o instalador Mageia detecta o ESP
+existente criado pelo Windows e adiciona o grub2-efi. Embora seja possível
+ter vários ESPs, apenas um é aconselhado e o suficiente, independentemente
+do número de sistemas operacionais que você tem.</para>
+
+      <para>Não modifica o "Boot Device", a menos que realmente saber o que fazer.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Usando o Gerenciador de Inicialização da Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>Por padrão, de acordo com seu sistema, Mageia escreve um novo:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido ou na
+partição de boot do BIOS.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader para o ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Se você já tiver outros sistemas operacionais instalados, o Mageia tentará
+adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização do Mageia. Se você não quiser
+este comportamento, clique em <guibutton>Next</guibutton> e desmarque a
+caixa <guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente</title>
+
+    <para>O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de
+Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na
+maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de
+instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e
+adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema
+operacional em questão.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Usando o carregamento de corrente</title>
+
+    <para>Se você não quiser um Mageia inicializável, mas carregá-lo de outro sistema
+operacional, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>, em
+<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Não toque ESP ou
+MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para><guilabel>Segurança</guilabel>: Permite-lhe definir uma palavra-passe para o
+gestor de arranque. Isso significa que outras pessoas não podem entrar no
+modo de usuário único ou alterar as configurações no momento da
+inicialização.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Opções</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Primeira pagina</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Atraso antes de inicializar a imagem padrão</guilabel>: Esta caixa
+de texto permite definir um atraso em segundos antes que o sistema
+operacional padrão seja iniciado.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Segurança</guilabel>: isso permite que você defina uma senha para
+o gerenciador de inicialização. Isso significa que um usuário e uma senha
+serão solicitados no momento de boot para selecionar uma entrada de
+inicialização ou alterar as configurações. O nome de usuário é "root" e a
+senha é escolhida aqui depois.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Esta caixa de texto é onde você realmente coloca
+a senha</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Digite novamente a senha e Drakx
+verificará se ela coincide com a definida acima.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Avançado</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Habilitar ACPI:</guilabel> A ACPI (Advanced Configuration and
+Power Interface) é um padrão para o gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode
+economizar energia por parar dispositivos não utilizados, este era o método
+usado antes APM. Desmarcar pode ser útil se, por exemplo, o computador não
+suportar ACPI ou se você acha que a implementação ACPI pode causar alguns
+problemas (por exemplo, reinicializações aleatórias ou travamentos do
+sistema).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Ativar SMP</guilabel>: esta opção ativa / desativa o
+multiprocessamento simétrico para processadores multi-núcleo.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Ativar APIC</guilabel>: Ativar ou desativar o acesso do sistema
+operacional ao Controlador Avançado de Interrupção Programável. Os
+dispositivos APIC permitem modelos de prioridade mais complexos e
+gerenciamento de IRQ (Interrupt Request) avançado.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Ativar Local APIC</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir APIC local,
+que gerencia todas as interrupções externas para um processador específico
+em um sistema SMP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Próxima Pagina</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Padrão:</guilabel> Sistema operacional iniciado por padrão</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Anexar:</guilabel> Esta opção permite que você transmita as
+informações do kernel ou informe o kernel para fornecer mais informações à
+medida que inicia.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe OS estrangeiros</guilabel>: veja acima <link linkend =
+"setupMageiaBootloader"> Usando um gerenciador de boot Mageia </link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Avançado</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel> Modo de vídeo:</guilabel> Define o tamanho da tela ea
+profundidade de cor que o menu de inicialização usará. Se você clicar no
+triângulo para baixo, será oferecido outro tamanho e opções de profundidade
+de cor.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role = "bold"> Não toque em ESP ou MBR </emphasis>: veja acima
+<link linkend = "setupChainLoading"> Usando o carregamento de corrente
+</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3af169db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Para fazer isso, você precisa editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg ou
+usar o software grub-customizer (disponível nos repositórios Mageia).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Para mais informações, consulte o nosso wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/pt/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia
+</link ></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa21c9a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Detecção de disco rígido</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não
+detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de
+instalar os drivers necessários.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o
+dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b27702bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Configuração de Som</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som
+foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão.</para>
+
+  <para>O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a
+instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar
+<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de
+Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar
+em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da
+tela.</para>
+
+  <para>Em seguida, no draksound ou "Configuração de Som", ferramentas, clique em
+<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de
+problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como
+resolver o problema.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avançado</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é
+útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers
+disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado.</para>
+
+    <para>Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no
+<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..abef28ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua
+escolha.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar
+todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco
+rígido.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4718d961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Teste Mageia com o sistema Live</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Modo Live</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Se você selecionou esta tela "Boot Mageia". Se não, você começa o passo da "
+<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Etapa de particionamento</link>"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">testando hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Um dos objetivos do modo Live é testar se o hardware é gerenciado
+corretamente pelo Mageia. Você pode verificar se todos os dispositivos tem
+um driver na seção Hardware do centro de Controlo Mageia. Você pode testar
+os dispositivos mais atuais:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>interface de rede: configurar com net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>placa gráfica: se você viu a tela anterior, ela já está OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Som: um jingle já foi reproduzido</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Impressora: configurar e imprimir uma página de teste</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Scanner: Digitalizar um documento a partir de...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Se tudo estiver OK, você pode processar para a instalação. Se não, você pode
+sair com a opção parar.</para>
+
+      <remark>As definições de configuração que você fez aqui são mantidos na instalação.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Iniciar a instalação</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Para iniciar a instalação do Mageia LiveCD ou DVD Live para o disco rígido
+ou unidade SSD, basta clicar no ícone "Instalar no Disco Rígido". Você
+receberá esta tela, e em seguida as "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">etapa
+de particionamento</link>", para a instalação direta.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb09c557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Desinstalando o Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Como</title>
+
+    <para>Se Mageia não convencê-lo ou você não pode instalá-lo corretamente, em suma,
+você quer se livrar dele. Esse é o seu direito e Mageia também lhe dá a
+possibilidade de desinstalar. Isso não é verdade para cada sistema
+operacional.</para>
+
+    <para>Após o backup de dados, reinicie sua instalação Mageia DVD e selecione
+sistema de Resgate, então, a restauração do gerenciador de inicialização. Na
+próxima inicialização, você só vai ter o Windows sem opção de escolher o seu
+sistema operacional.</para>
+
+    <para>Para recuperar o espaço usado por divisórias Mageia no Windows, clique em
+<code>Iniciar -> Painel de Controle -> Ferramentas Administrativas ->
+Gerenciamento do Computador -> Armazenamento -> Gerenciamento de
+disco</code> para aceder à gestão partição. Você vai reconhecer a partição
+Mageia, porque eles são rotulados <guilabel>Desconhecido</guilabel>, e
+também pelo seu tamanho e lugar no disco. Botão direito do mouse sobre cada
+uma dessas partições e selecione <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton>. O espaço
+será liberado.</para>
+
+    <para>Se você estiver usando o Windows XP, você pode criar uma nova partição e
+formatá-lo (FAT32 ou NTFS). Ele vai receber uma carta de partição.</para>
+
+    <para>Se você tiver Vista ou 7, você tem mais uma possibilidade, você pode
+estender a partição existente que está à esquerda do espaço libertado. Há
+outras ferramentas de particionamento que podem ser usados, como o GParted,
+disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha
+muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram
+incluídos no backup.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cc97c170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/pt_BR/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Manter ou apagar material não utilizado</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Nesta etapa, o instalador procura os pacotes de localidades não utilizadas e
+os pacotes de hardware não utilizados. Em seguida, propõe-lhe para
+eliminá-los. É recomendável aceitar, exceto se você preparar uma instalação
+que tem de ser executado em hardware diferente.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>O próximo passo é a cópia de arquivos no disco rígido. Isso leva alguns
+minutos. No final, você recebe uma tela em branco por algum tempo, isso é
+normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38406f9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5678 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013
+# corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013
+# Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013
+# Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>, 2013-2016
+# Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013
+# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2015
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-28 16:09+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n"
+"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/ro/)\n"
+"Language: ro\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?"
+"2:1));\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licența și Notele ediției"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Contract de licență"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți "
+"cu atenție contractul de licență."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</"
+"application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o "
+"privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va "
+"reporni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Nota ediției"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "ro"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Selectare medii (configurați mediile de instalare suplimentare)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți "
+"adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. "
+"Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru "
+"selectat în etapele următoare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Pentru o sursă de rețea trebuiesc urmate două etape:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Alegerea și activarea rețelei, dacă nu este deja activată."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). "
+"Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele "
+"gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL "
+"puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă actualizați o instalare pe 64 de biți care conține și pachete pe 32 de "
+"biți, este recomandat să utilizați acest ecran pentru a adăuga un server "
+"oglindă bifînd unul din protocoalele de rețea. Imaginea ISO a DVD-ului pe 64 "
+"de biți conține numai pachete pe 64 de biți și noarch, nefiind capabil să "
+"actualizeze pachetele pe 32 de biți. După adăugarea unui server oglindă, "
+"instalatorul va găsi acolo pachetele necesare pe 32 de biți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Definiți parola administratorului (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă "
+"să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca "
+"<emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în "
+"căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în "
+"funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va "
+"trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele "
+"două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să "
+"utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și "
+"caractere speciale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Introduceți un utilizator"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține "
+"drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga "
+"pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva "
+"ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba "
+"pictograma utilizatorului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al "
+"utilizatorului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului "
+"utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al "
+"utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la "
+"majuscule.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul "
+"căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și "
+"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului "
+"și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor "
+"avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă "
+"protejat la scriere)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, "
+"va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa "
+"<emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare "
+"utilizatori</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Drepturile de acces pot fi modificate și după instalare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Gestionare avansată utilizatori"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un "
+"ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care "
+"îi adăugați."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa un cont invitat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi "
+"șters la deconectare.  Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele "
+"importante pe o cheie USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau "
+"dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se "
+"conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai "
+"restrînse decît un utilizator normal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să "
+"schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, "
+"iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul "
+"adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți "
+"despre ce este vorba."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot "
+"un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu "
+"știți despre ce este vorba."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Alegeți punctele de montare"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. "
+"Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</"
+"literal> (rădăcină)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, "
+"„Punct de montare”, „Tip”)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului "
+"dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite "
+"din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de "
+"montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți "
+"filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/"
+"home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți "
+"nevoie să le accesați."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și "
+"apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În "
+"ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și "
+"mărimea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile "
+"sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Parametri de dată și oră"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"La această etapă trebuie să selectați pe ce sistem de timp va fi definit "
+"ceasul intern, pe ora locală sau pe UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"În tabul avansate veți găsi mai multe opțiuni pentru parametrarea datei și "
+"orei"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Demarează Mageia ca un sistem Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Se demarează de pe mediu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "De pe un disc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți demara direct de pe mediul utilizat la scrierea imaginii (DVD-"
+"Rom...). În mod normal trebuie doar să introduceți discul în unitatea de DVD "
+"ca încărcătorul de sistem să lanseze instalarea în mod automat după ce "
+"reporniți calculatorul. Dacă nu se întîmplă așa, trebuie să reconfigurați "
+"BIOS-ul sau să apăsați o tastă care să vă ofere posibilitatea de a alege "
+"perifericul de pe care va demara calculatorul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"În funcție de componentele materiale pe care le aveți și de cum sînt "
+"configurate acestea, veți obține unul din cele două ecrane de mai jos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "De pe un dispozitiv USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți demara de pe dispozitivul USB pe care ați scris imaginea ISO. În "
+"funcție de parametrii din BIOS, calculatorul s-ar putea să demareze direct "
+"de pe dispozitivul USB deja conectat la un port. Dacă nu se întîmplă așa, "
+"trebuie să reconfigurați BIOS-ul sau să apăsați o tastă care să vă ofere "
+"posibilitatea de a alege perifericul de pe care va demara calculatorul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "În mod BIOS/CSM/Legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Primul ecran la demararea în mod BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "În meniul din mijloc puteți alege dintre trei opțiuni:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Demarează Mageia: În acest fel Mageia va demara de pe mediul conectat (DVD "
+"sau cheie USB) fără a scrie nimic pe disc, prin urmare așteptați-vă la un "
+"sistem lent. De îndată de demararea s-a terminat, veți putea proceda la "
+"instalarea sistemului pe discul dur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalează Mageia: Această opțiune va instala Mageia direct pe discul dur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Demarează de pe discul dur: Această alegere vă permite să demarați direct de "
+"pe discul dur, ca de obicei, cînd nu este conectat niciun mediu (DVD sau "
+"cheie USB). (Remarcă: nu funcționează cu Mageia 5)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "În meniul de demaraj aveți opțiunile:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - Ajutor. Explică opțiunile „splash”, „apm”, „acpi” și „lde”"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Limba. Alegeți limba afișată pe ecranele de instalare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Rezoluția ecranului. Alegeți între mod text sau grafic la 640x400, "
+"800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - DVD-Rom. DVD-Rom sau alte surse. În mod normal instalarea este "
+"performată de pe mediul inserat. Puteți selecta aici alte surse precum "
+"servere FTP sau NFS. Dacă instalarea este efectuată prin rețea cu un server "
+"SLP, selectați una din sursele de instalare disponibile pe serverul cu "
+"această opțiune."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Pilot. Da sau Nu. Sistemul este conștient de prezența unui disc cu un "
+"pilot actualizat și va cere să-l inserați în cursul procesului de instalare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Opțiuni de nucleu. Acesta este un mod de a specifica opțiuni în funcție "
+"de componentele materiale pe care le aveți și de piloții pe care îi "
+"utilizați."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "În mod UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Primul ecran la demararea de pe disc cu un sistem UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți numai opțiunea de a lansa Mageia în modul Live (prima opțiune) sau să "
+"procedați la instalare (a doua opțiune)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă demarați de pe un dispozitiv USB, veți obține două linii suplimentare "
+"care sînt duplicatele celor de dinaintea lor dar cu sufixul „USB”. Va trebui "
+"să le alegeți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"În fiecare din cazuri, primele etape vor fi la fel, să alegeți limba, fusul "
+"orar și dispunerea tastaturii, apoi procesul diferă prin <link linkend="
+"\"testing\">etapele adiționale în modul Live</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Selectarea biroului"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru "
+"a vă afina alegerea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării "
+"pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul "
+"<guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</"
+"application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție "
+"de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe  <guilabel>Personalizat</"
+"guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau "
+"dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii "
+"grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît "
+"celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete "
+"instalate implicit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Selectarea grupurilor de pachete"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce "
+"este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, "
+"totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt "
+"disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Stație de lucru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Mediu grafic de lucru"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectare individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a "
+"adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru intrucțiuni despre cum să faceți o instalare minimalistă  (cu sau "
+"fără X &amp; IceWM), citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Selectare individuală a pachetelor"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza "
+"instalarea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu "
+"dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele "
+"alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă "
+"pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același "
+"buton și alegeți să o încărcați."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Configurați serviciile"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea "
+"sistemului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l "
+"destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Configurările alese de DrakX sînt de obicei bune."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în "
+"infobula de dedesubt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Configurați fusul orar"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus "
+"orar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe "
+"GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, "
+"asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Alegeți un server X (configurați placa grafică)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va "
+"identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model "
+"aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "fabricant"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "api numele plăcii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "și tipul plăcii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de "
+"date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot "
+"potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți "
+"generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot "
+"corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul "
+"<emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la "
+"interfața în linie de comandă."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt "
+"disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt "
+"disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. "
+"Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima "
+"repornire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Configurare placă grafică și ecran"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru "
+"această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe "
+"o interfață grafică sistem numită  <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau "
+"mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> "
+"sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că "
+"<application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că "
+"alegarea este incorectă. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa "
+"grafică din listă dacă este necesar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista "
+"de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</"
+"guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să "
+"specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale "
+"monitorului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Ratele de împrospătare incorecte pot distruge monitorul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici "
+"rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare "
+"mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii "
+"aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii "
+"aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă "
+"nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea "
+"reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este "
+"disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și "
+"dezactiva diverse opțiuni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Alegeți monitorul"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în "
+"general va identifica în mod corect monitorul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge "
+"monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce "
+"faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizat</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de "
+"împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de "
+"împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar "
+"rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați "
+"să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă "
+"aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația "
+"monitorului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului "
+"din baza de date cu monitoare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricant</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți "
+"referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în "
+"ordine:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "numele fabricantului monitorului"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "descrierea monitorului"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații "
+"de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele "
+"utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de "
+"monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> "
+"cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se "
+"recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă "
+"asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați "
+"criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai "
+"putea demara."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura "
+"partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, sau modifica "
+"dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv "
+"de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge "
+"toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. "
+"Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, "
+"redimensiona sau chiar șterge."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Continuați pînă cînd ajustați totul așa cum doriți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Gata</guibutton> cînd sînteți pregătit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalați Mageia pe un sistem UEFI, verificați că o partiție de sistem "
+"EFI (ESP) este prezentă și montată corect în /boot/EFI (a se vedea mai sus)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalați Mageia pe un sistem UEFI, verificați că o partiție de sistem "
+"EFI (ESP) este prezentă și montată corect în /boot/EFI (a se vedea mai sus)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partiționare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de "
+"partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de "
+"partiționare și conținutul discurilor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Utilizează partițiile existente"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente "
+"compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va "
+"utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul "
+"vă poate propune să-l utilizeze."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua "
+"instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine "
+"că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. "
+"Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima "
+"dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și "
+"defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele "
+"de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. "
+"Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Cu această opțiune, instalatorul afișează partițiile Windows rămase cu "
+"albastru deschis și viitoarele partiții Mageia cu albastru închis, împreună "
+"cu dimensiunile lor destinate dedesubt. Aveți posibilitatea să adaptați "
+"dimensiunile făcînd clic și trăgînd spațiul dintre partiții. A se vedea în "
+"imaginea de mai jos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Șterge și utilizează tot discul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți "
+"grijă!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți "
+"deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați "
+"această opțiune."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile "
+"dure."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dimensionarea partițiilor:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatorul va împărți spațiul disponibil pe disc după următoarele reguli:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă spațiul total disponibil este sub 50 Go, se va crea doar o singură "
+"partiție pentru /, nu se va crea și o partiție separată pentru /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă spațiul total disponibil este de peste 50 Go, atunci se vor crea trei "
+"partiții"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 din spațiul total disponibil va fi alocat pentru / cu un maximum de 50 "
+"Go"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 va fi alocat pentru swap cu un maximum de 4 Go"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "restul spațiului (de cel puțin 12/19) va vi alocat pentru /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Asta înseamnă că de la 160 Go în sus de spațiu disponibil, instalatorul va "
+"crea trei partiții: 50 Go pentru /, 4 Go pentru swap și restul pentru /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă utilizați un sistem UEFI, partiția ESP (EFI System Partition) va fi "
+"detectată automat sau creată dacă nu există încă și montată în /boot/EFI. "
+"Opțiunea „Personalizat” este singura care vă permite să verificați dacă "
+"acest lucru a fost făcut corect."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul "
+"standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel "
+"de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată "
+"în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de "
+"ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l "
+"partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum "
+"gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Aliniază la\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de "
+"megaocteți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Instalare de pe mediul LIVE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Ianuarie 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Documentația oficială pentru Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența "
+"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la "
+"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție "
+"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul "
+"instalării."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalare cu DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Februarie 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Felicitări"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și "
+"redemara calculatorul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"După redemarare, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege "
+"dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult "
+"de unul)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va "
+"fi selectată și pornită automat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Profitați!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți "
+"la Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dimensionarea partițiilor:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatare în curs"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe "
+"partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr "În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de DralX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care "
+"doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și "
+"apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul "
+"principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</"
+"guibutton> pentru a continua."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, instalatorul Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul "
+"Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît "
+"se poate de ușor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea "
+"care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Ecranul de bun venit al instalării"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Iată ecranele de întîmpinare implicite cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia. Primul "
+"cu un sistem vechi, iar al doilea cu un sistem UEFI:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru "
+"sistem) apăsînd tasta F2 (numai în modul vechi)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se "
+"utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: "
+"<guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> "
+"și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3 (numai în modul vechi)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Adăugați opțiuni nucleului apăsînd tasta <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> pentru modul vechi sau tasta <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> "
+"pentru modul UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou "
+"utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o "
+"linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel> și propune "
+"patru intrări:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea "
+"energiei nu este luată în considerare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este "
+"vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă "
+"sînteți întrebat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite "
+"afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu "
+"tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>, însă "
+"acestea sînt luate în considerare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Adăugați mai multe opțiuni nucleului apăsînd tasta F1 (numai în modul vechi)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni "
+"disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea "
+"mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de "
+"întîmpinare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați "
+"<guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demaraj</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista "
+"cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni "
+"de demaraj</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru informații suplimentare despre opțiunile nucleului pe sistemele vechi "
+"și UEFI consultați: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de "
+"instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe "
+"ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare "
+"prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Etapele instalării"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot "
+"fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor "
+"butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei "
+"mai puțin necesare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai "
+"multe explicații pentru etapa actuală."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm "
+"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție "
+"a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, "
+"calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu "
+"un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că "
+"doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Fără interfață grafică"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru "
+"se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să "
+"utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie "
+"posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru "
+"aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. "
+"Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. "
+"Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod "
+"text."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Instalarea îngheață"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate "
+"însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz "
+"detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai "
+"tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la "
+"prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte "
+"opțiuni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Problemă de memorie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea "
+"de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica "
+"manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea "
+"corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Partiții dinamice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul "
+"„dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea "
+"instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, "
+"consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft."
+"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Actualizări"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le "
+"instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest "
+"lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Ecran de autentificare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Ecran de autentificare KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "În sfîrșit ajungeți la ecranul de autentificare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduceți-vă numele de utilizator și parola și în cîteva secunde vă veți "
+"afla conectat în mediul de birou KDE sau GNOME în funcție de mediul Live pe "
+"care l-ați utilizat. De acum puteți începe să utilizați Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Selectare medii (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt "
+"disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. "
+"Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru "
+"selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține "
+"baza distribuției."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care "
+"Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de "
+"unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest "
+"depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și "
+"ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o "
+"licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest "
+"depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de "
+"exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere "
+"audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Instalare minimală"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția "
+"grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă doriți, puteți bifa în plus opțiunea „Selectare individuală a "
+"pachetelor” din același ecran."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalarea minimalistă este destinată pentru cei cu utilizări specifice de "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, precum un server sau o stație de lucru "
+"specializată. În mod probabil veți utiliza această opțiune în combinație cu "
+"opțiunea „Selectare individuală a pachetelor” menționată mai sus, pentru o "
+"configurare fină a instalării, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva "
+"opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă este selectat „Cu X” se va include și IceWM ca mediu de birou lejer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Documentația de bază este furnizată sub forma de pagini de manual sau de "
+"informații. Aceasta conține paginile de manual din <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> și "
+"paginile de informații din <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/"
+"coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Rezumatul parametrilor diverși"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție "
+"de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. "
+"Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd "
+"<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Parametri sistem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Fus orar</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl "
+"puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Țară / Regiune</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara "
+"selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Nu schimbați nimic dacă nu știți cum să configurați Grub și/sau Lilo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gestionare utilizatori</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său "
+"director <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal "
+"(demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite "
+"sarcini."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală "
+"poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Parametrii fizici"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatură</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de "
+"locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum "
+"tablete, trackball-uri, etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Placă de sunet</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a "
+"selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți "
+"pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Interfață grafică</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/"
+">."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Parametrii de rețea și Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Rețea</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non "
+"liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după redemarare, din "
+"<application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat "
+"încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să "
+"supravegheze și acea interfață."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxyuri</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. "
+"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un "
+"serviciu de proxy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a "
+"obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Securitate"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de securitate</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în "
+"majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită "
+"pentru o utilizare o obișnuită."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul  de utilizare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Parafoc</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și "
+"escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor "
+"depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Repornește"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Odată ce s-a instalat încărcătorul de sistem veți fi invitat să opriți "
+"calculatorul, să îndepărtați mediul de instalare și să reporniți "
+"calculatorul. După repornire veți vedea o succesiune de bare de descărcare "
+"în progresie. Acestea indică faptul că mediile cu aplicații sînt în curs de "
+"descărcare (vedeți capitolul de gestionare a aplicațiilor)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Odată ce s-a instalat încărcătorul de sistem veți fi invitat să opriți "
+"calculatorul, să îndepărtați mediul de instalare și să reporniți "
+"calculatorul. După repornire veți vedea o succesiune de bare de descărcare "
+"în progresie. Acestea indică faptul că mediile cu aplicații sînt în curs de "
+"descărcare (vedeți capitolul de gestionare a aplicațiilor)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru "
+"a instala <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Nivel de securitate"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Aici puteți regla nivelul de securitate."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să alegeți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de "
+"securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de "
+"Control Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Selectați și utilizați imaginile ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introducere"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia este distribuită prin imagini ISO. Această pagină vă va ajuta să "
+"alegeți imaginea care se potrivește nevoilor voastre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Există două familii de medii:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatorul clasic: După ce ați demarat de pe mediul de instalare, va urma "
+"un proces care vă va permite să alegeți ce să instalați și cum să vă "
+"configurați sistemul de destinație. Acest procedeu vă conferă maximul de "
+"flexibilitate pentru personalizarea instalării, oferindu-vă în mod "
+"particular posibilitatea de a alege mediul de birou pe care doriți să-l "
+"instalați."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Mediul LIVE: Puteți demara de pe mediul de instalare un sistem real Mageia "
+"fără să-l instalați pentru a putea vedea ce veți obține după instalare. "
+"Procesul de instalare este mai simplu, însă aveți mai puține opțiuni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Detaliile sînt oferite în secțiunile următoare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Medii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definiție"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici, un mediu (plural: medii) este o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/"
+"sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic pe "
+"care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Mediile de instalare clasice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Caracteristici comune"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Aceste imagini ISO utilizează instalatorul tradițional numit drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la "
+"o versiune precedentă."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, "
+"Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Fiecare DVD conține multe medii de birou și limbi disponibile."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați aplicațiile "
+"proprietare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Mediile Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala "
+"și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "Fiecare imagine ISO conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a "
+"efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la "
+"versiunile precedente.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "LiveDVD KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Toate limbile sînt prezente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "LiveDVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "LiveDVD KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "CD-uri doar pentru demarat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul "
+"pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi drakx-installer-stage2 sau alte "
+"pachete necesare pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste pachete se "
+"pot afla pe discul calculatorului, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau "
+"pe Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile "
+"pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un "
+"DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un "
+"calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Doar limba engleză."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "Lansează instalarea"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile "
+"proprietare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru "
+"persoanele care au nevoie de ele."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Descărcarea și verificarea mediilor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Descărcare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau "
+"BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, "
+"precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă "
+"este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum și sha1sum sînt unelte pentru verificarea integrității imaginilor "
+"ISO. Utilizați doar una din ele. Păstrați una din ele <link linkend="
+"\"integrity\">pentru a o utiliza și mai tîrziu</link>. Apoi vă va apărea "
+"această fereastră:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Bifați butonul radio „Salvează fișierul”."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Se verifică integritatea mediului descărcat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambele sume de control sînt numere hexazecimale calculate de un algoritm cu "
+"fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Cînd îi cereți algoritmului să recalculeze "
+"acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați descărcat, ori obțineți același număr "
+"și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit "
+"un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să încercați să-l mai descărcați o dată."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/"
+"to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
+"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) "
+"cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau pusă "
+"pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să "
+"producă medie de pe care se poate demara."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Inscripționarea imaginii ISO pe un CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că "
+"este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</"
+"emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai "
+"multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Puneți imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „puse” pe o "
+"cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"„punerea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice "
+"sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acel dispozitiv; toate datele vor fi "
+"pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să repartiționați și să "
+"reformatați cheia USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Utilizînd o unealtă grafică din Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Utilizînd o unealtă grafică din Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Puteți încerca:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> "
+"utilizînd opțiunea „ISO image\";"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Utilizînd linia de comandă dintr-un sistem GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Este potențial „periculos” să faceți acest lucru manual. Riscați să "
+"suprascrieți o partiție pe disc dacă aveți un ID de dispozitiv greșit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Deschideți o consolă"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de "
+"la final '-' )"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau "
+"gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativ, puteți obține numele dispozitivului cu comanda <code>dmesg</"
+"code>, la sfîrșit veți vedea numele dispozitivului începînd cu <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, sau <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> în acest caz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu, în imaginea de mai sus "
+"<code>/dev/sdb</code> este o cheie USB de 8 Go."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Unde X=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Selectați țara / regiunea"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri "
+"de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. "
+"Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza "
+"rețelele fără fir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte "
+"țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după "
+"ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima "
+"listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe "
+"care ați făcut-o."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Metodă de intrare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de "
+"intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie "
+"cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este "
+"metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/"
+"India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi "
+"definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai "
+"trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, "
+"HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat "
+"mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți "
+"accesa după redemararea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -"
+"&gt; „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instalare sau actualizare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualizare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe "
+"calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima "
+"versiune."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era "
+"<emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a "
+"fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care "
+"și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai "
+"bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm "
+"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție "
+"a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul "
+"nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem "
+"inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să "
+"reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți "
+"întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a "
+"limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> "
+"faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Selectați tastatura"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Veți fi solicitat să definiți dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți s-o "
+"utilizați în Mageia. Implicit este selectată una în funcție de limba și de "
+"fusul orar selectate precedent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastatură"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a "
+"găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură "
+"US."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. "
+"Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile "
+"sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că "
+"există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și "
+"aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și "
+"selectați-o de acolo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</"
+"guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea "
+"tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți "
+"ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura "
+"selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de "
+"dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între "
+"dispunerea latină și non-latină."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Alegeți limba ce va fi utilizată"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul "
+"instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul "
+"instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, "
+"pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să "
+"utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le "
+"adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după "
+"instalare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din "
+"ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea "
+"indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este "
+"recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) implicit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest lucru poate fi dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu "
+"corespunde limbii dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică "
+"tuturor limbilor instalate."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control "
+"Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Selectați mausul"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul "
+"aici."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și "
+"USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</"
+"guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu "
+"șase sau mai multe butoane."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru informații suplimentare despre opțiunile nucleului pe sistemele vechi "
+"și UEFI consultați: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Cu un sistem UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Meniurile grafice Mageia sînt frumoase:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-"
+"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata "
+"xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"1\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "Nu modificați „Dispozitivul de demaraj” doar dacă știți ce faceți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Cu un sistem UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Pe un sistem UEFI interfața utilizator este un pic diferită deoarece nu "
+"puteți alege încărcătorul de sistem din moment ce numai Grub2-efi este "
+"disponibil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă Mageia este primul sistem instalat pe calculator, instalatorul a creat "
+"o ESP (Partiție de Sistem EFI) pentru a găzdui încărcătorul de sistem (Grub2-"
+"efi). Dacă se afla dinainte și un alt sistem de operare UEFI instalat pe "
+"calculator (Windows 8 de exemplu), instalatorul Mageia a detectat partiția "
+"ESP creată de Windows și a adăugat Grub2-efi. Este totuși posibil să aveți "
+"mai multe partiții ESP, însă una este suficientă indiferent de cît de multe "
+"sisteme de operare aveți instalate pe calculator."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de "
+"sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea "
+"cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui "
+"încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul "
+"sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului "
+"și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Configurare SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai "
+"vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin "
+"urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce "
+"discuri SCSI aveți."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX va putea atunci să le configureze corect."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Configurare sunet"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru "
+"placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă "
+"întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci executați <command>draksound</"
+"command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), "
+"alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic "
+"pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a "
+"ecranului."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați "
+"pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> "
+"pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avansat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul "
+"instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva "
+"disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Confirmați formatarea discului dur"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de "
+"alegere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți "
+"toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Se testează Mageia ca sistem Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Modul Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Obțineți acest ecran dacă ați selectat „Demarează Mageia”. Altfel obțineți "
+"etapa de „<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partiționare</link>\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Se testează componentele materiale"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Unul din scopurile mediului Live este să testați dacă Mageia gestionează "
+"corect componentele materiale ale calculatorului. Puteți verifica dacă "
+"fiecare dispozitiv dispune de un pilot adecvat în secțiunea Componente "
+"materiale a Centrului de Control Mageia. Puteți testa majoritatea "
+"componentelor curente:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "interfață de rețea: configurați-o cu net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "placă grafică: dacă s-a afișat ecranul precedent, este deja OK."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "videocameră:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "sunet: o melodie tocmai a fost redată"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "imprimantă: configurați-o și tipăriți o pagină de test"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "scaner: scanați un document de pe ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă este totul OK puteți proceda cu instalarea. Dacă nu, puteți părăsi cu "
+"butonul de abandonare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr "Parametrii configurați aici vor fi păstrați pentru instalare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Lansează instalarea"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a lansa de pe mediul Live instalarea distribuției Mageia pe discul "
+"dur sau SSD, faceți pur și simplu clic pe pictograma „Instalează pe discul "
+"dur”. Veți obține acest ecran, iar apoi „etapa de <link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Partiâionare</link> ca pentru instalarea directă."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Dezinstalare Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Îndrumar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă Mageia nu v-a convins sau nu ați putut să o instalați corect, pe scurt "
+"doriți să vă debarasați de ea. Aveți tot dreptul, iar Mageia vă oferă "
+"posibilitatea de a o dezinstala. Acest lucru nu este valabil pentru toate "
+"sistemele de operare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce v-ați salvat datele, redemarați de pe DVD-ul Mageia și selectați "
+"„Recuperare sistem”, iar apoi „Restaurare încărcător de sistem Windows”. La "
+"următoarea redemarare veți avea numai Windows fără niciun alt meniu ca să vă "
+"alegeți sistemul de operare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a recupera în Windows spațiul ocupat de partițiile Mageia, faceți "
+"clic pe <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer "
+"Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> pentru a accesa gestionarea "
+"partițiilor. Veți recunoaște partițiile Mageia după eticheta "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, dar și după mărimea și amplasamentul lor pe "
+"disc. Faceți clic pe una din aceste partiții și selectați <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. Spațiul va fi eliberat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă utilizați Windows XP, puteți crea o partiție nouă și s-o formatați "
+"(FAT32 sau NTFS). Aceasta va primi o literă de partiție."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți Vista sau 7, mai aveți o posibilitate în plus, puteți extinde "
+"partiția existentă care se află în partea stîngă a spațiului liber. Mai sînt "
+"și alte unelte de partiționare care pot fi utilizate, precum gparted, "
+"disponibil pentru Windows și Linux. Ca de obicei, fiți foarte atenți cînd "
+"modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță "
+"pentru lucrurile importante."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Păstrează sau înlătură materialele neutilizate"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"La această etapă instalatorul face lista pachetelor cu localizări și a "
+"componentelor materiale neutilizate. Apoi vă propune să le ștergeți. Este "
+"recomandat să acceptați, doar dacă pregătiți o instalare care va rula pe "
+"diferite componente materiale."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Următoarea etapă este copierea fișierelor pe discul dur. Acest lucru poate "
+"dura cîteva minute bune. La sfîrșit veți avea un ecran alb pentru cîteva "
+"momente, este normal."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Personalizat"
+
+#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment "
+#~ "of performances."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în "
+#~ "detrimentul performanțelor. "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
+#~ msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+#~ "im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" "
+#~ "revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC "
+#~ "- System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory "
+#~ "that is both read and write protected."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - "
+#~ "Sistem - Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un "
+#~ "director personal protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is "
+#~ "advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s)  "
+#~ "after reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, "
+#~ "este recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i "
+#~ "adăugați pe cei adevărați după repornire."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD dual arch"
+#~ msgstr "DVD arhitectură duală"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made "
+#~ "automatically according to the detected CPU."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută "
+#~ "automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat."
+
+#~ msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only."
+#~ msgstr "Utilizează doar mediul de birou Xfce."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+#~ "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nu sînt disponibile toate limbile. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, "
+#~ "pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!"
+
+#~ msgid "It contains non free software."
+#~ msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD KDE"
+#~ msgstr "LiveCD KDE"
+
+#~ msgid "32 bit only."
+#~ msgstr "Doar 32 de biți."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD GNOME"
+#~ msgstr "LiveCD GNOME"
+
+#~ msgid "boot.iso"
+#~ msgstr "boot.iso"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "With a Bios system"
+#~ msgstr "Cu un sistem BIOS"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
+#~ "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> "
+#~ "screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd "
+#~ "pe butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de "
+#~ "sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în "
+#~ "acel moment."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+#~ "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to "
+#~ "manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-"
+#~ "customizer</code> instead."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dacă ați ales <code>Grub 2</code> ca încărcător de sistem nu puteți "
+#~ "utiliza această unealtă pentru a edita intrările în această etapă, "
+#~ "apăsați „Înainte”. Va trebui să editați manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom."
+#~ "cfg</code> sau să utilizați <code>grub-customizer</code>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of "
+#~ "an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca "
+#~ "intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it "
+#~ "completely."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o "
+#~ "puteți redenumi în întregime."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
+#~ "choice while booting up."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți "
+#~ "nici o alegere la pornire."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system.  Please "
+#~ "don't just try something without knowing what you are doing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu "
+#~ "încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit "
+#~ "entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/"
+#~ "grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All "
+#~ "you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "În acest caz utilizați Grub2-efi și nu puteți utiliza această unealtă "
+#~ "pentru a edita intrările în această etapă. Pentru a face acest lucru va "
+#~ "trebui să editați manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> sau mai bine "
+#~ "utilizați <code>grub-customizer</code>. Tot ce puteți face aici este să "
+#~ "alegeți intrarea implicită din lista derulantă."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop "
+#~ "down list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a "
+#~ "graphical boot loader."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "După ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> o altă listă "
+#~ "derulantă vă permite să alegeți rezoluția video pentru Grub2 care este un "
+#~ "încărcător grafic de sistem."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically "
+#~ "by the installer, you can change them here."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul "
+#~ "celor aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which "
+#~ "case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing "
+#~ "bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest "
+#~ "caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de "
+#~ "sistem existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+#~ "(Master Boot Record)  of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+#~ "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new "
+#~ "Mageia boot menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR "
+#~ "(„Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc "
+#~ "dur. Dacă aveți deja instalate și alte sisteme de operare, Mageia va "
+#~ "încerca să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to "
+#~ "GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în "
+#~ "plus de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported "
+#~ "by GRUB (legacy)  and will not be recognized if the default GRUB "
+#~ "bootloader is used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt "
+#~ "suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute "
+#~ "dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available "
+#~ "at the Summary page during installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 "
+#~ "care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to "
+#~ "remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click "
+#~ "the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow "
+#~ "you to change the bootloader install location."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va "
+#~ "trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării "
+#~ "și să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă "
+#~ "încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a "
+#~ "încărcătorului de sistem. "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing "
+#~ "MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the "
+#~ "partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți "
+#~ "suprascrie sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să "
+#~ "selectați partiția rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de "
+#~ "partiționare precedentă (de exemplu: sda7)."
+
+#~ msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe "
+#~ "acel dispozitiv."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+#~ "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back "
+#~ "to the installer screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</"
+#~ "literal> ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "(rădăcină). Ctrl+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului."
+
+#~ msgid "Bootloader advanced option"
+#~ msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
+#~ "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /"
+#~ "tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar "
+#~ "aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe "
+#~ "<guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la "
+#~ "fiecare pornire</guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu "
+#~ "liber."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06ddedb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalare de pe mediul LIVE</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Ianuarie 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Documentația oficială pentru Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența
+CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la
+îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
+documentație</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Instalare de pe mediul LIVE</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție
+de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul
+instalării.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..76327e2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalare de pe mediul LIVE</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție
+de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul
+instalării.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența
+CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la
+îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
+documentație</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b079351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalare cu DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Februarie 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Documentația oficială pentru Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența
+CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la
+îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
+documentație</link>.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalare cu DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție
+de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul
+instalării.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8cf6dd10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalare cu DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție
+de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul
+instalării.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența
+CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la
+îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
+documentație</link>.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3fb74ad6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Selectați și utilizați imaginile ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducere</title>
+    <para>Mageia este distribuită prin imagini ISO. Această pagină vă va ajuta să
+alegeți imaginea care se potrivește nevoilor voastre.</para>
+    <para>Există două familii de medii:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Instalatorul clasic: După ce ați demarat de pe mediul de instalare, va urma
+un proces care vă va permite să alegeți ce să instalați și cum să vă
+configurați sistemul de destinație. Acest procedeu vă conferă maximul de
+flexibilitate pentru personalizarea instalării, oferindu-vă în mod
+particular posibilitatea de a alege mediul de birou pe care doriți să-l
+instalați.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Mediul LIVE: Puteți demara de pe mediul de instalare un sistem real Mageia
+fără să-l instalați pentru a putea vedea ce veți obține după
+instalare. Procesul de instalare este mai simplu, însă aveți mai puține
+opțiuni.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Detaliile sînt oferite în secțiunile următoare.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Medii</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definiție</title>
+      <para>Aici, un mediu (plural: medii) este o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea
+și/sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic
+pe care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO.</para>
+      <para>Le puteți găsi <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aici</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mediile de instalare clasice</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caracteristici comune</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Aceste imagini ISO utilizează instalatorul tradițional numit drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la
+o versiune precedentă.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem,
+Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Fiecare DVD conține multe medii de birou și limbi disponibile.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați aplicațiile
+proprietare.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mediile Live</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caracteristici comune</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala
+și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a
+efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la
+versiunile precedente.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Toate limbile sînt prezente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>LiveDVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Doar mediul de birou GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Toate limbile sînt prezente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Toate limbile sînt prezente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>CD-uri doar pentru demarat</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Caracteristici comune</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul
+pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi drakx-installer-stage2 sau alte
+pachete necesare pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste pachete se
+pot afla pe discul calculatorului, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau
+pe Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile
+pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un
+DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un
+calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Doar limba engleză.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru
+persoanele care au nevoie de ele.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Descărcarea și verificarea mediilor</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Descărcare</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Bifați butonul radio „Salvează fișierul”.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:</para>
+      <para>- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic)
+cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO</title>
+    <para>Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau pusă
+pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să
+producă medie de pe care se poate demara.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Inscripționarea imaginii ISO pe un CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că
+este configurată corect pe <emphasis role="bold">inscripționat o
+imagine</emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este
+potrivită. Mai multe informații găsiți în <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Puneți imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB</title>
+      <para>Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „puse” pe o
+cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>„punerea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice
+sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acel dispozitiv; toate datele vor fi
+pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să repartiționați și să
+reformatați cheia USB.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Utilizînd o unealtă grafică din Mageia</title>
+        <para>Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Utilizînd o unealtă grafică din Windows</title>
+        <para>Puteți încerca:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> utilizînd
+opțiunea „ISO image";</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Utilizînd linia de comandă dintr-un sistem GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Este potențial „periculos” să faceți acest lucru manual. Riscați să
+suprascrieți o partiție pe disc dacă aveți un ID de dispozitiv greșit.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Deschideți o consolă</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de
+la final '-' )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau
+gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternativ, puteți obține numele dispozitivului cu comanda
+<code>dmesg</code>, la sfîrșit veți vedea numele dispozitivului începînd cu
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, sau <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> în acest caz:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu, în imaginea de mai sus
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> este o cheie USB de 8 Go.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Unde X=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd4aefab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licența și Notele ediției</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Contract de licență</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți
+cu atenție contractul de licență.</para>
+
+    <para>Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții
+<application>Mageia</application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua.</para>
+
+    <para>Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o
+privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va
+reporni.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Nota ediției</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de
+<application>Mageia</application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota
+ediției</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aad03a14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Gestionare utilizatori și administratori</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Definiți parola administratorului (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă
+să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca
+<emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în
+căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în
+funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va
+trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele
+două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să
+utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și
+caractere speciale.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Introduceți un utilizator</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține
+drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga
+pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva
+ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba
+pictograma utilizatorului.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al
+utilizatorului.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului
+utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al
+utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la
+majuscule.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul
+căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și
+<xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului
+și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Drepturile de acces pot fi modificate și după instalare.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Gestionare avansată utilizatori</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un
+ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care
+îi adăugați.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa un cont invitat.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi
+șters la deconectare.  Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele
+importante pe o cheie USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau
+dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se
+conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai
+restrînse decît un utilizator normal.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să
+schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă,
+iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul
+adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți
+despre ce este vorba.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot
+un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu
+știți despre ce este vorba.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0624be60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Selectare medii (configurați mediile de instalare suplimentare)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți
+adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă
+distantă. Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile
+pentru selectat în etapele următoare.</para>
+
+  <para>Pentru o sursă de rețea trebuiesc urmate două etape:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Alegerea și activarea rețelei, dacă nu este deja activată. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima
+intrare). Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate
+depozitele gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o
+adresă URL puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Dacă actualizați o instalare pe 64 de biți care conține și pachete pe 32 de
+biți, este recomandat să utilizați acest ecran pentru a adăuga un server
+oglindă bifînd unul din protocoalele de rețea. Imaginea ISO a DVD-ului pe 64
+de biți conține numai pachete pe 64 de biți și noarch, nefiind capabil să
+actualizeze pachetele pe 32 de biți. După adăugarea unui server oglindă,
+instalatorul va găsi acolo pachetele necesare pe 32 de biți.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5985b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Alegeți punctele de montare</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest
+calculator. Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de
+<application>DrakX</application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția
+<literal>/</literal> (rădăcină).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”,
+„Punct de montare”, „Tip”).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului
+dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite
+din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal>
+și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de
+montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți
+filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția
+<literal>/home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți
+nevoie să le accesați.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și
+apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În
+ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și
+mărimea.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile
+sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f895787c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Parametri de dată și oră</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>La această etapă trebuie să selectați pe ce sistem de timp va fi definit
+ceasul intern, pe ora locală sau pe UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>În tabul avansate veți găsi mai multe opțiuni pentru parametrarea datei și
+orei</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e81cd442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Demarează Mageia ca un sistem Live</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Se demarează de pe mediu</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">De pe un disc</title></info><para>Puteți demara direct de pe mediul utilizat la scrierea imaginii
+(DVD-Rom...). În mod normal trebuie doar să introduceți discul în unitatea
+de DVD ca încărcătorul de sistem să lanseze instalarea în mod automat după
+ce reporniți calculatorul. Dacă nu se întîmplă așa, trebuie să reconfigurați
+BIOS-ul sau să apăsați o tastă care să vă ofere posibilitatea de a alege
+perifericul de pe care va demara calculatorul.</para><para>În funcție de componentele materiale pe care le aveți și de cum sînt
+configurate acestea, veți obține unul din cele două ecrane de mai jos.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">De pe un dispozitiv USB</title></info><para>Puteți demara de pe dispozitivul USB pe care ați scris imaginea ISO. În
+funcție de parametrii din BIOS, calculatorul s-ar putea să demareze direct
+de pe dispozitivul USB deja conectat la un port. Dacă nu se întîmplă așa,
+trebuie să reconfigurați BIOS-ul sau să apăsați o tastă care să vă ofere
+posibilitatea de a alege perifericul de pe care va demara calculatorul.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">În mod BIOS/CSM/Legacy</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Primul ecran la demararea în mod BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>În meniul din mijloc puteți alege dintre trei opțiuni:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Demarează Mageia: În acest fel Mageia va demara de pe mediul conectat (DVD
+sau cheie USB) fără a scrie nimic pe disc, prin urmare așteptați-vă la un
+sistem lent. De îndată de demararea s-a terminat, veți putea proceda la
+instalarea sistemului pe discul dur.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Instalează Mageia: Această opțiune va instala Mageia direct pe discul dur.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Demarează de pe discul dur: Această alegere vă permite să demarați direct de
+pe discul dur, ca de obicei, cînd nu este conectat niciun mediu (DVD sau
+cheie USB). (Remarcă: nu funcționează cu Mageia 5)</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>În meniul de demaraj aveți opțiunile:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Ajutor. Explică opțiunile „splash”, „apm”, „acpi” și „lde”</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Limba. Alegeți limba afișată pe ecranele de instalare.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Rezoluția ecranului. Alegeți între mod text sau grafic la 640x400,
+800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - DVD-Rom. DVD-Rom sau alte surse. În mod normal instalarea este
+performată de pe mediul inserat. Puteți selecta aici alte surse precum
+servere FTP sau NFS. Dacă instalarea este efectuată prin rețea cu un server
+SLP, selectați una din sursele de instalare disponibile pe serverul cu
+această opțiune.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Pilot. Da sau Nu. Sistemul este conștient de prezența unui disc cu un
+pilot actualizat și va cere să-l inserați în cursul procesului de instalare.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Opțiuni de nucleu. Acesta este un mod de a specifica opțiuni în funcție
+de componentele materiale pe care le aveți și de piloții pe care îi
+utilizați.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">În mod UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Primul ecran la demararea de pe disc cu un sistem UEFI</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Aveți numai opțiunea de a lansa Mageia în modul Live (prima opțiune) sau să
+procedați la instalare (a doua opțiune).</para><para>Dacă demarați de pe un dispozitiv USB, veți obține două linii suplimentare
+care sînt duplicatele celor de dinaintea lor dar cu sufixul „USB”. Va trebui
+să le alegeți.</para><para>În fiecare din cazuri, primele etape vor fi la fel, să alegeți limba, fusul
+orar și dispunerea tastaturii, apoi procesul diferă prin <link
+linkend="testing">etapele adiționale în modul Live</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..386c7386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Selectarea biroului</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru
+a vă afina alegerea.</para>
+
+  <para>După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării
+pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul
+<guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou
+<application>KDE</application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele
+vin cu o colecție de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe
+<guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă,
+nici unul din ele, sau dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile
+implicite ale acestor medii grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application>
+este mai lejer decît celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu
+mai puține pachete instalate implicit.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..772ca620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Selectarea grupurilor de pachete</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce
+este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident,
+totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt
+disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Stație de lucru.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mediu grafic de lucru</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selectare individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a
+adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7bc116ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Selectare individuală a pachetelor</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza
+instalarea.</para>
+
+    <para>După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu
+dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele
+alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă
+pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același
+buton și alegeți să o încărcați.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd94362c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configurați serviciile</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea
+sistemului.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l
+destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Configurările alese de DrakX sînt de obicei bune.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în
+infobula de dedesubt.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d05b8a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configurați fusul orar</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus
+orar.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe
+GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator,
+asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a905ba44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Alegeți un server X (configurați placa grafică)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va
+identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. </para>
+
+  <para>Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model
+aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>fabricant</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>api numele plăcii</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>și tipul plăcii</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de
+date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot
+potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți
+generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot
+corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul
+<emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază.</para>
+
+  <para>Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la
+interfața în linie de comandă.</para>
+
+  <para>Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt
+disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt
+disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului.</para>
+
+  <para>Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod
+explicit. Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți
+după prima repornire.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13bff6ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Configurare placă grafică și ecran</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru
+această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe
+o interfață grafică sistem numită  <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau
+mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym>
+sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri
+<acronym>X</acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă
+vedeți că <application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți
+că alegarea este incorectă. </para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa
+grafică din listă dacă este necesar.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista
+de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare
+<guilabel>Generice</guilabel>. Optați pentru
+<guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să specificați manual
+ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale monitorului.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Ratele de împrospătare incorecte pot distruge monitorul.</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici
+rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare
+mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii
+aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii
+aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă
+nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea
+reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este
+disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și
+dezactiva diverse opțiuni.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a66d03d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Alegeți monitorul</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în
+general va identifica în mod corect monitorul.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge
+monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce
+faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Personalizat</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de
+împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de
+împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar
+rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați
+să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă
+aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația
+monitorului.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului
+din baza de date cu monitoare.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Fabricant</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți
+referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în
+ordine: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>fabricant</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>numele fabricantului monitorului</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>descrierea monitorului</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generic</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații
+de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele
+utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de
+monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis>
+cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se
+recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11661efe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă
+asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați
+criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai
+putea demara.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura
+partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, sau modifica
+dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv
+de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge
+toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția
+dorită. Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de
+montare, redimensiona sau chiar șterge.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continuați pînă cînd ajustați totul așa cum doriți.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Apăsați pe <guibutton>Gata</guibutton> cînd sînteți pregătit.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present with a correct type</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cffa8c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partiționare</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de
+partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de
+partiționare și conținutul discurilor.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Utilizează partițiile existente</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente
+compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Utilizează spațiul liber</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va
+utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul
+vă poate propune să-l utilizeze.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua
+instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine
+că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției
+Windows. Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis
+corect ultima dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să
+fie și defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate
+fișierele de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie
+utilizată. Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale.</para>
+
+        <para>Cu această opțiune, instalatorul afișează partițiile Windows rămase cu
+albastru deschis și viitoarele partiții Mageia cu albastru închis, împreună
+cu dimensiunile lor destinate dedesubt. Aveți posibilitatea să adaptați
+dimensiunile făcînd clic și trăgînd spațiul dintre partiții. A se vedea în
+imaginea de mai jos.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Șterge și utilizează tot discul.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți
+grijă!</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți
+deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați
+această opțiune.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Personalizat</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile
+dure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Dimensionarea partițiilor:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Instalatorul va împărți spațiul disponibil pe disc după următoarele reguli:</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Dacă spațiul total disponibil este sub 50 Go, se va crea doar o singură
+partiție pentru /, nu se va crea și o partiție separată pentru /home.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Dacă spațiul total disponibil este de peste 50 Go, atunci se vor crea trei
+partiții</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>6/19 din spațiul total disponibil va fi alocat pentru / cu un maximum de 50
+Go</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 va fi alocat pentru swap cu un maximum de 4 Go</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>restul spațiului (de cel puțin 12/19) va vi alocat pentru /home</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Asta înseamnă că de la 160 Go în sus de spațiu disponibil, instalatorul va
+crea trei partiții: 50 Go pentru /, 4 Go pentru swap și restul pentru /home.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Dacă utilizați un sistem UEFI, partiția ESP (EFI System Partition) va fi
+detectată automat sau creată dacă nu există încă și montată în
+/boot/EFI. Opțiunea „Personalizat” este singura care vă permite să
+verificați dacă acest lucru a fost făcut corect.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk
+partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul
+standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel
+de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată
+în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de
+ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l
+partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum
+gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:</para>
+
+    <para>"Aliniază la" "MiB"</para>
+
+    <para>"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)" "2"</para>
+
+    <para>De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de
+megaocteți.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a859b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Felicitări</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția
+<application>Mageia</application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță
+mediul de instalare și redemara calculatorul.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">După redemarare, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege
+dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult
+de unul).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va
+fi selectată și pornită automat.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Profitați!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți
+la Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecd56c36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatare în curs</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe
+partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de DralX</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care
+doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe
+<guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și
+apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul
+principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c61e2ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Actualizări</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>,
+unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le
+instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest
+lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c44913f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, instalatorul Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul
+Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît
+se poate de ușor.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea
+care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie.</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Ecranul de bun venit al instalării</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Iată ecranele de întîmpinare implicite cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia. Primul
+cu un sistem vechi, iar al doilea cu un sistem UEFI:
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru
+sistem) apăsînd tasta F2 (numai în modul vechi)</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER.</para>
+
+      <para>Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se
+utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune:
+<guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel>
+și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3 (numai în modul vechi).</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Adăugați opțiuni nucleului apăsînd tasta <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+pentru modul vechi sau tasta <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> pentru modul
+UEFI.</para>
+
+      <para>Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou
+utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o
+linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel> și propune
+patru intrări:</para>
+
+      <para>- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite.</para>
+
+      <para>- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în
+detrimentul performanțelor. </para>
+
+      <para>- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea
+energiei nu este luată în considerare.</para>
+
+      <para>- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este
+vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă
+sînteți întrebat.</para>
+
+      <para>Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite
+afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu
+tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>, însă
+acestea sînt luate în considerare.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Adăugați mai multe opțiuni nucleului apăsînd tasta F1 (numai în modul vechi)</para>
+
+      <para>Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni
+disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea
+mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de
+întîmpinare.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați
+<guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demaraj</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista
+cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni
+de demaraj</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă.</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Pentru informații suplimentare despre opțiunile nucleului pe sistemele vechi
+și UEFI consultați: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+
+  <para>Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de
+instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+  <para>Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe
+ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare
+prin rețea filară, consultați <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia Wiki</link>.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">Etapele instalării</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot
+fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului.</para>
+
+    <para>Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor
+butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei
+mai puțin necesare.</para>
+
+    <para>Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai
+multe explicații pentru etapa actuală.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm
+să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție
+a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate,
+calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu
+un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că
+doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Fără interfață grafică</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru
+se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să
+utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie
+posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru
+aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu
+ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul
+„boot:”. Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea
+în mod text.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Instalarea îngheață</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate
+însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz
+detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai
+tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la
+prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte
+opțiuni.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Problemă de memorie</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea
+de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica
+manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea
+corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Partiții dinamice</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul
+„dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea
+instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază,
+consultați documentația Microsoft: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..757db8ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Ecran de autentificare</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Ecran de autentificare KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>În sfîrșit ajungeți la ecranul de autentificare.</para><para>Introduceți-vă numele de utilizator și parola și în cîteva secunde vă veți
+afla conectat în mediul de birou KDE sau GNOME în funcție de mediul Live pe
+care l-ați utilizat. De acum puteți începe să utilizați Mageia.</para><para>Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6ab8121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Selectare medii (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt
+disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru
+instalare. Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile
+pentru selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține
+baza distribuției.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care
+Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de
+unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest
+depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și
+ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o
+licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest
+depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de
+exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere
+audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4633486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instalare minimală</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția
+grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Dacă doriți, puteți bifa în plus opțiunea „Selectare individuală a
+pachetelor” din același ecran.</para>
+  <para>Instalarea minimalistă este destinată pentru cei cu utilizări specifice de
+<application>Mageia</application>, precum un server sau o stație de lucru
+specializată. În mod probabil veți utiliza această opțiune în combinație cu
+opțiunea „Selectare individuală a pachetelor” menționată mai sus, pentru o
+configurare fină a instalării, vedeți <xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva
+opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X.</para>
+  <para>Dacă este selectat „Cu X” se va include și IceWM ca mediu de birou lejer.</para>
+  <para>Documentația de bază este furnizată sub forma de pagini de manual sau de
+informații. Aceasta conține paginile de manual din <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> și paginile de informații din <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66d7d4e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Rezumatul parametrilor diverși</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție
+de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale
+detectate. Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți
+schimba apăsînd <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Parametri sistem</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Fus orar</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl
+puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Țară / Regiune</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara
+selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Gestionare utilizatori</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său
+director <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal
+(demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite
+sarcini.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală
+poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului.</para>
+
+        <para>Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Parametrii fizici</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Tastatură</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de
+locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum
+tablete, trackball-uri, etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Placă de sunet</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a
+selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți
+pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Interfață grafică</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref
+linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Parametrii de rețea și Internet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Rețea</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non
+liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după redemarare, din
+<application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat
+încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să
+supravegheze și acea interfață.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxyuri</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și
+Internet. Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să
+utilizeze un serviciu de proxy.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a
+obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Securitate</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Nivel de securitate</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în
+majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită
+pentru o utilizare o obișnuită.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul  de utilizare.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Parafoc</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și
+escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc).</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fcefe7b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Repornește</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d289bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Redimensionează partiția
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Aveți mai multe partiții
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Alegeți care
+din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru a instala
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6357e3a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Nivel de securitate</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Aici puteți regla nivelul de securitate.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să alegeți.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de
+securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de
+Control Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df94ec6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Selectați țara / regiunea</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte
+țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după
+ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima
+listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe
+care ați făcut-o.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Metodă de intrare</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..297bc071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalare sau actualizare</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instalare</para>
+
+      <para>Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Actualizare</para>
+
+      <para>Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe
+calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima
+versiune.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era
+<emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a
+fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care
+și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai
+bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm
+să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție
+a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul
+nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem
+inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să
+reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți
+întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a
+limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis>
+faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..170d8b5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tastatură</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a
+găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură
+US.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de
+tastatură. Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe
+specificațiile sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați
+cumpărat. Poate că există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă
+mai puteți uita și aici: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe
+<guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și
+selectați-o de acolo.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai
+multe</guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru
+alegerea tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel
+ecran. Puteți ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea:
+tastatura selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de
+dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între
+dispunerea latină și non-latină.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2960da81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Selectați tastatura</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Veți fi solicitat să definiți dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți s-o
+utilizați în Mageia. Implicit este selectată una în funcție de limba și de
+fusul orar selectate precedent.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7dc225e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Alegeți limba ce va fi utilizată</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista
+continentului. <application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere
+pe parcursul instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat.</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem,
+pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să
+utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le
+adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după
+instalare.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din
+ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea
+indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este
+recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) implicit.</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">Acest lucru poate fi dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu
+corespunde limbii dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică
+tuturor limbilor instalate.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control
+Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..351648ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Selectați mausul</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul
+aici.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și
+USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează
+evdev</guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la
+mausurile cu șase sau mai multe butoane.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2fd0ddd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Nu modificați „Dispozitivul de demaraj” doar dacă știți ce faceți.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Nu modificați „Dispozitivul de demaraj” doar dacă știți ce faceți.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent</title>
+
+    <para>Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de
+sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea
+cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui
+încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul
+sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2866535d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..371a60ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Configurare SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai
+vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin
+urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce
+discuri SCSI aveți.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX va putea atunci să le configureze corect.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce65fed6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Configurare sunet</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru
+placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul.</para>
+
+  <para>Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă
+întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci executați
+<command>draksound</command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia
+Control Center), alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel>
+și faceți clic pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din
+dreapta sus a ecranului.</para>
+
+  <para>Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați
+pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton>
+pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avansat</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul
+instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva
+disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. </para>
+
+    <para>În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe
+<guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6827f6d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirmați formatarea discului dur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de
+alegere.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți
+toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel
+disc.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..676a839d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Se testează Mageia ca sistem Live</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Modul Live</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Obțineți acest ecran dacă ați selectat „Demarează Mageia”. Altfel obțineți
+etapa de „<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partiționare</link>"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Se testează componentele materiale</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Unul din scopurile mediului Live este să testați dacă Mageia gestionează
+corect componentele materiale ale calculatorului. Puteți verifica dacă
+fiecare dispozitiv dispune de un pilot adecvat în secțiunea Componente
+materiale a Centrului de Control Mageia. Puteți testa majoritatea
+componentelor curente:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>interfață de rețea: configurați-o cu net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>placă grafică: dacă s-a afișat ecranul precedent, este deja OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>videocameră:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sunet: o melodie tocmai a fost redată</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>imprimantă: configurați-o și tipăriți o pagină de test</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scaner: scanați un document de pe ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Dacă este totul OK puteți proceda cu instalarea. Dacă nu, puteți părăsi cu
+butonul de abandonare.</para>
+
+      <remark>Parametrii configurați aici vor fi păstrați pentru instalare.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Lansează instalarea</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Pentru a lansa de pe mediul Live instalarea distribuției Mageia pe discul
+dur sau SSD, faceți pur și simplu clic pe pictograma „Instalează pe discul
+dur”. Veți obține acest ecran, iar apoi „etapa de <link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partiâionare</link> ca pentru instalarea directă.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..815f0ef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Dezinstalare Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Îndrumar</title>
+
+    <para>Dacă Mageia nu v-a convins sau nu ați putut să o instalați corect, pe scurt
+doriți să vă debarasați de ea. Aveți tot dreptul, iar Mageia vă oferă
+posibilitatea de a o dezinstala. Acest lucru nu este valabil pentru toate
+sistemele de operare.</para>
+
+    <para>După ce v-ați salvat datele, redemarați de pe DVD-ul Mageia și selectați
+„Recuperare sistem”, iar apoi „Restaurare încărcător de sistem Windows”. La
+următoarea redemarare veți avea numai Windows fără niciun alt meniu ca să vă
+alegeți sistemul de operare.</para>
+
+    <para>Pentru a recupera în Windows spațiul ocupat de partițiile Mageia, faceți
+clic pe <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer
+Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> pentru a accesa gestionarea
+partițiilor. Veți recunoaște partițiile Mageia după eticheta
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, dar și după mărimea și amplasamentul lor pe
+disc. Faceți clic pe una din aceste partiții și selectați
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. Spațiul va fi eliberat.</para>
+
+    <para>Dacă utilizați Windows XP, puteți crea o partiție nouă și s-o formatați
+(FAT32 sau NTFS). Aceasta va primi o literă de partiție.</para>
+
+    <para>Dacă aveți Vista sau 7, mai aveți o posibilitate în plus, puteți extinde
+partiția existentă care se află în partea stîngă a spațiului liber. Mai sînt
+și alte unelte de partiționare care pot fi utilizate, precum gparted,
+disponibil pentru Windows și Linux. Ca de obicei, fiți foarte atenți cînd
+modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță
+pentru lucrurile importante.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e6441c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ro/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Păstrează sau înlătură materialele neutilizate</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>La această etapă instalatorul face lista pachetelor cu localizări și a
+componentelor materiale neutilizate. Apoi vă propune să le ștergeți. Este
+recomandat să acceptați, doar dacă pregătiți o instalare care va rula pe
+diferite componente materiale.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Următoarea etapă este copierea fișierelor pe discul dur. Acest lucru poate
+dura cîteva minute bune. La sfîrșit veți avea un ecran alb pentru cîteva
+momente, este normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2153be14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5325 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>, 2013,2016-2017
+# angry_snake <inactive+angry_snake@transifex.com>, 2014
+# angry_snake <inactive+angry_snake@transifex.com>, 2014
+# Анатолий Валерианович <ffox909@mail.ru>, 2014
+# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2015
+# Valentin XliN Saikov <saikov.vb@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Valentin XliN Saikov <saikov.vb@gmail.com>, 2013-2015,2017
+# Valentin XliN Saikov <saikov.vb@gmail.com>, 2015
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013,2016
+# Анатолий Валерианович <ffox909@mail.ru>, 2014
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-08-05 16:53+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"ru/)\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n"
+"%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Условия лицензирования и заметки о выпуске"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Лицензионное соглашение"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями "
+"лицензирования."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</"
+"application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет "
+"невозможна."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, "
+"а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем "
+"благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия "
+"кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Заметки о выпуске"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "ru"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. "
+"Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический "
+"носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, "
+"какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Выбор и включение сети, если она еще не была включена."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора "
+"зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются "
+"в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию "
+"пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С "
+"помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов "
+"или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы обновляете 64-битную версию системы, где могут содержаться какие-то "
+"32-битные пакеты, вам стоит воспользоваться этой страницей для добавления "
+"хранилища пакетов: обозначьте один из протоколов сети. DVD с 64-битной "
+"версией содержит только 64-битные пакеты и пакеты без определенной "
+"архитектуры. С его помощью нельзя обновить 32-битные пакеты. Впрочем, после "
+"добавления интернет-хранилища, средство установки может обнаружить нужные "
+"для обновления 32-битные пакеты."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Восстановление пароля администратора (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует "
+"определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux "
+"обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет "
+"отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на "
+"зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует "
+"достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, "
+"расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле "
+"смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Введите пользователя"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь "
+"имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно "
+"прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и "
+"любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок "
+"пользователя."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя "
+"пользователя."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести "
+"регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx "
+"использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя "
+"пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет "
+"отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также "
+"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. "
+"DrakX проверит, совпадает ли  введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным "
+"вариантом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержимое домашних каталогов всех пользователей, записи которых будут "
+"созданы при установке Mageia, будут защищены от чтения и записи (umask = "
+"0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете добавить все записи будущих пользователей системы на этапе "
+"<emphasis>Настройка - Резюме </emphasis> при установке системы. Для "
+"управления записями выберите пункт <emphasis>Управление пользователями</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после "
+"завершения установки системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Дополнительные возможности управления учетными записями пользователей"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа "
+"откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры "
+"учетной записи, которую вы добавляете."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Кроме того, вы можете отключить или включить учётную запись гостя."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из "
+"системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении "
+"важных файлов на портативный носитель данных."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно "
+"включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта "
+"сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь "
+"ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося "
+"списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться "
+"для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код "
+"(идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью "
+"предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, "
+"если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код "
+"(идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, "
+"что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам "
+"неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Выберете точки монтированния"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем "
+"компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно "
+"должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: "
+"«Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер "
+"жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать "
+"для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете "
+"создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> "
+"раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-"
+"home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой "
+"версии (cauldron)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет "
+"осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. "
+"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, "
+"которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы "
+"просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только "
+"форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить "
+"дополнительные действия."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Настройки часов"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом шаге вы должны выбрать, на какое время устанавливаются ваши "
+"внутренние часы, либо местное время, либо время UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладке Дополнительно, вы найдёте больше вариантов о настройках часов."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Загрузка Mageia как Live системы"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Загрузка носителя"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "С диска"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете загрузиться непосредственно с носителя, который вы использовали, "
+"чтобы прожечь ваш образ (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Вам, как правило, нужно просто "
+"вставить его в CD/DVD привод для загрузчика, чтобы автоматически запустить "
+"установку после перезагрузки компьютера. Если этого не произойдёт, то вам "
+"возможно потребуется изменить настройки BIOS или нажать определённую "
+"клавишу, которая предложит вам выбрать периферийное устройство, с которого "
+"компьютер будет загружаться."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"В соответствии аппаратными средствами, которые вы имеете, и как они "
+"настроены, вы получаете либо один, либо другой из двух экранов ниже."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "С USB устройства"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете загрузиться с устройства USB, на которое вы сбрасывали свой образ "
+"ISO. В соответствии с вашими настройками BIOS компьютер возможно загружается "
+"непосредственно с устройства USB, которое уже подключено к порту. Если это "
+"не произойдёт, вам возможно потребуется изменить настройки BIOS или нажать "
+"определённую клавишу, которая предложит вам выбрать периферийное устройство, "
+"с которого компьютер будет загружаться."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "В режиме BIOS/CSM/Legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Первый экран при загрузке в режиме BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "В среднем меню у вас есть выбор между тремя действиями:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Загрузить Mageia: Это означает, что Mageia 5 запустится с подключенного "
+"носителя (CD/DVD или USB флэш диска) без записи на диск, поэтому стоит "
+"ожидать очень медленную систему. После завершения загрузки вы можете "
+"приступить к установке на жёсткий диск."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Установить Mageia: Этот выбор приведёт к непосредственной установке Mageia "
+"на жёсткий диск."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Загрузка с жёсткого диска: Этот выбор позволяет загружаться с жёсткого диска "
+"как обычно, когда никакие носители информации (CD/DVD или USB флэш диски) не "
+"подключены. (не работает с Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "В нижнем меню находятся параметры загрузки:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - Справка. Объясняются опции \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" и\"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Язык. Выбирается отображаемый на экранах язык."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Разрешение экрана. Выбирается между текстом, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom или другой. Как правило, установка производится с "
+"вставленного установочного носителя. Здесь выбираются другие источники, "
+"такие как серверы FTP или NFS. Если установка выполняется по сети с сервера "
+"SLP, то с помощью этой опции выберите один из источников установки, "
+"доступный на сервере."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Драйвер. Да или Нет. Система знает о наличии оптического диска с "
+"обновлением драйверов и потребует его вставки во время процесса установки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Параметры ядра. Это способ указать параметры в соответствии с вашим "
+"оборудованием и драйверами для использования."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "В режиме UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Первый экран при загрузке с диска для системы с UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"У вас есть только выбор для запуска Mageia в Live режиме (первый вариант) "
+"или инициировать установку (второй вариант)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы загрузились с USB флешки, вы получите две дополнительные строки, "
+"которые являются дубликатами предыдущих строк с суффиксом \"USB\". Вы должны "
+"выбрать их."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"В каждом случае первые шаги будут такими же, чтобы выбрать язык, часовой "
+"пояс и клавиатуру, а затем процессы будут различаться на <link linkend="
+"\"testing\">дополнительные шаги в Live режиме</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Выбор рабочего стола"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, "
+"программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные "
+"возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить "
+"показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> "
+"или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные "
+"наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</"
+"guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены "
+"использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного "
+"обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> "
+"является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит "
+"не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Выбор групп пакетов"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. "
+"Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить "
+"подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши "
+"на пункт группы в списке."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Рабочая станция."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Сервер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Графическая среда."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления "
+"или удаления пакетов вручную."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/>, где изложены "
+"наставления по установлению минимальной системы (без или с графическим "
+"сервером и IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Выбор индивидуальных пакетов"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые "
+"дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью "
+"типового набора."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</"
+"guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные "
+"можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно "
+"будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно "
+"нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Настройка ваших служб"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут "
+"запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, "
+"нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Обычно необходимости в изменении настроек, выбранных DrakX, нет."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о "
+"службе на панели под списком."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Настройка часового пояса"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или "
+"какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был "
+"расположен в том же часовом поясе."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов "
+"компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), "
+"также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что "
+"во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/"
+"GMT)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Выбор графического сервера (настройки вашей графической карты)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, "
+"программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую "
+"карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из "
+"иерархического списка по следующим критериям:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "разработчик"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "название вашей карты"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "тип вашей карты"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не "
+"успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти "
+"соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых "
+"драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти "
+"драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот "
+"драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить "
+"доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) "
+"драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью "
+"репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним "
+"доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во "
+"время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на "
+"графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</"
+"acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая "
+"графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы "
+"сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять "
+"значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</"
+"application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор "
+"является ошибочным."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, "
+"выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или "
+"выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> "
+"или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</"
+"guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по "
+"вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+"Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к "
+"повреждению монитора."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого "
+"пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при "
+"установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете "
+"проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности "
+"параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. "
+"Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет "
+"вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, "
+"пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки "
+"недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные "
+"параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого "
+"пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Выбор монитора"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа "
+"может правильно определить ваш монитор."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может "
+"привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте "
+"над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к "
+"документации вашего монитора."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Дополнительно</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических "
+"параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты "
+"синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется "
+"изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой "
+"будут показаны линии изображения."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности "
+"которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. "
+"Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь "
+"с документацией к вашему монитору."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по "
+"базе данных мониторов."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Производитель</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам "
+"известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического "
+"списка по следующим критериям:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "название фирмы-производителя монитора"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "описание монитора"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Общий</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых "
+"настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры "
+"плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит "
+"пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» "
+"для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить "
+"автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Ручное разделение диска на разделы с помощью DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться "
+"шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на "
+"отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, "
+"иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновку разделов(ла) в вашей "
+"системе. С ее помощью можно извлекать и создавать разделы, менять файловые "
+"системы на разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое "
+"разделов до внесения изменений."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в "
+"частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, "
+"если будет обнаружено три диска."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на "
+"выбранном носителе данных были очищены."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала обозначьте область "
+"соответствующего раздела. Затем посмотрите данные по разделу, измените его "
+"файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто сотрите все "
+"раздел. С помощью пункта <guibutton>Переключиться на режим эксперта</"
+"guibutton> (или <guibutton>Режим эксперта</guibutton>) можно получить доступ "
+"к дополнительным возможностям, в том числе добавление метки или выбора типа "
+"раздела."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+"Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не "
+"станет так, как вы хотите."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут "
+"завершены."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы устанавливаете Mageia в систему с UEFI, убедитесь, что существует "
+"ESP (EFI System Partition) и смонтирована в /boot/EFI (см. Ниже)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы устанавливаете Mageia на устаревшей системе с GPT, убедитесь, что "
+"существует раздел BIOS надлежащего типа."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Разбиение на разделы"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков "
+"компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX "
+"о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации "
+"компьютера и содержимого дисков."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Использовать существующие разделы"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены "
+"совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки "
+"системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Использовать свободное место"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть "
+"свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Использовать свободное место на разделе Microsoft Windows®"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах "
+"Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в "
+"случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует "
+"предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть "
+"«очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во "
+"время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. "
+"Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не "
+"гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, "
+"который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам "
+"создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Если будет выбран этот вариант, средство установки покажет остальные раздела "
+"Windows голубым цветом, а будущий раздел с Mageia - темно-синим. Размеры "
+"разделов будут указаны под ними. Вы можете изменить эти разделы "
+"перетаскиванием риски между ними с помощью указателя мыши. См. приведенный "
+"ниже снимок экрана."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Стереть и использовать весь диск"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь "
+"диск."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте "
+"осторожны!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то "
+"данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим "
+"вариантом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Ручная разметка диска"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению "
+"разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role = \"bold\">Размер раздела:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Программа установки разделит свободное место в соответствии со следующими "
+"правилами:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Если общее доступное место меньше, чем 50 Гб, то будет создан только один "
+"раздел для / без отдельного раздела для /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr "Если общее доступное место более, чем 50 Гб, то создаются три раздела"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 от общего доступного пространства выделяется под / с максимумом 50 Гб"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 выделяется под своп с максимумом 4 Гб"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "остальное (по крайней мере 12/19) выделяется под /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Это означает, что из 160 Гб и более свободного места программа установки "
+"создаст три раздела: 50 Гб для /, 4 ГБ для свопа, а остальное для /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы пользуетесь системой с UEFI, ESP (раздел с системой EFI) будет "
+"обнаружен автоматически или создан, если его ещё не существовало, и "
+"смонтирован в /boot/EFI. Пункт «Пользовательское разделение диска» является "
+"единственным пригодным к выбору, если выявление UEFI было выполнено должным "
+"образом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы пользуетесь устаревшей системой (известной как CSM или BIOS) с "
+"диском GPT, вам придётся создать раздел для загрузки BIOS, если он ещё не "
+"существует. Размер раздела примерно равен 1 МБ, он не будет иметь точки "
+"монтирования. Выберите <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/>, чтобы иметь "
+"возможность создать такой раздел с помощью средства установки системы. "
+"Создание раздела вроде создания любого другого раздела, но надо выбрать тип "
+"файловой системы «Раздел загрузки BIOS»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо "
+"предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у "
+"разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, "
+"надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких "
+"дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на "
+"разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например "
+"gparted с такими параметрами:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "«Выровнять по» «МиБ»"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "«Свободное место до (МиБ)» «2»"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr "Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Установка с LIVE носителя"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Январь 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Официальная документация для Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с "
+"условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. "
+"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь "
+"улучшить данное руководство."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор "
+"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и "
+"выбранного вами варианта установки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Февраль 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Поздравляем"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно "
+"извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из "
+"операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено "
+"несколько систем)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически "
+"запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Приятной работы!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе "
+"Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Файервол"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить простые правила работы защитного "
+"шлюза (брандмауэра): они определяют тип сообщения из интернета, которое "
+"будет приемлемым для системы назначения. Это соответствующим образом сделает "
+"доступ к соответствующим службам системы из сети Интернет."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"В обычном состоянии ни один из пунктов не обозначен - ни одна из служб в "
+"системе не будет доступна из интернета. Пункт <emphasis>Все (защитного шлюза "
+"нет)</emphasis> имеет особое значение: он включает доступ ко всем службам "
+"системы - вариант, который не нужен при установке, поскольку его "
+"использование создает полностью незащищенную систему. Был назначен для "
+"использования в контексте Центра управления Mageia (где используется тот же "
+"модуль) для временного выключения всего набора правил защитного шлюза для "
+"тестирования или диагностики."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Назначение всех пунктов должно быть более-менее понятным. Например, выберите "
+"«Сервер CUPS», если хотите, чтобы принтеры на вашем компьютере были доступны "
+"из сети."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Дополнительно</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"В списке пунктов содержатся только самые распространенные типы служб. С "
+"помощью кнопки «Дополнительно» можно открыть страницу определения службы, "
+"для которой не предусмотрено пункта по умолчанию. С помощью этой страницы вы "
+"можете указать набор служб на основе пар записей данных (разделённых "
+"пробелами)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;номер порта>/&lt;протокол></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;номер порта></emphasis> - значение номера порта, связанного "
+"со службой, доступ к которой вы хотите открыть (например, 873 для службы "
+"RSYNC). Номер определяется по протоколу <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;протокол></emphasis> - одно из значений, <emphasis>TCP</"
+"emphasis> или <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - интернет-протокол, который будет "
+"использоваться для обмена данными со службой."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Например, запись для возможности доступа к службе RSYNC выглядит так: "
+"<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Если служба реализована для обмена данными двумя протоколами, вы можете "
+"указать две пары записей для одного порта."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Форматирование"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует "
+"форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> "
+"отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, "
+"которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом "
+"кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. "
+"С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, программа для установки Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для "
+"установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы  установка или обновление "
+"системы прошло как можно проще для вас."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. "
+"Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это "
+"именно тот пункт, который вам нужен."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Приветственное окно программы установки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "С помощью DVD Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведены окна приветствия DVD Mageia по умолчанию. Первое из них "
+"соответствует системе с UEFI, второе - системе с устаревшей системой "
+"загрузки:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"С этой страницы вы можете получить доступ к параметрам, нажав клавишу «e» "
+"для перехода в режим редактирования. Чтобы вернуться из этого режима, "
+"нажмите или клавишу Esc, если изменения не следует хранить, или комбинацию "
+"клавиш Ctrl и F10, чтобы сохранить изменения и выйти из режима "
+"редактирования."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно указать некоторые личные предпочтения:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) "
+"можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2 (только в устаревшем режиме)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и "
+"нажмите клавишу Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню "
+"Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, "
+"<guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</"
+"guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Изменить разрешение экрана можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F3 (только в "
+"устаревшем режиме)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Добавить параметры работы ядра можно нажатием клавиши  <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">F6</emphasis> в режиме устаревшей системы или клавиши  <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">e</emphasis> в режиме UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным "
+"образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными "
+"возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет "
+"показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры "
+"загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в параметрах по умолчанию."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не "
+"принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с "
+"возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы "
+"центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по "
+"умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются "
+"в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры "
+"будут учтены при загрузке."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1 "
+"(только в устаревшем режиме)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из "
+"пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы "
+"получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну "
+"приветствия."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия "
+"системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</"
+"guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку "
+"параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку "
+"<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+"Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия "
+"клавиши F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Подробное описание параметров ядра в устаревших системах и системах с UEFI "
+"можно найти  <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">здесь</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "С помощью проводной сети"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по "
+"проводной сети (образ netinstall.iso или netinstall-nonfree.iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. "
+"Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует американскому английскому."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Шаги установки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет "
+"показан на боковой панели экрана."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы "
+"можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой "
+"кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми "
+"пользуются не так часто, как основными."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</"
+"guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения "
+"относительно текущего шага."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы "
+"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши "
+"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки "
+"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка "
+"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим "
+"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый "
+"терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> "
+"одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути их решения"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может "
+"случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших "
+"системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого "
+"впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме "
+"может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым "
+"режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда "
+"будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия "
+"нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", "
+"и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Остановка установки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, "
+"возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае "
+"можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и "
+"выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в "
+"соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. "
+"При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых "
+"случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно "
+"объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, "
+"воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение "
+"оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ "
+"оперативной памяти."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Динамические разделы"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если Вы преобразовали свой диск из \"базового\" формата в \"динамический\" "
+"формат Microsoft Windows, то Вы должны знать, что невозможно установить "
+"Mageia на этот диск. Вернитесь к базовому диску, посмотрите документацию "
+"Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Обновления"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые "
+"пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить "
+"эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать "
+"этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+"Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Окно логина"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Окно логина KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "И, наконец, вы попадёте на экран логина."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Введите имя пользователя и пароль пользователя, и через несколько секунд вы "
+"окажетесь с загруженным рабочим столом KDE или GNOME, в зависимости от того, "
+"какой live носитель вы использовали. Теперь вы можете начать использовать "
+"вашу установку Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ещё больше информации доступно в <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Category:Documentation\">вики Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. "
+"Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы "
+"воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из "
+"пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем "
+"содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются "
+"бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится "
+"программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В "
+"этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к "
+"графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в "
+"соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием "
+"для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение "
+"ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных "
+"правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены "
+"мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и "
+"видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD "
+"и т. п."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Минимальная установка"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в "
+"списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups"
+"\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Если нужно, вы можете выбрать дополнительно опцию «Индивидуальный выбор "
+"пакетов» на той же странице."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Минимальный режим предназначен для тех, кто намерен использовать "
+"<application>Mageia</application> с какой то узкоспециализированной целью, в "
+"частности как сервер или рабочую станцию узкого направления. Вам стоит "
+"пользоваться этим вариантом в сочетании с пунктом «Индивидуальный выбор "
+"пакетов», упомянутый выше, для более точной настройки списка установленных "
+"пакетов см. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"> </xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам "
+"будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности "
+"документацию и графический сервер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"При выборе, в категории «Вместе с X» будет также пункт IceWM, легковесная "
+"рабочая среда."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Базовая документация предоставляется в формате страниц man и info. В ней "
+"содержатся страницы man с <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/"
+"man.html\"> Проект документирования Linux</link> и страницы info с <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils </"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно "
+"сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете "
+"ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого "
+"достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Как правило, рекомендованным является использование параметров по умолчанию. "
+"Вы можете ничего не менять, кроме трёх исключений:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "известны определённые недостатки в параметрах по умолчанию;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "вы попытались с параметрами по умолчанию, и ничего не вышло;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+"в разделах с подробной информацией, приведённых ниже, утверждается, что "
+"следует выбрать параметры не по умолчанию."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Параметры системы"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Часовой пояс</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При "
+"необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Страна / Регион</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, "
+"очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend="
+"\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующие параметры загрузчика."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+"Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком настройки Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Управление учетными записями</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У "
+"каждого пользователя будет свой ​​каталог <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Службы</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в "
+"фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете "
+"включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению "
+"работы компьютера."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices"
+"\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Параметры оборудования"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Клавиатура</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, "
+"параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа "
+"клавиатуры."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы заметили, что раскладка клавиатуры является ошибочной, и хотите "
+"изменить её, не забудьте, что с изменением раскладки может измениться и "
+"текст вашего пароля."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Мышь</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, "
+"шаровые манипуляторы и т.д."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Звуковая плата</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом "
+"дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас "
+"более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является "
+"дефолтным."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Графический интерфейс</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших "
+"графических карт и дисплеев."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser"
+"\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Параметры сети и Интернета"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Сеть</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете "
+"закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после "
+"установки системы в  <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, "
+"после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали "
+"это на предыдущем шаге."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр "
+"(сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Прокси</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. "
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб "
+"прокси-сервера."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать "
+"больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Безопасность"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Уровень безопасности</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего "
+"компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему "
+"компьютеру достаточную защиту."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу "
+"использования системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Файервол</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные "
+"от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и "
+"воспользоваться этими данными."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите службы, каким должен быть разрешён доступ к вашей системе. Выбор "
+"служб будет зависеть от назначения компьютера, на котором работает "
+"операционная система. Подробнее об этом в разделе <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/"
+">."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может "
+"значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Перезагрузка"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"После установки загрузчика программа попросит вас прервать работу системы, "
+"вынуть из лотка компакт-диск, отсоединить от компьютера флешку и "
+"перезагрузить компьютер. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><guibutton>Завершить</guibutton></emphasis> и выполните именно эти действия "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> в указанном порядке </emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"После перезагрузки вы увидите информацию о получении данных на полосе "
+"прогресса. Данные этих полос соответствуют процессу получения данных "
+"репозиториев с программным обеспечением (см. «Управление программным "
+"обеспечением»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует "
+"уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Уровень безопасности"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их "
+"дефолтные значения."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля "
+"<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Выбор и использование образов ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Введение"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia распространяется через образы ISO. Эта страница поможет вам выбрать, "
+"какие образы соответствуют вашим потребностям."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Существует два семейства источников:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Классическая программа установки: После загрузки с носителя будет "
+"возможность следить за процессом, позволяя выбрать что установить и как "
+"настроить вашу целевую систему. Это даёт вам максимальную гибкость при "
+"настраиваемой установке, в частности, выбрать окружение рабочего стола, "
+"которое вы будете устанавливать."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"LIVE носитель: вы можете загрузиться с носителя в реальной системе Mageia, "
+"не устанавливая её, чтобы увидеть, что вы получите после установки. Процесс "
+"установки проще, но вы получите меньший выбор."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Подробности приведены в следующих разделах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Носитель"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Определение"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно "
+"установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на "
+"котором хранятся данные файла ISO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете найти их <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/"
+"\">здесь</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Классический носитель для установки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Типичные возможности"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Эти ISO используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия: "
+"система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Каждый DVD содержит многие доступные рабочие среды и языки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного "
+"программного обеспечения."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Live носитель"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на "
+"жёсткий диск и опционально установить Mageia на ваш жёсткий диск."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "Каждый ISO содержит лишь одну рабочую среду (Plasma, GNOME или Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для "
+"установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с "
+"предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Они содержат несвободное программное обеспечение."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Live DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Только рабочая среда Plasma."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Присутствуют все языки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Только для 64-битной архитектуры."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Только рабочая среда GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Только для 64-битной архитектуры"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Live DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Только рабочая среда Xfce."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32-битная и 64-битная архитектуры."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Носители CD только для загрузки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Каждый из таких малых образов содержит минимум данных, необходимых для "
+"работы инсталлятора drakx и поиска drakx-installer-stage2, и другие пакеты, "
+"которые нужны для продолжения и завершения установки. Такие пакеты могут "
+"находиться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети "
+"или в интернете."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если "
+"канал связи в сети слишком узкий для загрузки полноценного образа DVD, на "
+"компьютерах без привода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать "
+"систему с флэш-диска USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Только английский язык."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначено для "
+"пользователей, которые не хотят пользоваться несвободными пакетами."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен "
+"для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Загрузка и проверка носителя данных"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Загрузка"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или "
+"с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне "
+"будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и "
+"предоставлена возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных "
+"слишком мала. Если будет выбран http, вы увидите что-то такое:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum и sha1sum - программы для проверки целостности данных в образах ISO. "
+"Для выполнения проверки достаточно установить только одну из этих программ. "
+"Для <link linkend=\"integrity\">дальнейшего использования</link> установите "
+"одну из них. Далее, будет показано такое окно:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Отметьте пункт «Сохранить файл»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Проверка целостности полученных данных образа"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Оба шестнадцатеричных числа вычислены с помощью определённого алгоритма на "
+"основе файла, который должен быть получен. Если вы попросите соответствующую "
+"программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное число на основе полученного "
+"файла, будет получено то же число (это будет означать что данные были "
+"получены надлежащим образом) или другое число (следовательно, данные были "
+"получены с ошибками). Расхождение цифр означает, что вам следует повторить "
+"получение образа или попытаться восстановить его с помощью BitTorrent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+"Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum путь/до/файла/"
+"образа/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum путь/до/"
+"файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется "
+"определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Запись образа ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку USB. "
+"Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена для "
+"создания загрузочного носителя."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Записать ISO на CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">запись образа</emphasis>. Просто записать данные или "
+"файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из <link ns4:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вики Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Запись образа ISO на USB флешку"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на "
+"USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки и установки системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой "
+"системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут "
+"уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии "
+"придётся его форматировать."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Использование графического инструмента внутри Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например "
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Использование графического инструмента внутри Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Вы можете попробовать:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> "
+"использует опцию \"образа ISO\";"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Использование командной строки внутри системы GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Это потенциально *опасно* делать это вручную. Вы рискуете перезаписать "
+"раздел диска, если вы неправильно получите идентификатор устройства."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Вы также можете воспользоваться консольной программой dd:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Откройте окно консоли"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды <userinput>su -</"
+"userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте "
+"содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления "
+"файлами)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Введите команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"В качестве альтернативы вы можете получить имя устройства с помощью команды "
+"<code>dmesg</code>: в конце вы увидите имя устройства, начинающегося с "
+"<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, и<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> в этом случае:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Найдите имя устройства для вашего USB диска (по его размеру). Например, на "
+"приведенном выше снимке <code>/dev/sdb</code> - это устройство ёмкостью 8 "
+"ГБ, это флешка USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Где X=имя вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Например: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Введите команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Извлеките флешку USB. Запись завершена."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Выбор страны и региона"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров "
+"локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления "
+"беспроводной связью. Ошибочный выбор может привести к невозможности "
+"использования беспроводной связи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</"
+"guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</"
+"guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. "
+"Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный "
+"выбор."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Способ ввода"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ "
+"ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Ввод предоставляет возможность "
+"пользователям вводить символы записи восточных языков (китайского, "
+"японского, корейского и т.д.). Обычным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и "
+"портативных образах системы является IBus, следовательно пользователям не "
+"придётся настраивать ничего вручную. Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME "
+"и т.д.), которые предоставляют пользователям подобные возможности, можно "
+"установить, если перед выбором пакетов был добавлен репозиторий пакетов HTTP/"
+"FTP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Если способ ввода нужен вам после установки системы, вы можете получить "
+"доступ к нему после загрузки установленной системы с помощью пункта меню "
+"«Настроить компьютер» -&gt; «Система» или запуска localedrake от имени "
+"пользователя root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Установка или обновление"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Установка"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить "
+"<application>Mageia</application> с нуля."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Обновление"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере установлена ​​одна или несколько предыдущих версий "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам "
+"возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, "
+"которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия "
+"инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая "
+"уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, "
+"сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы "
+"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши "
+"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки "
+"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка "
+"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим "
+"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый "
+"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы "
+"можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора "
+"языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Выбор клавиатуры"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам потребуется установить раскладку клавиатуры, которую вы хотите "
+"использовать в Mageia. По умолчанию она выбирается в зависимости от вашего "
+"языка и часового пояса, выбранного ранее."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Клавиатура"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с "
+"выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, "
+"будет использована типичная американская раскладка US."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую "
+"раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам "
+"раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос "
+"производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, "
+"которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным "
+"может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, "
+"из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</"
+"guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в "
+"котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: "
+"средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из "
+"полного списка."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет "
+"дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться "
+"со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Выберите, пожалуйста, язык"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список "
+"стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет "
+"использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. <application>Mageia</application> "
+"будет использовать выбранный вами язык при установке и в уже установленной "
+"системе."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими "
+"пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно "
+"сложно."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать "
+"один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот "
+"язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для "
+"желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, "
+"связанные с выбранной раскладкой."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "По умолчанию Mageia использует поддержку UTF-8 (Юникод)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Кодировку можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее "
+"известно, что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается "
+"всех установленных языков."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра "
+"управления Mageia -> Система -> Настройка локализации системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать "
+"другой драйвер для мыши."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или "
+"USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать "
+"evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с "
+"шестью или более кнопками."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+"Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для этого вам придётся внести вручную изменения в /boot/grub2/custom.cfg или "
+"воспользоваться программой для настройки GRUB (например grub-customizer из "
+"репозиториев Mageia)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, ознакомьтесь с соответствующей страницей нашей вики: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Интерфейс загрузчика"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "По умолчанию Mageia эксклюзивно использует:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (с графическим меню или без него) для устаревших систем с MBR или GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi для системы UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Графические меню Mageia выглядят великолепно. :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 для устаревших систем с MBR и GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Не изменяйте \"Загрузочное устройство\", если на самом деле не знаете, что "
+"вы делаете."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi в системах UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы пользуетесь системой с UEFI, интерфейс немного отличается, поскольку "
+"вы не сможете выбирать между загрузчиком с графическим меню и без него."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Если Mageia является единственной операционной системой, установленной на "
+"вашем компьютере, средство установки создаст ESP (системный раздел EFI) для "
+"хранения загрузчика (Grub2-efi). Если же на компьютере уже установлены "
+"операционные системы с UEFI (например Windows 8), средство установки Mageia "
+"обнаружит имеющиеся разделы ESP, созданные Windows, прибавит grub2-efi. Хотя "
+"теоретически в системе может быть несколько ESP, стоит ограничиться одним "
+"таким разделом, поскольку его достаточно для произвольного количества "
+"установленных вами операционных систем."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Использование загрузчика Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "По умолчанию в зависимости от вашей системы, Mageia записывает новый:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"загрузчик GRUB2 или к MBR (Master Boot Record) вашего первого диска, или к "
+"загрузочному разделу BIOS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "загрузчик Grub2-efi к ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере уже установлены другие операционные системы, Mageia "
+"попытается добавить эти системы к вашему новому меню загрузки Mageia. Если "
+"вам это не нужно, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и снимите "
+"флажок с пункта <guilabel>Зондирование посторонней ОС</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Использование уже установленного загрузчика"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного "
+"загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в "
+"основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки "
+"загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом "
+"режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации "
+"другой операционной системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Использование цепной загрузки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не хотите использовать загрузчик Mageia, а вместо этого хотите "
+"воспользоваться цепной загрузкой с другой операционной системы, нажмите "
+"кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, затем пункт <guibutton>Дополнительно</"
+"guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>не трогать ESP или MBR</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Программа предупредит вас о том, что в системе не будет загрузчика. "
+"Проигнорируйте предупреждение и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Параметры"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Первая страница"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пауза перед загрузкой основной системы</guilabel>: с помощью этого "
+"пункта можно установить задержку в секундах перед загрузкой операционной "
+"системы по умолчанию."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel>: с помощью этого раздела вы можете "
+"установить пароль для доступа к загрузчику. Использование пароля будет "
+"означать, что для выбора записи для загрузки или изменения параметров "
+"придётся вводить пароль. Именем будет «root», а пароль можно будет выбрать "
+"на следующем этапе."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: с помощью этого поля для ввода текста вы можете "
+"указать пароль."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль (ещё раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля пользователя в "
+"этом поле. drakx проверит, совпадает ли введённый повторно пароль с его "
+"первоначальным вариантом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Включить ACPI</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) является стандартом управления питанием компьютера. С его помощью "
+"компьютер может экономить энергию, выключая устройства, которые не "
+"используются. Этот метод использовали до появления APM. Снятие отметки с "
+"этого пункта может помочь, например, если на вашем компьютере не "
+"предусмотрено поддержки ACPI, или если вы считаете, что реализация ACPI "
+"создаёт проблемы в работе компьютера (например, неожиданные перезагрузки "
+"системы или «зависания» системы)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Включить SMP</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить или "
+"выключить симметричное использование многих процессоров, если на компьютере "
+"установлен многоядерный процессор."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Включить APIC</guilabel>: обозначение этого пункта предоставляет "
+"операционной системе доступ к расширенному программируемому контроллеру "
+"прерываний (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). Устройства с APIC "
+"дают возможность использовать более сложные модели с приоритетностью "
+"процессов и управления расширенными IRQ (запросами в отношении прерываний)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Включить локальный APIC</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно "
+"включить локальный APIC, то есть управление всеми внешними прерываниями для "
+"определённых процессоров в многопроцессорных системах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Следующая страница"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>По умолчанию:</guilabel> вариант операционной системы для загрузки "
+"по умолчанию."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Присоединить:</guilabel> с помощью этого параметра вы можете "
+"передать ядру системы какие-то данные или сообщить ядру о том, что следует "
+"предоставить вам больше информации во время загрузки системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Зондирование посторонней ОС</guilabel>: см. выше раздел о <link "
+"linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader\">использование загрузчика Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Режим видео:</guilabel> с помощью этого пункта можно указать "
+"разрешения экрана (в пикселях) и глубину цветов для меню загрузки. Если вы "
+"нажмёте кнопку списка с маленьким треугольником остриём вниз, программа "
+"покажет варианты разрешений и глубины цветов, которыми можно воспользоваться."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">не трогать ESP или MBR</emphasis>: см. выше раздел о "
+"<link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">использование цепной загрузки</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Настройка SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете "
+"дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых "
+"программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить "
+"DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным "
+"образом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Настройка звука"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой "
+"карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется "
+"только один дефолтный."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после "
+"установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</"
+"command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав "
+"вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</"
+"guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на "
+"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение "
+"неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить "
+"эту проблему."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Дополнительно"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки "
+"полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных "
+"драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на "
+"<guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите  кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном "
+"выборе."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите "
+"стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, "
+"хранящиеся на этом диске."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Тестирование Mageia как Live системы"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Режим Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Вы получите этот экран если выберите \"Загрузить Mageia\". Если нет, то вы "
+"получите шаг \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Разбиение на разделы</link>"
+"\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Тестирование оборудования"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Одной из целей Live режима является проверка, что аппаратное обеспечение "
+"правильно управляется Mageia. Вы можете проверить, все ли устройства имеют "
+"драйвера в разделе аппаратного обеспечения Центра управления Mageia. Вы "
+"можете протестировать самые современные устройства:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "сетевой интерфейс: конфигурировать его с помощью net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "графическая карта: если вы видите предыдущий экран, то это уже хорошо."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "веб-камера:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "звук: звонок уже проиграл"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "принтер: настроить его и распечатать тестовую страницу"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "сканер: отсканировать документ из ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Если всё хорошо для вас, то вы можете начать установку. Если нет, то вы "
+"можете выйти кнопкой выхода."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Параметры конфигурации, которые вы здесь сделали, сохраняются для установки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Запуск установки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Для того, чтобы запустить установку Mageia с Live CD или Live DVD на жёсткий "
+"диск или SSD-диск, просто нажмите на иконку \"Установить на жёсткий диск\". "
+"Вы получите этот экран, а затем шаг \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks"
+"\">Разбиение на разделы</link>\" как для непосредственной установки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Удаление Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Руководство"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Если Mageia не удовлетворяет вашим потребностям или вы не смогли должным "
+"образом установить систему, у вас может возникнуть потребность в удалении "
+"дистрибутива. Это ваше право, и в Mageia предусмотрена возможность удаления "
+"системы. Такую возможность можно найти не в каждой операционной системе."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"После создания резервной копии данных, перезагрузите систему с DVD Mageia и "
+"выберите пункт «Rescue system/Спасение системы», далее «Restore Windows boot "
+"loader/Восстановить загрузчик Windows». При следующей загрузке системы "
+"загрузится только Windows без всяких окон выбора операционной системы."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы воспользоваться местом на диске, которое некогда было занято разделами "
+"Mageia, в Windows, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню <code>Пуск -> Панель "
+"управления -> Средства администрирования -> Управление компьютером -> "
+"Хранилища данных -> Управление дисками</code>. В ответ должна быть открыта "
+"страница управления разделами. Раздел, куда была установлена Mageia, можно "
+"определить по метке <guilabel>Неизвестный</guilabel>, а также по размеру и "
+"расположению на диске. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на таком разделе и "
+"выберите пункт <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>. После этого место на диске "
+"будет освобождено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере установлена Windows XP, вы можете создать новый раздел и "
+"выполнить его форматирование (в FAT32 или NTFS). Система предоставит ему "
+"соответствующую букву диска."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере установлена Vista или 7, у вас будет еще один возможный "
+"вариант: вы можете расширить существующий раздел с помощью пункта, "
+"расположенного слева от пункта свободного места на диске. Кроме того, можно "
+"воспользоваться другими программами управления разделами, например gparted, "
+"доступным как для Windows, так и для Linux. Как и всегда, при внесении "
+"изменений в разделы следует быть очень осторожным и создавать резервные "
+"копии всех важных данных."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Сохранить или удалить неиспользованный материал"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом этапе программа установки ищет неиспользуемые пакеты локалей и "
+"неиспользуемые пакеты аппаратного обеспечения. Затем она предлагает вам "
+"удалить их. Это хорошая идея, чтобы согласиться, за исключением того, если "
+"вы готовите установку, которая должна работать на другом оборудовании."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Следующим шагом является копирование файлов на жёсткий диск. Это занимает "
+"несколько минут. В завершение вы получите пустой экран в течение некоторого "
+"времени, это нормально."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee7b690c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Установка с LIVE носителя</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Январь 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Официальная документация для Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с
+условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной
+компанией <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы
+время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команды
+документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь улучшить данное руководство.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Установка с LIVE носителя</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор
+страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и
+выбранного вами варианта установки.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26f591a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Установка с LIVE носителя</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор
+страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и
+выбранного вами варианта установки.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с
+условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной
+компанией <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы
+время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команды
+документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь улучшить данное руководство.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf3d8c37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Установка с помощью DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Февраль 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Официальная документация для Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с
+условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной
+компанией <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы
+время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команды
+документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь улучшить данное руководство.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Установка с помощью DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор
+страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и
+выбранного вами варианта установки.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..19e82aa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Установка с помощью DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор
+страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и
+выбранного вами варианта установки.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с
+условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной
+компанией <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы
+время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команды
+документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь улучшить данное руководство.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2f3d48e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Выбор и использование образов ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Введение</title>
+    <para>Mageia распространяется через образы ISO. Эта страница поможет вам выбрать,
+какие образы соответствуют вашим потребностям.</para>
+    <para>Существует два семейства источников:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Классическая программа установки: После загрузки с носителя будет
+возможность следить за процессом, позволяя выбрать что установить и как
+настроить вашу целевую систему. Это даёт вам максимальную гибкость при
+настраиваемой установке, в частности, выбрать окружение рабочего стола,
+которое вы будете устанавливать.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE носитель: вы можете загрузиться с носителя в реальной системе Mageia,
+не устанавливая её, чтобы увидеть, что вы получите после установки. Процесс
+установки проще, но вы получите меньший выбор.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Подробности приведены в следующих разделах.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Носитель</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Определение</title>
+      <para>Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно
+установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на
+котором хранятся данные файла ISO.</para>
+      <para>Вы можете найти их <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/">здесь</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Классический носитель для установки</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Типичные возможности</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Эти ISO используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия:
+система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Каждый DVD содержит многие доступные рабочие среды и языки.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного
+программного обеспечения.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live носитель</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Типичные возможности</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на
+жёсткий диск и опционально установить Mageia на ваш жёсткий диск.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Каждый ISO содержит лишь одну рабочую среду (Plasma, GNOME или Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для
+установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с
+предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Они содержат несвободное программное обеспечение.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Только рабочая среда Plasma.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Присутствуют все языки.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Только для 64-битной архитектуры.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Только рабочая среда GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Присутствуют все языки.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Только для 64-битной архитектуры</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Только рабочая среда Xfce.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Присутствуют все языки.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32-битная и 64-битная архитектуры.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Носители CD только для загрузки</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Типичные возможности</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Каждый из таких малых образов содержит минимум данных, необходимых для
+работы инсталлятора drakx и поиска drakx-installer-stage2, и другие пакеты,
+которые нужны для продолжения и завершения установки. Такие пакеты могут
+находиться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети
+или в интернете.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если
+канал связи в сети слишком узкий для загрузки полноценного образа DVD, на
+компьютерах без привода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать
+систему с флэш-диска USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Только английский язык.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначено для
+пользователей, которые не хотят пользоваться несвободными пакетами.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен
+для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Загрузка и проверка носителя данных</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Загрузка</title>
+      <para>Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или
+с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне
+будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и
+предоставлена возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных
+слишком мала. Если будет выбран http, вы увидите что-то такое:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum и sha1sum - программы для проверки целостности данных в образах
+ISO. Для выполнения проверки достаточно установить только одну из этих
+программ. Для <link linkend="integrity">дальнейшего использования</link>
+установите одну из них. Далее, будет показано такое окно:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Отметьте пункт «Сохранить файл».</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Проверка целостности полученных данных образа</title>
+      <para>Оба шестнадцатеричных числа вычислены с помощью определённого алгоритма на
+основе файла, который должен быть получен. Если вы попросите соответствующую
+программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное число на основе полученного
+файла, будет получено то же число (это будет означать что данные были
+получены надлежащим образом) или другое число (следовательно, данные были
+получены с ошибками). Расхождение цифр означает, что вам следует повторить
+получение образа или попытаться восстановить его с помощью BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:</para>
+      <para>- При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется
+определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Запись образа ISO</title>
+    <para>Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку
+USB. Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена
+для создания загрузочного носителя.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Записать ISO на CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на
+<emphasis role="bold">запись образа</emphasis>. Просто записать данные или
+файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">вики
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Запись образа ISO на USB флешку</title>
+      <para>Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на
+USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки и установки системы.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой
+системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут
+уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии
+придётся его форматировать.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Использование графического инструмента внутри Mageia</title>
+        <para>Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например
+<link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Использование графического инструмента внутри Windows</title>
+        <para>Вы можете попробовать:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link>
+использует опцию "образа ISO";</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Использование командной строки внутри системы GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Это потенциально *опасно* делать это вручную. Вы рискуете перезаписать
+раздел диска, если вы неправильно получите идентификатор устройства.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Вы также можете воспользоваться консольной программой dd:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Откройте окно консоли</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды <userinput>su
+-</userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте
+содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления
+файлами)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Введите команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>В качестве альтернативы вы можете получить имя устройства с помощью команды
+<code>dmesg</code>: в конце вы увидите имя устройства, начинающегося с
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, и<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> в этом случае:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Найдите имя устройства для вашего USB диска (по его размеру). Например, на
+приведенном выше снимке <code>/dev/sdb</code> - это устройство ёмкостью 8
+ГБ, это флешка USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Где X=имя вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Например: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Введите команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Извлеките флешку USB. Запись завершена.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..283a8174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Условия лицензирования и заметки о выпуске</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Лицензионное соглашение</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями
+лицензирования.</para>
+
+    <para>Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива
+<application>Mageia</application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе
+установка будет невозможна.</para>
+
+    <para>Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>,
+а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем
+благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия
+кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Заметки о выпуске</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в
+<application>Mageia</application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о
+выпуске</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1435412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Восстановление пароля администратора (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует
+определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux
+обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет
+отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на
+зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует
+достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле,
+расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле
+смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Введите пользователя</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь
+имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно
+прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и
+любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за
+компьютером.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок
+пользователя.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя
+пользователя.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести
+регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx
+использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя
+пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет
+отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также
+<xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом
+поле. DrakX проверит, совпадает ли  введенный повторно пароль с его
+первоначальным вариантом.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Содержимое домашних каталогов всех пользователей, записи которых будут
+созданы при установке Mageia, будут защищены от чтения и записи (umask =
+0027).</para>
+      <para>Вы можете добавить все записи будущих пользователей системы на этапе
+<emphasis>Настройка - Резюме </emphasis> при установке системы. Для
+управления записями выберите пункт <emphasis>Управление
+пользователями</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после
+завершения установки системы.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Дополнительные возможности управления учетными записями пользователей</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа
+откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры
+учетной записи, которую вы добавляете.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Кроме того, вы можете отключить или включить учётную запись гостя.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны
+при выходе из системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться
+о сохранении важных файлов на портативный носитель данных.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно
+включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта
+сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь
+ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося
+списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться
+для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код
+(идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью
+предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле,
+если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код
+(идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же,
+что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам
+неизвестны последствия ваших действий.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..920ec9c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев
+пакетов. Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности
+оптический носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев
+определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах.</para>
+
+  <para>Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Выбор и включение сети, если она еще не была включена. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора
+зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются
+в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию
+пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С
+помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов
+или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Если вы обновляете 64-битную версию системы, где могут содержаться какие-то
+32-битные пакеты, вам стоит воспользоваться этой страницей для добавления
+хранилища пакетов: обозначьте один из протоколов сети. DVD с 64-битной
+версией содержит только 64-битные пакеты и пакеты без определенной
+архитектуры. С его помощью нельзя обновить 32-битные пакеты. Впрочем, после
+добавления интернет-хранилища, средство установки может обнаружить нужные
+для обновления 32-битные пакеты.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59a478a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Выберете точки монтированния</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем
+компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями
+<application>DrakX</application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно
+должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: «Устройство»
+(«Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер
+жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать
+для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете
+создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal>
+раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или
+<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal>
+установленной тестовой версии (cauldron).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет
+осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с
+выбором. Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В
+окне, которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела,
+чтобы просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку
+<guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только
+форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить
+дополнительные действия.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c82baa75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Настройки часов</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На этом шаге вы должны выбрать, на какое время устанавливаются ваши
+внутренние часы, либо местное время, либо время UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>На вкладке Дополнительно, вы найдёте больше вариантов о настройках часов.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a233640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Загрузка Mageia как Live системы</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Загрузка носителя</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">С диска</title></info><para>Вы можете загрузиться непосредственно с носителя, который вы использовали,
+чтобы прожечь ваш образ (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Вам, как правило, нужно просто
+вставить его в CD/DVD привод для загрузчика, чтобы автоматически запустить
+установку после перезагрузки компьютера. Если этого не произойдёт, то вам
+возможно потребуется изменить настройки BIOS или нажать определённую
+клавишу, которая предложит вам выбрать периферийное устройство, с которого
+компьютер будет загружаться.</para><para>В соответствии аппаратными средствами, которые вы имеете, и как они
+настроены, вы получаете либо один, либо другой из двух экранов ниже.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">С USB устройства</title></info><para>Вы можете загрузиться с устройства USB, на которое вы сбрасывали свой образ
+ISO. В соответствии с вашими настройками BIOS компьютер возможно загружается
+непосредственно с устройства USB, которое уже подключено к порту. Если это
+не произойдёт, вам возможно потребуется изменить настройки BIOS или нажать
+определённую клавишу, которая предложит вам выбрать периферийное устройство,
+с которого компьютер будет загружаться.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">В режиме BIOS/CSM/Legacy</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Первый экран при загрузке в режиме BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>В среднем меню у вас есть выбор между тремя действиями:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Загрузить Mageia: Это означает, что Mageia 5 запустится с подключенного
+носителя (CD/DVD или USB флэш диска) без записи на диск, поэтому стоит
+ожидать очень медленную систему. После завершения загрузки вы можете
+приступить к установке на жёсткий диск.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Установить Mageia: Этот выбор приведёт к непосредственной установке Mageia
+на жёсткий диск.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Загрузка с жёсткого диска: Этот выбор позволяет загружаться с жёсткого диска
+как обычно, когда никакие носители информации (CD/DVD или USB флэш диски) не
+подключены. (не работает с Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>В нижнем меню находятся параметры загрузки:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Справка. Объясняются опции "splash", "apm", "acpi" и"Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Язык. Выбирается отображаемый на экранах язык.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Разрешение экрана. Выбирается между текстом, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom или другой. Как правило, установка производится с
+вставленного установочного носителя. Здесь выбираются другие источники,
+такие как серверы FTP или NFS. Если установка выполняется по сети с сервера
+SLP, то с помощью этой опции выберите один из источников установки,
+доступный на сервере.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Драйвер. Да или Нет. Система знает о наличии оптического диска с
+обновлением драйверов и потребует его вставки во время процесса установки.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Параметры ядра. Это способ указать параметры в соответствии с вашим
+оборудованием и драйверами для использования.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">В режиме UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Первый экран при загрузке с диска для системы с UEFI</para></caption></mediaobject><para>У вас есть только выбор для запуска Mageia в Live режиме (первый вариант)
+или инициировать установку (второй вариант).</para><para>Если вы загрузились с USB флешки, вы получите две дополнительные строки,
+которые являются дубликатами предыдущих строк с суффиксом "USB". Вы должны
+выбрать их.</para><para>В каждом случае первые шаги будут такими же, чтобы выбрать язык, часовой
+пояс и клавиатуру, а затем процессы будут различаться на <link
+linkend="testing">дополнительные шаги в Live режиме</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ab9275b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Выбор рабочего стола</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки,
+программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные
+возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы.</para>
+
+  <para>После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить
+показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application>
+или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные
+наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт
+<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну
+из этих сред, намерены использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый
+перечень программного обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда
+<application>LXDE</application> является менее требовательным к ресурсам,
+чем первые две среды, но выглядит не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше
+полезных программ.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ebcda80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Выбор групп пакетов</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на
+группы. Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете
+получить подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение
+указателя мыши на пункт группы в списке.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Рабочая станция.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Сервер.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Графическая среда.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления
+или удаления пакетов вручную.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend="minimal-install"/>, где изложены
+наставления по установлению минимальной системы (без или с графическим
+сервером и IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..611b9a93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Выбор индивидуальных пакетов</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые
+дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью
+типового набора.</para>
+
+    <para>Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок
+дискеты</guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов
+(данные можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным
+файлом можно будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие
+компьютеры: достаточно нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить
+сохраненный файл.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74d253f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Настройка ваших служб</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут
+запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп,
+нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Обычно необходимости в изменении настроек, выбранных DrakX, нет.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о
+службе на панели под списком.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших
+действий.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..190dc4fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Настройка часового пояса</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или
+какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был
+расположен в том же часовом поясе.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов
+компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT),
+также известного как Всемирное время (UTC).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что
+во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время
+(UTC/GMT).</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fba160be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Выбор графического сервера (настройки вашей графической карты)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно,
+программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер.</para>
+
+  <para>Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую
+карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из
+иерархического списка по следующим критериям: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>разработчик</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>название вашей карты</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>тип вашей карты</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не
+успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти
+соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg».</para>
+
+  <para>В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых
+драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти
+драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером "vesa". Этот
+драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео.</para>
+
+  <para>Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить
+доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки.</para>
+
+  <para>Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые)
+драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью
+репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт.</para>
+
+  <para>Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним
+доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc2c27e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Настройки графической карты и монитора</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во
+время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на
+графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym>
+или любая другая графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже
+параметры работы сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены
+правильно. Изменять значения параметров следует, если заметно, что
+<application>DrakX</application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам
+кажется, что этот выбор является ошибочным.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно,
+выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или
+выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>
+или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт
+<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту
+обновления изображения по вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к
+повреждению монитора.</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого
+пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при
+установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете
+проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности
+параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные
+параметры. Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое
+время вернет вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить
+настройки, пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка
+проверки недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы
+указанные параметры были безопасными.</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого
+пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52d6e0eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Выбор монитора</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа
+может правильно определить ваш монитор.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может
+привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте
+над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к
+документации вашего монитора.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Дополнительно</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических
+параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты
+синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется
+изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой
+будут показаны линии изображения.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4"><emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности
+которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите
+монитор. Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно
+ознакомьтесь с документацией к вашему монитору.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по
+базе данных мониторов.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Производитель</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам
+известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического
+списка по следующим критериям: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>разработчик</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>название фирмы-производителя монитора</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>описание монитора</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Общий</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых
+настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры
+плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит
+пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa»
+для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить
+автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c88e48e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Ручное разделение диска на разделы с помощью DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться
+шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на
+отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>,
+иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновку разделов(ла) в вашей
+системе. С ее помощью можно извлекать и создавать разделы, менять файловые
+системы на разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое
+разделов до внесения изменений.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в
+частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc,
+если будет обнаружено три диска. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на
+выбранном носителе данных были очищены.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала обозначьте область
+соответствующего раздела. Затем посмотрите данные по разделу, измените его
+файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто сотрите все
+раздел. С помощью пункта <guibutton>Переключиться на режим
+эксперта</guibutton> (или <guibutton>Режим эксперта</guibutton>) можно
+получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям, в том числе добавление метки
+или выбора типа раздела. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не
+станет так, как вы хотите.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут
+завершены.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Если вы устанавливаете Mageia в систему с UEFI, убедитесь, что существует
+ESP (EFI System Partition) и смонтирована в /boot/EFI (см. Ниже).</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Если вы устанавливаете Mageia на устаревшей системе с GPT, убедитесь, что
+существует раздел BIOS надлежащего типа.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07d19059
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Разбиение на разделы</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков
+компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX
+о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации
+компьютера и содержимого дисков.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Использовать существующие разделы</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены
+совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки
+системы.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Использовать свободное место</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть
+свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Использовать свободное место на разделе Microsoft Windows®</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах
+Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной
+системы.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в
+случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует
+предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть
+«очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во
+время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной
+системой. Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя
+дефрагментация и не гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места
+на другое на диске, который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно
+рекомендуем вам создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов.</para><para>Если будет выбран этот вариант, средство установки покажет остальные раздела
+Windows голубым цветом, а будущий раздел с Mageia - темно-синим. Размеры
+разделов будут указаны под ними. Вы можете изменить эти разделы
+перетаскиванием риски между ними с помощью указателя мыши. См. приведенный
+ниже снимок экрана.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Стереть и использовать весь диск</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь
+диск.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте
+осторожны!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то
+данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим
+вариантом.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Ручная разметка диска</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению
+разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role = "bold">Размер раздела:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Программа установки разделит свободное место в соответствии со следующими
+правилами:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Если общее доступное место меньше, чем 50 Гб, то будет создан только один
+раздел для / без отдельного раздела для /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Если общее доступное место более, чем 50 Гб, то создаются три раздела</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 от общего доступного пространства выделяется под / с максимумом 50 Гб</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 выделяется под своп с максимумом 4 Гб</para></listitem><listitem><para>остальное (по крайней мере 12/19) выделяется под /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Это означает, что из 160 Гб и более свободного места программа установки
+создаст три раздела: 50 Гб для /, 4 ГБ для свопа, а остальное для /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Если вы пользуетесь системой с UEFI, ESP (раздел с системой EFI) будет
+обнаружен автоматически или создан, если его ещё не существовало, и
+смонтирован в /boot/EFI. Пункт «Пользовательское разделение диска» является
+единственным пригодным к выбору, если выявление UEFI было выполнено должным
+образом.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Если вы пользуетесь устаревшей системой (известной как CSM или BIOS) с
+диском GPT, вам придётся создать раздел для загрузки BIOS, если он ещё не
+существует. Размер раздела примерно равен 1 МБ, он не будет иметь точки
+монтирования. Выберите <xref linkend="diskdrake"/>, чтобы иметь возможность
+создать такой раздел с помощью средства установки системы. Создание раздела
+вроде создания любого другого раздела, но надо выбрать тип файловой системы
+«Раздел загрузки BIOS».</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо
+предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у
+разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию,
+надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких
+дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на
+разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например
+gparted с такими параметрами:</para>
+    <para>«Выровнять по» «МиБ»</para>
+    <para>«Свободное место до (МиБ)» «2»</para>
+    <para>Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93183bd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Поздравляем</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно
+извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из
+операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено
+несколько систем).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически
+запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Приятной работы!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе
+Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b580ce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Файервол</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить простые правила работы защитного
+шлюза (брандмауэра): они определяют тип сообщения из интернета, которое
+будет приемлемым для системы назначения. Это соответствующим образом сделает
+доступ к соответствующим службам системы из сети Интернет.</para>
+
+  <para>В обычном состоянии ни один из пунктов не обозначен - ни одна из служб в
+системе не будет доступна из интернета. Пункт <emphasis>Все (защитного шлюза
+нет)</emphasis> имеет особое значение: он включает доступ ко всем службам
+системы - вариант, который не нужен при установке, поскольку его
+использование создает полностью незащищенную систему. Был назначен для
+использования в контексте Центра управления Mageia (где используется тот же
+модуль) для временного выключения всего набора правил защитного шлюза для
+тестирования или диагностики.</para>
+
+  <para>Назначение всех пунктов должно быть более-менее понятным. Например, выберите
+«Сервер CUPS», если хотите, чтобы принтеры на вашем компьютере были доступны
+из сети.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Дополнительно</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>В списке пунктов содержатся только самые распространенные типы служб. С
+помощью кнопки «Дополнительно» можно открыть страницу определения службы,
+для которой не предусмотрено пункта по умолчанию. С помощью этой страницы вы
+можете указать набор служб на основе пар записей данных (разделённых
+пробелами).</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;номер порта>/&lt;протокол></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;номер порта></emphasis> - значение номера порта, связанного
+со службой, доступ к которой вы хотите открыть (например, 873 для службы
+RSYNC). Номер определяется по протоколу <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;протокол></emphasis> - одно из значений,
+<emphasis>TCP</emphasis> или <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - интернет-протокол,
+который будет использоваться для обмена данными со службой.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Например, запись для возможности доступа к службе RSYNC выглядит так:
+<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Если служба реализована для обмена данными двумя протоколами, вы можете
+указать две пары записей для одного порта.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1749b5c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Форматирование</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует
+форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis>
+отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы,
+которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные
+блоки</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку
+<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом
+кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной
+странице. С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры
+разделов.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>,
+чтобы продолжить работу с программой.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6285cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Обновления</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые
+пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить
+эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать
+этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>,
+чтобы продолжить работу с программой.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48760d16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, программа для установки Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для
+установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы  установка или обновление
+системы прошло как можно проще для вас.</para>
+
+  <para>На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов
+действий. Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки
+системы. Обычно, это именно тот пункт, который вам нужен.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Приветственное окно программы установки</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>С помощью DVD Mageia</title>
+
+      <para>Ниже приведены окна приветствия DVD Mageia по умолчанию. Первое из них
+соответствует системе с UEFI, второе - системе с устаревшей системой
+загрузки:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>С этой страницы вы можете получить доступ к параметрам, нажав клавишу «e»
+для перехода в режим редактирования. Чтобы вернуться из этого режима,
+нажмите или клавишу Esc, если изменения не следует хранить, или комбинацию
+клавиш Ctrl и F10, чтобы сохранить изменения и выйти из режима
+редактирования.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>С помощью этой страницы можно указать некоторые личные предпочтения:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык)
+можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2 (только в устаревшем режиме).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и
+нажмите клавишу Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню
+Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>,
+<guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска
+оборудования</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Изменить разрешение экрана можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F3 (только в
+устаревшем режиме).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Добавить параметры работы ядра можно нажатием клавиши  <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> в режиме устаревшей системы или клавиши  <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> в режиме UEFI.</para>
+
+            <para>Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным
+образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными
+возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет
+показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры
+загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:</para>
+
+            <para>- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в параметрах по умолчанию.</para>
+
+            <para>- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в параметрах по умолчанию.</para>
+
+            <para>- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не
+принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием.</para>
+
+            <para>- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с
+возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы
+центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки.</para>
+
+            <para>Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по
+умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются
+в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры
+будут учтены при загрузке.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1
+(только в устаревшем режиме).</para>
+
+            <para>Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из
+пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы
+получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну
+приветствия.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия
+системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot
+Options</guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к
+списку параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в
+строку <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия
+клавиши F2.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Подробное описание параметров ядра в устаревших системах и системах с UEFI
+можно найти  <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">здесь</link>.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>С помощью проводной сети</title>
+
+      <para>Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по
+проводной сети (образ netinstall.iso или netinstall-nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+      <para>Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на
+экране. Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети
+приведено в <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Вики Mageia</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует американскому английскому.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Шаги установки</title>
+
+    <para>Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет
+показан на боковой панели экрана.</para>
+
+    <para>На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы
+можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой
+кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми
+пользуются не так часто, как основными.</para>
+
+    <para>На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку
+<guibutton>Справка</guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить
+дополнительные объяснения относительно текущего шага.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы
+можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши
+действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки
+обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка
+может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим
+предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый
+терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>
+одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути их решения</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Нет графического интерфейса</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может
+случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших
+системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого
+впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме
+может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым
+режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда
+будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия
+нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку "boot:", и
+нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Остановка установки</title>
+
+      <para>Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно,
+возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае
+можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и
+выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в
+соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду
+<code>noauto</code>. При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с
+вышеуказанными командами.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)</title>
+
+      <para>Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых
+случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно
+объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную,
+воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение
+оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ
+оперативной памяти.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Динамические разделы</title>
+
+      <para>Если Вы преобразовали свой диск из "базового" формата в "динамический"
+формат Microsoft Windows, то Вы должны знать, что невозможно установить
+Mageia на этот диск. Вернитесь к базовому диску, посмотрите документацию
+Microsoft: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4383bb7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Окно логина</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Окно логина KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>И, наконец, вы попадёте на экран логина.</para><para>Введите имя пользователя и пароль пользователя, и через несколько секунд вы
+окажетесь с загруженным рабочим столом KDE или GNOME, в зависимости от того,
+какой live носитель вы использовали. Теперь вы можете начать использовать
+вашу установку Mageia.</para><para>Ещё больше информации доступно в <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">вики
+Mageia</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4628f1cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Выбор источника (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории
+доступны. Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы
+воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из
+пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем
+содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются
+бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится
+программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В
+этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к
+графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в
+соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием
+для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение
+ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных
+правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены
+мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и
+видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD
+и т. п.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b61411d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Минимальная установка</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в
+списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Если нужно, вы можете выбрать дополнительно опцию «Индивидуальный выбор
+пакетов» на той же странице.</para>
+  <para>Минимальный режим предназначен для тех, кто намерен использовать
+<application>Mageia</application> с какой то узкоспециализированной целью, в
+частности как сервер или рабочую станцию узкого направления. Вам стоит
+пользоваться этим вариантом в сочетании с пунктом «Индивидуальный выбор
+пакетов», упомянутый выше, для более точной настройки списка установленных
+пакетов см. <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"> </xref>.</para>
+  <para>Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам
+будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности
+документацию и графический сервер.</para>
+  <para>При выборе, в категории «Вместе с X» будет также пункт IceWM, легковесная
+рабочая среда.</para>
+  <para>Базовая документация предоставляется в формате страниц man и info. В ней
+содержатся страницы man с <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html"> Проект документирования
+Linux</link> и страницы info с <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU coreutils
+</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75c0b1b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Резюме относительно других параметров</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно
+сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете
+ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого
+достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Как правило, рекомендованным является использование параметров по
+умолчанию. Вы можете ничего не менять, кроме трёх исключений:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>известны определённые недостатки в параметрах по умолчанию;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>вы попытались с параметрами по умолчанию, и ничего не вышло;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>в разделах с подробной информацией, приведённых ниже, утверждается, что
+следует выбрать параметры не по умолчанию.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Параметры системы</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Часовой пояс</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При
+необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Страна / Регион</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически,
+очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref
+linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующие параметры загрузчика.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком настройки Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Управление учетными записями</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У
+каждого пользователя будет свой ​​каталог <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Службы</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в
+фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете
+включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению
+работы компьютера.</para>
+
+        <para>Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref
+linkend="configureServices"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Параметры оборудования</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Клавиатура</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры,
+параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа
+клавиатуры.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Если вы заметили, что раскладка клавиатуры является ошибочной, и хотите
+изменить её, не забудьте, что с изменением раскладки может измениться и
+текст вашего пароля.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Мышь</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты,
+шаровые манипуляторы и т.д.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Звуковая плата</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом
+дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас
+более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является
+дефолтным.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Графический интерфейс</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших
+графических карт и дисплеев.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref
+linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Параметры сети и Интернета</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Сеть</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете
+закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после
+установки системы в  <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>,
+после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали
+это на предыдущем шаге.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр
+(сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Прокси</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и
+интернетом. С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на
+использование служб прокси-сервера.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать
+больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Безопасность</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Уровень безопасности</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего
+компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему
+компьютеру достаточную защиту.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу
+использования системы.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Файервол</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные
+от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и
+воспользоваться этими данными.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Выберите службы, каким должен быть разрешён доступ к вашей системе. Выбор
+служб будет зависеть от назначения компьютера, на котором работает
+операционная система. Подробнее об этом в разделе <xref
+linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может
+значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7afa0e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Перезагрузка</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>После установки загрузчика программа попросит вас прервать работу системы,
+вынуть из лотка компакт-диск, отсоединить от компьютера флешку и
+перезагрузить компьютер. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Завершить</guibutton></emphasis> и выполните именно эти
+действия <emphasis role="bold"> в указанном порядке </emphasis>.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>После перезагрузки вы увидите информацию о получении данных на полосе
+прогресса. Данные этих полос соответствуют процессу получения данных
+репозиториев с программным обеспечением (см. «Управление программным
+обеспечением»).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b96dc50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Изменение размеров раздела
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">В вашей системе несколько разделов
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Выберите
+один из них, тот, который следует уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить
+достаточно места для установки <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd45fbca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Уровень безопасности</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их
+дефолтные значения.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля
+<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b0f5495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Выбор страны и региона</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров
+локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления
+беспроводной связью. Ошибочный выбор может привести к невозможности
+использования беспроводной связи.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие
+страны</guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет
+открыто.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие
+страны</guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого
+списка. Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш
+правильный выбор.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Способ ввода</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ
+ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Ввод предоставляет возможность
+пользователям вводить символы записи восточных языков (китайского,
+японского, корейского и т.д.). Обычным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и
+портативных образах системы является IBus, следовательно пользователям не
+придётся настраивать ничего вручную. Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME
+и т.д.), которые предоставляют пользователям подобные возможности, можно
+установить, если перед выбором пакетов был добавлен репозиторий пакетов
+HTTP/FTP.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Если способ ввода нужен вам после установки системы, вы можете получить
+доступ к нему после загрузки установленной системы с помощью пункта меню
+«Настроить компьютер» -&gt; «Система» или запуска localedrake от имени
+пользователя root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4c3d97a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Установка или обновление</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Установка</para>
+
+      <para>Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить
+<application>Mageia</application> с нуля.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Обновление</para>
+
+      <para>Если на компьютере установлена ​​одна или несколько предыдущих версий
+<application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам
+возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia,
+которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия
+инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая
+уже больше не поддерживается,	 то лучше выполнить чистую установку, сохранив
+только раздел <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы
+можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши
+действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки
+обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка
+может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим
+предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый
+терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить
+компьютер.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы
+можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора
+языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих
+шагов установки.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8658f95e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Клавиатура</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с
+выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки,
+будет использована типичная американская раскладка US.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую
+раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам
+раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос
+производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку,
+которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным
+может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке,
+нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком,
+из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна
+<guibutton>Еще</guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора
+клавиатуры, в котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на
+это внимание: средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую
+клавиатуры из полного списка.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет
+дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться
+со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a434473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Выбор клавиатуры</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Вам потребуется установить раскладку клавиатуры, которую вы хотите
+использовать в Mageia. По умолчанию она выбирается в зависимости от вашего
+языка и часового пояса, выбранного ранее.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65cc78df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Выберите, пожалуйста, язык</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список
+стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет
+использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. <application>Mageia</application>
+будет использовать выбранный вами язык при установке и в уже установленной
+системе.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими
+пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>,
+чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно
+сложно.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать
+один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот
+язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для
+желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка,
+связанные с выбранной раскладкой.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>По умолчанию Mageia использует поддержку UTF-8 (Юникод).</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Кодировку можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее
+известно, что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается
+всех установленных языков.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра
+управления Mageia -> Система -> Настройка локализации системы.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a1dc9cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Выбор драйвера мыши</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать
+другой драйвер для мыши.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или
+USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать
+evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с
+шестью или более кнопками.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56d6fba3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Основные параметры загрузчика</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Интерфейс загрузчика</title>
+
+    <para>По умолчанию Mageia эксклюзивно использует:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (с графическим меню или без него) для устаревших систем с MBR или GPT</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi для системы UEFI.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Графические меню Mageia выглядят великолепно. :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 для устаревших систем с MBR и GPT</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Не изменяйте "Загрузочное устройство", если на самом деле не знаете, что вы
+делаете.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi в системах UEFI</title>
+
+      <para>Если вы пользуетесь системой с UEFI, интерфейс немного отличается, поскольку
+вы не сможете выбирать между загрузчиком с графическим меню и без него.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Если Mageia является единственной операционной системой, установленной на
+вашем компьютере, средство установки создаст ESP (системный раздел EFI) для
+хранения загрузчика (Grub2-efi). Если же на компьютере уже установлены
+операционные системы с UEFI (например Windows 8), средство установки Mageia
+обнаружит имеющиеся разделы ESP, созданные Windows, прибавит grub2-efi. Хотя
+теоретически в системе может быть несколько ESP, стоит ограничиться одним
+таким разделом, поскольку его достаточно для произвольного количества
+установленных вами операционных систем.</para>
+
+      <para>Не изменяйте "Загрузочное устройство", если на самом деле не знаете, что вы
+делаете.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Использование загрузчика Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>По умолчанию в зависимости от вашей системы, Mageia записывает новый:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>загрузчик GRUB2 или к MBR (Master Boot Record) вашего первого диска, или к
+загрузочному разделу BIOS.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>загрузчик Grub2-efi к ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Если на компьютере уже установлены другие операционные системы, Mageia
+попытается добавить эти системы к вашему новому меню загрузки Mageia. Если
+вам это не нужно, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и снимите
+флажок с пункта <guilabel>Зондирование посторонней ОС</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Использование уже установленного загрузчика</title>
+
+    <para>Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного
+загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в
+основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки
+загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом
+режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации
+другой операционной системы.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Использование цепной загрузки</title>
+
+    <para>Если вы не хотите использовать загрузчик Mageia, а вместо этого хотите
+воспользоваться цепной загрузкой с другой операционной системы, нажмите
+кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, затем пункт
+<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>не трогать
+ESP или MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Программа предупредит вас о том, что в системе не будет
+загрузчика. Проигнорируйте предупреждение и нажмите кнопку
+<guibutton>ОК</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Параметры</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Первая страница</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Пауза перед загрузкой основной системы</guilabel>: с помощью этого
+пункта можно установить задержку в секундах перед загрузкой операционной
+системы по умолчанию.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel>: с помощью этого раздела вы можете
+установить пароль для доступа к загрузчику. Использование пароля будет
+означать, что для выбора записи для загрузки или изменения параметров
+придётся вводить пароль. Именем будет «root», а пароль можно будет выбрать
+на следующем этапе.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: с помощью этого поля для ввода текста вы можете
+указать пароль.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Пароль (ещё раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля пользователя в
+этом поле. drakx проверит, совпадает ли введённый повторно пароль с его
+первоначальным вариантом.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Включить ACPI</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) является стандартом управления питанием компьютера. С его помощью
+компьютер может экономить энергию, выключая устройства, которые не
+используются. Этот метод использовали до появления APM. Снятие отметки с
+этого пункта может помочь, например, если на вашем компьютере не
+предусмотрено поддержки ACPI, или если вы считаете, что реализация ACPI
+создаёт проблемы в работе компьютера (например, неожиданные перезагрузки
+системы или «зависания» системы).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Включить SMP</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить или
+выключить симметричное использование многих процессоров, если на компьютере
+установлен многоядерный процессор.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Включить APIC</guilabel>: обозначение этого пункта предоставляет
+операционной системе доступ к расширенному программируемому контроллеру
+прерываний (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). Устройства с APIC
+дают возможность использовать более сложные модели с приоритетностью
+процессов и управления расширенными IRQ (запросами в отношении прерываний).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Включить локальный APIC</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно
+включить локальный APIC, то есть управление всеми внешними прерываниями для
+определённых процессоров в многопроцессорных системах.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Следующая страница</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>По умолчанию:</guilabel> вариант операционной системы для загрузки
+по умолчанию.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Присоединить:</guilabel> с помощью этого параметра вы можете
+передать ядру системы какие-то данные или сообщить ядру о том, что следует
+предоставить вам больше информации во время загрузки системы.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Зондирование посторонней ОС</guilabel>: см. выше раздел о <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">использование загрузчика Mageia</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Режим видео:</guilabel> с помощью этого пункта можно указать
+разрешения экрана (в пикселях) и глубину цветов для меню загрузки. Если вы
+нажмёте кнопку списка с маленьким треугольником остриём вниз, программа
+покажет варианты разрешений и глубины цветов, которыми можно
+воспользоваться.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">не трогать ESP или MBR</emphasis>: см. выше раздел о
+<link linkend="setupChainLoading">использование цепной загрузки</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be85b702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Для этого вам придётся внести вручную изменения в /boot/grub2/custom.cfg или
+воспользоваться программой для настройки GRUB (например grub-customizer из
+репозиториев Mageia).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Чтобы узнать больше, ознакомьтесь с соответствующей страницей нашей вики:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41aa239a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Настройка SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете
+дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых
+программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить
+DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным
+образом.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..898613e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Настройка звука</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой
+карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется
+только один дефолтный.</para>
+
+  <para>Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после
+установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите
+<command>draksound</command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр
+Управления Mageia), выбрав вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав
+<guilabel>Настройка звука</guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна.</para>
+
+  <para>Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты "Настройка звука" щёлкните на
+<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение
+неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить
+эту проблему.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Дополнительно</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки
+полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных
+драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер.</para>
+
+    <para>В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на
+<guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b47322c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Нажмите  кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном
+выборе.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите
+стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные,
+хранящиеся на этом диске.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10b7295d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Тестирование Mageia как Live системы</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Режим Live</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Вы получите этот экран если выберите "Загрузить Mageia". Если нет, то вы
+получите шаг "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Разбиение на разделы</link>"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Тестирование оборудования</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Одной из целей Live режима является проверка, что аппаратное обеспечение
+правильно управляется Mageia. Вы можете проверить, все ли устройства имеют
+драйвера в разделе аппаратного обеспечения Центра управления Mageia. Вы
+можете протестировать самые современные устройства:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>сетевой интерфейс: конфигурировать его с помощью net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>графическая карта: если вы видите предыдущий экран, то это уже хорошо.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>веб-камера:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>звук: звонок уже проиграл</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>принтер: настроить его и распечатать тестовую страницу</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>сканер: отсканировать документ из ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Если всё хорошо для вас, то вы можете начать установку. Если нет, то вы
+можете выйти кнопкой выхода.</para>
+
+      <remark>Параметры конфигурации, которые вы здесь сделали, сохраняются для установки.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Запуск установки</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Для того, чтобы запустить установку Mageia с Live CD или Live DVD на жёсткий
+диск или SSD-диск, просто нажмите на иконку "Установить на жёсткий диск". Вы
+получите этот экран, а затем шаг "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Разбиение
+на разделы</link>" как для непосредственной установки.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22ac76fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Удаление Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Руководство</title>
+
+    <para>Если Mageia не удовлетворяет вашим потребностям или вы не смогли должным
+образом установить систему, у вас может возникнуть потребность в удалении
+дистрибутива. Это ваше право, и в Mageia предусмотрена возможность удаления
+системы. Такую возможность можно найти не в каждой операционной системе.</para>
+
+    <para>После создания резервной копии данных, перезагрузите систему с DVD Mageia и
+выберите пункт «Rescue system/Спасение системы», далее «Restore Windows boot
+loader/Восстановить загрузчик Windows». При следующей загрузке системы
+загрузится только Windows без всяких окон выбора операционной системы.</para>
+
+    <para>Чтобы воспользоваться местом на диске, которое некогда было занято разделами
+Mageia, в Windows, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню <code>Пуск -> Панель
+управления -> Средства администрирования -> Управление компьютером ->
+Хранилища данных -> Управление дисками</code>. В ответ должна быть открыта
+страница управления разделами. Раздел, куда была установлена Mageia, можно
+определить по метке <guilabel>Неизвестный</guilabel>, а также по размеру и
+расположению на диске. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на таком разделе и
+выберите пункт <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>. После этого место на диске
+будет освобождено.</para>
+
+    <para>Если на компьютере установлена Windows XP, вы можете создать новый раздел и
+выполнить его форматирование (в FAT32 или NTFS). Система предоставит ему
+соответствующую букву диска.</para>
+
+    <para>Если на компьютере установлена Vista или 7, у вас будет еще один возможный
+вариант: вы можете расширить существующий раздел с помощью пункта,
+расположенного слева от пункта свободного места на диске. Кроме того, можно
+воспользоваться другими программами управления разделами, например gparted,
+доступным как для Windows, так и для Linux. Как и всегда, при внесении
+изменений в разделы следует быть очень осторожным и создавать резервные
+копии всех важных данных.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e67a58cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ru/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Сохранить или удалить неиспользованный материал</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На этом этапе программа установки ищет неиспользуемые пакеты локалей и
+неиспользуемые пакеты аппаратного обеспечения. Затем она предлагает вам
+удалить их. Это хорошая идея, чтобы согласиться, за исключением того, если
+вы готовите установку, которая должна работать на другом оборудовании.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Следующим шагом является копирование файлов на жёсткий диск. Это занимает
+несколько минут. В завершение вы получите пустой экран в течение некоторого
+времени, это нормально.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7374ea5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5679 @@
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Jajo Pajo, 2016.
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-17 11:59+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
+"Language: sk\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"sk/)\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licencia a poznámky k vydaniu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licenčné ujednanie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Pred inštaláciou <application>Mageie</application>, si starostlivo "
+"prečítajte licenčné podmienky a ustanovenia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Tieto podmienky a ujednania sa vzťahujú na celú distribúciu "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, skôr než budete pokračovať, musia byť "
+"prijaté."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ich chcete prijať, jednoducho vyberte <guilabel>Prijať</guilabel> a potom "
+"kliknite na <guibutton>Ďalšie</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak sa rozhodnete neprijať tieto podmienky, potom vám ďakujeme za "
+"nahliadnutie. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončiť</guibutton> sa reštartuje "
+"počítač."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Poznámky k vydaniu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sú k dispozícii dôležité informácie o tomto vydaní <application>Mageia</"
+"application> a sú dostupné kliknutím na tlačidlo <guibutton>Poznámky k "
+"vydaniu</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "sk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Výber zdroja (Nastavenie doplnkových inštalačných zdrojov)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Táto obrazovka vám dáva zoznam juž rozpoznaných úložísk. Môžete pridať "
+"ďalšie zdroje balíčkov, ako je optický disk alebo vzdialené zdroje. Výber "
+"zdroja určuje, ktoré balíčky budú dostupné pre výber v priebehu "
+"nasledujúcich krokov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Pre sieťové zdroje, sú potrebné dva nasledujúce kroky:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Výber a aktivácia siete, ak nie je už spustená."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Vybrať zrkadlový server alebo zadať URL adresu (prvý vstup). Výberom "
+"niektorého zo zrkadlových serverov budete mať prístup k ponukám všetkých "
+"úložísk spravovaných Mageiou, ako je Nonfree, Tainted a tiež ku "
+"aktualizáciám. Pomocou URL môžete určiť konkrétne úložisko alebo vlastnú NFS "
+"inštaláciu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak aktualizujete 64 bitovú inštaláciu, ktorá môže obsahovať niektoré 32 "
+"bitové balíčky, vtedy sa odporúča použiť túto obrazovku pre pridanie "
+"internetového zrkadlového servera zaškrtnutím jedného z tunajších Sieťových "
+"protokolov. 64-bitový DVD obraz obsahuje len 64 bitové a nearchové balíčky, "
+"nebude môcť aktualizovať 32 bitové balíčky. Avšak po pridaní internetového "
+"zrkadlového servera, inštalátor tam nájde potrebné 32 bitové balíčky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Spravovanie používateľa a superpoužívateľa"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Nastavenie správcovho (rootovho) hesla:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Pre všetky inštalácie <application>Mageie</application> sa odporúča nastaviť "
+"superužívateľovo alebo správcovo heslo, ktoré sa v Linuxe zvyčajne nazýva aj "
+"<emphasis>rootovo heslo</emphasis>. Keď zapisujete heslo do hore stojaceho "
+"políčka, farba jeho štítu sa zmení z červenej na žltú a na zelenú, v "
+"závislosti na sile hesla. Zelený štít ukazuje, že používate silné heslo. "
+"Potrebujete zopakovať rovnaké heslo v políčku umiestneným hneď pod políčkom "
+"prvého hesla, pričom ich porovnaní sa overí, či ste nespravili preklep v "
+"prvom políčku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Všetky heslá sú citlivé na veľkosti písmen; najlepšie je použiť v hesle "
+"kombináciu písmen (veľkých a malých), čísel a ostatných znakov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Pridať používateľa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Tu pridajte používateľa. Používateľ má menej oprávnení než superpoužívateľ "
+"(root), ale dostatok pre surfovanie po internete, používanie kancelárskych "
+"aplikácií alebo hranie sa hier i pre čokoľvek iné, čo bežný používateľ robí "
+"so svojím počítačom."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: ak kliknete na toto tlačidlo, zmení sa ikona "
+"používateľa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Reálne meno</guilabel>: Do tohto textového políčka vložte reálne "
+"používateľovo meno."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Prihlasovacie meno</guilabel>: Sem môžete zadať používateľovo "
+"prihlasovacie meno alebo to prenecháte inštalačnému programu drakx, aby "
+"použil verziu používateľovho reálneho mena. <emphasis>Prihlasovacie meno je "
+"citlivé na veľkosť písmen.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: Do tohto textového poľa by ste mali napísať "
+"používateľské heslo. Na konci textového políčka je štít, ktorý naznačuje "
+"silu heslu. (Pozrite aj <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo (znova)</guilabel>: Znova zadajte do tohto textového poľa "
+"heslo používateľa a drakx skontroluje, či máte rovnaké heslo v každom z "
+"textových políčok pre používateľské heslo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý používateľ, ktorého pridáte počas inštalácie Mageia, bude mať svetom "
+"čitateľný domovský adresár (ale ochránený proti zápisu)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak uprednostňujete svetom čítané domovské adresáre, možno budete chcieť "
+"pridať všetkých extra žiadúcich používateľov v kroku <emphasis>Konfigurácia "
+"- Súhrn</emphasis> počas inštalácie. Vyberte si <emphasis>Spravovanie "
+"používateľov</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Prístupové oprávnenia možno meniť aj po inštalácii."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Rozšírená správa používateľov"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak kliknete na tlačidlo <guibutton>pokročilé</guibutton>, bude vám ponúknutá "
+"obrazovka, ktorá vám dovoľuje upravovať nastavenia pre používateľa, ktorého "
+"pridávate."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Na dôvažok môžete zakázať alebo povoliť hosťovský účet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Čokoľvek, čo si hosť s predvoleným hostiteľským účtom <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis> uloží do svojho /domáceho adresára, bude zmazané v okamihu keď sa "
+"odhlási. Hosť by si mal uložiť svoje dôležité súbory na USB kľúč."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Povoliť hosťovský účet</guilabel>: Tu môžete povoliť alebo zakázať "
+"hosťovský účet. Hosťovský účet dovoľuje hosťovi prihlásiť sa k vášmu PC a "
+"používať ho, ale má viacej obmedzený prístup než normálni používatelia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ulita</guilabel>: Tento rozbaľovací zoznam vám umožňuje zmeniť "
+"ulitu (shell, prekladač príkazov) použitú používateľom, ktorého pridávate na "
+"predošlej obrazovke, možnosťami sú Bash, Dash a Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID používateľa</guilabel>: Tu môžete nastaviť používateľovo ID pre "
+"používateľa, ktorého pridávate na predošlej obrazovke. Je to číslo. "
+"Ponechajte ho prázdne, pokiaľ neviete, čo robíte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID skupiny</guilabel>: Toto vám umožňuje nastaviť ID skupiny. Tiež "
+"je to číslo, zvyčajne to isté, ako pre používateľa. Ponechajte ho prázdne, "
+"pokiaľ neviete, čo robíte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Zvoľte body pripojenia"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu vidíte Linuxové partície, ktoré boli nájdené na vašom počítači. Ak "
+"nesúhlasíte s návrhom <application>DrakX</application>u, môžete prípojné "
+"body zmeniť."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak zmeníte čokoľvek, uistite sa, že stále ešte máte <literal>/</literal> "
+"(koreňovú) partíciu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Každá partícia je ukázaná nasledovne: \"Zariadenie\" (\"Kapacita\", "
+"\"Prípojný bod\", \"Typ\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Zariadenie\" je zloženinou z \"pevného disku\", [\"čísla pevného disku"
+"\"(písmena)] a \"čísla partície\" (napríklad, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak máte mnohé partície, môžete si vybrať mnoho rôznych prípojných bodov z "
+"rozbaľovacej ponuky, aké sú <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> a "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. Dokonca si môžete spraviť vlastné prípojné body, "
+"napríklad <literal>/video</literal> pre partíciu, kde si chcete ukladať vaše "
+"filmy, alebo <literal>/domov-kotol</literal> ako domovskú partíciu "
+"inštalácie kotla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Pre partície, ku ktorým nepotrebujete mať prístup, môžete ponechať prázdne "
+"políčko prípojného bodu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte <guibutton>Predošlé</guibutton>, ak si nie ste istí, čo si máte "
+"zvoliť a potom zaškrtnite <guilabel>Vlastné rozdelenie disku</guilabel>. V "
+"obrazovke, ktorá nasleduje, môžete kliknúť na partíciu, aby ste videli jej "
+"typ a veľkosť."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste si istí, že prípojné body sú správne, kliknite na <guibutton>Ďalej</"
+"guibutton> a vyberte si, či chcete naformátovať len tú partíciu (resp. "
+"partície), ktoré DrakX navrhuje, alebo i ďalšie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Nastavenie času"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"V tomto kroku si máte vybrať, na ktorý čas sú nastavené vaše interné hodiny, "
+"buď miestny čas alebo UTC čas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr "Na karte pokročilé nájdete viac možností pre nastavenie času."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Zaviesť Mageiu ako Živý systém"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Zavedenie z dátového nosiča"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Z disku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Systém môžete zaviesť z nosiča, na ktorý ste napálili váš obrazový súbor "
+"(CDčko, DVDčko...). Zvyčajne ho stačí len vložiť do vašej CD/DVD mechaniky, "
+"aby zavádzač spustil inštaláciu automaticky po reštarte počítača. Ak sa to "
+"nestane, možno potrebujete prekonfigurovať váš BIOS alebo stlačiť jednu "
+"klávesu, ktorá vám ponúkne vybrať si zariadenie, z ktorého sa počítač "
+"zavedie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Podľa toho ktorý máte hardvér a ako je nakonfigurovaný, objaví sa buď jedna "
+"alebo druhá z dvoch nižšie uvedených obrazoviek."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Z USB zariadenia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Počítač môžete naštartovať z USB zariadenia, na ktorom je zaznamenaný váš "
+"ISO obraz. Vzhľadom na nastavenia vášho BIOSu sa počítač možno už zavádza "
+"priamo z USB zariadenia zastrčeného v porte počítača. Ak sa tak nedeje, "
+"možno potrebujete prekonfigurovať váš BIOS alebo stlačiť jednu klávesu, "
+"ktorá vám ponúkne vybrať si periférium, z ktorého sa naštartuje počítač."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "V zastaralom BIOS/CSM režime"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Prvá obrazovka počas spúšťania v BIOSovom režime"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "V prostrednej ponuke, máte voľbu medzi tromi akciami:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Zaviesť Mageiu: Toto znamená že Mageia 5 sa spustí z pripojeného nosiča (CD/"
+"DVD alebo USB kľúča) bez akéhokoľvek zapisovania na disk, takže očakávajte "
+"veľmi pomalý systém. Keď sa zavádzanie dokončí, môžete prikročiť i ku "
+"inštalácií na pevný disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Nainštalovať Mageiu: Táto voľba priamo nainštaluje Mageiu na pevný disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Spustiť z pevného disku: Táto voľba dovoľuje zaviesť systém z pevného disku, "
+"tak ako zvyčajne, keď žiadne médium (CD/DVD alebo USB kľúč) nie je "
+"pripojené. (nepracuje sa s Mageiou 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "V spodnej ponuke sú Možnosti Zavedenia systému:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Pomoc. Vysvetľuje možnosti \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" a \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Jazyk. Vyberte si pre zobrazenie jazyka obrazoviek."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Rozlíšenie obrazovky. Voľba medzi textom, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom alebo Ďalšie. Normálne sa inštalácia vykoná z vloženého "
+"inštalačného média. Tu si vyberáte iné zdroje, akými sú FTP alebo NFS "
+"servery. Ak sa inštalácia vykonáva v sieti so SLP serverom, pri tejto "
+"možnosti si vyberte jeden z inštalačných zdrojov dostupných na serveri."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Ovládač. Áno alebo Nie. Systém je upovedomený o prítomnosti voliteľného "
+"disku s aktualizáciou ovládača a bude požadovať jeho vloženie počas procesu "
+"inštalácie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Voľby jadra. Toto je cesta pre zadanie volieb vzťahujúcich sa k vášmu "
+"hardvéru a ovládačom, ktoré sa použijú."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "V UEFI režime"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Prvá obrazovka počas štartu na UEFI systémoch z disku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu máte len možnosť spustiť Mageiu v Živom režime (prvá voľba) alebo spustiť "
+"inštaláciu (druhá voľba)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste naštartovali počítač z USB kľúča, dostanete dva doplňujúce riadky, "
+"ktoré sú duplikáty predošlých riadkov zakončené so skratkou \"USB\". Máte "
+"ich na výber."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"V každom prípade budú prvé kroky rovnaké - vybrať si jazyk, časovú zónu a "
+"klávesnicu; potom sa postupy odlišujú v <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">dodatočných krokoch v Živom režime</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Výber pracovného prostredia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"V závislosti na tomto vašom výbere, vám môžu byť ponúknuté ďalšie obrazovky "
+"k jemnému doladeniu vášho výberu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Po kroku (resp. krokoch) výberu uvidíte pohyblivú prehliadku počas počas "
+"inštalácie balíčkov. Prehliadka môže byť vypnutá stlačením tlačidla "
+"<guilabel>Detaily</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si, či chcete používať prostredie obrazovky <application>KDE</"
+"application> alebo <application>Gnome</application>. Obe prostredia sú "
+"vybavené všetkými užitočnými aplikáciami a nástrojmi. Zaškrtnite "
+"<guilabel>Vlastné</guilabel> ak chcete používať obe alebo žiadne z nich, "
+"alebo ak chcete niečo iné než sú predvolené možnosti softvéru pre tieto "
+"prostredia. Prostredie <application>LXDE</application> je menej náročné než "
+"predošlé dve prostredia, zároveň však obsahuje menej efektov pre oči a "
+"predinštalovaného softvéru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Výber skupín balíkov"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Balíky boli roztriedené do skupín, aby vám bol uľahčený výber toho, čo "
+"všetko potrebujete vo vašom systéme. Názvy skupín zodpovedajú tomu, čo sa v "
+"nich nachádza, ak však chcete vedieť viac o obsahu v danej skupine, stačí "
+"zájsť s myšou nad názov skupiny."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Pracovná stanica."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafické prostredie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuálny výber balíčkov: Túto voľbu môžte použiť pre ručné pridanie "
+"alebo odobranie balíčkov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Prečítajte si <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pre inštrukcie o "
+"tom, ako vykonať minimálnu inštaláciu (bez alebo s X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Výber jednotlivých balíčkov"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu môžete pridávať alebo odoberať všetky doplnkové balíčky pre prispôsobenie "
+"inštalácie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Po učinení vášho výberu, môžete kliknúť na <guibutton>ikonu diskety</"
+"guibutton> naspodku stránky pre uloženie vášho výberu balíčkov (funguje i "
+"uloženie na USB kľúč). Potom môžete použiť tento súbor k nainštalovaniu "
+"rovnakých balíčkov na inom systéme, stlačením rovnakého tlačidla počas "
+"inštalácie a zvolením načítania ho."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Nastavenie služieb"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu si môžete nastaviť, ktoré služby (ne)spúšťať pri zavádzaní vášho systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sú tu 4 skupiny. Kliknutím na šípku pred skupinou rozbalíte danú skupinu a "
+"uvidíte služby, ktoré obsahuje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Nastavenia ktoré DrakX vybral si zvyčajne dobré."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak rozsvietite službu, niektoré informácie o nej sa ukážu v informačnom poli "
+"nižšie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Veci meňte len vtedy, keď veľmi dobre viete, čo robíte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Nastavenie časového pásma"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si časové pásmo výberom vašej zeme alebo mesta blízko vás v rovnakom "
+"časovom pásme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"V ďalšom okne si môžete vybrať nastavenie vašich hardvérových hodín na "
+"miestny čas alebo na GMT, známy aj ako UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak máte na vašom počítači viac než jeden operačný systém, uistite sa, že sú "
+"všetky nastavené na miestny čas, alebo všetky na UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Výber X Servera (Konfigurácia vašej grafickej karty)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX má veľmi rozsiahlu databázu grafických kariet a zvyčajne správne "
+"identifikuje video zariadenie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak vaša grafická karta nie je správne rozpoznaná inštalačným programom a vy "
+"viete, akú máte kartu, môžete ju vybrať zo stromu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "dodávateľ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "potom názov vašej karty"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "a typ vašej karty"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak nemôžete nájsť svoju kartu v zoznamoch dodávateľov (pretože ešte nie je v "
+"databáze, alebo je to staršia karta) môžete nájsť vhodný ovládač v kategórii "
+"Xorg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Zoznam Xorg poskytuje viac než 40 všeobecných a open source ovládačov "
+"grafických kariet. Ak stále nemôžete nájsť názov ovládača pre kartu, "
+"existuje možnosť použitia VESA ovládača, ktorý poskytuje základné možnosti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Pamätajte, že ak vyberiete nekompatibilný ovládač, môžete mať prístup iba k "
+"rozhraniu príkazového riadka."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Niektorí výrobcovia grafických kariet poskytujú proprietárne ovládače pre "
+"Linux, ktoré môžu byť k dispozícii v nonfree úložisku a v niektorých "
+"prípadoch len z webových stránok výrobcu karty."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Prístup k Nonfree úložisku musí byť výslovne povolený pre ich sprístupnenie. "
+"Ak tomu tak nie je, najskôr ho povoľte. Toto by ste mali urobiť po prvom "
+"reštarte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Nastavenie grafickej karty a monitoru"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Bez ohľadu na to, ktoré grafické prostredie (známe aj ako prostredie "
+"pracovnej plochy) ste si vybrali pre túto inštaláciu <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, všetky sú založené na systéme grafického používateľského "
+"prostredia nazvanom <acronym>X Window Systém</acronym>, alebo jednoducho "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>. Takže k tomu, aby <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> alebo ktorékoľvek ďalšie "
+"grafické prostredie pracovalo správne, nasledujúce nastavenia systému "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> musia byť korektné. Vyberte si korektné nastavenia, ak "
+"vidíte, že <application>DrakX</application> nevykonal voľbu, alebo ak si "
+"myslíte, že voľba je nekorektná."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafická karta</guibutton></emphasis>: Vyberte zo "
+"zoznamu vašu kartu, ak je to treba."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Máte na výber možnosť "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> ak je použiteľná, alebo si vybrať váš "
+"monitor v zozname <guilabel>Dodávateľov</guilabel> alebo "
+"<guilabel>Všeobecných</guilabel> monitorov. Vyberte <guilabel>Vlastný</"
+"guilabel>, ak uprednostňujete ručné nastavenie horizontálnej a vertikálnej "
+"obnovovacej frekvencie vášho monitora."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Nesprávne obnovovacie frekvencie môžu zničiť váš monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rozlíšenie</guibutton></emphasis>: Tu nastavte "
+"požadované rozlíšenie a farebnú hĺbku vášho monitora."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Nie vždy sa testovacie "
+"tlačidlo objaví počas inštalácie. Ak tu je toto tlačidlo, môžete upraviť "
+"nastavenia jeho stlačením. Ak vidíte otázku pýtajúcu sa vás, či sú vaše "
+"nastavenia správne, môžete odpovedať \"áno\" a nastavenia budú zachované. Ak "
+"vôbec nič nevidíte, vrátite sa na konfiguračnú obrazovku a budete môcť "
+"prekonfigurovať všetko, až kým test dopadne dobre. <emphasis>Uistite sa, či "
+"sú vaše nastavenia na bezpečnej strane, ak testovacie tlačidlo nie je k "
+"dispozícii.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Tu si môžete vybrať, "
+"či povoliť alebo zakázať rôzne možnosti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Výber vášho monitoru"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX má veľmi rozsiahlu databázu monitorov a zvyčajne správne identifikuje "
+"ten váš."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Vybratie monitora s odlišnými charakteristikami môže poškodiť váš "
+"monitor alebo video hardvér. Neskúšajte prosím nič bez toho, že viete čo "
+"robíte.</emphasis> Ak máte pochybnosť, mali ste nahliadnuť do dokumentácie k "
+"vášmu monitoru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Vlastné</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Táto možnosť vám dovoľuje nastaviť dva kritické parametre, vertikálnu "
+"obnovovaciu frekvenciu a horizontálnu synchronizačnú frekvenciu. Vertikálne "
+"obnovovanie určuje, ako často je obrazovka obnovovaná a horizontálna "
+"synchronizácie je rýchlosť, ktorou sú zobrazované skenované riadky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Je <emphasis>VEĽMI DÔLEŽITÉ</emphasis> aby ste nezvolili typ monitora s "
+"rozsahom synchronizácie, ktorý presahuje schopnosti vášho monitora: mohli by "
+"ste tým poškodiť svoj monitor. Ak ste v pochybnostiach, vyberte si "
+"konzervatívne nastavenie a preverte ho v dokumentácii k vášmu monitoru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto je predvolená možnosť, ktorá vyskúša určiť typ monitora z databázy "
+"monitorov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Dodávateľ</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak inštalátor korektne nerozpoznal váš monitor a vy viete, ktorý máte, "
+"môžete si ho zvoliť zo stromu pomocou výberu:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "mena výrobcu monitora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "popisu monitora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Všeobecný</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"výber tejto skupiny zobrazí približne 30 konfigurácií obrazovky, ako sú "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz zahŕňajúc i ploché panelové obrazovky, aké sú používané v "
+"laptopoch. Toto býva často dobrou skupinou pre výber monitora, ak "
+"potrebujete používať ovládač karty Vesa, keď váš obrazový hardvér nemôže byť "
+"rozpoznaný automaticky. Takisto tu, môže byť rozumné byť konzervatívni pri "
+"vašom výbere."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Vlastné rozdelenie disku pomocou DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak si prajete použiť šifrovanie na vašej <literal>/</literal> partícii, "
+"musíte sa uistiť, že máte odčlenenú <literal>/boot</literal> partíciu. "
+"Možnosť zašifrovania NESMIE byť nastavená pre zavádzaciu <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> partíciu, inak váš systém nebude možné zaviesť."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu upravíte rozloženie vášho disku (diskov). Môžete odstraňovať alebo "
+"vytvárať partície, meniť súborový systém partície, alebo meniť jej veľkosť a "
+"dokonca si prezrieť, čo je v nich, predtým ako začnete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Je tam karta pre každý nájdený pevný disk alebo iné úložné zariadenie, ako "
+"je USB kľúč. Napríklad sda, sdb a sdc, ak sú pripojené tri kusy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Stlačte <guibutton>Vyčistiť všetko</guibutton> pre zmazanie všetkých "
+"partícií na vybranom úložnom zariadení."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Pre všetky ostatné akcie: kliknite najprv na požadovanú partíciu. Potom si "
+"ju prezrite, alebo si vyberte súborový systém a prípojný bod, zmeňte je "
+"veľkosť alebo ju prečistite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Pokračujte dokým ste nenastavili všetko podľa vášho priania."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na tlačidlo <guibutton>Hotovo</guibutton>, keď ste nachystaní."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak inštalujete Mageiu na UEFI systém, skontrolujte, či ESP (EFI Systémová "
+"Partícia) je prítomná a správne pripojená na /boot/EFI (viď vyššie)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak inštalujete Mageiu na UEFI systém, skontrolujte, či ESP (EFI Systémová "
+"Partícia) je prítomná a správne pripojená na /boot/EFI (viď vyššie)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Rozdelenie diskov"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"V tejto obrazovke môžete vidieť obsah vášho pevného disku (diskov) a vidieť "
+"nájdené riešenia DrakXovho sprievodcu rozdeľovaním disku navrhujúce, kam "
+"nainštalovať <application>Mageiu</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Možnosti dostupné z nižšie uvedeného zoznamu sa budú líšiť v závislosti na "
+"rozložení a obsahu vášho konkrétneho pevného disku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Použiť existujúce partície"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je dostupná táto možnosť, potom boli nájdené jestvujúce s Linuxom "
+"kompatibilné partície a môžu byť použité pre inštaláciu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Použiť voľné miesto"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak máte nevyužité miesto na vašom pevnom disku, potom ho táto možnosť "
+"využije pre vašu novú inštaláciu Mageie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Použiť voľné miesto na Windowsovej partícii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak máte nevyužité miesto na existujúcej Windowsovej partícii, inštalátor "
+"môže ponúknuť jeho použitie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Toto môže byť užitočná cesta vytvorenia priestoru pre vašu novú inštaláciu "
+"Mageie, ale je to riziková operácia, takže by ste sa mali uistiť, že máte "
+"zazálohované všetky dôležité súbory!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Pamätajte, že toto znamená zmenšenie veľkosti Windowsovej partície. Partícia "
+"musí byť \"čistá\", to znamená že Windows museli byť korektne vypnuté, keď "
+"boli naposledy použité. Tiež musela byť defragmentovaná, hoci toto nie je "
+"zárukou, že všetky súbory na partícii boli presunuté z oblasti, ktorá má byť "
+"použitá. Vysoko sa odporúča zazálohovať si vaše osobné súbory."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"U tejto možnosti, inštalátor zobrazí zostávajúcu Windowsovú partíciu vo "
+"svetlomodrej a budúcu partíciu Mageie v tmavomodrej farbe spolu s ich "
+"zamýšľanými veľkosťami pod nimi. Máte možnosť prispôsobiť tieto veľkosti "
+"kliknutím a presunutím medzery medzi oboma partíciami. Viď snímku obrazovky "
+"nižšie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Vymazať a použiť Celý Disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Táto možnosť použije celé diskové zariadenie pre Mageiu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Upozornenie! Toto vymaže VŠETKY dáta na vybranom pevnom disku. Teda buďte "
+"opatrní!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak zamýšľate použiť čas disku pre niečo iné, alebo už máte dáta na onom "
+"disku, ktoré nie ste pripravení stratiť, potom nepoužívajte túto voľbu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Vlastné rozdelenie disku pomocou DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto vám dáva úplnú kontrolu nad umiestnením inštalácie na vašom pevnom "
+"disku (resp. diskoch)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Menenie veľkostí partícií:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr "Inštalátor rozdelí dostupné miesto podľa nasledovných pravidiel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je celkové dostupné miesto menšie než 50 GB, bude vytvorená len jedna "
+"partícia pre /, nebude tu žiadna samostatná partícia pre /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je celkové dostupné miesto nad 50 GB, potom sa vytvoria tri partície"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 z celkového dostupného miesta je pridelených pre / ,nanajvýš však 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 je pridelená pre swap , nanajvýš však 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "zvyšok (prinajmenšom 12/19) je pridelený pre /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"To znamená, že v prípade 160 GB a viac dostupného miesta, inštalátor vytvorí "
+"tri partície: 50 GB pre /, 4 GB pre swap a zvyšok pre adresár /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak používate UEFI systém, ESP (EFI Systémová Partícia) bude automaticky "
+"rozpoznaná, alebo vytvorená, ak ešte neexistuje, a pripojená na /boot/EFI. "
+"Možnosť \"Voliteľné\" je jediná, ktorá vám dovoľuje skontrolovať, že toto "
+"bolo správne vykonané"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Niektoré novšie mechaniky teraz používajú 4096 bajtové logické sektory, "
+"namiesto predošlého štandardu 512 bajtových logických sektorov. Kvôli "
+"nedostupnosti dostupného hardvéru, nástroj na delenie disku použitý v "
+"inštalátori nebol testovaný s takou mechanikou. Taktiež niektoré ssd "
+"mechaniky dnes používajú veľkosť vymazávacieho bloku nad 1 MB. Navrhujeme "
+"vopred rozdeliť mechaniku, s použitím alternatívnych partíciovacích "
+"nástrojov akým je gparted, ak vlastníte také zariadenie, a použiť nasledovné "
+"nastavenia:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Zarovnať na\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Uvádzajúce voľné miesto (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Tiež sa ubezpečte, že všetky partície sú vytvorené s párnym počtom "
+"megabajtom."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Inštalácia zo ŽIVÉHO dátového nosiča"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Január 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Oficiálna dokumentácia pre Mageiu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Texty a snímky obrazovky v tomto manuále sú dostupný pod licenciou CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tento manuál bol vytvorený s pomocou <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>om."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Bol napísaný dobrovoľníkmi v ich voľnom čase. Skontaktujte prosím <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentačný tím</"
+"link>, ak by ste chceli pomôcť vylepšiť tento manuál."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Nikto sa nestretne so všetkými inštalačnými obrazovkami, ktoré vidíte v "
+"tomto manuáli. Ktorú obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašom hardvéri a na "
+"voľbách, ktoré spravíte počas inštalácie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Inštalácia s DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Február 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Gratulujeme"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokončili ste inštaláciu a konfiguráciu <application>Mageie</application> a "
+"teraz je bezpečné vybrať inštalačné médium a reštartovať váš počítač."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Po reštarte, na obrazovke zavádzača, si môžete vybrať spomedzi operačných "
+"systémov vo vašom počítači (ak ich máte viac než jeden)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste neupravovali nastavenia pre zavádzač systému, automaticky bude "
+"vybraná a spustená vaša nainštalovaná Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Nech sa vám páči!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Navštívte www.mageia.org ak máte nejaké otázky alebo ak chcete prispieť k "
+"Mageii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Menenie veľkostí partícií:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Všeobecný</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formátovanie"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu si môžete vybrať, ktorú partíciu (alebo partície) si prajete "
+"naformátovať. Všetky dáta na partíciách <emphasis>nevyznačených</emphasis> "
+"pre naformátovanie budú ušetrené."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Zvyčajne prinajmenšom partície, ktoré DrakX vybral, potrebujú byť "
+"naformátované."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na <guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> pre výber partícií, ktoré "
+"chcete skontrolovať na takzvané <emphasis>chybné bloky</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak si nie ste istí, či ste vykonali správnu voľbu, môžete kliknúť na "
+"tlačidlo <guibutton>Predošlé</guibutton>, opäť na <guibutton>Predošlé</"
+"guibutton> a potom na <guibutton>Vlastné</guibutton>, aby ste sa vrátili na "
+"hlavnú obrazovku. Na onej obrazovke si môžete vybrať pozretie toho, čo máte "
+"na vašich partíciach."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste spokojný s výberom, kliknite na <guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> pre "
+"pokračovanie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, inštalátor Mageie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Či už ste nováčikom u GNU-Linuxu alebo pokročilým používateľom, Mageia "
+"inštalátor je navrhnutý, aby vám pomohol učiniť vašu inštaláciu alebo "
+"aktualizáciu čo najľahšou ako sa len dá."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Počiatočná ponuková obrazovka má rôzne možnosti, každopádne predvolená "
+"spustí inštalátor, ktorý bude zvyčajne všetko, čo potrebujete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Uvítacia inštalačná obrazovka"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Použitie zavádzača Mageie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tu sú predvolené uvítacie obrazovky, pri používaní DVD Mageia. Prvá je s "
+"obstarožným systémom a druhá s UEFI systémom:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Na tejto prvej obrazovke je možné nastaviť niektoré osobné nastavenia:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Jazyk (len pre inštaláciu, môže sa odlišovať od zvoleného systémového "
+"jazyka) stlačením klávesy F2 (len v obstarožnom režime)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Použite šípkové klávesy pre výber jazyka a stlačte klávesu Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu je napríklad francúzska uvítacia obrazovka keď používate Živé DVD/CD. "
+"Pamätajte, že ponuka na Live DVD/CD nepredkladá: <guilabel>Záchranný systém</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Pamäťový test</guilabel> a <guilabel>Nástroj na "
+"detekciu hardvéru</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Zmeňte rozlíšenie obrazovky stlačením klávesy F3 (len v obstarožnom režime)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Pridajte niektoré možnosti kernelu stlačením klávesy <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">F6</emphasis> v obstarožnom režime alebo klávesy <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">e</emphasis> key v režime UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak inštalácia zlyháva, vtedy môže byť nutné vyskúšať znova jednu z extra "
+"možností. Ponuka vyvolaná cez F6 zobrazuje nový riadok nazvaný "
+"<guilabel>Zavádzacie možnosti</guilabel> a ponúkne štyri položky:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Predvolené, táto nemení nič v predvolených možnostiach."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Žiadne ACPI (Pokročilé rozhrania konfigurácie a napájania), spravovanie "
+"napájania nie je brané do úvahy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Žiaden lokálny APIC (lokálny pokročilý programovateľný ovládač prerušení), "
+"jedná sa o prerušenia CPU, vyberte túto možnosť, ak ste k tomu vyzvaní."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Keď si vyberiete jednu z týchto položiek, ona modifikuje predvolené možnosti "
+"zobrazené v riadku <guilabel>Možnosti zavádzania systému</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"V niektorých vydaniach Mageie sa môže stať, že sa položky vybrané s klávesou "
+"F6 neobjavujú v riadku <guilabel>Možností zavádzania o.s.</guilabel>, avšak "
+"v skutočnosti sú brané do úvahy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pridajte viacero možností kernelu stlačením klávesy F1 (len v obstarožnom "
+"režime)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Stlačenie F1 otvára nové okno s ďalšími dostupnými možnosťami. Vyberte jednu "
+"so šípkovými klávesami a stlačte Enter pre obdržanie viacej detailov alebo "
+"stlačte klávesu Esc pre pre návrat na uvítaciu obrazovku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Podrobný prehľad o rozsahu možností. Stlačte Esc alebo zvoľte "
+"<guilabel>Návrat ku Zavádzacím Možnostiam</guilabel> pre návrat späť k "
+"zoznamu možností. Tieto možnosti môžu byť pridané ručne v riadku "
+"<guilabel>Možnosti zavedenia</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Nápoveda je preložená vo zvolenom jazyku s klávesou F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pre viacej informácií o možnostiach kernelu na obstarožných a UEFI "
+"systémoch, pozrite: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Tu je predvolená uvítacia obrazovka pri používaní inštalačného CD založeného "
+"na pripojení k sieti (obrazy Boot.iso alebo Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Nedovoľuje zmeniť jazyk, dostupné možnosti sú popísané na obrazovke. Pre "
+"viacej informácií o používaní inštalačného CD založeného na pripojení k "
+"sieti, pozrite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install"
+"\">Mageia Wiki</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Rozloženie klávesnice je americké."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Kroky inštalácie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Proces inštalácie je rozdelený do viacerých krokov, ktoré je možno sledovať "
+"na bočnom paneli obrazovky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý krok má jednu alebo viacero obrazoviek, ktoré tiež môžu mať "
+"<guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> tlačidlá so zvyčajne menej žiadanými extra "
+"možnosťami."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Väčšina obrazoviek má tlačidlá <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, ktoré dávajú "
+"bližšie vysvetlenia o aktuálnom kroku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak sa niekde počas inštalácie rozhodnete ukončiť inštaláciu, je možný "
+"reštart, ale prosím premyslite si to dvakrát, skôr než toto spravíte. Keď "
+"raz už bola partícia naformátovaná alebo sa začali inštalovať aktualizácie, "
+"váš počítač už viac nie je v tom istom stave a jeho reštart by vás mohol "
+"celkom poľahky zanechať s nepoužiteľným systémom. Ak napriek tomuto ste si "
+"veľmi istí, že chcete reštartovať, choďte do textového terminálu súčasným "
+"stlačením troch kláves <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Potom stlačte "
+"súčasne <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> pre reštart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problémy pri inštalácií a možné riešenia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Žiadne grafické rozhranie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Po počiatočnej obrazovke vám nenabehla obrazovka výberu jazyka. Toto sa môže "
+"stať s niektorými grafickými kartami a staršími systémami. Skúste použiť "
+"nízke rozlíšenie obrazovky napísaním <code>vgalo</code> v príkazovom riadku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je hardvér veľmi starý, grafická inštalácia nemusí byť možná. V tomto "
+"prípade sa oplatí vyskúšať inštaláciu v textovom režime. Pre jej použitie "
+"stlačte ESC na prvej uvítacej obrazovke a potvrďte s ENTEROM. Bude vám "
+"ponúknutá čierna obrazovka so slovom \"boot\". Napíšte \"text\" a stlačte "
+"ENTER. Teraz pokračujte s inštaláciou v textovom režime."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Inštalácia zamrzne"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak sa zdá, že systém mrzne počas inštalácie, môže to byť problém s detekciou "
+"hardvéru. V tomto prípade môže byť obídená automatická detekcia hardvéru a "
+"vykonaná neskôr. Ak chcete toto vyskúšať, napíšte <code>noauto</code> na "
+"príkazovom riadku. Táto možnosť môže byť tiež skombinovaná aj s inými "
+"možnosťami, ak je treba."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Problém s RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto bude zriedkavo potrebné, ale v niektorých prípadoch môže hardvér "
+"nesprávne ohlásiť dostupnú RAM pamäť. Aby ste ju zadali ručne, môžete použiť "
+"parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kde xxx je správne množstvo pamäte RAM, "
+"napr. <code>mem=256M</code> by znamenala 256MB RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dynamické partície"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste konvertovali váš pevný disk zo \"základného\" formátu na \"dynamický"
+"\" formát v systéme Microsoft Windows, musíte vedieť, že je nemožné "
+"inštalovať Mageiu na tento disk. Pre návrat späť ku základnému disku, "
+"pozrite si dokumentáciu Microsoftu: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft."
+"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Aktualizácie"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Odkedy bola uvoľnená táto verzia o.s. <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"niektoré balíčky boli aktualizované alebo vylepšené."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si <guilabel>áno</guilabel>, ak si ich prajete stiahnuť a "
+"nainštalovať, vyberte <guilabel>nie</guilabel>, ak to teraz nechcete urobiť, "
+"alebo ak nie ste pripojení k internetu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Potom stlačte <guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> pre pokračovanie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Prihlasovacia obrazovka"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM prihlasovacia obrazovka"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Nakoniec sa dostanete ku prihlasovacej obrazovke"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Vložte vaše používateľské meno a používateľské heslo a za pár sekúnd sa "
+"ocitnete na načítanej KDE alebo GNOME pracovnej ploche, podľa toho ktorý "
+"živý dátový nosič ste použili. Teraz môžete začať používať vašu inštaláciu "
+"Mageie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ďalšiu časť našej dokumentácie môžete nájsť na <link linkend=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Výber nosiča (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu máte zoznam dostupných repozitárov. Nie všetky repozitáre sú dostupné, "
+"podľa toho ktoré médium používate pre inštaláciu. Výber repozitárov určuje, "
+"ktoré balíčky budú dostupné na výber počas ďalších krokov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozitár pre <emphasis>Jadro</emphasis> nemôže byť vypnutý, keďže ten "
+"obsahuje základ distribúcie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozitár pre <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> softvér obsahuje balíčky, ktoré "
+"sú voľne bez poplatkov, napr. Mageia ich môže redistribuovať, ale ony "
+"obsahujú softvér s neverejným zdrojovým kódom (stadiaľ ono pomenovanie "
+"Nonfree - neslobodný). Napríklad tento repozitár obsahuje proprietárne "
+"ovládače pre grafické karty nVidia a ATI, firmvér pre rôzne WiFi karty, atď."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozitár pre <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> čiže po slovensky poškvrnený "
+"softvér obsahuje balíčky uvoľnené pod slobodnou licenciou. Hlavným kritériom "
+"pre umiestnenia balíčkov do tohto repozitára je to, že môžu porušovať "
+"patenty a autorské zákony v niektorých krajinách, napr. multimediálne kodeky "
+"potrebné pre prehrávanie rozličných audio/video súborov; balíčky potrebné "
+"pre prehrávanie komerčných video DVD, atď."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimálna inštalácia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Môžete si zvoliť Minimálnu inštaláciu odznačením všetkého na obrazovke "
+"Výberu Skupín Balíčkov, viď <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je žiadaná, môžete dodatočne zaškrtnúť možnosť pre \"individuálny výber "
+"balíčkov\" na rovnakej obrazovke."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimálna inštalácia je zamýšľaná pre tých, čo zamýšľajú špecifické využitie "
+"svojej <application>Mageie</application>, akým je server alebo "
+"špecializovaná pracovná stanica. Túto možnosť pravdepodobne použijete "
+"spojenú s možnosťou \"individuálneho výberu balíčkov\" spomenutou vyššie, "
+"pre doladenie vašej inštalácie, viď <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste si zvolili túto inštalačnú triedu, potom vám príslušná obrazovka "
+"ponúkne nemnoho užitočných extra vecí na nainštalovanie, akými sú "
+"dokumentácia a X server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je vybrané, vtedy \"Spolu s X\" pripojí aj IceWM ako ľahké desktopové "
+"prostredie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Základná dokumentácia je poskytnutá vo forme man a informačných stránkach. "
+"Obsahuje man stránky z <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man."
+"html\">Linuxového dokumentačného projektu</link> a informačné stránky o "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU "
+"jadrových utilitách</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Súhrn o rozličných parametroch"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX spravil chytré voľby pre konfiguráciu vášho systému závisiace na "
+"voľbách, ktoré ste spravili a na hardvéri, ktoré DrakX zistil. Nastavenia "
+"môžete zhodnotiť tu a zmeniť ich, ak chcete, po stlačení "
+"<guibutton>Konfigurovať</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Parametre systému"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Časové pásmo</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX pre vás vybral časové pásmo, vzhľadom k vášmu obľúbenému jazyku. "
+"Môžete ju zmeniť, ak je to potrebné. Pozrite tiež <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Krajina / Región</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak nie ste vo vybranej krajine, je veľmi dôležité, aby ste napravili toto "
+"nastavenie. Pozrite <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zavádzač</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX spravil dobré výbery pre nastavenie zavádzača systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Nič na tom nemeňte, ak neviete, ako konfigurovať Grub a/alebo Lilo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Pre viac informácií, viď <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Správa používateľov</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu môžete pridať extra používateľov. Každý z nich obdrží svoj vlastný "
+"<literal>/home</literal> t. j. domáce adresáre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Služby</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Systémové služby označujú tie malé programy, ktoré bežia v pozadí (tzv. "
+"démoni, čo je však zvrátené historické prirovnanie). Tento nástroj vám "
+"umožňuje povoliť alebo zakázať určité úlohy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu by ste mali škrtať opatrne, skôr než tu čokoľvek zmeníte - omyl môže "
+"zabrániť správnemu behu vášho počítača."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Pre viac informácií, viď <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Hardvérové parametre"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Klávesnica</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Tuná nastavujete alebo meníte rozloženie vašej klávesnice, ktoré bude "
+"záležať na vašej polohe, jazyku alebo type klávesnice."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Myš</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu môžete pridávať alebo konfigurovať ďalšie ukazovacie zariadenia, tablety, "
+"trackbally atď."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zvuková karta</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Inštalátor používa predvolený ovládač, ak predvolený jestvuje. Možnosť "
+"výberu odlišného ovládača je daná len vtedy, keď jestvuje viac než jeden "
+"ovládač pre vašu kartu, ale žiaden z nich nie je predvolený."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafické rozhranie</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Táto sekcia vám dovoľuje konfigurovať vašu grafickú kartu (resp. karty) a "
+"obrazovky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Pre viac informácií, viď <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Nastavenia siete a internetu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Sieť</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu môžete konfigurovať vašu sieť, ale pre sieťové karty s neslobodnými "
+"ovládačmi je lepšie to vykonať po reštarte v <application>Ovládacom centre "
+"Mageia</application>, ak ste ešte nepovolili repozitáre Neslobodných nosičov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Keď pridávate sieťovú kartu, nezabudnite zároveň nastaviť i váš firewall na "
+"sledovanie onoho rozhrania."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxy servery</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"A Proxy Server slúži ako sprostredkovateľ medzi vaším počítačom a širším "
+"internetom. Táto sekcia vám dovoľuje konfigurovať váš počítač pre využitie "
+"niektorej proxy služby."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Možno sa budete potrebovať poradiť s vaším systémovým správcom pre získanie "
+"parametrov, ktoré sem potrebujete zadať"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Bezpečnosť"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Úroveň bezpečnosti</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu nastavujete Úroveň bezpečnosti pre váš počítač, vo väčšine prípadov "
+"predvolené nastavenie (Štandardná) je adekvátna pre bežné použitie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Zaškrtnite voľbu, ktorá sa najlepšie hodí k vášmu používaniu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall, slovenský ohnivá stena, má slúžiť ako bariéra medzi vašimi "
+"dôležitými dátami a ničomníkmi vonku na internete, ktorí by ich chceli "
+"rozširovať alebo ukradnúť."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si služby, ktoré si prajete aby mali prístup k vášmu systému. Vaše "
+"výbery budú záležať na tom, k čomu používate váš počítač."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Majte na pamäti, že dovolenie všetkého (žiaden firewall) môže byť veľmi "
+"riskantné."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Reštart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Keď bol zavádzač nainštalovaný, budete vyzvaní pozastaviť váš počítača, "
+"odstrániť živé CD a reštartovať počítač. Keď reštartujete, uvidíte "
+"následnosť ukazovateľov priebehu sťahovania. Tieto naznačujú, že softvérové "
+"médiá sú sťahované (viď Správu softvéru)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Keď bol zavádzač nainštalovaný, budete vyzvaní pozastaviť váš počítača, "
+"odstrániť živé CD a reštartovať počítač. Keď reštartujete, uvidíte "
+"následnosť ukazovateľov priebehu sťahovania. Tieto naznačujú, že softvérové "
+"médiá sú sťahované (viď Správu softvéru)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Zmeniť veľkosť <application>Windowsovej<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partície"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Máte viac než jednu <application>Windowsovú<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partíciu.  Vyberte si, ktorá by mala byť zmenená, aby sa "
+"učinilo miesto pre inštaláciu <application>Mageie</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Úroveň bezpečnosti"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Tu môžete upraviť vašu úroveň bezpečnosti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Ponechajte predvolené nastavenia ako sú, ak neviete, čo si máte vybrať."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Aj po inštalácii bude vždy možné upraviť vaše bezpečnostné nastavenia v "
+"časti <guilabel>Bezpečnosť</guilabel> Ovládacieho Centra Mageie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Vyberte a používajte ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Úvod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia je šírená cestou ISO obrazov. Táto stránka vám pomôže vybrať si, "
+"ktorý obraz vyhovuje vašim potrebám."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Sú tu dve rodiny nosičov:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Klasický inštalátor: Po zavedení z nosiča, bude nasledovať postup dovoľujúci "
+"výber toho, čo chcete nainštalovať a ako nakonfigurovať váš cieľový systém. "
+"Toto vám dáva maximálnu flexibilitu pre prispôsobenú inštaláciu, vrátane "
+"možnosti výberu, ktoré Prostredie Pracovnej Plochy si nainštalujete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"ŽIVÝ nosič dát: môžete zaviesť nosič v reálnom systéme Mageia bez jeho "
+"inštalácie, aby ste videli, čo dostanete po inštalácii. Proces inštalácie je "
+"jednoduchší, ale dostanete menej možností výberu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Podrobnosti sú uvedené v ďalších častiach."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Dátové nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definícia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu je médiom (nosičom) obrazový súbor ISO, ktorý vám umožňuje inštalovať a/"
+"alebo aktualizovať Mageiu a pri rozšírení akúkoľvek fyzickú podporu, na "
+"ktorú je ISO súbor skopírovaný."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Môžete ich nájsť <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">tu</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klasické inštalačné nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Bežné vlastnosti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Tieto ISO súbory používajú tradičný inštalátor nazvaný drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokážu spraviť čistú inštaláciu alebo aktualizovať z predošlých vydaní."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Niektoré nástroje sú dostupné na Uvítacej obrazovke: Záchranný systém, "
+"Pamäťový test, Nástroj na detekciu hardvéru."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Každé DVD obsahuje mnohé dostupné prostredia pracovnej plochy a jazyky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr "Počas inštalácie vám bude daná voľba pridať si neslobodný softvér."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Živé nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Môžu byť použité na obhliadku distribúcie bez jej nainštalovania na pevný "
+"disk i na voliteľné nainštalovanie Mageie na váš pevný disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Každé ISO obsahuje len jedno prostredie pracovnej plochy (KDE alebo GNOME)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Živé ISO súbory môžu byť použití len na vytvorenie "
+"čistých inštalácií, nemôžu byť použité na aktualizáciu z predošlých vydaní.</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Obsahujú neslobodný softvér."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Živé DVD KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "iba KDE prostredie pracovnej plochy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Všetky jazyky sú prítomné."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Živé DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "ibe GNOME prostredie pracovnej plochy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Živé DVD KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "iba KDE prostredie pracovnej plochy."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Iba bootovacie CD nosiče"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý jeden je malý obraz, ktorý neobsahuje viac než to, čo je treba pre "
+"naštartovanie drakx inštalátora a nájdenie drakx-inštalátora-časti2 a "
+"ďalších balíčkov, ktoré sú potrebné pre pokračovanie a dokončenie "
+"inštalácie. Tieto balíčky môžu byť na pevnom disku V PC, na lokálnom disku, "
+"na lokálnej sieti alebo na internete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Tieto nosiče sú veľmi ľahké (menšie než 100 MB) a sú vhodné, keď prenosové "
+"pásmo príliš malé pre stiahnutie plného DVD, keď PC nemá DVD mechaniku alebo "
+"keď PC nedokáže naštartovať z USB kľúča."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "iba anglický jazyk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "Spustiť inštaláciu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Obsahuje len slobodný softvér, pre tých ľudí, ktorí odmietajú používať "
+"neslobodný softvér."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Obsahuje neslobodný softvér (zväčša ovládače, kodeky...) pre ľudí, ktorí ich "
+"potrebujú."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Sťahovanie a skontrolovanie nosiča"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Sťahovanie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste si už vybrali váš ISO súbor, môžete ho stiahnuť pomocou buď http "
+"alebo BitTorrentu. V oboch prípadoch vám okno podáva pár informácií, ako sú "
+"použitý zrkadlový server a možnosť zmeny, ak je prenosová rýchlosť príliš "
+"nízka. Ak je vybrané http, môžete uvidieť i čosi takéto"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum a sha1sum sú nástroje pre skontrolovanie neporušenosti ISO súboru. "
+"Jeden z nich si ponechajte <link linkend=\"integrity\">pre budúce použitie</"
+"link>. Potom sa objaví toto okno:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Zaškrtnite prepínacie tlačidlo Uložiť Súbor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Kontrolovanie neporušenosti stiahnutého nosiča"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Obe kontrolné súčty sú hexadecimálne čísla vypočítané algoritmom zo súboru, "
+"ktorý má byť stiahnutý. Keď požiadate tieto algoritmy na znovuprepočítanie "
+"tohto čísla z vášho stiahnutého súboru, buď dostanete rovnaké číslo a váš "
+"stiahnutý súbor je neporušený, alebo sa číslo odlišuje a máte poškodený "
+"súbor. Poškodenie nabáda k tomu, že by ste sa mali pokúsiť stiahnuť ISO "
+"znova."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Otvorte konzolu, netreba byť rootom, a:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- pre použitie md5sum, napíšte: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum cesta/ku/"
+"obrazovemu/suboru.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- pre použitie sha1sum, napíšte: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum cesta/"
+"ku/obrazovemu/suboru.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"a porovnajte získané číslo z vášho počítača (možno naň budete musieť chvíľku "
+"počkať) s číslom daným Mageiou. Napríklad:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Vypálenie alebo vpísanie ISO súboru"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Skontrolované ISO môže byť teraz napálené na CD alebo DVD alebo vpísané na "
+"USB kľúč. Tieto operácie nie sú obyčajným kopírovaním a cielia k vytvoreniu "
+"zavediteľného nosiča."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Napálenie ISO súboru na CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Použite ktorýkoľvek napaľovací program, ktorý si prajete, ale uistite sa, že "
+"napaľovacie zariadenie je správne nastavené na <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">napáliť obraz</emphasis>, lebo napáliť dáta alebo súbory nie je správne. "
+"Viacej informácií je na <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Vpísať ISO na USB kľúčenku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Všetky ISO súbory Mageie sú hybridy, čo znamená, že ich môžete 'vpísať' na "
+"USB kľúč a potom ho použiť na zavedenie a inštaláciu systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"\"vpísanie\" obrazu na flashové zariadenie zničí akýkoľvek predošlý súborový "
+"systém na zariadení; každé ostatné dáta budú stratené a kapacita partície "
+"bude zmenšená na veľkosť obrazu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Pre obnovu pôvodnej kapacity, musíte znovu prerobiť partíciu USB kľúča a "
+"naformátovať ho."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Použitím grafického nástroja v Mageii"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Môžete použiť grafický nástroj akým je <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Použitím grafického nástroja vo Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Môžete vyskúšať:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sk_SK\">Rufus</link> "
+"použijúc možnosť \"ISO obraz\";"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Použijúc Príkazový riadok v systéme GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Je potenciálne \"nebezpečné\" robiť toto ručne. Riskujete že prepíšete "
+"diskovú partíciu, zadáte nesprávne ID zariadenia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Tiež môžete použiť dd nástroj v konzole:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Otvorte konzolu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Staňte sa rootom použitím príkazu <userinput>su -</userinput> (nezabudnite "
+"na koncovú pomlčku '-')"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Vsuňte váš USB kľúč (nepripájajte ho mountom, čo tiež znamená, neotvárajte "
+"žiadnu aplikáciu alebo správcu súborov, ktorý by ho mohol sprístupniť alebo "
+"z neho čítať)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Vložte príkaz <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Prípadne môžete získať meno zariadenia s príkazom <code>dmesg</code>: na "
+"konci, vidíte meno zariadenia začínajúce so <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, a "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> v tomto prípade:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Nájdite meno zariadenia pre vašu USB kľúč (podľa jeho veľkosti), napríklad "
+"<code>/dev/sdb</code> na obrázku vyššie, je to 8GB USB kľúč."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Vložte príkaz: # <userinput>dd if=cesta/ku/ISO/suboru of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "kde X=názov vášho zariadenia, napr. /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Príklad: # <userinput>dd if=/home/pouzivatel/Stiahnute/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD."
+"iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Vložte príkaz: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Odpojte váš USB kľúč, je to hotovo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Vyberte si vašu Krajinu / Región"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte vašu krajinu alebo región. Toto je dôležité pre všetky druhy "
+"nastavení, ako sú mena a bezdrôtová regulačná doména. Nastavenie nesprávnej "
+"krajiny môže viesť ku neschopnosti používania bezdrôtovej siete."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak vaša krajina nie je v zozname, kliknite na tlačidlo <guilabel>Ostatné "
+"krajiny</guilabel> a tam si vyberte vašu krajinu / región."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je vaša krajina len v zozname <guilabel>Ostatných krajín</guilabel>, po "
+"kliknutí na <guibutton>OK</guibutton> sa môže zdať, že bola vybraná krajina "
+"zo zoznamu. Toto prosím ignorujte, DrakX bude nasledovať vašu reálnu voľbu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Vstupná metóda"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Na obrazovke <guilabel>Ostatné krajiny</guilabel> môžete si tiež zvoliť "
+"vstupnú metódu (na spodku zoznamu). Vstupné metódy dovoľujú používateľom "
+"vkladať viacjazyčné znaky (čínske, japonské, kórejské, atď.). IBus je "
+"predvolená vstupná metóda na Mageia DVDčkách, Afrika/India a Ázia/ne-India "
+"na Live-CDčkách. Pre ázijské a africké miestne nastavenia, bude IBus "
+"nastavená ako predvolená vstupná metóda, takže používatelia by nemali "
+"potrebovať konfigurovať ju ručne. Iné vstupné metódy (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, atď) "
+"tiež poskytujú podobné funkcie a môžu byť nainštalované, ak ste pridali HTTP/"
+"FTP nosič pred výberom balíkov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste počas inštalácie vynechali nastavenie vstupnej metódy, môžete ju "
+"sprístupniť po reštarte vášho nainštalovaného systému cez \"Konfigurovať váš "
+"Počítač\" -&gt; \"Systém\", alebo spustením localedrake ako root správca."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Inštalovanie alebo Aktualizovanie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Inštalovanie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Použite túto možnosť pre čerstvú inštaláciu <application>Mageie</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualizovanie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak máte jednu alebo viacero inštalácií <application>Mageie</application> na "
+"vašom systéme, inštalátor vám dovolí aktualizovať jednu z nich na najnovšie "
+"vydanie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Iba aktualizovanie z predošlej verzie Mageie, ktorá bola <emphasis>ešte "
+"podporovaná</emphasis> keď bola vydaná verzia tohto inštalátora, bolo "
+"dôkladne odskúšané. Ak chcete aktualizovať verziu Mageie, ktorá už dosiahla "
+"svoj Koniec Životnosti, keď táto verzia bola vydaná, potom je lepšie urobiť "
+"čistú inštaláciu, pričom si ponecháte vašu domovskú <literal>/home</literal> "
+"partíciu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak sa počas inštalácie rozhodnete zastaviť inštaláciu, je možné reštartovať "
+"počítač, ale skôr než toto urobíte, si to prosím dôkladne zvážte. Keď raz "
+"bola partícia naformátovaná alebo sa začali inštalovať aktualizácie, váš "
+"počítač už viac nie je v rovnakom stave a jeho reštartovanie by vás mohlo "
+"veľmi ľahko ponechať s nepoužiteľným systémom. Ak napriek tomu ste si veľmi "
+"istí, že reštartovanie je to, čo chcete, choďte do textového terminálu "
+"súčasným stlačením troch klávesov <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>. Potom "
+"stlačte súčasne <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> pre reštart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste objavili, že ste zabudli vybrať nejaký doplnkový jazyk, môžete sa "
+"vrátiť z obrazovky \"Inštalácie a Aktualizácie\" ku výberu jazyka súčasným "
+"stlačením <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Toto však už "
+"<emphasis>nerobte</emphasis> neskôr počas inštalácie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Vyberte si klávesnicu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Budete si musieť vybrať rozloženie klávesnice, ktoré si prajete používať v "
+"Mageii. Predvolená je vybraná primerane k vášmu jazyku a predošlej vybranej "
+"časovej oblasti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Klávesnica"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX vyberie vhodnú klávesnicu pre váš jazyk. Ak nebola nájdená žiadna "
+"vhodná klávesnica, bude predvolené rozloženie kláves americkej klávesnice."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uistite sa, že výber je správny alebo si vyberte iné rozloženie klávesnice. "
+"Ak neviete, ktoré rozloženie má vaša klávesnica, pozrite sa do špecifikácií, "
+"ktoré prišli s vaším systémom, alebo sa spýtajte počítačového dodávateľa. Na "
+"klávesnici môže byť dokonca i štítok, ktorý identifikuje rozloženie kláves. "
+"Tiež sa môžete pozrieť sem: <link xlink:href=\"https://cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Rozlo%C5%BEen%C3%AD_kl%C3%A1ves\">cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rozložení_kláves</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak vaša klávesnica nie je ukázaná v zozname, kliknite na tlačidlo "
+"<guibutton>Ďalšie</guibutton> pre získanie plného zoznamu, a tam si vyberte "
+"vašu klávesnicu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Po vybratí klávesnice z dialógu <guibutton>Ďalšie</guibutton> sa vrátite ku "
+"prvému dialógu pre výber klávesnica a bude sa zdať, akoby bola zvolená "
+"klávesnica z tamtej obrazovky. Môžete pokojne ignorovať túto anomáliu a "
+"pokračovať v inštalácii: Vaša klávesnica je tá, ktorú ste si vybrali z "
+"plného zoznamu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste si vybrali klávesnicu založenú na nelatinských znakoch, uvidíte extra "
+"dialógovú obrazovku pýtajúcu sa, ako by ste chceli prepínať medzi latinským "
+"a nelatinským rozložením klávesnice."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Prosím, zvoľte jazyk, ktorý chcete používať"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si váš obľúbený jazyk, tým že najprv rozbalíte zoznam pre váš "
+"svetadiel. <application>Mageia</application> použije tento výber počas "
+"inštalácie a pre váš inštalovaný systém."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si váš obľúbený jazyk, tým že najprv rozbalíte zoznam pre váš "
+"svetadiel. <application>Mageia</application> použije tento výber počas "
+"inštalácie a pre váš inštalovaný systém."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Je možné, že budete potrebovať mať nainštalovaných viacero jazykov na vašom "
+"systéme, pre seba alebo pre ostatných používateľov, potom by ste mali použiť "
+"tlačidlo <guibutton>Viacero jazykov</guibutton> pre ich pridanie teraz. Bude "
+"náročné pridať extra jazykovú podporu po inštalácií."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak ste si hoci aj zvolili viac než jeden jazyk, musíte si najprv vybrať "
+"jeden z nich ako vás prednostný jazyk na prvej jazykovej obrazovke. Ten bude "
+"tiež označený ako vybraný na obrazovke viacerých jazykov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak jazyk vašej klávesnice nie je ten istý ako váš prednostný jazyk, potom sa "
+"odporúča nainštalovať takisto jazyk vašej klávesnice."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia používa predvolene UTF-8 (Unicode) podporu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Táto môže byť vypnutá na obrazovke \"viaceré jazyky\", ak viete, že je "
+"nevhodná pre váš jazyk. Zakázanie UTF-8 sa použije pre všetky nainštalované "
+"jazyky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Jazyk vášho systému po inštalácii môžete zmeniť v ponuke Mageia Ovládacie "
+"Centrum -> Systém -> Spravovať lokalizáciu pre váš systém."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Výber myši"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak nie ste spokojní s odozvou vašej myši, tu si môžete vybrať odlišnú myš."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Zvyčajne je <guilabel>Univerzálna</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hocaká PS/2</"
+"guilabel> a <guilabel>USB myš</guilabel> je dobrou voľbou."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte <guilabel>Univerzálna</guilabel> - <guilabel>Vynútiť evdev</"
+"guilabel> pre nakonfigurovanie tlačidiel, ktoré nefungujú na myši majúcej "
+"šesť alebo viac tlačidiel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Pridanie alebo úprava položiek Ponuky na zavedenie systému"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pre viacej informácií o možnostiach kernelu na obstarožných a UEFI "
+"systémoch, pozrite: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Hlavné parametre zavádzača"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Hlavné parametre zavádzača"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "So systémom UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Grafické ponuky Mageie sú pekné:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-"
+"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata "
+"xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"1\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Neupravujte \"Zavádzacie Zariadenie\" pokiaľ naozaj neviete, čo robíte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "So systémom UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"So systémom UEFI je používateľské rozhranie trochu odlišné, keďže si "
+"nemôžete zvoliť zavádzač systému, keďže je dostupný len Grub2-efi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je Mageia prvým systémom nainštalovaným na váš počítač, inštalátor "
+"vytvoril ESP (EFI Systémovú Partíciu) pre zapísanie zavádzača (Grub2-efi). "
+"Ak na vašom počítači boli už predtým nainštalované UEFI operačné systémy "
+"(napríklad Windows 8), Mageia inštalátor zistil jestvujúcu ESP vytvorenú "
+"Windowsami a pridal grub2-efi. Hoci je možné mať viacero ESP partícií, "
+"odporúča sa a stačí len jedna, bez ohľadu na počet operačných systémov, "
+"ktoré máte v počítači."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Použitie zavádzača Mageie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Použitie už existujúceho zavádzača"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Presná procedúra pre pridanie vášho systému Mageia ku existujúcemu zavádzaču "
+"presahuje oblasť tejto nápovedy, avšak vo väčšine prípadov bude zahŕňať "
+"spustenie príslušného programu na inštaláciu zavádzača, ktorý by ho mal "
+"detekovať a pridať automaticky. Pozrite si dokumentáciu pre otázny operačný "
+"systém."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo (znova)</guilabel>: Znova zadajte do tohto textového poľa "
+"heslo používateľa a drakx skontroluje, či máte rovnaké heslo v každom z "
+"textových políčok pre používateľské heslo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Služby</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Nastavenie SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX zvyčajne detekuje pevné disky správne. U niektorých starších SCSI "
+"ovládačov môže byť nemožné určiť správne ovládače, ktoré sa majú použiť a "
+"následne zlyháva rozpoznanie zariadenia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak sa toto stane, budete potrebovať manuálne zadať DrakXu, ktoré SCSI "
+"zariadenie (alebo zariadenia) máte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX by potom mal byť schopný nakonfigurovať ono zariadenie (alebo "
+"zariadenia) korektne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurácia zvuku"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Na tejto obrazovke je udaný názov ovládača, ktorý zvolil inštalátor pre vašu "
+"zvukovú kartu, ktorý bude predvolený ovládač, pokiaľ máte niektorý "
+"predvolený."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Predvolený ovládač by mal pracovať bez problémov. Avšak, ak po inštalácií sa "
+"stretávate s problémami, potom spustite príkaz <command>draksound</command> "
+"alebo spustite tento nástroj cez ponuku MCC (Ovládacie Centrum Mageia), "
+"zvolením panela <guilabel>Hardvér</guilabel> a kliknutím na "
+"<guilabel>Konfigurácia zvuku</guilabel> v hornej pravej časti obrazovky."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Potom na obrazovke draksound alebo nástroja na \"Konfiguráciu zvuku\", "
+"kliknite na <guibutton>Rozšírené</guibutton> a potom na <guibutton>Riešenie "
+"problémov</guibutton>, aby ste našli veľmi užitočnú radu o tom, ako vyriešiť "
+"problém."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Rozšírené"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknutie na <guibutton>Rozšírené</guibutton> na tejto obrazovke, počas "
+"inštalácie, je užitočné vtedy, ak tu nie je žiaden predvolený ovládač a sú "
+"tu dostupné viaceré ovládače, ale vy si myslíte, že inštalátor vybral "
+"nesprávny ovládač."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"V tom prípade môžete zvoliť odlišný ovládač po kliknutí na <guibutton>Nechať "
+"mi vybrať iný ovládač</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Potvrdenie naformátovania pevného disku"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na <guibutton>Predošlé</guibutton> ak si nie ste istí vašou voľbou."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na <guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> ak ste si istí a chcete zmazať "
+"každú partíciu, každý operačný systém a všetky údaje na onom pevnom disku."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Vyskúšanie Mageie ako Živého systému"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Živý režim"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Túto obrazovku dostanete, ak ste si vybrali \"Zaviesť Mageiu\". Ak nie, tak "
+"dostanete krok \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Rozdelenie disku</link>\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Testovanie hardvéru"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeden z cieľov Živého režimu je otestovať, či je hardvér správne spravovaný "
+"Mageiou. Môžete skontrolovať, či všetky zariadenia majú svoj ovládač v "
+"sekcii Hardvér Ovládacieho Centra Mageie. Môžete otestovať väčšinu "
+"aktuálnych zariadení:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "sieťové rozhranie: nakonfigurujte ho s net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "grafická karta: ak ste už videli predošlú obrazovku, tak je už OK."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "webová kamera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "zvuk: znelka už bola zahratá"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "tlačiareň: nakonfigurujte ju a vytlačte skúšobnú stránku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "skener: odskenujte dokument z ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak je to všetko pre vás OK, môžete vykonať inštaláciu. Ak nie, môžete odísť "
+"s tlačítkom skončiť."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nastavenia konfigurácie, ktoré ste tu urobili, sa zachovajú pre inštaláciu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Spustiť inštaláciu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Pre spustenie inštalácie z Mageia LiveCD alebo Live DVD na pevný disk alebo "
+"SSD mechaniku, jednoducho kliknite na ikonu \"Inštalovať na pevný disk\". "
+"Obdržíte túto obrazovku a potom krok pre \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks"
+"\">Rozdelenie disku</link>\" ako u priamej inštalácie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Odinštalovanie Mageie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Ako na to"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak vás Mageia nepresvedčila alebo ju nemôžete správne nainštalovať, skrátka "
+"ak sa jej chcete zbaviť. Je to vaše právo a Mageia vám dáva aj možnosť "
+"odinštalovania. Toto neplatí u každého operačného systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Po zazálohovaní si vašich dát, reštartujte počítač s vaším inštalačným DVD "
+"Mageie a vyberte Záchranný systém, potom, Obnoviť Windowsový zavádzač. Pri "
+"ďalšom zavedení budete mať len Windows bez možnosti voľby vášho operačného "
+"systému."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Pre obnovu miesta použitého partíciami čiže diskovými oddielmi Mageie vo "
+"Windows, kliknite na <code>Štart -> Ovládacie panely -> Nástroje na správu -"
+"> Správa počítača -> Ukladací priestor -> Správa diskov</code> pre "
+"sprístupnenie spravovania partícií. Partície Mageie rozpoznáte, pretože sú "
+"označené ako <guilabel>Neznáme</guilabel>, a tiež podľa veľkosti a "
+"umiestnenia na disku. Kliknite pravým tlačidlom na tieto partície a zvoľte "
+"<guibutton>Zmazať</guibutton>. Priestor bude uvoľnený."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak používate Windows XP, môžete vytvoriť novú partíciu a naformátovať ju "
+"(FAT32 alebo NTFS). Bude jej priradené písmeno partície."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak máte Vistu alebo 7, máte o jednu možnosť viac, môžete rozšíriť existujúcu "
+"partíciu, ktorá je vľavo od voľného miesta. Sú aj iné nástroje na delenie "
+"disku, ktoré môžu byť použité, ako je gparted, dostupný rovnako pre windows "
+"aj linux. Ako zvyčajne, pri zmenách partícií buďte veľmi opatrní a uistite "
+"sa, že všetky dôležité veci boli zazálohované."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Ponechať alebo zmazať nepoužitý materiál"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"V tomto kroku inštalátor hľadá nevyužité jazykové balíčky a nevyužité "
+"hardvérové balíčky. Potom vám navrhne ich vymazanie. Je dobrá myšlienka "
+"prijať to, okrem prípadu, že pripravujete inštaláciu, ktorá má bežať na "
+"odlišnom hardvéri."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Ďalším krokom je kopírovanie súborov na pevný disk. Toto zaberie niekoľko "
+"minút. Na konci dostanete na určitý čas prázdnu obrazovku, to je normálne."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Vlastný výber"
+
+#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment "
+#~ "of performances."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "- Bezpečné nastavenia, priorita je daná k bezpečnejším možnostiam na úkor "
+#~ "výkonnosti."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
+#~ msgstr "Rozličné nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitovú architektúru"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC "
+#~ "- System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory "
+#~ "that is both read and write protected."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Každopádne, počas používania vašej novej inštalácie, každý používateľ "
+#~ "ktorého pridáte v <emphasis>MCC - Systém - Spravovať používateľov v "
+#~ "systéme</emphasis> bude mať domáci adresár, ktorý je ochránený rovnako "
+#~ "pre čítaním aj zápisom."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is "
+#~ "advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s)  "
+#~ "after reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ak nechcete mať svetom čitateľný domovský adresár pre každého, je "
+#~ "odporúčané pridať teraz len dočasného používateľa a reálneho používateľa "
+#~ "(alebo používateľov) pridať až po reštarte."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD dual arch"
+#~ msgstr "DVD dual arch"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made "
+#~ "automatically according to the detected CPU."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Obe architektúry sú prítomné na tom istom nosiči, voľba je učinená "
+#~ "automaticky vzhľadom k nájdenému procesoru."
+
+#~ msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only."
+#~ msgstr "Používa len Xfce pracovnú plochu."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+#~ "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nie všetky jazyky sú dostupné. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+#~ "pt, ru, sv, uk) TREBA SKONTROLOVAŤ!"
+
+#~ msgid "It contains non free software."
+#~ msgstr "Obsahuje neslobodný softvér."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD KDE"
+#~ msgstr "Živé CD KDE"
+
+#~ msgid "32 bit only."
+#~ msgstr "iba 32 bitové."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD GNOME"
+#~ msgstr "Živé CD GNOME"
+
+#~ msgid "boot.iso"
+#~ msgstr "boot.iso"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "With a Bios system"
+#~ msgstr "So systémom BIOS"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
+#~ "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> "
+#~ "screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Môžete pridať položku alebo upraviť tú, ktorú ste si najprv vybrali, "
+#~ "stlačením príslušného tlačidla na obrazovke <emphasis>Konfigurácie "
+#~ "zavádzača</emphasis> a upravovaním obrazovky, ktorá sa objaví nad ňou."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+#~ "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to "
+#~ "manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-"
+#~ "customizer</code> instead."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ak ste si vybrali <code>Grub 2</code> ako váš zavádzač, môžete v tomto "
+#~ "kroku použiť tento nástroj na úpravu položiek, stlačte 'Ďalej'. "
+#~ "Potrebujete ručne upraviť súbor <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> alebo "
+#~ "miesto toho použiť <code>grub-customizer</code>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of "
+#~ "an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Niektoré veci, ktoré môžu byť vykonané bez akéhokoľvek rizika, sú zmena "
+#~ "nadpisu položky a zaškrtnutie políčka, aby sa položka stala predvolenou."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it "
+#~ "completely."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Môžete pridať správne číslo verzie položky, alebo ju celú premenovať."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
+#~ "choice while booting up."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Predvolená položka je tá, ktorú systém spustí, ak nespravíte inú voľbu "
+#~ "počas štartovania systému."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system.  Please "
+#~ "don't just try something without knowing what you are doing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Úprava iných vecí vás môže ponechať s nespustiteľným systémom. Neskúšajte "
+#~ "prosím nič bez poznania toho, čo robíte."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit "
+#~ "entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/"
+#~ "grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All "
+#~ "you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "V tomto prípade používate Grub2-efi a nemôžete použiť tento nástroj na "
+#~ "úpravu položiek v tomto kroku. Pre vykonanie toho potrebujete ručne "
+#~ "upraviť <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> alebo namiesto toho použiť "
+#~ "<code>grub-customizer</code>. Jediné čo tu môžete urobiť je zvoliť "
+#~ "predvolenú položku vo vysúvacom zozname."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop "
+#~ "down list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a "
+#~ "graphical boot loader."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Po kliknutí na tlačidlo <guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> vám ďalší vysúvací "
+#~ "zoznam dovolí vybrať si rozlíšenie obrazovky pre Grub2, ktorý je grafický "
+#~ "zavádzač systémov."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically "
+#~ "by the installer, you can change them here."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ak uprednostňujete odlišné nastavenia zavádzača namiesto tých automaticky "
+#~ "vybraných inštalátorom, môžete ich zmeniť tu."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which "
+#~ "case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing "
+#~ "bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pokiaľ už máte iný operačný systém na vašom počítači, v tom prípade sa "
+#~ "potrebujete rozhodnúť, či pridáte Mageiu k vášmu už existujúcemu "
+#~ "zavádzaču, alebo dovolíte Mageii vytvoriť nový zavádzač."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+#~ "(Master Boot Record)  of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+#~ "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new "
+#~ "Mageia boot menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Predvolene Mageia zapisuje nový zavádzač (obstarožného) GRUBa do MBR "
+#~ "(Hlavného Spúšťacieho Záznamu) vášho prvého pevného disku. Ak už máte "
+#~ "nainštalované iné operačné systémy, Mageia sa pokúsi pridať ich do vašej "
+#~ "novej štartovacej ponuky Mageie."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to "
+#~ "GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mageia teraz tiež ponúka GRUB2 ako voliteľný zavádzač na dôvažok ku "
+#~ "obstarožnému GRUBu a Lilu."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported "
+#~ "by GRUB (legacy)  and will not be recognized if the default GRUB "
+#~ "bootloader is used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Linuxové systémy, ktoré používajú zavádzač GRUB2, nie sú momentálne "
+#~ "podporované (zastaralým) GRUBom a nebudú rozpoznané, ak je použitý "
+#~ "predvolený zavádzač GRUB."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available "
+#~ "at the Summary page during installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Tu je najlepším riešením používať zavádzač GRUB2, ktorý je dostupný na "
+#~ "súhrnnej stránke počas inštalácie."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to "
+#~ "remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click "
+#~ "the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow "
+#~ "you to change the bootloader install location."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ak sa rozhodnete použiť už existujúci zavádzač, potom sa potrebujete "
+#~ "POZASTAVIŤ na sumárnej stránke počas inštalácie a kliknúť na tlačidlo "
+#~ "<guibutton>Konfigurovania</guibutton> zavádzača, ktoré vám dovolí zmeniť "
+#~ "inštalačné umiestnenie zavádzača."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing "
+#~ "MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the "
+#~ "partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nevyberajte si zariadenie ako je napr. \"sda\", inak prepíšete váš "
+#~ "existujúci MBR. Musíte si vybrať koreňovú partíciu, ktorú ste si vybrali "
+#~ "skoršie počas fázy delenia disku, ako je napr. sda7."
+
+#~ msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pre ujasnenie, sda je zariadenie, sda7 je partícia alebo iným slovom "
+#~ "povedané oddiel na onom zariadení."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+#~ "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back "
+#~ "to the installer screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Choďte do tty2 stlačením Ctrl+Alt+F2 a napíšte <literal>df</literal> pre "
+#~ "skontrolovanie, kde je umiestnená vaša <literal>/</literal> (koreňová) "
+#~ "partícia. Ctrl+Alt+F7 vás dostane naspäť na obrazovku inštalátora."
+
+#~ msgid "Bootloader advanced option"
+#~ msgstr "Pokročilé parametre zavádzača"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
+#~ "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /"
+#~ "tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ak máte veľmi obmedzený diskový priestor pre <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "partíciu, ktorá obsahuje <literal>/tmp</literal> adresár, kliknite na "
+#~ "tlačidlo <guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> a skontrolujte políčko "
+#~ "<guilabel>Vyčistiť /tmp pred každým zavedením systému</guilabel>. Toto "
+#~ "pomôže podržať trochu voľného miesta."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c9b04f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Inštalácia zo ŽIVÉHO dátového nosiča</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Január 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Oficiálna dokumentácia pre Mageiu</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Texty a snímky obrazovky v tomto manuále sú dostupný pod licenciou CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Tento manuál bol vytvorený s pomocou <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>om.
+            </para>
+            <para>Bol napísaný dobrovoľníkmi v ich voľnom čase. Skontaktujte prosím <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačný
+tím</link>, ak by ste chceli pomôcť vylepšiť tento manuál.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Inštalácia zo ŽIVÉHO dátového nosiča</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Nikto sa nestretne so všetkými inštalačnými obrazovkami, ktoré vidíte v
+tomto manuáli. Ktorú obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašom hardvéri a na
+voľbách, ktoré spravíte počas inštalácie.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5259eefe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Inštalácia zo ŽIVÉHO dátového nosiča</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Nikto sa nestretne so všetkými inštalačnými obrazovkami, ktoré vidíte v
+tomto manuáli. Ktorú obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašom hardvéri a na
+voľbách, ktoré spravíte počas inštalácie.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texty a snímky obrazovky v tomto manuále sú dostupný pod licenciou CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Tento manuál bol vytvorený s pomocou <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>om.</para>
+
+      <para>Bol napísaný dobrovoľníkmi v ich voľnom čase. Skontaktujte prosím <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačný
+tím</link>, ak by ste chceli pomôcť vylepšiť tento manuál.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2a198ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Inštalácia s DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Február 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Oficiálna dokumentácia pre Mageiu</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Texty a snímky obrazovky v tomto manuále sú dostupný pod licenciou CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Tento manuál bol vytvorený s pomocou <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>om.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Bol napísaný dobrovoľníkmi v ich voľnom čase. Skontaktujte prosím <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačný
+tím</link>, ak by ste chceli pomôcť vylepšiť tento manuál.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Inštalácia s DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Nikto sa nestretne so všetkými inštalačnými obrazovkami, ktoré vidíte v
+tomto manuáli. Ktorú obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašom hardvéri a na
+voľbách, ktoré spravíte počas inštalácie.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b83e539c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Inštalácia s DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Nikto sa nestretne so všetkými inštalačnými obrazovkami, ktoré vidíte v
+tomto manuáli. Ktorú obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašom hardvéri a na
+voľbách, ktoré spravíte počas inštalácie.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texty a snímky obrazovky v tomto manuále sú dostupný pod licenciou CC BY-SA
+3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Tento manuál bol vytvorený s pomocou <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>om.</para>
+
+      <para>Bol napísaný dobrovoľníkmi v ich voľnom čase. Skontaktujte prosím <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačný
+tím</link>, ak by ste chceli pomôcť vylepšiť tento manuál.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ae345a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Vyberte a používajte ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Úvod</title>
+    <para>Mageia je šírená cestou ISO obrazov. Táto stránka vám pomôže vybrať si,
+ktorý obraz vyhovuje vašim potrebám.</para>
+    <para>Sú tu dve rodiny nosičov:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Klasický inštalátor: Po zavedení z nosiča, bude nasledovať postup dovoľujúci
+výber toho, čo chcete nainštalovať a ako nakonfigurovať váš cieľový
+systém. Toto vám dáva maximálnu flexibilitu pre prispôsobenú inštaláciu,
+vrátane možnosti výberu, ktoré Prostredie Pracovnej Plochy si nainštalujete.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ŽIVÝ nosič dát: môžete zaviesť nosič v reálnom systéme Mageia bez jeho
+inštalácie, aby ste videli, čo dostanete po inštalácii. Proces inštalácie je
+jednoduchší, ale dostanete menej možností výberu.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Podrobnosti sú uvedené v ďalších častiach.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Dátové nosiče</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definícia</title>
+      <para>Tu je médiom (nosičom) obrazový súbor ISO, ktorý vám umožňuje inštalovať
+a/alebo aktualizovať Mageiu a pri rozšírení akúkoľvek fyzickú podporu, na
+ktorú je ISO súbor skopírovaný.</para>
+      <para>Môžete ich nájsť <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">tu</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klasické inštalačné nosiče</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Bežné vlastnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tieto ISO súbory používajú tradičný inštalátor nazvaný drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Dokážu spraviť čistú inštaláciu alebo aktualizovať z predošlých vydaní.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Niektoré nástroje sú dostupné na Uvítacej obrazovke: Záchranný systém,
+Pamäťový test, Nástroj na detekciu hardvéru.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Každé DVD obsahuje mnohé dostupné prostredia pracovnej plochy a jazyky.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Počas inštalácie vám bude daná voľba pridať si neslobodný softvér.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Živé nosiče</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Bežné vlastnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Môžu byť použité na obhliadku distribúcie bez jej nainštalovania na pevný
+disk i na voliteľné nainštalovanie Mageie na váš pevný disk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Živé ISO súbory môžu byť použití len na vytvorenie
+čistých inštalácií, nemôžu byť použité na aktualizáciu z predošlých
+vydaní.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Obsahujú neslobodný softvér.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Všetky jazyky sú prítomné.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Živé DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>ibe GNOME prostredie pracovnej plochy.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Všetky jazyky sú prítomné.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Všetky jazyky sú prítomné.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Iba bootovacie CD nosiče</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Bežné vlastnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Každý jeden je malý obraz, ktorý neobsahuje viac než to, čo je treba pre
+naštartovanie drakx inštalátora a nájdenie drakx-inštalátora-časti2 a
+ďalších balíčkov, ktoré sú potrebné pre pokračovanie a dokončenie
+inštalácie. Tieto balíčky môžu byť na pevnom disku V PC, na lokálnom disku,
+na lokálnej sieti alebo na internete.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tieto nosiče sú veľmi ľahké (menšie než 100 MB) a sú vhodné, keď prenosové
+pásmo príliš malé pre stiahnutie plného DVD, keď PC nemá DVD mechaniku alebo
+keď PC nedokáže naštartovať z USB kľúča.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>iba anglický jazyk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Obsahuje neslobodný softvér (zväčša ovládače, kodeky...) pre ľudí, ktorí ich
+potrebujú.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Sťahovanie a skontrolovanie nosiča</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Sťahovanie</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Zaškrtnite prepínacie tlačidlo Uložiť Súbor.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Otvorte konzolu, netreba byť rootom, a:</para>
+      <para>- pre použitie md5sum, napíšte: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+cesta/ku/obrazovemu/suboru.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- pre použitie sha1sum, napíšte: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+cesta/ku/obrazovemu/suboru.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>a porovnajte získané číslo z vášho počítača (možno naň budete musieť chvíľku
+počkať) s číslom daným Mageiou. Napríklad:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Vypálenie alebo vpísanie ISO súboru</title>
+    <para>Skontrolované ISO môže byť teraz napálené na CD alebo DVD alebo vpísané na
+USB kľúč. Tieto operácie nie sú obyčajným kopírovaním a cielia k vytvoreniu
+zavediteľného nosiča.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Napálenie ISO súboru na CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Použite ktorýkoľvek napaľovací program, ktorý si prajete, ale uistite sa, že
+napaľovacie zariadenie je správne nastavené na <emphasis role="bold">napáliť
+obraz</emphasis>, lebo napáliť dáta alebo súbory nie je správne. Viacej
+informácií je na <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Vpísať ISO na USB kľúčenku</title>
+      <para>Všetky ISO súbory Mageie sú hybridy, čo znamená, že ich môžete 'vpísať' na
+USB kľúč a potom ho použiť na zavedenie a inštaláciu systému.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"vpísanie" obrazu na flashové zariadenie zničí akýkoľvek predošlý súborový
+systém na zariadení; každé ostatné dáta budú stratené a kapacita partície
+bude zmenšená na veľkosť obrazu.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Pre obnovu pôvodnej kapacity, musíte znovu prerobiť partíciu USB kľúča a
+naformátovať ho.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Použitím grafického nástroja v Mageii</title>
+        <para>Môžete použiť grafický nástroj akým je <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Použitím grafického nástroja vo Windows</title>
+        <para>Môžete vyskúšať:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sk_SK">Rufus</link> použijúc
+možnosť "ISO obraz";</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Použijúc Príkazový riadok v systéme GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Je potenciálne "nebezpečné" robiť toto ručne. Riskujete že prepíšete diskovú
+partíciu, zadáte nesprávne ID zariadenia.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Tiež môžete použiť dd nástroj v konzole:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Otvorte konzolu</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Staňte sa rootom použitím príkazu <userinput>su -</userinput> (nezabudnite
+na koncovú pomlčku '-')</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vsuňte váš USB kľúč (nepripájajte ho mountom, čo tiež znamená, neotvárajte
+žiadnu aplikáciu alebo správcu súborov, ktorý by ho mohol sprístupniť alebo
+z neho čítať)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vložte príkaz <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Prípadne môžete získať meno zariadenia s príkazom <code>dmesg</code>: na
+konci, vidíte meno zariadenia začínajúce so <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, a
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> v tomto prípade:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nájdite meno zariadenia pre vašu USB kľúč (podľa jeho veľkosti), napríklad
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> na obrázku vyššie, je to 8GB USB kľúč.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vložte príkaz: # <userinput>dd if=cesta/ku/ISO/suboru of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>kde X=názov vášho zariadenia, napr. /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vložte príkaz: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Odpojte váš USB kľúč, je to hotovo.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..271cf047
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licencia a poznámky k vydaniu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenčné ujednanie</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Pred inštaláciou <application>Mageie</application>, si starostlivo
+prečítajte licenčné podmienky a ustanovenia.</para>
+
+    <para>Tieto podmienky a ujednania sa vzťahujú na celú distribúciu
+<application>Mageia</application>, skôr než budete pokračovať, musia byť
+prijaté.</para>
+
+    <para>Ak ich chcete prijať, jednoducho vyberte <guilabel>Prijať</guilabel> a potom
+kliknite na <guibutton>Ďalšie</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Ak sa rozhodnete neprijať tieto podmienky, potom vám ďakujeme za
+nahliadnutie. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončiť</guibutton> sa reštartuje
+počítač.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Poznámky k vydaniu</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Sú k dispozícii dôležité informácie o tomto vydaní
+<application>Mageia</application> a sú dostupné kliknutím na tlačidlo
+<guibutton>Poznámky k vydaniu</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67717d27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Spravovanie používateľa a superpoužívateľa</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Nastavenie správcovho (rootovho) hesla:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Pre všetky inštalácie <application>Mageie</application> sa odporúča nastaviť
+superužívateľovo alebo správcovo heslo, ktoré sa v Linuxe zvyčajne nazýva aj
+<emphasis>rootovo heslo</emphasis>. Keď zapisujete heslo do hore stojaceho
+políčka, farba jeho štítu sa zmení z červenej na žltú a na zelenú, v
+závislosti na sile hesla. Zelený štít ukazuje, že používate silné
+heslo. Potrebujete zopakovať rovnaké heslo v políčku umiestneným hneď pod
+políčkom prvého hesla, pričom ich porovnaní sa overí, či ste nespravili
+preklep v prvom políčku.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Všetky heslá sú citlivé na veľkosti písmen; najlepšie je použiť v hesle
+kombináciu písmen (veľkých a malých), čísel a ostatných znakov.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Pridať používateľa</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Tu pridajte používateľa. Používateľ má menej oprávnení než superpoužívateľ
+(root), ale dostatok pre surfovanie po internete, používanie kancelárskych
+aplikácií alebo hranie sa hier i pre čokoľvek iné, čo bežný používateľ robí
+so svojím počítačom.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: ak kliknete na toto tlačidlo, zmení sa ikona
+používateľa.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Reálne meno</guilabel>: Do tohto textového políčka vložte reálne
+používateľovo meno.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Prihlasovacie meno</guilabel>: Sem môžete zadať používateľovo
+prihlasovacie meno alebo to prenecháte inštalačnému programu drakx, aby
+použil verziu používateľovho reálneho mena. <emphasis>Prihlasovacie meno je
+citlivé na veľkosť písmen.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: Do tohto textového poľa by ste mali napísať
+používateľské heslo. Na konci textového políčka je štít, ktorý naznačuje
+silu heslu. (Pozrite aj <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Heslo (znova)</guilabel>: Znova zadajte do tohto textového poľa
+heslo používateľa a drakx skontroluje, či máte rovnaké heslo v každom z
+textových políčok pre používateľské heslo.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Prístupové oprávnenia možno meniť aj po inštalácii.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Rozšírená správa používateľov</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Ak kliknete na tlačidlo <guibutton>pokročilé</guibutton>, bude vám ponúknutá
+obrazovka, ktorá vám dovoľuje upravovať nastavenia pre používateľa, ktorého
+pridávate.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Na dôvažok môžete zakázať alebo povoliť hosťovský účet.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Čokoľvek, čo si hosť s predvoleným hostiteľským účtom
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> uloží do svojho /domáceho adresára, bude zmazané
+v okamihu keď sa odhlási. Hosť by si mal uložiť svoje dôležité súbory na USB
+kľúč.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Povoliť hosťovský účet</guilabel>: Tu môžete povoliť alebo zakázať
+hosťovský účet. Hosťovský účet dovoľuje hosťovi prihlásiť sa k vášmu PC a
+používať ho, ale má viacej obmedzený prístup než normálni používatelia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Ulita</guilabel>: Tento rozbaľovací zoznam vám umožňuje zmeniť
+ulitu (shell, prekladač príkazov) použitú používateľom, ktorého pridávate na
+predošlej obrazovke, možnosťami sú Bash, Dash a Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID používateľa</guilabel>: Tu môžete nastaviť používateľovo ID pre
+používateľa, ktorého pridávate na predošlej obrazovke. Je to
+číslo. Ponechajte ho prázdne, pokiaľ neviete, čo robíte.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>ID skupiny</guilabel>: Toto vám umožňuje nastaviť ID skupiny. Tiež
+je to číslo, zvyčajne to isté, ako pre používateľa. Ponechajte ho prázdne,
+pokiaľ neviete, čo robíte.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42af4c23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Výber zdroja (Nastavenie doplnkových inštalačných zdrojov)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Táto obrazovka vám dáva zoznam juž rozpoznaných úložísk. Môžete pridať
+ďalšie zdroje balíčkov, ako je optický disk alebo vzdialené zdroje. Výber
+zdroja určuje, ktoré balíčky budú dostupné pre výber v priebehu
+nasledujúcich krokov.</para>
+
+  <para>Pre sieťové zdroje, sú potrebné dva nasledujúce kroky:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Výber a aktivácia siete, ak nie je už spustená. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Vybrať zrkadlový server alebo zadať URL adresu (prvý vstup). Výberom
+niektorého zo zrkadlových serverov budete mať prístup k ponukám všetkých
+úložísk spravovaných Mageiou, ako je Nonfree, Tainted a tiež ku
+aktualizáciám. Pomocou URL môžete určiť konkrétne úložisko alebo vlastnú NFS
+inštaláciu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Ak aktualizujete 64 bitovú inštaláciu, ktorá môže obsahovať niektoré 32
+bitové balíčky, vtedy sa odporúča použiť túto obrazovku pre pridanie
+internetového zrkadlového servera zaškrtnutím jedného z tunajších Sieťových
+protokolov. 64-bitový DVD obraz obsahuje len 64 bitové a nearchové balíčky,
+nebude môcť aktualizovať 32 bitové balíčky. Avšak po pridaní internetového
+zrkadlového servera, inštalátor tam nájde potrebné 32 bitové balíčky.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9314a1be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Zvoľte body pripojenia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Tu vidíte Linuxové partície, ktoré boli nájdené na vašom počítači. Ak
+nesúhlasíte s návrhom <application>DrakX</application>u, môžete prípojné
+body zmeniť.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Ak zmeníte čokoľvek, uistite sa, že stále ešte máte <literal>/</literal>
+(koreňovú) partíciu.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Každá partícia je ukázaná nasledovne: "Zariadenie" ("Kapacita", "Prípojný
+bod", "Typ").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Zariadenie" je zloženinou z "pevného disku", ["čísla pevného
+disku"(písmena)] a "čísla partície" (napríklad, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ak máte mnohé partície, môžete si vybrať mnoho rôznych prípojných bodov z
+rozbaľovacej ponuky, aké sú <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> a
+<literal>/var</literal>. Dokonca si môžete spraviť vlastné prípojné body,
+napríklad <literal>/video</literal> pre partíciu, kde si chcete ukladať vaše
+filmy, alebo <literal>/domov-kotol</literal> ako domovskú partíciu
+inštalácie kotla.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pre partície, ku ktorým nepotrebujete mať prístup, môžete ponechať prázdne
+políčko prípojného bodu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Vyberte <guibutton>Predošlé</guibutton>, ak si nie ste istí, čo si máte
+zvoliť a potom zaškrtnite <guilabel>Vlastné rozdelenie disku</guilabel>. V
+obrazovke, ktorá nasleduje, môžete kliknúť na partíciu, aby ste videli jej
+typ a veľkosť.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Ak ste si istí, že prípojné body sú správne, kliknite na
+<guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> a vyberte si, či chcete naformátovať len tú
+partíciu (resp. partície), ktoré DrakX navrhuje, alebo i ďalšie.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..342f5844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Nastavenie času</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>V tomto kroku si máte vybrať, na ktorý čas sú nastavené vaše interné hodiny,
+buď miestny čas alebo UTC čas.</para>
+
+  <para>Na karte pokročilé nájdete viac možností pre nastavenie času.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0634d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Zaviesť Mageiu ako Živý systém</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Zavedenie z dátového nosiča</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Z disku</title></info><para>Systém môžete zaviesť z nosiča, na ktorý ste napálili váš obrazový súbor
+(CDčko, DVDčko...). Zvyčajne ho stačí len vložiť do vašej CD/DVD mechaniky,
+aby zavádzač spustil inštaláciu automaticky po reštarte počítača. Ak sa to
+nestane, možno potrebujete prekonfigurovať váš BIOS alebo stlačiť jednu
+klávesu, ktorá vám ponúkne vybrať si zariadenie, z ktorého sa počítač
+zavedie.</para><para>Podľa toho ktorý máte hardvér a ako je nakonfigurovaný, objaví sa buď jedna
+alebo druhá z dvoch nižšie uvedených obrazoviek.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Z USB zariadenia</title></info><para>Počítač môžete naštartovať z USB zariadenia, na ktorom je zaznamenaný váš
+ISO obraz. Vzhľadom na nastavenia vášho BIOSu sa počítač možno už zavádza
+priamo z USB zariadenia zastrčeného v porte počítača. Ak sa tak nedeje,
+možno potrebujete prekonfigurovať váš BIOS alebo stlačiť jednu klávesu,
+ktorá vám ponúkne vybrať si periférium, z ktorého sa naštartuje počítač.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">V zastaralom BIOS/CSM režime</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Prvá obrazovka počas spúšťania v BIOSovom režime</para></caption></mediaobject><para>V prostrednej ponuke, máte voľbu medzi tromi akciami:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Zaviesť Mageiu: Toto znamená že Mageia 5 sa spustí z pripojeného nosiča
+(CD/DVD alebo USB kľúča) bez akéhokoľvek zapisovania na disk, takže
+očakávajte veľmi pomalý systém. Keď sa zavádzanie dokončí, môžete prikročiť
+i ku inštalácií na pevný disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Nainštalovať Mageiu: Táto voľba priamo nainštaluje Mageiu na pevný disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Spustiť z pevného disku: Táto voľba dovoľuje zaviesť systém z pevného disku,
+tak ako zvyčajne, keď žiadne médium (CD/DVD alebo USB kľúč) nie je
+pripojené. (nepracuje sa s Mageiou 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>V spodnej ponuke sú Možnosti Zavedenia systému:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Pomoc. Vysvetľuje možnosti "splash", "apm", "acpi" a "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Jazyk. Vyberte si pre zobrazenie jazyka obrazoviek.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Rozlíšenie obrazovky. Voľba medzi textom, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom alebo Ďalšie. Normálne sa inštalácia vykoná z vloženého
+inštalačného média. Tu si vyberáte iné zdroje, akými sú FTP alebo NFS
+servery. Ak sa inštalácia vykonáva v sieti so SLP serverom, pri tejto
+možnosti si vyberte jeden z inštalačných zdrojov dostupných na serveri.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Ovládač. Áno alebo Nie. Systém je upovedomený o prítomnosti voliteľného
+disku s aktualizáciou ovládača a bude požadovať jeho vloženie počas procesu
+inštalácie.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Voľby jadra. Toto je cesta pre zadanie volieb vzťahujúcich sa k vášmu
+hardvéru a ovládačom, ktoré sa použijú.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">V UEFI režime</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Prvá obrazovka počas štartu na UEFI systémoch z disku</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Tu máte len možnosť spustiť Mageiu v Živom režime (prvá voľba) alebo spustiť
+inštaláciu (druhá voľba).</para><para>Ak ste naštartovali počítač z USB kľúča, dostanete dva doplňujúce riadky,
+ktoré sú duplikáty predošlých riadkov zakončené so skratkou "USB". Máte ich
+na výber.</para><para>V každom prípade budú prvé kroky rovnaké - vybrať si jazyk, časovú zónu a
+klávesnicu; potom sa postupy odlišujú v <link linkend="testing">dodatočných
+krokoch v Živom režime</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b35ba78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Výber pracovného prostredia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>V závislosti na tomto vašom výbere, vám môžu byť ponúknuté ďalšie obrazovky
+k jemnému doladeniu vášho výberu.</para>
+
+  <para>Po kroku (resp. krokoch) výberu uvidíte pohyblivú prehliadku počas počas
+inštalácie balíčkov. Prehliadka môže byť vypnutá stlačením tlačidla
+<guilabel>Detaily</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Vyberte si, či chcete používať prostredie obrazovky
+<application>KDE</application> alebo <application>Gnome</application>. Obe
+prostredia sú vybavené všetkými užitočnými aplikáciami a
+nástrojmi. Zaškrtnite <guilabel>Vlastné</guilabel> ak chcete používať obe
+alebo žiadne z nich, alebo ak chcete niečo iné než sú predvolené možnosti
+softvéru pre tieto prostredia. Prostredie <application>LXDE</application> je
+menej náročné než predošlé dve prostredia, zároveň však obsahuje menej
+efektov pre oči a predinštalovaného softvéru.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48e68644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Výber skupín balíkov</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Balíky boli roztriedené do skupín, aby vám bol uľahčený výber toho, čo
+všetko potrebujete vo vašom systéme. Názvy skupín zodpovedajú tomu, čo sa v
+nich nachádza, ak však chcete vedieť viac o obsahu v danej skupine, stačí
+zájsť s myšou nad názov skupiny.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pracovná stanica.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafické prostredie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individuálny výber balíčkov: Túto voľbu môžte použiť pre ručné pridanie
+alebo odobranie balíčkov.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef50bbd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Výber jednotlivých balíčkov</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Tu môžete pridávať alebo odoberať všetky doplnkové balíčky pre prispôsobenie
+inštalácie.</para>
+
+    <para>Po učinení vášho výberu, môžete kliknúť na <guibutton>ikonu
+diskety</guibutton> naspodku stránky pre uloženie vášho výberu balíčkov
+(funguje i uloženie na USB kľúč). Potom môžete použiť tento súbor k
+nainštalovaniu rovnakých balíčkov na inom systéme, stlačením rovnakého
+tlačidla počas inštalácie a zvolením načítania ho.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28303a64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Nastavenie služieb</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Tu si môžete nastaviť, ktoré služby (ne)spúšťať pri zavádzaní vášho systému.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Sú tu 4 skupiny. Kliknutím na šípku pred skupinou rozbalíte danú skupinu a
+uvidíte služby, ktoré obsahuje.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Nastavenia ktoré DrakX vybral si zvyčajne dobré.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Ak rozsvietite službu, niektoré informácie o nej sa ukážu v informačnom poli
+nižšie.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Veci meňte len vtedy, keď veľmi dobre viete, čo robíte.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8be501cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Nastavenie časového pásma</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Vyberte si časové pásmo výberom vašej zeme alebo mesta blízko vás v rovnakom
+časovom pásme.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">V ďalšom okne si môžete vybrať nastavenie vašich hardvérových hodín na
+miestny čas alebo na GMT, známy aj ako UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Ak máte na vašom počítači viac než jeden operačný systém, uistite sa, že sú
+všetky nastavené na miestny čas, alebo všetky na UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c828cee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Výber X Servera (Konfigurácia vašej grafickej karty)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX má veľmi rozsiahlu databázu grafických kariet a zvyčajne správne
+identifikuje video zariadenie.</para>
+
+  <para>Ak vaša grafická karta nie je správne rozpoznaná inštalačným programom a vy
+viete, akú máte kartu, môžete ju vybrať zo stromu: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dodávateľ</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>potom názov vašej karty</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>a typ vašej karty</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Ak nemôžete nájsť svoju kartu v zoznamoch dodávateľov (pretože ešte nie je v
+databáze, alebo je to staršia karta) môžete nájsť vhodný ovládač v kategórii
+Xorg</para>
+
+  <para>Zoznam Xorg poskytuje viac než 40 všeobecných a open source ovládačov
+grafických kariet. Ak stále nemôžete nájsť názov ovládača pre kartu,
+existuje možnosť použitia VESA ovládača, ktorý poskytuje základné možnosti.</para>
+
+  <para>Pamätajte, že ak vyberiete nekompatibilný ovládač, môžete mať prístup iba k
+rozhraniu príkazového riadka.</para>
+
+  <para>Niektorí výrobcovia grafických kariet poskytujú proprietárne ovládače pre
+Linux, ktoré môžu byť k dispozícii v nonfree úložisku a v niektorých
+prípadoch len z webových stránok výrobcu karty.</para>
+
+  <para>Prístup k Nonfree úložisku musí byť výslovne povolený pre ich
+sprístupnenie. Ak tomu tak nie je, najskôr ho povoľte. Toto by ste mali
+urobiť po prvom reštarte.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82a72331
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Nastavenie grafickej karty a monitoru</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Bez ohľadu na to, ktoré grafické prostredie (známe aj ako prostredie
+pracovnej plochy) ste si vybrali pre túto inštaláciu
+<application>Mageia</application>, všetky sú založené na systéme grafického
+používateľského prostredia nazvanom <acronym>X Window Systém</acronym>,
+alebo jednoducho <acronym>X</acronym>. Takže k tomu, aby
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym>
+alebo ktorékoľvek ďalšie grafické prostredie pracovalo správne, nasledujúce
+nastavenia systému <acronym>X</acronym> musia byť korektné. Vyberte si
+korektné nastavenia, ak vidíte, že <application>DrakX</application>
+nevykonal voľbu, alebo ak si myslíte, že voľba je nekorektná.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafická karta</guibutton></emphasis>: Vyberte zo
+zoznamu vašu kartu, ak je to treba.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Máte na výber možnosť
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> ak je použiteľná, alebo si vybrať váš
+monitor v zozname <guilabel>Dodávateľov</guilabel> alebo
+<guilabel>Všeobecných</guilabel> monitorov. Vyberte
+<guilabel>Vlastný</guilabel>, ak uprednostňujete ručné nastavenie
+horizontálnej a vertikálnej obnovovacej frekvencie vášho monitora.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Nesprávne obnovovacie frekvencie môžu zničiť váš monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Rozlíšenie</guibutton></emphasis>: Tu nastavte
+požadované rozlíšenie a farebnú hĺbku vášho monitora.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Nie vždy sa testovacie
+tlačidlo objaví počas inštalácie. Ak tu je toto tlačidlo, môžete upraviť
+nastavenia jeho stlačením. Ak vidíte otázku pýtajúcu sa vás, či sú vaše
+nastavenia správne, môžete odpovedať "áno" a nastavenia budú zachované. Ak
+vôbec nič nevidíte, vrátite sa na konfiguračnú obrazovku a budete môcť
+prekonfigurovať všetko, až kým test dopadne dobre. <emphasis>Uistite sa, či
+sú vaše nastavenia na bezpečnej strane, ak testovacie tlačidlo nie je k
+dispozícii.</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Tu si môžete vybrať,
+či povoliť alebo zakázať rôzne možnosti.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cc126eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Výber vášho monitoru</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX má veľmi rozsiahlu databázu monitorov a zvyčajne správne identifikuje
+ten váš.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Vybratie monitora s odlišnými charakteristikami môže poškodiť váš
+monitor alebo video hardvér. Neskúšajte prosím nič bez toho, že viete čo
+robíte.</emphasis> Ak máte pochybnosť, mali ste nahliadnuť do dokumentácie k
+vášmu monitoru.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Vlastné</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Táto možnosť vám dovoľuje nastaviť dva kritické parametre, vertikálnu
+obnovovaciu frekvenciu a horizontálnu synchronizačnú frekvenciu. Vertikálne
+obnovovanie určuje, ako často je obrazovka obnovovaná a horizontálna
+synchronizácie je rýchlosť, ktorou sú zobrazované skenované riadky.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Je <emphasis>VEĽMI DÔLEŽITÉ</emphasis> aby ste nezvolili typ monitora s
+rozsahom synchronizácie, ktorý presahuje schopnosti vášho monitora: mohli by
+ste tým poškodiť svoj monitor. Ak ste v pochybnostiach, vyberte si
+konzervatívne nastavenie a preverte ho v dokumentácii k vášmu monitoru.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Toto je predvolená možnosť, ktorá vyskúša určiť typ monitora z databázy
+monitorov.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Dodávateľ</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Ak inštalátor korektne nerozpoznal váš monitor a vy viete, ktorý máte,
+môžete si ho zvoliť zo stromu pomocou výberu: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dodávateľ</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>mena výrobcu monitora</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>popisu monitora</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Všeobecný</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">výber tejto skupiny zobrazí približne 30 konfigurácií obrazovky, ako sú
+1024x768 @ 60Hz zahŕňajúc i ploché panelové obrazovky, aké sú používané v
+laptopoch. Toto býva často dobrou skupinou pre výber monitora, ak
+potrebujete používať ovládač karty Vesa, keď váš obrazový hardvér nemôže byť
+rozpoznaný automaticky. Takisto tu, môže byť rozumné byť konzervatívni pri
+vašom výbere.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee68ab38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Vlastné rozdelenie disku pomocou DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Ak si prajete použiť šifrovanie na vašej <literal>/</literal> partícii,
+musíte sa uistiť, že máte odčlenenú <literal>/boot</literal>
+partíciu. Možnosť zašifrovania NESMIE byť nastavená pre zavádzaciu
+<literal>/boot</literal> partíciu, inak váš systém nebude možné zaviesť.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Tu upravíte rozloženie vášho disku (diskov). Môžete odstraňovať alebo
+vytvárať partície, meniť súborový systém partície, alebo meniť jej veľkosť a
+dokonca si prezrieť, čo je v nich, predtým ako začnete.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Je tam karta pre každý nájdený pevný disk alebo iné úložné zariadenie, ako
+je USB kľúč. Napríklad sda, sdb a sdc, ak sú pripojené tri kusy.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Stlačte <guibutton>Vyčistiť všetko</guibutton> pre zmazanie všetkých
+partícií na vybranom úložnom zariadení.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Pre všetky ostatné akcie: kliknite najprv na požadovanú partíciu. Potom si
+ju prezrite, alebo si vyberte súborový systém a prípojný bod, zmeňte je
+veľkosť alebo ju prečistite.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Pokračujte dokým ste nenastavili všetko podľa vášho priania.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Kliknite na tlačidlo <guibutton>Hotovo</guibutton>, keď ste nachystaní.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present with a correct type</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0dc58406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Rozdelenie diskov</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">V tejto obrazovke môžete vidieť obsah vášho pevného disku (diskov) a vidieť
+nájdené riešenia DrakXovho sprievodcu rozdeľovaním disku navrhujúce, kam
+nainštalovať <application>Mageiu</application>.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Možnosti dostupné z nižšie uvedeného zoznamu sa budú líšiť v závislosti na
+rozložení a obsahu vášho konkrétneho pevného disku.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Použiť existujúce partície</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Ak je dostupná táto možnosť, potom boli nájdené jestvujúce s Linuxom
+kompatibilné partície a môžu byť použité pre inštaláciu.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Použiť voľné miesto</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Ak máte nevyužité miesto na vašom pevnom disku, potom ho táto možnosť
+využije pre vašu novú inštaláciu Mageie.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Použiť voľné miesto na Windowsovej partícii</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Ak máte nevyužité miesto na existujúcej Windowsovej partícii, inštalátor
+môže ponúknuť jeho použitie.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Toto môže byť užitočná cesta vytvorenia priestoru pre vašu novú inštaláciu
+Mageie, ale je to riziková operácia, takže by ste sa mali uistiť, že máte
+zazálohované všetky dôležité súbory!</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Pamätajte, že toto znamená zmenšenie veľkosti Windowsovej partície. Partícia
+musí byť "čistá", to znamená že Windows museli byť korektne vypnuté, keď
+boli naposledy použité. Tiež musela byť defragmentovaná, hoci toto nie je
+zárukou, že všetky súbory na partícii boli presunuté z oblasti, ktorá má byť
+použitá. Vysoko sa odporúča zazálohovať si vaše osobné súbory.</para>
+
+        <para>U tejto možnosti, inštalátor zobrazí zostávajúcu Windowsovú partíciu vo
+svetlomodrej a budúcu partíciu Mageie v tmavomodrej farbe spolu s ich
+zamýšľanými veľkosťami pod nimi. Máte možnosť prispôsobiť tieto veľkosti
+kliknutím a presunutím medzery medzi oboma partíciami. Viď snímku obrazovky
+nižšie.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Vymazať a použiť Celý Disk.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Táto možnosť použije celé diskové zariadenie pre Mageiu.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Upozornenie! Toto vymaže VŠETKY dáta na vybranom pevnom disku. Teda buďte
+opatrní!</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Ak zamýšľate použiť čas disku pre niečo iné, alebo už máte dáta na onom
+disku, ktoré nie ste pripravení stratiť, potom nepoužívajte túto voľbu.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Vlastný výber</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Toto vám dáva úplnú kontrolu nad umiestnením inštalácie na vašom pevnom
+disku (resp. diskoch).</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Menenie veľkostí partícií:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Inštalátor rozdelí dostupné miesto podľa nasledovných pravidiel:</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Ak je celkové dostupné miesto menšie než 50 GB, bude vytvorená len jedna
+partícia pre /, nebude tu žiadna samostatná partícia pre /home.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Ak je celkové dostupné miesto nad 50 GB, potom sa vytvoria tri partície</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>6/19 z celkového dostupného miesta je pridelených pre / ,nanajvýš však 50 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 je pridelená pre swap , nanajvýš však 4 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>zvyšok (prinajmenšom 12/19) je pridelený pre /home</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>To znamená, že v prípade 160 GB a viac dostupného miesta, inštalátor vytvorí
+tri partície: 50 GB pre /, 4 GB pre swap a zvyšok pre adresár /home.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Ak používate UEFI systém, ESP (EFI Systémová Partícia) bude automaticky
+rozpoznaná, alebo vytvorená, ak ešte neexistuje, a pripojená na
+/boot/EFI. Možnosť "Voliteľné" je jediná, ktorá vám dovoľuje skontrolovať,
+že toto bolo správne vykonané</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk
+partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Niektoré novšie mechaniky teraz používajú 4096 bajtové logické sektory,
+namiesto predošlého štandardu 512 bajtových logických sektorov. Kvôli
+nedostupnosti dostupného hardvéru, nástroj na delenie disku použitý v
+inštalátori nebol testovaný s takou mechanikou. Taktiež niektoré ssd
+mechaniky dnes používajú veľkosť vymazávacieho bloku nad 1 MB. Navrhujeme
+vopred rozdeliť mechaniku, s použitím alternatívnych partíciovacích
+nástrojov akým je gparted, ak vlastníte také zariadenie, a použiť nasledovné
+nastavenia:</para>
+
+    <para>"Zarovnať na" "MiB"</para>
+
+    <para>"Uvádzajúce voľné miesto (MiB)" "2"</para>
+
+    <para>Tiež sa ubezpečte, že všetky partície sú vytvorené s párnym počtom
+megabajtom.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9487717a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Gratulujeme</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Dokončili ste inštaláciu a konfiguráciu <application>Mageie</application> a
+teraz je bezpečné vybrať inštalačné médium a reštartovať váš počítač.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Po reštarte, na obrazovke zavádzača, si môžete vybrať spomedzi operačných
+systémov vo vašom počítači (ak ich máte viac než jeden).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Ak ste neupravovali nastavenia pre zavádzač systému, automaticky bude
+vybraná a spustená vaša nainštalovaná Mageia.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Nech sa vám páči!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Navštívte www.mageia.org ak máte nejaké otázky alebo ak chcete prispieť k
+Mageii</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af4c5131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formátovanie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Tu si môžete vybrať, ktorú partíciu (alebo partície) si prajete
+naformátovať. Všetky dáta na partíciách <emphasis>nevyznačených</emphasis>
+pre naformátovanie budú ušetrené.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Zvyčajne prinajmenšom partície, ktoré DrakX vybral, potrebujú byť
+naformátované.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Kliknite na <guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> pre výber partícií, ktoré
+chcete skontrolovať na takzvané <emphasis>chybné bloky</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Ak si nie ste istí, či ste vykonali správnu voľbu, môžete kliknúť na
+tlačidlo <guibutton>Predošlé</guibutton>, opäť na
+<guibutton>Predošlé</guibutton> a potom na <guibutton>Vlastné</guibutton>,
+aby ste sa vrátili na hlavnú obrazovku. Na onej obrazovke si môžete vybrať
+pozretie toho, čo máte na vašich partíciach.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Ak ste spokojný s výberom, kliknite na <guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> pre
+pokračovanie.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ab7fb45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Aktualizácie</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Odkedy bola uvoľnená táto verzia o.s. <application>Mageia</application>,
+niektoré balíčky boli aktualizované alebo vylepšené.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Vyberte si <guilabel>áno</guilabel>, ak si ich prajete stiahnuť a
+nainštalovať, vyberte <guilabel>nie</guilabel>, ak to teraz nechcete urobiť,
+alebo ak nie ste pripojení k internetu.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Potom stlačte <guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> pre pokračovanie</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02b0ce63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, inštalátor Mageie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Či už ste nováčikom u GNU-Linuxu alebo pokročilým používateľom, Mageia
+inštalátor je navrhnutý, aby vám pomohol učiniť vašu inštaláciu alebo
+aktualizáciu čo najľahšou ako sa len dá.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>Počiatočná ponuková obrazovka má rôzne možnosti, každopádne predvolená
+spustí inštalátor, ktorý bude zvyčajne všetko, čo potrebujete.</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Uvítacia inštalačná obrazovka</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Tu sú predvolené uvítacie obrazovky, pri používaní DVD Mageia. Prvá je s
+obstarožným systémom a druhá s UEFI systémom:
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Na tejto prvej obrazovke je možné nastaviť niektoré osobné nastavenia:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Jazyk (len pre inštaláciu, môže sa odlišovať od zvoleného systémového
+jazyka) stlačením klávesy F2 (len v obstarožnom režime)</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Použite šípkové klávesy pre výber jazyka a stlačte klávesu Enter.</para>
+
+      <para>Tu je napríklad francúzska uvítacia obrazovka keď používate Živé
+DVD/CD. Pamätajte, že ponuka na Live DVD/CD nepredkladá: <guilabel>Záchranný
+systém</guilabel>, <guilabel>Pamäťový test</guilabel> a <guilabel>Nástroj na
+detekciu hardvéru</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Zmeňte rozlíšenie obrazovky stlačením klávesy F3 (len v obstarožnom režime).</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pridajte niektoré možnosti kernelu stlačením klávesy <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> v obstarožnom režime alebo klávesy <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> key v režime UEFI.</para>
+
+      <para>Ak inštalácia zlyháva, vtedy môže byť nutné vyskúšať znova jednu z extra
+možností. Ponuka vyvolaná cez F6 zobrazuje nový riadok nazvaný
+<guilabel>Zavádzacie možnosti</guilabel> a ponúkne štyri položky:</para>
+
+      <para>- Predvolené, táto nemení nič v predvolených možnostiach.</para>
+
+      <para>- Bezpečné nastavenia, priorita je daná k bezpečnejším možnostiam na úkor
+výkonnosti.</para>
+
+      <para>- Žiadne ACPI (Pokročilé rozhrania konfigurácie a napájania), spravovanie
+napájania nie je brané do úvahy.</para>
+
+      <para>- Žiaden lokálny APIC (lokálny pokročilý programovateľný ovládač prerušení),
+jedná sa o prerušenia CPU, vyberte túto možnosť, ak ste k tomu vyzvaní.</para>
+
+      <para>Keď si vyberiete jednu z týchto položiek, ona modifikuje predvolené možnosti
+zobrazené v riadku <guilabel>Možnosti zavádzania systému</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>V niektorých vydaniach Mageie sa môže stať, že sa položky vybrané s klávesou
+F6 neobjavujú v riadku <guilabel>Možností zavádzania o.s.</guilabel>, avšak
+v skutočnosti sú brané do úvahy.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pridajte viacero možností kernelu stlačením klávesy F1 (len v obstarožnom
+režime).</para>
+
+      <para>Stlačenie F1 otvára nové okno s ďalšími dostupnými možnosťami. Vyberte jednu
+so šípkovými klávesami a stlačte Enter pre obdržanie viacej detailov alebo
+stlačte klávesu Esc pre pre návrat na uvítaciu obrazovku.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>Podrobný prehľad o rozsahu možností. Stlačte Esc alebo zvoľte
+<guilabel>Návrat ku Zavádzacím Možnostiam</guilabel> pre návrat späť k
+zoznamu možností. Tieto možnosti môžu byť pridané ručne v riadku
+<guilabel>Možnosti zavedenia</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>Nápoveda je preložená vo zvolenom jazyku s klávesou F2.</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Pre viacej informácií o možnostiach kernelu na obstarožných a UEFI
+systémoch, pozrite: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+
+  <para>Tu je predvolená uvítacia obrazovka pri používaní inštalačného CD založeného
+na pripojení k sieti (obrazy Boot.iso alebo Boot-Nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+  <para>Nedovoľuje zmeniť jazyk, dostupné možnosti sú popísané na obrazovke. Pre
+viacej informácií o používaní inštalačného CD založeného na pripojení k
+sieti, pozrite <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia Wiki</link></para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Rozloženie klávesnice je americké.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">Kroky inštalácie</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Proces inštalácie je rozdelený do viacerých krokov, ktoré je možno sledovať
+na bočnom paneli obrazovky.</para>
+
+    <para>Každý krok má jednu alebo viacero obrazoviek, ktoré tiež môžu mať
+<guibutton>Pokročilé</guibutton> tlačidlá so zvyčajne menej žiadanými extra
+možnosťami.</para>
+
+    <para>Väčšina obrazoviek má tlačidlá <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, ktoré dávajú
+bližšie vysvetlenia o aktuálnom kroku.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Ak sa niekde počas inštalácie rozhodnete ukončiť inštaláciu, je možný
+reštart, ale prosím premyslite si to dvakrát, skôr než toto spravíte. Keď
+raz už bola partícia naformátovaná alebo sa začali inštalovať aktualizácie,
+váš počítač už viac nie je v tom istom stave a jeho reštart by vás mohol
+celkom poľahky zanechať s nepoužiteľným systémom. Ak napriek tomuto ste si
+veľmi istí, že chcete reštartovať, choďte do textového terminálu súčasným
+stlačením troch kláves <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Potom stlačte
+súčasne <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> pre reštart.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Problémy pri inštalácií a možné riešenia</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Žiadne grafické rozhranie</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Po počiatočnej obrazovke vám nenabehla obrazovka výberu jazyka. Toto sa môže
+stať s niektorými grafickými kartami a staršími systémami. Skúste použiť
+nízke rozlíšenie obrazovky napísaním <code>vgalo</code> v príkazovom riadku.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">Ak je hardvér veľmi starý, grafická inštalácia nemusí byť možná. V tomto
+prípade sa oplatí vyskúšať inštaláciu v textovom režime. Pre jej použitie
+stlačte ESC na prvej uvítacej obrazovke a potvrďte s ENTEROM. Bude vám
+ponúknutá čierna obrazovka so slovom "boot". Napíšte "text" a stlačte
+ENTER. Teraz pokračujte s inštaláciou v textovom režime.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Inštalácia zamrzne</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Ak sa zdá, že systém mrzne počas inštalácie, môže to byť problém s detekciou
+hardvéru. V tomto prípade môže byť obídená automatická detekcia hardvéru a
+vykonaná neskôr. Ak chcete toto vyskúšať, napíšte <code>noauto</code> na
+príkazovom riadku. Táto možnosť môže byť tiež skombinovaná aj s inými
+možnosťami, ak je treba.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Problém s RAM</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Toto bude zriedkavo potrebné, ale v niektorých prípadoch môže hardvér
+nesprávne ohlásiť dostupnú RAM pamäť. Aby ste ju zadali ručne, môžete použiť
+parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kde xxx je správne množstvo pamäte RAM,
+napr. <code>mem=256M</code> by znamenala 256MB RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamické partície</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Ak ste konvertovali váš pevný disk zo "základného" formátu na "dynamický"
+formát v systéme Microsoft Windows, musíte vedieť, že je nemožné inštalovať
+Mageiu na tento disk. Pre návrat späť ku základnému disku, pozrite si
+dokumentáciu Microsoftu: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88f5f518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Prihlasovacia obrazovka</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM prihlasovacia obrazovka</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Nakoniec sa dostanete ku prihlasovacej obrazovke</para><para>Vložte vaše používateľské meno a používateľské heslo a za pár sekúnd sa
+ocitnete na načítanej KDE alebo GNOME pracovnej ploche, podľa toho ktorý
+živý dátový nosič ste použili. Teraz môžete začať používať vašu inštaláciu
+Mageie.</para><para>Ďalšiu časť našej dokumentácie môžete nájsť na <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8b16bbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Výber nosiča (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Tu máte zoznam dostupných repozitárov. Nie všetky repozitáre sú dostupné,
+podľa toho ktoré médium používate pre inštaláciu. Výber repozitárov určuje,
+ktoré balíčky budú dostupné na výber počas ďalších krokov.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozitár pre <emphasis>Jadro</emphasis> nemôže byť vypnutý, keďže ten
+obsahuje základ distribúcie.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozitár pre <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> softvér obsahuje balíčky, ktoré
+sú voľne bez poplatkov, napr. Mageia ich môže redistribuovať, ale ony
+obsahujú softvér s neverejným zdrojovým kódom (stadiaľ ono pomenovanie
+Nonfree - neslobodný). Napríklad tento repozitár obsahuje proprietárne
+ovládače pre grafické karty nVidia a ATI, firmvér pre rôzne WiFi karty, atď.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Repozitár pre <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> čiže po slovensky poškvrnený
+softvér obsahuje balíčky uvoľnené pod slobodnou licenciou. Hlavným kritériom
+pre umiestnenia balíčkov do tohto repozitára je to, že môžu porušovať
+patenty a autorské zákony v niektorých krajinách, napr. multimediálne kodeky
+potrebné pre prehrávanie rozličných audio/video súborov; balíčky potrebné
+pre prehrávanie komerčných video DVD, atď.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8f40bbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimálna inštalácia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Môžete si zvoliť Minimálnu inštaláciu odznačením všetkého na obrazovke
+Výberu Skupín Balíčkov, viď <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Ak je žiadaná, môžete dodatočne zaškrtnúť možnosť pre "individuálny výber
+balíčkov" na rovnakej obrazovke.</para>
+  <para>Minimálna inštalácia je zamýšľaná pre tých, čo zamýšľajú špecifické využitie
+svojej <application>Mageie</application>, akým je server alebo
+špecializovaná pracovná stanica. Túto možnosť pravdepodobne použijete
+spojenú s možnosťou "individuálneho výberu balíčkov" spomenutou vyššie, pre
+doladenie vašej inštalácie, viď <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Ak ste si zvolili túto inštalačnú triedu, potom vám príslušná obrazovka
+ponúkne nemnoho užitočných extra vecí na nainštalovanie, akými sú
+dokumentácia a X server.</para>
+  <para>Ak je vybrané, vtedy "Spolu s X" pripojí aj IceWM ako ľahké desktopové
+prostredie.</para>
+  <para>Základná dokumentácia je poskytnutá vo forme man a informačných
+stránkach. Obsahuje man stránky z <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linuxového dokumentačného
+projektu</link> a informačné stránky o <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU jadrových
+utilitách</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cdef64fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Súhrn o rozličných parametroch</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX spravil chytré voľby pre konfiguráciu vášho systému závisiace na
+voľbách, ktoré ste spravili a na hardvéri, ktoré DrakX zistil. Nastavenia
+môžete zhodnotiť tu a zmeniť ich, ak chcete, po stlačení
+<guibutton>Konfigurovať</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Parametre systému</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Časové pásmo</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX pre vás vybral časové pásmo, vzhľadom k vášmu obľúbenému
+jazyku. Môžete ju zmeniť, ak je to potrebné. Pozrite tiež <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Krajina / Región</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Ak nie ste vo vybranej krajine, je veľmi dôležité, aby ste napravili toto
+nastavenie. Pozrite <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Zavádzač</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX spravil dobré výbery pre nastavenie zavádzača systému.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Pre viac informácií, viď <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Správa používateľov</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Tu môžete pridať extra používateľov. Každý z nich obdrží svoj vlastný
+<literal>/home</literal> t. j. domáce adresáre.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Služby</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Systémové služby označujú tie malé programy, ktoré bežia v pozadí
+(tzv. démoni, čo je však zvrátené historické prirovnanie). Tento nástroj vám
+umožňuje povoliť alebo zakázať určité úlohy.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Tu by ste mali škrtať opatrne, skôr než tu čokoľvek zmeníte - omyl môže
+zabrániť správnemu behu vášho počítača.</para>
+
+        <para>Pre viac informácií, viď <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardvérové parametre</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Klávesnica</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Tuná nastavujete alebo meníte rozloženie vašej klávesnice, ktoré bude
+záležať na vašej polohe, jazyku alebo type klávesnice.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Myš</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Tu môžete pridávať alebo konfigurovať ďalšie ukazovacie zariadenia, tablety,
+trackbally atď.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Zvuková karta</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Inštalátor používa predvolený ovládač, ak predvolený jestvuje. Možnosť
+výberu odlišného ovládača je daná len vtedy, keď jestvuje viac než jeden
+ovládač pre vašu kartu, ale žiaden z nich nie je predvolený.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafické rozhranie</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Táto sekcia vám dovoľuje konfigurovať vašu grafickú kartu (resp. karty) a
+obrazovky.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Pre viac informácií, viď <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Nastavenia siete a internetu</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Sieť</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Tu môžete konfigurovať vašu sieť, ale pre sieťové karty s neslobodnými
+ovládačmi je lepšie to vykonať po reštarte v <application>Ovládacom centre
+Mageia</application>, ak ste ešte nepovolili repozitáre Neslobodných
+nosičov.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Keď pridávate sieťovú kartu, nezabudnite zároveň nastaviť i váš firewall na
+sledovanie onoho rozhrania.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxy servery</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server slúži ako sprostredkovateľ medzi vaším počítačom a širším
+internetom. Táto sekcia vám dovoľuje konfigurovať váš počítač pre využitie
+niektorej proxy služby.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Možno sa budete potrebovať poradiť s vaším systémovým správcom pre získanie
+parametrov, ktoré sem potrebujete zadať</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Bezpečnosť</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Úroveň bezpečnosti</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Tu nastavujete Úroveň bezpečnosti pre váš počítač, vo väčšine prípadov
+predvolené nastavenie (Štandardná) je adekvátna pre bežné použitie.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Zaškrtnite voľbu, ktorá sa najlepšie hodí k vášmu používaniu.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Firewall, slovenský ohnivá stena, má slúžiť ako bariéra medzi vašimi
+dôležitými dátami a ničomníkmi vonku na internete, ktorí by ich chceli
+rozširovať alebo ukradnúť.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Majte na pamäti, že dovolenie všetkého (žiaden firewall) môže byť veľmi
+riskantné.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3501d1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Reštart</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6df7690a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Zmeniť veľkosť
+<application>Windowsovej<superscript>®</superscript></application> partície</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Máte viac než jednu
+<application>Windowsovú<superscript>®</superscript></application> partíciu.
+Vyberte si, ktorá by mala byť zmenená, aby sa učinilo miesto pre inštaláciu
+<application>Mageie</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c45569b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Úroveň bezpečnosti</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Tu môžete upraviť vašu úroveň bezpečnosti.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Ponechajte predvolené nastavenia ako sú, ak neviete, čo si máte vybrať.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Aj po inštalácii bude vždy možné upraviť vaše bezpečnostné nastavenia v
+časti <guilabel>Bezpečnosť</guilabel> Ovládacieho Centra Mageie.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f016c71d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Vyberte si vašu Krajinu / Región</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Ak vaša krajina nie je v zozname, kliknite na tlačidlo <guilabel>Ostatné
+krajiny</guilabel> a tam si vyberte vašu krajinu / región.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Ak je vaša krajina len v zozname <guilabel>Ostatných krajín</guilabel>, po
+kliknutí na <guibutton>OK</guibutton> sa môže zdať, že bola vybraná krajina
+zo zoznamu. Toto prosím ignorujte, DrakX bude nasledovať vašu reálnu voľbu.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Vstupná metóda</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38c5a99b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Inštalovanie alebo Aktualizovanie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Inštalovanie</para>
+
+      <para>Použite túto možnosť pre čerstvú inštaláciu
+<application>Mageie</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Aktualizovanie</para>
+
+      <para>Ak máte jednu alebo viacero inštalácií <application>Mageie</application> na
+vašom systéme, inštalátor vám dovolí aktualizovať jednu z nich na najnovšie
+vydanie.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Iba aktualizovanie z predošlej verzie Mageie, ktorá bola <emphasis>ešte
+podporovaná</emphasis> keď bola vydaná verzia tohto inštalátora, bolo
+dôkladne odskúšané. Ak chcete aktualizovať verziu Mageie, ktorá už dosiahla
+svoj Koniec Životnosti, keď táto verzia bola vydaná, potom je lepšie urobiť
+čistú inštaláciu, pričom si ponecháte vašu domovskú <literal>/home</literal>
+partíciu.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Ak sa počas inštalácie rozhodnete zastaviť inštaláciu, je možné reštartovať
+počítač, ale skôr než toto urobíte, si to prosím dôkladne zvážte. Keď raz
+bola partícia naformátovaná alebo sa začali inštalovať aktualizácie, váš
+počítač už viac nie je v rovnakom stave a jeho reštartovanie by vás mohlo
+veľmi ľahko ponechať s nepoužiteľným systémom. Ak napriek tomu ste si veľmi
+istí, že reštartovanie je to, čo chcete, choďte do textového terminálu
+súčasným stlačením troch klávesov <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>. Potom
+stlačte súčasne <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> pre reštart.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Ak ste objavili, že ste zabudli vybrať nejaký doplnkový jazyk, môžete sa
+vrátiť z obrazovky "Inštalácie a Aktualizácie" ku výberu jazyka súčasným
+stlačením <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Toto však už
+<emphasis>nerobte</emphasis> neskôr počas inštalácie.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69a93b41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Klávesnica</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX vyberie vhodnú klávesnicu pre váš jazyk. Ak nebola nájdená žiadna
+vhodná klávesnica, bude predvolené rozloženie kláves americkej klávesnice.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Uistite sa, že výber je správny alebo si vyberte iné rozloženie
+klávesnice. Ak neviete, ktoré rozloženie má vaša klávesnica, pozrite sa do
+špecifikácií, ktoré prišli s vaším systémom, alebo sa spýtajte počítačového
+dodávateľa. Na klávesnici môže byť dokonca i štítok, ktorý identifikuje
+rozloženie kláves. Tiež sa môžete pozrieť sem: <link
+xlink:href="https://cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rozlo%C5%BEen%C3%AD_kl%C3%A1ves">cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rozložení_kláves</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Ak vaša klávesnica nie je ukázaná v zozname, kliknite na tlačidlo
+<guibutton>Ďalšie</guibutton> pre získanie plného zoznamu, a tam si vyberte
+vašu klávesnicu.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Po vybratí klávesnice z dialógu <guibutton>Ďalšie</guibutton> sa vrátite ku
+prvému dialógu pre výber klávesnica a bude sa zdať, akoby bola zvolená
+klávesnica z tamtej obrazovky. Môžete pokojne ignorovať túto anomáliu a
+pokračovať v inštalácii: Vaša klávesnica je tá, ktorú ste si vybrali z
+plného zoznamu.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Ak ste si vybrali klávesnicu založenú na nelatinských znakoch, uvidíte extra
+dialógovú obrazovku pýtajúcu sa, ako by ste chceli prepínať medzi latinským
+a nelatinským rozložením klávesnice.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f7691aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Vyberte si klávesnicu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Budete si musieť vybrať rozloženie klávesnice, ktoré si prajete používať v
+Mageii. Predvolená je vybraná primerane k vášmu jazyku a predošlej vybranej
+časovej oblasti.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0cfaa56f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Prosím, zvoľte jazyk, ktorý chcete používať</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Vyberte si váš obľúbený jazyk, tým že najprv rozbalíte zoznam pre váš
+svetadiel. <application>Mageia</application> použije tento výber počas
+inštalácie a pre váš inštalovaný systém.</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">Je možné, že budete potrebovať mať nainštalovaných viacero jazykov na vašom
+systéme, pre seba alebo pre ostatných používateľov, potom by ste mali použiť
+tlačidlo <guibutton>Viacero jazykov</guibutton> pre ich pridanie teraz. Bude
+náročné pridať extra jazykovú podporu po inštalácií.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Ak ste si hoci aj zvolili viac než jeden jazyk, musíte si najprv vybrať
+jeden z nich ako vás prednostný jazyk na prvej jazykovej obrazovke. Ten bude
+tiež označený ako vybraný na obrazovke viacerých jazykov.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Ak jazyk vašej klávesnice nie je ten istý ako váš prednostný jazyk, potom sa
+odporúča nainštalovať takisto jazyk vašej klávesnice.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia používa predvolene UTF-8 (Unicode) podporu.</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">Táto môže byť vypnutá na obrazovke "viaceré jazyky", ak viete, že je
+nevhodná pre váš jazyk. Zakázanie UTF-8 sa použije pre všetky nainštalované
+jazyky.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Jazyk vášho systému po inštalácii môžete zmeniť v ponuke Mageia Ovládacie
+Centrum -> Systém -> Spravovať lokalizáciu pre váš systém.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53a75e20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Výber myši</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Ak nie ste spokojní s odozvou vašej myši, tu si môžete vybrať odlišnú myš.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Zvyčajne je <guilabel>Univerzálna</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hocaká
+PS/2</guilabel> a <guilabel>USB myš</guilabel> je dobrou voľbou.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Vyberte <guilabel>Univerzálna</guilabel> - <guilabel>Vynútiť
+evdev</guilabel> pre nakonfigurovanie tlačidiel, ktoré nefungujú na myši
+majúcej šesť alebo viac tlačidiel.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9da789a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Hlavné parametre zavádzača</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Neupravujte "Zavádzacie Zariadenie" pokiaľ naozaj neviete, čo robíte.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Neupravujte "Zavádzacie Zariadenie" pokiaľ naozaj neviete, čo robíte.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Použitie zavádzača Mageie</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Použitie už existujúceho zavádzača</title>
+
+    <para>Presná procedúra pre pridanie vášho systému Mageia ku existujúcemu zavádzaču
+presahuje oblasť tejto nápovedy, avšak vo väčšine prípadov bude zahŕňať
+spustenie príslušného programu na inštaláciu zavádzača, ktorý by ho mal
+detekovať a pridať automaticky. Pozrite si dokumentáciu pre otázny operačný
+systém.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45f12ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Pridanie alebo úprava položiek Ponuky na zavedenie systému</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c826a05b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Nastavenie SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX zvyčajne detekuje pevné disky správne. U niektorých starších SCSI
+ovládačov môže byť nemožné určiť správne ovládače, ktoré sa majú použiť a
+následne zlyháva rozpoznanie zariadenia.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Ak sa toto stane, budete potrebovať manuálne zadať DrakXu, ktoré SCSI
+zariadenie (alebo zariadenia) máte.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX by potom mal byť schopný nakonfigurovať ono zariadenie (alebo
+zariadenia) korektne.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f3aff0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Konfigurácia zvuku</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Na tejto obrazovke je udaný názov ovládača, ktorý zvolil inštalátor pre vašu
+zvukovú kartu, ktorý bude predvolený ovládač, pokiaľ máte niektorý
+predvolený.</para>
+
+  <para>Predvolený ovládač by mal pracovať bez problémov. Avšak, ak po inštalácií sa
+stretávate s problémami, potom spustite príkaz <command>draksound</command>
+alebo spustite tento nástroj cez ponuku MCC (Ovládacie Centrum Mageia),
+zvolením panela <guilabel>Hardvér</guilabel> a kliknutím na
+<guilabel>Konfigurácia zvuku</guilabel> v hornej pravej časti obrazovky.</para>
+
+  <para>Potom na obrazovke draksound alebo nástroja na "Konfiguráciu zvuku",
+kliknite na <guibutton>Rozšírené</guibutton> a potom na <guibutton>Riešenie
+problémov</guibutton>, aby ste našli veľmi užitočnú radu o tom, ako vyriešiť
+problém.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Rozšírené</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Kliknutie na <guibutton>Rozšírené</guibutton> na tejto obrazovke, počas
+inštalácie, je užitočné vtedy, ak tu nie je žiaden predvolený ovládač a sú
+tu dostupné viaceré ovládače, ale vy si myslíte, že inštalátor vybral
+nesprávny ovládač.</para>
+
+    <para>V tom prípade môžete zvoliť odlišný ovládač po kliknutí na <guibutton>Nechať
+mi vybrať iný ovládač</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80098488
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Potvrdenie naformátovania pevného disku</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Kliknite na <guibutton>Predošlé</guibutton> ak si nie ste istí vašou voľbou.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Kliknite na <guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> ak ste si istí a chcete zmazať
+každú partíciu, každý operačný systém a všetky údaje na onom pevnom disku.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a64b08c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Vyskúšanie Mageie ako Živého systému</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Živý režim</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Túto obrazovku dostanete, ak ste si vybrali "Zaviesť Mageiu". Ak nie, tak
+dostanete krok "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Rozdelenie disku</link>"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testovanie hardvéru</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Jeden z cieľov Živého režimu je otestovať, či je hardvér správne spravovaný
+Mageiou. Môžete skontrolovať, či všetky zariadenia majú svoj ovládač v
+sekcii Hardvér Ovládacieho Centra Mageie. Môžete otestovať väčšinu
+aktuálnych zariadení:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sieťové rozhranie: nakonfigurujte ho s net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>grafická karta: ak ste už videli predošlú obrazovku, tak je už OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webová kamera:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>zvuk: znelka už bola zahratá</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>tlačiareň: nakonfigurujte ju a vytlačte skúšobnú stránku</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>skener: odskenujte dokument z ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Ak je to všetko pre vás OK, môžete vykonať inštaláciu. Ak nie, môžete odísť
+s tlačítkom skončiť.</para>
+
+      <remark>Nastavenia konfigurácie, ktoré ste tu urobili, sa zachovajú pre inštaláciu.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Spustiť inštaláciu</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Pre spustenie inštalácie z Mageia LiveCD alebo Live DVD na pevný disk alebo
+SSD mechaniku, jednoducho kliknite na ikonu "Inštalovať na pevný
+disk". Obdržíte túto obrazovku a potom krok pre "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Rozdelenie disku</link>" ako u priamej
+inštalácie.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7aad98d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="sk">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Odinštalovanie Mageie</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Ako na to</title>
+
+    <para>Ak vás Mageia nepresvedčila alebo ju nemôžete správne nainštalovať, skrátka
+ak sa jej chcete zbaviť. Je to vaše právo a Mageia vám dáva aj možnosť
+odinštalovania. Toto neplatí u každého operačného systému.</para>
+
+    <para>Po zazálohovaní si vašich dát, reštartujte počítač s vaším inštalačným DVD
+Mageie a vyberte Záchranný systém, potom, Obnoviť Windowsový zavádzač. Pri
+ďalšom zavedení budete mať len Windows bez možnosti voľby vášho operačného
+systému.</para>
+
+    <para>Pre obnovu miesta použitého partíciami čiže diskovými oddielmi Mageie vo
+Windows, kliknite na <code>Štart -> Ovládacie panely -> Nástroje na správu
+-> Správa počítača -> Ukladací priestor -> Správa diskov</code> pre
+sprístupnenie spravovania partícií. Partície Mageie rozpoznáte, pretože sú
+označené ako <guilabel>Neznáme</guilabel>, a tiež podľa veľkosti a
+umiestnenia na disku. Kliknite pravým tlačidlom na tieto partície a zvoľte
+<guibutton>Zmazať</guibutton>. Priestor bude uvoľnený.</para>
+
+    <para>Ak používate Windows XP, môžete vytvoriť novú partíciu a naformátovať ju
+(FAT32 alebo NTFS). Bude jej priradené písmeno partície.</para>
+
+    <para>Ak máte Vistu alebo 7, máte o jednu možnosť viac, môžete rozšíriť existujúcu
+partíciu, ktorá je vľavo od voľného miesta. Sú aj iné nástroje na delenie
+disku, ktoré môžu byť použité, ako je gparted, dostupný rovnako pre windows
+aj linux. Ako zvyčajne, pri zmenách partícií buďte veľmi opatrní a uistite
+sa, že všetky dôležité veci boli zazálohované.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15884fc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sk/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sk" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Ponechať alebo zmazať nepoužitý materiál</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>V tomto kroku inštalátor hľadá nevyužité jazykové balíčky a nevyužité
+hardvérové balíčky. Potom vám navrhne ich vymazanie. Je dobrá myšlienka
+prijať to, okrem prípadu, že pripravujete inštaláciu, ktorá má bežať na
+odlišnom hardvéri.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ďalším krokom je kopírovanie súborov na pevný disk. Toto zaberie niekoľko
+minút. Na konci dostanete na určitý čas prázdnu obrazovku, to je normálne.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5dfd582d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4373 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013,2016-2017
+# Rok Kepa <rokkepa@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-07-27 22:37+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/sl/)\n"
+"Language: sl\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n"
+"%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Licenčna pogodba in opombe ob izdaji"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licenčna pogodba"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite "
+"licenčne pogoje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo <application>Mageia</"
+"application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Za sprejem preprosto označite  <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite "
+"gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste "
+"sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik "
+"ponovno zagnal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Opombe ob izdaji"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Za to izdajo distribucije <application>Mageia</application> so na voljo "
+"pomembne informacije, dosegljive s klikom na gumb <guibutton>Opombe ob "
+"izdaji</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "sl"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Izbira virov (nastavitev dodatnih virov namestitve)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Ta zaslon ponuja seznam že prepoznanih odlagališč paketov. Lahko dodate še "
+"kak drug vir, recimo DVD ali kak oddaljen vir. Ta izbor bo določil kateri "
+"paketi bodo na voljo v naslednjih korakih."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Za omrežni vir je potrebno slediti dvema korakoma:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Izbor in po potrebi aktiviranje omrežja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Izbor zrcala ali določanje URL-ja (čisto prvi vnos). Z izborom zrcala "
+"pridobite dostop do vseh skladišč, ki jih upravlja skupnost Mageia, Npr. z "
+"lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree) ali Patentno zaščiteni (Tainted) in "
+"seveda posodobitve. Z določanjem URL-ja lahko določite specifično skladišče "
+"ali vašo lastno namestitev NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Za posodobitev 64-bitne namestitve, ki lahko vsebuje nekaj 32-bitnih paketov "
+"je priporočljivo tukaj dodati aktivno zrcalo z označenjem enega od omrežnih "
+"protokolov. To je potrebno, ker 64-bitna slika odtisa diska ne vsebuje 32-"
+"bitnih paketov, zato jih brez aktivnega zrcala namestitev ne more posodobiti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Upravljanje z naprednimi in navadnimi uporabniki"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Nastavite geslo skrbnika (uporabnika root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"V vseh namestitvah <application>Mageje</application> je priporočljivo "
+"nastaviti geslo skrbnika, v Linux-u znan kot <emphasis>geslo root "
+"uporabnika</emphasis>. Med tipkanjem gesla v polje se bo barva ščita "
+"spremenila glede na moč gesla od rdeče do rumene in pri močnem geslu zelene. "
+"Zaradi preverjanja pravilnosti vnosa morate geslo ponoviti v polju niže."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Vsa gesla so občutljiva na velikost črk. Najbolje je v njem uporabiti "
+"mešanico velikih ter malih črk, številk in posebnih znakov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Dodajte uporabnika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Tukaj dodajte uporabnika. Imel bo manj pravic kot skrbnik (root), a dovolj "
+"za uporabo spleta, pisarniških programov, igranje iger in vse ostalo kar "
+"običajni uporabnik počne z računalnikom."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: s klikom na ta gumb je možno spremeniti ikono "
+"oz. sliko uporabnika."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Pravo ime</guilabel>: tukaj vnesite pravo ime uporabnika."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Prijavno ime</guilabel>: Tukaj vnesete prijavno ime uporabnika ali "
+"pustite programu drakx uporabiti verzijo pravega imena uporabnika. "
+"<emphasis>Prijavno ime razlikuje med velikostjo črk.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Geslo</guilabel>: Tukaj vnesite uporabniško geslo. Med tipkanjem "
+"gesla v polje se bo barva ščita desno spremenila glede na moč gesla od rdeče "
+"do rumene in pri močnem geslu zelene. (Glejte tudi <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Geslo (ponovno)</guilabel>: Program drakx preverja pravilnost "
+"vnosa, zato morate vnos gesla ponoviti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Vsak uporabnik, dodan med namestitvijo Mageje, bo imel domačo mapo zaščiteno "
+"tako pred branjem kot tudi pisanjem (umask=0027)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Več uporabnikov je med namestitvijo možno dodati v koraku "
+"<emphasis>Nastavitve - povzetek</emphasis>. Izberite <emphasis>Upravljanje "
+"uporabnikov</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Dovoljenje dostopa lahko spremenite tudi po namestitvi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Napredno upravljanje z uporabniki"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Napredno</guibutton> lahko urejate nastavitev za "
+"tega dodanega uporabnika."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Dodatno lahko onemogočite ali omogočite prijavo gosta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Izberite priklopne točke"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Karkoli spremenite, pazite, da razdelek <literal>/</literal> (koren) ostane."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Nastavitve ure"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Zaženi Magejo kot živ sistem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Zagon medija"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Z diska"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Z naprave USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "V načinu BIOS/CSM/Legacy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Prvi zaslon med zagonom v načinu BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "V srednjem meniju so na voljo tri možna dejanja:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "V spodnjem meniju so na voljo zagonske možnosti:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - pomoč. Razlaga možnosti »splash«, »apm«, »acpi« in »Ide«"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - jezik. Izbor jezika za prikaz na zaslonu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - ločljivost zaslona. Na voljo je izbor: tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "V načinu UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Prvi zaslon med zagonom sistema z diska v načinu UEFI "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Izbira namizja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Izbira skupin paketov"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Delovna postaja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Strežnik."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafično okolje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Izbira posamičnih paketov"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Nastavite vaše storitve"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Tukaj lahko izberete, katere storitve naj se (ali ne) samodejno zaženejo ob "
+"zagonu računalnika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Izbor, ki ga naredi DrakX, je običajno primeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Nastavite vaš časovni pas"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Izberite strežnik X ()nastavite grafično kartico"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "Proizvajalec"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "ime vaše kartice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "in tip kartice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Nastavitev grafične kartice in monitorja"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafična kartica</guibutton></emphasis>: Izberite jo iz "
+"seznama, če je potrebno."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Napačna frekvenca osveževanja lahko poškoduje vaš monitor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Izberite vaš zaslon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Po meri</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Vstavi in poženi</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>prodajalec</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "ime proizvajalca zaslona"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "opis zaslona"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Običajen</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Klikni <guibutton>Končano</guibutton> ko bo v redu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Razdelitev diska"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Uporabi obstoječe razdelke"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor v razdelku za Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Zbriši in uporabi celoten disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Ta možnost bo uporabila celoten pogon za Magejo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr "Pozor! To bo pobrisalo VSE podatke na izbrani napravi. Pazljivo!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Razdeljevanje diska po meri"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"S tem imate popoln nadzor nad namestitvijo na (enem ali več) vaših diskov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Spreminjanje velikosti razdelkov:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr "Namestitev bo razdelila razpoložljiv prostor po naslednjih pravilih:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Če je vsega razpoložljivega prostora na voljo manj kot 50 GB, bo ustvarjen "
+"samo en razdelek in sicer korenski: /. Brez ločenega domačega razdelka: /"
+"home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Če je vsega razpoložljivega prostora na voljo več kot 50 GB, bodo ustvarjeni "
+"trije razdelki"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr "6/19 prostora na voljo bo namenjeno korenskemu: /, a ne več kot 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 bo rezervirana izmenjalnemu razdelku: swap, a največ 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "ostalih (vsaj 12/19) bo uporabljenih za domači razdelek: /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"To pomeni, da bo namestitev pri 160 GB ali več razpoložljivega prostora "
+"ustvarila tri razdelke: 50 GB za korenskega: /, 4 GB za izmenjalnega in "
+"preostalo za domačo mapo: /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "»Poravnaj z ang.: Align to« »MiB«"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Prazen prostor spredaj (MiB)\" 2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Namestitev z Medija Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "januar 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Uradna dokumentacija za Magejo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="
+"\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons."
+"org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ki ga je razvila firma <link ns6:href="
+"\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Napisali smo jih prostovoljci v svojem prostem času. Obrnite se na <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ekipo za "
+"dokumentiranje</link>, če jih želite izboljšati."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Vseh prikazanih zaslonskih posnetkov ni možno videti v vsaki namestitvi. "
+"Njihov prikaz je odvisen od strojne opreme in vaše izbire med namestitvijo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Namestitev s programom DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Februar 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Čestitke"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Uživajte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Požarni zid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Napredno</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;številka-vrat>/&lt;protokol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatiranje"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ko boste z izborom zadovoljni, kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton> za "
+"nadaljevanje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, namestitveni program Mageje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Prikaz dobrodošlice namestitve"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Uporaba Magejinega DVD-ja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Brez ACPI (vmesnik za napredne nastavitve in upravljanje z energijo) "
+"upravljanje z energijo ni upoštevano"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Postavitev tipkovnice je sedaj Ameriška"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Namestitveni koraki"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Težave z namestitvijo in možne rešitve"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Brez grafičnega vmesnika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Namestitev zamrzne"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Težave s spominom RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dinamični razdelki"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Posodobitve"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton> za nadaljevanje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Prijavni zaslon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM-jev prijavni zaslon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Najdete jih <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/sl/downloads/\">tukaj</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Izbira virov z lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimalna namestitev"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Povzetek raznih nastavitev"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Sistemske nastavitve"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Časovni pas</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Država</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zagonski nalagalnik</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Za več informacij poglejte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Upravljanje z uporabniki</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Storitve</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Za več informacij poglejte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Strojne nastavitve"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tipkovnica</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Miška</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zvočna kartica</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafični vmesnik</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"V tem delu lahko nastavljate (eno ali več) grafičnih kartic in zaslonov."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Za več informacij poglejte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Nastavitve omrežja in interneta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Omrežje</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Posredniški strežniki</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Varnost"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Stopnja varnosti</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Požarni zid</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Ponovni zagon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Spremeni velikost <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> razdelka"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Stopnja varnosti"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Tukaj lahko prilagodite vašo varnostno stopnjo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Izbor in uporaba odtisa diska: ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Predstavitev"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Podrobnosti so podane v naslednjih poglavjih."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Vir"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definicija"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Najdete jih <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/sl/downloads/\">tukaj</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Mediji za klasično namestitev"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Skupne značilnosti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Živi medij"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Vsebuje lastniško programsko opremo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Živi Plasma DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Samo namizno okolje Plasma."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Prisotni so vsi jeziki."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Samo 64-bitna arhitektura."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Živi GNOME DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Samo namizno okolje GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Samo 64-bitna arhitektura"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Živi Xfce DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Samo namizno okolje Xfce."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 in 64-bitni arhitekturi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Medij samo za zagon"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "samo angleščina."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Prejemanje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Zapecite ali prenesite odtis diska"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Odlaganje odtisa nosilca za namestitev na ključek USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"Odlaganje odtisa nosilca za namestitev na ključek USB izbriše vse njegove "
+"datotečne sisteme. Navidezna velikost naprave bo omejena na velikost odtisa. "
+"Izgubili boste vse podatke na njem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uporabite lahko orodje z grafičnim vmesnikom kot je <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Lahko poskusite:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sl\">Rufus</link> z uporabo "
+"možnosti \"ISO image\" \"ISO slika\" ;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Odprite konzolo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Vnesite ukaz: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Odstranite ključek USB, ko bo zaključeno"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Izbor države/regije"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Način vnosa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Namestitev ali nadgradnja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Namesti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Nadgradnja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Izbor tipkovnice"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tipkovnica"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Izberite jezik namestitve"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Izberite miško"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Vmesnik zagonskega nalagalnika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi za sistem UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi na sistemu UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Uporaba Magejinega zagonskega nalagalnika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Uporaba obstoječega zagonskega nalagalnika"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Možnosti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Prva stran"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Geslo (ponovno)</guilabel>: Program Drakx preverja pravilnost "
+"vnosa, zato morate vnos gesla ponoviti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Napredno</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Naslednja stran"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Nastavitev naprav SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Nastavitve zvoka"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Napredno"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Potrdi formatiranje trdega diska"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Preizkusite Magejo kot živ sistem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Živi način"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Preizkus strojne opreme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "omrežni vmesnik: nastavite ga z net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "Spletna kamera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Zagon namestitve"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Odstrani Magejo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Navodila"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71bf6dc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Namestitev z Medija Live</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>januar 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Uradna dokumentacija za Magejo</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ki ga je razvila firma
+<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Napisali smo jih prostovoljci v svojem prostem času. Obrnite se na <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ekipo za
+dokumentiranje</link>, če jih želite izboljšati.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Namestitev z Medija Live</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Vseh prikazanih zaslonskih posnetkov ni možno videti v vsaki
+namestitvi. Njihov prikaz je odvisen od strojne opreme in vaše izbire med
+namestitvijo.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9419ae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Namestitev z Medija Live</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Vseh prikazanih zaslonskih posnetkov ni možno videti v vsaki
+namestitvi. Njihov prikaz je odvisen od strojne opreme in vaše izbire med
+namestitvijo.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ki ga je razvila firma
+<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Napisali smo jih prostovoljci v svojem prostem času. Obrnite se na <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ekipo za
+dokumentiranje</link>, če jih želite izboljšati.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..642fc544
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Namestitev s programom DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Februar 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Uradna dokumentacija za Magejo</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ki ga je razvila firma
+<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Napisali smo jih prostovoljci v svojem prostem času. Obrnite se na <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ekipo za
+dokumentiranje</link>, če jih želite izboljšati.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Namestitev s programom DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Vseh prikazanih zaslonskih posnetkov ni možno videti v vsaki
+namestitvi. Njihov prikaz je odvisen od strojne opreme in vaše izbire med
+namestitvijo.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7cdf0c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Namestitev s programom DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Vseh prikazanih zaslonskih posnetkov ni možno videti v vsaki
+namestitvi. Njihov prikaz je odvisen od strojne opreme in vaše izbire med
+namestitvijo.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ki ga je razvila firma
+<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Napisali smo jih prostovoljci v svojem prostem času. Obrnite se na <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ekipo za
+dokumentiranje</link>, če jih želite izboljšati.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f42955f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Izbor in uporaba odtisa diska: ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Predstavitev</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Podrobnosti so podane v naslednjih poglavjih.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Vir</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definicija</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO
+file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>Najdete jih <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/sl/downloads/">tukaj</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Mediji za klasično namestitev</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Skupne značilnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test,
+Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Živi medij</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Skupne značilnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and
+optionally install Mageia on to your HDD.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean
+installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous
+releases.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vsebuje lastniško programsko opremo.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Živi Plasma DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Samo namizno okolje Plasma.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Prisotni so vsi jeziki.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Samo 64-bitna arhitektura.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Živi GNOME DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Samo namizno okolje GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Prisotni so vsi jeziki.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Samo 64-bitna arhitektura</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Živi Xfce DVD</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Samo namizno okolje Xfce.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Prisotni so vsi jeziki.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 in 64-bitni arhitekturi.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Medij samo za zagon</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Skupne značilnosti</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to
+start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages
+that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be
+on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the
+Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when
+bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a
+PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>samo angleščina.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need
+it.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Prejemanje</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para>
+      <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a
+while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Zapecite ali prenesite odtis diska</title>
+    <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB
+stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable
+medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly
+to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not
+correct. There is more information in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Odlaganje odtisa nosilca za namestitev na ključek USB</title>
+      <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick
+and then use it to boot and install the system.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>Odlaganje odtisa nosilca za namestitev na ključek USB izbriše vse njegove
+datotečne sisteme. Navidezna velikost naprave bo omejena na velikost
+odtisa. Izgubili boste vse podatke na njem.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format
+the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>Uporabite lahko orodje z grafičnim vmesnikom kot je <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>Lahko poskusite:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sl">Rufus</link> z uporabo
+možnosti "ISO image" "ISO slika" ;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Odprite konzolo</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the
+final '-' )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any
+application or file manager that could access or read it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vnesite ukaz: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Odstranite ključek USB, ko bo zaključeno</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc793beb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licenčna pogodba in opombe ob izdaji</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenčna pogodba</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite
+licenčne pogoje.</para>
+
+    <para>Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo
+<application>Mageia</application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno
+sprejeti.</para>
+
+    <para>Za sprejem preprosto označite  <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite
+gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste
+sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik
+ponovno zagnal.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Opombe ob izdaji</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Za to izdajo distribucije <application>Mageia</application> so na voljo
+pomembne informacije, dosegljive s klikom na gumb <guibutton>Opombe ob
+izdaji</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..322cfc8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Upravljanje z naprednimi in navadnimi uporabniki</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Nastavite geslo skrbnika (uporabnika root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>V vseh namestitvah <application>Mageje</application> je priporočljivo
+nastaviti geslo skrbnika, v Linux-u znan kot <emphasis>geslo root
+uporabnika</emphasis>. Med tipkanjem gesla v polje se bo barva ščita
+spremenila glede na moč gesla od rdeče do rumene in pri močnem geslu
+zelene. Zaradi preverjanja pravilnosti vnosa morate geslo ponoviti v polju
+niže.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Vsa gesla so občutljiva na velikost črk. Najbolje je v njem uporabiti
+mešanico velikih ter malih črk, številk in posebnih znakov.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Dodajte uporabnika</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Tukaj dodajte uporabnika. Imel bo manj pravic kot skrbnik (root), a dovolj
+za uporabo spleta, pisarniških programov, igranje iger in vse ostalo kar
+običajni uporabnik počne z računalnikom.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: s klikom na ta gumb je možno spremeniti ikono
+oz. sliko uporabnika.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Pravo ime</guilabel>: tukaj vnesite pravo ime uporabnika.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Prijavno ime</guilabel>: Tukaj vnesete prijavno ime uporabnika ali
+pustite programu drakx uporabiti verzijo pravega imena
+uporabnika. <emphasis>Prijavno ime razlikuje med velikostjo črk.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Geslo</guilabel>: Tukaj vnesite uporabniško geslo. Med tipkanjem
+gesla v polje se bo barva ščita desno spremenila glede na moč gesla od rdeče
+do rumene in pri močnem geslu zelene. (Glejte tudi <xref
+linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Geslo (ponovno)</guilabel>: Program drakx preverja pravilnost
+vnosa, zato morate vnos gesla ponoviti.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Vsak uporabnik, dodan med namestitvijo Mageje, bo imel domačo mapo zaščiteno
+tako pred branjem kot tudi pisanjem (umask=0027)</para>
+      <para>Več uporabnikov je med namestitvijo možno dodati v koraku
+<emphasis>Nastavitve - povzetek</emphasis>. Izberite <emphasis>Upravljanje
+uporabnikov</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Dovoljenje dostopa lahko spremenite tudi po namestitvi</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Napredno upravljanje z uporabniki</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Napredno</guibutton> lahko urejate nastavitev za
+tega dodanega uporabnika.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Dodatno lahko onemogočite ali omogočite prijavo gosta.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account
+saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest
+should save his important files to a USB key.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a
+guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC,
+but he has more restricted access than normal users.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the
+shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you
+are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless
+you know what you are doing.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a
+number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know
+what you are doing.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6cb3d906
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Izbira virov (nastavitev dodatnih virov namestitve)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ta zaslon ponuja seznam že prepoznanih odlagališč paketov. Lahko dodate še
+kak drug vir, recimo DVD ali kak oddaljen vir. Ta izbor bo določil kateri
+paketi bodo na voljo v naslednjih korakih.</para>
+
+  <para>Za omrežni vir je potrebno slediti dvema korakoma:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Izbor in po potrebi aktiviranje omrežja. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Izbor zrcala ali določanje URL-ja (čisto prvi vnos). Z izborom zrcala
+pridobite dostop do vseh skladišč, ki jih upravlja skupnost Mageia, Npr. z
+lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree) ali Patentno zaščiteni (Tainted) in
+seveda posodobitve. Z določanjem URL-ja lahko določite specifično skladišče
+ali vašo lastno namestitev NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Za posodobitev 64-bitne namestitve, ki lahko vsebuje nekaj 32-bitnih paketov
+je priporočljivo tukaj dodati aktivno zrcalo z označenjem enega od omrežnih
+protokolov. To je potrebno, ker 64-bitna slika odtisa diska ne vsebuje
+32-bitnih paketov, zato jih brez aktivnega zrcala namestitev ne more
+posodobiti.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e24af5f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Izberite priklopne točke</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If
+you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you
+can change the mount points.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Karkoli spremenite, pazite, da razdelek <literal>/</literal> (koren) ostane.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Every partition is shown as follows: "Device" ("Capacity", "Mount point",
+"Type").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Device", is made up of: "hard drive", ["hard drive number"(letter)],
+"partition number" (for example, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from
+the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal>
+and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for
+instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store
+your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the
+<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount
+point field blank.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose,
+and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen
+that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the
+partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba130065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Nastavitve ure</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set,
+either local time or UTC time.</para>
+
+  <para>In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b4d3fd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Zaženi Magejo kot živ sistem</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Zagon medija</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Z diska</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM,
+DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the
+bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the
+computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or
+press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the
+computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get
+either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Z naprave USB</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on
+the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may
+need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose
+the peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">V načinu BIOS/CSM/Legacy</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Prvi zaslon med zagonom v načinu BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>V srednjem meniju so na voljo tri možna dejanja:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD
+or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow
+system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard
+disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual,
+when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia
+5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>V spodnjem meniju so na voljo zagonske možnosti:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - pomoč. Razlaga možnosti »splash«, »apm«, »acpi« in »Ide«</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - jezik. Izbor jezika za prikaz na zaslonu.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - ločljivost zaslona. Na voljo je izbor: tekst, 640x400, 800x600,
+1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from
+the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or
+NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP
+server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with
+this option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an
+optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during
+installation process.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your
+hardware and the drivers to use.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">V načinu UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Prvi zaslon med zagonom sistema z diska v načinu UEFI </para></caption></mediaobject><para>You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to
+process the installation (second choice).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a
+duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to choose
+them.</para><para>In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone
+and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link
+linkend="testing">additional steps in Live mode</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a007dfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Izbira namizja</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine
+tune your choice.</para>
+
+  <para>After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package
+installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the
+<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or
+<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full
+set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if
+you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the
+default software choices for these desktop environments. The
+<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two,
+sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6c6eb8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Izbira skupin paketov</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on
+your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however
+more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which
+become visible as the mouse is hovered over them.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Delovna postaja.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Strežnik.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafično okolje.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or
+remove packages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9254bd18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Izbira posamičnih paketov</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your
+installation.</para>
+
+    <para>After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy
+icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages
+(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the
+same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install
+and choosing to load it.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2299b422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Nastavite vaše storitve</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Tukaj lahko izberete, katere storitve naj se (ali ne) samodejno zaženejo ob
+zagonu računalnika</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and
+see all services in it.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Izbor, ki ga naredi DrakX, je običajno primeren.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info
+box below.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Only change things when you know very well what you are doing.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d6c43c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Nastavite vaš časovni pas</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the
+same time zone.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to
+GMT, also known as UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they
+are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..634589bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Izberite strežnik X ()nastavite grafično kartico</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually
+correctly identify your video device.</para>
+
+  <para>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know
+which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Proizvajalec</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ime vaše kartice</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>in tip kartice</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in
+the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the
+Xorg category</para>
+
+  <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card
+drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the
+option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities.</para>
+
+  <para>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access
+to the Commandline Interface.</para>
+
+  <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which
+may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from
+the card manufacturers' websites.</para>
+
+  <para>The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If
+you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56d74176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Nastavitev grafične kartice in monitorja</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment)
+you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are
+all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or
+any other graphical environment to work well, the following
+<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct
+settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a
+choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafična kartica</guibutton></emphasis>: Izberite jo iz
+seznama, če je potrebno.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor
+from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel>
+list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the
+horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Napačna frekvenca osveževanja lahko poškoduje vaš monitor</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired
+resolution and color depth of your monitor here.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not
+always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your
+settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your
+settings are correct, you can answer "yes", and the settings will be
+kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen
+and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make
+sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't
+available</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to
+enable or disable various options.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a681762
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Izberite vaš zaslon</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually
+correctly identify yours.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage
+your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing
+what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor
+documentation</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Po meri</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh
+rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the
+screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are
+displayed.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor
+type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you
+may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and
+consult your monitor documentation.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Vstavi in poženi</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the
+monitor database.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>prodajalec</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which
+one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Proizvajalec</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ime proizvajalca zaslona</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>opis zaslona</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Običajen</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as
+1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is
+often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver
+when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it
+may be wise to be conservative in your selections.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..356e04f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you
+must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The
+encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be
+set, otherwise your system will be unbootable.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create
+partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even
+view what is in them before you start.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an
+USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected
+storage device</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it,
+or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe
+it. <guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert
+mode</guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a
+partition type. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Klikni <guibutton>Končano</guibutton> ko bo v redu.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present and of the correct type</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70d35115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Razdelitev diska</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the
+solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">The options available from the list below will vary depending on your
+particular hard drive(s) layout and content.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Uporabi obstoječe razdelke</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have
+been found and may be used for the installation.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for
+your new Mageia installation.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor v razdelku za Windows</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may
+offer to use it.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation,
+but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all
+important files!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The
+partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down
+correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented,
+although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been
+moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to
+back up your personal files.</para><para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended
+sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking
+and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Zbriši in uporabi celoten disk.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Ta možnost bo uporabila celoten pogon za Magejo.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Pozor! To bo pobrisalo VSE podatke na izbrani napravi. Pazljivo!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already
+have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use
+this option.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Razdeljevanje diska po meri</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">S tem imate popoln nadzor nad namestitvijo na (enem ali več) vaših diskov.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Spreminjanje velikosti razdelkov:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Namestitev bo razdelila razpoložljiv prostor po naslednjih pravilih:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Če je vsega razpoložljivega prostora na voljo manj kot 50 GB, bo ustvarjen
+samo en razdelek in sicer korenski: /. Brez ločenega domačega razdelka:
+/home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Če je vsega razpoložljivega prostora na voljo več kot 50 GB, bodo ustvarjeni
+trije razdelki</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 prostora na voljo bo namenjeno korenskemu: /, a ne več kot 50 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 bo rezervirana izmenjalnemu razdelku: swap, a največ 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>ostalih (vsaj 12/19) bo uporabljenih za domači razdelek: /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>To pomeni, da bo namestitev pri 160 GB ali več razpoložljivega prostora
+ustvarila tri razdelke: 50 GB za korenskega: /, 4 GB za izmenjalnega in
+preostalo za domačo mapo: /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom disk partitioning" option is the only one that allows
+to check it has been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the
+previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available
+hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested
+with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1
+MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning
+tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following
+settings:</para>
+    <para>»Poravnaj z ang.: Align to« »MiB«</para>
+    <para>"Prazen prostor spredaj (MiB)" 2"</para>
+    <para>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be5eb14c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Čestitke</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">You have finished installing and configuring
+<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the
+installation medium and reboot your computer.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating
+systems on your computer (if you have more than one).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install
+will be automatically selected and started.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Uživajte</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to
+Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..27392856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Požarni zid</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine
+which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target
+system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be
+accessible from the Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is
+accessibly from the network. The "<emphasis>Everything (no
+firewall)</emphasis>" button has a particular role: it enables access to all
+services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the
+context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected
+system.  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center
+(which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of
+firewall rules for testing and debugging purposes.</para>
+
+  <para>All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you
+will check the "CUPS server" button if you want printers on your machine to
+be accessible from the network.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Napredno</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The
+"Advanced" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service for
+which no checkbutton exists. The "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" button
+opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a list of
+couples (blank separated)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;številka-vrat>/&lt;protokol></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to
+the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined
+in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the
+service.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore
+is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2
+couples for the same port.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21f98307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatiranje</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on
+partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to
+check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on
+<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>
+and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.
+In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Ko boste z izborom zadovoljni, kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton> za
+nadaljevanje.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b1d5d0e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Posodobitve</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some
+packages will have been updated or improved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them,
+select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you
+aren't connected to the Internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton> za nadaljevanje</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38fa7cb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, namestitveni program Mageje</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia
+Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as
+possible.</para>
+
+  <para>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will
+start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Prikaz dobrodošlice namestitve</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Uporaba Magejinega DVD-ja</title>
+
+      <para>Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one
+with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the "e" letter to
+enter the "edit mode". To come back to this screen, press either the key
+"esc" to quit without saving or press the key "Ctrl" or "F10" to quit with
+saving.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen
+language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live
+DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue
+System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware
+Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> key for
+the UEFI mode.</para>
+
+            <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one
+of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called
+<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para>
+
+            <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para>
+
+            <para>- Brez ACPI (vmesnik za napredne nastavitve in upravljanje z energijo)
+upravljanje z energijo ni upoštevano</para>
+
+            <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is
+about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para>
+
+            <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options
+displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the
+key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line,
+however, they are really taken into account.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only).</para>
+
+            <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with
+the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to
+go back to the welcome screen.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options
+list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Using a Wired Network</title>
+
+      <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based
+Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):</para>
+
+      <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are
+described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+Network-based Installation CD, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Postavitev tipkovnice je sedaj Ameriška</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Namestitveni koraki</title>
+
+    <para>The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed
+on the side panel of the screen.</para>
+
+    <para>Each step has one or more screens which may also have
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required,
+options.</para>
+
+    <para>Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further
+explanations about the current step.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is
+possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a
+partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your
+computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well
+leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure
+rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Težave z namestitvijo in možne rešitve</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Brez grafičnega vmesnika</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection
+screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using
+low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use
+this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be
+presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit
+ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Namestitev zamrzne</title>
+
+      <para>If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a
+problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of
+hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type
+<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with
+other options as necessary.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Težave s spominom RAM</title>
+
+      <para>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the
+available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the
+<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of
+RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dinamični razdelki</title>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on
+Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on
+this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9a8c229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Prijavni zaslon</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM-jev prijavni zaslon</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium
+you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>Najdete jih <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/sl/downloads/">tukaj</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e7d3edd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Izbira virov z lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are
+available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories
+selection determines which packages will be available for selection during
+the next steps.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains
+the base of the distribution.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are
+free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain
+closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this
+repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers,
+firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under
+a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is
+that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries,
+e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages
+needed to play commercial video DVD, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9573833
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimalna namestitev</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the
+Package Group Selection screen, see <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer
+you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1879f460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Povzetek raznih nastavitev</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on
+the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the
+settings here and change them if you want after pressing
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Sistemske nastavitve</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Časovni pas</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred
+language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Država</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you
+correct the setting. See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Zagonski nalagalnik</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Za več informacij poglejte <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Upravljanje z uporabniki</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">You can add extra users here. They will each get their own
+<literal>/home</literal> directories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Storitve</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services refer to those small programs which run the background
+(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may
+prevent your computer from operating correctly.</para>
+
+        <para>Za več informacij poglejte <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Strojne nastavitve</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Tipkovnica</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on
+your location, language or type of keyboard.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Miška</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs
+etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Zvočna kartica</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option
+to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one
+driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafični vmesnik</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">V tem delu lahko nastavljate (eno ali več) grafičnih kartic in zaslonov.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Za več informacij poglejte <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Nastavitve omrežja in interneta</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Omrežje</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free
+drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia
+Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media
+repositories.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch
+that interface as well.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Posredniški strežniki</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider
+internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a
+proxy service.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you
+need to enter here</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Varnost</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Stopnja varnosti</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default
+setting (Standard) is adequate for general use.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Check the option which best suits your usage.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Požarni zid</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the
+rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de4e38b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Ponovni zagon</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad77a09a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Spremeni velikost
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> razdelka</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.
+Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b7162e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Stopnja varnosti</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Tukaj lahko prilagodite vašo varnostno stopnjo.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings
+in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00ea1383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Izbor države/regije</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other
+Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list,
+after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the
+first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real
+choice.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Način vnosa</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f32009d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Namestitev ali nadgradnja</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Namesti</para>
+
+      <para>Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Nadgradnja</para>
+
+      <para>If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on
+your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the
+latest release.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still
+supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been
+thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already
+reached its End	Of Life when this one was released, then it is better to do
+a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to
+reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been
+formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in
+the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an
+unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you
+want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you
+can return from the "Install or Upgrade" screen to the language choice
+screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60bed22f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tipkovnica</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable
+keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard
+layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the
+specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There
+may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also
+look here: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on
+<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard
+there.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog,
+you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though
+a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly
+and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the
+full list.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an
+extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin
+and non-Latin keyboard layouts</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..315eae4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Izbor tipkovnice</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0272205e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Izberite jezik namestitve</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your
+continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during
+the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use
+this selection during the installation and for your installed system.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your
+system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the
+<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be
+difficult to add extra language support after installation.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them
+as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be
+marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen .</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then
+it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it
+is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed
+languages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia
+Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6aee7dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Izberite miško</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a
+different one here.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB
+mice</guilabel> is a good choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to
+configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..196419dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Vmesnik zagonskega nalagalnika</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi za sistem UEFI.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi na sistemu UEFI.</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Uporaba Magejinega zagonskega nalagalnika</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Uporaba obstoječega zagonskega nalagalnika</title>
+
+    <para>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader
+is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve
+running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and
+add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in
+question.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Možnosti</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Prva stran</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Geslo (ponovno)</guilabel>: Program Drakx preverja pravilnost
+vnosa, zato morate vnos gesla ponoviti.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Napredno</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Naslednja stran</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Napredno</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48e5ecfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..daf6aa26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Nastavitev naprav SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers
+it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently
+fail to recognise the drive.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s)
+you have.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9764a58e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Nastavitve zvoka</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your
+sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default
+one.</para>
+
+  <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install
+you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start
+this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the
+<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound
+Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen.</para>
+
+  <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on
+<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how
+to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Napredno</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is
+useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers
+available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on
+<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f8f2e40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Potrdi formatiranje trdega diska</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your
+choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every
+partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60a2a560
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Preizkusite Magejo kot živ sistem</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Živi način</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get the
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Preizkus strojne opreme</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>omrežni vmesnik: nastavite ga z net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Spletna kamera:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Zagon namestitve</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+this screen, and then the "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7df4df8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Odstrani Magejo</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Navodila</title>
+
+    <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short
+you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the
+possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select
+Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will
+only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition
+management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the
+disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it
+(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both
+windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and
+make sure all important things have been backed up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ae8036e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sl/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to
+accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different
+hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04198394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4997 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014-2017
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-27 01:30+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/sq/)\n"
+"Language: sq\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Liçenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licenca e Pajtueshmërisë"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e "
+"liçencës me kujdes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë shpërndarjet "
+"<application>Mageia</application> dhe duhet të pranohen para se mund të "
+"vazhdohet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel>Prano</guilabel> dhe pastaj "
+"klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për "
+"kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin "
+"tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Shënime lëshimi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"informacione të rëndësishme janë dhënë për këtë lëshues <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dhe janë të arritshme në butonin\n"
+" <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "sq"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime "
+"të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja "
+"burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje "
+"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Për një burim të rrjetit, ka dy hapa që duhet të ndiqni:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Zgjedhja dhe aktivizimi i rrjetit, nëse nuk bërë tashmë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me "
+"zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të "
+"menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe përditësime. Me "
+"URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju përditësoni një instalim 64 bit i cili mund të përmbajë disa paketa "
+"32 bit, është këshilluar përdorimi i këtij ekrani për të shtuar një pasqyrë "
+"në internet duke klikuar një nga protokollet e rrjetit këtu. DVD 64 bit  iso "
+"përmban vetëm paketa 64 bit dhe noarch. Nuk do të jetë në gjendje për të "
+"rinovuar paketat 32 bit. Megjithatë, pasi të shtoni një pasqyrë në internet, "
+"instaluesi do të zbulojë paketa 32 bit të nevojshme aty."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin "
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</"
+"application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim "
+"administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> "
+"në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës "
+"së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të "
+"fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një "
+"fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në "
+"kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni "
+"shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një "
+"përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera "
+"në një fjalëkalim."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Fut një përdorues"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-"
+"përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, "
+"përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër "
+"përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë "
+"ikonën e përdoruesve."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në "
+"këtë kuti teksti."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës "
+"ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. "
+"<emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në kutin e tekstit duhet të shkruani "
+"fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Është një fushë në fund të kutisë së tekstit çë "
+"tregon forcen e fjalëkalimit. (Shihni gjithashtu <xref linkend="
+"\"jepFjalëkalim\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e "
+"përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të "
+"njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të "
+"lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të "
+"dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në "
+"<emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. "
+"Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Lejet hyrëse gjithashtu mund të ndryshohet pas instalimit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Menaxhim Përdoruesi Avancuar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse butoni <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> klikohet ju do ju ofrohet një "
+"ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke "
+"shtuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose aktivizo një llogari mysafir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Çdo gjë një mysafir e parazgjedhur <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> me llogari "
+"mysafir që ruan në skedarët e tij /shtëpi do të fshihen kur ç'kyçet. "
+"Mysafiri duhet të ruaj skedarët të tij të rëndësishme në një çelës USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni "
+"ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për "
+"të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se "
+"përdoruesit normal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Kjo listë ju lejon të ndryshoni shell në "
+"perdorim nga përdoruesi që do shtohet në ekranin e mëparshëm, opsionet janë "
+"Bash, Dash dhe Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Përdorues ID</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të vendosni ID e përdoruesit "
+"për përdoruesit që ju do shtoni në ekranin e mëparshëm. Ky është një numër. "
+"Lëre bosh nëse nuk e dini se çfarë ju po bëni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grup ID</guilabel>: Kjo ju lejon të vendosni ID'në e grupit. "
+"Gjithashtu një numër, zakonisht i njëjti si të përdoruesit. Lëre bosh nëse "
+"nuk e dini se çfarë ju po bëni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Zgjidhni pikat montuese"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu ju shihni ndarëset Linux që janë gjetur në kompjuterin tuaj. Nëse ju "
+"nuk pajtoheni me sugjerimet <application>DrakX</application>, ju mund të "
+"ndryshojë pikën e montimit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</"
+"literal> ndarje (root)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë "
+"montimi\", \"Tipi\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut"
+"\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të "
+"ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë "
+"pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju "
+"doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për "
+"<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës "
+"montuese bosh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt "
+"çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</"
+"guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë "
+"llojin e saj dhe madhësinë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi "
+"<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të "
+"formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Cilësime ora"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Në këtë hap, ju duhet të zgjidhni në cilën kohë ora juaj e brendshme është e "
+"vendosur, ose orës lokale ose orës UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Në tab avancuar, ju do të gjeni më shumë opsione për parametrat e orës."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Ndez Mageia si Sistem Live"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Nga disku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Nga një pajisje USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Ekrani fillestarë gjatë ndezjes në mënyrë të BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "Nl menynë e mesëm, ju kenë zgjedhjen e tre veprimeve:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalo Magia: Kjo zgjedhje do të instalojë direkt Mageia në kompjuterin "
+"tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Në menunë poshtë, janë opsionet Ndezëse:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 - Ndihmë. Shpjegon mundësitë \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" dhe \"Ide\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Gjuha. Përzgjedh gjuhën të shfaqur në ekran."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Rezolucioni ekranit. Zgjidh ndërmjet text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "Në mënyrë UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Ekrani fillestarë gjatë ndezjes në sistem UEFI nga disku"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju keni vetëm zgjedhjen për të lëshuar Mageia në mënyrë të jo instaluese "
+"(zgjedhja e parë), ose për të vazhduar me instalimin (zgjedhje e dytë)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Në çdo rast, hapat e parë do të jenë të njëjtë për të zgjedhur gjuhën, "
+"vendndodhjen dhe tastierën, pastaj proceset ndryshojnë, me <link linkend="
+"\"testing\"> hapa shtesë në mënyrë live</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Përzgjedhje Desktop"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme "
+"për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të "
+"paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin "
+"<guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose "
+"<application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri "
+"të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë "
+"<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose "
+"të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të "
+"paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> "
+"desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak "
+"dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet "
+"në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, "
+"megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në "
+"dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi "
+"ta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Stacion-pune."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Mjedis Grafike."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar "
+"manualisht ose hequr paketa."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për instruksione si për të "
+"bërë një instalim minimal (pa ose me X &amp; IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Zgjidhni paketat individuale"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar "
+"instalimin tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Pasi keni bërë zgjedhjen tuaj, ju mund të klikoni mbi <guibutton>ikonën "
+"floppy</guibutton> në fund të faqes për të ruajtur zgjedhjen tuaj të "
+"paketave (ruajtja në një USB punon gjithashtu). Ju pastaj mund të përdorin "
+"këtë skedë për të instaluar të njëjtat paketa në një sistem tjetër, duke "
+"shtypur butonin e njëjtë gjatë instalimit dhe të zgjedhni për të ngarkuar "
+"atë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju "
+"ndezni sistemin tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë "
+"dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur "
+"në kutinë info më poshtë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt "
+"me ju në të njëjtën kohë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike "
+"për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni "
+"se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të kartave video dhe zakonisht "
+"do të identifikojë saktë pajisjen video tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini "
+"cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "shitës"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "atëherë emrin e kartës tuaj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "dhe lloji i kartës"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo "
+"nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund "
+"të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur "
+"kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e "
+"kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron "
+"aftësitë themelore."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju "
+"vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të "
+"jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet "
+"e internetit të prodhuesit kartës."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të "
+"hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas "
+"rinisjes tuaj të parë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) "
+"ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë "
+"të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të "
+"quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</"
+"acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë "
+"mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. "
+"Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</"
+"application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja "
+"është e gabuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën "
+"tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni "
+"monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</"
+"guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni "
+"për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit "
+"tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin "
+"dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë "
+"duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë "
+"parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse "
+"parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet "
+"do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin "
+"e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa "
+"testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e "
+"sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të "
+"zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do "
+"të identifikojë saktë tuajat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të "
+"dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni "
+"diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të "
+"konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale "
+"rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se "
+"sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është "
+"shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Është <emphasis>SHUMË E RËNDËSISHME</emphasis> që ju të mos specifikoni një "
+"lloj monitori me një gamë të sinkronizume që është përtej aftësive të "
+"monitoruar tuaj: ju mund të dëmtoni monitoruar tuaj. Nëse në dyshim, "
+"zgjidhni një mjedis konservator dhe konsultohuni me dokumentacionin tuaj të "
+"monitorit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Fute 'e Hap</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin "
+"monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Shitës</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini "
+"cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "emri i prodhuesit të monitoruar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "përshkrimi monitorit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo "
+"është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të "
+"përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të "
+"përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë "
+"konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Ndrysho shpërndarjet e diskut me DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Në qoftë se ju dëshironi të përdorni kriptim në particionin <literal>/</"
+"literal> tuaj ju duhet të siguroheni që keni një particion të ndarë "
+"<literal>/boot</literal>. Opsioni kriptimit për particionin <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> NUK duhet të vendoset, përndryshe sistemi juaj nuk do to ndizet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Shtyrje <guibutton>Pastro T'Gjitha</guibutton> për të fshirë të gjitha "
+"particionet në pajisjen e zgjedhura ruajtëse"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. "
+"Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë "
+"montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Vazhdoni derisa ju të keni rregulluar gjithçka për dëshirat tuaja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Kliko<guibutton>e Bërë</guibutton> kur ju jeni gati."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Shpërndarja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të "
+"veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në "
+"përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do "
+"të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, "
+"instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj "
+"të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të "
+"jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet "
+"të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në "
+"mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-"
+"fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në "
+"ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë "
+"e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Fshi dhe të përdor të Gjithë Diskun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. "
+"Kujdes!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju "
+"tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, "
+"atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Ndrysho shpërndarjet e diskut me DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) "
+"tuaja."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Përmasa ndarëseve:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instaluesi do të ndajnë hapsirën në dispozicion në bazë të rregullave të "
+"mëposhtme:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse hapësira totale në dispozicion është më e ulët se 50 GB, vetëm një "
+"ndarje është krijuar për /, nuk ka ndarje të veçantë për /shtëpi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse hapësira totale në dispozicion është mbi 50 GB, pastaj tre ndarëse janë "
+"krijuar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 e hapësirës totale në dispozicion është ndarë për / me një maksimum "
+"prej 50 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 është ndarë për swap me një maksimum prej 4GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "pjesa tjetër (të paktën 12/19) është e ndarë për /shtëpi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo do të thotë se prej 160 GB dhe mbi hapsirën e disponueshme, instaluesi "
+"do të krijojë tre ndarje: 50GB për /, 4 GB për swap dhe pjesa tjetër për /"
+"shtëpi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse jeni duke përdorur një sistem UEFI, ESP (EFI Sistemi Ndarja) do të "
+"zbulohet automatikisht, ose krijohet në qoftë se nuk ekziston ende, dhe "
+"montuar në /boot/EFI. Në opsion \"Modifiko\" është i vetmi që lejon për të "
+"kontrolluar se është bërë në mënyrë korrekte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Radhit në\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Liro hapësirën mësipër (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Gjithashtu sigurohuni që të gjitha ndarëset janë krijuar me një numër çift "
+"në megabajt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Janar 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Është shkruar nga vullnetarë në kohën e tyre të lirë. Ju lutem kontaktoni "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Ekipi "
+"Dokumentaciont</link>, nëse dëshironi të përmirësoni këtë manual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë "
+"manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe "
+"zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Instalim me DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Shkurt 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Urime"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe "
+"të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të "
+"sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi "
+"juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Kënaquni!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni "
+"në Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Përmasa ndarëseve:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Ndarjet"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu mund të zgjedhni cilën particion(s) dëshironi të formatoni. Çdo "
+"informacion në particion <emphasis>jo</emphasis> i shënuar për formatim do "
+"të ruhet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Zakonisht të paktën ndarësja e zgjedhur DrakX duhet të jetë e formatuar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kliko në <guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> për të zgjedhur ndarësen ju doni "
+"të kontrolloni për të ashtuquajturën  <emphasis>blloqe të këqija</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të "
+"klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në "
+"<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</"
+"guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni "
+"për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Kur ju jeni të sigurt në lidhje me zgjedhjen, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</"
+"guibutton> për të vazhduar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, instaluesi Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse jeni të ri në GNU-Linux apo një përdorues me përvojë, instaluesi Mageia "
+"është projektuar për të ndihmuar të bëjë instalimin tuaj ose përditsimin sa "
+"më lehtë të jetë e mundur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Meny ekranit fillestar ka opsione të ndryshme, gjithsesi i paracaktuaro do "
+"të fillojë instaluesin, i cili normalisht do të jetë gjithçka që ju do të "
+"keni nevojë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Pamja Fillestare Instalimit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Ç'instalim Mageia "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu janë ekranet e mirëpritjes të parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia, "
+"i pari me me një sistem trashëgimi dhe i dyti me një sistem UEFI:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nga ky ekran i parë, është e mundur për të vendosur disa nga preferencat "
+"personale:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur "
+"për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2 (Vetëm mënyra trashegimi)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu është për shembull, ekrani mirëpritës Frengjisht kur duke përdorur një "
+"DVD/CD. Vini re se menyja DVD/CD nuk propozon: <guilabel>Sistemi i "
+"Shpëtimit</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test memorie</guilabel> dhe <guilabel>Vegël "
+"Zbulimi Pjesësh</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ndrysho rezolucionin e ekranit duke shtypur butonin F3 (Metodë Trashëgimia "
+"vetëm)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Shto disa opsione bërthame duke shtypur butonin<emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> për mënyren trashegimi ose butonin <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> për mënyren UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse instalimi dështon atëherë mund të jetë e nevojshme të provoni përsëri "
+"duke përdorur një nga opsionet shtesë. Menyja e thirrur me F6 shfaq një "
+"linjë e thirrut <guilabel>Opsione ndezëse</guilabel> the propozon katër "
+"hyrje:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Parazgjedhur, kjo nuk ndryshon asgjë në opsionet e parazgjedhur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Shtoni disa opsione kernel duke shtypur butonin F1 (Metodë trashëgimia "
+"vetëm)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Ndihma është përkthyer në gjuhën e zgjedhur me butonin F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Hapat e instalimit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të "
+"ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton "
+"<guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, "
+"opsionet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Shumica e ekranëve kanë butonin <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin "
+"shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e "
+"mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. "
+"Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose përditësime e reja kanë filluar të "
+"instalohen, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i "
+"asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i "
+"papërdorshëm . Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin "
+"dhe kjo është ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre "
+"çelësat <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj "
+"shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të "
+"rifilluar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo "
+"mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të "
+"përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Instaluesi Ngrin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem "
+"me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të "
+"pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar "
+"këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me "
+"opsione të tjera të nevojshme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Probleme RAM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Ndarjet dinamike"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Përditësime"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa "
+"duhet të ishin përditësime apo përmirësuar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të "
+"instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni "
+"këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju mund ti gjeni <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:"
+"Documentation\">këtu</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në "
+"dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja "
+"depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje "
+"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Depo<emphasis>Bërthamë</emphasis> nuk mund të jetë e gjymtuar se ajo përmban "
+"bazën e shpërndarjes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Instalim Minimal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Parametrat e Sistemit"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Shteti / Rajoni</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ngarkues-ndezës</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+"Mos ndrysho asgjë, nëse nuk keni njohuri se si të konfiguroni Grub dhe/ose "
+"Lilo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Për më shumë informacion, shih <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Shërbimet</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju duhet të kontrolloni me kujdes para se të ndryshoni ndonjë gjë këtu - një "
+"gabim mund të parandoj kompjuterin tuaj së punuari saktë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Parametrat pjesëve-elektronike"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e "
+"cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Miu</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr "Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Parametrat rrjeti dhe Interneti"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Rrjeti</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës "
+"tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit "
+"për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Siguria"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Kontrolloni opsionin i cili përshtatet më mirë përdorimit tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Muri-Mbrojtës</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të "
+"jetë shumë e rrezikshme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Rinise (riboot)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Niveli Sigurisë"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Ju mund të rregulloni nivelin tuaj të sigurisë këtu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Zgjidh dhe përdorë ISOs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Paraqitje"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Përcaktim"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju mund ti gjeni <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">këtu</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Ata janë në gjendje të bëjnë një instalim të pastër ose një përditësimi nga "
+"lëshimet e mëparshme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju do ju jepet zgjedhja gjatë instalimit të shtoni programe jo të lirë."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Të gjitha gjuhët janë të pranishëme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Vetëm gjuha angleze."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Shkarkim"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Pasi të keni zgjedhur dosjen tuaj ISO, ju mund ta shkarkoni atë duke "
+"përdorur ose http ose BitTorrent. Në të dyja rastet, një dritare ju jep disa "
+"informacione, të tilla si pasqyrë në përdorim dhe mundësinë për të ndryshuar "
+"nëse Shpejtësia është i ulët. Nëse http është zgjedhur, ju gjithashtu mund "
+"të shihni diçka si"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Ju mund të provoni:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Hap panel komandimi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Bëhuni root me komandën <userinput>su -</userinput> (mos harroni '-' në "
+"fund )"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Shkruani komandën <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Shkruani komandën: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Shembull: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Shkruani komandën: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha "
+"llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në "
+"vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet "
+"Wireless."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Metodë hyrëse"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Instalo ose Azhurno"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Azhurno"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastiera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Ju lutemi zgjidhni një gjuhë për të përdorur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për "
+"kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë "
+"përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për "
+"kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë "
+"përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin "
+"tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni "
+"butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të "
+"jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Zgjidh miun"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-"
+"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata "
+"xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"1\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e "
+"përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të "
+"njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Shërbimet</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurimi zërit"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avancuar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Konfirmo diskun për tu formatuar"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliko në <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> nëse nuk jeni i sigurt për "
+"zgjedhjen tuaj."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliko në <guibutton>Tjetri</guibutton> nëse jeni i sigurt dhe dëshironi të "
+"fshini të gjithë ndarësit, të gjithë sistemet operative dhe të gjithë të "
+"dhënat në disk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Ç'instalim Mageia "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Sitë"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse Mageia nuk ju ka bindur ose ju nuk mund ta instaloni atë saktësisht, me "
+"pak fjalë ju doni ta hiqni atë. Kjo është e drejta juaj dhe Mageia "
+"gjithashtu ju jep mundësinë për të ç'instaluar. Kjo nuk është e vërtetë për "
+"çdo sistem operativ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse jeni duke përdorur Windows XP, ju mund të krijoni një ndarje të re dhe "
+"ta formatoni atë (FAT32 apo NTFS). Ajo do të marrë një letër ndarje."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Personalizuar"
+
+#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment "
+#~ "of performances."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "- Parametra Sigurta, prioritet i është dhënë opsioneve më të sigurta në "
+#~ "dëm të përformancës."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+#~ "im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" "
+#~ "revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC "
+#~ "- System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory "
+#~ "that is both read and write protected."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të "
+#~ "shtoni në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</"
+#~ "emphasis> do të ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe "
+#~ "shkruaj."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is "
+#~ "advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s)  "
+#~ "after reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të "
+#~ "gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme "
+#~ "tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+#~ "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jo të gjitha gjuhët janë në dispozicion. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, "
+#~ "mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) TË KONTROLLOHEN!"
+
+#~ msgid "It contains non free software."
+#~ msgstr "përmban programe jo të lirë."
+
+#~ msgid "32 bit only."
+#~ msgstr "32 bit vetëm."
+
+#~ msgid "boot.iso"
+#~ msgstr "boot.iso"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1101dba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Janar 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Është shkruar nga vullnetarë në kohën e tyre të lirë. Ju lutem kontaktoni
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ekipi
+Dokumentaciont</link>, nëse dëshironi të përmirësoni këtë manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë
+manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe
+zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea57254e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë
+manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe
+zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Është shkruar nga vullnetarë në kohën e tyre të lirë. Ju lutem kontaktoni
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ekipi
+Dokumentaciont</link>, nëse dëshironi të përmirësoni këtë manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7074a292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Instalim me DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Shkurt 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Është shkruar nga vullnetarë në kohën e tyre të lirë. Ju lutem kontaktoni
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ekipi
+Dokumentaciont</link>, nëse dëshironi të përmirësoni këtë manual.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Instalim me DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë
+manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe
+zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3eb1f92a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Instalim me DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë
+manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe
+zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Është shkruar nga vullnetarë në kohën e tyre të lirë. Ju lutem kontaktoni
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ekipi
+Dokumentaciont</link>, nëse dëshironi të përmirësoni këtë manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bbd85f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Zgjidh dhe përdorë ISOs</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Paraqitje</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image match your needs.</para>
+    <para>There is two families of media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process
+allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target
+system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation,
+in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without
+installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The
+installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Përcaktim</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO
+file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>Ju mund ti gjeni <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">këtu</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Classical installation media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ata janë në gjendje të bëjnë një instalim të pastër ose një përditësimi nga
+lëshimet e mëparshme.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test,
+Hardware Detection Tool.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ju do ju jepet zgjedhja gjatë instalimit të shtoni programe jo të lirë.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and
+optionally install Mageia on to your HDD.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean
+installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous
+releases.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They contain non free software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Të gjitha gjuhët janë të pranishëme.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Të gjitha gjuhët janë të pranishëme.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64 bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Të gjitha gjuhët janë të pranishëme.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only CD media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to
+start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages
+that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be
+on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the
+Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when
+bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a
+PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vetëm gjuha angleze.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free
+software.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need
+it.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Shkarkim</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the
+mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If
+http is chosen, you may also see something like</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of
+them. Keep one of them <link linkend="integrity">for further
+usage</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the
+file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this
+number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your
+downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a
+failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a
+repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para>
+      <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a
+while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title>
+    <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB
+stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable
+medium.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly
+to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not
+correct. There is more information in <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title>
+      <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick
+and then use it to boot and install the system.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>"Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on
+the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be
+reduced to the image size.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format
+the USB stick.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>Ju mund të provoni:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a
+disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hap panel komandimi</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bëhuni root me komandën <userinput>su -</userinput> (mos harroni '-' në fund
+)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any
+application or file manager that could access or read it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Shkruani komandën <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command
+<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with
+<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Shkruani komandën: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Shkruani komandën: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f247f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Liçenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenca e Pajtueshmërisë</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e
+liçencës me kujdes.</para>
+
+    <para>Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë shpërndarjet
+<application>Mageia</application> dhe duhet të pranohen para se mund të
+vazhdohet.</para>
+
+    <para>Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel>Prano</guilabel> dhe pastaj
+klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për
+kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin
+tuaj.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Shënime lëshimi</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>informacione të rëndësishme janë dhënë për këtë lëshues
+<application>Mageia</application> dhe janë të arritshme në butonin
+ <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..febe2619
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin </title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet
+<application>Mageia</application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo
+fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin
+root</emphasis> në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë
+ngjyra e mburojës së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër
+në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke
+përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin
+fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se
+ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një
+përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera
+në një fjalëkalim.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Fut një përdorues</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se
+super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet,
+përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër
+përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë
+ikonën e përdoruesve.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në
+këtë kuti teksti.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës
+ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë
+përdoruesit. <emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në kutin e tekstit duhet të shkruani
+fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Është një fushë në fund të kutisë së tekstit çë
+tregon forcen e fjalëkalimit. (Shihni gjithashtu <xref
+linkend="jepFjalëkalim"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e
+përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të
+njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write
+protected home directory (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Lejet hyrëse gjithashtu mund të ndryshohet pas instalimit.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Menaxhim Përdoruesi Avancuar</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Nëse butoni <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> klikohet ju do ju ofrohet një
+ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke
+shtuar.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose aktivizo një llogari mysafir.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Çdo gjë një mysafir e parazgjedhur <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> me llogari
+mysafir që ruan në skedarët e tij /shtëpi do të fshihen kur
+ç'kyçet. Mysafiri duhet të ruaj skedarët të tij të rëndësishme në një çelës
+USB.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni
+ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për
+të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se
+përdoruesit normal.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Kjo listë ju lejon të ndryshoni shell në
+perdorim nga përdoruesi që do shtohet në ekranin e mëparshëm, opsionet janë
+Bash, Dash dhe Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Përdorues ID</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të vendosni ID e përdoruesit
+për përdoruesit që ju do shtoni në ekranin e mëparshëm. Ky është një
+numër. Lëre bosh nëse nuk e dini se çfarë ju po bëni.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Grup ID</guilabel>: Kjo ju lejon të vendosni ID'në e
+grupit. Gjithashtu një numër, zakonisht i njëjti si të përdoruesit. Lëre
+bosh nëse nuk e dini se çfarë ju po bëni.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c88431f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime
+të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja
+burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje
+gjatë hapave të ardhshëm.</para>
+
+  <para>Për një burim të rrjetit, ka dy hapa që duhet të ndiqni:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Zgjedhja dhe aktivizimi i rrjetit, nëse nuk bërë tashmë. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me
+zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të
+menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe përditësime. Me
+URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Nëse ju përditësoni një instalim 64 bit i cili mund të përmbajë disa paketa
+32 bit, është këshilluar përdorimi i këtij ekrani për të shtuar një pasqyrë
+në internet duke klikuar një nga protokollet e rrjetit këtu. DVD 64 bit  iso
+përmban vetëm paketa 64 bit dhe noarch. Nuk do të jetë në gjendje për të
+rinovuar paketat 32 bit. Megjithatë, pasi të shtoni një pasqyrë në internet,
+instaluesi do të zbulojë paketa 32 bit të nevojshme aty.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..40c67b50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Zgjidhni pikat montuese</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Këtu ju shihni ndarëset Linux që janë gjetur në kompjuterin tuaj. Nëse ju
+nuk pajtoheni me sugjerimet <application>DrakX</application>, ju mund të
+ndryshojë pikën e montimit.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një
+<literal>/</literal> ndarje (root).</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: "Pajisje" ("Kapacitet", "Pikë montimi",
+"Tipi").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Pajisja", është e përbërë nga: "hard-disku", ["numri i
+hard-diskut"(shkronjë)], "numri ndarjes" (për shembull, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të
+ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe
+vetë pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje
+ku ju doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për
+<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës
+montuese bosh.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt
+çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut
+personalizuar</guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një
+ndarje për të parë llojin e saj dhe madhësinë.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi
+<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të
+formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbb22663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Cilësime ora</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Në këtë hap, ju duhet të zgjidhni në cilën kohë ora juaj e brendshme është e
+vendosur, ose orës lokale ose orës UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>Në tab avancuar, ju do të gjeni më shumë opsione për parametrat e orës.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cc5a7d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Ndez Mageia si Sistem Live</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Booting the medium</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Nga disku</title></info><para>You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM,
+DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the
+bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the
+computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or
+press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the
+computer will boot.</para><para>According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get
+either one or another of the two screens below.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Nga një pajisje USB</title></info><para>You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image
+ISO. According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on
+the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may
+need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose
+the peripheral from which the computer will boot.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Ekrani fillestarë gjatë ndezjes në mënyrë të BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Nl menynë e mesëm, ju kenë zgjedhjen e tre veprimeve:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD
+or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow
+system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard
+disk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Instalo Magia: Kjo zgjedhje do të instalojë direkt Mageia në kompjuterin
+tuaj.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual,
+when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia
+5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Në menunë poshtë, janë opsionet Ndezëse:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Ndihmë. Shpjegon mundësitë "splash", "apm", "acpi" dhe "Ide"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Gjuha. Përzgjedh gjuhën të shfaqur në ekran.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Rezolucioni ekranit. Zgjidh ndërmjet text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from
+the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or
+NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP
+server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with
+this option.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an
+optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during
+installation process.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your
+hardware and the drivers to use.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">Në mënyrë UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Ekrani fillestarë gjatë ndezjes në sistem UEFI nga disku</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Ju keni vetëm zgjedhjen për të lëshuar Mageia në mënyrë të jo instaluese
+(zgjedhja e parë), ose për të vazhduar me instalimin (zgjedhje e dytë).</para><para>If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a
+duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with "USB". You have to choose
+them.</para><para>Në çdo rast, hapat e parë do të jenë të njëjtë për të zgjedhur gjuhën,
+vendndodhjen dhe tastierën, pastaj proceset ndryshojnë, me <link
+linkend="testing"> hapa shtesë në mënyrë live</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7531b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Përzgjedhje Desktop</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme
+për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj.</para>
+
+  <para>Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të
+paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin
+<guilabel>Detajet</guilabel></para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose
+<application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri
+të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë
+<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose
+të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të
+paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application>
+desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak
+dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03fe71be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet
+në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm,
+megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në
+dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi
+ta.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Stacion-pune.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mjedis Grafike.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar
+manualisht ose hequr paketa.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Read <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0ffdddf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Zgjidhni paketat individuale</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar
+instalimin tuaj.</para>
+
+    <para>Pasi keni bërë zgjedhjen tuaj, ju mund të klikoni mbi <guibutton>ikonën
+floppy</guibutton> në fund të faqes për të ruajtur zgjedhjen tuaj të
+paketave (ruajtja në një USB punon gjithashtu). Ju pastaj mund të përdorin
+këtë skedë për të instaluar të njëjtat paketa në një sistem tjetër, duke
+shtypur butonin e njëjtë gjatë instalimit dhe të zgjedhni për të ngarkuar
+atë.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91adc045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju
+ndezni sistemin tuaj.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë
+dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur
+në kutinë info më poshtë.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb583003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt
+me ju në të njëjtën kohë.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike
+për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni
+se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eddb8e23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të kartave video dhe zakonisht
+do të identifikojë saktë pajisjen video tuaj.</para>
+
+  <para>Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini
+cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>shitës</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>atëherë emrin e kartës tuaj</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>dhe lloji i kartës</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo
+nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund
+të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg</para>
+
+  <para>Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur
+kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e
+kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron
+aftësitë themelore.</para>
+
+  <para>Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju
+vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave.</para>
+
+  <para>Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të
+jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet
+e internetit të prodhuesit kartës.</para>
+
+  <para>Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të
+hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas
+rinisjes tuaj të parë.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5747969d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop)
+ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë
+të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të
+quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë
+<acronym>X</acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër
+grafik të punojnë mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të
+jenë të saktë. Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se
+<application>DrakX</application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju
+mendoni se zgjedhja është e gabuar.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën
+tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni
+monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose
+<guilabel>Përgjithshëm</guilabel> listë. Zgjidh
+<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni për të vendosur
+rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit tuaj.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin
+dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë
+duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë
+parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse
+parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni "Po", dhe cilësimet
+do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin
+e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa
+testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e
+sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të
+zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6c782fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do
+të identifikojë saktë tuajat.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të
+dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni
+diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të
+konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale
+rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se
+sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është
+shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Është <emphasis>SHUMË E RËNDËSISHME</emphasis> që ju të mos specifikoni një
+lloj monitori me një gamë të sinkronizume që është përtej aftësive të
+monitoruar tuaj: ju mund të dëmtoni monitoruar tuaj. Nëse në dyshim,
+zgjidhni një mjedis konservator dhe konsultohuni me dokumentacionin tuaj të
+monitorit.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Fute 'e Hap</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin
+monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Shitës</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini
+cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>shitës</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>emri i prodhuesit të monitoruar</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>përshkrimi monitorit</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si
+1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo
+është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të
+përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të
+përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë
+konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43a8a04f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Ndrysho shpërndarjet e diskut me DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Në qoftë se ju dëshironi të përdorni kriptim në particionin
+<literal>/</literal> tuaj ju duhet të siguroheni që keni një particion të
+ndarë <literal>/boot</literal>. Opsioni kriptimit për particionin
+<literal>/boot</literal> NUK duhet të vendoset, përndryshe sistemi juaj nuk
+do to ndizet.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create
+partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even
+view what is in them before you start.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an
+USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Shtyrje <guibutton>Pastro T'Gjitha</guibutton> për të fshirë të gjitha
+particionet në pajisjen e zgjedhura ruajtëse</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të
+parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një
+pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Vazhdoni derisa ju të keni rregulluar gjithçka për dëshirat tuaja.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Kliko<guibutton>e Bërë</guibutton> kur ju jeni gati.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI
+System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present with a correct type</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a50f01b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Shpërndarja</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the
+solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të
+veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në
+përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion
+do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows,
+instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj
+të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të
+jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet
+të jetë "e pastër", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në
+mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë
+de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në
+ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë
+e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë.</para>
+
+        <para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended
+sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking
+and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Fshi dhe të përdor të Gjithë Diskun.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e
+zgjedhur. Kujdes!</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju
+tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur,
+atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Personalizuar</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s)
+tuaja.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Përmasa ndarëseve:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Instaluesi do të ndajnë hapsirën në dispozicion në bazë të rregullave të
+mëposhtme:</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Nëse hapësira totale në dispozicion është më e ulët se 50 GB, vetëm një
+ndarje është krijuar për /, nuk ka ndarje të veçantë për /shtëpi.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Nëse hapësira totale në dispozicion është mbi 50 GB, pastaj tre ndarëse janë
+krijuar</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>6/19 e hapësirës totale në dispozicion është ndarë për / me një maksimum
+prej 50 GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 është ndarë për swap me një maksimum prej 4GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>pjesa tjetër (të paktën 12/19) është e ndarë për /shtëpi</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Kjo do të thotë se prej 160 GB dhe mbi hapsirën e disponueshme, instaluesi
+do të krijojë tre ndarje: 50GB për /, 4 GB për swap dhe pjesa tjetër për
+/shtëpi.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Nëse jeni duke përdorur një sistem UEFI, ESP (EFI Sistemi Ndarja) do të
+zbulohet automatikisht, ose krijohet në qoftë se nuk ekziston ende, dhe
+montuar në /boot/EFI. Në opsion "Modifiko" është i vetmi që lejon për të
+kontrolluar se është bërë në mënyrë korrekte</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk
+partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the
+previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available
+hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested
+with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1
+MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning
+tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following
+settings:</para>
+
+    <para>"Radhit në" "MiB"</para>
+
+    <para>"Liro hapësirën mësipër (MiB)" "2"</para>
+
+    <para>Gjithashtu sigurohuni që të gjitha ndarëset janë krijuar me një numër çift
+në megabajt.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f80c01e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Urime</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin
+<application>Mageia</application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të
+diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të
+sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi
+juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Kënaquni!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni
+në Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a2bac38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Ndarjet</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Këtu mund të zgjedhni cilën particion(s) dëshironi të formatoni. Çdo
+informacion në particion <emphasis>jo</emphasis> i shënuar për formatim do
+të ruhet.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Zakonisht të paktën ndarësja e zgjedhur DrakX duhet të jetë e formatuar</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Kliko në <guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> për të zgjedhur ndarësen ju doni
+të kontrolloni për të ashtuquajturën  <emphasis>blloqe të këqija</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të
+klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në
+<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në
+<guibutton>Konfiguro</guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë
+ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Kur ju jeni të sigurt në lidhje me zgjedhjen, klikoni mbi
+<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..921f9662
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Përditësime</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa
+duhet të ishin përditësime apo përmirësuar.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të
+instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni
+këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78949cf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, instaluesi Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Nëse jeni të ri në GNU-Linux apo një përdorues me përvojë, instaluesi Mageia
+është projektuar për të ndihmuar të bëjë instalimin tuaj ose përditsimin sa
+më lehtë të jetë e mundur.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>Meny ekranit fillestar ka opsione të ndryshme, gjithsesi i paracaktuaro do
+të fillojë instaluesin, i cili normalisht do të jetë gjithçka që ju do të
+keni nevojë.</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Pamja Fillestare Instalimit</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Këtu janë ekranet e mirëpritjes të parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia,
+i pari me me një sistem trashëgimi dhe i dyti me një sistem UEFI:
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Nga ky ekran i parë, është e mundur për të vendosur disa nga preferencat
+personale:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur
+për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2 (Vetëm mënyra trashegimi)</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter.</para>
+
+      <para>Këtu është për shembull, ekrani mirëpritës Frengjisht kur duke përdorur një
+DVD/CD. Vini re se menyja DVD/CD nuk propozon: <guilabel>Sistemi i
+Shpëtimit</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test memorie</guilabel> dhe <guilabel>Vegël
+Zbulimi Pjesësh</guilabel>.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Ndrysho rezolucionin e ekranit duke shtypur butonin F3 (Metodë Trashëgimia
+vetëm).</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Shto disa opsione bërthame duke shtypur butonin<emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> për mënyren trashegimi ose butonin <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> për mënyren UEFI.</para>
+
+      <para>Nëse instalimi dështon atëherë mund të jetë e nevojshme të provoni përsëri
+duke përdorur një nga opsionet shtesë. Menyja e thirrur me F6 shfaq një
+linjë e thirrut <guilabel>Opsione ndezëse</guilabel> the propozon katër
+hyrje:</para>
+
+      <para>- Parazgjedhur, kjo nuk ndryshon asgjë në opsionet e parazgjedhur.</para>
+
+      <para>- Parametra Sigurta, prioritet i është dhënë opsioneve më të sigurta në dëm
+të përformancës.</para>
+
+      <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management
+isn't taken into account.</para>
+
+      <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is
+about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para>
+
+      <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options
+displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the
+key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line,
+however, they are really taken into account.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Shtoni disa opsione kernel duke shtypur butonin F1 (Metodë trashëgimia
+vetëm).</para>
+
+      <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with
+the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to
+go back to the welcome screen.</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select
+<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options
+list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot
+options</guilabel> line.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>Ndihma është përkthyer në gjuhën e zgjedhur me butonin F2.</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see:
+<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+
+  <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based
+Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para>
+
+  <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are
+described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired
+Network-based Installation CD, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia
+Wiki</link></para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">Hapat e instalimit</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të
+ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit.</para>
+
+    <para>Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton
+<guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara,
+opsionet.</para>
+
+    <para>Shumica e ekranëve kanë butonin <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin
+shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e
+mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni
+këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose përditësime e reja kanë filluar të
+instalohen, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i
+asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm
+. Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është
+ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni,
+<guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo
+mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të
+përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use
+this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be
+presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit
+ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Instaluesi Ngrin</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem
+me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të
+pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar
+këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me
+opsione të tjera të nevojshme.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Probleme RAM</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the
+available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the
+<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of
+RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Ndarjet dinamike</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on
+Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on
+this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation:
+<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed85398b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Login screen</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM login screen</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Finally, you will come to the login screen.</para><para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium
+you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation.</para><para>Ju mund ti gjeni <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">këtu</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2856645
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Media Selection (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në
+dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja
+depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje
+gjatë hapave të ardhshëm.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Depo<emphasis>Bërthamë</emphasis> nuk mund të jetë e gjymtuar se ajo përmban
+bazën e shpërndarjes.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are
+free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain
+closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this
+repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers,
+firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under
+a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is
+that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries,
+e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages
+needed to play commercial video DVD, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a176b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instalim Minimal</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the
+Package Group Selection screen, see <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection"
+option in the same screen.</para>
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised
+workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual
+package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation,
+see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer
+you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X.</para>
+  <para>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop
+environment.</para>
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It
+contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68950c38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on
+the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the
+settings here and change them if you want after pressing
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Parametrat e Sistemit</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred
+language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Shteti / Rajoni</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you
+correct the setting. See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Ngarkues-ndezës</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Për më shumë informacion, shih <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">You can add extra users here. They will each get their own
+<literal>/home</literal> directories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Shërbimet</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services refer to those small programs which run the background
+(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Ju duhet të kontrolloni me kujdes para se të ndryshoni ndonjë gjë këtu - një
+gabim mund të parandoj kompjuterin tuaj së punuari saktë.</para>
+
+        <para>Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Parametrat pjesëve-elektronike</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e
+cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Miu</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs
+etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option
+to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one
+driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Parametrat rrjeti dhe Interneti</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Rrjeti</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free
+drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia
+Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media
+repositories.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës
+tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider
+internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a
+proxy service.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit
+për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Siguria</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default
+setting (Standard) is adequate for general use.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Kontrolloni opsionin i cili përshtatet më mirë përdorimit tuaj.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Muri-Mbrojtës</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the
+rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your
+selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të
+jetë shumë e rrezikshme.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bfcef4fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Rinise (riboot)</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as
+asked<emphasis role="bold"> in this order!</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05a19efc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+partition</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.
+Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e68323d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Niveli Sigurisë</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Ju mund të rregulloni nivelin tuaj të sigurisë këtu.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings
+in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93f01544
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other
+Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list,
+after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the
+first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real
+choice.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Metodë hyrëse</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" ->
+"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5847fa32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalo ose Azhurno</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Instalo</para>
+
+      <para>Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Azhurno</para>
+
+      <para>If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on
+your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the
+latest release.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still
+supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been
+thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already
+reached its End	Of Life when this one was released, then it is better to do
+a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to
+reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been
+formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in
+the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an
+unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you
+want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you
+can return from the "Install or Upgrade" screen to the language choice
+screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f36485ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tastiera</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable
+keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard
+layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the
+specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There
+may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also
+look here: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on
+<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard
+there.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog,
+you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though
+a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly
+and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the
+full list.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an
+extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin
+and non-Latin keyboard layouts</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5154a895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Select keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in
+Mageia​​. The default one is selected according to your language and
+timezone previously selected.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2c83964f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Ju lutemi zgjidhni një gjuhë për të përdorur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për
+kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë
+përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj.</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin
+tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni
+butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të
+jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them
+as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be
+marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen .</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then
+it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it
+is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed
+languages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia
+Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed44bca6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Zgjidh miun</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a
+different one here.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB
+mice</guilabel> is a good choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to
+configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a494aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bootloader interface</title>
+
+    <para>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</title>
+
+      <para>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot
+choose between with or without graphical menu</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard
+drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Using an existing bootloader</title>
+
+    <para>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader
+is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve
+running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and
+add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in
+question.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Using chain loading</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>First page</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the
+password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will
+check that it matches with the one set above.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric
+multiprocessing for multi core processors.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the
+operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced
+IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which
+manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Next page</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel
+information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Advanced</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e250471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see our wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99096fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Setup SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers
+it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently
+fail to recognise the drive.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s)
+you have.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d2a40dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Konfigurimi zërit</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your
+sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default
+one.</para>
+
+  <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install
+you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start
+this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the
+<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound
+Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen.</para>
+
+  <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on
+<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how
+to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avancuar</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is
+useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers
+available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on
+<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f7201bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Konfirmo diskun për tu formatuar</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Kliko në <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> nëse nuk jeni i sigurt për
+zgjedhjen tuaj.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Kliko në <guibutton>Tjetri</guibutton> nëse jeni i sigurt dhe dëshironi të
+fshini të gjithë ndarësit, të gjithë sistemet operative dhe të gjithë të
+dhënat në disk.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..739bb198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live mode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You get this screen if you selected "Boot Mageia". If not, you get the
+"<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step"</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testing hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed
+by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware
+section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webcam:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure it and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can
+leave with the quit button.</para>
+
+      <remark>The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Launch installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or
+SSD drive, simply click on the icon "Install on Hard Disk". You will get
+this screen, and then the "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step" as for the direct
+installation.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..baa43fd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Ç'instalim Mageia </title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Sitë</title>
+
+    <para>Nëse Mageia nuk ju ka bindur ose ju nuk mund ta instaloni atë saktësisht, me
+pak fjalë ju doni ta hiqni atë. Kjo është e drejta juaj dhe Mageia
+gjithashtu ju jep mundësinë për të ç'instaluar. Kjo nuk është e vërtetë për
+çdo sistem operativ.</para>
+
+    <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select
+Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will
+only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para>
+
+    <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on
+<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management
+-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition
+management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled
+<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the
+disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para>
+
+    <para>Nëse jeni duke përdorur Windows XP, ju mund të krijoni një ndarje të re dhe
+ta formatoni atë (FAT32 apo NTFS). Ajo do të marrë një letër ndarje.</para>
+
+    <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both
+windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and
+make sure all important things have been backed up.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..afd540af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sq/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to
+accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different
+hardware.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some
+minutes. At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b9d7ea1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5052 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013-2016
+# Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>, 2014-2017
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-27 19:53+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"sv/)\n"
+"Language: sv\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Anteckningar för licens och utgåvan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licensavtal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"De här villkoren gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-"
+"distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"För att acceptera klickar du i <guilabel>Accepterar</guilabel> och sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du "
+"tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din "
+"dator att startas om."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Versionsinformation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns viktig information att läsa om den här utgåvan av "
+"<application>Mageia</application> och du hittar det genom att klicka på  "
+"knappen <guibutton>Versionsnyheter</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "sv"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Val av media (konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan "
+"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en "
+"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källor avgör vilka paket som kommer att vara "
+"tillgängliga i nästa steg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "För en nätverkskälla så finns det två steg att följa:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Val och aktivering av nätverket om det inte redan är uppe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Val av spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att "
+"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser "
+"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringar. Med "
+"denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-"
+"installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du uppgraderar en 64-bitars installation som innehåller 32-bitars paket "
+"bör du använda den här rutan för att lägga till en online-spegel genom att "
+"kryssa i ett av nätverksprotokollen här. 64-bitars DVDn innehåller endast 64-"
+"bitars och icke-arkitekturspecifika paket och den kan inte uppgradera 32-"
+"bitarspaket. När du har lagt till en spegel kommer installeraren att hitta "
+"de 32-bitarspaket som behövs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs  (root) -lösenord:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla "
+"<application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat "
+"<emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet "
+"i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende "
+"på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du "
+"måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs genom att "
+"jämföra dem så att du inte har skrivit fel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla lösenord skiljer på stora och små bokstäver. Det bästa är att använda "
+"en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett "
+"lösenord."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Lägg till en användare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en "
+"administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda "
+"kontorsapplikationer, spela spel och allt annat som en vanlig  användare gör "
+"med sin dator."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer "
+"användarens ikon att ändras."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Verkligt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens verkliga namn i det "
+"här fältet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens "
+"inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga "
+"namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet känner av stora och små bokstäver.</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I det här textfältet skriver du in "
+"användarens lösenord. Det finns en sköld i slutet av fältet som indikerar "
+"lösenordets styrka. (Se även <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i "
+"det här textfältet. Drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i "
+"båda fälten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"De användare som du lägger till när du installerar Mageia kommer att ha en "
+"hemkatalog med läs och skrivrättigheter (umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till fler användare i <emphasis>konfigureringsöversikten</"
+"emphasis> under installationen. Välj <emphasis>Användarhantering</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Rättigheterna för åtkomst kan också ändras efter installationen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Avancerad hantering av användare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du redigera "
+"inställningar för den användare du lägger till."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-gästkonto "
+"sparar till sin hemkatalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen bör "
+"spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller "
+"inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter vem som helst att logga in och "
+"använda datorn, men har en mer begränsad tillgång än vanliga användare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: I den här menyn kan du ändra vilket skal  "
+"användaren ska använda som du lade till i förra rutan. Antingen Bash, Dash "
+"eller Sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du "
+"lade till i förra steget. Det är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad "
+"du gör."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Det är också "
+"ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet "
+"vad du gör."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Välj monteringspunkter"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte är "
+"nöjd med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra "
+"monteringspunkterna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du ändrar något så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)-partition."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Varje partition visas enligt följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", "
+"\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Enhet\" består av: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisknummer \"(bokstav)], "
+"\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i "
+"menyn, som t. ex. <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även skapa egna monteringspunkter, "
+"exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition där du vill lagra dina "
+"filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för <literal>/home</literal>-"
+"partition för en Cauldron-installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till kan du lämna fältet för "
+"monteringspunkt tomt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guibutton>Tillbaka</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska "
+"välja, och kryssa i <guilabel>Anpassad diskpartitionering</guilabel>. I "
+"nästa steg så kan du sedan klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och "
+"storlek."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> där du väljer om du vill formatera "
+"partitonenerna som DrakX föreslår eller mer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Inställningar för klocka"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här steget måste du ställa in den tidszon som den interna klockan är "
+"inställd på, antingen lokal tid eller UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr "På fliken avancerat hittar du fler inställningar för klockan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Starta Mageia som ett Live-system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Startar upp mediat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Från en skiva"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta direkt från de media du använde för att bränna din avbildning "
+"(CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Vanligtvis räcker det med att du sätter i skivan i din "
+"CD/DVD för att starthanteraren automatiskt ska starta "
+"installationsprogrammet efter omstart. Om det inte fungerar måste du ändra "
+"inställningarna i ditt BIOS eller trycka på den tangent som gör att du kan "
+"välja startmedia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på vilken hårdvara du har och hur den är konfigurerad kan du få en "
+"av följande två skärmar nedan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Från en USB-enhet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta från din USB-enhet där du dumpat din ISO-avbildning. Beroende "
+"på hur ditt BIOS är inställt kan datorn starta direkt från USB-enheten om "
+"den redan är inkopplad i en USB-port. Om den inte gör det måste du "
+"eventuellt ändra i dina BIOS-inställningar, eller trycka på den tangent som "
+"gör att du kan välja startmedia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "I BIOS/CSM/Legacy-läge"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Den första skärmen när du startar i BIOS-läge"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "I den mittersta menyn så kan du välja mellan tre handlingar:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Starta Mageia: Detta gör att Mageia 5 kommer att starta från det media som "
+"är anslutet (CD/DVD eller USB) utan att skriva något till hårddisken, så var "
+"beredd på ett väldigt långsamt system. När uppstarten är klar kan du "
+"fortsätta och installera på hårddisken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Installera Mageia: Det här valet kommer att installera Mageia direkt på en "
+"hårddisk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Uppstart från hårddisk: Det här valet tillåter dig att starta upp som "
+"vanligt från en hårddisk när inget media (CD/DVD eller USB-minne) är "
+"anslutet. (fungerar inte med Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "I menyn längst ner finns startalternativen:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - Hjälp. Förklara valen \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" och \"idle\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Språk. Välj skärmens visningsspråk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr "F3 - Skärmupplösning. Välj mellan text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom eller annat. Normalt sätt genomförs installationen från "
+"det media som är anslutet. Du kan även välja andra källor så som en FTP "
+"eller NFS-server. Om installationen genomförs över nätverk med en SLP-server "
+"så kan du välja installationskällor på servern med det här alternativet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Drivrutin. Ja eller Nej. Systemet är medvetet om närvaron av en "
+"alternativ disk med en drivrutinsuppdatering och kommer att kräva att den "
+"sätts in under installationsprocessen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Kernel-alternativ: Här kan du specificera alternativ beroende på din "
+"hårdvara och vilka drivrutiner som ska användas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "I UEFI-läge"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Första skärmen när du startar ett UEFI-system från disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan enbart köra Mageia i liveläge. (första alternativet) eller att "
+"bearbeta installationen (andra alternativet)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har startat från en USB-enhet har du två extra rader som är identiska "
+"men har \"USB\" på slutet. Du måste välja dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"I alla fall så kommer de första stegen att vara samma för att välja språk, "
+"tidszon och tangentbord. Sedan skiljer sig stegen med  <link linkend="
+"\"testing\">extra steg för liveläge</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på vad du väljer här så kan det finnas fler steg för att finjustera "
+"ditt val."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"När alla val är gjorda visas ett bildspel under paketinstallationen. "
+"Bildspelet kan stängas av genom att klicka på knappen <guilabel>Detaljer</"
+"guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</"
+"application> som skrivbordsmiljö beroende på vilken du tycker om. Bägge "
+"kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Kryssa i "
+"<guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa, eller "
+"båda två, eller om du vill ha något annat än de standardprogram som "
+"medföljer. <application>LXDE</application> är lättare än de två tidigare, "
+"med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Val av paketgrupp"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver "
+"för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information "
+"för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Arbetsstation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafisk miljö."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda det här alternativet för att manuellt "
+"lägga till eller ta bort paket."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Läs igenom <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> för anvisningar om hur du "
+"utför en minimal installation, med eller utan X &amp; IceWM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Välj individuella paket"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort paket för att anpassa din installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har gjort dina val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-"
+"ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paketval (att "
+"spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för "
+"att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma "
+"knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt "
+"system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns fyra grupper. Klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att "
+"expandera och se alla tjänster som den innehåller."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Inställningar som DrakX väljer är oftast bra."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr "Om du markerar en tjänst så visas viss information i inforutan nedan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Ändra bara på saker när du vet mycket väl vad du gör."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma "
+"tidszon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"På nästa skärm kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid "
+"eller till GMT, även kallad UTC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se till att de är "
+"inställda på lokal tid eller till UTC/GMT."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Välj en X-server (konfigurera ditt grafikkort)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och identifierar "
+"oftast ditt nuvarande grafikkort korrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt grafikkort korrekt och du vet "
+"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "tillverkare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "sedan namnet på ditt kort"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "och typ av kort"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu "
+"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en "
+"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om "
+"du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns "
+"alternativet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande "
+"funktionaliteter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Tänk på att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kommer du kanske "
+"enbart att ha tillgång till det textbaserade gränssnittet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller patenterade drivrutiner för "
+"Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna, och i vissa fall "
+"enbart från tillverkarens hemsida."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree-medierna måste aktiveras för att få tillgång till dem. Du borde göra "
+"detta efter din första omstart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurera grafikkort och bildskärm"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Oavsett vilket grafisk miljö (även kallad skrivbordsmiljö) du väljer för den "
+"här installationen av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på "
+"ett grafiskt användargränssnitt kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller "
+"enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och de andra grafiska miljöerna ska "
+"fungera så måste följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar vara korrekta. "
+"Välj rätt  inställningarn om du ser att <application>DrakX</application> "
+"inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att valet är inkorrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från "
+"listan om det behövs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från "
+"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</"
+"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt "
+"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad "
+"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Testknappen visas inte "
+"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina "
+"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina "
+"inställningar är korrekta så svarar du \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer "
+"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till "
+"konfigurationsskärmen och har möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills "
+"testet är lyckat. <emphasis>Se till att dina inställningar är på den säkra "
+"sidan om testknappen inte är tillgänglig</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att "
+"aktivera eller inaktivera olika alternativ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Att välja din bildskärm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att "
+"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din "
+"bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Försök inte att prova något om du inte vet "
+"vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som "
+"följde med din bildskärm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Med det här alternativet kan du ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den "
+"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den "
+"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras "
+"och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer "
+"visas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp "
+"med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, "
+"då kan du skada den. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning och "
+"läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är standardalternativet som försöker avgöra skrämtyp från databasen "
+"över bildskärmar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen inte har upptäckt din bildskärm och du vet vilken du har "
+"så kan du välja den från trädet genom att välja:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "Bildskärmstillverkarens namn"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "bildskärmens beskrivning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"vid val av denna grupp så visas uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar som t. "
+"ex. 1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara "
+"datorer. Det är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp om du behöver använda vesa-"
+"drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en "
+"gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste "
+"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. "
+"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE "
+"ställas in, annars kommer detta göra ditt system omöjligt att boota."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du justera layouten på dina hårddiskar. Du kan radera eller skapa "
+"partitioner, ändra filsystem och storlek. Du kan även titta vad som finns på "
+"dem innan du startar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk eller annan lagringsenhet som har "
+"hittats, t. ex ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om där är tre "
+"stycken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på "
+"den valda lagringsenheten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "Fortsätt tills du har justerat allt enligt dina önskemål."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> när du är redo."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar Mageia på ett UEFI-system, kontrollera att en ESP (EFI -"
+"systempartition) är närvarande och korrekt monterad på /boot/EFI (se nedan)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollera att det finns en BIOS startpartition om du installerar Mageia på "
+"ett Legacy/GPT-system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partitionering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och hur "
+"partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat förslag på var <application>Mageia</"
+"application> kan installeras."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på "
+"layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner "
+"hittats och kan användas för installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Använd ledigt utrymme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer det här alternativet att "
+"använda det för att installera Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Använd ledigt utrymme på en Windows-partition"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition så kan DrakX ge "
+"dig möjlighet att använda det."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan vara ett användbart för att göra plats för din nya Mageia-"
+"installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du "
+"har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att det innebär att storleken på Windows-partitionen krymps. "
+"Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt "
+"när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte "
+"är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att "
+"användas. Du rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Med det här alternativet visar installationsprogrammet den resterande "
+"Windows-partitionen i ljusblått och den framtida Mageia-partitionen i "
+"mörkblått, med deras tilltänkta storlek undertill. Du kan ändra storlekarna "
+"genom att klicka och dra i mellanrummet mellan partitionerna. Se skärmdumpen "
+"nedan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Radera och använd hela hårddisken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Det här alternativet kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tänk på att detta kommer att ta radera ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Var "
+"försiktig!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat "
+"eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så "
+"ska du inte använda detta alternativ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Anpassad diskpartitionering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/"
+"a disk/ar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hantera partitionsstorlek:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprogrammet kommer att dela på tillgängligt utrymme enligt "
+"följande regler:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det totala lediga utrymmet är under 50GB så kommer endast en partition "
+"att skapas för /. Det finns ingen separat partition för /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Om det totala utrymmet är mer än 50GB så kommer tre partitioner att skapas"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 av det totala lediga utrymmet fördelas till / med ett maximum av 50GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 är allokerat till swap med en gräns på 4 GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "resten (minst 12/19) förledas till /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Det betyder att från 160GB och uppåt med ledigt utrymme kommer "
+"installationsprogrammet att skapa tre partitioner: 50GB för /, 4GB för swap "
+"och resten till /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den "
+"föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig "
+"hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. En del SSD-"
+"diskar använder nu även en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår "
+"att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt "
+"partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du har en sådan enhet med "
+"följande inställningar:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"Rikta mot\" \"MiB\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Se också till att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Installation från ett LIVE-media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Januari 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageias officiella dokumentation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna manual är producerad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet</"
+"link> om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra den här manualen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärmbilder som du ser i den här "
+"handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara "
+"och vilka val du gör under installationen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Installation med DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "februari 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Grattis"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Du är nu klar med installationen och konfigureringen av <application>Mageia</"
+"application> och du kan nu säkert ta bort installationsmediet och starta om "
+"din dator."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter omstarten så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du "
+"har mer än ett) i starthanteraren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte ändrade inställningarna för starthanteraren så kommer Mageia att "
+"väljas och starta automatiskt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Njut!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till "
+"Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Brandvägg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avancerat</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;portnummer>/&lt;protokoll></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Formatering"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på "
+"partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering "
+"kommer att sparas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Vanligtvis behöver i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt att "
+"formateras."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner "
+"som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du är osäker på om du valt rätt så kan du klicka på  "
+"<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, och på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> "
+"igen och sedan på  <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka "
+"till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att "
+"fortsätta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, Mageias installerare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare så är  Mageias "
+"installerare utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så "
+"enkel som möjligt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"Den första menyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att starta "
+"installationsprogrammet som i normalfallet är allt du behöver."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Välkomstskärm för installationen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Använder en Mageia DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Språk (endast för installation, det kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket "
+"för systemet) genom att trycka på F2 (endast legacy-läge)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Använd piltangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är t. ex. den franska välkomstskärmen vid användning av en Live DVD/CD. "
+"Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: <guilabel>Rescue "
+"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och <guilabel>Hardware "
+"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "Ändra skärmupplösning genom att trycka på F3 (endast legacy-läge)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Lägg till kernel-alternativ genom att trycka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> i legacy-läge, eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> för UEFI-"
+"läge."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom "
+"att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som "
+"visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra "
+"poster:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering "
+"beaktas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det "
+"handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra "
+"standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med "
+"F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas "
+"dock ändå."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lägg till fler kernel-alternativ genom att trycka på F1 (endast legacy-läge)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välj "
+"<guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till "
+"listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden "
+"med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med tangenten F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"För mer information om kernel-alternativ för legacy och UEFI-läge läs: <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Använder ett trådburet nätverk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns "
+"beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen "
+"nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Installationsstegen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i "
+"sidopanelen på skärmen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha  <guibutton>Avancerat</"
+"guibutton>-knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare "
+"information om det aktuella steget."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa "
+"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en "
+"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli "
+"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan "
+"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på "
+"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner "
+"följande tangenter samtidigt <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>.  Efter det "
+"trycker du på <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta "
+"om."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Installationsproblem och möjliga lösningar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Det kan hända med "
+"vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att "
+"skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt "
+"gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad "
+"installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och "
+"bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: "
+"\"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på Enter. Nu forsätter "
+"installationen i textläge."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Installationen hänger sig"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem "
+"med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska "
+"hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, "
+"skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra "
+"alternativ om nödvändigt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM-problem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"De här kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran felaktigt "
+"rapportera tillgängligt RAM. För att manuellt ange det kan du använda "
+"parameterna <code>mem=xxxM</code>, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. "
+"ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dynamiska partitioner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format "
+"i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. "
+"Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande "
+"disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Uppdateringar"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att den här versionen av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så "
+"kommer några paket ha blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du vill ladda ner och installera dem. Välj "
+"<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra det nu, eller om du inte är "
+"ansluten till internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Inloggningsskärm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Inoggningsskärm för KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Slutligen så kommer du till inloggningsskärmen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv in ditt användarnamn och lösenord och efter ett par sekunder befinner "
+"du dig i KDEs eller GNOMEs skrivbordsmiljö beroende på vilket "
+"installationsmedia du har använt. Du kan nu börja använda din installation "
+"av Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du hittar mer dokumentation i <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Category:Documentation\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga "
+"beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv "
+"bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i "
+"nästkommande steg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-arkivet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom det "
+"innehåller basen för distributionen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. "
+"Mageia får lov att omdistribuera dem men de innehåller programvara med "
+"stängd källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta "
+"arkiv patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och "
+"även firmware till olika WiFi-kort."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-arkivet innehåller paket som är släppt under en "
+"fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna "
+"förvaringsplats är att de kan inkränka på patent och upphovsrättslagar i "
+"några länder, exempelvis multimedia-codecs som behövs för att spela diverse "
+"ljud och videofiler, paket som behövs för att spela upp kommersiell DVD-"
+"video med mera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Minimal installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för "
+"paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr "Om så önskas kan du välja till \"individuella paket\" på samma skärm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"En minimal installation är ämnad för dem som har speciella behov för sin "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, som t. ex. en server eller en "
+"specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer antagligen att använda det här "
+"alternativet tillsammans med \"välj enskilda paket\" som vi nämnde ovanför "
+"för att finjustera din installation. Se även <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer en relaterad skärm att erbjuda "
+"dig några användbara extrapaket att installera så som dokumentation och X."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Om \"Med X\" är valt så kommer även IceVM inkluderas som en lätt "
+"skrivbordsmiljö."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Grundläggande dokumentation tillhandahålls i form av man och info-sidor. Den "
+"innehåller man-sidor från <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/"
+"man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> och <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info-sidor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har gjort smarta val för att konfigurera ditt system beroende på de "
+"val som du har gjort och på hårdvaran som DrakX har hittat. Du kan "
+"kontrollera inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att "
+"trycka på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "det finns kända problem med standardinställning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "standardinställningen har redan provats men misslyckades"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Systemparametrar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har valt en tidszon åt dig som passar med det språk du valt. Du kan "
+"ändra den om det behövs. Läs även <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></"
+"xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar "
+"till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX har gjort bra val för hur startladdaren är inställd."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Ändra ingenting om du inte vet hur man konfigurerar Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till ytterligare användare här. De kommer att få varsin "
+"<literal>/home</literal>-katalog."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemtjänster refererar till de småprogram som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Med "
+"det här verktyget kan du aktivera eller inaktivera vissa uppgifter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Du bör vara försiktig med att ändra något här. Ett misstag kan göra att din "
+"dator inte fungerar korrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "För mer information, se <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Hårdvaruparametrar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangentbordslayout som baseras "
+"på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Tänk på att om du har en felaktig tangentbordslayout och vill ändra den så "
+"kommer lösenorden också att ändras."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor "
+"etc."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. "
+"Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin "
+"för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr "I det här avsnittet kan du konfigurera ditt grafikkort och bildskärm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Nätverk och Internetparametrar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Nätverk</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner "
+"som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart i "
+"<application>Mageias kontrollcentral</application>, efter att du har "
+"aktiverat Nonfree-medierna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att övervaka när du lägger till ett "
+"nätverkskort."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Proxyservrar</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. I den "
+"här sektionen kan du konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan behöva rådfråga din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som "
+"du behöver ange här"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Säkerhet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator. I de flesta fall är "
+"standardinställningen (Standard) tillräcklig för normalt användande."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Kontrollera vilket val som passar dig bäst."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"En brandvägg är till för att agera som en barriär mellan din viktiga data "
+"och alla rackare ute på nätet som skulle försöka ta över eller stjäla den."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj vilka tjänster som du vill ha på ditt system. Det du väljer beror på "
+"vad du kommer att använda din dator till. Du hittar mer information på <xref "
+"linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Tänk på att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Starta om"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"När starthanteraren är installerad kommer du bli ombedd att ta bort LiveCDn "
+"och starta om datorn. Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Klar</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> och gör som du blir ombedd<emphasis role=\"bold\"> i "
+"den ordningen.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>-partitionen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>-partition.  Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra "
+"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Här kan du justera din säkerhetsnivå."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera "
+"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhets</guilabel>-delen i Mageias "
+"kontrollcentral."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Välj och använd ISO-filer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Presentation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia distribueras via ISO-avbilder. Den här sidan kommer att hjälpa dig "
+"att välja den avbild som passar dina behov bäst."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Det finns två media-familjer:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Klassisk installation: Efter att du startat från mediet kommer du att gå "
+"igenom ett process där du kan välja vad som ska installeras och hur du "
+"konfigurerar ditt system. Detta ger dig maximal flexibilitet för en "
+"skräddarsydd installation, speciellt vad gäller vilken skrivbordsmiljö som "
+"du vill installera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"LIVE media: Du kan starta mediet i ett äkta Mageia-system utan att "
+"installera det för att se hur det ser ut efter installation. Installationen "
+"är sedan lättare men du har färre val."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Detaljer följer i nästkommande avsnitt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definition"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är ett medium (plural: media) en ISO-avbild som du kan använda för att "
+"installera och/eller uppgradera Mageia till den fysiska hårdvaran som ISO-"
+"filen kopieras till."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klassiska installtionsmedier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Vanliga funktioner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "De här ISO-filerna använder den traditionella installeraren, drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppgradera från en tidigare version."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, "
+"minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Varje DVD innehåller många skrivbordsmiljöer och språk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer under installationen att få välja att lägga till icke-fri "
+"programvara."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Live media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den "
+"på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren "
+"installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare "
+"version.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Live DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön Plasma."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Alla språk finns med."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Endast 64-bitars plattform."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Endast 64-bitars plattform."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Live DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön Xfce."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 eller 64-bitars plattform."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Endast bootbar CD-media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Var och en är en liten avbild som endast innehåller det som behövs för att "
+"starta drakx-installeraren och att hitta drakx-installer-stage2 och andra "
+"paket som behövs för att fortsätta och slutföra installationen. Dessa paket "
+"kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara när "
+"bandbredden är för låg för att ladda ner en hel DVD, en PC utan DVD-spelare "
+"eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Endast på engelska."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Innehåller endast fri mjukvara, för de som föredrar att inte använda "
+"mjukvara som inte är gratis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Innehåller icke-fri mjukvara (för det mesta drivrutiner och codecs) för de "
+"som behöver det."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Laddar ner och kontrollerar media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Hämtar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du valt din ISO-fil så kan du ladda ner den via antingen http "
+"eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen visas ett fönster med information som t. ex. "
+"vilken spegel som kommer att användas, och möjlighet att ändra den om "
+"bandbredden är låg. Om du väljer http kan du även se någonting som det här"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera ISO-filens "
+"integritet. Använd bara en av dom, och behåll den <link linkend=\"integrity"
+"\">för framtida bruk</link>. Sedan visas ett fönster som liknar det här:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Markera knappen Spara fil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på nerladdad media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Båda kontrollsummorna är hexadecimala nummer som räknas ut av en algoritm "
+"från filen som ska laddas ner. När du räknar om dessa från numret från din "
+"nerladdade fil så kommer du att få samma nummer och då är filen felfri, "
+"eller så får du ett annat nummer och då är den korrupt. I så fall bör du "
+"ladda ner den igen eller göra en kontroll via BitTorrent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/"
+"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/"
+"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) "
+"med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Den kontrollerade ISOn kan nu brännas på en CD eller DVD, eller dumpas på "
+"ett USB-minne. Det är inte en vanlig kopiering utan ämnar att skapa ett "
+"startbart media."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att den är inställd att bränna "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller filer är "
+"inte rätt. Det finns mer information på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageias wiki</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla Mageias ISO-filer är hybrider, dvs. du kan \"dumpa\" dem på ett USB-"
+"minne och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"Att \"dumpa\" en avbild på ett USB-minne förstör det filsystem som finns på "
+"enheten. All data kommer att gå förlorad och partitionens storlek blir "
+"reducerad till avbildens storlek."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"För att återfå den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du partitionera och "
+"formatera om USB-enheten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Du kan prova:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> "
+"användning av \"ISO image\"-alternativet;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Använda kommandoraden i ett GNU/Linux-system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är potentiellt *farligt* att göra detta för hand. Du riskerar att skriva "
+"över en hårddiskpartition om du anger fel enhets-ID."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Öppna en konsol"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Bli root med följande kommando: <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte '-' i "
+"slutet)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller "
+"filhanterare som kan läsa det)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativt kan du ta reda på enhetsnamnet med kommandot <code>dmesg</code>: "
+"I slutet kan du se namn som börjar med <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, och "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis>. I det här fallet:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Leta upp enhetsnamnet för din USB-sticka (genom dess storlek), t. ex. <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "Där X=din enhets namn t. ex. /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Exempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Välj ditt land / region"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj ditt land eller region. Detta är viktigt för en rad olika inställningar "
+"som t. ex. valuta och trådlös domän. Felaktig inställning för land kan leda "
+"till att att det trådlösa nätverket inte fungerar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på knappen <guilabel>Andra "
+"länder</guilabel> och välj ditt land / region där."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> "
+"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som "
+"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt "
+"riktiga val så ignorera detta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Inmatningsmetod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du missade inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du tillgå den "
+"efteråt genom att gå till \"Konfigurera din dator\" -> \"System\", eller att "
+"köra localedrake som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Installation eller uppgradering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Installera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj det här alternativet för en ren <application>Mageia</application>-"
+"installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uppgradera"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer i "
+"ditt system kan du med installationsprogrammet uppgradera en av dem till den "
+"senaste utgåvan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Endast uppgraderingar från en tidigare Mageiaversion som "
+"<emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes "
+"har blivit ordentligt testade. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageiaversion som "
+"har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren "
+"installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är "
+"det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit "
+"formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator "
+"inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart "
+"system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna "
+"ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</"
+"guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du glömde att välja ytterligare språk kan du gå tillbaka till skärmen "
+"\"Installera eller uppgradera\" och välja språk genom att trycka ner "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> det här "
+"senare under installationen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Välj tangentbord"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Du måste ställa in vilken tangentbordslayout du vill använda i Mageia. "
+"Standard är satt beroende på vilket språk och tidszon du valt i förra steget."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tangentbord"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget hittas så "
+"väljer den ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. "
+"Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera "
+"specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en "
+"datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar "
+"om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt "
+"tangentbord där."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</"
+"guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och "
+"det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan "
+"säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt "
+"tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-latinska tecken så visasen "
+"extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan latin och "
+"icke-latinsk tangentbordslayout"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Välj språk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj det språk du vill använda genom att först expandera listan för din "
+"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda det här "
+"valet under installationen och till ditt installerade system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj det språk du föredrar. <application>Mageia</application> använder det "
+"språket under installationen och i ditt installerade system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du skulle behöva använda flera språk i ditt system, antingen för dig "
+"själv eller för andra användare så bör du klicka på <guibutton>fler språk</"
+"guibutton> och lägga till dem nu. Det blir svårt att lägga till ytterligare "
+"språkstöd efter installationen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du först välja ett som du "
+"föredrar i den första språkrutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som valt i "
+"rutan för flera språk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som det språk du föredrar så bör du "
+"även installera språket för ditt tangetbord."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode)-stöd som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta kan inaktiveras i skärmen för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det inte "
+"är aktuellt för ditt språk. Att inaktivera UTF-8 tillämpas för alla "
+"installerade språk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ändra språket för ditt system efter installationen i Mageias "
+"kontrollcentral > System > Hantera språk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Välj mus"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-"
+"möss</guilabel> ett bra val."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> "
+"för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler "
+"knappar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Lägg till eller ändra en post i bootmenyn"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"För att göra detta måste du manuellt redigera /boot/grub2/custom.cfg, eller "
+"använda grub-customizer (den finns i Mageias paketförråd)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Mer information hittar du i vår wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Huvudalternativ för startshanteraren"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Gränssnitt för starthanteraren"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Som standard använder Mageia endast:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (med eller utan grafisk meny) för ett Legacy/MBR eller Legacy/GPT-"
+"system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi för ett UEFI-system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Mageias grafiska menyer är fina :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 för ett Legacy/MBR eller Legacy/GPT-system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "Ändra inte din \"startenhet\" om du inte verkligen vet vad du gör."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi för ett UEFI-system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"På ett UEFI-system är användargränssnittet lite annorlunda eftersom du inte "
+"kan välja mellan text eller grafisk meny."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Använder en startshanterare från Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Som standard baserat på ditt system så kommer Mageia att skriva en ny:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"En GRUB2 starthanterare på antingen MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första "
+"hårddisk, eller på BIOS boot-partitionen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "En Grub2-efi starthanterare på ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Använder en befintlig startshanterare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig "
+"starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det "
+"att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga "
+"till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Använder kedjeladdning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Alternativ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Första sidan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: Här anger du ditt verkliga lösenord"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Upprepa lösenordet, sedan kommer Drakx "
+"att kontrollera så att det matchar med ovanstående."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivera SMP</guilabel>: Det här alternativet aktiverar / "
+"avaktiverar symmetrisk multiprocessering för flerkärniga processorer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivera APIC</guilabel>: Genom att aktivera/avaktivera detta så "
+"får operativsystemet tillgång till Advanced Programmable Interrupt "
+"Controller. APIC-enheter tillåter mer komplexa prioritetsmodeller, och "
+"avancerad IRQ (Interrupt Request)-hantering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivera APIC</guilabel>: Här kan du ställa in likal APIC som "
+"hanterar externa avbrott för en specifik processor i ett SMP-system."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Nästa sida"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Standard:</guilabel> Operativsystemet som startar som standard"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Tillägg:</guilabel> Med det här valet kan du ändra eller lägga "
+"till information till kärnan när du startar upp. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Undersök okänt OS</guilabel>: se ovan <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Att använd Mageias starthanterare</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Ställ in SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre "
+"SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda "
+"och kan därför inte känna igen disken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du har."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX bör sedan kunna konfigurera disken korrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här sidan visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet "
+"valt för ditt ljudkort som blir standard drivrutin, om vi har en sådan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen "
+"stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta verktyget "
+"via MKC (Mageias Kontrollcentral) genom att välja fliken <guilabel>Hårdvara</"
+"guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"När du är i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</"
+"guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avancerat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under "
+"installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin, och "
+"där är flera andra tillgängliga men du tror att installationsprogrammet har "
+"valt en felaktig drivrutin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på "
+"<guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla "
+"partitioner, operativsystem och data på den hårddisken "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Testar Mageia som ett Live-system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Live-läge"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Du ser den här skärmen om du valde \"Starta Mageia\". Om inte så kommer du "
+"till steget för <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Hårddiskpartitionering</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Testar hårdvara"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ett av målen med Liveläge är att testa så att all hårdvara hanteras korrekt "
+"av Mageia. Du kan kontrollera så att alla enheter har en drivrutin i "
+"hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral. Du kan testa de mest aktuella "
+"enheterna: "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "nätverksgränssnitt: konfigurera det med net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "grafik-kort: om du ser den föregående skärmen så är det redan OK."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "webbkamera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "ljud: en jingel har redan spelats upp"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "skrivare: konfigurera den och skriv ut en test-sida"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "skanner: skanna ett dokument från ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Om allt är OK för dig så kan du fortsätta till installationen. Om inte så "
+"kan du lämna med Avsluta-knappen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurationsinställningarna som du gör här sparas inför installationen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Påbörja installationen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta installationen till hårddisken från en LiveCD elelr LiveDVD "
+"genom att klicka på ikonen \"Installera på hårddisken\". Du kommer då att se "
+"det här fönstret och <link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitionering</"
+"link>-steget\" som en direkt fortsättning av installationen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Avinstallera Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Guide"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Om Mageia inte lyckats övertyga dig eller om du inte kan installera det "
+"ordentligt, kort och gott så vill du ta bort det. Det är så klart din rätt "
+"och Mageia ger dig även möjlighet att avinstallera. Något som inte kan sägas "
+"för alla operativsystem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Säkerhetskopiera din data och starta datorn med Mageias DVD och välj Rescue "
+"system, välj sedan att återställa Windows boot loader. Efter nästa omstart "
+"har du bara kvar Windows utan möjlighet att välja operativsystem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"För att få tillbaka utrymme som användes av Mageia i Windows, klicka på "
+"<code>Start -> Kontrollpanelen -> Administrationsverktyg -> Datorhantering -"
+"> Lagring -> Diskhantering</code> för att komma åt partitionshanteringen. Du "
+"känner igen Mageias partitioner eftersom de är märkta som <guilabel>Okänd</"
+"guilabel>, samt dess storlek och placering på disken. Högerklicka på alla de "
+"partitionerna och välj <guibutton>Ta bort volym</guibutton>. Utrymmet kommer "
+"att frigöras."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du använder Windows XP kan du skapa en ny partition och formatera den "
+"(FAT32 eller NTFS). Den blir tilldelad en enhetsbokstav."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har Vista eller 7 har du ytterligare ett val där du kan utvidga "
+"existerande partition som finns till vänster om det lediga utrymmet. Det "
+"finns även andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, som finns för "
+"både Windows och Linux. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara "
+"väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har säkerhetskopierats."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Behåll eller radera oanvänt material"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här steget letar installationsprogrammet efter oanvända språk och "
+"hårdvarupaket, sedan föreslås att du raderar dem. Det är en bra idé att "
+"acceptera detta om du inte tänker förbereda en installation som ska köras på "
+"annan hårdvara."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"I nästa steg kopieras filerna till hårddisken. Det kan ta lite tid och du "
+"kommer att få en blank skärm i slutet vilket är normalt."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2281c3b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation från ett LIVE-media</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Januari 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageias officiella dokumentation</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Denna manual är producerad med hjälp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+            </para>
+            <para>Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet</link>
+om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra den här manualen.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation från ett LIVE-media</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärmbilder som du ser i den här
+handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara
+och vilka val du gör under installationen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60a25288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation från ett LIVE-media</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärmbilder som du ser i den här
+handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara
+och vilka val du gör under installationen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Denna manual är producerad med hjälp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet</link>
+om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra den här manualen.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3148478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation med DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>februari 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageias officiella dokumentation</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Denna manual är producerad med hjälp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet</link>
+om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra den här manualen.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Installation med DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärmbilder som du ser i den här
+handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara
+och vilka val du gör under installationen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83cc5438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Installation med DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärmbilder som du ser i den här
+handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara
+och vilka val du gör under installationen.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para>
+
+      <para>Denna manual är producerad med hjälp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
+
+      <para>Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet</link>
+om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra den här manualen.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8daf17f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Välj och använd ISO-filer</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+    <para>Mageia distribueras via ISO-avbilder. Den här sidan kommer att hjälpa dig
+att välja den avbild som passar dina behov bäst.</para>
+    <para>Det finns två media-familjer:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Klassisk installation: Efter att du startat från mediet kommer du att gå
+igenom ett process där du kan välja vad som ska installeras och hur du
+konfigurerar ditt system. Detta ger dig maximal flexibilitet för en
+skräddarsydd installation, speciellt vad gäller vilken skrivbordsmiljö som
+du vill installera.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>LIVE media: Du kan starta mediet i ett äkta Mageia-system utan att
+installera det för att se hur det ser ut efter installation. Installationen
+är sedan lättare men du har färre val.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Detaljer följer i nästkommande avsnitt.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definition</title>
+      <para>Här är ett medium (plural: media) en ISO-avbild som du kan använda för att
+installera och/eller uppgradera Mageia till den fysiska hårdvaran som
+ISO-filen kopieras till.</para>
+      <para>Du hittar dem <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">här</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klassiska installtionsmedier</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Vanliga funktioner</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>De här ISO-filerna använder den traditionella installeraren, drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppgradera från en tidigare version.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem,
+minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Varje DVD innehåller många skrivbordsmiljöer och språk.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Du kommer under installationen att få välja att lägga till icke-fri
+programvara.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Vanliga funktioner</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den
+på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren
+installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare
+version.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Endast skrivbordsmiljön Plasma.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alla språk finns med.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Endast 64-bitars plattform.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alla språk finns med.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Endast 64-bitars plattform.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Endast skrivbordsmiljön Xfce.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Alla språk finns med.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 eller 64-bitars plattform.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Endast bootbar CD-media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Vanliga funktioner</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Var och en är en liten avbild som endast innehåller det som behövs för att
+starta drakx-installeraren och att hitta drakx-installer-stage2 och andra
+paket som behövs för att fortsätta och slutföra installationen. Dessa paket
+kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara när
+bandbredden är för låg för att ladda ner en hel DVD, en PC utan DVD-spelare
+eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Endast på engelska.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Innehåller endast fri mjukvara, för de som föredrar att inte använda
+mjukvara som inte är gratis.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Innehåller icke-fri mjukvara (för det mesta drivrutiner och codecs) för de
+som behöver det.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Laddar ner och kontrollerar media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Hämtar</title>
+      <para>Efter att du valt din ISO-fil så kan du ladda ner den via antingen http
+eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen visas ett fönster med information som
+t. ex. vilken spegel som kommer att användas, och möjlighet att ändra den om
+bandbredden är låg. Om du väljer http kan du även se någonting som det här</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera ISO-filens
+integritet. Använd bara en av dom, och behåll den <link
+linkend="integrity">för framtida bruk</link>. Sedan visas ett fönster som
+liknar det här:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Markera knappen Spara fil.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Kontrollerar integriteten på nerladdad media</title>
+      <para>Båda kontrollsummorna är hexadecimala nummer som räknas ut av en algoritm
+från filen som ska laddas ner. När du räknar om dessa från numret från din
+nerladdade fil så kommer du att få samma nummer och då är filen felfri,
+eller så får du ett annat nummer och då är den korrupt. I så fall bör du
+ladda ner den igen eller göra en kontroll via BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:</para>
+      <para>- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag)
+med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen.</title>
+    <para>Den kontrollerade ISOn kan nu brännas på en CD eller DVD, eller dumpas på
+ett USB-minne. Det är inte en vanlig kopiering utan ämnar att skapa ett
+startbart media.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att den är inställd att bränna
+<emphasis role="bold">en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller filer är
+inte rätt. Det finns mer information på <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageias
+wiki</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne</title>
+      <para>Alla Mageias ISO-filer är hybrider, dvs. du kan "dumpa" dem på ett USB-minne
+och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>Att "dumpa" en avbild på ett USB-minne förstör det filsystem som finns på
+enheten. All data kommer att gå förlorad och partitionens storlek blir
+reducerad till avbildens storlek.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>För att återfå den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du partitionera och
+formatera om USB-enheten.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Mageia</title>
+        <para>Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Windows</title>
+        <para>Du kan prova:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link>
+användning av "ISO image"-alternativet;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Använda kommandoraden i ett GNU/Linux-system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Det är potentiellt *farligt* att göra detta för hand. Du riskerar att skriva
+över en hårddiskpartition om du anger fel enhets-ID.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Öppna en konsol</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bli root med följande kommando: <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte '-' i
+slutet)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller
+filhanterare som kan läsa det)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Alternativt kan du ta reda på enhetsnamnet med kommandot <code>dmesg</code>:
+I slutet kan du se namn som börjar med <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, och
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis>. I det här fallet:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Leta upp enhetsnamnet för din USB-sticka (genom dess storlek),
+t. ex. <code>/dev/sdb</code> i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>Där X=din enhets namn t. ex. /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Exempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2727f1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Anteckningar för licens och utgåvan</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licensavtal</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+    <para>De här villkoren gäller för hela
+<application>Mageia</application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan
+du kan fortsätta.</para>
+
+    <para>För att acceptera klickar du i <guilabel>Accepterar</guilabel> och sedan på
+<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du
+tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din
+dator att startas om.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Versionsinformation</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Det finns viktig information att läsa om den här utgåvan av
+<application>Mageia</application> och du hittar det genom att klicka på
+knappen <guibutton>Versionsnyheter</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2807bd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Hantering av användare och administratör</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Ställ in ett administratörs  (root) -lösenord:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla
+<application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat
+<emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet
+i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende
+på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du
+måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs genom att
+jämföra dem så att du inte har skrivit fel.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Alla lösenord skiljer på stora och små bokstäver. Det bästa är att använda
+en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett
+lösenord.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Lägg till en användare</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en
+administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda
+kontorsapplikationer, spela spel och allt annat som en vanlig  användare gör
+med sin dator.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer
+användarens ikon att ändras.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Verkligt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens verkliga namn i det
+här fältet.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens
+inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga
+namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet känner av stora och små
+bokstäver.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I det här textfältet skriver du in
+användarens lösenord. Det finns en sköld i slutet av fältet som indikerar
+lösenordets styrka. (Se även <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i
+det här textfältet. Drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i
+båda fälten.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>De användare som du lägger till när du installerar Mageia kommer att ha en
+hemkatalog med läs och skrivrättigheter (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>Du kan lägga till fler användare i
+<emphasis>konfigureringsöversikten</emphasis> under installationen. Välj
+<emphasis>Användarhantering</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Rättigheterna för åtkomst kan också ändras efter installationen.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Avancerad hantering av användare</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du redigera
+inställningar för den användare du lägger till.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-gästkonto
+sparar till sin hemkatalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen bör
+spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller
+inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter vem som helst att logga in och
+använda datorn, men har en mer begränsad tillgång än vanliga användare.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: I den här menyn kan du ändra vilket skal
+användaren ska använda som du lade till i förra rutan. Antingen Bash, Dash
+eller Sh</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du
+lade till i förra steget. Det är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad
+du gör.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Det är också
+ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet
+vad du gör.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f3c38d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Val av media (konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan
+lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en
+fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källor avgör vilka paket som kommer att vara
+tillgängliga i nästa steg.</para>
+
+  <para>För en nätverkskälla så finns det två steg att följa:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Val och aktivering av nätverket om det inte redan är uppe. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Val av spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att
+välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser
+som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringar. Med
+denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen
+NFS-installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Om du uppgraderar en 64-bitars installation som innehåller 32-bitars paket
+bör du använda den här rutan för att lägga till en online-spegel genom att
+kryssa i ett av nätverksprotokollen här. 64-bitars DVDn innehåller endast
+64-bitars och icke-arkitekturspecifika paket och den kan inte uppgradera
+32-bitarspaket. När du har lagt till en spegel kommer installeraren att
+hitta de 32-bitarspaket som behövs.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85021236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Välj monteringspunkter</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte är
+nöjd med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra
+monteringspunkterna.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Om du ändrar något så var noga med att du fortfarande har en
+<literal>/</literal> (root)-partition.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Varje partition visas enligt följande: "Enhet" ("Kapacitet",
+"Monteringspunkt", "Typ").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Enhet" består av: "hårddisk", ["hårddisknummer "(bokstav)],
+"partitionsnummer" (exampelvis, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i
+menyn, som t. ex. <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och
+<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även skapa egna monteringspunkter,
+exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition där du vill lagra dina
+filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för
+<literal>/home</literal>-partition för en Cauldron-installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till kan du lämna fältet för
+monteringspunkt tomt.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Välj <guibutton>Tillbaka</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska
+välja, och kryssa i <guilabel>Anpassad diskpartitionering</guilabel>. I
+nästa steg så kan du sedan klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och
+storlek.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på
+<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> där du väljer om du vill formatera
+partitonenerna som DrakX föreslår eller mer.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a0e04f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Inställningar för klocka</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>I det här steget måste du ställa in den tidszon som den interna klockan är
+inställd på, antingen lokal tid eller UTC.</para>
+
+  <para>På fliken avancerat hittar du fler inställningar för klockan.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12cbea1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Starta Mageia som ett Live-system</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Startar upp mediat</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Från en skiva</title></info><para>Du kan starta direkt från de media du använde för att bränna din avbildning
+(CD-ROM, DVD-ROM...). Vanligtvis räcker det med att du sätter i skivan i din
+CD/DVD för att starthanteraren automatiskt ska starta
+installationsprogrammet efter omstart. Om det inte fungerar måste du ändra
+inställningarna i ditt BIOS eller trycka på den tangent som gör att du kan
+välja startmedia.</para><para>Beroende på vilken hårdvara du har och hur den är konfigurerad kan du få en
+av följande två skärmar nedan.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Från en USB-enhet</title></info><para>Du kan starta från din USB-enhet där du dumpat din ISO-avbildning. Beroende
+på hur ditt BIOS är inställt kan datorn starta direkt från USB-enheten om
+den redan är inkopplad i en USB-port. Om den inte gör det måste du
+eventuellt ändra i dina BIOS-inställningar, eller trycka på den tangent som
+gör att du kan välja startmedia.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">I BIOS/CSM/Legacy-läge</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Den första skärmen när du startar i BIOS-läge</para></caption></mediaobject><para>I den mittersta menyn så kan du välja mellan tre handlingar:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Starta Mageia: Detta gör att Mageia 5 kommer att starta från det media som
+är anslutet (CD/DVD eller USB) utan att skriva något till hårddisken, så var
+beredd på ett väldigt långsamt system. När uppstarten är klar kan du
+fortsätta och installera på hårddisken.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Installera Mageia: Det här valet kommer att installera Mageia direkt på en
+hårddisk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Uppstart från hårddisk: Det här valet tillåter dig att starta upp som
+vanligt från en hårddisk när inget media (CD/DVD eller USB-minne) är
+anslutet. (fungerar inte med Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>I menyn längst ner finns startalternativen:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - Hjälp. Förklara valen "splash", "apm", "acpi" och "idle"</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Språk. Välj skärmens visningsspråk.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Skärmupplösning. Välj mellan text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom eller annat. Normalt sätt genomförs installationen från
+det media som är anslutet. Du kan även välja andra källor så som en FTP
+eller NFS-server. Om installationen genomförs över nätverk med en SLP-server
+så kan du välja installationskällor på servern med det här alternativet.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Drivrutin. Ja eller Nej. Systemet är medvetet om närvaron av en
+alternativ disk med en drivrutinsuppdatering och kommer att kräva att den
+sätts in under installationsprocessen.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Kernel-alternativ: Här kan du specificera alternativ beroende på din
+hårdvara och vilka drivrutiner som ska användas.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">I UEFI-läge</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Första skärmen när du startar ett UEFI-system från disk</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Du kan enbart köra Mageia i liveläge. (första alternativet) eller att
+bearbeta installationen (andra alternativet).</para><para>Om du har startat från en USB-enhet har du två extra rader som är identiska
+men har "USB" på slutet. Du måste välja dem.</para><para>I alla fall så kommer de första stegen att vara samma för att välja språk,
+tidszon och tangentbord. Sedan skiljer sig stegen med  <link
+linkend="testing">extra steg för liveläge</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6528adba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Val av skrivbordsmiljö</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Beroende på vad du väljer här så kan det finnas fler steg för att finjustera
+ditt val.</para>
+
+  <para>När alla val är gjorda visas ett bildspel under
+paketinstallationen. Bildspelet kan stängas av genom att klicka på knappen
+<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller
+<application>Gnome</application> som skrivbordsmiljö beroende på vilken du
+tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Kryssa i
+<guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa, eller
+båda två, eller om du vill ha något annat än de standardprogram som
+medföljer. <application>LXDE</application> är lättare än de två tidigare,
+med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..acfa6705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Val av paketgrupp</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver
+för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information
+för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Arbetsstation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Server.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafisk miljö.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda det här alternativet för att manuellt
+lägga till eller ta bort paket.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Läs igenom <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> för anvisningar om hur du utför
+en minimal installation, med eller utan X &amp; IceWM.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..19092307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Välj individuella paket</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort paket för att anpassa din installation.</para>
+
+    <para>Efter att du har gjort dina val så kan du klicka på
+<guibutton>diskett-ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina
+paketval (att spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda
+denna fil för att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att
+trycka på samma knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc257f79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfigurera dina tjänster</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt
+system.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Det finns fyra grupper. Klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att
+expandera och se alla tjänster som den innehåller.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Inställningar som DrakX väljer är oftast bra.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Om du markerar en tjänst så visas viss information i inforutan nedan.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Ändra bara på saker när du vet mycket väl vad du gör.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c76b495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Ställ in din tidszon</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma
+tidszon.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">På nästa skärm kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid
+eller till GMT, även kallad UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se till att de är
+inställda på lokal tid eller till UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..292c2c58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Välj en X-server (konfigurera ditt grafikkort)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och identifierar
+oftast ditt nuvarande grafikkort korrekt.</para>
+
+  <para>Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt grafikkort korrekt och du vet
+vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>tillverkare</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>sedan namnet på ditt kort</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>och typ av kort</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu
+inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en
+passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin</para>
+
+  <para>Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om
+du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns
+alternativet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande
+funktionaliteter.</para>
+
+  <para>Tänk på att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kommer du kanske
+enbart att ha tillgång till det textbaserade gränssnittet.</para>
+
+  <para>En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller patenterade drivrutiner för
+Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna, och i vissa fall
+enbart från tillverkarens hemsida.</para>
+
+  <para>Nonfree-medierna måste aktiveras för att få tillgång till dem. Du borde göra
+detta efter din första omstart.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf7791be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Konfigurera grafikkort och bildskärm</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Oavsett vilket grafisk miljö (även kallad skrivbordsmiljö) du väljer för den
+här installationen av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på
+ett grafiskt användargränssnitt kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller
+enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och de andra grafiska
+miljöerna ska fungera så måste följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar
+vara korrekta. Välj rätt  inställningarn om du ser att
+<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att
+valet är inkorrekt.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från
+listan om det behövs.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från
+listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller
+<guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du
+föredrar att manuellt ange de horisontella och vertikala
+uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad
+upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Testknappen visas inte
+alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina
+inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina
+inställningar är korrekta så svarar du "ja", och inställningarna kommer att
+behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till
+konfigurationsskärmen och har möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills
+testet är lyckat. <emphasis>Se till att dina inställningar är på den säkra
+sidan om testknappen inte är tillgänglig</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att
+aktivera eller inaktivera olika alternativ.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9339df39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Att välja din bildskärm</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att
+identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din
+bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Försök inte att prova något om du inte vet
+vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som
+följde med din bildskärm.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Med det här alternativet kan du ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den
+vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den
+vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras
+och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer
+visas.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp
+med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm,
+då kan du skada den. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning och
+läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Det här är standardalternativet som försöker avgöra skrämtyp från databasen
+över bildskärmar.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Om installationen inte har upptäckt din bildskärm och du vet vilken du har
+så kan du välja den från trädet genom att välja: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>tillverkare</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Bildskärmstillverkarens namn</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>bildskärmens beskrivning</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Standard</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">vid val av denna grupp så visas uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar som
+t. ex. 1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i
+bärbara datorer. Det är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp om du behöver använda
+vesa-drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än
+en gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0bd7eb58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste
+du se till att ha en separat
+<literal>/boot</literal>-partition. Krypteringsalternativet för din
+<literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE ställas in, annars kommer detta
+göra ditt system omöjligt att boota.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Här kan du justera layouten på dina hårddiskar. Du kan radera eller skapa
+partitioner, ändra filsystem och storlek. Du kan även titta vad som finns på
+dem innan du startar.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk eller annan lagringsenhet som har
+hittats, t. ex ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om där är tre
+stycken. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på
+den valda lagringsenheten</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it,
+or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe
+it. <guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert
+mode</guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a
+partition type. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Fortsätt tills du har justerat allt enligt dina önskemål.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Klicka på <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> när du är redo.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Om du installerar Mageia på ett UEFI-system, kontrollera att en ESP (EFI
+-systempartition) är närvarande och korrekt monterad på /boot/EFI (se nedan)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Kontrollera att det finns en BIOS startpartition om du installerar Mageia på
+ett Legacy/GPT-system</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed072bbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partitionering</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och hur
+partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat förslag på var
+<application>Mageia</application> kan installeras.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på
+layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar).</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Använd existerande partitioner</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner
+hittats och kan användas för installation.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Använd ledigt utrymme</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer det här alternativet att
+använda det för att installera Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Använd ledigt utrymme på en Windows-partition</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition så kan DrakX ge
+dig möjlighet att använda det.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Det kan vara ett användbart för att göra plats för din nya
+Mageia-installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till
+att du har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Observera att det innebär att storleken på Windows-partitionen
+krymps. Partitionen måste vara "ren", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av
+korrekt när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om
+det inte är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som
+kommer att användas. Du rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina
+personliga filer.</para><para>Med det här alternativet visar installationsprogrammet den resterande
+Windows-partitionen i ljusblått och den framtida Mageia-partitionen i
+mörkblått, med deras tilltänkta storlek undertill. Du kan ändra storlekarna
+genom att klicka och dra i mellanrummet mellan partitionerna. Se skärmdumpen
+nedan.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Radera och använd hela hårddisken.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Det här alternativet kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Tänk på att detta kommer att ta radera ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Var
+försiktig!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat
+eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så
+ska du inte använda detta alternativ.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Anpassad diskpartitionering</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på
+din/a disk/ar.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Hantera partitionsstorlek:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Installationsprogrammet kommer att dela på tillgängligt utrymme enligt
+följande regler:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Om det totala lediga utrymmet är under 50GB så kommer endast en partition
+att skapas för /. Det finns ingen separat partition för /home.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Om det totala utrymmet är mer än 50GB så kommer tre partitioner att skapas</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 av det totala lediga utrymmet fördelas till / med ett maximum av 50GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 är allokerat till swap med en gräns på 4 GB</para></listitem><listitem><para>resten (minst 12/19) förledas till /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Det betyder att från 160GB och uppåt med ledigt utrymme kommer
+installationsprogrammet att skapa tre partitioner: 50GB för /, 4GB för swap
+och resten till /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on
+/boot/EFI. The "Custom disk partitioning" option is the only one that allows
+to check it has been correctly done</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk,
+you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an
+about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref
+linkend="diskdrake"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any
+other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den
+föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig
+hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. En del
+SSD-diskar använder nu även en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi
+föreslår att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt
+partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du har en sådan enhet med
+följande inställningar:</para>
+    <para>"Rikta mot" "MiB"</para>
+    <para>"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)" "2"</para>
+    <para>Se också till att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f69c428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Grattis</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Du är nu klar med installationen och konfigureringen av
+<application>Mageia</application> och du kan nu säkert ta bort
+installationsmediet och starta om din dator.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Efter omstarten så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du
+har mer än ett) i starthanteraren.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Om du inte ändrade inställningarna för starthanteraren så kommer Mageia att
+väljas och starta automatiskt.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Njut!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till
+Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ff8f35d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Brandvägg</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine
+which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target
+system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be
+accessible from the Internet.</para>
+
+  <para>In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is
+accessibly from the network. The "<emphasis>Everything (no
+firewall)</emphasis>" button has a particular role: it enables access to all
+services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the
+context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected
+system.  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center
+(which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of
+firewall rules for testing and debugging purposes.</para>
+
+  <para>All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you
+will check the "CUPS server" button if you want printers on your machine to
+be accessible from the network.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Avancerat</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The
+"Advanced" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service for
+which no checkbutton exists. The "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" button
+opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a list of
+couples (blank separated)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;portnummer>/&lt;protokoll></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to
+the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined
+in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or
+<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the
+service.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore
+is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2
+couples for the same port.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46ce7006
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatering</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på
+partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering
+kommer att sparas.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Vanligtvis behöver i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt att
+formateras.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner
+som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Om du är osäker på om du valt rätt så kan du klicka på
+<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, och på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>
+igen och sedan på  <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka
+till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att
+fortsätta.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a711ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Uppdateringar</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Efter att den här versionen av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så
+kommer några paket ha blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du vill ladda ner och installera dem. Välj
+<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra det nu, eller om du inte är
+ansluten till internet</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee175221
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, Mageias installerare</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare så är  Mageias
+installerare utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så
+enkel som möjligt.</para>
+
+  <para>Den första menyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att starta
+installationsprogrammet som i normalfallet är allt du behöver.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Välkomstskärm för installationen</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Använder en Mageia DVD</title>
+
+      <para>Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one
+with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the "e" letter to
+enter the "edit mode". To come back to this screen, press either the key
+"esc" to quit without saving or press the key "Ctrl" or "F10" to quit with
+saving.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Språk (endast för installation, det kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket
+för systemet) genom att trycka på F2 (endast legacy-läge)</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Använd piltangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Här är t. ex. den franska välkomstskärmen vid användning av en Live
+DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår:
+<guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och
+<guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ändra skärmupplösning genom att trycka på F3 (endast legacy-läge).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Lägg till kernel-alternativ genom att trycka på <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> i legacy-läge, eller <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> för UEFI-läge.</para>
+
+            <para>Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom
+att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som
+visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra
+poster:</para>
+
+            <para>- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen.</para>
+
+            <para>- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen.</para>
+
+            <para>- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering
+beaktas.</para>
+
+            <para>- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det
+handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad.</para>
+
+            <para>När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra
+standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med
+F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas
+dock ändå.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Lägg till fler kernel-alternativ genom att trycka på F1 (endast
+legacy-läge).</para>
+
+            <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with
+the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to
+go back to the welcome screen.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välj
+<guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till
+listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden
+med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med tangenten F2.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>För mer information om kernel-alternativ för legacy och UEFI-läge läs: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Använder ett trådburet nätverk</title>
+
+      <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based
+Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):</para>
+
+      <para>Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns
+beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen
+nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageias Wiki</link></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installationsstegen</title>
+
+    <para>Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i
+sidopanelen på skärmen.</para>
+
+    <para>Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha
+<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton>-knappar med mer, men sällan krävande
+alternativ.</para>
+
+    <para>De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare
+information om det aktuella steget.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa
+installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en
+partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli
+installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan
+lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på
+att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner
+följande tangenter samtidigt <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>.  Efter det
+trycker du på <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta
+om.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installationsproblem och möjliga lösningar</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Inget grafiskt gränssnitt</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Det kan hända med
+vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att
+skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt
+gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad
+installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och
+bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står:
+"Boot:" Skriv "text" på den raden och tryck på Enter. Nu forsätter
+installationen i textläge.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Installationen hänger sig</title>
+
+      <para>Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem
+med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska
+hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta,
+skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra
+alternativ om nödvändigt.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM-problem</title>
+
+      <para>De här kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran felaktigt
+rapportera tillgängligt RAM. För att manuellt ange det kan du använda
+parameterna <code>mem=xxxM</code>, där xxx är den korrekta mängden
+RAM. T. ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dynamiska partitioner</title>
+
+      <para>Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format
+i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den
+disken. Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en
+grundläggande disk: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8425fa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Inloggningsskärm</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Inoggningsskärm för KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Slutligen så kommer du till inloggningsskärmen.</para><para>Skriv in ditt användarnamn och lösenord och efter ett par sekunder befinner
+du dig i KDEs eller GNOMEs skrivbordsmiljö beroende på vilket
+installationsmedia du har använt. Du kan nu börja använda din installation
+av Mageia.</para><para>Du hittar mer dokumentation i <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageias
+Wiki</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26641adb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Val av media (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga
+beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv
+bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i
+nästkommande steg.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Core</emphasis>-arkivet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom det
+innehåller basen för distributionen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis,
+dvs. Mageia får lov att omdistribuera dem men de innehåller programvara med
+stängd källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta
+arkiv patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och
+även firmware till olika WiFi-kort.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-arkivet innehåller paket som är släppt under en
+fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna
+förvaringsplats är att de kan inkränka på patent och upphovsrättslagar i
+några länder, exempelvis multimedia-codecs som behövs för att spela diverse
+ljud och videofiler, paket som behövs för att spela upp kommersiell
+DVD-video med mera.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..970eb025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimal installation</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för
+paketval, se <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Om så önskas kan du välja till "individuella paket" på samma skärm.</para>
+  <para>En minimal installation är ämnad för dem som har speciella behov för sin
+<application>Mageia</application>, som t. ex. en server eller en
+specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer antagligen att använda det här
+alternativet tillsammans med "välj enskilda paket" som vi nämnde ovanför för
+att finjustera din installation. Se även <xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer en relaterad skärm att erbjuda
+dig några användbara extrapaket att installera så som dokumentation och X.</para>
+  <para>Om "Med X" är valt så kommer även IceVM inkluderas som en lätt
+skrivbordsmiljö.</para>
+  <para>Grundläggande dokumentation tillhandahålls i form av man och info-sidor. Den
+innehåller man-sidor från <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> och <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info-sidor.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4eb1d6ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX har gjort smarta val för att konfigurera ditt system beroende på de
+val som du har gjort och på hårdvaran som DrakX har hittat. Du kan
+kontrollera inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att
+trycka på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them
+with 3 exceptions:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>det finns kända problem med standardinställning</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>standardinställningen har redan provats men misslyckades</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>something else is said in the detailed sections below</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Systemparametrar</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX har valt en tidszon åt dig som passar med det språk du valt. Du kan
+ändra den om det behövs. Läs även <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar
+till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend="selectCountry"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX har gjort bra val för hur startladdaren är inställd.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Ändra ingenting om du inte vet hur man konfigurerar Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">För mer information, läs <xref linkend="setupBootloader"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">Du kan lägga till ytterligare användare här. De kommer att få varsin
+<literal>/home</literal>-katalog.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Systemtjänster refererar till de småprogram som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Med
+det här verktyget kan du aktivera eller inaktivera vissa uppgifter.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Du bör vara försiktig med att ändra något här. Ett misstag kan göra att din
+dator inte fungerar korrekt.</para>
+
+        <para>För mer information, se <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hårdvaruparametrar</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangentbordslayout som baseras
+på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Tänk på att om du har en felaktig tangentbordslayout och vill ändra den så
+kommer lösenorden också att ändras.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor
+etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan
+finns. Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en
+drivrutin för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">I det här avsnittet kan du konfigurera ditt grafikkort och bildskärm.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">För mer information, läs <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"></xref>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Nätverk och Internetparametrar</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Nätverk</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner
+som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart i
+<application>Mageias kontrollcentral</application>, efter att du har
+aktiverat Nonfree-medierna.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att övervaka när du lägger till ett
+nätverkskort.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxyservrar</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. I den
+här sektionen kan du konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Du kan behöva rådfråga din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som
+du behöver ange här</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Säkerhet</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator. I de flesta fall är
+standardinställningen (Standard) tillräcklig för normalt användande.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Kontrollera vilket val som passar dig bäst.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">En brandvägg är till för att agera som en barriär mellan din viktiga data
+och alla rackare ute på nätet som skulle försöka ta över eller stjäla den.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Välj vilka tjänster som du vill ha på ditt system. Det du väljer beror på
+vad du kommer att använda din dator till. Du hittar mer information på <xref
+linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Tänk på att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d2ad0cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Starta om</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>När starthanteraren är installerad kommer du bli ombedd att ta bort LiveCDn
+och starta om datorn. Klicka på <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Klar</guibutton></emphasis> och gör som du blir
+ombedd<emphasis role="bold"> i den ordningen.</emphasis></para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software
+management).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b1f6f95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Ändra storlek på
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partitionen</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Du har mer än en
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partition.
+Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra utrymme så att
+<application>Mageia</application> kan installeras.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62039f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Säkerhetsnivå</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Här kan du justera din säkerhetsnivå.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera
+dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhets</guilabel>-delen i Mageias
+kontrollcentral.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20ad5920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Välj ditt land / region</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Välj ditt land eller region. Detta är viktigt för en rad olika inställningar
+som t. ex. valuta och trådlös domän. Felaktig inställning för land kan leda
+till att att det trådlösa nätverket inte fungerar.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på knappen <guilabel>Andra
+länder</guilabel> och välj ditt land / region där.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>
+efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som
+att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt
+riktiga val så ignorera detta.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Inmatningsmetod</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Om du missade inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du tillgå den
+efteråt genom att gå till "Konfigurera din dator" -> "System", eller att
+köra localedrake som root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbbc6559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Installation eller uppgradering</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Installera</para>
+
+      <para>Välj det här alternativet för en ren
+<application>Mageia</application>-installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Uppgradera</para>
+
+      <para>Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer i
+ditt system kan du med installationsprogrammet uppgradera en av dem till den
+senaste utgåvan.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Endast uppgraderingar från en tidigare Mageiaversion som
+<emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes
+har blivit ordentligt testade. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageiaversion som
+har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren
+installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Om du under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är
+det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit
+formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator
+inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart
+system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna
+ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt
+Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt
+Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Om du glömde att välja ytterligare språk kan du gå tillbaka till skärmen
+"Installera eller uppgradera" och välja språk genom att trycka ner
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> det här
+senare under installationen.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6efa41d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tangentbord</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget hittas så
+väljer den ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan
+tangenbordslayout. Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har,
+kontrollera specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en
+datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar
+om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på
+<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt
+tangentbord där.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan
+<guibutton>Mer</guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för
+tangentbord och det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har
+valts. Du kan säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta
+installationen. Ditt tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-latinska tecken så visasen
+extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan latin och
+icke-latinsk tangentbordslayout</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36451037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Välj tangentbord</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Du måste ställa in vilken tangentbordslayout du vill använda i
+Mageia. Standard är satt beroende på vilket språk och tidszon du valt i
+förra steget.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d061b2d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Välj språk</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Välj det språk du vill använda genom att först expandera listan för din
+kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda det här
+valet under installationen och till ditt installerade system.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Välj det språk du föredrar. <application>Mageia</application> använder det
+språket under installationen och i ditt installerade system.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Om du skulle behöva använda flera språk i ditt system, antingen för dig
+själv eller för andra användare så bör du klicka på <guibutton>fler
+språk</guibutton> och lägga till dem nu. Det blir svårt att lägga till
+ytterligare språkstöd efter installationen.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du först välja ett som du
+föredrar i den första språkrutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som valt i
+rutan för flera språk.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som det språk du föredrar så bör du
+även installera språket för ditt tangetbord.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode)-stöd som standard.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Detta kan inaktiveras i skärmen för "flera språk" om du vet att det inte är
+aktuellt för ditt språk. Att inaktivera UTF-8 tillämpas för alla
+installerade språk.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Du kan ändra språket för ditt system efter installationen i Mageias
+kontrollcentral > System > Hantera språk.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f13585b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Välj mus</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och
+USB-möss</guilabel> ett bra val.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel>
+för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler
+knappar.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b0cb25a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Huvudalternativ för startshanteraren</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Gränssnitt för starthanteraren</title>
+
+    <para>Som standard använder Mageia endast:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (med eller utan grafisk meny) för ett Legacy/MBR eller
+Legacy/GPT-system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi för ett UEFI-system.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Mageias grafiska menyer är fina :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 för ett Legacy/MBR eller Legacy/GPT-system.</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Ändra inte din "startenhet" om du inte verkligen vet vad du gör.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi för ett UEFI-system.</title>
+
+      <para>På ett UEFI-system är användargränssnittet lite annorlunda eftersom du inte
+kan välja mellan text eller grafisk meny.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer
+created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader
+(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your
+computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing
+ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have
+several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of
+operating systems you have.</para>
+
+      <para>Ändra inte din "startenhet" om du inte verkligen vet vad du gör.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Använder en startshanterare från Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>Som standard baserat på ditt system så kommer Mageia att skriva en ny:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>En GRUB2 starthanterare på antingen MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första
+hårddisk, eller på BIOS boot-partitionen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>En Grub2-efi starthanterare på ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box
+<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Använder en befintlig startshanterare</title>
+
+    <para>Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig
+starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det
+att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga
+till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Använder kedjeladdning</title>
+
+    <para>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS,
+click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP
+or MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Alternativ</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Första sidan</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box
+lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is
+started up.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: Här anger du ditt verkliga lösenord</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Upprepa lösenordet, sedan kommer Drakx
+att kontrollera så att det matchar med ovanstående.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by
+stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Aktivera SMP</guilabel>: Det här alternativet aktiverar /
+avaktiverar symmetrisk multiprocessering för flerkärniga processorer.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Aktivera APIC</guilabel>: Genom att aktivera/avaktivera detta så
+får operativsystemet tillgång till Advanced Programmable Interrupt
+Controller. APIC-enheter tillåter mer komplexa prioritetsmodeller, och
+avancerad IRQ (Interrupt Request)-hantering</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Aktivera APIC</guilabel>: Här kan du ställa in likal APIC som
+hanterar externa avbrott för en specifik processor i ett SMP-system.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Nästa sida</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Standard:</guilabel> Operativsystemet som startar som standard</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Tillägg:</guilabel> Med det här valet kan du ändra eller lägga
+till information till kärnan när du startar upp. </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Undersök okänt OS</guilabel>: se ovan <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Att använd Mageias starthanterare</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth
+the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered
+other size and colour depth options.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30c10138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Lägg till eller ändra en post i bootmenyn</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>För att göra detta måste du manuellt redigera /boot/grub2/custom.cfg, eller
+använda grub-customizer (den finns i Mageias paketförråd).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Mer information hittar du i vår wiki: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aee2ec83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Ställ in SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre
+SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda
+och kan därför inte känna igen disken.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Om det inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du
+har.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX bör sedan kunna konfigurera disken korrekt.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96bf4761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Ljudkonfiguration</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>På den här sidan visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet
+valt för ditt ljudkort som blir standard drivrutin, om vi har en sådan.</para>
+
+  <para>Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen
+stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta verktyget
+via MKC (Mageias Kontrollcentral) genom att välja fliken
+<guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan.</para>
+
+  <para>När du är i draksound eller "Ljudkonfiguration" under verktyg, klicka på
+<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på
+<guibutton>Felsökning</guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur
+problemet kan lösas.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avancerat</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under
+installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin, och
+där är flera andra tillgängliga men du tror att installationsprogrammet har
+valt en felaktig drivrutin.</para>
+
+    <para>I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på
+<guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d18d4ccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla
+partitioner, operativsystem och data på den hårddisken </para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..062c612a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testar Mageia som ett Live-system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live-läge</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Du ser den här skärmen om du valde "Starta Mageia". Om inte så kommer du
+till steget för <link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Hårddiskpartitionering</link></para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testar hårdvara</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Ett av målen med Liveläge är att testa så att all hårdvara hanteras korrekt
+av Mageia. Du kan kontrollera så att alla enheter har en drivrutin i
+hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral. Du kan testa de mest aktuella
+enheterna: </para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>nätverksgränssnitt: konfigurera det med net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>grafik-kort: om du ser den föregående skärmen så är det redan OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>webbkamera:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ljud: en jingel har redan spelats upp</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>skrivare: konfigurera den och skriv ut en test-sida</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>skanner: skanna ett dokument från ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Om allt är OK för dig så kan du fortsätta till installationen. Om inte så
+kan du lämna med Avsluta-knappen.</para>
+
+      <remark>Konfigurationsinställningarna som du gör här sparas inför installationen.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Påbörja installationen</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Du kan starta installationen till hårddisken från en LiveCD elelr LiveDVD
+genom att klicka på ikonen "Installera på hårddisken". Du kommer då att se
+det här fönstret och <link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitionering</link>-steget" som en direkt
+fortsättning av installationen.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87ad6d0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Avinstallera Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Guide</title>
+
+    <para>Om Mageia inte lyckats övertyga dig eller om du inte kan installera det
+ordentligt, kort och gott så vill du ta bort det. Det är så klart din rätt
+och Mageia ger dig även möjlighet att avinstallera. Något som inte kan sägas
+för alla operativsystem.</para>
+
+    <para>Säkerhetskopiera din data och starta datorn med Mageias DVD och välj Rescue
+system, välj sedan att återställa Windows boot loader. Efter nästa omstart
+har du bara kvar Windows utan möjlighet att välja operativsystem.</para>
+
+    <para>För att få tillbaka utrymme som användes av Mageia i Windows, klicka på
+<code>Start -> Kontrollpanelen -> Administrationsverktyg -> Datorhantering
+-> Lagring -> Diskhantering</code> för att komma åt
+partitionshanteringen. Du känner igen Mageias partitioner eftersom de är
+märkta som <guilabel>Okänd</guilabel>, samt dess storlek och placering på
+disken. Högerklicka på alla de partitionerna och välj <guibutton>Ta bort
+volym</guibutton>. Utrymmet kommer att frigöras.</para>
+
+    <para>Om du använder Windows XP kan du skapa en ny partition och formatera den
+(FAT32 eller NTFS). Den blir tilldelad en enhetsbokstav.</para>
+
+    <para>Om du har Vista eller 7 har du ytterligare ett val där du kan utvidga
+existerande partition som finns till vänster om det lediga utrymmet. Det
+finns även andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, som finns för
+både Windows och Linux. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara
+väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har
+säkerhetskopierats.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eda122a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/sv/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Behåll eller radera oanvänt material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>I det här steget letar installationsprogrammet efter oanvända språk och
+hårdvarupaket, sedan föreslås att du raderar dem. Det är en bra idé att
+acceptera detta om du inte tänker förbereda en installation som ska köras på
+annan hårdvara.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>I nästa steg kopieras filerna till hårddisken. Det kan ta lite tid och du
+kommer att få en blank skärm i slutet vilket är normalt.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tg.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tg.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..814b9743
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tg.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4205 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov@gmail.com>, 2017
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-08-21 06:59+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <victor.ibragimov@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Tajik (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/tg/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: tg\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Иҷозатнома ва тавзеҳи барориш"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-license.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id"
+"=\"acceptLicense-im2\" revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
+" terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
+"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
+"you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
+" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Тавзеҳи барориш"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of "
+"<application>Mageia</application> and are accessible clicking on the "
+"<guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "en"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
+#. same as for media_selection
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
+#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
+" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
+"=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata "
+"format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
+" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
+" password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - "
+"Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User "
+"management</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
+" what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Нуқтаи насбкуниро интихоб намоед"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
+#. ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
+#. Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
+#. removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
+"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-"
+"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
+"point\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
+" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
+"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
+"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the"
+" bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD"
+" or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard"
+" disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link "
+"linkend=\"testing\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Интихоби мизи корӣ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
+" tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Интихоби Гурӯҳи Қуттиҳо"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
+#. new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
+"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
+"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
+"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
+"and choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
+"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
+" see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Минтақаи вақти худро танзим кунед"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id"
+"=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" "
+"condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
+" same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
+" GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
+"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
+#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
+#. for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
+" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
+"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
+"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
+" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
+" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
+"available</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
+"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
+" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
+" displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
+" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
+"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
+"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject"
+" condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
+" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even"
+" view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
+" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
+" storage device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert "
+"mode</guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"diskdrake2.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Ҷузъбандӣ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
+" your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
+" offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live\"><imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Ҷузъбандии дастии диск"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
+" hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are "
+"created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on "
+"/boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref "
+"linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any "
+"other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
+" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
+" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Табрик"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring "
+"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
+"installation medium and reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
+" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Девори оташ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be"
+" accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no "
+"firewall)</emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to "
+"all services of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the"
+" context of the installer since it would create a totally unprotected "
+"system.  Its veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center "
+"(which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of"
+" firewall rules for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you"
+" will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to"
+" the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the "
+"service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
+"=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-"
+"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
+"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
+"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with"
+" the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to"
+" go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
+"Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
+" on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
+" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
+" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
+"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
+"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
+"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Нав кардан"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
+#. correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link "
+"linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
+"wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
+#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
+#. filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
+"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
+" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
+" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
+" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
+"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
+" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
+" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation "
+"Project</link> and the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU "
+"coreutils</link> info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Минтақаи вақт</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
+"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
+"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
+" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" "
+"align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
+" need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Амният"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
+" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Бозхудборшавӣ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These"
+" indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref"
+"=\"live-reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
+"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Сатҳи Амният"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Муқаддима"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link "
+"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
+"releases.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
+" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other "
+"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These "
+"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or"
+" on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free"
+" software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or"
+" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the"
+" mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>."
+" Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
+"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
+"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
+" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link "
+"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
+" wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
+"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command "
+"<code>dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with "
+"<emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example "
+"<code>/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso "
+"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" "
+"align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings,"
+" like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country"
+" can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
+"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
+" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Коргузорӣ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
+" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
+" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
+" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
+" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​."
+" The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Забонак"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
+" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
+" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
+" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
+"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
+"there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
+" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Илтимос, барои истифода забонро интихоб кунед"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
+" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" "
+"format=\"\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
+" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
+#. place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
+"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Хосиятҳои асосии корандози худборшав"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi)."
+" If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard"
+" drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
+" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP"
+" or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking"
+" <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Хосиятҳо"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
+#. comment ;-)
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
+#. on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
+" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Танзимкунии садо"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" "
+"xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
+"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
+"to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Имконоти иловагӣ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
+#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
+#. sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
+"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
+" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link "
+"linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\" as for the direct "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will"
+" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management "
+"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and"
+" make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to"
+" accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different"
+" hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-"
+"InstallationProgress.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes."
+" At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..679d3a65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,5200 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2015
+# tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2016
+# Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>, 2013-2015
+# kemalokmen <kemal@comu.edu.tr>, 2013-2014
+# Murat Bişkin <murat@muratbiskin.com>, 2013
+# Murat Bişkin <murat@muratbiskin.com>, 2013
+# Murat Bişkin <murat@muratbiskin.com>, 2013
+# tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2017-2018
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013,2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-01-11 21:43+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
+"tr/)\n"
+"Language: tr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Lisans ve Sürüm Notları"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Lisans Sözleşmesi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans "
+"koşullarını dikkatle okuyun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır "
+"ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve "
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür "
+"ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı "
+"yeniden başlatacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Sürüm Notları"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application>nın bu yayımı ile ilgili önemli bilgiler "
+"verilmiştir. <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak bu "
+"bilgilere erişebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "tr"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Ek Kurulum Kaynağı Yapılandırın)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik "
+"disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, "
+"ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Ağ kaynakları için takip edilecek iki adım vardır:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Henüz yapmadıysanız, ağ seçimi ve etkinleştirilmesi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek "
+"Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları "
+"ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli "
+"bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"32 bit paketleri de içeren bir 64 bit kurulumunu güncellemek istiyorsanız, "
+"buradaki ağ protokollerinden birine tıklayarak çevrimiçi bir yansıyı eklemek "
+"üzere bu ekranı kullanmanız önerilir. 64 bit DVD iso sadece 64 bit ve noarch "
+"paketlerini içerdiğinden 32 bit paketleri güncelleyemecektir. Ancak, "
+"çevrimiçi bir yansı ekledikten sonra kurulum aracı gereken 32 bit paketleri "
+"bulabilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Kullanıcı ve Süper Kullanıcı Yönetimi"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Yönetici (kök) Parolasını Ayarlayın:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta "
+"<emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya "
+"yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya "
+"başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında "
+"kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola "
+"kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı "
+"parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın doğru yazılıp "
+"yazılmadığı denetlenir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük "
+"harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması "
+"en iyisidir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Bir kullanıcı girin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha "
+"az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını "
+"kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının "
+"bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi  yapmaya yetkisi olur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna "
+"girin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını "
+"belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini "
+"kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe "
+"duyarlıdır.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. "
+"Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca "
+"bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin "
+"kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda "
+"aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından "
+"okunamayan ve yazılamayan bir ev dizini oluşturulur (umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer tüm kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</"
+"emphasis> adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</"
+"emphasis>ni seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "Erişim izinleri kurulumdan sonra da değiştirilebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Gelişmiş Kullanıcı Yönetimi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz "
+"kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+"Ek olarak, bir konuk hesabını etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı "
+"bırakabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun "
+"kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir.   "
+"Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını "
+"etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir "
+"konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak "
+"normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz "
+"kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' "
+"dir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda "
+"eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir "
+"rakamdır.   Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız boş bırakın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>:  Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. "
+"Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı "
+"biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçin"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. "
+"<application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız "
+"bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün "
+"olduğundan emin olun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası"
+"\", \"Türü\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası"
+"\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama "
+"noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</"
+"literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de "
+"oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için "
+"<literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</"
+"literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası "
+"alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini "
+"seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini "
+"işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve "
+"boyutunu görebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini "
+"biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Saat ayarları"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu adımda, bilgisayar saatinizin yerel zaman veya UTC zamanına göre "
+"ayarlanmasını seçmelisiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Gelişmiş sekmesinde saat ayarları ile ilgili daha fazla seçenek "
+"bulabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia' yı ÇalışanCD Sistemi olarak başlatmak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Kurulum ortamını başlatmak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "Bir diskten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kalıp dosyasını yazdırdığınız kurulum ortamından (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM... ) "
+"doğrudan başlatabilirsiniz. Genellikle, bilgisayar yeniden başlatıldıktan "
+"sonra önyükleyicinin kurulumu kendiliğinden başlatması için ortamı CD/DVD "
+"sürücünüze takmanız yeterlidir. Bu şekilde kurulum başlamıyorsa BIOS "
+"ayarlarınızı yeniden yapmanız veya bilgisayarın hangi bileşenden "
+"başlatılacağını seçmek için önerilen bir tuşa basmanız gerekebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Hangi donanıma sahip olduğunuz ve donanımın yapılandırmasına bağlı olarak ya "
+"aşağıdaki tek veya diğer iki ekranla karşılaşırsınız."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "Bir USB aygıttan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"ISO kalıbını yazdırdığınız USB aygıtından önyükleme yapabilirsiniz. BIOS "
+"ayarlarınıza göre bilgisayar belki doğrudan USB aygıtından başlatılır. Bu "
+"şekilde olmuyorsa BIOS ayarlarınızı yeniden yapmanız veya bilgisayarın hangi "
+"bileşenden başlatılacağını seçmek için önerilen bir tuşa basmanız "
+"gerekebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "BIOS/CSM/Legacy kipinde"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "BIOS kipinde önyükleme yapılırken ilk ekran"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "Orta menüde, üç eylem arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia'yı Başlat: Mageia 5, sabit diske herhangi bir şey yazmadan bağlanan "
+"kurulum ortamından (CD/DVD veya USB bellek) başlatılır. Ancak, çok yavaş "
+"çalışan bir sistem ile karşılaşmayı bekleyin. Önyükleme tamamlandığında, bir "
+"sabit diske kurulum yapmaya başlayabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr "Mageia'yı Kur: Bu seçenek Mageia'yı doğrudan sabit diske kuracaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit Diskten Başlat: Bu seçenek herhangi bir kurulum ortamı (CD/DVD veya "
+"USB bellek) takılı olmadığında, her zamaki gibi, sabit diskten önyüklemeye "
+"izin verir. (Mageia 5 ile çalışmamaktadır)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "Alt menüde Önyükleme Seçenekleri bulunmaktadır:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+"F1 -Yardım. \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" ve \"Ide\" seçenekleini açıklar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - Dil. Ekranlarda görüntülenecek dili seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 - Ekran çözünürlüğü. Metin, 640x400, 800x600,1024x728 seçeneklerinden "
+"birini seçin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom veya Diğeri. Normalde, kurulum takılı olan kurulum "
+"ortamından gerçekleştirilir. Burada, FTP vela NFS sunucuları gibi başka "
+"kaynakları seçebilirsiniz. Kurulum bir SLP sunucusundan yapılacaksa, bu "
+"seçeneği kullanarak sunucudaki erişilebilir kurulum kaynaklarından birini "
+"seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - Sürücü. Evet veya Hayır. Sistem, bir sürücü güncellemesi içeren tercihe "
+"bağlı bir diskin varlığını algılayabilir ve bunun kurulum sırasında "
+"takılmasını gerektirebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 - Çekirdek seçenekleri. Bu şekilde donanımınıza ve kullandığınız "
+"sürücülere bağlı olarak çeşitli seçenekleri belirtebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "UEFI kipinde"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "UEFI sistem diskten başlatılırken ilk ekran"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Sadece; Mageia' yı ÇalışanCD kipinde (ilk seçenek) çalıştırma veya kuruluma "
+"başlama (ikinci seçenek) seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir USB bellekten başlattıysanız, önceki satırların tekrarı olan ancak \"USB"
+"\" ön eki bulunan iki ek satır daha görürsünüz. Bu ek satırlar arasından "
+"seçim yapmalısınız."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Her durumda, ilk adımları yani dil seçimi, saat dilimi ve klavye seçimi "
+"aynıdır. Sonrasında ise işlem <link linkend=\"testing\">ÇalışanCD kipinde ek "
+"adımlar</link> ile farklılaşır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Masaüstü Seçimi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar "
+"önerilebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. "
+"Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa "
+"<application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. "
+"Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini "
+"kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü "
+"ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız "
+"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</"
+"application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha "
+"az paket kurulur  ve göze hoş gelen özellikleri daha azdır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz "
+"için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak "
+"her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak "
+"görüntülenebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "İş İstasyonu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Sunucu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Grafiksel Ortam."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği "
+"kullanabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"En ufak kurulumu (X olmadan veya X ile &amp; IceWM) nasıl yapacağınıza dair "
+"yönergeler için <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> yardımını okuyun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Paketleri Tek Tek Seçin"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya "
+"kaldırabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) "
+"kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> "
+"tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve "
+"yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Hizmetleri Yapılandırma"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını "
+"ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki "
+"hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "DrakX tarafından seçilen ayarlar genellikle en iyi ayarlardır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda "
+"görüntülenir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri "
+"değiştirin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Zaman Dilimini Yapılandırma"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman  diliminde olup da size yakın "
+"bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen "
+"GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel "
+"zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Bir X Sunucusu Seçme (Ekran Kartını Yapılandırma)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX; ekran kartlarının karşılaştırmalı veritabanına sahip olup genellikle "
+"ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın "
+"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "üretici"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "sonra kartınızın ismi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "ve kartınızın türü"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski "
+"bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde "
+"bulmanız mümkündür"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri "
+"sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel "
+"yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine "
+"erişebileceğinizi unutmayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı "
+"durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel "
+"sürücüler sunabilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu "
+"seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Ekran Kartı ve Monitör Yapılandırma"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı "
+"(ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, "
+"bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü "
+"sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın "
+"düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması "
+"gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin "
+"yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız "
+"listeden kartınızı seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak "
+"ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya  <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da "
+"<guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. "
+"Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için "
+"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "Yanlış tazeleme oranları monitörünüze zarar verebilir"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz "
+"çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum "
+"esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu "
+"düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını "
+"soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların "
+"kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız "
+"yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya "
+"kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa "
+"ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok "
+"seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Monitör Seçimi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX monitörlerin karşılaştırmalı veritabanına sahip olup genellikle "
+"monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya "
+"ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler "
+"yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle "
+"gelen kılavuza bakın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Kişisel</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı "
+"ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta "
+"tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının "
+"hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı "
+"belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar "
+"verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve "
+"monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Tak ve Kullan</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya "
+"çalışır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Üretici</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün "
+"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "monitör üreticisinin adı"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "monitör açıklaması"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Genel</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması "
+"görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel "
+"görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için "
+"Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi "
+"bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek "
+"akıllıca olur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "DiskDrake ile kişisel disk bölümlendirme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı "
+"bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin "
+"olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği "
+"işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya "
+"kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu "
+"değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu "
+"görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir "
+"sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümleri silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü "
+"Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra "
+"onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden "
+"boyutlandırın veya silin.<guibutton>Uzman kipine geçin</guibutton> (veya "
+"<guibutton>Uzman kipi</guibutton>) bir etiket eklemek veya bir disk bölümü "
+"türü seçmek gibi ek araçlar verir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "İsteğiniz doğrultusunda her şeyi ayarlayana kadar devan edin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr "Hazır olunca <guibutton>Bitti</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia' yı bir UEFI sisteme kuruyorsanız bir EFI Sistem Disk Bölümünün (ESP) "
+"mevcut olduğundan ve düzgün biçimde /boot/EFI üzerine bağlandığından emin "
+"olun (aşağıya bakın)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia' yı  Eski/GPT bir sisteme kuruyorsanız doğru türde bir BIOS disk "
+"bölümünün mevcut olduğunu denetleyin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Bölümlendirme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme "
+"sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair "
+"bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin "
+"bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Mevcut Disk Bölümü Kullanılsın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk "
+"bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Boş Alan Kullanılsın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için "
+"bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Windows Bölümündeki Boş Alan Kullanılsın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu "
+"kullanmayı önerebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak "
+"riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü "
+"\"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış "
+"olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına "
+"dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. "
+"Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenekle kurulum aracı, altlarında tahmini boyutları ile Windows disk "
+"bölümlerini açık mavi renkte ve gelecekteki Mageia disk bölümünü koyu mavi "
+"renkte görüntüler. Her iki disk bölümü arasındaki çizgiyi tıklayıp "
+"değiştirerek disk bölümü boyutlarını ayarlayabilirsiniz. Aşağıdaki ekran "
+"görüntüsüne bakın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Tüm Diski Sil ve Kullan"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski Mageia için kullanacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli "
+"olun!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya "
+"disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu "
+"seçeneği kullanmayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Özel Disk Bölümlendirme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek, sistemi sabit disklerinize kurarken size tam denetim sağlar.."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Disk bölümü boyutlandırma:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr "Aşağıdaki kurallara göre kurulum aracı erişilebilir alanı paylaşır:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Erişilebilir boş alan 50 GB altındaysa, / için bir tek disk bölümü "
+"oluşturulur ve /home için ayrı bir disk bölümü oluşturulmaz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+"Erişilebilir toplam boş alan 50 GB üzerindeyse, üç disk bölümü oluşturulur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"Toplam boş alanın 6/19 kadarı en fazla 50 GB olacak şekilde / olarak "
+"ayarlanır"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 kadarı en fazla 4 GB olacak şekilde takas olarak ayarlanır"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "kalanı (en az 12/19) ise /home olarak ayarlanır"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Böylece 160 GB ve üstü erişilebilir boş alandan, kurulum aracı üç disk "
+"bölümünü şu şekilde oluşturacaktır: / için 50 GB, takas alanı için 4 GB ve /"
+"home için arta kalan alan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Bir UEFI sistem kullanıyorsanız ESP (EFI Sistem Bölümü) kendiliğinden "
+"algılanacak veya henüz mevcut değilse oluşturulacak ve /boot/EFI üzerine "
+"bağlanacaktır. \"Kişisel disk bölümleme\" seçeneği doğru yapıldığının "
+"denetlenmesini sağlayan tek seçenektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"GPT disk ile bir Eski ( ayrıca CSM veya BIOS olarak da bilinir) sistem "
+"kullanıyorsanız, mevcut değilse bir Bios disk bölümü oluşturmalısınız. Bu, "
+"bağlama noktası olmayan yaklaşık 1 MİB boyutunda disk bölümüdür. Oluşturmak "
+"için diğer herhangi bir disk bölümü gibi Kurulum aracıyla  \"Kişisel disk "
+"bölümlendirme\" seçeneğini kullanın <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/>. Sadece, "
+"dosya sistemi türü olarak BIOS önyükleme disk bölümünü seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine "
+"4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği "
+"nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk "
+"üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok "
+"boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı "
+"bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi "
+"öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "\"MIB\" \"için Hizala\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "\"Önündeki boş alan (MiB):\" \"2\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin "
+"olun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "ÇalışanCD ortamından kurulum"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Ocak 2015"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia Resmi Belgeleri"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile "
+"lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> "
+"tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
+"CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının "
+"geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile "
+"irtibat kurun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. "
+"Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize "
+"bağlıdır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "DrakX ile kurulum"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Şubat 2014"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Tebrikler"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. "
+"Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden "
+"başlatabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden "
+"fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden "
+"seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Tadını çıkarın!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www."
+"mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Güvenlik duvarı"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu kısım bazı basit güvenlik duvarı kurallarını ayarlamanızı sağlar: bunlar, "
+"hedef sistem tarafından İnternetten alınan ne tür iletilerin kabul "
+"edileceğini belirler. Bu şekilde, sistemdeki ilgili hizmetlerin İnternet "
+"üzerinden erişilmesine izin verilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı ayarda herhangi bir kutucuk işaretli değildir - sistemdeki hiç bir "
+"hizmete ağ üzerinden erişilemez. \"<emphasis>Herşey (güvenlik duvarı yok)</"
+"emphasis>\" kutucuğunun tek bir işlevi vardır: makinedeki tüm hizmetleri "
+"erişime açar - tümüyle korunmasız bir sistem yaratacağından bir kurulum "
+"aracı bağlamında pek anlam taşımayan bir seçenektir.  Bu kutucuğun geçerli "
+"kullanım şekli Mageia Denetim Merkezi (aynı GUI düzenini kullanır) "
+"bağlamında deneme ve hata ayıklama maksatlarıyla güvenlik duvarı kurallarını "
+"geçici olarak devre dışı bırakmaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer tüm işaretleme düğmeleri az çok kendini açıklayıcıdır. Mesela, "
+"makinenize bağlı yazıcılara ağ üzerinden erişilmesini istiyorsanız \"CUPS "
+"sunucusu\" kutucuğunu işaretlersiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gelişmiş</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"İşaretleme kutucukları sadece çok kullanılan hizmetleri sıralar. \"Gelişmiş"
+"\" düğmesi, işaretleme kutucuğu olmayan bir hizmete karşılık gelen iletilere "
+"izin vermeyi sağlar. \"<emphasis>Gelişmiş</emphasis>\" düğmesi, bir pencere "
+"açarak (boşlukla ayrılmış) portları yazarak çeşitli hizmetleri "
+"etkinleştirmenizi sağlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-numarasır>/&lt;protokol></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-numarası></emphasis>, <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>'de "
+"tanımlandığı gibi etkinleştirmek istediğiniz hizmete ilişkin port değeridir "
+"(mesela RSYNC hizmeti için 873);"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis>, <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> veya "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - hizmet tarafından kullanılan internet "
+"protokolüdür."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mesela, RSYNC hizmetine erişimi etkinleştirmek için girilecek değer "
+"<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis> olur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Hizmetin her iki protokolü de kullandığı durumlarda,  aynı port için iki "
+"ayrı girdi oluşturmanız gerekir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Biçimlendirme"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. "
+"Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri "
+"korunacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri "
+"seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve "
+"yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra "
+"<guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri "
+"getirebilirsiniz.  Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu "
+"görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, Mageia Kurulum Aracı"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, "
+"Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde "
+"yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde "
+"tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Kurulum Karşılama Ekranı"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "Bir Mageia DVD kullanarak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bir Mageia DVD kullanıldığında öntanımlı karşılama ekranları "
+"bulunmaktadır. İlki UEFI sistemi ikincisi ise Eski sistemi göstermektedir:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekrandan \"e\" harfine basarak \"düzenleme kipi\"ne girip çeşitli "
+"seçeneklere erişebilirsiniz. Bu ekrana geri dönmek için ya kaydetmeden "
+"çıkmak üzere \"esc\" anahtarına basın veya kaydederek çıkmak üzere \"Ctrl\" "
+"veya \"F10\" anahtarına basın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "Bu ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"F2 (sadece eski sistemlerde) tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek "
+"olan ve sonradan bir başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili "
+"seçebilirsiniz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı "
+"bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: "
+"<guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve "
+"<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"F3 (Sadece eski sistemlerde) tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı çekirdek seceneklerini eski kipte <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> "
+"tuşuna veya UEFI kipte <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> tuşuna basarak "
+"ekleyebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden "
+"denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yapmaz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba "
+"alınmaz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu "
+"seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri "
+"değiştirir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında "
+"uygulanmaktadırlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla çekirdek seçeneği ekleyebilirsiniz (Sadece eski "
+"kipte)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok "
+"tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc "
+"tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya "
+"<guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler "
+"listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> "
+"satırına elle eklenebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Eski ve UEFI sistemlerde çekirdek seçenekleri ile ilgili daha fazla bilgi "
+"için: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "Kablolu bir Ağ kullanarak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (netinstall.iso veya netinstall-nonfree.iso "
+"imajları) kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda "
+"tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında "
+"daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Kurulum adımları"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma "
+"bölünmüştür."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> "
+"düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden "
+"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk "
+"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, "
+"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi "
+"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan "
+"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> "
+"tuşlarına aynı anda basın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim Yok"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran "
+"kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında "
+"<code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda "
+"metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama "
+"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:"
+"\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve "
+"ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Kurulum Donuyor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir "
+"sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması "
+"işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut "
+"satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer "
+"seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "RAM sorunu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' "
+"İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> "
+"parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade "
+"etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Dinamik bölümler"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer Microsoft Windows üzerinde sabit diskinizi \"temel\" biçimden \"dinamik"
+"\" biçime çevirdiyseniz, Mageia kuramazsınız. Temel diske geri dönmek için, "
+"Microsoft belgelerine bakınız: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
+"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Güncellemeler"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı "
+"paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak "
+"istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' "
+"ı seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "Sonra devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Giriş Ekranı"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM giriş ekranı"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Son olarak, giriş ekranına geleceksiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı girin. Birkaç saniye içinde kendinizi hangi "
+"kurulum ortamı kullandığınıza bağlı olarak KDE veya GNOME masaüstünde "
+"bulacaksınız. Artık, Mageia kurulumunuza başlayabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Belgelendirmemizin diğer kısımlarına <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia Wiki</link> sayfasında bulabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri "
+"kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen "
+"adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın "
+"temel paketlerini içerir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. "
+"Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) "
+"kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran "
+"kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım "
+"yazılımlarını içerir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış "
+"paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların "
+"bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. "
+"Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod "
+"çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum "
+"yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"İstediğiniz takdirde, ayrıca aynı ekrandaki \"Tek tek paket seçimi\" "
+"seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya "
+"özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler "
+"için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği, kurulumunuzu daha iyi hale getirmek için "
+"yukarıda bahsedilen \"Tek tek paket seçimi seçeneği ile birleştirerek "
+"kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç "
+"yararlı ek paketi kurmayı önerecektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçilirse, \"X ile\" ayrıca hafif masaüstü ortamı olarak IceWM de "
+"içerecektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Temel belgelendirme man ve info sayfaları şeklinde sunulmuştur.  <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Belgelendirme Projesi</"
+"link> man sayfaları ve <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/"
+"coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info sayfalarını içermektedir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Çeşitli parametrelerin özeti"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin "
+"yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir "
+"ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Genel bir kural olarak, öntanımlı ayarlar önerilir ve bunları 3 istisna ile "
+"tutabilirsiniz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "öntanımlı bir ayarla ilgili bilinen sorunları olması"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "öntanımlı ayar önceden denenmiş ve başarısız olması"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "aşağıdaki ayrıntılı bölümlerde farklı bir şeylerin söylenmiş olması"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Sistem parametreleri"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Zaman Dilimi</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse "
+"bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ülke / Bölge</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: "
+"<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Önyükleyici</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX önyükleyici ayarı için iyi seçimler yaptı."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2' yi nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç bir şeyi değiştirmeyin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı yönetimi</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/"
+"home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Hizmetler</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) "
+"işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı "
+"bırakmanızı sağlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata "
+"bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Donanım parametreleri"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Klavye</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye "
+"düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Yanlış klavye düzeni ile karşılaştınız ve değiştirmek istiyorsanız  "
+"parolanızın da değişeceğini unutmayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Fare</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. "
+"ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ses kartı</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği "
+"sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri "
+"öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiksel arabirim</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Ağ ve İnternet parametreleri"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Ağ</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu "
+"etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</"
+"application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini "
+"ayarlamayı unutmayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Vekil Sunucular</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı "
+"görevi görür.  Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için "
+"bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize "
+"danışmanız gerekebilir"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Güvenlik"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Düzeyi</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu "
+"durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "Kullanımınız için en uygun seçeneği işaretleyin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Duvarı</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri "
+"çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminize erişiminin olmasını istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Seçimleriniz "
+"bilgisayarınızın kullanım biçimine bağlı olacaktır. Ayrıntılı bilgi için "
+"<xref linkend=\"firewall\"/> kısmına bakın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini "
+"unutmayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Yeniden Başlat"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Önyükleyici kurulduğunda; bilgisayarınızı durdurmanız, çalışan CD' yi "
+"çıkarmanız ve bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatmanız istenir. <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"><guibutton>Bitti</guibutton></emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın ve "
+"sorulduğu gibi aynen <emphasis role=\"bold\">bu sırayla</emphasis> işlem "
+"yapın!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeniden başlattığınızda, indirme ilerleme çubuklarını görürsünüz. Bunlar "
+"yazılım veri kaynağı bilgilerinin indirilmeye başladığını ( Yazılım yönetimi "
+"bölümüne bakınız ) gösterir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü "
+"yeniden boyutlandır"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"disk bölümüne sahipsiniz.  Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> "
+"kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Güvenlik Seviyesi"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "Güvenlik seviyenizi burada ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim "
+"Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "ISO'ları seçin ve kullanın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Giriş"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia, ISO kalıp dosyaları yoluyla dağıtılmaktadır. Bu sayfa ihtiyaçlarınız "
+"doğrultusunda hangi kalıp dosyasını seçeceğinize yardımcı olacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "İki tür kurulum ortamı mevcuttur:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Klasik Kurulum Aracı: Kurulum ortamı başlatıldıktan sonra ne kuracağınızı ve "
+"hedef sisteminizi nasıl yapılandıracağınızı seçmenizi sağlayan bir süreç "
+"başlar. Bu sayede kişiselleştirilmiş bir kurulum için özellikle hangi "
+"Masaüstü Ortamını kuracağınız hususunda en fazla esnekliği sağlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"ÇalışanCD Kurulum Ortamı: Muhtemel bir kurulum sonrasında nasıl bir sistem "
+"olacağını görmek için gerçek bir Mageia sistemini bilgisayarınıza kurmaya "
+"gerek kalmadan başlatabilirsiniz. Kurulum süreci daha basittir ancak daha az "
+"seçeneğiz mevcuttur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Ayrıntılar ilerleyen bölümlerde verilmiştir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Ortam"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Açıklama"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada sözü edilen ortam, Mageia'yı kurmaya ve/veya yükseltmeye olanak "
+"sağlayan bir ISO imaj dosyasıdır ve herhangi bir fiziksel desteğe bağlı "
+"olarak kopyalanan ISO dosyasıdır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ortamları <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">burada</"
+"link> bulabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Klasik kurulum ortamı"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Ortak özellikler"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "Bu ISO'lar drakx denilen geleneksel yükleyiciyi kullanırlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr "Önceki sürümden yükseltme veya temiz bir kurulum yapabilirler."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 veya 64 bit mimari için farklı ortamlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Karşılama ekranında Donanım Algılama, Sistem kurtarma ve Hafıza Testi "
+"araçları mevcuttur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "Her bir DVD birçok masaüstü ortamı ve dil içermektedir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Size, kurulum sırasında özgür olmayan yazılım eklemek için seçenek sunulacak."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Canlı Ortam"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit disk üzerine kurulum yapmadan kullanılabilir, istenirse sabit disk "
+"üzerine Mageia kurulur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Her bir ISO yalnız bir masaüstü ortamı içerir (Plasma, Gnome veya Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canlı ISO'lar yalnız temiz bir kurulum yapmak için "
+"kullanılabilir, bir önceki sürümden yükseltme yapmak için kullanılamazlar.</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Özgür olmayan yazılım içerirler."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Canlı DVD Plasma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Yalnız Plasma masaüstü ortamı."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Tüm diller mevcuttur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Sadece 64 bit mimari."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Canlı DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Sadece 64 bit mimari"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Canlı DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Yalnız Xfce masaüstü ortamı."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32 veya 64 bit mimari."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Boot-only CD ortamı"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Her biri, tam kurulumun devam etmesi için gereken paketler, drakx-installer-"
+"stage2 ve drakx yükleyici başlatmak için ihtiyacı olandan daha fazlasını "
+"içermeyen küçük bir imajdır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ortamlar çok hafiftir (100 MB'dan az) ve USB bellekten önyükleme "
+"yapılamadığında, bir DVD sürücüsü yoksa veya  bir DVD indirmek için bant "
+"aralığınız çok düşükse uygundur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Yalnız İngilizce."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Özgür olmayan yazılım kullanmamayı tercih edenler için yalnızca özgür "
+"yazılım içerir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"İhtiyacı olanlar için özgür olmayan yazılım (sürücüler, kodekler vs gibi) "
+"içerir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "İndirme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"ISO dosyanızı seçer seçmez dosyayı http veya BitTorrent kullanarak "
+"indirebilirsiniz. Her iki durumda da kullanılan yansı ve bant genişliği azsa "
+"bunu değiştirme imkanı gibi bazı bilgiler içeren bir pencere açılır. Eğer "
+"http seçildiyse şöyle bir şey görebilirsiniz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum ve sha1sum araçları ISO kalıbının bütünlüğünü denetlemeye yarayan "
+"araçlardır. Sadece bunlardan birini kullanın. Yine bunlardan birini <link "
+"linkend=\"integrity\">başka zaman kullanmak üzere</link> kayıtlı tutun. "
+"Sonrasında şuna benzer bir pencere görüntülenir:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Sabit diske kaydet seçeneğini işaretleyin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "İndirilen ortamın bütünlüğünü kontrol etme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Her sağlama toplamı, indirilecek dosyadan bir algoritma tarafından "
+"hesaplanan onaltılık sayılardan oluşur. Bu algoritmalara indirdiğiniz "
+"dosyadan bu sayıyı yeniden hesaplamasını istediğinizde ya aynı rakamı "
+"bularak indirdiğiniz dosyanın doğru olduğunu anlarsınız ya da indirilen "
+"dosyanın bozuk olması nedeniyle farklı bir rakam bulacak ve hata verecektir. "
+"Bir hata, ya dosyayı yeniden indirmeniz gerektiği veya BitTorrent kullanarak "
+"onarmanız gerektiği anlamına gelmektedir. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+"Konsolu açın -root olmanıza gerek yok- ve aşağıdaki komutlardan birini "
+"kullanın:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum imaj/dosyasının/"
+"bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"sha1sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum imaj/dosyasının/"
+"bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"ve Mageia'nın verdiği numara ile bilgisayarınızda elde ettiğiniz bu numarayı "
+"(Bir süre beklemek durumunda olabilirsiniz) karşılaştırın. Örneğin:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "ISO yakma veya atma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrol edilen ISO artık bir CD, DVD üzerine yakılabilir veya USB bellek "
+"üzerine aktarılabilir. Bu işlemler basit bir kopya değildir amaç "
+"çalıştırılabilir bir ortam yapmaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Bir CD/DVD üzerine ISO yakma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dilediğiniz herhangi bir yakma aracını kullanın fakat yakma aygıtının bir "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">imaj yakmak</emphasis> için doğru ayarlandığından "
+"emin olun. Dosya veya veri olarak yakmak doğru bir işlem değildir. Daha "
+"fazla bilgi için <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Yakma"
+"\">buradaki Mageia wiki sayfasına</link> bakınız."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Bir USB bellek üzerine ISO atmak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Tüm Mageia ISO'ları hibrittir, bunun anlamı şudur ki onları USB belleğe atıp "
+"sistemi önyükleme ve kurulum için kullanabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir flash aygıt üzerine bir imaj atma aygıt üzerindeki var olan herhangi bir "
+"dosya sistemini tahrip eder. Üzerindeki veriler silinir ve bölüm kapasitesi "
+"imaj boyutuna indirgenir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Özgün kapasiteyi geri kazanmak için USB belleği yeniden bölümlendirmeli ve "
+"yeniden biçimlendirmelisiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> gibi grafiksel "
+"bir araç kullanabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Windows üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Deneyebilecekleriniz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> \"ISO "
+"imajı\" seçeneğini kullanarak;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "Bir GNU/Linux sistem üzerinde komut satırını kullanarak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunu elle gerçekleştirmeniz *tehlikeli* olabilir. Aygıt kimliğini yanlış "
+"girerseniz bir disk bölümünün üzerin yazmanız ihtimali vardır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Ayrıca konsolda dd aracını da kullanabilirsiniz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Konsolu açın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"<userinput>su -</userinput> komutu ile root olun (sonundaki \"-\" işareti "
+"unutmayın)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"USB belleği takın (bağlamayın, bu aynı zamanda herhangi bir uygulama veya "
+"belleğe erişecek,onu okuyacak dosya yöneticisinin açılmaması anlamına da "
+"gelmektedir)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "<userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> komutunu girin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ek olarak, aygıt adını <code>dmesg</code> kotumu ile elde edebilirsiniz: en "
+"sonda, <emphasis>sd</emphasis> ve şu durumda <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> ile "
+"başlayan aygıt adını görürsünüz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"USB belleğinizin (boyutundan) aygıt adını bulun. Örneğin yukarıdaki ekran "
+"görüntüsündeki 8 GB USB belleğin aygıt adı <code>/dev/sdb</code> olarak "
+"görünüyor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>dd if=/iso/dosyasının/yolu of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "X= aygıtınızın adıdır. örn: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Örneğin: # <userinput>dd if=/home/kullanıcıAdı/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD."
+"iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "USB belleğinizi çıkartıp işlemi tamamlayın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Ülke/Bölge seçin"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ "
+"dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek "
+"Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine "
+"tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; "
+"<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir "
+"ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek "
+"seçiminizi uygulayacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Girdi yöntemi:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi "
+"(listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden "
+"çok alfabe karakterini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını sağlar. "
+"IBus ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Diğer girdi yöntemleri de (SCIM, GCIN, "
+"HIME vb.) benzer işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri "
+"kaynağı ayarlanmışsa kurulabilirler."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız; bu işleve, "
+"kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -> "
+"\"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak "
+"erişebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Kurulum veya Yükseltme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Kurulum"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için "
+"kullanın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Yükseltme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> "
+"kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme "
+"yükseltmeye izin verecektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen "
+"desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme "
+"mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş "
+"olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</"
+"literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi "
+"olacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden "
+"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk "
+"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, "
+"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi "
+"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan "
+"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına "
+"aynı anda basın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" "
+"ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak "
+"dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki "
+"aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Klavye Seçimi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia üzerinde kullanmak istediğiniz klavye düzenini ayarlamanız istenir. "
+"Öntanımlı olan, önceden seçmiş olduğunuz dilinize ve saat diliminize göre "
+"seçilmiştir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Klavye"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön "
+"tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. "
+"Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile "
+"birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye "
+"üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da "
+"bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk "
+"klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış "
+"gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam "
+"edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve "
+"Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak "
+"istediğiniz sorulur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Lütfen kullanacağınız dili seçiniz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış "
+"sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. <application>Mageia</application> kurulum "
+"sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu "
+"olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</"
+"guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor "
+"olacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında "
+"tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil "
+"ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı "
+"dili de kurmanız önerilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia, öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Unicode) desteğini kullanır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunun diliniz için uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında "
+"devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu "
+"diller için de devre dışı bırakılmış olur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem -> "
+"Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de değiştirebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Fare seçin"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada "
+"seçebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 &amp; "
+"USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak "
+"için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> "
+"seçeneğini seçin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Önyükleme Menü Girdisi Ekleme veya Değiştirme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunu yapmak için /boot/grub2/custom.cfg dosyasını elle düzenlemeli veya "
+"Mageia veri kaynaklarında bulunan grub-customizer yazılımını kullanmalısınız."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için wiki sayfamızı okuyun: "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Önyükleyici arayüzü"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Öntanımlı olarak Mageia sadece şunu kullanır:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr "Eski/MBR veya Eski/GPT sistem için Grub2 (grafiksel menü ile/olmadan) "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Bir UEFI sistem için Grub2-efi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Mageia grafik menüleri güzeldir :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Eski/MBR ve Eski/GPT sistemler üzerinde Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne yaptığınızı gerçekten bilmediğiniz sürece \"Önyükleme Aygıtı\"nı "
+"değiştirmeyin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "UEFI sistemler üzerinde Grub2-efi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Bir UEFI sistemde kullanıcı arayüzü biraz farklıdır çünkü grafiksel menünün "
+"bulunması veya bulunmaması arasında tercihte bulunamazsınız"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia bilgisayarınıza kurduğunuz tek sistemse, kurulum aracı önyükleyiciyi "
+"(Grub2-efi) taşımak üzere bir ESP (EFI Sistem Disk Bölümü) oluşturacaktır. "
+"Bilgisayarınızda  önceden bir UEFI işletim sistemi (Mesela Windows 8) "
+"kuruluysa Mageia kurulum aracı Windows tarafından oluşturulmuş olan mevcut "
+"ESP alanını algılayarak grub2-efi'yi ekleyecektir. Birden fazla ESP' nin bir "
+"arada olması mümkün ise de sadece bir tane olması önerilir; çünkü kaç "
+"işletim sistemi kurulu olursa olsun biri yeterlidir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı olarak, sisteminize uygun biçimde Mageia şunlardan birini yeni "
+"olarak yazar:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Ya ilk sabit diskinizdeki MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) içine veya BIOS "
+"disk bölümüne GRUB2 önyükleyicisi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "ESP içine Grub2-efi önyükleyicisi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Zaten bir işletim sistemi kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme "
+"menünüze eklemeyi dener. Bu davranışı istemiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayıp <guilabel>Yabancı İşletim Sistemini Sorgula</"
+"guilabel> kutucuğundaki işareti kaldırın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, "
+"bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili "
+"önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve "
+"kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine "
+"bakın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Zincirleme yükleme kullanılıyor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Önyüklenebilir bir Mageia istemiyor fakat bir başka işletim sisteminden "
+"zincirleme yüklenmesini istiyorsanız, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> ve "
+"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmelerine tıklayarak <guibutton>ESP veya "
+"MBR'ye dokunma</guibutton> kutucuğunu işaretleyin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Önyükleyicinin eksik olduğuna dair bir uyarı alacaksınız. Ancak bunu "
+"<guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak atlayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Seçenekler"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "İlk sayfa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Öntanımlı görüntünün yüklemesinden önceki gecikme</guilabel>: Bu "
+"metin kutusu  öntanımlı işletim sistemi başlatılmadan önceki gecikme "
+"süresini saniye cinsinden ayarlamanızı sağlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Güvenlik</guibutton>: Önyükleyici için bir parola ayarlamanızı "
+"sağlar. Böylece önyükleme sırasında önyükleme girdisini seçmek veya ayarları "
+"değiştirmek için bir kullanıcı adı ile parolası sorulur. Kullanıcı adı \"root"
+"\" ve parola da burada seçilendir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusu parolanızı oluşturacağınız "
+"kısımdır"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola (tekrar)</guilabel>: Parolanızı yeniden yazın. Böylece "
+"Drakx üstte yazılan parola ile uyuşup uyuşmadığını denetler."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ACPI özelliğini etkinleştir:</guilabel> ACPI (Gelişmiş "
+"Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) bir güç yönetimi standardıdır. Kullanılmayan "
+"aygıtları durdurarak, ki bu APM öncesinde kullanılan yöntemdir, enerji "
+"tasarrufu sağlayabilir. Bu seçeneğin işaretini kaldırmak faydalı olabilir; "
+"çünkü bilgisayarınız ACPI' yi desteklemiyor olabilir veya ACPI  "
+"uygulamasının bazı sorunlara (mesela rastgele yeniden başlatmalar veya "
+"sistem kilitlenmeleri) yol açtığını düşünüyor olabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>SMP özelliğini etkinleştir</guilabel>: Bu seçenek, çok çekirdekli "
+"işlemcilerde simetrik çoklu işlemeyi etkinleştirir veya devre dışı bırakır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>APIC özelliğini etkinleştir</guilabel>: Bunu etkinleştirmek "
+"işletim sisteminin Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi-APIC-ne "
+"erişimini sağlar. APIC aygıtları daha karmaşık öncelikleme modellerine ve "
+"Gelişmiş IRQ (Kesme Talebi) yönetimine izin verir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Yerel APIC özelliğini etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada, bir SMP "
+"sistemde belli bir işlemci için tüm dış kesmeleri yöneten yerel APIC "
+"özelliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Sonraki sayfa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Öntanımlı:</guilabel> Öntanımlı olarak başlatılacak işletim sistemi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sonuna ekle:</guilabel> Bu seçenek çekirdek bilgisini geçmenizi "
+"veya çekirdeğe önyükleme sırasında daha fazla bilgi vermesini söylemenizi "
+"sağlar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Yabancı İşletim Sistemini Sorgula</guilabel>: yukarıya bakınız  "
+"<link linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Bir Mageia önyükleyicisini kullanma</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ekran kipi:</guilabel> Bu seçenek, önyükleme menüsünün kullanacağı "
+"ekran boyutunu ve renk derinliğini ayarlar. Aşağı yönlü üçgene "
+"tıkladığınızda daha fazla boyut ve renk derinliği seçenekleri önerilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ESP veya MBR'ye dokunma </emphasis>: yukarıya "
+"bakınız <link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Zincirleme yüklemeyi kullanma</"
+"link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "SCSI Kur"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI "
+"denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri "
+"belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle "
+"belirtmeniz gerekecektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "DrakX bundan sonra diskleri doğru olarak yapılandırabilecektir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Ses Yapılandırması"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı "
+"sürücünün ismi sunulur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra "
+"sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın "
+"veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> "
+"sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</"
+"guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, "
+"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun "
+"giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı "
+"önerileri bulabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Gelişmiş"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa "
+"ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Biçimlendirilecek sabit diski onaylayın"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü "
+"veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Mageia' yı ÇalışanCD Sistemi olarak denemek"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "ÇalışanCD kipi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"\"Mageia Sistemini Başlat\" seçerseniz bu ekran ile karşılaşırsınız. Aksi "
+"takdirde, \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Bölümlendirme</link> adımı"
+"\"na geçmiş olursunuz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Donanımı Denetlemek"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"ÇalışanCD kipinin hedeflerinden biri de donanımınızın Mageia tarafından "
+"doğru şekilde yönetilip yönetilmediğini denetlemektir. Tüm aygıtların bir "
+"sürücüsünün bulunup bulunmadığını Mageia Denetim Merkezi'ndeki Donanım "
+"bölümünde denetleyebilirsiniz. En önemli aygıtları şu şekilde "
+"denetleyebilirsiniz:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "ağ arabirimi: net_applet ile yapılandırın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "ekran kartı: bir önceki ekranı gördüyseniz zaten her şey düzgündür."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "internet kamerası:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "ses: bir çınlama sesi zaten çalınmıştır"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "yazıcı: yazıcınızı yapılandırın ve bir sınama sayfası yazdırın"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "tarayıcı: bir belge taratın ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Her şey tamamsa, kuruluma geçebilirsiniz. Aksi takdirde, çıkış düğmesi ile "
+"kurulum ortamından ayrılabilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr "Burada yaptığınız yapılandırma ayarlaı kurulum için saklanacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Kurulumu başlatmak"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia ÇalışanCD veya ÇalışanDVD ile sabit diske veya katı hal diskine "
+"kurulumu başlatmak için basitçe \"Sabit Diske Kur\" simgesine tıklayın. Bu "
+"ekrana ulaşacak ve sonra doğrudan kurulum için \"<link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Bölümlendirme</link>\" aşamasına geçeceksiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia' yı Kaldırma"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Nasıl"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia ihtiyaçlarınıza cevap vermediyse veya düzgün kurulamıyorsa yahut da "
+"sadece ondan kurtulmak istiyorsanız; bu sizin hakkınız olup Mageia, "
+"kendisinin bilgisayardan kaldırılması olanağını da size sunar. Böyle bir şey "
+"her işletim sistemi için geçerli değildir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Verilerinizi yedekledikten sonra sonra Mageia DVD' nizi yeniden başlatmada "
+"kullanın ve Sistemi Kurtar seçeneği üzerinden Windows önyükleyiciyi geri "
+"yükle seçeneğini kullanın. Bir sonraki yeniden başlatmada, işletim sistemi "
+"seçmek üzere bir menü sunulmadan sadece Windows açılacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows üzerindeki Mageia disk bölümlerini geri getirmek için <code> Başlat -"
+"> Denetim Masası -> Yönetimsel Araçlar -> Bilgisayar Yönetimi -> Depolama -> "
+"Disk Yönetimi</code> üzerine tıklayarak disk bölümü yönetimine erişin. "
+"Mageia disk bölümünü <guilabel>Bilinmiyor</guilabel> olarak görerek ve "
+"diskteki konumu ile boyutundan tanırsınız. Bu disk bölümlerinden her birinin "
+"üzerinde sağ tıklayın ve <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> seçeneğini seçin. Disk "
+"alanı boşaltılacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows XP kullanıyorsanız, yeni bir disk bölümü oluşturarak (FAT32 veya "
+"NTFS biçiminde) biçimlendirebilirsiniz. Disk bölümü harfini daha sonra "
+"alacaktır."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Vista veya 7 kullanıyorsanız, bir ihtimal daha var. Boş disk alanının "
+"solunda bulunan mevcut disk bölümünü uzatabilirsiniz. Daha başka disk "
+"bölümlendirme araçları, mesela hem windows hem de linux altında "
+"kullanılabilen gparted gibi, mevcuttur. Her zamanki gibi, disk bölümlerini "
+"değiştirirken çok dikkatli olun ve önemli her şeyi yedeklediğinizden emin "
+"olun."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Kullanılmayan maddeyi sakla veya sil"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu adımda, kurulum aracı kullanılmayan yerelleştirme paketlerini ve "
+"kullanılmayan donanım paketlerini arar. Sonra bunları silmeyi önerir. Farklı "
+"bir donanım senaryosu için kurulum yapmıyorsanız bu öneriyi kabul etmek iyi "
+"bir fikir olabilir."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir sonraki adım, dosyaların sabit diske kopyalanmasıdır. Bu işlem biraz "
+"zaman alabilir. Sonunda, kısa süreliğine boş bir ekran ile "
+"karşılaşabilirsiniz fakat bu durum gayet olağandır."
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bafd0dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>ÇalışanCD ortamından kurulum</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Ocak 2015</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia Resmi Belgeleri</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile
+lisanslanmıştır <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
+CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır.
+            </para>
+            <para>Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının
+geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Belgelendirme
+Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>ÇalışanCD ortamından kurulum</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse
+görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki
+seçimlerinize bağlıdır.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66597c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>ÇalışanCD ortamından kurulum</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse
+görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki
+seçimlerinize bağlıdır.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile
+lisanslanmıştır <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
+CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır.</para>
+
+      <para>Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının
+geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Belgelendirme
+Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c40e4be5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>DrakX ile kurulum</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Şubat 2014</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia Resmi Belgeleri</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile
+lisanslanmıştır <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
+CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının
+geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Belgelendirme
+Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>DrakX ile kurulum</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse
+görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki
+seçimlerinize bağlıdır.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a2e4f73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>DrakX ile kurulum</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse
+görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki
+seçimlerinize bağlıdır.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile
+lisanslanmıştır <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
+CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır.</para>
+
+      <para>Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının
+geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Belgelendirme
+Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd053d08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">ISO'ları seçin ve kullanın</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Giriş</title>
+    <para>Mageia, ISO kalıp dosyaları yoluyla dağıtılmaktadır. Bu sayfa ihtiyaçlarınız
+doğrultusunda hangi kalıp dosyasını seçeceğinize yardımcı olacaktır.</para>
+    <para>İki tür kurulum ortamı mevcuttur:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Klasik Kurulum Aracı: Kurulum ortamı başlatıldıktan sonra ne kuracağınızı ve
+hedef sisteminizi nasıl yapılandıracağınızı seçmenizi sağlayan bir süreç
+başlar. Bu sayede kişiselleştirilmiş bir kurulum için özellikle hangi
+Masaüstü Ortamını kuracağınız hususunda en fazla esnekliği sağlar.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ÇalışanCD Kurulum Ortamı: Muhtemel bir kurulum sonrasında nasıl bir sistem
+olacağını görmek için gerçek bir Mageia sistemini bilgisayarınıza kurmaya
+gerek kalmadan başlatabilirsiniz. Kurulum süreci daha basittir ancak daha az
+seçeneğiz mevcuttur.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Ayrıntılar ilerleyen bölümlerde verilmiştir.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Ortam</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Açıklama</title>
+      <para>Burada sözü edilen ortam, Mageia'yı kurmaya ve/veya yükseltmeye olanak
+sağlayan bir ISO imaj dosyasıdır ve herhangi bir fiziksel desteğe bağlı
+olarak kopyalanan ISO dosyasıdır.</para>
+      <para>Ortamları <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">burada</link>
+bulabilirsiniz.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Klasik kurulum ortamı</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ortak özellikler</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bu ISO'lar drakx denilen geleneksel yükleyiciyi kullanırlar.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Önceki sürümden yükseltme veya temiz bir kurulum yapabilirler.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için farklı ortamlar.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Karşılama ekranında Donanım Algılama, Sistem kurtarma ve Hafıza Testi
+araçları mevcuttur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Her bir DVD birçok masaüstü ortamı ve dil içermektedir.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Size, kurulum sırasında özgür olmayan yazılım eklemek için seçenek
+sunulacak.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Canlı Ortam</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ortak özellikler</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sabit disk üzerine kurulum yapmadan kullanılabilir, istenirse sabit disk
+üzerine Mageia kurulur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Her bir ISO yalnız bir masaüstü ortamı içerir (Plasma, Gnome veya Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için farklı ortamlar.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Canlı ISO'lar yalnız temiz bir kurulum yapmak için
+kullanılabilir, bir önceki sürümden yükseltme yapmak için
+kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Özgür olmayan yazılım içerirler.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Canlı DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Yalnız Plasma masaüstü ortamı.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tüm diller mevcuttur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sadece 64 bit mimari.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Canlı DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tüm diller mevcuttur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sadece 64 bit mimari</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Canlı DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Yalnız Xfce masaüstü ortamı.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Tüm diller mevcuttur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Boot-only CD ortamı</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Ortak özellikler</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Her biri, tam kurulumun devam etmesi için gereken paketler,
+drakx-installer-stage2 ve drakx yükleyici başlatmak için ihtiyacı olandan
+daha fazlasını içermeyen küçük bir imajdır.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bu ortamlar çok hafiftir (100 MB'dan az) ve USB bellekten önyükleme
+yapılamadığında, bir DVD sürücüsü yoksa veya  bir DVD indirmek için bant
+aralığınız çok düşükse uygundur.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için farklı ortamlar.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Yalnız İngilizce.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Özgür olmayan yazılım kullanmamayı tercih edenler için yalnızca özgür
+yazılım içerir.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>İhtiyacı olanlar için özgür olmayan yazılım (sürücüler, kodekler vs gibi)
+içerir.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>İndirme</title>
+      <para>ISO dosyanızı seçer seçmez dosyayı http veya BitTorrent kullanarak
+indirebilirsiniz. Her iki durumda da kullanılan yansı ve bant genişliği azsa
+bunu değiştirme imkanı gibi bazı bilgiler içeren bir pencere açılır. Eğer
+http seçildiyse şöyle bir şey görebilirsiniz</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum ve sha1sum araçları ISO kalıbının bütünlüğünü denetlemeye yarayan
+araçlardır. Sadece bunlardan birini kullanın. Yine bunlardan birini <link
+linkend="integrity">başka zaman kullanmak üzere</link> kayıtlı
+tutun. Sonrasında şuna benzer bir pencere görüntülenir:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Sabit diske kaydet seçeneğini işaretleyin.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">İndirilen ortamın bütünlüğünü kontrol etme</title>
+      <para>Her sağlama toplamı, indirilecek dosyadan bir algoritma tarafından
+hesaplanan onaltılık sayılardan oluşur. Bu algoritmalara indirdiğiniz
+dosyadan bu sayıyı yeniden hesaplamasını istediğinizde ya aynı rakamı
+bularak indirdiğiniz dosyanın doğru olduğunu anlarsınız ya da indirilen
+dosyanın bozuk olması nedeniyle farklı bir rakam bulacak ve hata
+verecektir. Bir hata, ya dosyayı yeniden indirmeniz gerektiği veya
+BitTorrent kullanarak onarmanız gerektiği anlamına gelmektedir. </para>
+      <para>Konsolu açın -root olmanıza gerek yok- ve aşağıdaki komutlardan birini
+kullanın:</para>
+      <para>md5sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+imaj/dosyasının/bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>sha1sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+imaj/dosyasının/bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>ve Mageia'nın verdiği numara ile bilgisayarınızda elde ettiğiniz bu numarayı
+(Bir süre beklemek durumunda olabilirsiniz) karşılaştırın. Örneğin:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>ISO yakma veya atma</title>
+    <para>Kontrol edilen ISO artık bir CD, DVD üzerine yakılabilir veya USB bellek
+üzerine aktarılabilir. Bu işlemler basit bir kopya değildir amaç
+çalıştırılabilir bir ortam yapmaktır.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Bir CD/DVD üzerine ISO yakma</title>
+      <para>Dilediğiniz herhangi bir yakma aracını kullanın fakat yakma aygıtının bir
+<emphasis role="bold">imaj yakmak</emphasis> için doğru ayarlandığından emin
+olun. Dosya veya veri olarak yakmak doğru bir işlem değildir. Daha fazla
+bilgi için <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Yakma">buradaki Mageia
+wiki sayfasına</link> bakınız.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Bir USB bellek üzerine ISO atmak</title>
+      <para>Tüm Mageia ISO'ları hibrittir, bunun anlamı şudur ki onları USB belleğe atıp
+sistemi önyükleme ve kurulum için kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>Bir flash aygıt üzerine bir imaj atma aygıt üzerindeki var olan herhangi bir
+dosya sistemini tahrip eder. Üzerindeki veriler silinir ve bölüm kapasitesi
+imaj boyutuna indirgenir.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Özgün kapasiteyi geri kazanmak için USB belleği yeniden bölümlendirmeli ve
+yeniden biçimlendirmelisiniz.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Mageia üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak</title>
+        <para><link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link>
+gibi grafiksel bir araç kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Windows üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak</title>
+        <para>Deneyebilecekleriniz:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> "ISO
+imajı" seçeneğini kullanarak;</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Bir GNU/Linux sistem üzerinde komut satırını kullanarak</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Bunu elle gerçekleştirmeniz *tehlikeli* olabilir. Aygıt kimliğini yanlış
+girerseniz bir disk bölümünün üzerin yazmanız ihtimali vardır.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Ayrıca konsolda dd aracını da kullanabilirsiniz:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Konsolu açın</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><userinput>su -</userinput> komutu ile root olun (sonundaki "-" işareti
+unutmayın)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>USB belleği takın (bağlamayın, bu aynı zamanda herhangi bir uygulama veya
+belleğe erişecek,onu okuyacak dosya yöneticisinin açılmaması anlamına da
+gelmektedir)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> komutunu girin</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Ek olarak, aygıt adını <code>dmesg</code> kotumu ile elde edebilirsiniz: en
+sonda, <emphasis>sd</emphasis> ve şu durumda <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> ile
+başlayan aygıt adını görürsünüz:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>USB belleğinizin (boyutundan) aygıt adını bulun. Örneğin yukarıdaki ekran
+görüntüsündeki 8 GB USB belleğin aygıt adı <code>/dev/sdb</code> olarak
+görünüyor.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>dd if=/iso/dosyasının/yolu of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>X= aygıtınızın adıdır. örn: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Örneğin: # <userinput>dd
+if=/home/kullanıcıAdı/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>USB belleğinizi çıkartıp işlemi tamamlayın</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44ef33be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Lisans ve Sürüm Notları</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Lisans Sözleşmesi</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para><application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans
+koşullarını dikkatle okuyun.</para>
+
+    <para>Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır
+ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir.</para>
+
+    <para>Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve
+<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
+
+    <para>Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür
+ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı
+yeniden başlatacaktır.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Sürüm Notları</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para><application>Mageia</application>nın bu yayımı ile ilgili önemli bilgiler
+verilmiştir. <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak bu
+bilgilere erişebilirsiniz.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f231598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Kullanıcı ve Süper Kullanıcı Yönetimi</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Yönetici (kök) Parolasını Ayarlayın:</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta
+<emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya
+yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya
+başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında
+kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola
+kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı
+parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın doğru yazılıp
+yazılmadığı denetlenir.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük
+harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması
+en iyisidir.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Bir kullanıcı girin</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha
+az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını
+kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının
+bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi  yapmaya yetkisi olur</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini
+değiştirebilirsiniz.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna
+girin.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını
+belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini
+kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe
+duyarlıdır.</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası
+yazın. Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan
+vardır. (Ayrıca bkz: <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin
+kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda
+aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından
+okunamayan ve yazılamayan bir ev dizini oluşturulur (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>Diğer tüm kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma -
+Özet</emphasis> adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı
+yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin.</para>
+      <para>Erişim izinleri kurulumdan sonra da değiştirilebilir.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Gelişmiş Kullanıcı Yönetimi</title>
+    </info>
+    <para><guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz
+kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Ek olarak, bir konuk hesabını etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı
+bırakabilirsiniz.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun
+kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir.
+Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını
+etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir
+konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak
+normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz
+kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh'
+dir.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda
+eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir
+rakamdır.   Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız boş bırakın.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>:  Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı
+sağlar. Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı
+biliyorsanız boş bırakın.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df3edf0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Ek Kurulum Kaynağı Yapılandırın)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik
+disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi,
+ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir.</para>
+
+  <para>Ağ kaynakları için takip edilecek iki adım vardır:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Henüz yapmadıysanız, ağ seçimi ve etkinleştirilmesi. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek
+Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları
+ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli
+bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>32 bit paketleri de içeren bir 64 bit kurulumunu güncellemek istiyorsanız,
+buradaki ağ protokollerinden birine tıklayarak çevrimiçi bir yansıyı eklemek
+üzere bu ekranı kullanmanız önerilir. 64 bit DVD iso sadece 64 bit ve noarch
+paketlerini içerdiğinden 32 bit paketleri güncelleyemecektir. Ancak,
+çevrimiçi bir yansı ekledikten sonra kurulum aracı gereken 32 bit paketleri
+bulabilir.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d18fe26d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Bağlama noktasını seçin</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini
+görebilirsiniz. <application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak
+istemiyorsanız bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün
+olduğundan emin olun.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: "Aygıt" ("Boyut", "Bağlama noktası",
+"Türü").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>"Aygıt", şunları ifade eder: "sabit disk", ["sabit disk numarası" (harf)] ,
+"disk bölümü numarası" (mesela, "sda5").</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama
+noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk
+bölümlerinizi de oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir
+disk bölümü için <literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun
+<literal>/home</literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası
+alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini
+seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini
+işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve
+boyutunu görebilirsiniz.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>
+düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini
+biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e416c56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Saat ayarları</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Bu adımda, bilgisayar saatinizin yerel zaman veya UTC zamanına göre
+ayarlanmasını seçmelisiniz.</para>
+
+  <para>Gelişmiş sekmesinde saat ayarları ile ilgili daha fazla seçenek
+bulabilirsiniz.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d98da9f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Mageia' yı ÇalışanCD Sistemi olarak başlatmak</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Kurulum ortamını başlatmak</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">Bir diskten</title></info><para>Kalıp dosyasını yazdırdığınız kurulum ortamından (CD-ROM, DVD-ROM... )
+doğrudan başlatabilirsiniz. Genellikle, bilgisayar yeniden başlatıldıktan
+sonra önyükleyicinin kurulumu kendiliğinden başlatması için ortamı CD/DVD
+sürücünüze takmanız yeterlidir. Bu şekilde kurulum başlamıyorsa BIOS
+ayarlarınızı yeniden yapmanız veya bilgisayarın hangi bileşenden
+başlatılacağını seçmek için önerilen bir tuşa basmanız gerekebilir.</para><para>Hangi donanıma sahip olduğunuz ve donanımın yapılandırmasına bağlı olarak ya
+aşağıdaki tek veya diğer iki ekranla karşılaşırsınız.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">Bir USB aygıttan</title></info><para>ISO kalıbını yazdırdığınız USB aygıtından önyükleme yapabilirsiniz. BIOS
+ayarlarınıza göre bilgisayar belki doğrudan USB aygıtından başlatılır. Bu
+şekilde olmuyorsa BIOS ayarlarınızı yeniden yapmanız veya bilgisayarın hangi
+bileşenden başlatılacağını seçmek için önerilen bir tuşa basmanız
+gerekebilir.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">BIOS/CSM/Legacy kipinde</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>BIOS kipinde önyükleme yapılırken ilk ekran</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Orta menüde, üç eylem arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Mageia'yı Başlat: Mageia 5, sabit diske herhangi bir şey yazmadan bağlanan
+kurulum ortamından (CD/DVD veya USB bellek) başlatılır. Ancak, çok yavaş
+çalışan bir sistem ile karşılaşmayı bekleyin. Önyükleme tamamlandığında, bir
+sabit diske kurulum yapmaya başlayabilirsiniz.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Mageia'yı Kur: Bu seçenek Mageia'yı doğrudan sabit diske kuracaktır.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Sabit Diskten Başlat: Bu seçenek herhangi bir kurulum ortamı (CD/DVD veya
+USB bellek) takılı olmadığında, her zamaki gibi, sabit diskten önyüklemeye
+izin verir. (Mageia 5 ile çalışmamaktadır).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>Alt menüde Önyükleme Seçenekleri bulunmaktadır:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 -Yardım. "splash", "apm", "acpi" ve "Ide" seçenekleini açıklar</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - Dil. Ekranlarda görüntülenecek dili seçin.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 - Ekran çözünürlüğü. Metin, 640x400, 800x600,1024x728 seçeneklerinden
+birini seçin</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom veya Diğeri. Normalde, kurulum takılı olan kurulum
+ortamından gerçekleştirilir. Burada, FTP vela NFS sunucuları gibi başka
+kaynakları seçebilirsiniz. Kurulum bir SLP sunucusundan yapılacaksa, bu
+seçeneği kullanarak sunucudaki erişilebilir kurulum kaynaklarından birini
+seçin.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - Sürücü. Evet veya Hayır. Sistem, bir sürücü güncellemesi içeren tercihe
+bağlı bir diskin varlığını algılayabilir ve bunun kurulum sırasında
+takılmasını gerektirebilir.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - Çekirdek seçenekleri. Bu şekilde donanımınıza ve kullandığınız
+sürücülere bağlı olarak çeşitli seçenekleri belirtebilirsiniz.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">UEFI kipinde</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>UEFI sistem diskten başlatılırken ilk ekran</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Sadece; Mageia' yı ÇalışanCD kipinde (ilk seçenek) çalıştırma veya kuruluma
+başlama (ikinci seçenek) seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz.</para><para>Bir USB bellekten başlattıysanız, önceki satırların tekrarı olan ancak "USB"
+ön eki bulunan iki ek satır daha görürsünüz. Bu ek satırlar arasından seçim
+yapmalısınız.</para><para>Her durumda, ilk adımları yani dil seçimi, saat dilimi ve klavye seçimi
+aynıdır. Sonrasında ise işlem <link linkend="testing">ÇalışanCD kipinde ek
+adımlar</link> ile farklılaşır.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..951f630b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Masaüstü Seçimi</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar
+önerilebilir.</para>
+
+  <para>Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum
+göreceksiniz. Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak
+kapatabilirsiniz</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa
+<application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi
+seçin. Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile
+gelir. Hiçbirini kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor
+ya da bu masaüstü ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar
+kullanmak istiyorsanız <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini
+işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de
+hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha az paket kurulur  ve göze hoş gelen
+özellikleri daha azdır.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..685fd606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Paket Grubu Seçimi</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz
+için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak
+her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak
+görüntülenebilir.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>İş İstasyonu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Sunucu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Grafiksel Ortam.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği
+kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>En ufak kurulumu (X olmadan veya X ile &amp; IceWM) nasıl yapacağınıza dair
+yönergeler için <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> yardımını okuyun.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39839dc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Paketleri Tek Tek Seçin</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya
+kaldırabilirsiniz.</para>
+
+    <para>Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir)
+kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton>
+tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve
+yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa378767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Hizmetleri Yapılandırma</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını
+ayarlayabilirsiniz.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki
+hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">DrakX tarafından seçilen ayarlar genellikle en iyi ayarlardır.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda
+görüntülenir.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri
+değiştirin.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2526237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Zaman Dilimini Yapılandırma</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman  diliminde olup da size yakın
+bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen
+GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel
+zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af71a984
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Bir X Sunucusu Seçme (Ekran Kartını Yapılandırma)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX; ekran kartlarının karşılaştırmalı veritabanına sahip olup genellikle
+ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar.</para>
+
+  <para>Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın
+hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>üretici</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>sonra kartınızın ismi</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ve kartınızın türü</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski
+bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde
+bulmanız mümkündür</para>
+
+  <para>Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri
+sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel
+yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur.</para>
+
+  <para>Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine
+erişebileceğinizi unutmayın.</para>
+
+  <para>Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı
+durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel
+sürücüler sunabilir.</para>
+
+  <para>Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu
+seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95aa7922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Ekran Kartı ve Monitör Yapılandırma</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1"><application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı
+(ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin,
+bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe
+<acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü
+sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>,
+<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir
+grafiksel ortamın düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının
+doğru yapılması gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim
+yapamıyorsa veya seçimin yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları
+seçin.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız
+listeden kartınızı seçin.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak
+ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya  <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da
+<guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü
+seçebilirsiniz. Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle
+ayarlamak için <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Yanlış tazeleme oranları monitörünüze zarar verebilir</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz
+çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum
+esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu
+düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını
+soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız "evet" cevabını vererek ayarların
+kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız
+yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya
+kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa
+ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok
+seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d8e2d922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Monitör Seçimi</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX monitörlerin karşılaştırmalı veritabanına sahip olup genellikle
+monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya
+ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler
+yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle
+gelen kılavuza bakın</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Kişisel</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı
+ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta
+tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının
+hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı
+belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar
+verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve
+monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Tak ve Kullan</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya
+çalışır.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Üretici</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün
+hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre
+seçebilirsiniz: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>üretici</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>monitör üreticisinin adı</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>monitör açıklaması</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Genel</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması
+görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel
+görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için
+Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi
+bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek
+akıllıca olur.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bad02fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">DiskDrake ile kişisel disk bölümlendirme</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1"><literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı
+bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin
+olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği
+işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya
+kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu
+değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu
+görüntüleyebilirsiniz.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir
+sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümleri silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü
+Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra
+onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden
+boyutlandırın veya silin.<guibutton>Uzman kipine geçin</guibutton> (veya
+<guibutton>Uzman kipi</guibutton>) bir etiket eklemek veya bir disk bölümü
+türü seçmek gibi ek araçlar verir. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">İsteğiniz doğrultusunda her şeyi ayarlayana kadar devan edin.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Hazır olunca <guibutton>Bitti</guibutton>' yi tıklayın.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Mageia' yı bir UEFI sisteme kuruyorsanız bir EFI Sistem Disk Bölümünün (ESP)
+mevcut olduğundan ve düzgün biçimde /boot/EFI üzerine bağlandığından emin
+olun (aşağıya bakın)</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Mageia' yı  Eski/GPT bir sisteme kuruyorsanız doğru türde bir BIOS disk
+bölümünün mevcut olduğunu denetleyin</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..76282c07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Bölümlendirme</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme
+sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair
+bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin
+bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Mevcut Disk Bölümü Kullanılsın</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk
+bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Boş Alan Kullanılsın</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için
+bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Windows Bölümündeki Boş Alan Kullanılsın</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu
+kullanmayı önerebilir.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak
+riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü
+"temiz" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış
+olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına
+dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme
+yapılmalıdır. Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir.</para><para>Bu seçenekle kurulum aracı, altlarında tahmini boyutları ile Windows disk
+bölümlerini açık mavi renkte ve gelecekteki Mageia disk bölümünü koyu mavi
+renkte görüntüler. Her iki disk bölümü arasındaki çizgiyi tıklayıp
+değiştirerek disk bölümü boyutlarını ayarlayabilirsiniz. Aşağıdaki ekran
+görüntüsüne bakın.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Tüm Diski Sil ve Kullan</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski Mageia için kullanacaktır.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli
+olun!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya
+disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu
+seçeneği kullanmayın.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">Bu seçenek, sistemi sabit disklerinize kurarken size tam denetim sağlar..</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Disk bölümü boyutlandırma:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Aşağıdaki kurallara göre kurulum aracı erişilebilir alanı paylaşır:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Erişilebilir boş alan 50 GB altındaysa, / için bir tek disk bölümü
+oluşturulur ve /home için ayrı bir disk bölümü oluşturulmaz.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Erişilebilir toplam boş alan 50 GB üzerindeyse, üç disk bölümü oluşturulur</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Toplam boş alanın 6/19 kadarı en fazla 50 GB olacak şekilde / olarak
+ayarlanır</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19 kadarı en fazla 4 GB olacak şekilde takas olarak ayarlanır</para></listitem><listitem><para>kalanı (en az 12/19) ise /home olarak ayarlanır</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Böylece 160 GB ve üstü erişilebilir boş alandan, kurulum aracı üç disk
+bölümünü şu şekilde oluşturacaktır: / için 50 GB, takas alanı için 4 GB ve
+/home için arta kalan alan.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Bir UEFI sistem kullanıyorsanız ESP (EFI Sistem Bölümü) kendiliğinden
+algılanacak veya henüz mevcut değilse oluşturulacak ve /boot/EFI üzerine
+bağlanacaktır. "Kişisel disk bölümleme" seçeneği doğru yapıldığının
+denetlenmesini sağlayan tek seçenektir.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>GPT disk ile bir Eski ( ayrıca CSM veya BIOS olarak da bilinir) sistem
+kullanıyorsanız, mevcut değilse bir Bios disk bölümü oluşturmalısınız. Bu,
+bağlama noktası olmayan yaklaşık 1 MİB boyutunda disk bölümüdür. Oluşturmak
+için diğer herhangi bir disk bölümü gibi Kurulum aracıyla  "Kişisel disk
+bölümlendirme" seçeneğini kullanın <xref linkend="diskdrake"/>. Sadece,
+dosya sistemi türü olarak BIOS önyükleme disk bölümünü seçin.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine
+4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği
+nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk
+üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok
+boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı
+bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi
+öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: </para>
+    <para>"MIB" "için Hizala"</para>
+    <para>"Önündeki boş alan (MiB):" "2"</para>
+    <para>Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin
+olun.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ab120fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Tebrikler</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2"><application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını
+bitirdiniz. Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı
+yeniden başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden
+fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden
+seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Tadını çıkarın!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız
+www.mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d43188b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Biçimlendirme</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi
+seçebilirsiniz. Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm
+bölümlerdeki veri korunacaktır.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3"><emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri
+seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve
+yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra
+<guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri
+getirebilirsiniz.  Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu
+görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için
+<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2c88cc00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Güncellemeler</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1"><application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı
+paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak
+istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>'
+ı seçin.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Sonra devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a511c4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, Mageia Kurulum Aracı</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun,
+Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde
+yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır.</para>
+
+  <para>İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde
+tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Kurulum Karşılama Ekranı</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Bir Mageia DVD kullanarak</title>
+
+      <para>Burada bir Mageia DVD kullanıldığında öntanımlı karşılama ekranları
+bulunmaktadır. İlki UEFI sistemi ikincisi ise Eski sistemi göstermektedir:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Bu ekrandan "e" harfine basarak "düzenleme kipi"ne girip çeşitli seçeneklere
+erişebilirsiniz. Bu ekrana geri dönmek için ya kaydetmeden çıkmak üzere
+"esc" anahtarına basın veya kaydederek çıkmak üzere "Ctrl" veya "F10"
+anahtarına basın.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Bu ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>F2 (sadece eski sistemlerde) tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek
+olan ve sonradan bir başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili
+seçebilirsiniz</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın.</para>
+
+            <para>Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı
+bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın:
+<guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve
+<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>F3 (Sadece eski sistemlerde) tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bazı çekirdek seceneklerini eski kipte <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis>
+tuşuna veya UEFI kipte <emphasis role="bold">e</emphasis> tuşuna basarak
+ekleyebilirsiniz.</para>
+
+            <para>Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden
+denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme
+seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:</para>
+
+            <para>- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yapmaz.</para>
+
+            <para>- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yapmaz.</para>
+
+            <para>- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba
+alınmaz.</para>
+
+            <para>- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu
+seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin.</para>
+
+            <para>Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme
+Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri
+değiştirir.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme
+Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında
+uygulanmaktadırlar.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla çekirdek seçeneği ekleyebilirsiniz (Sadece eski
+kipte).</para>
+
+            <para>F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok
+tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc
+tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya
+<guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler
+listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel>
+satırına elle eklenebilir.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Eski ve UEFI sistemlerde çekirdek seçenekleri ile ilgili daha fazla bilgi
+için: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Kablolu bir Ağ kullanarak</title>
+
+      <para>Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (netinstall.iso veya netinstall-nonfree.iso
+imajları) kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:</para>
+
+      <para>Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda
+tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında
+daha fazla bilgi için <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia
+Wiki</link>sine bakın</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Kurulum adımları</title>
+
+    <para>Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma
+bölünmüştür.</para>
+
+    <para>Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton>
+düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir.</para>
+
+    <para>Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren
+<guibutton>Yardım</guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden
+başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk
+bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa,
+bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi
+kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen
+bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan
+sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>
+tuşlarına aynı anda basın.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grafiksel Arabirim Yok</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran
+kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında
+<code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda
+metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama
+ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. "boot:"
+kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. "text" yazın ve ENTER
+tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Kurulum Donuyor</title>
+
+      <para>Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir
+sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması
+işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut
+satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer
+seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM sorunu</title>
+
+      <para>Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM'
+İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code>
+parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade
+etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dinamik bölümler</title>
+
+      <para>Eğer Microsoft Windows üzerinde sabit diskinizi "temel" biçimden "dinamik"
+biçime çevirdiyseniz, Mageia kuramazsınız. Temel diske geri dönmek için,
+Microsoft belgelerine bakınız: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4cbc1b35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Giriş Ekranı</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM giriş ekranı</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Son olarak, giriş ekranına geleceksiniz.</para><para>Kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı girin. Birkaç saniye içinde kendinizi hangi
+kurulum ortamı kullandığınıza bağlı olarak KDE veya GNOME masaüstünde
+bulacaksınız. Artık, Mageia kurulumunuza başlayabilirsiniz.</para><para>Belgelendirmemizin diğer kısımlarına <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia
+Wiki</link> sayfasında bulabilirsiniz.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f33df8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri
+kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen
+adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın
+temel paketlerini içerir.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri
+içerir. Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği
+gibi) kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI
+ekran kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için
+donanım yazılımlarını içerir.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış
+paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların
+bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla
+çelişmesidir. Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu
+ortam kod çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..258ffa21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">En Ufak Kurulum</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum
+yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref></para>
+  <para>İstediğiniz takdirde, ayrıca aynı ekrandaki "Tek tek paket seçimi"
+seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz.</para>
+  <para>En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya
+özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler
+için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği, kurulumunuzu daha iyi hale getirmek için
+yukarıda bahsedilen "Tek tek paket seçimi seçeneği ile birleştirerek
+kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç
+yararlı ek paketi kurmayı önerecektir.</para>
+  <para>Seçilirse, "X ile" ayrıca hafif masaüstü ortamı olarak IceWM de içerecektir.</para>
+  <para>Temel belgelendirme man ve info sayfaları şeklinde sunulmuştur.  <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Belgelendirme
+Projesi</link> man sayfaları ve <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info sayfalarını içermektedir.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55d7830a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Çeşitli parametrelerin özeti</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin
+yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir
+ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak
+değiştirebilirsiniz.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Genel bir kural olarak, öntanımlı ayarlar önerilir ve bunları 3 istisna ile
+tutabilirsiniz:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>öntanımlı bir ayarla ilgili bilinen sorunları olması</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>öntanımlı ayar önceden denenmiş ve başarısız olması</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>aşağıdaki ayrıntılı bölümlerde farklı bir şeylerin söylenmiş olması</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Sistem parametreleri</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Zaman Dilimi</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse
+bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Ülke / Bölge</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz:
+<xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Önyükleyici</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX önyükleyici ayarı için iyi seçimler yaptı.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Grub2' yi nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç bir şeyi değiştirmeyin</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Kullanıcı yönetimi</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi
+<literal>/home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Hizmetler</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri)
+işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı
+bırakmanızı sağlar.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata
+bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir.</para>
+
+        <para>Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Donanım parametreleri</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Klavye</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye
+düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Yanlış klavye düzeni ile karşılaştınız ve değiştirmek istiyorsanız
+parolanızın da değişeceğini unutmayın.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Fare</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını
+v.b. ayarlayabilirsiniz.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Ses kartı</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği
+sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri
+öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafiksel arabirim</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı
+ayarlayabilirsiniz.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Ağ ve İnternet parametreleri</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Ağ</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu
+etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için
+bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim
+Merkezi</application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini
+ayarlamayı unutmayın.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Vekil Sunucular</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı
+görevi görür.  Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için
+bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize
+danışmanız gerekebilir</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Güvenlik</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Güvenlik Düzeyi</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu
+durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Kullanımınız için en uygun seçeneği işaretleyin.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Güvenlik Duvarı</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri
+çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Sisteminize erişiminin olmasını istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Seçimleriniz
+bilgisayarınızın kullanım biçimine bağlı olacaktır. Ayrıntılı bilgi için
+<xref linkend="firewall"/> kısmına bakın.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini
+unutmayın.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e256c3c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Yeniden Başlat</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Önyükleyici kurulduğunda; bilgisayarınızı durdurmanız, çalışan CD' yi
+çıkarmanız ve bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatmanız istenir. <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Bitti</guibutton></emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın ve
+sorulduğu gibi aynen <emphasis role="bold">bu sırayla</emphasis> işlem
+yapın!</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Yeniden başlattığınızda, indirme ilerleme çubuklarını görürsünüz. Bunlar
+yazılım veri kaynağı bilgilerinin indirilmeye başladığını ( Yazılım yönetimi
+bölümüne bakınız ) gösterir.</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93b66b55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1"><application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü
+yeniden boyutlandır</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+disk bölümüne sahipsiniz.  Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application>
+kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e71cca62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Güvenlik Seviyesi</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Güvenlik seviyenizi burada ayarlayabilirsiniz.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim
+Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5728cfb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Ülke/Bölge seçin</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ
+dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek
+Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine
+tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse;
+<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir
+ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek
+seçiminizi uygulayacaktır.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Girdi yöntemi:</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi
+(listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden
+çok alfabe karakterini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını
+sağlar. IBus ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Diğer girdi yöntemleri de (SCIM,
+GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri
+kaynağı ayarlanmışsa kurulabilirler.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız; bu işleve,
+kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra "Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın" ->
+"Sistem" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak
+erişebilirsiniz.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92ef0ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Kurulum veya Yükseltme</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Kurulum</para>
+
+      <para>Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için
+kullanın.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Yükseltme</para>
+
+      <para>Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application>
+kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme
+yükseltmeye izin verecektir.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen
+desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme
+mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek 	Süresinin Sonuna gelmiş
+olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de
+<literal>/home</literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum
+yapmanız daha iyi olacaktır.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden
+başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk
+bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa,
+bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi
+kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen
+bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan
+sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına
+aynı anda basın.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, "Kurulum veya Yükseltme"
+ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak
+dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki
+aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63c041e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Klavye</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön
+tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni
+seçin. Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile
+birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye
+üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da
+bakabilirsiniz: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine
+tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5"><guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk
+klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış
+gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam
+edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve
+Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak
+istediğiniz sorulur.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01a88d4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Klavye Seçimi</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Mageia üzerinde kullanmak istediğiniz klavye düzenini ayarlamanız
+istenir. Öntanımlı olan, önceden seçmiş olduğunuz dilinize ve saat
+diliminize göre seçilmiştir.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e7bcf4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Lütfen kullanacağınız dili seçiniz</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili
+seçin. <application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu
+tamamlanmış sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. <application>Mageia</application> kurulum
+sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu
+olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu
+dil</guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek
+zor olacaktır.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında
+tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil
+ekranında da işaretli olacaktır .</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı
+dili de kurmanız önerilir.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia, öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Unicode) desteğini kullanır.</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Bunun diliniz için uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız "çoklu dil" ekranında
+devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu
+diller için de devre dışı bırakılmış olur.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem ->
+Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de değiştirebilirsiniz.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f94e5cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Fare seçin</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada
+seçebilirsiniz.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 &amp;
+USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak
+için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel>
+seçeneğini seçin.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..085d981f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Önyükleyici arayüzü</title>
+
+    <para>Öntanımlı olarak Mageia sadece şunu kullanır:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Eski/MBR veya Eski/GPT sistem için Grub2 (grafiksel menü ile/olmadan) </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Bir UEFI sistem için Grub2-efi</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Mageia grafik menüleri güzeldir :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Eski/MBR ve Eski/GPT sistemler üzerinde Grub2</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Ne yaptığınızı gerçekten bilmediğiniz sürece "Önyükleme Aygıtı"nı
+değiştirmeyin.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>UEFI sistemler üzerinde Grub2-efi</title>
+
+      <para>Bir UEFI sistemde kullanıcı arayüzü biraz farklıdır çünkü grafiksel menünün
+bulunması veya bulunmaması arasında tercihte bulunamazsınız</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Mageia bilgisayarınıza kurduğunuz tek sistemse, kurulum aracı önyükleyiciyi
+(Grub2-efi) taşımak üzere bir ESP (EFI Sistem Disk Bölümü)
+oluşturacaktır. Bilgisayarınızda  önceden bir UEFI işletim sistemi (Mesela
+Windows 8) kuruluysa Mageia kurulum aracı Windows tarafından oluşturulmuş
+olan mevcut ESP alanını algılayarak grub2-efi'yi ekleyecektir. Birden fazla
+ESP' nin bir arada olması mümkün ise de sadece bir tane olması önerilir;
+çünkü kaç işletim sistemi kurulu olursa olsun biri yeterlidir.</para>
+
+      <para>Ne yaptığınızı gerçekten bilmediğiniz sürece "Önyükleme Aygıtı"nı
+değiştirmeyin.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak</title>
+
+    <para>Öntanımlı olarak, sisteminize uygun biçimde Mageia şunlardan birini yeni
+olarak yazar:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Ya ilk sabit diskinizdeki MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) içine veya BIOS
+disk bölümüne GRUB2 önyükleyicisi</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ESP içine Grub2-efi önyükleyicisi</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Zaten bir işletim sistemi kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme
+menünüze eklemeyi dener. Bu davranışı istemiyorsanız
+<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayıp <guilabel>Yabancı İşletim
+Sistemini Sorgula</guilabel> kutucuğundaki işareti kaldırın.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç,
+bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili
+önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve
+kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine
+bakın.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Zincirleme yükleme kullanılıyor</title>
+
+    <para>Önyüklenebilir bir Mageia istemiyor fakat bir başka işletim sisteminden
+zincirleme yüklenmesini istiyorsanız, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> ve
+<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmelerine tıklayarak <guibutton>ESP veya
+MBR'ye dokunma</guibutton> kutucuğunu işaretleyin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Önyükleyicinin eksik olduğuna dair bir uyarı alacaksınız. Ancak bunu
+<guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak atlayın.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Seçenekler</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>İlk sayfa</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Öntanımlı görüntünün yüklemesinden önceki gecikme</guilabel>: Bu
+metin kutusu  öntanımlı işletim sistemi başlatılmadan önceki gecikme
+süresini saniye cinsinden ayarlamanızı sağlar.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guibutton>Güvenlik</guibutton>: Önyükleyici için bir parola ayarlamanızı
+sağlar. Böylece önyükleme sırasında önyükleme girdisini seçmek veya ayarları
+değiştirmek için bir kullanıcı adı ile parolası sorulur. Kullanıcı adı
+"root" ve parola da burada seçilendir.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Parola</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusu parolanızı oluşturacağınız
+kısımdır</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Parola (tekrar)</guilabel>: Parolanızı yeniden yazın. Böylece
+Drakx üstte yazılan parola ile uyuşup uyuşmadığını denetler.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>ACPI özelliğini etkinleştir:</guilabel> ACPI (Gelişmiş
+Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) bir güç yönetimi standardıdır. Kullanılmayan
+aygıtları durdurarak, ki bu APM öncesinde kullanılan yöntemdir, enerji
+tasarrufu sağlayabilir. Bu seçeneğin işaretini kaldırmak faydalı olabilir;
+çünkü bilgisayarınız ACPI' yi desteklemiyor olabilir veya ACPI
+uygulamasının bazı sorunlara (mesela rastgele yeniden başlatmalar veya
+sistem kilitlenmeleri) yol açtığını düşünüyor olabilirsiniz.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>SMP özelliğini etkinleştir</guilabel>: Bu seçenek, çok çekirdekli
+işlemcilerde simetrik çoklu işlemeyi etkinleştirir veya devre dışı bırakır.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>APIC özelliğini etkinleştir</guilabel>: Bunu etkinleştirmek
+işletim sisteminin Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi-APIC-ne
+erişimini sağlar. APIC aygıtları daha karmaşık öncelikleme modellerine ve
+Gelişmiş IRQ (Kesme Talebi) yönetimine izin verir.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Yerel APIC özelliğini etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada, bir SMP
+sistemde belli bir işlemci için tüm dış kesmeleri yöneten yerel APIC
+özelliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. </para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Sonraki sayfa</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Öntanımlı:</guilabel> Öntanımlı olarak başlatılacak işletim
+sistemi</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Sonuna ekle:</guilabel> Bu seçenek çekirdek bilgisini geçmenizi
+veya çekirdeğe önyükleme sırasında daha fazla bilgi vermesini söylemenizi
+sağlar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Yabancı İşletim Sistemini Sorgula</guilabel>: yukarıya bakınız
+<link linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">Bir Mageia önyükleyicisini
+kullanma</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Ekran kipi:</guilabel> Bu seçenek, önyükleme menüsünün kullanacağı
+ekran boyutunu ve renk derinliğini ayarlar. Aşağı yönlü üçgene
+tıkladığınızda daha fazla boyut ve renk derinliği seçenekleri önerilir.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">ESP veya MBR'ye dokunma </emphasis>: yukarıya bakınız
+<link linkend="setupChainLoading">Zincirleme yüklemeyi kullanma</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8376dcab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Önyükleme Menü Girdisi Ekleme veya Değiştirme</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Bunu yapmak için /boot/grub2/custom.cfg dosyasını elle düzenlemeli veya
+Mageia veri kaynaklarında bulunan grub-customizer yazılımını
+kullanmalısınız.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Daha fazla bilgi için wiki sayfamızı okuyun: </para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98e8fde0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">SCSI Kur</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI
+denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri
+belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle
+belirtmeniz gerekecektir.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX bundan sonra diskleri doğru olarak yapılandırabilecektir.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60026d63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Ses Yapılandırması</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı
+sürücünün ismi sunulur.</para>
+
+  <para>Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra
+sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın
+veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel>
+sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses
+Yapılandırması</guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın.</para>
+
+  <para>Sonra, draksound' da veya "Ses Yapılandırması" araç ekranında,
+<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun
+giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı
+önerileri bulabilirsiniz.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Gelişmiş</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine
+tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa
+ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır.</para>
+
+    <para>Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton>
+düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c929c0fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Biçimlendirilecek sabit diski onaylayın</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü
+veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d77ee22c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Mageia' yı ÇalışanCD Sistemi olarak denemek</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">ÇalışanCD kipi</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>"Mageia Sistemini Başlat" seçerseniz bu ekran ile karşılaşırsınız. Aksi
+takdirde, "<link linkend="doPartitionDisks">Bölümlendirme</link> adımı"na
+geçmiş olursunuz.</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Donanımı Denetlemek</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>ÇalışanCD kipinin hedeflerinden biri de donanımınızın Mageia tarafından
+doğru şekilde yönetilip yönetilmediğini denetlemektir. Tüm aygıtların bir
+sürücüsünün bulunup bulunmadığını Mageia Denetim Merkezi'ndeki Donanım
+bölümünde denetleyebilirsiniz. En önemli aygıtları şu şekilde
+denetleyebilirsiniz:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ağ arabirimi: net_applet ile yapılandırın</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ekran kartı: bir önceki ekranı gördüyseniz zaten her şey düzgündür.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>internet kamerası:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ses: bir çınlama sesi zaten çalınmıştır</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>yazıcı: yazıcınızı yapılandırın ve bir sınama sayfası yazdırın</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>tarayıcı: bir belge taratın ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Her şey tamamsa, kuruluma geçebilirsiniz. Aksi takdirde, çıkış düğmesi ile
+kurulum ortamından ayrılabilirsiniz.</para>
+
+      <remark>Burada yaptığınız yapılandırma ayarlaı kurulum için saklanacaktır.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Kurulumu başlatmak</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Mageia ÇalışanCD veya ÇalışanDVD ile sabit diske veya katı hal diskine
+kurulumu başlatmak için basitçe "Sabit Diske Kur" simgesine tıklayın. Bu
+ekrana ulaşacak ve sonra doğrudan kurulum için "<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Bölümlendirme</link>" aşamasına geçeceksiniz.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3cba67fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia' yı Kaldırma</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Nasıl</title>
+
+    <para>Mageia ihtiyaçlarınıza cevap vermediyse veya düzgün kurulamıyorsa yahut da
+sadece ondan kurtulmak istiyorsanız; bu sizin hakkınız olup Mageia,
+kendisinin bilgisayardan kaldırılması olanağını da size sunar. Böyle bir şey
+her işletim sistemi için geçerli değildir.</para>
+
+    <para>Verilerinizi yedekledikten sonra sonra Mageia DVD' nizi yeniden başlatmada
+kullanın ve Sistemi Kurtar seçeneği üzerinden Windows önyükleyiciyi geri
+yükle seçeneğini kullanın. Bir sonraki yeniden başlatmada, işletim sistemi
+seçmek üzere bir menü sunulmadan sadece Windows açılacaktır.</para>
+
+    <para>Windows üzerindeki Mageia disk bölümlerini geri getirmek için <code> Başlat
+-> Denetim Masası -> Yönetimsel Araçlar -> Bilgisayar Yönetimi -> Depolama
+-> Disk Yönetimi</code> üzerine tıklayarak disk bölümü yönetimine
+erişin. Mageia disk bölümünü <guilabel>Bilinmiyor</guilabel> olarak görerek
+ve diskteki konumu ile boyutundan tanırsınız. Bu disk bölümlerinden her
+birinin üzerinde sağ tıklayın ve <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> seçeneğini
+seçin. Disk alanı boşaltılacaktır.</para>
+
+    <para>Windows XP kullanıyorsanız, yeni bir disk bölümü oluşturarak (FAT32 veya
+NTFS biçiminde) biçimlendirebilirsiniz. Disk bölümü harfini daha sonra
+alacaktır.</para>
+
+    <para>Vista veya 7 kullanıyorsanız, bir ihtimal daha var. Boş disk alanının
+solunda bulunan mevcut disk bölümünü uzatabilirsiniz. Daha başka disk
+bölümlendirme araçları, mesela hem windows hem de linux altında
+kullanılabilen gparted gibi, mevcuttur. Her zamanki gibi, disk bölümlerini
+değiştirirken çok dikkatli olun ve önemli her şeyi yedeklediğinizden emin
+olun.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..073a5131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/tr/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Kullanılmayan maddeyi sakla veya sil</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Bu adımda, kurulum aracı kullanılmayan yerelleştirme paketlerini ve
+kullanılmayan donanım paketlerini arar. Sonra bunları silmeyi önerir. Farklı
+bir donanım senaryosu için kurulum yapmıyorsanız bu öneriyi kabul etmek iyi
+bir fikir olabilir.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Bir sonraki adım, dosyaların sabit diske kopyalanmasıdır. Bu işlem biraz
+zaman alabilir. Sonunda, kısa süreliğine boş bir ekran ile
+karşılaşabilirsiniz fakat bu durum gayet olağandır.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..17840de6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk.po
@@ -0,0 +1,6212 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+#
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: \n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 20:39+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-26 20:33+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODINGLanguage: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "Умови ліцензування та нотатки щодо випуску"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Ліцензійна угода"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж встановлювати <application>Mageia</application>, будь ласка, "
+"ретельно ознайомтеся з умовами ліцензування."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ці умови ліцензування стосуються всього дистрибутива <application>Mageia</"
+"application>. Вам слід прийняти ці умови, інакше встановлення буде "
+"неможливим."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб погодитися з умовами, позначте пункт <guilabel>Прийняти</guilabel>, а "
+"потім натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не погоджуєтеся з умовами ліцензування, ми залишимося вдячні за те, "
+"що ви звернули увагу на дистрибутив. Після натискання кнопки "
+"<guibutton>Вийти</guibutton> ваш комп’ютер буде перезавантажено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Нотатки щодо випуску"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб ознайомитися із важливою інформацією щодо поточного випуску "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Нотатки щодо "
+"випуску</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "uk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr ""
+"Вибір носія (налаштовування додаткових носіїв пакунків для встановлення)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"На цій сторінці буде наведено список визначених сховищ пакунків. Ви зможете "
+"додати інші джерела пакунків, зокрема оптичний носій даних або віддалений "
+"сервер у мережі. Набір вказаних сховищ визначає, які з пакунків будуть "
+"доступними для вибору на наступних кроках."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "Щоб додати джерело у інтернет, слід виконати два таких кроки:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "Вибір і вмикання мережі, якщо її ще не було увімкнено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Вибір дзеркала або визначення адреси (перший запис). Після вибору дзеркала "
+"ви отримаєте доступ до вибору сховищ, які використовуються у Mageia, зокрема "
+"сховищ невільних пакунків (Nonfree), пакунків з обмеженнями у ліцензуванні "
+"(Tainted) та оновлень (Updates). За допомогою визначення адреси ви можете "
+"пов’язати з системою певне сховище пакунків або розгорнуту вами за допомогою "
+"NFS систему."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви оновлюєте 64-бітову версію системи, де можуть міститися якісь 32-"
+"бітові пакунки, вам варто скористатися цією сторінкою для додавання сховища "
+"пакунків: позначте один із протоколів мережі. DVD із 64-бітовою версією "
+"містить лише 64-бітові пакунки та пакунки без визначеної архітектури. За "
+"його допомогою не можна оновити 32-бітові пакунки. Втім, після додавання "
+"інтернет-сховища, засіб встановлення може виявити потрібні для оновлення 32-"
+"бітові пакунки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "Керування обліковими записами користувача і адміністратора"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "Встановлення пароля адміністратора (root):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"У кожній встановленій системі <application>Mageia</application> варто "
+"визначити пароль суперкористувача або адміністратора. Такий пароль у Linux "
+"зазвичай має назву <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. Під час введення пароля "
+"колір позначки щита змінюватиметься з червоного на жовтий, а потім на "
+"зелений, залежно від складності пароля. Зелений колір відповідає достатньо "
+"складним паролям. Вам також слід повторити введення пароля у полі "
+"розташованому нижче, щоб упевнитися, що пароль було вказано без помилок."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Всі паролі слід вказувати з врахуванням регістру. Краще використовувати у "
+"паролі суміш літер (великих і малих), цифр та інших символів."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "Введіть користувача"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цієї панелі ви можете додати користувачів. Кожен користувач має "
+"вужчі права доступу, ніж суперкористувач (root), але достатньо прав для "
+"перегляду сторінок інтернету, користування офісними програмами, ігор та будь-"
+"яких інших завдань, які виконуються звичайним користувачем за комп’ютером."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Піктограма</guibutton>: за допомогою цієї кнопки можна змінити "
+"піктограму користувача."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Справжнє ім’я</guilabel>: у цьому полі для введення тексту слід "
+"вказати справжнє ім’я користувача."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ім’я користувача, що реєструється</guilabel>: тут ви можете ввести "
+"реєстраційне ім’я користувача або надати змогу drakx використовувати певну "
+"версію справжнього імені користувача."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: у цьому полі вам слід вказати пароль "
+"користувача. Колір позначки щита поряд з цим полем відповідає складності "
+"пароля (див. також <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль (ще раз)</guilabel>: повторіть введення пароля користувача "
+"у цьому полі. drakx перевірить, чи збігається введений вами повторно пароль "
+"з його початковим варіантом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"Вміст домашніх каталогів всіх користувачів, записи яких буде створено під "
+"час встановлення Mageia, буде захищено від читання і запису (umask=0027)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете додати всі записи майбутніх користувачів системи на кроці "
+"<emphasis>Налаштування - Резюме</emphasis> під час встановлення системи. Для "
+"керування записами користувачів виберіть пункт <emphasis>Керування "
+"користувачами</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Права доступу до домашніх каталогів, звичайно ж, можна змінити і після "
+"завершення встановлення системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "Додаткові можливості керування записами користувачів"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви натиснете кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, програма відкриє "
+"діалогове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете змінити параметри облікового "
+"запису, який ви додаєте."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, за допомогою цього діалогового вікна можна вимкнути або увімкнути "
+"гостьовий обліковий запис."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Будь-які дані, які буде записано з гостьового облікового запису "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> до відповідного каталогу у /home, буде витерто "
+"під час виходу з системи. Користувачеві гостьового облікового запису слід "
+"потурбуватися про збереження важливих файлів на портативний носій даних."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Увімкнути гостьовий запис</guilabel>: за допомогою цього пункту "
+"можна увімкнути або вимкнути гостьовий обліковий запис. Користувач "
+"гостьового облікового запису зможете увійти до системи, користуватися "
+"комп’ютером, але матиме обмежені права доступу навіть порівняно зі "
+"звичайними користувачами."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Командна оболонка</guilabel>: за допомогою цього спадного списку "
+"ви можете змінити командну оболонку, яка використовуватиметься для роботи "
+"користувача, обліковий запис якого створено за допомогою попереднього вікна. "
+"Можливі такі варіанти: Bash, Dash та Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Код користувача</guilabel>: тут ви можете встановити код "
+"(ідентифікатор) користувача, обліковий запис якого було додано за допомогою "
+"попереднього вікна. Слід вказати номер облікового запису. Не заповнюйте це "
+"поле, якщо вам невідомі наслідки ваших дій."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Код групи</guilabel>: тут ви можете встановити код (ідентифікатор) "
+"групи користувача, обліковий запис якого було додано за допомогою "
+"попереднього вікна. Слід вказати номер, зазвичай той самий, що і для "
+"облікового запису користувача. Не заповнюйте це поле, якщо вам невідомі "
+"наслідки ваших дій."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "Вибір точок монтування"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете переглянути список розділів Linux на "
+"вашому комп’ютері. Якщо ви не згодні з пропозиціями <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, ви можете змінити точки монтування."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"У разі внесення змін не забудьте, що серед розділів обов’язково має бути "
+"розділ <literal>/</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Для кожного з розділів буде показано такі дані: «Пристрій» («Місткість», "
+"«Точка монтування», «Тип»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Для пункту «Пристрій» буде показано таке: «твердий диск», [«номер твердого "
+"диска»(літера)], «номер розділу» (наприклад, «sda5»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вашій системі багато розділів, за допомогою спадного меню ви зможете "
+"вибрати для них різні точки монтування, зокрема такі: <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/home</literal> і <literal>/var</literal>. Крім того, ви можете "
+"створити власні точки монтування, наприклад <literal>/video</literal> для "
+"розділу, на якому зберігатимуться ваші відео файли або <literal>/cauldron-"
+"home</literal> для розділу <literal>/home</literal> встановленої тестової "
+"версії системи (cauldron)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Для розділів, доступ до яких за допомогою встановленої системи не "
+"здійснюватиметься, ви можете не вказувати точку монтування."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, якщо ви не певні, щодо "
+"вибору. Потім натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Спеціальний розподіл диска</"
+"guilabel>. У вікні, яке буде відкрито у відповідь, ви зможете натиснути "
+"область розділу, щоб переглянути дані щодо типу і розміру розділу."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви певні, що точки монтування визначено правильно, натисніть кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton> і визначтеся з тим, слід лише форматувати "
+"розділи згідно пропозицій DrakX чи виконати додаткові дії."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "Параметри годинника"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+"На цьому кроці вам слід вибрати часовий пояс, для якого встановлено годинник "
+"комп’ютера, локальний чи світовий (UTC)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладці додаткових параметрів можна знайти додаткові параметри "
+"налаштування годинника."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Завантаження Mageia як портативної системи"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "Завантаження системи з носія"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "З диска"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете завантажити систему безпосередньо із носія, на який було записано "
+"ваш образ (компакт-диска, DVD тощо). Зазвичай, достатньо вставити його до "
+"пристрою зчитування компакт-дисків або DVD, щоб завантажувач автоматично "
+"запустив процедуру встановлення після перезавантаження комп’ютера. Якщо "
+"цього не трапиться, ймовірно, вам доведеться внести зміни у налаштування "
+"BIOS або натиснути якусь клавішу (підказку буде показано під час "
+"завантаження), яка надасть змогу вибрати пристрій, з якого відбуватиметься "
+"завантаження системи на комп’ютері."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+"Відповідно до обладнання, на якому ви працюєте, та способу його "
+"налаштування, ви побачите один із наведених нижче двох варіантів зображення "
+"на екрані."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "З пристрою USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете завантажити систему із флешки USB, на яку було записано образ ISO. "
+"Відповідно до параметрів роботи BIOS, комп’ютер може завантажуватися "
+"безпосередньо із флешки, яку вставлено у порт USB. Якщо цього не трапилося "
+"одразу, вам доведеться трохи змінити налаштування BIOS або натиснути клавішу "
+"(підказку буде показано під час завантаження), яка надаться вам змогу "
+"вибрати периферійний пристрій, з якого завантажуватиметься комп’ютер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "У застарілому режимі BIOS/CSM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "Перший екран завантаження у режимі BIOS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "За допомогою середнього меню ви можете вибрати одну з трьох дій:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажити Mageia: вибір цього пункту означає, що буде завантажено Mageia 5 "
+"зі з’єднаного носія (CD/DVD або флешки USB), на жорсткий диск комп’ютера "
+"нічого не буде записано, система працюватиме доволі повільно. Після "
+"завантаження системи ви зможете встановити її на жорсткий диск комп’ютера "
+"або просто ознайомитися із нею."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановити Mageia: якщо буде вибрано цей пункт, розпочнеться процедура "
+"встановлення Mageia на жорсткий диск."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажити з твердого диска: за допомогою цього варіанта можна завантажити "
+"систему з твердого диска, як звичайно відбувається, якщо з комп’ютером не "
+"з’єднано додаткових носіїв систем (компакт-дисків, DVD або флешок USB) (не "
+"працює у Mageia 5)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою нижнього меню можна отримати доступ до параметрів завантаження:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 — Довідка. Опис параметрі «splash», «apm», «acpi» та «Ide»"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 — Мова. Вибір мови інтерфейсу."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+"F3 — Роздільна здатність. Тут можна вибрати один із таких варіантів: text, "
+"640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 — CD-Rom. Варіанти: CD-Rom або Other (інше). Зазвичай, встановлення "
+"виконується зі з’єднаного з комп’ютером носія системи.За допомогою цього "
+"пункту ви можете вибрати інші джерела пакунків, наприклад сервери FTP або "
+"NFS. Якщо встановлення відбувається у мережі із сервером SLP, за допомогою "
+"цього пункту можна вибрати одне із джерел пакунків на сервері."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 — Драйвер. «Yes» («Так») або «No» («Ні»). За допомогою цього пункту можна "
+"повідомити системі про наявність додаткового диска з оновленням драйвера і "
+"наказати їй попросити його вставити під час встановлення."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+"F6 — Параметри ядра. За допомогою цього пункту можна вказати параметри, "
+"відповідні до апаратної частини, і драйвери, якими слід скористатися."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "У режимі UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "Перший екран під час завантаження системи UEFI з диска"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам доведеться обирати один з двох варіантів: запустити Mageia у "
+"портативному режимі (перший варіант) або продовжити встановлення (другий "
+"варіант)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо завантаження відбувалося із флешки USB, буде показано два додаткових "
+"рядки, які дублікатами попередніх, із суфіксами «USB». Вам слід вибрати саме "
+"один із цих рядків."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"У всіх варіантах перші кроки будуть однаковими: вибрати мову, часовий пояс і "
+"модель клавіатури. На наступних кроках процедура змінюється, з’являються "
+"<link linkend=\"testing\">додаткові кроки портативного режиму</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Вибір стільниці"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від вибраного вами за допомогою цієї сторінки варіанта встановлення, "
+"програма може запропонувати на подальших сторінка додаткові можливості "
+"остаточного налаштування вашої системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Після виконання кроків вибору, ви побачите показ слайдів. Вимкнути показ "
+"слайдів можна натисканням кнопки <guilabel>Подробиці</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть бажане для вас графічне середовище, <application>KDE</application> "
+"або <application>Gnome</application>. Обидва ці середовища об’єднують "
+"повноцінні набори програм та інструментів. Позначте пункт "
+"<guilabel>Спеціальний</guilabel> , якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати "
+"жодне з цих середовищ, маєте намір використовувати обидва або хочете вибрати "
+"якийсь особливий перелік програмного забезпечення для цих середовищ. "
+"Стільничне середовище <application>LXDE</application> є менш вибагливим до "
+"ресурсів ніж перші два середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво і типово "
+"містить менше корисних програм. Якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати "
+"жодне з цих середовищ, маєте намір використовувати обидва або хочете вибрати "
+"якийсь особливий перелік програмного забезпечення для цих середовищ. "
+"Стільничне середовище LXDE є менш вибагливим до ресурсів ніж перші два "
+"середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво і типово містить менше корисних "
+"програм."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "Вибір груп пакунків"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб полегшити вибір потрібних вам пакунків, список поділено на групи. "
+"Призначення груп можна зрозуміти з їхніх назв, втім, ви також можете "
+"отримати підказку щодо вмісту групи у відповідь на наведення вказівника миші "
+"на пункт групи у списку."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "Робоча станція."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "Сервер"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "Графічне середовище."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Індивідуальний вибір пакунків: цим варіантом можна скористатися для "
+"додавання або вилучення пакунків вручну."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ознайомтеся з розділом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/>, де викладено "
+"настанови щодо встановлення мінімальної системи (без чи з графічним сервером "
+"та IceWM)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "Вибір окремих пакунків"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього варіанта ви можете вибрати додаткові пакунки, які "
+"доповнять встановлену вами систему, або вилучити пакунки, що є частиною "
+"типового набору."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Щойно вибір буде зроблено, ви зможете натиснути <guibutton>піктограму "
+"дискети</guibutton> у нижній частині сторінки, щоб зберегти список пакунків "
+"(дані можна зберегти на флеш-носієві USB). Після цього збереженим файлом "
+"можна буде скористатися для встановлення системи на інші комп’ютери: "
+"достатньо буде натиснути ту саму кнопку ще раз під час встановлення і "
+"завантажити збережений файл."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "Налаштування ваших служб"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете визначити, які служби запускатимуться, "
+"а які ні, під час завантаження вашої системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Передбачено чотири групи служб. Щоб розгорнути список кожної з груп, "
+"натисніть кнопку з зображенням трикутника перед пунктом групи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "Зазвичай, потреби у зміні налаштувань, вибраних DrakX, немає."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"Після позначення пункту служби програма покаже додаткові дані щодо служби на "
+"інформаційній панелі під списком."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "Вносьте зміни, лише якщо вам добре відомі наслідки ваших дій."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "Налаштування часового поясу"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть ваш часовий пояс. Для цього достатньо вибрати вашу країну або якесь "
+"місто поруч з вашим місцем перебування так, щоб це місто було розташовано у "
+"тому самому часовому поясі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою наступного розділу ви можете вказати режим роботи апаратного "
+"годинника комп’ютера: використання місцевого часу або часу за Гринвічем, "
+"також відомого як Всесвітній час."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено декілька операційних систем, "
+"переконайтеся, що у всіх цих системах використано місцевий час або "
+"Всесвітній час (UTC/GMT)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "Вибір графічного сервера (налаштовування вашої графічної картки)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних графічних карток. Зазвичай, "
+"програма може правильно визначити ваш графічний пристрій."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити вашу графічну "
+"картку і вам відома назва цієї картки, ви можете вибрати її пункт з "
+"ієрархічного списку за такими критеріями:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "виробник"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "назва вашої картки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "тип вашої картки"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вашої картки немає у списку карток за виробниками (оскільки вона ще не "
+"встигла потрапити до бази даних або є надто старою), ви можете знайти "
+"відповідний драйвер у категорії «Xorg»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"У категорії «Xorg» ви зможете скористатися одним з понад 40 типових "
+"драйверів з відкритим кодом для відеокарт. Якщо вам все ж не вдасться знайти "
+"драйвер за назвою, ви можете скористатися драйвером «vesa». Цей драйвер "
+"забезпечує базові можливості з показу відео."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Будьте уважними: якщо драйвер буде вибрано помилково, ви зможете отримати "
+"доступ лише до інтерфейсу командного рядка."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі виробники відеокарт самі створюють пропрієтарні (закриті) драйвери для "
+"Linux. Доступ до таких драйверів можна отримати лише за допомогою сховищ "
+"пакунків «Nonfree» або сайтів виробників карток."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам слід явним чином увімкнути сховища «Nonfree», щоб мати до них доступ. "
+"Зробити це слід після першого перезавантаження системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування графічної картки та монітора"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Байдуже, яке графічне середовище (або стільничне середовище) було вибрано "
+"під час встановлення <application>Mageia</application>, всі ці середовища "
+"засновано на графічному інтерфейсі, який має назву <acronym>X Window System</"
+"acronym> або просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Отже, щоб <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> або будь-яке інше графічне "
+"середовище працювало належним чином, вказані нижче параметри роботи сервера "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> має бути визначено належним чином. Змінювати значення "
+"параметрів слід, якщо помітно, що <application>DrakX</application> зроблено "
+"помилковий вибір, або якщо вам здається, що цей вибір є помилковим."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Графічна карта</guibutton></emphasis>: якщо потрібно, "
+"виберіть встановлену на вашому комп’ютері графічну картку зі списку."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Монітор</guibutton></emphasis>: ви можете вибрати "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> якщо вважаєте, що це правильно, або вибрати "
+"пункт вашого монітора зі списків <guilabel>Виробник</guilabel> або "
+"<guilabel>Загальний</guilabel>. Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Спеціальний</"
+"guilabel>, якщо хочете вручну вказати частоту оновлення зображення за "
+"вертикаллю та горизонталлю для вашого монітора."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+"Помилково вказані частоти оновлення зображення можуть призвести до "
+"пошкодження вашого монітора."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Роздільна здатність</guibutton></emphasis>: за "
+"допомогою цього пункту можна вибрати бажану роздільну здатність та глибину "
+"кольорів на вашому моніторі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Перевірити</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка перевірки під "
+"час встановлення може бути недоступною. Якщо кнопка є доступною, за "
+"допомогою її натискання ви можете перевірити, чи правильно вказано "
+"параметри. У відповідь на питання щодо правильності параметрів ви можете "
+"відповісти «так», щоб зберегти вказані параметри. Якщо ж зображення на "
+"моніторі немає, система за деякий час поверне вас до вікна налаштовування, "
+"за допомогою якого ви зможете виправити налаштування, аж доки не буде "
+"досягнуто бажаного результату. <emphasis>Якщо кнопка перевірки є "
+"недоступною, вам слід самостійно потурбуватися про те, щоб вказані параметри "
+"були безпечними.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметри</guibutton></emphasis>: за допомогою цього "
+"пункту ви можете увімкнути або вимкнути різноманітні параметри."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "Вибір монітора"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних моніторів. Зазвичай, програма може "
+"правильно визначити ваш монітор."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Вибір пункту монітора з іншими апаратними характеристиками може "
+"призвести до пошкодження вашого монітора або відеоапаратури. Будь ласка, "
+"подумайте над вашим вибором.</emphasis> Якщо маєте певні сумніви, зверніться "
+"до документації з вашого монітора."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Спеціальний</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього пункту ви можете встановити значення двох критичних "
+"параметрів: вертикальної частоти оновлення та горизонтальної частоти "
+"синхронізації. Частота оновлення визначає частоту, з якою оновлюється "
+"зображення на екрані, а частота синхронізації є частотою, з якою буде "
+"показано лінії зображення."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>ДУЖЕ ВАЖЛИВО</emphasis> не вказати тип монітора, можливості якого "
+"перевищують можливості вашого: інакше ви можете пошкодити ваш монітор. Якщо "
+"сумніваєтеся, виберіть мінімальні параметри і уважно ознайомтеся з "
+"документацією до вашого монітора."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Це типовий варіант: програма намагається визначити тип вашого монітора за "
+"базою даних моніторів."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Виробник</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити ваш монітор і "
+"вам відома назва цього монітора, ви можете вибрати її пункт з ієрархічного "
+"списку за такими критеріями:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "назва фірми-виробника монітора"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "опис монітора"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Загальний</emphasis>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"якщо ви виберете цю групу, буде відкрито список з близько 30 типових "
+"налаштувань дисплеїв, подібних до 1024x768 @ 60 Гц, до якого включено "
+"параметри плоских панелей дисплеїв для ноутбуків. Зазвичай, цією групою "
+"варто користуватися, якщо у вас виникла потреба використовувати драйвер "
+"«Vesa» для вашої картки, тобто вашу відеокарту не вдалося визначити "
+"автоматично. Знову ж таки, варто параметри варто вибирати дуже обережно."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи за допомогою DiskDrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо на вашому розділі з <literal>/</literal> ви хочете скористатися "
+"шифруванням, каталог <literal>/boot</literal> слід зберігати на окремому "
+"розділі. Не слід шифрувати каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, інакше "
+"завантаження системи стане неможливим."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна визначити компонування розділів у вашій "
+"системі. За її допомогою можна вилучати і створювати розділи, змінювати "
+"файлові системи на розділах або розміри розділів і навіть переглядати вміст "
+"розділів до внесення змін."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Для кожного виявлено жорсткого диска або іншого носія даних (зокрема картки "
+"флеш USB) буде відведено власну вкладку. Приклад: sda, sdb та sdc, якщо буде "
+"виявлено три диски."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Очистити все</guibutton>, щоб всі розділи на "
+"вибраному носії даних було вилучено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб виконати будь-яку іншу дію, спочатку позначте область відповідного "
+"розділу. Потім перегляньте дані щодо розділу, змініть його файлову систему і "
+"точку монтування, розміри чи просто витріть увесь розділ. За допомогою "
+"пункту <guibutton>Перемкнутися на режим експерта</guibutton> (або "
+"<guibutton>Режим експерта</guibutton>) можна отримати доступ до додаткових "
+"можливостей, зокрема додавання мітки або вибору типу розділу."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+"Повторюйте ці дії для всіх відповідних розділів, аж доки все не набуде "
+"потрібних вам обрисів."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Виконано</guibutton>, коли налаштовування буде "
+"завершено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановлюєте Mageia у системах з UEFI, переконайтеся, що існує ESP "
+"(EFI System Partition) і що її змонтовано до /boot/EFI (див. нижче)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановлюєте Mageia на застарілій системі з GPT, переконайтеся, що "
+"існує розділ BIOS належного типу."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "Розбиття на розділи"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви зможете переглянути вміст всіх дисків "
+"комп’ютера і ознайомитися з пропозиціями майстра поділу на розділи DrakX "
+"щодо місця встановлення <application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Перелік пунктів у наведеному нижче списку залежатиме від комплектації "
+"комп’ютера та вмісту дисків."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "Користуватися існуючими розділами"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Цим варіантом можна буде скористатися, якщо на диску буде виявлено сумісні з "
+"Linux розділи, якими можна скористатися для встановлення системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "Використовувати вільний простір"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Цим варіантом можна буде скористатися, якщо на вашому диску є вільне місце, "
+"достатнє для встановлення нової системи Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "Використовувати вільний простір на розділі Microsoft Windows®"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Цим варіантом можна буде скористатися, якщо на вже створених розділах "
+"Windows є достатньо вільного місця для встановлення нової операційної "
+"системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Цей варіант отримання місця для встановлення Mageia може корисним, але у "
+"разі його використання ви ризикуєте втратою даних, тому вам слід попередньо "
+"створити резервні копії важливих для вас файлів!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Зауважте, що розмір розділу Windows буде зменшено. Розділ має бути "
+"«очищено», тобто роботу Windows має бути завершено у штатному режимі під час "
+"останнього сеансу, коли ви користувалися цією операційною системою. Крім "
+"того, розділ має бути дефрагментовано, хоча дефрагментація і не гарантує "
+"повного пересування файлів з місця на диску, яке буде використано для "
+"Mageia. Ми наполегливо рекомендуємо вам створити резервні копії важливих для "
+"вас файлів."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо буде вибрано цей варіант, засіб встановлення покаже решту розділу "
+"Windows блакитним кольором, а майбутній розділ з Mageia — темно-синім. "
+"Розміри розділів буде вказано під ними. Ви можете змінити ці розділи "
+"перетягуванням риски між ними за допомогою вказівника миші. Див. наведений "
+"нижче знімок екрана."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "Стерти і використати весь диск"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"У разі використання цього варіанта для встановлення Mageia буде використано "
+"весь об’єм на диску."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+"Зауваження: всіх дані на диску буде у такому разі витерто. Будьте обережні!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо частину диска буде згодом використано для зберігання якихось даних або "
+"не диску вже зберігаються якісь важливі дані, не користуйтеся цим варіантом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього варіанта ви можете отримати цілковитий доступ до "
+"розташування розділів на вашому диску відповідно до ваших уподобань."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Розміри розділів диска:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Засіб встановлення розподілити наявне місце відповідно до таких правил:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо загалом доступного місця менше за 50 ГБ, буде створено лише один "
+"кореневий розділ, /, окремого розділу для /home створено не буде."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr "Якщо загалом доступного місця понад 50 ГБ, буде створено три розділи"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"6/19 від доступного місця, але не більше за 50 ГБ, буде віддано розділу /"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+"1/19, але не більше за 4 ГБ, буде віддано розділу резервної пам’яті на диску "
+"(swap)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "решту (принаймні 12/19) буде віддано розділу /home"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"Це означає, що якщо на диску 160 ГБ або більше вільного місця, засобом "
+"встановлення буде створено три розділи: 50 ГБ для /, 4 ГБ для резервної "
+"пам’яті на диску. Решту місця буде віддано під /home."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI, ESP (розділ із системою EFI) буде "
+"виявлено автоматично або створено, якщо його ще не існувало, і змонтовано "
+"до /boot/EFI. Пункт «Нетиповий поділ диска» є єдиним придатним до вибору, "
+"якщо виявлення UEFI було виконано належним чином."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви користуєтеся застарілою системою (відомою як CSM або BIOS) із диском "
+"GPT, вам доведеться створити розділ для завантаження BIOS, якщо його ще не "
+"існує. Розмір розділу приблизно дорівнює 1 МіБ, він не матиме точки "
+"монтування. Виберіть пункт <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/>, щоб мати змогу "
+"створити такий розділ за допомогою засобу встановлення системи. Створення "
+"розділу подібне до створення будь-якого іншого розділу, але треба вибрати "
+"тип файлової системи «Розділ завантаження BIOS»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"У деяких новіших дисках використовуються логічні сектори у 4096 байтів "
+"замість попереднього стандарту у 512 байтів на логічний сектор. Через те, що "
+"у розробників немає достатнього доступу до відповідного обладнання, належне "
+"тестування програми для поділу диска на розділи на таких дисках не "
+"виконувалося. Крім того, у деяких дисках SSD використовується розмір блоку "
+"понад 1 МБ. Радимо вам виконати поділ такого диска на розділи за допомогою "
+"альтернативної спеціалізованої програми, наприклад gparted з використанням "
+"таких значень параметрів:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "«Вирівняти до» «МіБ»"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "«Вільне місце перед (МіБ)» «2»"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Також слід переконатися, що всі розділи буде створено з парними розмірами у "
+"мегабайтах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "Встановлення з носія LIVE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "Січень 2015 року"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Офіційна документація до Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов "
+"ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від "
+"основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо "
+"хочете допомогти у поліпшенні цього підручника."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір "
+"сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та "
+"вибраного вами варіанта встановлення."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "Встановлення за допомогою DrakX"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "Лютий 2014 року"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Вітаємо"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер <application>Mageia</application> встановлено і налаштовано, можна "
+"вилучати носій для встановлення системи і перезавантажувати ваш комп’ютер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Після перезавантаження за допомогою екрана завантаження ви зможете вибрати "
+"одну з операційних систем, встановлених на вашому комп’ютері (якщо "
+"встановлено декілька систем)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не скоригуєте параметрів завантажувача, буде автоматично вибрано і "
+"запущено встановлену вами операційну систему Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Приємної роботи!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Відвідайте www.mageia.org, якщо хочете дізнатися більше про участь у "
+"спільноті Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Захисний шлюз"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього розділу ви можете налаштувати прості правила роботи "
+"захисного шлюзу (брандмауера): вони визначають тип повідомлення з інтернету, "
+"яке буде прийнятним для системи призначення. Це, відповідним чином, "
+"уможливить доступ до відповідних служб системи з мережі Інтернет."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"У типовому стані жоден із пунктів не позначено — жодна зі служб у системі не "
+"буде доступною з інтернету. Пункт <emphasis>Все (захисного шлюзу немає))</"
+"emphasis> має особливе значення: він вмикає доступ до усіх служб системи — "
+"варіант, який не потрібен під час встановлення, оскільки його використання "
+"створює повністю незахищену систему. Його призначено для використання у "
+"контексті Центру керування Mageia (де використовується той самий модуль) для "
+"тимчасового вимикання усього набору правил захисного шлюзу для тестування "
+"або діагностики."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Призначення усіх інших пунктів має бути більш-менш зрозумілим. Наприклад, "
+"позначте пункт «Сервер CUPS», якщо хочете, щоб принтери на вашому комп’ютері "
+"були доступними з мережі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Додатково</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+"У списку пунктів містяться лише найпоширеніші типи служб. За допомогою "
+"кнопки «Додатково» можна відкрити сторінку визначення служби, для якої не "
+"передбачено типового пункту. За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете вказати "
+"набір служб на основі пар записів даних (відокремлених пробілами)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;номер порту>/&lt;протокол></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;номер порту></emphasis> — значення номеру порту, пов’язаного "
+"із службою, доступ до якої ви хочете відкрити (наприклад, 873 для служби "
+"RSYNC). Номер визначається за протоколом <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;протокол></emphasis> — одне зі значень, <emphasis>TCP</"
+"emphasis> або <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> — інтернет-протокол, який "
+"використовуватиметься для обміну даними із службою."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, запис для уможливлення доступу до служби RSYNC виглядатиме так: "
+"<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо службу реалізовано для обміну даними обома протоколами, ви можете "
+"вказати дві пари записів для одного порту."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "Форматування"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете визначитися з тим, які розділи слід "
+"форматувати. Всі дані на розділах, які <emphasis>не</emphasis> позначено для "
+"форматування, буде збережено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+"Зазвичай, форматування потрібне принаймні для розділів, вибраних DrakX."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, щоб вибрати розділи, які "
+"слід перевірити на так звані <emphasis>пошкоджені блоки</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не певні щодо правильності свого вибору, ви можете натиснути кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, ще раз кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а "
+"потім кнопку <guibutton>Спеціальний</guibutton>, щоб повернутися до основної "
+"сторінки. За допомогою основної сторінки ви зможете переглянути поточні "
+"параметри розділів."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви певні у своєму виборі, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, "
+"щоб продовжити роботу з програмою."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX, програма для встановлення Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Байдуже, є у вас досвід користування GNU-Linux чи немає, програму для "
+"встановлення Mageia розроблено таким чином, що вона зробить встановлення або "
+"оновлення системи якомога простішим для вас."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"На початковому вікні меню встановлення ви побачити пункти варіантів дій. "
+"Типовим буде пункт запуску програми для встановлення системи. Зазвичай, це "
+"саме той пункт, який вам потрібен."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Вітальне вікно програми для встановлення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "За допомогою DVD Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено типові вікна вітання DVD Mageia. Перше з них відповідає "
+"системі з UEFI, друге — системі із застарілою системою завантаження:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+"З цієї сторінки ви можете отримати доступ до параметрів, натиснувши клавішу "
+"«e» для входу до режиму редагування. Щоб повернутися з цього режиму, "
+"натисніть або клавішу Esc, якщо зміни не слід зберігати, або комбінацію "
+"клавіш Ctrl і F10, щоб зберегти зміни і вийти з режиму редагування."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "За допомогою цієї сторінки можна вказати деякі особисті уподобання:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Мову (лише на час встановлення, у системі може бути вибрано зовсім іншу "
+"мову) можна вибрати після натискання клавіші F2 (лише у застарілому режимі)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Скористайтеся клавішами зі стрілками, щоб вибрати потрібний вам пункт у "
+"списку, і натисніть клавішу Enter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено приклад вікна вітання, перекладеного французькою, у "
+"портативній версії системи на DVD або компакти диску. Зауважте, що у меню "
+"портативної системи немає таких пунктів: <guilabel>Порятунок системи</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Тест пам’яті</guilabel> та <guilabel>Інструмент пошуку "
+"обладнання</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Змінити роздільну здатність екрана можна за допомогою натискання клавіші F3 "
+"(лише у застарілому режимі)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Додати параметри роботи ядра можна натисканням клавіші <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">F6</emphasis> у режимі застарілої системи або клавіші <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">E</emphasis> у режимі UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо програмі для встановлення не вдається виконати своє призначення "
+"належним чином, ви можете повторити спробу, скориставшись додатковими "
+"варіантами. У меню, яке можна викликати натисканням клавіші F6, буде "
+"показано новий пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметри "
+"завантаження</guilabel>) з такими чотирма підпунктами:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- Default (типовий), не змінювати нічого у типових параметрах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (без розширеного інтерфейсу налаштовування та керування "
+"живленням), не брати до уваги параметри керування живленням."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- No Local APIC (без локального розширеного контролера переривань з "
+"можливістю програмування), цей варіант пов’язано з перериваннями роботи "
+"центрального процесора, виберіть його, якщо маєте відповідні настанови."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Вибір одного з пунктів призводить до внесення змін до типових параметрів, "
+"показаних у рядку <guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"У деяких випусках Mageia параметри, вибрані за допомогою F6, не буде "
+"показано у рядку <guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>. Втім, ці "
+"параметри буде враховано під час завантаження системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаткові параметри роботи ядра можна вказати після натискання клавіші F1 "
+"(лише у застарілому режимі)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Натискання клавіші F1 відкриває нове вікно зі списком пунктів. Виберіть один "
+"з пунктів за допомогою клавіш зі стрілками і натисніть клавішу Enter, щоб "
+"отримати докладнішу довідку, або натисніть клавішу Esc, щоб повернутися до "
+"вікна вітання."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено знімок вікна з докладним описом параметрів вікна вітання "
+"системи. Натисніть клавішу Esc або виберіть пункт <guilabel>Return to Boot "
+"Options</guilabel> (Повернутися до параметрів завантаження), щоб повернутися "
+"до списку параметрів. Описані у вікні параметри можна додати вручну до рядка "
+"<guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+"Переглянути переклад довідки вибраною мовою можна за допомогою натискання "
+"клавіші F2."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Докладніший опис параметрів ядра у застарілих системах та системах з UEFI "
+"можна знайти <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">тут</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr "За допомогою дротової мережі"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено типове вікно вітання образу для встановлення з дротової "
+"мережі (образ netinstall.iso або netinstall-nonfree.iso):"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Мову тут змінити не можна. Список доступних параметрів наведено на екрані. "
+"Докладніший опис використання образу для встановлення з мережі наведено у "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">вікі Mageia</"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури відповідає американській англійській."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Кроки встановлення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Процедуру встановлення поділено на послідовність кроків, перелік яких буде "
+"показано на бічній панелі екрана."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"На кожному кроці вам буде показано одну або декілька сторінок, на яких ви "
+"можете побачити кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> , за допомогою якої "
+"здійснюється доступ до додаткових параметрів, якими користуються не так "
+"часто як основними."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"На більшості сторінок ви також побачите кнопку <guibutton>Довідка</"
+"guibutton>, за допомогою якої можна отримати додаткові пояснення щодо "
+"поточного кроку."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо протягом процедури встановлення ви вирішите припинити встановлення, ви "
+"можете перезавантажити комп’ютер. Втім, вам слід ретельно обдумати ваші дії. "
+"Після форматування розділу або початку процедури встановлення оновлень ваш "
+"комп’ютер перебуватиме у проміжному стані. Перезавантаження може призвести "
+"до неможливості користування системою. Якщо, всупереч цим попередженням, ви "
+"хочете перезавантажити систему, перейдіть у текстовий термінал натисканням "
+"комбінації цих трьох клавіш: <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> одночасно. "
+"Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guibutton> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "Проблеми зі встановленням та можливі шляхи їх вирішення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Немає графічного інтерфейсу"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Після початкової сторінки не відкривається сторінка вибору мови. Таке може "
+"трапитися у системах з деякими графічними картками та застарілих системах. "
+"Спробуйте скористатися режимом низької роздільної здатності. Для цього "
+"впишіть <code>vgalo</code> у рядок запиту."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо комп’ютер є дуже застарілим, встановлення у графічному режимі може бути "
+"просто неможливим. У такому випадку варто скористатися встановленням у "
+"текстовому режимі. Щоб скористатися цим режимом, натисніть клавішу Esc, коли "
+"буде показано перший вітальний екран, і підтвердіть виконання дії "
+"натисканням клавіші Enter. Введіть <code>text</code> і натисніть клавішу "
+"Enter. Встановлення буде продовжено у текстовому режимі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "Встановлення зупиняється"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо під час встановлення система припиняє відповідати на ваші запити, "
+"ймовірно, виникла проблема з визначенням характеристик обладнання. У такому "
+"випадку можна обійти автоматичне визначення характеристик обладнання і "
+"виконати його налаштовування пізніше. Щоб перевести засіб встановлення у "
+"відповідний режим, введіть до рядка запиту команду <code>noauto</code>. За "
+"потреби, цю команду можна поєднати з вищевказаними командами."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "Проблеми з оперативною пам’яттю"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Потреба у визначенні параметрів ядра виникає нечасто, але у певних випадках "
+"комп’ютер може повідомляти засобу встановлення помилкові дані щодо об’єму "
+"оперативної пам’яті. Щоб вказати об’єм оперативної пам’яті вручну, "
+"скористайтеся командою <code>mem=xxxM</code>, де xxx правильне значення "
+"об’єму оперативної пам’яті, наприклад <code>mem=256M</code> відповідає 256 "
+"МБ оперативної пам’яті."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "Динамічні розділи"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вами було перетворено ваш жорсткий диск з формату «basic» до формату "
+"«dynamic» у Microsoft Windows, вам слід знати, що вам не вдасться встановити "
+"на цей диск Mageia. Щоб повернутися до базового диска, ознайомтеся із "
+"документацією від Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
+"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "Поновлення"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"З часу випуску цієї версії <application>Mageia</application> деякі пакунки "
+"могло бути оновлено та поліпшено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <guilabel>так</guilabel>, якщо ви хочете отримати і "
+"встановити ці пакунки, або виберіть  <guilabel>ні</guilabel>, якщо ви не "
+"хочете робити цього зараз або ваш комп’ютер не з’єднано з інтернетом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+"Щойно вибір буде зроблено, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, щоб "
+"продовжити роботу з програмою."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "Вікно вітання"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "Вікно вітання KDM"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "Нарешті, вам буде показано вікно вітання."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть ім’я та пароль вашого користувача і за декілька секунд ви опинитеся "
+"у завантаженому KDE, GNOME чи іншому стільничному середовищі, залежно від "
+"типу використаного вами носія портативної системи. Далі, можете "
+"користуватися встановленою Mageia, як вам заманеться."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Іншу частину документації можна знайти у <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Category:Documentation\">вікі Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "Вибір носія (з пакунками, які не є вільними)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ви побачите список доступних сховищ. Не всі сховища є доступними. Список "
+"доступних сховищ залежить від носія, яким ви скористалися для встановлення. "
+"Набір сховищ визначає, які з пакунків будуть доступними для вибору на "
+"наступних кроках."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Сховище <emphasis>Core</emphasis> не можна вимикати, оскільки у ньому "
+"містяться основні пакунки дистрибутива."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"До сховища <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включено пакунки, які є "
+"безкоштовними, тобто Mageia може поширювати їх, але у них міститься "
+"програмне забезпечення з закритим кодом (звідси і назва — Nonfree). У цьому "
+"сховищі, наприклад, містяться пакунки закритих драйверів до графічних карток "
+"nVidia і ATI, мікропрограми для різноманітних карток WiFi тощо."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"У сховищі <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> зберігаються пакунки, випущені "
+"відповідно до вільних ліцензійних угод. Основним критерієм для включення "
+"пакунків до цього сховища є те, що їхнє поширення обмежується патентним "
+"законодавством та законами про авторські і суміжні права деяких краї. До "
+"цього сховища зокрема включено мультимедійні кодеки, потрібні для "
+"відтворення різноманітних файлів звукових та відеоданих; пакунки, потрібні "
+"для відтворення комерційних відео-DVD тощо."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "Мінімальне встановлення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати «Мінімальне встановлення» зняттям позначок з усіх пунктів "
+"у списку вибору груп пакунків, див. розділ <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо потрібно, ви можете додатково позначити пункт «Індивідуальний вибір "
+"пакунків» на тій самій сторінці."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Мінімальний режим призначено для тих, хто має намір використовувати "
+"<application>Mageia</application> з якоюсь вузькоспеціалізованою метою, "
+"зокрема як сервер або робочу станцію вузького спрямування. Вам варто "
+"користуватися цим варіантом у поєднанні з пунктом «Індивідуальний вибір "
+"пакунків», згаданим вище, для точнішого налаштовування переліку встановлених "
+"пакунків, див. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виберете цей варіант встановлення, на наступній сторінці програми "
+"вам буде запропоновано встановити корисні доповнення системи, зокрема "
+"документацію та графічний сервер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вибрано, у категорії «Разом з X» буде також пункт з IceWM, невибагливим "
+"стільничним середовищем."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Базова документація надається у форматі сторінок man та info. У ній "
+"містяться сторінки man з <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man."
+"html\">Проекту документування Linux</link> та сторінки info з <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "Резюме щодо інших параметрів"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX намагається правильно визначити налаштування вашої системи відповідно "
+"до зробленого вами вибору та виявленого DrakX обладнання. Ви можете "
+"ознайомитися з вибраними параметрами та, якщо потрібно, змінити їх: для "
+"цього достатньо натиснути кнопку <guibutton>Налаштувати</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Як правило, рекомендованим є використання типових параметрів. Ви можете "
+"нічого не змінювати, окрім трьох винятків:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "відомі певні недоліки у типових параметрах;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "ви спробували типові параметри, і нічого не вийшло;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr ""
+"у розділах із докладною інформацією, наведених нижче, стверджується, що слід "
+"вибрати нетипові параметри."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "Параметри системи"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Часовий пояс</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX вибирає часовий пояс на основі вказаної вами бажаної мови. Якщо "
+"потрібно, ви можете змінити часовий пояс. Див. також <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Країна / Регіон</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви перебуваєте не у тій країні, яку було вибрано автоматично, дуже "
+"важливо виправити значення цього параметра. Див. <xref linkend="
+"\"selectCountry\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Завантажувач</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX автоматично вибирає належні параметри завантажувача."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "Не вносьте ніяких змін, якщо ви не є знавцем з налаштовування Grub2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатися більше, зверніться до розділу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader"
+"\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Керування записами користувачів</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете додати облікові записи користувачів. У "
+"кожного користувача буде власний каталог <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Служби</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Системними службами називаються ті невеличкі програми, які працюють у "
+"фоновому режимі (фонові служби). За допомогою цього інструмента ви зможете "
+"увімкнути або вимкнути деякі з цих служб."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам слід бути обережними у виборі: помилки можуть призвести до неналежної "
+"роботи комп’ютера."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатися більше, зверніться до розділу <xref linkend=\"configureServices"
+"\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "Параметри обладнання"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Клавіатура</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього розділу ви можете налаштувати або змінити розкладку "
+"клавіатури, параметри якої залежатимуть від місця вашого розташування, мови "
+"та типу клавіатури."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви зауважили, що розкладка клавіатури є помилковою, і хочете змінити "
+"її, не забудьте, що зі зміною розкладки може змінитися і текст вашого пароля."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Миша</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього розділу сторінки ви зможете налаштувати координатні "
+"пристрої, планшети, кульові маніпулятори тощо."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Звукова плата</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Засобом встановлення буде використано типовий драйвер, якщо такий типовий "
+"драйвер передбачено. Можливість вибору іншого драйвера буде надано, лише "
+"якщо для картки передбачено декілька драйверів, але жоден з них не є типовим."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Графічний інтерфейс</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього розділу сторінки ви можете налаштувати параметри роботи "
+"ваших графічних карток та дисплеїв."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатися більше, зверніться до розділу <xref linkend="
+"\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "Параметри мережі та роботи у інтернеті"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Мережа</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей розділ надасть вам змогу налаштувати мережу. Втім, якщо ви користуєтеся "
+"картками, для яких потрібні закриті драйвери, краще виконати налаштовування "
+"після перезавантаження, за допомогою <application>Центру керування Mageia</"
+"application>, після вмикання сховищ закритих (Nonfree) пакунків."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час додавання мережевої карти не забудьте разом з нею налаштувати "
+"брандмауер (мережевий екран), який стежитиме за відповідним інтерфейсом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Проксі</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Проксі-сервер є проміжною ланкою між вашим комп’ютером та інтернетом. За "
+"допомогою цього розділу ви зможете налаштувати комп’ютер на використання "
+"служб проксі-сервера."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Вам варто порадитися з вашим системним адміністратором, щоб дізнатися більше "
+"про значення параметрів, які слід вказати у цьому розділі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Безпека"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Рівень безпеки</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього розділу ви можете визначити рівень захисту вашого "
+"комп’ютера. Здебільшого, типовий варіант (Стандартний) надасть вашому "
+"комп’ютеру достатній захист."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть той з варіантів, який найкраще відповідає вашому способу "
+"використання системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Захисний шлюз</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Брандмауер або мережевий екран є бар’єром, який убезпечує важливі дані від "
+"доступу до них шахраїв з інтернету, які намагаються викрасти і скористатися "
+"цими даними."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть служби, яким має бути дозволено доступ до вашої системи. Вибір "
+"служб залежатиме від призначення комп’ютера, на якому працює операційна "
+"система. Докладніше про це у розділі <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+"Пам’ятайте, що вмикання доступу без обмежень (вимикання брандмауера) може "
+"значно знизити рівень захисту вашої системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Перезавантажити"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення завантажувача програма попросить вас перервати роботу "
+"системи, вийняти з лотка компакт-диск, від’єднати від комп’ютера флешку і "
+"перезавантажити комп’ютер. Натисніть кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><guibutton>Завершити</guibutton></emphasis> і виконайте саме ці дії "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">у вказаному порядку</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"Після перезавантаження ви побачите інформацію щодо отримання даних на "
+"смужках поступу. Дані цих смужок відповідають процесу отримання даних сховищ "
+"із програмним забезпеченням (див. «Керування програмним забезпеченням»)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Зміна розмірів розділу <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"У вашій системі декілька розділів <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Виберіть один з них, той, який слід зменшити у "
+"розмірах, щоб отримати достатньо місця для встановлення <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "Рівень безпеки"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете змінити рівень захисту вашої системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не певні щодо потрібних вам параметрів, краще не змінюйте типових "
+"параметрів."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення ви завжди зможете змінити параметри захисту за допомогою "
+"модуля <guilabel>Безпека</guilabel> Центру керування Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "Вибір і використання образів ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Вступ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Розповсюдження Mageia відбувається за допомогою образів ISO. За допомогою "
+"цієї сторінки довідки ви зможете вибрати образ, який відповідає вашим "
+"потребам."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "Існує два сімейства носіїв дистрибутива:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"Класичний засіб встановлення: після завантаження з носія системи буде "
+"розпочато процедуру, протягом якої ви зможете вибрати компоненти для "
+"встановлення та налаштувати майбутню встановлену систему. Цей носій надасть "
+"вам максимальні можливості щодо гнучкості налаштувань, зокрема ви зможете "
+"вибрати стільничне середовище, яким би ви хотіли користуватися."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Портативні носії (LIVE): систему на такому носії можна завантажити як "
+"звичайну систему Mageia без встановлення для ознайомлення із тим, як усе "
+"виглядатиме після встановлення. Процес встановлення є простішим, але вибір "
+"варіантів є вужчим."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "Подробиці наведено у наступних розділах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "Носій"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Визначення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ми називаємо носієм даних файл образу ISO, за допомогою якого можна "
+"встановити і/або оновити Mageia, а також будь-який фізичний носій, де "
+"зберігаються дані файла ISO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Знайти носії даних можна <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/uk/downloads/"
+"\">тут</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "Класичний носій для встановлення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "Типові можливості"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+"На цих образах ISO використовується традиційний засіб встановлення під "
+"назвою drakx."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Вони придатні для встановлення «з нуля» або оновлення попередніх випусків."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ до деяких з інструментів можна отримати з екран вітання: система "
+"відновлення, тест пам’яті, інструмент виявлення обладнання."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+"На кожному з DVD міститься багато стільничних середовищ та переклади різними "
+"мовами."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час встановлення вам буде надано можливість додати джерела невільного "
+"програмного забезпечення."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Портативний носій"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Можна скористатися для ознайомлення із дистрибутивом без встановлення його "
+"на жорсткий диск. Втім, якщо хочеться, за допомогою цього носія можна "
+"встановити Mageia на вашому комп’ютері."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожен ISO містить лише одне стільничне середовище (Плазму, GNOME або Xfce)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Образами ISO портативних систем можна скористатися "
+"лише для встановлення системи «з нуля». Вони непридатні для оновлення "
+"системи з попередніх випусків.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "Містять невільне програмне забезпечення."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Портативний DVD з Плазмою"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Лише стільничне середовище Плазми."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "Містить переклади усіма мовами."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "Лише для 64-бітової архітектури."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Портативний DVD із GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Лише стільничне середовище GNOME."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "Лише для 64-бітової архітектури"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Портативний DVD з Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "Лише стільничне середовище Xfce."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "32-бітова і 64-бітова архітектури."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "Носії CD лише для завантаження"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожен з таких малих образів містить лише дані, потрібні для запуску засобу "
+"встановлення drakx та пошуку drakx-installer-stage2 та інших пакунків, за "
+"допомогою яких можна продовжити і завершити встановлення. Такі пакунки "
+"можуть зберігатися на жорсткому диску комп’ютера, локальному диску, у "
+"локальній мережі або у інтернеті."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Такі носії є дуже малими (менше за 100 МБ). Ними зручно користуватися, якщо "
+"канал зв’язку у мережі є надто вузьким для отримання повноцінного образу "
+"DVD, на комп’ютерах без пристрою для читання DVD або на комп’ютерах, які не "
+"можуть завантажувати систему із флеш-диска USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "Лише англійська мова."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Містить лише вільне програмне забезпечення. Призначено для користувачів, які "
+"не бажають користуватися невільними пакунками."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Містить невільне програмне забезпечення (здебільшого драйвери, кодеки тощо). "
+"Призначено для тих, хто потребує цих компонентів системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "Отримання"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Щойно вами буде вибрано потрібний вам файл ISO, ви можете отримати його або "
+"за допомогою протоколу http, або за допомогою BitTorrent. У обох випадках у "
+"вікні буде показано певну інформацію щодо джерела даних та надано можливість "
+"змінити його, якщо швидкість отримання даних є надто малою. Якщо буде "
+"вибрано http, ви побачите щось таке:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum і sha1sum — програми для перевірки цілісності даних у образах ISO. "
+"Для виконання перевірки достатньо встановити лише одну з цих програм. Для "
+"<link linkend=\"integrity\">подальшого використання</link> встановіть одну з "
+"них. Далі, буде показано таке вікно:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "Позначте пункт «Зберегти файл»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "Перевірка цілісності отриманих даних образу"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"Обидва шістнадцяткових числа обчислено за допомогою певного алгоритму на "
+"основі файла, який має бути отримано. Якщо ви попросите відповідну програму "
+"знову обчислити шістнадцяткове число на основі отриманого файла, буде "
+"отримано те саме число (це означатиму що дані було отримано належним чином) "
+"або інше число (отже, дані було отримано з помилками). Розбіжність чисел "
+"означає, що вам слід повторити отримання образу або спробувати відновити "
+"його за допомогою BitTorrent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте консоль (від імені звичайного користувача) і віддайте таку команду:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Якщо використовується md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum шлях/до/"
+"файла/образу.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Якщо використовується sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum шлях/до/"
+"образу.iso</userinput>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"і порівняйте отримане числове значення (для його отримання знадобиться "
+"певний час) з числом, вказаним на сторінці Mageia. Приклад:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "Запис образу ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірений образ ISO можна записати на компакт-диск, DVD або флешку USB. "
+"Дія із запису не є простим копіюванням, — її призначено для створення "
+"придатного до завантаження системи носія даних."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "Запис образу ISO на компакт-диск або DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Скористайтеся будь-яким пристроєм для записування, але його має бути "
+"налаштовано на <emphasis role=\"bold\">запис образу</emphasis>. Просто "
+"записати дані або файли недостатньо. Докладніше про це можна дізнатися з "
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вікі "
+"Mageia</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "Запис образу ISO на флешку USB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Усі образи ISO Mageia є гібридними, тобто ви можете записувати їх на флешку "
+"USB і користуватися нею для завантаження або встановлення системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"У результаті «запису» образу на диск USB (флешку) усі дані файлової системи "
+"на ній буде знищено. Доступ до усіх даних, які не буде знищено, буде "
+"втрачено. Розмір диска буде зменшено на розмір образу."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Для відновлення початкової місткості диска USB вам згодом доведеться "
+"повторно створити на ньому розділи і виконати форматування."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете скористатися інструментом із графічним інтерфейсом, наприклад "
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Windows"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "Ви можете спробувати такі засоби:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> за "
+"допомогою пункту «ISO image» («образ ISO»);"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "За допомогою інструментів командного рядка у системі GNU/Linux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей шлях є потенційно небезпечним. Ви можете пошкодити розділ на диску, якщо "
+"вкажете помилковий ідентифікатор пристрою."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "Ви також можете скористатися консольною програмою dd:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "Відкрийте вікно консолі"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"Отримайте права користувача root за допомогою команди <userinput>su -</"
+"userinput> (не забудьте «-» наприкінці команди)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"З’єднайте з комп’ютером ваш диск USB (не монтуйте його, тобто не відкривайте "
+"вміст диска у будь-якій програмі, зокрема у програмі для керування файлами, "
+"яка може отримати доступ до даних або читати дані)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "Віддайте команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, визначити назву пристрою можна за допомогою команди <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: наприкінці виведених нею даних буде вказано назву пристрою, що "
+"починатиметься з <emphasis>sd</emphasis> з наступним фрагментом "
+"<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> у нашому випадку:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Назву пристрою можна визначити за розміром. Наприклад, на наведеному вище "
+"знімку <code>/dev/sdb</code> це пристрій місткістю 8 ГБ, тобто флешка USB."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Віддайте таку команду: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "де X — назва потрібного вам пристрою. Приклад: /dev/sdc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Приклад: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "Віддайте таку команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "Витягніть флешку USB. Запис завершено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "Вибір країни і регіону"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть країну або регіон. Ваш вибір буде важливим для всіх типів "
+"параметрів локалізації системи, зокрема вибору валюти та домену керування "
+"бездротовим зв’язком. Помилковий вибір може призвести до неможливості "
+"використання бездротового зв’язку."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вашої країни немає у списку, натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Інші країни</"
+"guilabel> і виберіть країну або регіон за допомогою вікна, яке буде відкрито."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо пункт вашої країни є лише у списку <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> "
+"може здатися, що вибрано країну з першого списку. Будь ласка, не зважайте на "
+"це, DrakX вже врахував ваш правильний вибір."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Спосіб введення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою вікна <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> ви також можете вибрати "
+"спосіб введення (за допомогою нижньої частини списку). Способи введення "
+"надають змогу користувачам вводити символи запису східних мов (китайської, "
+"японської, корейської тощо). Типовим способом введення на DVD з Mageia та "
+"портативних образах системи є IBus, отже користувачам не доведеться "
+"налаштовувати нічого вручну. Інші способи введення (SCIM, GCIN, HIME тощо), "
+"які надають користувачам подібні можливості, можна встановити, якщо перед "
+"вибором пакунків було додано сховища пакунків HTTP/FTP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо спосіб введення потрібен вам після встановлення системи, ви можете "
+"отримати доступ до нього після завантаження встановленої системи за "
+"допомогою пункту меню «Налаштувати ваш комп’ютер» -&gt; «Система» або "
+"запуску localedrake від імені користувача root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "Встановлення або оновлення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Встановити"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Цим варіантом слід скористатися, якщо ви хочете встановити "
+"<application>Mageia</application> з нуля."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Поновити"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено одну або декілька операційних систем "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, програма для встановлення надасть вам "
+"змогу оновити одну зі встановлених систем до найсвіжішої версії."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Командою із забезпечення якості дистрибутива виконано належне тестування "
+"лише оновлення з попередньої версії Mageia, підтримку якої ще <emphasis>не "
+"завершено</emphasis>. Якщо ви хочете оновити версію Mageia, термін підтримки "
+"якої вже вичерпано, вам варто виконати звичайну процедуру встановлення з "
+"початку, зберігши при цьому вміст розділу <literal>/home</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо протягом процедури встановлення ви вирішите припинити встановлення, ви "
+"можете перезавантажити комп’ютер. Втім, вам слід ретельно обдумати ваші дії. "
+"Після форматування розділу або початку процедури встановлення оновлень ваш "
+"комп’ютер перебуватиме у проміжному стані. Перезавантаження може призвести "
+"до неможливості користування системою. Якщо, всупереч цим попередженням, ви "
+"хочете перезавантажити систему, перейдіть у текстовий термінал натисканням "
+"комбінації цих трьох клавіш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> одночасно. "
+"Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виявите, що забули встановити пакунки додаткової мови, ви можете "
+"повернутися зі сторінки «Встановлення або оновлення» до сторінки вибору мови "
+"натисканням комбінації клавіш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> робіть цього під час наступних кроків встановлення."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "Вибір клавіатури"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам слід вказати розкладку клавіатури, якою ви хочете користуватися у Mageia​​"
+". Типову розкладку буде вибрано за вказаною вами мовою та вибраним раніше "
+"часовим поясом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Клавіатура"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX автоматично вибирає відповідну розкладку клавіатури до вибраної вами "
+"мови. Якщо у списку програми не виявиться відповідної розкладки, буде "
+"використано типову американську розкладку."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що програма зробила правильний вибір, або виберіть іншу "
+"розкладку клавіатури. Якщо ви не можете визначитися з потрібною вам "
+"розкладкою, ознайомтеся з документацією до вашого комп’ютера або надішліть "
+"запит до його виробника. Крім того, на деяких з клавіатур можна знайти "
+"позначку, яка містить дані щодо розкладки клавіатури. Також корисним може "
+"бути ознайомлення із вмістом сторінки: <link xlink:href=\"http://uk."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Розкладка_клавіатури\">uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Розкладка_клавіатури</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо пункту вашої клавіатури не буде у показаному списку, натисніть кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Ще</guibutton> для ознайомлення з повним списком, з якого ви "
+"можете вибрати модель клавіатури."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"Після вибору моделі клавіатури за допомогою діалогового вікна <guibutton>Ще</"
+"guibutton> ви повернетеся до першого діалогового вікна вибору клавіатури, у "
+"якому пункт клавіатури залишиться попереднім. Не зважайте на це: засобу "
+"встановлення вже повідомлено, що ви вибрали належну клавіатури з повного "
+"списку."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вами було вибрано розкладку з нелатинськими символами, програма покаже "
+"додаткове діалогове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете визначитися зі "
+"способом перемикання між латинською і нелатинською розкладками."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "Вибір мови"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть бажану мову інтерфейсу системи. Для цього спочатку розгорніть "
+"список країн вашого континенту. <application>Mageia</application> "
+"використовуватиме вибрану вами мову під час встановлення та у вже "
+"встановленій системі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть бажану мову інтерфейсу системи. <application>Mageia</application> "
+"використовуватиме вибрану вами мову під час встановлення та у вже "
+"встановленій системі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вашій системі буде використовуватися декілька мов (вами або іншими "
+"користувачами), натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Декілька мов</guibutton> , щоб "
+"додати їх. Після встановлення додати підтримку мов буде доволі складно."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Навіть якщо вами було вибрано декілька мов, вам слід слід спочатку вибрати "
+"одну з них як основну мову сторінок програми для встановлення. Крім того, цю "
+"мову буде позначено і у вікні вибору декількох мов."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо розкладка вашої клавіатури не збігається з розкладкою, що "
+"використовується для бажаної мови, варто також встановити мовні пакунки для "
+"мови, пов’язаної з вибраною розкладкою."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Типово, у Mageia використовується кодування UTF-8 (Unicode)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Це кодування можна вимкнути за допомогою вікна вибору декількох мов, якщо "
+"вам наперед відомо, що Unicode є несумісним з вашою мовою. Вимикання UTF-8 "
+"стосуватиметься всіх встановлених мов."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Змінити мову інтерфейсу системи після встановлення можна за допомогою Центру "
+"керування Mageia (Система -&gt; Налаштувати локалізацію системи)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "Вибір драйвера миші"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас виникають проблеми з керуванням вказівником миші, ви можете "
+"вибрати інший драйвер для миші."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Зазвичай, <guilabel>Універсальна</guilabel> — <guilabel>Будь-яка миша PS/2 "
+"чи USB</guilabel> є непоганим варіантом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Універсальна</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задіяти evdev</"
+"guilabel>, щоб налаштувати кнопки, які не працюють на миші з шістьма або "
+"більше кнопками."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "Додавання пункту меню завантаження та внесення змін у такі пункти"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цього вам доведеться внести вручну зміни до /boot/grub2/custom.cfg або "
+"скористатися програмою для налаштовування GRUB (наприклад grub-customizer зі "
+"сховищ Mageia)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатися більше, ознайомтеся із відповідною сторінкою нашої вікі: <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "Інтерфейс завантажувача"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "Типово, Mageia ексклюзивно використовує:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub2 (з графічним меню або без нього) для застарілих систем із MBR або GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "Grub2-efi для системи UEFI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Графічні меню Mageia виглядають чудово. :)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "Grub2 для застарілих систем із MBR та GPT"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Не змінюйте значення параметри «Пристрій завантаження», якщо у цьому немає "
+"нагальної потреби."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "Grub2-efi у системах UEFI"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI system, інтерфейс користувача трохи "
+"відрізнятиметься, оскільки ви не зможете вибирати між завантажувачем із "
+"графічним меню і без нього."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо Mageia є єдиною операційною системою, яку встановлено на вашому "
+"комп’ютері, засіб встановлення створить ESP (системний розділ EFI) для "
+"зберігання завантажувача (Grub2-efi). Якщо ж на комп’ютері вже було "
+"встановлено операційні системи з UEFI (наприклад Windows 8), засіб "
+"встановлення Mageia виявить наявні розділи ESP, створені Windows, додасть "
+"grub2-efi. Хоча теоретично у системі може бути декілька ESP, варто "
+"обмежитися одним таким розділом, оскільки його достатньо для довільної "
+"кількості встановлених вами операційних систем."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "Користування завантажувачем Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "Типово, залежно від вашої системи, Mageia записує новий:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"завантажувач GRUB2 або до MBR (Master Boot Record) вашого першого диска, або "
+"до завантажувального розділу BIOS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "завантажувач Grub2-efi до ESP;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо на комп’ютері вже встановлено інші операційні системи, Mageia спробує "
+"додати ці системи до вашого нового меню завантаження Mageia. Якщо вам це не "
+"потрібно, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, а потім зніміть "
+"позначку з пункту <guilabel>Зондування сторонньої ОС</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Повний перелік кроків додавання пункту операційної системи Mageia до меню "
+"вже встановленого завантажувача не є предметом цієї довідкової сторінки. "
+"Втім, здебільшого, ці кроки пов’язано з запуском відповідної програми "
+"встановлення завантажувача, яка має виявити і додати пункт системи у "
+"автоматичному режимі. Відповідні пояснення має бути наведено у документації "
+"до іншої операційної системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "Використання ланцюгового завантаження"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не хочете використовувати завантажувач Mageia, а замість цього "
+"хочете скористатися ланцюговим завантаженням з іншої операційної системи, "
+"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, потім пункт "
+"<guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> і позначте пункт <guilabel>Не чіпати ESP "
+"або MBR</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Програма попередить вас про те, що у системі не буде завантажувача. "
+"Проігноруйте попередження і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Параметри"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "Перша сторінка"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пауза перед завантаженням основної системи</guilabel>: за "
+"допомогою цього пункту ви можете встановити затримку у секундах перед "
+"завантаженням типової операційної системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Безпека</guilabel>: за допомогою цього розділу ви можете "
+"встановити пароль для доступу до завантажувача. Використання пароля "
+"означатиме, що для вибору запису для завантаження або зміни параметрів "
+"доведеться вводити пароль. Іменем користувача буде «root», а пароль можна "
+"буде вибрати на наступному етапі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: за допомогою цього поля для введення тексту ви "
+"можете вказати пароль."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль (ще раз)</guilabel>: повторіть введення пароля користувача "
+"у цьому полі. drakx перевірить, чи збігається введений вами повторно пароль "
+"з його початковим варіантом."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Увімкнути ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) є стандартом керування живленням комп’ютера. За його допомогою "
+"комп’ютер може заощаджувати енергію, вимикаючи пристрої, які не "
+"використовуються. Цей метод використовували до появи APM. Зняття позначки з "
+"цього пункту може допомогти, наприклад, якщо на вашому комп’ютері не "
+"передбачено підтримки ACPI, або якщо ви вважаєте, що реалізація ACPI створює "
+"проблеми у роботі комп’ютера (наприклад неочікувані перезавантаження системи "
+"або «замерзання» системи)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Увімкнути SMP</guilabel>: за допомогою цього пункту можна "
+"увімкнути або вимкнути симетричне використання багатьох процесорів, якщо на "
+"комп’ютері встановлено багатоядерний процесор."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Увімкнути APIC</guilabel>: позначення цього пункту надає "
+"операційній системі доступ до розширеного програмованого контролера "
+"переривань (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). Пристрої з APIC "
+"надають змогу використовувати складніші моделі із пріоритетністю процесів та "
+"керування розширеними IRQ (запитами щодо переривань)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Увімкнути локальний APIC</guilabel>: за допомогою цього пункту ви "
+"можете увімкнути локальний APIC, тобто керування усіма зовнішніми "
+"перериваннями для певних процесорів у багатопроцесорних системах."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "Наступна сторінка"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Типовий:</guilabel> типовий варіант операційної системи для "
+"завантаження."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Приєднати:</guilabel> за допомогою цього параметра ви можете "
+"передати ядру системи якісь дані або повідомити ядру про те, що слід надати "
+"вам більше інформації під час завантаження системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Зондування сторонньої ОС</guilabel>: див. вище розділ щодо <link "
+"linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader\">використання завантажувача Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Режим відео:</guilabel> за допомогою цього пункту ви можете "
+"вказати розмірності екрана (у пікселях) та глибину кольорів для меню "
+"завантаження. Якщо ви натиснете кнопку списку із маленьким трикутничком "
+"вістрям униз, програма покаже варіанти розмірностей і глибини кольорів, "
+"якими можна скористатися."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Не чіпати ESP або MBR</emphasis>: див. вище розділ "
+"щодо <link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">використання ланцюгового "
+"завантаження</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "Налаштування SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Зазвичай DrakX визначає параметри дисків правильно. Втім, якщо ви маєте "
+"справу із застарілим дисковим контролером SCSI, можливі помилки, через які "
+"програма не зможе встановити потрібних драйверів."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам трапився саме такий контролер, вам доведеться вручну повідомити "
+"DrakX, з яким диском SCSI доведеться мати справу."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього, DrakX зможе налаштувати систему на роботу з дисками належним "
+"чином."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування звуку"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"На цій сторінці буде показано назву драйвера, який інструмент встановлення "
+"вибрав для вашої звукової картки. Цим драйвером буде типовий драйвер, якщо "
+"такий передбачено для картки."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Типовий драйвер має працювати без проблем. Втім, якщо після встановлення у "
+"вас виникли проблеми зі звуком, віддайте команду <command>draksound</"
+"command> або запустіть відповідний модуль за допомогою Центру керування "
+"Mageia: виберіть сторінку <guilabel>Обладнання</guilabel> і натисніть пункт "
+"<guilabel>Налаштування звуку</guilabel> у верхній правій частині вікна."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього у вікні draksound або інструмента «Налаштування звуку» натисніть "
+"пункт <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, а потім кнопку <guibutton>Вирішення "
+"проблем</guibutton>. У відповідь буде показано варті уваги поради щодо "
+"вирішення проблеми."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Додатково"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Кнопкою <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> під час встановлення варто "
+"користуватися, якщо для картки не передбачено типового драйвера або якщо "
+"існує декілька драйверів, і ви певні, що засобом встановлення вибрано "
+"помилковий драйвер."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому випадку, ви можете вибрати інший драйвер після натискання кнопки "
+"<guibutton>Дозвольте мені підібрати драйвер</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "Підтвердження форматування жорсткого диска"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, якщо ви не певні щодо "
+"зробленого вибору."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, якщо ви певні і хочете витерти "
+"всі розділи, всі операційні системи на диску і всі дані, що зберігаються на "
+"цьому диску."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "Тестування Mageia як портативної системи"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Портативний режим"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"Це вікно буде показано, якщо вами було вибрано варіант «Завантажити Mageia». "
+"Якщо вибрано інший варіант, буде показано вікно кроку «<link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Розбиття на розділи</link>»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "Тестування обладнання"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Одним із призначень портативної системи є перевірка того, чи належним чином "
+"працює обладнання комп’ютера під керуванням Mageia. Ви можете перевірити, чи "
+"до усіх пристроїв є драйвери за допомогою розділу «Обладнання» Центру "
+"керування Mageia. Передбачено перевірку найпоширеніших типів пристроїв:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "інтерфейс мережі: його можна налаштувати за допомогою net_applet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+"графічна картка: якщо ви не мали проблем із попередньою сторінкою, все уже "
+"налаштовано."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "вебкамера:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "звук: музичне вітання вже було відтворено"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "принтер: можете налаштувати принтер і надрукувати тестову сторінку"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "сканер: спробуйте сканувати документ…"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо усі перевірки вдало пройдено, ви можете продовжити встановлення. Якщо "
+"маєте проблеми, можете перервати встановлення за допомогою кнопки «Вийти»."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Вказані вами параметри налаштування буде збережено у встановленій системі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "Запуск встановлення"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб розпочати встановлення з носія портативної системи Mageia на компакт-"
+"диску, DVD або флешці на твердий диск або диск SSD, просто натисніть "
+"піктограму «Встановити на твердий диск» на стільниці. У відповідь буде "
+"показано наведене вікно, а потім відкрито вікно кроку «<link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Розбиття на розділи</link>», як і під час "
+"безпосереднього встановлення."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "Вилучення Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "Настанови"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо Mageia не задовольняє ваших потреб або ви не змогли належним чином "
+"встановити систему, у вас може виникнути потреба у вилученні дистрибутива. "
+"Це ваше право і у Mageia передбачено можливість вилучення системи. Таку "
+"можливість можна знайти не у кожній операційній системі."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Після створення резервної копії даних, перезавантажте систему з DVD Mageia і "
+"виберіть пункт «Rescue system», далі «Restore Windows boot loader». Під час "
+"наступного завантаження системи завантажиться Windows без усіляких вікон "
+"вибору операційної системи."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб скористатися місцем на диску, яке колись було зайнято розділами Mageia, "
+"у Windows, скористайтеся пунктом меню <code>Пуск -> Панель керування -> "
+"Засоби адміністрування -> Керування комп’ютером -> Сховища даних -> "
+"Керування дисками</code>. У відповідь має бути відкрито сторінку керування "
+"розділами. Розділ, куди було встановлено Mageia, можна визначити за міткою "
+"<guilabel>Невідомий</guilabel>, а також за розміром та розташуванням на "
+"диску. Клацніть правою кнопкою миші на такому розділі і виберіть пункт "
+"<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>. Після цього місце на диску буде звільнено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо на комп’ютері встановлено Windows XP, ви можете створити новий розділ і "
+"виконати його форматування (у FAT32 або NTFS). Система надасть йому "
+"відповідну літеру диска."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо на комп’ютері встановлено Vista або 7, у вас буде ще один можливий "
+"варіант: ви можете розширити наявний розділ за допомогою пункту, "
+"розташованого ліворуч від пункту вільного місця на диску. Крім того, можна "
+"скористатися вільними або комерційними програмами для XP, Vista або 7 "
+"(наприклад Gparted) за допомогою яких можна буде виконати додаткові дії з "
+"розділами. Як і завжди, під час внесення змін до розділів слід бути дуже "
+"обережним і створювати резервні копії усіх важливих даних."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "Зберегти або вилучити невикористані матеріали"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"На цьому кроці засіб встановлення виконає пошук невикористаних пакунків "
+"перекладів та забезпечення роботи обладнання. Далі, буде запропоновано "
+"вилучити зайві пакунки. Варто погодитися на таке вилучення, якщо, звичайно, "
+"ви не плануєте створити систему, яка працюватиме на обладнанні, відмінному "
+"від того, на якому її було встановлено."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"На наступному кроці відбудеться копіювання файлів на жорсткий диск. Ця "
+"процедура триватиме декілька хвилин. Наприкінці процедури ви певний час "
+"бачитимете порожній екран. Це нормально."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "Спеціальний"
+
+#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment "
+#~ "of performances."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings (безпечні параметри), перевага безпечності параметрів над "
+#~ "швидкодією."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD"
+#~ msgstr "DVD"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type="
+#~ "\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png"
+#~ "\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
+#~ msgstr "Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC "
+#~ "- System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory "
+#~ "that is both read and write protected."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Втім, після встановлення домашні каталоги користувачів, записи яких буде "
+#~ "додано за допомогою модуля <emphasis>Центр керування Mageia - Система - "
+#~ "Керувати користувачами системи</emphasis>, буде захищено як від читання, "
+#~ "так і від запису."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is "
+#~ "advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s)  "
+#~ "after reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо ви хочете захистити ваш домашній каталог від читання будь-яким "
+#~ "користувачем, вам варто на етапі встановлення створити тимчасовий запис "
+#~ "користувача, а справжній запис створити вже після завершення встановлення "
+#~ "і перезавантаження системи."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks."
+#~ "png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DVD dual arch"
+#~ msgstr "DVD подвійної архітектури"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made "
+#~ "automatically according to the detected CPU."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Пакунки обох архітектур присутні на одному носії даних, вибір архітектури "
+#~ "буде зроблено автоматично на основі даних щодо виявлено процесора."
+
+#~ msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only."
+#~ msgstr "Лише стільниця Xfce."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+#~ "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Лише деякі мови (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
+
+#~ msgid "It contains non free software."
+#~ msgstr "Містить невільне програмне забезпечення."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD KDE"
+#~ msgstr "Портативний CD з KDE"
+
+#~ msgid "32 bit only."
+#~ msgstr "Лише 32-бітова версія."
+
+#~ msgid "Live CD GNOME"
+#~ msgstr "Портативний CD з GNOME"
+
+#~ msgid "boot.iso"
+#~ msgstr "boot.iso"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\" fileref=\"live-bootloaderConfiguration.png"
+#~ "\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "With a Bios system"
+#~ msgstr "Із системою BIOS"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
+#~ "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> "
+#~ "screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Щоб додати запис або внести зміни у позначений запис, натисніть "
+#~ "відповідну кнопку на сторінці <emphasis>Налаштування завантажувача</"
+#~ "emphasis>. У відповідь буде показано вікно редагування."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+#~ "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to "
+#~ "manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-"
+#~ "customizer</code> instead."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо вами було вибрано завантажувач <code>Grub 2</code>, ви не зможете "
+#~ "скористатися цим інструментом для редагування записів на наступному "
+#~ "кроці, після натискання кнопки «Далі». Вам слід скористатися іншим "
+#~ "графічним інструментом для редагування, зокрема <code>kcm-grub2</code>, "
+#~ "<code>grub-customizer</code>, або внести зміни до <code>/boot/grub2/"
+#~ "custom.cfg</code> вручну."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of "
+#~ "an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Деякі з дій можна виконувати нічим не ризикуючи. До таких дій належить "
+#~ "зміна мітки запису або позначення типового запису у списку."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it "
+#~ "completely."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ви можете додати до запису належний номер версії або повністю змінити "
+#~ "назву запису."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
+#~ "choice while booting up."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Типовий пункт — це пункт операційної системи, яка завантажується, якщо "
+#~ "користувачем не буде зроблено іншого вибору під час показу меню "
+#~ "завантаження."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system.  Please "
+#~ "don't just try something without knowing what you are doing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Редагування інших параметрів може призвести до неможливості завантаження "
+#~ "системи. Будь ласка, не експериментуйте з цими параметрами, якщо вам "
+#~ "достеменно невідоме їхнє призначення."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit "
+#~ "entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/"
+#~ "grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All "
+#~ "you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У цьому випадку ви користуватиметеся Grub2-efi і не зможете скористатися "
+#~ "інструментом для редагування записів на цьому. Редагування можна "
+#~ "здійснити вручну за допомогою файла <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> "
+#~ "або скористатися <code>grub-customizer</code>. Усе, що ви можете зробити "
+#~ "на цьому кроці, вибрати типовий запис зі спадного списку."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop "
+#~ "down list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a "
+#~ "graphical boot loader."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Після натискання кнопки <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, у наступному "
+#~ "спадному списку ви зможете вибрати роздільну здатність для екрана Grub2, "
+#~ "графічного завантажувача системи."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically "
+#~ "by the installer, you can change them here."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо вам потрібні інші параметри роботи завантажувача, ніж ті, які було "
+#~ "вибрано автоматично програмою для встановлення системи, ви можете змінити "
+#~ "їх за допомогою цієї сторінки."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which "
+#~ "case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing "
+#~ "bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ймовірно, ви вже користувалися якоюсь операційною системою на вашому "
+#~ "комп’ютері. Якщо це так, вам слід визначитися, має бути додано пункт "
+#~ "Mageia до меню поточного завантажувача, чи Mageia має створити власний "
+#~ "завантажувач."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+#~ "(Master Boot Record)  of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+#~ "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new "
+#~ "Mageia boot menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Типово, Mageia записує новий завантажувач GRUB (застарілу версію) до MBR "
+#~ "(основного запису завантаження) першого диска вашого комп’ютера. Якщо на "
+#~ "диску вже було встановлено операційні системи, Mageia спробує додати "
+#~ "пункти цих операційних систем до нового меню завантаження Mageia."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to "
+#~ "GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У новій версії Mageia ви зможете скористатися завантажувачем GRUB2 на "
+#~ "додачу до застарілої версії GRUB та Lilo."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported "
+#~ "by GRUB (legacy)  and will not be recognized if the default GRUB "
+#~ "bootloader is used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Операційні системи Linux, у яких використовується завантажувач GRUB2, у "
+#~ "поточній версії не розпізнаються і не підтримуються типовим "
+#~ "завантажувачем GRUB (застарілої версії)."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available "
+#~ "at the Summary page during installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Найкращим вирішенням цієї проблеми є використання завантажувача GRUB2. "
+#~ "Наказати системі використовувати саме цей завантажувач можна на сторінці "
+#~ "«Резюме» під час встановлення операційної системи."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to "
+#~ "remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click "
+#~ "the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow "
+#~ "you to change the bootloader install location."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо ви вирішите скористатися вже встановленим завантажувачем, не "
+#~ "забудьте зупинитися на сторінці резюме під час встановлення і натиснути у "
+#~ "розділі «Завантажувач» кнопку <guibutton>Налаштувати</guibutton> , за "
+#~ "допомогою якої ви зможете змінити місце встановлення завантажувача."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing "
+#~ "MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the "
+#~ "partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Не вибирайте пристрій, наприклад «sda», інакше вже створений запис MBR "
+#~ "буде перезаписано. Вам слід вибрати кореневий розділ, який було вибрано "
+#~ "під час кроку розподілу диска на розділи, наприклад «sda7»."
+
+#~ msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
+#~ msgstr "Якщо бути точним, sda — це пристрій, а sda7 — розділ на пристрої."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+#~ "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back "
+#~ "to the installer screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Перейдіть до tty2 натисканням комбінації клавіш Ctrl+Alt+F2 і віддайте "
+#~ "команду <literal>df</literal> щоб визначити розташування вашого розділу "
+#~ "<literal>/</literal> (кореневого каталогу). Повернутися до вікна засобу "
+#~ "встановлення можна за допомогою натискання комбінації клавіш Ctrl+Alt+F7."
+
+#~ msgid "Bootloader advanced option"
+#~ msgstr "Додаткові параметри завантажувача"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> "
+#~ "partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
+#~ "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /"
+#~ "tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо об’єм на диску з розділом <literal>/</literal>, що містить каталог "
+#~ "<literal>/tmp</literal>, є дуже обмеженим, натисніть кнопку "
+#~ "<guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> і позначте пункт <guilabel>Очищати /tmp "
+#~ "при кожному перезавантаженні</guilabel>. Це допоможе зекономити трохи "
+#~ "місця."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></"
+#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></"
+#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Using Windows"
+#~ msgstr "За допомогою Windows"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Цей крок докладно описано у <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+#~ "\">документації з Mageia</link>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center"
+#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format="
+#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format="
+#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
+#~ msgstr "Нижче наведено типове вікно вітання DVD Mageia:"
+
+#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Деякі параметри роботи ядра можна вказати після натискання клавіші F6."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </"
+#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </"
+#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use "
+#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></"
+#~ "xref>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо під час встановлення у вас виникнуть проблеми, вам доведеться "
+#~ "скористатися особливими параметрами встановлення, див. <xref linkend="
+#~ "\"installationOptions\"></xref>."
+
+#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У відповідь на натискання цієї клавіші буде відкрито таке текстове вікно "
+#~ "довідкових даних."
+
+#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen"
+#~ msgstr "Довідкове вікно системи встановлення"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the "
+#~ "options selected will work with your computer."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "За допомогою цього розділу ви зможете виконати точне налаштування "
+#~ "звукової підсистеми вашого комп’ютера. Здебільшого, можна вдовольнитися "
+#~ "типовими параметрами налаштування."
+
+#~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Вибір диска для витирання з метою встановлення <application>Mageia</"
+#~ "application>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install "
+#~ "<application>Mageia</application>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Виберіть жорсткий диск, який слід форматувати для встановлення "
+#~ "<application>Mageia</application>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk "
+#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Переконайтеся, що вибрано саме той жорсткий диск. Всі дані на вибраному "
+#~ "диску буде втрачено. Відновити дані після витирання буде дуже важко."
+
+#~ msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)"
+#~ msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача (застаріла сторінка)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because "
+#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main "
+#~ "options''' screen in installer links to."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Цю сторінку було пересунуто на нову сторінку <xref linkend="
+#~ "\"setupBootloader\"></xref>, оскільки ця сторінка мала назву файла, що "
+#~ "відповідала назві файла для кнопки довідки на сторінці «Основні параметри "
+#~ "завантажування» у встановлювачі."
+
+#~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Налаштування графічного сервера, графічної картки та монітора (застаріла "
+#~ "сторінка)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> "
+#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card "
+#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Цю сторінку було пересунуто на нову сторінку <xref linkend="
+#~ "\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>, оскільки ця сторінка мала назву файла, що "
+#~ "відповідала назві файла для кнопки довідки на сторінці «Налаштування "
+#~ "графічної картки і монітора» у встановлювачі."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/"
+#~ "> first."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо ви ще цього не зробили, спочатку ознайомтеся з розділом <xref "
+#~ "linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>."
+
+#~ msgid "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually"
+#~ msgstr "Додавання запису заснованої на GRUB2 системи вручну"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Щоб додати засновану на GRUB2 систему до меню завантаження Mageia, "
+#~ "виконайте такі дії:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version "
+#~ "run the following command in a terminal:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Завантажте іншу операційну систему. З метою визначення версії GRUB2 "
+#~ "віддайте у терміналі таку команду:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "or if that fails try:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо ніяких корисних даних не буде виведено, спробуйте таку команду:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom "
+#~ "suffix), then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 "
+#~ "and your system should be correctly identified by Mageia during "
+#~ "installation and added automatically to the menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо у відповідь буде повернуто «GNU GRUB version 0.97» (можливо з "
+#~ "якимось додатковим суфіксом), у системі використовується GRUB (який ще "
+#~ "називають застарілим GRUB), а не GRUB2. Отже вашу систему буде належним "
+#~ "чином виявлено засобами Mageia під час встановлення, а її пункт буде "
+#~ "додано до меню завантаження."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо буде повернуто рядок з (GRUB) 1.98, 1.99 або 2.xx, використовується "
+#~ "GRUB2."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root "
+#~ "partition:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Запишіть номер версії і віддайте таку команду з метою визначення назви "
+#~ "кореневого розділу:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "This will output something like :"
+#~ msgstr "У відповідь буде виведено щось таке:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it."
+#~ msgstr "sdb11 — кореневий розділ, — запам’ятайте його назву."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the "
+#~ "following command:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Після цього перевірте, чи зберігається тека /boot на тому самому розділі, "
+#~ "за допомогою команди:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a "
+#~ "note and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu."
+#~ "lst below."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо розділ теки /boot не збігається з кореневим розділом, запишіть назву "
+#~ "розділу /boot і використайте її у рядку «root» під час редагування файла "
+#~ "menu.lst, описаного нижче."
+
+#~ msgid "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Тепер можна завершити роботу системи і перейти до встановлення Mageia."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the "
+#~ "file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У запущеній системі Mageia відкрийте вікно термінала і від імені "
+#~ "адміністратора (root) відкрийте для редагування файл /boot/grub/menu.lst. "
+#~ "Додайте до файла вказані нижче записи."
+
+#~ msgid "To become root use:"
+#~ msgstr "Щоб набути прав доступу root, віддайте такі команди:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>su -</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>su -</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "(enter root password)"
+#~ msgstr "(введіть пароль root)"
+
+#~ msgid "To open the file in an editor use:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Щоб відкрити файл у текстовому редакторі, скористайтеся такою командою:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)"
+#~ msgstr "(замініть «kwrite» на «gedit», якщо ви користуєтеся Gnome)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the "
+#~ "second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on "
+#~ "its position in the file:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Додайте такий запис для вашої операційної системи (наприклад Ubuntu), "
+#~ "наприклад другим. Розташування пункту у меню залежатиме від розташування "
+#~ "запису у файлі:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" "
+#~ "indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy "
+#~ "GRUB count from zero."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У другому рядку «hd1» означає другий диск, а «10» відповідає одинадцятому "
+#~ "розділу. Відлік дисків і розділів у застарілому GRUB Mageia виконується "
+#~ "від нуля."
+
+#~ msgid "Therefore:"
+#~ msgstr "Тому:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :"
+#~ msgstr "Якщо маєте GRUB2 версії 2.xx, змініть останній рядок на такий:"
+
+#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>"
+#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub"
+#~ "\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо раніше ви використали «grub2-install», змініть <literal>«grub»</"
+#~ "literal> на <literal>«grub2»</literal> у останньому рядку."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</"
+#~ "literal> from the last line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо /boot розташовано на окремому розділі, вилучіть <literal>«/boot»</"
+#~ "literal> з останнього рядка."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in "
+#~ "the menu and be able to boot from it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Збережіть файлі і перезавантажте комп’ютер. Тепер у меню має бути пункт "
+#~ "«Ubuntu», за допомогою якого можна буде завантажити відповідну систему."
+
+#~ msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader"
+#~ msgstr "Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем GRUB2"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader "
+#~ "yet, do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо ви ще не ознайомилися з загальною частиною щодо вже встановленого "
+#~ "завантажувача, зробіть це зараз. Див. <xref linkend="
+#~ "\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some "
+#~ "versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding "
+#~ "Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details "
+#~ "of a fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the "
+#~ "topic is \"grub problem\", post #9 has the information."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У деяких версіях Debian/Ubuntu є відома вада, пов’язана з засобом "
+#~ "визначення операційних систем під час встановлення GRUB2. Через цю ваду "
+#~ "засіб помилково створює grub.cfg під час додавання записів операційних "
+#~ "систем Mageia (або Mandriva). Обійти цю ваду доволі просто. Подробиці "
+#~ "можна знайти на форумі Mageia. Виконайте пошук за ключовим словом "
+#~ "«prober». Тема гілки — «grub problem». Вирішення наведено у дописі 9."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel "
+#~ "update, the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub."
+#~ "d/40_custom</literal>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Щоб це виправлення не було усунуто під час оновлення ядра Ubuntu, слід "
+#~ "додати запис Mageia до файла <literal>/etc/grub.d/40_custom</literal>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. "
+#~ "So now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the "
+#~ "preferred solution."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Зауваження: цю ваду виправлено у os-prober-1.53, випущеному 8 травня 2012 "
+#~ "року. Отже, тепер варто віддати перевагу оновленню до нової версії GRUB2 "
+#~ "у вашій системі."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"summaryBottom-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"summaryBottom-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc78ffa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Встановлення з носія LIVE</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Січень 2015 року</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Офіційна документація до Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов
+ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю
+            </para>
+            <para>Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією
+<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+            </para>
+            <para>Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від
+основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команди
+документування</link>, якщо хочете допомогти у поліпшенні цього підручника.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>Встановлення з носія LIVE</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір
+сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та
+вибраного вами варіанта встановлення.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2421edd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Встановлення з носія LIVE</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір
+сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та
+вибраного вами варіанта встановлення.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов
+ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю</para>
+
+      <para>Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією
+<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від
+основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команди
+документування</link>, якщо хочете допомогти у поліпшенні цього підручника.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5ee8cfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>Встановлення за допомогою DrakX</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>Лютий 2014 року</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Офіційна документація до Mageia</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов
+ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією
+<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від
+основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команди
+документування</link>, якщо хочете допомогти у поліпшенні цього підручника.</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>Встановлення за допомогою DrakX</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір
+сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та
+вибраного вами варіанта встановлення.</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43c3bbc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Встановлення за допомогою DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір
+сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та
+вибраного вами варіанта встановлення.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов
+ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю</para>
+
+      <para>Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією
+<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від
+основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команди
+документування</link>, якщо хочете допомогти у поліпшенні цього підручника.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ca16732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Вибір і використання образів ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Вступ</title>
+    <para>Розповсюдження Mageia відбувається за допомогою образів ISO. За допомогою
+цієї сторінки довідки ви зможете вибрати образ, який відповідає вашим
+потребам.</para>
+    <para>Існує два сімейства носіїв дистрибутива:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Класичний засіб встановлення: після завантаження з носія системи буде
+розпочато процедуру, протягом якої ви зможете вибрати компоненти для
+встановлення та налаштувати майбутню встановлену систему. Цей носій надасть
+вам максимальні можливості щодо гнучкості налаштувань, зокрема ви зможете
+вибрати стільничне середовище, яким би ви хотіли користуватися.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Портативні носії (LIVE): систему на такому носії можна завантажити як
+звичайну систему Mageia без встановлення для ознайомлення із тим, як усе
+виглядатиме після встановлення. Процес встановлення є простішим, але вибір
+варіантів є вужчим.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Подробиці наведено у наступних розділах.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Носій</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Визначення</title>
+      <para>Тут ми називаємо носієм даних файл образу ISO, за допомогою якого можна
+встановити і/або оновити Mageia, а також будь-який фізичний носій, де
+зберігаються дані файла ISO.</para>
+      <para>Знайти носії даних можна <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/uk/downloads/">тут</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Класичний носій для встановлення</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Типові можливості</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>На цих образах ISO використовується традиційний засіб встановлення під
+назвою drakx.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Вони придатні для встановлення «з нуля» або оновлення попередніх випусків.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Доступ до деяких з інструментів можна отримати з екран вітання: система
+відновлення, тест пам’яті, інструмент виявлення обладнання.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>На кожному з DVD міститься багато стільничних середовищ та переклади різними
+мовами.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Під час встановлення вам буде надано можливість додати джерела невільного
+програмного забезпечення.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Портативний носій</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Типові можливості</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Можна скористатися для ознайомлення із дистрибутивом без встановлення його
+на жорсткий диск. Втім, якщо хочеться, за допомогою цього носія можна
+встановити Mageia на вашому комп’ютері.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Кожен ISO містить лише одне стільничне середовище (Плазму, GNOME або Xfce).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Образами ISO портативних систем можна скористатися
+лише для встановлення системи «з нуля». Вони непридатні для оновлення
+системи з попередніх випусків.</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Містять невільне програмне забезпечення.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Портативний DVD з Плазмою</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Лише стільничне середовище Плазми.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Містить переклади усіма мовами.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Лише для 64-бітової архітектури.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Портативний DVD із GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Лише стільничне середовище GNOME.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Містить переклади усіма мовами.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Лише для 64-бітової архітектури</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Портативний DVD з Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Лише стільничне середовище Xfce.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Містить переклади усіма мовами.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32-бітова і 64-бітова архітектури.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Носії CD лише для завантаження</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Типові можливості</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Кожен з таких малих образів містить лише дані, потрібні для запуску засобу
+встановлення drakx та пошуку drakx-installer-stage2 та інших пакунків, за
+допомогою яких можна продовжити і завершити встановлення. Такі пакунки
+можуть зберігатися на жорсткому диску комп’ютера, локальному диску, у
+локальній мережі або у інтернеті.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Такі носії є дуже малими (менше за 100 МБ). Ними зручно користуватися, якщо
+канал зв’язку у мережі є надто вузьким для отримання повноцінного образу
+DVD, на комп’ютерах без пристрою для читання DVD або на комп’ютерах, які не
+можуть завантажувати систему із флеш-диска USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Лише англійська мова.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Містить лише вільне програмне забезпечення. Призначено для користувачів, які
+не бажають користуватися невільними пакунками.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Містить невільне програмне забезпечення (здебільшого драйвери, кодеки
+тощо). Призначено для тих, хто потребує цих компонентів системи.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Отримання</title>
+      <para>Щойно вами буде вибрано потрібний вам файл ISO, ви можете отримати його або
+за допомогою протоколу http, або за допомогою BitTorrent. У обох випадках у
+вікні буде показано певну інформацію щодо джерела даних та надано можливість
+змінити його, якщо швидкість отримання даних є надто малою. Якщо буде
+вибрано http, ви побачите щось таке:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum і sha1sum — програми для перевірки цілісності даних у образах
+ISO. Для виконання перевірки достатньо встановити лише одну з цих
+програм. Для <link linkend="integrity">подальшого використання</link>
+встановіть одну з них. Далі, буде показано таке вікно:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Позначте пункт «Зберегти файл».</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Перевірка цілісності отриманих даних образу</title>
+      <para>Обидва шістнадцяткових числа обчислено за допомогою певного алгоритму на
+основі файла, який має бути отримано. Якщо ви попросите відповідну програму
+знову обчислити шістнадцяткове число на основі отриманого файла, буде
+отримано те саме число (це означатиму що дані було отримано належним чином)
+або інше число (отже, дані було отримано з помилками). Розбіжність чисел
+означає, що вам слід повторити отримання образу або спробувати відновити
+його за допомогою BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>Відкрийте консоль (від імені звичайного користувача) і віддайте таку
+команду:</para>
+      <para>- Якщо використовується md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+шлях/до/файла/образу.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>- Якщо використовується sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+шлях/до/образу.iso</userinput>.</para>
+      <para>і порівняйте отримане числове значення (для його отримання знадобиться
+певний час) з числом, вказаним на сторінці Mageia. Приклад:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Запис образу ISO</title>
+    <para>Перевірений образ ISO можна записати на компакт-диск, DVD або флешку
+USB. Дія із запису не є простим копіюванням, — її призначено для створення
+придатного до завантаження системи носія даних.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Запис образу ISO на компакт-диск або DVD</title>
+      <para>Скористайтеся будь-яким пристроєм для записування, але його має бути
+налаштовано на <emphasis role="bold">запис образу</emphasis>. Просто
+записати дані або файли недостатньо. Докладніше про це можна дізнатися з
+<link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">вікі
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Запис образу ISO на флешку USB</title>
+      <para>Усі образи ISO Mageia є гібридними, тобто ви можете записувати їх на флешку
+USB і користуватися нею для завантаження або встановлення системи.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>У результаті «запису» образу на диск USB (флешку) усі дані файлової системи
+на ній буде знищено. Доступ до усіх даних, які не буде знищено, буде
+втрачено. Розмір диска буде зменшено на розмір образу.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>Для відновлення початкової місткості диска USB вам згодом доведеться
+повторно створити на ньому розділи і виконати форматування.</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Mageia</title>
+        <para>Ви можете скористатися інструментом із графічним інтерфейсом, наприклад
+<link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Windows</title>
+        <para>Ви можете спробувати такі засоби:</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> за
+допомогою пункту «ISO image» («образ ISO»);</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>За допомогою інструментів командного рядка у системі GNU/Linux</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>Цей шлях є потенційно небезпечним. Ви можете пошкодити розділ на диску, якщо
+вкажете помилковий ідентифікатор пристрою.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>Ви також можете скористатися консольною програмою dd:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Відкрийте вікно консолі</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Отримайте права користувача root за допомогою команди <userinput>su
+-</userinput> (не забудьте «-» наприкінці команди)</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>З’єднайте з комп’ютером ваш диск USB (не монтуйте його, тобто не відкривайте
+вміст диска у будь-якій програмі, зокрема у програмі для керування файлами,
+яка може отримати доступ до даних або читати дані).</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Віддайте команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>Крім того, визначити назву пристрою можна за допомогою команди
+<code>dmesg</code>: наприкінці виведених нею даних буде вказано назву
+пристрою, що починатиметься з <emphasis>sd</emphasis> з наступним фрагментом
+<emphasis>sdd</emphasis> у нашому випадку:</para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Назву пристрою можна визначити за розміром. Наприклад, на наведеному вище
+знімку <code>/dev/sdb</code> це пристрій місткістю 8 ГБ, тобто флешка USB.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Віддайте таку команду: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX
+bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>де X — назва потрібного вам пристрою. Приклад: /dev/sdc</para>
+            <para>Приклад: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Віддайте таку команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Витягніть флешку USB. Запис завершено.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d35d592d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Умови ліцензування та нотатки щодо випуску</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">Ліцензійна угода</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Перш ніж встановлювати <application>Mageia</application>, будь ласка,
+ретельно ознайомтеся з умовами ліцензування.</para>
+
+    <para>Ці умови ліцензування стосуються всього дистрибутива
+<application>Mageia</application>. Вам слід прийняти ці умови, інакше
+встановлення буде неможливим.</para>
+
+    <para>Щоб погодитися з умовами, позначте пункт <guilabel>Прийняти</guilabel>, а
+потім натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>Якщо ви не погоджуєтеся з умовами ліцензування, ми залишимося вдячні за те,
+що ви звернули увагу на дистрибутив. Після натискання кнопки
+<guibutton>Вийти</guibutton> ваш комп’ютер буде перезавантажено.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Нотатки щодо випуску</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Щоб ознайомитися із важливою інформацією щодо поточного випуску
+<application>Mageia</application>, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Нотатки щодо
+випуску</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dbbe7b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Керування обліковими записами користувача і адміністратора</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Встановлення пароля адміністратора (root):</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>У кожній встановленій системі <application>Mageia</application> варто
+визначити пароль суперкористувача або адміністратора. Такий пароль у Linux
+зазвичай має назву <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. Під час введення пароля
+колір позначки щита змінюватиметься з червоного на жовтий, а потім на
+зелений, залежно від складності пароля. Зелений колір відповідає достатньо
+складним паролям. Вам також слід повторити введення пароля у полі
+розташованому нижче, щоб упевнитися, що пароль було вказано без помилок.</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>Всі паролі слід вказувати з врахуванням регістру. Краще використовувати у
+паролі суміш літер (великих і малих), цифр та інших символів.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Введіть користувача</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>За допомогою цієї панелі ви можете додати користувачів. Кожен користувач має
+вужчі права доступу, ніж суперкористувач (root), але достатньо прав для
+перегляду сторінок інтернету, користування офісними програмами, ігор та
+будь-яких інших завдань, які виконуються звичайним користувачем за
+комп’ютером.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Піктограма</guibutton>: за допомогою цієї кнопки можна змінити
+піктограму користувача.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Справжнє ім’я</guilabel>: у цьому полі для введення тексту слід
+вказати справжнє ім’я користувача.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Ім’я користувача, що реєструється</guilabel>: тут ви можете ввести
+реєстраційне ім’я користувача або надати змогу drakx використовувати певну
+версію справжнього імені користувача.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: у цьому полі вам слід вказати пароль
+користувача. Колір позначки щита поряд з цим полем відповідає складності
+пароля (див. також <xref linkend="givePassword"/>)</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Пароль (ще раз)</guilabel>: повторіть введення пароля користувача
+у цьому полі. drakx перевірить, чи збігається введений вами повторно пароль
+з його початковим варіантом.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>Вміст домашніх каталогів всіх користувачів, записи яких буде створено під
+час встановлення Mageia, буде захищено від читання і запису (umask=0027).</para>
+      <para>Ви можете додати всі записи майбутніх користувачів системи на кроці
+<emphasis>Налаштування - Резюме</emphasis> під час встановлення системи. Для
+керування записами користувачів виберіть пункт <emphasis>Керування
+користувачами</emphasis>.</para>
+      <para>Права доступу до домашніх каталогів, звичайно ж, можна змінити і після
+завершення встановлення системи.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Додаткові можливості керування записами користувачів</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>Якщо ви натиснете кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, програма відкриє
+діалогове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете змінити параметри облікового
+запису, який ви додаєте.</para>
+    <para condition="classical">Крім того, за допомогою цього діалогового вікна можна вимкнути або увімкнути
+гостьовий обліковий запис.</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>Будь-які дані, які буде записано з гостьового облікового запису
+<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> до відповідного каталогу у /home, буде витерто
+під час виходу з системи. Користувачеві гостьового облікового запису слід
+потурбуватися про збереження важливих файлів на портативний носій даних.</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>Увімкнути гостьовий запис</guilabel>: за допомогою цього пункту
+можна увімкнути або вимкнути гостьовий обліковий запис. Користувач
+гостьового облікового запису зможете увійти до системи, користуватися
+комп’ютером, але матиме обмежені права доступу навіть порівняно зі
+звичайними користувачами.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Командна оболонка</guilabel>: за допомогою цього спадного списку
+ви можете змінити командну оболонку, яка використовуватиметься для роботи
+користувача, обліковий запис якого створено за допомогою попереднього
+вікна. Можливі такі варіанти: Bash, Dash та Sh.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Код користувача</guilabel>: тут ви можете встановити код
+(ідентифікатор) користувача, обліковий запис якого було додано за допомогою
+попереднього вікна. Слід вказати номер облікового запису. Не заповнюйте це
+поле, якщо вам невідомі наслідки ваших дій.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Код групи</guilabel>: тут ви можете встановити код (ідентифікатор)
+групи користувача, обліковий запис якого було додано за допомогою
+попереднього вікна. Слід вказати номер, зазвичай той самий, що і для
+облікового запису користувача. Не заповнюйте це поле, якщо вам невідомі
+наслідки ваших дій.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c29a425e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Вибір носія (налаштовування додаткових носіїв пакунків для встановлення)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На цій сторінці буде наведено список визначених сховищ пакунків. Ви зможете
+додати інші джерела пакунків, зокрема оптичний носій даних або віддалений
+сервер у мережі. Набір вказаних сховищ визначає, які з пакунків будуть
+доступними для вибору на наступних кроках.</para>
+
+  <para>Щоб додати джерело у інтернет, слід виконати два таких кроки:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Вибір і вмикання мережі, якщо її ще не було увімкнено. </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Вибір дзеркала або визначення адреси (перший запис). Після вибору дзеркала
+ви отримаєте доступ до вибору сховищ, які використовуються у Mageia, зокрема
+сховищ невільних пакунків (Nonfree), пакунків з обмеженнями у ліцензуванні
+(Tainted) та оновлень (Updates). За допомогою визначення адреси ви можете
+пов’язати з системою певне сховище пакунків або розгорнуту вами за допомогою
+NFS систему.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Якщо ви оновлюєте 64-бітову версію системи, де можуть міститися якісь
+32-бітові пакунки, вам варто скористатися цією сторінкою для додавання
+сховища пакунків: позначте один із протоколів мережі. DVD із 64-бітовою
+версією містить лише 64-бітові пакунки та пакунки без визначеної
+архітектури. За його допомогою не можна оновити 32-бітові пакунки. Втім,
+після додавання інтернет-сховища, засіб встановлення може виявити потрібні
+для оновлення 32-бітові пакунки.</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8f115fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Вибір точок монтування</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете переглянути список розділів Linux на
+вашому комп’ютері. Якщо ви не згодні з пропозиціями
+<application>DrakX</application>, ви можете змінити точки монтування.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>У разі внесення змін не забудьте, що серед розділів обов’язково має бути
+розділ <literal>/</literal>.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Для кожного з розділів буде показано такі дані: «Пристрій» («Місткість»,
+«Точка монтування», «Тип»).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Для пункту «Пристрій» буде показано таке: «твердий диск», [«номер твердого
+диска»(літера)], «номер розділу» (наприклад, «sda5»).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Якщо у вашій системі багато розділів, за допомогою спадного меню ви зможете
+вибрати для них різні точки монтування, зокрема такі: <literal>/</literal>,
+<literal>/home</literal> і <literal>/var</literal>. Крім того, ви можете
+створити власні точки монтування, наприклад <literal>/video</literal> для
+розділу, на якому зберігатимуться ваші відео файли або
+<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> для розділу <literal>/home</literal>
+встановленої тестової версії системи (cauldron).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Для розділів, доступ до яких за допомогою встановленої системи не
+здійснюватиметься, ви можете не вказувати точку монтування.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, якщо ви не певні, щодо
+вибору. Потім натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Спеціальний розподіл
+диска</guilabel>. У вікні, яке буде відкрито у відповідь, ви зможете
+натиснути область розділу, щоб переглянути дані щодо типу і розміру розділу.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Якщо ви певні, що точки монтування визначено правильно, натисніть кнопку
+<guibutton>Далі</guibutton> і визначтеся з тим, слід лише форматувати
+розділи згідно пропозицій DrakX чи виконати додаткові дії.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f0969f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Параметри годинника</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На цьому кроці вам слід вибрати часовий пояс, для якого встановлено годинник
+комп’ютера, локальний чи світовий (UTC).</para>
+
+  <para>На вкладці додаткових параметрів можна знайти додаткові параметри
+налаштування годинника.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b36f96c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Завантаження Mageia як портативної системи</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Завантаження системи з носія</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">З диска</title></info><para>Ви можете завантажити систему безпосередньо із носія, на який було записано
+ваш образ (компакт-диска, DVD тощо). Зазвичай, достатньо вставити його до
+пристрою зчитування компакт-дисків або DVD, щоб завантажувач автоматично
+запустив процедуру встановлення після перезавантаження комп’ютера. Якщо
+цього не трапиться, ймовірно, вам доведеться внести зміни у налаштування
+BIOS або натиснути якусь клавішу (підказку буде показано під час
+завантаження), яка надасть змогу вибрати пристрій, з якого відбуватиметься
+завантаження системи на комп’ютері.</para><para>Відповідно до обладнання, на якому ви працюєте, та способу його
+налаштування, ви побачите один із наведених нижче двох варіантів зображення
+на екрані.</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">З пристрою USB</title></info><para>Ви можете завантажити систему із флешки USB, на яку було записано образ
+ISO. Відповідно до параметрів роботи BIOS, комп’ютер може завантажуватися
+безпосередньо із флешки, яку вставлено у порт USB. Якщо цього не трапилося
+одразу, вам доведеться трохи змінити налаштування BIOS або натиснути клавішу
+(підказку буде показано під час завантаження), яка надаться вам змогу
+вибрати периферійний пристрій, з якого завантажуватиметься комп’ютер.</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">У застарілому режимі BIOS/CSM</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>Перший екран завантаження у режимі BIOS</para></caption></mediaobject><para>За допомогою середнього меню ви можете вибрати одну з трьох дій:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Завантажити Mageia: вибір цього пункту означає, що буде завантажено Mageia 5
+зі з’єднаного носія (CD/DVD або флешки USB), на жорсткий диск комп’ютера
+нічого не буде записано, система працюватиме доволі повільно. Після
+завантаження системи ви зможете встановити її на жорсткий диск комп’ютера
+або просто ознайомитися із нею.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Встановити Mageia: якщо буде вибрано цей пункт, розпочнеться процедура
+встановлення Mageia на жорсткий диск.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Завантажити з твердого диска: за допомогою цього варіанта можна завантажити
+систему з твердого диска, як звичайно відбувається, якщо з комп’ютером не
+з’єднано додаткових носіїв систем (компакт-дисків, DVD або флешок USB) (не
+працює у Mageia 5).</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>За допомогою нижнього меню можна отримати доступ до параметрів завантаження:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 — Довідка. Опис параметрі «splash», «apm», «acpi» та «Ide»</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 — Мова. Вибір мови інтерфейсу.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 — Роздільна здатність. Тут можна вибрати один із таких варіантів: text,
+640x400, 800x600, 1024x728</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 — CD-Rom. Варіанти: CD-Rom або Other (інше). Зазвичай, встановлення
+виконується зі з’єднаного з комп’ютером носія системи.За допомогою цього
+пункту ви можете вибрати інші джерела пакунків, наприклад сервери FTP або
+NFS. Якщо встановлення відбувається у мережі із сервером SLP, за допомогою
+цього пункту можна вибрати одне із джерел пакунків на сервері.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 — Драйвер. «Yes» («Так») або «No» («Ні»). За допомогою цього пункту можна
+повідомити системі про наявність додаткового диска з оновленням драйвера і
+наказати їй попросити його вставити під час встановлення.</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 — Параметри ядра. За допомогою цього пункту можна вказати параметри,
+відповідні до апаратної частини, і драйвери, якими слід скористатися.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">У режимі UEFI</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Перший екран під час завантаження системи UEFI з диска</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Вам доведеться обирати один з двох варіантів: запустити Mageia у
+портативному режимі (перший варіант) або продовжити встановлення (другий
+варіант).</para><para>Якщо завантаження відбувалося із флешки USB, буде показано два додаткових
+рядки, які дублікатами попередніх, із суфіксами «USB». Вам слід вибрати саме
+один із цих рядків.</para><para>У всіх варіантах перші кроки будуть однаковими: вибрати мову, часовий пояс і
+модель клавіатури. На наступних кроках процедура змінюється, з’являються
+<link linkend="testing">додаткові кроки портативного режиму</link>.</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..524dae67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Вибір стільниці</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>Залежно від вибраного вами за допомогою цієї сторінки варіанта встановлення,
+програма може запропонувати на подальших сторінка додаткові можливості
+остаточного налаштування вашої системи.</para>
+
+  <para>Після виконання кроків вибору, ви побачите показ слайдів. Вимкнути показ
+слайдів можна натисканням кнопки <guilabel>Подробиці</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Виберіть бажане для вас графічне середовище, <application>KDE</application>
+або <application>Gnome</application>. Обидва ці середовища об’єднують
+повноцінні набори програм та інструментів. Позначте пункт
+<guilabel>Спеціальний</guilabel> , якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати
+жодне з цих середовищ, маєте намір використовувати обидва або хочете вибрати
+якийсь особливий перелік програмного забезпечення для цих
+середовищ. Стільничне середовище <application>LXDE</application> є менш
+вибагливим до ресурсів ніж перші два середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво
+і типово містить менше корисних програм. Якщо ви не маєте наміру
+використовувати жодне з цих середовищ, маєте намір використовувати обидва
+або хочете вибрати якийсь особливий перелік програмного забезпечення для цих
+середовищ. Стільничне середовище LXDE є менш вибагливим до ресурсів ніж
+перші два середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво і типово містить менше
+корисних програм.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5826f41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Вибір груп пакунків</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Щоб полегшити вибір потрібних вам пакунків, список поділено на
+групи. Призначення груп можна зрозуміти з їхніх назв, втім, ви також можете
+отримати підказку щодо вмісту групи у відповідь на наведення вказівника миші
+на пункт групи у списку.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Робоча станція.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Сервер</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Графічне середовище.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Індивідуальний вибір пакунків: цим варіантом можна скористатися для
+додавання або вилучення пакунків вручну.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>Ознайомтеся з розділом <xref linkend="minimal-install"/>, де викладено
+настанови щодо встановлення мінімальної системи (без чи з графічним сервером
+та IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a41e434c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Вибір окремих пакунків</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>За допомогою цього варіанта ви можете вибрати додаткові пакунки, які
+доповнять встановлену вами систему, або вилучити пакунки, що є частиною
+типового набору.</para>
+
+    <para>Щойно вибір буде зроблено, ви зможете натиснути <guibutton>піктограму
+дискети</guibutton> у нижній частині сторінки, щоб зберегти список пакунків
+(дані можна зберегти на флеш-носієві USB). Після цього збереженим файлом
+можна буде скористатися для встановлення системи на інші комп’ютери:
+достатньо буде натиснути ту саму кнопку ще раз під час встановлення і
+завантажити збережений файл.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7cb96fac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Налаштування ваших служб</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете визначити, які служби запускатимуться,
+а які ні, під час завантаження вашої системи.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Передбачено чотири групи служб. Щоб розгорнути список кожної з груп,
+натисніть кнопку з зображенням трикутника перед пунктом групи.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Зазвичай, потреби у зміні налаштувань, вибраних DrakX, немає.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Після позначення пункту служби програма покаже додаткові дані щодо служби на
+інформаційній панелі під списком.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Вносьте зміни, лише якщо вам добре відомі наслідки ваших дій.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97f61a48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Налаштування часового поясу</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Виберіть ваш часовий пояс. Для цього достатньо вибрати вашу країну або якесь
+місто поруч з вашим місцем перебування так, щоб це місто було розташовано у
+тому самому часовому поясі.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">За допомогою наступного розділу ви можете вказати режим роботи апаратного
+годинника комп’ютера: використання місцевого часу або часу за Гринвічем,
+також відомого як Всесвітній час.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено декілька операційних систем,
+переконайтеся, що у всіх цих системах використано місцевий час або
+Всесвітній час (UTC/GMT).</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c19d819f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Вибір графічного сервера (налаштовування вашої графічної картки)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних графічних карток. Зазвичай,
+програма може правильно визначити ваш графічний пристрій.</para>
+
+  <para>Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити вашу графічну
+картку і вам відома назва цієї картки, ви можете вибрати її пункт з
+ієрархічного списку за такими критеріями: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>виробник</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>назва вашої картки</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>тип вашої картки</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>Якщо вашої картки немає у списку карток за виробниками (оскільки вона ще не
+встигла потрапити до бази даних або є надто старою), ви можете знайти
+відповідний драйвер у категорії «Xorg».</para>
+
+  <para>У категорії «Xorg» ви зможете скористатися одним з понад 40 типових
+драйверів з відкритим кодом для відеокарт. Якщо вам все ж не вдасться знайти
+драйвер за назвою, ви можете скористатися драйвером «vesa». Цей драйвер
+забезпечує базові можливості з показу відео.</para>
+
+  <para>Будьте уважними: якщо драйвер буде вибрано помилково, ви зможете отримати
+доступ лише до інтерфейсу командного рядка.</para>
+
+  <para>Деякі виробники відеокарт самі створюють пропрієтарні (закриті) драйвери для
+Linux. Доступ до таких драйверів можна отримати лише за допомогою сховищ
+пакунків «Nonfree» або сайтів виробників карток.</para>
+
+  <para>Вам слід явним чином увімкнути сховища «Nonfree», щоб мати до них
+доступ. Зробити це слід після першого перезавантаження системи.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4a395bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Налаштування графічної картки та монітора</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Байдуже, яке графічне середовище (або стільничне середовище) було вибрано
+під час встановлення <application>Mageia</application>, всі ці середовища
+засновано на графічному інтерфейсі, який має назву <acronym>X Window
+System</acronym> або просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Отже, щоб
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym>
+або будь-яке інше графічне середовище працювало належним чином, вказані
+нижче параметри роботи сервера <acronym>X</acronym> має бути визначено
+належним чином. Змінювати значення параметрів слід, якщо помітно, що
+<application>DrakX</application> зроблено помилковий вибір, або якщо вам
+здається, що цей вибір є помилковим.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Графічна карта</guibutton></emphasis>: якщо потрібно,
+виберіть встановлену на вашому комп’ютері графічну картку зі списку.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Монітор</guibutton></emphasis>: ви можете вибрати
+<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> якщо вважаєте, що це правильно, або вибрати
+пункт вашого монітора зі списків <guilabel>Виробник</guilabel> або
+<guilabel>Загальний</guilabel>. Виберіть пункт
+<guilabel>Спеціальний</guilabel>, якщо хочете вручну вказати частоту
+оновлення зображення за вертикаллю та горизонталлю для вашого монітора.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Помилково вказані частоти оновлення зображення можуть призвести до
+пошкодження вашого монітора.</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Роздільна здатність</guibutton></emphasis>: за
+допомогою цього пункту можна вибрати бажану роздільну здатність та глибину
+кольорів на вашому моніторі.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Перевірити</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка перевірки під
+час встановлення може бути недоступною. Якщо кнопка є доступною, за
+допомогою її натискання ви можете перевірити, чи правильно вказано
+параметри. У відповідь на питання щодо правильності параметрів ви можете
+відповісти «так», щоб зберегти вказані параметри. Якщо ж зображення на
+моніторі немає, система за деякий час поверне вас до вікна налаштовування,
+за допомогою якого ви зможете виправити налаштування, аж доки не буде
+досягнуто бажаного результату. <emphasis>Якщо кнопка перевірки є
+недоступною, вам слід самостійно потурбуватися про те, щоб вказані параметри
+були безпечними.</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Параметри</guibutton></emphasis>: за допомогою цього
+пункту ви можете увімкнути або вимкнути різноманітні параметри.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c759521a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Вибір монітора</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних моніторів. Зазвичай, програма може
+правильно визначити ваш монітор.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Вибір пункту монітора з іншими апаратними характеристиками може
+призвести до пошкодження вашого монітора або відеоапаратури. Будь ласка,
+подумайте над вашим вибором.</emphasis> Якщо маєте певні сумніви, зверніться
+до документації з вашого монітора.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Спеціальний</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">За допомогою цього пункту ви можете встановити значення двох критичних
+параметрів: вертикальної частоти оновлення та горизонтальної частоти
+синхронізації. Частота оновлення визначає частоту, з якою оновлюється
+зображення на екрані, а частота синхронізації є частотою, з якою буде
+показано лінії зображення.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4"><emphasis>ДУЖЕ ВАЖЛИВО</emphasis> не вказати тип монітора, можливості якого
+перевищують можливості вашого: інакше ви можете пошкодити ваш монітор. Якщо
+сумніваєтеся, виберіть мінімальні параметри і уважно ознайомтеся з
+документацією до вашого монітора.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Це типовий варіант: програма намагається визначити тип вашого монітора за
+базою даних моніторів.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Виробник</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити ваш монітор і
+вам відома назва цього монітора, ви можете вибрати її пункт з ієрархічного
+списку за такими критеріями: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>виробник</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>назва фірми-виробника монітора</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>опис монітора</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Загальний</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">якщо ви виберете цю групу, буде відкрито список з близько 30 типових
+налаштувань дисплеїв, подібних до 1024x768 @ 60 Гц, до якого включено
+параметри плоских панелей дисплеїв для ноутбуків. Зазвичай, цією групою
+варто користуватися, якщо у вас виникла потреба використовувати драйвер
+«Vesa» для вашої картки, тобто вашу відеокарту не вдалося визначити
+автоматично. Знову ж таки, варто параметри варто вибирати дуже обережно.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d38bc4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи за допомогою DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Якщо на вашому розділі з <literal>/</literal> ви хочете скористатися
+шифруванням, каталог <literal>/boot</literal> слід зберігати на окремому
+розділі. Не слід шифрувати каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, інакше
+завантаження системи стане неможливим.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">За допомогою цієї сторінки можна визначити компонування розділів у вашій
+системі. За її допомогою можна вилучати і створювати розділи, змінювати
+файлові системи на розділах або розміри розділів і навіть переглядати вміст
+розділів до внесення змін.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">Для кожного виявлено жорсткого диска або іншого носія даних (зокрема картки
+флеш USB) буде відведено власну вкладку. Приклад: sda, sdb та sdc, якщо буде
+виявлено три диски. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Очистити все</guibutton>, щоб всі розділи на
+вибраному носії даних було вилучено.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">Щоб виконати будь-яку іншу дію, спочатку позначте область відповідного
+розділу. Потім перегляньте дані щодо розділу, змініть його файлову систему і
+точку монтування, розміри чи просто витріть увесь розділ. За допомогою
+пункту <guibutton>Перемкнутися на режим експерта</guibutton> (або
+<guibutton>Режим експерта</guibutton>) можна отримати доступ до додаткових
+можливостей, зокрема додавання мітки або вибору типу розділу. </para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">Повторюйте ці дії для всіх відповідних розділів, аж доки все не набуде
+потрібних вам обрисів.</para>
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1">Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Виконано</guibutton>, коли налаштовування буде
+завершено.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Якщо ви встановлюєте Mageia у системах з UEFI, переконайтеся, що існує ESP
+(EFI System Partition) і що її змонтовано до /boot/EFI (див. нижче).</para>
+    <para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Якщо ви встановлюєте Mageia на застарілій системі з GPT, переконайтеся, що
+існує розділ BIOS належного типу.</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6fb13b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Розбиття на розділи</title>
+  </info>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">За допомогою цієї сторінки ви зможете переглянути вміст всіх дисків
+комп’ютера і ознайомитися з пропозиціями майстра поділу на розділи DrakX
+щодо місця встановлення <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">Перелік пунктів у наведеному нижче списку залежатиме від комплектації
+комп’ютера та вмісту дисків.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist><listitem><para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Користуватися існуючими розділами</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">Цим варіантом можна буде скористатися, якщо на диску буде виявлено сумісні з
+Linux розділи, якими можна скористатися для встановлення системи.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">Використовувати вільний простір</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">Цим варіантом можна буде скористатися, якщо на вашому диску є вільне місце,
+достатнє для встановлення нової системи Mageia.</para></listitem><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">Використовувати вільний простір на розділі Microsoft Windows®</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">Цим варіантом можна буде скористатися, якщо на вже створених розділах
+Windows є достатньо вільного місця для встановлення нової операційної
+системи.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Цей варіант отримання місця для встановлення Mageia може корисним, але у
+разі його використання ви ризикуєте втратою даних, тому вам слід попередньо
+створити резервні копії важливих для вас файлів!</para><para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">Зауважте, що розмір розділу Windows буде зменшено. Розділ має бути
+«очищено», тобто роботу Windows має бути завершено у штатному режимі під час
+останнього сеансу, коли ви користувалися цією операційною системою. Крім
+того, розділ має бути дефрагментовано, хоча дефрагментація і не гарантує
+повного пересування файлів з місця на диску, яке буде використано для
+Mageia. Ми наполегливо рекомендуємо вам створити резервні копії важливих для
+вас файлів.</para><para>Якщо буде вибрано цей варіант, засіб встановлення покаже решту розділу
+Windows блакитним кольором, а майбутній розділ з Mageia —
+темно-синім. Розміри розділів буде вказано під ними. Ви можете змінити ці
+розділи перетягуванням риски між ними за допомогою вказівника
+миші. Див. наведений нижче знімок екрана.</para><mediaobject><imageobject condition="classical"><imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"
+align="center"/></imageobject><imageobject condition="live"><imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/></imageobject></mediaobject></listitem></itemizedlist> <itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">Стерти і використати весь диск</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">У разі використання цього варіанта для встановлення Mageia буде використано
+весь об’єм на диску.</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">Зауваження: всіх дані на диску буде у такому разі витерто. Будьте обережні!</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">Якщо частину диска буде згодом використано для зберігання якихось даних або
+не диску вже зберігаються якісь важливі дані, не користуйтеся цим варіантом.</para></listitem></itemizedlist><itemizedlist><listitem><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи</para><para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">За допомогою цього варіанта ви можете отримати цілковитий доступ до
+розташування розділів на вашому диску відповідно до ваших уподобань.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Розміри розділів диска:</emphasis></para>
+  <para>Засіб встановлення розподілити наявне місце відповідно до таких правил:</para>
+  <para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Якщо загалом доступного місця менше за 50 ГБ, буде створено лише один
+кореневий розділ, /, окремого розділу для /home створено не буде.</para></listitem><listitem><para>Якщо загалом доступного місця понад 50 ГБ, буде створено три розділи</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>6/19 від доступного місця, але не більше за 50 ГБ, буде віддано розділу /</para></listitem><listitem><para>1/19, але не більше за 4 ГБ, буде віддано розділу резервної пам’яті на диску
+(swap)</para></listitem><listitem><para>решту (принаймні 12/19) буде віддано розділу /home</para></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+  <para>Це означає, що якщо на диску 160 ГБ або більше вільного місця, засобом
+встановлення буде створено три розділи: 50 ГБ для /, 4 ГБ для резервної
+пам’яті на диску. Решту місця буде віддано під /home.</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI, ESP (розділ із системою EFI) буде
+виявлено автоматично або створено, якщо його ще не існувало, і змонтовано до
+/boot/EFI. Пункт «Нетиповий поділ диска» є єдиним придатним до вибору, якщо
+виявлення UEFI було виконано належним чином.</para>
+  </note>
+  <note>
+    <para>Якщо ви користуєтеся застарілою системою (відомою як CSM або BIOS) із диском
+GPT, вам доведеться створити розділ для завантаження BIOS, якщо його ще не
+існує. Розмір розділу приблизно дорівнює 1 МіБ, він не матиме точки
+монтування. Виберіть пункт <xref linkend="diskdrake"/>, щоб мати змогу
+створити такий розділ за допомогою засобу встановлення системи. Створення
+розділу подібне до створення будь-якого іншого розділу, але треба вибрати
+тип файлової системи «Розділ завантаження BIOS».</para>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+  <warning>
+    <para>У деяких новіших дисках використовуються логічні сектори у 4096 байтів
+замість попереднього стандарту у 512 байтів на логічний сектор. Через те, що
+у розробників немає достатнього доступу до відповідного обладнання, належне
+тестування програми для поділу диска на розділи на таких дисках не
+виконувалося. Крім того, у деяких дисках SSD використовується розмір блоку
+понад 1 МБ. Радимо вам виконати поділ такого диска на розділи за допомогою
+альтернативної спеціалізованої програми, наприклад gparted з використанням
+таких значень параметрів:</para>
+    <para>«Вирівняти до» «МіБ»</para>
+    <para>«Вільне місце перед (МіБ)» «2»</para>
+    <para>Також слід переконатися, що всі розділи буде створено з парними розмірами у
+мегабайтах.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48284065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Вітаємо</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">Тепер <application>Mageia</application> встановлено і налаштовано, можна
+вилучати носій для встановлення системи і перезавантажувати ваш комп’ютер.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">Після перезавантаження за допомогою екрана завантаження ви зможете вибрати
+одну з операційних систем, встановлених на вашому комп’ютері (якщо
+встановлено декілька систем).</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">Якщо ви не скоригуєте параметрів завантажувача, буде автоматично вибрано і
+запущено встановлену вами операційну систему Mageia.</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Приємної роботи!</para>
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Відвідайте www.mageia.org, якщо хочете дізнатися більше про участь у
+спільноті Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f07396ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="firewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Захисний шлюз</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="firewall-pa1" revision="1">За допомогою цього розділу ви можете налаштувати прості правила роботи
+захисного шлюзу (брандмауера): вони визначають тип повідомлення з інтернету,
+яке буде прийнятним для системи призначення. Це, відповідним чином,
+уможливить доступ до відповідних служб системи з мережі Інтернет.</para>
+
+  <para>У типовому стані жоден із пунктів не позначено — жодна зі служб у системі не
+буде доступною з інтернету. Пункт <emphasis>Все (захисного шлюзу
+немає))</emphasis> має особливе значення: він вмикає доступ до усіх служб
+системи — варіант, який не потрібен під час встановлення, оскільки його
+використання створює повністю незахищену систему. Його призначено для
+використання у контексті Центру керування Mageia (де використовується той
+самий модуль) для тимчасового вимикання усього набору правил захисного шлюзу
+для тестування або діагностики.</para>
+
+  <para>Призначення усіх інших пунктів має бути більш-менш зрозумілим. Наприклад,
+позначте пункт «Сервер CUPS», якщо хочете, щоб принтери на вашому комп’ютері
+були доступними з мережі.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Додатково</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>У списку пунктів містяться лише найпоширеніші типи служб. За допомогою
+кнопки «Додатково» можна відкрити сторінку визначення служби, для якої не
+передбачено типового пункту. За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете вказати
+набір служб на основі пар записів даних (відокремлених пробілами).</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;номер порту>/&lt;протокол></emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;номер порту></emphasis> — значення номеру порту, пов’язаного
+із службою, доступ до якої ви хочете відкрити (наприклад, 873 для служби
+RSYNC). Номер визначається за протоколом <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;протокол></emphasis> — одне зі значень,
+<emphasis>TCP</emphasis> або <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> — інтернет-протокол,
+який використовуватиметься для обміну даними із службою.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>Наприклад, запис для уможливлення доступу до служби RSYNC виглядатиме так:
+<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>Якщо службу реалізовано для обміну даними обома протоколами, ви можете
+вказати дві пари записів для одного порту.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa1b0b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Форматування</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете визначитися з тим, які розділи слід
+форматувати. Всі дані на розділах, які <emphasis>не</emphasis> позначено для
+форматування, буде збережено.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Зазвичай, форматування потрібне принаймні для розділів, вибраних DrakX.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, щоб вибрати розділи, які
+слід перевірити на так звані <emphasis>пошкоджені блоки</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Якщо ви не певні щодо правильності свого вибору, ви можете натиснути кнопку
+<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, ще раз кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а
+потім кнопку <guibutton>Спеціальний</guibutton>, щоб повернутися до основної
+сторінки. За допомогою основної сторінки ви зможете переглянути поточні
+параметри розділів.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Якщо ви певні у своєму виборі, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>,
+щоб продовжити роботу з програмою.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1613ca19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Поновлення</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">З часу випуску цієї версії <application>Mageia</application> деякі пакунки
+могло бути оновлено та поліпшено.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Натисніть кнопку <guilabel>так</guilabel>, якщо ви хочете отримати і
+встановити ці пакунки, або виберіть  <guilabel>ні</guilabel>, якщо ви не
+хочете робити цього зараз або ваш комп’ютер не з’єднано з інтернетом.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Щойно вибір буде зроблено, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, щоб
+продовжити роботу з програмою.</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96f1db21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="installer">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">DrakX, програма для встановлення Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Байдуже, є у вас досвід користування GNU-Linux чи немає, програму для
+встановлення Mageia розроблено таким чином, що вона зробить встановлення або
+оновлення системи якомога простішим для вас.</para>
+
+  <para>На початковому вікні меню встановлення ви побачити пункти варіантів
+дій. Типовим буде пункт запуску програми для встановлення системи. Зазвичай,
+це саме той пункт, який вам потрібен.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Вітальне вікно програми для встановлення</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>За допомогою DVD Mageia</title>
+
+      <para>Нижче наведено типові вікна вітання DVD Mageia. Перше з них відповідає
+системі з UEFI, друге — системі із застарілою системою завантаження:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>З цієї сторінки ви можете отримати доступ до параметрів, натиснувши клавішу
+«e» для входу до режиму редагування. Щоб повернутися з цього режиму,
+натисніть або клавішу Esc, якщо зміни не слід зберігати, або комбінацію
+клавіш Ctrl і F10, щоб зберегти зміни і вийти з режиму редагування.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна вказати деякі особисті уподобання:<itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Мову (лише на час встановлення, у системі може бути вибрано зовсім іншу
+мову) можна вибрати після натискання клавіші F2 (лише у застарілому режимі).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Скористайтеся клавішами зі стрілками, щоб вибрати потрібний вам пункт у
+списку, і натисніть клавішу Enter.</para>
+
+            <para>Нижче наведено приклад вікна вітання, перекладеного французькою, у
+портативній версії системи на DVD або компакти диску. Зауважте, що у меню
+портативної системи немає таких пунктів: <guilabel>Порятунок
+системи</guilabel>, <guilabel>Тест пам’яті</guilabel> та
+<guilabel>Інструмент пошуку обладнання</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Змінити роздільну здатність екрана можна за допомогою натискання клавіші F3
+(лише у застарілому режимі).</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Додати параметри роботи ядра можна натисканням клавіші <emphasis
+role="bold">F6</emphasis> у режимі застарілої системи або клавіші <emphasis
+role="bold">E</emphasis> у режимі UEFI.</para>
+
+            <para>Якщо програмі для встановлення не вдається виконати своє призначення
+належним чином, ви можете повторити спробу, скориставшись додатковими
+варіантами. У меню, яке можна викликати натисканням клавіші F6, буде
+показано новий пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметри
+завантаження</guilabel>) з такими чотирма підпунктами:</para>
+
+            <para>- Default (типовий), не змінювати нічого у типових параметрах.</para>
+
+            <para>- Default (типовий), не змінювати нічого у типових параметрах.</para>
+
+            <para>- No ACPI (без розширеного інтерфейсу налаштовування та керування
+живленням), не брати до уваги параметри керування живленням.</para>
+
+            <para>- No Local APIC (без локального розширеного контролера переривань з
+можливістю програмування), цей варіант пов’язано з перериваннями роботи
+центрального процесора, виберіть його, якщо маєте відповідні настанови.</para>
+
+            <para>Вибір одного з пунктів призводить до внесення змін до типових параметрів,
+показаних у рядку <guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>У деяких випусках Mageia параметри, вибрані за допомогою F6, не буде
+показано у рядку <guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>. Втім, ці
+параметри буде враховано під час завантаження системи.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Додаткові параметри роботи ядра можна вказати після натискання клавіші F1
+(лише у застарілому режимі).</para>
+
+            <para>Натискання клавіші F1 відкриває нове вікно зі списком пунктів. Виберіть один
+з пунктів за допомогою клавіш зі стрілками і натисніть клавішу Enter, щоб
+отримати докладнішу довідку, або натисніть клавішу Esc, щоб повернутися до
+вікна вітання.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <para>Нижче наведено знімок вікна з докладним описом параметрів вікна вітання
+системи. Натисніть клавішу Esc або виберіть пункт <guilabel>Return to Boot
+Options</guilabel> (Повернутися до параметрів завантаження), щоб повернутися
+до списку параметрів. Описані у вікні параметри можна додати вручну до рядка
+<guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+            <note>
+              <para>Переглянути переклад довідки вибраною мовою можна за допомогою натискання
+клавіші F2.</para>
+            </note>
+
+            <para>Докладніший опис параметрів ядра у застарілих системах та системах з UEFI
+можна знайти <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">тут</link>.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>За допомогою дротової мережі</title>
+
+      <para>Нижче наведено типове вікно вітання образу для встановлення з дротової
+мережі (образ netinstall.iso або netinstall-nonfree.iso):</para>
+
+      <para>Мову тут змінити не можна. Список доступних параметрів наведено на
+екрані. Докладніший опис використання образу для встановлення з мережі
+наведено у <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">вікі
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>Розкладка клавіатури відповідає американській англійській.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Кроки встановлення</title>
+
+    <para>Процедуру встановлення поділено на послідовність кроків, перелік яких буде
+показано на бічній панелі екрана.</para>
+
+    <para>На кожному кроці вам буде показано одну або декілька сторінок, на яких ви
+можете побачити кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> , за допомогою якої
+здійснюється доступ до додаткових параметрів, якими користуються не так
+часто як основними.</para>
+
+    <para>На більшості сторінок ви також побачите кнопку
+<guibutton>Довідка</guibutton>, за допомогою якої можна отримати додаткові
+пояснення щодо поточного кроку.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Якщо протягом процедури встановлення ви вирішите припинити встановлення, ви
+можете перезавантажити комп’ютер. Втім, вам слід ретельно обдумати ваші
+дії. Після форматування розділу або початку процедури встановлення оновлень
+ваш комп’ютер перебуватиме у проміжному стані. Перезавантаження може
+призвести до неможливості користування системою. Якщо, всупереч цим
+попередженням, ви хочете перезавантажити систему, перейдіть у текстовий
+термінал натисканням комбінації цих трьох клавіш: <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guibutton> одночасно. Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити
+комп’ютер.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Проблеми зі встановленням та можливі шляхи їх вирішення</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Немає графічного інтерфейсу</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Після початкової сторінки не відкривається сторінка вибору мови. Таке може
+трапитися у системах з деякими графічними картками та застарілих
+системах. Спробуйте скористатися режимом низької роздільної здатності. Для
+цього впишіть <code>vgalo</code> у рядок запиту.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Якщо комп’ютер є дуже застарілим, встановлення у графічному режимі може бути
+просто неможливим. У такому випадку варто скористатися встановленням у
+текстовому режимі. Щоб скористатися цим режимом, натисніть клавішу Esc, коли
+буде показано перший вітальний екран, і підтвердіть виконання дії
+натисканням клавіші Enter. Введіть <code>text</code> і натисніть клавішу
+Enter. Встановлення буде продовжено у текстовому режимі.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Встановлення зупиняється</title>
+
+      <para>Якщо під час встановлення система припиняє відповідати на ваші запити,
+ймовірно, виникла проблема з визначенням характеристик обладнання. У такому
+випадку можна обійти автоматичне визначення характеристик обладнання і
+виконати його налаштовування пізніше. Щоб перевести засіб встановлення у
+відповідний режим, введіть до рядка запиту команду <code>noauto</code>. За
+потреби, цю команду можна поєднати з вищевказаними командами.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Проблеми з оперативною пам’яттю</title>
+
+      <para>Потреба у визначенні параметрів ядра виникає нечасто, але у певних випадках
+комп’ютер може повідомляти засобу встановлення помилкові дані щодо об’єму
+оперативної пам’яті. Щоб вказати об’єм оперативної пам’яті вручну,
+скористайтеся командою <code>mem=xxxM</code>, де xxx правильне значення
+об’єму оперативної пам’яті, наприклад <code>mem=256M</code> відповідає 256
+МБ оперативної пам’яті.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Динамічні розділи</title>
+
+      <para>Якщо вами було перетворено ваш жорсткий диск з формату «basic» до формату
+«dynamic» у Microsoft Windows, вам слід знати, що вам не вдасться встановити
+на цей диск Mageia. Щоб повернутися до базового диска, ознайомтеся із
+документацією від Microsoft: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..340e0e06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Вікно вітання</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>Вікно вітання KDM</para></caption></mediaobject><para>Нарешті, вам буде показано вікно вітання.</para><para>Введіть ім’я та пароль вашого користувача і за декілька секунд ви опинитеся
+у завантаженому KDE, GNOME чи іншому стільничному середовищі, залежно від
+типу використаного вами носія портативної системи. Далі, можете
+користуватися встановленою Mageia, як вам заманеться.</para><para>Іншу частину документації можна знайти у <link
+linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">вікі
+Mageia</link>.</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbfe58e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Вибір носія (з пакунками, які не є вільними)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Тут ви побачите список доступних сховищ. Не всі сховища є доступними. Список
+доступних сховищ залежить від носія, яким ви скористалися для
+встановлення. Набір сховищ визначає, які з пакунків будуть доступними для
+вибору на наступних кроках.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Сховище <emphasis>Core</emphasis> не можна вимикати, оскільки у ньому
+містяться основні пакунки дистрибутива.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>До сховища <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включено пакунки, які є
+безкоштовними, тобто Mageia може поширювати їх, але у них міститься
+програмне забезпечення з закритим кодом (звідси і назва — Nonfree). У цьому
+сховищі, наприклад, містяться пакунки закритих драйверів до графічних карток
+nVidia і ATI, мікропрограми для різноманітних карток WiFi тощо.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>У сховищі <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> зберігаються пакунки, випущені
+відповідно до вільних ліцензійних угод. Основним критерієм для включення
+пакунків до цього сховища є те, що їхнє поширення обмежується патентним
+законодавством та законами про авторські і суміжні права деяких краї. До
+цього сховища зокрема включено мультимедійні кодеки, потрібні для
+відтворення різноманітних файлів звукових та відеоданих; пакунки, потрібні
+для відтворення комерційних відео-DVD тощо.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55ca5436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Мінімальне встановлення</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>Ви можете вибрати «Мінімальне встановлення» зняттям позначок з усіх пунктів
+у списку вибору груп пакунків, див. розділ <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Якщо потрібно, ви можете додатково позначити пункт «Індивідуальний вибір
+пакунків» на тій самій сторінці.</para>
+  <para>Мінімальний режим призначено для тих, хто має намір використовувати
+<application>Mageia</application> з якоюсь вузькоспеціалізованою метою,
+зокрема як сервер або робочу станцію вузького спрямування. Вам варто
+користуватися цим варіантом у поєднанні з пунктом «Індивідуальний вибір
+пакунків», згаданим вище, для точнішого налаштовування переліку встановлених
+пакунків, див. <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para>
+  <para>Якщо ви виберете цей варіант встановлення, на наступній сторінці програми
+вам буде запропоновано встановити корисні доповнення системи, зокрема
+документацію та графічний сервер.</para>
+  <para>Якщо вибрано, у категорії «Разом з X» буде також пункт з IceWM, невибагливим
+стільничним середовищем.</para>
+  <para>Базова документація надається у форматі сторінок man та info. У ній
+містяться сторінки man з <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Проекту документування
+Linux</link> та сторінки info з <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link>.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64e885b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Резюме щодо інших параметрів</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX намагається правильно визначити налаштування вашої системи відповідно
+до зробленого вами вибору та виявленого DrakX обладнання. Ви можете
+ознайомитися з вибраними параметрами та, якщо потрібно, змінити їх: для
+цього достатньо натиснути кнопку <guibutton>Налаштувати</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Як правило, рекомендованим є використання типових параметрів. Ви можете
+нічого не змінювати, окрім трьох винятків:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>відомі певні недоліки у типових параметрах;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ви спробували типові параметри, і нічого не вийшло;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>у розділах із докладною інформацією, наведених нижче, стверджується, що слід
+вибрати нетипові параметри.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Параметри системи</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Часовий пояс</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX вибирає часовий пояс на основі вказаної вами бажаної мови. Якщо
+потрібно, ви можете змінити часовий пояс. Див. також <xref
+linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>Країна / Регіон</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">Якщо ви перебуваєте не у тій країні, яку було вибрано автоматично, дуже
+важливо виправити значення цього параметра. Див. <xref
+linkend="selectCountry"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>Завантажувач</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX автоматично вибирає належні параметри завантажувача.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Не вносьте ніяких змін, якщо ви не є знавцем з налаштовування Grub2</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">Щоб дізнатися більше, зверніться до розділу <xref
+linkend="setupBootloader"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>Керування записами користувачів</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете додати облікові записи користувачів. У
+кожного користувача буде власний каталог <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>Служби</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Системними службами називаються ті невеличкі програми, які працюють у
+фоновому режимі (фонові служби). За допомогою цього інструмента ви зможете
+увімкнути або вимкнути деякі з цих служб.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Вам слід бути обережними у виборі: помилки можуть призвести до неналежної
+роботи комп’ютера.</para>
+
+        <para>Щоб дізнатися більше, зверніться до розділу <xref
+linkend="configureServices"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Параметри обладнання</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Клавіатура</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">За допомогою цього розділу ви можете налаштувати або змінити розкладку
+клавіатури, параметри якої залежатимуть від місця вашого розташування, мови
+та типу клавіатури.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>Якщо ви зауважили, що розкладка клавіатури є помилковою, і хочете змінити
+її, не забудьте, що зі зміною розкладки може змінитися і текст вашого
+пароля.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Миша</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">За допомогою цього розділу сторінки ви зможете налаштувати координатні
+пристрої, планшети, кульові маніпулятори тощо.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Звукова плата</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">Засобом встановлення буде використано типовий драйвер, якщо такий типовий
+драйвер передбачено. Можливість вибору іншого драйвера буде надано, лише
+якщо для картки передбачено декілька драйверів, але жоден з них не є
+типовим.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Графічний інтерфейс</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">За допомогою цього розділу сторінки ви можете налаштувати параметри роботи
+ваших графічних карток та дисплеїв.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">Щоб дізнатися більше, зверніться до розділу <xref
+linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Параметри мережі та роботи у інтернеті</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Мережа</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Цей розділ надасть вам змогу налаштувати мережу. Втім, якщо ви користуєтеся
+картками, для яких потрібні закриті драйвери, краще виконати налаштовування
+після перезавантаження, за допомогою <application>Центру керування
+Mageia</application>, після вмикання сховищ закритих (Nonfree) пакунків.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Під час додавання мережевої карти не забудьте разом з нею налаштувати
+брандмауер (мережевий екран), який стежитиме за відповідним інтерфейсом.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Проксі</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Проксі-сервер є проміжною ланкою між вашим комп’ютером та інтернетом. За
+допомогою цього розділу ви зможете налаштувати комп’ютер на використання
+служб проксі-сервера.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">Вам варто порадитися з вашим системним адміністратором, щоб дізнатися більше
+про значення параметрів, які слід вказати у цьому розділі.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Безпека</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>Рівень безпеки</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">За допомогою цього розділу ви можете визначити рівень захисту вашого
+комп’ютера. Здебільшого, типовий варіант (Стандартний) надасть вашому
+комп’ютеру достатній захист.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">Виберіть той з варіантів, який найкраще відповідає вашому способу
+використання системи.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Захисний шлюз</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">Брандмауер або мережевий екран є бар’єром, який убезпечує важливі дані від
+доступу до них шахраїв з інтернету, які намагаються викрасти і скористатися
+цими даними.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">Виберіть служби, яким має бути дозволено доступ до вашої системи. Вибір
+служб залежатиме від призначення комп’ютера, на якому працює операційна
+система. Докладніше про це у розділі <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Пам’ятайте, що вмикання доступу без обмежень (вимикання брандмауера) може
+значно знизити рівень захисту вашої системи.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49d895d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Перезавантажити</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>Після встановлення завантажувача програма попросить вас перервати роботу
+системи, вийняти з лотка компакт-диск, від’єднати від комп’ютера флешку і
+перезавантажити комп’ютер. Натисніть кнопку <emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>Завершити</guibutton></emphasis> і виконайте саме ці
+дії <emphasis role="bold">у вказаному порядку</emphasis>.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Після перезавантаження ви побачите інформацію щодо отримання даних на
+смужках поступу. Дані цих смужок відповідають процесу отримання даних сховищ
+із програмним забезпеченням (див. «Керування програмним забезпеченням»).</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0fd9d29d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Зміна розмірів розділу
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">У вашій системі декілька розділів
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Виберіть
+один з них, той, який слід зменшити у розмірах, щоб отримати достатньо місця
+для встановлення <application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4948541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Рівень безпеки</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете змінити рівень захисту вашої системи.</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Якщо ви не певні щодо потрібних вам параметрів, краще не змінюйте типових
+параметрів.</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Після встановлення ви завжди зможете змінити параметри захисту за допомогою
+модуля <guilabel>Безпека</guilabel> Центру керування Mageia.</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b94762a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Вибір країни і регіону</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Виберіть країну або регіон. Ваш вибір буде важливим для всіх типів
+параметрів локалізації системи, зокрема вибору валюти та домену керування
+бездротовим зв’язком. Помилковий вибір може призвести до неможливості
+використання бездротового зв’язку.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Якщо вашої країни немає у списку, натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Інші
+країни</guilabel> і виберіть країну або регіон за допомогою вікна, яке буде
+відкрито.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Якщо пункт вашої країни є лише у списку <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel>
+може здатися, що вибрано країну з першого списку. Будь ласка, не зважайте на
+це, DrakX вже врахував ваш правильний вибір.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Спосіб введення</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">За допомогою вікна <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> ви також можете вибрати
+спосіб введення (за допомогою нижньої частини списку). Способи введення
+надають змогу користувачам вводити символи запису східних мов (китайської,
+японської, корейської тощо). Типовим способом введення на DVD з Mageia та
+портативних образах системи є IBus, отже користувачам не доведеться
+налаштовувати нічого вручну. Інші способи введення (SCIM, GCIN, HIME тощо),
+які надають користувачам подібні можливості, можна встановити, якщо перед
+вибором пакунків було додано сховища пакунків HTTP/FTP.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">Якщо спосіб введення потрібен вам після встановлення системи, ви можете
+отримати доступ до нього після завантаження встановленої системи за
+допомогою пункту меню «Налаштувати ваш комп’ютер» -&gt; «Система» або
+запуску localedrake від імені користувача root.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91443acc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Встановлення або оновлення</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Встановити</para>
+
+      <para>Цим варіантом слід скористатися, якщо ви хочете встановити
+<application>Mageia</application> з нуля.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Поновити</para>
+
+      <para>Якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено одну або декілька операційних систем
+<application>Mageia</application>, програма для встановлення надасть вам
+змогу оновити одну зі встановлених систем до найсвіжішої версії.</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>Командою із забезпечення якості дистрибутива виконано належне тестування
+лише оновлення з попередньої версії Mageia, підтримку якої ще <emphasis>не
+завершено</emphasis>. Якщо ви хочете оновити версію Mageia, термін підтримки
+якої вже вичерпано, вам варто виконати звичайну процедуру встановлення з
+початку, зберігши при цьому вміст розділу <literal>/home</literal>.</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Якщо протягом процедури встановлення ви вирішите припинити встановлення, ви
+можете перезавантажити комп’ютер. Втім, вам слід ретельно обдумати ваші
+дії. Після форматування розділу або початку процедури встановлення оновлень
+ваш комп’ютер перебуватиме у проміжному стані. Перезавантаження може
+призвести до неможливості користування системою. Якщо, всупереч цим
+попередженням, ви хочете перезавантажити систему, перейдіть у текстовий
+термінал натисканням комбінації цих трьох клавіш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+F2</guilabel> одночасно. Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш
+<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити
+комп’ютер.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Якщо ви виявите, що забули встановити пакунки додаткової мови, ви можете
+повернутися зі сторінки «Встановлення або оновлення» до сторінки вибору мови
+натисканням комбінації клавіш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl
+Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Не</emphasis> робіть цього під час наступних
+кроків встановлення.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91b089bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Клавіатура</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX автоматично вибирає відповідну розкладку клавіатури до вибраної вами
+мови. Якщо у списку програми не виявиться відповідної розкладки, буде
+використано типову американську розкладку.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Переконайтеся, що програма зробила правильний вибір, або виберіть іншу
+розкладку клавіатури. Якщо ви не можете визначитися з потрібною вам
+розкладкою, ознайомтеся з документацією до вашого комп’ютера або надішліть
+запит до його виробника. Крім того, на деяких з клавіатур можна знайти
+позначку, яка містить дані щодо розкладки клавіатури. Також корисним може
+бути ознайомлення із вмістом сторінки: <link
+xlink:href="http://uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/Розкладка_клавіатури">uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/Розкладка_клавіатури</link>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Якщо пункту вашої клавіатури не буде у показаному списку, натисніть кнопку
+<guibutton>Ще</guibutton> для ознайомлення з повним списком, з якого ви
+можете вибрати модель клавіатури.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Після вибору моделі клавіатури за допомогою діалогового вікна
+<guibutton>Ще</guibutton> ви повернетеся до першого діалогового вікна вибору
+клавіатури, у якому пункт клавіатури залишиться попереднім. Не зважайте на
+це: засобу встановлення вже повідомлено, що ви вибрали належну клавіатури з
+повного списку.</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Якщо вами було вибрано розкладку з нелатинськими символами, програма покаже
+додаткове діалогове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете визначитися зі
+способом перемикання між латинською і нелатинською розкладками.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2eec001e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Вибір клавіатури</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Вам слід вказати розкладку клавіатури, якою ви хочете користуватися у
+Mageia​​. Типову розкладку буде вибрано за вказаною вами мовою та вибраним
+раніше часовим поясом.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9eecda2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="selectLanguage">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Вибір мови</title>
+  </info>
+  <para condition="classical">Виберіть бажану мову інтерфейсу системи. Для цього спочатку розгорніть
+список країн вашого континенту. <application>Mageia</application>
+використовуватиме вибрану вами мову під час встановлення та у вже
+встановленій системі.</para>
+  <para condition="live">Виберіть бажану мову інтерфейсу системи. <application>Mageia</application>
+використовуватиме вибрану вами мову під час встановлення та у вже
+встановленій системі.</para>
+  <para condition="classical">Якщо у вашій системі буде використовуватися декілька мов (вами або іншими
+користувачами), натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Декілька мов</guibutton> , щоб
+додати їх. Після встановлення додати підтримку мов буде доволі складно.</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png"
+format=""/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>Навіть якщо вами було вибрано декілька мов, вам слід слід спочатку вибрати
+одну з них як основну мову сторінок програми для встановлення. Крім того, цю
+мову буде позначено і у вікні вибору декількох мов.</para>
+  </warning>
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Якщо розкладка вашої клавіатури не збігається з розкладкою, що
+використовується для бажаної мови, варто також встановити мовні пакунки для
+мови, пов’язаної з вибраною розкладкою.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Типово, у Mageia використовується кодування UTF-8 (Unicode).</para>
+      <para condition="classical">Це кодування можна вимкнути за допомогою вікна вибору декількох мов, якщо
+вам наперед відомо, що Unicode є несумісним з вашою мовою. Вимикання UTF-8
+стосуватиметься всіх встановлених мов.</para>
+    </listitem>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Змінити мову інтерфейсу системи після встановлення можна за допомогою Центру
+керування Mageia (Система -&gt; Налаштувати локалізацію системи).</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f4fea517
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Вибір драйвера миші</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Якщо у вас виникають проблеми з керуванням вказівником миші, ви можете
+вибрати інший драйвер для миші.</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Зазвичай, <guilabel>Універсальна</guilabel> — <guilabel>Будь-яка миша PS/2
+чи USB</guilabel> є непоганим варіантом.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Універсальна</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задіяти
+evdev</guilabel>, щоб налаштувати кнопки, які не працюють на миші з шістьма
+або більше кнопками.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7132cced
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Основні параметри завантажувача</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Інтерфейс завантажувача</title>
+
+    <para>Типово, Mageia ексклюзивно використовує:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2 (з графічним меню або без нього) для застарілих систем із MBR або GPT</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Grub2-efi для системи UEFI.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>Графічні меню Mageia виглядають чудово. :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2 для застарілих систем із MBR та GPT</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Не змінюйте значення параметри «Пристрій завантаження», якщо у цьому немає
+нагальної потреби.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2-efi у системах UEFI</title>
+
+      <para>Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI system, інтерфейс користувача трохи
+відрізнятиметься, оскільки ви не зможете вибирати між завантажувачем із
+графічним меню і без нього.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Якщо Mageia є єдиною операційною системою, яку встановлено на вашому
+комп’ютері, засіб встановлення створить ESP (системний розділ EFI) для
+зберігання завантажувача (Grub2-efi). Якщо ж на комп’ютері вже було
+встановлено операційні системи з UEFI (наприклад Windows 8), засіб
+встановлення Mageia виявить наявні розділи ESP, створені Windows, додасть
+grub2-efi. Хоча теоретично у системі може бути декілька ESP, варто
+обмежитися одним таким розділом, оскільки його достатньо для довільної
+кількості встановлених вами операційних систем.</para>
+
+      <para>Не змінюйте значення параметри «Пристрій завантаження», якщо у цьому немає
+нагальної потреби.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">Користування завантажувачем Mageia</title>
+
+    <para>Типово, залежно від вашої системи, Mageia записує новий:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>завантажувач GRUB2 або до MBR (Master Boot Record) вашого першого диска, або
+до завантажувального розділу BIOS.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>завантажувач Grub2-efi до ESP;</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Якщо на комп’ютері вже встановлено інші операційні системи, Mageia спробує
+додати ці системи до вашого нового меню завантаження Mageia. Якщо вам це не
+потрібно, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, а потім зніміть
+позначку з пункту <guilabel>Зондування сторонньої ОС</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем</title>
+
+    <para>Повний перелік кроків додавання пункту операційної системи Mageia до меню
+вже встановленого завантажувача не є предметом цієї довідкової
+сторінки. Втім, здебільшого, ці кроки пов’язано з запуском відповідної
+програми встановлення завантажувача, яка має виявити і додати пункт системи
+у автоматичному режимі. Відповідні пояснення має бути наведено у
+документації до іншої операційної системи.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">Використання ланцюгового завантаження</title>
+
+    <para>Якщо ви не хочете використовувати завантажувач Mageia, а замість цього
+хочете скористатися ланцюговим завантаженням з іншої операційної системи,
+натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, потім пункт
+<guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> і позначте пункт <guilabel>Не чіпати ESP
+або MBR</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Програма попередить вас про те, що у системі не буде
+завантажувача. Проігноруйте попередження і натисніть кнопку
+<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Параметри</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Перша сторінка</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Пауза перед завантаженням основної системи</guilabel>: за
+допомогою цього пункту ви можете встановити затримку у секундах перед
+завантаженням типової операційної системи.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Безпека</guilabel>: за допомогою цього розділу ви можете
+встановити пароль для доступу до завантажувача. Використання пароля
+означатиме, що для вибору запису для завантаження або зміни параметрів
+доведеться вводити пароль. Іменем користувача буде «root», а пароль можна
+буде вибрати на наступному етапі.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: за допомогою цього поля для введення тексту ви
+можете вказати пароль.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Пароль (ще раз)</guilabel>: повторіть введення пароля користувача
+у цьому полі. drakx перевірить, чи збігається введений вами повторно пароль
+з його початковим варіантом.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Додатково</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Увімкнути ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
+Interface) є стандартом керування живленням комп’ютера. За його допомогою
+комп’ютер може заощаджувати енергію, вимикаючи пристрої, які не
+використовуються. Цей метод використовували до появи APM. Зняття позначки з
+цього пункту може допомогти, наприклад, якщо на вашому комп’ютері не
+передбачено підтримки ACPI, або якщо ви вважаєте, що реалізація ACPI створює
+проблеми у роботі комп’ютера (наприклад неочікувані перезавантаження системи
+або «замерзання» системи).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Увімкнути SMP</guilabel>: за допомогою цього пункту можна
+увімкнути або вимкнути симетричне використання багатьох процесорів, якщо на
+комп’ютері встановлено багатоядерний процесор.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Увімкнути APIC</guilabel>: позначення цього пункту надає
+операційній системі доступ до розширеного програмованого контролера
+переривань (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). Пристрої з APIC
+надають змогу використовувати складніші моделі із пріоритетністю процесів та
+керування розширеними IRQ (запитами щодо переривань).</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Увімкнути локальний APIC</guilabel>: за допомогою цього пункту ви
+можете увімкнути локальний APIC, тобто керування усіма зовнішніми
+перериваннями для певних процесорів у багатопроцесорних системах.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Наступна сторінка</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Типовий:</guilabel> типовий варіант операційної системи для
+завантаження.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Приєднати:</guilabel> за допомогою цього параметра ви можете
+передати ядру системи якісь дані або повідомити ядру про те, що слід надати
+вам більше інформації під час завантаження системи.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Зондування сторонньої ОС</guilabel>: див. вище розділ щодо <link
+linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">використання завантажувача Mageia</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>Додатково</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>Режим відео:</guilabel> за допомогою цього пункту ви можете
+вказати розмірності екрана (у пікселях) та глибину кольорів для меню
+завантаження. Якщо ви натиснете кнопку списку із маленьким трикутничком
+вістрям униз, програма покаже варіанти розмірностей і глибини кольорів,
+якими можна скористатися.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">Не чіпати ESP або MBR</emphasis>: див. вище розділ
+щодо <link linkend="setupChainLoading">використання ланцюгового
+завантаження</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e6ab842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Додавання пункту меню завантаження та внесення змін у такі пункти</title>
+  </info>
+  <para>Для цього вам доведеться внести вручну зміни до /boot/grub2/custom.cfg або
+скористатися програмою для налаштовування GRUB (наприклад grub-customizer зі
+сховищ Mageia).</para>
+  <note>
+    <para>Щоб дізнатися більше, ознайомтеся із відповідною сторінкою нашої вікі: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c04253b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Налаштування SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">Зазвичай DrakX визначає параметри дисків правильно. Втім, якщо ви маєте
+справу із застарілим дисковим контролером SCSI, можливі помилки, через які
+програма не зможе встановити потрібних драйверів.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Якщо вам трапився саме такий контролер, вам доведеться вручну повідомити
+DrakX, з яким диском SCSI доведеться мати справу.</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Після цього, DrakX зможе налаштувати систему на роботу з дисками належним
+чином.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db36dacc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Налаштування звуку</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На цій сторінці буде показано назву драйвера, який інструмент встановлення
+вибрав для вашої звукової картки. Цим драйвером буде типовий драйвер, якщо
+такий передбачено для картки.</para>
+
+  <para>Типовий драйвер має працювати без проблем. Втім, якщо після встановлення у
+вас виникли проблеми зі звуком, віддайте команду
+<command>draksound</command> або запустіть відповідний модуль за допомогою
+Центру керування Mageia: виберіть сторінку <guilabel>Обладнання</guilabel> і
+натисніть пункт <guilabel>Налаштування звуку</guilabel> у верхній правій
+частині вікна.</para>
+
+  <para>Після цього у вікні draksound або інструмента «Налаштування звуку» натисніть
+пункт <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, а потім кнопку <guibutton>Вирішення
+проблем</guibutton>. У відповідь буде показано варті уваги поради щодо
+вирішення проблеми.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Додатково</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Кнопкою <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> під час встановлення варто
+користуватися, якщо для картки не передбачено типового драйвера або якщо
+існує декілька драйверів, і ви певні, що засобом встановлення вибрано
+помилковий драйвер.</para>
+
+    <para>У цьому випадку, ви можете вибрати інший драйвер після натискання кнопки
+<guibutton>Дозвольте мені підібрати драйвер</guibutton>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..285a4d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Підтвердження форматування жорсткого диска</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, якщо ви не певні щодо
+зробленого вибору.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, якщо ви певні і хочете витерти
+всі розділи, всі операційні системи на диску і всі дані, що зберігаються на
+цьому диску.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21d4da44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">Тестування Mageia як портативної системи</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Портативний режим</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Це вікно буде показано, якщо вами було вибрано варіант «Завантажити
+Mageia». Якщо вибрано інший варіант, буде показано вікно кроку «<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Розбиття на розділи</link>».</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Тестування обладнання</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Одним із призначень портативної системи є перевірка того, чи належним чином
+працює обладнання комп’ютера під керуванням Mageia. Ви можете перевірити, чи
+до усіх пристроїв є драйвери за допомогою розділу «Обладнання» Центру
+керування Mageia. Передбачено перевірку найпоширеніших типів пристроїв:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>інтерфейс мережі: його можна налаштувати за допомогою net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>графічна картка: якщо ви не мали проблем із попередньою сторінкою, все уже
+налаштовано.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>вебкамера:</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>звук: музичне вітання вже було відтворено</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>принтер: можете налаштувати принтер і надрукувати тестову сторінку</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>сканер: спробуйте сканувати документ…</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>Якщо усі перевірки вдало пройдено, ви можете продовжити встановлення. Якщо
+маєте проблеми, можете перервати встановлення за допомогою кнопки «Вийти».</para>
+
+      <remark>Вказані вами параметри налаштування буде збережено у встановленій системі.</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Запуск встановлення</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Щоб розпочати встановлення з носія портативної системи Mageia на
+компакт-диску, DVD або флешці на твердий диск або диск SSD, просто натисніть
+піктограму «Встановити на твердий диск» на стільниці. У відповідь буде
+показано наведене вікно, а потім відкрито вікно кроку «<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Розбиття на розділи</link>», як і під час
+безпосереднього встановлення.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f3d4526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Вилучення Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Настанови</title>
+
+    <para>Якщо Mageia не задовольняє ваших потреб або ви не змогли належним чином
+встановити систему, у вас може виникнути потреба у вилученні
+дистрибутива. Це ваше право і у Mageia передбачено можливість вилучення
+системи. Таку можливість можна знайти не у кожній операційній системі.</para>
+
+    <para>Після створення резервної копії даних, перезавантажте систему з DVD Mageia і
+виберіть пункт «Rescue system», далі «Restore Windows boot loader». Під час
+наступного завантаження системи завантажиться Windows без усіляких вікон
+вибору операційної системи.</para>
+
+    <para>Щоб скористатися місцем на диску, яке колись було зайнято розділами Mageia,
+у Windows, скористайтеся пунктом меню <code>Пуск -> Панель керування ->
+Засоби адміністрування -> Керування комп’ютером -> Сховища даних ->
+Керування дисками</code>. У відповідь має бути відкрито сторінку керування
+розділами. Розділ, куди було встановлено Mageia, можна визначити за міткою
+<guilabel>Невідомий</guilabel>, а також за розміром та розташуванням на
+диску. Клацніть правою кнопкою миші на такому розділі і виберіть пункт
+<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>. Після цього місце на диску буде звільнено.</para>
+
+    <para>Якщо на комп’ютері встановлено Windows XP, ви можете створити новий розділ і
+виконати його форматування (у FAT32 або NTFS). Система надасть йому
+відповідну літеру диска.</para>
+
+    <para>Якщо на комп’ютері встановлено Vista або 7, у вас буде ще один можливий
+варіант: ви можете розширити наявний розділ за допомогою пункту,
+розташованого ліворуч від пункту вільного місця на диску. Крім того, можна
+скористатися вільними або комерційними програмами для XP, Vista або 7
+(наприклад Gparted) за допомогою яких можна буде виконати додаткові дії з
+розділами. Як і завжди, під час внесення змін до розділів слід бути дуже
+обережним і створювати резервні копії усіх важливих даних.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63fe87b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/uk/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Зберегти або вилучити невикористані матеріали</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На цьому кроці засіб встановлення виконає пошук невикористаних пакунків
+перекладів та забезпечення роботи обладнання. Далі, буде запропоновано
+вилучити зайві пакунки. Варто погодитися на таке вилучення, якщо, звичайно,
+ви не плануєте створити систему, яка працюватиме на обладнанні, відмінному
+від того, на якому її було встановлено.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>На наступному кроці відбудеться копіювання файлів на жорсткий диск. Ця
+процедура триватиме декілька хвилин. Наприкінці процедури ви певний час
+бачитимете порожній екран. Це нормально.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/update.sh b/docs/docs/stable/installer/update.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..c993fe8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/update.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+POFILE=$1
+
+if [[ $POFILE == "" ]]; then
+  for i in *.po
+  do
+    echo -n $i": "
+    msgmerge --backup=none --update $i help.pot && \
+    msgfmt -o /dev/null --statistics --check $i
+  done
+else
+  echo -n $1".po: "
+  msgmerge --backup=none --update $1.po help.pot && \
+  msgfmt -o /dev/null --statistics --check $1.po
+fi
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b04f846
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4844 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# 吴善俊 <sjwuny@126.com>, 2013
+# Xiaobo Zhou <zhouxiaobo.500@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Xiaobo Zhou <zhouxiaobo.500@gmail.com>, 2014
+# xiao wenming <xwm-citcc5@hotmail.com>, 2015
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2016
+# zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>, 2016-2017
+# 吴善俊 <sjwuny@126.com>, 2013
+# Xiaobo Zhou <zhouxiaobo.500@gmail.com>, 2014
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-25 19:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-21 06:29+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/zh_CN/)\n"
+"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "许可证和发行说明"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "许可协议"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"在安装 <application>Mageia</application> 之前，请先仔细阅读许可条款和许可条"
+"件。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"这些许可条款和许可条件适用于整个 <application>Mageia</application> 发行版，你"
+"必须予以接受才能继续安装。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"要接受, 只要选择 <guilabel>接受</guilabel> 后点击 <guibutton>下一步</"
+"guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"若你不希望接受这些条件，我们向您表示诚挚歉意。请点击 <guibutton>退出</"
+"guibutton> 来重启计算机。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "发行说明"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"有关此 Mageia 发布版本的重要信息，可以通过点击 <guibutton>发行说明</"
+"guibutton> 来阅读。"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "zh_CN"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr "介质选择 (设置增补的安装介质)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"此窗口中列出了已识别的软件仓库。你可以添加其他的软件源，如光盘或远程资源。所"
+"选的源将决定下一步中哪些软件包可用于安装。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr "如果需要获取网络资源，请执行以下两步："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr "若尚未启用网络链接，请选择并启用它。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"选择一个镜像，或指定 URL（第一个选项）。若选择了镜像，则您需要能够访问所选择"
+"的所有仓库（由 Mageia 管理，例如 Nonfree、Tainted 和 Updates）。若指定了 "
+"URL，则可以使用特定的仓库或您的个人 NFS。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+"若您整从包含 32 位软件包的版本升级到 64 位，我们建议您使用此窗口添加在线镜像"
+"（勾选一个网络协议）。64 位 DVD iso 仅包含 64 位软件包和非特定架构的软件包。"
+"若添加了在线镜像，则所需 32 位软件包也会被显示在这里。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr "用户和管理员管理"
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
+"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:16
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr "设置管理员（root 账户）密码："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"我们建议任何时候安装 <application>Mageia</application> 都设置一个超级用户或管"
+"理员密码（Linux 中一般叫做 root 密码）。当你在顶部输入框中输入密码时，盾的颜"
+"色将会从红色变为黄色、绿色，用以指示你所输入密码的强度。绿色表示你的密码强度"
+"较高。你需要在下方输入框中再次输入相同的密码，以确保你之前的密码没有输错。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"所有的密码都区分大小写。建议在密码中混合使用字母（大写和小写）、数字和其他字"
+"符。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:35
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "输入用户名"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything "
+"else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"在这里添加一个用户。一个用户拥有比超级管理员更少的权限，但是网上冲浪，使用办"
+"公软件或者玩游戏等是足够的。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"user's icon."
+msgstr "<guibutton>图标</guibutton>：若点击此按钮，则会改变用户图标。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr "<guilabel>真实姓名</guilabel>：在文本框中输入用户的真名。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the user's real name. <emphasis>The login name is "
+"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>登录名</guilabel>：输入用户的登录名，或让 drakx 根据真实姓名自动设"
+"置。<emphasis>登录名区分大小写。</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>密码</guilabel>：在此文本框中输入用户密码。后面的盾牌图标将会指示密"
+"码强度。（参见 <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>）"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>密码（重复）</guilabel>：再输入依次用户密码。drakx 将会检查两次输入"
+"的密码是否一致。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write "
+"protected home directory (umask=0027)."
+msgstr ""
+"在安装 Mageia 期间添加的任何用户都将拥有读/写保护的主目录（即 umask=0027）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"You can add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"你可以在<emphasis>配置 - 概要</emphasis>一步中添加其他所需用户，只需选择"
+"<emphasis>用户管理</emphasis>即可。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr "也可以在安装完成后改变访问权限。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:72
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr "高级用户管理"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+"若点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮，您可以在弹出的窗口中对所添加的用户进行"
+"设置。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:77
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr "此外，您还可以禁用或启用来宾账户。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"任何使用<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>来宾账户创建的文件将会在注销后被删除。来宾"
+"应当将他/她的临时文件存储于 U 盘等设备中。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>启用来宾账户</guilabel>：这里您可以启用或禁用来宾账户。来宾账户允许"
+"来宾登录并使用电脑，但对其使用更严格的访问权限控制。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>：可以在下列列表中选择用户所使用的 shell（在上一步"
+"中添加），可能的选项有 Bash、Dash 和 Sh。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>用户 ID</guilabel>：这里您可以设置之前所添加的用户的 ID（数值）。若"
+"您不确定如何设置，请将其留空。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>组 ID</guilabel>：这里您可以设置之前所添加的用户的 组 ID（数值，一"
+"般与用户 ID 相同）。若您不确定如何设置，请将其留空。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "选择挂载点"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"这里你可以查看已找到的 Linux 分区。如果 <application>DrakX</application> 的建"
+"议不合适，你可以手动更改挂载点。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"如果进行了更改，请确保你仍然具有访问 <literal>/</literal> （根）分区的权限。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr "所有分区的属性将按下列顺序显示：“设备名”（“容量”，“挂载点”，“类型”）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"“设备名”包括：“硬盘驱动器”，[“硬盘驱动器编号”（由字母表示）]，“分区编号”。例"
+"如，“sda5”表示第一个 SCSI 设备上的第五个分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"如果存在多个分区，你可以从下列列表中选择不同的挂载点来使用，例如 <literal>/</"
+"literal>、<literal>/home</literal> 和 <literal>/var</literal>。也可以自定义挂"
+"载点，例如将 <literal>/video</literal> 用于存储视频文件，<literal>/cauldron-"
+"home</literal> 用于 cauldron 系统的用户主目录。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr "对于非必需的分区，挂载点一项可以留空。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"如果不确定如何选择，请点击 <guibutton>上一步</guibutton> 按钮，然后点击 "
+"<guilabel>自定义磁盘分区</guilabel>，在出现的窗口中点击分区来查看其类型和大"
+"小。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"若确定挂载点设置正确，则可点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton>，并确定是否根据 "
+"DrakX 的建议格式化分区等。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr "时钟设置"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr "在这一步中，你需要选择内部时钟的计时方式（本地时间或 UTC 时间）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr "在高级选项卡中，你可以找到更多有关时钟设置的选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "引导 Mageia Live 系统"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr "引导媒体"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr "自磁盘"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"可以使用刻录的镜像（CD-ROM，DVD-ROM等）直接引导 Mageia。只需将媒体插入到光盘"
+"驱动器中，然后重启电脑即可。若没有出现引导画面，则需要手动修改 BIOS 配置，或"
+"者在电脑启动时按下特定按键来选择引导设备。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr "根据你所使用的硬件以及配置的不同，接下来还有一些安装选项需要设置。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr "自 USB 设备"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+"你可以通过写有镜像 ISO 的 USB 设备来引导 Mageia。根据 BIOS 设置不同，电脑可能"
+"直接从插入的 USB 设备上启动，也可能跳过 USB 设备。在后一种情况下，你需要手动"
+"修改 BIOS 配置，或在电脑启动时按下特定按键来选择引导设备。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr "在 BIOS/CSM/Legacy 模式下"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr "在 BIOS 模式下引导时的第一个画面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr "中间的菜单提供了三个可选操作："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Boot Mageia：将从媒体（CD/DVD 或 U 盘）直接启动 Mageia 5，并且不会向硬盘写入"
+"任何数据，所以系统可能运行较慢。引导完成后，即可将系统安装到硬盘。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr "Install Mageia：将 Mageia 直接安装到硬盘。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+"Boot from hard disk：从硬盘引导，和不使用引导媒体的情况相同（即不启动 Mageia "
+"5）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr "底部菜单中提供了引导选项："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr "F1 - 帮助。说明”splash“、”apm“、”acpi“、”ide“等选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr "F2 - 语言。选择用于显示的语言。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:21
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr "F3 -屏幕分辨率。选择 640x400、800x600、1024x728 或纯文本模式。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom。CD-Rom 相关选项。一般通过插入的安装媒体来安装，但也可以选择 "
+"FTP、NFS 等其他安装源。如果通过网络上的 SLP 服务器来安装，请用此选项选择一个"
+"服务器上可用的安装源。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"F5 - 驱动。是否使用驱动。系统将在安装过程中提醒需要使用驱动更新的磁盘，并将其"
+"插入。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr "F6 - 内核选项。用于指定与硬件和驱动相关的内核参数。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr "在 UEFI 模式下"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr "在 UEFI 模式下引导时的第一个画面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+"你可以选择以 Live 模式运行 Mageia（第一个选项）或者直接进行安装（第二个选"
+"项）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr "若从 U 盘引导，除了以”uSB“结尾的行以外，还会有额外的两行供选择。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"在不同选项中，都需要先选择语言、时区和键盘布局，然后 <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">Live 模式下会有额外的步骤</link>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "桌面环境选择"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr "根据所选项不同，随后会出现不同的窗口用于详细设置。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"在选择完成之后，将会在安装软件包时展示一系列幻灯片。可以按 <guilabel>详细</"
+"guilabel> 按钮来关闭幻灯片显示。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"请选择 <application>KDE</application> 或 <application>GNOME</application> 作"
+"为桌面环境。这两种环境均包含有用的应用程序盒工具。若希望全部安装或均不安装，"
+"或自定义要安装的默认软件，请点击 <guilabel>自定义</guilabel>。"
+"<application>LXDE</application> 桌面环境较前两者更加轻便，视觉效果较低，默认"
+"安装的软件包也更少。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "选择软件包组"
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"软件包按组列出，您可以更方便地选择所需软件。若需要查看某一组的详细说明，请将"
+"鼠标移至该组的名称上方。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr "工作区"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr "服务器。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr "图形界面环境"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr "单独选择软件包：您可以使用此选项来手动添加/移除软件包。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+"请阅读 <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> 来了解如何进行最小化安装（包活或不"
+"包括 X 服务和 IceWM 桌面环境）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr "选择单个软件包"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr "您可以在此处添加或移除额外的软件包，或自定义安装。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"在确定选择后，您可以点击页面底部的 <guibutton>floppy icon</guibutton> 按钮来"
+"保存选择（同时也会将配置保存到  U 盘中）。你可以使用此文件在其他系统上进行相"
+"同的安装部署（只需在安装时再次点击此按钮并加载配置文件即可）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr "配置服务"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr "您可以在此处设置系统启动时需要启用的服务。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr "单击各组前的三角形图标可以展开该组中的服务。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr "DrakX自动选择的设置通常可正常工作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr "若高亮选中服务，则可在下方的信息框中查看此服务的细节。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr "只有在您完全了解您的行为的风险后再作出改动。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr "配置时区"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr "选择国家/地区或城市来确定您的时区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr "在下一个窗口中，您可以将硬件时钟设置为本地时间或  GMT（也即 UTC）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"若您安装了多个操作系统，请确保硬件时钟均被设为本地时间，或均为 UTC/GMT。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr "选择一个X服务器(配置您的显示卡)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr "DrakX 有齐全的显卡数据库，一般情况下可以正确识别您的视频设备。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr "若安装程序无法正确检测您的显卡，请在以下列表中选择一个合适的配置："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr "制造商"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr "显卡名"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr "卡的类型"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"若您找不到所需的制造商列表（如显卡太老，或尚未加入到数据库中），您也可以在 "
+"Xorg 目录中找到合适的驱动"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg 目录提供了超过 40 种通用的开源显卡驱动。若您仍然无法找到合适的显卡驱动，"
+"请使用 vesa 驱动以确保基本的显示功能。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"请注意，若选择了不兼容的驱动，您可能无法使用图形化界面（但仍可使用命令行）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"部分显卡制造商仅提供私有 Linux 驱动（在 Nonfree 仓库中），部分驱动仅能在制造"
+"商的官网上找到。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"需要手动启用 Nonfree 仓库才能使用其中的程序。若您在此之前未选中 Nonfree 仓"
+"库，您应当在安装完成并重启后启用它。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr "显示卡和显示器配置"
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"无论是哪一种图形环境（也叫桌面环境），都基于一个叫做 <acronym>X 窗口系统</"
+"acronym>（也叫 <acronym>X</acronym>）的服务。因此，必须正确设定以下的 "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> 服务属性才能使用 <acronym>KDE</acronym>、"
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>、<acronym>LXDE</acronym>等图形环境。若 "
+"<application>DrakX</application> 没有提供默认选项，请手动指定正确参数。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>显卡</guibutton></emphasis>：请从列表中选择您的显卡设"
+"备。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>显示器</guibutton></emphasis>：您可以选择 <guilabel>即插"
+"即用</guilabel> 显示器，或从 <guilabel>制造商</guilabel> 或 <guilabel>通用</"
+"guilabel> 列表中选择显示器。若需要手动指定显示器的横向/纵向刷新率，请点击 "
+"<guilabel>自定义</guilabel>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr "不正确的刷新率可能会损坏显示器"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>分辨率</guibutton></emphasis>：选择显示器的分辨率和色彩"
+"深度。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>测试</guibutton></emphasis>：测试按钮不一定总是出现在安"
+"装中。您可以按下此按钮来查看设置是否正确。若出现询问设置是否正确的对话框，您"
+"可以选择“是”，则当前设置会被保留。若您没有看到任何对话框，您将可以回到配置窗"
+"口，并重新进行配置。<emphasis>若无法使用测试功能，请确保您的设置是正确的。</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>选项</guibutton></emphasis>：您可以在此处启用或禁用各类"
+"选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr "选择您的显示器"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr "DrakX 有齐全的显卡数据库，一般情况下可以正确识别您的视频设备。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>选择错误的属性可能会损坏显示器或视频设备。若不确定，请不要轻易尝试"
+"未知模式。</emphasis>若仍有疑问，请查询显示器文档。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>自定义</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"此选项允许您设置两个重要参数：垂直刷新率和水平同步率。垂直刷新率决定屏幕刷新"
+"的周期，水平同步率决定扫描行的显示速率。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>请不要</emphasis>选择与您的显示器不匹配的同步范围，这样做可能损害显"
+"示器。若仍有疑问，请查询显示器文档。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>即插即用</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr "默认选项，根据显示器数据库确定显示器类别。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>供应商</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr "若安装程序无法正确检测您的显示器，请在以下列表中选择一个合适的配置："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr "显示器制造商名称"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr "显示器描述"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>通用</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"此组可以支持近30种显示格式，如 1024x768 @ 60Hz 和笔记本上使用的平板显示器。当"
+"您因硬件无法被正确识别而必须使用 Vesa 显卡驱动器时，此选项将会提供最佳的兼容"
+"性。推荐保留此选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:6
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr "使用 DiskDrake 自定义磁盘分区方式"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"若您希望将 <literal>/</literal> 分区加密，您必须确保 /boot 位于单独的分区中，"
+"并且该分区不能被加密；否则，系统将无法启动。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"在此处调整磁盘布局。您可以移除或创建分区、改变文件系统类型或改变分区大小，同"
+"时预览操作后的效果。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"每个硬盘及其他存储设备（如 U 盘）都在对应的标签页中显示。例如，在三个标签页中"
+"分别显示 sda、sdb、sdc 的磁盘布局。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr "点击 <guibutton>全部清除</guibutton> 可以删除所选设备上的全部分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton> (or <guibutton>Expert mode</"
+"guibutton>) gives some more tools like to add a label or to choose a "
+"partition type."
+msgstr ""
+"对于其他操作：请先点击要操作的分区；然后查看其详细信息，或选择文件系统和挂载"
+"点，改变其大小或擦除它。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr "请继续，直到所需操作完成。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr " 准备好时点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+msgstr ""
+"若您需要在 UEFI 硬件上使用 Mageia，请确保您设置了 ESP（EFI 系统分区），并且已"
+"被挂载至 /boot/EFI（见下）"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"><imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/></"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type"
+msgstr ""
+"若您使用传统的硬件+GPT硬盘分区，请确保您设置了 BIOS 引导分区，并且为其指定了"
+"正确的分区标志"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "分区"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"在此处您可以查看硬盘驱动器中的内容，并选择 DrakX 分区向导所提供的 "
+"<application>Mageia</application> 的安装方法。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr "根据特定硬盘布局和内容的不同，下列选项可能会有所不同。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:24
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr "使用现存的分区"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"若此选项可用，表面安装程序找到了现存的 Linux 分区，并且可以将其用于 Mageia 的"
+"安装。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr "使用空闲空间"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr "若硬盘上有未使用的区域，此选项将会把 Mageia 安装到该区域中。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:29
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr "使用 Windows 分区中的空闲空间"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr "若现存 Windows 分区中有空闲空间，安装程序将把 Mageia 安装在此处。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"此选项可用于为 Mageia 腾出安装空间，但操作过程有一定风险。请您确保已经备份了"
+"所有重要文件！"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"将会缩小 Windows 分区的大小。该分区必须为“clean”状态，即上一次使用 Windows 时"
+"必须正常地关机或重启。同时，该分区也应当进行碎片整理，即便不能将文件碎片完全"
+"移出待使用区域。我们推荐您对个人文件进行备份后再进行此操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+"安装程序将用亮蓝色标记其余的 Windows 分区，用深蓝色标记将用于安装 Mageia 的分"
+"区位置。您可以点击和拖动目标分区之间的空隙以便更改分区大小（参见下面的截"
+"图）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"><imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/></imageobject><imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"><imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr "擦除磁盘，并使用整个磁盘。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:46
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr "此选项将会把整个硬盘空间用于安装 Mageia。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr "注意！将会删除所选驱动器上的所有数据！请谨慎操作！"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"若您需要将磁盘的一部分用于存储其他数据，或者您不希望驱动器上的数据丢失，请不"
+"要使用此选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+msgstr "使用 DiskDrake 自定义磁盘分区方式"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr "允许您完全控制系统在硬盘上的安装方式。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">分区大小：</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr "安装程序将会根据下列规则使用可用空间："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr "若可用空间小于 50GB，则只创建 / 分区，不创建单独的 /home 分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr "若总可用空间大于 50GB，则创建三个分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr "其中 6/19 被分配给 / 分区，最大不超过 50GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr "1/19 被分配给交换分区，最大不超过 4GB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr "剩余部分（至少 12/19）被分配给 /home 分区"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+"这意味着如果您有 160GB 可用空间，将会创建 50GB 的 / 分区，4GB 的交换分区，以"
+"及 106GB 的 /home 分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom disk partitioning\" option is the only one that "
+"allows to check it has been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+"若您使用 UEFI 系统，将自动检测并创建 ESP（EFI 系统分区），之后将其挂载到 /"
+"boot/EFI。“自定义”选项仅用于检测该操作的结果是否正确"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:73
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, "
+"you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an "
+"about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake"
+"\"/> to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, "
+"just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+"若您使用传统的硬件（即 CSM  或 BIOS），并且使用 GPT 格式的硬盘分区，您需要先"
+"创建一个 BIOS 引导分区。该分区一般为 1 MiB 左右，且不会被挂载。请选择“自定义"
+"磁盘分区”，然后手动创建一个 BIOS 引导分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"一些新式驱动器的逻辑扇区大小为 4096 字节，而非传统的 512 字节。此类硬件尚未被"
+"测试。此外，一些 SSD 驱动器的擦除块大小为 1MB。若您正在使用这类驱动器，我们建"
+"议您使用其他的分区工具（如gparted）预先进行分区操作："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr "“对齐到”“MiB”"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:101
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr "“前面的自由空间（MiB）”“2”"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr "确保所有创建的分区的大小均为偶数倍 MB。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr "从 LIVE 介质安装"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr "2015 年一月"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr "Mageia 的官方文档"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"此手册由 <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团队</link>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"其他人不一定能在此手册中看到你所看到的安装页面。这取决于你的硬件规格以及安装"
+"时的选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr "用 DrakX 安装"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr "2014 年二月"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr "Mageia 4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "恭喜"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr "您以完成安装和配置 Mageia，现在可以安全地移除安装介质并重新启动。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"重启之后，在引导界面可以看到操作系统选项（若您的计算机上有两个以上操作系"
+"统）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr "若您没有调整引导器的配置，将会自动启动 Mageia。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:20
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr "Enjoy!"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr "若您有任何疑问，或希望帮助完善 Mageia，请访问 www.mageia.org。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:3
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This section allows to configure some simple firewall rules: they determine "
+"which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the target "
+"system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the system to be "
+"accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting, no button is checked - no service of the system is "
+"accessibly from the network. The \"<emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis>\" button has a particular role: it enables access to all services "
+"of the machine - an option that does not make much sense in the context of "
+"the installer since it would create a totally unprotected system.  Its "
+"veritable use is in the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the "
+"same GUI layout) for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules "
+"for testing and debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"All other checkbuttons are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you "
+"will check the \"CUPS server\" button if you want printers on your machine "
+"to be accessible from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">分区大小：</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The set of checkbuttons only comprises the most common services. The "
+"\"Advanced\" button allows to enable messages that correspond to a service "
+"for which no checkbutton exists. The \"<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>\" "
+"button opens a window where you can enable a series of services by typing a "
+"list of couples (blank separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>通用</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
+"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
+"in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr "格式化"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"这里您可以选择要格式化的分区。<emphasis>未标记为格式化</emphasis>的分区上的数"
+"据将会被保留。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr "一般情况下，DrakX 自动选择的分区需要被格式化。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"可以点击 <guibutton>高级</guibutton> 来选择您要检查<emphasis>坏块</emphasis>"
+"的分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"若您不确定所做选择是否正确，可以点击两次 <guibutton>上一页</guibutton>回到主"
+"界面，然后查看相应分区中的数据。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr "若您确定选项正确，请点击<guibutton>下一页</guibutton>继续。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:3
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr "DrakX，Mageia 的安装器"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"无论您是刚接触 GNU-Linux 的新人，还是老手，Mageia 安装器都能帮您轻松安装或升"
+"级系统。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr "初始页中有很多选项，安装器将会选择其中的默认项（一般是您所需的）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:16
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "安装欢迎屏幕"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+msgstr "使用 Mageia 提供的引导器"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with an UEFI system and the second one with a Legacy system:"
+msgstr ""
+"此处是使用 Mageia DVD 安装的默认欢迎屏幕：第一个是使用传统引导的系统，第二个"
+"是使用 UEFI 引导的系统。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access to options by pressing the \"e\" letter to "
+"enter the \"edit mode\". To come back to this screen, press either the key "
+"\"esc\" to quit without saving or press the key \"Ctrl\" or \"F10\" to quit "
+"with saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "From this screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr "在此页中，可以进行自定义设置："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+"按 F2 选择语言（仅用于安装，可能与系统所选语言有出入）（仅用于传统模式）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:55
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr "使用方向键来选择语言，然后按 Enter 键。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"此处给出了使用 Live DVD/CD 安装时法语版的欢迎界面。注意，Live DVD/CD 菜单中不"
+"包括：<guilabel>救援系统</guilabel>, <guilabel>内存测试</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>硬件检测工具</guilabel>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:72
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "按 F3 键可以更改屏幕分辨率（仅用于传统模式）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+"按 <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> 键（传统模式下）或 <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">e</emphasis> 键（UEFI 模式下）可以添加内核参数。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"若安装失败，您可能需要尝试其他的选项。按 F6 键可以调出 <guilabel>引导选项</"
+"guilabel>，这里提供了四个选项："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90 en/installer.xml:93
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr "- 默认，即使用默认选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr "- 无 ACPI（高级配置与电源接口），不使用电源管理功能"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- 无本地 APIC（本地高级可编程终端控制器）。若您不需要控制 CPU 中断，可以选择"
+"此选项"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"若选择了这些选项之一，将会同时更改<guilabel>引导选项</guilabel>行中的默认选"
+"项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"在部分 Mageia 版本中，使用 F6 键选择的选项可能不会在<guilabel>引导选项</"
+"guilabel>中出现，但这并不影响选项发挥作用。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr "按 F1 键可以添加更多内核参数（仅用于传统模式）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options.  Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"按 F1 可以打开包含更多选项的新窗口。使用方向键和 Enter 来查看更多细节，或按 "
+"Esc 来返回到欢迎屏幕。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"有关 splash 选项的细节。按 Esc 或选择 <guilabel>返回引导选项</guilabel>可以回"
+"到选项列表。可以手动将这些选项添加到<guilabel>引导选项</guilabel> 行。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:148
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr "按 F2 键可以将帮助翻译为所选语言。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"有关传统引导和 UEFI 引导的内核选项，请参考：<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "Using a Wired Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:161
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (netinstall.iso or netinstall-nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"此处是使用有线网络安装 CD（Boot.iso 或 Boot-Nonfree.iso 镜像）安装时的默认欢"
+"迎界面："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"此处无法改变语言，界面中列出了可用的选项。有关使用有线网络安装 CD 来安装的更"
+"多细节，请参考 <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install"
+"\">Mageia Wiki</link>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr "键盘布局为美式键盘。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "安装步骤"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr "安装过程被分为多个步骤，可以在侧边栏看到安装进度。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"每一步包含一个或多个窗口，并且可使用<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮查看不常用"
+"的选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"多数窗口中有<guibutton>帮助</guibutton>按钮，可以提供当前操作的有关说明。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"若安装过程在某一步中断，您可以选择重启，但请三思而后行。一旦分区被格式化，或"
+"升级过程开始，电脑中的内容将发生变化，此时重启可能导致系统无法使用。若您确定"
+"要重启，可以按 <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> 切换到终端，然后按下 "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> 来触发重启操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:209
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr "安装问题和问题解决方案"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "不使用图形界面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"在初始屏幕之后，可能无法显示语言选择窗口。这中情况可能发生在部分显卡和较老的"
+"系统中。请尝试在提示后输入 <code>vgalo</code> 来切换到较低分辨率。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"若硬件较老，可能无法使用图形化安装程序。这种情况下，可以尝试文本安装模式：在"
+"首个欢迎界面中按 Esc，然后按 Enter。在出现的黑色屏幕中，输入“text”，然后按 "
+"Enter，即可进入文本安装模式。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr "安装停止"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"若系统在安装过程中停止响应（卡死），可能是硬件检测过程出现问题。在这种情况"
+"下，可以先跳过硬件检测过程：在命令提示后输入 <code>noauto</code>。此选项也可"
+"以与其他选项联合使用。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:244
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr "内存问题"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"部分情况下，硬件可能无法正确地检测可用 RAM 大小。要手动指定它，可以使用 "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> 参数，其中 xxx 是 RAM 的总大小。例如，<code>mem=256M</"
+"code> 表示 RAM 的大小为 256MB。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:253
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr "动态分区"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"若您在微软 Windows 中将硬盘从“basic”格式转变为“dynamic”格式，该硬盘将无法用"
+"于 Mageia 安装。要将硬盘转变回“basic”格式，请参见微软的文档：<link ns2:href="
+"\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn."
+"microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "更新"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"在此版本的 <application>Mageia</application> 发布之后，一些软件包将会被更新或"
+"改善。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"若您希望下载和安装更新后的软件包，请选择 <guilabel>是</guilabel>；若您不希望"
+"这样做，或无法连接到互联网，请选择 <guilabel>否</guilabel>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr "然后按<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>继续"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr "登录界面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr "KDM 登录界面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr "最后，您将会看到登录界面。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:1
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"请输入您的用户名和密码，随后您将看到 KDE 或 GNOME 桌面（根据您所选的安装介质"
+"而异）。您现在即可使用 Mageia 系统。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"可以在 <link linkend=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation"
+"\">Mageia wiki</link> 中找到有关系统使用的方法。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr "介质选择 (Nonfree)"
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"此处列出了可用的仓库。根据所选的安装介质，并非所有仓库都可以使用。所选仓库将"
+"决定下一步中可用的软件包。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> 仓库无法被禁用，因其包含发行版中的基础软件。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> 仓库包含了免费（因此Mageia可以再分发）、但不开源"
+"的软件。例如，此仓库包含 nVidia 和 ATI 的私有显卡驱动、各类 WiFi 网卡的固件"
+"等。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> 仓库包含了在自由许可证下发布的软件。将这些软件包"
+"归入 Tainted 仓库是因为它们可能会违反部分国家（地区）的专利或版权法，例如：用"
+"于播放音频/视频文件的多媒体解码器，用于播放商业视频 DVD 的软件等。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr "最小安装"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"在软件包组选择窗口中，您可以通过取消选择所有项来实现最小化安装，参见 <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr "若需要，您可以在该窗口中勾选“独立选择软件包”选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"最小化安装通常被用于在服务器或特定工作站上安装 Mageia。您可能会将此选项与“独"
+"立软件包选择”选项配合使用，以便微调您的安装配置，参见 <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"若您选择了安装类别，相应的窗口将会为您展示一些额外的有用软件，例如 X 服务的文"
+"档。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr "若选中“包含 X”，将会同时选定 IceWM 作为轻量级的桌面环境。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+"一些基础的文档由 man 和 info 命令提供。其中包含了来自 <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> "
+"的 man 帮助页和来自 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/"
+"manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> 的 info 帮助页。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr "一些杂项"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX 会根据您的选择以及检测到的硬件自动生成合适的配置。您可以在此处检查或更"
+"改它们（点击 <guibutton>配置</guibutton> 按钮）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them "
+"with 3 exceptions:"
+msgstr "一般而言，您可以直接使用推荐配置，除非您遇到以下三种情况："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr "您预知该默认配置存在问题"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr "您尝试了默认配置，但安装失败"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:32
+msgid "something else is said in the detailed sections below"
+msgstr "后续章节中所提到的其他情况"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:39
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr "系统参数"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:44
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>时区</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX 根据您的语言设置自动选择了时区。您也可以手动改变时区。参见 <xref "
+"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>国家/地区</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"若您不在所选国家/地区中，请务必对其进行正确设置。参见 <xref linkend="
+"\"selectCountry\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>引导器</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:63
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr "DrakX 为引导器进行了自动设置。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:66
+msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2"
+msgstr "除非您懂得如何配置 GRUB 2，否则请勿更改这些配置"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr "更多信息，参见 <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:74
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>用户管理</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"您可以在此处添加额外的用户。将会为每个用户在 <literal>/home</literal> 下创建"
+"目录。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>服务</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"系统服务指在后台运行的小程序（守护进程）。此工具允许您启用或禁用特定任务。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr "在做出更改之前，请认真审视选项 - 任何错误都可能导致系统无法正常运行。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr "更多信息，参见 <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:100
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr "硬件参数"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:105
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>键盘</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr "在这里，您可以根据您所在的位置、使用的语言和键盘类型来设置键盘布局。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您发现键盘布局错误、需要更正，请注意：在更改配置后，之前设置的密码也可能"
+"发生改变。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>鼠标</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr "您可以添加或配置其他触控设备、平板、轨迹球等。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:125
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>声卡</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"安装器将会使用默认驱动（如果有的话）。只有存在多个可用驱动（且均不是默认驱"
+"动）时，才会提示您进行选择。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:135
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>图形界面</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:138
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr "您可以在这里配置显卡和显示器。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:141
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr "更多信息，参见 <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr "网络和 Internet 参数"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:161
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>网络</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"您可以在这里配置网络。若您需要在网卡上使用非自由的驱动程序，并且尚未启用 "
+"Nonfree 软件仓库，那么您最好等到重启后再进行这一操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr "当您添加了网卡后，请不要忘记用防火墙对该接口进行管理。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:177
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>代理</guilabel>："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"代理服务器将作为您的电脑和广域网之间的桥梁。您可以在此处配置您需要使用的代理"
+"服务。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr "您可能需要咨询系统管理员来获取此处应当填写的参数"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:193
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "安全"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:198
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>安全等级</guilabel>："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr "您可以在这里设置计算机的安全等级，一般情况下可以使用默认设置（标准）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:205
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr "请勾选您认为合适的选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:210
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>防火墙</guilabel>："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr "防火墙将保护您的重要数据，以免其被他人恶意利用或窃取。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"选择您需要使用的服务，这取决与您希望如何使用您的计算机。有关更多信息，请参见 "
+"<xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr "请牢记：允许所有服务（即不启用防火墙）是非常危险的。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "重新启动"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
+"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"一旦安装了引导器，安装程序将会提示您重启电脑，此时请移除 Live CD 并重启。请点"
+"击<emphasis role=\"bold\"><guibutton>完成</guibutton></emphasis>并<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">根据提示的步骤</emphasis>进行操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:11
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
+"management)."
+msgstr ""
+"重启后，您将会看到一系列下载进度条，它将提示您正在下载的软件媒体（参见“软件管"
+"理”）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"改变 <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> 分区的大"
+"小"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"您的磁盘上含有多个 <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> 分区。请选择需要改变大小的分区（以便腾出空间来安装 "
+"<application>Mageia</application>）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "安全级别"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr "您可以在这里调整安全等级。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr "若您不确定如何选择，请使用默认设置。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"在安装之后，您也可以在 Mageia 控制中心中的 <guilabel>安全</guilabel> 选项卡里"
+"调整安全设置。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr "选择和使用 ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "简介"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr "Mageia 通过 ISO 镜像进行分发。此页将帮助您选择所需的镜像。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr "有两种类型的媒介："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+"传统安装器：在引导之后，程序将提供一系列用于安装和配置目标系统的选项。这种安"
+"装类型可以给予您最大限度的灵活性，尤其是选择所需安装的桌面环境。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Live 媒介：您无需实际安装即可实际体验 Mageia 系统，以便确定系统被安装之后的模"
+"样。这种安装的过程更加简单，但您可做的选择也相应减少。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr "下一节中将涉及有关细节。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr "介质"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "定义"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+"媒介：是一类承载 ISO 文件、可以用于安装和/或更新 Mageia 的任意物理介质。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"您可以在<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">这里</link>找"
+"到它们。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr "传统安装媒介"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr "通用特性"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr "这些 ISO 使用传统的安装器（drakx）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr "它们可以用于全新安装，或更新之前的版本。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "媒介有 32 位和 64 位两种架构之分。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr "欢迎屏幕中列出了一些可用的工具，如：救援系统、内存测试、硬件检测工具。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:60
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr "每个 DVD 中包含多种桌面环境和语言支持。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr "您可以在安装时添加非自由软件。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr "Live 媒介"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"可以用于预览该发行版，而无需将其安装到硬盘上。也可以用于安装 Mageia 至硬盘。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:80
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+msgstr "每个 ISO 仅包含一种桌面环境（KDE Plasma、GNOME 或 Xfce）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO 仅能用于全新安装，而无法对之前的版本进行升"
+"级。</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr "其中包含非自由软件。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:97
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:100
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+msgstr "仅包含 KDE（Plasma）桌面环境。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr "包含所有语言支持。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:106
+msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+msgstr "仅支持 64 位处理器。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr "仅包含 GNOME 桌面环境。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:120
+msgid "64 bit architecture only"
+msgstr "仅支持 64 位处理器"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:125
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr "Live DVD Xfce"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+msgstr "仅包含 Xfce 桌面环境。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:134
+msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr "同时支持 32 位和 64 位处理器。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr "仅用于引导的 CD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"此类媒介仅包含启动 drakx 安装器和查找 drakx-installer-stage2 等软件包所必须的"
+"程序，因此非常轻巧。用于后续安装的软件包可以位于电脑硬盘、本地驱动器、本地网"
+"络或互联网。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"这类媒介非常小巧（小于 100 MB），适用于不方便下载完整版 DVD、没有 DVD 驱动器"
+"或不支持 USB 引导的电脑。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:162
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr "仅包含英语支持。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr "仅包含自由软件，适用于不希望使用非自由软件的人。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr "包含部分用户所需的非自由软件（主要为驱动、编码器）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr "下载和检查媒介"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "下载中"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"在选择了 ISO 文件后，您可以通过 HTTP 或 BitTorrent 下载它。相应的窗口中将会提"
+"示您正在使用的镜像源，并在速度太慢时提醒您更换镜像源。若您使用 HTTP 方式下"
+"载，您可能会看到类似下列情形"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum 和 sha1sum 是用于检查 ISO 文件完整性的工具，只需使用其中一种即可。请您"
+"保留它们以便<link linkend=\"integrity\">后续使用</link>。之后，窗口将会显示："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr "点击“保存文件”选项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr "检查下载文件的完整性"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a "
+"repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+"这两种校验和均由特定算法计算文件内容产生，且均为十六进制数字。当您使用这些算"
+"法来重新计算下载文件的校验值时，如果您得到的结果和 Mageia 提供的一致，说明您"
+"的文件没有问题；否则，说明下载失败，您可能需要重新下载，或改用 BitTorrent 下"
+"载。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr "打开一个终端（无需以 root 身份操作），然后："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- 若使用 md5sum，请输入：[sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- 若使用 sha1sum，请输入：[sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"然后比较执行结果（可能需要等待一段时间）和 Mageia 网上提供的数值。例如："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr "刻录或转储 ISO"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium."
+msgstr ""
+"经过检查后的 ISO 即可被刻录至 CD/DVD，或写入到 U 盘。这些操作不同于简单的复"
+"制，其目的是创建一个可引导的媒体。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr "将ISO文件刻录到CD或DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"您可以刻录任何所需镜像，但请确保刻录设备的模式被设为<emphasis role=\"bold\">"
+"刻录镜像</emphasis>，而非刻录数据或文件。更多信息请见 <link ns4:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr "写入 ISO 到 U 盘"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"所有的 Mageia  ISO 均为混合类型 ISO，因此您可以将其“转储”到 U 盘中，然后使用 "
+"U 盘来引导和安装系统。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"“转储”镜像至闪存设备将会破坏设备上原先的文件系统，任何数据都将丢失，并且分区"
+"容量将会（暂时）缩减为镜像大小。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr "若要恢复原始容量，您必须重新进行分区和格式化操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr "使用 Mageia 的图形化工具"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"您可以使用 <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> 这样的图形化工"
+"具来操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr "使用 Windows 下的图形化工具"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr "您可以尝试："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> 中"
+"的“ISO 镜像”选项；"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr "使用 GNU/Linux 系统中的命令行程序"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"手动进行此操作有潜在 *危险*。如果您弄错了设备 ID，可能会覆盖掉其他分区中的数"
+"据。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr "您也可以在终端中使用 dd 工具："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:272
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr "打开一个终端"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+"使用命令 <userinput>su -</userinput> 获取 root 权限（不要漏掉末尾的“-”）"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr "插入您的 U 盘（无需挂载，并且不要用任何应用程序或文件管理器访问它）"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr "输入命令 <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+"或者，您也可以通过命令 <code>dmesg</code> 来查看设备名：在输入末尾，您将看到"
+"以 <emphasis>sd</emphasis> 开头的设备名，如 <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"通过磁盘大小来确认您的 U 盘的设备名，例如图中所示的 <code>/dev/sdb</code>，是"
+"一个 8GB 的 U 盘。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"输入命令：# <userinput>dd if=ISO文件的完整路径 of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr "其中，“X”是您的设备名（如：/dev/sdc）"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"示例：# <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr "输入命令：# <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:333
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr "操作完成，拔下 U 盘"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr "选择您所在的国家/地区"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region.  This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"请选择您所在的国家或地区。此选项将影响货币设置和无线管理域设置。如果您设置了"
+"错误的国家，您可能无法正常使用无线网络。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"若列表中不包含您的国家，请点击 <guilabel>其他国家</guilabel> 按钮并选择相应的"
+"国家/区域。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"若您的国家仅在 <guilabel>其他国家</guilabel> 列表中列出，在点击 <guibutton>确"
+"定</guibutton> 按钮之后，请忽略前一个列表中的选项。DrakX 会应用您后来的选择。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "输入法"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"在 <guilabel>其他国家</guilabel> 窗口中，您也可以选择一种输入法（位于列表底"
+"部）。输入法用于输入各类语言中的字符（中文、日文、韩文等）。IBus 是默认选项，"
+"一般情况下用户无需手动配置。其他输入法（SCIM、GCIN、HIME 等）可以提供类似的功"
+"能，您可以在选择软件包前通过添加 HTTP/FTP 媒体来安装它们。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"若您在安装期间缺少输入法，您可以在安装完成后通过“配置我的电脑”->“系统”设置来"
+"安装输入法，或者以 root 身份运行 localedrake。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr "新安装或升级"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "安装"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr "使用此选项来进行全新 <application>Mageia</application> 安装。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "升级"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"若您在电脑上安装了多个 <application>Mageia</application>，安装程序将会允许您"
+"选择需要升级的系统。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"我们只测试了从当前 <emphasis>尚被支持</emphasis>的发行版进行的升级过程。如果"
+"您希望从已经结束支持的 Mageia 版本升级到最新版本，我们建议您最好进行全新安"
+"装，同时保留您的 <literal>/home</literal> 分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"若安装过程在某一步中断，您可以选择重启，但请三思而后行。一旦分区被格式化，或"
+"升级过程开始，电脑中的内容将发生变化，此时重启可能导致系统无法使用。若您确定"
+"要重启，可以按 <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> 切换到终端，然后按下 "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> 来触发重启操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"若您忘记选择某一附加语言，您可以回到“安装或升级”界面，然后按下来 "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> 并进行选择。请<emphasis>不要</emphasis>在"
+"安装后再进行添加。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr "选择键盘"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+"您需要选择在 Mageia 中使用的键盘布局。默认布局已根据您之前的语言和时区设置进"
+"行选择。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "键盘"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX 会根据您的语言为您选择合适的键盘。若找不到合适的键盘，则会自动选择美式"
+"键盘。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"请确保该选项正确。如果您不知道您的键盘肿瘤，请查阅您的电脑配件规格，或询问电"
+"脑供应商，或查看键盘上的标签。您也可以参考这里的内容：<link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"若列表中没有您的键盘，请点击 <guibutton>更多</guibutton> 来查看完整列表，并选"
+"择相应的键盘种类。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"在点击 <guibutton>确定</guibutton> 按钮之后，请忽略前一个列表中的选项。DrakX "
+"会应用您后来的选择。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"若您选择了基于非拉丁字符的键盘布局，之后您将会看到有关切换拉丁/非拉丁键盘布局"
+"的提示窗口。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:10
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "请选择要使用的语言"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"请在地区列表中选择您的首选语言。<application>Mageia</application> 将会在之后"
+"的安装过程中使用该语言。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language.  <application>Mageia</application> will use "
+"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"请在地区列表中选择您的首选语言。<application>Mageia</application> 将会在之后"
+"的安装过程中使用该语言。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"若您需要在系统中安装多种语言（为您和其他用户），请现在点击<guibutton>多语言</"
+"guibutton>按钮来添加语言。完成安装后添加额外语言是相对困难的。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您选择了多种语言，必须同时选择其中一种作为您的首选语言（在前一个语言选择"
+"界面中），该语言会同时出现在多语言配置界面中。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr "若您的键盘输入语言与首选语言不同，最好也同时安装该输入语言。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr "Mageia 默认使用 UTF-8（Unicode）格式。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"若您认为这不适合您的语言，可以在“多语言”界面中将其禁用。该操作将应用到所有安"
+"装的语言。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"您可以在安装完成后，在 Mageia 控制中心 -> 系统 -> 管理本地化 中改变系统语言。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr "选择鼠标"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr "若您对鼠标的响应速度不满意，可以在这里进行调整。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"一般而言，<guilabel>通用</guilabel> - <guilabel>任意 PS/2 和 USB 鼠标</"
+"guilabel>可以满足大多数需求。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"选择 <guilabel>通用</guilabel> - <guilabel>强制 evdev</guilabel> 可用于配置超"
+"过五键的鼠标。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:6
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr "添加或修改引导菜单项"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"为此，您需要手动编辑 /boot/grub2/custom.cfg，或者使用 grub-customizer（可以"
+"从 Mageia 仓库中安装）来编辑引导项。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see our wiki: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"有关更多信息，请参考我们的 wiki：<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Grub2-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:9
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "引导程序的主要选项"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Bootloader interface"
+msgstr "引导器界面"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+msgstr "默认情况下，Mageia 仅使用："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+msgstr "GRUB2（包含/不包含图形界面），当使用传统硬件 + MBR/GPT格式分区时"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:24
+msgid "Grub2-efi for a UEFI system."
+msgstr "GRUB2-efi，当使用 UEFI 硬件时。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+msgstr "Mageia 的图形化菜单："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+msgstr "GRUB2，当使用传统硬件 + MBR/GPT 格式分区时"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr "若您不确定如何操作，请不要修改“引导设备”。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:50
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
+msgstr "GRUB2-efi，当使用 UEFI 硬件时"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose between with or without graphical menu"
+msgstr ""
+"对于 UEFI，用户界面会稍有不同，您将无法选择引导器（因为只能使用 Grub2-efi）。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+"如果 Mageia 是您在电脑上安装的第一个系统，安装程序将自动创建一个 ESP（EFI 系"
+"统分区）来容纳引导器（Grub2-efi）。如果已安装了其他 UEFI 操作系统（例如 "
+"Windows 8），Mageia 安装器将会探测现存的（由 Windows 创建的） ESP，并添加 "
+"grub2-efi。尽管多个 ESP 可以共存，但只需一个 ESP 即可满足启动所有操作系统的需"
+"求。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr "使用 Mageia 提供的引导器"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
+msgid "By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:"
+msgstr "默认情况下，根据您的硬件情况，Mageia 会将："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard "
+"drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr "GRUB 2 引导器安装至 MBR（主引导记录）区域或第一硬盘的 BIOS 引导分区。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:90
+msgid "Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+msgstr "GRUB2-efi 引导器安装至 ESP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then uncheck the box "
+"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"若您已安装了其他操作系统，Mageia 会尝试将它们也添加到 Mageia 的引导菜单。如果"
+"您不希望 Mageia 这么做，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>，然后取消勾选"
+"<guilabel>检测其他操作系统</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "使用现存的引导器"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"有关添加 Mageia 系统至现存引导器的问题超出了此帮助的范围。多数情况下，这设计"
+"到运行相应的引导器安装程序，并自动检测和添加引导项。请参见有关操作系统的文档"
+"以便进一步操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+msgid "Using chain loading"
+msgstr "使用链式加载（chain loading）"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, "
+"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and Check the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"若您不需要 Mageia 安装引导器，而是希望从其他系统引导 Mageia，请点击"
+"<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>，然后点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>并勾选 "
+"<guilabel>不要修改 ESP 或 MBR</guilabel>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
+"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"安装程序将会提醒您缺少引导器，请忽略它并点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "选项"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid "First page"
+msgstr "第一页"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This text box "
+"lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is "
+"started up."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>自动引导之前等待</guilabel>：此文本框用于设置在等待多少秒之后自动进"
+"入默认选定的操作系统。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
+"bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot "
+"time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is \"root\" "
+"and the password is the one chosen here after."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>安全</guilabel>：用于设置引导器的密码。可以防止其他人进入单用户模"
+"式，或者修改引导参数。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: This text box is where you actually put the "
+"password"
+msgstr "<guilabel>密码</guilabel>：此文本框用于输入密码"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will "
+"check that it matches with the one set above."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>确认密码</guilabel>：再次输入密码，安装程序将检查您两次输入的密码是"
+"否一致。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 en/setupBootloader.xml:239
+msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+msgstr "<guilabel>高级</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
+"Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by "
+"stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI（高级配置与电源接口）是标准的电源管理协议。它可以关闭未使用的设备以节"
+"能，用于取代 APM。如果您的硬件不兼容 ACPI，或者您认为 ACPI 会造成某些问题（如"
+"偶尔会自动重启，或系统卡死），则可以取消勾选它。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables / disables symmetric "
+"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>启用 SMP</guilabel>：此选项启用或禁用多核处理器上的对称多处理器特"
+"性。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: Enabling or disabling this gives the "
+"operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. "
+"APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ "
+"(Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>启用 APIC</guilabel>：启用或禁用高级可编程中断控制器。APIC 设备可以"
+"支持更复杂的优先级模型和高级 IRQ（中断请求）管理功能。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Here you can set local APIC, which "
+"manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>启用本地 APIC</guilabel>：您可以在这里设置本地 APIC，用于在 SMP 系"
+"统中管理某个特定处理器的所有外部中断。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid "Next page"
+msgstr "下一页"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:223
+msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+msgstr "<guilabel>默认</guilabel>：使用默认引导参数"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
+"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>追加</guilabel> ：用于在默认引导选项后添加额外所需的内核参数。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>探测其他系统</guilabel>：参见<link linkend=\"setupMageiaBootloader"
+"\">使用 Mageia 引导器</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
+"the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered "
+"other size and colour depth options."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>图像模式</guilabel>：用于设定显示引导菜单时的屏幕分辨率和色彩深度。"
+"若要从可用的模式中进行选择，请点击下三角标记。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
+"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">不要修改 ESP 或 MBR</emphasis>：参见<link linkend="
+"\"setupChainLoading\">使用链式加载</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr "设置SCSI"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Drakx 通常会正确探测硬盘。对于一些较老的 SCSI 控制器，Drakx 可能无法确定所需"
+"的驱动，并因此无法识别它们。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr "在这种情况下，您需要手动设置 DrakX 应当使用的 SCSI 驱动。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr "随后 DrakX 应当能正确配置这些驱动器。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "声音配置"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
+"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"这一界面中列出了安装程序为声卡选定的驱动，如果有默认驱动则将其作为默认配置。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"默认驱动通常不会出问题。不过，如果您在安装后遇到问题，请运行 "
+"<command>draksound</command>，或通过 MCC（Mageia 控制中心）中<guilabel>硬件</"
+"guilabel>选项卡中的<guilabel>声音配置</guilabel>来启动 draksound。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"在 draksound 或“声音配置”工具界面，点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>、"
+"<guibutton>故障排除</guibutton>来查看解决问题的建议。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:31
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "高级"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"若没有默认驱动，或者默认驱动选择错误，则可以安装时点击此界面中的"
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton>来更正。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"`在这种情况下，您可以在点击<guibutton>让我选择任意驱动</guibutton>来选择其他"
+"驱动程序。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr "确定要格式化的硬盘"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr "若您不确定选择是否正确，请点击 <guibutton>上一步</guibutton>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您确定要删除所有分区和所有操作系统（及数据），请点击 <guibutton>下一步</"
+"guibutton>。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr "以 Live 模式运行 Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr "Live 模式"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+"如果选择了“引导Mageia”，您将看到此界面。如果没有，你将看到“<link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">分区</link>”界面。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr "测试硬件"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Live 模式的目的在于测试硬件是否被 Mageia 正确管理。您可以在 Mageia 控制中心中"
+"检查所有设备是否均有对应驱动程序。您可以测试最新的设备："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr "网络接口：使用 net_applet 进行配置"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr "显卡：若您能看见刚才的界面，说明配置正常。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr "摄像头："
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr "声音：刚才播放了“叮呤”声"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr "打印机：配置打印机，并打印测试页"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr "扫描器：扫描文档自 ..."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr "如果一切就绪，安装现在即可开始；反之，您可以点击退出按钮。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr "此处您的配置将保留并用于安装过程。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr "启动安装"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+"要使用 Mageia LiveCD 或 LiveDVD 来安装系统至硬盘/SSD，只需点击“安装至硬盘”图"
+"标。随后您将会看见此界面，然后点击“<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">分区</"
+"link>”并直接进入安装过程。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr "卸载Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr "如何做"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"若 Mageia 未能给您提供良好体验，或您未能正确安装系统，Mageia 允许您卸载它。这"
+"一功能可不是所有操作系统都会提供的！"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"在备份您的数据后，请用 Mageia 安装 DVD 重新引导系统，并进入救援系统，选择恢"
+"复 Windows 引导器（Restore Windows boot loader）。再次重启后，您将只能进入 "
+"Windows 系统。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+"若要将被 Mageia 使用的空间重新用于 Windows，请点击 <code>开始 -> 控制面包 -> "
+"管理工具 -> 计算机管理 -> 存储 -> 磁盘管理</code>。拥有 <guilabel>未知</"
+"guilabel> 类型的分区即为 Mageia 分区，其大小和位置应当与您安装时指定的一致。"
+"右键点击这些分区，并选择 <guibutton>删除</guibutton>，即可释放这些分区占用的"
+"空间。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+"若您安装了 Windows XP，您可以使用空闲空间创建一个新分区并格式化它（FAT32 或 "
+"NTFS），系统将自动为其分配一个盘符。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+"若您同时安装了 Windows Vista 或 Windows 7，您还可以扩展现存分区的大小。您也可"
+"以使用其他分区工具，如 gparted（Windows 和 Linux 下均由对应版本）。记住：在调"
+"整分区时，请多加小心，并确保所有重要的数据均以备份。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr "保留或删除未使用的软件"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"在这一步中，安装程序将会查找未使用的语言包和硬件包，并将其删除。除非您需要在"
+"不同的硬件上运行系统，否则最好允许此操作。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
+"下一步是复制文件到硬盘。这需要花费几分钟的时间。之后，您的屏幕会变黑一段时"
+"间，这是正常现象。"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom"
+#~ msgstr "自定义"
+
+#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment "
+#~ "of performances."
+#~ msgstr "- 安全设置，使用更安全的选项（同时会在一定程度上降低性能）"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd3cef13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>从 LIVE 介质安装</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>2015 年一月</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia 的官方文档</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。
+            </para>
+            <para>此手册由 <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。
+            </para>
+            <para>内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+    <title>从 LIVE 介质安装</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>其他人不一定能在此手册中看到你所看到的安装页面。这取决于你的硬件规格以及安装时的选项。</para>
+        </note></para>
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ </article>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f5dfb34c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>从 LIVE 介质安装</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>其他人不一定能在此手册中看到你所看到的安装页面。这取决于你的硬件规格以及安装时的选项。</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。</para>
+
+      <para>此手册由 <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。</para>
+
+      <para>内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca649d75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <info>
+    <title>用 DrakX 安装</title>
+   <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+   <revhistory>
+     <revision>
+          <date>2014 年二月</date>
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+     </revision>
+   </revhistory>
+    <cover>
+        <para role="tagline">Mageia 的官方文档</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+	    <para>此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。
+	    </para>
+	    <para>此手册由 <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。
+	    </para>
+            <para>内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。</para> 
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+  <article>
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+<!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<title>用 DrakX 安装</title>
+       <para><note>
+          <para>其他人不一定能在此手册中看到你所看到的安装页面。这取决于你的硬件规格以及安装时的选项。</para>
+        </note></para>
+  
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+ -->
+</article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5404419
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>用 DrakX 安装</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>其他人不一定能在此手册中看到你所看到的安装页面。这取决于你的硬件规格以及安装时的选项。</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。</para>
+
+      <para>此手册由 <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。</para>
+
+      <para>内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+ 
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include>
+ 
+<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ff0e307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">选择和使用 ISO</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>简介</title>
+    <para>Mageia 通过 ISO 镜像进行分发。此页将帮助您选择所需的镜像。</para>
+    <para>有两种类型的媒介：</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>传统安装器：在引导之后，程序将提供一系列用于安装和配置目标系统的选项。这种安装类型可以给予您最大限度的灵活性，尤其是选择所需安装的桌面环境。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Live 媒介：您无需实际安装即可实际体验 Mageia 系统，以便确定系统被安装之后的模样。这种安装的过程更加简单，但您可做的选择也相应减少。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>下一节中将涉及有关细节。</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>介质</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>定义</title>
+      <para>媒介：是一类承载 ISO 文件、可以用于安装和/或更新 Mageia 的任意物理介质。</para>
+      <para>您可以在<link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">这里</link>找到它们。</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>传统安装媒介</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>通用特性</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>这些 ISO 使用传统的安装器（drakx）。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>它们可以用于全新安装，或更新之前的版本。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>媒介有 32 位和 64 位两种架构之分。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>欢迎屏幕中列出了一些可用的工具，如：救援系统、内存测试、硬件检测工具。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>每个 DVD 中包含多种桌面环境和语言支持。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>您可以在安装时添加非自由软件。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live 媒介</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>通用特性</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>可以用于预览该发行版，而无需将其安装到硬盘上。也可以用于安装 Mageia 至硬盘。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>每个 ISO 仅包含一种桌面环境（KDE Plasma、GNOME 或 Xfce）。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>媒介有 32 位和 64 位两种架构之分。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISO 仅能用于全新安装，而无法对之前的版本进行升级。</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>其中包含非自由软件。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD KDE</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>仅包含 KDE（Plasma）桌面环境。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>包含所有语言支持。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>仅支持 64 位处理器。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>仅包含 GNOME 桌面环境。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>包含所有语言支持。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>仅支持 64 位处理器</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>仅包含 Xfce 桌面环境。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>包含所有语言支持。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>同时支持 32 位和 64 位处理器。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>仅用于引导的 CD</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>通用特性</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>此类媒介仅包含启动 drakx 安装器和查找 drakx-installer-stage2
+等软件包所必须的程序，因此非常轻巧。用于后续安装的软件包可以位于电脑硬盘、本地驱动器、本地网络或互联网。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>这类媒介非常小巧（小于 100 MB），适用于不方便下载完整版 DVD、没有 DVD 驱动器或不支持 USB 引导的电脑。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>媒介有 32 位和 64 位两种架构之分。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>仅包含英语支持。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>仅包含自由软件，适用于不希望使用非自由软件的人。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>包含部分用户所需的非自由软件（主要为驱动、编码器）。</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>下载和检查媒介</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>下载中</title>
+      <para>在选择了 ISO 文件后，您可以通过 HTTP 或 BitTorrent
+下载它。相应的窗口中将会提示您正在使用的镜像源，并在速度太慢时提醒您更换镜像源。若您使用 HTTP 方式下载，您可能会看到类似下列情形</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>md5sum 和 sha1sum 是用于检查 ISO 文件完整性的工具，只需使用其中一种即可。请您保留它们以便<link
+linkend="integrity">后续使用</link>。之后，窗口将会显示：</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>点击“保存文件”选项。</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">检查下载文件的完整性</title>
+      <para>这两种校验和均由特定算法计算文件内容产生，且均为十六进制数字。当您使用这些算法来重新计算下载文件的校验值时，如果您得到的结果和 Mageia
+提供的一致，说明您的文件没有问题；否则，说明下载失败，您可能需要重新下载，或改用 BitTorrent 下载。</para>
+      <para>打开一个终端（无需以 root 身份操作），然后：</para>
+      <para>- 若使用 md5sum，请输入：[sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>。</para>
+      <para>- 若使用 sha1sum，请输入：[sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>。</para>
+      <para>然后比较执行结果（可能需要等待一段时间）和 Mageia 网上提供的数值。例如：</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Md5sum.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para/>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>刻录或转储 ISO</title>
+    <para>经过检查后的 ISO 即可被刻录至 CD/DVD，或写入到 U 盘。这些操作不同于简单的复制，其目的是创建一个可引导的媒体。</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>将ISO文件刻录到CD或DVD</title>
+      <para>您可以刻录任何所需镜像，但请确保刻录设备的模式被设为<emphasis
+role="bold">刻录镜像</emphasis>，而非刻录数据或文件。更多信息请见 <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia
+wiki</link>。</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>写入 ISO 到 U 盘</title>
+      <para>所有的 Mageia  ISO 均为混合类型 ISO，因此您可以将其“转储”到 U 盘中，然后使用 U 盘来引导和安装系统。</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>“转储”镜像至闪存设备将会破坏设备上原先的文件系统，任何数据都将丢失，并且分区容量将会（暂时）缩减为镜像大小。</para>
+      </warning>
+      <para>若要恢复原始容量，您必须重新进行分区和格式化操作。</para>
+      <section>
+        <title>使用 Mageia 的图形化工具</title>
+        <para>您可以使用 <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link>
+这样的图形化工具来操作。</para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>使用 Windows 下的图形化工具</title>
+        <para>您可以尝试：</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> 中的“ISO
+镜像”选项；</para>
+        <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32
+Disk Imager</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>使用 GNU/Linux 系统中的命令行程序</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>手动进行此操作有潜在 *危险*。如果您弄错了设备 ID，可能会覆盖掉其他分区中的数据。</para>
+        </warning>
+        <para>您也可以在终端中使用 dd 工具：</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>打开一个终端</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>使用命令 <userinput>su -</userinput> 获取 root 权限（不要漏掉末尾的“-”）</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>插入您的 U 盘（无需挂载，并且不要用任何应用程序或文件管理器访问它）</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>输入命令 <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+            <para>或者，您也可以通过命令 <code>dmesg</code> 来查看设备名：在输入末尾，您将看到以 <emphasis>sd</emphasis>
+开头的设备名，如 <emphasis>sdd</emphasis></para>
+            <screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>通过磁盘大小来确认您的 U 盘的设备名，例如图中所示的 <code>/dev/sdb</code>，是一个 8GB 的 U 盘。</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>输入命令：# <userinput>dd if=ISO文件的完整路径 of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para>
+            <para>其中，“X”是您的设备名（如：/dev/sdc）</para>
+            <para>示例：# <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>输入命令：# <userinput>sync</userinput></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>操作完成，拔下 U 盘</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..506698b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">许可证和发行说明</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"
+revision="4" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-license.png"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="acceptLicense-im2"
+revision="5" align="center" condition="live" format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">许可协议</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>在安装 <application>Mageia</application> 之前，请先仔细阅读许可条款和许可条件。</para>
+
+    <para>这些许可条款和许可条件适用于整个 <application>Mageia</application> 发行版，你必须予以接受才能继续安装。</para>
+
+    <para>要接受, 只要选择 <guilabel>接受</guilabel> 后点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>若你不希望接受这些条件，我们向您表示诚挚歉意。请点击 <guibutton>退出</guibutton> 来重启计算机。</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">发行说明</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>有关此 Mageia 发布版本的重要信息，可以通过点击 <guibutton>发行说明</guibutton> 来阅读。</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57488e6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="addUser">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">用户和管理员管理</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" align="center" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata
+format="PNG" fileref="live-user1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">设置管理员（root 账户）密码：</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>我们建议任何时候安装 <application>Mageia</application> 都设置一个超级用户或管理员密码（Linux 中一般叫做
+root
+密码）。当你在顶部输入框中输入密码时，盾的颜色将会从红色变为黄色、绿色，用以指示你所输入密码的强度。绿色表示你的密码强度较高。你需要在下方输入框中再次输入相同的密码，以确保你之前的密码没有输错。</para>
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>所有的密码都区分大小写。建议在密码中混合使用字母（大写和小写）、数字和其他字符。</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">输入用户名</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>在这里添加一个用户。一个用户拥有比超级管理员更少的权限，但是网上冲浪，使用办公软件或者玩游戏等是足够的。</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>图标</guibutton>：若点击此按钮，则会改变用户图标。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>真实姓名</guilabel>：在文本框中输入用户的真名。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>登录名</guilabel>：输入用户的登录名，或让 drakx
+根据真实姓名自动设置。<emphasis>登录名区分大小写。</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>密码</guilabel>：在此文本框中输入用户密码。后面的盾牌图标将会指示密码强度。（参见 <xref
+linkend="givePassword"/>）</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>密码（重复）</guilabel>：再输入依次用户密码。drakx 将会检查两次输入的密码是否一致。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>在安装 Mageia 期间添加的任何用户都将拥有读/写保护的主目录（即 umask=0027）。</para>
+      <para>你可以在<emphasis>配置 - 概要</emphasis>一步中添加其他所需用户，只需选择<emphasis>用户管理</emphasis>即可。</para>
+      <para>也可以在安装完成后改变访问权限。</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced" condition="classical">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">高级用户管理</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>若点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮，您可以在弹出的窗口中对所添加的用户进行设置。</para>
+    <para condition="classical">此外，您还可以禁用或启用来宾账户。</para>
+    <warning condition="classical">
+      <para>任何使用<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>来宾账户创建的文件将会在注销后被删除。来宾应当将他/她的临时文件存储于 U 盘等设备中。</para>
+    </warning>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem condition="classical">
+        <para><guilabel>启用来宾账户</guilabel>：这里您可以启用或禁用来宾账户。来宾账户允许来宾登录并使用电脑，但对其使用更严格的访问权限控制。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>：可以在下列列表中选择用户所使用的 shell（在上一步中添加），可能的选项有 Bash、Dash
+和 Sh。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>用户 ID</guilabel>：这里您可以设置之前所添加的用户的 ID（数值）。若您不确定如何设置，请将其留空。</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>组 ID</guilabel>：这里您可以设置之前所添加的用户的 组 ID（数值，一般与用户 ID
+相同）。若您不确定如何设置，请将其留空。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6df3d943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="add_supplemental_media"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">介质选择 (设置增补的安装介质)</title>
+    </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>此窗口中列出了已识别的软件仓库。你可以添加其他的软件源，如光盘或远程资源。所选的源将决定下一步中哪些软件包可用于安装。</para>
+
+  <para>如果需要获取网络资源，请执行以下两步：</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>若尚未启用网络链接，请选择并启用它。 </para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>选择一个镜像，或指定 URL（第一个选项）。若选择了镜像，则您需要能够访问所选择的所有仓库（由 Mageia 管理，例如 Nonfree、Tainted
+和 Updates）。若指定了 URL，则可以使用特定的仓库或您的个人 NFS。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>若您整从包含 32 位软件包的版本升级到 64 位，我们建议您使用此窗口添加在线镜像（勾选一个网络协议）。64 位 DVD iso 仅包含 64
+位软件包和非特定架构的软件包。若添加了在线镜像，则所需 32 位软件包也会被显示在这里。</para>
+     </note>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38e5e6da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">选择挂载点</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" align="center" format="PNG"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>这里你可以查看已找到的 Linux 分区。如果 <application>DrakX</application> 的建议不合适，你可以手动更改挂载点。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>如果进行了更改，请确保你仍然具有访问 <literal>/</literal> （根）分区的权限。</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>所有分区的属性将按下列顺序显示：“设备名”（“容量”，“挂载点”，“类型”）。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>“设备名”包括：“硬盘驱动器”，[“硬盘驱动器编号”（由字母表示）]，“分区编号”。例如，“sda5”表示第一个 SCSI 设备上的第五个分区。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    
+    <listitem>
+      <para>如果存在多个分区，你可以从下列列表中选择不同的挂载点来使用，例如
+<literal>/</literal>、<literal>/home</literal> 和
+<literal>/var</literal>。也可以自定义挂载点，例如将 <literal>/video</literal>
+用于存储视频文件，<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> 用于 cauldron 系统的用户主目录。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>对于非必需的分区，挂载点一项可以留空。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>如果不确定如何选择，请点击 <guibutton>上一步</guibutton> 按钮，然后点击
+<guilabel>自定义磁盘分区</guilabel>，在出现的窗口中点击分区来查看其类型和大小。</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>若确定挂载点设置正确，则可点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton>，并确定是否根据 DrakX 的建议格式化分区等。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0ce65fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="bestTime"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">时钟设置</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-bestTime.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>在这一步中，你需要选择内部时钟的计时方式（本地时间或 UTC 时间）。</para>
+
+  <para>在高级选项卡中，你可以找到更多有关时钟设置的选项。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..578cb584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="bootLive" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"><info><title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">引导 Mageia Live 系统</title></info><section xml:id="bootLive-1"><info><title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">引导媒体</title></info><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive11-ti1">自磁盘</title></info><para>可以使用刻录的镜像（CD-ROM，DVD-ROM等）直接引导
+Mageia。只需将媒体插入到光盘驱动器中，然后重启电脑即可。若没有出现引导画面，则需要手动修改 BIOS
+配置，或者在电脑启动时按下特定按键来选择引导设备。</para><para>根据你所使用的硬件以及配置的不同，接下来还有一些安装选项需要设置。</para></section><section><info><title xml:id="bootLive12-ti1">自 USB 设备</title></info><para>你可以通过写有镜像 ISO 的 USB 设备来引导 Mageia。根据 BIOS 设置不同，电脑可能直接从插入的 USB 设备上启动，也可能跳过 USB
+设备。在后一种情况下，你需要手动修改 BIOS 配置，或在电脑启动时按下特定按键来选择引导设备。</para></section></section><section xml:id="biosmode"><info><title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">在 BIOS/CSM/Legacy 模式下</title></info><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png"/></imageobject><caption><para>在 BIOS 模式下引导时的第一个画面</para></caption></mediaobject><para>中间的菜单提供了三个可选操作：</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Boot Mageia：将从媒体（CD/DVD 或 U 盘）直接启动 Mageia
+5，并且不会向硬盘写入任何数据，所以系统可能运行较慢。引导完成后，即可将系统安装到硬盘。</para></listitem><listitem><para>Install Mageia：将 Mageia 直接安装到硬盘。</para></listitem><listitem><para>Boot from hard disk：从硬盘引导，和不使用引导媒体的情况相同（即不启动 Mageia 5）。</para></listitem></itemizedlist><para>底部菜单中提供了引导选项：</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>F1 - 帮助。说明”splash“、”apm“、”acpi“、”ide“等选项。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F2 - 语言。选择用于显示的语言。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F3 -屏幕分辨率。选择 640x400、800x600、1024x728 或纯文本模式。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F4 - CD-Rom。CD-Rom 相关选项。一般通过插入的安装媒体来安装，但也可以选择 FTP、NFS 等其他安装源。如果通过网络上的 SLP
+服务器来安装，请用此选项选择一个服务器上可用的安装源。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F5 - 驱动。是否使用驱动。系统将在安装过程中提醒需要使用驱动更新的磁盘，并将其插入。</para></listitem><listitem><para>F6 - 内核选项。用于指定与硬件和驱动相关的内核参数。</para></listitem></itemizedlist></section><section xml:id="uefimode"><info><title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">在 UEFI 模式下</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>在 UEFI 模式下引导时的第一个画面</para></caption></mediaobject><para>你可以选择以 Live 模式运行 Mageia（第一个选项）或者直接进行安装（第二个选项）。</para><para>若从 U 盘引导，除了以”uSB“结尾的行以外，还会有额外的两行供选择。</para><para>在不同选项中，都需要先选择语言、时区和键盘布局，然后 <link linkend="testing">Live 模式下会有额外的步骤</link>。</para></section></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94408611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="chooseDesktop">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">桌面环境选择</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <para>根据所选项不同，随后会出现不同的窗口用于详细设置。</para>
+
+  <para>在选择完成之后，将会在安装软件包时展示一系列幻灯片。可以按 <guilabel>详细</guilabel> 按钮来关闭幻灯片显示。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>请选择 <application>KDE</application> 或 <application>GNOME</application>
+作为桌面环境。这两种环境均包含有用的应用程序盒工具。若希望全部安装或均不安装，或自定义要安装的默认软件，请点击
+<guilabel>自定义</guilabel>。<application>LXDE</application>
+桌面环境较前两者更加轻便，视觉效果较低，默认安装的软件包也更少。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae613476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="choosePackageGroups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">选择软件包组</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>软件包按组列出，您可以更方便地选择所需软件。若需要查看某一组的详细说明，请将鼠标移至该组的名称上方。</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>工作区</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>服务器。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>图形界面环境</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>单独选择软件包：您可以使用此选项来手动添加/移除软件包。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>请阅读 <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> 来了解如何进行最小化安装（包活或不包括 X 服务和 IceWM 桌面环境）。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53b427aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="choosePackagesTree">
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">选择单个软件包</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>您可以在此处添加或移除额外的软件包，或自定义安装。</para>
+
+    <para>在确定选择后，您可以点击页面底部的 <guibutton>floppy icon</guibutton> 按钮来保存选择（同时也会将配置保存到  U
+盘中）。你可以使用此文件在其他系统上进行相同的安装部署（只需在安装时再次点击此按钮并加载配置文件即可）。</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e6d015d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">配置服务</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+   
+
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">您可以在此处设置系统启动时需要启用的服务。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">单击各组前的三角形图标可以展开该组中的服务。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">DrakX自动选择的设置通常可正常工作。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">若高亮选中服务，则可在下方的信息框中查看此服务的细节。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">只有在您完全了解您的行为的风险后再作出改动。</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f16c0bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">配置时区</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+</imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-timeZone.png"
+condition="live" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">选择国家/地区或城市来确定您的时区。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">在下一个窗口中，您可以将硬件时钟设置为本地时间或  GMT（也即 UTC）。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">若您安装了多个操作系统，请确保硬件时钟均被设为本地时间，或均为 UTC/GMT。</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d8f035b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="configureX_card_list">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">选择一个X服务器(配置您的显示卡)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX 有齐全的显卡数据库，一般情况下可以正确识别您的视频设备。</para>
+
+  <para>若安装程序无法正确检测您的显卡，请在以下列表中选择一个合适的配置： <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>制造商</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>显卡名</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>卡的类型</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>若您找不到所需的制造商列表（如显卡太老，或尚未加入到数据库中），您也可以在 Xorg 目录中找到合适的驱动</para>
+
+  <para>Xorg 目录提供了超过 40 种通用的开源显卡驱动。若您仍然无法找到合适的显卡驱动，请使用 vesa 驱动以确保基本的显示功能。</para>
+
+  <para>请注意，若选择了不兼容的驱动，您可能无法使用图形化界面（但仍可使用命令行）。</para>
+
+  <para>部分显卡制造商仅提供私有 Linux 驱动（在 Nonfree 仓库中），部分驱动仅能在制造商的官网上找到。</para>
+
+  <para>需要手动启用 Nonfree 仓库才能使用其中的程序。若您在此之前未选中 Nonfree 仓库，您应当在安装完成并重启后启用它。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44678ed8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">显示卡和显示器配置</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">无论是哪一种图形环境（也叫桌面环境），都基于一个叫做 <acronym>X 窗口系统</acronym>（也叫
+<acronym>X</acronym>）的服务。因此，必须正确设定以下的 <acronym>X</acronym> 服务属性才能使用
+<acronym>KDE</acronym>、<acronym>Gnome</acronym>、<acronym>LXDE</acronym>等图形环境。若
+<application>DrakX</application> 没有提供默认选项，请手动指定正确参数。</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>显卡</guibutton></emphasis>：请从列表中选择您的显卡设备。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>显示器</guibutton></emphasis>：您可以选择
+<guilabel>即插即用</guilabel> 显示器，或从 <guilabel>制造商</guilabel> 或
+<guilabel>通用</guilabel> 列表中选择显示器。若需要手动指定显示器的横向/纵向刷新率，请点击
+<guilabel>自定义</guilabel>。</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">不正确的刷新率可能会损坏显示器</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>分辨率</guibutton></emphasis>：选择显示器的分辨率和色彩深度。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>测试</guibutton></emphasis>：测试按钮不一定总是出现在安装中。您可以按下此按钮来查看设置是否正确。若出现询问设置是否正确的对话框，您可以选择“是”，则当前设置会被保留。若您没有看到任何对话框，您将可以回到配置窗口，并重新进行配置。<emphasis>若无法使用测试功能，请确保您的设置是正确的。</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>选项</guibutton></emphasis>：您可以在此处启用或禁用各类选项。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c3bde18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="configureX_monitor"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!-- lproof -->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">选择您的显示器</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX 有齐全的显卡数据库，一般情况下可以正确识别您的视频设备。</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>选择错误的属性可能会损坏显示器或视频设备。若不确定，请不要轻易尝试未知模式。</emphasis>若仍有疑问，请查询显示器文档。</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>自定义</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">此选项允许您设置两个重要参数：垂直刷新率和水平同步率。垂直刷新率决定屏幕刷新的周期，水平同步率决定扫描行的显示速率。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4"><emphasis>请不要</emphasis>选择与您的显示器不匹配的同步范围，这样做可能损害显示器。若仍有疑问，请查询显示器文档。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>即插即用</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">默认选项，根据显示器数据库确定显示器类别。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>供应商</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">若安装程序无法正确检测您的显示器，请在以下列表中选择一个合适的配置： <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>制造商</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>显示器制造商名称</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>显示器描述</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para revision="1"
+  xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>通用</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">此组可以支持近30种显示格式，如 1024x768 @ 60Hz 和笔记本上使用的平板显示器。当您因硬件无法被正确识别而必须使用 Vesa
+显卡驱动器时，此选项将会提供最佳的兼容性。推荐保留此选项。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10d16591
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">使用 DiskDrake 自定义磁盘分区方式</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">若您希望将 <literal>/</literal> 分区加密，您必须确保 /boot 位于单独的分区中，并且该分区不能被加密；否则，系统将无法启动。</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa3" revision="2">在此处调整磁盘布局。您可以移除或创建分区、改变文件系统类型或改变分区大小，同时预览操作后的效果。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa4" revision="1">每个硬盘及其他存储设备（如 U 盘）都在对应的标签页中显示。例如，在三个标签页中分别显示 sda、sdb、sdc 的磁盘布局。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa5" revision="1">点击 <guibutton>全部清除</guibutton> 可以删除所选设备上的全部分区。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6" revision="1">对于其他操作：请先点击要操作的分区；然后查看其详细信息，或选择文件系统和挂载点，改变其大小或擦除它。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a" revision="1">请继续，直到所需操作完成。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="diskdrake-pa7" revision="1"> 准备好时点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>若您需要在 UEFI 硬件上使用 Mageia，请确保您设置了 ESP（EFI 系统分区），并且已被挂载至 /boot/EFI（见下）</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-diskdrake2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>若您使用传统的硬件+GPT硬盘分区，请确保您设置了 BIOS 引导分区，并且为其指定了正确的分区标志</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa7f2831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="doPartitionDisks">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!-- lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">分区</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1" revision="1">在此处您可以查看硬盘驱动器中的内容，并选择 DrakX 分区向导所提供的 <application>Mageia</application>
+的安装方法。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2" revision="1">根据特定硬盘布局和内容的不同，下列选项可能会有所不同。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">使用现存的分区</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5" revision="1">若此选项可用，表面安装程序找到了现存的 Linux 分区，并且可以将其用于 Mageia 的安装。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6" revision="1">使用空闲空间</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7" revision="1">若硬盘上有未使用的区域，此选项将会把 Mageia 安装到该区域中。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8" revision="1">使用 Windows 分区中的空闲空间</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9" revision="1">若现存 Windows 分区中有空闲空间，安装程序将把 Mageia 安装在此处。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">此选项可用于为 Mageia 腾出安装空间，但操作过程有一定风险。请您确保已经备份了所有重要文件！</para>
+
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">将会缩小 Windows 分区的大小。该分区必须为“clean”状态，即上一次使用 Windows
+时必须正常地关机或重启。同时，该分区也应当进行碎片整理，即便不能将文件碎片完全移出待使用区域。我们推荐您对个人文件进行备份后再进行此操作。</para>
+
+        <para>安装程序将用亮蓝色标记其余的 Windows 分区，用深蓝色标记将用于安装 Mageia
+的分区位置。您可以点击和拖动目标分区之间的空隙以便更改分区大小（参见下面的截图）。</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12" revision="1">擦除磁盘，并使用整个磁盘。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13" revision="1">此选项将会把整个硬盘空间用于安装 Mageia。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14" revision="1">注意！将会删除所选驱动器上的所有数据！请谨慎操作！</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15" revision="1">若您需要将磁盘的一部分用于存储其他数据，或者您不希望驱动器上的数据丢失，请不要使用此选项。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16" revision="1">自定义</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17" revision="1">允许您完全控制系统在硬盘上的安装方式。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">分区大小：</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>安装程序将会根据下列规则使用可用空间：</para>
+
+  <para><itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>若可用空间小于 50GB，则只创建 / 分区，不创建单独的 /home 分区。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>若总可用空间大于 50GB，则创建三个分区。</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>其中 6/19 被分配给 / 分区，最大不超过 50GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>1/19 被分配给交换分区，最大不超过 4GB</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>剩余部分（至少 12/19）被分配给 /home 分区</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>这意味着如果您有 160GB 可用空间，将会创建 50GB 的 / 分区，4GB 的交换分区，以及 106GB 的 /home 分区。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>若您使用 UEFI 系统，将自动检测并创建 ESP（EFI 系统分区），之后将其挂载到 /boot/EFI。“自定义”选项仅用于检测该操作的结果是否正确</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>若您使用传统的硬件（即 CSM  或 BIOS），并且使用 GPT 格式的硬盘分区，您需要先创建一个 BIOS 引导分区。该分区一般为 1 MiB
+左右，且不会被挂载。请选择“自定义磁盘分区”，然后手动创建一个 BIOS 引导分区。</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>一些新式驱动器的逻辑扇区大小为 4096 字节，而非传统的 512 字节。此类硬件尚未被测试。此外，一些 SSD 驱动器的擦除块大小为
+1MB。若您正在使用这类驱动器，我们建议您使用其他的分区工具（如gparted）预先进行分区操作：</para>
+
+    <para>“对齐到”“MiB”</para>
+
+    <para>“前面的自由空间（MiB）”“2”</para>
+
+    <para>确保所有创建的分区的大小均为偶数倍 MB。</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..742ada5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">恭喜</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">您以完成安装和配置 Mageia，现在可以安全地移除安装介质并重新启动。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">重启之后，在引导界面可以看到操作系统选项（若您的计算机上有两个以上操作系统）。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">若您没有调整引导器的配置，将会自动启动 Mageia。</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Enjoy!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">若您有任何疑问，或希望帮助完善 Mageia，请访问 www.mageia.org。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b56dbc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="formatPartitions">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">格式化</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition='live'> <imagedata revision="1"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">这里您可以选择要格式化的分区。<emphasis>未标记为格式化</emphasis>的分区上的数据将会被保留。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">一般情况下，DrakX 自动选择的分区需要被格式化。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">可以点击 <guibutton>高级</guibutton> 来选择您要检查<emphasis>坏块</emphasis>的分区。</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">若您不确定所做选择是否正确，可以点击两次 <guibutton>上一页</guibutton>回到主界面，然后查看相应分区中的数据。</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">若您确定选项正确，请点击<guibutton>下一页</guibutton>继续。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94db8220
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">更新</title></info>
+
+
+
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject> 
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">在此版本的 <application>Mageia</application> 发布之后，一些软件包将会被更新或改善。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">若您希望下载和安装更新后的软件包，请选择 <guilabel>是</guilabel>；若您不希望这样做，或无法连接到互联网，请选择
+<guilabel>否</guilabel>。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">然后按<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>继续</para>
+
+</section>
+  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6fd3ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - 
+      seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving -->
+<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block 
+       - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes  -->
+<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong -->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX，Mageia 的安装器</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>无论您是刚接触 GNU-Linux 的新人，还是老手，Mageia 安装器都能帮您轻松安装或升级系统。</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <para>
+If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to
+  connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These
+  will be automatically detected and configured.</para> -->
+<para>初始页中有很多选项，安装器将会选择其中的默认项（一般是您所需的）。</para>
+
+  <figure xml:id="dx-welcome">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installer-ti2">安装欢迎屏幕</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>此处是使用 Mageia DVD 安装的默认欢迎屏幕：第一个是使用传统引导的系统，第二个是使用 UEFI 引导的系统。
+    </para>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome2.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>在此页中，可以进行自定义设置：</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>按 F2 选择语言（仅用于安装，可能与系统所选语言有出入）（仅用于传统模式）。</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>使用方向键来选择语言，然后按 Enter 键。</para>
+
+      <para>此处给出了使用 Live DVD/CD 安装时法语版的欢迎界面。注意，Live DVD/CD
+菜单中不包括：<guilabel>救援系统</guilabel>, <guilabel>内存测试</guilabel> and
+<guilabel>硬件检测工具</guilabel>。</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>按 F3 键可以更改屏幕分辨率（仅用于传统模式）。</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>按 <emphasis role="bold">F6</emphasis> 键（传统模式下）或 <emphasis
+role="bold">e</emphasis> 键（UEFI 模式下）可以添加内核参数。</para>
+
+      <para>若安装失败，您可能需要尝试其他的选项。按 F6 键可以调出 <guilabel>引导选项</guilabel>，这里提供了四个选项：</para>
+
+      <para>- 默认，即使用默认选项。</para>
+
+      <para>- 安全设置，使用更安全的选项（同时会在一定程度上降低性能）</para>
+
+      <para>- 无 ACPI（高级配置与电源接口），不使用电源管理功能</para>
+
+      <para>- 无本地 APIC（本地高级可编程终端控制器）。若您不需要控制 CPU 中断，可以选择此选项</para>
+
+      <para>若选择了这些选项之一，将会同时更改<guilabel>引导选项</guilabel>行中的默认选项。</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>在部分 Mageia 版本中，使用 F6 键选择的选项可能不会在<guilabel>引导选项</guilabel>中出现，但这并不影响选项发挥作用。</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>按 F1 键可以添加更多内核参数（仅用于传统模式）。</para>
+
+      <para>按 F1 可以打开包含更多选项的新窗口。使用方向键和 Enter 来查看更多细节，或按 Esc 来返回到欢迎屏幕。</para>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <para>有关 splash 选项的细节。按 Esc 或选择
+<guilabel>返回引导选项</guilabel>可以回到选项列表。可以手动将这些选项添加到<guilabel>引导选项</guilabel> 行。</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>按 F2 键可以将帮助翻译为所选语言。</para>
+      </note>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>有关传统引导和 UEFI 引导的内核选项，请参考：<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>。</para>
+
+  <para>此处是使用有线网络安装 CD（Boot.iso 或 Boot-Nonfree.iso 镜像）安装时的默认欢迎界面：</para>
+
+  <para>此处无法改变语言，界面中列出了可用的选项。有关使用有线网络安装 CD 来安装的更多细节，请参考 <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia Wiki</link>。</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>键盘布局为美式键盘。</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center"
+format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationSteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">安装步骤</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>安装过程被分为多个步骤，可以在侧边栏看到安装进度。</para>
+
+    <para>每一步包含一个或多个窗口，并且可使用<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮查看不常用的选项。</para>
+
+    <para>多数窗口中有<guibutton>帮助</guibutton>按钮，可以提供当前操作的有关说明。</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>若安装过程在某一步中断，您可以选择重启，但请三思而后行。一旦分区被格式化，或升级过程开始，电脑中的内容将发生变化，此时重启可能导致系统无法使用。若您确定要重启，可以按
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> 切换到终端，然后按下 <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guibutton> 来触发重启操作。</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="installationProblems">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">安装问题和问题解决方案</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section xml:id="noX">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="noX-ti2">不使用图形界面</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>在初始屏幕之后，可能无法显示语言选择窗口。这中情况可能发生在部分显卡和较老的系统中。请尝试在提示后输入 <code>vgalo</code>
+来切换到较低分辨率。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para revision="2">若硬件较老，可能无法使用图形化安装程序。这种情况下，可以尝试文本安装模式：在首个欢迎界面中按 Esc，然后按
+Enter。在出现的黑色屏幕中，输入“text”，然后按 Enter，即可进入文本安装模式。</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="installFreezes">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">安装停止</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>若系统在安装过程中停止响应（卡死），可能是硬件检测过程出现问题。在这种情况下，可以先跳过硬件检测过程：在命令提示后输入
+<code>noauto</code>。此选项也可以与其他选项联合使用。</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="kernelOptions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">内存问题</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>部分情况下，硬件可能无法正确地检测可用 RAM 大小。要手动指定它，可以使用 <code>mem=xxxM</code> 参数，其中 xxx 是 RAM
+的总大小。例如，<code>mem=256M</code> 表示 RAM 的大小为 256MB。</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions">
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">动态分区</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>若您在微软 Windows 中将硬盘从“basic”格式转变为“dynamic”格式，该硬盘将无法用于 Mageia
+安装。要将硬盘转变回“basic”格式，请参见微软的文档：<link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>。</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25b811f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"><info><title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">登录界面</title></info><mediaobject condition="live"><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/></imageobject><caption><para>KDM 登录界面</para></caption></mediaobject><para>最后，您将会看到登录界面。</para><para>请输入您的用户名和密码，随后您将看到 KDE 或 GNOME 桌面（根据您所选的安装介质而异）。您现在即可使用 Mageia 系统。</para><para>可以在 <link linkend="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia
+wiki</link> 中找到有关系统使用的方法。</para></section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8701ca1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">介质选择 (Nonfree)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>此处列出了可用的仓库。根据所选的安装介质，并非所有仓库都可以使用。所选仓库将决定下一步中可用的软件包。</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Core</emphasis> 仓库无法被禁用，因其包含发行版中的基础软件。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> 仓库包含了免费（因此Mageia可以再分发）、但不开源的软件。例如，此仓库包含 nVidia
+和 ATI 的私有显卡驱动、各类 WiFi 网卡的固件等。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> 仓库包含了在自由许可证下发布的软件。将这些软件包归入 Tainted
+仓库是因为它们可能会违反部分国家（地区）的专利或版权法，例如：用于播放音频/视频文件的多媒体解码器，用于播放商业视频 DVD 的软件等。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..500cbac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="minimal-install"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	 xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">最小安装</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <para>在软件包组选择窗口中，您可以通过取消选择所有项来实现最小化安装，参见 <xref
+linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>。</para>
+  <para>若需要，您可以在该窗口中勾选“独立选择软件包”选项。</para>
+  <para>最小化安装通常被用于在服务器或特定工作站上安装 Mageia。您可能会将此选项与“独立软件包选择”选项配合使用，以便微调您的安装配置，参见 <xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>。</para>
+  <para>若您选择了安装类别，相应的窗口将会为您展示一些额外的有用软件，例如 X 服务的文档。</para>
+  <para>若选中“包含 X”，将会同时选定 IceWM 作为轻量级的桌面环境。</para>
+  <para>一些基础的文档由 man 和 info 命令提供。其中包含了来自 <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> 的 man 帮助页和来自 <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> 的 info 帮助页。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..599c4313
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">一些杂项</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX 会根据您的选择以及检测到的硬件自动生成合适的配置。您可以在此处检查或更改它们（点击 <guibutton>配置</guibutton>
+按钮）。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>一般而言，您可以直接使用推荐配置，除非您遇到以下三种情况：<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>您预知该默认配置存在问题</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>您尝试了默认配置，但安装失败</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>后续章节中所提到的其他情况</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">系统参数</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>时区</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX 根据您的语言设置自动选择了时区。您也可以手动改变时区。参见 <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><guilabel>国家/地区</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">若您不在所选国家/地区中，请务必对其进行正确设置。参见 <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><guilabel>引导器</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX 为引导器进行了自动设置。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">除非您懂得如何配置 GRUB 2，否则请勿更改这些配置</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c" revision="2">更多信息，参见 <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><guilabel>用户管理</guilabel></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">您可以在此处添加额外的用户。将会为每个用户在 <literal>/home</literal> 下创建目录。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><guilabel>服务</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">系统服务指在后台运行的小程序（守护进程）。此工具允许您启用或禁用特定任务。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">在做出更改之前，请认真审视选项 - 任何错误都可能导致系统无法正常运行。</para>
+
+        <para>更多信息，参见 <xref linkend="configureServices"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">硬件参数</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>键盘</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">在这里，您可以根据您所在的位置、使用的语言和键盘类型来设置键盘布局。</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>如果您发现键盘布局错误、需要更正，请注意：在更改配置后，之前设置的密码也可能发生改变。</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>鼠标</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">您可以添加或配置其他触控设备、平板、轨迹球等。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>声卡</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">安装器将会使用默认驱动（如果有的话）。只有存在多个可用驱动（且均不是默认驱动）时，才会提示您进行选择。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>图形界面</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">您可以在这里配置显卡和显示器。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b" revision="1">更多信息，参见 <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">网络和 Internet 参数</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>网络</guilabel>:</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">您可以在这里配置网络。若您需要在网卡上使用非自由的驱动程序，并且尚未启用 Nonfree 软件仓库，那么您最好等到重启后再进行这一操作。</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">当您添加了网卡后，请不要忘记用防火墙对该接口进行管理。</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>代理</guilabel>：</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">代理服务器将作为您的电脑和广域网之间的桥梁。您可以在此处配置您需要使用的代理服务。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">您可能需要咨询系统管理员来获取此处应当填写的参数</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">安全</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><guilabel>安全等级</guilabel>：</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">您可以在这里设置计算机的安全等级，一般情况下可以使用默认设置（标准）。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b" revision="1">请勾选您认为合适的选项。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>防火墙</guilabel>：</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a">防火墙将保护您的重要数据，以免其被他人恶意利用或窃取。</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">选择您需要使用的服务，这取决与您希望如何使用您的计算机。有关更多信息，请参见 <xref linkend="firewall"/>。</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">请牢记：允许所有服务（即不启用防火墙）是非常危险的。</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1af1db3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">重新启动</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para>一旦安装了引导器，安装程序将会提示您重启电脑，此时请移除 Live CD 并重启。请点击<emphasis
+role="bold"><guibutton>完成</guibutton></emphasis>并<emphasis
+role="bold">根据提示的步骤</emphasis>进行操作。</para>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-reboot2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>重启后，您将会看到一系列下载进度条，它将提示您正在下载的软件媒体（参见“软件管理”）。</para>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42523d47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">改变 <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> 分区的大小</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">您的磁盘上含有多个 <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+分区。请选择需要改变大小的分区（以便腾出空间来安装 <application>Mageia</application>）。</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00e6556a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+
+
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">安全级别</title>
+    </info>
+
+ 
+ 
+
+<mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">您可以在这里调整安全等级。</para>
+
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">若您不确定如何选择，请使用默认设置。</para>
+
+    <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">在安装之后，您也可以在 Mageia 控制中心中的 <guilabel>安全</guilabel> 选项卡里调整安全设置。</para>
+  </section>
+
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..320b9472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">选择您所在的国家/地区</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">请选择您所在的国家或地区。此选项将影响货币设置和无线管理域设置。如果您设置了错误的国家，您可能无法正常使用无线网络。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">若列表中不包含您的国家，请点击 <guilabel>其他国家</guilabel> 按钮并选择相应的国家/区域。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">若您的国家仅在 <guilabel>其他国家</guilabel> 列表中列出，在点击 <guibutton>确定</guibutton>
+按钮之后，请忽略前一个列表中的选项。DrakX 会应用您后来的选择。</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">输入法</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">在 <guilabel>其他国家</guilabel>
+窗口中，您也可以选择一种输入法（位于列表底部）。输入法用于输入各类语言中的字符（中文、日文、韩文等）。IBus
+是默认选项，一般情况下用户无需手动配置。其他输入法（SCIM、GCIN、HIME 等）可以提供类似的功能，您可以在选择软件包前通过添加 HTTP/FTP
+媒体来安装它们。</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">若您在安装期间缺少输入法，您可以在安装完成后通过“配置我的电脑”->“系统”设置来安装输入法，或者以 root 身份运行 localedrake。</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30cd9f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="selectInstallClass">
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">新安装或升级</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center"
+format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>安装</para>
+
+      <para>使用此选项来进行全新 <application>Mageia</application> 安装。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>升级</para>
+
+      <para>若您在电脑上安装了多个 <application>Mageia</application>，安装程序将会允许您选择需要升级的系统。</para>
+
+<warning>
+	<para>我们只测试了从当前 <emphasis>尚被支持</emphasis>的发行版进行的升级过程。如果您希望从已经结束支持的 Mageia
+版本升级到最新版本，我们建议您最好进行全新安装，同时保留您的 <literal>/home</literal> 分区。</para>
+</warning>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>若安装过程在某一步中断，您可以选择重启，但请三思而后行。一旦分区被格式化，或升级过程开始，电脑中的内容将发生变化，此时重启可能导致系统无法使用。若您确定要重启，可以按
+<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> 切换到终端，然后按下 <guibutton>Alt Ctrl
+Delete</guibutton> 来触发重启操作。</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>若您忘记选择某一附加语言，您可以回到“安装或升级”界面，然后按下来 <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>
+并进行选择。请<emphasis>不要</emphasis>在安装后再进行添加。</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5221353a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">键盘</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX 会根据您的语言为您选择合适的键盘。若找不到合适的键盘，则会自动选择美式键盘。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" />
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">请确保该选项正确。如果您不知道您的键盘肿瘤，请查阅您的电脑配件规格，或询问电脑供应商，或查看键盘上的标签。您也可以参考这里的内容：<link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">若列表中没有您的键盘，请点击 <guibutton>更多</guibutton> 来查看完整列表，并选择相应的键盘种类。</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><warning>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">在点击 <guibutton>确定</guibutton> 按钮之后，请忽略前一个列表中的选项。DrakX 会应用您后来的选择。</para>
+        </warning></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">若您选择了基于非拉丁字符的键盘布局，之后您将会看到有关切换拉丁/非拉丁键盘布局的提示窗口。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e62917c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">选择键盘</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1" revision="1"
+align="center" format="PNG" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>您需要选择在 Mageia 中使用的键盘布局。默认布局已根据您之前的语言和时区设置进行选择。</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b482b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectLanguage" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">请选择要使用的语言</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>请在地区列表中选择您的首选语言。<application>Mageia</application> 将会在之后的安装过程中使用该语言。</para>
+
+  <para condition="classical">若您需要在系统中安装多种语言（为您和其他用户），请现在点击<guibutton>多语言</guibutton>按钮来添加语言。完成安装后添加额外语言是相对困难的。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-language.png" format=""/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <warning condition="classical">
+    <para>如果您选择了多种语言，必须同时选择其中一种作为您的首选语言（在前一个语言选择界面中），该语言会同时出现在多语言配置界面中。</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>若您的键盘输入语言与首选语言不同，最好也同时安装该输入语言。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia 默认使用 UTF-8（Unicode）格式。</para>
+
+      <para condition="classical">若您认为这不适合您的语言，可以在“多语言”界面中将其禁用。该操作将应用到所有安装的语言。</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>您可以在安装完成后，在 Mageia 控制中心 -> 系统 -> 管理本地化 中改变系统语言。</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7eea67c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">选择鼠标</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center"
+format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">若您对鼠标的响应速度不满意，可以在这里进行调整。</para>
+
+ <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">一般而言，<guilabel>通用</guilabel> - <guilabel>任意 PS/2 和 USB
+鼠标</guilabel>可以满足大多数需求。</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">选择 <guilabel>通用</guilabel> - <guilabel>强制 evdev</guilabel> 可用于配置超过五键的鼠标。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10dbdbf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="setupBootloader">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!---->
+<!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">引导程序的主要选项</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>引导器界面</title>
+
+    <para>默认情况下，Mageia 仅使用：</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2（包含/不包含图形界面），当使用传统硬件 + MBR/GPT格式分区时</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2-efi，当使用 UEFI 硬件时。</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <tip>
+      <para>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para>
+    </tip>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>GRUB2，当使用传统硬件 + MBR/GPT 格式分区时</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>若您不确定如何操作，请不要修改“引导设备”。</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>GRUB2-efi，当使用 UEFI 硬件时</title>
+
+      <para>对于 UEFI，用户界面会稍有不同，您将无法选择引导器（因为只能使用 Grub2-efi）。</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader2.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>如果 Mageia 是您在电脑上安装的第一个系统，安装程序将自动创建一个 ESP（EFI 系统分区）来容纳引导器（Grub2-efi）。如果已安装了其他
+UEFI 操作系统（例如 Windows 8），Mageia 安装器将会探测现存的（由 Windows 创建的） ESP，并添加
+grub2-efi。尽管多个 ESP 可以共存，但只需一个 ESP 即可满足启动所有操作系统的需求。</para>
+
+      <para>若您不确定如何操作，请不要修改“引导设备”。</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupMageiaBootloader">使用 Mageia 提供的引导器</title>
+
+    <para>默认情况下，根据您的硬件情况，Mageia 会将：</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB 2 引导器安装至 MBR（主引导记录）区域或第一硬盘的 BIOS 引导分区。</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>GRUB2-efi 引导器安装至 ESP</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>若您已安装了其他操作系统，Mageia 会尝试将它们也添加到 Mageia 的引导菜单。如果您不希望 Mageia
+这么做，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>，然后取消勾选<guilabel>检测其他操作系统</guilabel></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>使用现存的引导器</title>
+
+    <para>有关添加 Mageia
+系统至现存引导器的问题超出了此帮助的范围。多数情况下，这设计到运行相应的引导器安装程序，并自动检测和添加引导项。请参见有关操作系统的文档以便进一步操作。</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="setupChainLoading">使用链式加载（chain loading）</title>
+
+    <para>若您不需要 Mageia 安装引导器，而是希望从其他系统引导
+Mageia，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>，然后点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>并勾选
+<guilabel>不要修改 ESP 或 MBR</guilabel>。</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>安装程序将会提醒您缺少引导器，请忽略它并点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>。</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>选项</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>第一页</title>
+
+      <para><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>自动引导之前等待</guilabel>：此文本框用于设置在等待多少秒之后自动进入默认选定的操作系统。</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the
+bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot
+time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root"
+and the password is the one chosen here after.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>密码</guilabel>：此文本框用于输入密码</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>确认密码</guilabel>：再次输入密码，安装程序将检查您两次输入的密码是否一致。</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><guilabel>高级</guilabel></para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>ACPI（高级配置与电源接口）是标准的电源管理协议。它可以关闭未使用的设备以节能，用于取代 APM。如果您的硬件不兼容 ACPI，或者您认为 ACPI
+会造成某些问题（如偶尔会自动重启，或系统卡死），则可以取消勾选它。</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>启用 SMP</guilabel>：此选项启用或禁用多核处理器上的对称多处理器特性。</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>启用 APIC</guilabel>：启用或禁用高级可编程中断控制器。APIC 设备可以支持更复杂的优先级模型和高级
+IRQ（中断请求）管理功能。</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>启用本地 APIC</guilabel>：您可以在这里设置本地 APIC，用于在 SMP 系统中管理某个特定处理器的所有外部中断。</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>下一页</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>默认</guilabel>：使用默认引导参数</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>追加</guilabel> ：用于在默认引导选项后添加额外所需的内核参数。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>探测其他系统</guilabel>：参见<link linkend="setupMageiaBootloader">使用
+Mageia 引导器</link></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guilabel>高级</guilabel><itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para><guilabel>图像模式</guilabel>：用于设定显示引导菜单时的屏幕分辨率和色彩深度。若要从可用的模式中进行选择，请点击下三角标记。</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para><emphasis role="bold">不要修改 ESP 或 MBR</emphasis>：参见<link
+linkend="setupChainLoading">使用链式加载</link></para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74aa0b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">添加或修改引导菜单项</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>为此，您需要手动编辑 /boot/grub2/custom.cfg，或者使用 grub-customizer（可以从 Mageia
+仓库中安装）来编辑引导项。</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>有关更多信息，请参考我们的 wiki：<link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ce712b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">设置SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+   <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">Drakx 通常会正确探测硬盘。对于一些较老的 SCSI 控制器，Drakx 可能无法确定所需的驱动，并因此无法识别它们。</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">在这种情况下，您需要手动设置 DrakX 应当使用的 SCSI 驱动。</para>
+
+  <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">随后 DrakX 应当能正确配置这些驱动器。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13a099ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">声音配置</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+xml:id="soundConfig-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>这一界面中列出了安装程序为声卡选定的驱动，如果有默认驱动则将其作为默认配置。</para>
+
+  <para>默认驱动通常不会出问题。不过，如果您在安装后遇到问题，请运行 <command>draksound</command>，或通过 MCC（Mageia
+控制中心）中<guilabel>硬件</guilabel>选项卡中的<guilabel>声音配置</guilabel>来启动 draksound。</para>
+
+  <para>在 draksound
+或“声音配置”工具界面，点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>、<guibutton>故障排除</guibutton>来查看解决问题的建议。</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">高级</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>若没有默认驱动，或者默认驱动选择错误，则可以安装时点击此界面中的<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton>来更正。</para>
+
+    <para>`在这种情况下，您可以在点击<guibutton>让我选择任意驱动</guibutton>来选择其他驱动程序。</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8b83cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">确定要格式化的硬盘</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" align="center"
+></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">若您不确定选择是否正确，请点击 <guibutton>上一步</guibutton>。</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">如果您确定要删除所有分区和所有操作系统（及数据），请点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d0b01db6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="testing-ti1">以 Live 模式运行 Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live 模式</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <para>如果选择了“引导Mageia”，您将看到此界面。如果没有，你将看到“<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">分区</link>”界面。</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">测试硬件</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>Live 模式的目的在于测试硬件是否被 Mageia 正确管理。您可以在 Mageia
+控制中心中检查所有设备是否均有对应驱动程序。您可以测试最新的设备：</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>网络接口：使用 net_applet 进行配置</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>显卡：若您能看见刚才的界面，说明配置正常。</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>摄像头：</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>声音：刚才播放了“叮呤”声</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>打印机：配置打印机，并打印测试页</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>扫描器：扫描文档自 ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>如果一切就绪，安装现在即可开始；反之，您可以点击退出按钮。</para>
+
+      <remark>此处您的配置将保留并用于安装过程。</remark>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">启动安装</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>要使用 Mageia LiveCD 或 LiveDVD 来安装系统至硬盘/SSD，只需点击“安装至硬盘”图标。随后您将会看见此界面，然后点击“<link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">分区</link>”并直接进入安装过程。</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80618127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">卸载Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">如何做</title>
+
+    <para>若 Mageia 未能给您提供良好体验，或您未能正确安装系统，Mageia 允许您卸载它。这一功能可不是所有操作系统都会提供的！</para>
+
+    <para>在备份您的数据后，请用 Mageia 安装 DVD 重新引导系统，并进入救援系统，选择恢复 Windows 引导器（Restore Windows
+boot loader）。再次重启后，您将只能进入 Windows 系统。</para>
+
+    <para>若要将被 Mageia 使用的空间重新用于 Windows，请点击 <code>开始 -> 控制面包 -> 管理工具 -> 计算机管理 -> 存储 ->
+磁盘管理</code>。拥有 <guilabel>未知</guilabel> 类型的分区即为 Mageia
+分区，其大小和位置应当与您安装时指定的一致。右键点击这些分区，并选择 <guibutton>删除</guibutton>，即可释放这些分区占用的空间。</para>
+
+    <para>若您安装了 Windows XP，您可以使用空闲空间创建一个新分区并格式化它（FAT32 或 NTFS），系统将自动为其分配一个盘符。</para>
+
+    <para>若您同时安装了 Windows Vista 或 Windows 7，您还可以扩展现存分区的大小。您也可以使用其他分区工具，如
+gparted（Windows 和 Linux 下均由对应版本）。记住：在调整分区时，请多加小心，并确保所有重要的数据均以备份。</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b105c0c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/zh_CN/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="unused" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">保留或删除未使用的软件</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-unused.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="unused-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>在这一步中，安装程序将会查找未使用的语言包和硬件包，并将其删除。除非您需要在不同的硬件上运行系统，否则最好允许此操作。</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>下一步是复制文件到硬盘。这需要花费几分钟的时间。之后，您的屏幕会变黑一段时间，这是正常现象。</para>
+</section>